Homilies on the Song of Songs

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Homily 0

0PG 44

ΠΡΟΟΙΜΙΟΝ ΠΡῸΣ ΟΛΥΜΠΙΑΔΑ, ᾿Απεδεξάμην ὡς πρέπουσαν τῷ σεμνῷ σου βίῳ, καὶ τῇ καθαρᾷ σοῦ ψυχῇ, τὴν περὶ τοῦ Ἄσματος τῶν ἀσμάτων σπουδὴν, ἣν καὶ κατὰ πρόσωπον καὶ διὰ γραμμάτων ἡμῖν ἐξέθου, ὥστε διὰ τῆς καταλλήλου θεωρίας φανερωθῆναι τὴν ἐγκεκρυμμένην τοῖς ῥητοῖς φιλοσοφίαν, τῆς προχείρου κατὰ τὴν λέξιν ἐμφάσεως ἐν ταῖς ἀχηράτοις ἐννοίαις κεκαθαρμένην. Διὸ προθύμως ἀπεδεξάμην τὴν περὶ τούτου φροντίδα, οὐκ ὥς σοί τι χρησιμαῖον εἰς τὸ σὸν ἦθος (πέπεισμαι γάρ σου καθαρεύειν τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμὸν ἀπὸ πάσης ἐμπαθοῦς τε καὶ ῥυπώσης ἐννοίας, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀκήρατον χάριν διὰ τῶν θείων τούτων ῥητῶν ἀπαρεμποδίστως βλέπειν), ἀλλ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ᾧ τοῖς σαρχωδεστέροις χειραγωγίαν τινὰ γενέσθαι, πρὸς τὴν πνευματικὴν τε καὶ ἄῦλον τῆς ψυχῆς κατάστασιν, πρὸς ἣν ἄγει τὸ βιόλίον τοῦτο διὰ τῆς ἐγχεχρυμμένης αὐτῷ σοφίας. Ἐπειδὴ δέ τισι τῶν ἐκκλησιαστικῶν παρίστασθαι τῇ λέξει τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς διὰ πάντων ἱέναι δοκεῖ, καὶ τὸ δι᾿ αἰνιγμάτων καὶ ὑπονοιῶν εἰρῆσθαί τι παρ᾽ αὐτῆς εἰς ὠφέλειαν ἡμῶν οὐ συντί· ἀναγκαῖον ἡγοῦμαι πρῶτον περὶ τούτων τοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἡμῖν ἐγκαλοῦσιν ἀπολογήσασθαι, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀπὸ τρόπου γίνεται παρ᾽ ἡμῶν, ἐν τῷ σπουδάζεῖιν ἡμᾶς τὸ παντοίως θηρεύειν ἐκ τῆς θείας καὶ θεοπνεύστου Γραφῆς τὸ ὠφέλιμον - ὥστ᾽ ἂν μὲν ὧφελοίη τι καὶ ἡ λέξις ὡς εἴρηται νοουμένη, ἔχειν ἐξ ἑτοίμου τὸ σπουδαζόμενον. Εἰ δέ τι μετὰ ὑποχρύψεως ἐν ὑπονοίαις τισὶ καὶ αἰνίγμασιν εἰρτιμενον, ἀογὸν εἰς ὠφέλειαν εἴη κατὰ τὸ πρόχειρον νόημα, τοὺς οιούτους λόγους ἀναστρέφειν, καθὼς ὑνρηγεῖται ὁ διὰ τῶν Παροιμιῶν ἡμᾶς παιδεύων λόγος εἰς τὸ νοῆσαι, τὸ λεγόμενον, ἣ ὡς σκοτεινὸν λόγον, ἢ ὡς ῥῆσιν σοφῶν, ἣ ὥς τι τῶν αἰνιγμάτων. Ὧν ἣν διὰ τῆς ἀναγωγῆς θεωρίαν, εἴτε τροπολογίαν, ἐΐεε ἀλληγορίαν, εἴτε τι ἄλλο τις ὀνομάζειν ἐθέλοι, οὐδὲν περὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος διοισόμεθα, μόνον εἰ τῶν ἐπωφελῶν ἔχοι[το] νοημάτων. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ μέγας ᾿Απόστολος, πνευματικὸν εἶναι λέγων τὸν νόμον, ἐμπεριλαμθάνει τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ νόμου καὶ τὰ ἱστορικὰ διηγήματα, ὡς πᾶσαν θεόπνευστον Γραφὴν, νόμον εἶναι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν, οὐ μόνον διὰ τῶν φανερῶν πραγμάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν ἱστορικῶν διηγημάτων παιδεύουσαν, πρός τε γνῶσιν τῶν μυστηρίων, καὶ πρὸς καθαρὰν πολιτείαν τοὺς ἐπιστατιχῶς ἐπαῖονας κέχρηται μὲν τῇ ἐξηγήσει κατὰ τὸ ἀρέσκον αὐτῷ, πρὸς τὸ ὠφέλιμον βλέπων· οὐ φροντίζει δὲ τοῦ ὀνόματος ᾧ χρὴ κατονομάζεσθαι τὸ εἶδος τῆς ἐξηγήσεως. ᾿Αλλὰ νῦν ἀλλάσσειν φησὶ τὴν φωνὴν, μέλλων μετάγειν τὴν ἱστορίαν εἰς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς περὶ τῶν Διαθηκῶν οἰκονομίας· εἶτα μνησθεὶς τῶν δύο τοῦ ᾿Αδραὰμ. τέκνων, τῶν ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης καὶ τῆς ἐλευθέρας αὐτῷ γεγονότων, ἀλληγορίαν ὀνομάζει τὴν περὶ αὐτῶν θεωρίαν. Πάλιν δὲ πράγματά τινα διηγησάμενος τῆς ἱᾳτορίας φησὶν, ὅτι Τυπικῶς μὲν συγνέδαιγεν ἐκείνοις, ἐγράφη δὲ πρὸς γουϑεσίαν ἡμῶν. Καὶ πάλιν τὸ, μὴ δεῖν χημοῦσθαι τὸν ἁλοῶντα βοῦν εἰπὼν, προσέθηκεν, ὅτι οὐ μέλει τῷ Θεῷ περὶ τῶν βοῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι δι᾽ ἡμᾶς πάντως ἐγράφη. Ἔστι δὲ ὅπου τὴν ἀμυδροτέραν κατανόησιν καὶ τὴν ἐκ μέρους γνῶσιν, ἔσοπτρον ὀνομάζει Καὶ πάλιν τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν σωμάτων πρὸς τὰ νοητὰ μετάστασιν, πρὸς Κύριον ἐπιστροφὴν λέγει, καὶ καλύμματος περιαίρεσιν. Ἐν πᾶσι δὲ τούτοις τοῖς διαφόροις τρόποις τε καὶ ὀνόμασι τῆς κατὰ τὸν νοῦν θεωρίας, ἕν ὑφηγεῖται διδασκαλίας εἶδος ἡμῖν, τὸ μὴ δεῖν πάντως παραμένειν τῷ πράγματι, ὡς βλαπτούσης ἡμᾶς ἐν πολλοῖς ἐπὶ τὸν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν βίον τῆς πρόχείρου τῶν λεγομένων ἐμφάσεως· ἀλλὰ μεταθαΐνειν πρὸς τὴν ἄῦλόν τε καὶ νοητὴν θεωρίαν, ὥστε τὰς σωματικωτέρας ἐννοίας μεταδληθῆναι πρὸς νοῦν καὶ διάνοιαν, κόνεως δίκην τῆς σαρχωδεστέρας ἐμφάσεως τῶν λεγομένων ἐχτιναχθείσης, Καὶ διὰ τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτι Τὸ γράμμα ἀποκτείνει, τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα ζωοποιεῖ· ὡς πολλαχῇ [τῆς Γραφῆς, τουτέστι] τῆς ἱστορίας, εἴπερ ἐπὶ ψιλῶν σταίημεν τῶν πραγμάτων, οὐκ ἀγαθοῦ βίου παρεχομένης ἡμῖν τὰ ὑποδείγματα. Τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ πρὸς ἀρετὴν τὸν ἀκούοντα Ὧτης ὁ προφήτης ἐκ πορνείας μένος, καὶ Ἡσαῖας εἰσιὼν πρὸς τὴν προφῆτιν, εἰ μέχρι τῆς λέξεως στήσειέ τις τὸ λεγόμενον ; πρὸς τὸν ἐνάρετον συντελεῖ βίον τὰ περὶ τοῦ Δαβὶδ διηγήματα, μοιχείας καὶ φόνου κατὰ ταὐτὸ περὶ τὸ ἕν συνδεδραμηκότων ἄγος ; Εἰ δέ τις εὑρεθείη λόγος ὁ τὸ διὰ τούτων οἰκονομούμενον ἐπιδεικνύων ἀνεύθυνον, τότε ἀληθεύων ὁ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγος ἐπιδειχθήσεται, ὅτι Τὸ γράμμα ἀποκτείνει (πονηρῶν. γὰρ ἔχει πραγμάτων ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὰ ὑποδείγματα), τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα ζωοποιεῖ· μετατίθησι γὰρ τὴν ἀπεμφαΐνουσαν καὶ διαδεόλημένην ἔννοιαν εἰς θειοτέρας ἐμφάσεις, Οἴδαμεν δὲ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Λόγον τὸν παρὰ πάσης κτίσεως προσκυνούμενον, ὅτε ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπου καὶ σχήματι διὰ σαρκὸς παρεδίδου τὰ θεῖα. μυστήρια, οὕτως ἀναχαλύπτοντα ἡμῖν τὰ τοῦ νόμου νοήματα, ὥστε τοὺς δύο ἀνθρώπους, ὧν ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία, ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὸν Πατέρα λέγειν εἶναι· καὶ πὸν χαλκοῦν ὄφιν τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕψους ἀνατεθέντα, ὃς ἣν τῷ λαῷ τῶν θανατηφόρων δηγμάτων ἀλεξιτήριος, εἰς τὴν διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ γενομένην ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν οἶκονομίαν μεταλαμδάνοντα· καὶ αὐτῶν δὲ τῶν ἀπλῶς αὐτοῦ μαθητῶν τὴν ἀγχίνοιαν διὰ τῶν χεχαλυμμένων τε καὶ ἐπιχεχρυμμένων λόγων ἐν ὁμοιώμασιν, ἐν σκοτεινοῖς λόγοις, ἐν ἀποφθέγμασι, τοῖς δι᾿ αἰνιγμάτων προφερομένοις, ὑπὲρ ὧν καταμόνας μὲν ἐποιεἴτο ἐξηγήσεις, ἐπιλύων αὐτοῖς τὴν ἀσάφειαν - ἔστι δὲ ὅπου, εἰ μὴ κατελήφθη, παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἡ τῶν λεγομένων διάνοια, διεμέμφετο τῶν τὸ βραδύνουν, καὶ περὶ τὴν σύνεσιν ἄτοπον. Ὄτε γὰρ ἀποσχέσθαι τοῦ Φαρισαϊχοῦ αὑτοῖς ἐνεχελεύετο ζυμοῦ, οἱ δὲ μιχροψύχως πρὸς τὰς πήρας ἀπέδλεπον, ἐν αἷς τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἄρτων ἐπισιτισμὸν οὐκ ἐπήγοντο, τότε καθάπτεται τῶν μὴ συνιέντων, ὅτι διδασκαλία ἦν τὸ διὰ τοῦ ζυμοῦ δηλούμενον. Καὶ πάλιν τράπεζαν αὐτῷ τῶν μαθητῶν παραθέντων, ἀποκρινόμενος, ὅτι ᾿Εγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἵδατε, ὑπονοησάντων αὐτῶν περὶ σωματικῇς αὑτὸν λέγειν τροφῆς, ὡς ἑτέρωθεν αὐτῷ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόγον, ὅτι βρῶσίς ἐστεν αὐτῷ πρέπουσα καὶ κατάλληλος, ἡ τοῦ σωτηρίου θελήματος ἀποπλήΚαὶ μυρία τοιαῦτα ἐκ τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν φωνῶν ἔστιν ἀναλέξασθαι, ἐφ᾽ ὧν ἄλλο μέν ἔστι τὸ ἐκ τοῦ προχείρου νοούμενον, ἕτερον δὲ πρὸς ὃ βλέπει ἡ τῶν λεγομένων διάνοια· οἷον τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ τοῖς διψῶσιν ἐπηγγείλατο, δι᾽ οὗ πηγαὶ ποταμῶν γίνονται οἱ πιστεύοντες, τὸν ἄρτον τὸν ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν χκαταθαίγοντα, τὸν ναὸν τὸν λυόμενον, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἐγειρόμενον, τὴν ὁδὸν, τὴν θύραν, τὸν λέθον τὸν παρὰ νίῳ κεφαλῇ ἁρμοζόμενον· τοὺς δύο τοὺς ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς, τὸν μυλῶνα, τὰς ἀληθούσας, τὴν παραλαμθατὴν χαταλιμπανομένην, τὸ πτῶμα, τοὺς ἀετοὺς, τὴν συκῆν τὴν ἁπαλυνομένην καὶ τοὺς κλάδους ἐχφύουσαν. ἽΛπερ πάντα καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα γένοιτο ἂν ἡμῖν ἐς προτροπὴν τοῦ χρῆναι καὶ διερευνᾷν τὰς θείας φωνὰς, καὶ προσέχειν τῇ ἀναγνώσει, καὶ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀνιχνεύειν εἴ πού τις εὑρεθείη λό. γος τῆς προχείρου κατανοήσεως ὑψηλότερος, ἐπὶ τὰ θειότερά τε καὶ ἀσώματα χειραγωγῶν τὴν διάνοιαν. Γούτον χάριν τὸ ἀπηγορευμένον τῇ βρώσει τοῦ ξύλου, οὐχὶ συκῆν, ὥς τινες ἀπεφήναντο, οὐδὲ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἀκροδρύων εἶναι πειθόμεθα. Εἰ γὰρ τότε θανατηφόρος ἦν ἡ συκῇ, οὐδ᾽ ἂν νῦν πάντως ἐδώδιμος Ἅμα δὲ καὶ μεμαθήκαμεν παρὰ τῆς τοῦ Δεσπότου φωνῆς, δι᾽ ἀποφάσεως τοῦτο δογματιζούσης ὅτι Οὐδὲν ἐστι τῶν εἰσπορευομένων διὰ στόματος ὃ δύναται κοινῶσαι τὸνʼ ἄνθρωπον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἑτέραν τινὰ ζητοῦμεν διάνοιαν ἐπὶ τοῦ νόμον, ἀξίαν τῆς τοῦ νομοθέτου μεγαλειότητος· κἂν τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ φυτείας ἔργον τὸν παράδεισον εἶναι ἀκούσωμεν, κἂν ξύλον ζωῆΐς ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ παραδείσου πεφυτευμένον, ζητῶμὲν παρὰ τοῦ ἀποκαλύπτοντος τὰ κεκρυμμένα μυστήρια μαθεῖν, ποίων φυτῶν γίνεται ὁ Πατὴρ γεωργός εἰΐϊ,·Ε καὶ φυτοχόμος, καὶ πῶς δυνατόν ἐστι κατὰ τὸ μεσαίτατον τοῦ παραδείσου τὰ δύο εἶναι ξύλα, τό τε τῆς σωτηρίας καὶ τῆς ἀπωλείας. Τὸ γὰρ ἀχριθῶς μέσον, καθάπερ ἐν κύκλου τῇ περιγραφῇ, ἐν τῷ ἐνὶ κέντρῳ πάντως ἐστίν. Εἰ δὲ παρατεθείη τῷ κέντρῳ κατά τι μέρος ἕτερον κέντρον, ἀνάγκη πᾶσα συμμετατεθῆναι τῷ κέντρῳ τὸν κύκλον, ὥστε μηκέτι μέσον εἶναι τὸ πρότερον. Ἐχεῖ τοίνυν ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ παραδείσου, πῶς φησιν ὁ λόγος ἰδιαζόντως μὲν ἑκάτερον θεωρεῖσθαι τῶν ξύλων· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ μέσου εἶναι ἰοῦτο καὶ τοῦτο, ὧν τὸ θανατηφόρον τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ φυτείας ἀλλότριον εἶναι διδάσκει ὁ πάντα καλὰ λίαν εἶναι τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔργα ἀποφηνάμενος λόγος ; Οἷς εἰ μἡ τις διὰ φιλοσοφίας ἐνθεωρήσειε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀσύστατον ἣ μυθῶδες εἶναι τοῖς ἀνεπισχέπτοις τὸ … Καὶ μακρὸν ἂν εἴη τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον ἐκ τῶν προφητῶν ἀναλέγεσθαι· ὡς ὁ Μιχαίας ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτων ἡμερῶν, ἐμφανὲς ὅρος λέγει γενήσεσθαι ἐπὶ τὰς κορυφὰς τῶν ὁρέων, τὸ ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει γίνεσθαι τῶν ἀνμυστήριον οὕτω χατονομάζων: πῶς δὲ ῥάδδον ἀνα.τέλλειν φησὶ κοὶ ἄνθος ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης, τὶν διὰ σαρκὸς τοῦ Κυρίου ἀνάδειξιν ὁ ὑψηλὸς Ἡσαΐας οὕτω μηνύων, τετυρωμένον ὄρος παρὰ τῷ μεγάλῳ Δαβὶδ, ὁποῖον ἔχει νοῦν ἐν τῇ λέξει φαινόμενον, ἣ τὸ μυριοπλάσιον ἄρμα, ἣ τῶν ταύρων ἡ συναγωγὴ, ἡ ἐπαφιεμένη ταῖς δαμάλεσι τῶν λαῶν, ἣ ὁ βαπτόμενος αἴματι ποῦς, ἣ τῶν κυνῶν αἱ γλῶσσαι· ἣ καθ᾽ ὁμοιότῆτα τοῦ μόσχον διαλεπτυνόμενος τῶν κέδρων ὁ Λί- θανος· καὶ μυρία πρὸς τούτοις ἔστιν ἐκ τῆς λοιπῆς ἀναλεξάμενον προφητείας, διδάξαι τὸ ἀναγκαῖον τῆς κατὰ διάνοιαν τῶν ῥητῶν θεωρίας, ἧς ἀποδαλλόμενος, γπαθὼς ἀρέσχε: τισὶν, ὅμοιον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ τὸ γινόμένον, ὡς εἴ τις ἀχατέργαστα προθείη πρὸς ἀνθρωπίνην βρῶσιν τῆς τραπέζης τὰ λήϊα, μὴ τρίψας τὸν ἄσταχυν, μὴ τῷ λιχμητῷ διακρίνας ἐκ τῶν ἀχύρων τὰ σπέρματα, μὴ λεπτύνας. τὸν σῖτον εἰς ἄλευρον, μηδὲ κατασκευάσας ἄρτον τῷ καθήκοντι τρόπῳ τῆς σιτοποιίας. Ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ ἀκατέργαστον γέννημα τῶν κτηνῶν ἐστι τροφὴ, καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπων᾽ οὕτως εἴποι τις ἂν ἀλόγων μᾶλλον ἢ λογικῶν εἶναι τροφὴν μὴ χατεργαπθέντα διὰ τῆς λεπτοτέρας θεωρίας τὰ θεόπνευστα ῥήματα, οὐ μόνον τῆς Παλαιᾶς Διαθήκης, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ πολλὰ τῆς εὐαγγελιχῆῇς διδασκαλίας, τδʼ πτύον τὸ διαχαθαῖρον τὴν ἄλωνα, τὸ ἄχυρον, ὁ παραμένων σῖτος τοῖς ποσὶν τοῦ λιχμήτορος, τὸ ἄσδεστον πῦρ, ἡ ἀγαθὴ ἀποθήκη, τὸ τῶν κακῶν εὔφορον δένδρον, ἢ ἀπειλὴ τῆς ἀξίνης, ἢ φοὀερῶς τῶν δένδρων τὴν ἀκμὴν παραδειχνύουσα,, πρὸς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν μεταποιούμενοι λίθοι. ᾿ Ταῦτά μο: διὰ τῶν πρὸς τὴν σύνεσίν σου κατὰ σπουδὴν γραμμάτων ἀπολογία τις γεγράφθω πρὸς τοὺς μηδὲν πλέον παρὰ τὴν πρόχειρον τῆς λέξεως ἔμφασιν ἐκ τῶν θείων ῥημάτων ἀναζητεῖν νουθετοῦντας, Εἰ δὲ τοῦ Ὡρ:γένους φιλοπόνως περὶ τὸ βιδλίον τοῦτο σπουδάσαντος, καὶ ἡμεῖς γραφῇ παραδοῦναι τὸν πόνον ἡμῶν προεθυμέθημεν, ἐγκαλείτω μηδεὶς, πρὸς τὸ θεῖον τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου λόγιον βλέπων, ὅς φησιν, ὅτν Ἕκαστος τὸν ἴδιον μισθὸν λήψεται κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον· κόπον. Ἔ μοὶ δὲ οὐ πρὸς ἐπίδειξίν ἐστι συντεταγμένος. ὁ λόγος· ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τὰ πολλὰ τῶν ἐπ᾽ Ἐκκλησίας ῥηθέντων, τινὲς τῶν συνόντων, ἡμῖν ὑπὸ φιλομαθείας ἐσημειώσαντο, τὰ μὲν παρ᾽ ἐκείνων λαβὼν, ὅσα δι΄ ἀκολούθου ἔσχεν αὐτῶν ἣ σημείωσις, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ προσθεὶς, ὧν ἀναγκαία ἣν ἡ προσθήκη ἐν ὁμιλιῶν εἴδει τὴν ὑπηγορίαν πεποίημαι, καθεξῆς πρὸς λέξι), προαγαγὼν τὴν τῶν ῥητῶν θεωρίαν, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ὁ καιρός τε καὶ τὰ πράγματα, τὴν περὶ τούτου μοι σχολὴν ἐνεδίδου κατὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν νηστειῶν. Ἐν ταύταις γὰρ ἡμῖν πρὸς τὴν δημοτίαν ἀκοὴν ὁ περὶ τούτου λόγος διεσπουδάσθη. Εἰ δὲ παράσχοι καὶ ζωῆς χρόνον ὁ τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν ταμίας Θεὸς, καὶ εἰρηνικὴν εὐκαιρίαν, καὶ τοῖς λειπομένοις ἴσως ἐπιδραμούμεθα. Νῦν γὰρ ἡμῖν μέχρι τοῦ ἡμίσεως προἦλθεν ὁ λόγος καὶ ἡ θεωρία. Ἢ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίον ᾿ ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

PROOIMION PROS OLYMPIADA, ᾿Apedexamēn hōs prepousan tǭ semnǭ sou biǭ, kai tę̄ katharą sou psychę̄, tēn peri tou Asmatos tōn asmatōn spoudēn, hēn kai kata prosōpon kai dia grammatōn hēmin exethou, hōste dia tēs katallēlou theōrias phanerōthēnai tēn enkekrymmenēn tois rhētois philosophian, tēs procheirou kata tēn lexin emphaseōs en tais achēratois ennoiais kekatharmenēn. Dio prothymōs apedexamēn tēn peri toutou phrontida, ouk hōs soi ti chrēsimaion eis to son ēthos (pepeismai gar sou kathareuein ton tēs psychēs ophthalmon apo pasēs empathous te kai rhypōsēs ennoias, kai pros tēn akēraton charin dia tōn theiōn toutōn rhētōn aparempodistōs blepein), all᾽ eph᾽ hǭ tois sarchōdesterois cheiragōgian tina genesthai, pros tēn pneumatikēn te kai aulon tēs psychēs katastasin, pros hēn agei to biolion touto dia tēs enchechrymmenēs autǭ sophias. Epeidē de tisi tōn ekklēsiastikōn paristasthai tę̄ lexei tēs hagias Graphēs dia pantōn hienai dokei, kai to di᾿ ainigmatōn kai hyponoiōn eirēsthai ti par᾽ autēs eis ōpheleian hēmōn ou synti; anankaion hēgoumai prōton peri toutōn tois ta toiauta hēmin enkalousin apologēsasthai, hoti ouden apo tropou ginetai par᾽ hēmōn, en tǭ spoudazeiin hēmas to pantoiōs thēreuein ek tēs theias kai theopneustou Graphēs to ōphelimon - hōst᾽ an men hōpheloiē ti kai hē lexis hōs eirētai nooumenē, echein ex hetoimou to spoudazomenon. Ei de ti meta hypochrypseōs en hyponoiais tisi kai ainigmasin eirtimenon, aogon eis ōpheleian eiē kata to procheiron noēma, tous oioutous logous anastrephein, kathōs hynrēgeitai ho dia tōn Paroimiōn hēmas paideuōn logos eis to noēsai, to legomenon, hē hōs skoteinon logon, ē hōs rhēsin sophōn, hē hōs ti tōn ainigmatōn. Hōn hēn dia tēs anagōgēs theōrian, eite tropologian, eïee allēgorian, eite ti allo tis onomazein etheloi, ouden peri tou onomatos dioisometha, monon ei tōn epōphelōn echoi[to] noēmatōn. Kai gar ho megas ᾿Apostolos, pneumatikon einai legōn ton nomon, emperilamthanei tǭ onomati tou nomou kai ta historika diēgēmata, hōs pasan theopneuston Graphēn, nomon einai tois entynchanousin, ou monon dia tōn phanerōn pragmatōn, alla kai dia tōn historikōn diēgēmatōn paideuousan, pros te gnōsin tōn mystēriōn, kai pros katharan politeian tous epistatichōs epaionas kechrētai men tę̄ exēgēsei kata to areskon autǭ, pros to ōphelimon blepōn; ou phrontizei de tou onomatos hǭ chrē katonomazesthai to eidos tēs exēgēseōs. ᾿Alla nyn allassein phēsi tēn phōnēn, mellōn metagein tēn historian eis tēn endeixin tēs peri tōn Diathēkōn oikonomias; eita mnēstheis tōn dyo tou ᾿Adraam. teknōn, tōn ek tēs paidiskēs kai tēs eleutheras autǭ gegonotōn, allēgorian onomazei tēn peri autōn theōrian. Palin de pragmata tina diēgēsamenos tēs hiątorias phēsin, hoti Typikōs men sygnedaigen ekeinois, egraphē de pros gouϑesian hēmōn. Kai palin to, mē dein chēmousthai ton haloōnta boun eipōn, prosethēken, hoti ou melei tǭ Theǭ peri tōn boōn, all᾽ hoti di᾽ hēmas pantōs egraphē. Esti de hopou tēn amydroteran katanoēsin kai tēn ek merous gnōsin, esoptron onomazei Kai palin tēn apo tōn sōmatōn pros ta noēta metastasin, pros Kyrion epistrophēn legei, kai kalymmatos periairesin. En pasi de toutois tois diaphorois tropois te kai onomasi tēs kata ton noun theōrias, hen hyphēgeitai didaskalias eidos hēmin, to mē dein pantōs paramenein tǭ pragmati, hōs blaptousēs hēmas en pollois epi ton kat᾽ aretēn bion tēs procheirou tōn legomenōn emphaseōs; alla metathaïnein pros tēn aulon te kai noētēn theōrian, hōste tas sōmatikōteras ennoias metadlēthēnai pros noun kai dianoian, koneōs dikēn tēs sarchōdesteras emphaseōs tōn legomenōn echtinachtheisēs, Kai dia touto phēsin, hoti To gramma apokteinei, to de pneuma zōopoiei; hōs pollachę̄ [tēs Graphēs, toutesti] tēs historias, eiper epi psilōn staiēmen tōn pragmatōn, ouk agathou biou parechomenēs hēmin ta hypodeigmata. Ti gar ōphelei pros aretēn ton akouonta Hōtēs ho prophētēs ek porneias menos, kai Hēsaias eisiōn pros tēn prophētin, ei mechri tēs lexeōs stēseie tis to legomenon ? pros ton enareton syntelei bion ta peri tou Dabid diēgēmata, moicheias kai phonou kata tauto peri to hen syndedramēkotōn agos ? Ei de tis heuretheiē logos ho to dia toutōn oikonomoumenon epideiknyōn aneuthynon, tote alētheuōn ho tou autou logos epideichthēsetai, hoti To gramma apokteinei (ponērōn. gar echei pragmatōn en heautǭ ta hypodeigmata), to de pneuma zōopoiei; metatithēsi gar tēn apemphaïnousan kai diadeolēmenēn ennoian eis theioteras emphaseis, Oidamen de kai auton ton Logon ton para pasēs ktiseōs proskynoumenon, hote en homoiōmati anthrōpou kai schēmati dia sarkos paredidou ta theia. mystēria, houtōs anachalyptonta hēmin ta tou nomou noēmata, hōste tous dyo anthrōpous, hōn alēthēs estin hē martyria, heauton kai ton Patera legein einai; kai pon chalkoun ophin ton epi tou hypsous anatethenta, hos hēn tǭ laǭ tōn thanatēphorōn dēgmatōn alexitērios, eis tēn dia tou staurou genomenēn hyper hēmōn oikonomian metalamdanonta; kai autōn de tōn aplōs autou mathētōn tēn anchinoian dia tōn chechalymmenōn te kai epichechrymmenōn logōn en homoiōmasin, en skoteinois logois, en apophthegmasi, tois di᾿ ainigmatōn propheromenois, hyper hōn katamonas men epoieito exēgēseis, epilyōn autois tēn asapheian - esti de hopou, ei mē katelēphthē, par᾽ autōn hē tōn legomenōn dianoia, diemempheto tōn to bradynoun, kai peri tēn synesin atopon. Ote gar aposchesthai tou Pharisaïchou hautois enecheleueto zymou, hoi de michropsychōs pros tas pēras apedlepon, en hais ton ek tōn artōn episitismon ouk epēgonto, tote kathaptetai tōn mē synientōn, hoti didaskalia ēn to dia tou zymou dēloumenon. Kai palin trapezan autǭ tōn mathētōn parathentōn, apokrinomenos, hoti ᾿Egō brōsin echō phagein, hēn hymeis ouk hoidate, hyponoēsantōn autōn peri sōmatikę̄s hauton legein trophēs, hōs heterōthen autǭ ton heautou logon, hoti brōsis esten autǭ prepousa kai katallēlos, hē tou sōtēriou thelēmatos apoplēKai myria toiauta ek tōn euangelikōn phōnōn estin analexasthai, eph᾽ hōn allo men esti to ek tou procheirou nooumenon, heteron de pros ho blepei hē tōn legomenōn dianoia; hoion to hydōr ho tois dipsōsin epēngeilato, di᾽ hou pēgai potamōn ginontai hoi pisteuontes, ton arton ton ek tōn ouranōn chkatathaigonta, ton naon ton lyomenon, kai dia triōn hēmerōn egeiromenon, tēn hodon, tēn thyran, ton lethon ton para niǭ kephalę̄ harmozomenon; tous dyo tous epi klinēs mias, ton mylōna, tas alēthousas, tēn paralamthatēn chatalimpanomenēn, to ptōma, tous aetous, tēn sykēn tēn hapalynomenēn kai tous kladous echphyousan. HiLper panta kai hosa toiauta genoito an hēmin es protropēn tou chrēnai kai diereunąn tas theias phōnas, kai prosechein tę̄ anagnōsei, kai kata panta tropon anichneuein ei pou tis heuretheiē lo. gos tēs procheirou katanoēseōs hypsēloteros, epi ta theiotera te kai asōmata cheiragōgōn tēn dianoian. Gouton charin to apēgoreumenon tę̄ brōsei tou xylou, ouchi sykēn, hōs tines apephēnanto, oude allo ti tōn akrodryōn einai peithometha. Ei gar tote thanatēphoros ēn hē sykę̄, oud᾽ an nyn pantōs edōdimos Hama de kai memathēkamen para tēs tou Despotou phōnēs, di᾽ apophaseōs touto dogmatizousēs hoti Ouden esti tōn eisporeuomenōn dia stomatos ho dynatai koinōsai tonʼ anthrōpon. ᾿All᾽ heteran tina zētoumen dianoian epi tou nomon, axian tēs tou nomothetou megaleiotētos; kan tēs tou Theou phyteias ergon ton paradeison einai akousōmen, kan xylon zōēïs en mesǭ tou paradeisou pephyteumenon, zētōmen para tou apokalyptontos ta kekrymmena mystēria mathein, poiōn phytōn ginetai ho Patēr geōrgos eiïï,;E kai phytochomos, kai pōs dynaton esti kata to mesaitaton tou paradeisou ta dyo einai xyla, to te tēs sōtērias kai tēs apōleias. To gar achrithōs meson, kathaper en kyklou tę̄ perigraphę̄, en tǭ eni kentrǭ pantōs estin. Ei de paratetheiē tǭ kentrǭ kata ti meros heteron kentron, anankē pasa symmetatethēnai tǭ kentrǭ ton kyklon, hōste mēketi meson einai to proteron. Echei toinyn henos ontos tou paradeisou, pōs phēsin ho logos idiazontōs men hekateron theōreisthai tōn xylōn; epi de tou mesou einai iouto kai touto, hōn to thanatēphoron tēs tou Theou phyteias allotrion einai didaskei ho panta kala lian einai ta tou Theou erga apophēnamenos logos ? Hois ei mē tis dia philosophias entheōrēseie tēn alētheian, asystaton hē mythōdes einai tois anepischeptois to … Kai makron an eiē ta kath᾽ hekaston ek tōn prophētōn analegesthai; hōs ho Michaias ep᾽ eschatōn hēmerōn, emphanes horos legei genēsesthai epi tas koryphas tōn horeōn, to epi kathairesei ginesthai tōn anmystērion houtō chatonomazōn: pōs de rhaddon ana.tellein phēsi koi anthos ek tēs rhizēs, tin dia sarkos tou Kyriou anadeixin ho hypsēlos Hēsaïas houtō mēnyōn, tetyrōmenon oros para tǭ megalǭ Dabid, hopoion echei noun en tę̄ lexei phainomenon, hē to myrioplasion arma, hē tōn taurōn hē synagōgē, hē epaphiemenē tais damalesi tōn laōn, hē ho baptomenos aimati pous, hē tōn kynōn hai glōssai; hē kath᾽ homoiotēta tou moschon dialeptynomenos tōn kedrōn ho Li- thanos; kai myria pros toutois estin ek tēs loipēs analexamenon prophēteias, didaxai to anankaion tēs kata dianoian tōn rhētōn theōrias, hēs apodallomenos, gpathōs aresche: tisin, homoion einai moi dokei to ginomenon, hōs ei tis achatergasta protheiē pros anthrōpinēn brōsin tēs trapezēs ta lēïa, mē tripsas ton astachyn, mē tǭ lichmētǭ diakrinas ek tōn achyrōn ta spermata, mē leptynas. ton siton eis aleuron, mēde kataskeuasas arton tǭ kathēkonti tropǭ tēs sitopoiias. Hōsper oun to akatergaston gennēma tōn ktēnōn esti trophē, kai ouk anthrōpōn᾽ houtōs eipoi tis an alogōn mallon ē logikōn einai trophēn mē chatergapthenta dia tēs leptoteras theōrias ta theopneusta rhēmata, ou monon tēs Palaias Diathēkēs, alla kai ta polla tēs euangelichēę̄s didaskalias, tdʼ ptyon to diachathairon tēn alōna, to achyron, ho paramenōn sitos tois posin tou lichmētoros, to asdeston pyr, hē agathē apothēkē, to tōn kakōn euphoron dendron, ē apeilē tēs axinēs, ē phooerōs tōn dendrōn tēn akmēn paradeichnyousa,, pros tēn anthrōpinēn physin metapoioumenoi lithoi. ᾿ Tauta mo: dia tōn pros tēn synesin sou kata spoudēn grammatōn apologia tis gegraphthō pros tous mēden pleon para tēn procheiron tēs lexeōs emphasin ek tōn theiōn rhēmatōn anazētein nouthetountas, Ei de tou Hōr:genous philoponōs peri to bidlion touto spoudasantos, kai hēmeis graphę̄ paradounai ton ponon hēmōn proethymethēmen, enkaleitō mēdeis, pros to theion tou ᾿Apostolou logion blepōn, hos phēsin, hotn Hekastos ton idion misthon lēpsetai kata ton idion; kopon. E moi de ou pros epideixin esti syntetagmenos. ho logos; all᾽ epeidē ta polla tōn ep᾽ Ekklēsias rhēthentōn, tines tōn synontōn, hēmin hypo philomatheias esēmeiōsanto, ta men par᾽ ekeinōn labōn, hosa di΄ akolouthou eschen autōn hē sēmeiōsis, ta de kai ap᾿ emautou prostheis, hōn anankaia hēn hē prosthēkē en homiliōn eidei tēn hypēgorian pepoiēmai, kathexēs pros lexi), proagagōn tēn tōn rhētōn theōrian, eph᾽ hoson ho kairos te kai ta pragmata, tēn peri toutou moi scholēn enedidou kata tas hēmeras tōn nēsteiōn. En tautais gar hēmin pros tēn dēmotian akoēn ho peri toutou logos diespoudasthē. Ei de paraschoi kai zōēs chronon ho tēs zōēs hēmōn tamias Theos, kai eirēnikēn eukairian, kai tois leipomenois isōs epidramoumetha. Nyn gar hēmin mechri tou hēmiseōs proēlthen ho logos kai hē theōria. Ē charis tou Kyrion ᾿ hēmōn Iēsou Christou meta pantōn hēmōn eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Prologue. To Olympias.

I have welcomed your earnest request concerning the Song of Songs, which you put to us both face to face and by letter, as fitting for your venerable life and your pure soul: that through a contemplation suited to it the philosophy hidden in the words might be brought to light, purified in undefiled thoughts of the meaning that lies on the surface of the wording. So I have gladly taken up this task, not as though it would be of any use to you for your own character (for I am persuaded that the eye of your soul is clean of every passionate and soiled thought, and that through these divine words it looks without hindrance toward the undefiled grace), but so that the more fleshly might be given some guidance by the hand toward the spiritual and immaterial state of the soul, to which this book leads through the wisdom hidden in it.

But since some churchmen think it right to keep to the letter of holy Scripture in everything, and do not agree that anything is said by it in riddles and hidden meanings for our benefit, I think it necessary first to make a defence on these matters to those who bring such charges against us: that we do nothing out of place when we take pains to hunt down in every way what is profitable in the divine and God-inspired Scripture. So, if the wording too, understood as it is spoken, should be of some profit, we have what we seek ready at hand. But if something said with concealment, in hidden meanings and riddles, should be useless for profit according to its surface sense, we turn such words over, as the Word who teaches us through the Proverbs directs, so as to understand what is said either as a dark saying, or as an utterance of the wise, or as one of the riddles. Whether one wishes to call the contemplation of these things by uplifting interpretation (anagogy) tropology, or allegory, or some other name, we will not quarrel about the name, provided only that it holds profitable thoughts.

For the great apostle too, when he says that the law is spiritual, includes under the name of the law the historical narratives as well, since all God-inspired Scripture is law to those who read it, teaching those who listen attentively, not only through what it states plainly but also through the historical narratives, toward knowledge of the mysteries and toward a pure way of life. He uses interpretation as he pleases, looking to what is profitable, and does not trouble himself about the name by which the kind of interpretation ought to be called. Now he says that he changes his voice, when he is about to carry the history over to the demonstration of the economy concerning the covenants; then, recalling the two children of Abraham, born to him of the slave woman and of the free woman, he calls the contemplation concerning them allegory. Again, having narrated certain events of the history, he says, "These things happened to them as types, but they were written for our admonition." And again, having said that the ox treading out the grain must not be muzzled, he added that God is not concerned about oxen, but that it was written entirely for our sake. Elsewhere he calls the dimmer perception and the partial knowledge a mirror. And again he calls the passage from bodies to intelligible things a turning to the Lord and the removal of a veil. In all these different modes and names of contemplation according to the mind he points us to one form of teaching: that we must not by all means remain with the bare event, since the surface sense of what is said harms us in many respects for the life of virtue, but must pass over to the immaterial and intelligible contemplation, so that the more bodily thoughts are changed into mind and understanding, the more fleshly sense of the words being shaken off like dust. And for this reason he says, "The letter kills, but the Spirit gives life," since in many places [of Scripture, that is,] the history, if we stop at the bare events, does not offer us examples of a good life. For what does it profit the hearer toward virtue that Hosea the prophet has children of prostitution, and that Isaiah goes in to the prophetess, if one stops what is said at the wording? [What] do the narratives about David contribute to the virtuous life, where adultery and murder ran together in one and the same defilement? But if some account should be found that shows what was arranged through these things to be blameless, then the word of the same apostle will be shown to be true, that "the letter kills" (for it holds in itself examples of wicked deeds), "but the Spirit gives life"; for it transposes the unseemly and discredited thought into more divine meanings.

We know also that the Word himself, who is worshiped by all creation, when in the likeness and form of a man he handed on the divine mysteries through the flesh, so unveiled for us the thoughts of the law that he said the two men whose testimony is true were himself and the Father; and he carried the bronze serpent set up on high, which was the people's remedy against the deadly bites, over to the economy accomplished for us through the cross. And he trained the sharpness of his own disciples through veiled and hidden words, in parables, in dark sayings, in sayings uttered in riddles, which he explained to them privately, resolving their obscurity; and there were times when, if the meaning of what was said was not grasped by them, he reproached their slowness and their misplaced understanding. For when he commanded them to keep away from the leaven of the Pharisees, and they in their small-mindedness looked at their bags, in which they had brought no provision of bread, then he rebukes them for not understanding that what was meant by the leaven was teaching. And again, when the disciples set a meal before him, he answered, "I have food to eat that you do not know"; and when they supposed that he was speaking of bodily food, [he explained] … his own word, that the food fitting and proper to him is the fulfilment of the saving will. And countless such things can be gathered from the sayings of the Gospels, in which what is understood at first sight is one thing, and what the meaning of the words looks to is another: for example, the water that he promised to the thirsty, through which those who believe become springs of rivers; the bread that comes down from heaven; the temple that is destroyed and raised in three days; the way; the door; the stone fitted at the head of the corner; the two on one bed; the mill; the women grinding; the one taken and the one left; the corpse; the eagles; the fig tree growing tender and putting out branches. All these, and whatever is like them, might serve to urge us to search the divine words, to give attention to reading, and in every way to track out whether some account higher than the surface understanding might be found, leading the mind by the hand to things more divine and incorporeal.

For this reason we are persuaded that what was forbidden to be eaten from the tree was not a fig, as some have declared, nor any other fruit of the orchard. For if the fig had been deadly then, it would certainly not be edible now. At the same time we have learned from the voice of the Master, laying this down as a doctrine in a negative statement, that "nothing that goes in through the mouth can defile the man." But we seek some other meaning in the law, worthy of the majesty of the Lawgiver; and even if we hear that paradise is the work of God's planting, and that a tree of life was planted in the middle of paradise, let us seek to learn from him who reveals hidden mysteries of what plants the Father becomes the farmer and the gardener, and how it is possible for two trees, the tree of salvation and the tree of destruction, to be in the very middle of paradise. For the exact middle, as in the outline of a circle, is surely at the one centre. If another centre were set beside the centre at some point, the circle would necessarily have to be shifted along with the centre, so that the former would no longer be the middle. Since, then, paradise is one, how does the word say that each of the trees is to be seen on its own, and yet that both this one and that one are in the middle, when the word that declared all God's works to be very good teaches that the deadly one is foreign to God's planting? Unless one contemplates the truth in these things through philosophy, what is said appears incoherent or fabulous to those who do not examine it …

And it would take long to gather each detail from the prophets: how Micah says that in the last days a manifest mountain will come to be on the tops of the mountains, so naming the mystery that comes to pass for the overthrow of the … ; how the lofty Isaiah says that a rod springs up and a flower from the root, so indicating the Lord's appearing through the flesh; what meaning, apparent in the wording, the curdled mountain has in the great David, or the chariot ten thousandfold, or the assembly of bulls let loose among the heifers of the peoples, or the foot dipped in blood, or the tongues of the dogs, or Lebanon beaten small with its cedars like the calf. And countless more besides can be gathered from the rest of prophecy to teach how necessary is the contemplation of the words according to their meaning. Whoever rejects it, as some are pleased to do, seems to me to act as if someone were to set the crops on the table for human food unprocessed, without rubbing out the ear, without separating the seeds from the chaff with the winnowing fan, without grinding the wheat into flour, and without making bread in the proper way of baking. As, then, the unprocessed produce is food for cattle and not for human beings, so one might say that the God-inspired words, if they are not worked up through a finer contemplation, are food for irrational rather than rational beings: not only those of the Old Testament, but also much of the teaching of the Gospel, such as the winnowing fork that clears the threshing floor, the chaff, the grain remaining at the winnower's feet, the unquenchable fire, the good barn, the tree that bears evils abundantly, the threat of the axe that fearfully displays the trees in their prime, the stones made over into human nature.

Let this be written by me, in a letter to your intelligence written in haste, as a defence against those who admonish us to seek nothing more from the divine words than the surface meaning of the wording. And if, after Origen laboured diligently on this book, we too have been eager to commit our own labour to writing, let no one accuse us, looking to the divine saying of the apostle, who says, "Each will receive his own reward according to his own labour." This discourse was not composed by me for display. But since some of those who were with me, out of love of learning, took notes of much of what was said in church, I took from them as much as their notes held in sequence, and added from myself whatever needed to be added, and so I have made the dictation in the form of homilies, carrying the contemplation of the words forward in order, word by word, as far as time and circumstances gave me leisure for it during the days of the fasts. For in these days the discourse on this book was delivered earnestly to the public hearing. And if God, the steward of our life, grants time of life and a peaceful season, we shall perhaps run through what remains as well. For as of now our discourse and contemplation have advanced only as far as the half. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with all of us to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 1

1PG 44

Φιλησάτω με ἀπὸ φιλημάτων στόματος αὐτοῦ· ὅτι ἀγαθοὶ μαστοί σου ὑπὲρ οἶνον, καὶ ἐσμὴ μύρων ὑπὲρ πάντα τὰ ἀρώματα. Μῦρον ἐκκενωθὲνʼ ὄνομά σου. Διὰ τοῦτο νεάνιδες ἠγάπησάν σε, εἴλκυσάν σε. ᾿Οπίσω σου εἰς ὀσμὴν μύρων σου μεῖον αὐτοῦ. ᾿Αγαλλιασώμεθα καὶ εὐςραγθῶμεν ἐγ σοί. ᾿Αγαπήσωμεν μαστούς σου ὑπὲρ οἵγον. Ὅσοι κατὰ τὴν συμδουλὴν τοῦ Παύλου, τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον, ὥσπερ τι περιδόλαιον ῥυπαρὸν σθε σὺν ταῖς πράξεσι καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ, καὶ· τὰ φωτεινὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἱμάτια, οἴα ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ ὄρους μεταμορφώσεως ἔδειξε, διὰ τῆς καθαρότητος οὔ βίου περιεθάλεσθε, μᾶλλον δὲ οἱ αὐτὸν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν μετὰ τῆς ἀγάπης, αὐτοῦ στολῆς, ἐνδυσάμενοι, καὶ συμμορφωθέντες αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ ἀπαθές τε καὶ θειότερον· ὑμεῖς ἀκούσατε τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ·Λσματος τῶν ἀσμάτων. Ὑμεῖς ἐντὸς γίνεσθε τοῦ ἀκηράτου νυμφῶνος, λϑυχειμονοῦντες τοῖς καθαροῖς τε καὶ ἀμολύντοις νοήμασι. Μὴ τις ἐμπαθῆ καὶ σαρχώδη λογισμὸν ἐπαγόμενος, καὶ μὴ ἔχων πρέπον τῷ θείῳ γάμῳ τὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἔνδυμα, συνδεθῇ τοῖς ἰδίοις νοήμασι, τὰς ἀκηράτους τοῦ νυμφίου τε καὶ τῆς νύμφης φωνὰς εἰς κτηνώδη καὶ ἄλογα χαθέλχων πάθη, καὶ δι᾽ αὐτῶν ταῖς αἱἷσχραῖς ἐνδυθεὶς φαντασίαις ἔξω τῶν ἐν τῷ γάμῳ φαιδρυνομένων ἀποῤῥιφῇ, τὸν βρυγμὸν καὶ τὸ δάκρυον τʼ ἀντὶ τῆς ἐν παστάδι χαρᾶς ἀνταλλαξάμενος. Ταῦτα διαμαρτύρομαι μέλλων ἅπτεσθαι τῆς ἐν τῷ Ασματι τῶν ἀσμάτων μυστικῆς θεωρίας. Διὰ γὰρ τῶν ἐνταῦθα γεγραμμένων, νυμφοστολεῖται τρόπον τινὰ ἡ ψυχὴ πρὸς τὴν ἀσώματόν τε καὶ πνευματικὴν καὶ ἄϋλον τοῦ Θεοῦ συζυγίαν. Ὁ γὰρ πάντας θέλων σωθῆναι, καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν, τὸν τελειότατον ἐνταῦθα καὶ μακάριον τῆς σωτηρίας ὑποδείκνυσι τρόπον, τὸν διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης λέγω. Ἔστι μὲν γὰρ καὶ διὰ φόθου τισὶ γινομένη ἣ σωτηρία, ὅταν πρὸς τὰς ἀπειλὰς τῆς ἐν τῇ γεέννῃ κολάσεως βλέποντες τοῦ κακοῦ χωριζόμεθα. Εἰσὶ δέ τινες οἱ καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀποκειμένην τοῖς εὐσεδῶς βεδιωχόσι τὸν μισθὸν ἐλπίδα τὴν ἀρετὴν κατορθοῦντες, οὐκ ἀγάπῃ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, ἀλλὰ τῇ προσδοκίᾳ τῆς ἀμοιδῆς καταχτώ-. μενοι. Ὃ μέντοι πρὸς τὸ τέλειον ἀναδραμὼν τῇ ψυχῇ, ἀπωθεῖτα! μὲν τὸν ἡ τοιαύτη διάθεσις, τῷ μὴ δι᾽ ἀγάπης παραμένειν τῷ ἀλλὰ τῷ τῶν μαστίγων τεύειν· ὑπερορᾷ δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν μισθῶν, ὡς ἂν μὴ δοκοίη τὸν μισθὸν ποιεῖσθαι προτιμότερον τοῦ δωρουμένου τὸ κέρδος· ἀγαπᾷ δὲ ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας τε καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ δυνάμεως, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ γινομένων, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον ὅς ἐστι τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἡ πηγή. Ταύτην τοίνυν ὁ καλῶν ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ -᾿ μετουσίαν, νομοθετεῖ ταῖς τῶν ἀκουόντων ψυχαῖς τὴν διάθεσιν. Ὁ δὲ βεθαιῶν τὴν νομοθεσίαν ταύτην, ἐστὶ Σολομῶν· οὗ ἡ σοφία κατὰ τὴν θείαν μαρτυρίαν μέτρον οὐκ ἔχει, πᾶσιν ἐπίσης τοῖς τε προγεγονόσι καὶ ποἷῖς ἐσομένοις ἀσύγκριτος, οὖσα καὶ ἀπχαράθετος, ἔλαθε τῶν ὄντων οὐδέν. ἾΑρά με τοῦτον οἴει λέγειν τὸν ἐκ τῆς Βηρσαόεὲ Σολομῶντα, τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν χρησάμενον ;.Αλλος Σολομῶν δι᾽ αὐτοῦ σημαίνεται, ὁ καὶ αὑτὸς ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαβὶδ τὸ κατὰ σάρκα γενόμενος, ᾧ ὄνομα εἰρήνη, ὁ ἀληθινὸς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ βασιλεὺς, ὁ οἰκοδόμος τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ· ὁ πάντων ἐμπεριειληφὼς τὴν γνῶσιν, οὗ ἀόριστος ἣ σοφία, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ εἶναι σοφία ἐστὶ καὶ ἀλήθέια, καὶ πᾶν᾽θεοπρεπές τε καὶ ὑψηλὸν ὄνομά τε καὶ νόημα. Οὗτος ὀργάνῳ τῷ Σολομῶντι τούτῳ χρησάμενος, δι᾽ ἐκείνου ἡ μῖν διαλέγεται, πρότερον μὲν ἐν Παροιμίαις, εἶτα ἐν τῷ Ἐκκλησιαστῇ· καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν τῇ προκειμένῃ τοῦ·Ασματος τῶν ἀσμάτων φιλοσοφίᾳ, ὁδῷ καὶ τάξει τὴν πρὸς τὸ τέλειον ἄνοδον ὑποδεικνύων τῷ λόγῳ. Καθάπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς κατὰ σάρκα ζωῆς, οὐ πᾶσα ἡλικία πάσας χωρεῖ τὰς φυσικὰς ἐνεργείας, οὐδὲ διὰ τῶν ὁμοίων ἡμῖν ἐν αὐταῖς ἡλικιῶν διαφοραῖς ὁ βίος προέρχεται (οὔτε γὰρ τὸ νήπιον τὰ τῶν τελείων ἔργα Σ μετέρχεται, οὔτε ὁ τέλειος ἐν ταῖς ἀγκάλαις τῆς τιἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἑκάστῳ καιρῷ τῆς ἡλικίας ἄλλο τι πρόσφορόν ἔστι καὶ κατάλληλον . αὕτως ἔστιν ἰδεῖν καὶ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἀναλογίαν τινὰ πρὸς τὰς σωματικὰς ἡλικίας, δι᾽ ὧν εὑρίσκεται τάξις τις καὶ ἀκολουθία, πρὸς τὸν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν βίον χειραγωγοῦσα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Οὗ χάριν, ἄλλως ἡ Παροιμία παιδεύει, καὶ ἄλλως ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστὴς διαλέγεται· καὶ ἡ διὰ τοῦ Ἄσματος τῶν ἀσμάτων φιλοσοφία, διὰ τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων δογμάτων ἀμφοτέρων ὑπέρ· κεῖται. Ἡ γὰρ διὰ τῶν Παροιμιῶν διδασκαλία, πρὸς τὸν ἔτι νηπιάζοντα ποιεῖ τοὺς λόγους, καταλλήλως τῇ ἡλικίᾳ τοὺς λόγους ἁρμόζουσα. Ἄκουε, φησὶν, υἱὲ, νόμους πατρός σου, καὶ μὴ ἀπώσῃ θεσμοὺς μητρός σου. Ὁρᾷς ἐκ τῶν λεγομένων τὸ ἀπαλὸν ἔτι Γτῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἡλικίας καὶ ἄπαστον, ἔτει μητρῴων αὐτὸν θεσμῶν ἐπιδεᾶ βλέπει, καὶ πατριχῆῇς νουθεσίας. Καὶ ὡς ἂν προθυμότερον προσέχοι τοῖς γονεῦσι τὸ νήπιον, τοὺς παιδικχοὺς αὐτῷ κόσμους ἐκ τῆς περὶ τὰ μαθήματα σπουδῆς προσΠαιδίων γάρ ἐστι κόσμος, χρύσεος Νοεῖν δὲ χμὴ ταῦτα πάντως ὅπως ἂν ὁδηγήσῃ πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ἡ τοῦ αἰνίγματος ἔννοια. Καὶ οὕτως ὑποἐ᾿ γράφειν ἄρχεται τὴν σοφίαν αὑτῷ, ποικέλως τε καὶ πολυειδῶς τοῦ ἀφράστου κάλλους διερμηνεύων τὴν ὥραν· μὴ φόδῳ τινὶ καὶ ἀνάγκῃ, ἀλλὰ ἐπιθυμίᾳ καὶ πόθῳ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν μετουσίαν διαναστῆναι. ἯἩ γὰρ τοῦ κάλλους ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπισπᾶταί πως τὴν τῶν νέων ἐπιθυμίαν πρὸς τὸ δεικνύμενον, πρὸς κοινωνίαν τῆς ὥρας τὸν πόθον ἀναῤῥιπίζουσα. Ὡς ἂν οὖν μᾶλλον αὐτῷ τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν αὐξηθείη, μετατεθὲν ἀπὸ τῆς ὑλικῇς προσπαθείας πρὸς τὴν ἄῦλον σχέσιν, ὡραΐζει διὰ τῶν ἐγκωμίων τῆς σοφίας ττδʼ κάλλος. Καὶ οὐ μόνον τὸ κάλλος τῆς ὥρας διὰ τῶν λόγων προδείχνυσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον αὐτῆς ἀπἀριθμεῖται· οὗ κύριος πάντως ὁ συνοιχήσας γενήσεται. Ὁ δὲ πλοῦτος τέως ἐν τοῖς προχοσμήμασιν αὐτῆς θεωρεῖται. Κόσμος μὲν γὰρ αὐτῇ περιδέξιος αἰῶνες ὅλοι. Οὕτως εἰπόντος τοῦ λόγου, ὅτι Μῆκος βίου καὶ ἔτη ζωῆς ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὑτῆς. Ἔν δὲ τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρὶ, τὸν πολύτιμον τῶν ἀρετῶν περίκειται πλοῦτον τῇ λαμπηδόνι τῆς δόξης συνδιαλάμποντα. Λέγει γὰρ, ὅτι Ἐν τῇ ἀριστερᾷ αὐτῆς πλοῦτος καὶ δόξα.·Εἴτα καὶ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῆς λέγει τὴν εὔπνϑιαν τοῦ καλοῦ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἀρώματος ἀποπνέουσαν, λέγων· Ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῆς ἐκπορεύεται δικαιοσύνη. Τοῖς δὲ χείλεσιν αὐτῆς φησιν ἀντὶ τοῦ φυσικοῦ ἐρυθήματος τὸν νόμον ἑπανθεῖν καὶ τὸν·ἔλεον. Καὶ ὡς ἂν διὰ πάντων εὑρεθείη τῇ τοιαύτῃ νύμφῃ κάλλος ἐρανιζόμενον, ἐπαινεῖται αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ βάδισμα. Φησὶ γάρ᾽ Ἐν ὁδοῖς δικαιοσύνης περιπατεῖ. Οὐ λείπει τοῖς ἐπαίνοις τῆς ὥρσς οὐδὲ τὸ μέγεθος, ἶσα φυτῷ τινι τῶν εὐερνῶν τῆς αὐξήσεως ἀναδραμούσης. Τὸ δὲ φυτὸν τοῦτο ᾧ τὸ ὕψος αὐτῆς ἰυγ προσειχάζεται, Αὐτὸ, φησὶ, τὸ τῆς ζωῆς ξύλον ἐστὶν, ὃ τροφὴ μὲν γίνεται τοῖς ἀγτεχομένοις, στύλος δὲ τοῖς ἐπερειδομέγνοις ἀσφαλής τὸ καὶ ἄσειστος. Νοῶ δὲ δι᾽ ἀμφοτέρων τὸν Κύριον. Αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ζωὴ καὶ τὸ ἔρεισμα. Ἔχει δὲ ἣ λέξις οὕτως· ζωῆς ἐστι πᾶσι τοῖς ἀντεχομένοις αὐτῆς, [καὶ οἷς ἐπερειδομένοις ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν ὡς ἐπὶ Κύριον ἀσφαλής. Συμπεριλαμθάνεται δὲ μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐγκωμίων αὐτῆς καὶ ἡ δύναμις, ὡς ἂν διὰ πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν πληρωθείη τοῦ κάλλους τῆς σοφίας ὁ ἔπαινος. Ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ, φησὶ, τῇ σοφίᾳ ἐθεμελίωσε τὴν γῆν. Ἡτοίμασε δὲ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἐν φρονήσει, ᾽ν καὶ τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον τῶν ἐν τῇ κτίσει θεωρουμένων εἰς τὴν τῆς σοφίας ἄγει δύναμιν, διαποιχίλλων αὐτὴν τοῖς ὀνόμασι. Τὴν γὰρ αὐτὴν καὶ σοφίαν λέγει καὶ σύνεσιν, αἴσθησίν τε καὶ γνῶσιν καὶ σύνεσιν καὶ τὰ γέον πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην συνοίκησιν, ἤδη πρὸς τὸν θεῖον θάλαμον βλέπειν ἐγκελευόμενος. Λέγει γὰρ, ὅτι Μὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς αὑτὴν καὶ ἀνθέξεταί σου· ἐράσθητι αὐτῆς, καὶ τηρήσει σε· περιχαράκωσον αὐτὴν καὶ ὑψώσει σε τίμησον αὐτὴν ἵνα σεὶ περιδάλῃ· ἵνα δῷ τῇ κορυφῇ στέφανον χαρίτων, τοῖς στεφάνοις ἤδη τοῖς γαμιχοῖς νύμφην κατᾶκοσμήσας ἀχώριστον αὑτῆς εἶναι διακελεύεται, λέγων· τὰ δὲ ταῦτα νυμφοστολεῖν ἄρχεται τὸν, ἰ Ἡνίκα ἂν περιπατῇς ἐπάγου αὑτὴν, καὶ μετὰ σοῦ ἔστω ὡς δ᾽ ἂν καθεύδῃς φυλασσέτω σε, ἵνα ἐγειρομένῳ συλλαλῇ σοι. Διὰ τούτων καὶ τῶν τοιούτων τοῦ νεάζοντος ἕτι κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν ἀναφλέξας, καὶ αὐτὴν ἐκείνην τὰ περὶ δαυτῆς διηγουμένην ὑποδείξας τῷ λόγῳ, δι᾽ ὧν .΄ μάλιστα τὴν ἀγαπητιχὴν σχέσιν τῶν ἀχονόντων ἐφέλκεται, τοῦτο μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων εἰποῦσα, ὅτι ᾿Εγὼ τοὺς ἐμὲ φιλοῦντας ἀγαπῶ. Ἢ γὰρ ἐλπὶς τοῦ ἀνταγαπηθῆναι σφοδρότερον εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν τὸν ἐραστὴν διατίθησι· καὶ μετὰ τούτων τὰς λοιπὰς ἐπάγων᾽ τοῖς ἀποφθέγμασι, καὶ εἰς τελειοτέραν ἕξιν αὐτὸν ἀγαγὼν, εἶτα πρὸς τοῖς τελευταίοις τῶν ΙΙαροιμιῶν μαχαρίσας ταύτην τὴν ἀγαθὴν συζυγίαν, ἐν οἷς διεξῆλθε τὰ τῆς ἀνδρείας γυναικὸς ἐκείνης ἐγκώμια, τότε προστίθησι τὴν ἐν τῷ Ἐκκλησιαστῇ φιλοσοφίαν, τῷ ἱκανῷ διὰ τῆς παροιμιώδους ἀγωγῆς εἰσηγησα-· μένῳ εἰς τὴν τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐπιθυμίαν. Καὶ διαδαλὼν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ τὴν περὶ τὰ φαινόμενα τῶν ἀνθρώπων σχέσιν, καὶ μάταιον εἰπὼν εἶναι πᾶν τὸ. ἀστατοῦν τε καὶ παρερχόμενον, ἐν οἷς φησιν, ὅτι Πᾶν τὸ ἐπερχόμενον ματαιότης· ὑπερτίθησι παντὸς τοῦ δι᾽ αἰσθήσεως καταλαμδανομένου τὴν ἐπιφυτιχὴν πἧς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν κίνησιν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀόρατον κάλλος καὶ οὕτως ἐκκαθάρας τὴν καρδίαν τῆς περὶ τὰ φαινό-. μενα σχέσεως, τότε διὰ τοῦ·Άσματος τῶν ἀσμάτων ἐντὸς τῶν θείων ἀδύτων μυσταγωγεῖ τὴν διάνοιαν· ἐν οἷς τὸ μὲν ὑπογραφόμενον, ἐπιθαλάμιός τίς ἐστι διασκευὴ, τὸ δ᾽ ἐννοούμενον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης Ψυχῆς ἡ πρὸς τὸ Θεῖόν ἐστιν Διὰ τοῦτο νυμφίος ὁ ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίσις ὀνομάξεται υἱὸς, καὶ ἢ σοφία εἰς νύμφης τάξιν ἀντιμεθίσταται, ἵνα μνηστευσθῇ τῷ Θεῷ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἁγνὴ παρθένος, καὶ κολληθεὶς τῷ Κυρίῳ γένηται πνεῦμα ἕν, διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἀκήρατόν τι καὶ ἀπαθὲς ἀναχράσεως ιϑγόημα καθαρὸν ἀντὶ σαρκὸς βαρείας γενόμενον. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν σοφία ἐστὶν ἡ λαλοῦσα, ἀγάπησον ὅσον δύνασαι ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας τε καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐπιθύμησην ὅσον χωρεῖς. Προστίθημι δὲ θαῤῥῶν τοῖς ῥήμασι τούτοις, καὶ τὸ, Ἐράσθητι. ᾿Ανέγκλητον γὰρ ᾿ τοῦτο καὶ ἀπαθὲς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀσωμάτων τὸ πάθος, καθώς φησιν ἡ σοφία ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίαις, τοῦ θείου κάλλους νομοθετοῦσα τὸν ἔρωτα. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ὁ νῦν προκείμενος λόγος τὰ ἴσα διακελεύεται, οὐ γυμνὴν τὴν περὶ τούτου συμθουλὴν προσάγων, ἀλλὰ δι᾽ ἀποῤῥήτων φιλοσοφεῖ, τοῖς νοήμασιν εἰκόνα τινὰ τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον ἡδέων εἰς τὴν τῶν δογμάτων τούτων κατασκευὴν προστησάμενος. Ἡ δὲ εἰκὼν γαμικὴ τίς ἔστι κατασκευὴ, ἐν ἦ κάλλους ἐπιθυμία μεσιτεύει τῷ πόθῳ, οὐ κατὰ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην συνήθειαν τοῦ νυμφίου τῆς ἐπιθυμίας κατάρξαντος, ἀλλὰ προλαμθάνει τὸν νυμφίον ἡ παρθένος ἀνεπαισχύντως τὸν πόθον δημοσιεύουσα, καὶ εὐχὴν ποιουμένη τοῦ νυμφικοῦ ποτε κατατρυφῆσαι φιλέματος. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οἱ ἀγαθοὶ τῆς παρθένου προμνήστορες, πατριάρχαι τε καὶ προφῆται, καὶ νομοθέται προσήγαγον τῇ μεμνηστευμένῃ τὰ θεῖα χαρίσματα, ἅπερ ἕδνα καλεῖ ἡ συνήθεια, τὰ πρὸ τῶν γάμων δῶρα οὕτω χατονομάξουσα. Ταῦτα δὲ ἣν ἄφε. σις παραπτωμάτων, ἀμνηστεία κακῶν, ἁμαρτίας ἀναίρεσις, μεταστοιχείωσις φύσεως, τοῦ φθαρτοῦ πρὸς τὸ ἄφθαρτον μεταποίησις, παραδείσου τρυφὴ, βασιλείας ἀξίωμα, εὐφροσύνη τέλος οὐκ ἔχουσα. Ταῦτα τοίνυν ἡ παρθένος δεξαμένη τὰ θεῖα δωρήματα παρὰ τῶν καλῶν ἐδνοφόρων, τῶν διὰ τῇ΄ς προφητικῆς διδασκαλίας αὐτῇ προσαγαγόντων τὰ δῶρα, καὶ ὁμο·. λογεῖ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν, καὶ ἐπισπεύδει τὴν χάριν, ἤδη τῆς ὥρας τοῦ ποθουμένου χατατρυφῆσαι στπουδάζξουσα. ᾿Αχροῶνται αὑτῆς συνήθεις τινὲς καὶ ὁμήλικες πρὸς. μείζονα τὴν νύμφην ἐπιθυμίαν διερεθίξουσαι. Παραγίνεται δὲ καὶ ὁ νυμφίος, φίλων αὑτῷ τινων καὶ χαταθυμίων χορὸν ἐπαγόμενος. Οὗτοι δ᾽ ἄν εἰσιν τὰ λειπουργικὰ πνεύματα, δι᾽ ὧν οἱ ἄνθρωποι σώζονται, ἣ οἱ προφῆται οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ νυμφίου ἀκούσαντες, χαίρουσί τε καὶ ἀγάλλονται τῆς ἀκηράτου συξυγίας ἁρμοζομένης, δι᾽ ἧς ἡ χολλωμένη τῷ Κυρίῳ Ψυχὴ, ἕν πνεῦμα γίνεται, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿ΑπόΠάλιν τοίνυν ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίαις ἐπαναλήψομαι τὸν λόγον - Μὴ τις ἐμπαθὴς καὶ σαρχώδης, ἔτι τῆς νεκρᾶς τοῦ παλαιοῦ ἀνθρώπου δυσωδίας ἀπόζων, πρὸς πὰς κτηνώδεις ἀλογίας χατασυρέτω τὰς τῶν θεοπνεύνστων νοημάτων τε καὶ ῥημάτων ἐμφάσεις· ἀλλ᾽ ἐχόλχς ἕκαστος αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ἔξω τοῦ ὑλικοῦ κόσμου γενόμενος, καὶ ἐπανελθὼν τρόπον τινὰ δι᾽ ἀπαθείας εἰς τὸν παράδεισον, καὶ διὰ καθαρότητος ὁμοιωθεὶς τῷ Θεῷ· οὕτως ἐπὶ τὸ ἄδυτον τῶν προφαινομένων ἡμῖν διὰ τοῦ βιθλίου τούτον μυστηρίων χωρείτω. Εἰ δέ τισιν ἀπαρασχεύαστός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχὴ πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην ἀκρόασιν, ἀκουσάτω τοῦ Μωσέως ἢ νομοθετοῦντος, μὴ κατατολμῆσαι τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ πνευματικὸν ἀναθάσεως, πρὶν πλῦναι τῶν καρδιῶν ἡμῶν τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ τοῖς καθήκουσι τῶν λογισμῶν περιῤῥαντηρίοις τὰς ψυχὰς ἀφαγνίσασθαι,·Ὥστε νῦν ἐν ᾧ χρόνῳ προσεδρεύομεν τῇ θεωρίᾳ ταύτῃ. λήθην τῶν γαμιχῶν νοημάτων ποιήσασθαι, κατὰ τὸ παράγγελμα τοῦ Μωῦσέως, τοῦ καθαρεύειν ἀπὸ τῶν γάμων τοὺς μυσταγωγουμένους νομοθετήσαντος· καὶ διὰ πάντων ἀναλαθεῖν οἶμα! δεῖν ἡμᾶς τὰ τοῦ νομοθέτου προστάγματα, μέλλοντας προσθδαίνειν τῷ πνευματικῷ τῆς θεογνωσίας ὄρει, ἐν ᾧ τὸ θῆλυ γένος τῶν λογισμῶν μετὰ τῆς ὑλικῆς ἀποσχενῆς τῷ κάτω καταλείπεται βίῳ. Πᾶν δὲ ἄλογον νόημα, εἰ περὶ τὸ τοι-.οὔτον ὄρος ὀφθείη, τοῖς στεῤῥοτέροις λογισμοῖς, οἷόν τισι λίθοις χαταφονεύεται. Μόλις γὰρ ἂν οὕτω χωρήσαιμεν τὴν φωνὴν τῆς σάλπιγγος ταύτης, μέγα τι καὶ ἑξαίσιον καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν δύναμιν τῶν δεχομένων ἠχούοὴς, ἣν αὐτὸς ὁ γνόφος τῆς ἀσαφείας προΐεται, ἐν ᾧ ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ τὸ ὑλικὸν ἅπαν ἐπὶ τοῦ τοιούτου ὅρους τῷ πυρὶ καταφλέγων Ἤδη τοίνυν ἐντὸς τοῦ ἢ ᾿Αγίου τῶν ἁγίων γενώμεθα, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τὸ ἵΛσμα τῶν ἀτμάτων. Ὡς γὰρ ἐν τῷ ᾿Αγίῳ τῶν ἁγίων πλεονασμόν τινα; καὶ ἐπίτασιν τὴς ἁγιότητος διὰ τῆς ὑπερθετιχῆς ταύτης φωνῆς διδασκόμεθα· οὕτω καὶ διὰ τοῦ Ἄσματος τῶν ἀσμάτων, μυστηρίων μυστήρια διδάσκειν ἡμᾶς ὁ ὑψηλὸς λόγος κατεπαγγέλλεται. Πολλῶν γὰρ ὄντων, κατὰ τὴν θεόπνευστον διδασκαλίαν τῶν ἀσμάπων, δι᾽ ὧν τὰ μεγάλα νοήματα διδασκόμεθα περὶ Θεοῦ, παρά τε τοῦ μεγάλου Δαθὶδ, καὶ Ἡσαΐου, καὶ Μωῦσέως, καὶ ἄλλων πολλῶν· τοῦτο παρὰ τῆς ἐπιγραφῆς ταύτης μανθάνομεν. ὅτι ὅσον ἀπέχει τῶν τῆς ἕξω σοφίας ἀσμάτων τῶν ἁγίων [τὰ] ἄτματα, τοσοῦτον ὑπέρχειται τῶν ἁγίων ἀσμάτων τὸ ἐν τῷ Ασματι τῶν ἀσμάτων μυστήριον. Οὗ τὸ πλέον εἰς κατανόησιν, οὔτε εὑρεῖν, οὔτε χωρῆσας ἢ ἀνθρωπίνη δύναται ἀκοὴ καὶ φύσις. Καὶ τούτου χάριν τὸ σφοδρότατον πῶν καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν ἐνεργουμένων (λέγω δὴ τὸ ἐρωτιχὸν, πάθος) τῆς τῶν δογμάτων ὑφηγήσεως αἰνιγματωδῶς προεστήσατο᾽ ἵνα διὰ τούτου μάθωμεν, ὅτι χρὴ τὴν Ψυχὴν πρὸς τὸ ἀπρόσιτον τῆς θείας φύσεως κάλλος ἐνατενίζουσαν, τοσοῦτον ἐρᾷν ἐκεῖνον, ὅσον ἔχει τὸ σῶμα τὴν σχέσιν πρὸς τὸ συγγενὲς καὶ ὁμόφυλον, μετενεγχοῦσαν εἰς ἀπάθειαν τὸ πάθος, ὥστε πάσης σωματικῆς διαθέσεως, μόνῳ τῷ πνεύματι ζέειν ἐρωτικῶς ἐν ἡμῖν τὴν διάνοιαν, διὰ ἡ ποῦ πυρὸς ἐκείνου θερμαινομένην, ὃ βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἦλθεν ὁ Κύριος. ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν, ὅπως χρὴ διακεῖσθαι τὴν Ψυχὴν τῶν μυστικῶν ῥημάτων ἀκουόντων, ἱκανῶς ἔχειν φημί· καιρὸς ὃς ἂν εἴη καὶ αὐτὰς τὰς θείας τοῦ΄·Ἄσματος τῶν ἀσμάτων φωνὰς ἤδη προσθεῖναι τῇ θεωρίᾳ τοῦ λόγου. Καὶ πρότερόν γε τὴν τῆς γραφῆς χαταγοήσωμεν δύναμιν.) Οὐ γὰρ ἀργῶς μοι δοκεῖ τῷ Σολομῶντι τὸ βιδλίον ἐκ τῆς ἐπιγραφῆς ἀνατεθεῖσθαι· ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε γενέσθαι διάνοιαν τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι, τοῦ μέγα τι καὶ θεῖον ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις προσδέχεσθαι. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀνυπέρδλητόν ἐστι παρ᾽ ἑκάστῳ, διὰ τῆς περὶ αὐτοῦ μαρτυρίας, ἐπὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ τὸ θαῦμα, τούτου χάριν εὐθὺς ἐκ προοιμίων ἡ τοῦ ὀνόματος· μνήμη παραλαμδάνεται· ὥστε τι μέγα καὶ τῆς περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξης ἐπάξιον ἐλπισθῆναι διὰ τοῦ βιδλίου τούτου τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν. [Ὥσπερ δὲ κατὰ τὴν γραφικὴν ἐπιστή᾿- μὴν ὕλη μέν τίς ἐστι πάντως ἐν διαφόροις βαφαῖς ἡ συμπληροῦσα τοῦ ζώου τὴν μίμησιν· ὁ ᾿δὲ πρὸς τὴν εἰκόνα βλέπων, τὴν ἐκ τῆς τέχνης διὰ τῶν χρωμάτων βαφαῖς ἐμφιλοχωρεῖ τῷ θεάματι· ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ εἶδος - βλέπει μόνον, ὃ διὰ τῶν χρωμάτων ὁ τεχνίτης ἀνέδειξεν· οὕτω προσήκει καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς παρούσης Γραφῆς, μὴ πρὸς τὴν ὕλην τὴν ἐν τοῖς ῥήμασι χρωμάτων βλέπεῖν· ἀλλὰ καθάπερ τι βασιλείας εἶδος ἐν αὐτοῖς καθορᾷν τὸ διὰ τῶν καθαρῶν νοημάτων ἀνατυπούμενον. Α- Ὁ· Λευκὸν γὰρ, ἣ ὠχρὸν, ἢ μέλαν, ἣ ἐρυθρὸν, ἢ κυάνεον, ἢ ἄλλο τι χρῶμά ἔστι τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα κατὰ τὰς προχείρους ἐμφάσεις, στόμα, καὶ φίλημα, καὶ μύρον, καὶ οἶνος, καὶ τὰ τῶν μελῶν ὀνόματα, καὶ κλίνη, καὶ νεάνιδες, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα. Ἢ δὲ διὰ τούτων ἀποτελουμένη μορφὴ, μακαριότης ἐστὶ καὶ ἀπάθεια, καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸ Θεῖον συνάφεια, καὶ ἡ τῶν κακῶν ἀλλοτρίωσις, καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸ ὄντως καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν ἑξομοίωσις. Ταῦτά ἔστι τὰ νοήματα τὰ μαρτυροῦντα τῷ Σολομῶντι τὴν σοφίαν ἐκείνην τὴν ὑπερδαίνουσαν τοὺς ὅρους τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας. Τί γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο τούπου παραδοξότερον, ἣ τὸ αὐτὴν ποιῆσαι τὴν φύσιν τῶν ἰδίων παθημάτων καθάρσιον, διὰ τῶν νομιζομένων ἐμπαθῶν ῥημάτων τὴν ἀπάθειαν νομοθετοῦσαν καὶ ; Οὐ γὰρ λέγει τὸ, δεῖν ἔξω τῶν τῆς σὰρκὸς γενέσθαι παθητικῶν κινημάτων, καὶ νεχροῦντα τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ καθαρεύειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐμπαθῶν ῥημάτων τῷ στόματι· ἀλλ᾽ οὕτω διέθηκε τὴν ψυχὴν, ὡς διὰ τῶν ἀπεμφαίνειν δοκούντων πρὸς τὴν καθαρότητα βλέπειν, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐμπαθῶν ῥήτεων, τὴν ἀκήρατον ἑρμηνεύων διάνοιαν. ν μὲν δὴ τοῦτο διὰ τῶν προοιμίων ἡμᾶς παιδευσάτω ὁ λόγος, τὸ μηκέτι ἀνθρώπους εἶναι, τοὺς ἐπὶ τὰ ἄδυτα τῶν τοῦ βιθλίου τούτου μυστηρίων εἰσαγομένους, ἀλλὰ μεταποιηθῆναι τῇ φύσει διὰ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ μαθητείας πρὸς τὸ θειότερον καθὼς μαρτυρεῖ τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μαθηταῖς ὁ Λόγος, ὅτι κρείττους ἦσαν ἣ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον, οὖς διέκρινεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ γενομένη πρὸς αὑτοὺς παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου διαστολὴ, ὅτε φησί· Τίνα μὲ γουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι; Ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνα με γετε εἶναι; ἀληθῶς γὰρ ὡς διὰ τῶν τοιούτων ῥημάτων, ὧν ἢ πρόχειρος ἔμφασις τὰς σαρχώδεις ἡδυπαθείας ἐνδείκνυνται, μὴ χατολισθαίνων εἰς τὴν ῥυπῶσαν διάνοιαν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν τῶν θείων φιλοσοφίαν ἐπὶ τὰς καθαρὰς ἐννοίας, διὰ τῶν ῥημάτων τούτων χειραγωγούμενος δείκνυσι τὸ. μηκέτι ἄνθρωπος εἶναι, μηδὲ σαρκὶ καὶ αἴματι συμμεμιγμένην τὴν φύσιν ἔχειν· ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐλπιζοιένην τῇ ἀναστάσει τῶν ἁγίων ζωὴν ἐπιδείκνυται, ἰσάγγελος διὰ τῆς ἀ παθείας γενόμενος. Ὡς; γὰρ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τὸ μὲν σῶμα μεταστοιχειωθὲν πρὸς τὸ ἄφθαρτον, τῇ ψυχῇ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου συμπλέκεται· τὰ δὲ νῦν διὰ σαρκὸς ἡμῖν ἐνοχλοῦντα πάθη, τοῖς σώμασιν ἐκείνοις οὐ συνανίσταται· ἀλλά τις εἰρηνικὴ κατάστασις τὴν ζωὴν ἡμῶν διαδέξεται, μηκέτι τοῦ φρονήματος τῆς σαρκὸς πρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν σταπιάζοντοξ, μηδὲ τοῦ ἐμφυλίου πολέμου διὰ τῶν ἐμπαθῶν κινημάτων ἀντιστρατευομένον τῷ γόμῳ τοῦ νοὸς, καὶ ὥσπερ αἰχμάλωτόν τινα τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ προσάγοντος τὴν ἡττηθεῖσαν ψυχήν ᾿ ἀλλὰ πάντῶν τῶν τοιούτωον καθαρεύσει τότε ἡ φύσις, καὶ ἕν δι᾽ ἀμφοτέρων ἔσται τὸ φρόνημα, τῆς δαρκός φημι, καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος, πάτης σωματικῆς διαθέσεως ἐξἀφανισθείσης ἀπὸ τῆς φύσεως ὁ οὕτω παρακελεύεται . διὰ τοῦ βιθλίου τούτου ὁ λόγος τοῖς ἐπαΐουσι, κἂν ἐν σαρκὶ ζῶμεν, μηδὲν τοῖς νοήμασι πρὸς αὑτὴν ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς μόνην τὴν ψυχὴν βλέπειν, καὶ πάβας τὰς ἀγαπητιχὰς τούτων ἐμφάσεις καθαράς τε καὶ ἀμολύντους ἀνατιθέναι τῷ ὑπερέχοντι πάντα νοῦν ἀγαθῷ Θεῷ - ᾧ μόνον ἐστὶν ὡς ἀληθῶς, Ὑλυχύ τε καὶ ἐπιθυμητὸν καὶ ἐράσμιον· οὗ ἡ ἀπόλαυσις ἡ ἀεὶ γινομένη ἀφορμὴ μείζονος ἐπιθυμίας γίνεται, τῇ μετουσίᾳ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὸν πόθον συνεπιτείνουσα. Μωτῆς ἐφίλει τὸν Θεὸν, οὕτως ὁ Ἡλίας· οὕτως ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐφίλει τὸν νυμφίον λέγων· Ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην νυμφίος ἐστίν· ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου … χαρᾷ χαίρει διὰ τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου. Οὕτως ὁ Πέτρος ἐοωτηθεὶς εἰ φιλεῖ καὶ ἀγαπᾷ, ὁμολογεῖ μετ παῤῥησίας, λέγων - Σὺ οδας, Κύριε, ὅτι φιιϊῶ Οὕτως οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόττολοι· οὕτως ὁ Παῦλος ὁ πρὶν διώκτης, καὶ ἀγαπήσας ὃν οὐκ ἑώρα Χριστὸν, ἔγραφε λέγων· Ἡ ρμοσάμην ὑμᾶς παρθένον ἀγγὴν παραστῆσαι τῷ Χριστῷ Οὕτως ἡ νῦν Ἐχκχλησία, ἡ νύμφη … τὸν νυμφίον ἐφίλει, κατὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ Λσματι παρθένὸν τὴν λέγουσαν Φιϊησάτω μὲ ἀπὸ φιλημάτων στόματος αὐτοῦ. Οὕτως ὁ διὰ τῆς κατὰ στόμα γινομένης αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁμιλίας, καθὼς μαρτυρεῖ ἢ Γραφὴ, ὅτι ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μείζονι τῶν τοιούτων φιλημάτων ἐγένετο, μετὰ τοσαύτας θεοφανείας, ὡς μήπω πεθεαμένος ἰδεῖν ἀξιῶν τὸν ποθούμενον. Οὕτως οἱ λοιποὶ πάντες, οἷς ὁ θεῖος πόθος διὰ βάθους ἐνέκειτο, οὐδαμοῦ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἴσταντο, πᾶν τὸ θεόθεν αὐτοῖς εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν τοῦ ποθουμένου γινόμενον, ὕλην καὶ ὑπέκκαυμα τῆς σφοδροτέρας ἐπιθυμίας ποιούμενοι. ἢ Ὥσπερ δὴ καὶ νῦν ἡ τῷ Θεῷ συναπτομένη ψυχὴ ἀκορέστως ἔχει τῆς ἀπολαύσεως· ὅσῳ δαψιλέστερον ἐμφορεῖται τῆς ἀπολαύσεως, τοσοῦτον σφοδρότερον τοῖς πόθοις ἀκμάζουσα. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ νυμφίου, πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή ἐστι· πᾶς δὲ ὁ τῷ πνεύματι κολλώμενος πνεῦμα γίνεται, καὶ ὁ τῇ ζωῇ συναπτόμενος ἀπὸ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωὴν μεταθαίνει, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου φωνήν ᾿ διὰ τοῦτο ποθεῖ προο- ΄· εὐγίσαι τὴν ψυχὴν τῇ πηγῇ τῆς πνευματικῆς ζωῆς ἡ παρθένος ψυχῆ. Ἡ δὲ πηγή ἔστι τοῦ νυμφίου στόμα, ὅθεν τὰ ῥήματα τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς ἀναβρύοντα πληροῖ τὸ στόμα τὸ ἐφελκόμενον, καθὼς ἑποίει ὁ Προφήτης διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἕλκων τὸ πνεῦμα. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν χρὴ προσθεῖναι τὸ στόμα τῷ ὕδατι τὸν ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς ποτὸν ἐφελκόμενον, πηγὴ δὲ ὁ Κύριος ὁ εἰπών· Εἴ τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ : διὰ τοῦτο ἡ ψυχὴ προσαγαγεῖν τὸ ἑαυτῆς στόμα τῷ τὴν ζωὴν πηγάζοντι στόματι βούλεται, λέγουσα ᾿ Φιζησάτω με ἀπὸ τῶν φιλημάτων στόματος αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ πᾶσι τὴν ζωὴν βρύων, καὶ πάντας σωθῆναι θέλων, οὐδένα βούλεται τῶν σωζομένων τοῦ τοιούτου φιλήματος εἶναι ἀμέτοχον· καθάρσιον γάρ ἔστι ῥύπου παντὸς τοῦτο τὸ φίλημα. Διό μοι δοκεῖ τῷ λεπρῷ Σίμωνι τὸ τοιοῦτον ὀνειδιστικῶς προφέρειν ὁ Κύριος, ὅτι Φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας. Ἧ γὰρ ἂν ἐκαθαρίσθη τοῦ πάθους τῷ σνόματι σπάσας τὴν καθαρότητα. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνος μὲν εἰκότως ἀνέραστος ἦν, ὑπερσαρχήσας διὰ τῆς, νόσον πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν ἐπιθυμίαν, μένων ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους Ἢ δὲ κεκαθαρμένη ψυχῇ, μηδεμιᾶς σαρχιίύδους λέπρας ἐπιπροσθούσης, βλέπει τὸν τῶν ἀγαθῶν θησαυρόν - ὄνομα δέ ἐστι τῷ θησαυρῷ ἡ καρδία. Καὶ ὁ Προφήτης καθαρὰν κτισθῆναι καρδίαν παρεκάλει, ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἐστι τοῖς μαζοῖς ἡ χορηγία τοῦ θείου γάλακτος, ᾧ τρέφεται ἡ ψυχὴ, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως ἐφελκομένη τὴν χάριν. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ὅτι Ἀγαθοὶ οἱ μασθοί σου ὑπὲρ οἷνον· τῆς τοπικῆς θέσεως διὰ τῶν μαζῶν τὴν καρδίαν ὑποσημαίνουσα. Πάντως δὲ καρδίαν μὲν τὴν κεκρυμμένην τε καὶ ἀπόῤῥητον τῆς θεότητος δύναμιν νοῶν τις, οὐκ ἁμαρτήσεται· μαζοὺς δὲ τὰς ἀγαθὰς τῆς θείας δυνάμεως ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐνεργείας εἰκότως ἄν τις ὑπονοήσειε, δι᾽ ὧν τιθηνεῖται τὴν ἐκάστου ζωὴν ὃ Θεὸς, κατάλληλον ἑκάστῳ τῶν δεχομένων τὴν τροφὴν χαριζόμενος. Μανθάνομεν δέ τι κατὰ πόροδον καὶ ἕτερον δόγμα διὰ τῆ: τοῦ βιδλίου τούτου φιλοσοφίας, ὅτι διπλῇ τίς ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν αἴσθησις, ἡ μὲν σωματικὴ, ἡ δὲ θειοπέρα, καθώς φησί που τῆς Παροιμίας ὁ λόγος· ὅτι Αἴσθησιν θείαν εὑρήσεις. ᾿Αναλογία γάρ τίς ἔστι τοῖς ψυχικοῖς κινήμασι καὶ ἐνεργήμασιν πρὸς τὰ τοῦ σώματος αἰσθητήρια, καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ τῶν παρόντων μανθάνομεν λογίων τοῦ Πνεύματος. Ὁ γὰρ οἶνός τε καὶ γάλα τῇ γεύσει κρίνεται· νοητῶν δὲ ὄντων ἐκείνων, νοητὴ πάντως καὶ ἡ ἀντιληπτικὴ τούτων τῆς ψυχῆς ἐστι δύναμις. Τὸ δὲ φίλημα διὰ τῆς ἁπτικῆς αἰσθήσεως ἐνεργεῖται, Ἐφάπτεται γὰρ ἀλλήλων τὰ χείλη ἐν τῷ φιλήματι. Ἔστι δέ τις καὶ ἀφὴ τῆς ψυχῆς, ἡ ἁπτομένη τοῦ λόγον, διά τινος ἀσωμάτου καὶ νοητῆς ἐπαφῆῇς ἐνεργουμένη, καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ εἰπὼν, ὅτι Αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν περὶ τοῦ εἸόγου τῆς ζωῆς. Ὥσαύτως ξὲ καὶ ἡ τῶν θείων μύρων ὀσμὴ, οὐ μυκτήρων ἐστὶν ὀσμὴ, ἀλλά τινος νοητῆς καὶ ἀῦλου δυνάμεως, τῇ τοῦ πνεύματος ὀλκῇ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ συνεφελχομένης εὐωδίαν. υὕὔτω γὰρ ἡ ἀκολουθία τῆς παρθενικῆς εὐχῆς ἐν προοιμίοις ἔχει· ὅτι Ἀγαθοὶ μασθοί σου ὑπὲρ οἶνον, καὶ ὀσμὴ μύρων σου ὑπὲρ πάντα τὰ ἀρώματα. Δηλοῦται δὲ διὰ τούτων, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ὑπειλήφαμεν, οὐ μικρόν τι, οὐδὲ εὐκαταφρόνητον νόημα. Τάχα γὰρ ἐν τῷ ὑπερθεῖναι διὰ συγκρίσεως τὸ ἐκ τῶν θείων μασθῶν γάλα τῆς ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου γενομένης ἡμῖν εὐφροσύνης, μανθάνομεν διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων, ὅτι πᾶσα ἀνθρωπίνη σοφία καὶ ἐπιστήμη τῶν ὄντων καὶ πᾶσα δύναμις θεωρητικὴ καὶ κατανοητιχὴ φαντασία ἀδυνάτως ἔχει διὰ συγκρίσεως τῇ ἁπλονυστέρᾳ τῶν θείων μαθημάτων τροφῇ. Ἐκ γὰρ τῶν μασθῶν τὸ γάλα φέρεται· νηπίων δ᾽ ἐστὶ τὸ γάλα τροφή. Ὁ δὲ οἶνος δι᾿ εὐτονίαν τε καὶ θερμότητα, τῶν τελειοτέρων ἀπόλαυσις γίνετα!· ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως τὸ ἐν τῇ ἔξω σοφίᾳ τέλειον τῆς νηπιώδους τοῦ θείου λόγου διδασκαλίας ἐστὶ μικρότερον. Διὰ τοῦτο κρεΐττους οἱ θεῖοι μασθοὶ, τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου οἴνου. Ἡ δὲ ὀσμὴ τῶν θείων μύρων, καλλίων ἐστὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν ἀρώμασιν εὐωδίας. Ὅθεν δοκεῖ τοιοῦτον τὸν νοῦν ἀποδεικνύειν· ᾿Αρώματα νοοῦμεν τὰς ἀρετὰς, οἷον, σοφίαν. σωφρησύνην, ἀνδρείαν, φρόνησιν, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, οἷς προσχρωννύμενος κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν καὶ προαίρεσιν ἕκαστος, ἄλλος ἄλλως ἐν εὐωδίᾳ γινόμεθα· ὁ μὲν ἐκ σωφροσύνης ἣ σοφίας ὁ δὲ ἐκ δικαιοσύνης, ἢ ἀνδρείας, ἣ ἄλλου τινὸς τῶν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν νοουμένων· δὲ τυχὸν καὶ ἐκ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων ἀρωμάτων συγχεχραμένην. ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν εὐωδίαν. ὅμως ταῦτα πάντᾳ οὐκ ἂν εἰς σύγκρισιν ἔλθοι τῆς παντελοῦς ἀρετῆς ἐκείνης, ἣν τοὺς οὐρανοὺς διειληφέναι φησὶν ᾿Αὐδαχοὺμ ὁ προφήτης εἰπών - Ἐχάἄυψεν οὐρανοὺς ἡ ἀρετὴ αὐτοῦ, ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐποσοφία, καὶ αὑτοδικαιοσύνη καὶ αὑτοαλήθεια, καὶ·. σὰ καθ᾽ ἔκαστον πάντα. Τῶν οὐρανίων μύρων ηὉ ὀσμὴ, φησὶν, ἀπαράθετον ἔχει τὴν χάριν πρὸς ταῦτα τὰ ἀρώματα τὰ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν γινωσκόμενα. Πάλιν ἐν τοῖς ἐφεξῆς ὑψηλοτέρας ἅπτεται φιλοσοφίας ἡ φυχὴ ἢ νύμφη, τὸ ἀπρόσιτόν τε καὶ ἀχώρητον λογισμοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις τῆς θείας δυνάμεως ἐνδεικνυμένη, ἐν οἷς φησι’ Μύρον ἐκκενωθὲν ὄνομά σου· ποιοῦτον γάρ τοι δοκεῖ μοι διὰ τοῦ λόγου τούτου σημαίνεσθαι, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ὀνομαστιχῇ σημασίᾳ περιληφθῆναι δὲ ἀχριδείας τὴν ἀόριστον φύσιν· ἀλλὰ πᾶσα νοημάτων δύναμις, καὶ πᾶσα ῥημάτων τε καὶ νοημάτων ἔμφασις, κἄν τι μέγα καὶ θεοπρεπὲς ἔχειν δόδῃ, αὐτοῦ τοῦ ῥήματος ὄντως ἐφάψασθαι φύσιν οὐκ Ὀ ἔχει· ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπεῤ ἐξ ἰχνῶν τινων καὶ ἐναυσμάτων λόγος ἡμῶν τοῦ Λόγου χκαταστοχάζεται, διὰ τῶν χαἸαλαμθδανομένων εἰκάζων ἔκ τινος ἀναλογίας τὸ ἀχακάληπτον. Ὃ τι γὰρ ἂν ἐπινοήσωμεν, φησὶν, ὄνομα γνωριστικὸν τοῦ τῆς σῆς θεότητος μύρον, οὐκ αὐτὸ τὸ μύρον διὰ τῆς ἐμφάσεως τῶν λεγομένων σημαίνομεν, ἀλλὰ βραχύ τι λείψανον ἀτμοῦ τῆς θείας εὐὖἐπὶ τῶν ἀγγείων, ὧν ἂν ἐχχενωθῇ τὸ μύρον, αὐτὸ . μὲν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φύσει ἀγνοεῖται τὸ μύρον τὸ ἐκκενωθὲν τῶν ἀγγείων, οἷόν ἐστιν· ἐξ ἀμυδρᾶς δέ τινος τῆς αη- ὑπολειφθείσης ἐκ τῶν ἀτμῶν τῷ ἀγγείῳ ποιότητος, στοχασμόν τινα περὶ τοῦ ἐχχενωθέντος μύρου ποιοῦμεθα, Τοῦτο οὖν ἐστιν ὃ διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων μανθάνομεν, ὅτι αὐτὸ μὲν τὸ τῆς θεότητος μύρον ὅ τί ποτε. κατʼ οὐσίαν ἐστὶν, ὑπὲρ πᾶν ἔστιν δνομάτε καὶ νόημα. Τὰ δὲ τῷ παντὶ ἐνθεωρούμενα θαύματα, τῶν θεολογιχῶν ὀνομάτων τὴν ὕλην δίδωσι, δι᾿ ὧν σοφὸν, δυνατὸν, ἀγαθὸν, ἅγιον, μακάριόν τε καὶ ἀΐδιον, καὶ κριτὴν, καὶ σωτῆρα, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα χατονομάξζομεν· ποπιῖτλῷ ἅπερ πάντα ποιότητά τινα βραχεῖαν τοῦ θείου μύρου ἐνδείκνυται, ἦν πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις διὰ τῶν ἐνθεωρουμένων θαυμάτων, σκεύους τινὸς μυρεψικοῦ δίκην, ἐν ἑαυτῇ ἀπεμάξατο. Διὰ τοῦτο, φησὶν, γεάνιδες ἡγάπησάν σξ, εἴλκυσάν σε. Ἐΐπε τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἐναρέτου ἐπιθυμίας, καὶ τῆς ἀγαπητιχῇς διαθέσεως. Τίς γὰρ τοιούτου κάλλους ἀνέραστος νον ὀφθαλμὸν ἔχοι τὸν ἀνατενίσαι τῇ ὥρᾳ δυνάμενον τ Οὐ πολὺ μὲν τὸ καταλαμδανόμενον κάλλος, ἀπειροπλάσιον δὲ τὸ διὰ τοῦ φαινομένου στοχαστικῶς εἰκαζόμενον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὥσπερ ὑλικὸς ἔρως τῶν ἔτι νηπιαζόντῶν οὐκ ἅπτεται (οὐ γὰρ χωρεῖ τὸ πάθος ἡ νηπιότης), οὔτε μὴν τοὺς ἐν ἐσχάτῳ γήρᾳ πεπονηκότας ἐν τοῖς ποιούτοις ἔστιν ἰδεῖν - οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ θείου κάλλους, ὅ τε νήπιος ἔτι καὶ χλυδωνιζόμενος καὶ περι·φερόμενος παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας, καὶ ὁ παλαιὸς καὶ γηράσας, καὶ τῷ ἀφανισμῷ προσεγγίσας. ἀλίνητοι πρὸς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ταύτην εὑρίσκονται. Οὐ γὰρ ἅπτεται τῶν τοιούτων τὸ ἀόρατον κάλλος - μόνη δὲ ἡ τοιαύτη ψυχὴ ἡ διαθᾶσα τὴν νηπιώδη κατάστασιν, … καὶ διὰ τῆς πνευματικῆς ἡλικίας ἀχμάσασα, λαδοῦσα σπῖλον, ἣ ῥυτίδα, ἢ τι τῶν τοιούτων, ἡ ἦτε ὑπὸ νηπιότητος ἀναισθητοῦσα, μήτε ὑπὸ παἣν νεᾶνιν ὀνομάζει ὁ λόγος· αὕτη πείθεται τῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ πρώτῃ ἐντολῇ τοῦ νόμου, ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας τε καὶ δυνάμεως ἀγαπῶσα τὸ κάλλος ἐκεῖνο, οὗ ὑπογραφὴν καὶ ὑπόδειγμα καὶ ἑρμηνείαν οὐκ εὑρίσκει ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη διάνοια. ἀξ τοιαῦται τοίνυν νεάνιδες διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν αὐξηθεῖσαι, καὶ καθ᾽ ὥραν ἤδη τῶν θείων μυστηρίων τοῦ θείου θαλάμου ἐντὸς γενόμεναι, ἀγαπῶσι τοῦ νυμφίου τὸ κάλλος, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης πρὸς ἑαυτὰς ἐπιστρέφουσι. Τοιοῦτος γὰρ ὃ νυμφίος, ὡς ἀντιδιδόναι τοῖς ἀγαπῶσι τὸν πόθον, ὁ οὕτως εἰπὼν ἐκ προσώπου τῆς σοφίας, ὅτι Ἐγὼ τοὺς ἐμὲ φιλοῦντας ἀγαπῶ· καὶ, ὅτι Μεριῶ τοῖς ἐμὲ ἀγαπῶσιν ὕπαρξιν (αὖτὸς δέ ἐστιν ἡ ὕπαρξις)· καὶ τοὺς θησαυροὺς ᾿αὖτῶν ἐμπλήσω ἀγαθῶν. Ἕλκουσι τοίνυν αἱ ψυχαὺ πρὸς ἑαυτὰς τοῦ ἀφθάρτου νυμφίου τὸν πόθον, ὀπίσω, καθὼς γέγραπται, Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ πορευόμεναι. Τῆς δὲ ἀγάπης αὐτῶν αἰτία ἡ τοῦ μύρου εὐωδία γίνεται, πρὸς ἣν ἀεὶ τρέχουσαι τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεχτείνονται, τοῦ κατόπιν λήθην ποιούμεναι. Ὀπίσω γάρ σου, φησὶν, εἰς ὀσμὴν μύρων σου δραμούμεθα.. ᾿Αλλὰ αἱ μὲν οὔπω τῆς ἀρετῆς τὸ τέλειον ἔχουσαι, καὶ καθ᾽ ἡλικίαν ἔτι νεάζουσαι, δραμεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν, ὃν ὑποδείκνυσιν ἡ ὀσμὴ τῶν μύρων, χατεπαγγέλλονται. Λέγουσι γὰρ, ὅτι Εἰς ὀσμὴν μύρὼν σου δραμούμεθα. Ἢ δὲ τελειοτέρα ψυχὴ σφοδρότερον ἐπεχταθεῖσα τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν, ἤδη τυγχάνει τοῦ σκοποῦ, δι᾽ ὃν ὁ δρόμος ἀνύεται, καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις θησαυρῶν ἀξιοῦται. Φησὶ γὰρ, ὅτι Εἰσἡγεγκέ μὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς ταμεῖον αὐτοῦ. Ἢ γὰρ ἄκροις χείλεσιν ἀγαθοῦ ψαῦσαι ποθήσασα, καὶ τοσοῦτον μόνον ἐφαψαμένη τοῦ κάλλους, ὅσον ἡ τῆς εὐχῆς ἐνδείκνυται δύναμις, ηὔξατο δὲ οἷόν τινος φιλήματος ἀξιωθῆναι διὰ τῆς τοῦ Λόγου ἐλλάμψεως. Αὕτη δι᾽ ὧν ἔτυχε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἐνδότερον τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων τῷ διαδυεῖσα, βοᾷ μὴ μόνον ἐν προθύροις τῶν ἀγαθῶν εἶναι τὸν δρόμον, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀπαρχῇ τοῦ Πνεύματος, οὗ διὰ τῆς χάριτος, οἷον διά τινος φιλήματος ἠξιώθη διερευνᾷν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ βάθη, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀδύτοις τοῦ παραδείσου, κατὰ τὸν μέγαν Παῦλον,·Τ΄ φᾶν τέ φησι τὰ ἀθέατα, καὶ τῶν ἀλαλήτων ἐπαχροᾶἪ δὲ ἐφεξῆς ῥῆσις τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν οἰκονομίαν ἐκκαλύπτει τῷ λόγῳ. Οἱ γὰρ πρῶτοι μαθητευθέντες τῇ γάριτι, καὶ αὐτόπται καὶ ὑπηρέται γενόμενοι, οὐκ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀγαθὸν περιώρισαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς μετ᾽ ἐκείνους ἐκ διαδόσεως τὴν αὐτὴν ἐποίησαν ἄριν. Διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν νύμφην φασὶν αἱ νεάνιδες, τὴν πρώτην, διὰ τοῦ κατὰ στόμα γενέσθαι τοῦ Λόγου, τῶν ἀγαθῶν πληρωθεῖσαν, καὶ τῶν κεκρυμμένων μυστηρίων ἀξιωθεῖσαν, ὅτι ᾿Αγα.λλιασώμεθα καὶ εὐφρανθῶμεν ἐν σοί. Κοινὴ γὰρ ἡμῶν ἔστι χαρὰ τὸ σὸν ἀγαλλίαμα, ὅτι ὡς σὺ καὶ ἀγαπᾷς ὑπὲρ οἶνον τοὺς μαξοὺς τοῦ Λόγου, οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς σέ. Μιμησώμεθα σοὺς μαζοὺς, δι’ ὧν τοὺς νηπίους ἐν Χριστῷ γάλα ποτίζεις. Ὑπὲρ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀγαπήσωμεν οἶνον. Καὶ ὡς ἄν τις ἐπὶ τὸ σαφέστερον προαγάγοι πὸ νόημα, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι τὸ λεγόμενον: Ἠγάπησε τοὺς μαζοὺς τοῦ Λόγου, ὁ ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος τοῦ Κυρίου ἀναπεσὼν Ἰωάννης, καὶ οἷόν τινα σπογγιὰν τὴν ἕαυ-. ποῦ καρδίαν παραθεὶς τῇ πηγῇ τῆς ζωῆς, καὶ πλήρης ἔκ τινος ἀῤῥήτου διαδόσεως τῶν ἐγκειμένων τῇ· ποῦ Χριστοῦ μυστηρίων γενόμενος, καὶ ἡμῖν ἐπέχει τὴν πληρωθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Λόγου θηλὴν, καὶ πλήρεις Ὁ ποιεῖ τῶν ἐντεθέντων αὐτῷ παρὰ τῆς πηγῆς ἀγαθῶν, κηρύσσων ἐν μεγαλοφωνίᾳ τὸν ἀεὶ ὄντα Λόγον· ὅθεν· εἰκότως καὶ ἡμεῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐροῦμεν, ὅτι ᾿Αγαήσωμεν μασθούς σου ὑπὲρ οἷνον. Εἴπερ δὴ τοιοῦποι γεγόναμεν, ὡς νεάνιδες εἶναι, καὶ μήτε ταῖς φρεσὶ νηπιάζειν ὑπὸ τῆς τῇ ματαιότητι συνεζευγμένης νεότητος, μήτε ῥυτιδοῦσθαι δι᾿ ἁμαρτίας ἐν πα-᾿ λαιότητι τῇ εἰς ἀφανισμὸν χαταληγούσῃ· διὰ τοῦτο δὲ ἀγαπῶμεν τὴν τῶν σῶν διδαγμάτων ἐπιῤῥοὴν, ὅτι Σὲ ἡ εὐθύτης ἠγάπησεν· οὗτος γὰρ ὁ μαθητὴς ὃνʼ ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς - Ἰησοῦς δέ ἐστιν ἡ εὐθύτης. Κάλλιον δὲ καὶ θεοπρεπέστερον ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ τὸν προφήτην Δαδὶδ ὀνομάξει τὸν Κύριον. Ὁ μὲν γάρ φησιν, ὅτι Εὐθὺς Κύριος ὁ Θεός· οὗτος δὲ εὐθύτητα ὀνομάζει, ᾧ πᾶν τὸ σχολιὸν πρὸς τὸ ὀρθὸν ἀπενθύνετα:. ᾿Αλλὰ γένοιτο καὶ ἡμῖν πᾶν τὸ σχολιὸν εἰς εὐθεῖαν, καὶ τὰ τραχέα εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας, χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δύξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Philēsatō me apo philēmatōn stomatos autou; hoti agathoi mastoi sou hyper oinon, kai esmē myrōn hyper panta ta arōmata. Myron ekkenōthenʼ onoma sou. Dia touto neanides ēgapēsan se, eilkysan se. ᾿Opisō sou eis osmēn myrōn sou meion autou. ᾿Agalliasōmetha kai eusragthōmen eg soi. ᾿Agapēsōmen mastous sou hyper hoigon. Hosoi kata tēn symdoulēn tou Paulou, ton palaion anthrōpon, hōsper ti peridolaion rhyparon sthe syn tais praxesi kai tais epithymiais autou, kai; ta phōteina tou Kyriou himatia, oia epi tēs tou orous metamorphōseōs edeixe, dia tēs katharotētos ou biou periethalesthe, mallon de hoi auton ton Kyrion hēmōn Iēsoun Christon meta tēs agapēs, autou stolēs, endysamenoi, kai symmorphōthentes autǭ pros to apathes te kai theioteron; hymeis akousate tou mystēriou tou;Lsmatos tōn asmatōn. Hymeis entos ginesthe tou akēratou nymphōnos, lϑycheimonountes tois katharois te kai amolyntois noēmasi. Mē tis empathē kai sarchōdē logismon epagomenos, kai mē echōn prepon tǭ theiǭ gamǭ to tēs syneidēseōs endyma, syndethę̄ tois idiois noēmasi, tas akēratous tou nymphiou te kai tēs nymphēs phōnas eis ktēnōdē kai aloga chathelchōn pathē, kai di᾽ autōn tais haiischrais endytheis phantasiais exō tōn en tǭ gamǭ phaidrynomenōn aporrhiphę̄, ton brygmon kai to dakryon tʼ anti tēs en pastadi charas antallaxamenos. Tauta diamartyromai mellōn haptesthai tēs en tǭ Asmati tōn asmatōn mystikēs theōrias. Dia gar tōn entautha gegrammenōn, nymphostoleitai tropon tina hē psychē pros tēn asōmaton te kai pneumatikēn kai aÿlon tou Theou syzygian. Ho gar pantas thelōn sōthēnai, kai eis epignōsin alētheias elthein, ton teleiotaton entautha kai makarion tēs sōtērias hypodeiknysi tropon, ton dia tēs agapēs legō. Esti men gar kai dia phothou tisi ginomenē hē sōtēria, hotan pros tas apeilas tēs en tę̄ geennę̄ kolaseōs blepontes tou kakou chōrizometha. Eisi de tines hoi kai dia tēn apokeimenēn tois eusedōs bediōchosi ton misthon elpida tēn aretēn katorthountes, ouk agapę̄ to agathon, alla tę̄ prosdokią tēs amoidēs katachtō-. menoi. Ho mentoi pros to teleion anadramōn tę̄ psychę̄, apōtheita! men ton hē toiautē diathesis, tǭ mē di᾽ agapēs paramenein tǭ alla tǭ tōn mastigōn teuein; hyperorą de kai autōn tōn misthōn, hōs an mē dokoiē ton misthon poieisthai protimoteron tou dōroumenou to kerdos; agapą de ex holēs kardias te kai psychēs kai dynameōs, ouk allo ti tōn par᾽ autou ginomenōn, all᾽ auton ekeinon hos esti tōn agathōn hē pēgē. Tautēn toinyn ho kalōn hēmas pros tēn heautou -᾿ metousian, nomothetei tais tōn akouontōn psychais tēn diathesin. Ho de bethaiōn tēn nomothesian tautēn, esti Solomōn; hou hē sophia kata tēn theian martyrian metron ouk echei, pasin episēs tois te progegonosi kai poiis esomenois asynkritos, ousa kai apcharathetos, elathe tōn ontōn ouden. IAra me touton oiei legein ton ek tēs Bērsaoee Solomōnta, ton epi tou orous pros tēn hamartian chrēsamenon ?.Allos Solomōn di᾽ autou sēmainetai, ho kai hautos ek tou spermatos Dabid to kata sarka genomenos, hǭ onoma eirēnē, ho alēthinos tou Israēl basileus, ho oikodomos tou naou tou Theou; ho pantōn emperieilēphōs tēn gnōsin, hou aoristos hē sophia, mallon de to einai sophia esti kai alētheia, kai pan᾽theoprepes te kai hypsēlon onoma te kai noēma. Houtos organǭ tǭ Solomōnti toutǭ chrēsamenos, di᾽ ekeinou hē min dialegetai, proteron men en Paroimiais, eita en tǭ Ekklēsiastę̄; kai meta tauta en tę̄ prokeimenę̄ tou;Asmatos tōn asmatōn philosophią, hodǭ kai taxei tēn pros to teleion anodon hypodeiknyōn tǭ logǭ. Kathaper gar epi tēs kata sarka zōēs, ou pasa hēlikia pasas chōrei tas physikas energeias, oude dia tōn homoiōn hēmin en autais hēlikiōn diaphorais ho bios proerchetai (oute gar to nēpion ta tōn teleiōn erga S meterchetai, oute ho teleios en tais ankalais tēs tiall᾽ en hekastǭ kairǭ tēs hēlikias allo ti prosphoron esti kai katallēlon . hautōs estin idein kai en tę̄ psychę̄ analogian tina pros tas sōmatikas hēlikias, di᾽ hōn heurisketai taxis tis kai akolouthia, pros ton kat᾽ aretēn bion cheiragōgousa ton anthrōpon. Hou charin, allōs hē Paroimia paideuei, kai allōs ho Ekklēsiastēs dialegetai; kai hē dia tou Asmatos tōn asmatōn philosophia, dia tōn hypsēloterōn dogmatōn amphoterōn hyper; keitai. Hē gar dia tōn Paroimiōn didaskalia, pros ton eti nēpiazonta poiei tous logous, katallēlōs tę̄ hēlikią tous logous harmozousa. Akoue, phēsin, huie, nomous patros sou, kai mē apōsę̄ thesmous mētros sou. Horąs ek tōn legomenōn to apalon eti Gtēs kata psychēn hēlikias kai apaston, etei mētrǭōn auton thesmōn epidea blepei, kai patrichēę̄s nouthesias. Kai hōs an prothymoteron prosechoi tois goneusi to nēpion, tous paidikchous autǭ kosmous ek tēs peri ta mathēmata spoudēs prosPaidiōn gar esti kosmos, chryseos Noein de chmē tauta pantōs hopōs an hodēgēsę̄ pros to kreitton hē tou ainigmatos ennoia. Kai houtōs hypoe᾿ graphein archetai tēn sophian hautǭ, poikelōs te kai polyeidōs tou aphrastou kallous diermēneuōn tēn hōran; mē phodǭ tini kai anankę̄, alla epithymią kai pothǭ pros tēn tōn agathōn metousian dianastēnai. HēĒ gar tou kallous epigraphē epispatai pōs tēn tōn neōn epithymian pros to deiknymenon, pros koinōnian tēs hōras ton pothon anarrhipizousa. Hōs an oun mallon autǭ to epithymētikon auxētheiē, metatethen apo tēs hylikę̄s prospatheias pros tēn aulon schesin, hōraïzei dia tōn enkōmiōn tēs sophias ttdʼ kallos. Kai ou monon to kallos tēs hōras dia tōn logōn prodeichnysin, alla kai ton plouton autēs aparithmeitai; hou kyrios pantōs ho synoichēsas genēsetai. Ho de ploutos teōs en tois prochosmēmasin autēs theōreitai. Kosmos men gar autę̄ peridexios aiōnes holoi. Houtōs eipontos tou logou, hoti Mēkos biou kai etē zōēs en tę̄ dexią hautēs. En de tę̄ aristerą cheiri, ton polytimon tōn aretōn perikeitai plouton tę̄ lampēdoni tēs doxēs syndialamponta. Legei gar, hoti En tę̄ aristerą autēs ploutos kai doxa.;Eita kai tou stomatos autēs legei tēn eupnϑian tou kalou tēs dikaiosynēs arōmatos apopneousan, legōn; Ek tou stomatos autēs ekporeuetai dikaiosynē. Tois de cheilesin autēs phēsin anti tou physikou erythēmatos ton nomon hepanthein kai ton;eleon. Kai hōs an dia pantōn heuretheiē tę̄ toiautę̄ nymphę̄ kallos eranizomenon, epaineitai autēs kai to badisma. Phēsi gar᾽ En hodois dikaiosynēs peripatei. Ou leipei tois epainois tēs hōrss oude to megethos, isa phytǭ tini tōn euernōn tēs auxēseōs anadramousēs. To de phyton touto hǭ to hypsos autēs iyg proseichazetai, Auto, phēsi, to tēs zōēs xylon estin, ho trophē men ginetai tois agtechomenois, stylos de tois epereidomegnois asphalēs to kai aseistos. Noō de di᾽ amphoterōn ton Kyrion. Autos gar estin hē zōē kai to ereisma. Echei de hē lexis houtōs; zōēs esti pasi tois antechomenois autēs, [kai hois epereidomenois ep᾽ autēn hōs epi Kyrion asphalēs. Symperilamthanetai de meta tōn loipōn enkōmiōn autēs kai hē dynamis, hōs an dia pantōn tōn agathōn plērōtheiē tou kallous tēs sophias ho epainos. Ho Theos gar, phēsi, tę̄ sophią ethemeliōse tēn gēn. Hētoimase de tous ouranous en phronēsei, ᾽n kai ta kath᾽ hekaston tōn en tę̄ ktisei theōroumenōn eis tēn tēs sophias agei dynamin, diapoichillōn autēn tois onomasi. Tēn gar autēn kai sophian legei kai synesin, aisthēsin te kai gnōsin kai synesin kai ta geon pros tēn toiautēn synoikēsin, ēdē pros ton theion thalamon blepein enkeleuomenos. Legei gar, hoti Mē enkatalipę̄s hautēn kai anthexetai sou; erasthēti autēs, kai tērēsei se; pericharakōson autēn kai hypsōsei se timēson autēn hina sei peridalę̄; hina dǭ tę̄ koryphę̄ stephanon charitōn, tois stephanois ēdē tois gamichois nymphēn katakosmēsas achōriston hautēs einai diakeleuetai, legōn; ta de tauta nymphostolein archetai ton, i Hēnika an peripatę̄s epagou hautēn, kai meta sou estō hōs d᾽ an katheudę̄s phylassetō se, hina egeiromenǭ syllalę̄ soi. Dia toutōn kai tōn toioutōn tou neazontos heti kata ton esō anthrōpon to epithymētikon anaphlexas, kai autēn ekeinēn ta peri dautēs diēgoumenēn hypodeixas tǭ logǭ, di᾽ hōn .΄ malista tēn agapētichēn schesin tōn achonontōn ephelketai, touto meta tōn allōn eipousa, hoti ᾿Egō tous eme philountas agapō. Ē gar elpis tou antagapēthēnai sphodroteron eis epithymian ton erastēn diatithēsi; kai meta toutōn tas loipas epagōn᾽ tois apophthegmasi, kai eis teleioteran hexin auton agagōn, eita pros tois teleutaiois tōn IIaroimiōn macharisas tautēn tēn agathēn syzygian, en hois diexēlthe ta tēs andreias gynaikos ekeinēs enkōmia, tote prostithēsi tēn en tǭ Ekklēsiastę̄ philosophian, tǭ hikanǭ dia tēs paroimiōdous agōgēs eisēgēsa-; menǭ eis tēn tōn aretōn epithymian. Kai diadalōn en toutǭ tǭ logǭ tēn peri ta phainomena tōn anthrōpōn schesin, kai mataion eipōn einai pan to. astatoun te kai parerchomenon, en hois phēsin, hoti Pan to eperchomenon mataiotēs; hypertithēsi pantos tou di᾽ aisthēseōs katalamdanomenou tēn epiphytichēn pēs psychēs hēmōn kinēsin epi to aoraton kallos kai houtōs ekkatharas tēn kardian tēs peri ta phaino-. mena scheseōs, tote dia tou;Asmatos tōn asmatōn entos tōn theiōn adytōn mystagōgei tēn dianoian; en hois to men hypographomenon, epithalamios tis esti diaskeuē, to d᾽ ennooumenon tēs anthrōpinēs Psychēs hē pros to Theion estin Dia touto nymphios ho en tais Paroimisis onomaxetai huios, kai ē sophia eis nymphēs taxin antimethistatai, hina mnēsteusthę̄ tǭ Theǭ ho anthrōpos hagnē parthenos, kai kollētheis tǭ Kyriǭ genētai pneuma hen, dia tēs pros to akēraton ti kai apathes anachraseōs iϑgoēma katharon anti sarkos bareias genomenon. Epeidē toinyn sophia estin hē lalousa, agapēson hoson dynasai ex holēs kardias te kai dynameōs, epithymēsēn hoson chōreis. Prostithēmi de tharrhōn tois rhēmasi toutois, kai to, Erasthēti. ᾿Anenklēton gar ᾿ touto kai apathes epi tōn asōmatōn to pathos, kathōs phēsin hē sophia en tais Paroimiais, tou theiou kallous nomothetousa ton erōta. ᾿Alla kai ho nyn prokeimenos logos ta isa diakeleuetai, ou gymnēn tēn peri toutou symthoulēn prosagōn, alla di᾽ aporrhētōn philosophei, tois noēmasin eikona tina tōn kata ton bion hēdeōn eis tēn tōn dogmatōn toutōn kataskeuēn prostēsamenos. Hē de eikōn gamikē tis esti kataskeuē, en ē kallous epithymia mesiteuei tǭ pothǭ, ou kata tēn anthrōpinēn synētheian tou nymphiou tēs epithymias katarxantos, alla prolamthanei ton nymphion hē parthenos anepaischyntōs ton pothon dēmosieuousa, kai euchēn poioumenē tou nymphikou pote katatryphēsai philematos. Epeidē gar hoi agathoi tēs parthenou promnēstores, patriarchai te kai prophētai, kai nomothetai prosēgagon tę̄ memnēsteumenę̄ ta theia charismata, haper hedna kalei hē synētheia, ta pro tōn gamōn dōra houtō chatonomaxousa. Tauta de hēn aphe. sis paraptōmatōn, amnēsteia kakōn, hamartias anairesis, metastoicheiōsis physeōs, tou phthartou pros to aphtharton metapoiēsis, paradeisou tryphē, basileias axiōma, euphrosynē telos ouk echousa. Tauta toinyn hē parthenos dexamenē ta theia dōrēmata para tōn kalōn ednophorōn, tōn dia tę̄΄s prophētikēs didaskalias autę̄ prosagagontōn ta dōra, kai homo;. logei tēn epithymian, kai epispeudei tēn charin, ēdē tēs hōras tou pothoumenou chatatryphēsai stpoudazxousa. ᾿Achroōntai hautēs synētheis tines kai homēlikes pros. meizona tēn nymphēn epithymian dierethixousai. Paraginetai de kai ho nymphios, philōn hautǭ tinōn kai chatathymiōn choron epagomenos. Houtoi d᾽ an eisin ta leipourgika pneumata, di᾽ hōn hoi anthrōpoi sōzontai, hē hoi prophētai hoi hagioi, hoi tēs phōnēs tou nymphiou akousantes, chairousi te kai agallontai tēs akēratou syxygias harmozomenēs, di᾽ hēs hē chollōmenē tǭ Kyriǭ Psychē, hen pneuma ginetai, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿ApoPalin toinyn en tais Paroimiais epanalēpsomai ton logon - Mē tis empathēs kai sarchōdēs, eti tēs nekras tou palaiou anthrōpou dysōdias apozōn, pros pas ktēnōdeis alogias chatasyretō tas tōn theopneunstōn noēmatōn te kai rhēmatōn emphaseis; all᾽ echolchs hekastos autos heautou, kai exō tou hylikou kosmou genomenos, kai epanelthōn tropon tina di᾽ apatheias eis ton paradeison, kai dia katharotētos homoiōtheis tǭ Theǭ; houtōs epi to adyton tōn prophainomenōn hēmin dia tou bithliou touton mystēriōn chōreitō. Ei de tisin aparascheuastos estin hē psychē pros tēn toiautēn akroasin, akousatō tou Mōseōs ē nomothetountos, mē katatolmēsai tēs epi to oros to pneumatikon anathaseōs, prin plynai tōn kardiōn hēmōn ta himatia, kai tois kathēkousi tōn logismōn perirrhantēriois tas psychas aphagnisasthai,;Hōste nyn en hǭ chronǭ prosedreuomen tę̄ theōrią tautę̄. lēthēn tōn gamichōn noēmatōn poiēsasthai, kata to parangelma tou Mōyseōs, tou kathareuein apo tōn gamōn tous mystagōgoumenous nomothetēsantos; kai dia pantōn analathein oima! dein hēmas ta tou nomothetou prostagmata, mellontas prosthdainein tǭ pneumatikǭ tēs theognōsias orei, en hǭ to thēly genos tōn logismōn meta tēs hylikēs aposchenēs tǭ katō kataleipetai biǭ. Pan de alogon noēma, ei peri to toi-.outon oros ophtheiē, tois sterrhoterois logismois, hoion tisi lithois chataphoneuetai. Molis gar an houtō chōrēsaimen tēn phōnēn tēs salpingos tautēs, mega ti kai hexaision kai hyper tēn dynamin tōn dechomenōn ēchouoēs, hēn autos ho gnophos tēs asapheias proïetai, en hǭ estin ho Theos, ho to hylikon hapan epi tou toioutou horous tǭ pyri kataphlegōn Ēdē toinyn entos tou ē ᾿Agiou tōn hagiōn genōmetha, hoper esti to hiLsma tōn atmatōn. Hōs gar en tǭ ᾿Agiǭ tōn hagiōn pleonasmon tina? kai epitasin tēs hagiotētos dia tēs hyperthetichēs tautēs phōnēs didaskometha; houtō kai dia tou Asmatos tōn asmatōn, mystēriōn mystēria didaskein hēmas ho hypsēlos logos katepangelletai. Pollōn gar ontōn, kata tēn theopneuston didaskalian tōn asmapōn, di᾽ hōn ta megala noēmata didaskometha peri Theou, para te tou megalou Dathid, kai Hēsaïou, kai Mōyseōs, kai allōn pollōn; touto para tēs epigraphēs tautēs manthanomen. hoti hoson apechei tōn tēs hexō sophias asmatōn tōn hagiōn [ta] atmata, tosouton hypercheitai tōn hagiōn asmatōn to en tǭ Asmati tōn asmatōn mystērion. Hou to pleon eis katanoēsin, oute heurein, oute chōrēsas ē anthrōpinē dynatai akoē kai physis. Kai toutou charin to sphodrotaton pōn kath᾽ hēdonēn energoumenōn (legō dē to erōtichon, pathos) tēs tōn dogmatōn hyphēgēseōs ainigmatōdōs proestēsato᾽ hina dia toutou mathōmen, hoti chrē tēn Psychēn pros to aprositon tēs theias physeōs kallos enatenizousan, tosouton erąn ekeinon, hoson echei to sōma tēn schesin pros to syngenes kai homophylon, metenenchousan eis apatheian to pathos, hōste pasēs sōmatikēs diatheseōs, monǭ tǭ pneumati zeein erōtikōs en hēmin tēn dianoian, dia hē pou pyros ekeinou thermainomenēn, ho balein epi tēn gēn ēlthen ho Kyrios. ᾿Alla tauta men, hopōs chrē diakeisthai tēn Psychēn tōn mystikōn rhēmatōn akouontōn, hikanōs echein phēmi; kairos hos an eiē kai autas tas theias tou΄;Asmatos tōn asmatōn phōnas ēdē prostheinai tę̄ theōrią tou logou. Kai proteron ge tēn tēs graphēs chatagoēsōmen dynamin.) Ou gar argōs moi dokei tǭ Solomōnti to bidlion ek tēs epigraphēs anatetheisthai; all᾽ hōste genesthai dianoian tois entynchanousi, tou mega ti kai theion en tois legomenois prosdechesthai. Epeidē gar anyperdlēton esti par᾽ hekastǭ, dia tēs peri autou martyrias, epi tę̄ sophią to thauma, toutou charin euthys ek prooimiōn hē tou onomatos; mnēmē paralamdanetai; hōste ti mega kai tēs peri autou doxēs epaxion elpisthēnai dia tou bidliou toutou tois entynchanousin. [Hōsper de kata tēn graphikēn epistē᾿- mēn hylē men tis esti pantōs en diaphorois baphais hē symplērousa tou zōou tēn mimēsin; ho ᾿de pros tēn eikona blepōn, tēn ek tēs technēs dia tōn chrōmatōn baphais emphilochōrei tǭ theamati; alla pros to eidos - blepei monon, ho dia tōn chrōmatōn ho technitēs anedeixen; houtō prosēkei kai epi tēs parousēs Graphēs, mē pros tēn hylēn tēn en tois rhēmasi chrōmatōn blepein; alla kathaper ti basileias eidos en autois kathorąn to dia tōn katharōn noēmatōn anatypoumenon. A- Ho; Leukon gar, hē ōchron, ē melan, hē erythron, ē kyaneon, ē allo ti chrōma esti ta rhēmata tauta kata tas procheirous emphaseis, stoma, kai philēma, kai myron, kai oinos, kai ta tōn melōn onomata, kai klinē, kai neanides, kai ta toiauta. Ē de dia toutōn apoteloumenē morphē, makariotēs esti kai apatheia, kai hē pros to Theion synapheia, kai hē tōn kakōn allotriōsis, kai hē pros to ontōs kalon kai agathon hexomoiōsis. Tauta esti ta noēmata ta martyrounta tǭ Solomōnti tēn sophian ekeinēn tēn hyperdainousan tous horous tēs anthrōpinēs sophias. Ti gar an genoito toupou paradoxoteron, hē to autēn poiēsai tēn physin tōn idiōn pathēmatōn katharsion, dia tōn nomizomenōn empathōn rhēmatōn tēn apatheian nomothetousan kai ? Ou gar legei to, dein exō tōn tēs sarkos genesthai pathētikōn kinēmatōn, kai nechrounta ta melē ta epi tēs gēs, kai kathareuein apo tōn empathōn rhēmatōn tǭ stomati; all᾽ houtō diethēke tēn psychēn, hōs dia tōn apemphainein dokountōn pros tēn katharotēta blepein, kai dia tōn empathōn rhēteōn, tēn akēraton hermēneuōn dianoian. n men dē touto dia tōn prooimiōn hēmas paideusatō ho logos, to mēketi anthrōpous einai, tous epi ta adyta tōn tou bithliou toutou mystēriōn eisagomenous, alla metapoiēthēnai tę̄ physei dia tēs tou Christou mathēteias pros to theioteron kathōs martyrei tois heautou mathētais ho Logos, hoti kreittous ēsan hē kata anthrōpon, ous diekrinen apo tōn anthrōpōn hē genomenē pros hautous para tou Kyriou diastolē, hote phēsi; Tina me gousin hoi anthrōpoi einai? Hymeis de tina me gete einai? alēthōs gar hōs dia tōn toioutōn rhēmatōn, hōn ē procheiros emphasis tas sarchōdeis hēdypatheias endeiknyntai, mē chatolisthainōn eis tēn rhypōsan dianoian, alla pros tēn tōn theiōn philosophian epi tas katharas ennoias, dia tōn rhēmatōn toutōn cheiragōgoumenos deiknysi to. mēketi anthrōpos einai, mēde sarki kai aimati symmemigmenēn tēn physin echein; alla tēn elpizoienēn tę̄ anastasei tōn hagiōn zōēn epideiknytai, isangelos dia tēs a patheias genomenos. Hōs? gar meta tēn anastasin to men sōma metastoicheiōthen pros to aphtharton, tę̄ psychę̄ tou anthrōpou sympleketai; ta de nyn dia sarkos hēmin enochlounta pathē, tois sōmasin ekeinois ou synanistatai; alla tis eirēnikē katastasis tēn zōēn hēmōn diadexetai, mēketi tou phronēmatos tēs sarkos pros tēn psychēn stapiazontox, mēde tou emphyliou polemou dia tōn empathōn kinēmatōn antistrateuomenon tǭ gomǭ tou noos, kai hōsper aichmalōton tina tę̄ hamartią prosagontos tēn hēttētheisan psychēn ᾿ alla pantōn tōn toioutōon kathareusei tote hē physis, kai hen di᾽ amphoterōn estai to phronēma, tēs darkos phēmi, kai tou pneumatos, patēs sōmatikēs diatheseōs exaphanistheisēs apo tēs physeōs ho houtō parakeleuetai . dia tou bithliou toutou ho logos tois epaïousi, kan en sarki zōmen, mēden tois noēmasi pros hautēn epistrephesthai alla kai pros monēn tēn psychēn blepein, kai pabas tas agapētichas toutōn emphaseis katharas te kai amolyntous anatithenai tǭ hyperechonti panta noun agathǭ Theǭ - hǭ monon estin hōs alēthōs, Hylychy te kai epithymēton kai erasmion; hou hē apolausis hē aei ginomenē aphormē meizonos epithymias ginetai, tę̄ metousią tōn agathōn ton pothon synepiteinousa. Mōtēs ephilei ton Theon, houtōs ho Hēlias; houtōs ho Iōannēs ephilei ton nymphion legōn; Ho echōn tēn nymphēn nymphios estin; ho de philos tou nymphiou … charą chairei dia tēn phōnēn tou nymphiou. Houtōs ho Petros eoōtētheis ei philei kai agapą, homologei met parrhēsias, legōn - Sy odas, Kyrie, hoti phiiïō Houtōs hoi loipoi apottoloi; houtōs ho Paulos ho prin diōktēs, kai agapēsas hon ouk heōra Christon, egraphe legōn; Hē rmosamēn hymas parthenon angēn parastēsai tǭ Christǭ Houtōs hē nyn Echkchlēsia, hē nymphē … ton nymphion ephilei, kata tēn en tǭ Lsmati parthenon tēn legousan Phiïēsatō me apo philēmatōn stomatos autou. Houtōs ho dia tēs kata stoma ginomenēs autǭ para tou Theou homilias, kathōs martyrei ē Graphē, hoti en epithymią meizoni tōn toioutōn philēmatōn egeneto, meta tosautas theophaneias, hōs mēpō petheamenos idein axiōn ton pothoumenon. Houtōs hoi loipoi pantes, hois ho theios pothos dia bathous enekeito, oudamou tēs epithymias istanto, pan to theothen autois eis apolausin tou pothoumenou ginomenon, hylēn kai hypekkauma tēs sphodroteras epithymias poioumenoi. ē Hōsper dē kai nyn hē tǭ Theǭ synaptomenē psychē akorestōs echei tēs apolauseōs; hosǭ dapsilesteron emphoreitai tēs apolauseōs, tosouton sphodroteron tois pothois akmazousa. Epeidē gar ta rhēmata tou nymphiou, pneuma kai zōē esti; pas de ho tǭ pneumati kollōmenos pneuma ginetai, kai ho tę̄ zōę̄ synaptomenos apo thanatou eis tēn zōēn metathainei, kata tēn tou Kyriou phōnēn ᾿ dia touto pothei proo- ΄; eugisai tēn psychēn tę̄ pēgę̄ tēs pneumatikēs zōēs hē parthenos psychē. Hē de pēgē esti tou nymphiou stoma, hothen ta rhēmata tēs aiōniou zōēs anabryonta plēroi to stoma to ephelkomenon, kathōs hepoiei ho Prophētēs dia tou stomatos helkōn to pneuma. Epeidē toinyn chrē prostheinai to stoma tǭ hydati ton ek tēs pēgēs poton ephelkomenon, pēgē de ho Kyrios ho eipōn; Ei tis dipsą, erchesthō pros me kai : dia touto hē psychē prosagagein to heautēs stoma tǭ tēn zōēn pēgazonti stomati bouletai, legousa ᾿ Phizēsatō me apo tōn philēmatōn stomatos autou kai ho pasi tēn zōēn bryōn, kai pantas sōthēnai thelōn, oudena bouletai tōn sōzomenōn tou toioutou philēmatos einai ametochon; katharsion gar esti rhypou pantos touto to philēma. Dio moi dokei tǭ leprǭ Simōni to toiouton oneidistikōs propherein ho Kyrios, hoti Philēma moi ouk edōkas. Hē gar an ekatharisthē tou pathous tǭ snomati spasas tēn katharotēta. ᾿All᾽ ekeinos men eikotōs anerastos ēn, hypersarchēsas dia tēs, noson pros tēn oikeian epithymian, menōn hypo tou pathous Ē de kekatharmenē psychę̄, mēdemias sarchiiydous lepras epiprosthousēs, blepei ton tōn agathōn thēsauron - onoma de esti tǭ thēsaurǭ hē kardia. Kai ho Prophētēs katharan ktisthēnai kardian parekalei, aph᾽ hēs esti tois mazois hē chorēgia tou theiou galaktos, hǭ trephetai hē psychē, kata tēn analogian tēs pisteōs ephelkomenē tēn charin. Dia touto phēsin hoti Agathoi hoi masthoi sou hyper hoinon; tēs topikēs theseōs dia tōn mazōn tēn kardian hyposēmainousa. Pantōs de kardian men tēn kekrymmenēn te kai aporrhēton tēs theotētos dynamin noōn tis, ouk hamartēsetai; mazous de tas agathas tēs theias dynameōs hyper hēmōn energeias eikotōs an tis hyponoēseie, di᾽ hōn tithēneitai tēn ekastou zōēn ho Theos, katallēlon hekastǭ tōn dechomenōn tēn trophēn charizomenos. Manthanomen de ti kata porodon kai heteron dogma dia tē: tou bidliou toutou philosophias, hoti diplę̄ tis estin en hēmin aisthēsis, hē men sōmatikē, hē de theiopera, kathōs phēsi pou tēs Paroimias ho logos; hoti Aisthēsin theian heurēseis. ᾿Analogia gar tis esti tois psychikois kinēmasi kai energēmasin pros ta tou sōmatos aisthētēria, kai touto ek tōn parontōn manthanomen logiōn tou Pneumatos. Ho gar oinos te kai gala tę̄ geusei krinetai; noētōn de ontōn ekeinōn, noētē pantōs kai hē antilēptikē toutōn tēs psychēs esti dynamis. To de philēma dia tēs haptikēs aisthēseōs energeitai, Ephaptetai gar allēlōn ta cheilē en tǭ philēmati. Esti de tis kai aphē tēs psychēs, hē haptomenē tou logon, dia tinos asōmatou kai noētēs epaphēę̄s energoumenē, kathōs eipen ho eipōn, hoti Hai cheires hēmōn epsēlaphēsan peri tou eIogou tēs zōēs. Hōsautōs xe kai hē tōn theiōn myrōn osmē, ou myktērōn estin osmē, alla tinos noētēs kai aulou dynameōs, tę̄ tou pneumatos olkę̄ tēn tou Christou synephelchomenēs euōdian. hyyytō gar hē akolouthia tēs parthenikēs euchēs en prooimiois echei; hoti Agathoi masthoi sou hyper oinon, kai osmē myrōn sou hyper panta ta arōmata. Dēloutai de dia toutōn, kathōs hēmeis hypeilēphamen, ou mikron ti, oude eukataphronēton noēma. Tacha gar en tǭ hypertheinai dia synkriseōs to ek tōn theiōn masthōn gala tēs ek tou oinou genomenēs hēmin euphrosynēs, manthanomen dia tōn eirēmenōn, hoti pasa anthrōpinē sophia kai epistēmē tōn ontōn kai pasa dynamis theōrētikē kai katanoētichē phantasia adynatōs echei dia synkriseōs tę̄ haplonysterą tōn theiōn mathēmatōn trophę̄. Ek gar tōn masthōn to gala pheretai; nēpiōn d᾽ esti to gala trophē. Ho de oinos di᾿ eutonian te kai thermotēta, tōn teleioterōn apolausis gineta!; all᾽ homōs to en tę̄ exō sophią teleion tēs nēpiōdous tou theiou logou didaskalias esti mikroteron. Dia touto kreïttous hoi theioi masthoi, tou anthrōpinou oinou. Hē de osmē tōn theiōn myrōn, kalliōn esti pasēs tēs en arōmasin euōdias. Hothen dokei toiouton ton noun apodeiknyein; ᾿Arōmata nooumen tas aretas, hoion, sophian. sōphrēsynēn, andreian, phronēsin, kai ta toiauta, hois proschrōnnymenos kata tēn heautou dynamin kai proairesin hekastos, allos allōs en euōdią ginometha; ho men ek sōphrosynēs hē sophias ho de ek dikaiosynēs, ē andreias, hē allou tinos tōn kat᾽ aretēn nooumenōn; de tychon kai ek pantōn tōn toioutōn arōmatōn synchechramenēn. echei en heautǭ tēn euōdian. homōs tauta pantą ouk an eis synkrisin elthoi tēs pantelous aretēs ekeinēs, hēn tous ouranous dieilēphenai phēsin ᾿Audachoum ho prophētēs eipōn - Echaaupsen ouranous hē aretē autou, hētis estin auposophia, kai hautodikaiosynē kai hautoalētheia, kai;. sa kath᾽ ekaston panta. Tōn ouraniōn myrōn hēO osmē, phēsin, aparatheton echei tēn charin pros tauta ta arōmata ta par᾽ hēmōn ginōskomena. Palin en tois ephexēs hypsēloteras haptetai philosophias hē phychē ē nymphē, to aprositon te kai achōrēton logismois anthrōpinois tēs theias dynameōs endeiknymenē, en hois phēsi’ Myron ekkenōthen onoma sou; poiouton gar toi dokei moi dia tou logou toutou sēmainesthai, hoti ouk estin onomastichę̄ sēmasią perilēphthēnai de achrideias tēn aoriston physin; alla pasa noēmatōn dynamis, kai pasa rhēmatōn te kai noēmatōn emphasis, kan ti mega kai theoprepes echein dodę̄, autou tou rhēmatos ontōs ephapsasthai physin ouk O echei; all᾽ hōsper ex ichnōn tinōn kai enausmatōn logos hēmōn tou Logou chkatastochazetai, dia tōn chaIalamthdanomenōn eikazōn ek tinos analogias to achakalēpton. Ho ti gar an epinoēsōmen, phēsin, onoma gnōristikon tou tēs sēs theotētos myron, ouk auto to myron dia tēs emphaseōs tōn legomenōn sēmainomen, alla brachy ti leipsanon atmou tēs theias euyepi tōn angeiōn, hōn an echchenōthę̄ to myron, auto . men tę̄ heautou physei agnoeitai to myron to ekkenōthen tōn angeiōn, hoion estin; ex amydras de tinos tēs aē- hypoleiphtheisēs ek tōn atmōn tǭ angeiǭ poiotētos, stochasmon tina peri tou echchenōthentos myrou poioumetha, Touto oun estin ho dia tōn eirēmenōn manthanomen, hoti auto men to tēs theotētos myron ho ti pote. katʼ ousian estin, hyper pan estin dnomate kai noēma. Ta de tǭ panti entheōroumena thaumata, tōn theologichōn onomatōn tēn hylēn didōsi, di᾿ hōn sophon, dynaton, agathon, hagion, makarion te kai aïdion, kai kritēn, kai sōtēra, kai ta toiauta chatonomaxzomen; popiitlǭ haper panta poiotēta tina bracheian tou theiou myrou endeiknytai, ēn pasa hē ktisis dia tōn entheōroumenōn thaumatōn, skeuous tinos myrepsikou dikēn, en heautę̄ apemaxato. Dia touto, phēsin, geanides hēgapēsan sx, eilkysan se. Eïpe tēn aitian tēs enaretou epithymias, kai tēs agapētichę̄s diatheseōs. Tis gar toioutou kallous anerastos non ophthalmon echoi ton anatenisai tę̄ hōrą dynamenon t Ou poly men to katalamdanomenon kallos, apeiroplasion de to dia tou phainomenou stochastikōs eikazomenon. ᾿All᾽ hōsper hylikos erōs tōn eti nēpiazontōn ouk haptetai (ou gar chōrei to pathos hē nēpiotēs), oute mēn tous en eschatǭ gērą peponēkotas en tois poioutois estin idein - houtō kai epi tou theiou kallous, ho te nēpios eti kai chlydōnizomenos kai peri;pheromenos panti anemǭ tēs didaskalias, kai ho palaios kai gērasas, kai tǭ aphanismǭ prosengisas. alinētoi pros tēn epithymian tautēn heuriskontai. Ou gar haptetai tōn toioutōn to aoraton kallos - monē de hē toiautē psychē hē diathasa tēn nēpiōdē katastasin, … kai dia tēs pneumatikēs hēlikias achmasasa, ladousa spilon, hē rhytida, ē ti tōn toioutōn, hē ēte hypo nēpiotētos anaisthētousa, mēte hypo paēn neanin onomazei ho logos; hautē peithetai tę̄ megalę̄ kai prōtę̄ entolę̄ tou nomou, ex holēs kardias te kai dynameōs agapōsa to kallos ekeino, hou hypographēn kai hypodeigma kai hermēneian ouk heuriskei hē anthrōpinē dianoia. ax toiautai toinyn neanides dia tōn aretōn auxētheisai, kai kath᾽ hōran ēdē tōn theiōn mystēriōn tou theiou thalamou entos genomenai, agapōsi tou nymphiou to kallos, kai dia tēs agapēs pros heautas epistrephousi. Toioutos gar ho nymphios, hōs antididonai tois agapōsi ton pothon, ho houtōs eipōn ek prosōpou tēs sophias, hoti Egō tous eme philountas agapō; kai, hoti Meriō tois eme agapōsin hyparxin (autos de estin hē hyparxis); kai tous thēsaurous ᾿autōn emplēsō agathōn. Helkousi toinyn hai psychau pros heautas tou aphthartou nymphiou ton pothon, opisō, kathōs gegraptai, Kyriou tou Theou poreuomenai. Tēs de agapēs autōn aitia hē tou myrou euōdia ginetai, pros hēn aei trechousai tois emprosthen epechteinontai, tou katopin lēthēn poioumenai. Opisō gar sou, phēsin, eis osmēn myrōn sou dramoumetha.. ᾿Alla hai men oupō tēs aretēs to teleion echousai, kai kath᾽ hēlikian eti neazousai, drameisthai pros ton skopon, hon hypodeiknysin hē osmē tōn myrōn, chatepangellontai. Legousi gar, hoti Eis osmēn myrōn sou dramoumetha. Ē de teleiotera psychē sphodroteron epechtatheisa tois emprosthen, ēdē tynchanei tou skopou, di᾽ hon ho dromos anyetai, kai tōn en tois tameiois thēsaurōn axioutai. Phēsi gar, hoti Eisēgenke me ho basileus eis tameion autou. Ē gar akrois cheilesin agathou psausai pothēsasa, kai tosouton monon ephapsamenē tou kallous, hoson hē tēs euchēs endeiknytai dynamis, ēuxato de hoion tinos philēmatos axiōthēnai dia tēs tou Logou ellampseōs. Hautē di᾽ hōn etyche, kai epi to endoteron tōn aporrhētōn tǭ diadyeisa, boą mē monon en prothyrois tōn agathōn einai ton dromon, alla tę̄ aparchę̄ tou Pneumatos, hou dia tēs charitos, hoion dia tinos philēmatos ēxiōthē diereunąn tou Theou ta bathē, kai en tois adytois tou paradeisou, kata ton megan Paulon,;T΄ phan te phēsi ta atheata, kai tōn alalētōn epachroaĒ de ephexēs rhēsis tēn ekklēsiastikēn oikonomian ekkalyptei tǭ logǭ. Hoi gar prōtoi mathēteuthentes tę̄ gariti, kai autoptai kai hypēretai genomenoi, ouk en heautois to agathon periōrisan, alla kai tois met᾽ ekeinous ek diadoseōs tēn autēn epoiēsan arin. Dia touto pros tēn nymphēn phasin hai neanides, tēn prōtēn, dia tou kata stoma genesthai tou Logou, tōn agathōn plērōtheisan, kai tōn kekrymmenōn mystēriōn axiōtheisan, hoti ᾿Aga.lliasōmetha kai euphranthōmen en soi. Koinē gar hēmōn esti chara to son agalliama, hoti hōs sy kai agapąs hyper oinon tous maxous tou Logou, houtō kai hēmeis se. Mimēsōmetha sous mazous, di’ hōn tous nēpious en Christǭ gala potizeis. Hyper ton anthrōpon agapēsōmen oinon. Kai hōs an tis epi to saphesteron proagagoi po noēma, toiouton esti to legomenon: Ēgapēse tous mazous tou Logou, ho epi to stēthos tou Kyriou anapesōn Iōannēs, kai hoion tina spongian tēn heau-. pou kardian paratheis tę̄ pēgę̄ tēs zōēs, kai plērēs ek tinos arrhētou diadoseōs tōn enkeimenōn tę̄; pou Christou mystēriōn genomenos, kai hēmin epechei tēn plērōtheisan hypo tou Logou thēlēn, kai plēreis Ho poiei tōn entethentōn autǭ para tēs pēgēs agathōn, kēryssōn en megalophōnią ton aei onta Logon; hothen; eikotōs kai hēmeis pros auton eroumen, hoti ᾿Agaēsōmen masthous sou hyper hoinon. Eiper dē toioupoi gegonamen, hōs neanides einai, kai mēte tais phresi nēpiazein hypo tēs tę̄ mataiotēti synezeugmenēs neotētos, mēte rhytidousthai di᾿ hamartias en pa-᾿ laiotēti tę̄ eis aphanismon chatalēgousę̄; dia touto de agapōmen tēn tōn sōn didagmatōn epirrhoēn, hoti Se hē euthytēs ēgapēsen; houtos gar ho mathētēs honʼ ēgapa ho Iēsous - Iēsous de estin hē euthytēs. Kallion de kai theoprepesteron ho logos houtos para ton prophētēn Dadid onomaxei ton Kyrion. Ho men gar phēsin, hoti Euthys Kyrios ho Theos; houtos de euthytēta onomazei, hǭ pan to scholion pros to orthon apenthyneta:. ᾿Alla genoito kai hēmin pan to scholion eis eutheian, kai ta trachea eis hodous leias, chariti tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē dyxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

"Let him kiss me with the kisses of his mouth, for your breasts are better than wine, and the fragrance of your ointments is beyond all spices. Your name is ointment poured out; therefore the maidens loved you, they drew you. Behind you, toward the fragrance of your ointments, [we will run. The king brought me into his] chamber. Let us rejoice and be glad in you; let us love your breasts more than wine."

You who, following Paul's counsel, have put off the old man like a filthy garment, together with his deeds and desires, and who through purity of life have clothed yourselves with the shining garments of the Lord, such as he showed at the transfiguration on the mountain; or rather, you who have put on our Lord Jesus Christ himself together with his robe of love, and have been conformed to him toward freedom from passion and toward what is more divine: listen to the mystery of the Song of Songs. Come inside the undefiled bridal chamber, clothed in white with pure and unstained thoughts. Let no one who brings in with him a passionate and fleshly thought, and who does not have the garment of conscience fitting for the divine wedding, be bound by his own thoughts, dragging the undefiled words of the bridegroom and the bride down into brutish and irrational passions, and, clothed through them with shameful imaginings, be thrown out from among those who rejoice at the wedding, exchanging the joy of the bridal chamber for gnashing of teeth and weeping. I give this solemn warning as I am about to take up the mystical contemplation in the Song of Songs. For through what is written here the soul is in a certain way dressed as a bride for her incorporeal, spiritual, and immaterial union with God. For he who wills all to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth here shows the most perfect and blessed way of salvation, I mean the way through love. For salvation comes to some through fear, when, looking to the threats of punishment in Gehenna, we separate ourselves from evil. And there are some who achieve virtue because of the hope of the reward stored up for those who have lived piously, gaining the good not by love but by expectation of the recompense. But the one who runs up in soul toward perfection drives out fear (for such a disposition belongs to a slave, who does not stay with his master out of love but does not run away for fear of the whip); and he looks down even on the rewards themselves, so that he may not seem to value the reward, the gain, more than the giver. He loves with all his heart and soul and strength, not any of the things that come from him, but him himself, who is the source of good things. This, then, is the disposition that he who calls us to participation in himself lays down as law for the souls of those who hear him.

The one who confirms this legislation is Solomon, whose wisdom, by the divine testimony, has no measure: it is equally beyond comparison with all who came before and all who will come after, and it is without equal; nothing that exists escaped him. Do you think that I mean the Solomon born of Bathsheba, who used the mountain for sin? Another Solomon is signified through him, who was himself also born of the seed of David according to the flesh, whose name is peace, the true king of Israel, the builder of God's temple; who has embraced the knowledge of all things, whose wisdom is without limit, or rather whose very being is wisdom and truth and every name and thought that is lofty and befits God. He used this Solomon as an instrument and speaks to us through him, first in Proverbs, then in Ecclesiastes, and after these in the philosophy of the Song of Songs set before us, showing in his discourse the ascent to perfection by a way and in order. For just as in the life of the flesh not every age is capable of all the natural activities, nor does life proceed through the same things across the differences of age (for the infant does not take up the works of grown men, nor is the grown man [carried] in the arms of the [nurse] …), but at each season of life something different is suitable and fitting; so one can see in the soul too a certain likeness to the ages of the body, through which there is found an order and sequence that leads a person by the hand to the life of virtue. For this reason Proverbs teaches in one way and Ecclesiastes discourses in another, and the philosophy of the Song of Songs, by its loftier doctrines, lies above both. For the teaching of Proverbs addresses its words to one who is still a child, fitting them to his age. "Hear, son," it says, "the laws of your father, and do not reject the ordinances of your mother." You see from what is said that the soul's age is still tender and soft: it regards him as still in need of a mother's ordinances and a father's admonition. And so that the child may attend more eagerly to his parents, it [promises] him the ornaments of childhood as the fruit of zeal for learning … For the ornament of children is a golden [necklace] … But one must understand these things in whatever way the sense of the riddle may guide toward the better. And so it begins to describe wisdom to him, setting forth in varied and many-sided ways the loveliness of an inexpressible beauty, so that he may rise up toward participation in good things not by fear and compulsion but by desire and longing. For the description of beauty somehow draws the desire of the young toward what is shown, fanning their longing for a share in that loveliness. So that the desiring faculty in him may grow the more, transferred from attachment to matter to an immaterial relation, it adorns the beauty of wisdom with praises. And it not only displays in words the beauty of her loveliness, but also counts out her wealth, of which the one who comes to live with her will surely become master. Her wealth meanwhile is seen in her ornaments. For on her right hand is an ornament of whole ages, as the word says, "Length of life and years of life are in her right hand." On her left hand she wears the precious wealth of the virtues, which shines together with the brilliance of glory; for it says, "In her left hand are wealth and glory." Then it speaks of the sweet breath of her mouth, breathing out the fine scent of righteousness, saying, "Out of her mouth goes forth righteousness." On her lips, it says, instead of the natural red, law and mercy bloom. And so that beauty may be found gathered from every part in such a bride, even her gait is praised; for it says, "She walks in the ways of righteousness." Nor is her stature left out of the praise of her loveliness, since her growth has shot up like one of the well-grown plants. And the plant to which her height is likened, it says, is the tree of life itself, which becomes food for those who hold fast to it and a sure and unshaken pillar for those who lean on it. Through both I understand the Lord, for he is the life and the support. The wording runs thus: "[She is a tree] of life to all who hold fast to her, and to those who lean on her as on the Lord she is sure." Together with the rest of her praises her power too is included, so that the praise of wisdom's beauty may be completed through all good things. "For God," it says, "founded the earth by wisdom, and prepared the heavens by understanding"; and it leads each of the things seen in creation back to the power of wisdom, varying her with names: for it calls the same one wisdom and understanding, perception and knowledge and understanding … [Having dressed the] young man [as a bridegroom] for such a union, it now bids him look to the divine bridal chamber. For it says, "Do not forsake her, and she will hold fast to you; love her, and she will keep you; fence her about, and she will exalt you; honour her, so that she may embrace you, so that she may give a crown of graces to your head." And having adorned the bride with the wedding crowns, it bids him be inseparable from her, saying, "When you walk, take her with you, and let her be with you; and when you sleep, let her guard you, so that when you wake she may talk with you." Through these and similar words it kindles the desire of the one who is still young in the inner man, and in its discourse it shows wisdom herself telling of herself the things by which she most of all draws the loving disposition of her hearers, saying among other things, "I love those who love me." For the hope of being loved in return disposes the lover more vehemently to desire. Having added the rest in its sayings and brought him to a more perfect state, it then, in the last parts of Proverbs, where it went through the praises of that valiant woman, calls this good union blessed. Then it adds the philosophy of Ecclesiastes for one who has been sufficiently introduced, through the training of the proverbs, to the desire for the virtues. In that book it discredits people's attachment to appearances and says that everything unstable and passing is vain, where it says, "All that comes is vanity"; and it sets the longing movement of our soul toward the invisible beauty above everything grasped by sense. And having thus cleansed the heart of its attachment to appearances, then through the Song of Songs it initiates the mind into the inner divine sanctuary. In it what is sketched is the arrangement of a wedding, but what is understood is the human soul's mingling with the divine. That is why the one who in Proverbs is named "son" is here named bridegroom, and wisdom is moved over into the place of the bride, so that the human being may be betrothed to God as a pure virgin and, joined to the Lord, become one spirit, through mingling with what is undefiled and passionless becoming pure thought instead of heavy flesh.

Since, then, it is wisdom who speaks, love her as much as you can, with all your heart and strength; desire her as much as you have room for. And I boldly add to these words, "Love her passionately." For in incorporeal things this passion is blameless and passionless, as wisdom says in Proverbs when she lays down as law the passionate love of the divine beauty. The present text too commands the same, not by giving bare counsel about this, but philosophizing through hidden words: it sets before its thoughts an image of the pleasures of life to build up these doctrines. The image is the arrangement of a wedding, in which desire for beauty mediates the longing; yet not, as in human custom, with the bridegroom beginning the desire: the virgin anticipates the bridegroom, making her longing public without shame and praying that she may at last delight in the bridegroom's kiss. For the good matchmakers of the virgin, patriarchs and prophets and lawgivers, brought the divine gifts to the betrothed, which custom calls bride-gifts, so naming the gifts given before the wedding. These were forgiveness of transgressions, amnesty for evils, removal of sin, transformation of nature, change of the corruptible into incorruption, the delight of paradise, the dignity of a kingdom, joy without end. Having received these divine gifts, then, from the noble gift-bearers who brought her the gifts through the prophetic teaching, the virgin both confesses her desire and hastens the grace, eager already to delight in the loveliness of the one she longs for. Certain companions and age-mates of hers listen, stirring the bride to greater desire. And the bridegroom arrives, bringing a chorus of friends and intimates. These would be the ministering spirits, through whom human beings are saved, or the holy prophets, who, hearing the voice of the bridegroom, rejoice and exult as the undefiled union is joined, through which the soul joined to the Lord becomes one spirit, as the apostle says …

Again, then, I shall take up the word in Proverbs. Let no one who is passionate and fleshly, who still smells of the dead stench of the old man, drag the meanings of the God-inspired thoughts and words down to brutish irrationality. Rather let each one go out of himself and out of the material world, and return in some way through freedom from passion into paradise, and through purity be made like God; and so let him advance into the sanctuary of the mysteries shown to us through this book. But if anyone's soul is unprepared for such a hearing, let him listen to Moses' law, not to dare the ascent of the spiritual mountain before washing the garments of our hearts and purifying our souls with the proper sprinklings of our thoughts. So I think we must now, during the time in which we devote ourselves to this contemplation, forget all thoughts of marriage, according to the command of Moses, who laid down that those being initiated must keep pure from marriage; and that we must take up in every respect the commands of the lawgiver as we are about to approach the spiritual mountain of the knowledge of God, at which the female kind of thoughts is left behind, together with the material baggage, in the life below. And every irrational thought, if it should be seen around such a mountain, is stoned to death by the firmer thoughts as if by stones. For only so could we contain the voice of this trumpet, which sounds out something great and extraordinary and beyond the power of those who receive it, a voice sent out by the very darkness of obscurity in which God is, who burns up with fire everything material on such a mountain.

Now, then, let us go inside the Holy of Holies, which is the Song of Songs. For as in "the Holy of Holies" we are taught a certain excess and intensification of holiness by this superlative expression, so through "the Song of Songs" the lofty word promises to teach us mysteries of mysteries. For there are many songs in the God-inspired teaching through which we are taught the great thoughts about God, by the great David and by Isaiah and Moses and many others; from this title we learn that as far as the holy songs stand apart from the songs of outside wisdom, so far does the mystery in the Song of Songs surpass the holy songs. The greater part of it neither human hearing nor human nature can find or contain for understanding. And for this reason it set forth in riddles, as the guide to its doctrines, the most intense of the things done for pleasure, I mean the passion of love, so that we may learn from it that the soul, gazing steadily at the inaccessible beauty of the divine nature, must love it as much as the body has an attachment to what is akin and of its own kind, transferring the passion into passionlessness, so that, every bodily disposition having been quenched, the mind in us may boil with love by the spirit alone, warmed by that fire which the Lord came to cast on the earth.

So much, I say, suffices on how the soul must be disposed when it hears the mystical words. It would be time now to set the divine words of the Song of Songs themselves before the contemplation of our discourse. And first let us consider the force of the title. For it does not seem to me idle that the book is ascribed in its title to Solomon, but so that the readers may form the thought of expecting something great and divine in what is said. For since the wonder at his wisdom is unsurpassed in everyone's judgment through the testimony about him, for this reason the mention of his name is taken up at once at the beginning, so that the readers may hope for something great and worthy of his fame through this book.

Just as in the art of painting there is certainly some material in different colours that fills out the likeness of the living creature, yet the one who looks at the image does not linger over the colours that art has applied, but looks only at the form that the artist brought out through the colours, so it is fitting in the present Scripture too not to look at the material of the colours in the words, but to see in them, as it were, the form of a royal portrait expressed through pure thoughts. For according to their surface meanings these words are white, or yellow, or black, or red, or blue, or some other colour: mouth, and kiss, and ointment, and wine, and the names of the limbs, and bed, and maidens, and the like. But the form produced through them is blessedness and freedom from passion, union with the divine, estrangement from evil, and likeness to what is truly beautiful and good. These are the thoughts that bear witness to Solomon's wisdom, a wisdom that surpasses the bounds of human wisdom. For what could be more paradoxical than this, to make nature itself the purifier of its own passions, laying down freedom from passion as law through words thought to be passionate? For it does not say that one must get outside the passionate movements of the flesh and put to death one's members on earth and keep one's mouth pure of passionate words; rather it has so disposed the soul that it looks to purity through what seem to be unseemly words, and expresses an undefiled meaning through passionate expressions. Let our discourse, then, teach us this through these preliminaries: that those who are led into the sanctuary of the mysteries of this book are no longer human beings, but have been transformed in nature toward the more divine through discipleship to Christ. So the Word testifies to his own disciples that they were greater than human, when the Lord's distinction set them apart from human beings, as he says, "Who do people say that I am? But who do you say that I am?" For truly the one who is led by the hand through such words, whose surface meaning displays fleshly pleasures, without sliding down into a soiled thought, but toward the philosophy of divine things and to pure ideas, shows that he is no longer a human being, nor has a nature mingled with flesh and blood; rather he displays the life hoped for at the resurrection of the saints, having become equal to the angels through freedom from passion. For as after the resurrection the body, transformed into incorruption, is joined to the human soul, but the passions that now trouble us through the flesh do not rise with those bodies, and a peaceful state will take over our life, the mind of the flesh no longer rebelling against the soul, nor making civil war through the passionate movements against the law of the mind and leading the defeated soul like a captive to sin, but nature will then be pure of all such things, and there will be one mind through both, I mean the flesh and the spirit, every bodily disposition having been wiped out of nature: so through this book the word bids its hearers, even while we live in the flesh, not to turn our thoughts toward the flesh at all, but to look to the soul alone, and to offer all the loving expressions of this book, pure and unstained, to the God who is good beyond all mind, who alone is truly sweet and desirable and lovely, the enjoyment of whom, as it is continually renewed, becomes the starting point of greater desire, intensifying longing by participation in good things.

So Moses loved God; so Elijah; so John loved the bridegroom, saying, "He who has the bride is the bridegroom; but the friend of the bridegroom … rejoices with joy because of the bridegroom's voice." So Peter, asked whether he loved, confesses with boldness, saying, "You know, Lord, that I love you." So the other apostles; so Paul, once a persecutor, who loved Christ whom he had not seen, wrote, "I betrothed you to present you as a pure virgin to Christ." So the church now, the bride, … loved the bridegroom, like the virgin in the Song who says, "Let him kiss me with the kisses of his mouth." So the one who, through the converse with God that took place mouth to mouth, as Scripture testifies, came to a greater desire for such kisses after so many appearances of God, asking to see the one he longed for as if he had never yet seen him. So all the others in whom the divine longing lay deep never stopped in their desire, making everything that came to them from God for the enjoyment of the one they longed for into fuel and kindling for a more vehement desire. Just so now the soul joined to God is insatiable in its enjoyment: the more abundantly it is filled with the enjoyment, the more vehemently it is in the prime of its longing. For since the words of the bridegroom are spirit and life, and everyone who is joined to the spirit becomes spirit, and the one who is united to life passes from death to life, according to the Lord's word, for this reason the virgin soul longs to bring itself near to the spring of spiritual life. And the spring is the bridegroom's mouth, from which the words of eternal life gush up and fill the mouth that draws from it, as the prophet did, drawing in the spirit through his mouth. Since, then, the one who draws drink from the spring must put his mouth to the water, and the spring is the Lord, who said, "If anyone thirsts, let him come to me and drink," for this reason the thirsting soul wishes to bring its own mouth to the mouth that pours out life, saying, "Let him kiss me with the kisses of his mouth." And he who overflows with life for all and wills all to be saved wishes none of those being saved to be without a share in such a kiss; for this kiss is a cleansing of every stain. This is why, it seems to me, the Lord brought this reproach against Simon the leper, "You gave me no kiss." For surely he would have been cleansed of his disease if he had drawn purity in with his mouth. But he was naturally without love, being grown over with flesh through his disease as regards his own desire, remaining under the disease. But the purified soul, with no fleshly leprosy standing in the way, sees the treasure of good things; and the name of the treasure is the heart. And the prophet prayed that a pure heart might be created, from which comes the supply of divine milk to the breasts, by which the soul is fed, drawing grace in proportion to faith. This is why she says, "Your breasts are better than wine," indicating the heart through the breasts by their position. Anyone who understands by the heart the hidden and secret power of the Godhead will not go wrong; and one might reasonably take the breasts to be the good activities of the divine power on our behalf, by which God nurses each person's life, granting food suited to each who receives it.

In passing we also learn another doctrine through the philosophy of this book: that there is a double perception in us, one bodily, the other more divine, as the word of Proverbs says somewhere, "You will find a divine perception." For there is a certain correspondence between the movements and activities of the soul and the sense organs of the body, and this too we learn from the present oracles of the Spirit. Wine and milk are judged by taste; but since these are intelligible, the power of the soul that grasps them is surely intelligible too. A kiss is effected through the sense of touch, for in a kiss lips touch each other. But there is also a touch of the soul, which touches the Word, effected through an incorporeal and intelligible contact, as the one said who said, "Our hands have handled concerning the Word of life." Likewise the scent of the divine ointments is not a scent for the nostrils, but belongs to an intelligible and immaterial power, which draws in the fragrance of Christ by drawing in the spirit. For thus the sequence of the virgin's prayer runs at the beginning: "Your breasts are better than wine, and the fragrance of your ointments is beyond all spices." By these words, as we have understood them, no small or contemptible thought is shown. For perhaps in setting the milk of the divine breasts above, by comparison, the gladness that comes to us from wine, we learn from what is said that all human wisdom and science of beings, and every contemplative power and imagination of understanding, cannot bear comparison with the simple food of the divine teachings. For milk comes from the breasts, and milk is the food of infants; wine, because of its strength and warmth, becomes the enjoyment of the more mature. Yet what is perfect in outside wisdom is less than the childlike teaching of the divine Word. That is why the divine breasts are better than human wine. And the scent of the divine ointments is finer than all the fragrance of spices. From this the word seems to me to show the following sense. We understand the spices to be the virtues, such as wisdom, self-control, courage, prudence, and the like; anointed with these, each of us according to his own power and free choice comes to be fragrant in a different way, one from self-control or wisdom, another from righteousness or courage or another of the things understood as virtue; and another perhaps has in himself a fragrance blended from all such spices. Yet all these could not come into comparison with that perfect virtue which, the prophet Habakkuk says, has covered the heavens: "His virtue covered the heavens"; this is wisdom itself, righteousness itself, truth itself, and each of these things. The fragrance of the heavenly ointments, she says, has a grace beyond comparison with these spices known among us.

Again, in what follows, the soul, the bride, touches a loftier philosophy, showing the inaccessibility of the divine power and the impossibility of its being contained by human reasonings, when she says, "Your name is ointment poured out." For this seems to me to be signified by this saying: that the boundless nature cannot be grasped with precision by the meaning of a name, but every power of thoughts and every expression of words and thoughts, even if it seems to have something great and befitting God, does not by nature truly reach the thing itself; rather, as if from certain tracks and sparks, our reason guesses at the Word, conjecturing the incomprehensible from what is comprehended by some analogy. For whatever name we devise, she says, to make known the ointment of your Godhead, we do not signify the ointment itself by the meaning of what we say, but some small remnant of the vapour of the divine fragrance. For as with vessels from which ointment has been poured out, the ointment that was poured out of the vessels is unknown in its own nature, what it is, but from some faint quality left in the vessel from the vapour we form a conjecture about the ointment that was poured out: this, then, is what we learn from what is said, that the ointment of the Godhead itself, whatever it is in its being, is above every name and thought. But the wonders seen in the universe provide the material for the names of theology, by which we call him wise, powerful, good, holy, blessed and eternal, and judge, and saviour, and the like. All these show a small quality of the divine ointment, which the whole creation has taken as an impression on itself through the wonders seen in it, like a perfumer's vessel.

"Therefore," she says, "the maidens loved you, they drew you." She has stated the cause of the virtuous desire and of the loving disposition. For who, having an eye able to gaze at such loveliness, would remain without love for such beauty? The beauty that is grasped is not much, but what is guessed at through what appears is infinitely greater. But as material love does not touch those who are still infants (for infancy does not have room for the passion), nor can one see those worn out in extreme old age in such things, so too with the divine beauty: the one who is still an infant, tossed to and fro and carried about by every wind of doctrine, and the one who is old and aged and near to vanishing, are found unmoved toward this desire. For the invisible beauty does not touch such people. Only the soul that has passed beyond the childish state … and has come to its prime through spiritual age, [not] having spot or wrinkle or anything of the kind, neither without feeling through infancy nor [worn out] through old age, does the word name a maiden. She obeys the great and first commandment of the law, loving with all her heart and strength that beauty of which human thought finds no sketch, no example, no interpretation. Such maidens, then, having grown through the virtues and come of age for the divine mysteries, and having come inside the divine bridal chamber, love the bridegroom's beauty and through love turn him toward themselves. For such is the bridegroom that he returns longing to those who love him, he who said in the person of wisdom, "I love those who love me," and, "I will give to those who love me substance" (and he himself is the substance), "and I will fill their treasuries with good things." The souls, then, draw to themselves the longing of the incorruptible bridegroom, walking, as it is written, after the Lord God. And the cause of their love is the fragrance of the ointment, toward which they are always running, straining forward to what lies ahead and forgetting what lies behind. "Behind you," she says, "toward the fragrance of your ointments we will run." But those who do not yet have the perfection of virtue and are still young in age promise to run toward the goal that the fragrance of the ointments points to; for they say, "Toward the fragrance of your ointments we will run." But the more perfect soul, straining forward more vehemently to what lies ahead, already reaches the goal for which the race is run, and is counted worthy of the treasures in the chambers. For she says, "The king brought me into his chamber." For she who longed to touch the good with the tips of her lips, and who touched beauty only so far as the force of her prayer shows, praying to be counted worthy of something like a kiss through the illumination of the Word, having obtained it, and having slipped into the inner part of the secret things, cries out that the race toward good things is not only at the entrance, but that by the first-fruits of the Spirit, through whose grace, as by a kiss, she was counted worthy to search the depths of God, she sees in the sanctuaries of paradise, as the great Paul says, things not seen, and hears things that cannot be spoken.

The next saying reveals in its words the economy of the church. For those who were first made disciples by grace, and became eyewitnesses and ministers, did not keep the good within themselves, but by handing it on made the same grace available to those after them. That is why the maidens say to the bride, who was the first to be filled with good things through being mouth to mouth with the Word and who was counted worthy of the hidden mysteries, "Let us rejoice and be glad in you." For your exultation is our common joy; because as you love the breasts of the Word more than wine, so do we love you. Let us imitate your breasts, by which you give milk to drink to the infants in Christ. Let us love [them] more than human wine. And to bring the thought out more clearly, what is said is this: John, who reclined on the Lord's breast, loved the breasts of the Word, and set his own heart like a sponge beside the spring of life, and was filled by some secret transmission with the mysteries that lie in the heart of Christ; and he holds out to us too the nipple filled by the Word, and fills us with the good things placed in him by the spring, proclaiming with a loud voice the Word who always is. Hence we too may fittingly say to him, "Let us love your breasts more than wine"; if indeed we have become such as to be maidens, neither childish in mind through the youth that is yoked to vanity, nor wrinkled through sin in the old age that ends in vanishing. And we love the flow of your teachings for this reason, that "uprightness has loved you"; for this was the disciple whom Jesus loved, and Jesus is uprightness. This text names the Lord more beautifully and more fittingly for God than the prophet David. For he says, "The Lord God is upright"; but this text calls him uprightness itself, by which everything crooked is straightened. But may everything crooked become straight for us too, and the rough places smooth ways, by the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 2

2PG 44

Μέλαιγά εἶμι καὶ καλὴ, θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαὴμ, ὡς σκηνώματα Κηδὰρ, ὡς δέῤῥεις Σοῖο; μών. Μὴ βλέψητέ με, ὅτι ἐγώ εἶμι μεμελανωμένη, ὅτι παρέδλεψέ μὲ ὁ ἥλιος. Υἱοὶ μητρός μου ἐμαχέσαντο ἐν ἐμοί· ἔθεντό μὲ φυλάχισσαν ἐν ἀμπελῶσιν, ἀμπελῶνα ἐμὸν οὐκ ἐφύλαξα. ᾿Ἀπάγγειλόν μοι, ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου, ποῦ ποιμαίνεις, ποῦ κοιτάζεις ἐν μεσημδρίᾳ· μήποτε γένωμαι ὡς περιδα.λλομένη ἐπʼ ἀγέλαις ἑταίρων σου. ᾽Εὰν μὴ γγῷς σεαυτὴν, ἡ καϊὴ καὶ ποίμαιγε τοὺς ἐρίφους ἐπὶ σκηγώμασι τῶν Τὴς ἱερᾶς τοῦ μαρτυρίου σκηνῆς οὐκ ὁμότιμον ἦν τῷ ἔνδοθεν κεκρυμμένῳ κάλλει τὸ ἐκτὸς προφαινόμενον. Αὐλαία μὲν γὰρ ἐκ λινῶν ὑφασμάτων, καὶ αἱ διὰ τῶν τριχῶν τῶν αἰγῶν δέῤῥεις, καὶ αἱ τῶν ἐρυθρῶν δερμάτων περιδολαὶ τὸν ἔξωθεν τῆς σκηνῆς κόσμον ἐπλήρουν. Καὶ οὐδὲν ἣν μέγα καὶ τέμιον τοῖς τὰ ἐκτὸς ὁρῶσι παρὰ ταῦτα φαινόμενον. Ἔσωθεν δὲ χρυσῷ καὶ ἀργυρίῳ καὶ τοῖς τιμίοις τῶν λίθων πᾶσα ἡ τοῦ μαρτυρίου σκηνὴ χατελάμπετο᾽ οἱ στύλοι, αἱ βάσεις, αἱ κεφαλίδες, τὸ θυμιατήριον, τὸ θυσιαστήΒὰ τῶν εἰσόδων χαταπετάσματα, οἷς τὸ κάλλος ἐκ παντὸς εἴδους εὐχροούσης βαφῆς συνεχέρνατο, νῆμα χρύσεον, ὑακίνθῳ, καὶ πορφύρᾳ, καὶ βύσσῳ, καὶ κόκκῳ, διά τινος τεχνικῆς λεπτουργίας εὐχόσμωσ συνυφασμένον, σύγκρατον ἐκ πάντων, καθάπερ ἐν ἴριδος αὐγαῖς ἀποστῇθδειν ἐποίει τὴν αὐγὴν τοῦ ὑφάσματος. Πρὸς ὅ τι δὲ βλέπων ἐντεῦθεν προοιμιάζομαι, πρόδηλον ἡμῖν πάντως ἐκ τῶν ῥηθησομένων γενήσεται. Πάλιν πρόκειται ἡμῖν τὸ Ασμα τῶν ἀσμάτων, εἰς πᾶσαν θεογνωσίας καὶ φιλοσοφίας ἡφήγησιν. Αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀληθινὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου σκηνὴ, ἧς προκαλύμματα μὲν καὶ δέῤῥεις, καὶ ἡ τῆς αὐλαίας περιβολὴ, ἐρωτιχοί τινες λόγοι καὶ ῥήματα γίνονται, τὴν πρὸς τὸ ποθούμενον σχέσιν ἐμφαίνοντα, καὶ κάλλους ὑπογραφὴ, καὶ μνήμη σωματικῶν μεν λῶν, τῶν τε προφαινομένων ἐν τῷ προσώπῳ, καὶ τῶν ἐντὸς πολύφωτός τίς ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς λυχνία καὶ χιδωτὸς μυστηρίων πλήρης, καὶ τὸ τῆς εὐωδίας θυμιατήριον, γαὶ τὸ καθάρσιον τῆς ἁμαρτίας - τὸ πάγχρυσον ἐκεῖνο τῆς εὐσεδείας θυμιατήριον, τό τε τῶν χαταπετασμάτων κάλλος, τὸ διὰ τῆς τῶν ἀρετῶν εὑχροίας εὐσχημόνως ἐξυφαινόμενον, καὶ οἱ ἀκλινεῖς τῶν λογισμῶν στύλοι, καὶ αἱ ἀμετάθετοι τῶν δογμάτῶν βάσεις, τό τε. τῶν χεφαλίδων κάλλος, δι᾽ ὧν ἡ περὶ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἑρμηνεύεται χάρις, καὶ οἱ τῶν ψυχῶν λουτῆρες, καὶ πάντα ὅσα πρὸς τὴν οὐράνιόν τε καὶ ἀσώματον πολιτείαν βλέπε:, ἃ δι᾽ αἰνιγμάτων ὁ νόμος διακελεύεται, ἐν τοῖς ὑποχέχρυμα μένοις τῇ λέξει νοὴμασίν ἐστιν, εἰ μόνον ἐπιτηδείους πρὸς τὴν εἰς τὰ ἽΛγια τῶν ἁγίων εἴσοδον ἑαυτοὺς δι’ ἐπιμελείας τοῦ βίου ποιήσαιμεν, τῷ λουτῆρι τοῦ λόγου πάντα ῥύπον αἰσχρᾶς ἐννοίας ἀποχλυσάμενοι, μήποτε θνήσκοντες παρὰ τὸ παράγγελμα τοῦ νόμου, θνησιμαίου νοήματος, ἤ τινος τῶν ἀκαθάρτων ἐνθυμίων ἁψάμενοι, ἀθέατοι τῶν ἐντὸς τῆς σχηνῇῆς θαυμάτων ἀποχλεισθῶμεν. Οὐ γὰρ παραδέχεται τῶν τοιούτων τὴν εἴσοδον ὁ τοῦ πνεύματος νόμος, ἐὰν μὴ τις πλύνῃ τὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἑαυτοῦ ἱμάτιον, κατὰ τὸ Μωῦσέως παράγγελμα, ὁ νεκρᾶς τινος καὶ βδελυκτῆς ἐννοίας ἁψάμενος. Λγει δὲ τὸν λόγον ἡ ἀκολουθία τῶν προεξητασμένων πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν τῶν παρὰ τῆς νύμφης πρὸς τὰς νεάνιδας εἰρημένων. Ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα· Μέλαινά· καὶ καλὴ, θυγατέρες ματα Κηδὰρ, ὡς δέῤῥεις Σολομών. Καλῶς ἣ διδάσκαλος ἀφʼ ὧν ἔδει ταῖς μαθητενομέναις ψυχαῖς ἄρχεται ποιεῖσθαι τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὴν ὑφήγησιν· αἱ μὲν γὰρ προθύμως ἔχουσι, δι᾽ ὧν ἐπαγγέλλονται, παντὸς ἀν-᾿ θρωπίένου λόγου, ὃν οἶνον τροπικῶς ὀνομάζουσι, προτιμοτέραν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐκ τῶν λογικῶν αὐτῆς μαζῶν ἀποῤῥέουσαν χάριν, οὕτως εἰποῦσαι τῷ ῥήματι, ὅτι ᾿Αγαπήσομδν μασθούς σου ὑπὲρ οἶνον, ἐπειδή σὲ ἡ εὐθύτης ἠγάπησεν. Ἢ δὲ προσθήκην ποιεῖ ταῖς μαθητενομέναις τοῦ περὶ αὐτὴν θαύματος· ὡς ἂν μᾶλλον μάθοιμεν τὴν ἀμέτρητον τοῦ νυμφίου φιλανθρωπίαν, τοῦ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης ἐπιδάλλοντος τῇ ἀγαπηθείσῃ τὸ κάλλος Μὴ θαυμάσητε γὰρ, φησὶν, ὅτι μὲ εὐθύτης ἠγάπησεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι μέλαιναν οὖσαν, ἐξ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ προσῳχειωμένην τῷ ζόφῳ διὰ τῶν ἔργων, καλὴν διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης ἐποίησεν, τὸ ἴδιον κάλλος πρὸς τὸ ἐμὸν αἴσχος ἀνταλλαξάμενος. Μεταθεὶς γὰρ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τὸν τῶν ἐμῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ῥύπον, μετέδωκέ μοι τῆς ἑαυτοῦ καθαρότητος, κοι-· Υ νωνόν με τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ᾿κάλλους ἀπεργασάμενος· πρῶτον ἐποίησεν ἐξ ἐΕἰδεχθοῦς ἐρασμίαν, καὶ οὕτως ἠγάπησεν. Μετὰ ταῦτα προτρέπεται τὰς νεάνιδας καὶ αὐτὰς γενέσθαι καλὰς, τὸ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὴν κάλλος προδειχνύουσα, καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τοῦ μεγάλου Παύλου λέγοντος· Γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγὼ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς· καὶ, Μιμηταί μου γίνεσθε, καθὼς κἀγὼ Χριστοῦ. Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ οὐκ ἐᾷ τὰς μαθητευομένας αὐτῇ ψυχὰς πρὸς τὸ παρῳχηκὸς τοῦ βίου βλεπούσας ἀπελπίζειν τοῦ γίνεσθαι καλάς· ἀλλὰ πρὸς αὐτὴν ὁρώσας () τοῦτο μανθάνειν διὰ τοῦ ὑποδείγματος, ὅτι τὸ παρὸν γίνεται τοῦ παρῳχηκότος προκάλυμμα, ἐὰν ἄμωμον ἧ. Λέγει γὰρ, ὅτι Κἂν νῦν μου ἐπιλάμπῃ τὸ κάλλος, ὅ μοι διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπηθῆναι παρὰ τῆς εὐθύτητος ἐπεμορφώθη, ἀλλ᾽ οἶδα ἐμαυτὴν οὐ λαμπρὰν οὖσαν τὸ καταρχὰς, ἀλλὰ μέλαιναν. Τὸ δὲ τοιοῦτον εἶδος περὶ ἐμξ, τὸ σκοτεινὸν καὶ ζοφῶδες, ὁ προλαδὼν βίος ἐποίησεν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐκεῖνο οὖσα, τοῦτό εἰμι. Μετἐσκευάσθη γὰρ τὸ ὁμοίωμα τοῦ αἴσχους εἰς κάλλους μορφήν. Καὶ ὑμεῖς τοίνυν, ὦ θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ἀναδλέψατε πρὸς τὴν μητέρα ὑμῶν τὴν ἄνω Ἱερουφαλήμ. Εἰ καὶ σκηνώματα τοῦ Κηδὰρ ἧτε, διὰ τὸ ἐνοικῆσαι ἐν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ὀξουαίας τοῦ αἴγὰρ ἡ τοῦ Κηδὰρ νεύεται), δέῤῥεις τοῦ Σολομῶντος γενήσθσθε,, τουτέστι͵ ναὸς τοῦ βασιλέως ἔσεσῦε,, ἐν ὑμῖν οἰκήσαντος Ὁ τοῦ βασιλέως Σολομῶντος, Σολομὼν δὲ εἰρηνικός ἐστιν, ὁ τῇ εἰρήνῃ ἐπώνυμος. Δέῤῥδις γὰρ Σολομῶντος ἀπὸ μέρους πᾶσαν τῆς βασιλικῆς σκηνῆς τὴν περιδολὴν χατωνόμασε. Τούτοις μοι δοκεῖ τοῖς νοήμασιν. ὁμοίως Παῦλας προσεχέστερον ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους φιλον χωρῆσαι, λέγων, ἐν οἷς συνίστησι τοῦ Θεοῦ. τὴν περὶ ἡμᾶς ἀγάπην, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλοὺς ἡμᾶς ὄντας καὶ μέχαὶ ἐρασμίους διὰ τοῦ ψαι τὴν χάριν ἐποίησεν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν νυκτὶ πάντα τῷ ἐπικρατοῦντι συμμελαίνεται ζόφῳ, κἂν λαμπρὰ κατὰ φύσιν ὄντα τύχῃ· φωτὸς δὲ ἐπιλαθόντος, παραμένει τοῖς ἐν τῷ ζόφῳ σχοτισθεῖσιν ἡ πρὸς τὰ σκότος ὁμοίωσις· οὕτω μετατεθείσης τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπὸ τῆςς πλάνης πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἡ σκοτεινὴ τοῦ βίου μορφὴ πρὸς τὴν φωτεινὴν χάριν συμμεταθδάλλεται. Ταῦτα καὶ πρὸς τὸν Τιμόθεον, ἃ πρὸς τὰς νεάνιδας λέγει ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ νύμφη, ὁ Παῦλος, ἁ λαμπρὸς ἐκ μέλανος μετὰ ταῦτα γενόμενος, ὅτι καλὸς ἠξιώθη καὶ αὐτὸς γενέσθαι, ὁ πρότερον βλάσφημας ὧν, καὶ διώκτης, καὶ ὑδριστὴς. καὶ μέλας· ὅτι Χριστὸς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ὅλθε λαμπροὺς ποιῆσαι τοὺς μέλανας, οὐ δικαίους πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καλῶν, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν, οὃς τῷ λουτρῷ τῆς παλιγγένεσία; λάμπειν ὡς φωστῆρας ἐποίησε, τὸ ζοφῶδες αὐὖπῶν εἶδος ἀποχλύσας τῷ ὕδατι. Αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ τοῦ Δαδὶδ ὀφθαλμὸς ἐν τῇ ἄνω πόλει ὁρᾷ, καὶ ἐν θαύματι ποιεῖται τὸ θέαμα· πῶς ἐν τῇ πόλει τοῦ θεοῦ, περὶ καὶ ἡ πόρνη Ῥαὰδ μνημονεύεται, ἀλλόφυλοί τε καὶ Τύρος καὶ ὁ τῶν Αἰθιόπων λαὰς ἐν αὐτῇ γίνονται· ὡς μηκέτι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τινὰ τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ τὴν τῶν οἰκητόρων ἐρημίαν ἐπονειδίζειν λέγοντα· Μή τις ἔτι τῇ Σιὼν ἐρεῖ, Αγθρωπος ἐγενγήθη ἐν αὑτῇ. Κακεῖ γὰρ φυλέται τῆς πόλεως γίνονται οἱ ἀλλόφυλοι, καὶ Ἱεροσολυμῖται Βαδυλώνιοι, καὶ παρθένος ἡ πόρνη, καὶ λαμπροὶ οἱ Αἰθίοπες, καὶ Τύρος ἡ ἄνω πόλις· οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὰς θυγατέρας Ἵερουσαλὴμ προθυμοποιεῖται ἡ νύμφη, συνιστῶσα τοῦ νυμφίου τὴν ἀγαθότητα, ὅτι κἂν μέλαινάν τινα λάθος Ψυχὴν, τῇ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν κοινωνίᾳ καλὴν ἀπεργάζεται, Τὶ κἄν τις σκήνωμα ἧ Κηδὰρ, φωτὸς οἰκητήριον γίνετας τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ Σολομῶντος, τουτέστι τοῦ εἐρηνεχοῦ βατιλέως ἐν αὐτῇ χκατοιχήσαντος. Διὰ τοῦτό φησι· Μέλαινά εἰμι καὶ καλὴ, θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαλήμ· ἵνα πρὸς ἐμὲ βλέπουσαι, καὶ ὑμεῖς γένησθε δέῤῥεις Σολομῶντος, κᾷν σκηνώματα ἦτε Κηδάρ. Εἶτα ἐπάγει τοῖς εἰρημένοις τὰ ἐφεξῆς, δι’ ὧν ἀναγκαίως ἀσφαλίζεται τὴν τῶν μαθητευομένων διάνοιαν, μὴ τῷ Δημιουργῷ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ σκοτεινοῦ εἴδους ἀνατιθέναι, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἑκάστου προαίρεσιν τοῦ εἴδους τὰς ἀρχὰς ψῆτε πρός με, φησὶν, ὅτε ἐγώ δὶμι μεμειλανγωμένη. Οὐ τοιαύτη γέγονα παρὰ τὴν πρώτην, Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰκὸς ἦν ταῖς φωτειναῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ χερσὶ πλασσομένην, σκοτεινῷ σινε καὶ μέλανι περιχρωσθῆναι τῷ εἴδει. Οὐκ ἤμην τοιαύτη, φησὶν, ἀλλὰ γέγονα. Οὐ γὰρ ἐκ φύσεώς εἰμι μεμελανωμένη· ἀλλ᾽ ἐπείσακτόν μοι τὸ τοιοῦτον αἶσχος ἐγένετο, τοῦ ἡλίου πρὸς τὸ μέλαν ἐκ λαμπροῦ τὴν μορφὴν μεταχρώσαντος. Ὁ ἥλιος γὰρ, φησὶ, προσόδλεψέ με. Τί οὖν ὃ διὰ τούτων μανθάνομεν ; Δέγει διὰ παραθολῇς τοῖς ὄχλοις ὁ Κύριος, ὅτι ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον, οὐ τὴν ἀγαθὴν μόνον χκατασπείρει καρδίαν, ἀλλὰ κἂν λιθώδης τις ἦν, κἂν ταῖς ἀκάνθαις ὑλομανοῦσα, κἂν παρόδιός τε καὶ πεπατημένη, πᾶσιν ἐπὶ φιλανθρωπίας ἐπιδάλλει τοῦ λόγον τὰ σπέρματα. Καὶ ἑκάστου τὰ ἰδιώματα ἐρμηνεύων τῷ λόγῳ͵, τοῦτό φησιν ἐπὶ τῆς λιθώδους συμόείνειν ψυχῆς, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν βάθει ῥιζοῦται τὸ ἐσπαρμένον, ἀλλὰ παραχρῆμα μὲν δι᾽ ἐπιπολαίου βλάστης τὸν στάχυν κατεπαγγέλλεται - θερμότερον δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου τὸ ὑποχεέμενον θάλψαντος, τῷ μὴ ὑποκεῖσθαι ταῖς ῥίζαις ἰκμάδα, καταξηραίνεται. Πειρασμὸν δὲ διὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ὀνομάζει τὸν ἥλιον. Οὐκοῦν τοῦτο παρὰ τῆς διδασκάλου τὸ δόγμα μανθάνομεν, ὅτι γέγονε μὲν ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς ἀπεικόνισμα, πόῤῥω τῶν σκοτεινῶν χαρακτήρων, τῇ τοῦ ἀρχετύπου κάλλους ὁμοιότητι στίλβουσα· ὁ δὲ πειρασμὸς τὸν φλογώδη καύσωνα δι᾽ ἀπάτης ἐπιβαλὼν, ἁπαλὴν ἔτι καὶ ἄριζον τὴν πρώτην βλάστην, καὶ πρὶν ἕξιν τινὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ κτήσασθαι, καὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν λογισμῶν γεωργίας δοῦναι ταὶς ῥίζαις πότον ἐπὶ τὸ βάθος, εὐθὺς διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς ἀπαξηράνας τὸ χλωρόν τε καὶ εὐθαλὲς εἶδος, διὰ τῆς καύσεως μέλαν ἐποίησεν. [Εἰ δὲ ἥλιος ἡ ἀντικειμένη τοῦ πειρασμοῦ προσδολὴ ὀνομάζεται, μηδεὶς ἔξενιζέσθω τῶν ἀχονόντων, ἐν πολλοῖς τὸ τοιοῦτον παρὰ ἧς θεοπνεύστου Γραφῆς διδασκόμενος. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν δευτέρᾳ τῶν ἀνωβαθμῶν ᾿ῷδῇ, ταύτην ποιεῖται τὴν εὐλογίαν τῷ τὴν βοήθειαν ἔχοντι τοῦ ποιήσαντος τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, τὸ μὴ συγχαίεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ γοῦ ἡλίου διὰ τῆς ἡμέρας. Καὶ ὁ προφήτης Ἡσαῖας τὴν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας κατάστασιν προφητεύων, ὥσπερ τινὰ πομπὴν ὑπογράφει τῇ πολιτείᾳ, φαιδρύνων τῷ Λόγῳ τῷ διηγήματι. Λέγει γὰρ θυγατέρας ἐπ᾽ ὥμων αἱρομένας, καὶ παῖδας ἐν χαμπήναις χομιχαὶ σχιαδίοις τὸν φωτισμὸν σαντας. Δι᾿ ὧν ἐν αἰνίγμασι τὸν ἐν ἀρετῇ διαγράφει βίον, διὰ μὲν τῆς νηπιώδους ἡλικίας ὑποδεικνύων τὸ ἀρτιγενές τε καὶ ἄκακον· διὰ τῶν σχιαδίων, τὴν ἐξ ἐγκρατείας τε καὶ καθαρότητος προσγινομένην ταῖς ψυχαῖς παραμνθίαν τοῦ καύσωνος. Δι᾿ ὧν μανθάνομάν, ὅτι χρὴ ἐπ᾽ ὥμων αἴρεσθαι τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ νυμφοστολουμένην ψυχὴν, οὐ πατουμένην ὑπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιχαθημένην τῷ ὄγκῳ τοῦ σώματος. Λαμπήνην δὲ ἀκούσαντες, τὴν ἐχλαμπτιχὴν τοῦ βαπτέσματος χάριν μανθάνομεν, δι᾽ ἧς παῖδες γινόμεθα, οὐκέτι τῇ γῇ τὸ ἴχνος ἐρείδοντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνης πρὸς τὴν οὐνφάνιον ζωὴν κομιζόμενοι. Σχιερὸς δὲ γίνεται ἡμῖν καὶ δροσώδης ὁ βίος, διὰ τῶν τῆς ἀρετῆς σχιαδίων κατασδεννυμένου τοῦ καύσωνος. Οὗτος οὖν ἔστιν ὁ ἥλιος, ὅταν μὴ διατειχίζηται ὁ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ φλογμὸς τῇ νεφέλῃ τοῦ Πνεύματος, ἣν διεπέτασεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Κύριος εἰς σκέπην αὐτοῖς. Οὗτος γάρ ἔστιν ὁ ἥλιος, ὁ τὴν λαμπρὰν τοῦ σώματος ἐπιφάνειαν τῇ προσδολῇ τῶν πειρασμῶν ἐπικαίων … Εἶτα διηγεῖται, ὅθεν τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔσχεν ἡ πρὸς τὸ μέλαν τῆς εὐχροίας ἡμῶν μεταποίησις. ΥἹοὶ μητρός ἵμου, φησὶν, ἐμαχέσαντο ἐν ἐμοί· ἔθεντό με φυλάχισσαν ἐν ἀμπελῶσιν, ἀμπελῶνα ἐμὸν οὐκ ἐφύ.αξα. Καί μοι τοῦτο παρασχέσθω ἡ ἀκοὴ μὴ λίαν ἀκριδολογεῖσθαι πρὸς τὴν τῆς λέξεως σύνταξιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν εἱρμὸν τοῦ νοἥματος βλέπειν. Εἰ δέ νείᾳ λογισάσθω τῶν τὴν Ἑδραίων γλῶτταν μεταδαλΒ λόντων εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φωνήν. Οἷς γὰρ ἂν ἐπιμέλεια γέγονε παιδευθῆναι τὴν Ἑδραίαν διάλεκτον, οὐδὲν εὑρίσκεται τοιοῦτον, οἷον δοκεῖν ἀσυναρτήτως ἔχειν. Ὁ δὲ σχηματισμὸς τῆς ἡμετέρας γλώττης, μὴ συμτῷ σχηματισμῷ τῆς Ἑδραϊχῆς εὐγλωττίας σύγχυσίν τινα τοῖς ἐπιπολαιότερον ἀκολουθοῦσι τῇ σημασίᾳ τῆς λέξεως ἀπεργάζεται. Ἢ μὲν οὖν διάγοια τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, αὕτη ἐστὶν, ὅσον ἡμεῖς κατειλήφαμεν· ὅτι Γέγονε τὸ καταρχὰς ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὐδενὸς τῶν θείων ἀγαθῶν ἐνδεής. Ὧ ἔργον Ἦν φυλάξαι μόνον τὰ ἀγαθὰ, οὐχὶ κτήσασθαι. Ἡ δὲ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἐπιδουλὴ γυμνὸν αὐτὸν τῶν προσόντων ἐποίησε, μὴ φυλάξαντα τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ φύσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐκληρίαν. Αὕτη μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἡ τῶν ῥημάτων διάνοια. Ἧ δὲ διὰ τῶν αἰνιγματωδῶν ς λόγων τοῦ νοήματος τούτου παράδοσις τοῦτον ἔχει Υίοὶ μητρός μου, φησὶν, ἐμαχόσαντο ἕν ἐμοί· ἔθεντό με φυλάκισσαν ἐν ἀμπελῶνι, ἀμπελῶνα ἐμὸν οὐκ ἐφύλαξα. Πολλὰ δι᾽ ὀλίγων δογματιχῶς ἐχκπαιδεύει ὁ λόγος. Πρῶτον μὲν ὅπερ καὶ ὁμοίως ἁ Παῦλος ἀπεφήνατο, ὅτι τὰ πάντα ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ εἷς Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ οὐδὲν, τῶν ὄντων ἐστὶν, ὃ μὴ δι᾽ ἐκεῖνόν τε καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου τὸ εἶναι ἔχει. Πάντα γὰρ, φησὶ, δ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὖὑτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν. ᾿Αλλ ἐπειδὴ πάντα ὅτα ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς, καλὰ λίαν ἐστὶ (πάντα γὰρ ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησεν), ἔδωκε τῇ λογικῇ φύσει τὴν αὐτεξούσιον χάριν, καὶ προσέθηκε δύναμιν εὑρετικὴν τῶν καταθυμίωνν ὡς ἂν τὸ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν χώραν ἔχοι, καὶ μὴ κατηναγχασμένον εἴη τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἀκούσιον, ἀλλὰ κατόρθωμα προαιρέσεως γίγνοιτο. Τούτου δὲ τοῦ αὐτεξουσίου κινήματος αὐτοκρατοριχῶς πρὸς τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμᾶς ἀγαγόντος, εὑρέθη τις ἐν τῇ φύσει τῶν ὄντων ὁ κακῶς τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ χρησάμενος, καὶ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου φωνὴν, κακῶν ἐφευρετὴς γενόμενος. Ὃς τῷ μὲν ἐκ Θεοῦ καὶ αὐτὸν εἶναι, ἀδελφός ἐστιν ἡμέτερος· τῷ δὲ τῆς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μετουσίας ἑκουσίως ἀποῤῥυῇν ναι, τὴν τῶν κακῶν εἴσοδον χαινοτομήσας, καὶ πατὴρ ψεύδους γενόμενος, εἰς πολεμίου τάξιν ἑαυτὸν κατέστησεν, ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς ὁ σκοπὸς τῆς προαιρέσεως ὡς πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον βλέπει. Διὰ τούτου τοίνυν καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀποπτήσεως τῆς ἀφορεἧς ἐγγινομόνης, ὃ δὴ καὶ τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ῥίοτεοα ἐγένετο, καλῶς ἢ ποτε μέλαινα, νῦν δὲ καλὴ, τὴν αἷπίαν τῆς ζοφώδους ὄψεως εἰς τοὺς τοιούτους τῆς μηρῥὸς υἱοὺς ἀνατίθησι παιδεύουσα διὰ τῶν λεγομένων ἡμᾶς, ὅτι μία μὲν πᾶσι τοῖς οὖσίν ἐστιν, οἷόν τις πα- Υ͂ φυοὰ ἀρραγεαῖ τὴρ, ἡ τῶν ὄντων αἰτία. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀδελφὰ πάντα ἐστὶν ἀλλήλων, τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὖσι νοούμενα·ἡ δὲ τῆς προαιρέσεως διαφορὰ, πρὸς τὸ φίλιόν τε καὶ πολέβῖον τὴν φύσιν διέσχισεν. Οἱ γὰρ ἀφεστῶτες τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν σχέσεως, καὶ διὰ τῆς τοῦ κρείττονος ὁ τ; ἰμδιἰ δυΐοπι οἱ ἸΣθ γα ἀποστάσεως τὸ κακὸν ὑποττήσαντες (οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστιν ἄλλη τις κακοῦ ὑπόστασις, εἰ μὴ ὁ χωρισμὸς τοῦ βελτίονος), πᾶσαν ποιοῦνται τὴν σπουδὴν καὶ ἐπίνοιαν τοῦ καὶ ἄλλους πρὸς τὴν τῶν κακῶν κοινωνίαν Εηἰ πὶ 6δὶ π)α]ϊ δυ·βίη προσεταιρίσασθαι. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτι ΥἹΟῚ τῆς μητρός μον (τῇ γὰρ πληθυντιχῇ σημασίᾳ τὸ πο- ε λυσχιδὲς τῆς κακίας ἐνδείκνυται), πόλεμον ἐν ἐμοὶ συνεστήσαντο, οὐκ ἔξωθεν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς πολεμοῦντες, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν ψυχὴν ποιησάμενοι τοῦ ἐν αὐτῇ πολέμου μεταίχμιον. Ἐν ἑκάστῳ γὰρ ὁ πόλεμος, καθὼς ἑρμηνεύει ὁ θεῖος ᾿Απόστολος,λέγων· Βλέπω δὲ ἔτεβονʼ γόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσί μου ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ γόμῳ τοῦ γοός μου, καὶ αἰχμαμλωτίζοντά τῷ γόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσί μου. Ταύτης τοίνυν τῆς ἐμφυλίου μάχης ἐν ἐμοὶ συστάσης παρὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου, ἐχθρῶν δὲ τῆς ἐμῆς σωτηρίας, μέλαινα ἐγενόμην, ἡττηθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων καὶ τὸν ἀμπελῶνα τὸν ἐμὸν οὐκ ἐφύλαξα. Ταὺτὸν χρὴ νοεῖν τῷ παραδείσῳ τὸν ἀμπελῶνα. Καὶ γὰρ κἀκεῖ φυλάσσειν ἐτάχθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος τὸν παράδεισον … ἡ δὲ τῆς φυλακῆς ἀμέλεια ἐχδάλλει τοῦ παραδείσου τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ οἰκήτορα τῶν δυσμῶν ποιεῖ . πἧς ἀνατολῆς ἀποστήσασα. Διὰ τοῦτο ἡ ἀνατολὴ ταῖς δυσμαῖς ἐπιφαίνεται. Ψά,λ.λετε γὰρ, φησὶ, τῷ Κυρίῳ τῷ ἐπιδεδηκότι ἐπὶ δυσμῶν, ἵνα τοῦ φωτὸς ἐν σχοτίζ λάμποντος, μεταποιηθῇ πρὸς τὴν ἀκτῖνα πὸ σκότος, καὶ γένηται καλὴ πάλιν ἡ μέλαινα. Τὸ δὲ δοκοῦν ἀσυνάρτητον τῆς λέξεως πρὸς τὴν εὑρεθεῖσαν διάνοιαν, τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ δυνατόν ἐστι παραμυθήσασιν.·Ὅπερ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ, Ἔθεντο ἹἹερουσαὴμ εἰς ὁπωροφυ.Ἰάκιον. Οὐ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι κατέστησαν αὐτὴν φύλακα τοῦ θείου ἀμπελῶνος, ὡς ἄν τις ἐκ τοῦ προχείρου νοήσειεν· ἀλλ᾽ ὁ καταστήσας μέν ἐστιν ὁ Θεὸς, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ἐμαχέσαντο μόνον ἐν αὑτῇ, καὶ ἔθεντο αὐ-Ὑ τὴν ὡς σκηνὴν ἐν ἀμπελῶνι, καὶ ὡς ὀπωροφυλάκιον ἐν σικυηλάτῳ, Τῆς γὰρ φυλασσομένης ὀπώρας διὰ τὴν παρακοὴν στερηθεῖσα, ἄχρηστον θέαμα κατελείφθη, τοῦ φυλασσομένου ἐν αὐτῇ μὴ ὄντος. Καὶ ἐπε:δὴ ἔθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἄνθρωπον ἐργάζεθαι καὶ φυλάσσειν τὸν ᾿ παράδεισον, τοῦτό φησιν ἡ νύμφη, ὅτι Τοῦ Θεοῦ [τοῦ] θεμένου τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ζωὴν (ζωὴ γὰρ ἦν ἡ τοῦ παραδείσου τρυφὴ, ἐν ᾧ ἔθετο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐργάζεσθαι καὶ φυλάσσειν αὐτὸν), οἱ ἐχθροὶ μετέστησαν ᾿ αὐτὴν ἐκτῆς τοῦ παραδείσου τρυφῆς, εἰς τὸ σπουδάζειν περὶ τὸν αὐτῶν ἀμπελῶνα, οὗ ὁ βότρυς γεωργεῖ τὴν πικρίαν καὶ ἡ σταφυλὴ τὴν χολήν. Τοιοῦτος ἀμπελὼν ΣόΑ δομα ἣν τοιαύτη κληματὶς Γόμοῤῥα, ἡ σνγχαταδιχα. σθεῖσα Σοδόμοις δι᾽ ὧν ὁ τῶν δρακόντων θυμὸς ὁ ἀνίατος ἐν ταῖς πονηραῖς ληνοῖς τῶν Σοδομιτῶν ὑπερἐχέθη. Ἔστι δὲ καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν τῶν τοιούτων τἀμπελώνων ἐπιμελητάς τε καὶ φύλακας τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἰδεῖν, οἱ σπουδῇ τὰ πάθη παρ᾽ ἕαυτοῖς τηροῦσιν, ὥσπερ δεδοικότες μὴ τὸ κακὸν ἀπολέσωσιν. Ὁρᾷς τοὺς πονηροὺς τῆς εἰδωλολατρείας φύλακας, τῆς τε κατὰ τὴν ἀσέδειαν καὶ τῆς χατὰ·χὴν πλεονεξίαν ἐνεργουμένης, πῶς ἐπαγρυπνοῦσι φυλακῇ τῶν κακῶν, ζημίαν τὸ στερηθῆναι τῆς ἀνομίας νομίζοντες. Καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡσαύτως ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τοὺς ἐν βάθει παραδεξαμένους τὴν ἡδονὴν, ἢ ὑπερηφανίαν, ἣ τῦφον, ἣ ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων,·΄ πῶς περιέχονται διὰ πάσης φυλακῇς τῶν τοιούτων, κέρδος ποιούμενοι τὸ μηδέποτε τὴν ψυχὴν τῶν παθῶν χαθαρεῦσαι. Ταῦτα οὖν ἡ νύμφη ὀδύρεται, λέγουσα, ὅτι Διὰ τοῦτο ἐγενόμην μέλαινα, ἐπειδὴ τὰ ζιζάνια τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, καὶ τὰς πονηρὰς αὐτῶν χληματίδας φυλάσσουσά τε καὶ περιέπουσα, τὸν ἀμπελῶνα τὸν ἐμὸν οὐκ ἐφύλαξα. Ὦ πόσον κινεῖ πάθος ἐν τοῖς αἰσθητικῶς ἐπαΐουσιν, ᾿ἈΑμπελῶγα ἐμὸν οὐκ ἐφύΘρῆνος ἀντικρύς ἔστιν ἡ φωνὴ, τοὺς τῶν προφητῶν στεναγμοὺς κινῶν εἰς συμπάθειαν. Πῶς·ἐγένετο πόρνη ἢ πόλις πιστὴ Σιὼν πλήρης κρίσεως ; Πῶς κατελείφθη ἡ θυγάτηρ Σιὼν ὡς σκηνὴ ἐν ἀμπελῶνι; Πῶς ἐκάθισε μόνη ἡ πόλις, ἡ πεπληθυμένη λαῶν; ἄρχουσα ἐπὶ χώραις, ἐγενήθη εἰς φόρον; Πῶς ἡμαυρώθη τὸ χρυσίον, ἠλλοιώθη τὸ ἀργύριον τὸ ἀγαθόν; Πῶς ἐγένετο μέλαινα, ἡ τῷ ἀληθινῷ φωτὶ τὰ πρῶτα συναναλάμπουσα ; Πάντα ταῦτα ἐγένετό μοι, φησὶν, ὅτι τὸν ἀμπελῶνα τὸν ἐμὸν οὐκ ἐφύλαξα. ᾿Ἀμπελών ἔστιν ἡ ἀθανασία - ἀμπελὼν ἡ ἀπάθεια, καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸ Θεῖον ὁμοίωσις, καὶ ἣ παντὸς κακοῦ ᾿ ἀλλοτρίωσις. Τούτου τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος καρπὸς ἡ καθαρότης, ὁ λαμπρὸς οὗτος καὶ ὥριμος βότρυς, ὁ ἰδιάζων τῷ εἴδει καὶ χαταγλυχαίνων ἐν ἁγνείᾳ τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αἰσθητήρια. Ἕλιξ δὲ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, ἡ πρὸς τὴν ἀΐδιον ζωὴν περιπλοχή τε καὶ συμφυῖα - χλήνίματα δὲ αὐξανόμενα, τὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐστιν ὑψώματα πρὸς τὸ ὕψος τῶν ἀγγέλων ἀναδενδρούμενα· φυρῶς τοῖς κλάδοις ἐπισειόμενα, ὁ πολυειδὴς τῶν θείων ἀρετῶν κόσμος ἐστὶ, τῶν συναναθαλλόντων πνεύματιὴ Ταῦτα πάντα κεκτημένη, φησὶ, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀπολαύσει τούτων λαμπρυνομένη, διὰ τὸ μὴ φυλάξαι πὸν ἀμπελῶνα, κατεμελάνθην τῷ πένθει· τῆς γὰρ καθαρότητος ἐκπεσοῦσα, τὸ ζοφῶδες εἶδος ἐνεδυσάμην. Τοιοῦτος γὰρ τῷ εἴδει ὁ χιτὼν ὁ δερμάτινος. . Νῦν δὲ διὰ τὴν ἀγαπήσασάν με πάλιν εὐθύτητα, καλή πε καὶ φωτοειδὴς γενομένη, ὑποπτεύω τὴν εὐκληρίαν, μὴ πάλιν ἀπολέσω τὸ κάλλος. ἀγνοίᾳ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἀσφάλειαν τρόπου, περὶ τὴν φυλακὴν ἀτυχήσασα. Διὰ τοῦτο καταλιποῦσα τὸν πρὸς τὰς νεάνιδας λόγον, πάλιν δι’ εὐχῆς ἀνακαλεῖ τὸν γυμφίον, ὄνομα ποιησαμένη τοῦ ποθουμένου τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐνδιάθετον σχέσιν. Τί γάρ φησιν ηἶ ᾿Απάγγειλόν μοι, ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου, ποῦ ποιμαίνεις, ἣ ποῦ κοιτάζεις ἐν μεσημθρίᾳ: μήποτε γένωμαι ὡς περιδαλιλομένη ἐπ᾽ ἀγέλαις τῶν ἑταίρων σου. Ποῦ ποιμαίνεες, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς, ὁ αἴρων ἐπὶ τῶν ὥμων ὅλον τὸ ποίμνιον ; ἕν γάρ ἐστι πρόδατον πᾶσα ἢ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις, ἣν ἐπὶ τῶν ὥμων ἀνέλαδες. Δεῖξόν μοι τὸν τόπον τῆς χλόης, γνώρισόν μοι τὸ ὕδωρ τῆς ἀναπαύσεως, ἐξάγαγέ με πρὸς τὴν τρόφιμον πόαν, κάλεσόν με ἐκ τοῦ ὀνόματος, ἵνα ἀκούσω τῆς φωνῆς σου, ἐγὼ τὸ σὸν πρόδατον· καὶ δός μοι διὰ τῆς φωνῆς σου τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον. Ἀπάγ- ʼ γειλόν μοι, ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου. Οὕτω γάρ κατονομάζω, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ὄνομά σον ὑπὲρ πᾶν ἐστιν ὄνομα, καὶ πάσῃ λογικῇ φύσει ἄφραστόν τε καὶ ἀχώρῆτον. Οὐκοῦν ὄνομά ἐστι γνωριστικὸν τῆς σῆς ἀγαθότητος, ἣ τῆς ψυχῆς μὸν περὶ σὲ σχέσις. Πῶς γάρ σε μὴ ἀγαπήσω, τὸν οὕτω με ἀγαπήσαντα, καὶ· ταῦτα μέλαιναν οὖσαν, ὥστε τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων θεῖναι, ἃ σὺ ποιμαίνεις ; Μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπινοῆσαι, ἢ τὸ τῇ σῇ ψυχῇ τὴν σωτηρίαν τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνταλλάξασθαι. Δεῖξον οὖν μοι, φησὶ, ποῦ ποιμαίνεις, ἵνα εὑροῦσα τὴν σωτήριον νομὴν, ἐμφορηθῶ τῆς οὐρανίας τροφῆς, ἧς ὁ μὴ φαγὼν, οὐ δύναται εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ δραμοῦσα πρὸς σὲ τὴν πηγὴν, σπάσω τοῦ θείου πόματος, ὃ σὺ τοῖς διψῶσι ἐκ τῆς πλευρᾶς, τοῦ σιδήρου τὴν φλέθα ταύτην ἀνα· οὗ ὁ γευσάμενος πηγὴ γίνεται ἀλλομένου·εἰςζωὴν αἰώνιον.·Ἂν γὰρ ἐν τούτοις με ποιεἰρήνῃ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ χοιμηθεῖσα, ἐν τῷ ἀσχίῳ φωτὶ ἀναπαύσομαι· ἄσχιος γὰρ πανταχόθεν ἡ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς κορυφῆς ὑπερλάμποντος, ἐν ἧ σὺ χοιτάζεις τοὺς ὑπὸ σοῦ ποιμανθέντας, ὅταν τὰ παιδία σου δέξῃ μετὰ σεαυτοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην. Οὐδεὶς δὲ τῆς ἀναπαύσεως τῆς μεσημόρινῆς ἀξιοῦται, μὴ υἱὸς φωτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας γενόμενος - ὁ δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἴσον ἑαυτὸν τοῦ τε ἑσπερινοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀρθρινοῦ σκότους χωρίσας, τουτέστιν ὅπου ἄρχεται τὸ κακὸν καὶ εἰς ὃ καταλήγει, οὗτος, ἐν τῇ μεσημθρίᾳ παρὰ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης χοιτάζξεται. Γνώρισον οὖν μοι, φησὶ, πῶς χρὴ ποιτάξεσθαι, καὶ τίς ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς μεσημβρινῆς ἀναπαύσεως· μήποτέ με τῆς ἀγαθῆς χειραγωγίας ἀποσφαλεῖσαν ταῖς ἀλλοτρίαις τῶν σῶν ποιμνίων ἀγέλαις ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας ἄγνοια συναγελάσῃ. Ταῦτα εἶπε περὶ τοῦ γενομένου κάλλους αὐτῆς θεόθεν ἀγωνιῶσα, καὶ ὅπως ἂν εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς παραμένοι αὐτῇ ἡ εὐμορφία, μαθεῖν ἀξιοῦσα. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὔπω καταξιοῦται τῆς τοῦ νυμφίου φωνῆς, τοῦ Θεοῦ περὶ αὐτῇς κρεῖττόν τι προθλεψαμένου - ὡς ἂν εἰς μείξονα πόθον τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτῇς ἀναφλέξειεν ἡ ἀναδολὴ τῆς ἡ ἀπολαύσεως, ὥστε συναυξηθῆναι τῷ πόθῳ τὴν εὖὑφροσύνην᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οἱ φίλοι τοῦ νυμφίου πρὸς αὐτὴν διαλέγονται, τὸν τρόπον τῆς τῶν προσόντων ἀγαθῶν ἀσφαλείας διὰ συμδουλῇς ὑφηγούμενοι. Ἔστι δὲ κεκαλυμμένος δι᾽ ἀσαφείας καὶ ὁ παρʼ ἐκείνων λόγος. Ἔχει γὰρ οὕτως ἢ λέξις- . Ἐὰν μὴ γνῷς σἑαυτὴν, ἡ καλὴ ἐν γυναιξὶν,. πτέργαις τῶν ποιμνίων σου, καὶ ποίμαινε τοὺς ἐρίφους ἐπὶ σκννώμασι τῶν ποιγιές διαμαρτάνει, τὸ μὲν ἀφιεὶς, τὸ δὲ κατέχειν μὴ δυνά γων. Τούτων δὲ τῶν ῥημάτων ἡ μὲν διάνοια πρόξη λος ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἐξετασθέντων ἀκολουθίας ἐστὶν, ἢ δὲ σύνταξις δοκεῖ πως τὴν ἀσάφειαν ἔχειν. Τίς οὖν ἡ διάνοια ; ᾿Ασφαλέστατόν ἔστι φυλακτήριον ἡμῶν τὸ --΄ ἑαυτὸν μὴ ἀγνοῇσαι, μηδέ τι ἄλλο τῶν περὶ αὑτὲν βλέποντα, ἑαυτὸν οἴεσθαι βλέπειν· ὅπερ δὴ πάσχουσιν οἱ ἑαυτῶν ἀνεπίσχεπτοι, ἰσχὺν ἣ κάλλος, ἣ δόξαν, ἢ δυναστείαν, ἥ τινα πλούτου περιουσίαν, ἣ τῦφον, ἢ ὄγκον, ἣ σώματος μέγεθος, ἣ μορφῇς εὑμοιρίαν, ἦ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ὁρῶντες, τοιούτους ἑάυτοὺς εἶναι νομίζουσι. Διὰ τοῦτο σφαλεροὶ φύλακές εἰσιν ἑαυτῶν, τῇ περὶ τὸ ἀλλότριον σχέσει, ἀφύλαχτὸν περιορῶντες τὸ ἴδιον. Πῶς γὰρ ἄν τις φυλάξειεν ὃ μὴ ἐπίσταται; Οὐκοῦν ἀσφαλεστάτη φρουρὰ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἀγαθῶν, τὸ ἑαυτοὺς μὴ ἀγνοεῖν, καὶ τὸ γνῶναι ἕκαστον ἑαυτὸν ὅπερ ἐστὶ, καὶ ἀχριδῶς ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν διακρίνειν, ὡς ἂν μὴ λάθοι φυλάσσων ἀνθ᾽΄- ἑαυτοῦ τὸ ἀλλότριον. Ὁ γὰρ . πρὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ βλέπων ζωὴν, καὶ τὰ ἐνταῦθα τίμια φυλακῇς ἄξια κρίνων, οὐκ οἷδε τὸ ἴδιον διακρῖναι τοῦ ἀλλοτρίου. Οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν παρερχομένων ἐστὶν ἡμέτερον. Πῶς γὰρ ἄν τις χρατήσεις ποῦ παροδιχοῦ τε καὶ ῥέοντος ; Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔμμονον καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχει ἧ νοητὴ τε καὶ ἄῦλος φύσις, ἧ δὲ ὕλη παρέρχεται διὰ ῥοΐς τινος καὶ χινήσειυς πάντοτε ἀλλοιουμένη· ἀναγκαίως ὁ τοῦ ἑστῶτος χωριζόμενος, παρερχόμενον καὶ τὸ ἑστὸς καταλιπὼν, ἀμφοτέρων μενος. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ἡ τῶν φίλων τοῦ νυμφίον τὰ εἰρημένα ὅτι ᾿Εὰν μὴ τὴν, ἡ καλὴ ἐν γυναιξὶν, ἔξελθε σὺ ἐν πτέρναις τῶν ποιμνίων· καὶ ποίμαιγνε τοὺς ἐρίφους ἐπὶ σκηγώμασι τῶν ποιμνίων. Τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τί; Ὅτι ὁ ἑαυτὸν ἀγνοήσας ἐκπίπτει μὲν τῆς τῶν προδάτων ἀγέλης, σύννομος δὲ γίνεται τοῖς ἐρίφοις, ὧν ἡ στάσις ἐπὶ τὸ σκαιὸν ἀπεώσθη· οὕτω τοῦ καλοῦ ποιμένος, ἐκ δεξιῶν μὲν τὰ πρόδατα στήσαντος, ἀφορίσαντος δὲ τῆς κρείττονος λήξειυς ἐπὶ τὸ ἀριστερὸν τὰ ἐρίφια. Τοῦτο τοίνυν ἐκ τῆς τῶν φέλων τοῦ νυμφίου συμδουλῆς παιδευόμεθα, τὸ δεῖν εἰς αὐτὴν βλέπεῖν τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων φύσιν, καὶ μὴ πεπλανη μένοις ἴχνεσι τῇς ἀληθείας παραστοχάζεσθαι. Σαφέστερον δὲ χρὴ τὸν περὶ τούτων ἐκθέσθαί λόγον. Πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐκ αὐτοὶ κρίνουσιν ὅπως ἔχει τὰ πράγματα φύσεως, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν συνήθειαν τῶν προδεδηχότων ὁρῶντες, τῆς ὑγιοῦς πὧν ὄντων κρίσεως ἁμαρτάνουσιν, οὐκ ἔμφρονά τινα λογισμὸν, ἀλλὰ συνήθειαν ἄλογον, τοῦ καλοῦ κριτήριον προδαλλόμενοι· ὅθεν εἰς ἀρχάς τε καὶ δυναστείας ἑαυτοὺς εἰσωθοῦσι, καὶ τὰς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ περιφανείας, κἀϊ τοὺς ὑλικοὺς ὄγκους περὶ πολλοῦ ποιοῦνται, ἄδηλον ὃν εἰς ὅ τι τούτων ἕκαστον καταλήξει μετὰ τὸν τῇδε βίον. Οὐ γὰρ ἀσφαλὴς τῶν μελλόντων ἐγγυητὴς ἡ συνήθεια, ἧς τὸ πέρας ἐρίφων εὑρίσκεται πολλάκις, οὐχὶ προθάτων ἀγέλη. Νοεῖς δὲ πάντως τὸν λόγον ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου φωνῆς. … Ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἴδιον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως βλέπων, τοῦτο δέ ἔστιν ὁ λόγος, καταφρονήσει μὲν τῆς ἀλόγου συνηθείας, οὐδὲν δὲ ὡς καλὸν αἱρήσεται͵ τῇ ψυχῇ φέρει τὸ κέρδος. Οὐκοῦν οὐ χρὴ πρὸς τὰ ἴχνη τῶν βοσκημάτων βλέπειν, ἃ τῷ γεώδει βίῳ διὰ τῶν πτερνῶν ἐνσημαίνονται οἱ προωδευχότες τὸν βίον· ἀφανὴς γὰρ ἐκ τῶν φαινομένων ἡ τοῦ προτιμοτέρου κρίσις, ἕως ἂν ἔξω τοῦ βίου γενώμεθα, κἀκεῖ γνῶμεν τίσιν ἠκολουθήσαμεν. Ὁ τοίνυν μὴ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων διακρίνων τὸ καλὸν ἐκ τοῦ χείρονος, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἴχνεσι τῶν προωδευκότων ἑπόμενος, τὴν παρελθοῦσαν τοῦ βίου συνήθειαν διδάσκαλον τῆς ἰδίας ζωῆς προθαλλόμενος, λανθάνει πολλάκις, κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν Οὐκοῦν ταῦτα λεγόντων ἔστιν ἀκούειν τῶν φίλων, ὅτι Σὺ, ὦ ψυχὴ, ἡ ἐκ μελαίνης γενομένη καλὴ, εἴ, σοι μέλει τοῦ συνδιαιωνίζειν σοι τῆς εὐμορφίας τὴν χάριν, μὴ τοῖς ἴχνεσιν ἐπιπλανῶ τῶν προωδευκότων πῆς δικαίας κρίσεως, ἔριφος ἀντὶ προδάτου γενόμενος.· τὸν βίον· ἄδηλον γὰρ εἰ μὴ τρίδος ἐρίφων ἐστὶ τὸ φαινόμενον, οἷς σὺ κατόπιν ἀκολουθοῦσα, διὰ τὸ μὴ φαίνεσθαί σοι τοὺς διὰ τῶν ἴχνων τὴν ἀτραπὸν τρίψαντας, ἐπειδὰν παρῆλθες τὸν βίον, καὶ χατολίσθῃς ἐν τῇ τοῦ θανάτου μάνδρᾳ, μήποτε προστεθῇς τῇ τῶν ἐρίφων ἀγέλῃ, οἷς ἀγνοοῦσα διὰ τῶν ἰχνῶν τοῦ ; Ἂν γὰρ μὴ γνῷς σεαυτὴν, καιὴ ἐν γυναιξὶν, ἔξελθε σὺ ἐν πτέρναις τῶν ποιμνίων, καὶ ποίἐίαινε τοὺς ἐρίφους ἐπὶ σχηγώμασι τῶν ποιμνίων. Ὅπερ δι᾽ ἑτέρου τινὸς ἀντιγράφου σαφέστερον ἔστι κατανοῆσαι, ὡς δὲ μὴ τὴν σύνταξιν τῶν ῥημάτων δοκεῖν ἀσυναρτήτως ἔχειν. Φησὶ γὰρ, ὅτι ᾿Εὰν μὴ γγῷς σεαυτὴν, ἡ καλὴ ἐν γυναιξὶν, ἐξῆλθες ς ἐκ τῶν πτερνῶν τοῦ ποιμνίου, καὶ ποιμαίνεις ἐρίφους ἀντὶ σκηγωμάτων ποιμνίων· ὥστε δι᾽ ἀχριδείας συμθαίνειν τὴν ἐν τοῖς ῥήμασι τούτοις ἐμφαινομένην διάνοιαν τῇ προαποδοθείσῃ θεωρίᾳ τοῦ λόγου. Οὐκοῦν ἵνα μὴ ταῦτα πάθῃς, πρόσεχε σεαυτῇ, ὥς φησιν ὁ λόγος. Τοῦτο γάρ ἔστιν ἀσφαλὲς τῶν ἀγαθῶν φυλακτήριον· γνῶθι πόσον ὑπὲρ τὴν λοιπὴν κτίσιν παρὰ τοῦ πεποιηκότος τετίμησαι. Οὐκ οὐρανὸς γέγογεν εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὐ σελήνη, οὐκ ἥλιος, οὐ τὸ τῶν ἄστρων κάλλος, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν κατὰ τὴν κτίσιν φαινομένων οὐδέν. Μόνη σὺ γέγονας τῆς ὑπερεχούσης πάντα νοῦν φύσεως ἀπεικόνισμα, τοῦ ἀφθάρτου κάλλους ὁμοίωμα, τῆς ἀληθινῆς θεότητος ἀποτύπωμα, τῆς μακαρίας ζωῆς δοχεῖον, τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς ἐκμαγεῖον, πρὸς ὃ βλέπουσα, ἐκεῖνο γίνῃ, ὅπερ ἐκεῖνός ἐστι, μιμουμένη τὸν ἐν σοὶ λάμποντα διὰ τῆς ἀντιλαμπούσης αὐγῆς ἐκ τῆς σῆς καθαρότητος. Οὐδὲν οὕτω πῶν ὄντων μέγα, ὡς τῷ σῷ μεγέθει παραμετρεῖσθαι. Ὃ οὐρανὸς ὅλος τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ σπιθαμῇ περιλαμδάνεται, γῇ δὲ καὶ θάλασσα τῇ δρακὶ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ περιείργεται. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ὁ τοιοῦτος καὶ τοσοῦτος, ὁ πᾶσαν τῇ παλάμῃ περισφίγγων τὴν κτίσιν, ὅλος σοι χωρητὸς γίνεται, καὶ ἐν σοὶ κατοικεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἔνστενοχωρεῖ πάσῃ τῇ φύσει ἐνδιοδεύων, ὁ εἰπών· Ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐμπεριπατήσω. Ἐὰν ταῦτα βλέπῃς. εἰς οὐδὲν τῶν περιγείων τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἀσχολήσεις. Τί τοῦτο λέγω ; ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ὁ οὐρανός σοι θαυμαστὸς νομισθήσεται. Πῶς γὰρ θαυμάζεις τοὺς οὐρανοὺς,·ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ἑαυτὸν βλέπων τῶν οὐρανῶν μονιμῶτερον; οἱ μὲν γὰρ παρέρχονται, σὺ δὲ τῷ ἀεὶ ὄντι συνδιαμένεις πρὸς τὸ ἀΐδιον. Οὐ θαυμάσεις πλάτη γῆς, οὐδὲ πελάγη πρὸς ἄπειρον ἐχτεταμένα, ὧν ἐπεστατεῖν ἐτάχθης, ὥσπερ τινὸς ξυνωρίδος πώλων ἡνίοχος εὐπειθῆ πρὸς τὸ δοκοῦν ἔχων τὰ στοιχεῖα ταῦτα καὶ ὑπεξούσια. Ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ σοι πρὸς τὰς τοῦ βίου χρείας ὑπηρετεῖται, καὶ ἡ θάλασσα καθάπερ τις πῶλος εὐήνιος ὑπέχει σοι τὰ νῶτα, καὶ ἐπιδάτην ἑαυτῆς τὸν ἄνθρωπον δέχεται. Ἐὰν οὖν γνῷς σεαυτὴν, ἡ καλὴ ἐν γυναιξὶν, ὑπερφρονήσεις παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἄῦλον ἀγαθὸν διαπαντὸς ὁρῶσα, περιόψει τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον οὔτον ἰχνῶν τὴν πλάνην. Οὐκοῦν ἀεὶ πρόσεχε σεαυτῇ, καὶ οὐ μὴ πλανηθήσῃ περὶ τὴν τῶν ἐρίφων. ἀγέλην· οὐδὲ ἔριφος ἀντὶ προβάτου ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῇς κρίσεως ἐπιδειχθήσῃ, οὐδὲ τῆς ἐκ δεξιῶν καθέδρας ἀφορισθήσῃ ἀλλ ἀκούσῃ τῆς γλυκείας φωνῆς, ἢ φησι πρὸς τὰ ἐριοφόρα τε καὶ ἥμερα πρόδατα, ὅτι Δεῦτε, οἱ εὐογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κιηρογομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην· εἴ ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταδολῆς κόσμου. Ἧς καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀξιωθείημεν· ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ πρέπει ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνσς τῶν αἰώνων.

Melaiga eimi kai kalē, thygateres Hierousaēm, hōs skēnōmata Kēdar, hōs derrheis Soio? mōn. Mē blepsēte me, hoti egō eimi memelanōmenē, hoti paredlepse me ho hēlios. Huioi mētros mou emachesanto en emoi; ethento me phylachissan en ampelōsin, ampelōna emon ouk ephylaxa. ᾿Apangeilon moi, hon ēgapēsen hē psychē mou, pou poimaineis, pou koitazeis en mesēmdrią; mēpote genōmai hōs perida.llomenē epʼ agelais hetairōn sou. ᾽Ean mē ngǭs seautēn, hē kaïē kai poimaige tous eriphous epi skēgōmasi tōn Tēs hieras tou martyriou skēnēs ouk homotimon ēn tǭ endothen kekrymmenǭ kallei to ektos prophainomenon. Aulaia men gar ek linōn hyphasmatōn, kai hai dia tōn trichōn tōn aigōn derrheis, kai hai tōn erythrōn dermatōn peridolai ton exōthen tēs skēnēs kosmon eplēroun. Kai ouden hēn mega kai temion tois ta ektos horōsi para tauta phainomenon. Esōthen de chrysǭ kai argyriǭ kai tois timiois tōn lithōn pasa hē tou martyriou skēnē chatelampeto᾽ hoi styloi, hai baseis, hai kephalides, to thymiatērion, to thysiastēBa tōn eisodōn chatapetasmata, hois to kallos ek pantos eidous euchroousēs baphēs synechernato, nēma chryseon, hyakinthǭ, kai porphyrą, kai byssǭ, kai kokkǭ, dia tinos technikēs leptourgias euchosmōs synyphasmenon, synkraton ek pantōn, kathaper en iridos augais apostę̄thdein epoiei tēn augēn tou hyphasmatos. Pros ho ti de blepōn enteuthen prooimiazomai, prodēlon hēmin pantōs ek tōn rhēthēsomenōn genēsetai. Palin prokeitai hēmin to Asma tōn asmatōn, eis pasan theognōsias kai philosophias hēphēgēsin. Hautē estin hē alēthinē tou martyriou skēnē, hēs prokalymmata men kai derrheis, kai hē tēs aulaias peribolē, erōtichoi tines logoi kai rhēmata ginontai, tēn pros to pothoumenon schesin emphainonta, kai kallous hypographē, kai mnēmē sōmatikōn men lōn, tōn te prophainomenōn en tǭ prosōpǭ, kai tōn entos polyphōtos tis estin hōs alēthōs lychnia kai chidōtos mystēriōn plērēs, kai to tēs euōdias thymiatērion, gai to katharsion tēs hamartias - to panchryson ekeino tēs eusedeias thymiatērion, to te tōn chatapetasmatōn kallos, to dia tēs tōn aretōn heuchroias euschēmonōs exyphainomenon, kai hoi aklineis tōn logismōn styloi, kai hai ametathetoi tōn dogmatōn baseis, to te. tōn chephalidōn kallos, di᾽ hōn hē peri to hēgemonikon tēs psychēs hermēneuetai charis, kai hoi tōn psychōn loutēres, kai panta hosa pros tēn ouranion te kai asōmaton politeian blepe:, ha di᾽ ainigmatōn ho nomos diakeleuetai, en tois hypochechryma menois tę̄ lexei noēmasin estin, ei monon epitēdeious pros tēn eis ta HiLgia tōn hagiōn eisodon heautous di’ epimeleias tou biou poiēsaimen, tǭ loutēri tou logou panta rhypon aischras ennoias apochlysamenoi, mēpote thnēskontes para to parangelma tou nomou, thnēsimaiou noēmatos, ē tinos tōn akathartōn enthymiōn hapsamenoi, atheatoi tōn entos tēs schēnę̄ēs thaumatōn apochleisthōmen. Ou gar paradechetai tōn toioutōn tēn eisodon ho tou pneumatos nomos, ean mē tis plynę̄ to tēs syneidēseōs heautou himation, kata to Mōyseōs parangelma, ho nekras tinos kai bdelyktēs ennoias hapsamenos. Lgei de ton logon hē akolouthia tōn proexētasmenōn pros tēn theōrian tōn para tēs nymphēs pros tas neanidas eirēmenōn. Esti de tauta; Melaina; kai kalē, thygateres mata Kēdar, hōs derrheis Solomōn. Kalōs hē didaskalos aphʼ hōn edei tais mathētenomenais psychais archetai poieisthai tōn agathōn tēn hyphēgēsin; hai men gar prothymōs echousi, di᾽ hōn epangellontai, pantos an-᾿ thrōpienou logou, hon oinon tropikōs onomazousi, protimoteran poieisthai tēn ek tōn logikōn autēs mazōn aporrheousan charin, houtōs eipousai tǭ rhēmati, hoti ᾿Agapēsomdn masthous sou hyper oinon, epeidē se hē euthytēs ēgapēsen. Ē de prosthēkēn poiei tais mathētenomenais tou peri autēn thaumatos; hōs an mallon mathoimen tēn ametrēton tou nymphiou philanthrōpian, tou dia tēs agapēs epidallontos tę̄ agapētheisę̄ to kallos Mē thaumasēte gar, phēsin, hoti me euthytēs ēgapēsen, all᾽ hoti melainan ousan, ex hamartias, kai prosǭcheiōmenēn tǭ zophǭ dia tōn ergōn, kalēn dia tēs agapēs epoiēsen, to idion kallos pros to emon aischos antallaxamenos. Metatheis gar pros heauton ton tōn emōn hamartiōn rhypon, metedōke moi tēs heautou katharotētos, koi-; Y nōnon me tou heautou ᾿kallous apergasamenos; prōton epoiēsen ex eEidechthous erasmian, kai houtōs ēgapēsen. Meta tauta protrepetai tas neanidas kai autas genesthai kalas, to kath᾽ heautēn kallos prodeichnyousa, kath᾽ homoiotēta tou megalou Paulou legontos; Ginesthe hōs egō, hoti kagō hōs hymeis; kai, Mimētai mou ginesthe, kathōs kagō Christou. Dia touto gar ouk eą tas mathēteuomenas autę̄ psychas pros to parǭchēkos tou biou blepousas apelpizein tou ginesthai kalas; alla pros autēn horōsas () touto manthanein dia tou hypodeigmatos, hoti to paron ginetai tou parǭchēkotos prokalymma, ean amōmon hē. Legei gar, hoti Kan nyn mou epilampę̄ to kallos, ho moi dia tou agapēthēnai para tēs euthytētos epemorphōthē, all᾽ oida emautēn ou lampran ousan to katarchas, alla melainan. To de toiouton eidos peri emx, to skoteinon kai zophōdes, ho proladōn bios epoiēsen. ᾿All᾽ homōs ekeino ousa, touto eimi. Meteskeuasthē gar to homoiōma tou aischous eis kallous morphēn. Kai hymeis toinyn, ō thygateres Hierousalēm, anadlepsate pros tēn mētera hymōn tēn anō Hierouphalēm. Ei kai skēnōmata tou Kēdar hēte, dia to enoikēsai en hymin ton archonta tēs oxouaias tou aigar hē tou Kēdar neuetai), derrheis tou Solomōntos genēsthsthe,, toutesti͵ naos tou basileōs esesye,, en hymin oikēsantos Ho tou basileōs Solomōntos, Solomōn de eirēnikos estin, ho tę̄ eirēnę̄ epōnymos. Derrhdis gar Solomōntos apo merous pasan tēs basilikēs skēnēs tēn peridolēn chatōnomase. Toutois moi dokei tois noēmasin. homoiōs Paulas prosechesteron en tę̄ pros Rhōmaious philon chōrēsai, legōn, en hois synistēsi tou Theou. tēn peri hēmas agapēn, hoti hamartōlous hēmas ontas kai mechai erasmious dia tou psai tēn charin epoiēsen. Hōsper gar en nykti panta tǭ epikratounti symmelainetai zophǭ, kan lampra kata physin onta tychę̄; phōtos de epilathontos, paramenei tois en tǭ zophǭ schotistheisin hē pros ta skotos homoiōsis; houtō metatetheisēs tēs psychēs apo tēss planēs pros tēn alētheian, kai hē skoteinē tou biou morphē pros tēn phōteinēn charin symmetathdalletai. Tauta kai pros ton Timotheon, ha pros tas neanidas legei hē tou Christou nymphē, ho Paulos, ha lampros ek melanos meta tauta genomenos, hoti kalos ēxiōthē kai autos genesthai, ho proteron blasphēmas hōn, kai diōktēs, kai hydristēs. kai melas; hoti Christos eis ton kosmon holthe lamprous poiēsai tous melanas, ou dikaious pros heauton kalōn, alla hamartōlous eis metanoian, hoos tǭ loutrǭ tēs palingenesia? lampein hōs phōstēras epoiēse, to zophōdes auypōn eidos apochlysas tǭ hydati. Auto touto kai ho tou Dadid ophthalmos en tę̄ anō polei horą, kai en thaumati poieitai to theama; pōs en tę̄ polei tou theou, peri kai hē pornē Rhaad mnēmoneuetai, allophyloi te kai Tyros kai ho tōn Aithiopōn laas en autę̄ ginontai; hōs mēketi tōn anthrōpōn tina tę̄ polei tautę̄ tēn tōn oikētorōn erēmian eponeidizein legonta; Mē tis eti tę̄ Siōn erei, Agthrōpos egengēthē en hautę̄. Kakei gar phyletai tēs poleōs ginontai hoi allophyloi, kai Hierosolymitai Badylōnioi, kai parthenos hē pornē, kai lamproi hoi Aithiopes, kai Tyros hē anō polis; houtō kai entautha tas thygateras Hierousalēm prothymopoieitai hē nymphē, synistōsa tou nymphiou tēn agathotēta, hoti kan melainan tina lathos Psychēn, tę̄ pros heauton koinōnią kalēn apergazetai, Ti kan tis skēnōma hē Kēdar, phōtos oikētērion ginetas tou alēthinou Solomōntos, toutesti tou eerēnechou batileōs en autę̄ chkatoichēsantos. Dia touto phēsi; Melaina eimi kai kalē, thygateres Hierousalēm; hina pros eme blepousai, kai hymeis genēsthe derrheis Solomōntos, kąn skēnōmata ēte Kēdar. Eita epagei tois eirēmenois ta ephexēs, di’ hōn anankaiōs asphalizetai tēn tōn mathēteuomenōn dianoian, mē tǭ Dēmiourgǭ tēn aitian tou skoteinou eidous anatithenai, alla tēn hekastou proairesin tou eidous tas archas psēte pros me, phēsin, hote egō dimi memeilangōmenē. Ou toiautē gegona para tēn prōtēn, Oude gar eikos ēn tais phōteinais tou Theou chersi plassomenēn, skoteinǭ sine kai melani perichrōsthēnai tǭ eidei. Ouk ēmēn toiautē, phēsin, alla gegona. Ou gar ek physeōs eimi memelanōmenē; all᾽ epeisakton moi to toiouton aischos egeneto, tou hēliou pros to melan ek lamprou tēn morphēn metachrōsantos. Ho hēlios gar, phēsi, prosodlepse me. Ti oun ho dia toutōn manthanomen ? Degei dia paratholę̄s tois ochlois ho Kyrios, hoti ho speirōn ton logon, ou tēn agathēn monon chkataspeirei kardian, alla kan lithōdēs tis ēn, kan tais akanthais hylomanousa, kan parodios te kai pepatēmenē, pasin epi philanthrōpias epidallei tou logon ta spermata. Kai hekastou ta idiōmata ermēneuōn tǭ logǭ͵, touto phēsin epi tēs lithōdous symoeinein psychēs, hoti ouk en bathei rhizoutai to esparmenon, alla parachrēma men di᾽ epipolaiou blastēs ton stachyn katepangelletai - thermoteron de tou hēliou to hypocheemenon thalpsantos, tǭ mē hypokeisthai tais rhizais ikmada, kataxērainetai. Peirasmon de dia tēs hermēneias onomazei ton hēlion. Oukoun touto para tēs didaskalou to dogma manthanomen, hoti gegone men hē anthrōpinē physis tou alēthinou phōtos apeikonisma, porrhō tōn skoteinōn charaktērōn, tę̄ tou archetypou kallous homoiotēti stilbousa; ho de peirasmos ton phlogōdē kausōna di᾽ apatēs epibalōn, hapalēn eti kai arizon tēn prōtēn blastēn, kai prin hexin tina tou agathou ktēsasthai, kai dia tēs tōn logismōn geōrgias dounai tais rhizais poton epi to bathos, euthys dia tēs parakoēs apaxēranas to chlōron te kai euthales eidos, dia tēs kauseōs melan epoiēsen. [Ei de hēlios hē antikeimenē tou peirasmou prosdolē onomazetai, mēdeis exenizesthō tōn achonontōn, en pollois to toiouton para hēs theopneustou Graphēs didaskomenos. Kai gar en deuterą tōn anōbathmōn ᾿ǭdę̄, tautēn poieitai tēn eulogian tǭ tēn boētheian echonti tou poiēsantos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn, to mē synchaiesthai auton hypo gou hēliou dia tēs hēmeras. Kai ho prophētēs Hēsaias tēn tēs Ekklēsias katastasin prophēteuōn, hōsper tina pompēn hypographei tę̄ politeią, phaidrynōn tǭ Logǭ tǭ diēgēmati. Legei gar thygateras ep᾽ hōmōn hairomenas, kai paidas en champēnais chomichai schiadiois ton phōtismon santas. Di᾿ hōn en ainigmasi ton en aretę̄ diagraphei bion, dia men tēs nēpiōdous hēlikias hypodeiknyōn to artigenes te kai akakon; dia tōn schiadiōn, tēn ex enkrateias te kai katharotētos prosginomenēn tais psychais paramnthian tou kausōnos. Di᾿ hōn manthanoman, hoti chrē ep᾽ hōmōn airesthai tēn tou Theou nymphostoloumenēn psychēn, ou patoumenēn hypo tēs sarkos, all᾽ epichathēmenēn tǭ onkǭ tou sōmatos. Lampēnēn de akousantes, tēn echlamptichēn tou baptesmatos charin manthanomen, di᾽ hēs paides ginometha, ouketi tę̄ gę̄ to ichnos ereidontes, all᾽ ep᾽ ekeinēs pros tēn ounphanion zōēn komizomenoi. Schieros de ginetai hēmin kai drosōdēs ho bios, dia tōn tēs aretēs schiadiōn katasdennymenou tou kausōnos. Houtos oun estin ho hēlios, hotan mē diateichizētai ho par᾽ autou phlogmos tę̄ nephelę̄ tou Pneumatos, hēn diepetasen autois ho Kyrios eis skepēn autois. Houtos gar estin ho hēlios, ho tēn lampran tou sōmatos epiphaneian tę̄ prosdolę̄ tōn peirasmōn epikaiōn … Eita diēgeitai, hothen tēn archēn eschen hē pros to melan tēs euchroias hēmōn metapoiēsis. HuIoi mētros himou, phēsin, emachesanto en emoi; ethento me phylachissan en ampelōsin, ampelōna emon ouk ephy.axa. Kai moi touto paraschesthō hē akoē mē lian akridologeisthai pros tēn tēs lexeōs syntaxin, alla pros ton heirmon tou noēmatos blepein. Ei de neią logisasthō tōn tēn Hedraiōn glōttan metadalB lontōn eis tēn Hellada phōnēn. Hois gar an epimeleia gegone paideuthēnai tēn Hedraian dialekton, ouden heurisketai toiouton, hoion dokein asynartētōs echein. Ho de schēmatismos tēs hēmeteras glōttēs, mē symtǭ schēmatismǭ tēs Hedraïchēs euglōttias synchysin tina tois epipolaioteron akolouthousi tę̄ sēmasią tēs lexeōs apergazetai. Ē men oun diagoia tōn proeirēmenōn rhēmatōn, hautē estin, hoson hēmeis kateilēphamen; hoti Gegone to katarchas ho anthrōpos oudenos tōn theiōn agathōn endeēs. Hō ergon Ēn phylaxai monon ta agatha, ouchi ktēsasthai. Hē de tōn echthrōn epidoulē gymnon auton tōn prosontōn epoiēse, mē phylaxanta tēn dotheisan autǭ physei para tou Theou euklērian. Hautē men oun estin hē tōn rhēmatōn dianoia. Hē de dia tōn ainigmatōdōn s logōn tou noēmatos toutou paradosis touton echei Uioi mētros mou, phēsin, emachosanto hen emoi; ethento me phylakissan en ampelōni, ampelōna emon ouk ephylaxa. Polla di᾽ oligōn dogmatichōs echkpaideuei ho logos. Prōton men hoper kai homoiōs ha Paulos apephēnato, hoti ta panta ek tou Theou kai heis Theos kai Patēr ex hou ta panta, kai ouden, tōn ontōn estin, ho mē di᾽ ekeinon te kai ex ekeinou to einai echei. Panta gar, phēsi, d᾽ autou egeneto, kai chōris auytou egeneto oude hen. ᾿All epeidē panta hota epoiēsen ho Theos, kala lian esti (panta gar en sophią epoiēsen), edōke tę̄ logikę̄ physei tēn autexousion charin, kai prosethēke dynamin heuretikēn tōn katathymiōnn hōs an to eph᾽ hēmin chōran echoi, kai mē katēnanchasmenon eiē to agathon kai akousion, alla katorthōma proaireseōs gignoito. Toutou de tou autexousiou kinēmatos autokratorichōs pros to dokoun hēmas agagontos, heurethē tis en tę̄ physei tōn ontōn ho kakōs tę̄ exousią chrēsamenos, kai kata tēn tou ᾿Apostolou phōnēn, kakōn epheuretēs genomenos. Hos tǭ men ek Theou kai auton einai, adelphos estin hēmeteros; tǭ de tēs tou agathou metousias hekousiōs aporrhyę̄n nai, tēn tōn kakōn eisodon chainotomēsas, kai patēr pseudous genomenos, eis polemiou taxin heauton katestēsen, en pasin hois ho skopos tēs proaireseōs hōs pros to kreitton blepei. Dia toutou toinyn kai tois loipois tēs tōn agathōn apoptēseōs tēs aphoreēs enginomonēs, ho dē kai tę̄ physei tōn anthrōpōn rhioteoa egeneto, kalōs ē pote melaina, nyn de kalē, tēn haipian tēs zophōdous opseōs eis tous toioutous tēs mērrhos huious anatithēsi paideuousa dia tōn legomenōn hēmas, hoti mia men pasi tois ousin estin, hoion tis pa- Y phyoa arrageai tēr, hē tōn ontōn aitia. Kai dia touto adelpha panta estin allēlōn, ta en tois ousi nooumena;hē de tēs proaireseōs diaphora, pros to philion te kai polebion tēn physin dieschisen. Hoi gar aphestōtes tēs pros to agathon scheseōs, kai dia tēs tou kreittonos ho t? imdii dyïopi hoi ISth ga apostaseōs to kakon hypottēsantes (oude gar estin allē tis kakou hypostasis, ei mē ho chōrismos tou beltionos), pasan poiountai tēn spoudēn kai epinoian tou kai allous pros tēn tōn kakōn koinōnian Eēi pi 6di p)a]ï dy;biē prosetairisasthai. Kai dia touto phēsin, hoti HuIOI tēs mētros mon (tę̄ gar plēthyntichę̄ sēmasią to po- e lyschides tēs kakias endeiknytai), polemon en emoi synestēsanto, ouk exōthen ex epidromēs polemountes, all᾽ autēn tēn psychēn poiēsamenoi tou en autę̄ polemou metaichmion. En hekastǭ gar ho polemos, kathōs hermēneuei ho theios ᾿Apostolos,legōn; Blepō de etebonʼ gomon en tois melesi mou antistrateuomenon tǭ gomǭ tou goos mou, kai aichmamlōtizonta tǭ gomǭ tēs hamartias tǭ onti en tois melesi mou. Tautēs toinyn tēs emphyliou machēs en emoi systasēs para tōn adelphōn mou, echthrōn de tēs emēs sōtērias, melaina egenomēn, hēttētheisa hypo tōn polemiōn kai ton ampelōna ton emon ouk ephylaxa. Tauton chrē noein tǭ paradeisǭ ton ampelōna. Kai gar kakei phylassein etachthē ho anthrōpos ton paradeison … hē de tēs phylakēs ameleia echdallei tou paradeisou ton anthrōpon, kai oikētora tōn dysmōn poiei . pēs anatolēs apostēsasa. Dia touto hē anatolē tais dysmais epiphainetai. Psa,l.lete gar, phēsi, tǭ Kyriǭ tǭ epidedēkoti epi dysmōn, hina tou phōtos en schotiz lampontos, metapoiēthę̄ pros tēn aktina po skotos, kai genētai kalē palin hē melaina. To de dokoun asynartēton tēs lexeōs pros tēn heuretheisan dianoian, toutǭ tǭ tropǭ dynaton esti paramythēsasin.;Hoper ison esti tǭ, Ethento HiIerousaēm eis hopōrophy.Iakion. Ou gar ekeinoi katestēsan autēn phylaka tou theiou ampelōnos, hōs an tis ek tou procheirou noēseien; all᾽ ho katastēsas men estin ho Theos, ekeinoi de emachesanto monon en hautę̄, kai ethento au-Hy tēn hōs skēnēn en ampelōni, kai hōs opōrophylakion en sikyēlatǭ, Tēs gar phylassomenēs opōras dia tēn parakoēn sterētheisa, achrēston theama kateleiphthē, tou phylassomenou en autę̄ mē ontos. Kai epe:dē etheto ho Theos anthrōpon ergazethai kai phylassein ton ᾿ paradeison, touto phēsin hē nymphē, hoti Tou Theou [tou] themenou tēn psychēn mou eis zōēn (zōē gar ēn hē tou paradeisou tryphē, en hǭ etheto ho Theos ton anthrōpon ergazesthai kai phylassein auton), hoi echthroi metestēsan ᾿ autēn ektēs tou paradeisou tryphēs, eis to spoudazein peri ton autōn ampelōna, hou ho botrys geōrgei tēn pikrian kai hē staphylē tēn cholēn. Toioutos ampelōn SoA doma hēn toiautē klēmatis Gomorrha, hē snnchatadicha. stheisa Sodomois di᾽ hōn ho tōn drakontōn thymos ho aniatos en tais ponērais lēnois tōn Sodomitōn hyperechethē. Esti de kai mechri tou nyn tōn toioutōn tampelōnōn epimelētas te kai phylakas tous pollous tōn anthrōpōn idein, hoi spoudę̄ ta pathē par᾽ heautois tērousin, hōsper dedoikotes mē to kakon apolesōsin. Horąs tous ponērous tēs eidōlolatreias phylakas, tēs te kata tēn asedeian kai tēs chata;chēn pleonexian energoumenēs, pōs epagrypnousi phylakę̄ tōn kakōn, zēmian to sterēthēnai tēs anomias nomizontes. Kai epi tōn allōn hōsautōs estin idein tous en bathei paradexamenous tēn hēdonēn, ē hyperēphanian, hē typhon, hē allo ti tōn toioutōn,;΄ pōs periechontai dia pasēs phylakę̄s tōn toioutōn, kerdos poioumenoi to mēdepote tēn psychēn tōn pathōn chathareusai. Tauta oun hē nymphē odyretai, legousa, hoti Dia touto egenomēn melaina, epeidē ta zizania tou echthrou, kai tas ponēras autōn chlēmatidas phylassousa te kai periepousa, ton ampelōna ton emon ouk ephylaxa. Ō poson kinei pathos en tois aisthētikōs epaïousin, ᾿AAmpelōga emon ouk ephyThrēnos antikrys estin hē phōnē, tous tōn prophētōn stenagmous kinōn eis sympatheian. Pōs;egeneto pornē ē polis pistē Siōn plērēs kriseōs ? Pōs kateleiphthē hē thygatēr Siōn hōs skēnē en ampelōni? Pōs ekathise monē hē polis, hē peplēthymenē laōn? archousa epi chōrais, egenēthē eis phoron? Pōs hēmaurōthē to chrysion, ēlloiōthē to argyrion to agathon? Pōs egeneto melaina, hē tǭ alēthinǭ phōti ta prōta synanalampousa ? Panta tauta egeneto moi, phēsin, hoti ton ampelōna ton emon ouk ephylaxa. ᾿Ampelōn estin hē athanasia - ampelōn hē apatheia, kai hē pros to Theion homoiōsis, kai hē pantos kakou ᾿ allotriōsis. Toutou tou ampelōnos karpos hē katharotēs, ho lampros houtos kai hōrimos botrys, ho idiazōn tǭ eidei kai chataglychainōn en hagneią ta tēs psychēs aisthētēria. Helix de tou ampelōnos, hē pros tēn aïdion zōēn periplochē te kai symphuia - chlēnimata de auxanomena, ta tōn aretōn estin hypsōmata pros to hypsos tōn angelōn anadendroumena; phyrōs tois kladois episeiomena, ho polyeidēs tōn theiōn aretōn kosmos esti, tōn synanathallontōn pneumatiē Tauta panta kektēmenē, phēsi, kai en tę̄ apolausei toutōn lamprynomenē, dia to mē phylaxai pon ampelōna, katemelanthēn tǭ penthei; tēs gar katharotētos ekpesousa, to zophōdes eidos enedysamēn. Toioutos gar tǭ eidei ho chitōn ho dermatinos. . Nyn de dia tēn agapēsasan me palin euthytēta, kalē pe kai phōtoeidēs genomenē, hypopteuō tēn euklērian, mē palin apolesō to kallos. agnoią tou kata tēn asphaleian tropou, peri tēn phylakēn atychēsasa. Dia touto katalipousa ton pros tas neanidas logon, palin di’ euchēs anakalei ton gymphion, onoma poiēsamenē tou pothoumenou tēn pros auton endiatheton schesin. Ti gar phēsin ēi ᾿Apangeilon moi, hon ēgapēsen hē psychē mou, pou poimaineis, hē pou koitazeis en mesēmthrią: mēpote genōmai hōs peridalilomenē ep᾽ agelais tōn hetairōn sou. Pou poimainees, ho poimēn ho kalos, ho airōn epi tōn hōmōn holon to poimnion ? hen gar esti prodaton pasa ē anthrōpinē physis, hēn epi tōn hōmōn anelades. Deixon moi ton topon tēs chloēs, gnōrison moi to hydōr tēs anapauseōs, exagage me pros tēn trophimon poan, kaleson me ek tou onomatos, hina akousō tēs phōnēs sou, egō to son prodaton; kai dos moi dia tēs phōnēs sou tēn zōēn tēn aiōnion. Apag- ʼ geilon moi, hon ēgapēsen hē psychē mou. Houtō gar katonomazō, epeidē to onoma son hyper pan estin onoma, kai pasę̄ logikę̄ physei aphraston te kai achōrēton. Oukoun onoma esti gnōristikon tēs sēs agathotētos, hē tēs psychēs mon peri se schesis. Pōs gar se mē agapēsō, ton houtō me agapēsanta, kai; tauta melainan ousan, hōste tēn psychēn sou hyper tōn probatōn theinai, ha sy poimaineis ? Meizona tautēs agapēn ouk estin epinoēsai, ē to tę̄ sę̄ psychę̄ tēn sōtērian tēn emēn antallaxasthai. Deixon oun moi, phēsi, pou poimaineis, hina heurousa tēn sōtērion nomēn, emphorēthō tēs ouranias trophēs, hēs ho mē phagōn, ou dynatai eis tēn zōēn eiselthein kai dramousa pros se tēn pēgēn, spasō tou theiou pomatos, ho sy tois dipsōsi ek tēs pleuras, tou sidērou tēn phletha tautēn ana; hou ho geusamenos pēgē ginetai allomenou;eiszōēn aiōnion.;An gar en toutois me poieirēnę̄ epi to auto choimētheisa, en tǭ aschiǭ phōti anapausomai; aschios gar pantachothen hē tou hēliou tēs koryphēs hyperlampontos, en hē sy choitazeis tous hypo sou poimanthentas, hotan ta paidia sou dexę̄ meta seautou eis tēn koitēn. Oudeis de tēs anapauseōs tēs mesēmorinēs axioutai, mē huios phōtos kai hēmeras genomenos - ho de kata to ison heauton tou te hesperinou kai tou orthrinou skotous chōrisas, toutestin hopou archetai to kakon kai eis ho katalēgei, houtos, en tę̄ mesēmthrią para tou hēliou tēs dikaiosynēs choitazxetai. Gnōrison oun moi, phēsi, pōs chrē poitaxesthai, kai tis hē hodos tēs mesēmbrinēs anapauseōs; mēpote me tēs agathēs cheiragōgias aposphaleisan tais allotriais tōn sōn poimniōn agelais hē tēs alētheias agnoia synagelasę̄. Tauta eipe peri tou genomenou kallous autēs theothen agōniōsa, kai hopōs an eis to diēnekes paramenoi autę̄ hē eumorphia, mathein axiousa. ᾿All᾽ oupō kataxioutai tēs tou nymphiou phōnēs, tou Theou peri autę̄s kreitton ti prothlepsamenou - hōs an eis meixona pothon tēn epithymian autę̄s anaphlexeien hē anadolē tēs hē apolauseōs, hōste synauxēthēnai tǭ pothǭ tēn euyphrosynēn᾽ all᾽ hoi philoi tou nymphiou pros autēn dialegontai, ton tropon tēs tōn prosontōn agathōn asphaleias dia symdoulę̄s hyphēgoumenoi. Esti de kekalymmenos di᾽ asapheias kai ho parʼ ekeinōn logos. Echei gar houtōs ē lexis- . Ean mē gnǭs seautēn, hē kalē en gynaixin,. ptergais tōn poimniōn sou, kai poimaine tous eriphous epi sknnōmasi tōn poigies diamartanei, to men aphieis, to de katechein mē dyna gōn. Toutōn de tōn rhēmatōn hē men dianoia proxē los ek tēs tōn exetasthentōn akolouthias estin, ē de syntaxis dokei pōs tēn asapheian echein. Tis oun hē dianoia ? ᾿Asphalestaton esti phylaktērion hēmōn to --΄ heauton mē agnoę̄sai, mēde ti allo tōn peri hauten bleponta, heauton oiesthai blepein; hoper dē paschousin hoi heautōn anepischeptoi, ischyn hē kallos, hē doxan, ē dynasteian, hē tina ploutou periousian, hē typhon, ē onkon, hē sōmatos megethos, hē morphę̄s heumoirian, ē allo ti toiouton en heautois horōntes, toioutous heautous einai nomizousi. Dia touto sphaleroi phylakes eisin heautōn, tę̄ peri to allotrion schesei, aphylachton periorōntes to idion. Pōs gar an tis phylaxeien ho mē epistatai? Oukoun asphalestatē phroura tōn en hēmin agathōn, to heautous mē agnoein, kai to gnōnai hekaston heauton hoper esti, kai achridōs heauton apo tōn peri auton diakrinein, hōs an mē lathoi phylassōn anth᾽΄- heautou to allotrion. Ho gar . pros tēn en tǭ kosmǭ toutǭ blepōn zōēn, kai ta entautha timia phylakę̄s axia krinōn, ouk hoide to idion diakrinai tou allotriou. Ouden gar tōn parerchomenōn estin hēmeteron. Pōs gar an tis chratēseis pou parodichou te kai rheontos ? Epei oun emmonon kai hōsautōs echei hē noētē te kai aulos physis, hē de hylē parerchetai dia rhoïs tinos kai chinēseiys pantote alloioumenē; anankaiōs ho tou hestōtos chōrizomenos, parerchomenon kai to hestos katalipōn, amphoterōn menos. Dia touto phēsin hē tōn philōn tou nymphion ta eirēmena hoti ᾿Ean mē tēn, hē kalē en gynaixin, exelthe sy en pternais tōn poimniōn; kai poimaigne tous eriphous epi skēgōmasi tōn poimniōn. Touto de esti ti? Hoti ho heauton agnoēsas ekpiptei men tēs tōn prodatōn agelēs, synnomos de ginetai tois eriphois, hōn hē stasis epi to skaion apeōsthē; houtō tou kalou poimenos, ek dexiōn men ta prodata stēsantos, aphorisantos de tēs kreittonos lēxeiys epi to aristeron ta eriphia. Touto toinyn ek tēs tōn phelōn tou nymphiou symdoulēs paideuometha, to dein eis autēn blepein tēn tōn pragmatōn physin, kai mē peplanē menois ichnesi tę̄s alētheias parastochazesthai. Saphesteron de chrē ton peri toutōn ekthesthai logon. Polloi tōn anthrōpōn ouk autoi krinousin hopōs echei ta pragmata physeōs, alla pros tēn synētheian tōn prodedēchotōn horōntes, tēs hygious pōn ontōn kriseōs hamartanousin, ouk emphrona tina logismon, alla synētheian alogon, tou kalou kritērion prodallomenoi; hothen eis archas te kai dynasteias heautous eisōthousi, kai tas en tǭ kosmǭ periphaneias, kaï tous hylikous onkous peri pollou poiountai, adēlon hon eis ho ti toutōn hekaston katalēxei meta ton tę̄de bion. Ou gar asphalēs tōn mellontōn engyētēs hē synētheia, hēs to peras eriphōn heurisketai pollakis, ouchi prothatōn agelē. Noeis de pantōs ton logon ek tēs tou Euangeliou phōnēs. … Ho de pros to idion tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs blepōn, touto de estin ho logos, kataphronēsei men tēs alogou synētheias, ouden de hōs kalon hairēsetai͵ tę̄ psychę̄ pherei to kerdos. Oukoun ou chrē pros ta ichnē tōn boskēmatōn blepein, ha tǭ geōdei biǭ dia tōn pternōn ensēmainontai hoi proōdeuchotes ton bion; aphanēs gar ek tōn phainomenōn hē tou protimoterou krisis, heōs an exō tou biou genōmetha, kakei gnōmen tisin ēkolouthēsamen. Ho toinyn mē ex autōn tōn pragmatōn diakrinōn to kalon ek tou cheironos, alla tois ichnesi tōn proōdeukotōn hepomenos, tēn parelthousan tou biou synētheian didaskalon tēs idias zōēs prothallomenos, lanthanei pollakis, kata ton kairon Oukoun tauta legontōn estin akouein tōn philōn, hoti Sy, ō psychē, hē ek melainēs genomenē kalē, ei, soi melei tou syndiaiōnizein soi tēs eumorphias tēn charin, mē tois ichnesin epiplanō tōn proōdeukotōn pēs dikaias kriseōs, eriphos anti prodatou genomenos.; ton bion; adēlon gar ei mē tridos eriphōn esti to phainomenon, hois sy katopin akolouthousa, dia to mē phainesthai soi tous dia tōn ichnōn tēn atrapon tripsantas, epeidan parēlthes ton bion, kai chatolisthę̄s en tę̄ tou thanatou mandrą, mēpote prostethę̄s tę̄ tōn eriphōn agelę̄, hois agnoousa dia tōn ichnōn tou ? An gar mē gnǭs seautēn, kaiē en gynaixin, exelthe sy en pternais tōn poimniōn, kai poieiaine tous eriphous epi schēgōmasi tōn poimniōn. Hoper di᾽ heterou tinos antigraphou saphesteron esti katanoēsai, hōs de mē tēn syntaxin tōn rhēmatōn dokein asynartētōs echein. Phēsi gar, hoti ᾿Ean mē ngǭs seautēn, hē kalē en gynaixin, exēlthes s ek tōn pternōn tou poimniou, kai poimaineis eriphous anti skēgōmatōn poimniōn; hōste di᾽ achrideias symthainein tēn en tois rhēmasi toutois emphainomenēn dianoian tę̄ proapodotheisę̄ theōrią tou logou. Oukoun hina mē tauta pathę̄s, proseche seautę̄, hōs phēsin ho logos. Touto gar estin asphales tōn agathōn phylaktērion; gnōthi poson hyper tēn loipēn ktisin para tou pepoiēkotos tetimēsai. Ouk ouranos gegogen eikōn tou Theou, ou selēnē, ouk hēlios, ou to tōn astrōn kallos, ouk allo ti tōn kata tēn ktisin phainomenōn ouden. Monē sy gegonas tēs hyperechousēs panta noun physeōs apeikonisma, tou aphthartou kallous homoiōma, tēs alēthinēs theotētos apotypōma, tēs makarias zōēs docheion, tou alēthinou phōtos ekmageion, pros ho blepousa, ekeino ginę̄, hoper ekeinos esti, mimoumenē ton en soi lamponta dia tēs antilampousēs augēs ek tēs sēs katharotētos. Ouden houtō pōn ontōn mega, hōs tǭ sǭ megethei parametreisthai. Ho ouranos holos tę̄ tou Theou spithamę̄ perilamdanetai, gę̄ de kai thalassa tę̄ draki tēs cheiros autou perieirgetai. ᾿All᾽ homōs ho toioutos kai tosoutos, ho pasan tę̄ palamę̄ perisphingōn tēn ktisin, holos soi chōrētos ginetai, kai en soi katoikei, kai ouk enstenochōrei pasę̄ tę̄ physei endiodeuōn, ho eipōn; Enoikēsō en autois kai emperipatēsō. Ean tauta blepę̄s. eis ouden tōn perigeiōn ton ophthalmon ascholēseis. Ti touto legō ? ᾿All᾽ ouden ho ouranos soi thaumastos nomisthēsetai. Pōs gar thaumazeis tous ouranous,;ō anthrōpe, heauton blepōn tōn ouranōn monimōteron? hoi men gar parerchontai, sy de tǭ aei onti syndiameneis pros to aïdion. Ou thaumaseis platē gēs, oude pelagē pros apeiron echtetamena, hōn epestatein etachthēs, hōsper tinos xynōridos pōlōn hēniochos eupeithē pros to dokoun echōn ta stoicheia tauta kai hypexousia. Hē te gar gē soi pros tas tou biou chreias hypēreteitai, kai hē thalassa kathaper tis pōlos euēnios hypechei soi ta nōta, kai epidatēn heautēs ton anthrōpon dechetai. Ean oun gnǭs seautēn, hē kalē en gynaixin, hyperphronēseis pantos tou kosmou, kai pros to aulon agathon diapantos horōsa, periopsei tōn kata ton bion outon ichnōn tēn planēn. Oukoun aei proseche seautę̄, kai ou mē planēthēsę̄ peri tēn tōn eriphōn. agelēn; oude eriphos anti probatou en tǭ kairǭ tę̄s kriseōs epideichthēsę̄, oude tēs ek dexiōn kathedras aphoristhēsę̄ all akousę̄ tēs glykeias phōnēs, ē phēsi pros ta eriophora te kai hēmera prodata, hoti Deute, hoi euogēmenoi tou Patros mou, kiērogomēsate tēn hētoimasmenēn; ei hymin basileian apo katadolēs kosmou. Hēs kai hēmeis axiōtheiēmen; en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ prepei hē doxa eis tous aiōnss tōn aiōnōn.

"I am black and beautiful, daughters of Jerusalem, like the tents of Kedar, like the curtains of Solomon. Do not look at me, for I have been blackened, because the sun has looked askance at me. My mother's sons fought in me; they made me a keeper in the vineyards; my own vineyard I did not keep. Tell me, you whom my soul has loved, where you pasture, where you rest at midday, lest I become like one who is veiled beside the flocks of your companions. If you do not know yourself, O beautiful [among women, go out in the footsteps of the flocks], and pasture the kids beside the tents of the [shepherds]."

In the holy tent of witness what showed on the outside was not of equal worth with the beauty hidden within. The court of linen hangings, the curtains of goats' hair, and the coverings of red skins made up the outward array of the tent, and nothing great or precious appeared besides these to those who saw the outside. But within, the whole tent of witness shone with gold and silver and precious stones: the pillars, the bases, the capitals, the altar of incense, the altar [of sacrifice] …, the veils at the entrances, whose beauty was blended from every kind of brightly coloured dye: golden thread woven with skilled fine work, beautifully, together with blue and purple and fine linen and scarlet, a blend of them all, made the woven fabric flash as in the rays of a rainbow. What I have in view in beginning from this will surely become clear from what is to be said.

Again the Song of Songs is set before us, for the teaching of all knowledge of God and philosophy. This is the true tent of witness, whose outer coverings and curtains and the surrounding of the court are certain words and expressions of love, displaying the attachment to the beloved, and a description of beauty, and mention of bodily members, both those that appear in the face and those within; but within there is truly a lampstand of many lights, an ark full of mysteries, the altar of fragrance and the means of cleansing from sin, that all-golden altar of incense of piety, the beauty of the veils gracefully woven from the bright colours of the virtues, the unswerving pillars of the thoughts, the immovable bases of the doctrines, the beauty of the capitals, by which the grace of the soul's ruling part is expressed, the basins for washing souls, and everything that looks to the heavenly and incorporeal way of life, which the law commands in riddles: all this is in the thoughts hidden in the wording, if only we make ourselves fit, by care for our life, for entry into the Holy of Holies, having washed away in the basin of the word all the stain of shameful thought, lest, against the command of the law, we die, having touched some thought that is dead or one of the unclean desires, and be shut out without seeing the wonders inside the tent. For the law of the Spirit does not admit such people to enter unless one washes the garment of his own conscience, as Moses commanded for one who has touched a dead and abominable thought.

The sequence of what has already been examined leads our discourse to the contemplation of what the bride says to the maidens. It is this: "I am black and beautiful, daughters [of Jerusalem, like the tents] of Kedar, like the curtains of Solomon." The teacher rightly begins to lead the souls she is instructing into good things from the point where she should. For they are eager, as they promise, to value the grace flowing from her spiritual breasts above every human word, which they call wine figuratively, saying in so many words, "We will love your breasts more than wine, because uprightness has loved you." She, however, adds to her disciples' wonder at her, so that we may learn the more the measureless love of the bridegroom for mankind, who by his love bestows beauty on the one he loved. "Do not wonder," she says, "that uprightness has loved me, but that I was black from sin and akin to darkness through my deeds, and he made me beautiful through love, exchanging his own beauty for my shame. For having taken over to himself the stain of my sins, he gave me a share in his own purity and made me partner of his own beauty. First he made me lovely from loathsome, and so he loved me." After this she urges the maidens to become beautiful themselves, holding out her own beauty as an example, like the great Paul when he says, "Become as I am, for I also became as you are," and, "Be imitators of me, as I also am of Christ." For this reason she does not let the souls she instructs despair of becoming beautiful by looking at their past life, but bids them look at her and learn from the example that the present becomes a veil over the past if it is blameless. For she says: "Even if my beauty now shines, which was formed on me by being loved by uprightness, yet I know that I was not bright at the beginning but black. Such an appearance, dark and gloomy, was produced in me by my former life. Yet though I was that, I am this; for the likeness of shame has been remade into the form of beauty. You too, then, daughters of Jerusalem, look up to your mother, the Jerusalem above. Even if you were tents of Kedar, because the ruler of the power of the [air] dwelt in you (for Kedar is interpreted as darkness), you will become curtains of Solomon, that is, you will be the temple of the king, King Solomon having made his dwelling in you." Solomon means peaceable, the one named after peace. By "curtains of Solomon" she named, from a part, the whole covering of the royal tent.

Paul seems to me to have entered into these thoughts quite closely in the letter to the Romans, where he commends God's love for us, that while we were sinners and black he made us … and lovely through his grace. For as at night everything, even if it is bright by nature, is blackened together with the prevailing darkness, but when light shines on it, the likeness to darkness does not remain in what was darkened, so when the soul is transferred from error to truth, the dark form of its life is changed too into luminous grace. Paul says to Timothy what the bride of Christ says to the maidens, Paul who afterwards became bright from black: that he too was counted worthy to become beautiful, he who was formerly a blasphemer and a persecutor and an insolent man and black; that Christ came into the world to make the black bright, calling not the righteous to himself but sinners to repentance, whom by the washing of regeneration he made to shine like lights, washing off their gloomy appearance with water. This very thing David's eye sees in the city above, and he makes the sight a wonder: how in the city of God, of which glorious things are spoken, Rahab the prostitute is also remembered, and foreigners and Tyre and the people of the Ethiopians come to be in her; so that no one any longer reproaches this city with having no inhabitants, saying, "No one will any longer say to Zion, 'A man was born in her.'" For there the foreigners become citizens of the city, and the Babylonians become Jerusalemites, and the prostitute a virgin, and the Ethiopians bright, and Tyre the city above. So here too the bride encourages the daughters of Jerusalem, commending the goodness of the bridegroom, that even if he takes a black soul he makes it beautiful by communion with himself, and even if one is a tent of Kedar, it becomes a dwelling of light when the true Solomon, that is, the peaceable king, has come to dwell in it. That is why she says, "I am black and beautiful, daughters of Jerusalem," so that you may look at me and become curtains of Solomon, even if you were tents of Kedar.

Then she adds to what she has said what follows, by which she necessarily secures the minds of her disciples against attributing the cause of the dark appearance to the Creator, [and teaches them that] each one's free choice [is] the beginning of the appearance. "[Do not look] at me," she says, "for I have been blackened. I did not come to be such at first. For it was not fitting that one shaped by the luminous hands of God should be coloured over with a dark and black appearance. I was not such," she says, "but I became so. For I am not black by nature; this shame was brought in on me from outside, when the sun changed my form from bright to black. 'For the sun,' she says, 'looked askance at me.'" What, then, do we learn through this? The Lord tells the crowds in a parable that the one who sows the word sows not only on the good heart, but whether it is stony, or overgrown with thorns, or by the roadside and trodden down, he throws the seeds of the word on all out of love for mankind. And explaining in his discourse what is peculiar to each, he says of the stony soul that what is sown does not take root in depth, but at once promises the ear through a shallow shoot; then, when the sun heats what lies beneath more strongly, because there is no moisture under the roots, it withers. And in the explanation he calls the sun temptation. From the teacher, then, we learn this doctrine: that human nature came into being as an image of the true light, far from dark features, gleaming with likeness to the archetypal beauty; but temptation, falling on it by deceit with its burning heat, while the first shoot was still tender and without root, before it had acquired any settled possession of the good and before it gave drink to its roots in depth by the cultivation of thoughts, at once dried up through disobedience its green and flourishing appearance, and through the burning made it black. If the hostile assault of temptation is called the sun, let none of my hearers be surprised, since he is taught such things in many places by the God-inspired Scripture. For in the second of the songs of ascents it pronounces this blessing on the one who has help from him who made heaven and earth, that he will not be burned by the sun by day. And the prophet Isaiah, prophesying the state of the church, sketches a kind of procession for her way of life, brightening the account with his word. He speaks of daughters carried on shoulders and children in litters with parasols … the light. In riddles he describes by this the life of virtue: by the infant age showing what is newborn and innocent; by the parasols, the relief from the burning heat that comes to souls from self-control and purity. From this we learn that the soul being dressed as a bride for God must be carried on shoulders, not trampled by the flesh but seated on the bulk of the body. And hearing of a litter, we learn of the shining grace of baptism, through which we become children, no longer pressing our footprint on the earth but carried on it to the heavenly life. And our life becomes shaded and dewy, since the burning heat is quenched by the parasols of virtue. This, then, is the sun, when its blaze is not walled off by the cloud of the Spirit, which the Lord spread out for them as a covering. This is the sun that scorches the bright appearance of the body by the assault of temptations …

Then she tells where the change of our good colour into black began. "My mother's sons," she says, "fought in me; they made me a keeper in the vineyards; my own vineyard I did not keep." And let the hearer grant me this: not to be too exact about the construction of the wording, but to look to the train of thought. If [something seems disjointed, let him put it down to the inexperience] of those who rendered the Hebrew tongue into the Greek language. For those who have taken care to be trained in the Hebrew language find nothing of the kind that seems to be disjointed. But the structure of our language, not [corresponding] to the structure of Hebrew eloquence, causes some confusion for those who follow the meaning of the wording too superficially. The sense of the words quoted above, as far as we have grasped it, is this: that at the beginning man came into being lacking none of the divine goods. His only task was to keep the goods, not to acquire them. But the plot of the enemies stripped him of what he had, since he did not keep the good fortune given to his nature by God. This, then, is the sense of the words; and the handing on of this thought through the riddling words runs thus: "My mother's sons," she says, "fought in me; they made me a keeper in the vineyard; my own vineyard I did not keep." The word teaches many doctrines in a few words. First, what Paul too likewise declared, that all things are from God, and there is one God and Father from whom are all things, and there is nothing among the things that exist which does not have its being through him and from him. For "all things," it says, "came into being through him, and without him not one thing came into being." But since all that God made is very good (for he made all things in wisdom), he gave the rational nature the grace of self-determination and added a power of discovering what it desires, so that what is in our power might have its place and the good might not be forced and involuntary but the achievement of free choice. And since this self-determining movement leads us with sovereign power toward what seems good, there was found in the nature of beings one who used his power badly and, in the apostle's words, became an inventor of evils. Inasmuch as he too is from God, he is our brother; but inasmuch as he willingly fell away from participation in the good, introducing the entry of evils and becoming the father of lies, he placed himself in the rank of an enemy against all those whose aim of free choice looks toward the better. Since through him, then, the occasion for flying away from good things came to be in the rest, which indeed happened to human nature too, she who was once black but now beautiful rightly attributes the cause of her gloomy appearance to such sons of her mother, teaching us through what is said that there is one cause of beings, like a father, for all that exist; and for this reason all things understood among beings are brothers of one another; but the difference of free choice has split nature into friend and enemy. For those who have stood away from their relation to the good and by apostasy from the better have given evil subsistence (for evil has no other subsistence than separation from the better) put all their zeal and ingenuity into drawing others too into partnership in evil. And this is why she says, "The sons of my mother" (for the plural signifies the many divisions of wickedness) "set up war in me," not fighting from outside by invasion, but making the soul itself the battlefield of the war within it. For the war is in each one, as the divine apostle explains, saying, "I see another law in my members, warring against the law of my mind and taking me captive to the law of sin that is in my members." "Since, then, this civil war was set up in me by my brothers, who are enemies of my salvation, I became black, defeated by the enemies, and I did not keep my own vineyard."

We must understand the vineyard to be the same as paradise. For there too man was appointed to keep the [paradise] …; and neglect of keeping casts man out of paradise, removes him from the east and makes him a dweller in the west. That is why the east appears to the west. "Sing," it says, "to the Lord who rides upon the west," so that, as the light shines in darkness, the darkness may be changed into the ray, and the black one become beautiful again. The apparent disjointedness of the wording with respect to the sense we have found can be eased in this way. ["They made me a keeper in the vineyards"] is equivalent to "They made Jerusalem a garden-watchman's hut." For they did not appoint her keeper of the divine vineyard, as one might suppose at first sight; rather, the one who appointed her is God, while they only fought in her and made her like a booth in a vineyard and like a watchman's hut in a cucumber field. For, deprived of the fruit she was guarding through disobedience, she was left a useless sight, since what was guarded in her was no longer there. And since God set man to work and keep paradise, the bride says this: "When God set my soul for life (for the delight of paradise was life, in which God set man to work and to keep it), the enemies removed it from the delight of paradise so that it should take pains over their vineyard, whose cluster cultivates bitterness and whose grape gall." Such a vineyard was Sodom, such a vine-branch Gomorrah, condemned together with Sodom, through which the incurable wrath of dragons overflowed in the wicked winepresses of the Sodomites. Even until now one can see most people as caretakers and keepers of such vineyards, who carefully guard the passions within themselves as if afraid of losing their evil. You see the wicked keepers of idolatry, both that practised in impiety and that practised in greed, how they keep watch in guarding their evils, thinking it a loss to be deprived of their lawlessness. And in the same way with the others one can see how those who have received pleasure deep within, or arrogance, or vanity, or anything else of the kind, cling to such things with every care, counting it gain that their soul is never cleansed of the passions. This is what the bride laments, saying: "This is why I became black, because, keeping and tending the tares of the enemy and their wicked branches, I did not keep my own vineyard." O how much feeling this stirs in those who listen with perception: "My own vineyard I did not keep"! The cry is plainly a lament, moving the groans of the prophets to sympathy. How has the faithful city Zion, full of judgment, become a prostitute? How has the daughter of Zion been left like a booth in a vineyard? How does the city that was full of people sit alone? She who ruled over provinces has become subject to tribute. How has the gold grown dim, how has the good silver changed? How has she become black, who at first shone together with the true light? "All this happened to me," she says, "because I did not keep my own vineyard." The vineyard is immortality; the vineyard is freedom from passion and likeness to the divine and estrangement from all evil. The fruit of this vineyard is purity, this bright and ripe cluster, distinctive in appearance and sweetening the senses of the soul in chastity. The tendril of the vineyard is the embrace of and union with eternal life; the branches that grow are the heights of the virtues climbing up to the height of the angels; the leaves waving on the branches are the manifold adornment of the divine virtues, which flourish together with the Spirit … "Possessing all these," she says, "and shining in the enjoyment of them, because I did not keep the vineyard I was blackened with mourning; for, falling from purity, I put on the gloomy appearance." Such in appearance is the tunic of skin. "But now, having become beautiful and luminous again through the uprightness that loved me, I am anxious about my good fortune, lest I lose my beauty again, failing in my keeping through ignorance of the way to be secure."

That is why, leaving off her speech to the maidens, she calls on the bridegroom again in prayer, making her inner attachment to him the name of the one she longs for. For what does she say? "Tell me, you whom my soul has loved, where you pasture, or where you rest at midday, lest I become like one who is veiled beside the flocks of your companions." Where do you pasture, good shepherd, who carry the whole flock on your shoulders? For the whole of human nature is one sheep, which you took up on your shoulders. Show me the place of the green pasture, make known to me the water of rest, lead me out to the nourishing grass, call me by name, so that I, your sheep, may hear your voice, and give me through your voice eternal life. "Tell me, you whom my soul has loved." For so I name you, since your name is above every name and is inexpressible and uncontainable for every rational nature. Your name, then, which makes your goodness known, is my soul's attachment to you. For how should I not love you, who so loved me, and that when I was black, that you laid down your life for the sheep whom you pasture? One cannot conceive a greater love than this, that you exchanged your life for my salvation. "Show me, then," she says, "where you pasture," so that, finding the saving pasture, I may be filled with the heavenly food, without eating which one cannot enter into life; and running to you, the spring, I may draw the divine drink, which you pour out for the thirsty from your side, opened by the iron …, whoever tastes it becoming a spring of water welling up to eternal life. For if you pasture me among these, … lying down in peace together, I shall rest in the shadowless light. For midday is shadowless on every side, the sun shining down from the summit; in it you bring to rest those whom you have pastured, when you receive your children with yourself into the bed. But no one is counted worthy of the midday rest who has not become a son of light and of day; whoever has separated himself equally from the darkness of evening and of dawn, that is, from where evil begins and where it ends, is brought to rest at midday by the sun of righteousness. "Make known to me, then," she says, "how I must rest, and what is the way of the midday rest, lest, falling away from your good guidance, ignorance of the truth make me one of a flock with herds foreign to your flocks."

She said this in anxiety about the beauty that had come to her from God, and asking to learn how her comeliness might remain with her for ever. But she is not yet counted worthy of the bridegroom's voice, since God foresaw something better for her: that the delay of enjoyment might kindle her desire into a greater longing, so that her gladness might grow together with her longing. Instead the friends of the bridegroom speak to her, setting forth by counsel the way to keep secure the goods she has. Their word too is veiled in obscurity. The wording runs thus: "If you do not know yourself, O beautiful among women, [go out in the] footsteps of your flocks and pasture the kids beside the tents of the [shepherds] …" [whoever does not know himself] fails of both, letting go of the one and unable to hold the other. The sense of these words is clear from the sequence of what has been examined, but the construction seems somehow obscure. What, then, is the sense? The surest safeguard for us is not to be ignorant of ourselves, and not to think that we are seeing ourselves when we see something else of what is around us. This is what happens to those who do not examine themselves: seeing in themselves strength, or beauty, or reputation, or power, or some abundance of wealth, or vanity, or pomp, or size of body, or good fortune of form, or something else of the kind, they think that they are such things. That is why they are unreliable guardians of themselves: through their attachment to what is foreign they overlook their own and leave it unguarded. For how could anyone guard what he does not know? The surest guard of the goods in us, then, is not to be ignorant of ourselves, and for each to know himself as he is, and to distinguish himself accurately from what is around him, so that he may not without noticing guard what is foreign instead of himself. For the one who looks to the life in this world and judges the things honoured here worthy of keeping does not know how to distinguish his own from what is foreign. For nothing that passes away is ours. How could anyone hold what is transient and flowing? Since, then, the intelligible and immaterial nature is lasting and always the same, while matter passes away, always changing through a kind of flow and movement, of necessity the one who separates himself from what stands, [holding to] what passes and abandoning what stands, [is deprived] of both. That is why [the counsel] of the bridegroom's friends says what was said: "If you do not know yourself, O beautiful among women, go out in the footsteps of the flocks and pasture the kids beside the tents of the shepherds." What is this? That the one who does not know himself falls out of the flock of the sheep and becomes a companion of the kids, whose place was thrust off to the left; for so the good shepherd set the sheep on his right and separated the kids from the better portion to the left. From the counsel of the bridegroom's friends, then, we are taught that we must look at the very nature of things and not guess at the truth by following misleading footprints.

The account of these things must be set out more clearly. Many people do not themselves judge how things are by nature, but looking to the custom of those who went before them they miss the sound judgment of what is, putting forward as the criterion of the good not intelligent reasoning but irrational custom. Hence they push themselves into offices and powers and the distinctions of the world, and set great store by material pomp, though it is unclear where each of these will end after the present life. For custom is not a safe guarantor of what is to come; its end is often found to be a flock of kids, not of sheep. You surely understand the word from the voice of the Gospel. … The one who looks to what is proper to human nature, that is, reason, will despise irrational custom and will choose as good nothing [but what] brings gain to the soul. So we must not look at the footprints of the herds, which those who have gone through life before us have imprinted with their heels on earthly life; for the judgment of what is preferable is hidden from what appears, until we are outside of life and learn there whom we have followed. The one, then, who does not distinguish good from worse by the things themselves, but follows the footprints of those who have gone before, setting up the past custom of life as the teacher of his own life, often fails to notice, at the time [of judgment] … So we can hear the friends saying this: "You, soul, who have become beautiful from black, if you care that the grace of your comeliness should last with you for ever, do not wander after the footprints of those who have gone before [and fall away] from the just judgment, becoming a kid instead of a sheep … [as you pass through] life. For it is unclear whether what appears is not a track of kids; following them behind, since those who wore the path with their footprints are not visible to you, once you have passed through life and slipped into the fold of death, you may be added to the flock of kids, which you were following without knowing it through their footprints." For "if you do not know yourself, beautiful among women, go out in the footsteps of the flocks and pasture the kids beside the tents of the flocks." This can be understood more clearly through another copy, so that the construction of the words does not seem disjointed. For it says: "If you do not know yourself, O beautiful among women, you have gone out from the footsteps of the flock and pasture kids instead of the tents of the flocks"; so that the sense appearing in these words agrees exactly with the contemplation of the passage given above.

So that you may not suffer this, then, "Take heed to yourself," as the word says. For this is the safe safeguard of good things: know how far above the rest of creation you have been honoured by your maker. Heaven did not become an image of God, nor the moon, nor the sun, nor the beauty of the stars, nor any other of the things that appear in creation. You alone have become a likeness of the nature that surpasses all mind, a resemblance of the incorruptible beauty, an impression of the true Godhead, a vessel of blessed life, a stamp of the true light; looking to it you become what it is, imitating the one who shines in you by the ray reflected from your purity. Nothing among beings is so great that it can be measured against your greatness. The whole heaven is enclosed in God's span, and earth and sea are held in the hollow of his hand. Yet he who is so great and such, who grips the whole creation in his palm, becomes wholly contained by you and dwells in you, and is not cramped as he passes through all your nature, he who said, "I will dwell in them and walk among them." If you look to these things, you will not occupy your eye with anything on earth. What am I saying? Not even heaven will seem wonderful to you. For how can you admire the heavens, O man, when you see that you are more lasting than the heavens? For they pass away, but you remain for eternity with the one who always is. You will not marvel at the breadth of the earth or at seas stretched out without limit, over which you were appointed to preside, like the charioteer of a pair of colts, having these elements obedient and subject to your will. For the earth serves you for the needs of life, and the sea, like a colt that answers the rein, offers you its back and receives man as its rider. If, then, you know yourself, O beautiful among women, you will look down on the whole world, and, looking always to the immaterial good, you will disregard the error of the footprints of this life. Always take heed to yourself, then, and you will not wander off among the flock of kids; you will not be shown at the time of judgment a kid instead of a sheep, nor be separated from the seat on the right; but you will hear the sweet voice that says to the woolly and gentle sheep, "Come, you blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world." May we too be counted worthy of it, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom belongs the glory to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 3

3PG 44

οοἰ ἐπὶ ἐπὶ Τῇ ἵππῳ ἐν ἅρμασι Φαραὼ πλησίον μου. Τί ὡραιώθησαν αἱ σιαγόνες σου ὡς τρυγόνες, τράχηλός σου ὡς ὁρμίσκοι. Ὁμοιώματα τοῦ χρυσίου ποιήσομέν σοι μετὰ στιγμάτων τοῦ τοῦ, τάρδος μου ἔδωκεν ὀσμὴν αὐτοῦ. ᾿Απόδεσμος στακτῆς ἀδειριδός μου ἐμοὶ ἀνὰ μέσον μαστῶν· μου αὐλισθήσεται. Βότρυς τῆς Κύπρου ἀδεῖφιδός μου ἐμοὶ, ἐν ἀμπελῶσιν ᾿Εγγαδδεί. Ὅσα πρὸ τῆς παρούσης ἀναγνώσεως ἐν τοῖς προοιμίοις τοῦ ἴλσματος τῶν ἀσμάτων ἡμῖν τεθεώρηται, ὁμοίως ἔχει τῇ γινομένῃ μετὰ τὴν νύκτα περὶ τὸν ὄρθρον αὐγῇ. Οὔτε γὰρ ἐκείνη καθαρὸν φῶς, ὮὉ ἀλλὰ φωτός ἐστι προοίμιον, καὶ τὰ εἰρημένα τοιαῦτα, ὡς τὴν ἀνατολὴν μὲν ἥμῖν τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ καταμηνύειν φωτὸς, οὐ μὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἔχειν αὐτὸν τοῦ ἡλίου τὸν κύκλον τηλαυγῶς προφαινόμενον. Ἕν ἐκείνοις μὲν γὰρ ἡ νύμφη φθέγγεται, καὶ οἱ φίλοι, καὶ αἱ νεάνιδες· νῦν δὲ αὐτοῦ τοῦ νυμφίου φωνὴ, καθάπερ τις κύκλος ἡλιαχὸς ἀνατέλλει, ἀποκρύπτων ταῖς τῶν ἀκτίνων αὐγαῖς πᾶσαν τῶν τε προφανέντων ἀστέρων, καὶ τοῦ ὑπαυγάσαντος ὄρθρου τὴν λαμπηδόνα. Κὰκεῖνα μὲν πάντα καθαρσίων τινῶν καὶ πεδύναμιν ἔχει, δι᾽ ὧν ψυχὴ πρὸς τὴν ὑποδοχὴν τῶν θείων παρασχευάξεται ὁ δὲ νῦν λόγος, αὑτῆς τῆς θεότητός ἐστι μετουσία, τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου διὰ τῆς ἰδίας φωνῆς μεταδιδάντος ἀκούοντι τῆς ἀκηράτου δυνάμεως τὴν κοινωνίαν. Κὶ σὶ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ Σινᾶ προπαρασχευασθεὶς τοῖς καθαρυἷοις ὁ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν ἡμέραις δύο, τῇ τρίτῃ κατὰ τὸν ὄρθρον ἀξιοῦται τῆς θεοφανείας, οὐκέτι περὶ τὴν πλύσιν τῶν ἱματίων ἄσχολος ὧν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸν δεχόμενος ἐμφανῶς τὸν Θεὸν, οὗ χάριν τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ῥύπον διὰ τῶν προλαδόντων καθαρσίων ἀπεπλύνατο’ οὕτω κχαὶ νῦν ἡ ἐν τοῖς φθάσασι λόγοις γεγενημένη τῶν προοιμίων τοῦ λσματος θεωρία κατὰ τὰς προλαδούσας δύο ἡμέρας, τοσοῦτον ὠφέλησεν, ὅσον ἐχπλῦναι καὶ ἀποχλῦσαι τοῦ ῥύπου τῆς σαρκὸς τὴν ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις διάνοιαν. Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Θεὸς Λόγος σήμερον, ἥτις ἐστὶ τρίτη, μετὰ τὴν πρώτην τε καὶ δευτέραν κάθαρσιν, ἐπιφανήσεται, οὐ γνόφῳ, καὶ θυέλλῃ, καὶ σάλπιγγος ἤχῳ, καὶ πυρὶ φοθερῶς ἐκ πυθμένος εἰς ἀκρώρειαν τοῦ ὄρους τὴν περιοχὴν διασμύχοντι, νερὰν καὶ ἐπίδηλον ἑαυτοῦ τὴν παρουσίαν ποιούμενος· Βʼ ἀλλ᾽ ἡδὺς καὶ εὐπρόσιτος, ἐκ τοῦ φοδεροῦ εἴδους ἐχείςγου πρὸς τὴν νυμφικὴν εὐφροσύνην μεθαρμοσάμενος. Τῆς γὰρ νύμφης δεηθείσης μαθεῖν τοὺς τῆς ἀναπαύσεως τόπους, ἐν οἷς ὁ ἀγαθὸς ποιμὴν τὴν διατριβὴν ἔχει, ὥστε μὴ τι κατὰ ἄγνοιαν τῶν ἀδουλήτων παθεῖν· εἶτα τῶν φίλων τὸ ἀσφαλὲς τῆς ἀληθείας κριτήριον ὑφηγησαμένων, τὸ πρὸς ἑαυτὴν βλέπειν τὴν ψυχὴν, καὶ ἑαυτὴν γινώσκειν τὸ γὰρ ἑαυτὴν ἀγνοεῖν, ἀρχὴν ἀπεφήναντο καὶ ἀκολουθίαν εἶναι τοῦ μηδὲ ἄλλο τι τῶν δεόντων εἰδέναι. Πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἄλλο πι μάθοι, ἑαυτὸν ἀγνοῶν ; Ἐπὶ τούτοις ὡς ἑχανῶς ἤδη τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς κεκαθαρμένου, ἑπαναπτέλλει τῇ ποθούσῃ ὁ λόγος, προτροπὴν πρὸς τὸ τέλεῖον ποιούμενος διὰ τῆς ἀποδοχῆς τῶν παρόντων. Ὁ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς κατορθώμασιν ἔπαινος σφοδροτέραν τοῖς κατορθώσασι τὴν πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον προθυμίαν Τίς οὖν ὁ παρὰ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ Λόγον γεγονὼς πρὸς τὴν παρθένον λόγος; Τῇ ἵππῳ μου, φησὶν, ἐν ἅρμασι Φαραὼ ὡμοίωσά σε, ἡ πιῖΙησίον μου. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ προχείρου τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων θεωρῆσαι διάνοιαν, ἐξετάσαι προσήκει δι᾽ ἐπιμελείας, καθὼς ἂν οἷόν τε ἧ, τὸ προχείμενον.·Ἄλλην ᾿ δύναμιν τὴν ἀντιταχθεῖσαν τῇ ἵππῳ τοῦ Φαραὼ παρὰ τῆς ἱστορίας ἐμάθομεν, νεφέλην καὶ ῥάδδον καὶ βίαιον ἄνεμον καὶ πέλαγος δικῆ διαιρούμενον, καὶ βυθὸν ἐν κόνει, καὶ τὴν ἐκ κυμάτων τειχοποιίαν, καὶ ξηρὰν ἄδυσσον, τὴν διὰ μέσου τῶν ἐξ ὕδατος πηγῶν χερσωθεῖσαν· δι᾽ ὧν ἁπάντων ἐγίνετο τοῖς Ἰσραηλίταις ἡ σωτηρία, πανστρατιᾷ τοῦ Φαραὼ μετὰ τῶν ἵππων τΞ καὶ ἁρμάτων συγχαλυφθέντος τοῖς κύμασιν. Οὐδεμιᾶς τοίνυν ἱππικῆς δυνάμεως ἀντεισαχθείσης τῷ Αἰγυπτίῳ στρατῷ, ἄπορον ἂν εἴη μαθεῖν ποίᾳ ἵππῳ διαφανείσῃ κατὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἁρμάτων ἡ νύμφη παρὰ τοῦ λόγου νῦν προσειχάζεται. Τῇ ἵππῳ μου γὰρ, φησὶ, τῇ ἐν τοῖς ἅρμασι τοῦ Φαραὼ χατεἰργασμένῃ τὴν νίκην, ὡμοίωσά σε, ἡ πλησίον μου. ὯΙ δηλόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὥσπερ οὐκ ἔστι διὰ ναυμαχίας ἡττηθῆναί τινας, μὴ ναυτίου στρατοῦ τὴν ἐν ταῖς . ναυσὶ τῶν ἐναντίων δύναμιν καταλύσαντος - οὕτως οὐδὲ ἂν ἐν ἱππομαχίᾳ τις ἡττηθείη, μή τινος ἱπἐχ τῶν ἐναντίων ἀντιταχθείσης δυνάμεως δὲ; τοίνυν τὸ κράτιστον τῆς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων στρατιᾶς, ἡ ἵππος ἦν, τὴν ἐπαχθεῖσαν αὐτῇ κατὰ τὸ ἀόρατον δύναμιν, δι᾽ ἧς ἡ νίκη κατὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἐγένετο, ἵππον ὁ λόγος ὠνόμασεν· ἠσθάνοντο γὰρ κἀκεῖνοι τοῦ πολεμοῦντος, καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐδόων, Κύριος ἵ πολεμεῖ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους, καὶ φύγωμεν ἀπὸ προσὠὦπου Κυρίου. Δῆλον δὲ ὅτε καταλλήλως τῇ παρασκευῇ τῶν ἐναντίων ὁ ἀληθινὸς ἀρχιστράτηγος τὴν ἰδίαν ἀνθώπλιζε δύναμιν. Οὐκοῦν ἣν τις ἀόρατος δύναμις, ἡ διὰ τῶν περὶ τὴν θάλασσαν θαυμάτων ἐνεργοῦσα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων τὸν ὄλεθρον, ἣν ἵππον ὁ λόγος ὠνόμασεν. ᾿Αγγελικὴν δὲ ταύτην στρατιὰν ὑπονοοῦμεν, περὶ ἧς φησιν ὁ προφήτης· ὅτε ᾿Επιδήσῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἵππους σου, καὶ ἡ ἱππασία σου σωτηρία. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ἅρματος μνήμην Θεοῦ ἐποιήσατο ὁ Δαδὶδ λέγων· Τὸ ἅρμα τοῦ Θεοῦ μυριοπιλάσιον· ᾧ ὑποζεύγνυνται τῶν εὐθηνούντων αἱ χιλιάδες. Ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ τὸν προφήτην Ἠλίαν μεταίσιον ἐκ γῆς ἐπὶ τὸν αἰθέριον χῶρον ἀναλαμδάνουσα δύναμις τῷ τῶν ἵἴππὼν ὀνόματι παρὰ τῆς Γραφῆς ὀνομάζεται, καὶ αὐ} τὸν δὲ τὸν προφήτην ἅρμα λέγει τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἱππέα ἡ ἱστορία. Καὶ τοὺς περιοδεύοντας πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, δι᾽ ὧν χατοιχίζεται καὶ ἡσυχάζει, Ζαχαρίας ὁ προφήτης ἵππους ὠνόμασε. διαλεγομένους πρὸς τὸν ἱππότην, τὸν μέσον ἑστῶτα τῶν δύο ὁρῶν. Οὐκοῦν ἔστι τιςαῖππος τῷ τὸ πᾶν κεκτημένῳ· ἡ μὲν τὸν προφήτην ἀνάγουσα· ἡ δὲ τὴν οἰκουμένην οἰχίζουσα· ἢ ὃὲ ὑποζευγνυμένη τῷ ἄρματι· ἄλλη δὲ τὸν Θεὸν ἔποχον ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμδάνου· ἄλλη δὲ τὴν Αἰγυπτίαν χαταλύουσα δύναμιν. Πολλῆς τοίνυν οὔσης ἐν ταῖς θείαις Γραφαῖς τῆς διὰ πὧν ἐνεργειῶν φαινομένης διαφορᾶς, τῇ χαθαιρετιχῇ τῆς Αἰγυπτιακῆς δυνάμεως ἵππῳ παρειχάξεται διὰ τοῦ δρόμου τῆς ἀρετῆς τῷ Θεῷ πλησιάσασα. Οὕτω γάρ φησι πρὸς αὐτὴν ὁ Λόγος· ὅτι Τῇ ἵππῳ μου ἐν ἅρμασι Φαραὼ ὡμοίωσά σε, ἡ πλησίον μου. Ἰολλοὺς δὲ καὶ μεγάλους ἐπαίνους ὁ λόγος ἐν ἑαυτῷ περιείληφε· καΐ τις κατορθωμάτων κατάλογός ἔστιν, ἡ πρὸς τὴν ἵππον ταύτην ὁμοίωσις. Ὅσα γὰρ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν τῇ παροικίᾳ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων μνημονεύεται, ἣ δουλεία, ἡ καλάμη, ὁ πηλὸς, ἡ πλινθεία, πᾶσα ἡ περὶ τὴν γῆν ἀσχολία, οἱ χαλεποὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἔργων ἐπιστάται, οἱ τὸν πήλινον αὐτοὺς καθ᾽ ἐκάστην ἡμέραν ἀπαιτοῦντες φόρον, δι᾽ οὗς τὸ ὕδωρ αἷμα γίνεται, καὶ τὸ φῶς σκοτίζεται, καὶ βάτραχοι ἢϊ Ὁ τοῖς οἴκοις εἰσέρπουσι, καὶ ἢ χαμιναία κόνις τὰς φλυχτίδας ἀπὸ τῶν σωμάτων ἀναζέειν ποιεῖ, καὶ τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον πάντα, ἡ ἀχρὶς, οἱ σχνίπες, κος, ἡ χάλαζα, τῶν πρωτοτόκων τὰ πάθη ταῦτα πάντα καὶ ὅσα πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ἡ ἱστορία διέξεισι, δι᾿ ὧν γίνεται τοῖς Ἰσραηλίταις ἡ σωτηρία, ἐπαίνων ἐστὶν ὑπόθεσις τῇ τῷ Θεῷ συναπτομένῃ ψυχῇ. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν ὡμοιώθη τῇ δυνάμει ἐκείνῃ, τῇ χαθαιρετιχῇ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων κακῶν, δι᾽ ἧς ἐλευθεροῦται ὁ Ἰσραὴλ τῆς πονηρᾶς τυραννίδος, εἰ μὴ ταῦτα πάντα καὶ ταύτῃ κατώρθωτο, τά τε χαθαιρετιχὰ τῆς Αἰγύπτου, καὶ τὰ παρασχευαστιχὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν πορείας, τῶν μετοιχιζομένων πρὸς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγυπτίας ἰλύος, Οὐκοῦν ἐπειδὴ, καθώς πιϊβδ᾽οηΐΒ. ᾿φἰτυν φησιν ὅ θεῖος ᾿Απόστολος, πάντα πρὸς νουθεσίαν ἡμῶν ἀναγέγραπται, ὅσα ἢ θεόπνευστος περιέχει Γραφή οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἣ συμθουλεύει διὰ τῶν πρὸς τὴν νύμφην εἰρημένων ὁ Λόγος ἡμῖν, ὅτι χρὴ καὶ ἡμᾶς ἔποχον δεξαμένους ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν τὸν Λόγον, καὶ χατἀγωνισαμένους τὴν Αἰγυπτίαν ἵππον αὐτοῖς ἅρμασι καὶ ἀναθάταις, καὶ πᾶσαν αὐτῶν τὴν πονηρὰν δυτῷ ὕδατι χαταπνίξαντας, οὕτως ὁμοιωθῆναι τῇ δυνάμει ἐκείνῃ, καθάπερ τινὰ ἵππον τὴν ἀντικειμένην στρατιὰν ἐναφέντας τῷ ὕδατι. Ὡς δ᾽ ἂν σαφέστερὸν μάθοιμεν τὸ λεγόμενον, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· Οὐκ ἔστιν ὁμοιωθῆναι τῇ ἵππῳ, δι᾽ ἧς τὰ ἅρματα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων τῷ βυθῷ χατεπόνθη, εἰ μή τις διὰ τοῦ μυστικοῦ ὕδατος τῆς τοῦ ἀντικειμένου δουλείας ἐλευθερούμενος, πᾶν Αἰγυπτιάζον νόημα, καὶ πᾶσαν ἀλ-· λόφυλον χκαχίαν τε καὶ ἁμαρτίαν τῷ ὕδατι καταλιπὼν, καθαρὸς ἀναδύῃ, μηδὲν τῆς Αἰγυπτία; συνεἰδήσεως τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα βίῳ συνεπαγόμενος. Ὁ γὰρ ἀχριδῶς πασῶν καθαρεύσας τῶν Αἰγυπτίων πληγῶν, αἵματος, καὶ βατράχων, καὶ φλυχτίδων, καὶ σκότους, ἀκρίδος τε καὶ σχνιπῶν, καὶ χαλάζης, καὶ τῆς τοῦ πυρὸς ἑπομύρίας, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ὧν ἱστορίας μέμνηται λόγος, οὗτος ἄξιός ἐστιν ὁμοιωθῆναι τῇ δυνάμει ἐκείνῃ, ἧς ἔποχος ὁ Λόγος γίνεται. δπάντως δὲ οὐκ ἀγνοοῦμεν τὰ διὰ τῶν πληγῶν σημαινόμενα, πῶς γίνεται τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις τὸ αἷμα πληγὴ. καὶ ἡ τῶν βατράχων ὀσμὴ, καὶ ἡ τοῦ φωτὸς εἰς τὸ σκότος μεταθολὴ, καὶ τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον πάντα. Τίς Ὑὰρ οὐκ οἷδε διὰ ποταποῦ βίου αἷμά τις γίνεται, ἐκ Ο ποτίμου τοῦ πρότερον εἰς διαφθορὰν ἀλλοιούμενος· ΄ καὶ τί ποιῶν ζωογονεῖ τῷ ἰδίῳ οἴκῳ τὴν τῶν βατράχων δυσωδίανʼ καὶ πῶς μεταποιεῖ τὸν φωτεινὸν βίον, εἰς ἔργα νυκτὶ φίλα καὶ ζοφώδη, δι᾽ ὧν ἡ τῆς γεέννη: κάμινος τὰς πονηρὰς τῆς κατακρίσεως φλυχτίδας ἀναζέειν ποιεῖ ; Οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὰ καθ᾽ ἔκαστον τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ κακῶν ῥάδιον μεταδαλεῖν εἰς παίδευσίν τε καὶ σωφρονισμὸν τοῦ ἀκούοντος, ἀλλὰ περιττὸν ἂν εἴη μηκύνειν διὰ τῶν ὁμολογουμένων τὸν λόγον. Τούτων τοίνυν καὶ τῶν τοιούτων κρείττους γενό βενοι, καὶ τῷ Θεῷ πλησιάσαντες, ναὶ αὐτοὶ πάντως ἀκουσόμεθα᾽ ὅτι Τῇ ἴππῳ μου ἐν ἅρμασι Φαραὼ ὡμοίωσά σε, ἡ πλησίον μου. ᾿Αλλὰ λυπεῖ τυχὸν τοὺς σώφρονας καὶ καθαρὸν ἐξησχηχότας βίον, ἡ πρὸς τὸν ἵππον ὁμοῦωσις· διότι πολλοὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἀπαγορεύουσιν ἡμῖν τὸ ὁμοιοῦσθαι τοῖς ἵπποις, τοῦ μὲν Ἱερεμίου τὴν μοιχικὴν λύσσαν τῷ ὀνόματι τῶν ἵππων διασημάναντος, ἐν οἷς φησιν ἽἼπποι θηλυμαγεῖς ἐγενήθησαν, ἔκαστος ἐπὶ τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐχρεμέτιζεʼ τοῦ δὲ μεγάλου φοδερὸν ποιουμένου τὸ ὡς ἵππον τινὰ καὶ ἡμίονον νεσθαι, ὧν κελεύει κατασχεῖν ἐν κημῷ τε καὶ χαλινῷ τὰς σιαγόνας. Διὰ τοῦτο παραμυθεῖται τῷ ἐφεξῆς λόγῳ τὴν τοιαύτην διάνοιαν, λέγων· ὅτι Οὐ τοιαῦταί Ἴσου εἰσὶν αἱ σιαγόνες, κἂν ἵππος ἧς, ὡς κημοῦ χρῇζειν καὶ χαλινοῦ εἰς ἀγχόνην· ἀλλά σοι διὰ τῆς χατῶν τρυγόνων ἡ σιαγὼν … Φησὶ γάρʼ Τί ὡραιώθησαν σιαγόνες σου ὡς τρυγόγες, μαρτυρεῖται δὲ παρὰ τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα παρατετοῦτο τὸ ὄρνεον μένειν, εἰ . πῆς συζυγίας, εἰς τὸ ἐφεξῆς ἀσυνδύαστον, ὡς φυσι᾿ χῶς ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ κατορθοῦσθαι τὴν σωφροσύνην. Διὰ τοῦτο τὸ αἴνιγμα τῶν ἐπαίνων συμπαρελήφθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Λόγου τοῦτο τὸ ὄρνεον, ὡς ἀντὶ χαλινοῦ γίνεσθαι πῇ σιαγόνι τῆς θείας ἵππου τὴν τῆς τρυγόνος ὁμοίωσιν, δι’ ἧς ἡ καθαρὰ ζωὴ ἐπιπρέπειν τῇ τοιαύτῃ ) ἵππῳ διασημαίνεται. Διὸ θαυμαστικῶς φησι πρὸς αὐτὴν ὁ Λόγος· Τί ὡραιώθησαν σιαγόνες σον ὡς τρυγόνες. Ἐπάγει δὲ τούτῳ καὶ ἕτερον δι᾽ ὁμοιόσεως ἔπαινον, λέγων Τράχη.λός σου ὡς ὁρμίσκοι. Ἀπαξ γὰρ ἐμπεσὼν τῇ τροπιχῇ σημασίᾳ, διὰ τῶν {περὶ τῶν ἵππων θεωρουμένων ἐπινοεῖ τῇ νύμφῃ τὸν ἔπαινον. Ἐπαινεῖ γὰρ τὸν τράχηλον τὸν ἐν σχήμᾶτι κύκλου γυρούμενον, ὃ δὴ περὶ τοὺς γαυροὺς τῶν πώλων ὁρῶμεν γινόμενον. Ἡ γὰρ τῶν ὁρμίσχων πνῆμη τὸν κύκλον ἐνδείκνυται, οὗ τὸ σχῆμα ἐπὶ τοῦ … ὁρμίσκος, δῷ αὐχένος δεικνύμενον εὐπρεπέστερον ἑαυτοῦ τὸν χῶλον ποιεῖ! ὅρμος δὲ λέγεται κυρίως μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν παραλίων τόπων, ἐν οἷς ἡ ὄχθη κατὰ τὸ ἐντὸς μηὑποδέχεταί τε τῷ κόλπῳ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἀναπαύει δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς τοὺς ἐκ πελάγους προσπλέοντας. Ἔκ μεταφορᾶς δὲ διὰ τοῦ σχήματος περιτραχήλιος κόσμος ὅρμος λέγεται, Ὅταν δὲ ὑποἀντὶ δρμου λέγωμεν, τὴν ἐν ὀλίγῳ τοῦ σχήματος ὁμοιότητα διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης φωγῆς ἐνδειχνύμεθα. Πολλὰ τοίνυν εἰς ἐγκώμια συντελοῦντα τὴν νύμφην, ἡ πρὸς τοὺς ὁρμίσχους ὁμοιότης (ὦ τοῦ τραχήλου ἐνδείκνυται· πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι εἰς κύκλου σχῆμα χάμπτων ὁ πῶλος τὸν αὐχένα, πρὸς τὰς ἰδίας τῶν ποδῶν βάσεις δρᾷ δι᾽ ὧν ἀπρόσχοπόν τε καὶ ἀσφαλῆ ποιεῖται τὸν δρόμον, μὴτε τῷ λίθῳ προσπταίων, μήτε χενεμδατῶν τῷ βόθρῳ. Τοῦτο δὲ οὐ μικρόν ἔστιν εἰς εὐφημίαν ψυχῆς, τὸ, πρὸς ἑαυτὴν βλέπειν, καὶ δι᾽ ἀσφαλείας πάσης πρὸς τὸν θεῖον δρόμον ἐπείγεσθαι, πάντα τὰ ἐκ πειρασμῶν τινων ἐγγινόμενα πρὸς τὸν δρόμον ἐμπόδια, διαλλομένην καὶ ὑπερθαίνουσαν. Ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ πρωτότυπὸν τῶν ὅρμων ὄνομα, ὅθεν διὰ τὴν τοῦ σχήματος σται, μεγάλων τινῶν ἐγκωμίων ὑπερθολὴν περιέχει, ὅταν ὡμοιώθη τοῖς ὅρμοις ὁ τράχηλος. Τίνα δέ ἔστι τὰ ἐγκώμια τὰ διὰ τούτων ἡμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου δη; δύ τι καὶ σωτήριόν ἐστι τοῖς χαταπλέουσιν ὁ λιμὴν, καὶ τὸ μετὰ τὴν ἐν θαλάσσῃ χαχοπάθειαν, ὅρμον τινὰ λήθην ποιησάμενοι τῶν ἐν θαλάσσῃ κακῶν, ὅλοι τῆς ἀναπαύσεως γίνονται, τοὺς μακροὺς πόνους δι᾽ ἡσυχίαν παραμυθούμενοι, οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῖς οὐκέτι ναναγίου φόδος, οὔτε ἢ τῶν ὑφάλων ὑπόνοια, οὔτε πειρατῶν κίνδυνος, οὔτε πνευμάτων ταραχὴ, οὔτε ἧ ἐκ βυθῶν ἀνοιδαίνουσα διὰ τῶν ἀνέμων θάλασσα· ἀλλὰ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων κινδύνων ἐκτὸς γίνονται οἱ χειμαζόμενοι, τοῦ πελάγους ἐν τῷ ζοντος. Εἰ τοίνυν οὕτω τις τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν καταὡς αὐτὴν τε γαλήνην ἔχειν ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, μηδὲν παραχινουμένην ἐκ τῶν πνευμάτων ἧς πονηρίας, μήτε δι᾽ ὑπερηφανίας οἰδαίνουσαν,᾿μή,πε τοῖς τοῦ θυμοῦ κύμασιν ἐξαφρίζουσαν, μήτε κατ᾽ ἄλλο τι πάθος χλυδωνιξομένην, καὶ περιφερομένην παντὶ ἀνέμῳ, τῷ τὰ ποικίλα κύματα τῶν παθημάτων ἐγείροντι· εἰ τοίνυν αὐτή τε οὕτως ἔχοι, καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷ πελάγει τοῦ βίου χειμαζομένους ἐν ταῖς παντοδαπῶν τῶν κακῶν τρικυμίαις ἐν ἑαυτῇ καταστέλλοι, γαληνὴν λίαν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀχύμαντον τὴν δι’ ἀρετῆς ζωὴν ὑφαπλώσασα, ὥστε τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ γεγονότας ἑκτὸς γίνεσθαι τῶν ἐκ ναυαγίου κακῶν, καλῶς τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ·ʼ) Λόγου ἐπαινουμένοις ὁρμίσχοις ὁμοιοῦται, τῆς πληθυντικῆς σημασίας τὴν ἐν ἑκάστῳ εἴδει τῆς ἀρετῆς τελειότητα σημαινούσης. Εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἑνὶ μόνῳ προσεικασθεῖσα ἀτελὴς ἂν πάντως ὁ ἔπαινος ἦν, ὡς οὗ τὴν αὐτὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀρετῶν μαρτυρίαν ἔχων· νῦν δὲ πᾶσαν συλλαμδάνει τῷ λόγῳ τῶν ἀρετῶν τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡ πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ὁρμίσχων ὁμοίωσις. Καὶ τοῦτο συμδουλή τίς ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ Λόγου τῷ κοινῷ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας προσαγομένη, τὸ μὴ δεῖν ἡμᾶς πρὸς ἕν τι τῶν ἀγαθῶν βλέποντας, ἀμελῶς περὶ τὰγο λοιπὰ τῶν κατορθωμάτων ἔχειν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἴ σοι γέγονεν ἰμ ὅρμος ἡ σωφροσύνη, καθάπερ τισὶ μαργαρίταις τῷ καθαρῷ βίῳ τὸν τράχηλον λαμπρύνων· ἕστο σοὶ καὶ ΡῈΓ ἕτερος ὅρμος, ὁ τοὺς τιμίους λίθους τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν. ἑαυτῷ περιείργων, καὶ δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τῆς δέῤῥης πλεονάζων τὸ κάλλος - ἔστω σοὶ καὶ ἄλλος κόσμος τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς αὐχένα διαλαμθάνουσα. Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κλοιὸς ὁ χρύσεος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ ἀκηράτου τῆς θεογνωσίας χρυσίου τῷ τραχήλῳ περιλαμπόμενος· περὶ οὗ φησιν ἤβ παροιμία - ὅτι Στέφανον χαρίτων δέξῃ σῇ κοῬυφῇ, καὶ κλοιὸν χρύσεον περὶ τῷ τραχήλῳ. Ἡ μὲν οὖν διὰ τῶν ὁρμίσχων συμθδουλὴ τοιαύτη. Και- Σ ρὸς ἂν εἴη καὶ τὸν ἐφεξῆς λόγον προσθεῖναι τῇ θεωρίᾳ, ὃν οἱ φίλοι τοῦ νυμφίου πρὸς τὴν παρθένον πεποίηνται, Ἔστι δὲ ἡ λέξις αὔτη Ὁμοιώματα χρυσίου ποιήσομέν σοι μετὰ στιγμάτων τοῦ ἀργύρου· ἕως ὁ βασιἀνακ,λίσδι αὐτοῦ. Τούτων δὲ, τῷ μὲν πρὸς τὸν εἱρμὸν βλέποντι τῆς προαποδοθείσης ἡμῖν θεωρίας, δοκεῖ πως ἡ διάνοια συνηρτῆσθαι καὶ τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἔχειν. Ἡ δὲ λέξις ἐμδαθύνουσα ταῖς τροπικαῖς σημασίαις, δυσχατανόητον ποιεῖ τὸ διὰ τῶν αἰνιγμάτων δηλούμενον. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς κάλλος τῇ ἵππῳ τῇ καθαιρετιχῇ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἁρμάτων ὡμοιώθη, τουτέστι τῇ ἀγγελικῇ στρατιᾷ· τῇ δὲ ἵππῳ ἐκείνῃ φησὶν ὁ καλὸς ἐπιδάτης, χαλινὸν μὲν εἶναι τὴν ( καθαρότητα, ἣν διὰ τοῦ ὁμοιῶσαι τὰς σιαγόνας ταῖς ποιχίλρυς ὅρμους τοὺς διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν περιστίλδον. : τὰς· βούλονταί τινα καὶ οἱ φίλοι προσθήκην τῷ κάλλει τῆς ἵππου ποιήσασθαι, ἐξ ὁμοιωμάτων χρυσίου, κατακοσμοῦντες τὰ φάλερα, οἷς ἐνστίξζουσι καὶ τοῦ ᾿ἀργυρίου τὴν καθαρότητα, ὡς ἂν μᾶλλον διαλάμποι τὸ κάλλος τοῦ προχοσμήματος, τῆς αὐγῆς τοῦ ἀργύβου πρὰς τὴν λαμπηδόνα τοῦ χρυσίου συγκιρναμένης. ᾿Αναγκαῖον δ᾽ ἂν εἴη τὰς τροπικὰς ἐμφάσεις καταλιπόντας, ὠφελούσης ἡμᾶς διανοίας μὴ ἀποστῆσαι τὸν λόγον. Προσειχάσθη μὲν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἵππῳ ἡ διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν κεκαθαρμένη Ψυχή. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὕπω τοῦ Λόγου γέγονεν ὑποχείριος, οὐδὲ ἐδάστασεν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς τὸν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐποχούμενον ἵπποις. Χρὴ γὰρ πρῶτον διὰ πάντων χκαταχοσμηθῆναι τὸν ἵππον, Υ εἶθ᾽ οὕτως τὸν βασιλέα ἔποχον δέξασθαι. Εἴτε δὲ ἄνωθεν ἑαυτῷ ἐφαρμόζοι τὸν ἵππον, ὁ κατὰ τὸν Προφήτην ἐπιδαίνων ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἵππους, καὶ ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ ἡμῶν ἱππαζόμενος· εἴτε καὶ ἐν ἡμῖν γένοιτο, ἐνοικῶν τε καὶ ἐμπεριπατῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ βάθη τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν Λιδιαδυόμενος, οὐδὲν διαφέρει κατὰ τὴν ἔννοιαν. Ὧ γὰρ ἂν τὸ ἕν ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων γένηται, συγχατωρθώθη καὶ τὸ λειπόμενον. Ὅ τε γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν Θεὸν ἔχων, καὶ ἐν ἑαυτῷ πάντως ἔχει. καὶ ὁ ἐν ἑαυτῷ δεξάμενος ὑπέδη, τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ γεγονότα. Οὐκοῦν μέλλει ὁ βασιλεὺς τῷ ἵππῳ τούτῳ ἐπαναπαύεσθαι. Ταὐτὸν δέ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως, καθὼς εἴρηται, καθέδρα τε καὶ ἀνάχλισις’ ὁπότερον γὰρ ἂν ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων ἐν ἡμῖν γένηται, τὸ ἴσον ἡ χάρις ἔχει. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν οἱ ἔτοιμασταὶ τοῦ βασιλέως, εὔθετον πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν αὐτῷ Ἡ διὰ τῶν προχοτμημάτων τὸν ἵππον ποιοῦσι - ταὐτὸν δέ ἐστιν ἐπὶ Θεοῦ, τὸ ἕν τινι καὶ τὸ ἐπί τινος γενέσθαι καταλιπόντες τὸ κατὰ τὴν τροπιχὴν σημασίαν ἀκόλουθον, οἱ παρασχενασταὶ καὶ θεράποντες, κλίνην τὸν ἵππον ἐποίησαν. Χρὴ γὰρ ἡμᾶς, φησὶν, ὁμοιώΤ᾿ ματα χρυσίου ποιῆσαι μετὰ στιγμάτων τοῦ ἀργυρέου,, τὰ τοῦ ἵππου τὴν μορφὴν ὡραΐζοντα. Ἵνα γένηται ὁ βασιλεὺς οὐκ ἐν καθέδρᾳ, φησὶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀναχλέσεςε Ἡ μὲν οὖν ἀκολουθία τῆς λέξεως, καθὼς ὁ Λόγος ὑπέδειξε, τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον· ἄξιον δὲ τοῦτο μὴ παραδραμεῖν ἀθεώρητον, τί δή ποτε οὐκ αὐτὸ τὸ χρυσίον εἰς κόσμον παραλαμδάνεται, ἀλλὰ τοῦ χρυσίου τὰ ὁμοιώματα· καὶ οὐκ αὐτὸς ὁ ἄργυρος, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐξ ὕλης ταύτης τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ χρυσίου ἐγκρο-. τούμενα στίγματα. Ὅ τοίνυν περὶ τούτων ὑπενού, σαμεν, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι᾿ Πᾶσα ἧ περὶ τῆς ἀῤῥήτου φύσεως διδασκαλία, κἂν ὅτι μάλιστα δοκεῖ θεοπρεπῇ τινα καὶ ὑψηλὴν ἐμφαίνειν διάνοιαν, ὁμοίωμα χρυσίου ἐστὶν, οὐκ αὐτὸ τὸ χρυσίον. Οὐ γὰρ ἔστι παραστῆσαι διʼ ἀχριδείας τὸ ὑπὲρ ἔννοιαν ἀγαθόν - κἂν ψιΠαῦλός τις ἧ, ὁ ἐν παραδείσῳ μυηθεὶς τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα, κἂν τῶν ἀλαλήτων ῥημάτων στα μένει περὶ Θεοῦ τὰ νοήματα. Αῤῥητα γάρ φησιν εἶναι τῶν νοημάτων τούτων τὰ ῥήματα. Οἱ τοένυν τοὺς λογισμούς τινας ἡμῖν ἀγαθοὺς ἐντιθέντες περὶ ν τῆς τῶν μνστηρίων ἐννοήσεως, αὐτὸ μὲν εἰπεῖν ὅπως ἔχει φύσεως ἀδυνατοῦσι, λέγουσι δὲ ἀπαύγασμα δόξης, καὶ χαρακτῆρα τῆς ὑποστάσεως, μορφὴν Θεοῦ, Λόγον ἐν ἀρχῇ, Λόγον Θεόν. ἽΔπερ πάντα ἡμῖν μὰν τοῖς ἀθεάτοις ἐκείνου τοῦ θησαυροῦ, χρυσίον δοχεξ· τιροῖς δὲ δυναμένοις ἀναδλέπειν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὁμοίωμά ἐστι χρυσίου καὶ οὐ χρυσίον, ἕν τοῖς λα.πτοῖς τοῦ ἀργύρου διαφαινόμενον στίγμασιν. ᾽Αργύριον δὲ ἡ ῥηματιχὴ σημασία ἐστὶ, καθώς φησιν ἢ Γραφή· Ἄργυρος πεπυρωμένος γλῶσσα δικαίου. ( Τὸ τοίνυν διὰ τούτων δηλούμενον, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν. ὅτε ἡ θεία φύσις πάσης ὑπέρχειται χαταληπτιχῆς διανοίας. Τὸ δὲ περὶ αὐτῆς ἡμῖν ἐγγιγνόμενον νόημα, ὁμοίωμά ἐστι τοῦ ζητουμένου. Οὐ γὰρ αὐτὸ δείκνυσιν ομηποπι ἐκεῖνο τὸ εἶδος, ὃ οὔτε τις εἶδεν, οὔτε ἰδεῖν δύναται, ἀλλὰ δι᾽ ἐσόπτρου καὶ δι᾽ αἰνίγματος ἔμφασίν τινα σχιογραφεῖ τοῦ ζητουμένου, ἔκ τινος εἰχασμοῦ ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐγγινομένην. Πᾶς δὲ λόγος τῶν τοιούτων νοημάτων τημαντιχὸς, στιγμῆς τινος ἀμεροῦς δύναμιν ἔχει, μὴ δυνάμενος ἐμφῆναι ὅπερ ἡ διάνοια βούλεται· ὡς εἶναι πᾶσαν μὲν διάνοιαν χατωτέραν τῆς θείας κατανοήσεως ᾿ πάντα δὲ λόγον ἑρμηνευτιχὸν, στιὙμὴν βραχεῖαν δοκεῖν μὴ δυναμένην τῷ πλάτει τῆς ἰν διανοίας συνεπεχτείνεσθαι, Τὴν οὖν διὰ τῶν τοιούτων νοημάτων χειραγωγουμένην Ψυχὴν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀλήπτων περίνοιαν διὰ μόνης πίστεως εἰσοιχίζειν ἑαυτῇ λέγει δεῖν τὴν πάντα νοῦν ὑπερέχουσαν φύσιν. Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ παρὰ τῶν φίλιυν λεγόμενον· ὅτι ἷ Σοὶ ποιήσωμεν, ὦ ψυχὴ, τῇ καλῶς πρὸς τὸν ἵππον ἀπειχασθείσῃ, ἰνδάλματά τινα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ὁμοιώματα. Τοιαύτη γὰρ τούτων λόγων ἀργύρου ἢ δύναμις, ὡς ἐναύσματά τινα σπινθηροειδῇ δοκεῖν εἶναι τὰ ῥήματα, μὴ δυνάμενα δι᾽ ἀχριθείας ἐμφῆναι τὸϊ· ἐγκείμενον νόημα. Σὺ δὲ ταῦτα δεξαμένη, ὑποζύγιόν τε καὶ οἰκητήριον γενήσῃ διὰ πίστεως τοῦ σοι ἐναναχλένεσθαι μέλλοντος διὰ τῆς ἐν σοὶ κατοικήσεως· τοῦ γὰρ αὐτοῦ καὶ θρόνος εἴ καὶ οἶκος γενήσῃ. Τάχα δ᾽ ἄν τις εἴποι τὴν Παύλου ψυχὴν, καὶ εἶ τις ἄλλη γέγονε ὕ κατʼ ἐκείνην, τῶν τοιούτων ἀξιοῦσθαι ῥημάτων. Ἐκεῖνος γὰρ σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἅπαξ τῷ Δεσπότῃ γενόμενος, καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἐν ἑαυτῷ εἶχε τὸν Κύριον· ἐν μὲν τῷ βαστάζειν αὐτοῦ τὸ ὄνομα ἐναντίον ἐθνῶν καὶ βασιλέων ἵππος γενόμενος· ἐν δὲ τῷ μηκέτι αὐτὸν ζῆν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἑαυτῷ δεικνύειν ζῶντα ἐκεῖνον, καὶ δοκιμὴν διδόναι τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ λαλοῦντος Χριστοῦ, οἷΤαῦτα τῶν φίλων τοῦ νυμφίου τῇ καθαρᾷ καὶ παρθένῳ χαρισαμένων ψυχῇ (εἶεν δ᾽ οὗτοι τὰ λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα τὰ εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα, διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν), τελειότερόν πὼς γίνεται τῇ προσθήκῃ τῶν χαρισμάτων ἡ νύμφη. Καὶ μᾶλλον προσεγγίσασα τῷ ποθουμένῳ, πρὶν τὸ κάλλος αὐτοῦ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖ; ἐμφανῆναι, διὰ τῆς ὀσφραντικῆς αἰσθήσεως τοῦ ζητουμένου ἐφάπτεται, οἷόν τινος χρωτὸς ἰδιότητα ὀσφραντιχῇ δυνάμει χατανοήσασα, καί φησιν ἐπεγνωκέναι αὐτοῦ τὴν ὀσμὴν τῇ εὐωδίᾳ τοῦ μύρου, οὗ νάρδος ἐστὶ τὸ ὄνομα, ταύτῃ πρὸς τοὺς φίλους τῇ φωνῇ χρησαμένη, Νάρδος μου ἔδωκεν ὀσμὴν αὑτοῦ.·Ὥσπερ ὑμεῖς, φησὶν, οὐκ … αὐτὸ τὸ ἀκήρατον τῆς θεότητος χρυσίον, ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοιώματα διὰ τῶν χωρητῶν ἡμῖν νοημάτων τοῦ χρυσίου χαρίζεσθε, οὐ τηλᾶυγεῖ τῷ λόγῳ τὰ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐχχαλύπτοντες, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς βραδύτητος τῶν τοῦ λογικοῦ ἀργύρου στιγμάτων, ἐμφάσεις τινὰς παρασχόμενοι τοῦ ζητουμένου· οὕτω κἀγὼ διὰ τῆς εὐπνοίας τοῦ ἐμοῦ μύρου, τὴν αὑτὴν ἐκείνου εὐωδίαν τῇ αἰσθήσει παρεδεξάμην. Τοιοῦτον δέ τινα νοῦν δοκεῖ μοι τὸ λεγόμενον ἔχειν’ Ἐπειδὴ πολλῶν καὶ διαφόρων ἀρὼωμάτων, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ κατ᾽ ἄλλην ἰδιότητα εὐπνοούντων, πεχνιχή τις καὶ ἔμμετρος μέξις τὸ τοιοῦτον ἀπεργάζεται μύρον, μιᾶς τινος πόας εὐώδους ἐκ τῶν συνεμδαλλομένων, ἧ ὄνομα νάρδος ἐστὶν, ὅλῳ τῷ σχευάσματι παρεχομένης τὸ ὄνομα τὸ δὲ ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἰδιωμάτων εἰς μίαν εὔπνοιαν, ὡς αὐτὴν τοῦ νυμφίου τὴν εὐωδίαν ἡ κεκαθαρμένη αἴσθησις δέχεται· ταῦτα διὰ τῶν εἰρημέ-᾿ νων παιδεύειν ἡμᾶς τὸν Λόγον οἰόμεθα, ὅτι ἐκεῖνα. μὲν ὃ τί ποτε κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἐστὶ, τὸ πάσης ὑπερκείμενον τῆς τῶν ὄντων συστάσεώς τε καὶ διοικήσεως, ἀπρόσιτόν τε καὶ ἀναφὲς καὶ ἄληπτον᾽ ἣ δὲ ἐν ἡμῖν διὰ τῆς τῶν ἀρετῶν καθαρότητος μυρεψουμένη δία, ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνου ἡμῖν γίνεται, μιμουμένη τῷ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὴν καθαρῷ τὸ τῇ φύσει ἀκήρατον, καὶ τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, καὶ τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τὸ ἄφθαρτον, καὶ τῷ ἀναλλοιώτῳ τὸ ἀναλλοίωτον, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἐν ἡμῖν κατορθουμένοις τὴν ἀληθινὴν ἀρετὴν, περὶ ἧς φησιν ᾿Αδδαχοὺμ ὁ προφήτης, ὡς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς πάντας διαλαθδούσης. Οὐκοῦν ταῦτα πρὸς τοὺς φίλους τοῦ νυμφίου διεξιοῦσα, ὅτι Τὴν ὀδμὴν αὐτοῦ ἡ ἐμὴ νάρδος ἐμοὶ δίδωσι· ταῦτά μοι καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα δοκεῖ φιλοσοφοῦσα λέγειν, ὅτι εἰς πᾶν ἄνθος εὐωδίας ἣ ἄρωμα ἐκ τῶν ποικίλων τῆς ἀρετῆς λειμώνων ἀνθολογήσας, πάντα ἑαυτοῦ τὸν βίον ἔμμυρον διὰ τῆς τῶν καθ᾽ ἔκαστον ἐπιτηδευμάτων εὐοδμίας ἀπεργασάμένος, διὰ πάντων γένοιτο τέλειος, πρὸς αὐτὸν μὲν τὸν Θεὸν Λόγον, ὡς πρὸς ἡλίου κύκλον ἀτενῶς ἐνιδεῖν φύσιν οὐκ ἔχει· ἐν ἑαυτῷ δὲ καθάπερ ἐν κατόπτρῳ βλέπει τὸν ἥλιον. Αἱ γὰρ τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἐκείνης καὶ θείας ἀρετῆς ἀκτῖνες τῷ κεκαθαρμένῳ βίῳ διὰ τῆς ἀποῤῥεούσης αὑτῶν ἀπαθείας ἐχλάμπουσαι, ὁρατὸν ποιοῦσιν ἡμῖν τὸ ἀόρατον, καὶ ληπτὸν τὸ ἀποόσιτον, ἡμετέρῳ κατόπτρῳ ἐνζωγραφοῦσαι τὸν ἥλιον. Ταυτὸν δέ ἐστιν ὡς πρὸς τὸ ἐγκείμενον νόημα, ἢ ἀκτῖνας εἰπεῖν ἡλίον, ἢ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀποῤῥοίας, ἣ τὰς ἀρωμαπικὰς εὐωδίας. Ὅ τʼ γὰρ ἂν ἐκ τούτων πρὸς τὸν τοῦ λόγου σκοπὸν ὑποθώμεθα, ἕν ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐστὶ τὸ ἐγγινόμενον νόημα, τὸ διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἡμῖν τοῦ πάντα νοῦν ὑπερέχοντος ἀγαθοῦ τὴν γνῶσιν ἐγγίνεσθαι, ὥσπερ ἔστι διά τινος εἰκόνος τὸ ἀρχέτυπον κάλλος ἀναλογίσασθαι. Οὕτω καὶ Παῦλος, ἡ νύμφη, Ὁ ὁ διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν τὸν νυμφίον μιμούμενος, καὶ ζωγραφῶν ἑαυτῷ διὰ τοῦ βίου τὸ ἀπρόσιτον κάλλος, ἔκ τε τῶν καρπῶν τοῦ πνεύματος, ἀγάπης τε καὶ χαρᾶς, καὶ εἰρήνης. καὶ τῶν τοιούτων εἰδῶν μυρεψῶν ταύτην τὴν νάρδον, Χριστοῦ εὐωδίαν ἔλεγεν ἑαυτὸν εἶναι, τὴν ἀπρόσιτον ἐκείνην καὶ ὑπερέχου- ᾿ σαν χάριν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ὀσφραινόμενος, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἑαυτὸν παρέχων ὥσπερ θυμίαμά τι κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν ἀντιλαμθάνεσθαι, ὃς κατὰ τὴν προσοῦσαν ἑκάστῳ διάθεσιν, ἢ ζωοποιὸς ἐγίνετο, ἣ θανατηφόρος εὕπνοια. Ὥσπερ τὸ αὐτὸ μύρον εἰ κάνθαρος καὶ περιστερὰ προστεθείη, οὐ ταὐτὸν ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων ἐργάζεται· ἀλλ᾽ ἡ μὲν περιστερὰ ῥωμαλαιοτέρα διὰ τῆς εὐπνοίας τοῦ μύρσυ γίνεται, ὁ δὲ κάνθαρος φθείρεται· οὕτω καὶ ὁ μέγας Παῦλος τὸ θεῖον ἐκεῖνο θυμίαμα, εἰ μέν τις ἣν περιστερὰ, ἢ· Τῖτον, ἢ Σιλονανὸν, ἣ Τιμόθεον, συμμετεῖχεν αὐτῷ τῆς εὐωδίας τοῦ μύρου, προκόπτων : ἂν παντὶ καλῷ τοῖς κατ᾽ αὐτὸν ὑποδείγμασιν. Εἰ δὲ Δημᾶς τις ἦν ἢ ᾿Αλέξανδρος, ἢ Ἑρμογένης, οὐ φέροντες τὸ τῆς ἐγκρατείας θυμίαμα, κανθάρων δίκην ὑπὸ τῆς εὐωδίας ἐφυγαδεύοντο. Οὗ χάριν ἔλεγεν ὁ τοῖς τοιούτοις εὐπνοῶν μύροις, ὅτι Χριστοῦ δὺὡδία ἐσμὲν, ἐν τοῖς σωζομένοις. καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀπολτυμένοις, οἷς μὲν ὀσμὴ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον· οἷς δὲ ὀσμὴ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν. Εἰ δέ τι συγγενὲς καὶ ἢ εὐαγγελικὴ νάρδος ἔχει πρὸς τὸ μύρον τῆς νύμφης, ἔξεστι τῷ βουλομένῳ διὰ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἀναλογίσασθαι, τίς ἣν ἐκείνη ἢ νάρδος ἡ ἡ πολύτιμος, ἡ καταχεθεῖσα μὲν τῆς κεφαλῆς τοῦ Κυρίου, πάντα δὲ τὸν οἶκον τῆς εὐὖωδίας πληρώσασα. Τάχα γὰρ οὐκ ἀπεξένωται τοῦ μύρου τὸ μύρον, ὃ τῇ νύμφῃ μὲν τὴν ὀδμὴν τοῦ νυμφίου δίδωσιν· ἐν δὲ τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ αὐτοῦ καταχυθὲν τοῦ Κυρίου, πληροῖ τῆς εὐωδῖας τὸν οἶκον ἐν ᾧ τὸ συμπόσιον ἦν. Δοκεῖ γάρ μοι κἀκεῖ προφητικῷ τινι πνεύματι προμηνῦσαι διὰ τοῦ μύρου ἣ Ὑυνὴ ὃ τοῦ θανάτου μυστήριον, καθὼς μαρτυρεῖ οἷς παρ᾽ αὐτῆς γεγενημένοις ὁ Κύριος λέγων ὅτι Προέλαδεν εἰς τὸ ἐνταφιάσαι με. Καὶ τὸν οἶκον πληρωθέντα τῆς εὐωδίας ἀντὶ παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ ὅλης τῆς οἰκουμένης νοεῖν ὑποτίθεται, εἰπών· ὅτι Ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ, ἡ ὀσμὴ τοῦ ἔργου συνδιαδοθήσεται τῷ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου κηρύγματι, καὶ μνημόσυνον ἔσται, φησὶ, ταύτης τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον. Οὐκοῦν ἐν μὲν·λσματι τῶν ἀσμάτων, ἡ νάρδος τὴν ὀσμὴν τοῦ νυμφίου τῇ νύμφῃ δίδωσι· ἐν δὲ τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ ὅλου τοῦ σώματος τῆς Ἐχκχλησίας ἐν πάσῃ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ καὶ ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ Χριστοῦ εὐωδία γίνεται, ἡ τότε τὸν οἶκον πληρώσασα, τάχα τις εὑρίσκεται διὰ τούτων κοινωνία ἐν ἀμφοτέροις, ὡς ἓν … Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν εἰς τοσοῦτον· ἣ δὲ ἐφεξῆς ῥῆσις καταλλήλως μὲν τῇ τοῦ ἐπιθαλαμίου δράματος ὑποθέσει, ὡς παρὰ τῆς ἐν παστάδι παρεσκευασμένης, Ὦ ἔχειν δοκεῖ - μείζονα δὲ καὶ τελειοτέραν ἐμφαίνει φιλοσοφίαν, ἣν κατορθῶσαι μόνον τῶν ἤδη τετελειωμένων ἐστί. Τί οὖν ἐστι τὸ εἰρημένον ; Ἁπόδεσμος τῆς στακτῆς ἀδελφιδός μου ἐμοὶ, ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν μασθῶν μου αὐλισθήσεται. Φασὶν ἐπιμέλειαν εἶναι ταῖς φιλοχόσμοις τῶν γυναικῶν, μὴ τοῖς ἔξωθεν προχοσμήμασι μόνον ἐπινοεῖν ἑαυταῖς τὸ ἐπὶ τῶν· ἀλλʼ ἐπιτηδεύειν διά τινος εὐπνοίας ἡδίω τὰ σώματα τοῖς ἑαυτῶν ἀνδράσι φαίνεσθαι, τὸ κατ᾽ ἀλλήλως ἐνεργοῦν πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην χρείαν ἄρωμα, ἐντὸς τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἐσθῆτα περιδολῆς ἀποχρυπτούσαις, οὗ τὸν οἰκεῖον ἀτμὸν ἐχδιδόντος., καὶ τὸ σῶμα … τῆς δὲ οὔσης ἐν αὐταῖς τῆς συνηθείας, οἷον τολμᾷ αὕτη ἡ μεγαλόφρων παρϑένος ; Ἐμοὶ, φησὶν, ἀπόδεσμος, ὃν ἐξαρτῶ τοῦ αὐχένος ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος, δι᾽ οὗ τὴν εὐοσμίαν παρέχω τῷ σώματι, οὐκ ἄλλο τι νῶν εὐπνοούντων ἀρωμάτων ἐστίν: ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος Ὑ στακτὴ γενόμενος ἔγκειται ἐν τῷ ἀποδέσμῳ τῆς συνεἰδήσεως, αὐτῇ μου τῇ καρδίᾳ ἑναυλιζόμενος. γὰρ τοπικὴ τῆς καρδίας θέσις ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τῶν μαζῶν παρὰ τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπεσχεμμένων εἶναι λέγεται. Ἐχεῖζ δέ φησιν ἡ νύμφη ἔχειν τὸν ἀπόδεσμον, τόπῳ τὸ ἀγαθὸν θησαυρίζεται. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ πηγήν τινα τοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν θερμοῦ, τὴν καρδίαν φασίν· ἀφ᾽ ἧς διὰ τῶν ἀρτηριῶν ἀφ᾽ ἅπαν ἡ θερμότης τὸ σῶμα δι᾽ ἧς ἔνθερμά τε καὶ ζωτικὰ τὰ μέλη τοῦ σώματος γίνεται, τῷ πυρὶ τῆς καρδίας τ΄ Ἡ τοίνυν ἐν τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ παραδεξαμένη τὴν Χριστοῦ εὐωδίαν, καὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῆς ἔνδεσμον τοῦ τοιούτου ποιήσασσ θυμιάματος. πάντα τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον τοῦ βίου ἐπιτηδεύματα, οἷόν τινος σώματος μέλη ζέειν παρασκευάζει τῷ ἐκ τῆς καρδίας διήχοντε πνεύματι, μηδεμιᾶς ἀνομίας τὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀγάπην ἐν μηδενὶ μέλει τοῦ σώματος ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸν ἑξῆς λόγον μετέλθωμεν. ᾿Ακούσωμεν τὲ ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ εὐθηνοῦσα περὶ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῆς διαλέγεται, ἡ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς χλέτεσι τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ οἰκίας, καθώς φησιν ὁ Προφήτης, διηπλωμένη, καὶ διὰ τῶν τῆς ἀγάπης ἑλίχων περιελισσομένη τῇ θείᾳ τε καὶ ἀκηράτῳ ζωῇ. Βότρυς, φησὶ, τῆς Κύπρου ( ἀδελφιδός μου ἐμοὶ ἐν ἀμπελῶσιν ᾿Εγγαδδεί. Τίς οὕτω μακάριος, μᾶλλον δὲ τίς οὕτω κρείττων πάσης μακαριὅτητος, ὥστε τὸν ἴδιον καρπὸν βλέπων ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ βότρυϊ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς ὁρᾷν τὸν τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος δεσπότην ; Ἰδοὺ γὰρ ὅσον ηὐξήθη ἂν τῇ ἰδίᾳ νάρδῳ τοῦ νυμφίου ἐπιγνοῦσα τὴν εὔπνοιαν, ἡ στακτὴ αὐτῷ εὐώδης ποιησαμένη, καὶ διαλαδοῦσα εᾧ τῆς καρδίας ἐνδέσμῳ τὸ ἄρωμα, ὡς ἂν παραμένοι αὐτῇ τὸ ἀγαθὸν διαπαντὸς ἀδιάπνευστον, μήτηρ τοῦ θείου βότρνος γίνεται, τοῦ πρὸ μὲν τοῦ πάθους χυπρίζοντος, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀνθοῦντος, ἐν δὲ τῷ πάθει τὸν οἶνον ἡ προχέοντος. Ὁ γὰρ τὴν καρδίαν εὐφραίνων οἶνος, αἷμα σταφυλῆς μετὰ τὴν τοῦ πάθους οἰκονομίαν γίνεταί τε καὶ ὀνομάζεται. Διπλῆς οὖν οὔσης ἐν τῷ βότρυϊ τῆς ἀπολαύσεως· τῆς μὲν ἐκ τοῦ ἄνθους, ὅταν εὐὖφραίνῃ τῇ εὐοδμίᾳ τὰ αἰσθητήρια· τῆς δὲ διὰ τοῦ τε- ᾿ λειωθέντος ἤδη καρποῦ, ὅταν ὑπάρχῃ κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν ἣ τῆς βρώσεως χατατρυφᾷν, ἣ ἐν συμποσίοις τῷ οἴνῳ φαιδρύνεσθαι· ἐνταῦθα αἰτεῖ ἡ νύμφη τὸν ἀνθοῦντα βότρυν καρποφορεῖν, κύπρον τὴν οἰνάνθην χατονομάζουσα. Τὸ γὰρ γεννηθὲν ἡμῖν παιδίον Ἰησοῦς, ὁ ἐν τοῖς δεξαμένοις αὐτὸν διαφόρως προκόπτων, σοφίᾳ τε καὶ ἡλικίᾳ καὶ χάριτι, οὐκ ἐν πᾶσιν ὁ αὐτός ἔστιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ μέτρον τοῦ ἐν ᾧ γίνεται, καθὼς ἂν ὁ χωρῶν αὐτὸν ἱκανῶς ἔχῃ, τοιοῦτος φαίνεται, ἣ προκόπτων, ἣ τελειούμενος, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ βότρυος φύσιν· ὃς οὗ πάντοτε μετὰ τοῦ αὖτοῦ εἴδους ἐπὶ τῆς ἀμπέλου ὁρᾶται, ἀλλὰ συνεξαλλάσσει τῷ χρόνῳ τὸ εἶδος, ἀνθῶν, χυπρίζων, τελειούμενος … τῷ ἰδίῳ καρπῷ, ὃς οὕπω μέν ἐστι πρὸς οἶνον ὥριμος, ἀλλὰ μένει τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν χαιρῶν· Η μὴν ὡς εἰς τρυφὴν ἀναπόλαυστος. Τὴν ὄσφρησιν γὰρ εὐφραίνει ἀντὶ τῆς γεύσεως τῇ προσδοκίᾳ τῶν ἀγαθῶν, τοῖς ἀτμοῖς τῆς ἐλπίδος ἡδύνων τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αἰσθητήρια. Τὸ γὰρ πιστόν τε καὶ ἀναμφίθολον τῆς --ἐλπιζομένης χάριτος, ἡ ἀπόλαυσις τοῖς δι᾽ ὑπομονῆς τὸ προσδοκώμενον γίνεται. Οὕτως οὖν ὁ τῆς Κύπρου βότρυς ἐστὶ, βότρυς οἶνον ἐπαγγελλόμενος, οὕπω δὲ οἶνος γινόμενος, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦ ἄνθους (ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς τὸ ἄνθος ἐστὶ) τὴν ἐσομένην χάριν πιστούμενος. Ἡ δὲ τοῦ Καδδεὶ προσθήκη σημαίνει . τὸν πίονα χῶρον, ᾧ ἐνριζωθεῖσα ἡ ἄμπελος εὔτροφον καὶ ἡδὺν τὸν καρπὸν ἀπεργάζεται. Οἱ τοπικῶς στορήσαντες λέγουσι τὸν κλῆρον τοῦ Καδδεὶ ἐπιτηδείως ἔχειν πρὸς εὐτροφίαν βοτρύων. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ὁ τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Κυρίου σύμφωνον ἔχων τὸ θέλημα, καὶ διὰ πάσης νυκτός τε καὶ ἡμέρας ταύτην τὴν μελέτην ποιούμενος, ἀειθαλὲς γένεται δένδρον, ταῖς τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπιῤῥοαῖς πιαινόμενον, ἐν τῷ καθήκοντι καιρῷ τὸν καρπὸν παρεχόμενος, τούτου χάριν καὶ ἡ τοῦ νυμἄμπελος ἐν τῷ Καδδεὶ τῷ πίονι τόπῳ ὁ μένη, τουτέστιν ἐν βαθείᾳ τῇ διανοίᾳ, τῇ διὰ τῶν θείων διδαγμάτων χαταρδομένη καὶ αὔξουσα, τὸν τοῦτον καὶ χυπρίζοντα βότρυν σεν, ᾧ τὸν γεωργὸν καὶ φυτηχόμον ἑαυτῆς ἐνορᾷ. Ὡς μακάριον τὸ τοιοῦτον γεώργιον, οὗ ὁ καρπὸς πρὸς οπτὴν τοῦ νυμφίου ὁμοιοῦται μορφήν! Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ φῶς ἀληθινόν ἔστιν ἐκεῖνος, καὶ ἀληθινὴ ζωὴ, καὶ δικαιοσύνη ἀληθὴς, καθὼς ἣ Σοφία φησὶ, καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὅταν τις διὰ τῶν ἔργων ταῦτα γένηται, ἃ ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, οὕτω τὸν τῆς ἰδίας συνειδήσεως βότρυν βλέπων, αὐτὸν τὸν νυμφίον ἐν τούτῳ βλέπει, τῇ φωτεινῇ τε καὶ ἀκηράτῳ ζωῇ τὸ φῶς τῆς ἀληθείας ἐνοπτριζόμενος. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ εὐθηνοῦσα, ὅτι Ἑμὸς βότρυς ὁ δι᾿ ἄνθος χυπρίξζων: αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ ἀληθινὸς βότρυς, ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν ξυλίνων ἀναφορέων ἑαυτὸν δείξας, οὗ τὸ αἷμα τοῖς σωζομένοις τε καὶ εὐφραινομένοις, πότιμόν τε καὶ σωτήριον γίνεται, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

ooi epi epi Tę̄ hippǭ en harmasi Pharaō plēsion mou. Ti hōraiōthēsan hai siagones sou hōs trygones, trachēlos sou hōs hormiskoi. Homoiōmata tou chrysiou poiēsomen soi meta stigmatōn tou tou, tardos mou edōken osmēn autou. ᾿Apodesmos staktēs adeiridos mou emoi ana meson mastōn; mou aulisthēsetai. Botrys tēs Kyprou adeiphidos mou emoi, en ampelōsin ᾿Engaddei. Hosa pro tēs parousēs anagnōseōs en tois prooimiois tou ilsmatos tōn asmatōn hēmin tetheōrētai, homoiōs echei tę̄ ginomenę̄ meta tēn nykta peri ton orthron augę̄. Oute gar ekeinē katharon phōs, HōO alla phōtos esti prooimion, kai ta eirēmena toiauta, hōs tēn anatolēn men hēmin tou alēthinou katamēnyein phōtos, ou mēn en heautois echein auton tou hēliou ton kyklon tēlaugōs prophainomenon. Hen ekeinois men gar hē nymphē phthengetai, kai hoi philoi, kai hai neanides; nyn de autou tou nymphiou phōnē, kathaper tis kyklos hēliachos anatellei, apokryptōn tais tōn aktinōn augais pasan tōn te prophanentōn asterōn, kai tou hypaugasantos orthrou tēn lampēdona. Kakeina men panta katharsiōn tinōn kai pedynamin echei, di᾽ hōn psychē pros tēn hypodochēn tōn theiōn parascheuaxetai ho de nyn logos, hautēs tēs theotētos esti metousia, tou Theou Logou dia tēs idias phōnēs metadidantos akouonti tēs akēratou dynameōs tēn koinōnian. Ki si hōsper epi tou Sina proparascheuastheis tois katharuiois ho Israēl en hēmerais dyo, tę̄ tritę̄ kata ton orthron axioutai tēs theophaneias, ouketi peri tēn plysin tōn himatiōn ascholos hōn, all᾽ auton dechomenos emphanōs ton Theon, hou charin ton tēs psychēs rhypon dia tōn proladontōn katharsiōn apeplynato’ houtō kchai nyn hē en tois phthasasi logois gegenēmenē tōn prooimiōn tou lsmatos theōria kata tas proladousas dyo hēmeras, tosouton ōphelēsen, hoson echplynai kai apochlysai tou rhypou tēs sarkos tēn en tois legomenois dianoian. Autos de ho Theos Logos sēmeron, hētis esti tritē, meta tēn prōtēn te kai deuteran katharsin, epiphanēsetai, ou gnophǭ, kai thyellę̄, kai salpingos ēchǭ, kai pyri photherōs ek pythmenos eis akrōreian tou orous tēn periochēn diasmychonti, neran kai epidēlon heautou tēn parousian poioumenos; Bʼ all᾽ hēdys kai euprositos, ek tou phoderou eidous echeisgou pros tēn nymphikēn euphrosynēn metharmosamenos. Tēs gar nymphēs deētheisēs mathein tous tēs anapauseōs topous, en hois ho agathos poimēn tēn diatribēn echei, hōste mē ti kata agnoian tōn adoulētōn pathein; eita tōn philōn to asphales tēs alētheias kritērion hyphēgēsamenōn, to pros heautēn blepein tēn psychēn, kai heautēn ginōskein to gar heautēn agnoein, archēn apephēnanto kai akolouthian einai tou mēde allo ti tōn deontōn eidenai. Pōs gar an allo pi mathoi, heauton agnoōn ? Epi toutois hōs hechanōs ēdē tou hēgemonikou tēs psychēs kekatharmenou, hepanaptellei tę̄ pothousę̄ ho logos, protropēn pros to teleion poioumenos dia tēs apodochēs tōn parontōn. Ho gar epi tois katorthōmasin epainos sphodroteran tois katorthōsasi tēn pros to kreitton prothymian Tis oun ho para tou alēthinou Logon gegonōs pros tēn parthenon logos? Tę̄ hippǭ mou, phēsin, en harmasi Pharaō hōmoiōsa se, hē piiIēsion mou. ᾿All᾽ epeidē ouk estin ek tou procheirou tēn tōn eirēmenōn theōrēsai dianoian, exetasai prosēkei di᾽ epimeleias, kathōs an hoion te hē, to procheimenon.;Allēn ᾿ dynamin tēn antitachtheisan tę̄ hippǭ tou Pharaō para tēs historias emathomen, nephelēn kai rhaddon kai biaion anemon kai pelagos dikē diairoumenon, kai bython en konei, kai tēn ek kymatōn teichopoiian, kai xēran adysson, tēn dia mesou tōn ex hydatos pēgōn chersōtheisan; di᾽ hōn hapantōn egineto tois Israēlitais hē sōtēria, panstratią tou Pharaō meta tōn hippōn tX kai harmatōn synchalyphthentos tois kymasin. Oudemias toinyn hippikēs dynameōs anteisachtheisēs tǭ Aigyptiǭ stratǭ, aporon an eiē mathein poią hippǭ diaphaneisę̄ kata tōn Aigyptiōn harmatōn hē nymphē para tou logou nyn proseichazetai. Tę̄ hippǭ mou gar, phēsi, tę̄ en tois harmasi tou Pharaō chateirgasmenę̄ tēn nikēn, hōmoiōsa se, hē plēsion mou. HōI dēlon estin, hoti hōsper ouk esti dia naumachias hēttēthēnai tinas, mē nautiou stratou tēn en tais . nausi tōn enantiōn dynamin katalysantos - houtōs oude an en hippomachią tis hēttētheiē, mē tinos hipech tōn enantiōn antitachtheisēs dynameōs de? toinyn to kratiston tēs tōn Aigyptiōn stratias, hē hippos ēn, tēn epachtheisan autę̄ kata to aoraton dynamin, di᾽ hēs hē nikē kata tōn Aigyptiōn egeneto, hippon ho logos ōnomasen; ēsthanonto gar kakeinoi tou polemountos, kai pros allēlous edoōn, Kyrios hi polemei tous Aigyptious, kai phygōmen apo prosōōpou Kyriou. Dēlon de hote katallēlōs tę̄ paraskeuę̄ tōn enantiōn ho alēthinos archistratēgos tēn idian anthōplize dynamin. Oukoun hēn tis aoratos dynamis, hē dia tōn peri tēn thalassan thaumatōn energousa tōn Aigyptiōn ton olethron, hēn hippon ho logos ōnomasen. ᾿Angelikēn de tautēn stratian hyponooumen, peri hēs phēsin ho prophētēs; hote ᾿Epidēsę̄ epi tous hippous sou, kai hē hippasia sou sōtēria. ᾿Alla kai harmatos mnēmēn Theou epoiēsato ho Dadid legōn; To harma tou Theou myriopilasion; hǭ hypozeugnyntai tōn euthēnountōn hai chiliades. Eti de kai hē ton prophētēn Ēlian metaision ek gēs epi ton aitherion chōron analamdanousa dynamis tǭ tōn hiippōn onomati para tēs Graphēs onomazetai, kai au} ton de ton prophētēn harma legei tou Israēl kai hippea hē historia. Kai tous periodeuontas pasan tēn oikoumenēn, di᾽ hōn chatoichizetai kai hēsychazei, Zacharias ho prophētēs hippous ōnomase. dialegomenous pros ton hippotēn, ton meson hestōta tōn dyo horōn. Oukoun esti tisaippos tǭ to pan kektēmenǭ; hē men ton prophētēn anagousa; hē de tēn oikoumenēn oichizousa; ē hoe hypozeugnymenē tǭ armati; allē de ton Theon epochon epi sōtērią tōn anthrōpōn lamdanou; allē de tēn Aigyptian chatalyousa dynamin. Pollēs toinyn ousēs en tais theiais Graphais tēs dia pōn energeiōn phainomenēs diaphoras, tę̄ chathairetichę̄ tēs Aigyptiakēs dynameōs hippǭ pareichaxetai dia tou dromou tēs aretēs tǭ Theǭ plēsiasasa. Houtō gar phēsi pros autēn ho Logos; hoti Tę̄ hippǭ mou en harmasi Pharaō hōmoiōsa se, hē plēsion mou. Iollous de kai megalous epainous ho logos en heautǭ perieilēphe; kaï tis katorthōmatōn katalogos estin, hē pros tēn hippon tautēn homoiōsis. Hosa gar tou Israēl en tę̄ paroikią tōn Aigyptiōn mnēmoneuetai, hē douleia, hē kalamē, ho pēlos, hē plintheia, pasa hē peri tēn gēn ascholia, hoi chalepoi tōn toioutōn ergōn epistatai, hoi ton pēlinon autous kath᾽ ekastēn hēmeran apaitountes phoron, di᾽ hous to hydōr haima ginetai, kai to phōs skotizetai, kai batrachoi ēï Ho tois oikois eiserpousi, kai ē chaminaia konis tas phlychtidas apo tōn sōmatōn anazeein poiei, kai ta kath᾽ hekaston panta, hē achris, hoi schnipes, kos, hē chalaza, tōn prōtotokōn ta pathē tauta panta kai hosa pros to kreitton hē historia diexeisi, di᾿ hōn ginetai tois Israēlitais hē sōtēria, epainōn estin hypothesis tę̄ tǭ Theǭ synaptomenę̄ psychę̄. Ou gar an hōmoiōthē tę̄ dynamei ekeinę̄, tę̄ chathairetichę̄ tōn Aigyptiōn kakōn, di᾽ hēs eleutheroutai ho Israēl tēs ponēras tyrannidos, ei mē tauta panta kai tautę̄ katōrthōto, ta te chathaireticha tēs Aigyptou, kai ta parascheuasticha tēs pros ton Theon poreias, tōn metoichizomenōn pros tēn gēn tēs epangelias apo tēs Aigyptias ilyos, Oukoun epeidē, kathōs piïbd᾽oēïB. ᾿phityn phēsin ho theios ᾿Apostolos, panta pros nouthesian hēmōn anagegraptai, hosa ē theopneustos periechei Graphē ouden allo hē symthouleuei dia tōn pros tēn nymphēn eirēmenōn ho Logos hēmin, hoti chrē kai hēmas epochon dexamenous eph᾽ heautōn ton Logon, kai chatagōnisamenous tēn Aigyptian hippon autois harmasi kai anathatais, kai pasan autōn tēn ponēran dytǭ hydati chatapnixantas, houtōs homoiōthēnai tę̄ dynamei ekeinę̄, kathaper tina hippon tēn antikeimenēn stratian enaphentas tǭ hydati. Hōs d᾽ an saphesteron mathoimen to legomenon, toiouton estin; Ouk estin homoiōthēnai tę̄ hippǭ, di᾽ hēs ta harmata tōn Aigyptiōn tǭ bythǭ chateponthē, ei mē tis dia tou mystikou hydatos tēs tou antikeimenou douleias eleutheroumenos, pan Aigyptiazon noēma, kai pasan al-; lophylon chkachian te kai hamartian tǭ hydati katalipōn, katharos anadyę̄, mēden tēs Aigyptia? syneidēseōs tǭ meta tauta biǭ synepagomenos. Ho gar achridōs pasōn kathareusas tōn Aigyptiōn plēgōn, haimatos, kai batrachōn, kai phlychtidōn, kai skotous, akridos te kai schnipōn, kai chalazēs, kai tēs tou pyros hepomyrias, kai tōn loipōn, hōn historias memnētai logos, houtos axios estin homoiōthēnai tę̄ dynamei ekeinę̄, hēs epochos ho Logos ginetai. dpantōs de ouk agnooumen ta dia tōn plēgōn sēmainomena, pōs ginetai tois Aigyptiois to haima plēgē. kai hē tōn batrachōn osmē, kai hē tou phōtos eis to skotos metatholē, kai ta kath᾽ hekaston panta. Tis Hyar ouk hoide dia potapou biou haima tis ginetai, ek O potimou tou proteron eis diaphthoran alloioumenos; ΄ kai ti poiōn zōogonei tǭ idiǭ oikǭ tēn tōn batrachōn dysōdianʼ kai pōs metapoiei ton phōteinon bion, eis erga nykti phila kai zophōdē, di᾽ hōn hē tēs geennē: kaminos tas ponēras tēs katakriseōs phlychtidas anazeein poiei ? Houtō de kai ta kath᾽ ekaston tōn en Aigyptǭ kakōn rhadion metadalein eis paideusin te kai sōphronismon tou akouontos, alla peritton an eiē mēkynein dia tōn homologoumenōn ton logon. Toutōn toinyn kai tōn toioutōn kreittous geno benoi, kai tǭ Theǭ plēsiasantes, nai autoi pantōs akousometha᾽ hoti Tę̄ ippǭ mou en harmasi Pharaō hōmoiōsa se, hē plēsion mou. ᾿Alla lypei tychon tous sōphronas kai katharon exēschēchotas bion, hē pros ton hippon homouōsis; dioti polloi tōn prophētōn apagoreuousin hēmin to homoiousthai tois hippois, tou men Hieremiou tēn moichikēn lyssan tǭ onomati tōn hippōn diasēmanantos, en hois phēsin HiIppoi thēlymageis egenēthēsan, ekastos epi tēn gynaika tou autou echremetizeʼ tou de megalou phoderon poioumenou to hōs hippon tina kai hēmionon nesthai, hōn keleuei kataschein en kēmǭ te kai chalinǭ tas siagonas. Dia touto paramytheitai tǭ ephexēs logǭ tēn toiautēn dianoian, legōn; hoti Ou toiautai Isou eisin hai siagones, kan hippos hēs, hōs kēmou chrę̄zein kai chalinou eis anchonēn; alla soi dia tēs chatōn trygonōn hē siagōn … Phēsi garʼ Ti hōraiōthēsan siagones sou hōs trygoges, martyreitai de para tōn ta toiauta paratetouto to orneon menein, ei . pēs syzygias, eis to ephexēs asyndyaston, hōs physi᾿ chōs en autǭ to katorthousthai tēn sōphrosynēn. Dia touto to ainigma tōn epainōn symparelēphthē hypo tou Logou touto to orneon, hōs anti chalinou ginesthai pę̄ siagoni tēs theias hippou tēn tēs trygonos homoiōsin, di’ hēs hē kathara zōē epiprepein tę̄ toiautę̄ ) hippǭ diasēmainetai. Dio thaumastikōs phēsi pros autēn ho Logos; Ti hōraiōthēsan siagones son hōs trygones. Epagei de toutǭ kai heteron di᾽ homoioseōs epainon, legōn Trachē.los sou hōs hormiskoi. Apax gar empesōn tę̄ tropichę̄ sēmasią, dia tōn {peri tōn hippōn theōroumenōn epinoei tę̄ nymphę̄ ton epainon. Epainei gar ton trachēlon ton en schēmati kyklou gyroumenon, ho dē peri tous gaurous tōn pōlōn horōmen ginomenon. Hē gar tōn hormischōn pnēmē ton kyklon endeiknytai, hou to schēma epi tou … hormiskos, dǭ auchenos deiknymenon euprepesteron heautou ton chōlon poiei! hormos de legetai kyriōs men epi tōn paraliōn topōn, en hois hē ochthē kata to entos mēupodechetai te tǭ kolpǭ tēn thalassan, kai anapauei di᾽ heautēs tous ek pelagous prospleontas. Ek metaphoras de dia tou schēmatos peritrachēlios kosmos hormos legetai, Hotan de hypoanti drmou legōmen, tēn en oligǭ tou schēmatos homoiotēta dia tēs toiautēs phōgēs endeichnymetha. Polla toinyn eis enkōmia syntelounta tēn nymphēn, hē pros tous hormischous homoiotēs (ō tou trachēlou endeiknytai; prōton men hoti eis kyklou schēma champtōn ho pōlos ton auchena, pros tas idias tōn podōn baseis drą di᾽ hōn aproschopon te kai asphalē poieitai ton dromon, mēte tǭ lithǭ prosptaiōn, mēte chenemdatōn tǭ bothrǭ. Touto de ou mikron estin eis euphēmian psychēs, to, pros heautēn blepein, kai di᾽ asphaleias pasēs pros ton theion dromon epeigesthai, panta ta ek peirasmōn tinōn enginomena pros ton dromon empodia, diallomenēn kai hyperthainousan. Epeita de kai auto to prōtotypon tōn hormōn onoma, hothen dia tēn tou schēmatos stai, megalōn tinōn enkōmiōn hypertholēn periechei, hotan hōmoiōthē tois hormois ho trachēlos. Tina de esti ta enkōmia ta dia toutōn hēmin hypo tou logou dē? dy ti kai sōtērion esti tois chatapleousin ho limēn, kai to meta tēn en thalassę̄ chachopatheian, hormon tina lēthēn poiēsamenoi tōn en thalassę̄ kakōn, holoi tēs anapauseōs ginontai, tous makrous ponous di᾽ hēsychian paramythoumenoi, ouk estin autois ouketi nanagiou phodos, oute ē tōn hyphalōn hyponoia, oute peiratōn kindynos, oute pneumatōn tarachē, oute hē ek bythōn anoidainousa dia tōn anemōn thalassa; alla pantōn tōn toioutōn kindynōn ektos ginontai hoi cheimazomenoi, tou pelagous en tǭ zontos. Ei toinyn houtō tis tēn heautou psychēn kataōs autēn te galēnēn echein en hēsychią, mēden parachinoumenēn ek tōn pneumatōn hēs ponērias, mēte di᾽ hyperēphanias oidainousan,᾿mē,pe tois tou thymou kymasin exaphrizousan, mēte kat᾽ allo ti pathos chlydōnixomenēn, kai peripheromenēn panti anemǭ, tǭ ta poikila kymata tōn pathēmatōn egeironti; ei toinyn autē te houtōs echoi, kai tous en tǭ pelagei tou biou cheimazomenous en tais pantodapōn tōn kakōn trikymiais en heautę̄ katastelloi, galēnēn lian autois kai achymanton tēn di’ aretēs zōēn hyphaplōsasa, hōste tous en autę̄ gegonotas hektos ginesthai tōn ek nauagiou kakōn, kalōs tois hypo tou;ʼ) Logou epainoumenois hormischois homoioutai, tēs plēthyntikēs sēmasias tēn en hekastǭ eidei tēs aretēs teleiotēta sēmainousēs. Ei gar ēn heni monǭ proseikastheisa atelēs an pantōs ho epainos ēn, hōs hou tēn autēn kai epi tōn loipōn aretōn martyrian echōn; nyn de pasan syllamdanei tǭ logǭ tōn aretōn tēn martyrian hē pros to plēthos tōn hormischōn homoiōsis. Kai touto symdoulē tis esti para tou Logou tǭ koinǭ tēs Ekklēsias prosagomenē, to mē dein hēmas pros hen ti tōn agathōn blepontas, amelōs peri tago loipa tōn katorthōmatōn echein. ᾿All᾽ ei soi gegonen im hormos hē sōphrosynē, kathaper tisi margaritais tǭ katharǭ biǭ ton trachēlon lamprynōn; hesto soi kai REG heteros hormos, ho tous timious lithous tōn entolōn en. heautǭ perieirgōn, kai di᾽ heautou tēs derrhēs pleonazōn to kallos - estō soi kai allos kosmos ton tēs psychēs auchena dialamthanousa. Houtos estin ho kloios ho chryseos ho ek tou akēratou tēs theognōsias chrysiou tǭ trachēlǭ perilampomenos; peri hou phēsin ēb paroimia - hoti Stephanon charitōn dexę̄ sę̄ koRhyphę̄, kai kloion chryseon peri tǭ trachēlǭ. Hē men oun dia tōn hormischōn symthdoulē toiautē. Kai- S ros an eiē kai ton ephexēs logon prostheinai tę̄ theōrią, hon hoi philoi tou nymphiou pros tēn parthenon pepoiēntai, Esti de hē lexis autē Homoiōmata chrysiou poiēsomen soi meta stigmatōn tou argyrou; heōs ho basianak,lisdi autou. Toutōn de, tǭ men pros ton heirmon bleponti tēs proapodotheisēs hēmin theōrias, dokei pōs hē dianoia synērtēsthai kai to akolouthon echein. Hē de lexis emdathynousa tais tropikais sēmasiais, dyschatanoēton poiei to dia tōn ainigmatōn dēloumenon. Epeidē gar to tēs psychēs kallos tę̄ hippǭ tę̄ kathairetichę̄ tōn Aigyptiōn harmatōn hōmoiōthē, toutesti tę̄ angelikę̄ stratią; tę̄ de hippǭ ekeinę̄ phēsin ho kalos epidatēs, chalinon men einai tēn ( katharotēta, hēn dia tou homoiōsai tas siagonas tais poichilrys hormous tous dia tōn aretōn peristildon. : tas; boulontai tina kai hoi philoi prosthēkēn tǭ kallei tēs hippou poiēsasthai, ex homoiōmatōn chrysiou, katakosmountes ta phalera, hois enstixzousi kai tou ᾿argyriou tēn katharotēta, hōs an mallon dialampoi to kallos tou prochosmēmatos, tēs augēs tou argybou pras tēn lampēdona tou chrysiou synkirnamenēs. ᾿Anankaion d᾽ an eiē tas tropikas emphaseis katalipontas, ōphelousēs hēmas dianoias mē apostēsai ton logon. Proseichasthē men ekeinę̄ tę̄ hippǭ hē dia tōn aretōn kekatharmenē Psychē. ᾿All᾽ houpō tou Logou gegonen hypocheirios, oude edastasen eph᾽ heautēs ton epi sōtērią tois toioutois epochoumenon hippois. Chrē gar prōton dia pantōn chkatachosmēthēnai ton hippon, Y eith᾽ houtōs ton basilea epochon dexasthai. Eite de anōthen heautǭ epharmozoi ton hippon, ho kata ton Prophētēn epidainōn eph᾽ hēmas tous hippous, kai epi sōtērią hēmōn hippazomenos; eite kai en hēmin genoito, enoikōn te kai emperipatōn, kai epi ta bathē tēs psychēs hēmōn Lidiadyomenos, ouden diapherei kata tēn ennoian. Hō gar an to hen ex amphoterōn genētai, synchatōrthōthē kai to leipomenon. Ho te gar eph᾽ heautou ton Theon echōn, kai en heautǭ pantōs echei. kai ho en heautǭ dexamenos hypedē, ton en autǭ gegonota. Oukoun mellei ho basileus tǭ hippǭ toutǭ epanapauesthai. Tauton de estin epi tēs theias dynameōs, kathōs eirētai, kathedra te kai anachlisis’ hopoteron gar an ex amphoterōn en hēmin genētai, to ison hē charis echei. Epeidē toinyn hoi etoimastai tou basileōs, eutheton pros hypodochēn autǭ Hē dia tōn prochotmēmatōn ton hippon poiousi - tauton de estin epi Theou, to hen tini kai to epi tinos genesthai katalipontes to kata tēn tropichēn sēmasian akolouthon, hoi paraschenastai kai therapontes, klinēn ton hippon epoiēsan. Chrē gar hēmas, phēsin, homoiōT᾿ mata chrysiou poiēsai meta stigmatōn tou argyreou,, ta tou hippou tēn morphēn hōraïzonta. Hina genētai ho basileus ouk en kathedrą, phēsin, all᾽ en anachlesese Hē men oun akolouthia tēs lexeōs, kathōs ho Logos hypedeixe, touton echei ton tropon; axion de touto mē paradramein atheōrēton, ti dē pote ouk auto to chrysion eis kosmon paralamdanetai, alla tou chrysiou ta homoiōmata; kai ouk autos ho argyros, alla ta ex hylēs tautēs tǭ homoiōmati tou chrysiou enkro-. toumena stigmata. Ho toinyn peri toutōn hypenou, samen, toiouton esti᾿ Pasa hē peri tēs arrhētou physeōs didaskalia, kan hoti malista dokei theoprepę̄ tina kai hypsēlēn emphainein dianoian, homoiōma chrysiou estin, ouk auto to chrysion. Ou gar esti parastēsai diʼ achrideias to hyper ennoian agathon - kan psiPaulos tis hē, ho en paradeisǭ myētheis ta aporrhēta, kan tōn alalētōn rhēmatōn sta menei peri Theou ta noēmata. Arrhēta gar phēsin einai tōn noēmatōn toutōn ta rhēmata. Hoi toenyn tous logismous tinas hēmin agathous entithentes peri n tēs tōn mnstēriōn ennoēseōs, auto men eipein hopōs echei physeōs adynatousi, legousi de apaugasma doxēs, kai charaktēra tēs hypostaseōs, morphēn Theou, Logon en archę̄, Logon Theon. HiDper panta hēmin man tois atheatois ekeinou tou thēsaurou, chrysion dochex; tirois de dynamenois anadlepein pros tēn alētheian, homoiōma esti chrysiou kai ou chrysion, hen tois la.ptois tou argyrou diaphainomenon stigmasin. ᾽Argyrion de hē rhēmatichē sēmasia esti, kathōs phēsin ē Graphē; Argyros pepyrōmenos glōssa dikaiou. ( To toinyn dia toutōn dēloumenon, toiouton estin. hote hē theia physis pasēs hypercheitai chatalēptichēs dianoias. To de peri autēs hēmin engignomenon noēma, homoiōma esti tou zētoumenou. Ou gar auto deiknysin omēpopi ekeino to eidos, ho oute tis eiden, oute idein dynatai, alla di᾽ esoptrou kai di᾽ ainigmatos emphasin tina schiographei tou zētoumenou, ek tinos eichasmou tais psychais enginomenēn. Pas de logos tōn toioutōn noēmatōn tēmantichos, stigmēs tinos amerous dynamin echei, mē dynamenos emphēnai hoper hē dianoia bouletai; hōs einai pasan men dianoian chatōteran tēs theias katanoēseōs ᾿ panta de logon hermēneutichon, stiYmēn bracheian dokein mē dynamenēn tǭ platei tēs in dianoias synepechteinesthai, Tēn oun dia tōn toioutōn noēmatōn cheiragōgoumenēn Psychēn pros tēn tōn alēptōn perinoian dia monēs pisteōs eisoichizein heautę̄ legei dein tēn panta noun hyperechousan physin. Kai touto esti to para tōn philiyn legomenon; hoti hi Soi poiēsōmen, ō psychē, tę̄ kalōs pros ton hippon apeichastheisę̄, indalmata tina tēs alētheias kai homoiōmata. Toiautē gar toutōn logōn argyrou ē dynamis, hōs enausmata tina spinthēroeidę̄ dokein einai ta rhēmata, mē dynamena di᾽ achritheias emphēnai toï; enkeimenon noēma. Sy de tauta dexamenē, hypozygion te kai oikētērion genēsę̄ dia pisteōs tou soi enanachlenesthai mellontos dia tēs en soi katoikēseōs; tou gar autou kai thronos ei kai oikos genēsę̄. Tacha d᾽ an tis eipoi tēn Paulou psychēn, kai ei tis allē gegone hy katʼ ekeinēn, tōn toioutōn axiousthai rhēmatōn. Ekeinos gar skeuos eklogēs hapax tǭ Despotę̄ genomenos, kai eph᾽ heautou kai en heautǭ eiche ton Kyrion; en men tǭ bastazein autou to onoma enantion ethnōn kai basileōn hippos genomenos; en de tǭ mēketi auton zēn, all᾽ en heautǭ deiknyein zōnta ekeinon, kai dokimēn didonai tou en autǭ lalountos Christou, hoiTauta tōn philōn tou nymphiou tę̄ katharą kai parthenǭ charisamenōn psychę̄ (eien d᾽ houtoi ta leitourgika pneumata ta eis diakonian apostellomena, dia tous mellontas klēronomein sōtērian), teleioteron pōs ginetai tę̄ prosthēkę̄ tōn charismatōn hē nymphē. Kai mallon prosengisasa tǭ pothoumenǭ, prin to kallos autou tois ophthalmoi? emphanēnai, dia tēs osphrantikēs aisthēseōs tou zētoumenou ephaptetai, hoion tinos chrōtos idiotēta osphrantichę̄ dynamei chatanoēsasa, kai phēsin epegnōkenai autou tēn osmēn tę̄ euōdią tou myrou, hou nardos esti to onoma, tautę̄ pros tous philous tę̄ phōnę̄ chrēsamenē, Nardos mou edōken osmēn hautou.;Hōsper hymeis, phēsin, ouk … auto to akēraton tēs theotētos chrysion, all᾽ homoiōmata dia tōn chōrētōn hēmin noēmatōn tou chrysiou charizesthe, ou tēlaugei tǭ logǭ ta kat᾽ auton echchalyptontes, alla dia tēs bradytētos tōn tou logikou argyrou stigmatōn, emphaseis tinas paraschomenoi tou zētoumenou; houtō kagō dia tēs eupnoias tou emou myrou, tēn hautēn ekeinou euōdian tę̄ aisthēsei paredexamēn. Toiouton de tina noun dokei moi to legomenon echein’ Epeidē pollōn kai diaphorōn arōōmatōn, all᾽ ou kat᾽ allēn idiotēta eupnoountōn, pechnichē tis kai emmetros mexis to toiouton apergazetai myron, mias tinos poas euōdous ek tōn synemdallomenōn, hē onoma nardos estin, holǭ tǭ scheuasmati parechomenēs to onoma to de ek pantōn tōn idiōmatōn eis mian eupnoian, hōs autēn tou nymphiou tēn euōdian hē kekatharmenē aisthēsis dechetai; tauta dia tōn eirēme-᾿ nōn paideuein hēmas ton Logon oiometha, hoti ekeina. men ho ti pote kat᾽ ousian esti, to pasēs hyperkeimenon tēs tōn ontōn systaseōs te kai dioikēseōs, aprositon te kai anaphes kai alēpton᾽ hē de en hēmin dia tēs tōn aretōn katharotētos myrepsoumenē dia, ant᾽ ekeinou hēmin ginetai, mimoumenē tǭ kath᾽ heautēn katharǭ to tę̄ physei akēraton, kai tǭ agathǭ to agathon, kai tǭ aphthartǭ to aphtharton, kai tǭ analloiōtǭ to analloiōton, kai pasi tois kat᾽ aretēn en hēmin katorthoumenois tēn alēthinēn aretēn, peri hēs phēsin ᾿Addachoum ho prophētēs, hōs tous ouranous pantas dialathdousēs. Oukoun tauta pros tous philous tou nymphiou diexiousa, hoti Tēn odmēn autou hē emē nardos emoi didōsi; tauta moi kai ta toiauta dokei philosophousa legein, hoti eis pan anthos euōdias hē arōma ek tōn poikilōn tēs aretēs leimōnōn anthologēsas, panta heautou ton bion emmyron dia tēs tōn kath᾽ ekaston epitēdeumatōn euodmias apergasamenos, dia pantōn genoito teleios, pros auton men ton Theon Logon, hōs pros hēliou kyklon atenōs enidein physin ouk echei; en heautǭ de kathaper en katoptrǭ blepei ton hēlion. Hai gar tēs alēthinēs ekeinēs kai theias aretēs aktines tǭ kekatharmenǭ biǭ dia tēs aporrheousēs hautōn apatheias echlampousai, horaton poiousin hēmin to aoraton, kai lēpton to apoositon, hēmeterǭ katoptrǭ enzōgraphousai ton hēlion. Tauton de estin hōs pros to enkeimenon noēma, ē aktinas eipein hēlion, ē tēs aretēs aporrhoias, hē tas arōmapikas euōdias. Ho tʼ gar an ek toutōn pros ton tou logou skopon hypothōmetha, hen ex hapantōn esti to enginomenon noēma, to dia tōn aretōn hēmin tou panta noun hyperechontos agathou tēn gnōsin enginesthai, hōsper esti dia tinos eikonos to archetypon kallos analogisasthai. Houtō kai Paulos, hē nymphē, Ho ho dia tōn aretōn ton nymphion mimoumenos, kai zōgraphōn heautǭ dia tou biou to aprositon kallos, ek te tōn karpōn tou pneumatos, agapēs te kai charas, kai eirēnēs. kai tōn toioutōn eidōn myrepsōn tautēn tēn nardon, Christou euōdian elegen heauton einai, tēn aprositon ekeinēn kai hyperechou- ᾿ san charin en heautǭ osphrainomenos, kai tois allois heauton parechōn hōsper thymiama ti kat᾽ exousian antilamthanesthai, hos kata tēn prosousan hekastǭ diathesin, ē zōopoios egineto, hē thanatēphoros heupnoia. Hōsper to auto myron ei kantharos kai peristera prostetheiē, ou tauton ep᾽ amphoterōn ergazetai; all᾽ hē men peristera rhōmalaiotera dia tēs eupnoias tou myrsy ginetai, ho de kantharos phtheiretai; houtō kai ho megas Paulos to theion ekeino thymiama, ei men tis hēn peristera, ē; Titon, ē Silonanon, hē Timotheon, symmeteichen autǭ tēs euōdias tou myrou, prokoptōn : an panti kalǭ tois kat᾽ auton hypodeigmasin. Ei de Dēmas tis ēn ē ᾿Alexandros, ē Hermogenēs, ou pherontes to tēs enkrateias thymiama, kantharōn dikēn hypo tēs euōdias ephygadeuonto. Hou charin elegen ho tois toioutois eupnoōn myrois, hoti Christou dyōdia esmen, en tois sōzomenois. kai en tois apoltymenois, hois men osmē thanatou eis thanaton; hois de osmē zōēs eis zōēn. Ei de ti syngenes kai ē euangelikē nardos echei pros to myron tēs nymphēs, exesti tǭ boulomenǭ dia tōn gegrammenōn analogisasthai, tis hēn ekeinē ē nardos hē hē polytimos, hē katachetheisa men tēs kephalēs tou Kyriou, panta de ton oikon tēs euyōdias plērōsasa. Tacha gar ouk apexenōtai tou myrou to myron, ho tę̄ nymphę̄ men tēn odmēn tou nymphiou didōsin; en de tǭ Euangeliǭ autou katachythen tou Kyriou, plēroi tēs euōdias ton oikon en hǭ to symposion ēn. Dokei gar moi kakei prophētikǭ tini pneumati promēnysai dia tou myrou hē Hyynē ho tou thanatou mystērion, kathōs martyrei hois par᾽ autēs gegenēmenois ho Kyrios legōn hoti Proeladen eis to entaphiasai me. Kai ton oikon plērōthenta tēs euōdias anti pantos tou kosmou, kai holēs tēs oikoumenēs noein hypotithetai, eipōn; hoti Hopou ean kērychthę̄ to Euangelion touto en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ, hē osmē tou ergou syndiadothēsetai tǭ tou Euangeliou kērygmati, kai mnēmosynon estai, phēsi, tautēs to Euangelion. Oukoun en men;lsmati tōn asmatōn, hē nardos tēn osmēn tou nymphiou tę̄ nymphę̄ didōsi; en de tǭ Euangeliǭ holou tou sōmatos tēs Echkchlēsias en pasę̄ tę̄ oikoumenę̄ kai en panti tǭ kosmǭ Christou euōdia ginetai, hē tote ton oikon plērōsasa, tacha tis heurisketai dia toutōn koinōnia en amphoterois, hōs hen … Kai tauta men eis tosouton; hē de ephexēs rhēsis katallēlōs men tę̄ tou epithalamiou dramatos hypothesei, hōs para tēs en pastadi pareskeuasmenēs, Ō echein dokei - meizona de kai teleioteran emphainei philosophian, hēn katorthōsai monon tōn ēdē teteleiōmenōn esti. Ti oun esti to eirēmenon ? Hapodesmos tēs staktēs adelphidos mou emoi, ana meson tōn masthōn mou aulisthēsetai. Phasin epimeleian einai tais philochosmois tōn gynaikōn, mē tois exōthen prochosmēmasi monon epinoein heautais to epi tōn; allʼ epitēdeuein dia tinos eupnoias hēdiō ta sōmata tois heautōn andrasi phainesthai, to kat᾽ allēlōs energoun pros tēn toiautēn chreian arōma, entos tēs kata tēn esthēta peridolēs apochryptousais, hou ton oikeion atmon echdidontos., kai to sōma … tēs de ousēs en autais tēs synētheias, hoion tolmą hautē hē megalophrōn parϑenos ? Emoi, phēsin, apodesmos, hon exartō tou auchenos epi to stēthos, di᾽ hou tēn euosmian parechō tǭ sōmati, ouk allo ti nōn eupnoountōn arōmatōn estin: all᾽ autos ho Kyrios Hy staktē genomenos enkeitai en tǭ apodesmǭ tēs syneidēseōs, autę̄ mou tę̄ kardią henaulizomenos. gar topikē tēs kardias thesis en tǭ mesǭ tōn mazōn para tōn ta toiauta epeschemmenōn einai legetai. Echeiz de phēsin hē nymphē echein ton apodesmon, topǭ to agathon thēsaurizetai. ᾿Alla kai pēgēn tina tou en hēmin thermou, tēn kardian phasin; aph᾽ hēs dia tōn artēriōn aph᾽ hapan hē thermotēs to sōma di᾽ hēs entherma te kai zōtika ta melē tou sōmatos ginetai, tǭ pyri tēs kardias t΄ Hē toinyn en tǭ hēgemonikǭ paradexamenē tēn Christou euōdian, kai tēn kardian autēs endesmon tou toioutou poiēsass thymiamatos. panta ta kath᾽ hekaston tou biou epitēdeumata, hoion tinos sōmatos melē zeein paraskeuazei tǭ ek tēs kardias diēchonte pneumati, mēdemias anomias tēn pros ton Theon agapēn en mēdeni melei tou sōmatos ᾿All᾽ epi ton hexēs logon metelthōmen. ᾿Akousōmen te hē ampelos hē euthēnousa peri tōn karpōn autēs dialegetai, hē en pasi tois chletesi tēs tou Theou oikias, kathōs phēsin ho Prophētēs, diēplōmenē, kai dia tōn tēs agapēs helichōn perielissomenē tę̄ theią te kai akēratǭ zōę̄. Botrys, phēsi, tēs Kyprou ( adelphidos mou emoi en ampelōsin ᾿Engaddei. Tis houtō makarios, mallon de tis houtō kreittōn pasēs makariotētos, hōste ton idion karpon blepōn en autǭ tǭ botryï tēs heautou psychēs horąn ton tou ampelōnos despotēn ? Idou gar hoson ēuxēthē an tę̄ idią nardǭ tou nymphiou epignousa tēn eupnoian, hē staktē autǭ euōdēs poiēsamenē, kai dialadousa heǭ tēs kardias endesmǭ to arōma, hōs an paramenoi autę̄ to agathon diapantos adiapneuston, mētēr tou theiou botrnos ginetai, tou pro men tou pathous chyprizontos, hoper estin anthountos, en de tǭ pathei ton oinon hē procheontos. Ho gar tēn kardian euphrainōn oinos, haima staphylēs meta tēn tou pathous oikonomian ginetai te kai onomazetai. Diplēs oun ousēs en tǭ botryï tēs apolauseōs; tēs men ek tou anthous, hotan euyphrainę̄ tę̄ euodmią ta aisthētēria; tēs de dia tou te- ᾿ leiōthentos ēdē karpou, hotan hyparchę̄ kat᾽ exousian hē tēs brōseōs chatatryphąn, hē en symposiois tǭ oinǭ phaidrynesthai; entautha aitei hē nymphē ton anthounta botryn karpophorein, kypron tēn oinanthēn chatonomazousa. To gar gennēthen hēmin paidion Iēsous, ho en tois dexamenois auton diaphorōs prokoptōn, sophią te kai hēlikią kai chariti, ouk en pasin ho autos estin, alla pros to metron tou en hǭ ginetai, kathōs an ho chōrōn auton hikanōs echę̄, toioutos phainetai, hē prokoptōn, hē teleioumenos, kata tēn tou botryos physin; hos hou pantote meta tou autou eidous epi tēs ampelou horatai, alla synexallassei tǭ chronǭ to eidos, anthōn, chyprizōn, teleioumenos … tǭ idiǭ karpǭ, hos houpō men esti pros oinon hōrimos, alla menei to plērōma tōn chairōn; Ē mēn hōs eis tryphēn anapolaustos. Tēn osphrēsin gar euphrainei anti tēs geuseōs tę̄ prosdokią tōn agathōn, tois atmois tēs elpidos hēdynōn ta tēs psychēs aisthētēria. To gar piston te kai anamphitholon tēs --elpizomenēs charitos, hē apolausis tois di᾽ hypomonēs to prosdokōmenon ginetai. Houtōs oun ho tēs Kyprou botrys esti, botrys oinon epangellomenos, houpō de oinos ginomenos, alla dia tou anthous (hē de elpis to anthos esti) tēn esomenēn charin pistoumenos. Hē de tou Kaddei prosthēkē sēmainei . ton piona chōron, hǭ enrizōtheisa hē ampelos eutrophon kai hēdyn ton karpon apergazetai. Hoi topikōs storēsantes legousi ton klēron tou Kaddei epitēdeiōs echein pros eutrophian botryōn. Epeidē toinyn ho tǭ nomǭ tou Kyriou symphōnon echōn to thelēma, kai dia pasēs nyktos te kai hēmeras tautēn tēn meletēn poioumenos, aeithales genetai dendron, tais tōn hydatōn epirrhoais piainomenon, en tǭ kathēkonti kairǭ ton karpon parechomenos, toutou charin kai hē tou nymampelos en tǭ Kaddei tǭ pioni topǭ ho menē, toutestin en batheią tę̄ dianoią, tę̄ dia tōn theiōn didagmatōn chatardomenē kai auxousa, ton touton kai chyprizonta botryn sen, hǭ ton geōrgon kai phytēchomon heautēs enorą. Hōs makarion to toiouton geōrgion, hou ho karpos pros optēn tou nymphiou homoioutai morphēn! Epeidē gar phōs alēthinon estin ekeinos, kai alēthinē zōē, kai dikaiosynē alēthēs, kathōs hē Sophia phēsi, kai panta ta toiauta, hotan tis dia tōn ergōn tauta genētai, ha ekeinos estin, houtō ton tēs idias syneidēseōs botryn blepōn, auton ton nymphion en toutǭ blepei, tę̄ phōteinę̄ te kai akēratǭ zōę̄ to phōs tēs alētheias enoptrizomenos. Dia touto phēsin hē ampelos hē euthēnousa, hoti Hemos botrys ho di᾿ anthos chyprixzōn: autos ekeinos estin ho alēthinos botrys, ho epi tōn xylinōn anaphoreōn heauton deixas, hou to haima tois sōzomenois te kai euphrainomenois, potimon te kai sōtērion ginetai, en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

"[To my mare] among the chariots of Pharaoh [I have likened you], my close one. How beautiful your cheeks have become, like turtledoves, your neck like necklaces. We will make you likenesses of gold with studs of [silver, until the king is in his reclining]; my nard gave its fragrance. A pouch of myrrh is my beloved to me; between my breasts he shall lodge. A cluster of henna-blossom is my beloved to me, in the vineyards of Engaddi."

All that we have contemplated before the present reading, in the opening parts of the Song of Songs, is like the light that comes about at dawn after the night. That is not yet pure light but the prelude of light; and what has been said is such as to announce to us the rising of the true light, without yet holding in itself the very disc of the sun appearing far and wide. In those passages the bride speaks, and the friends, and the maidens; but now the voice of the bridegroom himself rises like the sun's disc, hiding by the rays of its beams all the brilliance of the stars that had appeared and of the dawn that had begun to glimmer. All those passages had the force of certain purifications and preparations, by which the soul is prepared to receive divine things; but the present word is participation in the Godhead itself, as God the Word by his own voice gives the hearer communion with the undefiled power. And just as at Sinai Israel, prepared beforehand by purifications for two days, on the third day at dawn was counted worthy of the appearance of God, no longer busy with washing garments but receiving God himself visibly, for whose sake he had washed away the stain of the soul by the preceding purifications: so now the contemplation of the opening parts of the Song in the earlier discourses, over the two preceding days, profited us so far as to wash out and rinse away from the stain of the flesh the mind [that attends] to what is said. And today, which is the third day, after the first and second purification, God the Word himself will appear, not making his presence fearful and manifest by darkness and storm and the sound of the trumpet and fire smouldering fearfully over the whole mountain from base to summit, but sweet and approachable, having changed from that fearful form to bridal gladness.

For when the bride asked to learn the places of rest in which the good shepherd spends his time, so as not to suffer anything unwelcome through ignorance, and then the friends set forth the safe criterion of truth, that the soul should look to itself and know itself (for they declared that ignorance of oneself is the beginning and consequence of not knowing anything else that one should; for how could one learn anything else if one does not know oneself?), upon this, the ruling part of the soul having now been sufficiently purified, the Word rises on the one who longs for him, urging her to perfection by his approval of what she has. For praise for good deeds makes those who have done them more vehemently eager for the better. What, then, is the word spoken by the true Word to the virgin? "To my mare among the chariots of Pharaoh," he says, "I have likened you, my close one." But since the sense of what is said cannot be seen at first sight, we must examine what is set before us with care, as far as possible.

We have learned from the history of no other force drawn up against Pharaoh's cavalry than a cloud, and a rod, and a violent wind, and the sea divided in two, and the deep turned to dust, and walls made of waves, and the abyss become dry land in the midst of springs of water; through all of these salvation came to the Israelites, when Pharaoh with his whole army, horses and chariots, was covered by the waves. Since, then, no force of cavalry was brought up against the Egyptian army, it would be hard to learn to what mare, appearing against the Egyptian chariots, the bride is now likened by the Word. For he says, "To my mare that won the victory among the chariots of Pharaoh I have likened you, my close one." Clearly, just as no one can be defeated in a sea battle unless a naval force destroys the enemies' strength on their ships, so no one could be defeated in a cavalry battle unless some [cavalry] force was drawn up against him from the other side. Since, then, the cavalry was the strongest part of the Egyptian army, the word named "mare" the invisible power brought against it, through which the victory over the Egyptians came about. For they too perceived the one fighting them, and shouted to one another, "The Lord fights against the Egyptians; let us flee from the face of the Lord." It is clear that the true commander-in-chief armed his own force to match the preparation of the enemy. There was, then, an invisible power, working the destruction of the Egyptians through the wonders at the sea, which the word named a mare. We take this to be an angelic army, of which the prophet says, "You will mount upon your horses, and your riding is salvation." David also mentioned the chariot of God, saying, "The chariot of God is ten thousandfold; thousands of those who flourish are yoked to it." And the power that took up the prophet Elijah high from earth to the region of the ether is called by Scripture by the name of horses; and the history calls the prophet himself "the chariot of Israel and its horseman." And the prophet Zechariah named horses those who go about the whole world, through whom it is inhabited and is at rest, conversing with the rider who stands between the two mountains. There is, then, cavalry belonging to the one who possesses all: one bearing up the prophet, one settling the world, one yoked to the chariot, another receiving God as rider for the salvation of men, another destroying the Egyptian power. Since, then, there is much difference in the divine Scriptures, shown by their activities, the one who has drawn near to God through the course of virtue is likened to the mare that destroys the Egyptian power. For so the Word says to her: "To my mare among the chariots of Pharaoh I have likened you, my close one."

The word holds within itself many great praises; the likening to this mare is a sort of catalogue of good deeds. For all that is recorded of Israel during its sojourn in Egypt, the slavery, the straw, the clay, the brick-making, all the labour on the land, the harsh overseers of such works who demanded their tribute of clay each day, on whose account the water becomes blood, and the light is darkened, and frogs creep into the houses, and the dust of the furnace makes boils break out on the bodies, and every single thing, the locust, the gnats, the [flies], the hail, the sufferings of the firstborn, all these and whatever the history relates of the better, through which salvation comes to the Israelites, are the subject of praise for the soul joined to God. For she would not have been likened to that power which destroys the Egyptian evils, by which Israel is freed from the wicked tyranny, unless all these things had been achieved by her too: both what destroys Egypt and what prepares the journey to God of those who move from the Egyptian mire to the land of promise. Since, then, as the divine apostle says, all that the God-inspired Scripture contains has been written for our admonition, through what is said to the bride the Word counsels us nothing else than this: that we too must receive the Word as rider upon us, and, having overcome the Egyptian cavalry with its chariots and riders and drowned all their wicked power in the water, so become like that power, having let the opposing army go down into the water like a [cavalry]. To learn more clearly what is said, it is this: one cannot be likened to the mare through which the chariots of the Egyptians were sunk in the deep, unless, freed through the mystical water from slavery to the adversary, one leaves every Egyptian thought and all foreign wickedness and sin in the water and comes up pure, bringing nothing of an Egyptian conscience into his life afterwards. For the one who has kept exactly clean of all the Egyptian plagues, the blood, the frogs, the boils, the darkness, the locust and the gnats, the hail and the downpour of fire, and the rest that the history records, is worthy to be likened to that power on which the Word rides.

We are surely not ignorant of what is signified by the plagues: how blood becomes a plague for the Egyptians, and the stench of the frogs, and the change of light into darkness, and every single thing. For who does not know through what kind of life one becomes blood, changed from something once drinkable into corruption? And by doing what one breeds in his own house the stench of frogs? And how one changes the luminous life into dark works that love the night, through which the furnace of Gehenna makes the wicked boils of condemnation break out? So too it is easy to turn each of the evils in Egypt to the instruction and correction of the hearer; but it would be superfluous to lengthen the discourse with what is agreed. Having become superior to these and the like, then, and having drawn near to God, we too shall surely hear: "To my mare among the chariots of Pharaoh I have likened you, my close one."

But perhaps the likening to a horse grieves those who are self-controlled and have practised a pure life, because many of the prophets forbid us to be like horses: Jeremiah signified adulterous madness by the name of horses, where he says, "They became horses mad for females; each neighed after his neighbour's wife"; and the great [David] makes it a thing to fear to become like a horse and a mule, whose jaws he bids be held in with muzzle and bridle. This is why he eases such a thought in what follows, saying: "Your cheeks are not such, even if you are a mare, as to need muzzle and bridle for choking; your cheek is adorned by the [likeness] of turtledoves." For he says, "How beautiful your cheeks have become, like turtledoves." It is attested by those who observe such things that this bird, [when it has lost] its mate, remains unmated thereafter, so that self-control is achieved in it by nature. This is why this bird was taken up by the Word into the riddle of his praises, so that the likeness of the turtledove takes the place of a bridle on the cheek of the divine mare, signifying that the pure life befits such a mare. That is why the Word says to her in wonder, "How beautiful your cheeks have become, like turtledoves."

To this he adds another praise by likeness, saying, "Your neck like necklaces." For having once entered on the figurative meaning, he devises the praise for the bride from what is seen in horses. He praises the neck that is curved into the shape of a circle, which we see in spirited colts. For the mention of necklaces indicates the circle, whose shape, the necklace shown on the neck, makes the limb more comely than itself. Hormos (necklace) is said properly of coastal places where the shore curves inward and receives the sea in its bay, giving rest by itself to those sailing in from the open sea; by metaphor, because of the shape, an ornament round the neck is called hormos; and when we say hormiskos instead of hormos, by this word we indicate a small likeness of the shape. The likeness of the neck to the necklaces, then, shows many things that contribute to the praise of the bride. First, that the colt, bending its neck into the shape of a circle, looks to the steps of its own feet, by which it makes its course without stumbling and safe, neither striking against a stone nor stepping into empty space in a pit. And it is no small thing for the good repute of a soul, to look to itself and with all safety press on to the divine course, leaping over and passing beyond all the hindrances to the course that arise from temptations. Then the original sense of the word hormos itself, from which [the ornament is named] because of the shape, contains an excess of great praises when the neck is likened to harbours. What are the praises that the word shows us through these? That the harbour is a place of salvation for those who put in, and those who, after hardship at sea, [reach] a harbour forget the evils of the sea and give themselves wholly to rest, consoling their long labours with quiet; there is no longer for them any fear of shipwreck, or suspicion of reefs, or danger of pirates, or disturbance of winds, or a sea swelling up from the depths through the winds, but those who were storm-tossed are outside all such dangers, [though] the open sea [is still raging]. If, then, one so [settles] one's own soul as to have calm in quiet, not stirred at all by the winds of wickedness, neither swelling through arrogance nor foaming with the waves of anger, nor tossed about by any other passion and carried about by every wind that raises the varied waves of the passions; if, then, the soul itself is so, and also calms within itself those who are storm-tossed on the sea of life in the many-crested waves of every kind of evil, spreading under them the life of virtue very calm and without waves, so that those who have come into her are outside the evils of shipwreck, she is rightly likened to the necklaces praised by the Word, the plural meaning signifying perfection in each form of virtue. For if she were likened to one only, the praise would be imperfect, as not having the same testimony for the rest of the virtues; but as it is, the likening to the multitude of necklaces includes in the word the testimony to all the virtues. And this is a counsel offered by the Word to the whole church: that we must not look to one of the good things and be negligent about the other good deeds. If self-control has become a necklace for you, making your neck shine with the pure life as with pearls, let there be for you another necklace too, enclosing in itself the precious stones of the commandments and increasing by itself the beauty of the neck; let there be for you also another ornament enfolding the neck of the soul. This is the golden chain that shines round the neck, made from the undefiled gold of the knowledge of God, of which the proverb says, "You will receive a crown of graces on your head, and a golden chain about your neck." Such, then, is the counsel through the necklaces.

It would be time to add to the contemplation the next word, which the friends of the bridegroom address to the virgin. The wording is this: "We will make you likenesses of gold with studs of silver, until the king is in his reclining." To one who looks at the train of the contemplation given us before, the sense of these words seems to be connected and to have its sequence; but the wording, going deep into figurative meanings, makes what is shown through the riddles hard to understand. For since the soul's beauty was likened to the mare that destroys the Egyptian chariots, that is, to the angelic army, and the noble rider says that this mare has for a bridle purity, which [he showed] by likening her cheeks to turtledoves, [and he adorned her neck] with the necklaces of the virtues, the friends too wish to make some addition to the mare's beauty, adorning her trappings with likenesses of gold, in which they set the purity of silver as well, so that the beauty of the ornament may shine the more, the gleam of the silver being blended with the brilliance of the gold. But we must leave the figurative expressions and not let the discourse depart from the sense that profits us. The soul purified through the virtues was likened to that mare; but she has not yet come under the Word's hand, nor has she carried on herself the one who rides on such horses for salvation. For the horse must first be adorned in every way, and so receive the king as rider. Whether the one who, according to the prophet, mounts his horses upon us and rides for our salvation fits the horse to himself from above, or whether he comes to be within us, dwelling and walking about and slipping into the depths of our soul, makes no difference to the meaning. For whichever of the two comes about, the other is achieved along with it. For the one who has God upon him surely has him within too, and the one who has received him within has gone under the one who has come to be in him. So the king is about to rest upon this horse. As has been said, sitting and reclining are the same in the case of the divine power; for whichever of the two comes about in us, the grace is equal. Since, then, the king's preparers make the horse fit to receive him through its ornaments, and for God being in someone and being upon someone are the same, leaving the sequence of the figurative meaning, the preparers and attendants made the horse a couch. "For we must," they say, "make likenesses of gold with studs of silver, adorning the horse's form, so that the king may be not in a seat but in a reclining." Such is the sequence of the wording, as the Word has shown.

But it is worth not passing over without contemplation why it is not gold itself that is taken for ornament but likenesses of gold, and not silver itself but studs of this material hammered into the likeness of gold. What we have supposed about this is as follows. All teaching about the inexpressible nature, however much it seems to show a lofty thought befitting God, is a likeness of gold, not gold itself. For the good that is beyond thought cannot be presented with precision; even if one is a Paul, initiated in paradise into the secret things, and a hearer of words that cannot be spoken, the thoughts about God remain [inexpressible]. For he says that the words of these thoughts are not to be spoken. Those, then, who put good thoughts in us about the understanding of the mysteries cannot say how it is by nature, but they say "radiance of glory", "stamp of the substance", "form of God", "Word in the beginning", "Word God". All these seem gold to us who have not seen that treasure; but to those able to look up to the truth they are a likeness of gold and not gold, shining through the thin studs of silver. And silver is the meaning of words, as Scripture says, "The tongue of the righteous is silver tried by fire." What is shown through these, then, is this: that the divine nature lies beyond every comprehending thought, and the thought about it that arises in us is a likeness of what is sought. For it does not show that form itself, which no one has seen or can see, but through a mirror and in a riddle it sketches some reflection of what is sought, arising in souls from some conjecture. And every word that signifies such thoughts has the force of a point without parts, unable to show what the mind intends; so that every thought is lower than the divine understanding, and every interpreting word seems a small point unable to stretch out together with the breadth of thought. So the soul led by the hand through such thoughts toward the understanding of what cannot be grasped must, it says, make the nature that surpasses all mind dwell in itself through faith alone. And this is what the friends say: "We will make you, O soul, beautifully likened to the mare, certain images and likenesses of the truth. For such is the power of these words of silver that the expressions seem like sparks, unable to show with precision the thought within them. But you, receiving them, will become through faith the mount and dwelling place of the one who is about to recline in you by dwelling in you; for you will become both his throne and his house."

Perhaps one might say that the soul of Paul, and any other that has been like his, was counted worthy of such words. For he, having once become a chosen vessel for the Master, had the Lord both upon himself and in himself: upon himself in carrying his name before the nations and kings, having become a horse; in himself in no longer living himself but showing in himself that one living, and giving proof of Christ speaking in him …

When the friends of the bridegroom had bestowed these gifts on the pure and virgin soul (and these would be the ministering spirits sent out for service for the sake of those who are to inherit salvation), the bride becomes somehow more perfect through the addition of the gifts. And having drawn nearer to the one she longs for, before his beauty appears to her eyes, she touches the one she seeks by the sense of smell, perceiving as it were the particular quality of his skin by the power of smell; and she says that she has recognized his scent by the fragrance of the ointment whose name is nard, using these words to the friends: "My nard gave its fragrance." "Just as you," she says, "do not [give me] the undefiled gold of the Godhead itself, but give likenesses of the gold through thoughts that we can contain, not revealing what concerns him in a word that shines far, but offering some reflections of what is sought through the slowness of the studs of rational silver, so I too, through the fragrance of my own ointment, have received by my sense his own scent." What is said seems to me to have some such meaning as this. Since a skilled and measured mixture of many different spices, each fragrant with its own particular quality, produces such an ointment, one fragrant herb among those put in, whose name is nard, giving its name to the whole preparation, and the purified sense receives the fragrance from all the qualities blended into one, as the very scent of the bridegroom: we think that by what is said the Word teaches us that whatever that is in its being which lies above the whole constitution and governance of beings is inaccessible, intangible, and incomprehensible; but the [fragrance] compounded in us through the purity of the virtues takes its place for us, imitating by its own purity the nature that is undefiled, by its goodness the good, by its incorruption the incorruptible, by its unchangeableness the unchangeable, and by all the good deeds of virtue achieved in us the true virtue, of which the prophet Habakkuk says that it has spread through all the heavens.

So when she says to the friends of the bridegroom, "My nard gives me his fragrance," she seems to me to be saying, philosophically, things like this: that the one who has gathered every fragrant flower or spice from the varied meadows of virtue, and has made his whole life fragrant through the sweet scent of each of his pursuits, and has become perfect in all, cannot by nature look steadily at God the Word himself, as at the disc of the sun; but he sees the sun in himself as in a mirror. For the rays of that true and divine virtue, shining out in the purified life through the passionlessness that flows from them, make the invisible visible to us and the inaccessible graspable, painting the sun in our mirror. With respect to the thought in question it is the same to speak of rays of the sun, or emanations of virtue, or the fragrances of spices. For whichever of these we take for the aim of the discourse, one thought arises from them all: that the knowledge of the good that surpasses all mind arises in us through the virtues, just as the archetypal beauty can be inferred through an image. So Paul too, the bride, imitating the bridegroom through the virtues and painting the inaccessible beauty in himself through his life, compounding this nard from the fruits of the Spirit, love and joy and peace and such kinds, said that he was the fragrance of Christ, smelling in himself that inaccessible and surpassing grace, and offering himself to others like incense for each to take as he could; and according to each one's disposition he became a life-giving or a death-dealing fragrance. Just as the same ointment, if set before a dung-beetle and a dove, does not work the same on both, but the dove becomes stronger through the fragrance of the ointment while the beetle perishes, so too the great Paul: if one was a dove, a Titus or a Silvanus or a Timothy, he shared with him the fragrance of the ointment, advancing in every good thing by the examples he gave; but if one was a Demas or an Alexander or a Hermogenes, not bearing the incense of self-control, they were driven off by the fragrance like beetles. For this reason the one fragrant with such ointments said, "We are the fragrance of Christ among those who are being saved and among those who are perishing, to the one a scent from death to death, to the other a scent from life to life."

Whether the nard of the Gospel too has some kinship with the bride's ointment, whoever wishes may infer from what is written: what that very precious nard was, which was poured on the Lord's head and filled the whole house with its fragrance. For perhaps the ointment is not foreign to the ointment, the one that gives the bride the bridegroom's scent, and the one in the Gospel which, poured on the Lord, fills with fragrance the house in which the banquet was. For it seems to me that there too the woman, by some prophetic spirit, foretold through the ointment the mystery of death, as the Lord testifies to what she had done, saying, "She has anticipated anointing me for burial." And he suggests that the house filled with fragrance be understood as the whole world and all the inhabited earth, saying that wherever this Gospel is preached in the whole world, the fragrance of the deed will be spread with the preaching of the Gospel, and the Gospel, he says, will be her memorial. In the Song of Songs, then, the nard gives the bride the scent of the bridegroom; in the Gospel the fragrance that then filled the house becomes the fragrance of Christ for the whole body of the church in all the inhabited earth and in the whole world; perhaps some fellowship is found through these in both, as one …

So much for these things. The next saying seems to fit the subject of the wedding drama, as from one prepared in the bridal chamber; but it shows a greater and more perfect philosophy, which only those already made perfect can achieve. What, then, is said? "A pouch of myrrh is my beloved to me; between my breasts he shall lodge." They say that women who love adornment take care not only to devise for themselves outward ornaments, but also to make their bodies seem more pleasant to their husbands by some fragrance, hiding the spice suited to such use inside the folds of their clothing, which gives off its own vapour, and the body [takes on its scent] … Such being their custom, what does this high-minded virgin dare? "For me," she says, "the pouch that I hang from my neck onto my breast, by which I give fragrance to my body, is none of the fragrant spices; the Lord himself, become myrrh, lies in the pouch of my conscience, lodging in my very heart." For those who have studied such things say that the heart is placed in the middle between the breasts. And the bride says she has the pouch there, [in which] place the good is treasured. They also say that the heart is a kind of spring of our warmth, from which the warmth spreads through the arteries to the whole body, by which the members of the body become warm and full of life, [warmed] by the fire of the heart. The soul, then, that has received the fragrance of Christ in its ruling part, and has made its heart the pouch of such incense, prepares all the pursuits of life, like the members of a body, to boil with the spirit that passes through from the heart, no lawlessness [cooling] its love for God in any member of the body.

But let us pass to the next word. Let us hear what the flourishing vine says about its fruits, the vine spread out, as the prophet says, on all the sides of God's house, and twining by the tendrils of love around the divine and undefiled life. "A cluster of henna-blossom," she says, "is my beloved to me, in the vineyards of Engaddi." Who is so blessed, or rather who is so far beyond all blessedness, that, looking at his own fruit, he sees the master of the vineyard in the very cluster of his soul? See how far she has grown, she who recognized the bridegroom's fragrance by her own nard, made myrrh fragrant for him, and held the spice in the pouch of her heart, so that the good might remain with her always without evaporating: she becomes mother of the divine cluster, which before the passion is in blossom, that is, flowering, and in the passion pours out the wine. For the wine that gladdens the heart becomes and is called the blood of the grape after the economy of the passion. Since, then, the enjoyment in the cluster is double, one from the flower, when it gladdens the senses with its fragrance, the other from the fruit already ripened, when one is free either to delight in eating it or to be cheered by its wine at banquets, here the bride asks the flowering cluster to bear fruit, calling the vine-blossom kypros. For the child Jesus born to us, who advances differently in those who receive him, in wisdom and stature and grace, is not the same in all, but according to the measure of the one in whom he comes to be, as far as the one who contains him is capable, so he appears, either advancing or being perfected, after the nature of the cluster, which is not always seen on the vine with the same form, but changes its form with time, flowering, blossoming, being perfected … with its own fruit, which is not yet ripe for wine but awaits the fullness of the seasons, yet not unenjoyable for delight. For instead of taste it gladdens the smell with the expectation of good things, sweetening the senses of the soul with the vapours of hope. For the sure and undoubted character of the grace hoped for becomes enjoyment for those who wait for what is expected with patience. Such, then, is the cluster of henna-blossom: a cluster promising wine but not yet become wine, assuring the grace to come through its flower (and hope is the flower). The addition of "Engaddi" signifies the rich ground in which the vine, once rooted, produces a well-nourished and sweet fruit. Those who have studied places say that the region of Engaddi is well suited for the nourishment of clusters. Since, then, the one who has his will in harmony with the law of the Lord, and meditates on it all night and day, becomes an evergreen tree, fattened by streams of water, giving its fruit in due season, for this reason the bridegroom's vine too, [planted] in Engaddi, the rich place, that is, in deep understanding, watered by the divine teachings and growing, [has produced] this blossoming cluster, in which she sees her own farmer and gardener. How blessed such a field, whose fruit is likened to the very form of the bridegroom! For since he is true light and true life and true righteousness, as Wisdom says, and all such things, when one becomes through his works what he is, then, looking at the cluster of his own conscience, he sees the bridegroom himself in it, reflecting the light of truth in his luminous and undefiled life. That is why the flourishing vine says, "My cluster blossoming in flower is himself, the true cluster, who showed himself on the wooden carrying-pole, whose blood becomes drinkable and saving for those who are saved and made glad," in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be the glory and the power to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 4

4PG 44

Ἰδοὺ εἶ καλὴ, ἡ πιἪλησίον μου· ἰδοὺ εἶ καλὴ, οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου περιστερᾶς. ᾿Ιδοὺ εἶ καλὸς ἀδεῖφιδός μου, καί γε ὡραῖος. Προσκλίνη ἡμῶν σύσκιος, δοκοὶ ἡμῶν κέδροι, φατνώματα ἡμων κυπάρισσοι. κρίνον ἐν μέσῳ ἀκανθῶν, οὕτως ἡ πλησίον μου ἁνὰ μέσον τῶν θυγατέρων. Ὡς μῆ,1ον ἐν τοῖς ξύἍοις τοῦ δρυμοῦ, οὕτως ἀδελφιδός μου ἀγὰ μέσον τῶν υἱῶν. Ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ αὑτοῦ ἐπεθύμησα καὶ ἐκάθισα, καὶ καρπὸς αὑτοῦ γλυκὺς ἐν μου. Εἰσαγάγετέ μὲ εἰς οἶκον τοῦ οἴγου, τάξατε ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ ἀγάπην. Στηρίξατέ με μύροις, στοιδάσατέ μδ ἐν μήλοις, ὅτι τετρωμένη ἀγάπης ἐγώ, Εὐώνυτο μος αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τὴν κεραλήν μου, καὶ ἡ δεξιὰ αὖτοῦ περιλήψεταέ με. Ὥρχισα ὑμᾶς, θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ἐν δυνάμεσι καὶ ἐν ἰσχύσεσι τοῦ ἀγροῦ· ἐὰν ἐγείρητε καὶ ἐξεγείρητε τὴν ἀγάπην, Ἐγὼ ἄγθος τοῦ πεδίου, κρίνον τῶν κοιλάδων. Φασὶ τοὺς τὸ χρυσίον ἐχχαθαίροντας, εἰ διά τινος … ρωθείη τῆς λαμπηδόνος τὸ κάλλος, τῇ διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς χωνείᾳ θεραπεύειν τὴν δυσχροίαν, καὶ πολλάκις τοῦτο ποιεῖν, καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην χωνείαν ἐπισκοπεῖν, ὅσον ἢ παρὰ τὴν προτέραν ἐν τοῖς ἐφεξῆς γέγονεν ὁ χρυσὸς εὐχροώτερος, καὶ μὴ πρότερον παύεσθαι τῷ πυρὶ τὴν ὕλην ἀποχαθαίροντας, ἕως αὐτὸ χρυσίου τὸ εἶδος ἑαυτῷ μαρτυρήσῃ τὸ καθαρόν τε καὶ ἀχιόδήλευτον. Τίνος δὲ χάριν τῆς παρούσης τῶν ἀνεγνωσμένων θεωρέας ἀπτόμενοι, τούτων τὴν μνήμην ἐποιησάμεθα, δῆλον ἡμῖν ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς διανοίας τῶν γεγραμμένων γενῆσεται. Χρυσῇ τις ἣν τὸ καταρχὰς ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις, καὶ λάμπουσα τῇ πρὸς τὸ ἀκήρατον ἀγαθὸν ὁμοιότητε ἀλλὰ δύσχρους καὶ μέλαινα μετὰ τοῦτο τῇ ἐπιμιξίᾳ Τʼ τῆς κακίας ἐγένετο, καθὼς ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις τοῦ·Λοόματος τῆς νύμφης ἢκούσαμεν, ὅτι μέλαιναν αὐτὴν ἐποίησεν ἡ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ὀλιγωρία, ἧς θεραπεύων τὴν δυσμορφίαν ὁ πάντα ἐν σοφίᾳ τεχνιτεύων Θεὸς, οὐ καινόν τι κάλλος ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν μηχανᾶται, ὃ μὴ πρό- } τερον ἦν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν πρώτην ἐπανάγει χάριν, δι᾿ ἀναλύσεως τὴν τῷ κακῷ πρὸς τὸ ἀκήρατον. Ὥσπερ τοίνυν οἱ ἀχριδεῖς χρυσο᾿γνώμονες μετὰ τὴν πρώτην χωνείαν ἐπισχοποῦσιν, ὅσον ἐπέδωκεν εἰς κάλλος ἡ ὕλη τῷ πυρὶ τὸν ῥύπον Τ΄ ἐνδαπανήσασα· καὶ πάλιν δευτέρας γεγονυίας κω νείας, εἰ μὴ ἱκανῶς παρὰ τὴν πρώτην ἀπεχκαθάρθῃ, τὸ προστεθὲν κάλλος ἐπιλογίζονται, καὶ πολλάκις τὸ ἴσον ποιοῦντες, ἀεὶ τὰς τοῦ κάλλους προσθήκας διὰ ς τῆς ἐπιστημονικῆς δοκιμασίας ἐπιγινώσκουσιν· οὕτω καὶ νῦν ὁ θεραπευτὴς τοῦ μελαγθέγτος χρυσίου, καθάπερ τινὶ χώνῃ ψυχὴν λαμπρύνας διὰ τῶν προσαχθέντων αὐτῇ φαρμάκων ἐν μὲν τοῖς φθάσασιν ἵππου τινὸς εὐμορφίαν τῷ φαινομένῳ προσεμαρτύρησε· νῦν δὲ ὡς παρθένου λοιπὸν ἀποδέχεται τὸ ἡ ἀναφανὲν αὑτῇ κάλλος. Φησὶ γάρ· ᾿Ιδοὺ εἶ καλὴ, ἢ πλησίον μου, ἰδοὺ εἴ καλή· οἱ ὀρθαλμοί σου Παιδεύει διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων ὁ λόγος, ταύτην εἶναε ποῦ κάλλους τὴν ἐπανάληψιν, τὸ πλησίον γενέσθαι τῆς τοῦ καλοῦ πηγῆς, καὶ προσεγγίσαι πάλιν τῷ ἀληθινῷ κάλλει, οὗ ἀπεφοίτησε. Φησὶ γάρ᾽ Ἰδοὺ εΣ καλὴ, ἡ πλησίον μου. Διὰ τοῦτο πρότερον οὐκ ἦσθα καλὴ, διότι τοῦ ἀρχετύπου κάλλους ἀποξενωθεῖσα πονηρᾷ γειτνιάσει τῆς κακίας πρὸς τὸ εἰδεχθὲς λοιώθης. Τὸ δὲ λεγόμενον τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· Δεκτικὴ τῶν κατὰ γνώμην γέγονεν ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις, καὶ πρὸς ὅπερ ἂν ἡ ῥοπὴ τῆς προαιρέσεως αὑτὴν ἄγει, κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καὶ ἀλλοιοῦται. Τοῦ τε γὰρ θυμοῦ παραδεξαμένη τὸ πάθος, θυμώδης γίνεται· καὶ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐπικρατησάσης, εἰς ἡδονὴν διαλύεται. Πρὸς δειλίαν τε καὶ φόδον, καὶ τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον πάθη τῆς ῥοπῆς γενομένης τὰς ἑκάστου τῶν παθῶν μορφὰς ὑποδύεται ὥσπερ δὴ κχαὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου τὸ μακρόθυμον. τὸ καθαρὸν, τὸ εἰρηνικὸν, τὸ ἀόργητον, τὸ ἄλυπον, τὸ εὐθαρσὲς, τὸ ἀπτόητον, πάντα ταῦτα ἐν ἑαυτῇ δεξα μένη, ἑκάστου τούτων ἐπισημαίνει τὸν χαρακτῆρα τῇ καταστάσει τῆς ψυχῆς ἐν ἀταραξίᾳ γαληνιάξουσα, Συμδαίνει τοίνυν ἀμέσως πρὸς τὴν κακίαν τῆς ἀρετῆς διεστώσης, μὴ δύνασθαι κατὰ ταὐτὸν ἀμφότερον τῷ ἑνὶ παραγίνεσθαι· ὁ γὰρ τοῦ σωφρονεῖν ἀποστὰς, ἐν ς τῷ ἀκολάστῳ πάντως γίνεται βίῳ, καὶ ὁ τὸν ἀκάϑαρ- - νεγξαῖυῦ οπιπίη0 ἰῃ Υἱ(Δ τον βδελυξάμενος βίον, κατώρθωσεν ἐν τῇ ἀποστροφῇ τοῦ κακοῦ τὸ ἀμόλυντον. Οὕτω καὶ τἄλλα πάντα, ὁ ταπεινόφρων τῆς ὑπερηφανίας χεχώοισται, καὶ ὁ διὰ τοῦ τύφου ἑαντὸν ἐξογχώσας, τὴν τἀπεινοφροσύνην ἀπώσατο. Καὶ τί χρὴ τὰ καθ᾽ ἔκαστον λέγοντα διατρίβειν; Πῶς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀντικειμένων τῇ φύσει ἡ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀπουσία θέσις καὶ ὕπαρξις τοῦ ἑτέρου γίνεται, οὕτω τοίνυν ἐχούσης ἡμῶν τῆς προαιρέσεως, κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ᾧπερ ἂν ἐθέλῃ τούτῳ συσχηματίζεσθαι, … καλῶς φησι πρὸς τὴν ὡραιωθεῖσαν ὁ λόγος· ὅτι ᾽Αποστᾶσα μὲν τῆς τοῦ κακοῦ κοινωνίας ἐμοὶ προσήγγισας· πλησιάσατα δὲ τῷ ἀπροσίτῳ κάλλει, καὶ αὐτὴ καλὴ γέγονας, οἷόν τι κάτοπτρον τῷ ἐμῷ χαρακτῆρι ἐμμορφωθεῖσα. Κατόπτρῳ γὰρ ἔοικεν ὡς ἀληθῶς τὸ ἀνθρώπινον κατὰ τὰς τῶν προαιρέσεων ἐμφάσεις·] μεταποιούμενον. ΓΑν τε γὰρ χρυσὸν ἴδοι, χρυσὸς φαΐνεται, καὶ τὰς αὐτὰς αὐγὰς τῆς ὕλης διὰ τῆς ἐμφάσεως δείκνυσιν· ἄν τέ τι τῶν εἰδεχθῶν ἐμφανείη, καὶ τούτου τὸ αἶσχος δι᾽ ὁμοιώσεως ἀπομάσσεται, βάτραχόν τινα, ἣ φρῦνον, ἢ σχολόπενδραν, ἣ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἀηδῶν θεαμάτων τῷ οἰκείῳ ὑποκρινόμενον, ᾧπερ ἂν τούτων εὑρεθῇ ἀντιπρόσωπον. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν κατὰ γώτου τὴν κακίαν ποιησαμένη ἡ κεκαθαρμένη ψυχὴ ὑπὸ Λόγου, τὸν ἡλιακὸν ἐν ἑαυτῇ κύκλον ἐδέξατο, καὶ τῷ ὀφθέντι ἐν αὐτῇ φωτὶ συνεξέλαμψε, διὰ τοῦτό φησι πρὸς αὑτὴν ὁ Λόγος, ὅτι Γέγονας ἤδη καλὴ πλησιάσασα τῷ ἐμῷ φωτὶ, διὰ τοῦ προσεγγισμοῦ τὴν κοινωνίαν ἐφελκομένη τοῦ Χχάλλους. ᾿Ιδοὺ εἶ καλὴ, φησὶν, ἡ πλησίον μου. Εἶτα ἐπιαχὼν, καὶ οἷον ἐν προσθήκῃ τινὶ καὶ ἐπιτάσει γενομένην τοῦ κάλλους αὐτὴν θεασάμενος, πάλιν τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπαναλαμβάνει λόγον, εἰπώνʼ ᾿Ιδοὺ εἴ καλή. ᾿Αλλ ἐν μὲν τῷ προτέρῳτὴν πλησίον ὠνόμασεν· ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ εἴδους τῶν ὀμμάτων γνωρι᾿ ζομένηνʼ ᾿οφθαλμοὶ γάρ σου, φησὶ, περιστερᾶς. Ἰρότερον μὲν γὰρ ὅτε ἵππῳ ἀφωμοιώθη, τε καὶ τραχήλῳ ὁ ἔπαινος ἦν. Νῦν δὲ ὅτε τὸ ἴδιον αὖτῆς ἀνεφάνη κάλλος, ἡ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν χάρις ἔγχωμιάξεται· ὁ δὲ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἔπαινός ἐστι τὸ περιστερᾶς τὰ ὄμματα εἶναι, ὅπερ μοι δοκεῖ τοιαύτην ἐμφαίγειν διάνοιαν, ἐπειδὴ ταῖς καθαραῖς τῶν ὀμμάτων κόραις ὁρᾶται τῶν ἀτενιζόντων τὰ πρόσωπα. Φασὶ γὰρ οἱ τοιαῦτα φυσιολογεῖν ἐπιστήμονες, ὅτι τὰς τῶν εἰδώλων ἐμπτώσεις δεχόμενος, αἵ τῶν ὁρατῶν ἀποῤῥέουσιν, οὕτως ἐνεργεῖ τὴν ὄψιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός. Τούτου χάριν ἔπαινος γίνεται τῆς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν εὐμορφίας·. τὸ τῆς περιστερᾶς εἶδος, τὸ ταῖς κόραις αὐτῶν ἐμφαινόμενον. Πρὸς ὃ γὰρ ἄν τις ἐνατενίσῃ, τοῦτο δέχεται ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸ ὁμοίωμα. Ἐπεὶ οὖν μηκέτι πρὸς σάρκα καὶ αἷμα βλέπων, πρὸς τὸν πνευματικὸν βίον ὁρᾷ, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ζῶν πνεύματι, καὶ πνεύ- .. ματι στοιχῶν, καὶ τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατῶν ᾿ τῷ πνεύματι, καὶ ὅλος δι᾽ ὅλου πνευματικὸς γενόμενος, οὐ Ψυχικὸς, οὐδὲ σάρκινος· τούτου χάριν μαρτυρεῖται ἡ τῆς σωματικῆς προσπαθείας ἀπηλλαγμένη ψυχὴ, τὸ τῆς περιστερᾶς εἶδος ἕν τοῖς ὄμμασιν ἔχειν, τουτέστι τὸν χαρακτῆρα τῆς πνευματικῆς ζωῆς τῷ διορατιχῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐναυγάζεσθαι. Ἐπεὶ οὖν γέἴονε καθαρὸς ὁ αὑτῆς ὀφθαλμὸς δεκτικὸς τοῦ τῆς περιστερᾶς χαρακτῆρος, διὰ τοῦτο χωρεῖ καὶ τοῦ νυμφίου τὸ κάλλος θεάσασθαι. Νῦν γὰρ πρῶτον ἡ παρθένος ἀτενίζει τῇ τοῦ νυμφίου μορφή, ὅτε ἔσχε τὴν περιστερὰν ἐν τοῖς ὄμμασιν. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ δύναται Κύριον Ἰησοῦν εἰπεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν Πγεύματι ἁγίῳ· καί φησιν’ Ἰδοὺ εἶ καλὸς, ἀδειριδός μου, καί γε ὡραῖος. ᾿Αφ᾽ οὗ γὰρ οὐδὲν ἄλλο μοι καλὸν εἶναι δοκεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπεστράφην πάντα ὅσα τὸ πρότερον ἐν καλοῖς ἐνομέζετο, οὐκέτι μοι πεπλάνηται ἡ τοῦ καλοῦ κρίσις, ὥστε μις. Ταῦτα γὰρ τοῖς πρὸς τὴν αἴσθησιν βλέπουσιν, ἐπικέχρωσται μὲν τῇ τοῦ καλοῦ φαντασίᾳ, οὐ μήν ἔστιν ὅπερ νομίζεται. Πῶς γὰρ ἄν τι εἴη καλὸν, ὃ μηδὲ ὅλως ἔστι καθ᾽ ὑπόστασιν; Τὸ γὰρ ἐν τῷ χόσμῳτο τούτῳ τετιμημένον, ἐν μόνῃ τῇ οἰήσει τῶν νομιζόντων εἶναι, τὸ εἶναι ἔχει. Σὺ δὲ ἀληθῶς εἴ χαλόξ᾽ οὐ καλὸς δὲ μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτῇ τῇ τοῦ καλοῦ οὐσίᾳ ἀεὶ τοιοῦτος ὑπάρχων, πάντοτε ὧν ὅπερ εἶ’ οὔτε κατὰ καιρὸν ἀνθῶν, οὔτε ἐπὶ καιροῦ πάλιν ἀποδάλλων τὸ ἄνθος· τ΄ ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀϊδιότητι τῆς ζωῆς συμπαρατείνων τὴν ὥραν· ᾧ ὄνομα ἢ φιλανθρωπία. Ὁ γὰρ ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀνατείλας ἡμῖν Χριστὸς, ἀδελφὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰουδαίων λαὸς τοῦ ἐξ ἐθνῶν σοι προσιόντος, καλῶς διὰ τὴν ἐν σαρκὶ γεγενημένην τῆς θεότητός σου φανέρωσιν, ἀδελφιδὸς τῆς Εἶτα ἐπήγαγε, Προσχιλίγη ἡμῶν σύσκιος. Τουτσύσχιον τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ γενόμενον. Ἦλθες γὰρ σὺ, φησὶν, ὁ καλὸς, ὁ ἀδελφιδὸς, ὁ ὡραῖος, πρὸς τῇ κλίνῃ αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν, τὴν ἄκρατον τῆς θεότητος ἀκτῖνα συγ·ἄλλο τι παρὰ σὲ καλὸν οἴεσθαι· οὐκ ἔπαινός τις ἀν. ᾿ θρώπινος, οὐ δόξα, οὐ περιφάνεια, οὐ κοσμικὴ δύναἐστιν, ἔγνω σς, ἦτοι γνώσεται ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις, χαλύψας τῇ τοῦ δούλου μορφῇ, τίς ἂν ὑπέστη σοῦ τὴν ἐμφάνειαν ; Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ὄψεται πρόσωπον Θεοῦ, καὶ ζήσεται, Ἦλθες τοίνυν ὁ ὡραῖος, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς χωροῦμεν δέξασθαι, τοιοῦτος γενόμενος. Ἦλθες τὰς τῖις θεότητος ἀκτῖνας τῇ περιδολῇ συσχιάσας τοῦ σώματος. Πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἐχώρησε θνητὴ καὶ ἐπίχηρος φύσις τῇ ἀκηράτῳ καὶ ἀπροσίτῳ συζυγίᾳ συναρμοσθῆναι, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἐν σκότει ζῶσιν ἡμῖν ἡ σκιὰ τοῦ σώματος πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἐμεσίτευσε ; Κλίνην δὲ ὀνομάζει ἣ νύμφη, τροπιχῇ σημασίᾳ τὴν πρὸς τὸ Θεῖον ἀνάκρασιν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως ἑρμηνεύουσα. Ὡς καὶ ὁ μέγας -΄ ʼ᾿Απόστολος ἁρμόζεται τῷ Χριστῷ τὴν παρθένον ἡμᾶς, καὶ νυμφοστολεῖ τὴν ψυχὴν, καὶ τὴν προσχόλλησιν τῶν δύο εἰς ἑνὸς σώματος κοινωνίαν τὸ μέγα μυστήριον εἶναι λέγει τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ πρὸς τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἑνώσεως. Εἰπὼν γὰρ ὅτι Ἔσογται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν, ἐπήγαγεν· ὅτι Τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο μόγα ἐστίν· ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ εἰς τὴν ᾿Εχχιλησίαν. Διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν τὸ μυστήριον, κλίνην ἡ παρθένος ψυχὴ τὴν πρὸς τὸ Θεῖον κοινωνίαν ὠνόμασε. Ταύτην δὲ οὐκ ἄλλως ἦν δυνατὸν γενέσθαι, εἰ μὴ διὰ τοῦ συσκιον ἡμῖν διὰ τοῦ σώματος ἐπιφανῆναι τὸν Κύριον. Ὃς οὐ νυμφίος μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἰκοδόμος ἐστὶν, αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν καὶ τεχνιτεύων τὸν οἴκον, καὶ ὅλης·τῆς τέχνης γινόμενος.·Οροφον γὰρ ἐπιδάλλει τῷ οἴκῳ, διὰ τῆς ἀσήπτου ὕλης καλλωπίζων τὸ ἔργον· τοιαύτη δέ ἐστιν ἢ κέδρος καὶ ἡ κυπάρισσος, ὧν ὁ ἐγκείμενος τοῖς ξύλοις τόνος, πάσης δηπτιχῆς αἰτίας κρείττων ἐστὶν, ρόμενος. Ἔκ τούτων κέδροι μὲν, διὰ τὸ ἐπιμήχεις εἶναι, τὰ πλάτη τοῦ οἴκου τῷ- ὀρόφῳ διαλαμόάνουσιν· χυπάρισσοι διὰ τῆς λεγομένης φατνώσεως, τὴν ἔνδοθεν τοῦ οἴκου κατασκευὴν ὡραΐζουσιν. Ἔχει δὲ ἡ λέξις οὕτως· Δοκοὶ οἴκων ἡμῶν κέδροι. Φατνή- ματα ἡμῶν κυπάρισσος. Πάντως δὲ τὰ δηλούμενα διὰ τῶν ξύλων αἰνίγματα, φανερὰ τοῖς ἐπαχολουθοῦσι τῷ εἱρμῷ τῆς διανοίας ἐστίν. Βροχὴν ὀνομάζει τὰς ποικίλας τῶν πειρασμῶν προσδολὰς ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ ὁ Κύριος, λέγων ἐπὶ τοῦ καλῶς τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἡ πέτραν οἰκοδομήσαντος, ὅτι Κατέδη ἡ βροχὴ, καὶ ἄγεμοι, καὶ ἦλθον οἱ ποταμοὶ, καὶ ἀπαθὲς ἔμδιγεν ἐν τούτοις τὸ οἰκοδόμημα. Ταύτης οὖν ἕνεκεν τῆς χαχῆῇς ἐπομόρίας, χρεία τοιούτων ἡμῖν ἔστι δοκῶν. Αὗται δ᾽ ἂν εἶεν αἱ ἀρεταὶ, αἷ τὰς τῶν πειρασμῶν ἐπιῤῥοὰς ἐντὸς ἑαυτῶν οὐ προσίενται, στεῤῥαί τε οὖσαι καὶ ἀνένδοτοι, καὶ τὸ πρὸς κακίαν ἀμάλαχτον ἐν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς Μάθοιμεν δ᾽ ἂν τὸ λεγόμενον, τὴν ἐν τῷ Ἐχχληγάρ φησιν· Ἐν ὀχγηρίαις ταπεινωθήσεται ἡ δόκωσίις, καὶ ἐν ἀργίᾳ χειρῶν στάζει ἡ οἰκία. Ὧσπερ γὰρ εἰ ἀσθενῆ τε καὶ ἄτονα ὑπὸ λεπτότητος εἴη τὰ ξύλα τὰ διειληφότα τὸν ὄροφον, ὀκνηρῶς δὲ ἔχῃ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ δώματος ἐπιμέλειαν ὁ τοῦ οἴκου δε- σπότης, οὐδὲν ἀπώνατο τῆς στέγης, τοῦ ὄμδρου διὰ ὄροφος, εἴκων τῷ βάρει τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ οὐκ ἀντέχει τῶν ξύλων ἡ ἀτονία πρὸς τὴν τοῦ βάρους προσθολὴν ὑποχλάζουσα. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τὰ ἐντὸς διαδίδοται τὸ: ὕδωρ, καὶ αἱ σταγόνες αὗται κατὰ τὸν παροιμιώδη λόγον ἐχθδάλλουσιν τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ ὑεποῦ. Οὕτως τῷ τῆς παραθολῆς αἰνίγματι διακελεύεται διὰ τῆς τῶν ἀρετῶν εὐτονίας ἀνενδότους πρὸς τὰς τῶν πειρασμῶν ἐπιῤῥοὰς, μήποτε μαλακισθέντες διὰ τῆς τῶν παθημάτων συμπτώσεως κοΐλοι γενώμεθα, καὶ τὴν ἐπιῤῥούντων· τοιούτων ὑδάτων ἔξωθεν ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν εἰσρέουσαν ἐντὸς τῶν ταμιείων παραδεξώμεθα, δι᾽ ὧν φθείρεται ἡμῖν τὰν. ἀπόθετα. Αἱ δὲ κέδροι αὗται τοῦ Λιδάνου, ἃς ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Κύριος, αἷς ἐννοσεύσουσι τὰ στρουθία, ὧν ἡ τοῦ ἐρωδιοῦ καλιὰ καθηγεῖται. Αὗται τοίνυν αἱ κέδροι, αἱ ἀρεταὶ, τὸν οἶκον τῆς νυμφικῆῇς στρουθία γινόμενα, καὶ τῶν παγίδων ὑπεριπτάμεναι, ὧν καθηγεῖται ἡ τοῦ ἐρωδιοῦ καλιὰ, ἣν … κίαν ὀνομάζει ὁ λόγος. Λέγουσι δὲ ἀπεχθῶς περὶ τὰς … ἔδει τὰ τοιαῦτα συντιθέναι: καλῶς τε καὶ ἐναρμονίως ὁ σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων Παῦλος, ὁ λέγων· Πάντα κατὰ·. τάξιν ἐν ὑμῖν καὶ εὐσχημόνως γιγέσθω. μίξεις ἔχειν τοῦτο τὸ ὄρνεον, καί τινι φύσεως ἀνάγκῃ σχετοῦντα, καὶ τὴν ἀηδίαν ἐπισημαίνοντα. Ὅθεν μοι δοκεῖ τὴν καθαρότητα ἐν αἰνίγματι διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος πούτου σημαίνειν ὁ λόγος. Ταύτας οὖν τὰς δοκοὺς ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀρόφους τῆς καθαρᾶς παστάδος βλέπει ἡ νύμφη. Ὁρᾷ δὲ καὶ τὸν ἐκ τῆς κυπαρίσσου κόσμον διά τινος εὐξέστου τε καὶ ἐναρμονίου συνθέσεως τὸ δρώμενον γὰρ εἶπεν εἶναι τὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου φατνώματα· φατνώματα δὲ λέγεται εἶναι, εὕρυθϑμός τις καὶ διάγλυφος σανίδων πῆξις τὸ τῆς ὀροφῆς κάλλος διαποικίλλουσα. Τί οὖν διὰ τούτων μανθάνομεν ; Εὐπνοεῖ φυσικῶς ἡ κυπάρισσος αὐτὴ καὶ σηπεδόνος ἐστὶν ἀπαράδεκτος, καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν τεκτονικὴν φιλοτεχνίαν ἐπιτηδείως ἔχει, λεία τε γινομένη καὶ ἐναρμόνιος, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς διὰ τῶν γλυφίδων χαλλωπισμοὺς ἐπιτήδειος. Τοῦτο οὖν οἶμαι διὰ τῶν λεγομένων ἡμᾶς παιδεύεσθαι, μὴ μόνον ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ τὰς ἀρετὰς ἐν ἕξει κατορθοῦσθαι κατὰ τὸ ἄδηλον· ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τῆς κατὰ τὸ φαινόμενον εὐσχημοσύνης ἀμελῶς ἔχειν. Χρὴ γὰρ προνοεῖν ἐνώπιον Κυρίου καὶ ἀνθρώπων· καὶ Θεῷ μὲν πεφανερῶσθαι· ἀνθρώπους δὲ πείθειν, καὶ μαρτυρίαν καλὴν ἔχειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν, καὶ λάμπειν τοῖς φωτεινοῖς ἔργοις ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ εὐσχημόνως περιπᾶτεῖν πρὸς τοὺς ἕξω. Ταῦτά ἐστι τὰ φατνώματα διὰ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ εὐωδίας, ἧς αἴνιγμά ἐστιν ἡ κυπάρισσος, ἐν τῇ εὐσχημοσύνῃ τοῦ βίου φιλοτεχνουμένη, καθὼς … Τούτων δὲ οὕτῳς κατορθωθέντων, ἐπαύξησις τοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν γίνεται κάλλους, τῆς πλατείας ἡμῶν φύσεως τὸ εὐῶδες καὶ καθαρὸν ἄνθος ἀναδιδούσης. Γθνομα ἄνθει κρίνον ἐστίν. Ὧ ἡ φυσικῶς ἐνθεωρουμένη λαμπρότης τὴν τῆς σωφροσύνης μαρμαρυγὴν ὑπαινίσσεται, Ταῦτα γὰρ ἢ νύμφη περὶ ἑαυτῆς διεξέρχεται λέγουσα· Ἐγὼ μετὰτὸ γενέσθαι πρὸς τῇ κλίνῃ ἡμῶν τὸν νυμφίον συσχιαθέντα τῷ σώματι, ὃς ᾧκοδόμησεν ἑαυτῷ τὸν οἶκον, ἐμὲ ταῖς τῶν ἀρετῶν χέδροις ὁροφώσας τὴν στέγην, καὶ τῇ εὐπνοίᾳ τῶν τὸν ὄροφον, γέγονα ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου τῆς φύσεως ἄνθος, εὐχροίᾳ τε καὶ εὐωδίᾳ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνθῶν διαφέρουσα. Κρίνον γὰρ ἀνεφύην ἐκ τῶν κοιλάδων. Ἔχει δὲ ἡ λέξις οὕτως· Ἐγὼ ἄνθος τοῦ πεδίου, κρίνον τῶν κοιλάδων. ᾿Αληθῶς γὰρ ἡ διὰ τῶν προθεωρηθέντων ἡμῖν τῷ ἰ- ἢ πλάτει φύσεως γεωργηθεῖσα ψυχῆ. Πεδίον γὰρ ἀκού. σαντες, τὴν πλατύτητα τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως ἐνοήσαμεν, διὰ τὸ πολλῶν τε καὶ ἀπείρων αὐτὴν δεκτικὴν εἶναι νοημάτων τε καὶ ῥημάτων καὶ μαθημάτων. Ἢ τοίνυν κατὰ τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον παρὰ τοῦ γεωργοῦντος τὴν φύσιν ἡμῶν ἐμπονηθεῖσα ψυχὴ, ἄνθος εὔοδμόν τε καὶ λαμπρὸν καὶ καθαρὸν ἀναφύεται ἐν τοῦ τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν πεδίου. Τὸ δὲ πεδίον τοῦτο, κἂν συγκρίσει τῆς οὐρανίας διαγωγῆς κοιλὰς ὀνομά᾿ ζεται, οὐδὲν ἧττον πεδίον ἐστὶ, καὶ οὐ κωλύεται ἡ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγωργηθεῖσα καλῶς ἄνθος γενέσθαι γὰρ τοῦ χοίλου ἐπὶ τὸ ὑψηλὸν ὁ βλαστὸς ἀνατέλλει, χαϑὼς ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ἐπὶ τοῦ χρίνου γινόμενον. Ἐπιπολὺ γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρθιον ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης καλαμοειδῶς ἀναδραἸμοῦσα ἡ βοτάνη τοῦ χρίνου, τότε τὸ ἄνθος ἐκ τῆς κορυφῆς ἀναδίδωσιν, οὐκ ὀλίγῳ τῷ μεταξὺ διαστήματι τῆς γῆς ἀποστήσασα, ὡς ἂν, οἶμαι, καθαρὸν ἐν μετεώρῳ διαμένοι τὸ κάλλος, τῇ πρὸς τὴν γῆν ἐπιμολυνόμενον. Διὰ ταῦτα καὶ ὁ δίχαιος·ὀφθαλμὸς τὴν τοῦτο γενομένην, ἧτοι γενέσθαι πο· ἀμφότερα γὰρ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων ὑπ. ενοήσαμεν, ἢ ὅτι μεγαλαυχεῖται ὡς ἤδη γενομένη ὅπερ ἐπεπόθησεν, ἣ ὅτι δεῖται τοῦ γεωργοῦ ἄνθος γενέσθαι, διὰ τῆς ἐκείνου σοφίας ἐκ τῶν κοιλάδων Ἰ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς εἰς χρίνου κάλλος ἀναδραμοῦσα· εἴτε οὖν γενέσθαι βούλεται τοῦτο, εἴτε καὶ γέγονεν ὅπερ ἠθέλησε, καλῶς ὁ δίκαιος ὀφθαλμὸς τοῦ γυμφίον, πρὸς τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁρώσης ἰδὼν, ἐπένευσε γενέσθαι κρίνον αὐτὴν, μὴ δυμπνιγόμενον ταῖς τοῦ βίου ἀκάνθαις, ἃς θυγατέρᾶς ὠνόμασεν, ἐνδειξάμενος, οἶμαι, κατὰ τὸ σιωπώ ὧν πατὴρ ὁ τῆς κακίας εὑρετὴς χατονομάζεται. Ὡς κρίνον οὖν, φησὶν, ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀχαγθῶν, οὕτως ἀδελφή μου ἐν μέσῳ τῶν θυγατέρων. Ὅσην τ ὁρῶμεν τῆς εἰς τὸ ὕψος ἀνόδου τὴν προκοπὴν ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς γινομένην. Πρώτη ἄνοδος, τὸ πρὸς τὴν καβαιρετιχὴν τῆς Αἰγυπτίας δυνάμεως ἵππον ὁμοιωθῆναι. Δευτέρα ἄνοδος, τὸ πλησίον αὐτὴν γενέσθαι, καὶ περιστερᾶς ποιῆσαι τὰ ὄμματα. Τρίτη τοίνυν ἄνοδος τὸ μηκέτι πλησίον, ἀλλ᾽ ἀδελφὴν τοῦ Δεσπότοῦ ὀνομασθῆναι. Ὃς ἂν ποιήσῃ, φησὶ, τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, οὗτος. ὁ ἀδεῖφός μου, καὶ ἀδερή μου, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν γέγονεν ἄνθος, μηδὲν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀχανθηφόρὼν πειρασμῶν πρὸς τὸ γενέσθαι κρίνον παραδλαθεῖσα, ἐπιλαθομένη δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς, πρὸς τὸν ἀληθινὸν εἶδε Πατέρα, διὸ καὶ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ Κυρίου ὀνομάζεται, τῷ τῆς υἱοθεσίας πνεύματι πρὸς τὴν συγγένειαν ταύτην εἰσποιηθεῖσα, ,ι, Καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὰς θυγατέρας τοῦ ψευδωνύμου πατρὸς κοινωνίας ἀπαλλαγεῖσα, πάλιν γίνεται ἑαυτῆς ὑψηλοτέρα, καὶ βλέπει τὸ μυστήριον, διὰ τῶν τῆς περιστερᾶς ὀφθαλμῶν· λέγω δὲ τῷ πνεύματι τῆς προφητείας. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν - τοῖς ξύλοις τοῦ δρυμοῦ, οὕτως ἀδελριδός μου ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν υἱῶν. Τί οὖν ἐστιν ὃ τεθέαται; Δρυμὸν ὀνομάζει συνήθως ἡ ἁγία Γραφὴ τὸν ὑλώδη τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίον, τὸν τὰ ποικίλα τῶν παθημάτων εἴδη καταχρύπτεται, ὧν ἡ φύσις ἐν φωτὶ καὶ ἡλίῳ ἀνενέργῆτος μένουσα, διὰ σκότους τὴν ἰσχὺν ἔχει. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸ δῦναι τὸν ἥλιον, φησὶν ὁ Προφήτης, νυκτὸς ἐπιγινομένης ἐν αὐτῇ τὰ θηρία τῶν φωλεῶν ἀναδύεσθαι. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ὁ μονιὸς ὁ ἐν τῷ δρυμῶνι - τρεφόμενος, τὴν καλὴν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως ἄμπελον ἐλυμήνατο, καθώς φησιν ὁ Προφήτης, ὅτι Ἑλυμήνατο αὐτὴν ὗς ἐκ δρυμοῦ, καὶ μογιὸς ἄγριος κατμενον τὰς ἐχθρὰς τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς δυνάμεις, … αὐτήν· διὰ τοῦτο ἢ σα. καὶ ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ γλυκὺς ἐν τῷ λάρυγγέ τὸ μῆλον, ὃ τῷ μὲν ξύλον εἶναι, τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ὕλης ἐστὶν ὁμοούσιον· ἐπειράσθη γὰρ κχατὰ πάντα καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας· τῷ δὲ τοιοῦτον φέρειν καρπὸν, δι᾽ οὗ γλυχαίνεται τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αἰσθητήρια, πλείονα ἔχει τὴν πρὸς τὸν δρυμὸν παραλλαγὴν, ἢ ὅσην ἔχει πρὸς τὰς ἀκάνθας τὸ χρένον. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ κρῖνον μέχρι τοῦ εἴδους καὶ τῆς εὐπνοίας τὸ τερπνὸν ἔχει. Ἢ δὲ τοῦ μήλου χάρις πρὸς τὰς τρεῖς αἰσθέσεις ἁρμοδίως καταμερίζεται, καὶ ὀφθαλμὸν εὐφραίγουσα τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ εἴδους, καὶ τὴν ὀσφραντιχὴν ἡδύνουσα αἴσθησιν διὰ τῆς εὐπνοίας, καὶ τροφὴ γινοοὖν εἴδεν ἡ νύμφη τὸ ἑαυτῆς πρὸς τὸν Δεσπότην διάφορον ᾿ ὅτι ἐκεῖνος μὲν ἡμῶν καὶ ὀφθαλμῶν γίνεται χάρις, φῶς γινόμενος, καὶ μύρον ἐν τῇ ὀσφρήσει, καὶ ζωὴ τοῖς ἐσθίουσιν. Ὁ γὰρ φαγὼν αὑτὸν, ζήσεταε, καθώς φησί που τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον. Ἡ δὲ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις δι᾽ ἀρετῆς τελειωθεῖσα, ἄνθος γίνεται, μόνον οὗ τὸν γεωργὸν τρέφουσα, ἀλλὰ ἑαυτὴν χαλλωπίζουσα.᾿ Οὐ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἐνδεὴς τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀγαθῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς τῶν ἐκείνου δεόμεθα, καθώς φησιν ὁ Προφήτῆς, Ὅτι τῶν ἀγαθῶν μου οὐ χρείαν ἔχεις. Διὰ τοῦτο βλέπει τὸν νυμφίον ἡ κεκαθαρμένη ψυχὴ, μῆλον ἐν τοῖς τοῦ δρυμοῦ ξύλοις γενομένη· ἵνα ἐγ- -΄ κχεντρίσασα ἑαυτῇ πάντας τοὺς ἀγρίους τοῦ δρυμῶνος κλάδους, τῷ ὁμοίῳ καρπῷ βρύειν παρασχενάσῃ. Ὥρππερ τοίνυν τὰς θυγατέρας, διὰ τὸ ταῖς ἀκάνθαις ὁμοιωθῆναι, τὰ τοῦ ψευδωνύμου πατρὸς ἐνενοήσαμεν τέκνα· αἵτινες τῷ ἄνθει συμπαραφυεῖσαι, τῷ χρόνῳ: καὶ αὐταὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ χρίνου μεταθαίνουσι χάριν· οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τοὺς προσειχασθέντας τοῖς τοιού τοῖς ξύλοις τοῦ δρυμοῦ ἀκούσαντες, οὐ φίλους σημαίνεσθαι τοῦ νυμφίου, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐναντίους ὑπενοήσαμεν, οὗς υἱοὺς ὄντας τοῦ σκότους καὶ τέκνα ὀργῆς, τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τοῦ καρποῦ εἰς υἱοὺς φωτὸς καὶ υἱοὺς ἡμέρας μετασχενάζει. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ἣ γεγυμνασμένη τὰ αἰσθητήρια ψυχὴ, ὅτι Καρπὸς αὐτοῦ γλυκὺς ἐν τῷ λάρυγγί μου· καρπὸς δὲ ἡ διδασκαλία πάντως ἐστίν. Ὡς γιυχέα γὰρ, φησὶ, τῷ ρυγγί μου τὰ λόγιά σου, ὁ Προφήτης, ὑπὲρ μέλε τῷ στόματί μου. --- Ὡς μῆλον ἐν τοῖς ξύλοις τοῦ δρυμοῦ, οὕτως ἀδειφιδός μου ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν υἱῶν. --- Ὑπὸτὴν σκιὰν αὐτοῦ μου. Τότε γὰρ ἀληθῶς γλυχαίνεται τῷ λόγῳ τὰ τῆς φυχῆς αἰσθητήρια, ὅταν ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὸν ἐκ τῶν πειρασμῶν φλογμὸν ἡ σκιὰ τοῦ μήλου διατειχίσῃ, συγκαίεσθαι ἡμᾶς ὑπὸ τοῦ τοιούτου ἡλίου, γυμνῆς τῆς κεφαλῇς ὑπερζέοντος. Οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἄλλως ᾿ ὑπὸ τὴν σκιὰν τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς ἀναψύξαι, μὴ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας πρὸς τοῦτο τὴν Ψυχὴν ἀναγούσης. Ὁρᾷς διὰ τί σοι ἡ ἐπιθυμητιχὴ δύναμις ἔγκειται, ἵνα σοι πόθον ἐμποιήσῃ τοῦ μήλου, οὗ πολυειδὴς γίνεται τοῖς προσεγχίσασιν ἡ ἀπόλαυσις. Ὃ τε γὰρ ὀφθαλμὸς τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ κάλλους προσαναπαύεται, καὶ ὁ μυκτὴρ ἀναπνεῖ τὴν εὐωδίαν, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τρέφεται, καὶ τὸ στόμα γλυχαίνεται, καὶ ὁ καύσων ἀποστρέφεται, καὶ ἡ σκιὰ θρόνος γίνεται, ἦ ἐγκάθηται ἡ φυχὴ, ἡ τῶν λοιμῶν τὴν καθέδραν ἀρνησαμένη. Εἶτά φησιν· Εἰσαγάγετέ μὲ εἷς οἶκον τοῦ οἴνου, τάξατε ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ ἀγάπην, στηρίξατέ μὲ ἐν μύροις. Στοιδάσατέ μὲ ἐν μήλοις· ὅτι τετρωμένη ἀγάπης ἐγώ. Ὅπως τρέχῃ τῷ θείῳ δρόμῳ ἡ καλῶς τῷ ἵππῳ μένοις τοῖς ἄλμασι τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεκτείνεται, πρὸς δὲ τὸ κατόπιν οὐκ ἐπιστρέφεται· πόσων ἔτυχεν ἐν τοῖς φθάσασι - καὶ ἔτι διψᾷ. Καὶ τοσαύτη τοῦ δίψους ἐστὶν ἡ ἐπίτασις, ὅτι οὐκ ἀρκεῖται τῷ τῆς σοιϑφίας κρατῇρι, οὐδ᾽ ἱκανὸν οἴεται πρὸς θεραπείαν τῆς δίψης ὅλον ἐγχέασθαι τὸν κρατῆρα τῷ στόματι - ἀλλ᾽ εἰς αὐτὸν τοῦ οἴνου τὸν οἶκον παραχθῆναι ζητεῖ, καὶ αὐταῖς ταῖς ληνοῖς ὑποσχεῖν τὸ στόμα, ταῖς τὸν οἶνον τὸν ἡδὺν ὑπερόλυζούσαις, καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν βότρυν τὸν τισῖς ληνοῖς ἐνθλιθόμενον, καὶ τὴν ἄμπελον ἐκείνην τὴν τὸν τοιοῦτον βότρυν ἐχτρέφουσαν, καὶ τὸν γεωργὸν τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἀμπέλον, τὸν οὕτως εὔτροφον τὸν βότρυν καὶ ἡδὺν ἀπεργαζόμενο· ὧν ἕκαστον περιττὸν ἂν εἴη διευχρινεζσθαι, φανερᾶς οὔσης τῆς ἑκάστῳ ἐνθεωρουμένης τροπιχῇς σημασίας. Πάντως δὲ κἀκεῖνο βούλεται κατιδεῖν τὸ μυστήριον, πῶς ἐρυπατητῷ τῆς ληνοῦ τὰ τοῦ νυμφίου ἱμάτια. Περὶ οὗ φησιν ὁ προφήτης, ὅτι Διὰ τί σου ἐρυθρὰ τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ τὰ ἐνδύματά σου ὡς ἀπὸ ᾿ πατητοῦ ηγοῦ; Διὰ ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐντὸς τοῦ οἴκου γενέσθαι ποθεῖ, ἐν ᾧ τὸ κατὰ τὸν οἶνόν ἐστι μυστήριον. Εἶτα ἐντὸς γενομένη, πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον ἐξάλλεται. Ζητεῖ γὰρ τὸ ὑποταγῆναι τῇ ἀγάπῃ. ᾿Αγάπη δέ ἐστιν ὁ Θεὸς, κατὰ τὴν Ἰωάννου φωνὴν, ᾧ τὸ ὑποτα. γῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν, σωτηρίαν εἶναι ὁ Δαδὶδ ἀπεφήνατο. Ἐπεὶ οὖν γέγονα, φησὶν, ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ οἴἶνον, ὑποτἀξατέ με τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἧἦτοι τάξατε ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ τὴν ἀγάπην. Ὅπως ἂν χρήσῃ τῇ ἀναστροφῇ τοῦ λόγου, ταὐτόν ἔστι δι᾽ ἑκατέρου τὸ σημαινόμενον, ἔκ τε τοῦ ὑπὸ·σὴν ἀγάπην ταχθῆναι, καὶ τοῦ τὴν ἀγάπην αὐτῇ Ἢ τάχα τι καὶ δόγμα τῶν ἀστειοτέρων διὰ ταύτῆς τῆς φωνῆς διδασκόμεθα, οζαν ἀνατιθέναι τῷ Θεῷ τὴν ἀγάπην προσήκει, καὶ ὅπως πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἔχειν. Εἰ γὰρ χρὴ πάντα κατὰ τάξιν καὶ εὐσχημόνως γίνεσθαι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ τάξις ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἁομόδιος. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν οὔτε ὁ Κάϊν ἐπὶ τῷ κακῶς διελεῖν κατεκρίθη, εἰ μετὰ τοῦ ὀρθῶς προσενεγκεῖν, καὶ τὸ πρέπον ἐν τῇ τάξει πεφύλαχε, τῶν αὐτῷ τε : πρὸς χρείαν καταλειπομένων, καὶ τῶν τῷ Θεῷ ἀφιερωμένων. Δέον γὰρ ἐκ τῶν πρώτων γεννημάτων τῷ θεῷ τῆς θυσίας ἀπάρξασθαι, αὐτὸς τῶν τιμιωτέρὼν ἐμφορηθεὶς, τὸν Θεὸν τοῖς λειψάνοις ἐδεξιώσατο. Χρὴ τοίνυν εἰδέναι τῆς ἀγάπης τὴν τάξιν, ἣν ὑφηγεῖται διὰ τοῦ νόμου, πῶς μὲν ἀγαπᾶσθαι χρὴ τὸν Θεὸν, πῶς δὲ τὸν πλησίον, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὸν ἐχθρὸν, μήποτε ἄτακτός τις καὶ ἐνηλλαγμένη γένηται ἧς ἀγάπης ἢ ἀποπλήρωσις. Δεῖ γὰρ Θεὸν μὲν ἀγαπᾷν ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας τε καὶ ψυχῆς, καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ αἰσθήσεως· τὸν δὲ πλησίον, ὡς ἑαυτόν· τὴν δὲ γυναῖκα, εἰ μὲν καθαρωτέρας ἐστὶ Ψυχῆς, ὡς ὁ Χριστὸς τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν᾽ ὁ δὲ ἐμπαθέστερος, ὡς τὸ ἴδιον σῶμα· οὕτω γὰρ κελεύεε ὁ τῶν τοιούτων διατάκτης. Τὸν ἐχθρὸν δὲ ἐν τῷ μὴ κακὸν ἀντιδοῦναι κακῷ. ἀλλὰ δι’ εὐεργεσίας τὴν ἀδικίαν ἀμείψασθαι. Νῦν δὲ τυγχεχυμένην ἔστιν ἰδεῖν καὶ ἄτακτον ἐπὶ τῶν πολλῶν τὴν ἀγάπην, διὰ τῆς ἀκαταλλήλου ἀναρμοστίας πεπλανη- τ΄ μένως ἐνεργουμένην. ΟἵἱἨ χρήματα. μὲν καὶ τιμὰς καὶ γυναῖκας, ἂν τύχωσι θερμότερον πρὸς αὐτὰς διακείμενοι, ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς καὶ δυνάμεως ἀγαπῶσιν, ὡς καὶ τὴν ζωὴν ἂν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐθελῆσαι προέσθαι· Θεὸν δὲ τοσοῦτον ὅσον δοκεῖν᾽ τῷ δὲ πλησίον μόλις ἐπιδείξαιντο τὴν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἀφορισθεῖσαν ἀγάπην. Ἢ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς μισοῦντας σχέσις ἐστὶ, τῷ μείζονι κακῷ τοὺς προλελυπηχότας ἀμύνεσθαι, Τάξατε οὖν, φησὶν, ἐπ᾿ ἐμὲ τὴν ἀγάπην, ὥστε Θεῷ μὲν ἀνατιθέναι ὅσον ὀφείλεται, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἑκάστου, τοῦ προσήκοντος μέτρου μὴ ἀστοχῆσαι. Ἢ καὶ τοῦτο τυχὸν ἔστιν ὑπονοῆσαι διὰ τοῦ λόγου, ὅτι Ἐπειδὴ ἀγαπηθεῖσα περὶ τὴν πρώτην, διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς ἐν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἐλογέσθην, νυνὶ δὲ πάλιν εἰς τὴν αὑτὴν ἐπανῆλθον χάριν, δι’ ἀγάπης τῷ νυμφίῳ συνἀρμοσθεῖσα· κυρώσατέ μοι, φησὶ, τὸ τῆς χάριτος αὐτῆς τεταγμένον καὶ ἀμετάστατον, ὑμεῖς οἱ φίλοι ποῦ νυμφίου, δι᾽ ἐπιμελείας καὶ προσοχῆς τῷ παγίῳ συντηροῦντές μοι τὴν πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ῥοπήν. Ἰαῦτα δὲ εἰποῦσα, πάλιν πρὸς τὸ ὑψηλότερον μέτεἰσι· στηριχθῆναι γὰρ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν βεθδαιότῆτα τοῖς μύροις ζητεῖ. Στηρίξατέ με, φησὶν, ἐν μύροις. Ὦ παραδόξων καὶ καινῶν ἐρεισμάτων ! Πῶς τὰ μύρα στύλοι τοῦ οἴκου γίνονται ; Πῶς τῇ εὐπνοίᾳ τὸ πάγιον τῆς τοῦ ὀρόφου κατασκευῆς διερείδεται ; Ἢ δῆλον πάντως ἐστὶν, ὅτι τὸ τῶν ἀρετῶν χρῆμα πολυειδῶς ἐν ἡμῖν κατορθούμενον, κατὰ τὰς διαφορὰς τῶν ἐνεργημάτων καὶ ὀνομάζεται ; ᾿Αρετὴ γάρ ἔστιν οὐ μόνον τὸ βλέπειν τὸ ἀγαθὸν, καὶ τὸ ἐν μετουσίᾳ τοῦ κρείττονος γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἀμεταπτωτὸν ἐν τῷ καλῷ διασώζεσθαι. Ὁ τοίνυν στηβουλόμενος ἐν τοῖς μύροις, τὸ ἐν ταῖς ἀρεταῖς αὐτῷ προσγενέσθαι ξητεῖ. ᾿Αρετὴ Ὁ γὰρ τὸ μύρον, διότι πάσης δυσωδίας ἁμαρτημάτων κεχώρισται. θαυμάσειε δ᾽ ἄν τις καὶ τὸ τῶν εἰρημένων ἀκόλουθον, διὰ τίνων στοιδασθῆναι τὸν οἶκον ἐπιθυμεῖ. Οὐ βάτοις τισὶ καὶ ἀκάνθαις, καὶ χόρτῳ, ἢ καὶ καλάμῃ (μᾶλλον δὲ καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, τ οὐ ξύλοις καὶ καλάμῃ καὶ χόρτῳ), οἷς οἱ ὑλώδεις οἶκοι κατασκευάζονται· ἀλλὰ στοιδὴ τῆς τοῦ οἴκου στέγης τὰ μῆλα γίνεται. Λέγει γὰρ, Στοιδάσατέ μήιλοις· ἵνα γένηται πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτῇ ὁ καρπὸς οὗτος, τὸ κάλλος, τὸ μύρον, ὁ γλυκασμὸς, ἡ τροφὴ, ἢ τῸ διὰ τῆς σκιᾶς ἀνάψυξις, ὁ ἀναπαύων θρόνος, ὁ βεδαιῶν στύλος, ὁ ἐπισχεπάζων ὄροφος. Ὡς κάλλος γὰρ μετὰ ἐπιθυμίας ὁρᾶται, ὡς μύρον ἡδύνει νὴν ὄσφρησιν, ὡς τροφὴ πιαίνει τὸ σῶμα καὶ γλυχαίνει τὴν γεῦσιν, ὡς σκιὰ χαταψύχει τὸν καύσωνα, ὡς θρόνος ἀνα- παύει τὸν κόπον ᾿ ὡς στέγη τοῦ οἴκου, σκέπη τῷ ἐν οἰκοῦντι γίνεται· ὡς στύλος παρέχει τὸ ἀμετάπτωτον· ὡς ἐμφανὲς μῆλον ὡραΐζει τὸν ὄροφον. Τί γὰρ ἄν τις ἐπινοήσειε περιχαλλέστερον θέαμα μήλων συνθέσεως, ὅταν εὐδιάθετος ἡ ὁπώρα κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐφ᾽ ὑπτίου τινὸς πρὸς αὐτὴν ἡνωμένη κατὰ τὴν ὄψιν ὑποικίλεται, τοῦ ἐρυθήματος τῆς ὀπώρας καταμιγνυμένου πρὸς τὸ ὑπόλευχον. Εἰ τοίνυν δυνατὸν ἦν, ἐξ ἐπιπέδου τῶν μήλων θέσιν ἄνωθεν ἐπαιωρουμένην ὁρᾶτθαι, τί ἂν τῆς τοιαύτης ὄψεως ἣν γλαφυ; Ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῆς νοητῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐπιθυμίας·ἐστὶν οὐκ ἀδύνατον. Οὐ γὰρ βαρὺ τῆς ὁπώρας ἐκείνης τὸ εἶδος, οὐδὲ εἰς γῆν βρίθον καὶ καθελχόμενον, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ ὕψος τὴν ῥοπὴν ἐκ φύσεως ἔχει. ᾿Αναφυὴς γὰρ ἡ ἀρετὴ, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἄνω βλέπει. Διὸ τῷ κάλλει τῶν τοιούτων μήλων ἐπιθυμεῖ ἡ νύμφη τὸν Τῦροφον τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου ἐνωραΐζεσθαι. Οὐ γάρ μοι τοῦτο δοκεῖ κατὰ τὸ προηγούμενον τῷ λόγῳ σπουδάζεσθαι, ὡς ἐμφανές τι θέαμα διὰ τῆς τῶν μήλων συνθέσεως ἐπὶ τῆς στοιόῆς ὁρᾶσθαι. Τίς γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο διὰ τούτων πρὸς ἀρετὴν ὁδηγία, εἰ μὴ τι Ὀνόημα τῶν ὠφελούντων ἡμᾶς εἴη τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἐν Τί οὖν ἐστιν ὃ εἰκάζομεν; ; Ὁ ἐν τῷ δρυμῶνι τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν ὑπὸ φιλανθρωπίας ἀναθλαστήσας, διὰ ὕτοῦ μετασχεῖν σαρκός τε καὶ αἵματος, μῆλον ἐγένετο. Πρὸς ἑκάτερον γὰρ τούτων ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ἐν τῇ ὁπώρᾳ ταύτῃ διὰ τῆς χροιᾶς τὴν ὁμοίωσιν. Τῷ μὲν γὰρ ὑπερλευκαίνοντι μιμεῖται τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ἰδιότητα, τὸ δὲ ἐπιχεχρωσμένον ἐρύθημα συγγενῶς ἔχειν ) πρὸς τὴν τοῦ αἵματος φύσιν διὰ τοῦ εἴδους μαρτύρεται. Ὅταν τοίνυν ἡ ἐντρυφῶσα τοῖς θείοις ψυχὴ κατὰ τὴν στέγην ταύτην βλέπειν ἐπιθυμήσῃ, τοῦτο τῷ αἱνίγματι παιδευόμεθα. Ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ ἄνω βλέποντας ἡμᾶς προσέχειν τοῖς μήλοις, πρὸς οὐράνιόν ἔστι πολιτείαν ὁδηγεῖσθα: διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν διδαγμάτων. Ἄπερ ὃ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἐπάνω πάντων ὧν ὑπέδειξεν ἡμῖν διὰ τῆς ἐν σαρκὶ φανερώσεως, πάντῶν τῶν ἀγαθῶν πολιτευμάτων ἐν ἑαυτῷ δείξας τὰ ὑποδείγματα, καθώς φησιν ὁ Κύριος, ὅτι Μάθετε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶός εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ. Τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἡμῖν ὑφηγούμενος, λέγει· Δυνατὸν γὰρ διʼ ἑνὸς θεωρήματος πᾶσαν τὴν ἀ.1ήθειαν πιστώσασθαι τῷ λόγῳ. Πρὸς γὰρ τοὺς τὰ ἄνω βλέποντας, Τοῦτο φρογείσθω, φησὶν, ἐν ὑμῖν ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ· ὃς ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων οὐκ ἁρπαγμὸν Ὁ; ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα Θεῷ· ἀλ.1᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐχένωσβ μορφὴν δούλου αδὼν,, ὁ διὰ σαρκὸς καὶ αἴματος ἐπιδημήσας τῷ βίῳ, καὶ ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς ἐν μετουσίᾳ τῆς ταπεινότητος ἡμῶν ἐκουσίως γενόμενος, καὶ μετὰ τῆς τοῦ θανάτου κατελθὼν πείρας. Διὰ ταῦτά φησιν ἡ νύμφη᾽ Στοιθάσατέ μήλοις, ἵνα πάντως εἰς ὕψος ὁρῶσα, βλέπω πρὸς τὰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὑποδείγματα τὰ ἐν τῷ νυμφίῳ δειχνύυμενα. ἘἜχεξ ἡ πραότης ἐχεῖ τὸ ἀόργητον· ἐχεῖ τὸ πρὸς ἐχθροὺς ἀμνησίκακον, καὶ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς λυποῦντας φιλάνθρωπον, καὶ τὸ δι᾿ εὐεργεσίας τὴν … μακρόθυμον, τὸ πάσης κενοδοξίας τε καὶ ἀπάτης Ταῦτα εἰποῦσα, ἐπαινεῖ τὸν τοξότην τῆς εὐστοχίας, ὡς καλῶς ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν τὸ βέλος εὐθύναντα. Τετρωμένη γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀγάπης ἐγώ. Δείκνυσι τῷ λόγῳ τὸ βέλος, τὸ τῇ καρδίᾳ διὰ βάθους ἐγκείμενον. Ὁ δὲ ποξότης τοῦ βέλους ἡ ἀγάπη ἐστίν. ᾿Αγάπην δὲ τὸν Θεὸν εἶναι παρὰ τῆς ἀγίας Γραφῆς μεμαθήκαμεν, ὃς τὸ ἐκλεκτὸν αὑτοῦ βέλος τὸν μονογενῆ Υἱὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς σωζομένους ἐκπέμπει, τῷ πνεύματι ζωῆς τὴν τριπλὴν τῆς ἀκίδος ἀκμὴν περιχρώσας. ᾿Αχὶς δὲ ἡ πίστις ἐστὶν, ἵνα ἐν ᾧ γένηται συνεισάγῃ μετὰ τοῦ βέλους καὶ τὸν τοξότην, ὥς φησιν ὁ Κύριος, ὅτι ᾿Εγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν, καὶ ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ᾽ αὐτῷ ποιήσομεν. Ὁρᾷ τοίνυν ἡ διὰ τῶν θείων ἀναδάσεων ὑψωθεῖσα ψυχῇ, τὸ γλυκὺ τῆς ἀγάπης βέλος ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ᾧ ἐτρώθη, καὶ καύχημα ποιεῖται τὴν πληγὴν, λέγουσα, ὅτι Τετρωμέγη ἀγάπης ἐγώ. Ἃ καλοῦ τραύματος καὶ γλυκείας πληγῆς, δι᾽ ἧς ἡ ζωὴ ἐπὶ τὰ ἐντὸς διαδύεται, ὥσπερ τινὰ θύραν καὶ εἴσοδον τὴν ἐκ τοῦ βέλους διαίρεσιν ἑαυτῇ ὑπανοίξασα Ὁμοῦ τε γὰρ τὸ τῆς ἀγάπης βέλος ἐδέξατο, καὶ παραχρῆμα εἰς γαμιχὴν θυμηδίαν ἡ τοξεία μετεσκευάσθη. Φανεῤὸν γάρ ἐστι πῶς αἱ χεῖρες τὸ τόξον μεταχειρίζονται, μεριζόμεναι πρὸς τὴν χρείαν ταῖς ἐνεργείαις. Ἧ μὲν γὰρ εὐώνυμος τοῦ τόξου ἅπτεται· ἡ δεξιὰ δὲ τὴν νευρὰν πρὸς ἑαυτὴν ἐπισπᾶται, συνελχομένη διὰ τῶν γλυφίδων τὸ βέλος τῇ προδολῇ τῆς ἀριστερᾶς χειρὸς πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν εὐθυνόμενον. Ἢ τοίνυν πρὸ ὀλίγου σκοπὸς γενομένη τοῦ βέλους, νῦν ἑαυτὴν ἀντὶ βέλους ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τοῦ τοξότου βλέπει, ἄλλω; τῆς δεξιᾶς, καὶ ἑτέρως τῆς εὐωνύμου διαλαμδανούσης τὸ βέλος. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθαλαμίου τροπῆς αἱ τῶν θεωρημάτων ἐμφάσεις δι᾽ ἀκολούθου προάγονται, οὖκ ἐποίησε τὴν ἀκίδα τοῦ βέλους ὑπὸ τῆς ἀριστερᾶς ἐχομένην, οὐδὲ τὴν δεξιὰν τὸ ἕτερον διαλαμδάνουσαν, ὡς ἂν γένοιτο ἡ ψυχὴ βέλος ἐν χειρὶ τοῦ δυνατοῦ, πρὸς τὸν ἄνω σκοπὸν εὐθυνόμενον· ἀλλ᾽ ἐποίησε τὴν μὲν εὐώνυμον ἀντὶ τῆς ἀκίδος τῇ κεφαλῇ ὑποῦδάλλεσθαι· διαλαμδάνεσθαι δὲ τῇ δεξιᾷ τὸ λειπόμενον, ὡς ἂν, οἶμαι, κατὰ ταὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς διπλοῖς αἰνίγμασι πὰ περὶ τῆς θείας ἀναδάσεως ὁ λόγος φιλοσοφήσειεν, δεικνὺς ὅτι ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ νυμφίος καὶ τοξότης ἐστὶν Ὁ ἡμῶν, νύμφῃ τε καὶ βέλει τῇ κεκαθαρμένῃ κεχρημένος ψυχῇ, ὡς βέλος πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθὸν εὐθύνων σκοπόνʼ ὡς νύμφην πρὸς μετουσίαν ἀναλαμδάνων τῆς ἀφθάρτου ἀϊδιότητος, μῆκος βίου καὶ ἔτη ζωῆς διὰ τῆς δεξιᾶς χαριζόμενος - διὰ δὲ τῆς ἀριστερᾶς·, τὸν τῶν αἰωνίων ἀγαθῶν πλοῦτον,, καὶ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ᾽ δόξαν, ἧς οἱ τὴν τοῦ κόσμου ζητοῦντες δόξαν ἀμέτοχοι γίνονται. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν, Εὐώνυμος αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τὴν κεφαλήν μου, δι ἧς εὐθύνεται πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν τὸ βέλος δεξιὰ δὲ αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἑαυτήν μὲ διαλαδοῦσα καὶ ἐφελχυσαμένη, κούφην μὲ πρὸς τὴν ἄνω φορὰν ἀπεργάζεται, κἀκεῖ πεμπομένην, καὶ τοῦ τοξότου μὴ χωριζομένην· ὡς ὁμοῦ τε φέρεσθαι διὰ τῆς βολῆς, καὶ ταῖς χερσὶ τοῦ Δεσπότου συναναἡπαύεσθαι. Τὰ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν τούτων ἰδιώματά φησιν ἡ Παροιμία. ὅτε μῆκος βίου, καὶ ἔτη ζωῆς ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τῆς σοφίας· ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀριστερᾷ αὐτῆς, πλοῦτος Εἶτα πρὸς τὰς θυγατέρας τῆς ἄνω Ἱερουσαλὴμ τρέπει τὸν λόγον. Ὁ δὲ λόγος παράκλησίς ἐστιν ἐν ὅρνῳ προσαγομένη, τοῦ πλεονάζειν καὶ ἐπαύξειν ἀεὶ τὴν ἀγάπην, ἕως ἂν ἐνεργὸν ἑαυτοῦ ποιήσῃ τὸ ΔΛοθέλημα, ὁ θέλων πάντας σωθῆναι, καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν. Ὁ δὲ λόγος οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν πεποίηται· Ὥρκχισα ὑμᾶς, θυγατέρες ταῖς δυνάμεσι καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἰσχύσεσι τοῦ ἀγροῦ, ἐὰν ἐγείρητε καὶ ἐξεγείρητε τὴν ἀγάπην, ἕως οὗ θελήσῃ. Ὄρκος ἐστὶ λόγος πιστούμενος διλ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ἀλήθειαν διπλῇ δὲ ἡ κατὰ τὸν ὄρκον ἐνέργεια. Ἢ γὰρ αὐτὸς πιστοῦται τῷ ἀκούοντι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἣ ἄλλοις διὰ τοῦ ὀρκισμοῦ τὴν ἀνάγκην ἐπάγει τοῦ μηδὲν παραψεύδεσθαι· οἷον, Ὥμοσε Κύριος τῷ Δαδὶδ ἢ ἀλήθειαν, καὶ οὗ μὴ ἀθετήσει αὐτήν· ἐνταῦθα τὸ πιστὸν τῆς ὑποσχέσεως ἐμπεδοῦται τῷ ὄρκῳ. Ὅταν δὲ φροντίδα ποιούμενος ὁ ᾿Αδραὰμ τῆς εὐγενοῦς ἐπὶ ῷ μονογενεῖ συζυγίας, προστάσσῃ τῷ ἰδίῳ οἰκέτῃ, μή τινα τῶν τοῦ γένους Χαναὰν, τῶν τῇ δουλείᾳ χαπρὸς γάμον τῷ Ἰσαὰκ, ὡς ἂν μὴ λυμαίνηται τῇ εὐγενείᾳ τῆς διαδοχῆς ἢ ποῦ δουλικοῦ γένους ἐπιμιξία, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τῆς πατρῴας αὑτοῦ γῆς καὶ συγγενείας ἁρμόσασθαι τῷ παιδὶ τὴν συζυγίαν, ἀνάγκην ἐπάγει τοῦ μὴ ῥᾳθυμῆσαι περὶ ᾿επὸ πρόσταγμα διὰ τοῦ ὀρχίσαι αὐτὸν, εἰ μὲν ἐπιστέλλῃ ποιήσειν δι’ αὐτὸν, ὅσα περὶ τοῦ παιδὸς ἐδοκίμασεν. Ὁρκίζεται τοίνυν ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αδραὰμ, ὁ θεράπων, ἵνα τῷ Ἰσαὰκ τὴν πρέπουσαν συζυγίαν ἁρμόσηται. Διπλῆς τοίνυν οὔσης τῆς κατὰ τὸν ὄρκον ἀνεργείας, ἐνταῦθα ἡ πρὸς τοσοῦτον ὕψος ἀναδραμοῦσα ψυχὴ, ὅσον ἐν τοῖς προεξητασμένοις ἐθεωρῆσαμεν, ταῖς μαθητευομέναις ψυχαῖς τὴν πρὸς τὸ τέλειον πρόοδον ὑφηγουμένη, οὐκ ὧν αὕτη τετύχηκε παρέχει ταῖς ἀχουούσαις διὰ τοῦ ὄρκου τὸ ἀναμφίὄολον· ἀλλ᾽ ἐκέίνας διὰ τοῦ ὀρκισμοῦ πρὸς τὸν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν χειραγωγεῖ βίον, μετὰ τότε ἀκοίμητόν τε καὶ ἀγρηγορυῖαν τὴν ἀγάπην ἔχειν, ἕως ἂν εἰς πέρας ἔλθοι τὸ ἀγαθὸν αὐτοῦ θέλημα. Τοῦτο δέ ἔστι τὸ πάντας σωθῆναι, καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν. ὀρχισμὸς ὥσπερ ἐχεῖ ἐν τῷ μηρῷ τοῦ πατριάρχου ἐγένετο, οὕτως ἐνταῦθα ἐν δυνάμεσι καὶ ἐν ἰσχύσεσι τοῦ ἀγροῦ, οὕτως εἰπόντος τοὺ λόγου· ὑμᾶς, θυγατέρες ʼ᾿Ιερουσωλὴμ, ἐν δυνάμεσι, καὶ ἐν ἰσχύσεσι τοῦ ἀγροῦ, ἐὰν ἐγείρητε καὶ·ἰἀξεγείρητε τὴν ἀγάπην ἕως οὗ θελήσῃ. θεωρηπέον τοίνυν ἐν τούτοις, πρῶτον μὲν τίς ὁ ἀγρός· ἔπειτα τίς ἡ ἰσχὺς τοῦ ἀγροῦ καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ εἰ διαφορὰν ἔχει ταῦτα πρὸς ἄλληλα, ἣ ἕν δι᾽ ἀμφοτέρὼν ἐστὶ τὸ σημαινόμενον· πρὸς τοὔτοις, τέ τὸ ἐγείερεσθαι, καὶ τέ τὸ ἐξεγείρεσθαι τὴν ἀγάπην. Τὸ γὰρ, Ἕως οὗ θελήσῃ, διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων προαποδέδηλωται. Ὅτι μὲν διὰ τοῦ ἀγροῦ τὸν κόσμον σημαίνει ἡ τοῦ Δεσπότου φωνὴ, παντὶ δῆλον ἐκ τῶν Εὐαγγελίων ἐστίν· ὅτι δὲ παράγει τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, καὶ οὐδὲν πάγιον δείκνυται ἐν τῇ ἀστατούσῃ φύσει, δῆλον ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ μεγαλοφωνίας ἐστὶν, ὃς πᾶν φαινόμενόν τε καὶ παρερχόμενον, ἐν ματαίοις ἠρίθμησεν. Τίς οὖν ἡ δύναμις τοῦ τοιούτου ἀγροῦ, ὅ ἔστιν ὁ κόσμος ; Ἢ τίς ἡ ἰσχὺς, ὧν ἡ μνήμη ἀπαράὄατον ποιεῖ διὰ τοῦ ὀρκισμοῦ ταῖς θυγατράσιν Ἵερουσαλὴμ τὸ παράγγελμα; Εἰ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὰ φαινόμενα βλέπομεν, ὡς οὔσης τινὸς ἐν τούτοις δυνάμεως, παραγράφεται τὴν τοιαύτην ὑπόληψιν ὁ Ἐχκχλησιαστὴς, μάταιον ὀνομάζων πᾶν ἐν τούτοις δεικνύμενόν τε καὶ σπουδαζόμενον. Τὸ γὰρ μάταιον οὐκ ὑφέστηκε. Τὸ δὲ μὴ ὑφεστὸς κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν, ἰσχὺν οὔκ ἔχει. Ἢ τάχα διὰ τῆς πληθυντιχῆς σημασίας τῆς κατὰ τὴν δύναμιν, ἔστι τινὰ στοχασμὸν εὑρεῖν τοῦ νοήματος ; Τοιαύτην γὰρ ἔγνωμεν παρὰ τῇ ἁγίᾳ Γραφῇ διαφορὰν ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων ὀνομάτων· ὅταν μὲν μοναδικῶς ἢ δύναμις λέγεται, πρὸς τὸ Θεῖον ᾿ ἀναπέμπεται διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης φωνῆς ἡ διάνοια· ὅταν δὲ διὰ τοῦ πληθυντιχοῦ σχήματος ἐκφωνεῖται, τὴν ἀγγελικὴν φύσιν τῷ λόγῳ παρίστησιν· οἷον, Χριστὸς, Θεοῦ δύναμις καὶ σοφία, ἐνταῦθα τῷ μοναδιχῷ Θεῖον ἐγνώρισεν. Εὐλογεῖτε τὸν Κύριον, πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ. Ὧδε τὸ πληθυντικὸν τῶν δυνάμεων τῆς νοητῆς τῶν ἀγγέλων φύσεως τὴν σημασίαν ἐνδείκνυται. Τὸ δὲ τῆς ἰσχύος ὄνομα συμπαραληφθὲν μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως, ἐπίτασιν τῆς τοῦ νοήματος ἐμφάσεως ἔχει· οὕτω τῆς Γραφῆς διὰ τῆς ἐπαναλήψεως . σης ὃ βούλεται· ὡς τὸ, Κύριε, ἡ ἰσχύς μου καὶ στερέωμά μου. Ταὐτὸν γὰρ ἑκάτερον τῶν ῥημάτων τὸ σημαινόμενον· ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τῶν ἰσοδυναμούντων συνθήκη ἔνδειξιν ποιεῖται τῆς κατὰ τὸ σημαινόμενον ἐπιτάσεως. Ἡ τοίνυν τῶν δυνάμεων πληθυντιχὴ σημασία, καὶ ἡ ὁμοιότροπος τῶν ἰσχύων μνήμη, πρὸς τὴν ἀγγελικὴν ἔοικε φύσιν ἀπάγειν τῶν ἀκουόντων τὴν ἔννοιαν ὥστε τὸν ὀρκισμὸν τὸν ἐπὶ βεδαιώσει τῶν κεκριμένων παρὰ τῆς διδασκαλίας, ταῖς μαθητευομέναις ψυχαῖς προσαγόμενον, μὴ κατὰ τοῦ παρἄγοντος γίνεσθαι κόσμου, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τῆς ἐπιδιαμενούσης εἰσαεὶ φύσεως τῶν ἀγγέλων, πρὸς οὖς βλέπεῖν διακελεύεται, ἵνα τὸ πάγιόν τε καὶ στάσιμον τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν πολιτείας βεδαιώσῃ τῷ ὑποδείγματι. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸν μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν βίον ὅμοιον ἐπήγγελται τῇ καταστάσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων γενήσεσθαι (ἀψευδὴς γὰρ ὁ ἐπαγγειλάμενος), ἀκόλουθον ἂν εἴη καὶ τὴν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ζωὴν πρὸς τὴν ἐλπιζομέντν μετὰ ταῦτα παρασκευάζεσθαι, ὥστε ἐν σαρκὶ ζῶνκας, καὶ ἐν ἀγρῷ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου διάγοντας, μὴ κατὰ σάρκα ζῇν, μηδὲ συσχηματίζεσθαι τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ προμελετᾷν τὸν ἐλπιζόμενον βίον διὰ τῆς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ζωῆς. Διὰ τοῦτο τὴν διὰ τοῦ ὄρκου βεδαίωσιν ἐμποιεῖ ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν μαθητευομένων ᾿ ἡ νύμφη, ὥστε τὴν ζωὴν αὐτῶν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ τούτῳ χατορθουμένην πρὸς τὰς δυνάμεις βλέπειν, μιμουμένην διὰ τῆς ἀπαθείας τὴν ἀγγελικὴν καθαρότητα. Οὕτω γὰρ ἐγειρομένης τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ ἐξεγειρομένης, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὑψουμένης τε καὶ ἀεὶ διὰ πρὸς τὸ μεῖζον ἑπαυξομένης, τὸ ἀγαθὸν εἴπε θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ τελειοῦσθαι ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς, τῆς ἀγγελικῆς ἀπαθείας καὶ ἐν ἡμῖν χαΤαῦτα κατενοήσαμεν εἰς τὸ, ὑμᾶς, θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ἐν δυνάμεσι, καὶ ἐν ἰσχύσεσι τρῦ ἀγροῦ· ἐὰν ἐγείρητε καὶ ἐξεγείρῆτε τὴν ἀγάπην, ἕως οὗ θελήσῃ. Εἰ δὲ τις εὑ-·, ρεθείη λόγος ἕτερος μᾶλλον προσετγίζων τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τῶν ζητουμένων, δεξόμεθα τὴν χάριν, καὶ εὐχαριστήσομὲν τῷ ἀποκαλύπτοντι τὰ κεκρυμμένα μυστήρια διὰ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ πρέπει ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν ’

Idou ei kalē, hē piĒlēsion mou; idou ei kalē, hoi ophthalmoi sou peristeras. ᾿Idou ei kalos adeiphidos mou, kai ge hōraios. Prosklinē hēmōn syskios, dokoi hēmōn kedroi, phatnōmata hēmōn kyparissoi. krinon en mesǭ akanthōn, houtōs hē plēsion mou hana meson tōn thygaterōn. Hōs mē,1on en tois xyAois tou drymou, houtōs adelphidos mou aga meson tōn huiōn. En tę̄ skią hautou epethymēsa kai ekathisa, kai karpos hautou glykys en mou. Eisagagete me eis oikon tou oigou, taxate ep᾽ eme agapēn. Stērixate me myrois, stoidasate md en mēlois, hoti tetrōmenē agapēs egō, Euōnyto mos autou hypo tēn keralēn mou, kai hē dexia autou perilēpsetae me. Hōrchisa hymas, thygateres Hierousalēm, en dynamesi kai en ischysesi tou agrou; ean egeirēte kai exegeirēte tēn agapēn, Egō agthos tou pediou, krinon tōn koiladōn. Phasi tous to chrysion echchathairontas, ei dia tinos … rōtheiē tēs lampēdonos to kallos, tę̄ dia tou pyros chōneią therapeuein tēn dyschroian, kai pollakis touto poiein, kai kath᾽ hekastēn chōneian episkopein, hoson ē para tēn proteran en tois ephexēs gegonen ho chrysos euchroōteros, kai mē proteron pauesthai tǭ pyri tēn hylēn apochathairontas, heōs auto chrysiou to eidos heautǭ martyrēsę̄ to katharon te kai achiodēleuton. Tinos de charin tēs parousēs tōn anegnōsmenōn theōreas aptomenoi, toutōn tēn mnēmēn epoiēsametha, dēlon hēmin ex autēs tēs dianoias tōn gegrammenōn genēsetai. Chrysę̄ tis hēn to katarchas hē anthrōpinē physis, kai lampousa tę̄ pros to akēraton agathon homoiotēte alla dyschrous kai melaina meta touto tę̄ epimixią Tʼ tēs kakias egeneto, kathōs en tois prōtois tou;Loomatos tēs nymphēs ēkousamen, hoti melainan autēn epoiēsen hē tou ampelōnos oligōria, hēs therapeuōn tēn dysmorphian ho panta en sophią techniteuōn Theos, ou kainon ti kallos ep᾽ autēn mēchanatai, ho mē pro- } teron ēn, all᾽ epi tēn prōtēn epanagei charin, di᾿ analyseōs tēn tǭ kakǭ pros to akēraton. Hōsper toinyn hoi achrideis chryso᾿gnōmones meta tēn prōtēn chōneian epischopousin, hoson epedōken eis kallos hē hylē tǭ pyri ton rhypon T΄ endapanēsasa; kai palin deuteras gegonuias kō neias, ei mē hikanōs para tēn prōtēn apechkatharthę̄, to prostethen kallos epilogizontai, kai pollakis to ison poiountes, aei tas tou kallous prosthēkas dia s tēs epistēmonikēs dokimasias epiginōskousin; houtō kai nyn ho therapeutēs tou melagthegtos chrysiou, kathaper tini chōnę̄ psychēn lamprynas dia tōn prosachthentōn autę̄ pharmakōn en men tois phthasasin hippou tinos eumorphian tǭ phainomenǭ prosemartyrēse; nyn de hōs parthenou loipon apodechetai to hē anaphanen hautę̄ kallos. Phēsi gar; ᾿Idou ei kalē, ē plēsion mou, idou ei kalē; hoi orthalmoi sou Paideuei dia tōn eirēmenōn ho logos, tautēn einae pou kallous tēn epanalēpsin, to plēsion genesthai tēs tou kalou pēgēs, kai prosengisai palin tǭ alēthinǭ kallei, hou apephoitēse. Phēsi gar᾽ Idou eS kalē, hē plēsion mou. Dia touto proteron ouk ēstha kalē, dioti tou archetypou kallous apoxenōtheisa ponērą geitniasei tēs kakias pros to eidechthes loiōthēs. To de legomenon toiouton esti; Dektikē tōn kata gnōmēn gegonen hē anthrōpinē physis, kai pros hoper an hē rhopē tēs proaireseōs hautēn agei, kat᾽ ekeino kai alloioutai. Tou te gar thymou paradexamenē to pathos, thymōdēs ginetai; kai tēs epithymias epikratēsasēs, eis hēdonēn dialyetai. Pros deilian te kai phodon, kai ta kath᾽ hekaston pathē tēs rhopēs genomenēs tas hekastou tōn pathōn morphas hypodyetai hōsper dē kchai ek tou enantiou to makrothymon. to katharon, to eirēnikon, to aorgēton, to alypon, to eutharses, to aptoēton, panta tauta en heautę̄ dexa menē, hekastou toutōn episēmainei ton charaktēra tę̄ katastasei tēs psychēs en ataraxią galēniaxousa, Symdainei toinyn amesōs pros tēn kakian tēs aretēs diestōsēs, mē dynasthai kata tauton amphoteron tǭ heni paraginesthai; ho gar tou sōphronein apostas, en s tǭ akolastǭ pantōs ginetai biǭ, kai ho ton akaϑar- - nenxaiyy opipiē0 ię̄ Hui(D ton bdelyxamenos bion, katōrthōsen en tę̄ apostrophę̄ tou kakou to amolynton. Houtō kai talla panta, ho tapeinophrōn tēs hyperēphanias chechōoistai, kai ho dia tou typhou heanton exonchōsas, tēn tapeinophrosynēn apōsato. Kai ti chrē ta kath᾽ ekaston legonta diatribein? Pōs epi tōn antikeimenōn tę̄ physei hē tou henos apousia thesis kai hyparxis tou heterou ginetai, houtō toinyn echousēs hēmōn tēs proaireseōs, kat᾽ exousian echein hǭper an ethelę̄ toutǭ syschēmatizesthai, … kalōs phēsi pros tēn hōraiōtheisan ho logos; hoti ᾽Apostasa men tēs tou kakou koinōnias emoi prosēngisas; plēsiasata de tǭ aprositǭ kallei, kai autē kalē gegonas, hoion ti katoptron tǭ emǭ charaktēri emmorphōtheisa. Katoptrǭ gar eoiken hōs alēthōs to anthrōpinon kata tas tōn proaireseōn emphaseis;] metapoioumenon. GAn te gar chryson idoi, chrysos phaïnetai, kai tas autas augas tēs hylēs dia tēs emphaseōs deiknysin; an te ti tōn eidechthōn emphaneiē, kai toutou to aischos di᾽ homoiōseōs apomassetai, batrachon tina, hē phrynon, ē scholopendran, hē allo ti tōn aēdōn theamatōn tǭ oikeiǭ hypokrinomenon, hǭper an toutōn heurethę̄ antiprosōpon. Epeidē toinyn kata gōtou tēn kakian poiēsamenē hē kekatharmenē psychē hypo Logou, ton hēliakon en heautę̄ kyklon edexato, kai tǭ ophthenti en autę̄ phōti synexelampse, dia touto phēsi pros hautēn ho Logos, hoti Gegonas ēdē kalē plēsiasasa tǭ emǭ phōti, dia tou prosengismou tēn koinōnian ephelkomenē tou Chchallous. ᾿Idou ei kalē, phēsin, hē plēsion mou. Eita epiachōn, kai hoion en prosthēkę̄ tini kai epitasei genomenēn tou kallous autēn theasamenos, palin ton auton epanalambanei logon, eipōnʼ ᾿Idou ei kalē. ᾿All en men tǭ proterǭtēn plēsion ōnomasen; entautha de tēn ek tou eidous tōn ommatōn gnōri᾿ zomenēnʼ ᾿ophthalmoi gar sou, phēsi, peristeras. Iroteron men gar hote hippǭ aphōmoiōthē, te kai trachēlǭ ho epainos ēn. Nyn de hote to idion autēs anephanē kallos, hē tōn ophthalmōn charis enchōmiaxetai; ho de tōn ophthalmōn epainos esti to peristeras ta ommata einai, hoper moi dokei toiautēn emphaigein dianoian, epeidē tais katharais tōn ommatōn korais horatai tōn atenizontōn ta prosōpa. Phasi gar hoi toiauta physiologein epistēmones, hoti tas tōn eidōlōn emptōseis dechomenos, hai tōn horatōn aporrheousin, houtōs energei tēn opsin ho ophthalmos. Toutou charin epainos ginetai tēs tōn ophthalmōn eumorphias;. to tēs peristeras eidos, to tais korais autōn emphainomenon. Pros ho gar an tis enatenisę̄, touto dechetai en heautǭ to homoiōma. Epei oun mēketi pros sarka kai haima blepōn, pros ton pneumatikon bion horą, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, zōn pneumati, kai pneu- .. mati stoichōn, kai tas praxeis tou sōmatos thanatōn ᾿ tǭ pneumati, kai holos di᾽ holou pneumatikos genomenos, ou Psychikos, oude sarkinos; toutou charin martyreitai hē tēs sōmatikēs prospatheias apēllagmenē psychē, to tēs peristeras eidos hen tois ommasin echein, toutesti ton charaktēra tēs pneumatikēs zōēs tǭ dioratichǭ tēs psychēs enaugazesthai. Epei oun geione katharos ho hautēs ophthalmos dektikos tou tēs peristeras charaktēros, dia touto chōrei kai tou nymphiou to kallos theasasthai. Nyn gar prōton hē parthenos atenizei tę̄ tou nymphiou morphē, hote esche tēn peristeran en tois ommasin. Oudeis gar dynatai Kyrion Iēsoun eipein, ei mē en Pgeumati hagiǭ; kai phēsin’ Idou ei kalos, adeiridos mou, kai ge hōraios. ᾿Aph᾽ hou gar ouden allo moi kalon einai dokei, all᾽ apestraphēn panta hosa to proteron en kalois enomezeto, ouketi moi peplanētai hē tou kalou krisis, hōste mis. Tauta gar tois pros tēn aisthēsin blepousin, epikechrōstai men tę̄ tou kalou phantasią, ou mēn estin hoper nomizetai. Pōs gar an ti eiē kalon, ho mēde holōs esti kath᾽ hypostasin? To gar en tǭ chosmǭto toutǭ tetimēmenon, en monę̄ tę̄ oiēsei tōn nomizontōn einai, to einai echei. Sy de alēthōs ei chalox᾽ ou kalos de monon, all᾽ autę̄ tę̄ tou kalou ousią aei toioutos hyparchōn, pantote hōn hoper ei’ oute kata kairon anthōn, oute epi kairou palin apodallōn to anthos; t΄ alla tę̄ aïdiotēti tēs zōēs symparateinōn tēn hōran; hǭ onoma ē philanthrōpia. Ho gar ex Iouda anateilas hēmin Christos, adelphos de ho Ioudaiōn laos tou ex ethnōn soi prosiontos, kalōs dia tēn en sarki gegenēmenēn tēs theotētos sou phanerōsin, adelphidos tēs Eita epēgage, Proschiligē hēmōn syskios. Toutsyschion tę̄ oikonomią genomenon. Ēlthes gar sy, phēsin, ho kalos, ho adelphidos, ho hōraios, pros tę̄ klinę̄ autos heauton, tēn akraton tēs theotētos aktina syg;allo ti para se kalon oiesthai; ouk epainos tis an. ᾿ thrōpinos, ou doxa, ou periphaneia, ou kosmikē dynaestin, egnō ss, ētoi gnōsetai hē anthrōpinē physis, chalypsas tę̄ tou doulou morphę̄, tis an hypestē sou tēn emphaneian ? Oudeis gar opsetai prosōpon Theou, kai zēsetai, Ēlthes toinyn ho hōraios, all᾽ hōs chōroumen dexasthai, toioutos genomenos. Ēlthes tas tiis theotētos aktinas tę̄ peridolę̄ syschiasas tou sōmatos. Pōs gar an echōrēse thnētē kai epichēros physis tę̄ akēratǭ kai aprositǭ syzygią synarmosthēnai, ei mē tois en skotei zōsin hēmin hē skia tou sōmatos pros to phōs emesiteuse ? Klinēn de onomazei hē nymphē, tropichę̄ sēmasią tēn pros to Theion anakrasin tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs hermēneuousa. Hōs kai ho megas -΄ ʼ᾿Apostolos harmozetai tǭ Christǭ tēn parthenon hēmas, kai nymphostolei tēn psychēn, kai tēn proschollēsin tōn dyo eis henos sōmatos koinōnian to mega mystērion einai legei tēs tou Christou pros tēn Ekklēsian henōseōs. Eipōn gar hoti Esogtai hoi dyo eis sarka mian, epēgagen; hoti To mystērion touto moga estin; egō de legō eis Christon kai eis tēn ᾿Echchilēsian. Dia touto toinyn to mystērion, klinēn hē parthenos psychē tēn pros to Theion koinōnian ōnomase. Tautēn de ouk allōs ēn dynaton genesthai, ei mē dia tou syskion hēmin dia tou sōmatos epiphanēnai ton Kyrion. Hos ou nymphios monon, alla kai oikodomos estin, autos en hēmin kai techniteuōn ton oikon, kai holēs;tēs technēs ginomenos.;Orophon gar epidallei tǭ oikǭ, dia tēs asēptou hylēs kallōpizōn to ergon; toiautē de estin ē kedros kai hē kyparissos, hōn ho enkeimenos tois xylois tonos, pasēs dēptichēs aitias kreittōn estin, romenos. Ek toutōn kedroi men, dia to epimēcheis einai, ta platē tou oikou tǭ- orophǭ dialamoanousin; chyparissoi dia tēs legomenēs phatnōseōs, tēn endothen tou oikou kataskeuēn hōraïzousin. Echei de hē lexis houtōs; Dokoi oikōn hēmōn kedroi. Phatnē- mata hēmōn kyparissos. Pantōs de ta dēloumena dia tōn xylōn ainigmata, phanera tois epacholouthousi tǭ heirmǭ tēs dianoias estin. Brochēn onomazei tas poikilas tōn peirasmōn prosdolas en tǭ Euangeliǭ ho Kyrios, legōn epi tou kalōs tēn oikian epi tēn hē petran oikodomēsantos, hoti Katedē hē brochē, kai agemoi, kai ēlthon hoi potamoi, kai apathes emdigen en toutois to oikodomēma. Tautēs oun heneken tēs chachēę̄s epomorias, chreia toioutōn hēmin esti dokōn. Hautai d᾽ an eien hai aretai, hai tas tōn peirasmōn epirrhoas entos heautōn ou prosientai, sterrhai te ousai kai anendotoi, kai to pros kakian amalachton en tois peirasmois Mathoimen d᾽ an to legomenon, tēn en tǭ Echchlēgar phēsin; En ochgēriais tapeinōthēsetai hē dokōsiis, kai en argią cheirōn stazei hē oikia. Hōsper gar ei asthenē te kai atona hypo leptotētos eiē ta xyla ta dieilēphota ton orophon, oknērōs de echę̄ pros tēn tou dōmatos epimeleian ho tou oikou de- spotēs, ouden apōnato tēs stegēs, tou omdrou dia orophos, eikōn tǭ barei tou hydatos, kai ouk antechei tōn xylōn hē atonia pros tēn tou barous prostholēn hypochlazousa. Dia touto epi ta entos diadidotai to: hydōr, kai hai stagones hautai kata ton paroimiōdē logon echthdallousin tou idiou oikou ton anthrōpon en tę̄ hēmerą tou hyepou. Houtōs tǭ tēs paratholēs ainigmati diakeleuetai dia tēs tōn aretōn eutonias anendotous pros tas tōn peirasmōn epirrhoas, mēpote malakisthentes dia tēs tōn pathēmatōn symptōseōs koïloi genōmetha, kai tēn epirrhountōn; toioutōn hydatōn exōthen epi tēn kardian eisreousan entos tōn tamieiōn paradexōmetha, di᾽ hōn phtheiretai hēmin tan. apotheta. Hai de kedroi hautai tou Lidanou, has ephyteusen ho Kyrios, hais ennoseusousi ta strouthia, hōn hē tou erōdiou kalia kathēgeitai. Hautai toinyn hai kedroi, hai aretai, ton oikon tēs nymphikēę̄s strouthia ginomena, kai tōn pagidōn hyperiptamenai, hōn kathēgeitai hē tou erōdiou kalia, hēn … kian onomazei ho logos. Legousi de apechthōs peri tas … edei ta toiauta syntithenai: kalōs te kai enarmoniōs ho sophos architektōn Paulos, ho legōn; Panta kata;. taxin en hymin kai euschēmonōs gigesthō. mixeis echein touto to orneon, kai tini physeōs anankę̄ schetounta, kai tēn aēdian episēmainonta. Hothen moi dokei tēn katharotēta en ainigmati dia tou onomatos poutou sēmainein ho logos. Tautas oun tas dokous epi tous orophous tēs katharas pastados blepei hē nymphē. Horą de kai ton ek tēs kyparissou kosmon dia tinos euxestou te kai enarmoniou syntheseōs to drōmenon gar eipen einai ta tou orophou phatnōmata; phatnōmata de legetai einai, heurythϑmos tis kai diaglyphos sanidōn pēxis to tēs orophēs kallos diapoikillousa. Ti oun dia toutōn manthanomen ? Eupnoei physikōs hē kyparissos autē kai sēpedonos estin aparadektos, kai pros pasan tektonikēn philotechnian epitēdeiōs echei, leia te ginomenē kai enarmonios, kai pros tous dia tōn glyphidōn challōpismous epitēdeios. Touto oun oimai dia tōn legomenōn hēmas paideuesthai, mē monon en tę̄ psychę̄ tas aretas en hexei katorthousthai kata to adēlon; alla mēde tēs kata to phainomenon euschēmosynēs amelōs echein. Chrē gar pronoein enōpion Kyriou kai anthrōpōn; kai Theǭ men pephanerōsthai; anthrōpous de peithein, kai martyrian kalēn echein apo tōn exōthen, kai lampein tois phōteinois ergois emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, kai euschēmonōs peripatein pros tous hexō. Tauta esti ta phatnōmata dia tēs tou Christou euōdias, hēs ainigma estin hē kyparissos, en tę̄ euschēmosynę̄ tou biou philotechnoumenē, kathōs … Toutōn de houtǭs katorthōthentōn, epauxēsis tou en hēmin ginetai kallous, tēs plateias hēmōn physeōs to euōdes kai katharon anthos anadidousēs. Gthnoma anthei krinon estin. Hō hē physikōs entheōroumenē lamprotēs tēn tēs sōphrosynēs marmarygēn hypainissetai, Tauta gar ē nymphē peri heautēs diexerchetai legousa; Egō metato genesthai pros tę̄ klinę̄ hēmōn ton nymphion syschiathenta tǭ sōmati, hos hǭkodomēsen heautǭ ton oikon, eme tais tōn aretōn chedrois horophōsas tēn stegēn, kai tę̄ eupnoią tōn ton orophon, gegona ek tou pediou tēs physeōs anthos, euchroią te kai euōdią tōn loipōn anthōn diapherousa. Krinon gar anephyēn ek tōn koiladōn. Echei de hē lexis houtōs; Egō anthos tou pediou, krinon tōn koiladōn. ᾿Alēthōs gar hē dia tōn protheōrēthentōn hēmin tǭ i- ē platei physeōs geōrgētheisa psychē. Pedion gar akou. santes, tēn platytēta tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs enoēsamen, dia to pollōn te kai apeirōn autēn dektikēn einai noēmatōn te kai rhēmatōn kai mathēmatōn. Ē toinyn kata ton eirēmenon tropon para tou geōrgountos tēn physin hēmōn emponētheisa psychē, anthos euodmon te kai lampron kai katharon anaphyetai en tou tēs physeōs hēmōn pediou. To de pedion touto, kan synkrisei tēs ouranias diagōgēs koilas onoma᾿ zetai, ouden hētton pedion esti, kai ou kōlyetai hē en autę̄ gegōrgētheisa kalōs anthos genesthai gar tou choilou epi to hypsēlon ho blastos anatellei, chaϑōs estin idein epi tou chrinou ginomenon. Epipoly gar epi to orthion ek tēs rhizēs kalamoeidōs anadraImousa hē botanē tou chrinou, tote to anthos ek tēs koryphēs anadidōsin, ouk oligǭ tǭ metaxy diastēmati tēs gēs apostēsasa, hōs an, oimai, katharon en meteōrǭ diamenoi to kallos, tę̄ pros tēn gēn epimolynomenon. Dia tauta kai ho dichaios;ophthalmos tēn touto genomenēn, hētoi genesthai po; amphotera gar ek tōn eirēmenōn hyp. enoēsamen, ē hoti megalaucheitai hōs ēdē genomenē hoper epepothēsen, hē hoti deitai tou geōrgou anthos genesthai, dia tēs ekeinou sophias ek tōn koiladōn I tēs anthrōpinēs zōēs eis chrinou kallos anadramousa; eite oun genesthai bouletai touto, eite kai gegonen hoper ēthelēse, kalōs ho dikaios ophthalmos tou gymphion, pros tēn agathēn epithymian tēs pros auton horōsēs idōn, epeneuse genesthai krinon autēn, mē dympnigomenon tais tou biou akanthais, has thygateras ōnomasen, endeixamenos, oimai, kata to siōpō hōn patēr ho tēs kakias heuretēs chatonomazetai. Hōs krinon oun, phēsin, en mesǭ tōn achagthōn, houtōs adelphē mou en mesǭ tōn thygaterōn. Hosēn t horōmen tēs eis to hypsos anodou tēn prokopēn epi tēs psychēs ginomenēn. Prōtē anodos, to pros tēn kabairetichēn tēs Aigyptias dynameōs hippon homoiōthēnai. Deutera anodos, to plēsion autēn genesthai, kai peristeras poiēsai ta ommata. Tritē toinyn anodos to mēketi plēsion, all᾽ adelphēn tou Despotou onomasthēnai. Hos an poiēsę̄, phēsi, to thelēma tou Patros mou tou en tois ouranois, houtos. ho adeiphos mou, kai aderē mou, kai mētēr estin. Epei oun gegonen anthos, mēden hypo tōn achanthēphorōn peirasmōn pros to genesthai krinon paradlatheisa, epilathomenē de tou laou kai tou oikou tou patros autēs, pros ton alēthinon eide Patera, dio kai adelphē tou Kyriou onomazetai, tǭ tēs huiothesias pneumati pros tēn syngeneian tautēn eispoiētheisa, ,i, Kai tēs pros tas thygateras tou pseudōnymou patros koinōnias apallageisa, palin ginetai heautēs hypsēlotera, kai blepei to mystērion, dia tōn tēs peristeras ophthalmōn; legō de tǭ pneumati tēs prophēteias. Ho de legei, toiouton estin - tois xylois tou drymou, houtōs adelridos mou ana meson tōn huiōn. Ti oun estin ho tetheatai? Drymon onomazei synēthōs hē hagia Graphē ton hylōdē tōn anthrōpōn bion, ton ta poikila tōn pathēmatōn eidē katachryptetai, hōn hē physis en phōti kai hēliǭ anenergētos menousa, dia skotous tēn ischyn echei. Meta gar to dynai ton hēlion, phēsin ho Prophētēs, nyktos epiginomenēs en autę̄ ta thēria tōn phōleōn anadyesthai. Epeidē toinyn ho monios ho en tǭ drymōni - trephomenos, tēn kalēn tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs ampelon elymēnato, kathōs phēsin ho Prophētēs, hoti Helymēnato autēn hys ek drymou, kai mogios agrios katmenon tas echthras tēs anthrōpinēs zōēs dynameis, … autēn; dia touto ē sa. kai ho karpos autou glykys en tǭ larynge to mēlon, ho tǭ men xylon einai, tēs anthrōpinēs hylēs estin homoousion; epeirasthē gar kchata panta kath᾽ homoiotēta chōris hamartias; tǭ de toiouton pherein karpon, di᾽ hou glychainetai ta tēs psychēs aisthētēria, pleiona echei tēn pros ton drymon parallagēn, ē hosēn echei pros tas akanthas to chrenon. To men gar krinon mechri tou eidous kai tēs eupnoias to terpnon echei. Ē de tou mēlou charis pros tas treis aistheseis harmodiōs katamerizetai, kai ophthalmon euphraigousa tę̄ hōrą tou eidous, kai tēn osphrantichēn hēdynousa aisthēsin dia tēs eupnoias, kai trophē ginooun eiden hē nymphē to heautēs pros ton Despotēn diaphoron ᾿ hoti ekeinos men hēmōn kai ophthalmōn ginetai charis, phōs ginomenos, kai myron en tę̄ osphrēsei, kai zōē tois esthiousin. Ho gar phagōn hauton, zēsetae, kathōs phēsi pou to Euangelion. Hē de anthrōpinē physis di᾽ aretēs teleiōtheisa, anthos ginetai, monon hou ton geōrgon trephousa, alla heautēn challōpizousa.᾿ Ou gar ekeinos endeēs tōn hēmeterōn agathōn, all᾽ hēmeis tōn ekeinou deometha, kathōs phēsin ho Prophētēs, Hoti tōn agathōn mou ou chreian echeis. Dia touto blepei ton nymphion hē kekatharmenē psychē, mēlon en tois tou drymou xylois genomenē; hina eg- -΄ kchentrisasa heautę̄ pantas tous agrious tou drymōnos kladous, tǭ homoiǭ karpǭ bryein paraschenasę̄. Hōrpper toinyn tas thygateras, dia to tais akanthais homoiōthēnai, ta tou pseudōnymou patros enenoēsamen tekna; haitines tǭ anthei symparaphyeisai, tǭ chronǭ: kai autai pros tēn tou chrinou metathainousi charin; houtō kai entautha tous proseichasthentas tois toiou tois xylois tou drymou akousantes, ou philous sēmainesthai tou nymphiou, alla tous enantious hypenoēsamen, hous huious ontas tou skotous kai tekna orgēs, tę̄ koinōnią tou karpou eis huious phōtos kai huious hēmeras metaschenazei. Dia touto phēsin hē gegymnasmenē ta aisthētēria psychē, hoti Karpos autou glykys en tǭ laryngi mou; karpos de hē didaskalia pantōs estin. Hōs giychea gar, phēsi, tǭ ryngi mou ta logia sou, ho Prophētēs, hyper mele tǭ stomati mou. --- Hōs mēlon en tois xylois tou drymou, houtōs adeiphidos mou ana meson tōn huiōn. --- Hypotēn skian autou mou. Tote gar alēthōs glychainetai tǭ logǭ ta tēs phychēs aisthētēria, hotan hēmas pros ton ek tōn peirasmōn phlogmon hē skia tou mēlou diateichisę̄, synkaiesthai hēmas hypo tou toioutou hēliou, gymnēs tēs kephalę̄s hyperzeontos. Ouk esti de allōs ᾿ hypo tēn skian tou xylou tēs zōēs anapsyxai, mē tēs epithymias pros touto tēn Psychēn anagousēs. Horąs dia ti soi hē epithymētichē dynamis enkeitai, hina soi pothon empoiēsę̄ tou mēlou, hou polyeidēs ginetai tois prosenchisasin hē apolausis. Ho te gar ophthalmos tę̄ hōrą tou kallous prosanapauetai, kai ho myktēr anapnei tēn euōdian, kai to sōma trephetai, kai to stoma glychainetai, kai ho kausōn apostrephetai, kai hē skia thronos ginetai, ē enkathētai hē phychē, hē tōn loimōn tēn kathedran arnēsamenē. Eita phēsin; Eisagagete me heis oikon tou oinou, taxate ep᾽ eme agapēn, stērixate me en myrois. Stoidasate me en mēlois; hoti tetrōmenē agapēs egō. Hopōs trechę̄ tǭ theiǭ dromǭ hē kalōs tǭ hippǭ menois tois almasi tois emprosthen epekteinetai, pros de to katopin ouk epistrephetai; posōn etychen en tois phthasasi - kai eti dipsą. Kai tosautē tou dipsous estin hē epitasis, hoti ouk arkeitai tǭ tēs soiϑphias kratę̄ri, oud᾽ hikanon oietai pros therapeian tēs dipsēs holon encheasthai ton kratēra tǭ stomati - all᾽ eis auton tou oinou ton oikon parachthēnai zētei, kai autais tais lēnois hyposchein to stoma, tais ton oinon ton hēdyn hyperolyzousais, kai idein ton botryn ton tisis lēnois enthlithomenon, kai tēn ampelon ekeinēn tēn ton toiouton botryn echtrephousan, kai ton geōrgon tēs alēthinēs ampelon, ton houtōs eutrophon ton botryn kai hēdyn apergazomeno; hōn hekaston peritton an eiē dieuchrinezsthai, phaneras ousēs tēs hekastǭ entheōroumenēs tropichę̄s sēmasias. Pantōs de kakeino bouletai katidein to mystērion, pōs erypatētǭ tēs lēnou ta tou nymphiou himatia. Peri hou phēsin ho prophētēs, hoti Dia ti sou erythra ta himatia, kai ta endymata sou hōs apo ᾿ patētou ēgou? Dia tauta kai ta toiauta entos tou oikou genesthai pothei, en hǭ to kata ton oinon esti mystērion. Eita entos genomenē, palin epi to meizon exalletai. Zētei gar to hypotagēnai tę̄ agapę̄. ᾿Agapē de estin ho Theos, kata tēn Iōannou phōnēn, hǭ to hypota. gēnai tēn psychēn, sōtērian einai ho Dadid apephēnato. Epei oun gegona, phēsin, en tǭ oikǭ tou oiinon, hypotaxate me tę̄ agapę̄, hēētoi taxate ep᾽ eme tēn agapēn. Hopōs an chrēsę̄ tę̄ anastrophę̄ tou logou, tauton esti di᾽ hekaterou to sēmainomenon, ek te tou hypo;sēn agapēn tachthēnai, kai tou tēn agapēn autę̄ Ē tacha ti kai dogma tōn asteioterōn dia tautēs tēs phōnēs didaskometha, ozan anatithenai tǭ Theǭ tēn agapēn prosēkei, kai hopōs pros tous allous echein. Ei gar chrē panta kata taxin kai euschēmonōs ginesthai, pollǭ mallon hē taxis en tois toioutois haomodios. Ou gar an oute ho Kaïn epi tǭ kakōs dielein katekrithē, ei meta tou orthōs prosenenkein, kai to prepon en tę̄ taxei pephylache, tōn autǭ te : pros chreian kataleipomenōn, kai tōn tǭ Theǭ aphierōmenōn. Deon gar ek tōn prōtōn gennēmatōn tǭ theǭ tēs thysias aparxasthai, autos tōn timiōterōn emphorētheis, ton Theon tois leipsanois edexiōsato. Chrē toinyn eidenai tēs agapēs tēn taxin, hēn hyphēgeitai dia tou nomou, pōs men agapasthai chrē ton Theon, pōs de ton plēsion, kai tēn gynaika, kai ton echthron, mēpote ataktos tis kai enēllagmenē genētai hēs agapēs ē apoplērōsis. Dei gar Theon men agapąn ex holēs kardias te kai psychēs, kai dynameōs, kai aisthēseōs; ton de plēsion, hōs heauton; tēn de gynaika, ei men katharōteras esti Psychēs, hōs ho Christos tēn Ekklēsian᾽ ho de empathesteros, hōs to idion sōma; houtō gar keleuee ho tōn toioutōn diataktēs. Ton echthron de en tǭ mē kakon antidounai kakǭ. alla di’ euergesias tēn adikian ameipsasthai. Nyn de tynchechymenēn estin idein kai atakton epi tōn pollōn tēn agapēn, dia tēs akatallēlou anarmostias peplanē- t΄ menōs energoumenēn. HoiiĒ chrēmata. men kai timas kai gynaikas, an tychōsi thermoteron pros autas diakeimenoi, ex holēs psychēs kai dynameōs agapōsin, hōs kai tēn zōēn an hyper autōn ethelēsai proesthai; Theon de tosouton hoson dokein᾽ tǭ de plēsion molis epideixainto tēn tois echthrois aphoristheisan agapēn. Ē de pros tous misountas schesis esti, tǭ meizoni kakǭ tous prolelypēchotas amynesthai, Taxate oun, phēsin, ep᾿ eme tēn agapēn, hōste Theǭ men anatithenai hoson opheiletai, epi de tōn allōn hekastou, tou prosēkontos metrou mē astochēsai. Ē kai touto tychon estin hyponoēsai dia tou logou, hoti Epeidē agapētheisa peri tēn prōtēn, dia tēs parakoēs en tois echthrois elogesthēn, nyni de palin eis tēn hautēn epanēlthon charin, di’ agapēs tǭ nymphiǭ synarmostheisa; kyrōsate moi, phēsi, to tēs charitos autēs tetagmenon kai ametastaton, hymeis hoi philoi pou nymphiou, di᾽ epimeleias kai prosochēs tǭ pagiǭ syntērountes moi tēn pros to kreitton rhopēn. Iauta de eipousa, palin pros to hypsēloteron meteisi; stērichthēnai gar pros tēn tōn agathōn bethdaiotēta tois myrois zētei. Stērixate me, phēsin, en myrois. Ō paradoxōn kai kainōn ereismatōn ! Pōs ta myra styloi tou oikou ginontai ? Pōs tę̄ eupnoią to pagion tēs tou orophou kataskeuēs diereidetai ? Ē dēlon pantōs estin, hoti to tōn aretōn chrēma polyeidōs en hēmin katorthoumenon, kata tas diaphoras tōn energēmatōn kai onomazetai ? ᾿Aretē gar estin ou monon to blepein to agathon, kai to en metousią tou kreittonos ginesthai, alla kai to ametaptōton en tǭ kalǭ diasōzesthai. Ho toinyn stēboulomenos en tois myrois, to en tais aretais autǭ prosgenesthai xētei. ᾿Aretē Ho gar to myron, dioti pasēs dysōdias hamartēmatōn kechōristai. thaumaseie d᾽ an tis kai to tōn eirēmenōn akolouthon, dia tinōn stoidasthēnai ton oikon epithymei. Ou batois tisi kai akanthais, kai chortǭ, ē kai kalamę̄ (mallon de kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, t ou xylois kai kalamę̄ kai chortǭ), hois hoi hylōdeis oikoi kataskeuazontai; alla stoidē tēs tou oikou stegēs ta mēla ginetai. Legei gar, Stoidasate mēilois; hina genētai panta en pasin autę̄ ho karpos houtos, to kallos, to myron, ho glykasmos, hē trophē, ē tO dia tēs skias anapsyxis, ho anapauōn thronos, ho bedaiōn stylos, ho epischepazōn orophos. Hōs kallos gar meta epithymias horatai, hōs myron hēdynei nēn osphrēsin, hōs trophē piainei to sōma kai glychainei tēn geusin, hōs skia chatapsychei ton kausōna, hōs thronos ana- pauei ton kopon ᾿ hōs stegē tou oikou, skepē tǭ en oikounti ginetai; hōs stylos parechei to ametaptōton; hōs emphanes mēlon hōraïzei ton orophon. Ti gar an tis epinoēseie perichallesteron theama mēlōn syntheseōs, hotan eudiathetos hē hopōra kata to syneches eph᾽ hyptiou tinos pros autēn hēnōmenē kata tēn opsin hypoikiletai, tou erythēmatos tēs opōras katamignymenou pros to hypoleuchon. Ei toinyn dynaton ēn, ex epipedou tōn mēlōn thesin anōthen epaiōroumenēn horatthai, ti an tēs toiautēs opseōs hēn glaphy? Hoper epi tēs noētōn agathōn epithymias;estin ouk adynaton. Ou gar bary tēs hopōras ekeinēs to eidos, oude eis gēn brithon kai kathelchomenon, alla pros to hypsos tēn rhopēn ek physeōs echei. ᾿Anaphyēs gar hē aretē, kai pros to anō blepei. Dio tǭ kallei tōn toioutōn mēlōn epithymei hē nymphē ton Tyrophon tou idiou oikou enōraïzesthai. Ou gar moi touto dokei kata to proēgoumenon tǭ logǭ spoudazesthai, hōs emphanes ti theama dia tēs tōn mēlōn syntheseōs epi tēs stoioēs horasthai. Tis gar an genoito dia toutōn pros aretēn hodēgia, ei mē ti Onoēma tōn ōphelountōn hēmas eiē tois eirēmenois en Ti oun estin ho eikazomen? ? Ho en tǭ drymōni tēs physeōs hēmōn hypo philanthrōpias anathlastēsas, dia hytou metaschein sarkos te kai haimatos, mēlon egeneto. Pros hekateron gar toutōn estin idein en tę̄ hopōrą tautę̄ dia tēs chroias tēn homoiōsin. Tǭ men gar hyperleukainonti mimeitai tēn tēs sarkos idiotēta, to de epichechrōsmenon erythēma syngenōs echein ) pros tēn tou haimatos physin dia tou eidous martyretai. Hotan toinyn hē entryphōsa tois theiois psychē kata tēn stegēn tautēn blepein epithymēsę̄, touto tǭ hainigmati paideuometha. Ek gar tou anō blepontas hēmas prosechein tois mēlois, pros ouranion esti politeian hodēgeistha: dia tōn euangelikōn didagmatōn. Aper ho anōthen erchomenos, kai epanō pantōn hōn hypedeixen hēmin dia tēs en sarki phanerōseōs, pantōn tōn agathōn politeumatōn en heautǭ deixas ta hypodeigmata, kathōs phēsin ho Kyrios, hoti Mathete ap᾽ emou, hoti praos eimi kai tapeinos tę̄ kardią. To de auto touto kai ho ᾿Apostolos, tēn tapeinophrosynēn hēmin hyphēgoumenos, legei; Dynaton gar diʼ henos theōrēmatos pasan tēn a.1ētheian pistōsasthai tǭ logǭ. Pros gar tous ta anō blepontas, Touto phrogeisthō, phēsin, en hymin ho kai en Christǭ Iēsou; hos en morphę̄ Theou hyparchōn ouk harpagmon Ho? hēgēsato to einai isa Theǭ; al.1᾽ heauton echenōsb morphēn doulou adōn,, ho dia sarkos kai aimatos epidēmēsas tǭ biǭ, kai anti tēs prokeimenēs autǭ charas en metousią tēs tapeinotētos hēmōn ekousiōs genomenos, kai meta tēs tou thanatou katelthōn peiras. Dia tauta phēsin hē nymphē᾽ Stoithasate mēlois, hina pantōs eis hypsos horōsa, blepō pros ta tōn agathōn hypodeigmata ta en tǭ nymphiǭ deichnyymena. EEchex hē praotēs echei to aorgēton; echei to pros echthrous amnēsikakon, kai to pros tous lypountas philanthrōpon, kai to di᾿ euergesias tēn … makrothymon, to pasēs kenodoxias te kai apatēs Tauta eipousa, epainei ton toxotēn tēs eustochias, hōs kalōs ep᾽ autēn to belos euthynanta. Tetrōmenē gar, phēsin, agapēs egō. Deiknysi tǭ logǭ to belos, to tę̄ kardią dia bathous enkeimenon. Ho de poxotēs tou belous hē agapē estin. ᾿Agapēn de ton Theon einai para tēs agias Graphēs memathēkamen, hos to eklekton hautou belos ton monogenē Huion epi tous sōzomenous ekpempei, tǭ pneumati zōēs tēn triplēn tēs akidos akmēn perichrōsas. ᾿Achis de hē pistis estin, hina en hǭ genētai syneisagę̄ meta tou belous kai ton toxotēn, hōs phēsin ho Kyrios, hoti ᾿Egō kai ho Patēr hen esmen, kai eleusometha, kai monēn par᾽ autǭ poiēsomen. Horą toinyn hē dia tōn theiōn anadaseōn hypsōtheisa psychę̄, to glyky tēs agapēs belos en heautę̄, hǭ etrōthē, kai kauchēma poieitai tēn plēgēn, legousa, hoti Tetrōmegē agapēs egō. Ha kalou traumatos kai glykeias plēgēs, di᾽ hēs hē zōē epi ta entos diadyetai, hōsper tina thyran kai eisodon tēn ek tou belous diairesin heautę̄ hypanoixasa Homou te gar to tēs agapēs belos edexato, kai parachrēma eis gamichēn thymēdian hē toxeia meteskeuasthē. Phaneron gar esti pōs hai cheires to toxon metacheirizontai, merizomenai pros tēn chreian tais energeiais. Hē men gar euōnymos tou toxou haptetai; hē dexia de tēn neuran pros heautēn epispatai, synelchomenē dia tōn glyphidōn to belos tę̄ prodolę̄ tēs aristeras cheiros pros ton skopon euthynomenon. Ē toinyn pro oligou skopos genomenē tou belous, nyn heautēn anti belous en tais chersi tou toxotou blepei, allō? tēs dexias, kai heterōs tēs euōnymou dialamdanousēs to belos. ᾿All᾽ epeidē dia tēs epithalamiou tropēs hai tōn theōrēmatōn emphaseis di᾽ akolouthou proagontai, ouk epoiēse tēn akida tou belous hypo tēs aristeras echomenēn, oude tēn dexian to heteron dialamdanousan, hōs an genoito hē psychē belos en cheiri tou dynatou, pros ton anō skopon euthynomenon; all᾽ epoiēse tēn men euōnymon anti tēs akidos tę̄ kephalę̄ hypoudallesthai; dialamdanesthai de tę̄ dexią to leipomenon, hōs an, oimai, kata tauton en tois diplois ainigmasi pa peri tēs theias anadaseōs ho logos philosophēseien, deiknys hoti ho autos kai nymphios kai toxotēs estin Ho hēmōn, nymphę̄ te kai belei tę̄ kekatharmenę̄ kechrēmenos psychę̄, hōs belos pros ton agathon euthynōn skoponʼ hōs nymphēn pros metousian analamdanōn tēs aphthartou aïdiotētos, mēkos biou kai etē zōēs dia tēs dexias charizomenos - dia de tēs aristeras;, ton tōn aiōniōn agathōn plouton,, kai tēn tou Theou᾽ doxan, hēs hoi tēn tou kosmou zētountes doxan ametochoi ginontai. Dia touto phēsin, Euōnymos autou hypo tēn kephalēn mou, di hēs euthynetai pros ton skopon to belos dexia de autou pros heautēn me dialadousa kai ephelchysamenē, kouphēn me pros tēn anō phoran apergazetai, kakei pempomenēn, kai tou toxotou mē chōrizomenēn; hōs homou te pheresthai dia tēs bolēs, kai tais chersi tou Despotou synanaēpauesthai. Ta de tōn cheirōn toutōn idiōmata phēsin hē Paroimia. hote mēkos biou, kai etē zōēs en tę̄ dexią tēs sophias; en de tę̄ aristerą autēs, ploutos Eita pros tas thygateras tēs anō Hierousalēm trepei ton logon. Ho de logos paraklēsis estin en hornǭ prosagomenē, tou pleonazein kai epauxein aei tēn agapēn, heōs an energon heautou poiēsę̄ to DLothelēma, ho thelōn pantas sōthēnai, kai eis epignōsin alētheias elthein. Ho de logos houtos estin hon pepoiētai; Hōrkchisa hymas, thygateres tais dynamesi kai en tais ischysesi tou agrou, ean egeirēte kai exegeirēte tēn agapēn, heōs hou thelēsę̄. Orkos esti logos pistoumenos dil heautou tēn alētheian diplę̄ de hē kata ton orkon energeia. Ē gar autos pistoutai tǭ akouonti tēn alētheian, hē allois dia tou orkismou tēn anankēn epagei tou mēden parapseudesthai; hoion, Hōmose Kyrios tǭ Dadid ē alētheian, kai hou mē athetēsei autēn; entautha to piston tēs hyposcheseōs empedoutai tǭ orkǭ. Hotan de phrontida poioumenos ho ᾿Adraam tēs eugenous epi ǭ monogenei syzygias, prostassę̄ tǭ idiǭ oiketę̄, mē tina tōn tou genous Chanaan, tōn tę̄ douleią chapros gamon tǭ Isaak, hōs an mē lymainētai tę̄ eugeneią tēs diadochēs ē pou doulikou genous epimixia, all᾽ ek tēs patrǭas hautou gēs kai syngeneias harmosasthai tǭ paidi tēn syzygian, anankēn epagei tou mē rhąthymēsai peri ᾿epo prostagma dia tou orchisai auton, ei men epistellę̄ poiēsein di’ auton, hosa peri tou paidos edokimasen. Horkizetai toinyn hypo tou ᾿Adraam, ho therapōn, hina tǭ Isaak tēn prepousan syzygian harmosētai. Diplēs toinyn ousēs tēs kata ton orkon anergeias, entautha hē pros tosouton hypsos anadramousa psychē, hoson en tois proexētasmenois etheōrēsamen, tais mathēteuomenais psychais tēn pros to teleion proodon hyphēgoumenē, ouk hōn hautē tetychēke parechei tais achouousais dia tou orkou to anamphioolon; all᾽ ekeinas dia tou orkismou pros ton kat᾽ aretēn cheiragōgei bion, meta tote akoimēton te kai agrēgoruian tēn agapēn echein, heōs an eis peras elthoi to agathon autou thelēma. Touto de esti to pantas sōthēnai, kai eis epignōsin alētheias elthein. orchismos hōsper echei en tǭ mērǭ tou patriarchou egeneto, houtōs entautha en dynamesi kai en ischysesi tou agrou, houtōs eipontos tou logou; hymas, thygateres ʼ᾿Ierousōlēm, en dynamesi, kai en ischysesi tou agrou, ean egeirēte kai;iaxegeirēte tēn agapēn heōs hou thelēsę̄. theōrēpeon toinyn en toutois, prōton men tis ho agros; epeita tis hē ischys tou agrou kai hē dynamis, kai ei diaphoran echei tauta pros allēla, hē hen di᾽ amphoterōn esti to sēmainomenon; pros toutois, te to egeieresthai, kai te to exegeiresthai tēn agapēn. To gar, Heōs hou thelēsę̄, dia tōn eirēmenōn proapodedēlōtai. Hoti men dia tou agrou ton kosmon sēmainei hē tou Despotou phōnē, panti dēlon ek tōn Euangeliōn estin; hoti de paragei to schēma tou kosmou toutou, kai ouden pagion deiknytai en tę̄ astatousę̄ physei, dēlon ek tēs tou Ekklēsiastou megalophōnias estin, hos pan phainomenon te kai parerchomenon, en mataiois ērithmēsen. Tis oun hē dynamis tou toioutou agrou, ho estin ho kosmos ? Ē tis hē ischys, hōn hē mnēmē aparaoaton poiei dia tou orkismou tais thygatrasin Hierousalēm to parangelma? Ei men gar pros ta phainomena blepomen, hōs ousēs tinos en toutois dynameōs, paragraphetai tēn toiautēn hypolēpsin ho Echkchlēsiastēs, mataion onomazōn pan en toutois deiknymenon te kai spoudazomenon. To gar mataion ouk hyphestēke. To de mē hyphestos kata tēn ousian, ischyn ouk echei. Ē tacha dia tēs plēthyntichēs sēmasias tēs kata tēn dynamin, esti tina stochasmon heurein tou noēmatos ? Toiautēn gar egnōmen para tę̄ hagią Graphę̄ diaphoran epi tōn toioutōn onomatōn; hotan men monadikōs ē dynamis legetai, pros to Theion ᾿ anapempetai dia tēs toiautēs phōnēs hē dianoia; hotan de dia tou plēthyntichou schēmatos ekphōneitai, tēn angelikēn physin tǭ logǭ paristēsin; hoion, Christos, Theou dynamis kai sophia, entautha tǭ monadichǭ Theion egnōrisen. Eulogeite ton Kyrion, pasai hai dynameis autou. Hōde to plēthyntikon tōn dynameōn tēs noētēs tōn angelōn physeōs tēn sēmasian endeiknytai. To de tēs ischyos onoma symparalēphthen meta tēs dynameōs, epitasin tēs tou noēmatos emphaseōs echei; houtō tēs Graphēs dia tēs epanalēpseōs . sēs ho bouletai; hōs to, Kyrie, hē ischys mou kai stereōma mou. Tauton gar hekateron tōn rhēmatōn to sēmainomenon; all᾽ hē tōn isodynamountōn synthēkē endeixin poieitai tēs kata to sēmainomenon epitaseōs. Hē toinyn tōn dynameōn plēthyntichē sēmasia, kai hē homoiotropos tōn ischyōn mnēmē, pros tēn angelikēn eoike physin apagein tōn akouontōn tēn ennoian hōste ton orkismon ton epi bedaiōsei tōn kekrimenōn para tēs didaskalias, tais mathēteuomenais psychais prosagomenon, mē kata tou paragontos ginesthai kosmou, alla kata tēs epidiamenousēs eisaei physeōs tōn angelōn, pros ous blepein diakeleuetai, hina to pagion te kai stasimon tēs kat᾽ aretēn politeias bedaiōsę̄ tǭ hypodeigmati. Epeidē gar ton meta tēn anastasin bion homoion epēngeltai tę̄ katastasei tōn anthrōpōn genēsesthai (apseudēs gar ho epangeilamenos), akolouthon an eiē kai tēn en tǭ kosmǭ zōēn pros tēn elpizomentn meta tauta paraskeuazesthai, hōste en sarki zōnkas, kai en agrǭ tou kosmou toutou diagontas, mē kata sarka zę̄n, mēde syschēmatizesthai tǭ aiōni toutǭ, alla promeletąn ton elpizomenon bion dia tēs en tǭ kosmǭ zōēs. Dia touto tēn dia tou orkou bedaiōsin empoiei tais psychais tōn mathēteuomenōn ᾿ hē nymphē, hōste tēn zōēn autōn tēn en tǭ agrǭ toutǭ chatorthoumenēn pros tas dynameis blepein, mimoumenēn dia tēs apatheias tēn angelikēn katharotēta. Houtō gar egeiromenēs tēs agapēs kai exegeiromenēs, hoper estin hypsoumenēs te kai aei dia pros to meizon hepauxomenēs, to agathon eipe thelēma tou Theou teleiousthai hōs en ouranǭ kai epi gēs, tēs angelikēs apatheias kai en hēmin chaTauta katenoēsamen eis to, hymas, thygateres Hierousalēm, en dynamesi, kai en ischysesi try agrou; ean egeirēte kai exegeirēte tēn agapēn, heōs hou thelēsę̄. Ei de tis heu-;, retheiē logos heteros mallon prosetgizōn tę̄ alētheią tōn zētoumenōn, dexometha tēn charin, kai eucharistēsomen tǭ apokalyptonti ta kekrymmena mystēria dia tou hagiou Pneumatos, en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ prepei hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn ’

"Behold, you are beautiful, my close one; behold, you are beautiful; your eyes are a dove's. Behold, you are beautiful, my beloved, and indeed comely. Our couch is shaded; the beams of our houses are cedars, our panelled ceilings cypresses. [I am a flower of the plain, a lily of the valleys.] As a lily among thorns, so is my close one among the daughters. As an apple tree among the trees of the forest, so is my beloved among the sons. In his shade I desired and sat down, and his fruit was sweet in my [throat]. Bring me into the house of wine; set love upon me. Strengthen me with ointments, heap me up with apples, for I am wounded by love. His left hand is under my head, and his right hand will embrace me. I have adjured you, daughters of Jerusalem, by the powers and by the strengths of the field, that you do not rouse or awaken love [until it pleases]."

They say that those who refine gold, if the beauty of its brilliance has been dulled by some [impurity], cure the bad colour by melting it in the fire, and do this many times, and at each melting look to see how much brighter the gold has become in the following melting compared with the one before, and do not stop purifying the material by fire until the very form of the gold bears witness to itself that it is pure and unadulterated. Why we have mentioned these things as we take up the contemplation of the present reading will become clear to us from the very sense of what is written. Human nature was at the beginning something golden, shining with its likeness to the undefiled good; but afterwards it became discoloured and black through the admixture of wickedness, as we heard at the beginning of the Song from the bride, that neglect of the vineyard made her black. Curing her ugliness, God, who fashions all things in wisdom, does not devise some new beauty for her that did not exist before, but leads her back to the first grace, by the dissolving of what [had been mixed] with evil, toward the undefiled. Just as, then, the exact assayers of gold, after the first melting, look to see how far the material has advanced in beauty by spending its dross in the fire, and again, after a second melting, if it was not sufficiently purified compared with the first, reckon the beauty added, and doing the same many times always recognize the additions of beauty by their expert testing, so now the one who cures the blackened gold, having made the soul bright as in a melting pot by the remedies applied to her, in what went before bore witness to the comeliness of a horse in what appeared; but now he welcomes the beauty that has appeared in her at last as that of a virgin. For he says, "Behold, you are beautiful, my close one; behold, you are beautiful; your eyes [are a dove's]."

By what is said the word teaches that this is the recovery of beauty: to come close to the spring of the beautiful and draw near again to the true beauty from which she had gone away. For he says, "Behold, you are beautiful, my close one." "This is why you were not beautiful before, because, estranged from the archetypal beauty, you were made like the loathsome by your wicked neighbourhood with evil." What is said is this. Human nature has come into being receptive of whatever it wills, and toward whatever the inclination of its free choice leads it, according to that it is changed. Receiving the passion of anger, it becomes angry; and when desire prevails, it is dissolved into pleasure. When the inclination is toward cowardice and fear and each of the passions, it puts on the forms of each passion; just as, on the contrary, receiving in itself patience, purity, peaceableness, freedom from anger and from grief, courage, fearlessness, it marks the character of each of these on the state of the soul, being calm in tranquillity. Since virtue stands directly opposed to wickedness, it follows that both cannot be present at the same time to one person. For the one who has departed from self-control is surely in the licentious life, and the one who has loathed the impure life has achieved the unstained by turning away from evil. So too with all the rest: the humble-minded is separated from arrogance, and the one who has puffed himself up with vanity has thrust humility away. What need to spend time in listing each? How, in things opposed by nature, the absence of one becomes the presence and existence of the other … Since, then, our free choice is such that it has power to be conformed to whatever it wishes, … the word rightly says to the one made beautiful: "Having departed from the fellowship of evil you have drawn near to me; and having come close to the inaccessible beauty you too have become beautiful, formed like a mirror by my character." For human nature is truly like a mirror, changed according to the reflections of its free choices. If it sees gold, it appears gold and shows the same gleams of the material by reflection; and if something loathsome appears in it, it takes the impress of its ugliness by likeness too, imitating in its own way a frog, or a toad, or a centipede, or some other unpleasant sight, whichever of these it is found to face. Since, then, the soul purified by the Word, having put evil behind its back, has received the sun's disc in itself and has shone together with the light seen in it, for this reason the Word says to her, "You have now become beautiful by coming close to my light, drawing to yourself the fellowship of beauty by your nearness." "Behold, you are beautiful," he says, "my close one."

Then, waiting, and as it were seeing her come to an addition and intensification of beauty, he takes up the same word again, saying, "Behold, you are beautiful." But in the first case he called her his close one; here, the one known by the form of her eyes; "for your eyes," he says, "are a dove's." For earlier, when she was likened to a horse, the praise was for [her cheeks] and neck; but now, when her own beauty has appeared, the grace of her eyes is praised. And the praise of the eyes is that they are a dove's eyes, which seems to me to show some such sense as this: since the faces of those who gaze into them are seen in the pure pupils of the eyes (for those who are expert in such natural science say that the eye produces sight by receiving the impact of the images that flow off visible things), for this reason the form of the dove appearing in their pupils becomes praise of the comeliness of the eyes. For whatever one gazes at, he receives its likeness in himself. Since, then, the one who no longer looks to flesh and blood looks to the spiritual life, as the apostle says, living by the spirit, walking by the spirit, putting to death the deeds of the body by the spirit, and becoming wholly spiritual, not soulish or fleshly, for this reason the soul freed from bodily attachment is testified to have the form of the dove in her eyes, that is, to have the character of the spiritual life shining in the soul's power of sight. Since, then, her eye has become pure, receptive of the dove's character, she is therefore able to behold the beauty of the bridegroom too. For now for the first time the virgin gazes at the bridegroom's form, when she has the dove in her eyes. "For no one can say 'Lord Jesus' except in the Holy Spirit." And she says, "Behold, you are beautiful, my beloved, and indeed comely. Since nothing else seems beautiful to me, but I have turned away from everything that was formerly counted among beautiful things, my judgment of the beautiful no longer goes astray, so as to think anything beautiful besides you: not human praise, not glory, not distinction, not worldly power. For these, to those who look to the senses, are coloured with the appearance of the beautiful, but are not what they are thought to be. How could anything be beautiful that has no subsistence at all? For what is honoured in this world has its being only in the opinion of those who think it to be. But you are truly beautiful; not only beautiful, but always such by the very essence of the beautiful, always being what you are, neither blooming for a season nor in turn shedding the bloom at a season, but stretching your loveliness along with the eternity of your life; whose name is love for mankind. For Christ has risen for us from Judah, and the people of the Jews is a brother of the one who comes to you from the nations; rightly, because of the manifestation of your Godhead that came about in the flesh, [you are named] the beloved (adelphidos) of the [soul from the nations]."

Then she added, "Our couch is shaded." That is, [the couch] made shaded by the economy. "For you came," she says, "the beautiful, the beloved, the comely, to our couch, having yourself shaded the unmixed ray of the Godhead … by covering yourself with the form of a slave. Who could have endured your appearing? For no one shall see the face of God and live. You came, then, the comely one, but having become such as we are able to receive. You came, overshadowing the rays of the Godhead with the covering of the body. For how could mortal and perishable nature have been able to be joined in the undefiled and inaccessible union, unless the shade of the body had mediated toward the light for us who live in darkness?" The bride calls it a couch, expressing by a figurative meaning the mingling of human nature with the divine; just as the great apostle too joins us to Christ as a virgin and dresses the soul as a bride, and says that the joining of the two into the fellowship of one body is the great mystery of the union of Christ with the church. For having said, "The two shall become one flesh," he added, "This mystery is great; but I speak with reference to Christ and the church." Because of this mystery, then, the virgin soul named the fellowship with the divine a couch. And this could come about in no other way than by the Lord's appearing to us shaded through the body.

He is not only bridegroom but also builder, himself fashioning the house in us and becoming [the whole of] the art. For he puts a roof on the house, beautifying the work with incorruptible material; such are the cedar and the cypress, the strength in whose wood is superior to every cause of decay … Of these, the cedars, because they are long, span the breadth of the house in the roof; the cypresses, through what is called panelling, beautify the inner construction of the house. The wording runs thus: "The beams of our houses are cedars; our panelled ceilings cypress." The riddles shown through the woods are surely clear to those who follow the train of thought. In the Gospel the Lord calls the various assaults of temptations rain, saying of the one who built his house well on the rock, "The rain came down, and the winds, and the rivers came, and the building remained unharmed by them." Because of this evil downpour, then, we need such beams. These would be the virtues, which do not admit the inflow of temptations within themselves, being firm and unyielding, and [keeping] in temptations what cannot be softened toward evil. We may learn what is said from the [saying] in Ecclesiastes, which says, "Through sloth the roofing will sink, and through idleness of hands the house will leak." For just as, if the timbers that span the roof are weak and slack through thinness, and the master of the house is lazy about care for the roof, he gets no benefit from the covering, since the rain [comes through] … the roof, yielding to the weight of the water, and the slackness of the timbers does not hold out against the force of the weight but gives way; for this reason the water passes through to the inside, and these drops, according to the proverb, drive a man out of his own house on the day of rain. So by the riddle of the parable he commands [us to be] unyielding against the inflow of temptations through the strength of the virtues, lest, softened by the falling in of the passions, we become hollow and receive into our storerooms the inflow of such waters running from outside into the heart, by which our stored goods are ruined.

These are the cedars of Lebanon, which the Lord planted, in which the sparrows will make their nests, among which the stork's nest leads. These cedars, then, the virtues, [roof] the house of the bride …, [the souls] becoming sparrows and flying above the snares, whose leader is the stork's nest, which the word calls … They say that this bird is averse to mixing [with others] … and is held back by some necessity of nature, signifying distaste. Hence the word seems to me to signify purity in a riddle by this name. … [The wise master-builder Paul fitted] such things together well and harmoniously, he who says, "Let all things among you be done decently and in order." These, then, are the beams the bride sees on the roofs of the pure bridal chamber. She also sees the ornament of cypress through a well-smoothed and harmonious joining; for she said that what is done is the panelled ceilings of the roof, and panelling is said to be a rhythmic and carved fitting of boards that variegates the beauty of the ceiling. What, then, do we learn from these? Cypress is fragrant by nature and does not admit rot, and is well suited for all the craftsmanship of carpentry, becoming smooth and well fitted, and suitable for ornamentation by carving. By what is said, then, I think we are taught not only that the virtues must be achieved as a settled state in the soul invisibly, but also that we must not be careless of seemliness in what appears. For we must take thought for what is honourable before the Lord and before men; be made manifest to God, persuade men, have a good testimony from outsiders, shine with works of light before men, and walk becomingly toward those outside. These are the panelled ceilings, wrought skilfully in the seemliness of life through the fragrance of Christ, of which the cypress is a riddle, as …

When these have been achieved in this way, an increase of the beauty in us takes place, the broad plain of our nature giving forth the fragrant and pure flower. The flower's name is lily, whose natural brilliance hints at the gleam of self-control. For the bride relates these things about herself, saying: "After the bridegroom came to our couch, shaded by the body, who built himself the house, having roofed my covering with the cedars of the virtues and [panelled] the roof with the fragrance of [cypresses], I have become a flower of the plain of nature, differing from the other flowers in colour and fragrance. For I sprang up a lily from the valleys." The wording runs thus: "I am a flower of the plain, a lily of the valleys." For truly the soul cultivated by what we have contemplated [has become a flower] in the breadth of nature. For when we heard "plain", we understood the breadth of human nature, because it is receptive of many and countless thoughts and words and lessons. The soul, then, laboured over in the said way by the one who cultivates our nature, springs up as a fragrant, bright and pure flower from the plain of our nature. And this plain, even if it is called a valley in comparison with the heavenly way of life, is no less a plain, and the soul well cultivated in it is not hindered from becoming a flower; for the shoot rises from the hollow to the height, as one can see happening with the lily. For the stalk of the lily, running up far and straight from the root like a reed, then gives forth the flower from its top, setting it a considerable distance from the earth, so that, I think, its beauty may remain pure in the air, [not] soiled by [contact] with the earth.

For this reason the righteous eye [of the bridegroom, seeing] the one who has become this, or [wishes] to become it (for we have understood both from what is said: either that she boasts as having already become what she longed for, or that she asks the farmer to become a flower, running up through his wisdom from the valleys of human life into the beauty of a lily); whether, then, she wishes to become this, or has already become what she wished, the righteous eye of the bridegroom, looking at the good desire of the one who looks to him, rightly nodded assent that she should become a lily, not choked by the thorns of life, which he named daughters, showing, I think, by implication [the ones] whose father is named the inventor of evil. "As a lily among thorns," he says, "so is my sister among the daughters." See how much advance in the ascent to the height takes place in the soul. The first ascent was to be likened to the mare that destroys the Egyptian power. The second ascent was to become close and to make her eyes a dove's. The third ascent, then, is to be named no longer close but sister of the Master. "Whoever does the will of my Father in heaven," he says, "he is my brother and sister and mother." Since, then, she has become a flower, not harmed at all by the thorn-bearing temptations so as to keep her from becoming a lily, and, forgetting her people and her father's house, has looked to the true Father, she is therefore named sister of the Lord, adopted into this kinship by the spirit of adoption. And freed from fellowship with the daughters of the falsely named father, she becomes again higher than herself, and sees the mystery through the dove's eyes, I mean by the spirit of prophecy. What she says is this: "[As an apple tree among] the trees of the forest, so is my beloved among the sons." What, then, has she beheld? Holy Scripture customarily calls the material life of human beings a forest, which hides the various kinds of passions, whose nature, remaining inactive in light and sun, has its strength through darkness. For after the sun sets, the prophet says, when night comes on, the beasts come out of their dens in it. Since, then, the solitary boar fed in the forest ravaged the fair vine of human nature, as the prophet says, "The boar from the forest ravaged it, and the solitary wild beast fed on it," for this reason … [the Lord, appearing among] the powers hostile to human life … [became an apple tree among the trees of the forest, and she sat in his shade,] "and his fruit was sweet in my throat." The apple tree, by being a tree, is of the same substance as human material; for he was tempted in all things in likeness, without sin. But by bearing such fruit, through which the senses of the soul are sweetened, it differs more from the forest than the lily from the thorns. For the lily has its delight only as far as appearance and fragrance; but the grace of the apple is fittingly divided among three senses, gladdening the eye with the loveliness of its form, sweetening the sense of smell through its fragrance, and becoming food [for taste] … So the bride saw her own difference from the Master: that he becomes for us the grace of the eyes, being light; ointment for the smell; and life for those who eat. "For the one who eats him will live," as the Gospel says somewhere. But human nature, perfected through virtue, becomes a flower, not feeding the farmer but adorning itself. For he does not need our goods, but we need his, as the prophet says, "For you have no need of my goods." That is why she sees the bridegroom, the purified soul, as an apple tree come to be among the trees of the forest, so that, grafting into herself all the wild branches of the forest, she may make them abound with like fruit. Just as, then, we understood the daughters, because they were likened to thorns, to be the children of the falsely named father, who, growing up beside the flower, in time pass over themselves to the grace of the lily, so here too, hearing of those likened to such trees of the forest, we took it that not friends of the bridegroom are signified but his opponents, whom, being sons of darkness and children of wrath, he refashions by sharing his fruit into sons of light and sons of day. That is why the soul whose senses are trained says, "His fruit was sweet in my throat"; and the fruit is surely the teaching. "For how sweet to my throat are your words," says the prophet, "more than honey to my mouth."

"As an apple tree among the trees of the forest, so is my beloved among the sons. In his shade [I desired and sat down, and his fruit was sweet in my throat]." For the senses of the soul are truly sweetened by the Word when the shade of the apple tree walls us off from the blaze of temptations, [so that we are not] scorched by such a sun boiling over our bare head. And one cannot be refreshed under the shade of the tree of life otherwise than by desire leading the soul up to it. You see why the desiring power is placed in you: to make you long for the apple tree, whose enjoyment is manifold for those who come near. For the eye rests on the loveliness of its beauty, the nostril breathes its fragrance, the body is fed, the mouth is sweetened, the burning heat is turned away, and the shade becomes a throne, on which the soul sits that has refused the seat of the pestilent.

Then she says, "Bring me into the house of wine, set love upon me; strengthen me with ointments, heap me up with apples, for I am wounded by love." [See] how the one well [likened] to the horse runs the divine course, straining forward [with ever-renewed] leaps to what lies ahead and not turning back to what is behind. How much she has obtained in what went before, and she still thirsts! And the intensity of her thirst is so great that she is not content with the mixing bowl of wisdom, nor does she think it enough to cure her thirst that the whole bowl should be poured into her mouth; but she seeks to be brought into the very house of wine, and to hold her mouth under the winepresses themselves overflowing with sweet wine, and to see the cluster pressed in the winepresses, and that vine which nourishes such a cluster, and the farmer of the true vine, who makes the cluster so well nourished and sweet. It would be superfluous to examine each of these, since the figurative meaning seen in each is plain. She surely wishes also to see that mystery, how the bridegroom's garments are reddened in the winepress, of which the prophet says, "Why are your garments red, and your clothing as from a trodden winepress?" For these reasons and the like she longs to be inside the house in which is the mystery of the wine. Then, once inside, she leaps up again to the greater. For she seeks to be subjected to love. And God is love, according to John's word; and David declared that the soul's being subjected to him is salvation. "Since, then, I have come," she says, "into the house of wine, subject me to love," or, "set love upon me." However you take the inversion of the word, the same is signified by each: being set under love, and love being set upon her.

Or perhaps we are also taught by this saying a doctrine of the more refined kind: what kind of love it is fitting to offer to God and how to be disposed toward others. For if all things must be done in order and decently, much more is order fitting in such matters. For Cain would not have been condemned for dividing wrongly if, together with offering rightly, he had kept what was fitting in order, both in what was left for his own use and in what was consecrated to God. For when he should have offered the first-fruits of the sacrifice to God from the first produce, he filled himself with the more valuable and received God with the leftovers. One must know, then, the order of love which he sets forth through the law: how God must be loved, how one's neighbour, and one's wife, and one's enemy, lest the fulfilment of love become disordered and confused. For God must be loved with all one's heart and soul and strength and perception; one's neighbour as oneself; one's wife, if one is of a purer soul, as Christ loved the church; but if one is more passionate, as one's own body; for so the one who ordained such things commands; and the enemy, by not returning evil for evil but repaying injustice with kindness. But now one can see love confused and disordered among most people, working astray through unfitting disharmony. For money and honours and women, if they happen to be warmly disposed toward them, they love with all their soul and strength, so that they would even be willing to give their life for them; but God only as much as seems fitting; and to their neighbour they would barely show the love prescribed for enemies. And their attitude toward those who hate them is to take revenge on those who first grieved them with a greater evil. "Set love upon me, then," she says, "so that I may offer to God as much as is owed, and in the case of each of the others not miss the fitting measure." Or perhaps one may also understand this by the word: "Since, having been loved at the first, I was counted among the enemies through disobedience, but now I have come back to the same grace, joined to the bridegroom through love, confirm for me," she says, "the ordered and immovable state of this grace, you friends of the bridegroom, keeping for me by care and attention, with firmness, my inclination toward the better."

Having said this, she goes up again to what is higher; for she seeks to be strengthened with ointments for the stability of good things. "Strengthen me," she says, "with ointments." O paradoxical and new supports! How do ointments become the pillars of a house? How is the firmness of a roof's construction propped up by fragrance? Or is it quite clear that the matter of the virtues, achieved in us in many forms, is also named according to the differences of their activities? For virtue is not only seeing the good and coming to participate in the better, but also being preserved unchangeable in the good. The one, then, who wishes to be strengthened with ointments seeks to come to be in the virtues. For virtue is ointment, because it is separated from all the stench of sins. One might wonder also at the sequence of what is said: with what she desires the house to be heaped. Not with brambles and thorns and grass, or straw (or rather, as the apostle says, not with wood and straw and grass), with which material houses are built; but apples become the heaping of the house's roof. For she says, "Heap me up with apples," so that this fruit may become all in all to her: beauty, ointment, sweetness, food, refreshment through shade, the throne that gives rest, the pillar that makes firm, the roof that covers. For as beauty it is seen with desire, as ointment it sweetens the smell, as food it fattens the body and sweetens the taste, as shade it cools the burning heat, as a throne it rests weariness, as the roof of a house it becomes a covering for the one who dwells in it, as a pillar it gives steadfastness, as a visible apple it adorns the ceiling. For what more beautiful sight could one imagine than an arrangement of apples, when the well-arranged fruit, continuously joined on some flat surface, is variegated to the sight, the red of the fruit mingled with the whitish? If, then, it were possible to see an arrangement of apples hanging above from a flat surface, what would be more elegant than such a sight? This is not impossible in the desire for intelligible goods. For the form of that fruit is not heavy, weighed down and dragged toward the earth, but has by nature its inclination toward the height. For virtue grows upward and looks upward. That is why the bride desires the ceiling of her own house to be adorned with the beauty of such apples.

But it does not seem to me that the word is primarily concerned with this, that some visible sight should be seen on the heap through the arrangement of apples. For what guidance toward virtue would come from these, unless some thought that profits us were in what is said? What, then, do we conjecture? The one who out of love for mankind sprouted up in the forest of our nature, by sharing in flesh and blood, became an apple tree. For in this fruit one can see by its colour a likeness to each of these. By its whiteness it imitates the particular quality of flesh, and the red coloured over it is testified by its form to be akin to the nature of blood. When, then, the soul that delights in divine things desires to see this roof …, we are taught this by the riddle: from looking upward and attending to the apples we are guided to the heavenly way of life through the teachings of the Gospel, which the one who comes from above and is above all showed us through his manifestation in the flesh, having shown in himself the examples of all good ways of life, as the Lord says, "Learn from me, for I am gentle and lowly in heart." The apostle too, setting forth humility for us, says the same; for it is possible to confirm the whole truth in discourse through one contemplation. For to those who look to the things above he says, "Let this mind be in you which was also in Christ Jesus, who, being in the form of God, did not count equality with God a thing to be grasped, but emptied himself, taking the form of a slave," he who came to dwell in life through flesh and blood, and instead of the joy set before him willingly came into a share in our lowliness, and descended even to the experience of death. That is why the bride says, "Heap me up with apples," so that, looking always to the height, I may see the examples of good things shown in the bridegroom. There is gentleness, there freedom from anger, there forgetfulness of wrongs toward enemies, love toward those who grieve us, [repaying] wickedness with kindness, … patience, [freedom] from all vainglory and deceit.

Having said this, she praises the archer for his good aim, since he directed the arrow well at her. "For I am wounded by love," she says. She shows in her word the arrow that lies deep in her heart. The archer of the arrow is love; and we have learned from holy Scripture that God is love, who sends his chosen arrow, the only-begotten Son, upon those who are being saved, having coloured the threefold edge of the point with the Spirit of life. The point is faith, so that in whomever it comes to be, it brings in the archer together with the arrow, as the Lord says, "I and the Father are one," and, "we will come and make our dwelling with him." The soul, then, raised up through the divine ascents, sees in herself the sweet arrow of love by which she was wounded, and makes the wound her boast, saying, "I am wounded by love." O beautiful wound and sweet blow, through which life slips into the inner parts, the opening made by the arrow opening for her as it were a door and entrance! For as soon as she received the arrow of love, the shooting was at once changed into bridal delight. It is clear how the hands handle the bow, dividing their activities for the use. The left grips the bow; the right draws the string toward itself, pulling the arrow by its notch while it is aimed at the target by the left hand held out in front. She, then, who a little before had become the target of the arrow, now sees herself in place of the arrow in the archer's hands, the right and the left holding the arrow in different ways. But since, through the figure of the wedding, the meanings of the contemplations are carried forward in sequence, he did not make the arrow's point held by the left hand, nor the right holding the other end, so that the soul might become an arrow in the hand of the mighty, aimed at the target above; but he made the left hand placed under the head in place of the point, and the rest held by the right, so that, I think, the word might philosophize at once in the double riddles about the divine ascent, showing that the same one is both our bridegroom and archer, using the purified soul both as bride and as arrow: as an arrow, aiming her at the good target; as a bride, taking her up to share in incorruptible eternity, granting length of life and years of life through his right hand, and through his left the wealth of eternal goods and the glory of God, in which those who seek the glory of the world have no share. That is why she says, "His left hand is under my head," through which the arrow is aimed at the target; "and his right hand," holding me and drawing me to himself, makes me light for the upward flight, sent there and yet not separated from the archer, so that I am at once carried by the shot and at rest in the Master's hands. And the proverb states the particular qualities of these hands: that length of life and years of life are in the right hand of wisdom, and in her left wealth [and glory].

Then she turns her word to the daughters of the Jerusalem above. The word is an exhortation, given with an oath, to make love abound and increase always, until he who wills all to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth makes his will effective. The word she spoke is this: "I have adjured you, daughters [of Jerusalem], by the powers and by the strengths of the field, that you do not rouse or awaken love until it pleases." An oath is a word that confirms the truth by itself; and the working of an oath is double. Either one confirms the truth to the hearer himself, or by adjuring one lays on others the necessity of not lying at all. For example: "The Lord swore truth to David, and he will not set it aside"; here the faithfulness of the promise is made fast by the oath. But when Abraham, taking thought for a noble marriage for his only son, commands his own servant not to [take] any of the race of Canaan, those [condemned] to slavery, in marriage for Isaac, lest mixture with a servile race spoil the nobility of the succession, but to arrange the marriage for the boy from his ancestral land and kindred, he lays on him the necessity of not being slack about the command by adjuring him, that he would do through him all that he had decided about the boy. So the servant is adjured by Abraham to arrange a fitting marriage for Isaac. The working of an oath being double, then, here the soul that has run up to such a height as we contemplated in what was examined before, setting forth for the souls being instructed the progress toward perfection, does not by an oath give her hearers certainty about what she herself has obtained; but by adjuring them she leads them by the hand to the life of virtue, so that they may keep their love sleepless and wakeful until his good will comes to its fulfilment. And this is that all should be saved and come to the knowledge of the truth. As the adjuring there was done by the patriarch's thigh, so here it is by the powers and by the strengths of the field, the word saying thus: "[I have adjured] you, daughters of Jerusalem, by the powers and by the strengths of the field, that you do not rouse or awaken love until it pleases."

We must consider in these words, then, first what the field is; then what the strength of the field is, and the power, and whether these differ from one another or one thing is signified by both; besides these, what is the rousing and what the awakening of love. For "until it pleases" has been shown already by what was said … That the Master's voice signifies the world by the field is clear to everyone from the Gospels; and that the form of this world passes away and nothing firm is shown in unstable nature is clear from the loud voice of Ecclesiastes, who counted everything that appears and passes away among vanities. What, then, is the power of such a field, which is the world? Or what is the strength, the mention of which makes the command to the daughters of Jerusalem inviolable by the adjuring? For if we look to what appears, as if there were some power in it, Ecclesiastes strikes out such a supposition, calling vain everything shown and sought in these things. For the vain does not subsist; and what does not subsist in being has no strength. Or perhaps through the plural meaning of "power" we can find some conjecture of the thought? For we know such a distinction in holy Scripture in the case of such names: when power is spoken of in the singular, the mind is referred by such a word to the divine; but when it is uttered in the plural form, it presents the angelic nature in the word. For example, "Christ, the power of God and the wisdom," here by the singular it made known the divine. "Bless the Lord, all his powers": here the plural of powers shows the meaning of the intelligible nature of the angels. And the name of strength, taken together with power, has an intensification of the meaning of the thought, Scripture thus [making plain] by repetition what it intends; as in "Lord, my strength and my firm support." For each of the words signifies the same thing; but the combination of words of equal force shows an intensification of what is signified. The plural meaning of powers, then, and the like mention of strengths, seems to lead the hearers' thought to the angelic nature; so that the adjuring offered to the souls being instructed, for confirming what the teaching has decided, is not made by the world that passes away, but by the nature of the angels that remains for ever, to which she bids them look, so that she may confirm by the example the firmness and stability of the life of virtue. For since he has promised that the life after the resurrection will be like the state of the angels (and the one who promised does not lie), it would follow that life in the world should be prepared for what is hoped for afterwards, so that, living in the flesh and spending our time in the field of this world, we do not live according to the flesh nor are conformed to this age, but practise beforehand the hoped-for life through our life in the world. This is why the bride produces in the souls of those being instructed the confirmation through the oath, so that their life achieved in this field may look to the powers, imitating angelic purity through freedom from passion. For when love is roused and awakened in this way, that is, raised up and always increased toward the greater, she said that the good will of God is fulfilled as in heaven so on earth, angelic passionlessness [being achieved] in us too.

This is what we have understood of "[I have adjured] you, daughters of Jerusalem, by the powers and by the strengths of the field, that you do not rouse or awaken love until it pleases." But if some other account should be found that comes closer to the truth of what is sought, we shall receive the grace and give thanks to the one who reveals hidden mysteries through the Holy Spirit, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom belongs the glory to the ages of [ages. Amen].

Chapter 5

5PG 44

Φωνὴ ἀδελριδοῦ μου. Ἰδοὺ οὗτος ἤκει πηδῶν ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, διαλλόμενος ἐπὶ τοὺς βουνούς. Ὃμοιός ἐστιν ἀδελφιδός μου τῇ δορκάδι, ἢ νεβρῷ ἐλάφων ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη Βωιθήλ. ᾿Ιδοὺ οὗτος ὀπίσω τοῦ τοίχου ἡμῶν, παρακύπτων διὰ τῶν θυρίδων, ἐχκύπτων διὰ τῶν δικτύων. ᾿Αποκρίνεται ἀδελφιδός μου, καὶ .έγει μοι· ᾿Ανάστα, ἐλθὲ, ἡ πλησίον μου, καλή μον, περιστερά μου. Ὅτι ἰδοὺ ὁ χϑιμὼγ παρῆλθεν, ὁ ὑετὸς ἀπῆλθεν, ἐπορεύθη ἑαυτῷ. Τὰ ἄνθη ὥρθη ἐν τῇ γῇ, καιρὸς τῆς τομῆς ἔρθαχε, φωνὴ τῆς τρυγόνος ἠκούσθη ἐν τῇ γῇ ἡμῶν. Ἢ συκῆ ἐξήνεγχον ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς· ἄμπελοι κυπρίζουσιν, ἔδωκαν ὀσμήν. ᾿Ανάστα,ἐλθὲ, ἡ πλησίον μου, καλή μου, περιστερά μου. ( Ἦν σκέπῃ τῆς πέτρας, ἐχόμενα τοῦ προτειχίσματος, δεῖξόν μοι τὴν ὄψιν σου, καὶ ἀκούτισόν μδ τὴν ῥρωγήν σου, ὅτι ἡ φωνή σου ἡδεῖα, ἡ ὄψις σου ὡραία. Πιάσατε ἡμῖν ἀλώπεκας μικροὺς ἀφαγίζοντας ἀμπελῶνας. Καὶ αἱ ἄμπελοι ἡμῶν κυπρίζουσαι. ᾿Αδελφιδός μου ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ αὐτῷ, ὁ ποιμαίνων ἐν τοῖς κρίνοις, ἕως οὗ διαπγεύσῃ ἡμέρα, καὶ κινηθῶσιν αἱ σκιαί, Ἀπόστρεψον, ὁμοιώθητι σὺ, ἀδε.1ριδέ μου, τῷ δόρχωνι, ἣ κεδρῷ ἐλάφων ἐπὶ ὄρη κοιλωμάτων. Τὰ νῦν προτεθέντα διὰ τῆς ἀναγνώσεως ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Λσματος τῶν ἀσμάτων φιλοσοφίας, καὶ εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν ἄγει τῆς τῶν ὑπερκειμένων ἀγαθῶν θεωρίας, καὶ λύπην ἐντίθησιν ἡμῶν ταῖς ψυχαῖς, ἀπόὙνωσιν ἐμποιοῦντα τρόπον τινὰ τῆς τῶν ἀλήπτων κατανοήσεως. Πῶς γὰρ ἄν τις ἀλύπως διατεθείη σκοπῶν, ὅτι ἐν τοσαύταις ἀνόδοις ὑψωθεῖσα δι’ ἀγάπης πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μετουσίαν ἡ κεκαθαρμένη ψυχὴ, οὔπω, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, κατειληφέναι δοκεῖ τὸ ζητούμενον ; Καίτοι γε πρὸς τὰς ἀνόδους ἐκείνας βλέπων, τὰς προδιηνυσμένας ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων λόγοις, ἐμακάριζον αὑτὴν τῆς ἀναδάσεως, ὅτε πὸ γλυκὺ μῆλον ἐπέγνω τῆς ἀκαρπίας τοῦ δρυμοῦ διαχρίνασα, καὶ ὡς ἐπιθυμητὴν αὐτοῦ τὴν σκιὰν ἐποιήσατο, καὶ τῷ καρπῷ χαταγλυχανθεῖσα, ἐν τοῖς ταμιείοις τῆς εὐφροσύνης ἐγένετο. Οἶνον δὲ ὀνομάζει τὴν εὐφροσύνην, ᾧ ἡ καρδία τῶν μετεχόντων εὐφραίνεται, καθὼς περὶ τοῦ μεγάλου Παύλου μανθάνομεν, καὶ ὡς ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ ταχθεῖσα τοῖς μύροις στηρίζεται, διαληφθεῖσα τῇ τῶν μήλων περιδολῇ, καὶ ὡς ἐγχάρδιον δεξαμένη τῆς ἀγάπης τὸ βέλος, πάλιν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τοῦ τοξότου καὶ αὐτὴ βέλος γίνεται πρὸς τὸν τῆς ἀληθείας σκοπὸν, ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τοῦ δυνατοῦ εὐθυνομένη. Ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα βλέπων, ποῦ ἀχροτάτου τῆς μακαριότητος ἐπειλῆφθαι τὴν διὰ τοσούτων ὑψωθεῖσαν ἐλογιζόμην· ἀλλ᾽, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἔτι προοίμια τῆς ἀνόδου τὰ προδιηνυσμένα ἐστί, Πάσαι·ἢ γὰρ τὰς ἀναθδάσεις ἐκείνας οὐ θεωρίαν τινὰ καὶ κατάλογον ἐναργῆ τῆς ἀληθείας, ἀλλὰ φωνὴν τοῦ ποθουμένου κατονομάζει, διὰ τῆς ἀκοῆς χαρακτηριζομένην τοῖς ἰδιώμασιν, οὐ διὰ τῆς κατανοήσεως γινωσχομέγὴν καὶ εὐφραίνουσαν. Εἰ οὖν ἐκείνη τοσοῦτον ὑψωτοῦ ἕως τριῶν οὐρανῶν ὑπεραρθέντος, οὕπω κατειληφέναι τὸ προκείμενον δι’ ἀχριθείας ἐνδείκνυται τί παθεῖν εἰκὸς ἡμᾶς, ἣ ἐν τίσιν εἶναι λογίσασθαι, τοὺς μήπω τοῖς προθύροις τῶν ἀδύτων τῆς θεωρίας Καὶ ἐγγίσαντας; ἜἜξεστι δὲ τῶν δι᾽ αὐτῆς εἰρημένων, κατιδεῖν τῶν ζητουμένων τὸ δυσθεώρητον. Φωγὴ ξου ἀδελφιδοῦ μου, φησὶν, οὐκ εἶδος, οὐ πρόσωπον, οὗ οὐ χαρακτὴρ ἐμφαίνων τοῦ ζητουμένου τὴν φύσιν, ἀλλὰ φωνὴ, στοχασμὸν μόνον ἐμποιοῦσα, ἣ βεδαίωσιν τοῦ ΐ φθεγγομένου, ὅστις ἐστίν. Ὅτι γὰρ εἰκασμῷ μᾶλλον ἔοικε τὸ λεγόμενον, καὶ οὐχὶ ἀναμφιθόλῳ τινὶ πληροφορίᾳ τῆς καταλήψεως, δῆλόν ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ μιᾷ τινι διανοίᾳ προσφυῆναι τὸν λόγον, μηδὲ πρὸς ἕν εἶδος ὁρᾷν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ πολλὰ φέρεσθαι ταῖς ὁπτασίαις, ἄλλο ( τε βλέπειν οἰομένην, καὶ οὐ πάντοτε τῷ αὐτῷ παραμένουσαν χαρακτῇρι τοῦ χαταληφθέντος, δῆλον ἐκ τῶν λεγομένων ἐστίν. Ἰδοὺ γὰρ, φησὶν, οὗτος ἥκει, οὐδὲ ἑστὼς, οὐδὲ παραμένων, ὡς διὰ τῆς ἐπιμονῆς τὸν τῶν ὄψεων, πρὶν εἰς τελείαν γνῶσιν ἐλθεῖν· Πηδῶν γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς ἐφαλλόμενος. Καὶ νῦν μὲν δορκὰς γνωρίζεται, πάλιν νεδρῷ προσειχάζεται. Ὅμοιος γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀδα.φιδός μου ἐστὶ τῇ δορκάδι, ἣ γεδρῷ ἐλάφων ἐπὶ υο τῷ ὄρει Βαιθήλ. Οὕτως τὸ ἀεὶ ἄλλοτε ἄλλος ἐστὶ χαρακτήρ. … Ταῦτά ἐστιν ἅ με κατὰ τὴν πρόχειρον ἔννοιαν εἰς λύπην ἄγει, ἀπόγνωσιν ἐμποιοῦντα τῆς ἀχριδοῦς τῶν ὑπερκειμένων κατανοήσεως. Πλὴν ἀλλὰ πειρατέον ἀναθέντας τῷ Θεῷ τὴν ἐλπίδα, τῷ διδόντι ῥῆμα τοῖς ἡ εὐαγγελιζομένοις δυνάμει πολλῇ, προσαρμόσαι τοῖς προχατανενοημένοις ἐν εἱρμῷ τινι δι᾽ ἀκολούθου τὴν θεωρίαν. Φωνὴ τοῦ ἀδειϊρφιδοῦ μου, φησίν. Καὶ εὐθὺς ἐπήγαγεν· ᾿Ιδοὺ οὗτος ἥκει. Τί οὖν ἐν τούτοις ὑπενοήσαμεν ; Προθλέπει τάχα τὴν διὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγε- λίου φανερωθεῖσαν ἡ μῖν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου οἰκονομίαν τὰ εἰρημένα, τὴν προχαταγγελθεῖσαν μὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν, φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ διὰ τῆς κατὰ σάρκα τοῦ ἴδπ) Υἱοῦ θεοφανείας. Μαρτυρεῖται γὰρ τοῖς ἔργοις ἣ θεία φωνὴ, καὶ συνάπτεται τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἡ ἔχόασις, καθώς φησιν ὁ Προφήτης, ὅτι Καθάπερ τἠχούσαμεν, οὕτω καὶ εἴδομεν. Φωνὴ, φησὶ, τοῦ ἀδελφιδοῦ μου, τοῦτό ἐστιν ὃ ἡἠκχούσαμεν. ᾿Ιδοὺ οὗτος ἦκχδι· τοῦτο ὃ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐδεξάμεθα. Ποιιλυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως πάλαι ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις· αὕτη ἣ τῆς [φωνῆς ἀκοή· ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐλάλησεν ἡμῖν ἐν Υἱῷ. Τουτέστι τὸ εἰρημένον, Ἰδοὺ οὗτος ἤκει ἐπιπηδῶν τοῖς ὄρεσι, καὶ κατὰ τῶν βουγῶν διαλλόμενος, προσφυῶς καὶ καταλλήλως τῇ τε δορχάδι κατά τινα ἴδιον λόγον, καὶ πάλιν τῷ νεδρῷ τῶν ἐλάφων, καθ᾽ ἑτέραν ἔννοιαν ὁμοιούμενος. Ἡ δορκὰς σημαίνει τὴν ὀξυωπίαν τοῦ τὸ πᾶν ἑπιδλέποντος. Φασὶ γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ ζῶον ὑπερφυῶς δερχόμενον, τῆς ἐνεργείας ἔχειν τὸ ὄνομα. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ταὐτόν ἐστι τῷ θεάσασθαι τὸ δέρχεσθαι. Οὐκοῦν ὁ ἐφορῶν τὰ ὁ πάντα καὶ ἐπιδλέπων, ἐκ τοῦ θεάσασθαι τὰ πάντα, Θεὸς τῶν πάντων ἐπονομάζεται. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν Θεὸς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκὶ ὁ ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῶν ἀντικειμένων δυνάμεων ἐπιφανεὶς τῷ βίῳ, διὰ τοῦτο δορχάδι μὲν ὁμοιοῦται, ὁ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐπιδλέ· νεδρῷ δὲ, τὰ ὄρη καὶ τοὺς βουνοὺς διαλαμθάνων τοῖς ἄλμασι· τουτέστιν, ὁ καταπατῶν τε καὶ καταλύων τὰ πονηρὰ τῆς τῶν δαιμόνων κακίας ὑψώματα.·Ὅρη μὲν γὰρ λέγει, τὰ ἐν τῇ χραταιότητι αὐτοῦ ταρασσόμενα, ὥς φησιν ὁ θόμενα ἐν καρδίαις θαλασσῶν, καὶ τῶ συγγενεῖ όπῳ τῆς ἀδύσσου γαταδυόμενα. Περὶ ὧν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος, ὅτι Ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σιγάπεως, ἐρεῖτε τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ (δεικνὺς τῷ λόγῳ τὸ πονηρὸν ἐκεῖνο καὶ σεληναῖον -- δαιμόνιον), ὅτι ΓΑρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἴδιον τῆς νεδρῶν ἐστι φύσεως τὸ ἀναλωτικὸν τῶν θηρίων, καὶ τὸ φυγαδεύειν τῷ ἄσθματι καὶ τῇ τοῦ χρωτὸς ἰδιότητι τὸ τῶν ὄφεων Ὑένος· διὰ τοῦτο δορχάδι μὲν ὁ ἐφορῶν τὰ πάντα ὡμοίωται· νεδρῷ δὲ ἐλάφων, ὡς πατῶν τε καὶ σκων τὴν ἐναντίαν ἐνέργειαν, ἣν ἡ τροπιχὴ σημασία ὄρη καὶ βουνοὺς … Γέγονε τοίνυν ἡ τοῦ νυμφίου φωνὴ ἡ διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ἐν οἷς ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεός· καὶ μετὰ τὴν φωνὴν ἦλθεν ὁ Λόγος, ἐπιπηδῶν τοῖς ἀντικειμένοις ὄρεσι, καὶ τῶν βουνῶν χαθαλλόμενος, πᾶσαν ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου τὴν ἀποστατιχὴν δύναμιν ὑπίχνιον ἑαυτῷ ποιῶν, τή, τε ὑποδεεστέραν, καὶ τὴν προάγουσαν. Τοῦτο γὰρ τῶν βουνῶν ἡ πρὸς τὰ ὄρη διαστολὴ ὑπαινίττεται, ὅτι καὶ τὸ ἐξέχον ἐν τοῖς ἀντικειμένοις ὁμοίως καθαιρεῖται, ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τε καὶ ἐξουσίᾳ πατούμενον. Ὁμοίως γὰρ χαταπατεῖται ὁ λέων τε καὶ ὁ δράκων, τὰ ὑπερέχοντα, ὅ τε ὅφις καὶ ὁ σκορπίος, τὰ δοκοῦντα καταδεέστερα. Οἷόν τι λέγω· Ἐν τοῖς ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ ὄχλοις ὅρη, δαιμόνια, … ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἦν, ἣ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Γερασηνῶν, ἢ ἐν ἑτέροις τόποις πολλοῖς, κατὰ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἦσαν βουνοὶ καὶ ὄρη ὑπερέχοντές τε καὶ ὑποκείμενοι· ἀλλ᾽ ὁ νεδρὸς τῶν ἐλάφων, ὁ ἀναλωτιχὸς τῶν ὄφεων, ὁ καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς εἰς τὴν τῶν ἐλάφων χαταρτιζόμενος φύσιν, ἐν οἷς λέγει, ὅτι Δέδωκα ὑμῖν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἑπάνω τῶν ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων, πᾶσιν ἐπίσης ἐπιδάλλει τὸ ἴχνος, ταῦτά τε φυγαδεύων, καὶ μεθαλλόμενος ἀπὸ τούτων πρὸς ἕτερα, ὡς διὰ τούτων τὸ μέγεθος τῶν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ὑψουμένων ἀναφανῆναι, μηκέτι τοῖς γεωλόφοις τῆς κακίας ἐπισχοτούμενον. Τὰ γὰρ ὄρη Βαιθὴλ ἔοικεν ἐκ τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς ἑρμηνείας, τὸν ὑψηλὸν καὶ οὐράνιον ἐν. δείκνυσθαι βίον. Οἶκον γὰρ Θεοῦ σημαίνειν τὴν λέξιν ταύτην φασὶν οἱ τῆς Ἑδραίων φωνῆς ἐπιστήμονες. Διό φησιν, Ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη Βαιθή.2Δ. Εἶδε ταῦτα ὁ κεκαθαρμένος καὶ διορατικὸς τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμὸς, ὁ τοῖς θείοις ἐκείνοις ἅλμασι τοῖς κατὰ τῶν ἀντικειμένων γεωλόφων γινομένοις συμμεθαχλόμενος· καὶ περὶ τοῦ χρόνου ὕστερον γενησομένου, ὡς ἤδη παρόντος ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον· διὰ τὸ πιστόν τε καὶ ἀναμφίδολον τῆς ἐλπιζομένης χάριτος, ὡς ἔργον τὴν ἐλπίδα βλέπων. Φησὶ γὰρ, ὅτι ὁ κατὰ τῶν ὀρέων πηδῶν εὐχινήτῳ τῷ τάχει, καὶ εἰς βουνοὺς ἀπὸ βουνῶν μεθαλλόμενος, στάσιμον δείκνυσιν ἑαυτὸν κατόπιν τοῦ τοίχου γενόμενος, καὶ ἐκ τῶν δικτύων τῶν θυρίδων διαλεγόμενος. Ἔχει δὲ οὕτως ἡ λέξις· ᾿Ιδοὺ οὗτος ἔστηκεν ὀπίσω τοῦ τοίχου ἡμῶν, παρακύπτων διὰ τῶν θυρίδων, ἐκκύπτων διὰ τῶν δικτύων. Τὸ μὲν οὖν σωματικῶς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ ὑπογραφόμενον, τοιοῦπόν ἐστιν ὅτι ἔνδον οἰχουροῦσαν τὴν νύμφην διὰ τῶν θυρίδων ὁ ἐραστὴς διαλέγεται, καὶ τοῦ τοίχου κατὰ τὸ μέσον ἀμφοτέρους στος γίνεται τοῦ λόγου ἡ κοινωνία, διὰ μὲν θυοίδων τῆς κεφαλῆς παραχυπτούσης, διὰ δὲ τῶν δικτύων τῶν ἐν ταῖς θυρίσι πρὸς τὰ ἐντὸς τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ διαχύπτοντος, Ἡ δὲ κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν θεωρία τῆς προεξητασμένης ἔχεται διανοίας. Ὁδῷ γὰρ καὶ ἀκολουθίᾳ προσοιχειοῖ τῷ Θεῷ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν ὁ λόγος, πρῶτον μὲν αὐτὴν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν χαταυγάζων καὶ τῶν νομίκῶν παραγγελμάτων. Οὕτως γὰρ νοοῦμεν, θυρίδας μὲν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς τὸ φῶς εἰσάγοντας· δίκτυα δὲ τὴν τῶν νομίμων παραγγελμάτων πλοκήν· δι᾽ ὧν ἀμφοτέρων ἡ αὐγὴ τοῦ . ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς ἐπὶ τὰ ἐντὸς παρεισδύεται. Μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ ἡ τελεία τοῦ φωτὸς ἕλλαμψις γίνεται, ὅταν ἐπιφανῇ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ καθημένοις, διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὴν φύσιν ἡμῶν συναναχράσεως. Πρότερον οὖν; αἱ αὐγαὶ τῶν προφητικῶν τε καὶ νομικῶν νοημάτων ἐλλάμπουσαι τῇ ψυχῇ διὰ τῶν νοηθεισῶν ἡμῖν θυρίδων τε καὶ δικτύων, ἐπιθυμίαν ἐμποιοῦσι τοῦ ἰδεῖν ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ τὸν ἥλιον. Εἴθ᾽ οὕτως τὸ ποθούμενον εἰς ἔργον προέρχεται. ᾿Ακούσωμεν δὲ οἷα πρὸς τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν λαλεῖ ὁ μήπω ἐντὸς τοῦ τοίχου γενόμενος, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστη διὰ τῶν γὰρ, φησὶν, δΑδειφιδός μου, καὶ 1έγει μοί· ᾿Ανάστα, ἐλθὲ, ἡ πἪλησίον μου, κωϊή μου, περιστερά μου. Ὅτι ἰδοὺ ὁ χειμὼν παρῆλθεν, ὁ ὑετὸς ἀπῆθεν, ἐπορεύθη ἑαυτῷ. Τὰ ἄνθη ὥφθη ἐν τῇ γῇ, Γχαιρὸς τῆς τομῆς ἔρθακε. Φωνὴ τῆς τρυγόνος ἠκούσθη ἐν τῇ γῇ ἡμῶν. Ἡ συκῆ ἐξήγεγχε τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς. Αἱ ἄμπελοι ἡμῶν κυπρίζουσιν, ἔδωκαν ὀσμήν. Ὥς γλαφυρῶς ἡμῖν ὑπογράφει τὴν τοῦ ἕαρος χάριν ὁ πλάστης τοῦ ἕαρος, πρὸς ὄν φησιν ὁ Δαβὶδ, ὅτι Θέρος καὶ ἔαρ, σὺ ἔπλασας αὐτά· λύει τὴν τοῦ χειμῶνος κατήφειαν, παρεληλυθέναι λέγων τὴν χειμερινὴν σχυθρωπότητα, καὶ τὴν τῶν ὑετῶν ἀηδίαν. Λειμῶνας δείκνυσι βρύοντας καὶ ὡραϊζομένους τοῖς ἄνθεσι. Τὰ δὲ ἄνθη ἐν ἀκμῇ εἶναι λέγει, ζχαὶ πρὸς τομὴν ἐπιτηδείως ἔχειν, ὡς ἐς στεφάνου πλοκὴν, ἢ μύρων κατασκευὴν ἀναιρεῖσθαι πάντως τοὺς ἀνθολόγους· ἠδύνει δὲ τὸν καιρὸν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ταῖς τῶν ὀρνίθων ᾧδαῖς κατὰ τὰ ἄλση περιηχούμενον, τῆς ἡδείας τῶν τρυγόνων φωνῆς ταῖς ἀκοαῖς : προσηκούσης. Συκῆν δὲ λέγει καὶ ἄμπελον, τὴν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν γενησομένην τρυφὴν, τοῖς φαινομένοις προοιμιάξεσθαι· τὴν μὲν τοὺς ὀλύνθους ἐχφέρουσαν, τὴν δὲ τῷ ἄνθει χυπρίζουσαν, ὡς κατατρυφᾷν τῆς εὐωδίας τὴν ὄσφρησιν. Οὕτω μὲν οὖν ἁδρύνεται τῇ εὐπογραφῇ τῆς ἐαρινῆς ὥρας ὁ λόγος, τό τε σκυθρωπὸν ἀποθάλλων, καὶ τοῖς γλυχυτέροις ἐμφιλοχωρῶν διηγήμααι. Χρὴ δὲ, οἶμαι, μὴ παραμεῖναι τὴν διάνοιαν τῇ τῶν γλαφυρῶν τούτων ὑπογραφῇ, ἀλλὰ δι· αὑτῶν ὁδηγηθῆναι πρὸς τὰ δηλούμενα διὰ τῶν λογίων , πούτων μυστήρια, ὥστε ἀνακαλυφθῆναι τὸν θησαυρὸν τῶν νοημάτων, τὸν ἐγκεκρυμμένον τοῖς ῥήμασι Τί οὖν ἐστιν ὅ φαμεν; Πεπήγει ποτὲ τῷ τῆς εἰδωλολατρείας κρυμῷ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, τῆς εὐχινήτου φύσεως τῶν ἀνθρώπων πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀχινήτων σεδασμάτων φύσιν μεταδληθείσης. Ὅμοιοι γὰρ, φησὶ, γένοιντο οἱ ποιοῦντες αὐτὰ, καὶ πάντες οἱ πεποιθότες ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς. Καὶ τὸ εἰκὸς ἐν τοῖς γενομένοις ἦν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ οἱ τὴν ἀληθινὴν Θεότητα βλέποντες, ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν δέχονται τὰ τῆς θείας φύσεως ἰδιώματα· οὕτως ὁ τῇ ματαιότητι τῶν εἰδώλων προσανέχων, μετεστοιχειοῦτο πρὸς τὸ βλεπόμενον, λίθος ἐξ ἀνθρώπου γινόμενος. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἀπολιθωθεῖσα διὰ τῆς τῶν εἰδώλων λατρείας, ἀκίνητος ἦν πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ἧ φύσις, πεπηγυῖα τῷ τῆς εἰδωλολατρείας κρυμῷ, - φούτου χάριν ἐπανατέλλει τῷ χαλεπῷ τούτῳ χειμῶνι ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἥλιος, καὶ ἔαρ ποιεῖ, τοῦ μεσημ: ὀρινοῦ πνεύματος, τοῦ τὴν τοιαύτην διαλύοντος πῆξιν, ἅμα τῇ ἀνατολῇ τῶν ἀκτίνων ἐπιθάλποντος ἅπαν τὸ ὑποκείμενον· ἵνα διαθερμανθεὶς τῷ πνεύματι ὁ διὰ κρύους ἀπολιθωθεὶς ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ἀχτῖνι τοῦ Λόγου, πάλιν γένηται ὕδωρ ἀλλόμενον εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Πγεύσει γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸ πγεῦμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ῥνήσεται ὕδατα στρεφομένης τῆς πέτρας εἰς 1ίμνας ὑδάτων, καὶ τῆς ἀκροτόμου εἰς πηγὰς ὑδάτων. Ὅπερ γυμνότερον πρὸς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀνεδόησε, λέγων τοὺς λίθους τούτους ἐγείρεσθαι, εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι τέκνα τοῦ πατριάρχου, δι᾽ ἀρετῆς ὁμοιούμενα. Ταῦτα τοίνυν ἀκούε: οὔ Λόγου ἡ Ἐκκλησία, διὰ τῶν προφητικῶν θυρίδων καὶ τῶν νομικῶν δικτύων δεχομένη τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας αὐγὴν, ἔτι συνεστῶτος τοῦ τυπιχοῦ τῆς διδασκαλίας τοίχου, τοῦ νόμου λέγω, τοῦ τὴν σκιὰν ποιοῦντος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν, οὐκ αὐτὴν τὴν εἰκόνα τῶν πραγμάτων δεικνύοντος, οὗ κατόπιν ἵἴστακαι ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐχομένη τοῦ τύπου· πρῶτον μὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ἐναυγάζουσα τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ τὸν Λόγον· μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ τῇ φανερώσει τοῦ Εὐαγγελίον πᾶσαν τοῦ τύπου τὴν σκιοειδῇ φαντασίαν ἑξαναλίσχουσα, δι᾽ ἧς καθαιρεῖται μὲν τὸ μεσότοιχον· συνάπτεται δὲ ὁ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ ἀὴρ πρὸς τὸ αἰθέριον φῶς, ὡς μηκέτι διὰ τῶν θυρίδων χρείαν ἔχειν περιαυγάζεσθαι, αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν ἀκ τίνων τὰ ἔνδον πάντα χαταφωτίζοντος. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐμθοᾷ δʼὰ τῶν φωταγωγῶν τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ ὁ Λόγος, ὁ ἀνορθῶν τοὺς κατεῤῥαγμένους, λέγων - ᾿Ανάστηθι, δηλαδὴ ἐκ τοῦ πτώματος, ἡ τῷ αἰσχρῷ τῆς ἁμαρτίας συμποδισθεῖσα διὰ τοῦ ὄφεως, καὶ εἰς γῆν πεσοῦσα, καὶ ἐν τῷ πτώματι τῆς παρακοῆς … Οὐκ ἀρκεῖ δέ σοι τὸ ἀνορθωθῆναι, φησὶν, ἐκ τοῦ πτώματος, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρόσελθε διὰ τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν προκοπῆς, τὸν ἐν ἀρετῇ διανύουσα δρόμον. Ὅπερ δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παραλυτικοῦ μέμαθήκαμεν. Οὐ γὰρ διανίστησι μόνον ὁ Λόγος τὸ ἐπιχλινίδιον ἄχθος ἐκεῖνο, ἀλλὰ καὶ περιπατεῖν ἐγκελεύεται. Ὅπερ μοι δοκεῖ τὴν πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον πρόοδόν τε καὶ αὔξησιν διὰ τῆς μεταδατιχῆς κινήσεως σημαίνειν ὁ λόγος. Ἀγάστα οὖν, φησὶ, καὶ ἔξεῖθε. Ὥ προστάγματος δύναμις ὄντως φωνὴ δυνάμεώς ἐστιν ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ γε Θεοῦ, καθὼς ἡ ψαλμῳδία φησὶν, ὅτι Ἰδοὺ. δώσει τὴν φωγὴν αὐτοῦ, φωνὴν δυνάμεως. Καὶ, Αὐτὸς εἶπε, καὶ ἐγεγήθησαν· αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο, καὶ ἐκτίσθήσων Ἰδοὺ καὶ νῦν εἶπε πρὸς τὴν κειμένην, ὅτι Ἁγάστηθι᾽· καὶ, ὅτι Πρόσε.1θε· καὶ εὐθὺς ἔργον τὸ πρόσταγμα γίνεται. Ὁμοῦ γὰρ τὸ δέξασθαι τοῦ Λόγου τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ ἵσταται, καὶ παρίσταται, καὶ πλησίον γίνεται τοῦ φωτὸς, Ἰὼς ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ καλέσαντος αὐτὴν μεμαρτύρηται, οὕτως εἰπόντος τοῦ Λόγου: ᾿Αγάστα, ἐ.θὲ, ἡ πλησίον μου, καλή μου, περιστερά μου. Τίς ἡ τάξις αὕτη τοῦ λόγου; Πῶς ἔχεται τὸ ἕτερον τοῦ ἑτέρου ; Πῶς σώζεται καθ᾽ εἱρμὸν ὥσπερ ἐν ἁλύσει τινὶ τὸ τῶν νοημάτων ἀκόλουθον ; ᾿Ακούει τοῦ προστάγματος· λόγῳ, ἐγείρεται, προσέρχεται, πλησιάζει, καλὴ γίνεται, περιστερὰ ὀνομάξεται. Πῶς γάρ ἐστι δυνατὸν καλὴν ὄψιν ἐν κατόπτρῳ ἰδεῖν, μὴ καλῆς τινος μορφῆς δεξαμένου τὴν ἔμφασιν ; Οὐκοῦν καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως κάτοπτρον, οὐ πρότερον ἐγένετο γαλὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε τῷ καλῷ ἐπλησίασε, καὶ τῇ εἰκόνι ποῦ θείου κάλλους ἐνεμορφώθη. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ τοῦ ὄφεως εἶχεν εἶδος ἕως ἔκειτο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀφεώρα· κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ἐπειδὴ ἀνἐστη, καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἔδειξεν ἑαυτὴν ἀντιπρόσωπον, κατὰ νώτου τὴν κακίαν ποιησαμένη, πρὸς ὃ βλέπει, κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καὶ σχηματίξεται. [Βλέπει δὲ πρὸς τὸ ᾿ ἀρχέτυπον κάλλος· περιστερὰ δὲ τὸ κάλλος. Διὰ τῷ φωτὶ προσεγγίσασα, φῶς γίνεται. Τῷ δὲ αὶ φωτὶ τὸ καλὸν τῆς περιστερᾶς εἶδος ἐνειχονίζεται,. ἐκείνης λέγω τῆς περιστερᾶς, ἧς τὸ εἶδος τὴν. τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος παρουσίαν Οὕτω τοίνυν αὐτῇ προσφωνήσας ὁ λόγος, ἐα Ουπι οΓξο ὀνομάσας αὐτὴν, καλὴν μὲν διὰ τὸ πλησίον, περι- ἢ στερὰν δὲ διὰ τὸ κάλλος,·καὶ τὰ ἐφεξῆς διεξέρχεται, οὐκέτι λέγων κρατεῖν τοῦ χειμῶνος τῶν ψυχῶν τὴν κατήφειαν. Οὐ γὰρ ἀντέχει πρὸς τὴν ἀκτῖνα τὸ κρύος. ᾿Ιδοὺ, φησὶν, ὁ χειμὼν παρῆλθεν, ὁ ὑετὸς ἀπῆλθεν, ἐπορεύθη ἑαυτῷ. ἸΠολυώνυμον ποιεῖ τὸ κακὸν, κατὰ τὰς διαφορὴς τῶν ἐνεργημάτων ὀνομαζόμενον. Ὁ αὐτὸς γὰρ καὶ χειμὼν, καὶ ὑετὸς, καὶ σταγόνες, καθ᾽ ἕκαστον τῶν ὀνομάτων πειρασμοῦ τινος κατὰ τὸ ἰδιάζον σημαινομένου. Ἐν γὰρ τῷ χειμῶνι, τὰ τεθηλότα μαραίνεται, τὸ ἐπὶ τῶν δένδρων κάλλος, ὃ διὰ τῶν φύλλων φυσικῶς ὡραΐζεται, ἀποῤῥεῖ τῶν κλάδων, καὶ τῇ γῇ χαταμίγννυται. Σιγᾷ τῶν μουσικῶν ὀρνίθων ἣ μελῳδία, φεύγει ἡ ἀηδὼν, ναρχᾷ ἡ χελιδὼν, ἀποξενοῦται τῆς καλιᾶς ἢ τρυγών· μεῖται πάντα τὴν τοῦ θανάτου κατήφειαν, νεκροῦται ὁ βλαστὸς, ἀποθνήσκει ἡ πόα. Καὶ ὥσπερ ὀστέα τῶν σαρκῶν κεχωρισμένα, οὕτως οἱ κλάδοι τῶν φύλλων γυμνωθέντες, εἰδεχθὲς θέαμα γίνονται, ἀντὶ τῆς προσούσης αὐτοῖς ἐκ τῶν βλαστῶν ἀγλαῖας. Τί δ᾽ ἄν ἰς λέγοι τὰ κατὰ θάλασσαν πάθη, τὰ διὰ τοῦ χειμῶνος γινόμενα; Πῶς ἐκ βυθῶν ἀναστρεφομένη καὶ διοιδαίνουτα σχοπέλους καὶ ὄρη μιμεῖται, πρὸς τὸ ὄρθιον σχῆμα χορυφουμένη τῷ ὕδατι; Πῶς ἐφορμᾷ καθάπερ πολεμία τῇ γῇ, ὑπὲρ τὰς μονὰς ἑαυτὴν αὶ ἐπεχθάλλουσα, καὶ ταῖς ἐπαλλήλοις τῶν κυμάτων πληγαῖς οἷόν τισι μηχανημάτων προσθολαῖς αὐτὴν κατασείουσα. ᾿Αλλά μοι νόει τὰ τοῦ χειμῶνος πάθη, ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα πάντα μεταλαμθδάνων εἰς τροσημασίαν. Τί ἐστιν ἐν χειμῶνι τὸ καὶ μαραινόμενον; Τί τὸ εἰς γῆν ἐκ τῶν ἀχρεμόνων ; Τίς ἣ σιωπῶσα τῶν ᾧδιχῶν ὀρνίθων φωνή; Τίς ἡ θάλασσα ἡ ἐπωρυομένη τοῖς ὕδασι; Τί ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ ὑετός; Τίνες τοῦ ὑετοῦ αἱ σταγόνες ; Πῶς ἑαυτῷ πορεύεται ὁ ὑετός ; Διὰ τούτου γὰρ, τὸ ἔμψυχόν τε καὶ προαιρετικὸν τοῦ τοιούτου χειμῶνος Τάχα γὰρ κἂν μὴ·καθ᾽ ἕκαστον διασαφήσῃ γος, πρόδηλός ἐστι τῷ ἀκούσαντι ἣ ἑκάστου τούτων ἐμφαινομένη διάνοια πῶς ἐτεθήλει τὸ καταρχὰς ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις, ἕως ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ἦν, τῷ τῆς πηγῆς ἐκείνης ὕδατι πιαινομένη καὶ θάλλουσα, ὅτε ἦν ἀντὶ φύλλων ὁ τῆς ἀθανασίας βλαστὸς, ὡραΐζων τὴν φύσιν· ἀλλὰ τοῦ χειμῶνος τῆς παρακοῆς τὴν ῥίζαν ἀποξηράναντος, ἀπετινάχθη τὸ ἄνθος, καὶ εἰς Υἦν ἀνελύθη, καὶ ἐγυμνώθη τοῦ κχάλλους τῆς ἀθανασίας ὁ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀρετῶν πόα χατἐξηράνθη, τῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀγάπης διὰ τὸ πλη- Ὁ θυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν χαταψυχούσης, ὅθεν τὰ ποιχθα πάθη τοῖς ἀντικειμένοις πνεύμασιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἐχορυφώθη, δι᾽ ὧν τὰ πονηρὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ναυάγια γίνεται. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐλθόντος τοῦ τὸ ἕαρ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν ἐμποιήσαντος, ὃς, τοῦ πονηροῦ ἀνέμου τὴν θάλασσάν ποτε διεγείραντος, καὶ τοῖς πνεύμασιν ἐπιτιμᾷ, καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ λέγει, Σιώπα, περίμωσο, πάντα εἰς γαλήνην, καὶ νηνεμίαν μετεσκευάσθη, καὶ πάλιν ἀναπυῆς θάλλειν ἄρχεται, καὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις ἄνθεσιν ἣ φύσις δὲ τῆς ζωῆζς ἡμῶν αἱ ἀρεταὶ, | γῦν μὲν ἀνθοῦσαι, τὸν δὲ καρπὸν αὐτῶν τῷ ἰδίῳ παρεχόμεναι καιρῷ. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ὁ λόγος, Ὁ χειμὼν παρῆλθεν, ὁ ὑετὸς ἀπῆ,1θεν, ἐπορεύθη ἑαυτῷ· τὰ ρογδηϊ πη, πο ἄνθη ὥφθη ἐν τῇ γῇ, καιρὸς τῆς τομῆς ἔφθακεν· Ὁρᾷς, φησὶ, τὸν λειμῶνα τὸν διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀνθοῦντα; Ὁρᾷς τὴν σωφροσύνην, τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ λαμπρόν τε καὶ εὐῶδες κρίνον ; Ὁρᾷς τὴν αἰδὼ, τὸ ῥόδον ; τὸ ἴον, τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν εὐωδίαν ; Τί οὖν οὐ στεφάνους πλέκεις διὰ τούτων ; Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καιρὸς ἐν ᾧ χρὴ δρεψάμενον τῇ πλοκῇ τῶν τοιούτων στεφάνων ἐγκαλλωπίσασθαι. Ὁ καιρὸς τῆς τομῆς ἔφθακεδ Βοπιΐδυδ ᾿ σοι διαμαρτύρεται ἡ φωνὴ τῆς τρυγόνος, τουτέστιν ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. Ἰωάννης ἐστὶν ἡ | τρυγών. Οὗτος ὁ τοῦ φαιδροῦ ἕαρος πρόδρομος, ὁ τὰ καλὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἄνθη τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δεικνύων, καὶ τοῖς βουλομένοις ἀνθολογεῖν προτείνων Ἴ δι᾽ ὧν ὁπεδείχνυε τὸ ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ ἄνθος, τὸν ἀμνὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν αἴροντα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ ὑπετίθετο τὴν ἐκ τῶν κακῶν μετάνοιαν καὶ τὴν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν πολιτείαν. ΤΥ Ἠκούσθη γὰρ, φησὶ, φωνὴ τῆς τρυγόνος ἐν τῇ γῇ ἡμῶν. Τάχα γῆν τοὺς κατεγνωσμένους ἐν κακίᾳ χατονομάζει, οὖς τελώνας τε καὶ πόρνας λέγει τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον, ἐν οἷς ἠκούσθη τοῦ Ἰωάννου ὁ λόγος, τῶν λοιπῶν οὐ παραδεξαμένων τὸ κήρυγμα. Τὸ δὲ ἵπερὶ τῆς συκῆς εἰρημένον, ὅτι Ἐξήγεγχε τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, οὑτωσὶ τῷ λόγῳ κατανοήσωμεν· Ἑλχτιχὴ τῆς ἐν τῷ βάθει νοτίδος διαφερόντως ὑπὸ θερμότητός ἐστιν ἡ συκῇ. Πολλῆς δὲ κατὰ τὰς ἐνπεριώνας τῆς ἰκμάδος συνισταμένης, ἀναγκαίως ἣ·φύσις διὰ τῆς τῶν ὑγρῶν πέψεως τῆς ἐν τῷ φυτῷ ᾿ γινομένης τὸ ἀχρεῖόν τε καὶ γεῶδες τῆς ἰκμάδος ἐκ τῶν ἀχρεμόνων ἀποσχευάζεται. Καὶ πολλάκις τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ὡς ἂν τὸ εἰλικρινές τε καὶ τρόφιμον ἐν τῷ κα᾿θήκοντι καιρῷ προδάλλῃ, κεκαθαρμένον τῆς ἀχρήΜίστου ποιότητος. Τοῦτο τοίνυν πρὸ τοῦ γλυχέως τε καὶ ελείου καρποῦ ὑπὸ τῆς συκῆς ἐν καρπῶν εἴδει προΘαλλόμενον, ὄλυνθος λέγεται· ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸ μὲν ἐδώδιμον ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε τὸϊζς βουλομένοις ἐστίν· οὐ μὴν ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν ὁ καρπὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ καρποῦ προοίμιον ὈτΥίνεται. Ὁ ταῦτα τοίνυν θεασάμενος, καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσον οὐδέπω πάντως ἐκδέχεται. Σημεῖον γὰρ τῶν ἐδωδίμων σύκων ο: ὄλυνθοι γίνονται, οὖς ἐξενηνοχέναι φησὶ τὴν συκῆν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ. τὸ πνευματικὸν ἕαρ ὑπογράφει τῇ νύμφῃ ὁ λόγος· ὁ δὲ καιρὸς οὗτος τιμεθόριός ἔστι δύο χαιρῶν, τῆς τε χειμερινῆς κατηφείας, καὶ τῆς ἐν τῷ θέρει τῶν καρπῶν μετουσίας· διὰ τοῦτο τὸ μὲν παρῳχηχέναι τὰ κακὰ, διαῤῥήδην εὐαγγελίζεται - τοὺς δὲ καρποὺς τῆς ἀρετῆς οὔπω τελείως προδείχνυσιν, ἀλλὰ τούτους μὲν ἐν τῷ καθήκοντι καιρῷ ταμιεύεται, ὅταν στῇ τὸ θέρος. Οἶδας δὲ πάντως τὸ διὸ τοῦ θέρους δηλούμενον ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Κυρίον φωνῆς, ἢ τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτι Ὁ θερισμὸς συντέλεια τοῦ αἰῶνός ἐστι· νῦν δὲ τὰς ἐλπίδας δείκνυσι διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀνθούσας, ὧν ὁ καρπὸς, καθώς φησιν ὃ Προφήτης, ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῷ ἰδίῳ προφαίνεται. Τῆς τοίνυν ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως κατὰ τὴν μνημονευθεῖσαν ἐνταῦθα συκῆν, πολλὴν διὰ τοῦ νοηθέντος ἡμῖν χειμῶνος κακὴν ἰκμάδα συλλεξαμένης, καλῶς ὁ τὸ ψυχικὸν ἕαρ ἡμῖν ἐργαζόμενος, καὶ τῇ χαθηχούσφῃ γεοτὸ ἀνθρώπινον, πρῶτον μὲν ἐχθάλλει τῆς φύσεως πᾶν ὅσον γεῶδες καὶ ἄχρηστον …. Εἴθ᾽ οὕτως χαρακτῆρά τινα τῆς ἐλπιζομένης μακαριότητος, διὰ τῆς ἀστειοτέρας ζωῆς ἐπιδάλλων τῷ βίῳ, οἷόν τισιν ὀλύνθοις τὴν μέλλουσαν γλυκύτητα τῶν συκῶν εὐαγγελίζεται. Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ λεγόμενον, ὅτι Ἡ συκῆ ἐξήγεγχε τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς Οὕτω καὶ τὴν χυπρίζουσαν ἄμπελον, ἧς ὁ μὲν οἶνος, ὁ τὴν καρδίαν εὐφραίνων, πληρώσει ποτὲ τὸν τῆς σοφίας κρατῆρα· καὶ προκεΐσεται τοῖς συμπόταις ἐκ τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ κηρύγματος κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν ἀρύσασθαι εἰς ἀγαθήν τε καὶ νηφάλιον μέθην, δι᾽ ἧς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐκ τῶν ὑλικῶν πρὸς τὸ Νῦν μὲν χυπρἴξει διὰ τοῦ ἄνθους ἣ ἄμπελος, καὶ τις ἐκδίδοται παρ᾽ αὐτῆς ἀτμὸς εὐωδιάζων, ἡδὺς καὶ προσηνὴς, πρὸς τὸ περιέχον πνεῦμα χκαταχιρνάμε- νος. Οἶδας δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα πάντως, ὃ τὴν εὐωδίαν ταύτὴν τοῖς σωζομένοις ἐργάζεται, παρὰ τοῦ Παύλου ψμαϑών. Ταῦτα προδείχνυσι τῇ νύμφῃ ὁ λόγος, τοῦ καλοῦ τῶν ψυχῶν ἕαρος τὰ γνωρίσματα, καὶ ἐπισπεύἘκείνην λέγω τὴν δει πρὸς τὴν τῶν προκειμένων ἀπόλαυσιν, διεγείρων αὐτὴν τῷ λόγῳ, Ἀνάστα, λέγων, ἐλθὲ, ἡ πλησίον μου, καλή μου, περιστερά μου. Ὅσα δόγματα δι᾽ ὀλίγων ἐν τοῖς ῥήμασι τούτοις ὁ Λόγος ἡμῖν ὑποδείκνυσιν! Οὐ γὰρ κατά τινα παῤέλχουσαν ματαιολογίαν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν ἐμφιλοχωρεῖν τὴν θεόπνευστον ΄ διδασκαλίαν ἐσπὶν εἰκός. ᾿Αλλά τι μέγα καὶ θεοπρεπὲς νόημα διὰ τῆς παλιλλογίας ἡμῖν ὑποδείκνυται. Τὸ δὲ λεγόμενον τοιοῦτόν ἔστιν Ἧ μακαρία καὶ αἴδιος καὶ πάντα νοῦν ὑπερέχουσα φύσις, πάντα τὰ ὄντα ἐν ἑαυτῇ περιέχουσα, ὑπ᾽ οὐδενὸς περιέχεται ὄρου. Ὀὐδὲν γάρ ἔστι περὶ αὐτὴν θεωρούμενον, οὐ χρόνος, οὐ τόπος, οὐ χρῶμα, οὐ σχῆμα, οὐκ εἶδος, οὐκ ὄγκος, πηλιχότης, οὐ διάστημα, οὐδὲ ἄλλο τι τῶν περιὙραπτιχῶν ὄνομα, ἣ πρᾶγμα, ἣ νόημα, ἀλλὰ πᾶν περὶ αὐτὴν νοούμενον ἀγαθὸν εἰς ἄπειρόν τε καὶ ἀ- ἢ) ὄριστον πρόεισιν. Ὅπου γὰρ κακία χώραν οὖκ ἔχει, ἀγαθοῦ πέρας ἐστὶν οὐδέν. Ἐπὶ γὰρ τῆς τρεπτιχῆς φύσεως. διὰ τὸ ἴσην ἐγκεῖσθαι τὴν δύναμιν τῇ προαιῥέσει πρὸς τὴν ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερα τῶν ἐναντίων ῥοπὴν, τό τε ἀγαθὸν τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ τὸ κακὸν ταῖς διαδοχαῖς ἀλλήλων ἐναπολήγει, καὶ γίνεται τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ὄρος ἡ ἐπιγινομένη κακία, καὶ πάντα τὰ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν ἐπιτηδεύματα, ὅσα κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον ἀλλήλοις ἀντιχαθέστηχεν, εἰς ἄλληλα λήγει, καὶ ὑπ᾽ ἀλλήλων ὁρίζεται. Ἢ δὲ ἁπλῇ καὶ καθαρὰ καὶ μονοειδὴς καὶ ἄτρεπτος καὶ ἀναλλοΐωτος φύσις, ἀεὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχουσα, χ͵ὶ οὐδέποτε ἑαυτῆς ἐξισταμένη, διὰ τὸ ἀπαράδεκτος εἶναι τῆς πρὸς τὸ κακὸν κοινωνίας, ἀδριστος ἀγαθῷ μένει, οὐδὲ αὑτῆς βλέπουσα πέρας, δʼὰ τὸ μηδὲν τῶν ἐναντίων βλέπειν. Ὅταν τοίνυν ἐφέλκηται πρὸς μετουσίαν ἑαυτῆς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ψυχὴν, ἀεὶ τῷ ἴσῳ μέτρῳ κατὰ τὴν ἐς τὸ κρεῖττον ὑπεροχὴν τῆς μετεχούσης ὑπερανέστηχεν. Ἢ μὲν γὰρ ψυχὴ μείζων αὑἧς πάντοτε διὰ τῆς τοῦ ὑπερέχοντος μετουσίας γίνεται, καὶ αὐξανομένη οὐκ ἵσταται· νον ἀγαθὸν ἐν ἴσῳ μένει ὡσαύτως, ὑπὸ τῆς ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἀεὶ μετεχούσης ἐν ἴσῃ πάντοτε τῇ ὑπεροχῇ εὑρισχόὉρῶμεν τοίνυν ὥσπερ ἐν βαθμῶν ἀναθάσει χειραγωγουμένην διὰ τῶν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀνόδων ἐπὶ τὰ ὕψη παρὰ τοῦ Λόγου τὴν νύμφην. Ἦν· ἐνίησι πρῶτον διὰ τῶν προφητῶν θυρίδων, καὶ τῶν δικτύων τῶν τοῦ νόμου παραγγελμάτων τὴν ἀκτῖνα ὁ Λόγος, καὶ προσχαλεῖτ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐγγίσαι φωτὶ, καὶ καλὴν γενέσθαι πρὸς τὸ εἶδος τῆς περιστερᾶς ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μορφωθεῖσαν. Εἶτα μετασχοῦσαν τῶν καλῶν, ὅσον ἐχώρησε, πάλιν ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς, ὡς ἔτι τῶν καλῶν οὖσαν ἀμέτοχον, πρὸς τοῦ ὑπερχειμένου κάλλους μετουσίαν ἐφέλκεται, ὥστε αὐτῇ κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς προκοπῆς πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ προφαινόμενον καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν συναύξεσθαι, καὶ διὰ τὴν ὑπερθολὴν τῶν πάντοτε κατὰ τὸ ὑπερκείμενον εὑρισκομένων ἀγαθῶν, πρώτως ἄἅπτεσθαι τῆς ἀνόδου δοκεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτό φησι πάλιν πρὸς τὴν ἐγηγερμένην ὁ Λόγος, ὅτι Ἀγάστηθι, καὶ πρὸς τὴν . ἐλθοῦσαν, ὅτι Ἐ.1θὲ. Οὔτε γὰρ τῷ ὄντως ἀνισταμένῳ λείψει ποτὲ ἀεὶ ἀνίστασθαι, οὔτε τῷ τρέχοντι πρὸς τὸν Κύριον, ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεῖον δρόμον εὐρυχωρία δακανηθήσεται. ᾿Αεΐ τε γὰρ ἐγείρεσθαι χρὴ, καὶ μηδέποιε διὰ τοῦ δρόμου προσεγγίζοντας παύσασθαι. ὡς ὁσάκις ἂν λέγει τὸ ᾿Αγάστηθι· καὶ τὸ τοσάχις τῆς πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ἀναθάσεως τὴν δύναμιν δίδωσιν. Οὕτω νόει καὶ τὰ ἐφεξῆς προκείμενα τοῦ λόγου. Ὃ γὰρ καλὴν ἐκ καλῆς γενέσθαι κελεύων, τὸ ἀποστολικὸν ἄντικρυς ὑποτίθεται, τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα τ προστάσσων ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν μεταμορφοῦσθαι· ὡς πάντοτε δόξαν εἶναι λαμδανόμενον καὶ τὸ ἀεὶ εὑρισκόμενον, κἂν ὅτι μάλιστα μέγα τι καὶ ὑψηλὸν, Ὁ ἣ μικρότερον εἶναι τοῦ ἐλπιζομένου πιστεύεται. Οὕτω τοίνυν περιστερὰν οὖσαν ἐν τοῖς προχατωρθωμένοις, οὐδὲν ἧττον περιστερὰν αὐτὴν πάλιν διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον μεταμορφώσεως γενέσθαι διακελεύεται. Καὶ εἰ τοῦτο γένοιτο, τὸ ὑπὲρ τοῦτο πάλιν ὁ λόγος καθεξῆς διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος ὑποδείξει. Λέγει γάρʼ Δεῦρο σεαυτὴ, περιστερά μου, ἐν· σκχέπῃ τῆς πέτρας ἐχομένη τοῦ προτειχίσματος. Τίς οὖν ἡ πρὸς τὸ τέλειον ἄνοδος, ἧτις τοῖς υν εἔρη᾿ μένοις ἐμφαίνεται; Τὸ μηκέτι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἔφελχομένων βλέπειν σπουδὴν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁδηγὸν πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττὸν τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχειν. Δεῦρο γὰρ, φησὶ, σεαυτὴ, μὴ ἐκ λύπης, ἣ ἐξ ἀνάγκης, ἀλλὰ σεαυτὴ, ποῖς ἰδίους λογισμοῖς τὴν προθυμίαν ἐν τῷ καλῷ ἐπιῤοὐχ ἀνάγκης χαθηγουμένης. ᾿Αδέσποτον χὰρ ἡ ἀρετὴ. καὶ ἑκούσιον, καὶ ἀνάγκης πάσης ἐλεύθερον. Τοιοῦτος ἣν Δαδὶδ, ὁ τὰ ἑκούσια μόνα τῶν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ γινομένων εὐδοχηθῆναι τῷ Θεῷ προόσευχόμενος, καὶ ἑκουσίως θύειν ἐπαγγελλόμενος. Τοιοῦος ἔκαστος τῶν ἁγίων, ἑαυτὸν τῷ Θεῷ προδάγων, οὐκ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἀγόμενος. Καὶ σὺ τοίνυν δεῖξον τὴν τελείαν κατάσταδιν τοῦ δεαυτῇ τῆς πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ἀνόδου τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν λαύεῖν. Τοιαύτη δὲ γενομένη, ιοφησὶν, ἥξεις ἐπὶ τὴν σκέπην τῆς πέτρας ἐχομένη τοῦ κροτειχίσματος. Τὸ δὲ λεγόμενον τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν. Χρὴ γὰρ μεταδάλλειν τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ ὧν αἰνιγμάτων πρὸς δαφέστεῤον. Μία σκέπη τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἐστὶ ψυχῆς, τὸ ὑψηλὸν Εὐαγγέλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὁ γενόμενος τῆς Τ᾽ σκιώδους διδασκαλίας διὰ τῶν τυπικῶν τε καὶ συμ… τῆς ἀληθείας τὰ κεκαλυμμένα τῶν προσταγμάτων αἰνίγματα. Πέτραν δὲ τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν ὀνομάζεσθαι χάριν, οὐδεὶς ἀντείποι τῶν καὶ ὁπῳσοῦν μετεχόντων τ πῆς πίστεως· πολλαχόθεν γὰρ ἔστιν ἐκ τῆς Γραφῆς τοῦτο μαθεῖν, τὸ πέτραν εἶναι Εὐαγγέλιον. Τὸ τοίνυν λεγόμενον τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· Εἰ ἐνεγυμνάσθης, ὦ ψυχὴ ΐ πῷ νόμῳ, εἰ τὰς διὰ τῶν προφητικῶν θυρίδων αὐγὰς πῇ διανοίᾳ τεθέαδαι, μηκέτ. ὑπὸ τὴν τοῦ νομικοῦ τοίΤ χου σκιὰν μέν:. Σκιὰν γὰρ ὃ τοῖχος ποιεῖ τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν, οὐκ αὐτὴν τὴν εἰκόνα τῶν πραγμάτων· ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν ἐκ τοῦ σύνεγγυς ἀπὸ τοῦ τοίχου μετάδηθι. ἔχεται γὰρ ἣ πέτρα τοῦ προτειχίσματος᾽ ἐπειδὴ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς πίστεως ὁ νόμος ( προτείχισμα γέγονε· καὶ ἔχεται ἀλλήλων τὰ δόγματα, γειτνιῶντα κατὰ τὴν δύναμιν. Τί γὰρ ἐγγύτερον τοῦ Μὴ μοιχεῦσαι, τὸ μὴ Ἑπιθυμῆσαι; καὶ τοῦ καθαβευξιν ἀπὸ φόνου, τὸ, μηδὲ ὀργῇ τὴν καρδίαν μολύνέσθαι; [Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔχεται τοῦ προτειχίσματος ἡ σκέπη τῆς κέτῥας, ἀδιάστατός ἐστί σοι ἣ ἀπὸ τοῦ τοίχου ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν μειάστασις. Περιτομὴ ἐν τῷ τοίχω, καὶ περιτομὴ ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ, πρόδατον καὶ πρόθατον, αἷμα καὶ αἷμα, πάσχα καὶ πάσχα, καὶ πάντα σχεδὸν τὰ αὑτὰ, καὶ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀλλήλων ἐχόμενα, πλὴν ὅσὸν πνευματικὴ μὲν ἡ πέτρα, χοϊκὸς δ᾽ ὁ τοῖχος, ᾧ συναναπέπλασται τὸ σωματικὸν γεῶδες. Ἡ δ᾽ εὐαγγελικὴ πέτρα, τὸν σαρχώδη τῶν νοημάτων πηλὸν οὐκ ἔχει. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ περιτομὴν λαμδάνει ὁ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ὅλος ὑγιῆς μένει, μηδεμιᾶς λώδης ἀχροτηριαζούσης κὸ πλάσμα τῆς φύσεως. Καὶ φυλάσσει ἐν τῇ τῶν χκαχῶν ἀπραξίᾳ τὸ Σάδδατον, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ καλὸν ἀργίαν οὗ παραδέχεται, μαθὼν ὅτ: ἔξεστι τῷ Σαδδάτῳ καλὸν ποιεῖν, καὶ ἀδιάκριτον ποιεῖται τῆς τροφῆς τὴν μετουσίαν, καὶ ἀκαθάρτου οὐκ ἅπτεται. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ᾿ τῶν εἰσερχομένων διὰ τοῦ στόματος κοινὸν εἶνσι παρὰ χῆς πέτρας παιδεύεται ᾿ ἀλλὰ διὰ πάντων τὰς σωμακιχὰς τοῦ νόμου παρατηρήσεις ἀποθεμένη, πρὸς τὸ πνευματικόν τε καὶ νοητὸν μεταλαμθάνει ἐῶν ῥημάχων τὴν διάνοιαν, οὕτως εἰπόντος τοῦ Παύλου, ὅτι ᾿ Ὃ γόμος πνευματικός ἐστιν. Ὁ γὰρ ὄντως ἐκλαβὼν τὸν νόμον, ὑπὸ τὴν σκέπην τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς γίνξται πέτρας, τὴν ἐχομένην τοῦ σωματικοῦ προτειχίσματος. Ταῦτα τοῦ Λόγου διὰ τῶν θυρίδων αὐτῇ ἐμβοήσαντος, καλῶς ἀποκρίνεται ἣ περιστερὰ, ἣ περιλαμφθεῖσα διὰ τῆς τῶν νοημάτων αὐγῆς, καὶ τὴν πέτραν γοήσασα, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὁ Χριστός. Λέγει γὰργδτι Δεῖξόν μοι τὴν ὄψιν σοῦ, καὶ ἀκούτισόν μοι τὴν φωγήγ σου· ὅτι ἡ φωγή σου ἡδεῖα, καὶ ὄψις σοῦ ὡραία. Τὸ δὲ λεγόμενον τοιοῦτόν ἐστι Μηκέτι μοὶ διαλέγον διὰ τῶν προφητικῶν τε καὶ νομικῶν αἰνιγμάτων, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἰδεῖν δύναμαι, οὕτω μοὶ δεῖξον σαυτὸν ἐμφανῶς, ἵνα ἐντὸς γένωμαι τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς πέτρας, ᾿ καταλιποῦσα τὸ τοῦ νόμου προτείχισμα· καὶ ὡς χωρεῖ ἡ ἀκοή μου, οὕτω δὸς τὴν φωνήν σου ἐν τοῖς σέ μου γενέσθαι. Εἰ γὰρ ἣ διὰ τῶν θυρίδων φωνὴ τοσοὔτόν ἐστιν ἡδεῖα, πολὺ μᾶλλον ἣ κατὰ πρόσωπόν σου ἐμφάνεια τὸ ἐράσμιον ἕξει. Ταῦτα λέγει ἢ νύμφη, νοήσασα τὸ κατὰ τὴν εὐαγγελιχκὴν πέτραν μυστήριον, εἰς ὅπερ αὐτὴν ὁ πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως ἐν ταῖς θυρίσι γενόμενος Λόγος ἐχειραγώγησε· καὶ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ γεγένηται τῆς διὰ σαρκὸς θεοφανείας, ὥστε τὸν Λόγον γενέσθαι σάρκα, καὶ τὸν Θεὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἰ φανερωθῆναι, καὶ παραθέσθαι ταῖς ἀκοαῖς ἡμῶν τὰς θείας φωνὰς τὰς ἐπαγγελλομένας τοῖς ἀξίοις τὴν αἰώ νιον μακαριότητα. Πῶς δὲ συμδαίνουισι τῇ εὐχῇ τῆς γύμφης αἱ τοῦ Συμεῶνος φωναὶ, ὃς φησιν ᾿Αποιλύδ:ς γῦν τὸν δοῦ.1όν σου, Δέσποτα, κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου ἐν εἰρήνῃ. ἼΟτι εἶδον οἱ ὀρθαλμοί μου τὸ σωτήριόν σου. ἤ1δὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος, ὡς ἰδεῖν ἐπεπόθησεν αὕτη. Τὴν δὲ φωνὴν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἡδεῖαν οἱ δεξάμενοι τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τὴν χάριν ἐπιγινώσκουσιν, οἱ εἰπόντας, ὅτι Ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωγίου ἔχεις. Διὰ ταῦτα δέχεται εὐχὴν τῆς νύμφης δικαίαν οὖσαν ὁ καθαρὸς νυμφίος, καὶ μέλλων δεικνύειν ἑαυτὸν ἐμφανῶς, πρῶτον τοὺς θηρευτὰς παρορμᾷ πρὸς τὴν ἄγραν τῶν ἀλωπέκων, ὡς μηκέτι τὸν ἀμπελῶνα δι᾽ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν χυπρισμὸν ἐμποδίζεσθαι, λέγων· Πιάσατε ἡμῖν ἀιλώπεχας, μικροὺς μὲν ὄντας, αἱ ἄμπελοι, εἰ μηκέτι εἴη τὰ λυμαινόμενα. Πιάσατε ἡμῖν ἀλώπεκας μικροὺς, ἀφαγνίζογτας τοὺς ἀμπειλῶγας, καὶ αἱ ἄμπε.ῖοι ἡμῶν κυπρίζουσιν. Αρά ἐστι δυνατὸν κατ᾽ ἀξίαν ἐφικέσθαι τῆς μεγαλοφυΐῖας τῶν νοημάτων; ὍὍτον θαῦμα τῆς θείας μεγαλειότητὸς περιέχε!; ὁ λόγος ; ὍὍσην ἐμφαίνει τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ὑπερδολὴν ἡ τῶν εἰρημένων διάνοια ; ἢ), Πῶς ἐκεῖνος. περὶ οὗ τὰ τηλικαῦτα λέγεται, ὁ ἀνθρωποκτόνος, ὁ ἐν κακίᾳ δυνατὸς, οὗ ἡ γλῶσσα ὡσεὶ ξυρὸν ἢκονημένον [περὶ οὗ φησι ὁ Προφήτης· Τὰ βέλη τοῦ δυνατοῦ ἠκονημένα) σὺν τοῖς ἄγθραξι τοῖς ἐρημικοῖς· καὶ, ᾿Ενεδρεύει ὡς λέων ἐν τῇ μάνδρᾳ αὐτοῦ, ὁ Δράκων. ὁ μέγας, ὁ ἀποστάτης, ὁ ἄδης, ὁ πλατύνων τὸ στόμα αὑτοῦ, ὁ χοσμοχράτωρ τῆς ἐςουσίας τοῦ σκότους, ὁ ἔχων τοῦ θανάτου τὸ χράπος, κχαὶ ὅσα ἐκ προσώπου αὐτοῦ διηγεῖται ἣ προφητεία. Ὁ ἀφαιρούμενο; ὅρια ἐθνῶν ἃ ἔστησε, δηλονότι ὁ ὝψΨιστός, κατ᾽ ἀριθμὸν ἀλλήλων αὖ τοῦ, ὁ κχαταλαμθάνων τὴν οἰκουμένην ὡς νοσσιὰν, καὶ ὡς καταλελειμένα ὧὰ αἴρων αὐτά’ ὁ λέγων τιθέναι ἐπάνω. τῶν νεφελῶν τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὅμοιος γίνεσθαι τῶ ὙΨίστῳ, καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῷ Ἰὼδ ὁ λόγος περὶ αὑτοῦ διεξέρχεται, τὰ φοδερὰ δυίθῃι καὶ φρικώδη, οὗ χαλχαῖ μὲν αἱ πλευραὶ, σίδηρος δὲ υδπιοάΐ, ρὲγ κυτὸς ἡ ῥάχις, ἔγκατα δὲ αὐτοῦ σμυρίτης λίθος· καὶ Γ΄ πάντα τοιαῦτα, δι᾽ ὧν τὴν φοδερὰν φύσιν ἐκείνην [ΟΓ ἰορίοπιαι ἀξιποημπὶ, ὑπογράφει ὁ λόγος. Οὗτος οὖν ὁ τοιοῦτος, ὁ τοσοῦτος,Ἠ ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν ἐν τοῖς δαίμοσι λεγεώνων, πῶς ὀνομάζεται παρὰ τῆς ἀληθινῆς τε καὶ μόνης δυνάμεως; Μικρὸν ἀλωπέχιον. Καὶ οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν πάντες, ἡ ὑποχείριος αὐτῷ στρατιὰ, πάντες κατὰ τὸ ἴσον ἔξευτεπρὸς τὴν κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ἄγραν τοὺς θηρευτάς. Εἶεν δὲ ἂν οὗτοι τάχᾳ μὲν αἱ ἀγγελικαὶ δυνάμεις, αἱ τῆς δεσποτικῆς παρουσίας ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν προπομπεύουσαι, καὶ τὸν βασιλέα τῆς δόξης ἐντὸς τοῦ βίου παράγουσα:, καὶ τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν ἐπιδειχνύουσαι. Τίς ἐστιν οὗτος δι βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης ; Ὁ κραταιὸς καὶ δυνατὸς ἐν πολέμῳ. Ἴσως δ᾽ ἄν τις εἴποι καὶ τὰ λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα τὰ εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν. Τάχα δὲ θηρευτὰς εἴποι ἂν καὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους εἶναι, τοὺς εἰς τὴν ἄγραν τῶν θηρίων τούτων ἐχπεμπομένους, πρὸς οὗς εἶπεν, ὅτι Ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς τῶν ἀγθρώπων. ἐνήργησαν τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀλείαν τῇ τῶν λογίων περιβολῇ τὰς τῶν σωζομένων ψυχὰς σαγηνεύοντες, εἰ μὴ πρότερον ἐκ τῶν φωλεῶν τὰ θηρία ταῦτα ἐξέβαλον, τοὺς μικροὺς ἐκείνους ἁλώπεκας, ἐκ τῶν καρδιῶν λέγω, αἷς ἐνεφώλευον, ὥστε ποιῆσαι τόπον τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅπου τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κεφαλὴν ἀναπαύσῃ, μηκέτι τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀλωπέκων ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις} Ὁ φωλεύοντος. Πλὴν οὕσπερ ἂν ὑπόθηται τοὺς θηρευτὰς εἶναι ὁ λόγος, τὸ μεγαλεῖον καὶ ἄφραστον τῆς θείας δυνάμεως διὰ τῶν προστεταγμένων αὐτοῖς διδασκόμεθα. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι Θηρεύσατε ὧν τὸν ἐκ τοῦ δρυμοῦ, τὴν ἄμπελον τοῦ Θεοῦ λυμαινόμένον, ἢ τὸν μονιὸν. τὸν ἄγριον, ἣ τὸν ὠρυόμενον λέοντα, ἢ τὸ μέγα κῆτος, ἢ τὸν ὑποδρύχιον δράκοντα. Ἦ γὰρ ἄν τινα δύναμιν τῶν᾽ ἀντιμαχούντων διὰ τῶν τοιούτων ὁ λόγος τοῖς θηρευταῖς ἐνεδείκνυτο. ᾿Αλλὰ πᾶσαι, φησὶν, ἐκεῖναι αἱ περίγειαι δυναστεῖαι, πρὸς ἃς ἡ πάλη τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐστὶν, ἀρχαί τε καὶ ἐξουσίαι, καὶ κοσμοκράτορες σκότους, καὶ πνεύματα πονηρίας, ἀλωπεχία ἐστὶ μεκρὰ, δολερά τε καὶ δύστηνα, πρὸς τὴν ἡμετέραν κρινόμενα δύναμιν. Ἐὰν ἐκείνων χαταχρατήσητε, ἀπολήψετε τὴν ἰδίαν χάριν. Ὁ γὰρ ἀμπελὼν ὁ ἡμέτερος, ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις, καὶ τὴν τῶν βοτρύων φορὰν διὰ τοῦ ἄνθους τῆς ἐναρέτου πολιτείας προοιμιάξετα!.; Πιάσατε οὖν ἡμῖν μικροὺς … ἡμῶν κυιπρίξουσιν.·Ἤχρυσε τοῦ θείον προστάγματος ἡ ἄμπελος, ἡ γυνὴ, περὶ ἧς φησιν ὁ Δαβὶδ, ὅτι Ἡ γυνή σου ὡς ἄμπελος εὐθηνοῦσα, Καὶ ἴδεν ἑαυτὴν ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ κελεύσαντος τῆς ἐκ τῶν θηρίων τούτων λύμης κεκαθαρμένην, καὶ εὐθὺς δίδωσιν ἑαυτὴν τῷ γεωργῷ τῷ τὸ μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ λύσαντι. Οὐκέτι γὰρ τῷ τοίχῳ τοῦ νόμου πρὸς τὴν συνάφειαν τοῦ ποθουμένου διατειχίξζεται. φησὶν, ἐγὼ τῷ ἀδελφιδῷ μου, καὶ ὁ ἀδελφιδός μου ἐμοὶ, ὁ ποιμαίνων ἐν τοῖς κρίγοις, ἕως οὗ διαπνεύσῃ ἡ ἡμέρα, καὶ κινηθῶσιν αἱ σκιαί. Τοῦτο να (;Σ ζομένων ἑαυτῶν ἀποστήσαντες, πρὸς τὴν ἀληθινὴν : δέ ἐστιν Εἶδον, φησὶ, πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον τὸν ἀεὶ ὄντα ὅπερ ἐστὶ, δι᾿ ἐμὲ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἀδελφῆς μου τῆς σοναγωγῆς ἀνθρωπιχῶς ἀνατείλαντα, καὶ ἐν σὐτῷ ἀναπαύομαι, καὶ γίνομαι αὐτῷ οἰκητήριον. Οὗτος γάρ ΄ ἐστιν ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς, ὃς οὐχὶ χόρτον ποιεῖται τὴν τῶν ποιμνίων νομὴν, ἀλλὰ καθαροῖς κρίνοις τρέφει πρόδατα. Οὐ μηκέτι χόρτῳ τρέφων τὸν χόρτον. Ἰδία γὰρ τροφὴ τῆς ἀλόγου φύσεως ὁ χόρτος ἐστίν. Ὁ δ᾽ ἄνθρωπος λογικὸς ὧν, τῷ ἀληθινῷ τρέφεται) λόγῳ. Εἰ δὲ τοιούτου ἐμφορηθείη, καὶ αὐτὸς χόρτος γίνεται. Πᾶσα γὰρ σὰρξ, φησὶ, χόρτος ἐστὴν, ἕως ἂν σὰρξ ἧ, Εἰ δέ τις πνεῦμα γένοιτο, γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος, οὐκέτι τὸν χορτώδη ἐπιδοσχηθήσεται βίον, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἔσται τροφὴ, ὅπερ ἡ καθαρότης καὶ ἣἡ εὔπνοια τοῦ χρίνου αἰνίσσεται. Ἔσται οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς, καθαρὸν κρίνον καὶ εὔπνουν, πρὸς τὴν τροφῆς φύσιν ἀλλοιούμενος, Τουτέστιν ἡ διαδεχομένη ταῖς ἀκτῖσιν ἡμέρα, ἦτοι διαπνέουσα, καθὼς ὠνόμασεν ἡ θεία φωνὴ τὴν διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τῶν ἀκτί- ἢ νων γινομένην διάχυσιν, διαπνοὴν ὀνομάσασα, ὅθεν αἱ τοῦ βίου μεταχινοῦνται σκιαί· περὶ ἃς κατὰ σπουδὴν ὁρῶσιν, οἱ μήπω τῷ φωτὶ τῆς ἀληθείας τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμὸν χαταυγάσαντες, οἱ τὴν σκιὰν καὶ τὸ μάταιον ὡς ὑφεστὼς ὁρῶντες, καὶ τὸ ἀληθῶς ὃν ὡς παραδλέποντες. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οἱ διὰ τῶν χρένων τρεφόμένοι, τουτέστιν. οἱ τῇ καθαρᾷ τε καὶ εὐπνοούσῃ ροφῇ τὴν ψυχὴν πιαινόμενοι, πᾶσαν ἀπατηλὴν τε καὶ σκιοειδῇ φαντασίαν τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον τοῦτον σπουδατῶν πραγμάτων ὑπόστασιν ὄψονται, υἱοὶ φωτὸς καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας γινόμενοι. Ταῦτα βλέπει ἡ νύμφη, καὶ κατεπείγει τὸν Λόγον διὰ τάχους εἰς ἔργον διαγαγεῖν τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὴν ἐλδορχάδι ἣ γεδρῷ ἐλάφων ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη τῶν κοιλωμάτων.·Ἶδε ὡς δορκὰς, ὁ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις τῶν ἀνθρώπων βλέπων, ὁ τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν καρδιῶν ἀναγινώσκων. ᾿Λφάνισον τὴν γονὴν τῆς κακίας, ὡς νεδρὸς ἐλάφων ἐξαναλίσχων τὸ γένος τῶν ὄφεων. ʼ Ὁρᾷς τὰ κοῖλα ὄρη τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου βίου, ὧν τὰ ἐπαναστήματα, οὐχὶ ἀχρώρειαί εἰσιν, ἀλλὰ φάραγγες ; Τρέχει τοίνυν ξως τάχους ὁ Λόγος ἐπὶ τὰ κοῖλα ὄρη. Πᾶν γὰρ τὸ κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ὑψούμενον, βάραθρόν ἐστι καὶ οὐκ ὄρος. Κοίλωμα, καὶ οὐκ ἀνάστημα. Ἐὰν οὖν ἐπιδράμῃς ἐπὶ ταῦτα, φησὶ, Πᾶσα ἡ τοιαύτη φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν τὸ τοιοὗτον ὄρος ταπεινωθήσεται. Ταῦτα φθέγγεται ἢ ψυχῆ, ἣν ποιμαίνει ὁ Λόγος, οὐκ ἐν ἀκάνθαις τισὶν ἢ χόρτοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῇ εὐοῦμία τῶν κρίνων τῆς καθαρᾶς πολιτείας. Ὧν γένοιτο καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐμφορηθῆναι ποιμαινομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ Λόγου, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ πρέπει ἡ δόξα καὶ κράτος, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν,

Phōnē adelridou mou. Idou houtos ēkei pēdōn epi ta orē, diallomenos epi tous bounous. Homoios estin adelphidos mou tę̄ dorkadi, ē nebrǭ elaphōn epi ta orē Bōithēl. ᾿Idou houtos opisō tou toichou hēmōn, parakyptōn dia tōn thyridōn, echkyptōn dia tōn diktyōn. ᾿Apokrinetai adelphidos mou, kai .egei moi; ᾿Anasta, elthe, hē plēsion mou, kalē mon, peristera mou. Hoti idou ho chϑimōg parēlthen, ho hyetos apēlthen, eporeuthē heautǭ. Ta anthē hōrthē en tę̄ gę̄, kairos tēs tomēs erthache, phōnē tēs trygonos ēkousthē en tę̄ gę̄ hēmōn. Ē sykē exēnenchon olynthous autēs; ampeloi kyprizousin, edōkan osmēn. ᾿Anasta,elthe, hē plēsion mou, kalē mou, peristera mou. ( Ēn skepę̄ tēs petras, echomena tou proteichismatos, deixon moi tēn opsin sou, kai akoutison md tēn rhrōgēn sou, hoti hē phōnē sou hēdeia, hē opsis sou hōraia. Piasate hēmin alōpekas mikrous aphagizontas ampelōnas. Kai hai ampeloi hēmōn kyprizousai. ᾿Adelphidos mou emoi, kagō autǭ, ho poimainōn en tois krinois, heōs hou diapgeusę̄ hēmera, kai kinēthōsin hai skiai, Apostrepson, homoiōthēti sy, ade.1ride mou, tǭ dorchōni, hē kedrǭ elaphōn epi orē koilōmatōn. Ta nyn protethenta dia tēs anagnōseōs hēmin ek tēs tou Lsmatos tōn asmatōn philosophias, kai eis epithymian agei tēs tōn hyperkeimenōn agathōn theōrias, kai lypēn entithēsin hēmōn tais psychais, apoUnōsin empoiounta tropon tina tēs tōn alēptōn katanoēseōs. Pōs gar an tis alypōs diatetheiē skopōn, hoti en tosautais anodois hypsōtheisa di’ agapēs pros tēn tou agathou metousian hē kekatharmenē psychē, oupō, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, kateilēphenai dokei to zētoumenon ? Kaitoi ge pros tas anodous ekeinas blepōn, tas prodiēnysmenas en tois pro toutōn logois, emakarizon hautēn tēs anadaseōs, hote po glyky mēlon epegnō tēs akarpias tou drymou diachrinasa, kai hōs epithymētēn autou tēn skian epoiēsato, kai tǭ karpǭ chataglychantheisa, en tois tamieiois tēs euphrosynēs egeneto. Oinon de onomazei tēn euphrosynēn, hǭ hē kardia tōn metechontōn euphrainetai, kathōs peri tou megalou Paulou manthanomen, kai hōs en tę̄ agapę̄ tachtheisa tois myrois stērizetai, dialēphtheisa tę̄ tōn mēlōn peridolę̄, kai hōs enchardion dexamenē tēs agapēs to belos, palin en tais chersi tou toxotou kai autē belos ginetai pros ton tēs alētheias skopon, en tais chersi tou dynatou euthynomenē. Tauta kai ta toiauta blepōn, pou achrotatou tēs makariotētos epeilēphthai tēn dia tosoutōn hypsōtheisan elogizomēn; all᾽, hōs eoiken, eti prooimia tēs anodou ta prodiēnysmena esti, Pasai;ē gar tas anathdaseis ekeinas ou theōrian tina kai katalogon enargē tēs alētheias, alla phōnēn tou pothoumenou katonomazei, dia tēs akoēs charaktērizomenēn tois idiōmasin, ou dia tēs katanoēseōs ginōschomegēn kai euphrainousan. Ei oun ekeinē tosouton hypsōtou heōs triōn ouranōn hyperarthentos, houpō kateilēphenai to prokeimenon di’ achritheias endeiknytai ti pathein eikos hēmas, hē en tisin einai logisasthai, tous mēpō tois prothyrois tōn adytōn tēs theōrias Kai engisantas? EExesti de tōn di᾽ autēs eirēmenōn, katidein tōn zētoumenōn to dystheōrēton. Phōgē xou adelphidou mou, phēsin, ouk eidos, ou prosōpon, hou ou charaktēr emphainōn tou zētoumenou tēn physin, alla phōnē, stochasmon monon empoiousa, hē bedaiōsin tou ï phthengomenou, hostis estin. Hoti gar eikasmǭ mallon eoike to legomenon, kai ouchi anamphitholǭ tini plērophorią tēs katalēpseōs, dēlon estin ek tou mią tini dianoią prosphyēnai ton logon, mēde pros hen eidos horąn, all᾽ epi polla pheresthai tais hoptasiais, allo ( te blepein oiomenēn, kai ou pantote tǭ autǭ paramenousan charaktę̄ri tou chatalēphthentos, dēlon ek tōn legomenōn estin. Idou gar, phēsin, houtos hēkei, oude hestōs, oude paramenōn, hōs dia tēs epimonēs ton tōn opseōn, prin eis teleian gnōsin elthein; Pēdōn gar, phēsin, epi ta orē, kai tois bounois ephallomenos. Kai nyn men dorkas gnōrizetai, palin nedrǭ proseichazetai. Homoios gar, phēsin, ada.phidos mou esti tę̄ dorkadi, hē gedrǭ elaphōn epi yo tǭ orei Baithēl. Houtōs to aei allote allos esti charaktēr. … Tauta estin ha me kata tēn procheiron ennoian eis lypēn agei, apognōsin empoiounta tēs achridous tōn hyperkeimenōn katanoēseōs. Plēn alla peirateon anathentas tǭ Theǭ tēn elpida, tǭ didonti rhēma tois hē euangelizomenois dynamei pollę̄, prosarmosai tois prochatanenoēmenois en heirmǭ tini di᾽ akolouthou tēn theōrian. Phōnē tou adeiïrphidou mou, phēsin. Kai euthys epēgagen; ᾿Idou houtos hēkei. Ti oun en toutois hypenoēsamen ? Prothlepei tacha tēn dia tou Euange- liou phanerōtheisan hē min tou Theou Logou oikonomian ta eirēmena, tēn prochatangeltheisan men dia tōn prophētōn, phanerōtheisan de dia tēs kata sarka tou idp) Huiou theophaneias. Martyreitai gar tois ergois hē theia phōnē, kai synaptetai tǭ logǭ tēs epangelias hē echoasis, kathōs phēsin ho Prophētēs, hoti Kathaper tēchousamen, houtō kai eidomen. Phōnē, phēsi, tou adelphidou mou, touto estin ho hēēkchousamen. ᾿Idou houtos ēkchdi; touto ho tois ophthalmois edexametha. Poiilymerōs kai polytropōs palai ho Theos tois patrasin hēmōn en tois prophētais; hautē hē tēs [phōnēs akoē; ep᾽ eschatōn tōn hēmerōn elalēsen hēmin en Huiǭ. Toutesti to eirēmenon, Idou houtos ēkei epipēdōn tois oresi, kai kata tōn bougōn diallomenos, prosphyōs kai katallēlōs tę̄ te dorchadi kata tina idion logon, kai palin tǭ nedrǭ tōn elaphōn, kath᾽ heteran ennoian homoioumenos. Hē dorkas sēmainei tēn oxyōpian tou to pan hepidlepontos. Phasi gar touto to zōon hyperphyōs derchomenon, tēs energeias echein to onoma. ᾿Alla mēn tauton esti tǭ theasasthai to derchesthai. Oukoun ho ephorōn ta ho panta kai epidlepōn, ek tou theasasthai ta panta, Theos tōn pantōn eponomazetai. Epeidē toinyn Theos ephanerōthē en sarki ho epi kathairesei tōn antikeimenōn dynameōn epiphaneis tǭ biǭ, dia touto dorchadi men homoioutai, ho ek tōn ouranōn epi tēn gēn epidle; nedrǭ de, ta orē kai tous bounous dialamthanōn tois almasi; toutestin, ho katapatōn te kai katalyōn ta ponēra tēs tōn daimonōn kakias hypsōmata.;Horē men gar legei, ta en tę̄ chrataiotēti autou tarassomena, hōs phēsin ho thomena en kardiais thalassōn, kai tō syngenei opǭ tēs adyssou gatadyomena. Peri hōn pros tous mathētas eipen ho Kyrios, hoti Ean echēte pistin hōs kokkon sigapeōs, ereite tǭ orei toutǭ (deiknys tǭ logǭ to ponēron ekeino kai selēnaion -- daimonion), hoti GArthēti kai blēthēti eis tēn thalassan. Epeidē toinyn idion tēs nedrōn esti physeōs to analōtikon tōn thēriōn, kai to phygadeuein tǭ asthmati kai tę̄ tou chrōtos idiotēti to tōn opheōn Hyenos; dia touto dorchadi men ho ephorōn ta panta hōmoiōtai; nedrǭ de elaphōn, hōs patōn te kai skōn tēn enantian energeian, hēn hē tropichē sēmasia orē kai bounous … Gegone toinyn hē tou nymphiou phōnē hē dia tōn prophētōn en hois elalēsen ho Theos; kai meta tēn phōnēn ēlthen ho Logos, epipēdōn tois antikeimenois oresi, kai tōn bounōn chathallomenos, pasan ek tou isou tēn apostatichēn dynamin hypichnion heautǭ poiōn, tē, te hypodeesteran, kai tēn proagousan. Touto gar tōn bounōn hē pros ta orē diastolē hypainittetai, hoti kai to exechon en tois antikeimenois homoiōs kathaireitai, en tę̄ dynamei te kai exousią patoumenon. Homoiōs gar chatapateitai ho leōn te kai ho drakōn, ta hyperechonta, ho te hophis kai ho skorpios, ta dokounta katadeestera. Hoion ti legō; En tois akolouthousin autǭ ochlois horē, daimonia, … en tais synagōgais ēn, hē en tę̄ chōrą tōn Gerasēnōn, ē en heterois topois pollois, kata tēs anthrōpinēs ēsan bounoi kai orē hyperechontes te kai hypokeimenoi; all᾽ ho nedros tōn elaphōn, ho analōtichos tōn opheōn, ho kai tous mathētas eis tēn tōn elaphōn chatartizomenos physin, en hois legei, hoti Dedōka hymin exousian tou patein hepanō tōn opheōn kai skorpiōn, pasin episēs epidallei to ichnos, tauta te phygadeuōn, kai methallomenos apo toutōn pros hetera, hōs dia toutōn to megethos tōn kat᾽ aretēn hypsoumenōn anaphanēnai, mēketi tois geōlophois tēs kakias epischotoumenon. Ta gar orē Baithēl eoiken ek tou onomatos tēs hermēneias, ton hypsēlon kai ouranion en. deiknysthai bion. Oikon gar Theou sēmainein tēn lexin tautēn phasin hoi tēs Hedraiōn phōnēs epistēmones. Dio phēsin, Epi ta orē Baithē.2D. Eide tauta ho kekatharmenos kai dioratikos tēs psychēs ophthalmos, ho tois theiois ekeinois halmasi tois kata tōn antikeimenōn geōlophōn ginomenois symmethachlomenos; kai peri tou chronou hysteron genēsomenou, hōs ēdē parontos poieitai ton logon; dia to piston te kai anamphidolon tēs elpizomenēs charitos, hōs ergon tēn elpida blepōn. Phēsi gar, hoti ho kata tōn oreōn pēdōn euchinētǭ tǭ tachei, kai eis bounous apo bounōn methallomenos, stasimon deiknysin heauton katopin tou toichou genomenos, kai ek tōn diktyōn tōn thyridōn dialegomenos. Echei de houtōs hē lexis; ᾿Idou houtos estēken opisō tou toichou hēmōn, parakyptōn dia tōn thyridōn, ekkyptōn dia tōn diktyōn. To men oun sōmatikōs en tǭ logǭ hypographomenon, toioupon estin hoti endon oichourousan tēn nymphēn dia tōn thyridōn ho erastēs dialegetai, kai tou toichou kata to meson amphoterous stos ginetai tou logou hē koinōnia, dia men thyoidōn tēs kephalēs parachyptousēs, dia de tōn diktyōn tōn en tais thyrisi pros ta entos tou ophthalmou diachyptontos, Hē de kata anagōgēn theōria tēs proexētasmenēs echetai dianoias. Hodǭ gar kai akolouthią prosoicheioi tǭ Theǭ tēn anthrōpinēn physin ho logos, prōton men autēn dia tōn prophētōn chataugazōn kai tōn nomikōn parangelmatōn. Houtōs gar nooumen, thyridas men tous prophētas tous to phōs eisagontas; diktya de tēn tōn nomimōn parangelmatōn plokēn; di᾽ hōn amphoterōn hē augē tou . alēthinou phōtos epi ta entos pareisdyetai. Meta tauta de hē teleia tou phōtos hellampsis ginetai, hotan epiphanę̄ to phōs to alēthinon tois en skotei kai skią kathēmenois, dia tēs pros tēn physin hēmōn synanachraseōs. Proteron oun? hai augai tōn prophētikōn te kai nomikōn noēmatōn ellampousai tę̄ psychę̄ dia tōn noētheisōn hēmin thyridōn te kai diktyōn, epithymian empoiousi tou idein en hypaithrǭ ton hēlion. Eith᾽ houtōs to pothoumenon eis ergon proerchetai. ᾿Akousōmen de hoia pros tēn Ekklēsian lalei ho mēpō entos tou toichou genomenos, all᾽ estē dia tōn gar, phēsin, dAdeiphidos mou, kai 1egei moi; ᾿Anasta, elthe, hē pĒlēsion mou, kōïē mou, peristera mou. Hoti idou ho cheimōn parēlthen, ho hyetos apēthen, eporeuthē heautǭ. Ta anthē hōphthē en tę̄ gę̄, Nchairos tēs tomēs erthake. Phōnē tēs trygonos ēkousthē en tę̄ gę̄ hēmōn. Hē sykē exēgenche tous olynthous autēs. Hai ampeloi hēmōn kyprizousin, edōkan osmēn. Hōs glaphyrōs hēmin hypographei tēn tou hearos charin ho plastēs tou hearos, pros on phēsin ho Dabid, hoti Theros kai ear, sy eplasas auta; lyei tēn tou cheimōnos katēpheian, parelēlythenai legōn tēn cheimerinēn schythrōpotēta, kai tēn tōn hyetōn aēdian. Leimōnas deiknysi bryontas kai hōraïzomenous tois anthesi. Ta de anthē en akmę̄ einai legei, zchai pros tomēn epitēdeiōs echein, hōs es stephanou plokēn, ē myrōn kataskeuēn anaireisthai pantōs tous anthologous; ēdynei de ton kairon ho logos, kai tais tōn ornithōn hǭdais kata ta alsē periēchoumenon, tēs hēdeias tōn trygonōn phōnēs tais akoais : prosēkousēs. Sykēn de legei kai ampelon, tēn ap᾽ autōn genēsomenēn tryphēn, tois phainomenois prooimiaxesthai; tēn men tous olynthous echpherousan, tēn de tǭ anthei chyprizousan, hōs katatryphąn tēs euōdias tēn osphrēsin. Houtō men oun hadrynetai tę̄ eupographę̄ tēs earinēs hōras ho logos, to te skythrōpon apothallōn, kai tois glychyterois emphilochōrōn diēgēmaai. Chrē de, oimai, mē parameinai tēn dianoian tę̄ tōn glaphyrōn toutōn hypographę̄, alla di; hautōn hodēgēthēnai pros ta dēloumena dia tōn logiōn , poutōn mystēria, hōste anakalyphthēnai ton thēsauron tōn noēmatōn, ton enkekrymmenon tois rhēmasi Ti oun estin ho phamen? Pepēgei pote tǭ tēs eidōlolatreias krymǭ to anthrōpinon, tēs euchinētou physeōs tōn anthrōpōn pros tēn tōn achinētōn sedasmatōn physin metadlētheisēs. Homoioi gar, phēsi, genointo hoi poiountes auta, kai pantes hoi pepoithotes ep᾽ autois. Kai to eikos en tois genomenois ēn. Hōsper gar hoi tēn alēthinēn Theotēta blepontes, eph᾽ heautōn dechontai ta tēs theias physeōs idiōmata; houtōs ho tę̄ mataiotēti tōn eidōlōn prosanechōn, metestoicheiouto pros to blepomenon, lithos ex anthrōpou ginomenos. Epeidē toinyn apolithōtheisa dia tēs tōn eidōlōn latreias, akinētos ēn pros to kreitton hē physis, pepēguia tǭ tēs eidōlolatreias krymǭ, - phoutou charin epanatellei tǭ chalepǭ toutǭ cheimōni ho tēs dikaiosynēs hēlios, kai ear poiei, tou mesēm: orinou pneumatos, tou tēn toiautēn dialyontos pēxin, hama tę̄ anatolę̄ tōn aktinōn epithalpontos hapan to hypokeimenon; hina diathermantheis tǭ pneumati ho dia kryous apolithōtheis anthrōpos, kai achtini tou Logou, palin genētai hydōr allomenon eis zōēn aiōnion. Pgeusei gar, phēsi, to pgeuma autou, kai rhnēsetai hydata strephomenēs tēs petras eis 1imnas hydatōn, kai tēs akrotomou eis pēgas hydatōn. Hoper gymnoteron pros tous Ioudaious ho Baptistēs anedoēse, legōn tous lithous toutous egeiresthai, eis to genesthai tekna tou patriarchou, di᾽ aretēs homoioumena. Tauta toinyn akoue: ou Logou hē Ekklēsia, dia tōn prophētikōn thyridōn kai tōn nomikōn diktyōn dechomenē tēn tēs alētheias augēn, eti synestōtos tou typichou tēs didaskalias toichou, tou nomou legō, tou tēn skian poiountos tōn mellontōn agathōn, ouk autēn tēn eikona tōn pragmatōn deiknyontos, hou katopin hiistakai hē alētheia echomenē tou typou; prōton men dia tōn prophētōn enaugazousa tę̄ Ekklēsią ton Logon; meta tauta de tę̄ phanerōsei tou Euangelion pasan tou typou tēn skioeidę̄ phantasian hexanalischousa, di᾽ hēs kathaireitai men to mesotoichon; synaptetai de ho en tǭ oikǭ aēr pros to aitherion phōs, hōs mēketi dia tōn thyridōn chreian echein periaugazesthai, autou tou alēthinou phōtos dia tōn euangelikōn ak tinōn ta endon panta chataphōtizontos. Dia touto emthoą dʼa tōn phōtagōgōn tę̄ Ekklēsią ho Logos, ho anorthōn tous katerrhagmenous, legōn - ᾿Anastēthi, dēladē ek tou ptōmatos, hē tǭ aischrǭ tēs hamartias sympodistheisa dia tou opheōs, kai eis gēn pesousa, kai en tǭ ptōmati tēs parakoēs … Ouk arkei de soi to anorthōthēnai, phēsin, ek tou ptōmatos, alla kai proselthe dia tēs tōn agathōn prokopēs, ton en aretę̄ dianyousa dromon. Hoper dē kai epi tou paralytikou memathēkamen. Ou gar dianistēsi monon ho Logos to epichlinidion achthos ekeino, alla kai peripatein enkeleuetai. Hoper moi dokei tēn pros to kreitton proodon te kai auxēsin dia tēs metadatichēs kinēseōs sēmainein ho logos. Agasta oun, phēsi, kai exeithe. Hō prostagmatos dynamis ontōs phōnē dynameōs estin hē phōnē tou ge Theou, kathōs hē psalmǭdia phēsin, hoti Idou. dōsei tēn phōgēn autou, phōnēn dynameōs. Kai, Autos eipe, kai egegēthēsan; autos eneteilato, kai ektisthēsōn Idou kai nyn eipe pros tēn keimenēn, hoti Hagastēthi᾽; kai, hoti Prose.1the; kai euthys ergon to prostagma ginetai. Homou gar to dexasthai tou Logou tēn dynamin, kai histatai, kai paristatai, kai plēsion ginetai tou phōtos, Iōs hyp᾽ autou tou kalesantos autēn memartyrētai, houtōs eipontos tou Logou: ᾿Agasta, e.the, hē plēsion mou, kalē mou, peristera mou. Tis hē taxis hautē tou logou? Pōs echetai to heteron tou heterou ? Pōs sōzetai kath᾽ heirmon hōsper en halysei tini to tōn noēmatōn akolouthon ? ᾿Akouei tou prostagmatos; logǭ, egeiretai, proserchetai, plēsiazei, kalē ginetai, peristera onomaxetai. Pōs gar esti dynaton kalēn opsin en katoptrǭ idein, mē kalēs tinos morphēs dexamenou tēn emphasin ? Oukoun kai to tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs katoptron, ou proteron egeneto galon, all᾽ hote tǭ kalǭ eplēsiase, kai tę̄ eikoni pou theiou kallous enemorphōthē. Hōsper gar to tou opheōs eichen eidos heōs ekeito epi tēs gēs, kai pros auton apheōra; kata ton auton tropon, epeidē anestē, kai to agathon edeixen heautēn antiprosōpon, kata nōtou tēn kakian poiēsamenē, pros ho blepei, kat᾽ ekeino kai schēmatixetai. [Blepei de pros to ᾿ archetypon kallos; peristera de to kallos. Dia tǭ phōti prosengisasa, phōs ginetai. Tǭ de ai phōti to kalon tēs peristeras eidos eneichonizetai,. ekeinēs legō tēs peristeras, hēs to eidos tēn. tou hagiou Pneumatos parousian Houtō toinyn autę̄ prosphōnēsas ho logos, ea Oupi oNxo onomasas autēn, kalēn men dia to plēsion, peri- ē steran de dia to kallos,;kai ta ephexēs diexerchetai, ouketi legōn kratein tou cheimōnos tōn psychōn tēn katēpheian. Ou gar antechei pros tēn aktina to kryos. ᾿Idou, phēsin, ho cheimōn parēlthen, ho hyetos apēlthen, eporeuthē heautǭ. IPolyōnymon poiei to kakon, kata tas diaphorēs tōn energēmatōn onomazomenon. Ho autos gar kai cheimōn, kai hyetos, kai stagones, kath᾽ hekaston tōn onomatōn peirasmou tinos kata to idiazon sēmainomenou. En gar tǭ cheimōni, ta tethēlota marainetai, to epi tōn dendrōn kallos, ho dia tōn phyllōn physikōs hōraïzetai, aporrhei tōn kladōn, kai tę̄ gę̄ chatamignnytai. Sigą tōn mousikōn ornithōn hē melǭdia, pheugei hē aēdōn, narchą hē chelidōn, apoxenoutai tēs kalias ē trygōn; meitai panta tēn tou thanatou katēpheian, nekroutai ho blastos, apothnēskei hē poa. Kai hōsper ostea tōn sarkōn kechōrismena, houtōs hoi kladoi tōn phyllōn gymnōthentes, eidechthes theama ginontai, anti tēs prosousēs autois ek tōn blastōn aglaias. Ti d᾽ an is legoi ta kata thalassan pathē, ta dia tou cheimōnos ginomena? Pōs ek bythōn anastrephomenē kai dioidainouta schopelous kai orē mimeitai, pros to orthion schēma choryphoumenē tǭ hydati? Pōs ephormą kathaper polemia tę̄ gę̄, hyper tas monas heautēn ai epechthallousa, kai tais epallēlois tōn kymatōn plēgais hoion tisi mēchanēmatōn prostholais autēn kataseiousa. ᾿Alla moi noei ta tou cheimōnos pathē, tauta kai ta toiauta panta metalamthdanōn eis trosēmasian. Ti estin en cheimōni to kai marainomenon? Ti to eis gēn ek tōn achremonōn ? Tis hē siōpōsa tōn hǭdichōn ornithōn phōnē? Tis hē thalassa hē epōryomenē tois hydasi? Ti epi toutois ho hyetos? Tines tou hyetou hai stagones ? Pōs heautǭ poreuetai ho hyetos ? Dia toutou gar, to empsychon te kai proairetikon tou toioutou cheimōnos Tacha gar kan mē;kath᾽ hekaston diasaphēsę̄ gos, prodēlos esti tǭ akousanti hē hekastou toutōn emphainomenē dianoia pōs etethēlei to katarchas hē anthrōpinē physis, heōs en tǭ paradeisǭ ēn, tǭ tēs pēgēs ekeinēs hydati piainomenē kai thallousa, hote ēn anti phyllōn ho tēs athanasias blastos, hōraïzōn tēn physin; alla tou cheimōnos tēs parakoēs tēn rhizan apoxēranantos, apetinachthē to anthos, kai eis Yēn anelythē, kai egymnōthē tou kchallous tēs athanasias ho anthrōpos, kai hē tōn aretōn poa chatexēranthē, tēs pros ton theon agapēs dia to plē- Ho thynthēnai tēn anomian chatapsychousēs, hothen ta poichtha pathē tois antikeimenois pneumasin en hēmin echoryphōthē, di᾽ hōn ta ponēra tēs psychēs nauagia ginetai. ᾿All᾽ elthontos tou to hear tōn psychōn hēmōn empoiēsantos, hos, tou ponērou anemou tēn thalassan pote diegeirantos, kai tois pneumasin epitimą, kai tę̄ thalassę̄ legei, Siōpa, perimōso, panta eis galēnēn, kai nēnemian meteskeuasthē, kai palin anapyēs thallein archetai, kai tois idiois anthesin hē physis de tēs zōēzs hēmōn hai aretai, | gyn men anthousai, ton de karpon autōn tǭ idiǭ parechomenai kairǭ. Dia touto phēsin ho logos, Ho cheimōn parēlthen, ho hyetos apē,1then, eporeuthē heautǭ; ta rogdēï pē, po anthē hōphthē en tę̄ gę̄, kairos tēs tomēs ephthaken; Horąs, phēsi, ton leimōna ton dia tōn aretōn anthounta? Horąs tēn sōphrosynēn, touto esti to lampron te kai euōdes krinon ? Horąs tēn aidō, to rhodon ? to ion, tou Christou tēn euōdian ? Ti oun ou stephanous plekeis dia toutōn ? Houtos estin ho kairos en hǭ chrē drepsamenon tę̄ plokę̄ tōn toioutōn stephanōn enkallōpisasthai. Ho kairos tēs tomēs ephthaked Bopiïdyd ᾿ soi diamartyretai hē phōnē tēs trygonos, toutestin hē phōnē tou boōntos en tę̄ erēmǭ. Iōannēs estin hē | trygōn. Houtos ho tou phaidrou hearos prodromos, ho ta kala tēs aretēs anthē tois anthrōpois deiknyōn, kai tois boulomenois anthologein proteinōn I di᾽ hōn hopedeichnye to ek tēs rhizēs tou Iessai anthos, ton amnon tou Theou ton aironta tēn hamartian tou kosmou, kai hypetitheto tēn ek tōn kakōn metanoian kai tēn kat᾽ aretēn politeian. TY Ēkousthē gar, phēsi, phōnē tēs trygonos en tę̄ gę̄ hēmōn. Tacha gēn tous kategnōsmenous en kakią chatonomazei, ous telōnas te kai pornas legei to Euangelion, en hois ēkousthē tou Iōannou ho logos, tōn loipōn ou paradexamenōn to kērygma. To de hiperi tēs sykēs eirēmenon, hoti Exēgenche tous olynthous autēs, houtōsi tǭ logǭ katanoēsōmen; Helchtichē tēs en tǭ bathei notidos diapherontōs hypo thermotētos estin hē sykę̄. Pollēs de kata tas enperiōnas tēs ikmados synistamenēs, anankaiōs hē;physis dia tēs tōn hygrōn pepseōs tēs en tǭ phytǭ ᾿ ginomenēs to achreion te kai geōdes tēs ikmados ek tōn achremonōn aposcheuazetai. Kai pollakis touto poiei, hōs an to eilikrines te kai trophimon en tǭ ka᾿thēkonti kairǭ prodallę̄, kekatharmenon tēs achrēMistou poiotētos. Touto toinyn pro tou glycheōs te kai eleiou karpou hypo tēs sykēs en karpōn eidei proThallomenon, olynthos legetai; hoper kai auto men edōdimon esth᾽ hote toïzs boulomenois estin; ou mēn ekeino estin ho karpos, alla tou karpou prooimion OtUinetai. Ho tauta toinyn theasamenos, kai ton karpon hoson oudepō pantōs ekdechetai. Sēmeion gar tōn edōdimōn sykōn o: olynthoi ginontai, ous exenēnochenai phēsi tēn sykēn. Epeidē gar. to pneumatikon hear hypographei tę̄ nymphę̄ ho logos; ho de kairos houtos timethorios esti dyo chairōn, tēs te cheimerinēs katēpheias, kai tēs en tǭ therei tōn karpōn metousias; dia touto to men parǭchēchenai ta kaka, diarrhēdēn euangelizetai - tous de karpous tēs aretēs oupō teleiōs prodeichnysin, alla toutous men en tǭ kathēkonti kairǭ tamieuetai, hotan stę̄ to theros. Oidas de pantōs to dio tou therous dēloumenon ek tēs tou Kyrion phōnēs, ē touto phēsin, hoti Ho therismos synteleia tou aiōnos esti; nyn de tas elpidas deiknysi dia tōn aretōn anthousas, hōn ho karpos, kathōs phēsin ho Prophētēs, en tǭ kairǭ tǭ idiǭ prophainetai. Tēs toinyn anthrōpinēs physeōs kata tēn mnēmoneutheisan entautha sykēn, pollēn dia tou noēthentos hēmin cheimōnos kakēn ikmada syllexamenēs, kalōs ho to psychikon hear hēmin ergazomenos, kai tę̄ chathēchousphę̄ geoto anthrōpinon, prōton men echthallei tēs physeōs pan hoson geōdes kai achrēston …. Eith᾽ houtōs charaktēra tina tēs elpizomenēs makariotētos, dia tēs asteioteras zōēs epidallōn tǭ biǭ, hoion tisin olynthois tēn mellousan glykytēta tōn sykōn euangelizetai. Kai touto esti to legomenon, hoti Hē sykē exēgenche tous olynthous autēs Houtō kai tēn chyprizousan ampelon, hēs ho men oinos, ho tēn kardian euphrainōn, plērōsei pote ton tēs sophias kratēra; kai prokeïsetai tois sympotais ek tou hypsēlou kērygmatos kat᾽ exousian arysasthai eis agathēn te kai nēphalion methēn, di᾽ hēs tois anthrōpois ek tōn hylikōn pros to Nyn men chyprixei dia tou anthous hē ampelos, kai tis ekdidotai par᾽ autēs atmos euōdiazōn, hēdys kai prosēnēs, pros to periechon pneuma chkatachirname- nos. Oidas de to pneuma pantōs, ho tēn euōdian tautēn tois sōzomenois ergazetai, para tou Paulou psmaϑōn. Tauta prodeichnysi tę̄ nymphę̄ ho logos, tou kalou tōn psychōn hearos ta gnōrismata, kai epispeuEkeinēn legō tēn dei pros tēn tōn prokeimenōn apolausin, diegeirōn autēn tǭ logǭ, Anasta, legōn, elthe, hē plēsion mou, kalē mou, peristera mou. Hosa dogmata di᾽ oligōn en tois rhēmasi toutois ho Logos hēmin hypodeiknysin! Ou gar kata tina parelchousan mataiologian tois autois rhēmasin emphilochōrein tēn theopneuston ΄ didaskalian espin eikos. ᾿Alla ti mega kai theoprepes noēma dia tēs palillogias hēmin hypodeiknytai. To de legomenon toiouton estin Hē makaria kai aidios kai panta noun hyperechousa physis, panta ta onta en heautę̄ periechousa, hyp᾽ oudenos periechetai orou. Ouden gar esti peri autēn theōroumenon, ou chronos, ou topos, ou chrōma, ou schēma, ouk eidos, ouk onkos, pēlichotēs, ou diastēma, oude allo ti tōn periYraptichōn onoma, hē pragma, hē noēma, alla pan peri autēn nooumenon agathon eis apeiron te kai a- ē) oriston proeisin. Hopou gar kakia chōran ouk echei, agathou peras estin ouden. Epi gar tēs treptichēs physeōs. dia to isēn enkeisthai tēn dynamin tę̄ proairhesei pros tēn eph᾽ hekatera tōn enantiōn rhopēn, to te agathon to en hēmin, kai to kakon tais diadochais allēlōn enapolēgei, kai ginetai tou agathou oros hē epiginomenē kakia, kai panta ta tōn psychōn hēmōn epitēdeumata, hosa kata to enantion allēlois antichathestēchen, eis allēla lēgei, kai hyp᾽ allēlōn horizetai. Ē de haplę̄ kai kathara kai monoeidēs kai atreptos kai analloïōtos physis, aei hōsautōs echousa, ch͵i oudepote heautēs existamenē, dia to aparadektos einai tēs pros to kakon koinōnias, adristos agathǭ menei, oude hautēs blepousa peras, dʼa to mēden tōn enantiōn blepein. Hotan toinyn ephelkētai pros metousian heautēs tēn anthrōpinēn psychēn, aei tǭ isǭ metrǭ kata tēn es to kreitton hyperochēn tēs metechousēs hyperanestēchen. Ē men gar psychē meizōn hauēs pantote dia tēs tou hyperechontos metousias ginetai, kai auxanomenē ouk histatai; non agathon en isǭ menei hōsautōs, hypo tēs epi pleion aei metechousēs en isę̄ pantote tę̄ hyperochę̄ heurischoOrōmen toinyn hōsper en bathmōn anathasei cheiragōgoumenēn dia tōn tēs aretēs anodōn epi ta hypsē para tou Logou tēn nymphēn. Ēn; eniēsi prōton dia tōn prophētōn thyridōn, kai tōn diktyōn tōn tou nomou parangelmatōn tēn aktina ho Logos, kai proschaleit᾽ autēn engisai phōti, kai kalēn genesthai pros to eidos tēs peristeras en tǭ phōti morphōtheisan. Eita metaschousan tōn kalōn, hoson echōrēse, palin ex hyparchēs, hōs eti tōn kalōn ousan ametochon, pros tou hypercheimenou kallous metousian ephelketai, hōste autę̄ kata tēn analogian tēs prokopēs pros to aei prophainomenon kai tēn epithymian synauxesthai, kai dia tēn hypertholēn tōn pantote kata to hyperkeimenon heuriskomenōn agathōn, prōtōs haaptesthai tēs anodou dokein. Dia touto phēsi palin pros tēn egēgermenēn ho Logos, hoti Agastēthi, kai pros tēn . elthousan, hoti E.1the. Oute gar tǭ ontōs anistamenǭ leipsei pote aei anistasthai, oute tǭ trechonti pros ton Kyrion, hē pros ton theion dromon eurychōria dakanēthēsetai. ᾿Aeï te gar egeiresthai chrē, kai mēdepoie dia tou dromou prosengizontas pausasthai. hōs hosakis an legei to ᾿Agastēthi; kai to tosachis tēs pros to kreitton anathaseōs tēn dynamin didōsin. Houtō noei kai ta ephexēs prokeimena tou logou. Ho gar kalēn ek kalēs genesthai keleuōn, to apostolikon antikrys hypotithetai, tēn autēn eikona t prostassōn apo doxēs eis doxan metamorphousthai; hōs pantote doxan einai lamdanomenon kai to aei heuriskomenon, kan hoti malista mega ti kai hypsēlon, Ho hē mikroteron einai tou elpizomenou pisteuetai. Houtō toinyn peristeran ousan en tois prochatōrthōmenois, ouden hētton peristeran autēn palin dia tēs pros to kreitton metamorphōseōs genesthai diakeleuetai. Kai ei touto genoito, to hyper touto palin ho logos kathexēs dia tou onomatos hypodeixei. Legei garʼ Deuro seautē, peristera mou, en; skchepę̄ tēs petras echomenē tou proteichismatos. Tis oun hē pros to teleion anodos, hētis tois yn eerē᾿ menois emphainetai? To mēketi pros tēn tōn ephelchomenōn blepein spoudēn, all᾽ hodēgon pros to kreitton tēn idian epithymian echein. Deuro gar, phēsi, seautē, mē ek lypēs, hē ex anankēs, alla seautē, pois idious logismois tēn prothymian en tǭ kalǭ epirouch anankēs chathēgoumenēs. ᾿Adespoton char hē aretē. kai hekousion, kai anankēs pasēs eleutheron. Toioutos hēn Dadid, ho ta hekousia mona tōn par᾽ autou ginomenōn eudochēthēnai tǭ Theǭ prooseuchomenos, kai hekousiōs thyein epangellomenos. Toiouos ekastos tōn hagiōn, heauton tǭ Theǭ prodagōn, ouk ex anankēs agomenos. Kai sy toinyn deixon tēn teleian katastadin tou deautę̄ tēs pros to kreitton anodou tēn epithymian lauein. Toiautē de genomenē, iophēsin, hēxeis epi tēn skepēn tēs petras echomenē tou kroteichismatos. To de legomenon toiouton estin. Chrē gar metadallein ton logon apo hōn ainigmatōn pros daphesteron. Mia skepē tēs anthrōpinēs esti psychēs, to hypsēlon Euangelion, en hǭ ho genomenos tēs T᾽ skiōdous didaskalias dia tōn typikōn te kai sym… tēs alētheias ta kekalymmena tōn prostagmatōn ainigmata. Petran de tēn euangelikēn onomazesthai charin, oudeis anteipoi tōn kai hopǭsoun metechontōn t pēs pisteōs; pollachothen gar estin ek tēs Graphēs touto mathein, to petran einai Euangelion. To toinyn legomenon toiouton estin; Ei enegymnasthēs, ō psychē ï pǭ nomǭ, ei tas dia tōn prophētikōn thyridōn augas pę̄ dianoią tetheadai, mēket. hypo tēn tou nomikou toiT chou skian men:. Skian gar ho toichos poiei tōn mellontōn agathōn, ouk autēn tēn eikona tōn pragmatōn; all᾽ epi tēn petran ek tou synengys apo tou toichou metadēthi. echetai gar hē petra tou proteichismatos᾽ epeidē tēs euangelikēs pisteōs ho nomos ( proteichisma gegone; kai echetai allēlōn ta dogmata, geitniōnta kata tēn dynamin. Ti gar engyteron tou Mē moicheusai, to mē Hepithymēsai? kai tou kathabeuxin apo phonou, to, mēde orgę̄ tēn kardian molynesthai? [Epei oun echetai tou proteichismatos hē skepē tēs ketrhas, adiastatos esti soi hē apo tou toichou epi tēn petran meiastasis. Peritomē en tǭ toichō, kai peritomē en tę̄ petrą, prodaton kai prothaton, haima kai haima, pascha kai pascha, kai panta schedon ta hauta, kai dia tōn autōn allēlōn echomena, plēn hoson pneumatikē men hē petra, choïkos d᾽ ho toichos, hǭ synanapeplastai to sōmatikon geōdes. Hē d᾽ euangelikē petra, ton sarchōdē tōn noēmatōn pēlon ouk echei. ᾿Alla kai peritomēn lamdanei ho anthrōpos, kai holos hygiēs menei, mēdemias lōdēs achrotēriazousēs ko plasma tēs physeōs. Kai phylassei en tę̄ tōn chkachōn apraxią to Saddaton, kai tēn pros to kalon argian hou paradechetai, mathōn hot: exesti tǭ Saddatǭ kalon poiein, kai adiakriton poieitai tēs trophēs tēn metousian, kai akathartou ouk haptetai. Ouden gar ᾿ tōn eiserchomenōn dia tou stomatos koinon einsi para chēs petras paideuetai ᾿ alla dia pantōn tas sōmakichas tou nomou paratērēseis apothemenē, pros to pneumatikon te kai noēton metalamthanei eōn rhēmachōn tēn dianoian, houtōs eipontos tou Paulou, hoti ᾿ Ho gomos pneumatikos estin. Ho gar ontōs eklabōn ton nomon, hypo tēn skepēn tēs euangelikēs ginxtai petras, tēn echomenēn tou sōmatikou proteichismatos. Tauta tou Logou dia tōn thyridōn autę̄ emboēsantos, kalōs apokrinetai hē peristera, hē perilamphtheisa dia tēs tōn noēmatōn augēs, kai tēn petran goēsasa, hētis estin ho Christos. Legei gargdti Deixon moi tēn opsin sou, kai akoutison moi tēn phōgēg sou; hoti hē phōgē sou hēdeia, kai opsis sou hōraia. To de legomenon toiouton esti Mēketi moi dialegon dia tōn prophētikōn te kai nomikōn ainigmatōn, all᾽ hōs idein dynamai, houtō moi deixon sauton emphanōs, hina entos genōmai tēs euangelikēs petras, ᾿ katalipousa to tou nomou proteichisma; kai hōs chōrei hē akoē mou, houtō dos tēn phōnēn sou en tois se mou genesthai. Ei gar hē dia tōn thyridōn phōnē tosouton estin hēdeia, poly mallon hē kata prosōpon sou emphaneia to erasmion hexei. Tauta legei ē nymphē, noēsasa to kata tēn euangelichkēn petran mystērion, eis hoper autēn ho polymerōs kai polytropōs en tais thyrisi genomenos Logos echeiragōgēse; kai en epithymią gegenētai tēs dia sarkos theophaneias, hōste ton Logon genesthai sarka, kai ton Theon en sarki i phanerōthēnai, kai parathesthai tais akoais hēmōn tas theias phōnas tas epangellomenas tois axiois tēn aiō nion makariotēta. Pōs de symdainouisi tę̄ euchę̄ tēs gymphēs hai tou Symeōnos phōnai, hos phēsin ᾿Apoilyd:s gyn ton dou.1on sou, Despota, kata to rhēma sou en eirēnę̄. IOti eidon hoi orthalmoi mou to sōtērion sou. ē1de gar ekeinos, hōs idein epepothēsen hautē. Tēn de phōnēn autou tēn hēdeian hoi dexamenoi tou Euangeliou tēn charin epiginōskousin, hoi eipontas, hoti Rhēmata zōēs aiōgiou echeis. Dia tauta dechetai euchēn tēs nymphēs dikaian ousan ho katharos nymphios, kai mellōn deiknyein heauton emphanōs, prōton tous thēreutas parormą pros tēn agran tōn alōpekōn, hōs mēketi ton ampelōna di᾽ autōn pros ton chyprismon empodizesthai, legōn; Piasate hēmin ailōpechas, mikrous men ontas, hai ampeloi, ei mēketi eiē ta lymainomena. Piasate hēmin alōpekas mikrous, aphagnizogtas tous ampeilōgas, kai hai ampe.ioi hēmōn kyprizousin. Ara esti dynaton kat᾽ axian ephikesthai tēs megalophyïias tōn noēmatōn? HoOton thauma tēs theias megaleiotētos perieche!? ho logos ? HoOsēn emphainei tēs dynameōs tou Theou tēn hyperdolēn hē tōn eirēmenōn dianoia ? ē), Pōs ekeinos. peri hou ta tēlikauta legetai, ho anthrōpoktonos, ho en kakią dynatos, hou hē glōssa hōsei xyron ēkonēmenon [peri hou phēsi ho Prophētēs; Ta belē tou dynatou ēkonēmena) syn tois agthraxi tois erēmikois; kai, ᾿Enedreuei hōs leōn en tę̄ mandrą autou, ho Drakōn. ho megas, ho apostatēs, ho adēs, ho platynōn to stoma hautou, ho chosmochratōr tēs esousias tou skotous, ho echōn tou thanatou to chrapos, kchai hosa ek prosōpou autou diēgeitai hē prophēteia. Ho aphairoumeno? horia ethnōn ha estēse, dēlonoti ho HypsPsistos, kat᾽ arithmon allēlōn au tou, ho kchatalamthanōn tēn oikoumenēn hōs nossian, kai hōs kataleleimena hōa airōn auta’ ho legōn tithenai epanō. tōn nephelōn ton thronon autou, kai homoios ginesthai tō HyPsistǭ, kai hosa en tǭ Iōd ho logos peri hautou diexerchetai, ta phodera duithę̄i kai phrikōdē, hou chalchai men hai pleurai, sidēros de ydpioaï, reg kytos hē rhachis, enkata de autou smyritēs lithos; kai G΄ panta toiauta, di᾽ hōn tēn phoderan physin ekeinēn [OG ioriopiai axipoēmpi, hypographei ho logos. Houtos oun ho toioutos, ho tosoutos,Ē ho stratēgos tōn en tois daimosi legeōnōn, pōs onomazetai para tēs alēthinēs te kai monēs dynameōs? Mikron alōpechion. Kai hoi peri auton pantes, hē hypocheirios autǭ stratia, pantes kata to ison exeutepros tēn kat᾽ autōn agran tous thēreutas. Eien de an houtoi tachą men hai angelikai dynameis, hai tēs despotikēs parousias epi tēn gēn propompeuousai, kai ton basilea tēs doxēs entos tou biou paragousa:, kai tois agnoousin epideichnyousai. Tis estin houtos di basileus tēs doxēs ? Ho krataios kai dynatos en polemǭ. Isōs d᾽ an tis eipoi kai ta leitourgika pneumata ta eis diakonian apostellomena dia tous mellontas klēronomein sōtērian. Tacha de thēreutas eipoi an kai tous apostolous einai, tous eis tēn agran tōn thēriōn toutōn echpempomenous, pros hous eipen, hoti Poiēsō hymas halieis tōn agthrōpōn. enērgēsan tēn anthrōpinēn aleian tę̄ tōn logiōn peribolę̄ tas tōn sōzomenōn psychas sagēneuontes, ei mē proteron ek tōn phōleōn ta thēria tauta exebalon, tous mikrous ekeinous halōpekas, ek tōn kardiōn legō, hais enephōleuon, hōste poiēsai topon tǭ Huiǭ tou Theou, hopou tēn heautou kephalēn anapausę̄, mēketi tou genous tōn alōpekōn en tais kardiais} Ho phōleuontos. Plēn housper an hypothētai tous thēreutas einai ho logos, to megaleion kai aphraston tēs theias dynameōs dia tōn prostetagmenōn autois didaskometha. Ou gar eipen, hoti Thēreusate hōn ton ek tou drymou, tēn ampelon tou Theou lymainomenon, ē ton monion. ton agrion, hē ton ōryomenon leonta, ē to mega kētos, ē ton hypodrychion drakonta. Ē gar an tina dynamin tōn᾽ antimachountōn dia tōn toioutōn ho logos tois thēreutais enedeiknyto. ᾿Alla pasai, phēsin, ekeinai hai perigeiai dynasteiai, pros has hē palē tois anthrōpois estin, archai te kai exousiai, kai kosmokratores skotous, kai pneumata ponērias, alōpechia esti mekra, dolera te kai dystēna, pros tēn hēmeteran krinomena dynamin. Ean ekeinōn chatachratēsēte, apolēpsete tēn idian charin. Ho gar ampelōn ho hēmeteros, hē anthrōpinē physis, kai tēn tōn botryōn phoran dia tou anthous tēs enaretou politeias prooimiaxeta!.? Piasate oun hēmin mikrous … hēmōn kuiprixousin.;Ēchryse tou theion prostagmatos hē ampelos, hē gynē, peri hēs phēsin ho Dabid, hoti Hē gynē sou hōs ampelos euthēnousa, Kai iden heautēn en tę̄ dynamei tou keleusantos tēs ek tōn thēriōn toutōn lymēs kekatharmenēn, kai euthys didōsin heautēn tǭ geōrgǭ tǭ to mesotoichon tou phragmou lysanti. Ouketi gar tǭ toichǭ tou nomou pros tēn synapheian tou pothoumenou diateichixzetai. phēsin, egō tǭ adelphidǭ mou, kai ho adelphidos mou emoi, ho poimainōn en tois krigois, heōs hou diapneusę̄ hē hēmera, kai kinēthōsin hai skiai. Touto na (?S zomenōn heautōn apostēsantes, pros tēn alēthinēn : de estin Eidon, phēsi, prosōpon pros prosōpon ton aei onta hoper esti, di᾿ eme de ek tēs adelphēs mou tēs sonagōgēs anthrōpichōs anateilanta, kai en sytǭ anapauomai, kai ginomai autǭ oikētērion. Houtos gar ΄ estin ho poimēn ho kalos, hos ouchi chorton poieitai tēn tōn poimniōn nomēn, alla katharois krinois trephei prodata. Ou mēketi chortǭ trephōn ton chorton. Idia gar trophē tēs alogou physeōs ho chortos estin. Ho d᾽ anthrōpos logikos hōn, tǭ alēthinǭ trephetai) logǭ. Ei de toioutou emphorētheiē, kai autos chortos ginetai. Pasa gar sarx, phēsi, chortos estēn, heōs an sarx hē, Ei de tis pneuma genoito, gennētheis ek tou pneumatos, ouketi ton chortōdē epidoschēthēsetai bion, alla to pneuma autou estai trophē, hoper hē katharotēs kai hēē eupnoia tou chrinou ainissetai. Estai oun kai autos, katharon krinon kai eupnoun, pros tēn trophēs physin alloioumenos, Toutestin hē diadechomenē tais aktisin hēmera, ētoi diapneousa, kathōs ōnomasen hē theia phōnē tēn dia tou pneumatos tōn akti- ē nōn ginomenēn diachysin, diapnoēn onomasasa, hothen hai tou biou metachinountai skiai; peri has kata spoudēn horōsin, hoi mēpō tǭ phōti tēs alētheias ton tēs psychēs ophthalmon chataugasantes, hoi tēn skian kai to mataion hōs hyphestōs horōntes, kai to alēthōs hon hōs paradlepontes. ᾿All᾽ hoi dia tōn chrenōn trephomenoi, toutestin. hoi tę̄ katharą te kai eupnoousę̄ rophę̄ tēn psychēn piainomenoi, pasan apatēlēn te kai skioeidę̄ phantasian tōn kata ton bion touton spoudatōn pragmatōn hypostasin opsontai, huioi phōtos kai huioi hēmeras ginomenoi. Tauta blepei hē nymphē, kai katepeigei ton Logon dia tachous eis ergon diagagein tōn agathōn tēn eldorchadi hē gedrǭ elaphōn epi ta orē tōn koilōmatōn.;Ide hōs dorkas, ho tas enthymēseis tōn anthrōpōn blepōn, ho tous dialogismous tōn kardiōn anaginōskōn. ᾿Lphanison tēn gonēn tēs kakias, hōs nedros elaphōn exanalischōn to genos tōn opheōn. ʼ Horąs ta koila orē tou anthrōpinou biou, hōn ta epanastēmata, ouchi achrōreiai eisin, alla pharanges ? Trechei toinyn xōs tachous ho Logos epi ta koila orē. Pan gar to kata tēs alētheias hypsoumenon, barathron esti kai ouk oros. Koilōma, kai ouk anastēma. Ean oun epidramę̄s epi tauta, phēsi, Pasa hē toiautē pharanx plērōthēsetai, kai pan to toiouton oros tapeinōthēsetai. Tauta phthengetai ē psychē, hēn poimainei ho Logos, ouk en akanthais tisin ē chortois, all᾽ en tę̄ euoumia tōn krinōn tēs katharas politeias. Hōn genoito kai hēmas emphorēthēnai poimainomenous hypo tou Logou, en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ prepei hē doxa kai kratos, eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn,

"The voice of my beloved! Behold, he comes leaping upon the mountains, bounding over the hills. My beloved is like a gazelle or a young stag upon the mountains of Bethel. Behold, he is behind our wall, peering through the windows, looking out through the lattices. My beloved answers and says to me: Arise, come, my close one, my beautiful one, my dove. For behold, the winter is past, the rain is gone, it has gone its way. The flowers have appeared on the earth, the time of pruning has come, the voice of the turtledove has been heard in our land. The fig tree has put forth its early figs; the vines are in blossom, they have given their fragrance. Arise, come, my close one, my beautiful one, my dove. [You, my dove,] in the shelter of the rock, close by the outer wall, show me your face and let me hear your voice, for your voice is sweet and your face is lovely. Catch us the foxes, the little foxes that spoil the vineyards, and our vines are in blossom. My beloved is mine and I am his, who pastures among the lilies, until the day breathes and the shadows move. Turn, be like, my beloved, a gazelle or a young stag upon the mountains of the hollows."

What has now been set before us in the reading from the philosophy of the Song of Songs both leads us to desire the contemplation of the goods that lie above, and puts grief into our souls, producing in a way despair of understanding what cannot be grasped. For who could be free of grief when he considers that the purified soul, raised by love through so many ascents toward participation in the good, does not yet seem, as the apostle says, to have grasped what is sought? Indeed, looking at those ascents traversed in the previous discourses, I called her blessed for her ascent, when she recognized the sweet apple, distinguishing it from the fruitlessness of the forest, and made its shade an object of desire, and, sweetened by its fruit, came into the storerooms of gladness. (She calls gladness wine, by which the heart of those who partake is gladdened, as we learn about the great Paul.) And when, set in order in love, she is strengthened with ointments, enclosed by the surrounding of the apples, and, having received love's arrow into her heart, becomes in turn herself an arrow in the hands of the archer, aimed at the target of truth in the hands of the mighty. Seeing these and the like, I reckoned that she who had been raised through so many had laid hold of the summit of blessedness; but, as it seems, what has been traversed is still the prelude of the ascent. For after all those ascents she names not some contemplation and clear catalogue of the truth, but the voice of the one she longs for, characterized by its particular qualities through hearing, not known and delighted in through understanding. If, then, she who was raised so high, [like Paul] caught up to the third heaven, shows that she has not yet grasped with precision what is set before her, what is it likely that we must suffer, or where must we reckon ourselves to be, we who have not yet even drawn near the entrance of the sanctuary of contemplation? From what she says one can see how hard to contemplate is what is sought. "The voice of my beloved," she says: not a form, not a face, not a character showing the nature of the one sought, but a voice, producing only a conjecture, not certainty, of who the speaker is. For that what is said resembles rather a guess than an undoubted assurance of comprehension is clear from the fact that her word does not hold to one thought nor look to one form, but is carried in her visions toward many, thinking she sees now one thing and now another, and not always remaining with the same character of what she has grasped, as is clear from what is said. "For behold," she says, "he comes," neither standing nor remaining, so as to [let her look at him] by his staying, before she comes to perfect knowledge; "for he leaps," she says, "upon the mountains and bounds over the hills." And now he is recognized as a gazelle, then he is likened to a young stag. "For my beloved," she says, "is like a gazelle or a young stag upon the mountain of Bethel." So his character is always different at different times … These are the things that, on a surface understanding, lead me to grief, producing despair of an exact understanding of what lies above.

Nevertheless, setting our hope on God, who gives a word to those who preach the good news with great power, we must try to fit the contemplation in sequence to what has been understood before. "The voice of my beloved," she says. And at once she added, "Behold, he comes." What, then, have we understood in these words? Perhaps what is said foresees the economy of God the Word revealed to us through the Gospel, announced beforehand through the prophets and revealed through the appearing of God in the flesh of the Son. For the divine voice is borne witness to by deeds, and the outcome is joined to the word of promise, as the prophet says, "As we have heard, so also have we seen." "The voice of my beloved," she says: this is what we have heard. "Behold, he comes": this is what we have received with our eyes. "In many parts and many ways God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets": this is the hearing of the voice. "In these last days he has spoken to us by a Son": that is what is said, "Behold, he comes, leaping upon the mountains and bounding over the hills," likened naturally and fittingly to the gazelle by one particular reason, and again to the young stag by another meaning.

The gazelle signifies the sharp sight of him who looks upon everything. For they say that this animal, seeing extraordinarily well, has its name from its activity (dorkas from derkesthai). And derkesthai is the same as to behold. So the one who oversees and looks upon all things is named God (Theos) of all from his beholding (theasthai) all things. Since, then, God was manifested in the flesh, appearing in life for the destruction of the opposing powers, he is therefore likened to a gazelle, as the one who looks from heaven upon the earth; and to a young stag, as the one who covers the mountains and hills with his leaps, that is, who tramples and destroys the wicked heights of the demons' wickedness. For she calls mountains those troubled by his might, as the [psalm] says, [mountains] cast into the hearts of the seas and sinking into the kindred place of the abyss. Of these the Lord said to his disciples, "If you have faith as a grain of mustard seed, you will say to this mountain" (showing in his word that wicked lunatic demon), "Be lifted up and cast into the sea." Since, then, it is proper to the nature of stags to destroy wild beasts and to put the race of snakes to flight by their breath and the particular quality of their skin, for this reason the one who oversees all things is likened to the gazelle, and to the young stag, as one who tramples and [destroys] the opposing activity, which the figurative meaning calls mountains and hills …

The voice of the bridegroom, then, came through the prophets, in whom God spoke; and after the voice the Word came, leaping upon the opposing mountains and bounding down on the hills, making all the apostate power alike his footstool, both the lesser and the leading. For the distinction of hills from mountains hints at this, that what is prominent among the opponents is likewise destroyed, trampled by his power and authority. For the lion and the dragon, the eminent ones, are trampled alike, and the snake and the scorpion, which seem lower. For example: in the crowds following him there were mountains, demons, ... in the synagogues, or in the country of the Gerasenes, or in many other places, hills and mountains, eminent and subordinate, set against human nature; but the young stag, the destroyer of snakes, who also equips his disciples for the nature of stags, where he says, "I have given you authority to tread upon snakes and scorpions," sets his foot equally on all, putting these to flight and leaping from them to others, so that through these the greatness of those raised by virtue might appear, no longer overshadowed by the mounds of wickedness. For the mountains of Bethel seem, from the interpretation of the name, to indicate the lofty and heavenly life. For those who know the Hebrew language say that this word signifies house of God. That is why she says, "Upon the mountains of Bethel." The purified and clear-sighted eye of the soul saw these things, leaping along with those divine leaps made against the opposing mounds; and of the time that would come later she speaks as already present, because of the sureness and certainty of the hoped-for grace, seeing the hope as a deed.

For she says that the one who leaps over the mountains with nimble speed and bounds from hills to hills shows himself standing still, having come behind the wall and conversing through the lattices of the windows. The wording runs thus: "Behold, he stands behind our wall, peering through the windows, looking out through the lattices." What is sketched bodily in the word is this: the lover converses through the windows with the bride keeping at home inside, and the wall is in the middle [between] them both, [so that] the fellowship of speech comes about, the head peering in through the windows and the eye looking through to the inside through the lattices in the windows. But the contemplation by anagogy holds to the sense examined before. For in a way and in sequence the Word brings human nature into kinship with God, first shining on it through the prophets and the commands of the law. For so we understand it: the windows are the prophets who bring in the light; the lattices are the network of the commands of the law; through both of them the ray of the true light slips into the inside. After these comes the perfect illumination of the light, when the true light appears to those sitting in darkness and the shadow, through its mingling with our nature. First, then, the rays of the prophetic and legal thoughts, shining into the soul through what we have understood as windows and lattices, produce a desire to see the sun in the open air. Then what is longed for comes to be in deed.

Let us hear, then, what he says to the church, he who has not yet come inside the wall but has stood [behind it, speaking] through the [windows]. "[For] my beloved [answers]," she says, "and says to me: Arise, come, my close one, my beautiful one, my dove. For behold, the winter is past, the rain is gone, it has gone its way. The flowers have appeared on the earth, the time of pruning has come. The voice of the turtledove has been heard in our land. The fig tree has put forth its early figs. Our vines are in blossom, they have given their fragrance." How elegantly the maker of spring describes for us the grace of spring, he to whom David says, "Summer and spring, you made them." He dissolves the gloom of winter, saying that the wintry sullenness and the unpleasantness of the rains are past. He shows meadows teeming and made beautiful with flowers. He says the flowers are in their prime and suited for cutting, so that those who gather flowers may surely take them up for weaving a crown or making ointments. The word sweetens the season too, making it resound with the songs of birds in the groves, the sweet voice of the turtledoves reaching the ears. He speaks of the fig tree and the vine, prefacing by what appears the delight that will come from them: the one bringing forth early figs, the other blossoming with its flower, so that the smell may delight in its fragrance. So the word is enriched by its description of the spring season, casting off what is gloomy and lingering over sweeter narratives.

But we must not, I think, let the mind remain with the description of these elegant things, but be guided through them to the mysteries shown by these oracles, so that the treasure of thoughts hidden in the words may be uncovered. What, then, do we say? Humanity was once frozen by the frost of idolatry, the nimble nature of human beings having been changed into the nature of the motionless objects of worship. For "may those who make them become like them," it says, "and all who trust in them." And what happened was to be expected. For just as those who look to the true Godhead receive in themselves the particular qualities of the divine nature, so the one who devoted himself to the vanity of idols was transformed into what he looked at, becoming stone from man. Since, then, nature, turned to stone through the worship of idols, was immovable toward the better, frozen by the frost of idolatry, for this reason the sun of righteousness rises upon this harsh winter and makes spring, the southern wind, which dissolves such freezing, warming everything below together with the rising of the rays; so that the man turned to stone by the cold, warmed through by the Spirit and by the ray of the Word, may again become water springing up to eternal life. For "his wind will blow," it says, "and waters will flow," when the rock is turned into pools of water and the cliff into springs of water. This the Baptist cried out more plainly to the Jews, saying that from these stones children would be raised up to the patriarch, made like him through virtue.

The church, then, hears these words of the Word, receiving the ray of truth through the prophetic windows and the legal lattices, while the wall of the typical teaching still stands, I mean the law, which makes the shadow of the good things to come, not showing the very image of the realities; behind it stands the truth, close by the type, first shining the Word on the church through the prophets, and afterwards, by the manifestation of the Gospel, consuming all the shadowy appearance of the type; through which the dividing wall is destroyed, and the air in the house is joined to the light of the sky, so that there is no longer need to be lit through windows, since the true light itself lights up everything inside through the rays of the Gospel. That is why the Word, who raises up those who are fallen, cries out to the church through the windows that let in light, saying, "Arise," that is, from the fall, "you who were tripped up by the shame of sin through the serpent, and fell to the earth, and in the fall of disobedience [lay prostrate] …" "It is not enough for you," he says, "to be raised up from the fall; come forward also by progress in good things, completing the course in virtue." We have learned this also in the case of the paralytic. For the Word does not only raise up that bedridden burden, but commands him to walk. By this the word seems to me to signify the progress and growth toward the better through movement from place to place. "Arise, then," he says, "and come." O power of command! Truly the voice of God is a voice of power, as the psalmody says, "Behold, he will give his voice a voice of power"; and, "He spoke, and they came into being; he commanded, and they were created." Behold, now too he said to the one lying down, "Arise," and, "Come," and at once the command becomes deed. For as soon as she receives the power of the Word she both stands and comes forward and draws near to the light, as is testified by the one who called her, the Word saying, "Arise, come, my close one, my beautiful one, my dove." What is this order of the word? How does one thing hold to another? How is the sequence of thoughts kept in series as in a chain? She hears the command, she rises by the word, she comes forward, she draws near, she becomes beautiful, she is named dove. For how is it possible to see a beautiful face in a mirror unless it has received the reflection of a beautiful form? So the mirror of human nature did not become beautiful before it drew near to the beautiful and was formed by the image of the divine beauty. For just as it had the form of the serpent while it lay on the earth and looked to him, in the same way, when it rose and placed the good facing itself, putting wickedness behind its back, it is shaped according to what it looks at. It looks to the archetypal beauty; and the beauty is a dove. Therefore, drawing near to the light, it becomes light; and in the light the beautiful form of the dove is imaged, I mean that dove whose form [showed] the presence of the Holy Spirit.

Having thus addressed her, then, and named her beautiful because of her nearness and dove because of her beauty, the word also goes through what follows, saying that the gloom of winter no longer holds souls fast. For frost does not hold out against the ray. "Behold," he says, "the winter is past, the rain is gone, it has gone its way." He gives evil many names, named according to the differences of its activities. For the same thing is winter and rain and drops, each of the names signifying a particular kind of temptation. For in winter what was flourishing withers; the beauty of the trees, adorned naturally by their leaves, flows off the branches and is mixed with the earth. The melody of the musical birds falls silent; the nightingale flees, the swallow is numb, the turtledove is estranged from its nest; everything imitates the gloom of death; the shoot is deadened, the grass dies. And like bones separated from flesh, so the branches stripped of leaves become a loathsome sight instead of the splendour they had from their shoots. What could one say of the sufferings at sea that come with winter? How, turned up from the depths and swelling, it imitates crags and mountains, its water rising to a peak in upright shape? How it rushes against the land like an enemy, hurling itself beyond its bounds and shaking the land with successive blows of the waves like the assaults of siege engines? But understand for me the sufferings of winter, taking all these and the like in a figurative sense. What in winter is the [flourishing that is] withering? What is it that falls to the earth from the branches? What is the voice of the singing birds that falls silent? What is the sea that roars with its waters? What, besides these, is the rain? What are the drops of the rain? How does the rain go its way? For by this … the living and choosing [character] of such a winter … Perhaps, even if the word does not explain each one, the sense shown in each of these is clear to the hearer: how human nature flourished at the beginning while it was in paradise, fattened and blooming by the water of that spring, when instead of leaves the shoot of immortality adorned nature; but when the winter of disobedience dried up the root, the flower was shaken off and dissolved into earth, and man was stripped of the beauty of immortality, and the grass of the virtues withered, love toward God growing cold because lawlessness increased; whence the various passions were raised to peaks in us by the opposing spirits, through which the wicked shipwrecks of the soul come about. But when he came who produced the spring of our souls, who, when the wicked wind once roused the sea, rebukes the winds and says to the sea, "Be silent, be still," everything was changed into calm and stillness, and nature begins again to flourish and to [adorn itself] with its own flowers. [The flowers] of our life are the virtues, now blossoming, and holding their fruit for its own season. That is why the word says, "The winter is past, the rain is gone, it has gone its way; the flowers have appeared on the earth, the time of pruning has come." "Do you see," he says, "the meadow blossoming with the virtues? Do you see self-control, that is, the bright and fragrant lily? Do you see modesty, the rose? Do you see the violet, the fragrance of Christ? Why, then, do you not weave crowns from these? This is the season in which one must pluck and adorn oneself with the weaving of such crowns." "The time of pruning has come." The voice of the turtledove solemnly bears witness to you, that is, [the voice of the one] crying in the wilderness. John is the turtledove. He is the forerunner of the bright spring, who shows people the beautiful flowers of virtue and holds them out to those who wish to gather them, through whom he pointed out the flower from the root of Jesse, the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world, and urged repentance from evils and the way of life of virtue. For "the voice of the turtledove," it says, "has been heard in our land." Perhaps it calls those condemned in wickedness "land," whom the Gospel calls tax collectors and prostitutes, among whom the word of John was heard, while the rest did not receive the preaching.

What is said about the fig tree, that "it has put forth its early figs," let us understand in this way. The fig tree is especially apt, through its warmth, to draw up the moisture in the depth. Since much moisture gathers in the [roots], nature, through the digestion of the liquids that takes place in the plant, necessarily discharges the useless and earthy part of the moisture from the branches. And it does this many times, so that it may put forth in due season what is pure and nourishing, cleansed of the useless quality. What the fig tree puts forth in the form of fruit before the sweet and ripe fruit is called the early fig (olynthos); it too is sometimes edible for those who wish, yet it is not the fruit but a prelude of the fruit. The one who sees these surely expects the fruit very soon. For the early figs, which it says the fig tree has put forth, are a sign of edible figs. For since the word describes the spiritual spring to the bride, and this season is the boundary between two seasons, the gloom of winter and the share in fruits in summer, for this reason he announces plainly that the evils are past, but does not yet show the fruits of virtue completely; these he stores up for the proper season, when summer has come. You surely know what is signified by the summer from the Lord's voice, which says, "The harvest is the close of the age." But now he shows the hopes blossoming through the virtues, whose fruit, as the prophet says, appears in its own season. Since, then, human nature, like the fig tree mentioned here, has gathered much evil moisture through what we have understood as winter, the one who works the spring of souls in us, [and cultivates] humanity at the fitting [season], first casts out of nature all that is earthy and useless … Then, imposing on life some character of the hoped-for blessedness through a more refined life, he announces the future sweetness of the figs as by early figs. And this is what is said: "The fig tree has put forth its early figs."

So [understand] also the blossoming vine, whose wine, which gladdens the heart, will one day fill the mixing bowl of wisdom; and it will be set before the fellow-drinkers to draw from the lofty preaching at will, for a good and sober drunkenness, through which [human beings are carried] from material things to the [divine] … Now the vine is in blossom through its flower, and a fragrant vapour is given off by it, sweet and gentle, blended with the surrounding air. You surely know, having learned it from Paul, the Spirit who works this fragrance for those who are being saved. These are the marks of the beautiful spring of souls that the word shows to the bride; and he hastens her to the enjoyment of what is set before her, rousing her by his word, saying, "Arise, come, my close one, my beautiful one, my dove."

How many doctrines the Word shows us in a few words in these sayings! For it is not likely that the God-inspired teaching should linger over the same words in some superfluous idle talk; but some great thought befitting God is shown to us through the repetition. What is said is this. The blessed and eternal nature that surpasses all mind, containing all beings in itself, is contained by no boundary. For nothing is seen around it, not time, not place, not colour, not shape, not form, not bulk, [not] size, not extension, nor any other name or thing or thought of the kinds that circumscribe; but every good understood about it proceeds into the infinite and unbounded. For where wickedness has no place, there is no limit to the good. In the changeable nature, because an equal power lies in free choice for inclining to either of the opposites, the good in us and the evil end in their succession to one another, and the wickedness that comes upon it becomes the limit of the good; and all the pursuits of our souls that stand opposed to one another as contraries end in one another and are bounded by one another. But the simple, pure, uniform, unchangeable and unalterable nature, always the same and never departing from itself, because it does not admit fellowship with evil, remains unbounded in good, not seeing a limit to itself, because it sees nothing of the opposites. When, then, it draws the human soul to participation in itself, it always rises above the participant by the same measure in its superiority toward the better. For the soul always becomes greater than itself through participation in what surpasses it, and does not stop growing; but the good in which it participates remains the same in the same way, always found by the one who participates ever more to be equally superior. We see, then, the bride led by the hand by the Word to the heights through the ascents of virtue, as in the climbing of steps. First the Word sends the ray in through the windows of the prophets and the lattices of the commands of the law, and calls her to draw near to the light and become beautiful, formed in the light to the form of the dove. Then, when she has shared in good things as far as she had room, he draws her again from the beginning, as if she had not yet shared in good things, to participation in the beauty that lies above, so that her desire too grows in proportion to her progress toward what always appears beyond, and because of the excess of the goods always found in what lies above, she seems to be touching the ascent for the first time. That is why the Word says again to her who has been raised, "Arise," and to her who has come, "Come." For the one who truly rises will never lack the need always to rise, nor will the breadth of the divine course be exhausted for the one who runs to the Lord. For one must always be roused and never stop drawing near through the course. As often as he says "Arise," so often he gives the power of the ascent to the better.

Understand in this way also what follows in the text. For the one who commands her to become beautiful from beautiful is plainly setting forth the apostle's teaching, commanding her to be transformed into the same image from glory to glory; so that what is received and always found is always glory, yet, however great and lofty, it is believed to be less than what is hoped for. So, though she was a dove in what she had achieved before, he commands her to become a dove again none the less through transformation to the better. And if this should happen, the word in its sequence will again show what is beyond it through the name. For he says, "Come, you yourself, my dove, in the shelter of the rock close by the outer wall." What, then, is the ascent to perfection shown in what is said? No longer to look to the eagerness of those who draw her, but to have her own desire as guide to the better. "Come," he says, "you yourself," not from grief or from necessity, but of yourself, [strengthening] your eagerness for the good by your own thoughts, not with necessity leading. For virtue has no master and is voluntary and free of all necessity. Such was David, who prayed that only what he did voluntarily might be acceptable to God, and promised to sacrifice willingly. Such is each of the saints, offering himself to God, not led by necessity. "And you too, then, show the perfect state, by taking from yourself the desire for the ascent to the better. Having become such," he says, "you will come to the shelter of the rock close by the outer wall."

What is said is this; for we must change the discourse from riddles to something clearer. The one shelter of the human soul is the lofty Gospel, in which the one who has come to be [passes] from the shadowy teaching, through the typical and symbolic [commands, to the light] of the truth, [uncovering] the veiled riddles of the commands. That the grace of the Gospel is named rock no one who has any share in the faith would deny; for one can learn from many places in Scripture that the Gospel is a rock. What is said, then, is this: "If you have been trained, O soul, in the law, if you have beheld in your mind the gleams through the prophetic windows, remain no longer under the shadow of the wall of the law. For the wall makes a shadow of the good things to come, not the very image of the realities; but pass over from the wall to the rock close by. For the rock is close by the outer wall, since the law has become the outer wall of the faith of the Gospel; and the doctrines hold close to one another, being neighbours in their force. For what is closer to 'Do not commit adultery' than 'Do not desire'? And to keeping clean from murder than not defiling the heart even with anger? Since, then, the shelter of the rock is close by the outer wall, your passing from the wall to the rock is without interval. Circumcision in the wall, and circumcision in the rock; sheep and sheep; blood and blood; Passover and Passover; and almost all things the same, and holding close to one another through the same things, except that the rock is spiritual and the wall earthly, with the bodily and earthy moulded in with it. But the rock of the Gospel does not have the fleshly clay of thoughts. The man both receives circumcision and remains whole, no [cutting] mutilating the shape of nature. And he keeps the Sabbath by doing no evil, and does not admit idleness toward the good, having learned that it is lawful to do good on the Sabbath; and he partakes of food without distinction, yet touches nothing unclean. For he is taught by the rock that nothing that goes in through the mouth is common; but, laying aside in all things the bodily observances of the law, [the soul] transfers the meaning of the words to the spiritual and intelligible, as Paul says, 'The law is spiritual.' For the one who has truly [understood] the law comes under the shelter of the rock of the Gospel, close by the bodily outer wall."

When the Word had cried these things to her through the windows, the dove answers well, illuminated by the gleam of the thoughts and having understood the rock, which is Christ. For she says, "Show me your face, and let me hear your voice, for your voice is sweet, and your face is lovely." What is said is this: "Converse with me no longer through prophetic and legal riddles, but show yourself to me openly as I am able to see, so that I may come within the rock of the Gospel, leaving the outer wall of the law; and give your voice as my hearing can contain, so that I may come to be [with you]. For if the voice through the windows is so sweet, much more will the appearing of your face hold what is lovely." The bride says this, having understood the mystery of the rock of the Gospel, to which the Word who had been at the windows in many parts and many ways led her by the hand; and she has come to desire the appearing of God through the flesh, that the Word should become flesh, and God be manifested in the flesh, and set before our hearing the divine words that promise eternal blessedness to the worthy. How the words of Simeon agree with the bride's prayer, who says, "Now you let your servant go, Master, according to your word, in peace, for my eyes have seen your salvation"! For he saw as she longed to see. And his sweet voice is recognized by those who received the grace of the Gospel, who said, "You have the words of eternal life."

For this reason the pure bridegroom accepts the bride's prayer, since it is just; and, about to show himself openly, he first urges the hunters to the hunting of the foxes, so that the vineyard may no longer be hindered by them from blossoming, saying, "Catch us the foxes, which are little, [and] the vines [will blossom], if what spoils them is no longer there. Catch us the little foxes that spoil the vineyards, and our vines are in blossom." Is it possible to reach worthily the greatness of these thoughts? What wonder of the divine majesty does the word contain! What excess of God's power does the sense of what is said show! How is that one, of whom such great things are said, the murderer, the one mighty in wickedness, whose tongue is like a sharpened razor, of whom the prophet says, "The arrows of the mighty are sharpened, with coals of the desert," and, "He lies in wait like a lion in his den"; the great dragon, the apostate, Hades, who opens wide his mouth, the world-ruler of the power of darkness, who holds the power of death, and all that the prophecy narrates in his person: he who removes the boundaries of the nations which the Most High set according to the number [of the angels]; who seizes the world like a nest and takes them up like abandoned eggs; who says he will set his throne above the clouds and be like the Most High; and all that the word in Job relates of him, the fearful and dreadful things, whose sides are bronze, his spine cast iron, his inward parts emery stone, and all such things by which the word describes that fearful nature; this one, then, so great and so mighty, the general of the legions among the demons, how is he named by the true and only power? A little fox. And all those around him, the army subject to him, all alike [are little foxes]. [He sends out] the hunters to hunt them. These might perhaps be the angelic powers that escort the Master's coming to the earth and lead the King of glory into life, pointing him out to those who do not know: "Who is this King of glory? The Lord strong and mighty in battle." Perhaps one might also say they are the ministering spirits sent out for service for the sake of those who are to inherit salvation. Or perhaps one might say that the hunters are also the apostles, sent out to hunt these beasts, to whom he said, "I will make you fishers of men." [They would not have] achieved the human fishery, netting the souls of those being saved with the surrounding net of the oracles, unless first they had driven these beasts out of their dens, those little foxes, out of the hearts, I mean, in which they made their den, so as to make a place for the Son of God, where he may lay his head, the race of foxes no longer making its den in the hearts. But whoever the word supposes the hunters to be, we are taught the greatness and inexpressibility of the divine power by what is commanded them. For he did not say, "Hunt the [boar] from the forest that ravages the vine of God, or the solitary wild beast, or the roaring lion, or the great sea monster, or the dragon under the water." For then the word would have shown the hunters some power in such opponents. But, he says, all those earthly dominions against which human beings wrestle, principalities and authorities and world-rulers of darkness and spirits of wickedness, are little foxes, crafty and wretched, when judged against our power. "If you overcome them, you will recover your own grace. For our vineyard, human nature, will make a beginning of bearing clusters through the flower of the virtuous way of life. Catch us, then, the little [foxes, for] our vines are in blossom."

The vine heard the divine command, the wife of whom David says, "Your wife is like a flourishing vine," and saw herself cleansed of the ravaging of these beasts by the power of the one who commanded, and at once gives herself to the farmer who destroyed the dividing wall of the fence. For she is no longer walled off by the wall of the law from union with the one she longs for. "[I am my beloved's]," she says, "and my beloved is mine, who pastures among the lilies, until the day breathes and the shadows move." This means: "I have seen face to face him who always is what he is, who for my sake rose humanly from my sister, the synagogue; and I rest in him and become his dwelling place." For he is the good shepherd, who does not make grass the pasture of his flocks, but feeds the sheep with pure lilies, no longer feeding grass with grass. For grass is the proper food of irrational nature; but man, being rational, is fed by the true Word. And if he were filled with [grass], he himself becomes grass; for "all flesh," it says, "is grass," as long as it is flesh. But if someone becomes spirit, born of the Spirit, he will no longer feed on the grassy life, but the spirit will be his food, which the purity and fragrance of the lily hint at. He himself too will be a pure and fragrant lily, changed into the nature of his food. ["Until the day breathes,"] that is, the day that follows with its rays, or "breathes through", as the divine voice named the spreading of the rays through the breath (spirit), calling it a breathing through; by which the shadows of life are moved, the shadows at which those look eagerly who have not yet lit the eye of the soul with the light of truth, who see the shadow and the vain as subsisting and overlook what truly is. But those fed by the lilies, that is, those whose soul is fattened by pure and fragrant food, will see all the deceitful and shadowy appearance of the things sought after in this life [as without] subsistence, becoming sons of light and sons of day.

The bride sees these things and urges the Word to bring the [hoped-for] goods quickly to fulfilment: "[Turn, be like, my beloved,] a gazelle or a young stag upon the mountains of the hollows." See as a gazelle, you who see people's thoughts, who read the reasonings of hearts. Wipe out the offspring of wickedness, as a young stag destroys the race of snakes. Do you see the hollow mountains of human life, whose heights are not summits but ravines? The Word, then, runs swiftly to the hollow mountains. For everything raised up against the truth is a chasm and not a mountain, a hollow and not a height … "If, then, you run over these," it says, "every such ravine will be filled, and every such mountain will be brought low." The soul says this whom the Word pastures, not among thorns or grass, but in the fragrance of the lilies of the pure way of life. May we too be filled with them, pastured by the Word, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom belong the glory and the power to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 6

6PG 44

Ἐπὶ κοίτην μου ἐν γυξὶν ἐζήτησα ὃν ἠγάπη σεν ἡ ψυχή μου. Ἐζήτησα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ εὗρον αὐτόν· ἐκάλεσα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ὑπήκουσέ μου. Ἀνγασεήσομαι δὲ καὶ κυκλώσω ἐν τῇ πόλει, ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις, καὶ ζητήσω ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου. Ἐζήτησα αὐτὸν καὶ οὐκ εὗρον αὐτόν. (Επεχκάλεσα αὑτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ὑπήκουσέ μου. Εὔροσάν με οἱ τηροῦντες, οἱ κυκλοῦντες ἐν τῇ πόει. Μὴ ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου, εἴδετε; Ὡς μικρὸν ὅτε παρῆλθον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν, ἕως οὗ εὗρον ὃν ἠγάὅησεν ἡ ψυχή μου. Ἐκράτησα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ἀρῆ-· κα αὐτὸν, ἕως οὗ εἰσήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς οἶκον μητρός … ὥρκισα ὑμᾶς, θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαιὴμ, ἐν ταῖς δυνάκαὶ ἐν ταῖς ἰσχύσεσι τοῦ ἀγροῦ, ἐὰν ἐγείητε καὶ ἐξεγείρητε τὴν ἀγάπην, ἕως ἂν Τίς αὕτη ἡ ἀναδαίνουσα ἐκ τῆς ἐρήμου, ὡς στε·Ἰέχη τεθυμιαμένη σμύρναν καὶ λίθανον, ἀπὸ πάντων κογιορτῶν μυρεψοῦ; Ἰδοὺ ἡ κλίνη τοῦ Σολομῶντος; ἑξήκοντα δυνατοὶ κύκλῳ αὑτῆς ἀπὸ δυνατῶν Ἰσραήλ. Πάντες κατέχοντες ῥομφαίαν, δεδιδαγμένοι πολέμων. ᾿Ανὴρ ῥομφαίαν ᾳὐτοῦ ἐπὶ μηρὸν αὐτοὺ ἀπὸ θάμδους Πάλιν τὰ μεγάλα τε καὶ ὑψηλὰ δόγματα παρὰ τοῦ·Ασματος τῶν ἀσμάτων διὰ τῆς παρούστς ἀναγνώσεως παιδευόμεθα. Φιλοσοφία γάρ ἐστι τὸ τῆς νύμφης διήγημα, δι᾽ ὧν τὰ περὶ ἑαυτῆς διεξέρχεται, ὅπως χρὴ περὶ τὸ Θεῖον ἔχειν τοὺς ἐραστὰς τοῦ ὑπερ… διὰ τῶν προκειμένων λογίων τοιοῦτόν ἐστι. Χρὴ γὰρ, οἶμαι, προεκθέσθαι πρότερον τὴν τοῖς ῥητοῖς ἔγκειμένην διάνοιαν - εἶθ᾽ οὕτως ἐφαρμόσαι τοῖς προθεωρηθεῖσι τὰ θεόπνευστα ῥήματα. Ἔστι τοίνυν, ὡς ἐν ὀλίγῳ συνελόντα φράσαι, τοιοῦτόν τι δόγμα διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων ἀναφαινόμενον· Δικῇ τέτμηται κατὰ τὴν ἀνωτάτω διαίρεσιν ἣ τῶν ὄντων φύσις. Τὸ μὲν γάρ ἐστιν αἰσθητὸν καὶ ὑλῶδες - τὸ δὲ νοητὸν καὶ ἄῦλον. Αἰσθητὸν μὲν οὖν λέγομεν, ὅσον τῇ αἰσθήσει κατα… κὴν κατανόησιν· ἐκ τούτων τὸ μὲν νοητὸν ἄπειρόν ἔστι καὶ ἀόριστον· τὸ δὲ ἕτερον πάντων τισὶ διαλαμδάνεται πέρασι. Πάσης γὰρ ὕλης τῷ ποσῷ τε καὶ τῷ ποιῷ διειλημμένης, ἐν ὄγκῳ καὶ εἴδει καὶ ἐπιφανείᾳ καὶ σχήματι πέρας γίνεται τῆς περὶ αὐτὴν κατανοήσεως τὰ περὶ αὐτὴν θεωρούμενα, ὡς μηδὲν ἔχειν τὸν τὴν ὕλην διερευνώμενον, ἔξω τούτων ἐν φαντασίᾳ λαθεῖν. Τὸ δὲ νοητόν τε καὶ ἄῦλον τῆς τοιαύτης περιοχῆς χαθαρεῦον ἐκφεύγει τὸν ὅρον, οὐδενὶ περατούμενον. Πάλιν δὲ καὶ τῆς νοητῆς φύσεως διῃρημένης, ἡ μὲν ἄκτιστός ἔστι, καὶ ποιητικὴ τῶν ὄντων, ἀεὶ οὖσα ὅπερ ἐστί· καὶ πάντοτε ὡσαύτως ἔχουσα, κρείττων τε προσθήκης ἁπάσης καὶ τῆς ἐλαττώσεως, τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνεπίδεκτος· ἡ δὲ διὰ κτί-, δεως παραχθεῖσα ἐς γένεσιν πρὸς τὸ πρῶτον αἴτιον ἀεὶ βλέπει, καὶ τῇ μετουσίᾳ τοῦ περιέχοντος διαπαντὸς ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ συντηρεῖται, καὶ τρόπον τινὰ πάντοτε κτίζεται, διὰ τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἐπαυξήσεως πρὸς τὸ μεῖζον ἀλλοιουμένη, ὡς μηδὲ ταύτῃ τὴ πέρας ἐνθεωρεῖσθαι, μηδὲ ὅρῳ τινὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον αὔξησιν αὐτῆς περιγράφεσθαι· ἀλλ᾽ εἶναι πάνποτε ἀεὶ τὸ παρὸν ἀγαθὸν, κἂν ὅτι μάλιστα μέγα τε καὶ τέλειον εἶναι δοκεῖ, ἀρχὴν τοῦ ὑπερκειμένου καὶ μείζονος ὡς καὶ ἐν τούτῳ τὸν ἀποστολικὸν ἀληθεύεσθαι λύγον, διὰ τῆς τῶν ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεχτάσεως, ἐν λήθῃ γινομένων. τῶν προδιηνυσμένων. Τὸ γὰρ ἀεῖΐ μεῖζον, καὶ καθ’ ὑπερθδολὴν ἀγαθὸν εὑρισκόμενον, περὶ ἑαυτὸ κατέχον τὴν τῶν μετεχόντων διάθεσιν, οὐκ ἐᾷ πρὸς τὰ παρῳχηκότα βλέπειν, τῇ τῶν προτιμοτέρων ἀπολαύσει τῶν χαταδεεαστέρων τὴν μνήμην παραχρουόμενον. Τὸ μὲν οὖν νόημα τὸ τῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ τοῦ νυμφικοῦ διηγήματος ἡμῖν δογματιζόμενον, τοιοὔτον εἶναι νομίζομεν. Καιρὸς δ᾽ ἂν εἴη πρῶτον μὲν αὐτῆς ἐπιμνησθῆναι τῆς λέξεως τῶν θεοπνεύστων λογίων· εἶθ᾽ οὕτως ἐφ αρμόσαι τοῖς προθευρηθεῖσι τὴν τοῖς ῥητοῖς ἐγκειμένην διάνοισν. Ἐπὶ κοίτην μου ἐν γυξὶν ἐζήτησα ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου· ἐζήτησα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ εὗρον αὐτόν· ἐκάλεσα ἀὑτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ὑπήμου. ᾿Αγαστήσομαι δὲ καὶ κυκλώσω ἐν τῇ πόλει, ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς, καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις, καὶ ζητήσω ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου. Ἑζήτησα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ εὗρον αὐτόν Εὕροσάν με οἱ τη… ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου ἴδετε ; ὡς σμικρὸν ὅτε παρἤλθον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν, ἕως οὗ εὗρον ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου - ἐκράτησα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκα αὑτὸν, ἕως οὗ εἰσήγαγον αὑτὸν εἰς οἶκον μητρός μου, καὶ εἰς ταμιεῖον τῆς } Πῶς τοίνυν ἐν τοῖς εἰρημένοις εὑρίσκομεν τὰ δοἡμῖν προθεωρηθέντα νοήματα ; γέγονεν ἐν ταῖς προλαθούσαις ἀνόδοις πρὸς λόγον τῆς. ἐκάστοτε γινομένης αὐξήσεως. ᾿Αεὶ γὰρ πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ἀλλοιουμένη, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐπὶ τοῦ καταληφθέντος ἀγαθοῦ ἱσταμένη, νῦν μὲν ἵππῳ παραθαλλομένη χαταστρεψαμένῃ τὸν Αἰγύπτιον τύραννον· πάλιν δὲ ὁρμίσχοις καὶ τρυγόσιν εἰχαζομένη κατὰ τὸν περιαυχένιον κόσμον. Εἶτα ὡς οὐκ ἀρχεσθεῖσα τούτοις, ἔτι πρὸς ἀνώτερον πρόεισι. Διὰ γὰρ τῆς ἡδείας νάρδου, τὴν θείαν ἐπιγινώσκει εὐωδίαν, καὶ οὐδὲ ἐν τούτῳ μένει, ἀλλὰ πάλιν αὐτὸν τὸν ποθούμενον οἷόν τι ἄρωμα εὔπνουν ἑαυτῇ περιάπτει μεταξὺ τῶν λογικῶν μαζῶν, ὅθεν βρύει τὰ θεῖα διδάγματα, τῷ χωρήματι τῆς καρδίας ἐνδυσαμένη. Μετὰ τοῦτο καρπὸν ἑαυτῆς ποιεῖ: ταὶ τὸν γεωργὸν, βότρυν αὐτὸν ὀνομάζουσα, ἡδύ τι καὶ προσηνὲς διὰ τοῦ ἄνθους εὐωδιάζοντα· καὶ οὕτως αὐξηθεῖσα διὰ τῶν τοιούτων ἀνόδων, καλὴ λέγεται, καὶ πλησίον γίνεται, καὶ περιστεραῖς τὸ ἐν τοῖς ὄμμασιν αὐτῆς παρεικάζεται κάλλος. Εἶτα πάλιν πρὸς τὸ·μεῖζον χωρεῖ. Διορατιχωτέρα γὰρ γενομένη κἀκείνη, τοῦ Λόγου καταμανθάνει τὴν ὥρανʼ καὶ θαυμάζει πῶς εὔσχιος ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην τῆς κάτω ζωῆς χαταδαίνει, τῇ ὑλικῇ τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου σὡματος φύσει συσχιαζόμδνος. Πρὸς τούτοις τὸν τῆς ἀρετῆς οἶκον … διαγράφει, οὗ γίνεται ἡ ἐρέψιμος ὕλη, κέδρυς τε καὶ κυπάρισσος, σηπεδόνος τε καὶ διαφθορᾶς ἀνεπίδεκτος, δι᾽ ὧν τὸ. μόνιμόν τε καὶ ἀμετάδλητον τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν σχέσεως διερμηνεύει τῷ λόγῳ. Ἐπὶ τούτοις διὰ συγκρίσεως ἡ πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον αὐτῆς παραλλαγὴ δείκνυται, καὶ κρίνον ἐν ἀκάνθαις δοκεῖ· καὶ πάλιν καὶ παρ᾽ ἐκείνης καθορᾶται τοῦ νυμφίου τὸ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους διάφορον. Μῆλον γὰρ ὀνομάζεται μεταξὺ δρυμῶνος ἀκάρπου, τῇ εὐχροίᾳ τῆς ὀπώρας ὡραῖζάμένον, οὗ τὴν σκιὰν ὑπελθοῦσα ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ γίνεται, καὶ μύροις στηρίζεται, καὶ τοῖς καρποῖς τοῦ μήλου στοις δάζεται, καὶ τὸ ἐκλεκτὸν βέλος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ δεξαμένη διὰ τῆς γλυκείας πληγῆς, πάλιν καὶ αὐτὴ βέλος γένεται ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τοῦ τοξότου, τῆς μὲν εὐωνύμου τὴν κεφαλὴν πρὸς τὸν ἄνω σκοπὸν εὐθυνούσης· τῆς δεξιᾶς δὲ πρὸς ἑαυτὴν διαλαμδανούσης τὸ βέλος, Μετὰ ταῦτα ὡς ἤδη πρὸς τὸ τέλειον φθάσασα, καὶ ταῖς λοιπαῖς τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν ποθούμενον προθυμίαν ὑφηγεῖται τῷ λόγῳ, δι’ ὁρκισμοῦ τινος τὴν ἀγάπην αὑτῶν ἐπεγείρουσα. Τίς οὖν οὐκ ἂν εἴποι τὴν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὑψωθεῖσαν ψυχὴν ἐν τῷ ἀκροτάτῳ γεγενῆσθαι ὅρῳ τῆς τελειότητος ; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως τὸ πέρας τῶν προδιηνυσμένων ἀρχὴ γίνεται τῆς ἐπὶ τὰ ὑπερκείμενα χειραγωγίας. Πάντα γὰρ ἐκεῖνα φωνῆς ἦχος ἐνομίσθη, .· πρὸς τὴν τῶν μυστικῶν θεωρίαν τὴν ψυχὴν διὰ τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐπιστρεφούσης, καὶ βλέπειν ἄρχεται τὸν ποθούμενον, ἄλλῳ εἴδει τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐμφαινόμενον. Δορκάδι γὰρ ὁμοιοῦται, καὶ νεδρῷ παρεικάζεται· καὶ οὐκ ἕστηκεν, οὔτε ἐπὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας ὄψεως, οὔτε ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου αὐτοῦ τὸ φαινόμενον· ἀλλ᾽’ ἐπιπηδᾶ τοῖς ὄρεσιν, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀχροτηρίων ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν βουνῶν ἐξοχὰς μεθαλλόμενος. Καὶ πάλιν ἐν μείζονι καταστάσει ἡ νύμφη γίνεται, φωνῆς δευτέρας πρὸς αὐτὴν ἐλθούσης, δι᾽ ἧς παρορμᾶται καταλιπεῖν τὴν τοῦ τοίχου σκιὰν, καὶ ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ γενέσθαι, καὶ τῇ σκέπῃ τῆς πέτρας συναναπαύεσθαι., τῆς ἐχομένης τοῦ προτειχίσματος, καὶ τῆς ἐαρινῆς ὥρας κατατρυφῆσαι, ὄρεπομένη τοῦ καιροῦ τὰ ἄνθη ἀκμαῖα ὄντα καὶ ὡραῖα, καὶ πρὸς τομὴν ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα πρὸς ἀπό-. λαυσιν ὁ καιρὸς τοῖς τρυφῶσι χαρίζεται, ἐν ταῖς τῶν ϑουσικῶν ὀρνίθων. φωναῖς - δι᾽ ὧν πάλιν τελειοτέρα γινομένη ἡ γύμφη, αὐτὴν ἀξιοῖ τοῦ φθεγγαμένου τὴν ὄψιν ἰδεῖν ἐμφανῶς, καὶ τὸν λόγον παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ δέξασθαι; μηκέτι δι᾽ ἑτέρων φθεγγόμενον. Πάλιν εἰκός ἐστιν ἐπὶ τούτοις μαχαρισθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν, τῆς ὑψηλῆς ἀναδάσεως τοῦ ἀχροτάτου τῶν ποθουμένων ἐφιχομένην. Τί γὰρ ἄν τις μεῖζον εἰς μακαρισμὸν ἐννοήσειεν, τοῦ εἰδεῖν τὸν Θϑόν ; ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο, τῶν μὲν προδιηνυσμένων πέρας ἐστὶ, τῆς δὲ τῶν ὑπερκειμένων ἐλπίδος ἀρχὴ γίνεται. Πάλιν γὰρ ἧς φωνῆς ἀκούε: τῆς διαχελευομένης τοῖς θηρευταῖς ἐπὶ σωτηρʼᾳ τῶν ἀμπελώνων τῶν λογικῶν, ἀγρεῦσαι τὰ βλαπτικὰ τῶν καρπῶν θηρία, τοὺς μικροὺς ἐκείνους ἀλώ,· καὶ τούτου γενομένου, μεταχωρεῖ τὰ δύο. εἰς ἄλληλα, ὅτε θεὸς ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ γινόμενος, καὶ πάλιν εἰς τὸν Θεὸν ἡ ψυχὴ μεφοιχίζετα!. Λέγει γὰρ, ὅτι Αδελριδός μου ἐμοί· κἀγὼ ἂν αὐτῷ,. τῷ ἐν τοῖς κρίνοις ποιμαίνοντε, καὶ μεταθέντι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ζωὴν ἀπὸ τῶν σχιοειδῶν φαντασμάτων ἐπὶ τὴν κῶν ὄντων ἀλήθειαν. Ὁρᾷς εἰς ὅσον ἀναδέβηκεν ὕψος ἡ ἐκ δυνάμεως εἰς δύναμιν κατὰ τὸν πρρφητιχὸν ρευομένη λόγον, ὡ; τοῦ ἀχροτάτου τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίδος τετυχηκέναι δοκεῖν ; Τί γὰρ ἀνώτεοον τεῦ ἐν αὐτῷ γενέσθαι τῷ ποθουμένῳ, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τὸν ποθούμενον δέξασθαι ; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐν τούτῳ γενομένη, πάλιν ὡς ἐνδεὴς οὖσα τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἀποδύρεται κχαὶ ὡς μήπω ἔχουσα τὸ τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ προκείμενον, ἀμηχανεῖ τε καὶ δυσχεραίνει καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην τῆς ψυχῆς ἀμηχανίαν δημοσιεύει τῷ διηγήματι καὶ ὅπως εὗρε τὸ ζητούμενον, ὑπογράφει τῷ λόγῳ. Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα διὰ τῆς τῶν προκειμένων ἡμῖν ῥητῶν θεωρίας μανθάνομεν, δι᾽ ὧν σαφῶς διδασκόμεθα, τὸ μήτε τινὶ πέρατι τὸ μεγαλεῖον τῆς θείας ὁρίζεσθαι φύσεως, μήτε τι γνώσεως μέτρον ὄρον γίνεσθαι τῆς τῶν ζητουμένων κατανοήσεως, μεθ᾽ ὃ στῆναι χρὴ τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσω φορᾶς, τὸν τῶν ὑψηλῶν· ἀλλ᾽ οὕτως ἔχειν τὸν διὰ τῆς ὑπερκειμένης κατανοήσεως ἐπὶ τὸν ἄνω τρέχοντα νοῦν, ὡς πᾶσαν τελειότητα γνώσεως τὴν ἐφυχτὴν τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει, ἀρχὴν γίνεσθαι τῆς τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων ἐπιθυμίας. Καί μοι σκόπει διʼ ἀχρίδειαν τὸν προκείμενον τῇ θεωρίᾳ λόγον, τοῦτο προχατανοήσας, ὅτε θάλαμός ἐστιν ἡ σωματικὴ τοῦ λόγου ὑπογραφὴ, καὶ γαμιχή τις διασκευὴ, δίδωσι τῇ θεωρίᾳ τὰς ὕλας, ὧν ἡ φιλοσοφία, πρὸς τὸ καθαρόν τε καὶ ἄῦλον μετενεγχοῦσα τὰς τῶν νοημάτων ἐμφάσεις, διὰ τῶν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτελουμένων προάγει τὰ δόγματα, τοῖς τῶν γινομένων αἰνίγμασι συγχρησαμένη πρὸς τὴν τῶν δηλουμένων σαφήνειαν. ἵ Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν νύμφην μὲν ὑπἔθετο τὴν ψυχὴν ὁ λόγος, ὁ δὲ ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας τε καὶ . ψυχῆς καὶ δυνάμεως παρ’ αὐτῆς ἀγαπώμενος Θεὸς,· νυμφίος χατονομάζεται, ἀκολούθως ἐπὶ τὸ ἀκρότατον, ὡς ᾤετο, τῶν ἐλπιζομένων ἐλθοῦσα, καὶ ἤδη πρὸς. τὸν ποθούμενον ἀνακεκρᾶσθαι νομίσασα, κοίτην ὀνομάζει τὴν τελειοτέραν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μετουσίαν, καὶ νύκτα λέγει, τὸν τοῦ σκότους καιρόν· διὰ δὲ τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς νυκτὸς, ἐνδείκνυται τῶν ἀοράτων τὴν θεωρίαν, καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τοῦ Μωῦσέως, τοῦ ἐν τῷ Ὑνόφῳ γεγονότος ἐν ᾧ ἣν ὁ Θεός· ὃς ἔθετο, καθώς φήῆσιν ὁ Προφήτης, σκότος ἀποκρυφὴν αὑτοῦ κύκλῳ καταστᾶσα, τότε διδάσκεται, ὅτι τοσοῦτον. ἀπέσχε τοῦ ἐπιδῆναι τῆς τελειότητος, ὅσον οἱ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐγχειρήσαντες.·Ηδη γὰρ, φησὶν, ὡς τῶν. ἵ τελείων ἀξιωθεῖσα, καθάπερ ἐπὶ κοίτης τινὸς τῆς τῶν ἐγνωσμένων καταλήψεως ἐμαυτὴν ἀναπαύουσα, ὅτε τῶν ἀοράτων ἐντὸς ἐγενόμην, καταλιποῦσα τὰ αἰσθητήρια, ὅτε περιεσχέθην τῇ θείᾳ νυκτὶ, τὸν ἐν τῷ γνόφῳ κεκρυμμένον ἀναξητοῦσα, τότε τὴν μὲν ἀγάπην πρὸς τὸ ποθούμενον εἶχον· αὑτὸ δὲ τὸ ἀγαπώμενον διέπτη τῶν λογισμῶν τὴν λαδήν. Ἑζήτουν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῇ κοίτῃ μοῦ ἕν ταῖς νυξὶν, ὥστε γνῶναι τίς ἡ οὐσία, πόθεν ἄρχεται, εἰς τί χαταλῆγεε, καὶ ἐν τίνι τὸ εἶναι ἔχει. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ εὗρον αὐτόν΄ ἐκάλουν ΄ αὑτὸν ἐξ ὀνόματος, ὡς ἣν μοι δυνατὸν ἐξευρεῖν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀκατονομάστου ὀνόματος. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἣν ὀνόματος ἔμφασις ἡ χαθιχνουμένη ζητουμένου. Πῶς γὰρ ὁ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα ὧν διὰ τῆς ὀνομαστικῆς κλήσεως ἐξευρεθείη ; Οὗ χάριν φησὶν, ὅτι ᾿Εκάλεσα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ὑπήκουσέ μου. Τότε ἔγνων ὅτι τῆς μεγαλοπρεπείας, τῆς δόξης, τῆς ἁγιωσύνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστι πέρας. Διὸ πάλιν διανίστησιν ἑαυτὴν, καὶ περιπολεῖ τῇ διανοίᾳ τὴν νοητήν τε καὶ ὑπερκόσμιον φύσιν, ἣν πόλιν χατονομάζει, ἐν ἧ αἱ ἀρχαί τε καὶ κυριότητες,, καὶ οἱ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἀποτεταγμένοι θρόνοι· ἢ τε τῶν ἐπουρανίων πανήγυρις, ἣν ἀγορὰν ὀνομάζει, καὶ τὸ ἀπερίληπτον ἀριθμῷ πλῆθος, ὃ τῷ τῆς πλατείας· διασημαίνει ὀνόματι, εἰ ἄρα ἐν τούτοις εὑρεθείη τὸ ἀγαπώμενον. ῚΗ μὲν οὖν περιῆχε διερευνωμένη πᾶσαν ἀγγελικὴν διακόσμησιν, καὶ ὡς οὐκ εἶδεν ἐν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν ἀγαθοῖς τὸ ζητούμενον, τοῦτο καθ᾽ ἑαυτὴν ἐλογίσατο’ ἾΑρα γᾶν ἐκείνοις ληπτόν ἐστι τὸ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἀγαπώμενον; Καί φησι πρὸς αὐτούς - Μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ Ψυχή μου, ἴδετε ; Σιωπησάντων δὲ προς τὴν τοιαύτην ἐρώτησιν, καὶ διὰ τῆς σιωπῆς ἐνδειξαμένων τὸ κἀκείνοις ἄληπτον εἶναι τὸ παρ᾽ αὐτῆς ζητούμενον, ὡς διεξῆλθε τῇ πολυ-͵ πραγμοσύνῃ τῆς διανοίας πᾶσαν ἐκείνην τὴν ὑπερκόσμιον πόλιν, καὶ οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς νοητοῖς τε καὶ ἀσωμάτοις οἶδεν ὃν ἐπόθησεν· τότε καταλιποῦσα πᾶν τὸ εὑρισκόμενον, οὕτω; ἐγνώρισε τὸ ζητούμενον, ἐν μόνῳ τί ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐστὶ μενον, οὗ πᾶν γνώρισμα καταληπτικὸν, ἐμπόδιον τοῖς ἀναζητοῦσι πρὸς τὴν εὕρεσιν γίνεται. Διὰ τοῦτό φησι Μικρὸν ὅτε παρῆλθον ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἀφεῖσα πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν, καὶ παρελθοῦσα πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῇ κτίσει νοοὐμενον, καὶ πᾶσαν καταληπτικὴν ἔφοδον καταλιποῦσα, πίστει εὗρον τὸ ἀγαπώμενον· καὶ οὐκέτι μεθήσω τῇ τῆς πίστεως λαδῇ᾽ τοῦ εὑρεθέντος ἀντεχομένη, ἕως ἂν ἐντὸς γένηται τοῦ ἐμοῦ ταμιείου· καρδία δὲ πάντως τὸ ταμιεῖόν ἐστιν, ἣ τότε γίνεται δεκτικὴ τῆς θείας ἐνοικήσεως, ὅταν ἐπανέλθῃ πρὸς; ᾿βΕ τὴν κατάστασιν ἐκείνην, ἐν ἧἦ τὸ καταρχὰς ἦν, ὅτε ἐπλάσθη ὑπὸ τῆς συλλαδούσης. Μητέρα δὲ πάντως τὴν πρώτην τῆς συστάσεως ἡμῶν αἰτίαν νοῶν τις, Καιρὸς δ᾽ ἂν εἴη πάλιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς λέξεως παραθέσθαι τὰς θείας φωνὰς, ὥστε τοῖς θεωρηθεῖσιν. ἐφαρμοσθῆναι τὰ ῥήματα, Ἐπὶ κοίτην μοῦ ἐν γυξὶν ἐζήτησα ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ Ψυχή μου. Ἐζήτησα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ εὗρον αὑτόν· ἐκάλεσα ἡ αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ὑπήκουσέ μου. ᾿Αγαστήσομαι καὶ κυκλώσω ἐν τὴ πόλει, ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις, καὶ ζητήσω ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου. ᾿Εζήτησα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ εὗρον αὐτόν. πόλει. Μὴ ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου, ἴδετε; Ὥς μικρὸν ὅτε παρῆλθον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν, ἕως οὗ εὗρον ὃν ἡγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου. ᾿Εκράτησα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκα αὐτὸν, ἕως οὗ εἰσήγαγον αὑτὸν ἐς οἴχογ μητρός μου, καὶ εἰς ταμιεῖον τῆς δούσης με. Ἐπὶ τούτοις πάλιν ὑπὸ φιλανθρωπίας, καὶ σαῖς θυγατράσιν Ἱερουσαλὴμ διαλέγεται, ἃς ἐν εἴς ἔμπροσθεν ἐν συγκρίσει τοῦ τῆς νύμφης κάλλους τοῦ παρεικασθέντος τῷ κρίνῳ, ἀκάνθας ὠνόμασε, καὶ διὰ τοῦ ὄρκον τῶν ἐν τῷ πόσμῳ νάμεων πρὸς τὸ ἴσον τῆς ἀγάπης διανίστησι μέτρον, ὥστε τὸ θέλημα τοῦ νυμφίου καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐνεργὸν γίνεσθαι. Εἴρηται δὲ ἐν τοῖς φθάσασι, τίς τε ὁ ἴ κόσμος ἐν ᾧ αἱ ἰσχύες καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις, καὶ τί τὸ θέλημα τοῦ ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας τε καὶ ψυχῆς ἀγαπω-. μένον, ὡς μὴ χρείαν εἶναι πάλιν δι᾽ αὐτῶν τὸν λόγον τῆς προθεῳρηθείσης ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς ῥή-. μασι διανοίας, τὸ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ νοούμενον ἑχανῶς φανερούσης. ᾿Αλλὰ πρὸς τὸ ἐφεξῆς τοῦ. λόγου προἴωμεν, εἴπερ γένοιτο δυνατὸν καὶ ἡμῖν συνάναδῆναι τῇ τελείᾳ περιστερᾷ πρὸς τὸ ὕψος ἀνιπταμένῃ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι τῆς τῶν φίλων τοῦ νυμφίου φωνῆς, ἐν θαύμᾶτι ποιουμένων τὴν ἀνάδασιν αὐτῆς τὴν ἐκ τῆς ᾿ ἐρήμου, ἃ δὴ καὶ μᾶλλον πλεονάζει τοῖς θεαταῖς τὴν. ἔκπληξιν, εἰ τοιαύϑην ἡ ἔρημος ἀναδίδωσιν, ὡς μιμεῖσθαι δένδρων κάλλος, τῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ διὰ τῶν ἀτμῶν τοῦ θυμιάματος γεωργουμένων. Τὰ δὲ θυμιάματα σμύρνα καὶ λίδανος ἣν τῷ δὲ ἀπὸ τούτων. ηϊάτμῷ. καὶ κονιορτός τις διὰ τῶν λεπτοποιηθέντων. ἀρωμάτων συνηγείρετό τε καὶ συνανέδαινεν - ὡς ἀντὶ κόνεως εἶναι τῆς ἀναχεχραμένης πρὸς τὸν ἀέρα, τὴν. λεπτομερῇ τῶν ἀρωμάτων διάχυσιν, δι᾽ ἧς ὄρθιος ὁ κονιορτὸς ἣν καὶ μετέωρος. Ἔχει δὲ οὕτως ἡ λέξις· Τίς αὔτη ἡ ἀγαδαίγουσα. ἐκ τῆς ἐρήμου ὡς στελέχη καπγοῦ, τεθυμιαμένη. σμύρνα καὶ δλίδανος ἀπὸ πάντων κογνιορτῶν Ἐ τις ἀχριδῶς ἐπιστήσειε τοῖς νοις τὸν νοῦν, εὑρήσει τοῦ προχατανοηθέντος ἡμῖν. δόγματος τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς πομπαῖς τῶν θεάτρων κἂν οἱ αὐτοὶ ὥσιν οἱ τὴν προτεθεῖσαν αὐτοῖς ἱστορίαν ὑποκρινόμενοι, ὅμως ἕτεροι ἐξ, ἑτέρων νομίζοντα: φαίνεσθαι οἱ τῇ διαφορᾷ τῶν. προσωπείων τὸ εἶδος τὸ περὶ αὐτοὺς ἐναμείόοντες, καὶ νῦν δοῦλος καὶ ἰδιώτης φαινόμενος μετ᾽ ὀλίγον. ἀριστεύς τε καὶ στρατιώτης ὁρᾶται, καὶ πάλιν καταἐλιπὼν τὸ ὑποχείριον σχῆμα, στρατηγιχὴν εἶδος ἀναλαμθάνει, ἣ καὶ βασιλέως μορφὴν ὑποδύεται οὕτω, καὶ ἐν ταῖς κατὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν προκοπαῖς, οὐ πάντοτε τῷ αὐτῷ παραμένουσι χαρακτῆρι οἱ ἀπὸ δόξης διὰ τῆς τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων ἐπιθυμίας μεταμορφούμενοι, [{- ἀλλὰ πρὸς λόγον ἀεὶ χατορθωθείσης ἑκάστῳ τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν τελειότητος, ἴδιός τις τῷ βίῳ χαρακτὴρ λάμπει, ἄλλος ἐξ ἄλλου γινόμενος, διὰ τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐπαυξήσεως. Διό μοι δοκοῦσι ξενίζεσθαι πρὸς τὸ φαινόμενον οἱ φίλοι τοῦ νυμφίου, οἱ πρότερον μὲν. ᾿ αὐτὴν ἐγνωκότες καλὴν, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐν γυναιξὶ καλήν· μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ δι᾽ ὁμοιότητα χρυσίου μετὰ στιγμάτων. μηδὲν τῶν προλαδόντων σημείων περὶ αὑτὴν χαθαρῶντες, ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων χαρακτηρίζοντες, θαυμάζουσιν οὐ μόνον τὴν ἄνοδον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅθεν ἂν ἔδραμεν. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὃ τὴν ἐπίτασιν ποιεῖ τῆς ἐκπλήξεως· μία ὁρᾶται ἡ ἀναδαίνουσα, καὶ ἄλσει δένδρων τὸ φαινόμενον παραδάλλεται· στελέχη γὰρ ὁρᾶσθαι νομίζεται ὃς ὕψος ἀνατρέχοντα καὶ αὐξανότῇ μενα. Τὸ δὲ ὑποτρέφον τὰ στελέχη ταῦτα, οὐ πίων τίς ἔστι γῇ καὶ χατάῤῥυτος, ἀλλʼ αὐχμηρὰ καὶ διψώδης τε καὶ ἔρημος. Τίνι τοίνυν ἐῤῥιζοῦται τὰ στελέχη ταῦτα, καὶ ὅθεν αὔξεται ; Ῥίζα μὲν αὑτοῖς, ἢ τῶν ἀρωμάτων κόνις ἐστίν. ᾿Αρδεία δὲ ὁ ἐκ τῶν θυμιαμάτων ὀτμὸς ἐπιδρσδίζων διὰ τῆς εὐωδίας τοῦτο τὸ ἄλσος, ὅσον ἔπαινον περιέχει τῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις μαρτυρηθείσης ὁ λόγος. Τότε γὰρ ἀλλήλους διερωτᾷν περὶ τῆς ὀφθείσης, ὡς ἐν ἄλλῳ δεικνυμένῃ τῷ εἴδει, καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν προτέραν μορφὴν, ἐγκώμιόν ἔστι τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν προκοπῆς τελειότατον, πολλὴν αὐτῇ μαρτυροῦν τὴν πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον καραλλαγὴν καὶ μετάστασιν. Ξενιζομένων γάρ ἔσοιν ἢ φωνὴ παρὰ τὸ σύνηθες εἶδος ἐν θαύματι ποιουμένων τὴν ἔπαν… μορφὴν, ὅτι Αὕτη ἢ τῆς ἐρήμου, μέλαινα τὸ πρότερον ἡμῖν ἑωρᾶτο, πῶς τὴν σκοτεινὴν μορφὴν ἀπεχλύσατο; πῶς αὐτῇ χιονῶδες ἐπαστράπτει τὸ πρόσωπον; Ἢ ἔρημός ἔστιν, ὡς ἔοικεν, αἰτία τούτων, ἡ καθάπερ τὶ ἔρνος ἀναδραμεῖν αὐτῆς τὸ ὕψος ποιήσασα, καὶ πρὸς· τὸ τοιοῦτον μεταδάλλουσα κάλλος; Οὐ γὰρ ἐξ αὐτομάτου τινὸς συντυχίας, οὐδὲ κατὰ ἄκριτόν τινα ἀπαχλήρωσιν γέγονεν αὔτη ἡ πρὸς τὸ ὕψος ἀναδρομῆ· ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ οἰκείων πόνων δι᾽ ἐγκράτειαν καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν τὸ κάλλος ἐκτήσατο. Οὕτω ποτὲ καὶ ἡ τοῦ Προφήτου ; ψυχὴ διψώδης ἐγένετο τῆς θείας πηγῆς, ἐπειδὴ αὐτῷ ἡ σὰρξ ἔρημός τε καὶ ἄδατος καὶ ἄνυδρος γενομένη, τὸ θεῖον δίψος ἐν ἑαυτῇ παρεδέξατο. Τὸ τοίνυν ἐκ τῆς ἐρήμου ἀναδαίνειν αὐτὴν, μαρτυρίαν περιέχει τοῦ διὰ προσοχῆς τε καὶ ἐγκρατείας ἐς τοσοῦτον καὶ τοιοῦτον ὕψος ἀναδραμεῖν, ὡς καὶ τοῖς φίλοις τοῦ γυμφίου θαῦμα γενέσθαι, οἵ διὰ πολλῶν ὑποδειγμάτῶν τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς ἑρμηνεύουσιν, ἐπειδὴ δι᾽ ἑνὸς ἅπαν περιληφθῆναι ϑὺχ οἷόν τε ἦν. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ στελέχεσι τὴν ὥραν εἰκάζουσι, καὶ οὐδὲ τούτων ἀλλ᾽ εἰς πλῆθος δένδρων ἄγεται τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ θαυμάτῶν ἡ εἰκασία, ὡς ἂν τὸ πολυειδὲς καὶ ποικίλον τῶν ἀρετῶν τῇ ὑπογραφῇ τοῦ ἄλαους διαδειχνύοιτο. Εἶτα καπνὸς ἐκ θυμιαμάτων εἰς τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ κάλλους παραλαμδάνεται· καὶ οὐδὲ οὗτος ἁπλοῦς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ. σμύρνης καὶ λιθάνον συγκεκραμένος, ὡς μίαν ἐξ ἀμφοῖν γίνεσθαι τῶν ἀτμῶν τὴν χάριν, δι᾽ ὧν τὸ τῆς νύμφης ὑπογράφεται κάλλος. Ἄλλος ἔπαινος αὐτῆς, ἡ τῶν ἀρωμάτων τούτων γίνεται μίξις. Ἢ σμύρνα, πρὸς τὸν ἐνταφιασμὸν τῶν σωμάτων ἐπιτηδείως ἔχει· ὁ δὲ λίβανος κατά τινα λόγον ἀφιέρωται τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ τιμῇ. Ὁ τοίνυν ἑαυτὸν μέλλων ἀνατιθέναι τῇ τοῦ τοῦ θεραπείχ, οὐκ ἄλλως ἔσται λίδανος τῷ Θεῷ θυμιώμενος, εἰ μὴ πρότερον σμύρνα γένοιτο, τουτέστιν, εἰ μὴ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς αὐτοῦ μέλη νεκρώσειεν, συνταφεὶς τῷ ἡμῶν ἀναδεξαμένῳ τὸν θάνατον, καὶ τὴν σμύρναν ἐκείνην τὴν ἐν τῷ ἐνταφιασμῷ τοῦ Κυρίου παραληφθεῖσαν, τῇ σαρκὶ τῇ ἰδίᾳ διὰ τοῦ νεκρῶσαι τὰ μέλη καταδεξάμενος᾽ ὧν γενομένων, πᾶν. εἶδος τῶν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἀρωμάτων ἐν τῷ κύκλῳ τοῦ βίου, καθάπερ ἐν θυΐᾳ τινὶ λεπτοποιηθέντων, τὸν ἡδὺν ἐκεῖνον κονιορτὸν ἀπεργάζεται, ὃν ἄσθματι, εὔπνους γίνεται, τοῦ μεμυρισμένου πνεύματος πλήρης γενόμενος. Μετὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ κάλλει μαρτυρίαν, οἱ φίλοι τοῦ νυμφίου, καὶ παρασχενασταὶ: οῦ ἁγνοῦ θαλάμου, καὶ τῆς καθαρᾶς νύμφης προμνήστορες, ὑποδεικνύουσιν αὐτῇ τῆς βασιλικῆς κλίνης τὸ κάλλος, ὡς ἂν μᾶλλον ἐς ἐπιθυμίαν τὴν νύμφην ἀγάγοιεν τῆς θείας τε καὶ ἀχράντου μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ Ἢ δὲ ὑπογραφὴ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως κλίνης, αὐτῇ ἐστιν, ἦν τῷ δεικτιχῷ λόγῳ ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν ἄγουσιν αὐτῇ δι᾿ ὧν διεξέρχονται. Λέγουσι γάρʼ Ἰδοὺ ἡ κλίνη τοῦ Σολομῶντος, ἑξήκοντα δυνατοὶ κύκλῳ αὐτῆς ἀπὸ δυνατῶν Ἰσραὴλ, πάντες κατέχοντες ῥομφαίαν, δεδιδαγμένοι πόλεμον ἀνὴρ, ῥομφαία αὖὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀπὸ θάμθους ἐν νυξίν. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἐκ τῆς ἱστορίας ὁ περὶ τῆς κλίνης λόγος ἐστὶ, παντὶ δῆλον ἂν γένοιτο, διὰ τῶν σωματικῶς περὶ τοῦ Σολομῶντος ἱστορηθέντων. Οὗ καὶ τὰ βασίλεια καὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ διαγωγὴν μετὰ πάσης ἀχριθέίας ὃ λόγος ὑπέγραψε· καινὸν δέ τι καὶ παρηλλαγμένον εἶπε περὶ τῆς κλίνης οὐδὲν, ὡς πᾶσαν ἀνάγκην εἶναι, μὴ παραμεῖναι τῷ γράμματι τὴν ἐξήγησιν, ἀλλὰ διά τινος κατανοήσεως μεταλαδεῖν τὸν λόγον, εἰς πνευματικὴν θεωρίαν τῆς ὑλικῆς ἐμφάσεως τὸν νοῦν ἀποστήσαντες. Τίς γὰρ ἂν ἐξ ὁπλιτῶν ἑξήκοντα καλλωπισμὸς γένοιτο κλίνης νυμφιχῆς, οἷς μαθήματα μὲν τὰ φοδερὰ τοῦ πολέμου ; Κόσμος δὲ ἡ ῥομφαία προθεδλημένη τοῦ σώματος ; Θάμθος δὲ περὶ αὐτοὺς νυκτερινόν; Τὴν γὰρ φοδερὰν ἔκπληξιν τὴν ἐκ δεῖ μάτων τινῶν νυχτερινῶν γινομένην, διὰ τῆς τοῦ θάμὄους λέξεως ὁ λόγος ἐνδείκνυται, ἣν τοῖς ὁπλίταις τούτοις προσεῖναι λέγει. Οὐκοῦν παντὶ τρόπῳ ζητητέον ἂν εἴη διάνοιάν τινα διὰ τῶν ῥημάτων τούτων προτεθεωρημένοις ἀκόλουθον. Τίς οὖν ἐστιν ἡ διάνοια ; Ἔοικε τὸ θεῖον κάλλος ἐν τῷ φοδερῷ τὸ ἐράσμίον ἔχειν, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων τῷ σωματικῷ κάλλει δεικνύμενον. Ἐνταῦθα μὲν γὰρ ἐλεγκτικὸν εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν ἐστὶ τὸ προσηνὲς τῇ ὄψει καὶ μειλίχιόν, καὶ Τὸ ἀκήρατον δὲ κάλλος ἐκεῖνο, ἣ καὶ ἀκατάπληκτος ἀνδρία ἐστίν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἡ ἐμπαθὴς καὶ ῥυπῶσα τῶν σωμάτων ἐπιθυμία τοῖς τῆς σαρκὸς μέλεσιν ἐγχαθημένη, καθάπερ τι σύνταγμα λῃστρικὸν ἐνεδρεύει τὸν νοῦν, καὶ αἰχμάλωτον ἄγει πολλάκις πρὸς τὸ ἑαυτῆς βούλημα συναρπάσασα· ἐχθρὸν δὲ τῷ Θεῷ τὸ γινόμενον, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ὅτι τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς ἔχθρα εἰς Θεόν· διὰ τοῦτο ἀκόλουθόν ἐστιν, ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων τῆ: σὼματικῆς ἐπιθυμίας τὸν θεῖον ἔρωτα γίνεσθαι· ὥστε εἰ ταύτης καθηγεῖται λύσις καὶ ἄνεσις καὶ βλαχώδης διάχυσις, ἐχεῖ τὴν ἐπίφοθόν τε καὶ ἀκατάπληκτον ἀνδρείαν ὕλην τοῦ θείου ἔρωτος γίνεσθαι. Τοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρώδους θυμοῦ τὸν τῆς ἡδονῆς λόγον καταπτοήσαντός τε καὶ φυγαδεύσαντος, οὕτω τὸ καθαρὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀναφαίνεται κάλλος, μηδενὶ πάθει σωματικῆς ἐπιθυμίας χαταῤῥυπούμενον. Οὐκοῦν ἀναγκαίως ἣ ἰνυμφιχὴ τοῦ βασιλέως κλίνη τοῖς ὁπλίταις ἐν κύκλῳ διαλαμθάνεται, ὧν ἡ τοῦ πολεμεῖν ἐμπειρία, καὶ τὸ πρόχειρον ἔχειν ἐπὶ τοῦ μηροῦ τὴν ῥομφαίαν, θάμθος, καὶ ἔκπληξιν ἐμποιεῖ τοῖς σχοτουμένοις λογισμοῖς, τοῖ; ἐν νυξί τε καὶ σκοτομήνῃ τοὺς εὐθεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ … Ὅτι γὰρ ἀναιρετικὴ τῶν ῥυπαρῶν ἡδονῶν ἐστιν ἡ τῶν περιστοιχισμένων τὴν κλίνην ἐξόπλισις, δῆλον ἂν γένοιτο διὰ τῆς ὑπογραφῆς τοῦ λόγου, ὅς φησιν, ὅτι Πάντες δεδιδαγμένοι πόλεμον, ἀγὴρ ῥομφαία αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ. ᾿Αληθῶς γὰρ εἰδότων ἐστὶν, ὅπως ἀντιστρατεύεσθαι χρὴ τῇ σαρχέ τε καὶ τῷ αἵματι, ἐν τῷ τὴν ῥομφαίαν ἐπὶ τῷ μηρῷ ἔχειν ἐφηρμοσμένην. Νοεῖ δὲ πάντως ὁ τῶν γραφικῶν οὐκ ἄπειρος νοημάτων καὶ αἰνιγμάτων, ἔκ τε τῆς τοῦ ᾿ μηροῦ μνήμης τὸ σημαινόμενον, καὶ ὅτι ῥομφαία ὁ λόγος ἐστίν. Ὃ τοίνυν τὸ φοδερὸν ὅπλον, λέγω δὴ τὴν τῆς σωφροσύνης ῥομφαίαν, διεζωσμένος· οὗτός ἔστιν ὁ τῇ ἀφθάρτῳ κλίνῃ ἐράσμιος, εἷς τῶν δυνατῶν Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ τοῦ καταλόγον τῶν ἑξήκοντα ἄξιος. Τὸν δὲ ἀριθμὸν τοῦτον ἔχειν μέν τινα μυστικὸν λόγον, οὐκ … ἀλλὰ μόνοις ἐκείνοις δῆλον, οἷς ἀποκαλύπτει τὰ κεκρυμμένα μυστήρια ἧ τοῦ Πνεύματος χάρις. Ἡμεῖς δὲ καλῶς ἔχειν φαμὲν τῶν προχείρων ποῦ λόγου νοημάτων ἐμφορηθέντας, καθὼς ἐπὶ τῷ Πάσχα νομοθετεῖ Μωῦσῆς, τῶν προφαιϑομένων σαρὀστέοις τῆς ἀσαφείας ἐγκεκρυμμένον. Εἰ δέ τίς ἐστιν ἐπιθυμητὴς τῶν κρυφίων μυελῶν τοῦ λόγου, ζητείτω παρὰ τοῦ τὰ κεκρυμμένα τοῖς ἀξίοις ἀποκαλύπτοντος. Ὡς δ᾽ ἂν μὴ δοκοίημεν ἀγύμναστον παρατρέχειν τὸν λόγον, μηδὲ καταραθυμεῖν τοῦ θείου προστάγματος, τοῦ ἐρευνᾷν τὰς θείας διαχελευομένου Γραφὰς, οὑτωσὶ τὸν περὶ τὸ ἑξήκοντα διασκοπήσωμεν λόγον· ἡ Δώδεκα ῥάδδοι κατ᾽ ἀριθμὸν τῶν φυλῶν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, κατὰ πρόσταγμα θεῖον παρὰ τοῦ Μωῦσέως λαμθάνονται, ἀλλὰ μία τῶν πασῶν προετιμήθη, μόνη παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας βλαστήσασα. Πάλιν παρὰ τοῦ Ναυὴ Ἰησοῦ, ἰσάριθμοι ταῖς φυλαῖς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ λίδοι ἐκ τοῦ Ἶορδάνου λαμθάνονται, ὧν οὐδὲ εἷς ἀπόδλητος γίνεται, πάντων ὁμοτίμως εἰς μαρτυρίαν τοῦ κατὰ τὸν Ἰορ… Καὶ πολὺ τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἐν τοῖς ἱστορουμένοις ἐστί, Προκοπὴν γάρ τινα τοῦ λαοῦ πρὸς τὸ τελειότερον ὁ λόγος ἐνδείκνυται, ὡς ἐν ἀρχαῖς μὲν τῆς νομοθεσίας, τὰς δὲ λοιπὰς ὡς ξηφάς τε οὔσας καὶ ἀκάρπους ἀποὀληϑῆναι. Πλείονος δ, διαγεγανότος χρόνον, καὶ τῶν νομικῶν αὐτοῖς παραγγελμάτων ἐν ἀχριδεστέρᾳ κατανοήσει γεγενημένωψν ὡς καὶ τὴν ἐκ δευτέρου περινοῆσαι καὶ δέξασθαι, τῆς πετρίνης μαχαίρας περιελούσης αὐτῶν πᾶν τὸ ἀκάθαρτον᾽ νοεῖ δὲ πάντως ὁ συνεστὼς ἀκροατὴς τῆς τὸ πέτρας καὶ τῆς μαχαίρας τὸ σημαινόμενον᾽ ὡς εἰκὸς ἣν βεδαιωθείσης ἐν αὐτοῖς ἧς νομίμου τε καὶ ἐναρέτου ζωῆς, μηδένα τῶν λί- ,· θων τῶν ἐπ᾽ ὀνόματι τῶν Ἰσραηλιτῶν φυλῶν παραληφθέντων εὀρεθῆναι ἀπόδλητον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ χρὴ πάντοτὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὰς ἐπαυξήσεις ἐπιζητεῖν, ὅτε προῆλθεν ὁ χρόνος, καὶ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ μείζων τομὴν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ αὐτοῖς ἐπαγομένην … ἐγένετο. Οὕτω γάρ φησιν ἐν τοῖς προκειμένοις ἡμῖν ῥητοῖς ὁ λόγος, ὅτι ἀπὸ Ἰσραὴλ, τότε οὐκέτι εἷς ἀπὸ φυλῆς λίθος ἣ μία ῥάδδος λαμθάνεται· ἀλλὰ πέντε ἀντὶ ὁάδδων ἢ λίθων ἀς᾽ ἐχάδστης φυλῇς ἄνδρες πολεμισταὶ, δεδιδαγμένοι πόλεμον ἀπὸ δυνατῶν Ἰσραὴλ, αἴροντες ῥομφαίαν, τὴν θείαν κλίνην περιστοιχίζον τες. Ὧν διὰ τοῦτο οὐδεὶς ἀπόδλητος γίνεται, διότι Τ πάσης φυλῆς ἀπαρχὴ, οἱ πέντε γίνονται, ὧν ὁ ἀριδωδεχάχις χεφαλαιούμενος, τὸ πλήρωμα ποιεῖ πῶν ἐξήκοντα. Χρὴ τοίνυν πέντε ἀφ᾽ ἐκάστης φυλῆς φοθδεροὺς ὁπλομάχους φύλακας τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως κλίνης γενέσθαι, ὡς εἴγε λείποι τῷ ἀριθμῷ τῶν πέντε, ἀπαράδεκτον εἶναι καὶ τὸ λειπόμενον. Ἶλρά ἐστι κατατολμῆσαι λοιπὸν τοῦ ἐνθυμήματος: Πῶς ἀφ᾽ ἐκάστης φυλῆς οἱ πέντε ὁπλίζονται, ἵνα τῆς βασιλικῆς κλίνης φύλακες γένωνται; Πῶς ἔχααὐτὸς τῶν πέντε τούτων, φοθερὸς τοῖς ἀντιτεταγμέἌξνοις διὰ τῆς ὁπλίσεως γίνεται, τὴν ῥομφαίαν τοῦ μτροῦ προθαλλόμενος; Ἢ δῆλόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὁ εἷς λίθος, οἱ πέντε ὁπλίται οὗτοί εἰσιν ἑκάστης αἰσθήσεως, τὴν πρόσφορον ἑαυτῇ ῥομφαίαν εἰς χατάτῶν ἕναντίων προδαλλομένης; Ὀφθαλμοῦ τὸ διαπαντὸς ὁρᾷν πρὸς τὸν Κύριον, γαὶ ὀρθὰ βλέπειν, καὶ μηδενὶ των ῥυπαρῶν θεαμάτων χαταμολύνεσθαι. ᾿Ακοῆς ὅπλον ὡσαύτως ἢ θείων διδαγμάτων ἀκρόασις, καὶ τὸ μηδέποτε μάταιον λλόγον ἐν αὑτῇ δέξασθαι. Οὕτως ἔστιν ὁπλίσαι καὶ ; ὑπυπι- τὴν γεῦσιν, καὶ τὴν ἁφὴν, καὶ τὴν ὄσφρησιν τῇ τῆς ἐγκρατείας ῥομφαίᾳ, καταλλήλως ἑκάστην τῶν αἰσθήπληξις τοῖς σκοτεινοῖς λογισμοῖς, ὧν καιρὸς εἰς τὴν τχατὰ τῶν ψυχῶν ἐπιδουλὴν ἡ νὺξ γίνεται καὶ τὸ σκότος, Ἐν ταύτῃ γὰρ εἶπεν ὁ Προφήτης, τὰ θηρία τοῦ ἀγροῦ τὴν πονηρὰν βρῶσιν ἑαυτοῖς ἐκ τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ ποιμνίων περιεργάζεσθαι. Εθου γὰρ, φησὶ, σκότος, καὶ ἐγένετο γύξ. Ἔν αὐτῇ διελεύσονται πάντα τὰ θηρία τοῦ δρυμοῦ, σκύμνοι ὡρυόμενοι τοῦ τ ἁρπάσαι. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν Ἰσραὴλ γίνεται πᾶς ὁ σωζόμενος· οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραὴλ, οὗτοι Ἰσραήλ· ἀλλ᾽ ὅσοι βλέπουσι τὸν Θεὸν, ἐκ τῆς ἐνεργείας κυρίως τῇ προσηγορίᾳ ταύτῃ χατονομάζονται. Ἴδιον κδὲ τοῦ ὁρῶντός ἔστι τὸν Θεὸν. τὸ μηδενὶ τῶν αἰσθηὉτηρίων πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν βλέπειν. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ δύναται πρὸς δύο κυρίους ὁρᾷν· ἀλλὰ χρὴ τὸν ἕνα μισηθῆναι, εἰ μέλλει ἀγαπᾶσθαι ὁ ἕτερος. Τούτου χάριν μἱα κλίνη τοῦ βασιλέως γίνεται πᾶν τὸ σωζόμενον. Εἰ γὰρ πάντες ὄψονται τὸν Θεὸν οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ γενόμενοι· οἱ δὲ τὸν Θεὸν ἰδόντες, Ἰσραὴλ κυρίως γίνονταί τε καὶ ὀνομάζονται· δώδεκα δὲ διαιρεῖται φυλαῖς κατά τινα λόγον ἀπόῤῥητον τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα, καλῶς τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν σωζομένων τῷ ἀριεὐμῷ τῶν ἑξήκοντα χεφαλαιοῦται - ἑνὸς μὲν ἀφ᾽ μέρους λαμθανομένου, εἰς πέντε δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν αἰσθήσεων τοῦ ἑνὸς τούτου Οὐκοῦν πάντες οἱ θείαν ἐνδυσάμενοι πανοπλίαν, μίαν κυχλοῦσι τοῦ βασιλέως κλίνην, Ἰσραΐλ πάντες γενόμενοι, καὶ διὰ τῶν δώδεκα φυλῶν τῆς πανταχῆ γοουμένης ἀριστείας, εἰς τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἐξήκοντα παντὸς ἀναχεφαλαιουμένου τοῦ τῶν ἀριστέων πληρώματος. μία παράταξις καὶ στρατὸς εἷς, καὶ μία κλίνη, τουτέστιν Ἐκκλησία μία, καὶ λαὸς εἷς, καὶ νύμφη μία οἱ πάντες γενήσονται, ὑφ᾽ ἑνὶ ταξιάρχῳ καὶ ἐκκλησιαστῇ καὶ νυμφίῳ πρὸς ἑνὸς σώματος … εἶναι τῶν σωζομένων, καὶ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ φωνῆς διδασκόμεθα, ὅς φησι πρὸς τὸν ἀναιδῶς ἐν νυκτὶ προσκρούοντα· ὅτι·Ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης ἐστί.. Καλῶς δὲ τοὺς διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τὸ ἀπαθὲς κατορθώσαντας, παιδία κατονομάξει ὁ λόγος, διὰ τούτων ἡμῖν ὑφηγούμενος, ὅτι τὸ ἐξ ἐπιμελείας ἡμῖν προσγινόμενον ἀγαθὸν, οὐκ ἄλλο τί ἐστι παρὰ τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐναποτεθὲν τῇ φύσει. Ὅτε γὰρ τὴν ῥομφαίαν διαζωσάμενος διὰ προσοχῇς τοῦ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν βίου τὸ πάθος ἀπεσχευάσατο, τότε νήπιον τἧς ἡλικίας, ἀναισθήτως ἔχει τοῦ τοτούτου πάθους. Οὐ γὰρ χωρεῖ τὸ πάθος ἡ ἀωρία τῆς ἡλικίας. Οὐκοῦν ταυτόν ἐστιν ὁπλίτας τε περὶ τὴν κλίνην εἶναι μαθεῖν, καὶ νήπια ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης ἀναπαυόμενα. Μία γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων ἡ ἀπάθεια, τῶν τε μὴ παραδεξαμένων, καὶ τῶν ἀπωσαμένων τὸ πάθος. ()ὲ μὲν γὰρ οὔπω ἔγνωσαν οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὴν πρώτην κατάστασιν ἕαυτοὺς ἐπανήγαγον, στραφέντες, καὶ παιδία τῇ ἀπαθείᾳ γενόμενοι, ὡς μακάριον τὸ ἐν τούτοις εὑρεθῆναι, ἣ παιδίον, ἢ ὁπλίτην, ἣ ἀληθινὸν Ἰσραηλίτην γενόμενον. ὡς μὲν Ἰσραηλίτην ἐν καθαρᾷ καρδίᾳ τὸν Θεὸν ὁρῶντα· ὡς δὲ ὁπλίτην, ἐν ἀπαϑείᾳ καὶ καθαρότητι τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως κλίνην, τουτέστι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ καρδίαν φυλάασοντα· παιδίον, ἐπὶ τῆς μακαρίας χοΐίτης ἀναπαυόμενον, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Epi koitēn mou en gyxin ezētēsa hon ēgapē sen hē psychē mou. Ezētēsa auton, kai ouk heuron auton; ekalesa auton, kai ouk hypēkouse mou. Angaseēsomai de kai kyklōsō en tę̄ polei, en tais agorais kai en tais plateiais, kai zētēsō hon ēgapēsen hē psychē mou. Ezētēsa auton kai ouk heuron auton. (Epechkalesa hauton, kai ouk hypēkouse mou. Eurosan me hoi tērountes, hoi kyklountes en tę̄ poei. Mē hon ēgapēsen hē psychē mou, eidete? Hōs mikron hote parēlthon apʼ autōn, heōs hou heuron hon ēgaoēsen hē psychē mou. Ekratēsa auton, kai ouk arē-; ka auton, heōs hou eisēgagon auton eis oikon mētros … hōrkisa hymas, thygateres Hierousaiēm, en tais dynakai en tais ischysesi tou agrou, ean egeiēte kai exegeirēte tēn agapēn, heōs an Tis hautē hē anadainousa ek tēs erēmou, hōs ste;Iechē tethymiamenē smyrnan kai lithanon, apo pantōn kogiortōn myrepsou? Idou hē klinē tou Solomōntos? hexēkonta dynatoi kyklǭ hautēs apo dynatōn Israēl. Pantes katechontes rhomphaian, dedidagmenoi polemōn. ᾿Anēr rhomphaian ąutou epi mēron autou apo thamdous Palin ta megala te kai hypsēla dogmata para tou;Asmatos tōn asmatōn dia tēs parousts anagnōseōs paideuometha. Philosophia gar esti to tēs nymphēs diēgēma, di᾽ hōn ta peri heautēs diexerchetai, hopōs chrē peri to Theion echein tous erastas tou hyper… dia tōn prokeimenōn logiōn toiouton esti. Chrē gar, oimai, proekthesthai proteron tēn tois rhētois enkeimenēn dianoian - eith᾽ houtōs epharmosai tois protheōrētheisi ta theopneusta rhēmata. Esti toinyn, hōs en oligǭ synelonta phrasai, toiouton ti dogma dia tōn eirēmenōn anaphainomenon; Dikę̄ tetmētai kata tēn anōtatō diairesin hē tōn ontōn physis. To men gar estin aisthēton kai hylōdes - to de noēton kai aulon. Aisthēton men oun legomen, hoson tę̄ aisthēsei kata… kēn katanoēsin; ek toutōn to men noēton apeiron esti kai aoriston; to de heteron pantōn tisi dialamdanetai perasi. Pasēs gar hylēs tǭ posǭ te kai tǭ poiǭ dieilēmmenēs, en onkǭ kai eidei kai epiphaneią kai schēmati peras ginetai tēs peri autēn katanoēseōs ta peri autēn theōroumena, hōs mēden echein ton tēn hylēn diereunōmenon, exō toutōn en phantasią lathein. To de noēton te kai aulon tēs toiautēs periochēs chathareuon ekpheugei ton horon, oudeni peratoumenon. Palin de kai tēs noētēs physeōs dię̄rēmenēs, hē men aktistos esti, kai poiētikē tōn ontōn, aei ousa hoper esti; kai pantote hōsautōs echousa, kreittōn te prosthēkēs hapasēs kai tēs elattōseōs, tōn agathōn anepidektos; hē de dia kti-, deōs parachtheisa es genesin pros to prōton aition aei blepei, kai tę̄ metousią tou periechontos diapantos en tǭ agathǭ syntēreitai, kai tropon tina pantote ktizetai, dia tēs en tois agathois epauxēseōs pros to meizon alloioumenē, hōs mēde tautę̄ tē peras entheōreisthai, mēde horǭ tini tēn pros to kreitton auxēsin autēs perigraphesthai; all᾽ einai panpote aei to paron agathon, kan hoti malista mega te kai teleion einai dokei, archēn tou hyperkeimenou kai meizonos hōs kai en toutǭ ton apostolikon alētheuesthai lygon, dia tēs tōn emprosthen epechtaseōs, en lēthę̄ ginomenōn. tōn prodiēnysmenōn. To gar aeiï meizon, kai kath’ hyperthdolēn agathon heuriskomenon, peri heauto katechon tēn tōn metechontōn diathesin, ouk eą pros ta parǭchēkota blepein, tę̄ tōn protimoterōn apolausei tōn chatadeeasterōn tēn mnēmēn parachrouomenon. To men oun noēma to tę̄ philosophią tou nymphikou diēgēmatos hēmin dogmatizomenon, toiouton einai nomizomen. Kairos d᾽ an eiē prōton men autēs epimnēsthēnai tēs lexeōs tōn theopneustōn logiōn; eith᾽ houtōs eph armosai tois protheurētheisi tēn tois rhētois enkeimenēn dianoisn. Epi koitēn mou en gyxin ezētēsa hon ēgapēsen hē psychē mou; ezētēsa auton, kai ouk heuron auton; ekalesa hauton, kai ouk hypēmou. ᾿Agastēsomai de kai kyklōsō en tę̄ polei, en tais agorais, kai en tais plateiais, kai zētēsō hon ēgapēsen hē psychē mou. Hezētēsa auton, kai ouk heuron auton Heurosan me hoi tē… ēgapēsen hē psychē mou idete ? hōs smikron hote parēlthon apʼ autōn, heōs hou heuron hon ēgapēsen hē psychē mou - ekratēsa auton, kai ouk aphēka hauton, heōs hou eisēgagon hauton eis oikon mētros mou, kai eis tamieion tēs } Pōs toinyn en tois eirēmenois heuriskomen ta doēmin protheōrēthenta noēmata ? gegonen en tais prolathousais anodois pros logon tēs. ekastote ginomenēs auxēseōs. ᾿Aei gar pros to kreitton alloioumenē, kai oudepote epi tou katalēphthentos agathou histamenē, nyn men hippǭ parathallomenē chatastrepsamenę̄ ton Aigyption tyrannon; palin de hormischois kai trygosin eichazomenē kata ton periauchenion kosmon. Eita hōs ouk archestheisa toutois, eti pros anōteron proeisi. Dia gar tēs hēdeias nardou, tēn theian epiginōskei euōdian, kai oude en toutǭ menei, alla palin auton ton pothoumenon hoion ti arōma eupnoun heautę̄ periaptei metaxy tōn logikōn mazōn, hothen bryei ta theia didagmata, tǭ chōrēmati tēs kardias endysamenē. Meta touto karpon heautēs poiei: tai ton geōrgon, botryn auton onomazousa, hēdy ti kai prosēnes dia tou anthous euōdiazonta; kai houtōs auxētheisa dia tōn toioutōn anodōn, kalē legetai, kai plēsion ginetai, kai peristerais to en tois ommasin autēs pareikazetai kallos. Eita palin pros to;meizon chōrei. Dioratichōtera gar genomenē kakeinē, tou Logou katamanthanei tēn hōranʼ kai thaumazei pōs euschios epi tēn klinēn tēs katō zōēs chatadainei, tę̄ hylikę̄ tou anthrōpinou sōmatos physei syschiazomdnos. Pros toutois ton tēs aretēs oikon … diagraphei, hou ginetai hē erepsimos hylē, kedrys te kai kyparissos, sēpedonos te kai diaphthoras anepidektos, di᾽ hōn to. monimon te kai ametadlēton tēs pros to agathon scheseōs diermēneuei tǭ logǭ. Epi toutois dia synkriseōs hē pros to kreitton autēs parallagē deiknytai, kai krinon en akanthais dokei; kai palin kai par᾽ ekeinēs kathoratai tou nymphiou to pros tous allous diaphoron. Mēlon gar onomazetai metaxy drymōnos akarpou, tę̄ euchroią tēs opōras hōraizamenon, hou tēn skian hypelthousa en tǭ oikǭ ginetai, kai myrois stērizetai, kai tois karpois tou mēlou stois dazetai, kai to eklekton belos en tę̄ kardią dexamenē dia tēs glykeias plēgēs, palin kai autē belos genetai en tais chersi tou toxotou, tēs men euōnymou tēn kephalēn pros ton anō skopon euthynousēs; tēs dexias de pros heautēn dialamdanousēs to belos, Meta tauta hōs ēdē pros to teleion phthasasa, kai tais loipais tēn epi ton pothoumenon prothymian hyphēgeitai tǭ logǭ, di’ horkismou tinos tēn agapēn hautōn epegeirousa. Tis oun ouk an eipoi tēn epi tosouton hypsōtheisan psychēn en tǭ akrotatǭ gegenēsthai horǭ tēs teleiotētos ? ᾿All᾽ homōs to peras tōn prodiēnysmenōn archē ginetai tēs epi ta hyperkeimena cheiragōgias. Panta gar ekeina phōnēs ēchos enomisthē, .; pros tēn tōn mystikōn theōrian tēn psychēn dia tēs akoēs epistrephousēs, kai blepein archetai ton pothoumenon, allǭ eidei tois ophthalmois emphainomenon. Dorkadi gar homoioutai, kai nedrǭ pareikazetai; kai ouk hestēken, oute epi tēs hēmeteras opseōs, oute epi tou topou autou to phainomenon; all᾽’ epipēda tois oresin, apo tōn achrotēriōn epi tas tōn bounōn exochas methallomenos. Kai palin en meizoni katastasei hē nymphē ginetai, phōnēs deuteras pros autēn elthousēs, di᾽ hēs parormatai katalipein tēn tou toichou skian, kai en hypaithrǭ genesthai, kai tę̄ skepę̄ tēs petras synanapauesthai., tēs echomenēs tou proteichismatos, kai tēs earinēs hōras katatryphēsai, orepomenē tou kairou ta anthē akmaia onta kai hōraia, kai pros tomēn epitēdeia, kai hosa alla pros apo-. lausin ho kairos tois tryphōsi charizetai, en tais tōn ϑousikōn ornithōn. phōnais - di᾽ hōn palin teleiotera ginomenē hē gymphē, autēn axioi tou phthengamenou tēn opsin idein emphanōs, kai ton logon par᾽ autou dexasthai? mēketi di᾽ heterōn phthengomenon. Palin eikos estin epi toutois macharisthēnai tēn psychēn, tēs hypsēlēs anadaseōs tou achrotatou tōn pothoumenōn ephichomenēn. Ti gar an tis meizon eis makarismon ennoēseien, tou eidein ton Thϑon ? ᾿Alla kai touto, tōn men prodiēnysmenōn peras esti, tēs de tōn hyperkeimenōn elpidos archē ginetai. Palin gar hēs phōnēs akoue: tēs diacheleuomenēs tois thēreutais epi sōtērʼą tōn ampelōnōn tōn logikōn, agreusai ta blaptika tōn karpōn thēria, tous mikrous ekeinous alō,; kai toutou genomenou, metachōrei ta dyo. eis allēla, hote theos en tę̄ psychę̄ ginomenos, kai palin eis ton Theon hē psychē mephoichizeta!. Legei gar, hoti Adelridos mou emoi; kagō an autǭ,. tǭ en tois krinois poimainonte, kai metathenti tēn anthrōpinēn zōēn apo tōn schioeidōn phantasmatōn epi tēn kōn ontōn alētheian. Horąs eis hoson anadebēken hypsos hē ek dynameōs eis dynamin kata ton prrphētichon reuomenē logon, hō? tou achrotatou tēs tōn agathōn elpidos tetychēkenai dokein ? Ti gar anōteoon teu en autǭ genesthai tǭ pothoumenǭ, kai en autǭ ton pothoumenon dexasthai ? ᾿All᾽ homōs en toutǭ genomenē, palin hōs endeēs ousa tou agathou apodyretai kchai hōs mēpō echousa to tę̄ epithymią prokeimenon, amēchanei te kai dyscherainei kai tēn toiautēn tēs psychēs amēchanian dēmosieuei tǭ diēgēmati kai hopōs heure to zētoumenon, hypographei tǭ logǭ. Tauta de panta dia tēs tōn prokeimenōn hēmin rhētōn theōrias manthanomen, di᾽ hōn saphōs didaskometha, to mēte tini perati to megaleion tēs theias horizesthai physeōs, mēte ti gnōseōs metron oron ginesthai tēs tōn zētoumenōn katanoēseōs, meth᾽ ho stēnai chrē tēs epi to prosō phoras, ton tōn hypsēlōn; all᾽ houtōs echein ton dia tēs hyperkeimenēs katanoēseōs epi ton anō trechonta noun, hōs pasan teleiotēta gnōseōs tēn ephychtēn tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ physei, archēn ginesthai tēs tōn hypsēloterōn epithymias. Kai moi skopei diʼ achrideian ton prokeimenon tę̄ theōrią logon, touto prochatanoēsas, hote thalamos estin hē sōmatikē tou logou hypographē, kai gamichē tis diaskeuē, didōsi tę̄ theōrią tas hylas, hōn hē philosophia, pros to katharon te kai aulon metenenchousa tas tōn noēmatōn emphaseis, dia tōn autois epiteloumenōn proagei ta dogmata, tois tōn ginomenōn ainigmasi synchrēsamenē pros tēn tōn dēloumenōn saphēneian. hi Epeidē toinyn nymphēn men hypetheto tēn psychēn ho logos, ho de ex holēs kardias te kai . psychēs kai dynameōs par’ autēs agapōmenos Theos,; nymphios chatonomazetai, akolouthōs epi to akrotaton, hōs ǭeto, tōn elpizomenōn elthousa, kai ēdē pros. ton pothoumenon anakekrasthai nomisasa, koitēn onomazei tēn teleioteran tou agathou metousian, kai nykta legei, ton tou skotous kairon; dia de tou onomatos tēs nyktos, endeiknytai tōn aoratōn tēn theōrian, kath᾽ homoiotēta tou Mōyseōs, tou en tǭ Hynophǭ gegonotos en hǭ hēn ho Theos; hos etheto, kathōs phēēsin ho Prophētēs, skotos apokryphēn hautou kyklǭ katastasa, tote didasketai, hoti tosouton. apesche tou epidēnai tēs teleiotētos, hoson hoi mēde tēn archēn encheirēsantes.;Ēdē gar, phēsin, hōs tōn. hi teleiōn axiōtheisa, kathaper epi koitēs tinos tēs tōn egnōsmenōn katalēpseōs emautēn anapauousa, hote tōn aoratōn entos egenomēn, katalipousa ta aisthētēria, hote perieschethēn tę̄ theią nykti, ton en tǭ gnophǭ kekrymmenon anaxētousa, tote tēn men agapēn pros to pothoumenon eichon; hauto de to agapōmenon dieptē tōn logismōn tēn ladēn. Hezētoun gar auton epi tę̄ koitę̄ mou hen tais nyxin, hōste gnōnai tis hē ousia, pothen archetai, eis ti chatalēgee, kai en tini to einai echei. ᾿All᾽ ouk heuron auton΄ ekaloun ΄ hauton ex onomatos, hōs hēn moi dynaton exeurein epi tou akatonomastou onomatos. ᾿All᾽ ouk hēn onomatos emphasis hē chathichnoumenē zētoumenou. Pōs gar ho hyper pan onoma hōn dia tēs onomastikēs klēseōs exeuretheiē ? Hou charin phēsin, hoti ᾿Ekalesa auton, kai ouk hypēkouse mou. Tote egnōn hoti tēs megaloprepeias, tēs doxēs, tēs hagiōsynēs autou ouk esti peras. Dio palin dianistēsin heautēn, kai peripolei tę̄ dianoią tēn noētēn te kai hyperkosmion physin, hēn polin chatonomazei, en hē hai archai te kai kyriotētes,, kai hoi tais exousiais apotetagmenoi thronoi; ē te tōn epouraniōn panēgyris, hēn agoran onomazei, kai to aperilēpton arithmǭ plēthos, ho tǭ tēs plateias; diasēmainei onomati, ei ara en toutois heuretheiē to agapōmenon. IĒ men oun periēche diereunōmenē pasan angelikēn diakosmēsin, kai hōs ouk eiden en tois heuretheisin agathois to zētoumenon, touto kath᾽ heautēn elogisato’ IAra gan ekeinois lēpton esti to par᾽ emou agapōmenon? Kai phēsi pros autous - Mē kai hymeis hon ēgapēsen hē Psychē mou, idete ? Siōpēsantōn de pros tēn toiautēn erōtēsin, kai dia tēs siōpēs endeixamenōn to kakeinois alēpton einai to par᾽ autēs zētoumenon, hōs diexēlthe tę̄ poly-͵ pragmosynę̄ tēs dianoias pasan ekeinēn tēn hyperkosmion polin, kai oude en tois noētois te kai asōmatois oiden hon epothēsen; tote katalipousa pan to heuriskomenon, houtō? egnōrise to zētoumenon, en monǭ ti estin, hoti esti menon, hou pan gnōrisma katalēptikon, empodion tois anazētousi pros tēn heuresin ginetai. Dia touto phēsi Mikron hote parēlthon ap᾽ autōn, apheisa pasan tēn ktisin, kai parelthousa pan to en tę̄ ktisei nooumenon, kai pasan katalēptikēn ephodon katalipousa, pistei heuron to agapōmenon; kai ouketi methēsō tę̄ tēs pisteōs ladę̄᾽ tou heurethentos antechomenē, heōs an entos genētai tou emou tamieiou; kardia de pantōs to tamieion estin, hē tote ginetai dektikē tēs theias enoikēseōs, hotan epanelthę̄ pros? ᾿bE tēn katastasin ekeinēn, en hēē to katarchas ēn, hote eplasthē hypo tēs sylladousēs. Mētera de pantōs tēn prōtēn tēs systaseōs hēmōn aitian noōn tis, Kairos d᾽ an eiē palin ep᾽ autēs tēs lexeōs parathesthai tas theias phōnas, hōste tois theōrētheisin. epharmosthēnai ta rhēmata, Epi koitēn mou en gyxin ezētēsa hon ēgapēsen hē Psychē mou. Ezētēsa auton, kai ouk heuron hauton; ekalesa hē auton, kai ouk hypēkouse mou. ᾿Agastēsomai kai kyklōsō en tē polei, en tais agorais kai en tais plateiais, kai zētēsō hon ēgapēsen hē psychē mou. ᾿Ezētēsa auton, kai ouk heuron auton. polei. Mē hon ēgapēsen hē psychē mou, idete? Hōs mikron hote parēlthon apʼ autōn, heōs hou heuron hon hēgapēsen hē psychē mou. ᾿Ekratēsa auton, kai ouk aphēka auton, heōs hou eisēgagon hauton es oichog mētros mou, kai eis tamieion tēs dousēs me. Epi toutois palin hypo philanthrōpias, kai sais thygatrasin Hierousalēm dialegetai, has en eis emprosthen en synkrisei tou tēs nymphēs kallous tou pareikasthentos tǭ krinǭ, akanthas ōnomase, kai dia tou orkon tōn en tǭ posmǭ nameōn pros to ison tēs agapēs dianistēsi metron, hōste to thelēma tou nymphiou kai ep᾽ autōn energon ginesthai. Eirētai de en tois phthasasi, tis te ho i kosmos en hǭ hai ischyes kai hai dynameis, kai ti to thelēma tou ex holēs kardias te kai psychēs agapō-. menon, hōs mē chreian einai palin di᾽ autōn ton logon tēs protheǭrētheisēs hēmin en tois rhē-. masi dianoias, to en tǭ topǭ toutǭ nooumenon hechanōs phanerousēs. ᾿Alla pros to ephexēs tou. logou proiōmen, eiper genoito dynaton kai hēmin synanadēnai tę̄ teleią peristerą pros to hypsos aniptamenę̄, kai akousai tēs tōn philōn tou nymphiou phōnēs, en thaumati poioumenōn tēn anadasin autēs tēn ek tēs ᾿ erēmou, ha dē kai mallon pleonazei tois theatais tēn. ekplēxin, ei toiauϑēn hē erēmos anadidōsin, hōs mimeisthai dendrōn kallos, tōn en tę̄ erēmǭ dia tōn atmōn tou thymiamatos geōrgoumenōn. Ta de thymiamata smyrna kai lidanos hēn tǭ de apo toutōn. ēïatmǭ. kai koniortos tis dia tōn leptopoiēthentōn. arōmatōn synēgeireto te kai synanedainen - hōs anti koneōs einai tēs anachechramenēs pros ton aera, tēn. leptomerę̄ tōn arōmatōn diachysin, di᾽ hēs orthios ho koniortos hēn kai meteōros. Echei de houtōs hē lexis; Tis autē hē agadaigousa. ek tēs erēmou hōs stelechē kapgou, tethymiamenē. smyrna kai dlidanos apo pantōn kogniortōn E tis achridōs epistēseie tois nois ton noun, heurēsei tou prochatanoēthentos hēmin. dogmatos tēn alētheian. Hōsper gar en tais pompais tōn theatrōn kan hoi autoi hōsin hoi tēn protetheisan autois historian hypokrinomenoi, homōs heteroi ex, heterōn nomizonta: phainesthai hoi tę̄ diaphorą tōn. prosōpeiōn to eidos to peri autous enameioontes, kai nyn doulos kai idiōtēs phainomenos met᾽ oligon. aristeus te kai stratiōtēs horatai, kai palin kataelipōn to hypocheirion schēma, stratēgichēn eidos analamthanei, hē kai basileōs morphēn hypodyetai houtō, kai en tais kata tēn aretēn prokopais, ou pantote tǭ autǭ paramenousi charaktēri hoi apo doxēs dia tēs tōn hypsēloterōn epithymias metamorphoumenoi, [{- alla pros logon aei chatorthōtheisēs hekastǭ tēs tōn agathōn teleiotētos, idios tis tǭ biǭ charaktēr lampei, allos ex allou ginomenos, dia tēs tōn agathōn epauxēseōs. Dio moi dokousi xenizesthai pros to phainomenon hoi philoi tou nymphiou, hoi proteron men. ᾿ autēn egnōkotes kalēn, all᾽ hōs en gynaixi kalēn; meta tauta de di᾽ homoiotēta chrysiou meta stigmatōn. mēden tōn proladontōn sēmeiōn peri hautēn chatharōntes, allʼ apo tōn hypsēloterōn charaktērizontes, thaumazousin ou monon tēn anodon, alla kai hothen an edramen. Touto gar estin ho tēn epitasin poiei tēs ekplēxeōs; mia horatai hē anadainousa, kai alsei dendrōn to phainomenon paradalletai; stelechē gar horasthai nomizetai hos hypsos anatrechonta kai auxanotę̄ mena. To de hypotrephon ta stelechē tauta, ou piōn tis esti gę̄ kai chatarrhytos, allʼ auchmēra kai dipsōdēs te kai erēmos. Tini toinyn errhizoutai ta stelechē tauta, kai hothen auxetai ? Rhiza men hautois, ē tōn arōmatōn konis estin. ᾿Ardeia de ho ek tōn thymiamatōn otmos epidrsdizōn dia tēs euōdias touto to alsos, hoson epainon periechei tēs epi tois toioutois martyrētheisēs ho logos. Tote gar allēlous dierōtąn peri tēs ophtheisēs, hōs en allǭ deiknymenę̄ tǭ eidei, kai ou kata tēn proteran morphēn, enkōmion esti tēs kat᾽ aretēn prokopēs teleiotaton, pollēn autę̄ martyroun tēn pros to kreitton karallagēn kai metastasin. Xenizomenōn gar esoin ē phōnē para to synēthes eidos en thaumati poioumenōn tēn epan… morphēn, hoti Hautē ē tēs erēmou, melaina to proteron hēmin heōrato, pōs tēn skoteinēn morphēn apechlysato? pōs autę̄ chionōdes epastraptei to prosōpon? Ē erēmos estin, hōs eoiken, aitia toutōn, hē kathaper ti ernos anadramein autēs to hypsos poiēsasa, kai pros; to toiouton metadallousa kallos? Ou gar ex automatou tinos syntychias, oude kata akriton tina apachlērōsin gegonen autē hē pros to hypsos anadromē; all᾽ ex oikeiōn ponōn di᾽ enkrateian kai epimeleian to kallos ektēsato. Houtō pote kai hē tou Prophētou ? psychē dipsōdēs egeneto tēs theias pēgēs, epeidē autǭ hē sarx erēmos te kai adatos kai anydros genomenē, to theion dipsos en heautę̄ paredexato. To toinyn ek tēs erēmou anadainein autēn, martyrian periechei tou dia prosochēs te kai enkrateias es tosouton kai toiouton hypsos anadramein, hōs kai tois philois tou gymphiou thauma genesthai, hoi dia pollōn hypodeigmatōn to kallos autēs hermēneuousin, epeidē di᾽ henos hapan perilēphthēnai ϑych hoion te ēn. Prōton men gar stelechesi tēn hōran eikazousi, kai oude toutōn all᾽ eis plēthos dendrōn agetai tōn en autę̄ thaumatōn hē eikasia, hōs an to polyeides kai poikilon tōn aretōn tę̄ hypographę̄ tou alaous diadeichnyoito. Eita kapnos ek thymiamatōn eis tēn eikona tou kallous paralamdanetai; kai oude houtos haplous, all᾽ ek. smyrnēs kai lithanon synkekramenos, hōs mian ex amphoin ginesthai tōn atmōn tēn charin, di᾽ hōn to tēs nymphēs hypographetai kallos. Allos epainos autēs, hē tōn arōmatōn toutōn ginetai mixis. Ē smyrna, pros ton entaphiasmon tōn sōmatōn epitēdeiōs echei; ho de libanos kata tina logon aphierōtai tę̄ tou Theou timę̄. Ho toinyn heauton mellōn anatithenai tę̄ tou tou therapeich, ouk allōs estai lidanos tǭ Theǭ thymiōmenos, ei mē proteron smyrna genoito, toutestin, ei mē ta epi tēs gēs autou melē nekrōseien, syntapheis tǭ hēmōn anadexamenǭ ton thanaton, kai tēn smyrnan ekeinēn tēn en tǭ entaphiasmǭ tou Kyriou paralēphtheisan, tę̄ sarki tę̄ idią dia tou nekrōsai ta melē katadexamenos᾽ hōn genomenōn, pan. eidos tōn kat᾽ aretēn arōmatōn en tǭ kyklǭ tou biou, kathaper en thyïą tini leptopoiēthentōn, ton hēdyn ekeinon koniorton apergazetai, hon asthmati, eupnous ginetai, tou memyrismenou pneumatos plērēs genomenos. Meta tēn en tǭ kallei martyrian, hoi philoi tou nymphiou, kai paraschenastai: ou hagnou thalamou, kai tēs katharas nymphēs promnēstores, hypodeiknyousin autę̄ tēs basilikēs klinēs to kallos, hōs an mallon es epithymian tēn nymphēn agagoien tēs theias te kai achrantou met᾽ autou Ē de hypographē tēs tou basileōs klinēs, autę̄ estin, ēn tǭ deiktichǭ logǭ hyp᾽ opsin agousin autę̄ di᾿ hōn diexerchontai. Legousi garʼ Idou hē klinē tou Solomōntos, hexēkonta dynatoi kyklǭ autēs apo dynatōn Israēl, pantes katechontes rhomphaian, dedidagmenoi polemon anēr, rhomphaia auytou epi ton mēron autou, apo thamthous en nyxin. Hoti men oun ouk ek tēs historias ho peri tēs klinēs logos esti, panti dēlon an genoito, dia tōn sōmatikōs peri tou Solomōntos historēthentōn. Hou kai ta basileia kai tēn trapezan, kai tēn loipēn en tę̄ basileią diagōgēn meta pasēs achritheias ho logos hypegrapse; kainon de ti kai parēllagmenon eipe peri tēs klinēs ouden, hōs pasan anankēn einai, mē parameinai tǭ grammati tēn exēgēsin, alla dia tinos katanoēseōs metaladein ton logon, eis pneumatikēn theōrian tēs hylikēs emphaseōs ton noun apostēsantes. Tis gar an ex hoplitōn hexēkonta kallōpismos genoito klinēs nymphichēs, hois mathēmata men ta phodera tou polemou ? Kosmos de hē rhomphaia prothedlēmenē tou sōmatos ? Thamthos de peri autous nykterinon? Tēn gar phoderan ekplēxin tēn ek dei matōn tinōn nychterinōn ginomenēn, dia tēs tou thamoous lexeōs ho logos endeiknytai, hēn tois hoplitais toutois proseinai legei. Oukoun panti tropǭ zētēteon an eiē dianoian tina dia tōn rhēmatōn toutōn protetheōrēmenois akolouthon. Tis oun estin hē dianoia ? Eoike to theion kallos en tǭ phoderǭ to erasmion echein, apo tōn enantiōn tǭ sōmatikǭ kallei deiknymenon. Entautha men gar elenktikon eis epithymian esti to prosēnes tę̄ opsei kai meilichion, kai To akēraton de kallos ekeino, hē kai akataplēktos andria estin. Epeidē gar hē empathēs kai rhypōsa tōn sōmatōn epithymia tois tēs sarkos melesin enchathēmenē, kathaper ti syntagma lę̄strikon enedreuei ton noun, kai aichmalōton agei pollakis pros to heautēs boulēma synarpasasa; echthron de tǭ Theǭ to ginomenon, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, hoti to phronēma tēs sarkos echthra eis Theon; dia touto akolouthon estin, ek tōn enantiōn tē: sōmatikēs epithymias ton theion erōta ginesthai; hōste ei tautēs kathēgeitai lysis kai anesis kai blachōdēs diachysis, echei tēn epiphothon te kai akataplēkton andreian hylēn tou theiou erōtos ginesthai. Tou gar andrōdous thymou ton tēs hēdonēs logon kataptoēsantos te kai phygadeusantos, houtō to katharon tēs psychēs anaphainetai kallos, mēdeni pathei sōmatikēs epithymias chatarrhypoumenon. Oukoun anankaiōs hē inymphichē tou basileōs klinē tois hoplitais en kyklǭ dialamthanetai, hōn hē tou polemein empeiria, kai to procheiron echein epi tou mērou tēn rhomphaian, thamthos, kai ekplēxin empoiei tois schotoumenois logismois, toi? en nyxi te kai skotomēnę̄ tous eutheis tę̄ kardią … Hoti gar anairetikē tōn rhyparōn hēdonōn estin hē tōn peristoichismenōn tēn klinēn exoplisis, dēlon an genoito dia tēs hypographēs tou logou, hos phēsin, hoti Pantes dedidagmenoi polemon, agēr rhomphaia autou epi ton mēron autou. ᾿Alēthōs gar eidotōn estin, hopōs antistrateuesthai chrē tę̄ sarche te kai tǭ haimati, en tǭ tēn rhomphaian epi tǭ mērǭ echein ephērmosmenēn. Noei de pantōs ho tōn graphikōn ouk apeiros noēmatōn kai ainigmatōn, ek te tēs tou ᾿ mērou mnēmēs to sēmainomenon, kai hoti rhomphaia ho logos estin. Ho toinyn to phoderon hoplon, legō dē tēn tēs sōphrosynēs rhomphaian, diezōsmenos; houtos estin ho tę̄ aphthartǭ klinę̄ erasmios, heis tōn dynatōn Israēl, kai tou katalogon tōn hexēkonta axios. Ton de arithmon touton echein men tina mystikon logon, ouk … alla monois ekeinois dēlon, hois apokalyptei ta kekrymmena mystēria hē tou Pneumatos charis. Hēmeis de kalōs echein phamen tōn procheirōn pou logou noēmatōn emphorēthentas, kathōs epi tǭ Pascha nomothetei Mōysēs, tōn prophaiϑomenōn sarosteois tēs asapheias enkekrymmenon. Ei de tis estin epithymētēs tōn kryphiōn myelōn tou logou, zēteitō para tou ta kekrymmena tois axiois apokalyptontos. Hōs d᾽ an mē dokoiēmen agymnaston paratrechein ton logon, mēde katarathymein tou theiou prostagmatos, tou ereunąn tas theias diacheleuomenou Graphas, houtōsi ton peri to hexēkonta diaskopēsōmen logon; hē Dōdeka rhaddoi kat᾽ arithmon tōn phylōn tou Israēl, kata prostagma theion para tou Mōyseōs lamthanontai, alla mia tōn pasōn proetimēthē, monē para tas allas blastēsasa. Palin para tou Nauē Iēsou, isarithmoi tais phylais tou Israēl lidoi ek tou Iordanou lamthanontai, hōn oude heis apodlētos ginetai, pantōn homotimōs eis martyrian tou kata ton Ior… Kai poly to akolouthon en tois historoumenois esti, Prokopēn gar tina tou laou pros to teleioteron ho logos endeiknytai, hōs en archais men tēs nomothesias, tas de loipas hōs xēphas te ousas kai akarpous apoolēϑēnai. Pleionos d, diageganotos chronon, kai tōn nomikōn autois parangelmatōn en achridesterą katanoēsei gegenēmenōpsn hōs kai tēn ek deuterou perinoēsai kai dexasthai, tēs petrinēs machairas perielousēs autōn pan to akatharton᾽ noei de pantōs ho synestōs akroatēs tēs to petras kai tēs machairas to sēmainomenon᾽ hōs eikos hēn bedaiōtheisēs en autois hēs nomimou te kai enaretou zōēs, mēdena tōn li- ,; thōn tōn ep᾽ onomati tōn Israēlitōn phylōn paralēphthentōn eorethēnai apodlēton. Epei de chrē pantote tōn agathōn tas epauxēseis epizētein, hote proēlthen ho chronos, kai hē dynamis tou Israēl meizōn tomēn tēn para tou Iēsou autois epagomenēn … egeneto. Houtō gar phēsin en tois prokeimenois hēmin rhētois ho logos, hoti apo Israēl, tote ouketi heis apo phylēs lithos hē mia rhaddos lamthanetai; alla pente anti hoaddōn ē lithōn as᾽ echadstēs phylę̄s andres polemistai, dedidagmenoi polemon apo dynatōn Israēl, airontes rhomphaian, tēn theian klinēn peristoichizon tes. Hōn dia touto oudeis apodlētos ginetai, dioti T pasēs phylēs aparchē, hoi pente ginontai, hōn ho aridōdechachis chephalaioumenos, to plērōma poiei pōn exēkonta. Chrē toinyn pente aph᾽ ekastēs phylēs phothderous hoplomachous phylakas tēs tou basileōs klinēs genesthai, hōs eige leipoi tǭ arithmǭ tōn pente, aparadekton einai kai to leipomenon. Ilra esti katatolmēsai loipon tou enthymēmatos: Pōs aph᾽ ekastēs phylēs hoi pente hoplizontai, hina tēs basilikēs klinēs phylakes genōntai? Pōs echaautos tōn pente toutōn, photheros tois antitetagmeAxnois dia tēs hopliseōs ginetai, tēn rhomphaian tou mtrou prothallomenos? Ē dēlon estin, hoti ho heis lithos, hoi pente hoplitai houtoi eisin hekastēs aisthēseōs, tēn prosphoron heautę̄ rhomphaian eis chatatōn henantiōn prodallomenēs? Ophthalmou to diapantos horąn pros ton Kyrion, gai ortha blepein, kai mēdeni tōn rhyparōn theamatōn chatamolynesthai. ᾿Akoēs hoplon hōsautōs ē theiōn didagmatōn akroasis, kai to mēdepote mataion llogon en hautę̄ dexasthai. Houtōs estin hoplisai kai ? hypypi- tēn geusin, kai tēn haphēn, kai tēn osphrēsin tę̄ tēs enkrateias rhomphaią, katallēlōs hekastēn tōn aisthēplēxis tois skoteinois logismois, hōn kairos eis tēn tchata tōn psychōn epidoulēn hē nyx ginetai kai to skotos, En tautę̄ gar eipen ho Prophētēs, ta thēria tou agrou tēn ponēran brōsin heautois ek tōn tou Theou poimniōn periergazesthai. Ethou gar, phēsi, skotos, kai egeneto gyx. En autę̄ dieleusontai panta ta thēria tou drymou, skymnoi hōryomenoi tou t harpasai. Epeidē toinyn Israēl ginetai pas ho sōzomenos; ou gar pantes hoi ex Israēl, houtoi Israēl; all᾽ hosoi blepousi ton Theon, ek tēs energeias kyriōs tę̄ prosēgorią tautę̄ chatonomazontai. Idion kde tou horōntos esti ton Theon. to mēdeni tōn aisthēOtēriōn pros hamartian blepein. Oudeis gar dynatai pros dyo kyrious horąn; alla chrē ton hena misēthēnai, ei mellei agapasthai ho heteros. Toutou charin mia klinē tou basileōs ginetai pan to sōzomenon. Ei gar pantes opsontai ton Theon hoi katharoi tę̄ kardią genomenoi; hoi de ton Theon idontes, Israēl kyriōs ginontai te kai onomazontai; dōdeka de diaireitai phylais kata tina logon aporrhēton touto to onoma, kalōs to plērōma tōn sōzomenōn tǭ arieumǭ tōn hexēkonta chephalaioutai - henos men aph᾽ merous lamthanomenou, eis pente de kata ton arithmon tōn aisthēseōn tou henos toutou Oukoun pantes hoi theian endysamenoi panoplian, mian kychlousi tou basileōs klinēn, Israïl pantes genomenoi, kai dia tōn dōdeka phylōn tēs pantachē gooumenēs aristeias, eis ton arithmon tōn exēkonta pantos anachephalaioumenou tou tōn aristeōn plērōmatos. mia parataxis kai stratos heis, kai mia klinē, toutestin Ekklēsia mia, kai laos heis, kai nymphē mia hoi pantes genēsontai, hyph᾽ heni taxiarchǭ kai ekklēsiastę̄ kai nymphiǭ pros henos sōmatos … einai tōn sōzomenōn, kai ek tēs tou Theou phōnēs didaskometha, hos phēsi pros ton anaidōs en nykti proskrouonta; hoti;Ēdē hē thyra kekleistai, kai ta paidia met᾽ emou epi tēs koitēs esti.. Kalōs de tous dia tōn hoplōn tēs dikaiosynēs to apathes katorthōsantas, paidia katonomaxei ho logos, dia toutōn hēmin hyphēgoumenos, hoti to ex epimeleias hēmin prosginomenon agathon, ouk allo ti esti para to ex archēs enapotethen tę̄ physei. Hote gar tēn rhomphaian diazōsamenos dia prosochę̄s tou kat᾽ aretēn biou to pathos apescheuasato, tote nēpion tēs hēlikias, anaisthētōs echei tou totoutou pathous. Ou gar chōrei to pathos hē aōria tēs hēlikias. Oukoun tauton estin hoplitas te peri tēn klinēn einai mathein, kai nēpia epi tēs klinēs anapauomena. Mia gar ep᾽ amphoterōn hē apatheia, tōn te mē paradexamenōn, kai tōn apōsamenōn to pathos. ()e men gar oupō egnōsan hoi de pros tēn prōtēn katastasin heautous epanēgagon, straphentes, kai paidia tę̄ apatheią genomenoi, hōs makarion to en toutois heurethēnai, hē paidion, ē hoplitēn, hē alēthinon Israēlitēn genomenon. hōs men Israēlitēn en katharą kardią ton Theon horōnta; hōs de hoplitēn, en apaϑeią kai katharotēti tēn tou basileōs klinēn, toutesti tēn heautou kardian phylaasonta; paidion, epi tēs makarias choïitēs anapauomenon, en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

"On my bed by night I sought him whom my soul loved. I sought him and did not find him; I called him, and he did not hear me. I will rise now and go about in the city, in the markets and in the broad streets, and I will seek him whom my soul loved. I sought him and did not find him; I called him, and he did not hear me. The watchmen who go about in the city found me: Have you seen him whom my soul loved? Scarcely had I passed from them when I found him whom my soul loved. I held him and would not let him go, until I brought him into my mother's house and into the chamber of her who conceived me. I have adjured you, daughters of Jerusalem, by the powers and by the strengths of the field, that you do not rouse or awaken love until it pleases. Who is this who comes up from the wilderness like pillars of smoke, perfumed with myrrh and frankincense, from all the powders of the perfumer? Behold the bed of Solomon; sixty mighty men are around it, of the mighty men of Israel. All of them hold swords, trained in war; each man has his sword on his thigh because of fear [in the nights]."

Again through the present reading we are taught the great and lofty doctrines of the Song of Songs. For the bride's narrative, in which she relates what concerns herself, is philosophy, teaching how lovers of the transcendent beauty must be disposed toward the divine. [The doctrine taught] through the oracles before us is this; for I think we must first set out the sense contained in the words, and then fit the God-inspired words to what has been contemplated. To put it briefly, then, the doctrine that appears through what is said is something like this. The nature of beings is divided in two in the highest division. One part is perceptible and material, the other intelligible and immaterial. We call perceptible whatever is grasped by sense perception, [and intelligible what escapes sense and falls under] the understanding of the mind. Of these the intelligible is infinite and unbounded, while the other is enclosed in every way by limits. For since all matter is circumscribed by quantity and quality, what is seen about it in bulk and form and surface and shape becomes the limit of the understanding of it, so that the one who investigates matter can grasp nothing in imagination beyond these. But the intelligible and immaterial, free of such circumscription, escapes boundary, limited by nothing. Again, the intelligible nature too is divided: one part is uncreated and makes the things that are, always being what it is and always remaining the same, above all addition and diminution, not receptive of goods [as from outside]; the other, brought into being by creation, always looks to the first cause and is preserved in the good continually by participation in what surpasses it, and in a way is always being created, being changed for the greater through increase in good things, so that no limit is seen in it either, nor is its growth toward the better circumscribed by any boundary; but the good that is present at any time, however great and perfect it seems, is always the beginning of what lies above and is greater. So in this too the apostle's word is true, by the straining forward to what lies ahead, what has been traversed being forgotten. For what is always found greater and surpassingly good, holding the disposition of those who participate around itself, does not let them look to what is past, pushing aside the memory of what is inferior by the enjoyment of what is more precious. This, then, is what we take to be the thought set forth as doctrine in the philosophy of the bridal narrative.

It would be time first to recall the very wording of the God-inspired oracles, and then to fit the sense contained in the words to what has been contemplated. "On my bed by night I sought him whom my soul loved; I sought him and did not find him; I called him, and he did not [hear] me. I will rise now and go about in the city, in the markets and in the broad streets, and I will seek him whom my soul loved. I sought him and did not find him. The watchmen [who go about in the city] found me: [Have you seen him whom] my soul [loved]? Scarcely had I passed from them when I found him whom my soul loved. I held him and would not let him go, until I brought him into my mother's house and into the chamber of [her who conceived me]." How, then, do we find in what is said the thoughts we contemplated beforehand? [The bride's progress] came about in the preceding ascents in proportion to the growth that took place each time. For, always being changed for the better and never standing still at the good she had grasped, now she is compared to the mare that overthrew the Egyptian tyrant, then she is likened to necklaces and turtledoves in the ornament round her neck. Then, as if not content with these, she advances still higher. For through the sweet nard she recognizes the divine fragrance; and she does not stay even in this, but again she hangs the one she longs for himself, like a fragrant spice, between her spiritual breasts, from which the divine teachings gush, clothing herself with him in the capacity of her heart. After this she makes the farmer her own fruit, calling him a cluster, fragrant with something sweet and gentle through its flower. And having grown in this way through such ascents she is called beautiful, and becomes close, and the beauty in her eyes is likened to doves. Then again she goes on to the greater. For, having become more clear-sighted, she learns the Word's loveliness, and marvels how he comes down shaded to the bed of the life below, overshadowed by the material nature of the human body. Besides these she describes the house of virtue, whose roofing material is cedar and cypress, not receptive of rot and decay, by which she expresses the permanence and unchangeableness of her relation to the good. Besides these her difference toward the better is shown by comparison, … and she seems a lily among thorns; and again the bridegroom's difference from others is seen by her. For he is named an apple tree among a fruitless forest, made beautiful by the good colour of its fruit; coming under its shade she is in the house, and is strengthened with ointments, and heaped with the fruits of the apple tree, and, receiving the chosen arrow in her heart through the sweet wound, she in turn becomes herself an arrow in the hands of the archer, the left hand aiming her head at the target above, the right drawing the arrow to itself. After this, as if she had already reached perfection, she sets forth for the others too by her word the eagerness for the one she longs for, rousing their love by a kind of adjuring. Who, then, would not say that the soul raised so high had come to the highest limit of perfection? But nevertheless the end of what she has traversed becomes the beginning of guidance toward what lies above. For all those things were thought to be the sound of a voice, the soul turning to the contemplation of the mystical things through hearing; and she begins to see the one she longs for, appearing to her eyes in another form. For he is likened to a gazelle and compared to a young stag; and what appears does not stand still, either before our sight or in its place, but leaps upon the mountains, bounding from the peaks to the summits of the hills. And again the bride comes to a greater state, when a second voice comes to her, by which she is urged to leave the shadow of the wall and come into the open air, and to rest in the shelter of the rock close by the outer wall, and to delight in the spring season, plucking the flowers of the season, in their prime and lovely and fit for cutting, and whatever else the season grants for enjoyment to those who delight in it, among the voices of the musical birds. Through these the bride, becoming again more perfect, asks to see openly the face of the one who speaks, and to receive the word from him, no longer speaking through others. Again it is reasonable at this point to call the soul blessed, having reached through her lofty ascent the summit of what she longed for. For what greater blessedness could one imagine than to see God? But this too is the end of what has been traversed and becomes the beginning of the hope of what lies above. For again she hears the voice commanding the hunters, for the safety of the spiritual vineyards, to hunt the beasts that harm the fruits, those little foxes; and when this has been done, the two pass over into one another, God coming to be in the soul and the soul in turn moving to dwell in God. For she says, "My beloved is mine, and I am his," who pastures among the lilies and has transferred human life from shadowy appearances to the truth of what is. Do you see to what height she has gone up, she who, according to the prophetic word, goes from power to power, so that she seems to have reached the summit of the hope of good things? For what is higher than to be in the one longed for himself, and to receive the one longed for in oneself? But nevertheless, having come to this, she laments again as one in need of the good, and, as one who does not yet have what is set before her desire, she is at a loss and distressed; and she makes public in her narrative such distress of soul, and describes in her word how she found what she sought.

We learn all these things through the contemplation of the words set before us, by which we are clearly taught that the greatness of the divine nature is bounded by no limit, and that no measure of knowledge becomes a boundary of the understanding of what is sought, after which the [seeker] of lofty things must stop his forward movement; but the mind that runs upward through the understanding of what lies above is so disposed that every perfection of knowledge attainable by human nature becomes the beginning of the desire for higher things. And consider exactly, I pray, the word set before our contemplation, having first understood this: that the bodily sketch of the word is a bridal chamber and a wedding arrangement, which gives material to the contemplation, whose philosophy, transferring the meanings of the thoughts to the pure and immaterial, carries the doctrines forward through what is done in them, using the riddles of events for the clarity of what is shown. Since, then, the word has posited the soul as bride, and God, loved by her with all her heart and soul and strength, is named bridegroom, consistently, having come, as she thought, to the summit of what is hoped for, and supposing that she was already mingled with the one she longed for, she names the more perfect participation in the good a bed, and calls the time of darkness night; and by the name of night she shows the contemplation of invisible things, like Moses, who came into the darkness in which God was, who, as the prophet says, "made darkness his hiding place round about him." [Having come] to stand [there], she is then taught that she is as far from having reached perfection as those who have not even begun. "For already," she says, "as one counted worthy of perfect things, resting myself as on a bed in the comprehension of what I had known, when I came within the invisible, leaving the senses behind, when I was enfolded by the divine night, seeking him who is hidden in the darkness, then I had love for the one I longed for, but the beloved himself flew out of the grasp of my thoughts. For I sought him on my bed in the nights, so as to know what his being is, where he begins, where he ends, and in what he has his existence. But I did not find him. I called him by name, as far as I was able to find a name for the one who cannot be named. But there was no meaning of a name that reached the one sought. For how could the one who is above every name be found by being called by a name?" That is why she says, "I called him, and he did not hear me." "Then I knew that there is no limit to his majesty, his glory, his holiness."

That is why she raises herself up again and goes about in her mind through the intelligible and supra-cosmic nature, which she calls a city, in which are the principalities and dominions and the thrones appointed to the authorities, and the assembly of the heavenly beings, which she calls a market, and the multitude that number cannot comprehend, which she signifies by the name of broad street, to see whether the beloved might be found among these. So she went round searching the whole angelic order, and when she did not see the one sought among the goods she found, she reasoned thus with herself: "Is what I love perhaps comprehensible to them?" And she says to them, "Have you seen him whom my soul loved?" When they were silent at such a question, and by their silence showed that what she sought was incomprehensible to them too, when she had gone through all that supra-cosmic city with the busy searching of her mind and did not know the one she longed for even among the intelligible and incorporeal beings, then, leaving behind all that she found, she recognized what she sought in this alone: that it is not known what it is, that it is, whose every comprehending mark becomes a hindrance to those who search for it. That is why she says, "Scarcely had I passed from them," letting go of the whole creation, and passing by everything understood in creation, and leaving behind every approach of comprehension, "I found the beloved by faith; and I will not let go, holding fast to what I have found with the grip of faith, until he comes into my chamber." And the chamber is surely the heart, which then becomes receptive of the divine indwelling, when it returns to that state in which it was at the beginning, when it was formed by the one who conceived it. And one who understands the mother to be the first cause of our constitution [will not be mistaken].

It would be time again to set out the divine words in their very wording, so that the words may be fitted to what has been contemplated. "On my bed by night I sought him whom my soul loved. I sought him and did not find him; I called him, and he did not hear me. I will rise and go about in the city, in the markets and in the broad streets, and I will seek him whom my soul loved. I sought him and did not find him. [The watchmen who go about in the] city [found me]: Have you seen him whom my soul loved? Scarcely had I passed from them when I found him whom my soul loved. I held him and would not let him go, until I brought him into my mother's house, and into the chamber of her who conceived me." After this she again, out of love for others, converses with the daughters of Jerusalem, whom earlier, in comparison with the bride's beauty likened to the lily, she named thorns; and through the oath by the powers in the world she raises them to an equal measure of love, so that the will of the bridegroom may become effective in them too. It has been said in what went before what the world is in which the strengths and the powers are, and what is the will of the one loved with all the heart and soul, so that there is no need to go over the word again …, since the sense of the words contemplated before makes sufficiently clear what is understood in this place.

But let us go on to what follows in the text, if it should be possible for us too to go up with the perfect dove as she flies up to the height, and to hear the voice of the friends of the bridegroom, who marvel at her ascent from the wilderness. This increases the astonishment of the onlookers the more, if the wilderness produces such a one as to imitate the beauty of trees, the trees in the wilderness cultivated by the vapours of incense. The incense was myrrh and frankincense; and from these, [together with] the vapour, a kind of powder was raised up from the finely ground spices and went up with it, so that instead of dust there was the fine diffusion of the spices mingled with the air, through which the powder rose upright and hung aloft. The wording runs thus: "Who is this who comes up from the wilderness like pillars of smoke, perfumed with myrrh and frankincense, from all the powders [of the perfumer]?" If one attends exactly with the mind to [what is said], he will find the truth of the doctrine we understood before. For just as in the processions of the theatres, even if those who act out the story put before them are the same, yet they seem to appear as different people, changing their appearance by the difference of masks, and the one who now appears as a slave and a private person is seen a little later as a hero and a soldier, and again, leaving the subordinate role, takes on the appearance of a general, or puts on the form of a king: so too in the advances of virtue, those who are being transformed from glory to glory through the desire of higher things do not always remain with the same character, but in proportion to the perfection of good things achieved by each at any time, a particular character shines in their life, becoming different from what it was, through the increase of good things. That is why the friends of the bridegroom seem to me to be astonished at what appears: they had known her before as beautiful, but beautiful as among women; after that by the likeness of gold with studs [of silver] …; [now], seeing about her none of the earlier marks, but characterizing her from loftier ones, they marvel not only at her ascent but also at where she ran up from. For this is what intensifies their astonishment: the one who comes up is seen as one, and what appears is compared to a grove of trees; for she is thought to be seen as tree-trunks rising up to a height and growing. And what nourishes these trunks is not some rich and well-watered land, but a dry, thirsty and desert one. In what, then, are these trunks rooted, and from where do they grow? Their root is the powder of the spices; their watering is the vapour of the incense, bedewing this grove with its fragrance. How much praise the word contains for [the bride] testified to in such things! For their questioning one another about the one who has been seen, as shown in another form and not according to her former shape, is the most perfect praise of progress in virtue, bearing much witness to her change and transformation toward the better. For the voice is that of people astonished, marvelling at her appearance as being beyond the usual form: "This one from the wilderness, who was seen by us as black before, how did she wash off her dark form? How does her face flash like snow? The wilderness, it seems, is the cause of these things, which made her height spring up like a shoot and changed her into such beauty." For this running up to the height did not come about by some chance coincidence, nor by some arbitrary allotment, but she acquired the beauty from her own labours through self-control and care. So once the prophet's soul too became thirsty for the divine spring, since his flesh, having become desert, trackless and waterless, received the divine thirst in itself. Her coming up from the wilderness, then, contains testimony that she ran up through attention and self-control to so great and so high a height that she became a wonder even to the friends of the bridegroom, who express her beauty by many likenesses, since it was not possible to include it all in one.

First they liken her loveliness to trunks, and not to one of them, but the likeness of the wonders in her is led to a multitude of trees, so that the many forms and variety of the virtues may be shown through the sketch of the grove. Then smoke from incense is taken up into the image of her beauty, and this not simple, but blended of myrrh and frankincense, so that from both vapours one grace comes to be, by which the beauty of the bride is described. Another praise of her is the mixture of these spices. Myrrh is suited to the burial of bodies; frankincense, for a certain reason, is consecrated to the honour of God. The one, then, who is about to dedicate himself to the service of God will not otherwise be frankincense burned to God unless he first becomes myrrh, that is, unless he puts to death his members that are on earth, buried with the one who took our death upon himself, and receiving in his own flesh, by putting to death his members, that myrrh which was used at the Lord's burial. When these things have come about, every kind of spice of virtue in the circle of life, ground fine as in a mortar, produces that sweet powder, [breathing] which one becomes fragrant, being filled with the perfumed spirit.

After the testimony to her beauty, the friends of the bridegroom, the preparers of the chaste bridal chamber and matchmakers of the pure bride, show her the beauty of the royal bed, so that they may lead the bride the more into desire of the divine and undefiled [union] with him. And the description of the king's bed is this, which they bring before her eyes with a word that points, through what they relate. For they say, "Behold the bed of Solomon; sixty mighty men are around it, of the mighty men of Israel, all holding swords, trained in war; each man has his sword on his thigh because of fear in the nights." That the account of the bed is not from the history would be clear to everyone from what is narrated bodily about Solomon. The word described his palace and his table and the rest of his manner of life in the kingdom with all exactness; but it said nothing new or unusual about his bed; so that it is altogether necessary not to keep the explanation to the letter, but to take the word over by some understanding, removing our mind from the material meaning to spiritual contemplation. For what adornment of a bridal bed could come from sixty armed men, whose lessons are the fearful ones of war, whose ornament is the sword held out before the body, and around whom is a nocturnal terror? For by the word "fear" the text shows the fearful alarm that arises from certain night terrors, which it says are present to these armed men. So by every means we must seek some sense through these words that follows from what has been contemplated before.

What, then, is the sense? The divine beauty seems to have its loveliness in what is fearful, shown by what is contrary to bodily beauty. For here what is gentle and soothing to the sight is a provocation to desire, and … But that undefiled beauty is also undaunted courage. For since the passionate and soiled desire of bodies, seated in the members of the flesh, lies in wait for the mind like a band of robbers and often seizes it and leads it captive to its own will; and what happens is hostile to God, as the apostle says, that the mind of the flesh is enmity toward God; for this reason it follows that divine love comes about from what is contrary to bodily desire: so that, if slackness and relaxation and soft dissipation lead the way in the one, in the other a fearful and undaunted courage becomes the material of divine love. For when manly spiritedness has frightened off and put to flight the account of pleasure, so the pure beauty of the soul appears, defiled by no passion of bodily desire. Necessarily, then, the bridal bed of the king is surrounded by the armed men, whose experience of war and readiness of the sword on the thigh produce fear and alarm in the darkened thoughts, which [shoot] in the nights and in the moonless dark at the upright in heart. That the arming of those who surround the bed destroys filthy pleasures becomes clear from the description of the text, which says, "All of them trained in war, each man with his sword on his thigh." For truly [it belongs to those] who know how one must campaign against flesh and blood to have the sword fitted on the thigh. And whoever is not inexperienced in the thoughts and riddles of Scripture surely understands what is signified by the mention of the thigh, and that the sword is the word. The one, then, who is girded with the fearful weapon, I mean the sword of self-control, is the one who is lovely to the incorruptible bed, one of the mighty men of Israel and worthy of the list of the sixty.

That this number has some mystical meaning [is not doubtful], but it is clear only to those to whom the grace of the Spirit reveals hidden mysteries. We, however, say that it is well, having been filled with the readily available thoughts of the text, as Moses legislated for the Passover, [to leave the marrow] hidden in the bones of obscurity of what appears. But if anyone desires the hidden marrow of the text, let him seek it from the one who reveals hidden things to the worthy. But so that we may not seem to run past the text without exercise, nor to be negligent of the divine command which bids us search the divine Scriptures, let us examine the account of the sixty in this way. Twelve rods, according to the number of the tribes of Israel, are taken by Moses at the divine command, but one of them all was preferred, the only one that sprouted beside the others. Again, stones equal in number to the tribes of Israel are taken by Jesus son of Nave out of the Jordan, none of which is rejected, all alike [serving] as testimony of the [crossing] of the Jordan. And there is much sequence in what is narrated. For the word shows a certain progress of the people toward the more perfect: so that at the beginning of the legislation [one rod was chosen,] and the rest were rejected as dry and fruitless. But when more time had passed and the commands of the law had come to a more exact understanding among them, so that they also conceived and received the second [circumcision], the stone knife cutting off all that was unclean in them (and the attentive hearer surely understands what is signified by the stone and the knife), it was reasonable, the lawful and virtuous life having been confirmed in them, that none of the stones taken in the name of the tribes of the Israelites should be found rejected. But since we must always seek the increase of good things, when time went on and the power of Israel became greater [than the] cutting brought on them by Jesus and [the] circumcision, [then] … For so the word says in the words set before us, "of the mighty men of Israel": then no longer one stone or one rod from each tribe is taken, but instead of rods or stones five warriors from each tribe, trained in war, of the mighty men of Israel, bearing swords, surrounding the divine bed. For this reason none of them is rejected, because the five are the first-fruits of every tribe, whose number, summed up twelve times, makes the full count of sixty. Five from each tribe, then, must become fearful armed guards of the king's bed, so that if one is lacking from the number of five, the rest too is unacceptable.

May we, then, now dare the conclusion of the reasoning? How are the five from each tribe armed, so as to become guards of the royal bed? How does each of these five become fearful to those drawn up against him by his arming, holding out the sword from his thigh? Or is it clear that the one stone is [one man], and these five armed men are [his five senses], each sense holding out its own fitting sword for the destruction of the opponents? The eye's [sword] is always to look to the Lord, and to see rightly, and to be defiled by no filthy sight. The hearing's weapon likewise is listening to divine teachings and never receiving a vain word into itself. So one can arm also taste and touch and smell with the sword of self-control, [fitting it] to each of the senses. [So comes about the] alarm for the dark thoughts, whose time for plotting against souls is night and darkness. For in it, the prophet said, the beasts of the field contrive wicked food for themselves from the flocks of God. "For you made darkness," he says, "and it became night; in it all the beasts of the forest will pass through, lions' whelps roaring to seize [prey]." Since, then, everyone who is saved becomes Israel (for not all who are of Israel are Israel, but those who see God are properly named by this title from the activity), and it is proper to one who sees God to look toward sin with none of the senses (for no one can look to two masters, but one must be hated if the other is to be loved), for this reason all that is saved becomes one bed of the king. For all who have become pure in heart will see God, and those who have seen God become and are properly named Israel; and this name is divided into twelve tribes for some secret reason; so the fullness of those being saved is rightly summed up by the number sixty, one being taken from each part, and this one being [multiplied] into five according to the number of the senses. So all who have put on the divine armour surround one bed of the king, all having become Israel; and through the twelve tribes, the valour understood everywhere, the whole fullness of the champions being summed up into the number sixty, all will become one line of battle and one army, and one bed, that is, one church, and one people, and one bride, under one commander and head of the assembly and bridegroom, so that those who are saved are joined into one body. And we are taught this from God's voice too, which says to the one who knocks shamelessly at night, "The door is already shut, and my children are with me in bed." The word rightly names children those who through the weapons of righteousness have achieved freedom from passion, teaching us through this that the good that comes to us from care is nothing other than what was laid in nature from the beginning. For when one who has girded on the sword has cast off passion through attention to the life of virtue, then he [becomes] like an infant in age, insensible of such passion. For the unripeness of age does not have room for passion. It is the same thing, then, to learn that there are armed men around the bed and that there are infants resting on the bed. For freedom from passion is one in both: in those who have not received passion and in those who have thrust it away. For the one have not yet known it; the others have brought themselves back to the first state, turning and becoming children by divine freedom from passion. How blessed it is to be found among these, having become either a child or an armed man or a true Israelite: as an Israelite, seeing God with a pure heart; as an armed man, guarding the king's bed, that is, one's own heart, in freedom from passion and purity; as a child, resting on the blessed bed, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be the glory to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 7

7PG 44

ἐποίησεν ἑαυτῷ ὁ βασιδεὺς Σολομὼν ἀπὸ ξύλων τοῦ Λιδάνου, στύλους αὐτοῦ ἐποίησεν ἀργύριον. καὶ ἀνάχλιτον χρυσίον, ἐπίβασις αὐτοῦ πορφυρᾶ. Ἐντὸς αὐτοῦ λιθόστρωτον, ἀγάπην ἀπὸ θυγατέρων Ἱερουσαλήμ.] Θυγατέρες Σιὼν, ἐξέλθετε, καὶ ἴδετε ἐν τῷ βασιλεῖ Σολομὼν, ἐν τῷ στεφάνῳ, ᾧ ἐστεφάνωσεν αὐτὸν ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ νυμφεύσεως τοῦ, καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐφροσύνης καρδίας αὐτοῦ. ᾿Ιδοὺ εἴ χωλὴ, ἡ πιλησίον μου, ἰδοὺ εἶ κα.λή. Ὀφθαΐλμοί σου περιστεραὶ, ἐκτὸς τῆς σιωπήσεώς σου.· ὡς ἀγέλαι τῶν αἰγῶν, αἵ ἀπεχααἴύφρθησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ Γαλαάδ. Ὁδόντες σου ὡς ἀγέλαι τῶν κεκαρμένων, αἱ ἀγέδθησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ ΤΖουτροῦ, αἱ πᾶσαι διδυμεύουσαι, καὶ ἀτεκνοῦσα οὐκ ἔστιν. ἐν αὐταῖς. Ὡς σπαρτίον τὸ κόχκιον χείλη σου, καὶ ἡ 1αλιά σον ὡραία. Ὡς λέπυρον ῥοᾶς μῆλόν σου ἐκτὸς τῆς σιωπήσεώς … ᾠκοδομημένος εἰς Θαλπιώθ. Χίλιοι θυρεοὶ κρέμανται ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν, πᾶσωι βολίδες τῶν δυνατῶν. Δύο μαστοὶ σου ὡς δύο νεδροὶ δίδυμοι δορκάδος … ἡμέρα, καὶ κιγηθῶσιν αἱ σκιαί. Πὸρεύσομαι ἐμαυτῷ πρὸς τὸ ὅρος τῆς σμύρνης, καὶ πρὸς τὸν βουνὸν τοῦ Λιθάγνου. Ὅλη καλὴ, ἡ κλησίον μου, καὶ μῶμος οὐκ ἔσειν ἐν σοί. Ἐν πολλοῖς ὁ βασιλεὺς Σολομὼν εἰς τύπον τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ βασιλέως παραλαμδάνεται· πολλοῖς δὴ, φημὶ, τοῖς πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον περὶ αὐτοῦ παρὰ τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς ἱστορουμένοις. Εἰρηνικός τε γὰρ λέγεται, καὶ σοφίαν ἀμέτρητον ἔχει· καὶ ναὸν οἶκοδομεῖ, βασιλεύει τε τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ κρίνει τὸν λαὸν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ· καὶ ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματός ἐστι τοῦ Δαδίξ. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ἡ τῶν Αἰθιόπων βασίλισσα αὐτὸν φοιτᾷ. Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, περὶ αὑτοῦ μὲν λέγεται τυπικῶς, προδιαγράφει δὲ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τὴν δύναμιν. Τίς γὰρ οὕτως εἰρηνικὸς, ὡς ὁ ἀποκτείνας τὴν ἔχθραν, καὶ τῷ σταυρῷ προσηλώσας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἑαυτοῦ· ἡμᾶς, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸν κόσμον ἑαυτῷ χαταλλάξας͵ καὶ τὸ μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ λύσας, ἵνα τοὺς δύο κτίσῃ ἐν ἑαυτῷ εἰς ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, ποιῶν εἰρήνην, ὁ κηρύξας τοῖς μακράν τε καὶ τοῖς ἐγγὺς τὴν εἰρήνην, διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά; Τίς δὲ τοιοῦτος οἰκοδόμος ναοῦ ὡς ὁ τοὺς μὲν θεμελίους αὐτοῦ τιθεὶς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι τοῖς ἁγίοις, τουτέστιν, ἐν τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ἀποστόλοις - ἔποιχοδομῶν δὲ, καθώς φησιν ὁ Παῦλος, ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν, τοὺς ζῶντας καὶ τοὺς ἐμψύχους λίθους, τοὺς δι ἑαυτῶν πρὸς τὴν τῶν τοίχων ἁρμονίαν κατὰ τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον χεχυλισμένους, ὥστε συναρμοσθέντας ἐν τῇ ἑνότητι τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης, αὐξῆσαι δι᾽ ἑαυτῶν τὸν ναὸν τὸν ἅγιον, εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι κατοικητήριον Θεοῦ ἐν πνεύματι; Ὅτι δὲ καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ὁ Σολομὼν τὴν ἀληθινὴν μηνύει σοφίαν, οὗὐδεὶς ἂν ἀντείποι, πρός τε τὴν ἱστορίαν καὶ πρὸς τὴν· ἀλήθειαν βλέπων. Μαρτυρεῖται μὲν γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ὑπὸ τῆς ἱστορίας, ὅτι παρῆλθε τοὺς τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ὄρους, πάντων τὴν γνῶσιν ἐν τῷ πλάτει τῆς καρδίας χωρήσας, ὡς καὶ τοὺς προλαδόντας παραδραμεῖν, καὶ τοῖς ἐφεξῆς γενέσθαι ἀνέφικτος· Κύριος κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν, αὐτὸ ὅπερ ἐστὶν, ἀληθείας τε καὶ σοφίας καὶ δυνάμεως οὐσία ἐστί. Διὰ τοῦτο τοῦ Δαδὶδ εἰπόντος· ὅτι Πάντα ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησας, ἑρμηνεύων τὸν Προφήτην ὁ θεῖος ᾿Απόστολος, ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθαι τὰ πάντα λέγει· ὡς τοῦτον τοῦ Προφήτου διὰ τῆς σοφίας σημαίνοντος. Τὸ δὲ βασιλέα τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ εἶναι τὸν Κύριον, καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μεμαρτύρηται, τῶν ὑπογεγραφότῶν τῷ σταυρῷ τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ· ὅτι Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων· δεχόμεθα γὰρ τὴν μαρτυρίαν, εἰ καὶ χατασμιχρούνειν νομίζεται τὸ μεγαλεῖον τοῦ κράτους, τῇ τῶν Ἰσραηλιτῶν βασιλείᾳ τὴν δεσποτείαν ὁρίξουσα, Οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἔχει· ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ μέρους, τὴν κατὰ πάντων ἀρχὴν ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ αὕτη τῷ σταυρῷ ἀνατίθησι, τῷ μὴ προσθεῖναι, ὅτι μόνων τῶν Ἰουδαίων οὗτός ἐστι βασιλεύς. ᾽Λπολύτως γὰρ αὐτῷ προσμαρτυρήσας ὁ λόγος τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀρχὴν, καὶ τὸ κατὰ πάντων κράτος κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον τῇ ὁμολογίᾳ ταύτῃ Ὁ γὰρ βασιλεὺς πάσης τῆς γῆς καὶ τοῦ μέρους πάντως τὴν δεσποτείαν ἔχει· ἡ δὲ περὶ τὴν δικαίαν χρὶσι τοῦ Σολομῶντος σπουδὴ τὸν ἀληθινὸν κριτὴν τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου διασημαίνει, ὅς φησιν Ὁ Πατὴρ οὗ πρίγει οὐδένα, ἀ.:ὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκε τῷ Υἱῷ· καὶ ὅτι, Οὐ δύναμαι ποιεῖν ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ· οὐδέν· ἀλ.1λὰ καθὼς ἀκούω, κρίνω, καὶ ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν. Οὗτος γὰρ ὁ ἀκρότατος τῆς δικαίας κρίσεως ὅρος, τὸ μὴ ἀφ᾽ ἑαντοῦ κατά τινα προσπάθειαν ἀπόκρισιν τοῖς χρινομένοις νέμειν· ἀλλὰ πρῶτον ἀκούειν τῶν ὑποδίχων τῇ κρίσει, εἶθ᾽ Ὁ οὕτως τὴν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖ; ψῆφον ἐκτίθεσθαι. Οὗ χάριν ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναμίς τινα ὁμολογεῖ μὴ δύνασθαι. Τὸ γὰρ ἕξω τοῦ δικαίου παρατρέψαι τὴν κρίσιν ἀδυνατεῖ ἀλήθεια. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ μὲν ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαδὶδ εἶναι κατὰ σάρκα τὸν Κύριον, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ γεγονότος ἐχπαρήσομεν. Τὸ δὲ κατὰ τὴν Αἰθιόπισσαν μυστήριον, πῶς καταλιποῦσα ὧν Αἰθιόπων τὴν βασιλείαν, καὶ τοσοῦτον διαδᾶσα τὸν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τόπον, πρὸς τὸν Συλομῶντα διὰ τὸ κλέος τῆς σοφίας ἐπείγεται, λίθοις πιμίοις καὶ χρυσῷ, καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἀρωμάτων ἠδύσμασι δεξιουμένη τὸν βασιλέα, δῆλον ἂν γένοιτο τῷ ἐπιστήσαντι πρὸς ὃ τι τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν βλέπει θαυμάτων. Τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι μέλαινα ἣν ἐξ εἰδωλολατρείας τὸ καταρχὰς ἡ ἐξ ἐθνῶν Ἐκκλησία, πρὶν Ἐκκλησίαν ενέσθαι, πολλῷ μεταξὺ τῷ τῆς ἀγνοίας διαστήματι, ἧς πρὸς τὸν ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν γνώσεως ἀπῳχισμένη ; Αλλ᾽ ὅτε ἐπεφάνη ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἡ σοφία διέλαμψε, καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένους τὴν ἀκτῖνα διέ--, πεμψε, τότε τοῦ Ἱσραὴλ πρὸς φῶς ἑἐπιμύσαντυς, καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν μετουσίας ἑαυτὸν ἀποστήσαντος, ἔρχονται οἱ Αἰθίοπες, οἱ ἐθνῶν τῇ πίστει προστρέχοντες, καὶ οἵ ποτε ὄντες μακρὰν, ἐγγὺς γίνονται, τῷ μυστικῷ ὕδατι τὴν μελανίαν ἀποχλυσάμενοι· ὥστε-.τὴν Αἰθιοπίαν προφθάσαι χεῖρα αὐτῆς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ προσάγειν δῶρα τῷ βασιλεῖ, τά τε τῆς εὐσεδείας ἀρώματα, καὶ τὸ τῆς θεογνωσίας χρυσίον, καὶ τοὺς τιμίους λίθους τῆς τῶν ἐντολῶν τε καὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐργα.. ᾿Αλλὰ πρὸς ὅ τι βλέπων ἐντεῦθεν ἄρχομαι τῆς προκειμένης ἡμῖν τῶν ῥητῶν θεωρίας, ἤδη διασαφήσω Ὑ τῷ λόγῳ αὐτὴν προεχθέμενος τὴν λέξιν τῶν θείων λογίων ἔχουσαν οὕτως· Φορεῖον ἐποίησεν ἑαυτῷ ὁ … στύλους αὐτοῦ ἐποίησεν ἀργύριον, καὶ τὸ ἀνάκιλιτον αὑτοῦ χρυσίον, ἐπίδασιν αὐτοῦ πορφύραν. Ἐντὸς αὐτοῦ ιθόστρωτον ἀγάπην ἀπὸ θυγατέρων Ἱερουσαλήμ. Ὥσπερ τοίνυν ἐν τοῖς προεξητασμένοῖς περὶ τοῦ Σολομῶντος εὗρεν ὁ λόγος, δι᾽ ὧν τὸ περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ μυστήριον ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ προσώπῳ· οὕτω καὶ διὰ τῆς τοῦ φορείου κατα-· σκευῆς ἡ περὶ ἡμῶν οἰκονομία διασημαίνεται. Πολυτρόπως γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τοῖς ἀξίοις ἑαυτοῦ γίνεται, καθὼς ἔκαστος ἂν ἔχῃ δυνάμεώς τε καὶ ἀξίας, οὕτως ἐν ἐκάστῳ γινόμενος, Ὁ μὲν γάρ τις γίνεται Θεοῦ τόπος, ὁ δὲ οἶκος, ἄλλος δὲ θρόνος, καὶ ἕτερος ὑποπύδιον. Ἔστι δέ τις καὶ ἅρμα γινόμενος, ἣ ἵπτοος εὐήνιος, δεχόμενος ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἑπιδάτην, Λ καὶ πρὸς τὸ δοκοῦν τῷ εὐθύνοντι διανύων τὸν δρόμον. Ὡς δὲ νῦν διδασκόμεθα, καὶ φορεῖον αὐτοῦ τις γίνεται, ὁ κατὰ τὴν ἐκείνου σοφίαν οὐ μόνον τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ ξύλοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ χρυσίῳ καὶ ἀργυρίῳ καὶ πορφύρᾳ καὶ λίθοις καταλλήλως ἐν ἑκάστῳ μέρει, δι᾽ ὧν ἡ ἀγάπη αὐτοῦ ἐνεργὸς γίνεται, οὐ πάντων χωρούντων τὴν τῆς ἀγάπης ἐνέργειαν· ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις θυγάτηρ τῆς ἄνω Ἱερουσαλὴμ. τῆς ἐλευθέρας διὰ τοῦ βίου γνωρίζοιτο. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ὁ τὸν Θεὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ φέρων, φορεῖϊόν ἐστι τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικοῦντος καὶ χαθεδουμένου, δῆλον καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων λόγων ἂν εἴη. Ὁ γὰρ κατὰ τὸν ἅγιον Παῦλον, μηκέτι αὐτὸς ζῶν, ἀλλὰ ζῶντα ἔχων ἐν ἑαντῷ τὸν Χριστὸν, καὶ δοκιμὴν διδοὺς τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ λαλοῦντος Χριστοῦ, οὗτος κυρίως φορεῖον λέγεται καὶ γίνεται Τ τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ φερομένου καὶ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ βασταζομένου. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ζητούμενον. Ἐχεῖνοδὲ μᾶλλον προσήκει δι᾽ ἐπιμελείας κατανοῆσαι, τί βούλεται τὸ τῆς ὕλης ποικίλον τε καὶ πολυειδές. ἡιῶς οὖν συμπαραλαμθάνεται χρυσίῳ καὶ ἀργυρίῳ, καὶ πορφύρᾳ, καὶ λίθοις ἢ τοῦ ξύλου φύσις εἰς τὴν κατασκευὴν τοῦ φορείου ; Καί τοῖ γε τὸ ξύλον ὁ σορὸς ἀρχιτέκτων Ἠαῦλος, μετὰ τοῦ χόρτου καὶ τῆς καλάμῆς εἰς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ οἴκου κρίνει ἀπόδλητον, τοῦ πυρὸς δυνάμει τῇ τὸ ἔργον ἐνδαπανώμενον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οἴδαμέν τινά ξύλου φύσιν μὴ διαμένουσαν ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς χρυσὸν, ἢ ἄργυρον, ἣ ἄλλο τι τῷν τιμίων ἑαυτὴν μεταδάλλου σαν. Ἐν γὰρ τῇ μεγάλῃ τοὺ Θεοῦ οἰχέᾳ φησὶν ὁ ᾿Ἀπόστολος τὰ μὲν εἶναι χρυσᾶ τῇ φύσει, καὶ ἀργυρᾶ· σκεύη, τὴν ἀσώματον, οἶμαι, καὶ νοερὰν κτίσιν διὰ τούτων ὑπαινισσόμενος᾽ τὰ δὲ ξύλινά τε καὶ χινα, ἡμᾶς τάχα διὰ τούτων ἀποεημαίνων, οὗς ἀπεἡ δὲ διὰ τοῦ ξύλου ἁμαρτὰς, ξύλινα ἡμᾶς σκεύη ἀντὶ χρυσῶν ἀπειργάσατο. Μεμέρισται δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἀξίαν ἧς ὕλης καὶ ἡ τῶν σκευῶν χρῆσις. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ τιμιωτέρας ὕλης, εἰς τιμὴν ἀποτέταχται· τὰ δὲ εἰς τὴν ἄτιμον ὑπηρεσίαν ἀπέῤῥιπται. ᾿Αλλὰ τί φησι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ὁ Παῦλος ; Ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει τὸ σκεῦος ἢ ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας προαιρέσεως, ἢ χρύσεον ἀπὸ ξυλίνου, ἀργύρεον ἀπ᾽ δστραχίνου γενέσθαι, ᾽Εὰν γάρ τις. φησὶν, ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν, ἔσται σκεῦος εἷς τιμὴν τῷ Δεσπότῃ, πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον. ᾳυοά Ὁ Τάχα τοίνυν διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων προσαγόμεθά πως τῇ - προκειμένῃ θεωρίᾳ τοῦ λόγου. Τὸ ὄρος ὁ Λίβανος πολλοῖς τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς ἀντικειμένης δυνάμεως μνημονεύεται· ὡς ὅταν λέγει διὰ τοῦ· ὅτι Συντρίψει Κύριος τὰς κέδρους τοῦ Λιδάγνου, καὶ λεπτυγνεῖ αὐτάς τε καὶ τὸν Λίδαγνον τὸν μόσχον ἐχεῖγον, δηλαδὴ τὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ κατα λεανθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ Μωῦσέως, καὶ πότιμον διὰ λεπτότητὰ τοῖς Ἰσραηλίταις γενόμενον. Δηλοῦται γὰρ ᾧδε διὰ τῆς προφητείας ὅτι οὗ μόνον τὰ ἐχφυέντα παρὰ πῆς ἀντικειμένης δυνάμεως κακὰ, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ ὄρος ἡ πρώτη τοῦ κακοῦ ῥίζα, ὁ Λίδανος, τῶν τοιούτων δένδρων τὴν ὕλην, εἰς τὸ μὴ ὃν περιστήσεται. Οὐκοῦν ἡμεῖς ἦμέν ποτε τοῦ Λιβάνου τὰ ξύλα, ἕως ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἦμεν ἐῤῥιζωμένοι, διά τε τοῦ πονηροῦ βίον, καὶ τῆς τῶν εἰδώλων ἀπάτης· ἀλλ᾽ ἐ πειδὴ ἐκεῖθεν ὑπὸ τῆς λογικῆς ἀξίνης ἐξετμήθημεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τοῦ τεχνίτου ἐγενόμεθα, φορεῖον ἑαυτοῦ ἡμᾶς ἐποίησε, μεταστοιχειώσας τοῦ ξύλου τὴν φύσιν διὰ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας εἰς ἀργύριόν τε καὶ χρυσίον, καὶ εἰς εὐανθῇ πορφύραν, καὶ εἰς τὰς τῶν λίθων αὖγάς· καὶ ὥσπερ φησὶν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ὅτι ως ἐμέρισεν ἑκάστῳ ὁ Θεὸς τὰς τοῦ ἁγίου Πγεύματος δωρεάς· καὶ ᾧ μὲν δίδωσι προφητείαν κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως· ἄλλῳ δὲ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἐνεργημάτων, πρὸς ὃ πέφυκέν τε καὶ δύναται ἔκαστος τὴν χάριν δέξασθαι, ἣ ὀφθαλμὸς τοῦ σώματος τῆς Ἐκκλησίας γινόμενος, ἣ εἰς χεῖρα τασσόμενος, ἣ ἀντὶ ποδὸς ὑποστηρίζων οὕτω καὶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ φορείου κατασκευῇ, ὁ μέν τις στύλος, ὁ δὲ ἑπίδασις γίνεται· ἕτερος δὲ τὸ πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ μέρος ὃ ἀνάχλιτον προσηγόρευσεν εἰσὶ δέ τινες οἱ εἰς τὸ ἐντὸς τεταγμένοι. Ὧν ἀπάντων κατά τινα λόγον ὁ τεχνίτης οὐ μονοειδῆ πρὸς τὸν καλλωπισμὸν ἐπινοεῖ τὴν ὕλην ᾿ ἀλλὰ πάντα μὲν κατακοσμεῖται τῷ κάλλει· διάφορος δὲ καὶ κατάλληλος ἑκάστῳ τούτων ἐπινοεῖται ἡ ὥρα. Εἰσὶ τοίνυν ἀργύριον μὲν οἱ στύλοι τοῦ φορείου· δὲ τούτων ἐπιδάσεις πορφύρα· ἐκ χρυσίου δὲ τὸ ἀνάκλιτον τὸ τῇ κεφαλῇ ὑποθαῖνον, ἐν ᾧ κλίνει τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κεφαλὴν ὁ νυμφίος· τοῖς δὲ τιμίοις λίθοις τὸ ἔνδον ἅπαν χαταποιχίλλεται. Οὐκοῦν στύλους μὲν νοητέον, τοὺς στύλους τῆς Ἐχκχλησίας, οἷς ἀκριδῶς τὸ ἀργύριον καθαρόν τε καὶ πεπυρωμένον ὁ λόγος ἐστίν. Ἢ . δὲ πορφύρα εἰσὶν οἵ τῆς βασιλείας ἐν τῷ ὑψηλῷ τῆς ( πολιτείας ἐπιδεδήχασιν. Ἐξαίρετον γὰρ γνώρισμα τῆς βασιλείας ἡ πορφύρα νομίζεται. Τὸ δὲ ἡγεμονιχὃὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν ᾧ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ κλίνει ὁ τὸ φορεῖον κατασκευάσας, τὸ τῶν καθαρῶν δογμάτων χρυσίον ἐστίν. Ὅσα δὲ ἀφανῆ τε καὶ κρύφια τῇ καθαρᾷ συνεἰδήσει τῶν τιμίων λίθων ἐνωραΐξεται, δι᾿ ὧν ἀπάντῶν ἀπὸ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ἡ ἀγάπη συνίσταται. Εἰ δὲ βούλοιτό τις φορεῖον μὲν πᾶσαν λέγειν τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν· χαταμερίζοι δὲ κατὰ τὰς τῶν ἐνερ- ᾿ γειῶν διαφορὰς εἰς πρόσωπά τινα τοῦ φορείου μέρη, ὡς δὴ περὶ τούτου προεέρηται, πολλὴν καὶ οὔτως εὐκολίαν ὁ λόγος ἔχει, ἑκάστῳ τάγματι τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν τεταγμένων ἐφαρμόσαι τοῦ φορείου τὰ μέρη· καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ὅτι·Ἔθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ Ἐκχχιλησίᾳ, πρῶτον ἀποστόλους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον διδασκάλους, ἔπειτα καθ᾽ ἕκαστον πάντα πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων· ὡς διὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων τῶν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ φορείου χαταὀχενὴν συντελούντων ἱερέας νοεῖσθαι καὶ διδασκάλους, καὶ τὴν σεμνὴν παρθενίαν τὴν ἐντὸς τοῦ φορείου καθαρότητι τῶν ἀρετῶν, οἷόν τισι λίθων αὐγαῖς ἐν᾿Αλλὰ περὶ μὲν τούτων τοσαῦτα, Ὁ δὲ ἐφεξῆς λόγος προτροπὴν περιέχει πρὸς τὰς θυγατέρα: Ἵερου- -. σαλὴμ παρὰ τῆς νύμφης γινόμενος. Ὡς γὰρ ὁ μέγας Παῦλος ζημίαν ἡγεῖτο, εἰ μὴ πᾶσι τῶν ἰδίων ἀγαθῶν ἐκοινώνησε, διὸ τὰ τοιαῦτα πρὸς τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἔλεγεν· ὅτι Γίγεσθε ὡς ἐγὼ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ἤμην ποτὲ καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς· καὶ ὅτι Μιμηταί μοῦ γίγνεσθε, καθὼς ἐγὼ Χριστοῦ· οὕτω καὶ ἡ φιλάνθρωπος γύμφη αὕτη τῶν θείων τοῦ Δεσπότου μυστηρίων- ἀξιωθεῖσα, ὅτε τὴν κλίνην ἴδε, καὶ φορεῖον βασιλέως ἐγένετο, βοᾷ πρὸς τὰς νεάνιδας· αὗται δ᾽ ἂν εἶεν α τῶν σωζομένων ψυχαί: Ἕως πότε, λέγουσα, τῷ σπηλαίῳ τοῦ βίου ἐναποχλείεσθε ; ἐξέλθετε τῶν προχαλυμμάτων τῆς φύσεως, καὶ ἴδετε τὸ θαυμαστὸν Ὑθέαμα· Σιὼν θυγατέρες γενόμεναι, θεάσασθε ᾿ περιπρέποντα τῇ κεφαλῇ τοῦ βασιλέως τὸν στέφανον, ὃν ἡ μήτηρ αὐτῷ περιέθηκε κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Προφήτου φωνὴν, ὅς φησιν·Ἔθηχας ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὑτοῦ στέφανον ἐκ λίθου τιμίου. Πάντως δὲ οὐδεὶς τῶν κρίνειν τοὺς περὶ Θεὸν λόγους ἐπεσχεμμένων ἀχριδολογεῖται περὶ τὴν τοῦ ὀνόματος ἔμφασιν, ὅτι μήττρ ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρὸς μνημονεύεται, μίαν ἀφ᾽ ἑκατέρας φωνῆς ἀναλαμδάνων διάνοιαν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὔτε ἄῤῥῆν, οὔτε θῆλυ τὸ Θεῖόν ἐστι - πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἐπὶ τῆς θεότητός τι νοηθείη τοιοῦτον, ὁπότε οὐδὲ ἡμῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τοῦτο εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς παραμένει, ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν ἐν Χριστῷ ἕν πάντες γενώμεθα, τὰ σημεῖα τῆς διαφορᾶς ταύτης μετὰ ὅλου τοῦ παλαιοῦ ἀνθρώπου συνεχδυόμεθα; τούτου χάριν ἰσοδυναμεῖ πρὸς τὴν ἔν- δειξιν τῆς ἀφθάρτου φύσεως πᾶν τὸ εὑρισκόμενον ὄνομα· οὔτε θήλεος, οὔτε ἄῤῥενος τὴν σημασίαν τῆς ἀκηράτου καταμολύνοντος φύσεως. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐν μὲν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ ὁ πατὴρ λέγεται ποιεῖν τοὺς γάμους· ᾽ ὁ δὲ Προφήτης πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν λέγει· ὅτι ΓἜθηχας ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ στέφανον ἐκ λίθου τιμίου· ἐνταῦθα δὲ παρὰ τῆς μητρός φησιν ἐπιτίθεσθαι τῷ γυμφίῳ τὸν στέφατον. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐστιν εἷς ὁ γάμος καὶ μία νύμφη, καὶ παρὰ ἑνὸς ἐπιδάλλεται τῷ νυμφίῳ ὁ στέφανος· οὐδὲν διαφέρει πάντως, ἣ ΥἹὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ λέγειν Θεὸν, ἣ ΥἹὸν τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ, κατὰ τὴν Παύλου φωνὴν, ὡς μιᾶς οὔσης καθ᾽ ἐχάτε ρον ὄνομα τῆς νυμφοστολούσης αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας συνοιχήσεως δυνάμεως. Ἐξέλθετε οὖν, φησὶν ἡ γύμφη πρὸς τὰς νεάνιδας, καὶ θυγατέρες Σιὼν γένε- σθε- ὥστε ἀπὸ σκοπιᾶς ὑψηλῆς (οὕτω γὰρ Σιὼν ἐρμηνεύεται) δυνηθῆναι τὸ θαυμαστὸν ἰδεῖν θέαμα, στεφανηφοροῦντα τὸν νυμφίον. Στέφανος δὲ αὐτῷ ἡ Ἐκκλησία γίνεται, διὰ τῶν ἐμψύχων λίθων τὴν κεφα… τοιούτου στεφάνου, ἡ ἀγάπη ἐστὶν, ἣν, εἴτε μητέρα, εἴτε ἀγάπην τις λέγει, οὐκ ἁμαρτήσεται. θεὸς γάρ ἔατιν ἀγάπη, κατὰ τὴν Ἰωάννου φωνήν. Τούτῳ δὲ τῷ στεφάνῳ ἐνευφραίνεσθαι λέγει αὐτὸν ἡ νύμφη, κόσμῳ ἐναγαλλόμενον. Χαίρει γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἁ σύνοικον τὴν Ἐχκχλησίαν ἑαυτῷ ποιησάμεγος, ταῖς ἀρεταῖς τῶν διαπρεπόντων ἐν αὐτῇ στεφανούμενος. Κρεῖττον δ᾽ ἂν εἴη αὐτὰς παραθέσθαι τὰς θείας φωνὰς ἐπὶ λέξεως ἐχούσας οὕτως Ἐξέλθετα καὶ ἴδετε, θυγατέρες Σιὼν, τὸν βασιλέα Σολο… μήτηρ αὐτοῦ, ἐν ἡμέρᾳ νυμφεύσεως αὑτοῦ, καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὑφροσύνης καρδίας αὑτοῦ. Τὴν οὖν τοιαύτην φιλανθρωπίαν τῆς νύμφης ὁ Λόγος ἀποδεξάμενος, ὅτι κατὰ μίμησιν τοῦ Δεσπότου καὶ αὐτὴ πάντας θέλει σωθῆναι, καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν· σεμνοτέραν αὐτὴν ἀπεργάζεται ὁ κήρυξ τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῆς καὶ ζωγράφος γινόμενος. Οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῶς ὁ τῆς ὥρας ἔπαινος λέγεται, καθολικήν τινα εὐφημίαν περιέχων τοῦ κάλλους· ἀλλ᾽ ἐμφιλοχωρεῖ τῷ λόγῳ τοῖς καθ᾽ ἕκαστον μέρεσιν, ἴδιον ἑκάστῳ μέλει διὰ συγκρίσεώς τε καὶ ὁμοιώσεως χαριζόμενος … Λέγει δὲ οὕτως· ᾿Ιδοὺ εἶ καλὴ, ἡ πλησίον μου, ἰδοὺ εἶ καλή. Ἢ γὰρ μιμησαμένη τοῦ Δεσπότου τὸ φιλάνθρωπον βούλημα, καὶ ἐξελθεῖν ἐγκελευσαμένη καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τοῦ ᾿Αδραὰμ τὰς νεάνιδας, ἑκάστην ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἑαυτῆς, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ τὰ αἰσθητήρια συγγενείας αὐτῆς, ὥστε ἰδεῖν τὸν καθαρὸν νυμφίον στεφανηφοροῦντα τὴν ᾿Εκκλησίαν· ἀληθῶς πλησίον.· γίνεται τῆς δεσποτικῆς ἀγαθότητος, διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸν πλησίον ἀγάπης τῷ Θεῷ προσεγγίσασα. Κα.1ὴ οὖν εἶ, φησὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν ὁ Λόγος, τῇ καλῇ προαιρέσει τῷ ἀγαθῷ πλησιάσασα. Ἢ δὲ ἐπανάληψις τοῦ ἐπαίνου τὸ ἅψευστον τῆς μαρτυρίας ἐνδείκνυται. Ἐν γὰρ τῇ τ διπλῇ μαρτυρίᾳ βεδαιοῦσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὁ θεῖος ἀποφαίνεται νόμος. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν· Ἰδοὺ εἶ καλὴ, ἡ πλησίον μου, ἰδοὺ εἷ και1ή. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ἐν σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ Ἐκκλησία πᾶσα, ἐν δὲ τῷ ἑνὶ σώματι, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, μέλη ἐστὶ πολλά· πάντα δὲ τὰ μέλη οὐ τὴν αὑτὴν ἔχει πρᾶξιν· ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν ὀφθαλμὸν ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῷ σώματι, ἔτε- ᾿ ρος δέ τις οὗς ἐφυτεύθη· εἰσὶ δέ τινες διὰ τῆς ἐνερ- ἡ γείας τῶν δυνάμεων χεῖρες γινόμενοι, καὶ πόδες λέγονταί τινες οἱ τὰ βάρη βαστάζοντες· εἴη δ᾽ ἄν τι· καὶ γεύσεως ἔργον καὶ ὀσφρήσεως, καὶ τὰ καθ᾽ ἔκαστον πάντα, δι᾽ ὧν ἀνθρώπινον συνίσταται σῶμα· καὶ δυνατόν ἔστιν εὑρεῖν ἐν τῷ κοινῷ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας σώματι χείλη τε καὶ ὀδόντας, καὶ γλῶσσαν, μαζούς τε, καὶ κοιλίαν, καὶ τράχηλον· ὡς δὲ ὁ Παῦλός·φησι· Καὶ αὑτὰ τὰ δοκοῦντα εἶναι ἀσχήμονα τοῦ σώματος· τούτου χάριν ὁ ἀκριδὴς τοῦ κάλλους δοκιμαστὴς, τῶν ἀρεσάντων αὐτῷ μελῶν ἐξ ὅλου τοῦ σώματος, ἴδιόν τε καὶ πρόσφορον ἑκάστῳ ποιεῖται: τὸν Ἄρχεται δὲ τῶν ἐγκωμίων ἀπὸ τῶν χυριωτέρων μελῶν. Τί γὰρ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν ἐστι τιμιώτερον ; Δι’ ὧν ἡ τοῦ φωτὸς ἀντίληψις γίνεται, παρ᾽ ὧν ἐστιν ἡ τῶν φίλων καὶ πολεμίων ἐπίγνωσις, οἷς τὸ ἴδιον καὶ τὸ ἀλλότριον διαχρίνομεν, πάσης ἐρ- ᾿· γασίας ὑφηγηταὶ καὶ διδάσκαλοι γίνονται, καὶ τῆς ἀπλανοῦς ὁδοιπορίας ὁδηγοὶ συμφυεῖς καὶ ἀχώριστοι, ὧν ἡ θέσις τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθητηρίων ὑπερκειμένη,, τὸ προτιμότερον τῆς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν γινομένης ἡμῖν ὦφελείας ἐνδείκνυται. Πάντως δὲ πρόδηλόν ἔστι τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, εἰς ποῖα μέλη τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὁ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἔπαινος βλέπει. Ὀφθαλμὸς ἦν Σαμουὴλ ὁ βλέπων· οὕτω γὰρ ὠνομάζετο· ὀφθαλμὸς ὁ Ἰεζεκιήλ, … ὁ σκοπεῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ τεταγμένος, ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν φυλασσομένων παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ σωτηρίᾳ· ὀφθαλμὸς Μιχαίας ὁ ὁρῶν, καὶ Μωῦσῆς ὁ θεώμενος, ὁ δια τοῦτο καὶ θεὸς ὠνομασμένος· ὀφθαλμοὶ πάντες ἐκεῖνοι, οἱ εἰς ὀδηγίαν τοῦ λαοῦ τεταγμένοι, οὗς καὶ ὁρῶντας ὠνόμάζον οἱ τότε ἄνθρωποι· καὶ νῦν οἱ τὸν ἐκεῖνον τόπον ἀναπληροῦντες τῷ σώματι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ ἐπισκοπεῖν τεταγμένοι, ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίως χατονομάζονται, ἐὰν ἀχριδῶς πρὸς τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης ᾿ ἥλιον βλέπωσι, μηδαμοῦ τοῖς ἔργοις τοῦ σκότους καὶ εἰ διαχρίνοιεν τοῦ ἀλλοτρίου πὸ ἴδιον, ἐν τῷ γινώσκειν, ὅτι πᾶν ἀλλότριόν ἔστε τῆς φύσεω; ἡμῶν, τὸ φαινόμενόν τε καὶ πρόσκαιρον· ἴδιον δὲ τὸ δι᾽ ἐλπίδος προκείμενον, οὗ ἡ κτῆσις μένει πρὸς τὸ διηνεκὲς ἀναφαίρετος. Ὀφθαλμῶν ἔργον καὶ τὸ διαγινώσκειν τὸν φίχιόν τε καὶ τὸν πολέμιον, ὥστε ἀγαπᾶν μὲν τὸν ἀληθινὸν φίλον ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας τε καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ δυνάμεως, τέλειον δὲ μῖσος κατὰ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν ἐπιδείχνυσθαι.᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ὁ τῶν πρακτέων ὑφηγητὴς, καὶ τῶν συμφερόντῶν διδάσκαλος, καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τὸν Θεὸν πορείας χειραγωγὸς, τοῦ καθαροῦ τε καὶ ὑγιαίνοντος ὀφθαλμοῦ τὸ ἔργον δι’ ἀχριδείας ποιεῖ, καθʼ ὁμοιότητα τῶν σωματικῶν ὀμμάτων τῆς ὑψηλῆς πολιτείας τῶν λοι- Τʼ πῶν προφαινόμενος. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐντεῦθεν ἐπαινεῖν ὁ Λόγος τὸ τῆς νύμφης ἄρχεται κάλλος, καί φησιν Ὀφθαλμοί σου περιστεραί· ἀκεραίους γὰρ εἰς τὸ κακὸν τοὺς ἐν ὀφθαλμῶν τάξει προδεθλημένους ὁρῶν, ς τὴν ἁπλότητά τε καὶ τὸ ἀκέραιον τοῦ ἤθους αὐτῶν ἀποδεξάμενος, περιστερὰς χατωνόμασεν αὐτούς. Ἴδιον γάρ ἐστι περιστερῶν τὸ ἀκέραιον. Ἢ τάχα ποιοῦτόν τινα ὁ λόγος μαρτυρεῖ τοῖς ὄμμασιν ἔπαινον. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πάντων τῶν ὁρατῶν αἱ εἰκόνες τῷ καθαρῷ τῆς κόρης ἐμπίπτουσαι, τὴν ὁρατικὴν ἐνέργειαν ἀποτελοῦσιν ἀνάγκη πᾶσα πρὸς ὅ τις ὁρᾷ, τούτου τὴν μορφὴν ἀναλαμθάνειν διὰ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ, κατόπτρου δίκην τοῦ φαινομένου τὸ εἶδος ἀναμασσόμενος. Ὅταν τοΐνυν ὁ τὴν ὀπτιχὴν ταύτην ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας λαδὼν, πρὸς μηδὲν ὑλῶδες χαὶ·ἡ σωματικὸν βλέπῃ ὁ πνευματικός τε καὶ ἄῦλος ἐν αὐτῷ κατορθοῦται βίος. Ἧ δὲ τοιαύτη ζωὴ τῇ τοῦ πελειότατος τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἔστιν ἔπαινος, τὸ πρὸς αὐτῶν τῆς ζωῆς τὸ εἶδος. Περιστερὰ γὰρ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. Ἦ δὲ δυὰς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐπαινεῖται, ὡς ἂν ὅλος γένοιτο ἐν ἐπαίνῳ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ὁ φαινόμενός τϑ καὶ νοούμενος. Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ προσέθηκε τῷ ἐπαίνῷ καὶ ἄλλην ὑπερδολῆν, εἰπών’ ὅτι Ἐκτὸς τῆς σιωσπήσεώς σου· τοῦ γὰρ ἀγαθοῦ βίου, τὸ μέν τι πρόδηλάν ἔστιν, ὡς καὶ ἀνθρώποις γνώριμον εἶναι· τὸ δὲ κρύφιόν τε καὶ ἀπόῤῥητον, μόνῳ Θεῷ χαθορώμενον. ποίνυν τὸ ἀκατέργαστον βλέπων, καὶ εἰς τὰ κρύφια καθορῶν μαρτυρεῖ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐπαινουμένον προσώπου πλέον εἶναι τοῦ φαινομένου τὸ σιωπώμενον, δι᾽ ὧν , φῆσιν· ὅτι Ὀφθαιῖμοί σου περιστεραὶ ἐκτὸς τῆς σιωπήσεώς σου. Ἔξωθεν γάρ ἔστι τοῦ ἐπαινηθέντὸς ἤδη. τὸ διὰ τῆς σιωπῆς θαυμαζόμενον. Ὁδῷ δὲ κροάγει καθεξῆς τὸ τοῦ κάλλους ἐγκώμιον, ἐπὶ τὰς τρίχας μετάγων τὸν λόγον ,καί φησιν Τρίχωμά σου ἀγέιλαι τῶν αἰγῶν, αἱ ἀνεχαλύφρθησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ Νοῆσαι δὲ προσήκει πρῶτον τῆς τριχὸς τὴν ʼφύσιν· εἶθ᾽ οὕτως ἐπιγνῶναι τὸν ἔπαινον, ὃν διὰ τῶν τριχῶν ὁ λόγος τῇ νύμφῃ χαρίζεται. Οὐκοῦν δόξα μὲν γαιχὸς κεφαλῆς ἡ θρὶξ παρὰ τοῦ Παύλου ὠνόμασται. καὶ ἀντὶ περ:θολαίου δεδόσθαι τῇ γυναικὶ τὴν κόμην λέγει. Αἰδὼ δὲ καὶ σωφροσύνην τὸ πρέπον εἶναί φησι παῖς γυναιξὶ περιθόλαιον, οὕτω γράψας τῷ ῥήματι τὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ σωφροσύνης κοσμεῖν ἑαυτάς. Διὰ τούτων τὰς ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς τρίχας, αἷς κομᾷ ἡ γυνὴ, ᾿ ἣν αἰδὼ καὶ σωφροσύνην διὰ τῆς τοῦ Παύλου σοφίας χαταλαμθάνεσθαι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλην πρέπει τινὰ δόξαν νομίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῆς ἐπαγγελλομένης θεοσέδειαν χῆς, εἰ μὴ τὴν αἰδώ τε καὶ τὴν σωφροσύνην, ἣν κόμὴν ὠνόμασεν, ἣν ὅταν μὴ ἔχῃ, καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος. ΕἸ δὴ΄ ταῦτα περὶ τῶν τριχῶν ὁ Παῦλος ἐφιλοσόφησε, προςἀκτέον ἂν εἴη τὰ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου ῥήματα τῷ ἐπαίνῳ ἡ τῆς Ἐχκχλησίας, ἐν τῷ περὶ τοῦ τριχώματος λόγῳ, κατὰ τὴν προκειμένην φωνὴν, ἥ φησιν ὅτι Τρίχωμά σου, ὡς ἀγέλαι τῶν αἰγῶν, αἵ ἀνεχαλύζθησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ Γαλαάδ. Διὰ τούτων γὰρ τὴν ἐνάρετον πο- αὶ λιτείαν ἐν ἐπαίνῳ ποιεῖται ὁ Λόγος. ᾿Αλλὰ χἀχεῖνοις͵ προσήκει προστεθῆναι τῷ λόγῳ τῷ περὶ τῶν τριχῶν, ὅτι πάσης αἰσθήσεως ζωτικῆς. ἀμοιροῦσιν αἱ χόμαι. Οὐ μικρὸν γὰβ᾽ εἰς ἐπαύξησιν ἐγκωμίων καὶ τοῦτο, τὸ ἦτε πόνου, μήτε ἡδονῆς αἴσθησιν ἐν ταῖς θριξὶν εἶναι. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ σῶμα, ὅθεν ἐχφύονται, ὀδυνᾶται: αὑτὴ δὲ ἡ θρὶξ, οὔτε εἰ οὔτε εἰ φλέγοιτο, οὔτε εἰ διά τινος χκωμμωτικῆς ἐπικαταλεαίνοιτο, τῷ γινομένῳ αἴσθησιν ται. Τὸ δὲ ἀμοιρεῖν τῆς αἰσθήσεως τῶν νεκρῶν ἐστιν ἴδιον. Οὐκοῦν ὁ μηδεμίαν τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ. σπουδαζομένων παραδεχόμενος αἴσθησιν, μήτε ὑπὸ δόξης τε καὶ τιμῆς ἐξογχούμενος, μήτε δι’ Ὁδρεώς πε καὶ ἀτιμίας ἀλγεινῶς διατιθέμενος· ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ὁμοίῳ καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον τῶν ἐναντίων ἑαυτὸν φυλάσσων· οὗτός Ὁ ἔστιν ἡ ἐπαινουμένη τῆς νύμφης κόμη, νεκρὸς ἄνπιπρὺς καὶ ἀκίνητος πρὸς τὰ τοῦ κόσμου γενόμενος πράγματα, εἴτε οὕτως. εἴτε ὡς ἑτέρως ἔχοι. Εἰ δὲ τὸ πλεονέκτημα τῶν τριχῶν ἀγέλαις αἰγῶν· ταῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ σαις· ἃ μὲν χρὴ δι’ ἀχριδείας περὶ τούτων γινώσκειν οὔπω χαταλαόεῖν ἠδυνήθημεν· στοχαζόμεθα δὲ, ὅτι ὥσπερ τὰ ξύλα τοῦ Λιδάνου εἰς χρυσόν τε καὶ ἄργυρον καὶ πορφύραν μεταποιήσας, φορεῖον ὁ βασιλεὺς ἡ κατεσκεύασεν ἑαυτῷ ᾿ οὕτως οἶδεν ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς αἰγῶν ἀγέλας παραλαθδεῖν καὶ εἰς ποίμνια μεταβαλεῖν τὰ αἰπόλια τοῦ Γαλαὰδ ὄρους. ᾿Αλλοφύλου δὲ ὄρους ὄνομα τοῦτο τοῦ τὴν τοιαύτην χάριν ἀναχαλύπτοντος, ὥστε τοὺς ἐξ ἐθνῶν τῷ καλῷ ποιμένι ἀκολουθήσαντας εἰς τὸ. τρίχωμα συντελῇσαι τοῦ τῆς νύμφης· κάλλους· δι’ ὧν σωφροσύνη τε καὶ αἰδὼς, καὶ ἐγκρά- -΄ τεια, καὶ ἡ τοῦ σώματος νέκρωσις κατὰ τὸν προθεωρηθέντα λόγον διασημαίνεται.) Ἢ τάχα συμθάλλεταί τε πρὸς τὴν τῶν αἰγῶν θεωρίαν καὶ ὁ Ἠλίας, τῷ ὄρει τῷ Γαλαὰδ ἐμφιλοσοφῆσας χρόνον πολὺν, ὃς μάλιστα τοῦ κατ᾽ ἐγκράτειαν καθηγήσατο βίου, αὐχμηρὸς τὸ εἴδης, δασὺς τὴν τρίχα, ἀντὶ μαλακῆς τινος ἐσθῆτος δέρματι αἰγὸς σχεπαζόμενος. Πάντες οὖν οἱ κατὰ τὸν προφήτην ἐκεῖνον τὸν αὐτῶν κατορθοῦν᾿ πες βίον, κόσμος γίνονται τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, ἀγεληδὸν, κατὰ τὸν νῦν ἐπικρατοῦντα τῆς φιλοσοφίας τρόπον,· μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐχπονοῦντες [Τὸ δὲ Γαλαὰδ τὰς τοιαύτας ἀποκαλυφθῆναι ἀγέλας, μείζονα τοῦ θαύματος τὴν ὑπερδολὴν ἔχει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ἐθνικοῦ βίου γέγονεν ἡμῖν ἡ πρὸς τὴν κατὰ Θεὸν φιλοσοφίαν μετάστασις. Οὐ γὰρ Σιὼν ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ τῆς Ὁ τοιαύτης καθηγήσατο πολιτείας· ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῖς εἰδώλοις ἀνακείμενον ἔθνος εἰς τοσαύτην ἦλθε τοῦ βίου μετάστασιν, ὥστε τὴν κεφαλὴν κοσμῆσαι τῆς νύμφῆς τοῖς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν προτερήμασιν. Εἶτα τοὺς ὀδόντας τῇ ἀκολουθίᾳ τῶν ἐπαίνων ὁ Λόγος προτίθησι, παραδραμὼν τοῦ στόματός τε καὶ τῶν χειλέων τὰ ἐγκώμια. Ὅπερ ἄξιον μὴ παριδεῖν ἀνεξέταστον. Τί δή ποτε τῶν χειλέων οἱ ὀδόντες ἐν τοῖς ἐπαίνοις προτίθενται; Τάχα μὲν οὖν εἴποι τις ἂν γλαφυρώτερον τὸ κάλλος δεῖξαι βουλόμενος, μειδίαμα στόματος διὰ τῆς τῶν ὀδόντων ὑπογραφῆς κατὰ τὸ λεληθὸς συνενδείχνυσθαι· ἐγὼ δὲ πρὸς ἕτερον βλέπων, προτερεύειν ἐν τοῖς ἑπαίνοις τὸ τῶν ὀδόντων κάλλὸς πρὸ τῶν τοῦ στόματος ἐγκωμίων λογίζομαι. Μετὰ τοῦτο γὰρ, οὐδὲ τὸ χεῖλος ἀφῆκεν ἀνεγχωμίαστον, σπαρτίον εἰπὼν κόκκινον εἶναι τὰ χείλη αὐτῆς, καὶ τὴν λαλιὰν ὡραίαν. Τί οὖν ὃ περὶ τούτου στοχάζομαι; ᾿Αρίστη τάξις ἐν τοῖς μαθήμασίν ἐστι πρῶτον διδάσκεσθαι καὶ τότε φθέγγεσθαι· τὰ δὲ μαθήματα τῆς ψυχῆς βρώματά τις εἰπὼν εἶναι, τοῦ εἰκότος οὐκ ἁμαρτήσεται. Ὥσπερ γὰρ δὴ τὴν σωματικὴν τροφὴν τοῖς ὁδοῦσι καταλεάναντες, κατάλληλον αὐτῷν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις γενέσθαι παρασχευάξομεν· κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐστί τις λεπτοποιητιχὴ τῶν διδαγμάτων δύναμις ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, δι᾿ ἧς ὀφέλιμον γίνεται τῷ δεχομένῳ τὸ μάθημα. Τοὺς τοίνυν χριτιχούς τε καὶ διαιρετιχοὺς τῶν διδαγμάτων καθηγητὰς, δι᾽ ὧν εὔληπτος ἡμῖν γίνεται καὶ ἐπωφελὴς ἡ διδασκαλία,, ὀδόντας ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου φημὶ τροπικῶς ὀνομάζεσθαι. Οὗ χάριν προλαμθάνει τῶν ὀδόντων ὁ ἔπαινος, εἶθ᾽ οὗτως ἐπάγεται τῶν χειλέων τὸ ἐγκώμιον. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἐπήνθιστο τῷ λογικῷ κάλλει τὸ χεῖλος, μὴ τῶν ὀδόντων ἐκείνων διὰ τῆς φιλοπονωτέρας τῶν μαθημάτων κατανοήσεως τὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις χάριν ἐπιδαλλόντων τοῖς χείλεσιν. Αἰτίαν μὲν οὖν ἐν τοῖς ἐπαίνοις ἀκολουθίας ταύτην ἐπὶ τῶν ὀδόντων κατενοήσαμεν. Καιρὸς δ᾽ ἂν εἴη καὶ αὐτὸν ἐξετάσαι τὸν ἔπαινον, πῶς παραθάλλει τὸ ἐν τοῖς ὁδοῦσε κάλλος ταῖς χεχαρμέναις ἀγέλαις, αἵ νῦν τοῦ λουτροῦ ἀναδνεῖσαι διδύμοις ἐπαγάλλοντσι τόκοις κατὰ τὸ ἴσον αἱ πᾶσαι· ἔχει δὲ κατὰ τὴν λέξιν ὁ ἔπαινος οὕτως· Ὀδόντες σον ὡς ἀγέλαι τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ λουτροῦ. αἱ πᾶσαι διδυμεύουσαι, καὶ ἀτεχγοῦσα οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς. Τοῦτο τοίνυν εἰ πρὸς τὸ σωματικὸν τοῦ ὑποδείγματος βλέπομεν, οὐκ οἶδα πῶς ἄν τις ἐπαινεῖσθαι τοὺς ὀδόντας εἴποι, διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὰς πολυγονούσας ἀγέλας συγκρίσεως. ᾿Ὀδόντων μὲν γὰρ ἔπαινος, ἡ στεῤῥότης ἐστὶ καὶ ἡ ἐναρμόνιος θέσις, καὶ τὸ παγίως δι᾽ ὁμαλῇ; τε καὶ ἀκολούθου τῆς ἁρμονίας ἐμπεφυχέναι τοῖς οὔλοις. ἀναθαίνουσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ λουτροῦ ἀγέλαι μετὰ τῆς διδύμου γονῆς ἐπισχεδασθεῖσαι ταῖς νάπαις, ποίαν ὁδόντων ὑπογράφουσιν ὥραν τῷ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὰς ὑποδείγματι, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ προχείρου κατανοῆσαι· οὗτοι στοιχηδὸν συνεστήχασιν ἐναρμονίως ἀλλήλων ἐχόμενοι - ἐκεῖναι δὲ ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων διασχεδάννυνται πρὸς τὴν χρείαν τῆς νομῆς ἀραιούμεναι. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ γυμνῷ τῷ ὀδόντι κατὰ φύσιν ὄντι εἰς σύγκρισιν τὸ ἐρειαφοροῦν οὐκ εὐάρμοστον. Οὐκοῦν ἐρευνητέον ἂν εἴη, πῶς ὁ κοσμῶν δι᾽ ἐγχωμέων τὴν τῶν ὀδόντων τὸ κάλλος, ταῖς ἀποχειραμέναις τὸ ἔριον, καὶ λουτρῷ τὸν ῥύπον ἀποχλυσαμέναις τοῦ σώματος. Τί οὖν περὶ τούτων ἀπονοήσομεν ; Οἱ τὰ θεῖα μυστήρια δια… σακτὸν τὴν πνευματικὴν τροφὴν ταύτην γενέσθαι τῷ σώματι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, οὗτοι τὸ τῶν ὀδόντων ἔργον ἀποτελοῦσι, παχύν τε καὶ συνεστῶτα τοῦ λόγου τὸν ἄρτον τῷ ἑαυτῶν λαμθάνοντες στόματι, καὶ διὰ τῆς (, ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν νων παρασχενάξοντες, οἷον (κρεῖττον γὰρ ἐπὶ ὑποδειγμάτων παραστῆσαι τὸ νόημα) ὁ μακάριος Παῦλος νῦν μὲν ἁπλῶς τε καὶ ἀχατασχεύως, ὥσπερ τινὰ Ψωμὸν ἀκατέργαστον προτίθησιν ἡμῖν τὸ τοῦ νόμου παράγγελμα, λέγων· Οὐ φιμώσεις βοῦν ἀλοῶντα. Πάλιν διὰ τῆς ἐπεξηγήσεως ἀπαλύνας, εὐπαράδεκτον ποιεῖ τὸ τοῦ νόμου βούλημα, λέγων· Μὴ τῶν βοῶν μέλει τῷ Θεῷ, ἣ δι’ ἡμᾶς πάντως ἐγεγράφει ; καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα πολλά· οἷον, Αδραὰμ δύο υἱοὺς ἔσχεν, ἕνα ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης, καὶ ἕνα, ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας. Τοῦτο ὁ ἀχατέργαστος ἄρτος. ᾿Αλλὰ πῶς αὐτὸν διαλεπτύνων ἐδώδιμον ποιεῖ τοῖς τρεφομένοις, εἰς δύο Διαθήκασ μεταλαμδάνει τὴν ἱστορίαν, τὴν μὲν εἰς ροῦσων. Οὕτω καὶ πάντα τὸν νόμον, ἵνα μὴ τὰ καθ᾽ λέγοντες διατρίδωμεν, παχυμερὲς σῶμα λαὀὼν, λεπτύνειδιὰ τῆς θεωρίας, πνευματιχὺν αὐτὸν ἐκ σωματικοῦ ἐργαζόμενος - Οἴδαμεν, λέγων, ὅτι ὁ γόμος πνευματικός ἐστιν. Ὅπερ τοίνυν ἐπὶ τοῦ Παύλου κατενοήσαμεν, ὡς ὀδόντων χρεία τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ, πληρούντων ἕν τῷ διαλεπτύνειν τὴν τῶν δογμάτων σαφήνειαν· τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς τοῦ κατὰ μίμησιν ἐκείνου διασαφοῦντος ἡμῖν τὸ μυστήριον λέγομεν. ὈΟὐχοῦν ὁδόντές εἰσι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας οἱ τὴν ἀκατέργᾶστον τῶν θείων λογίων πόαν λεπτοποιοῦντες ἡμῖν καὶ μηρυχίζοντες. Ὥσπερ τοίνυν ὑπογράφει τῶν ἀΐ- αὶ τοῦ καλοῦ ἔργου τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς ὀρεγομένων τὸν βίον ὁ θεῖος. ᾿Απόστολος, λέγων τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον, οἷον εἶναι προσήκει τὸν τῆς ἱερωσύνης ἐπειλημμένον, ὡς μετὰ πάντων καὶ τὴν διδαχτιχὴν χάριν ἔχειν· οὕτως ἐνταῦθα τοὺς εἰς ὀδόντων ὑπηρεσίαν τεταγμένους ἐν τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ βούλεται ὁ λόγος πρῶτον χεχαρμένους εἶναι, τουτέστι πάσης ὑλικῆς ἀχθγυδόνος γεγυ· εἶτα τῷ λουτρῷ τῆς συνειδήσεως παντὸς μολυσμοῦ σαρκὸς καὶ πνεύματος καθαρεύοντας· πρὸς τούτοις εἰς ἀεὶ διὰ προκοπῆς ἀναδαίνοντας, καὶ μηδέποτε πρὸς τὰ ἔμπαλιν χατασυρομένους ἐπὶ τὸ βά ραθρον· ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ διπλαῖς ταῖς τῶν ἀγαθῶν χκυημάτων γοναῖς κατὰ πᾶν εἶδος ἀρετῆς ἐπαγάλλεσθαι, καὶ ἐν μηδενὶ τῶν καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἀγονεῖν. Τὸ δὲ διπλοῦν κύημα, αἴνιγμα τῆς καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον γίνεται τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν νεγοημένων εὐδοκιμήσεως, ὥστε διδυμοτόχους εἶναι τοὺς τοιούτους ὀδόντας· τῇ μὲν ψυχῇ τὴν ἀπάθειαν, τῷ δὲ σωματικῷ βίῳ τὴν εὐσχη· ἐπάγει τούτοις τὸν δι᾽ ἀχολούτὸ κάλλος, οὗ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν αὑτὸς ἐπήγαγεν, λαλιὰν ὡραίαν τὸ σπαρτίον κατονομάσας. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐν τοῖς φθάσασιν ἤδη προτεθεώρῆται, πῶς τῇ τῶν ὀδόντων ὑπηρεσίᾳ τὸ ἐν τοῖς χείλεσιν ὡραΐζεται κάλλος. Τῇ γὰρ τῶν ὀδόντων, τουτέστι τῶν διδασχαλιχῶν ὑφηγημάτων τὸ στόμα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας συμφθέγγεται, Διὰ τοῦτο πρῶτον οἱ ὁδόντες χείρονται καὶ λούονται, καὶ οὐκ ἀτεχνοῦσι, καὶ διδυμεύουσι, καὶ τότε τῷ κοκκίνῳ εἴδει τὰ χείλη περιανθίζεται, ὅταν γένηται πᾶσα ἡ Ἐκκλησία κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ συμφωνίαν χεῖλος ἕν καὶ φωνὴ μία. Διπλοῦν δὲ τοῦ κάλλους ἐστὶ τὸ ὑπόδειγμα. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἁπλῶς σπαρτίον φησὶν εἶναι τὰ χείλη· ἀλλὰ προσέθηκε καὶ τῆς εὐχροίας τὸ ἄνθος, ὥστε διʼ ἀμ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τὸ στόμα· διά τε τοῦ σπαρτίου καὶ τοῦ κοκκίνου, ἰδιαζόντως καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον μέρος. Τῷ μὲν γὰρσπαρτίῳ ὁμογνωμοσύνην παιδεύεται· ὥστε πᾶσαν αὐτὴν ἕν σπαρτίον καὶ μίαν γενέσθαι σειρὰν ἐκ διαφόρων νοημάτων· διὰ δὲ τοῦ κοκκίνου πρὸς τὸ αἷμα δι᾽ οὗ ἐλυτρώθημεν βλέπειν διδάσκεται, καὶ ἀεὶ τὴν ὁμολογίαν διὰ στόματος φέρειν, τοῦ ἐξαγοράσαντος ἡμᾶς διὰ τοῦ αἵματος, Δι᾽ ἀμφοτέρων γὰρ τούτων ἐστὶ πληρουμένη τοῖς τῆς Ἐκκλησίας χείλεσιν ἡ εὑπρέπεια, ὅταν καὶ ἡ πίστις τῆς ὁμολογίας προλάμπει, καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τῇ πίστει συμπλέκεται. Καὶ εἰ χρὴ ὥσπερ ὁρισμῷ τινι περιλαδεῖν τὸ ὑπόδειγμα.· οὕτω τὸ ὁηθὲν ὁριούμεθα· κόκκινον σπαρτίον ἐστὶ πίστις δι ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη, ὡς τῇ πίστει μὲν δηλοῦσθαι τὸ κόκκινον· τῇ δὲ ἀγάπῃ τὸ σπαρτίον διερμηνεύεσθαι. Τούτοις κεκοσμῆσθαι τὰ χείλη τῆς νύμφης μαρτυρεῖ ἡ ἀλήθεια. Ἢ δὲ ὡραία λαλιὰ θεωρίας τινὸς λεπτοτέρας ἣ ἑρμηνείας ἄλλης οὐκ ἐπιδέεται. Φθάσας γὰρ διεσάφησεν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ὅτι ἡ λαλιὰ αὕτη τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεώς ἐστιν, ὃ κηρύσσομεν, Ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς τῷ στόματί σου Κύριον Ἰησοῦν, καὶ πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, ὅτι ὃ Θεὸς αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, σωθήσῃ. Καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ …λογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν. Αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ ὡραία λαλιὰ, δι᾽ ἧς τὰ χείλη τῆς Ἐκκλησίας κατὰ τὸ κόκκινον ἐκεῖνο σπαρτίον εὐπρεπῶς ἐπανθίζεται. ᾿Αρέσκεται δὲ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ στόματος ὥραν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τῷ πἧς παρειᾶς ἐρυθήματι. Μῆλον δὲ τοῦτο τοῦ προσώποὺ τὸ μέρος ἐκ καταχρήσεως καλεῖ ἡ συνήθεια, Προσειχάζει τοίνυν τὸ τῆς παρειᾶς μῆλον τῷ λεπύρῳψ ἧς ῥόας, γράψας οὕτω τὸν ἔπαινον αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ λέξεως· Ὡς λέπυρον ῥόας μῆ.1όν σου, ἐκτὸς τῆς σιωπήὍτι μὲν οὖν αἰδώς ἔστι τὸ ἐπαινούμενον, παντὶ ῥάδιον ἐκ τῆς ἀκολουθίας τῶν τεθεωρη μένων λογίσασθαι. Σωματοποιήσας γὰρ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ὁ Λό{ος εἰς τὸ τῆς νύμφης εἶδος ,, καὶ τὰς καθ᾽ ἕκαστον Ξεὶ ἀρετὰς καταλλήλως τῇ ὑπογραφῇ τῆς κατὰ τὸ πρόσὠπὸν ὥρας ἐκιμερίσας- νῦν διὰ τοῦ ἐρυθήματος τοῦ ταῖς παρειαῖς ἐπιζέοντος, προσφόρως ἐπαινεῖ τὴν σωφροσύνην, αἰδοῖ κατακοσμήσας ἐν τῷ τῆς ῥόας αἰνίγματι. Ὁ γὰρ καρπὸς οὗτος στύφει τε καὶ ἀδρώτῳ τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ ἐντρέφεται. Διὸ καλῶς τε καὶ οἰκείως εἰς τὸ τῆς᾽ σωφροσύνης κατόρθωμα διὰ τῆς θεωρίας μεταλαμθάνεται. Ὥς γὰρ ἣ στύψις τοῦ τῆς ῥόας λεπύρου τρέφει τε καὶ φυλάσσει τοῦ ἐμπεριεχομένου καρποῦ τὴν γλυκύτητα - οὕτως ὁ στύφων τε καὶ ἐγκρατὴς καὶ χατεσχληχὼς βίος φύλαξ γίνεται τῶν τῆς σωφροσύνης καλῶν. Διπλοῦς δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τῆς ἀρετῆς ταύτης ὁ ἔπαινος γίνεται, διά τε τῶν προφαινομένων κατὰ τὸν εὐσχήμονα βίον, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐν τῇ ψυχῆς ἀπαθείᾳ κατορθουμένων. Ὧν ὁ ἔπαινος, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἢ γὰρ ἐπιλάμπουσα τοῖς γινομένοις αἰδὼς. ἴδιον μὲν ἐκ τῶν προδήλων ἔχει τὸν ἔπαινον· ἐκτὸς δὲ τῶν σιωπωμένων ἐστὶ καὶ ὑποχεχρυμμέγων θαυμάτων, ἃ μόνῳ καθορᾶται τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ ἐκείνῳ τῷ τὰ κρύφια βλέποντι. Διὰ δὲ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα μανθάνομεν, ὅτι πᾶν τὸ παρὰ τῶν θεοφόρων ἁγίων γινόμενον, τύπος τὶς καὶ διδασκαλία τῶν εἰς ἀρετὴν κατορθουμένων ἐγίνετο. Οἱ γάμοι, αἱ ἀποιχίαι, οἱ πόλεμοι, αἱ τῶν οἰκοδομημάτων χκατασχευαὶ, πάντα κατά τινα λόγον εἰς νουθεσίαν τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα προετυποῦτο βίῳ. ᾿Εγράφη γὰρ ταῦτα, φησὶ, πρὸς γουθεσίαν ἡμῶν, εἰς οὖς τὰ τέλη τῶν ωἰώγων κατήγτηκχεν. Ὃ μὲν γὰῤ κατὰ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων πόλεμος, συμθουλεύει κατὰ τῆς κακίας ἡμᾶς ἀνδρίζεσθαι. Ἡ δὲ κατὰ τοὺς γάμους σπουδὴ τὴν τῶν ἀρετῶν συνοίκησιν δι᾽ αἰνιγμάτων ἡμῖν ὑποτίθεται, Ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἡ ἀποικία τοῦ ἐναρέτου βίου τὸν οἰκισμὸν ὑποδάλλει· τὰ δʼ ὅσα περὶ τὰς κατασκευὰς ὧν οἰκοδομημάτων παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἑσπουδάζετο, τῶν ἡμετέρων οἴκων τῶν δι᾽ ἀρετῆς οἰχοδομου μένων ἐπιμέλειαν ποιεῖσθαι διακελεύεται. Διό μοι δοκεῖ τὸν περιφανῆ πύργον ἐκεῖνον, ᾧ τὰ ἀκροθίνια τῶν λαφύξὼν ἀνέθηκεν ὁ Δαδὶδ͵ πρὸς τὴν προχοπκὴν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας βλέπων, τῶν τι κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν σπουδαζομένων … μὲν ἀκρωρείας τινὸς εἰς ὕψος ἀνατεινόμενος· ἐπιτήδειος δὲ κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ἐκεῖνον πρὸς τὴν τῶν λαφύρὼν φυλακὴν ἐνομίσθη, ὅσα δουλωσάμενος τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν χρημάτων ἴδιον κέρδος ὃ βασιλεὺς ἐποιήσατο. ἜἜδειξεν οὖν διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ σοφίας ὁ βασιλεὺς, πρὸς ὅ τι βλέπων ὁ Δαδὶδ ἀγαθὸν τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ζωῇ, ὥσπερ τινὰ συμδουλὴν τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα βίῳ διὰ τῆς τοῦ πύργου κατασκευῆς προα πέθετο, Παντὸς γὰρ τοῦ σώματος τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, τῶν καθ᾽ ἕκαστον μελῶν διὰ τῆς πρός τι παραθέσεώς τε καὶ ὁμοιώσεως ἐγκωμιάζειν τὸ κάλλος μέλλων, δι᾽ ἀκολούθου τοὺς ἐν τῷ λαῷ τὸν τοῦ τραχήλου τόπον ἐπέχοντας, οἴους τινὰς εἶναι προσήκει, διαγράφων τῷ λόγῳ, τοῦ πύργου μέμνηται τούτον, ᾧ ἐπονομάζετας μὲν ὁ Δαδὶδ, ἔχει δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπάλξεων τὸ γνώριμον. θαλπιὼθ γὰρ αἱ ἐπάλξεις χατονομάξονται.. Οὕτω δὲ ἡ λέξις ἔχει· Ὡς πύργος Δαδὶδ τράχηεῖός σον, ὁ ᾧκοδομημένος ἐν θυρεοὶ κρέμανται ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ, πᾶσαι βολίδες τῶν δυνατῶν. Ἢ μὲν οὖν σωματικὴ τοῦ πύργου κατασκευὴ τὸ περίδλεπτον ἔχει, ἔκ τε τοῦ ἔργον εἶναι τοῦ βασιλέως Δαδὶδ, καὶ ἐκ τῆς περιφανείας τοῦ τόπου, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀνατεθέντων ὅπλων ἐν αὐτῷ, θυρεῶν τε καὶ τῶν βολίδων, ὧν τὸ πλῆθος ἐνδείκνυται ὁ λόγος τῷ τῆς χιλιάδος ὀνόματι. Ἡμῖν δὲ σκοπός ἔστι κατανοήσαι τοῦ θείου λόγου τὴν δύναμιν· πῶς παραθάλλεται τῷ πύργῳ τούτῳ τὸ μέρος ἐκεῖνο τῆς Ἐχχλητίας, ᾧ τράχηλός ἔστι τὸ ὄνομα. Πρῶτον τοίνυν ἐξετάσαι προσήκει ποῖον ἐν τῷ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς σώματι μέρος, τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ τραχήλου προσαγορεύεται, εἶθ᾽ οὕτως ἐφαρμόσαι τῷ τῆς ᾿ἔκκλησίας μέλει τὸ ὄνομα. Οὐκοῦν τὸ ἐῤῥιζωμένον ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ὥμων, ἀνέχων ὃξ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ἀντὶ βάσεως τοῦ ὑπερχειμένου γινόμενον, τράχηλος ὀνομάζεται· οὗ τὸ κατόπιν μὲν, ὀστέοις ἐρείδεται . δλημένον ἐλεύθερόν ἐστι τῆς τῶν ὀστέων περιδολήῆς. Ἧ δὲ τοῦ ὀστέου φύσις, οὐ καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τοῦ πὲ χεως ἣ τῆς χνήμης συνεχής ἐστι πρὸς ἑαυτὴν καὶ ἀδιαίρετος, ἀλλὰ πολλαχοῦ τῶν ὀστέων ἐν σπονδύλων σχήματι διῃρημένων, διὰ τῶν πεφυκότων αὑτοῖς νεύρων καὶ μυελῶν καὶ συνδέσμων ἡ ἕνωσις αὑτῇ πρὸς ἄλληλα γίνεται, καὶ διὰ τοῦ μυελοῦ τοῦ αὐλοειδοῦς κατὰ τὸ μέσον διήκοντος, οὗ ἡ περιοχὴ μὲν πρὸς τὰς μένιγγας, αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ ἐγκείμενον πρὸς τὸν ἐγκέφαλον Ὁ ἤνωται· ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν περιέχει μὲν τὴν ἀρπηρίαν ὁ τράχηλος, ἣ δοχεῖόν ἐστι τοῦ πνεύματος ποῦ ἔξωθεν ἡμῖν εἰσοιχιζομένου τε καὶ εἰσρέοντος, δι᾽ οὗ τὸ ἐγκάρδιον πῦρ πρὸς τὴν ἐνέργειαν αὑτοῦ κὶν κατὰ φύσιν ἀναῤῥιπίζεται. Περιέχει δὲ καὶ τῖις προφῆς τὰς εἰσόδους, διὰ τοῦ λαιμοῦ τε καὶ τοῦ λάθυγγος, πᾶν τὸ διὰ τοῦ στόματος εἰσαγόμενον πρὸς τὴν χοιλότητα τὴν δεκτικὴν τούτων διαπορθμεύων. Ἔχει δὲ καὶ ἄλλο παρὰ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν μελῶν ἑξαίρετόν ἰ ὁ τράχηλος. Κατὰ) γὰρ τὴν ἄνω τῆς ἀρτηρίας θέσιν, ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῷ τῆς φωνῆς τὸ ἐργαστέριον, φωνητιχὰ πάντα παρεσκεύασται ὄργανα, δι᾿ ὧν ἀπογεννᾶται ὁ ἦχος, τῷ ἀναδιδομένῳ πνεύματι περιδονουμένης ἐν κύκλῳ τῆς ἀρτηρίας. Οὕτω δὲ τοῦ σωἡμῖν διαγραφέντος͵ εὔκολον ἂν εἴη διὰ τῶν ἐνταῦθα θεωρηθέντων καὶ τὸν τοῦ ἐκκλησιαστικοῦ σώματος τράχηλον κατανοῆσαι· ὅστις ἐστὶν ὁ διὰ τῶν καταλλήλων ἐνεργειῶν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο κυρίως ἀναλαμδάνων, τράχηλός τε ὀνομαζόμενος, καὶ τῷ πύργῳ τοῦ Δαδὶὸ ὁμοιούμενος. Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν, ὃ δὴ καὶ πρῶτόν ἐστιν, εἴ τις τὴν ἀληθινὴν τοῦ παντὸς κεφαλὴν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ βαστάζοι, ἐκείνην λέγω τὴν κεφαλὴν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα συναρμολογεῖται καὶ συμθιδάζεται, οὗτος κυρίως φέρει ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῷ τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα. Πρὸς πούτοις εἰ τοῦ πνεύματός ἔστι ξεχτιχὸς, τοῦ τὴν καρδίαν ἡμῶν πυροειδῃ ποιοῦντος καὶ ἐχθερμαίνοντος, καὶ εἰ διὰ τῆς εὐήχου φωνῆς ὑπηρετεῖ τῷ λόγῳ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλου τινὸς ἕνεκεν τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φωνὴν ὁ Θεὸς τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει ἐνετεχτήσατο, ἣ ἵνα ὄργανον ἧ ποῦ λόγου, διαρθροῦσα δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς τὰ τῆς καρδίας κινήματα. Ἐχέτω δὲ οὗτος ὁ τράχηλος καὶ τὴν θρεπτικὴν ἐνέργειαν, τὴν διδασκαλίαν λέγω, δι’ ἧς παντὶ τῷ σώματι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας συντηρεῖται ἡ δύναμις. Ἐπιῤῥεούσης γὰρ ἀεὶ τῆς τροφῆς, ἐν τῷ εἶναι διαμένει τὸ σῶμα· ἐπιλειπούσης δὲ, φθίνει καὶ φθείρεται. Μιμείσθω δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐναρμόνιον τῶν σπονδύλων θέσιν, ἐν τῷ τοὺς καθ᾽ ἔκαστον ἐν τῷ λαῷ συντελοῦντας διὰ τοῦ συνδέσμου τῆς εἰρήνης, ἕν ἀπεργάζεσθαι μέλος, χλινόμενόν τε καὶ ἀνοοθούμενον, καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον τῶν πλαγίων εὐχινήτως μεταστρεφόμενον. Τοιοῦτο; τράχηλος ὁ Παῦλος ἦν, καὶ εἴ τις ἄλλος κατὰ μίμησιν ἐκείνου τὸν βίον κατώρθωσεν, ὃς ἑδάστασε μὲν τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς τῷ Δεσπότῃ γενόμενος· καὶ οὕτως αὐτῷ δι᾽ ἀχρίδειαν κεφαλὴ τῶν ὅλων ἐφήρμοστο, ὥστε καὶ ὅσα ἐλάλει, μηκέτι αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν λαλοῦντα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ φθέγγεσθαι· καθὼς ἐπέδειξε τοῖς Κορινθίοις τὸν Χριστὸν ἐν αὐτῷ λαλοῦντά τε καὶ φθεγγόμενον. Οὕτως αὐτῷ εὔφωνός τε καὶ εὔηχος τηρία, διὰ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος διαρθροῦσα τῆς ἀληθείας τὸν λόγον - οὕτως αὐτῷ πάντοτε τοῖς θείοις λογίοις ὁ λάρυγξ χατεγλυχαίνετο, τρέφων ὅλον δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τὸ σῶμα τοῖς ζωοποιοῖς ἐκείνοις διδάγμασιν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸ τῶν σπονδύλων ζητεῖς, τίς οὔτυν πάντας εἰς ἐν σῶμα συνήρμοσε τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης καὶ τῆς ἀγάπης ; Τίς οὕτως ἐδίδαξε τὸν τράχηλον χλίνεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ταπεινοῖς, καὶ συμπεριφέρεσθαι πάλιν ἐν τῷ τὰ ἄνω φρονεῖν, καὶ πρὸς τὰ πλάγια περισχοπεῖν εὐστρόφως τε καὶ εὐχινήτως, ἐν τῷ τὰς ποικίλας τοῦ διαδόλου μεθοδείας ἐκκλίνειν καὶ ἀσφαλίζεσθαι ; Ὁ τοιοῦτος οὖν τράχηλος ὄντως παρὰ τοῦ Δα… Νόει δὲ διὰ τοῦ Δαδὶδ τὸν βασιλέα τὸν τοῦ βασιλέως πατέρα, ὃς ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὸν ἄνθρωπον κατεσκεύασε πύργον εἶναι, καὶ οὐχὶ σύμπτωμα, καὶ διὰ τῆς κά- Ν ριτος αὐτὸν πάλιν ἀνῳχοόδόμησεν, ἀσφαλισάμενος τοῖς πολλοῖς θυρεοῖς, ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν ταῖς τῶν πολεμίων ἐφόδοις εὐεπίδατον εἶναι. Οἱ γὰρ χρεμάμενοι θυρεοὶ, οὐκ ἐπὶ γῆς κείμενοι, ἀλλὰ διαέριοι περὶ αὑτὸν θεωρούμενοι, καὶ μετὰ τῶν θυρεῶν, αἱ τῶν δυνατῶν βολίδες, φόδον ἐμποιοῦσι τοῖς πολεμουμένοις ὥστε μήτε τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐγχειρῆσαι καταδραμεῖν ποῦ πύργου. Οἶμαι δὲ τὴν ἀγγελικὴν φρουρὰν ἐν κύκλῳ περιτετειχισμένην τὸν τοιοῦτον πύργον τῷ λήθει τῶν θυρεῶν ἡμῖν διασημαίνεσθαι. Δείκνυσι δὲ καὶ ἡ τῶν βολίδων μνήμη τὴν τοιαύτην διάνοιαν. Οὐ γὰρ ἀπλῶς εἵἴπεν, βολίδας, ἀλλὰ τῇ τῶν δυνατῶν προσθήκῃ τοὺς ὑπερμαχοῦντας ἡμῖν ἐνεδείξατο ὥστε τὸ λεγόμενον, ὅτι Παρεμβαλεῖ ἄγγελος Κυρίου κύκλῳ τῶν φοδουμένων αὑτὸν, καὶ ῥύσεται αὑτούς. Ὃ δὲ τῶν χιλίων ἀριθμὸς οὔ μοι δοκεῖ δι᾽ ἀχριδείας σημαίνειν τὴν τῶν ἑκατοντάδων δεκάδα· ἀλλ᾽ εἰς πλήθους ἔνδειξιν παρελήφθη ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγον. Σύνηθες γάρ ἐστιν ἐκ τῆς καταχρήσεως τῆς Γραφῆς, τῷ ἀριθμῷ τούτῳ τὸ πλῆθος ἐνδείκνυσθαι, ὥς φησιν ὁ Δαδὶδ ἀντὶ τοῦ πλήθους, ὅτι Χιιζιάδες εὐθηγνούντων, καὶ, Υπὲρ χιλιάδας χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυρίου. Οὔτω μὲν οὖν τὸν τράχηλον τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν ὥμων ἐῤῥιζωμένον κατενοήσαμεν. Ὥμους δὲ νοοῦμεν, οἷς ἐπιπέφυχε, τὰς πρακτικάς τε καὶ ἐνεργητιχὰς σπουδὰς, δι᾽ ὧν οἱ βραχίονες ἡμῶν τὴν σωτηρίαν ἑαυτῶν χατεργάζονται. Τὴν δὲ πρὸς τὸ μεῖζον ἐπαύξησιν τῆς κατὰ Θεὸν ὑψουμένης ψυχῆς συνεῖδε πάντως ὁ ἐπιστατιχῶς τοῖς λεγομένοις ἀκολουθῶν,, ὅτι πρότερον μὲν ἀγαπητὸν ἣν τῇ νύμφῃ ἵππῳ ὁμοιων θῆναι τῇ χαταγωνισαμένῃ τὸν Αἰγύπτιον τύραννον, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ὁρμίσχους ἐμφερῶς ἔχειν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ πραχήλου εὐπρέπειαν· νυνὶ δὲ πόσην αὐτῇ μαρτυρεῖ τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν τελειότητα, ὅτι οὐκ ὁρμίσχοις τισὶ περιδεραίοις προσειχάζει τοῦ τραχήλου τὴν ὥραν, ἀλλὰ πύργος εἶναι διὰ τὸ μέγεθος λέγεται, ὃν περίὄλεπτον ποιεῖ καὶ τοῖς πόῤῥωθεν ἀφεστηχόσιν ἀποσχοπούμενον, οὗ μόνον ἢ περὶ τὴν οἰκοδομὴν φιλοτι μία, ἐφ᾽ ὅτι μήκιστον τὸ ὕψος ἐγεέρουσα· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ τοῦ τόπου θέσις, φυσικῶς ὑπερανιστῶσα τῶν γειτ; Ὅταν; τοίνυν βασιλέως μὲν ἔργον ὁ πύργος ἦν, ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς ὑψηλῆς πολιτείας βεδηχὼς τύχῃ, τότε ἀληθὲς ἐπιδείκνυται τὸ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου λεγόμενον· ὅτι Οὐ δύναται πόλις χρυδῆγναι ἑπάνω ὄρους κειμένη. Νόει δέ μοι πύργον ἀντὶ τῆς πόλεως. Καιρὸς δ᾽ ἂν εἴη καὶ τοὺς δύο νεδροὺς τῆς δορκάδος κατανοῆσαι, οἵ περὶ τὴν καρδίαν τῆς νύμφης αὐλίζονται, μαστοὶ κληθέντες παρὰ τοῦ Λόγον, καθώς φησι᾿ Δύο μαστοί σον ὡς δύο γτεδροὶ δίδυμοι δορκάδος, οἱ νεμόμενοι ἐν τοῖς κρίνοις· διὰ τὸ μεταξὺ τούτων εἶναι τῆς καρδίας τὴν θέσιν, ὧν ἡ νομὴ οὐ χόρτος ἐστὶν ἣ ἄκανθα, ἀλλὰ κρίνα παντὶ τῷ τῆς νομῆς χρόνῳ τὸ ἄνθος ἑαυτῶν παρατείνοντα, καὶ οὐ κατὰ καιρὸν ἀνθοῦντα, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ καιροῦ μα- ἀλλὰ διαρκῇ παρεχόμενα τοῖς νεδροῖς πούτοις δι᾽ ἑαυτῶν τὴν τροφὴν, ὡς ἂν μηκέτι αἱ σκιαὶ κρατῶσι τῆς σπουδαζομένης περὶ τὸν βίον ἀπάτη ἀλλ᾽ ἤδη τοῦ φωτὸς πανταχῆ, διλλάμψαντος, χαταυγασθῇ τὰ πάντα διὰ τῆς ἡμέρας, τῆς ὅπου θέλει διαπνεούσης τὸ φῶς, Οὕτω γάρ φησιν ὁ Λόγος· Ἕως οὗ διαπνεύσῃ ἡ ἡμέρα, καὶ κινηθῶσιν αὲ σκιαί. Οἶδας δὲ πάντως παρὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου μαθὼν, ὅτι τὸ Πνεῦμά ἔστι τὸ ἅγιον, τὸ διὰ τοῦ πνεῖν ὅπου βούλεται φῶς ἐμποιοῦν τοῖς ἑἐπανισταμένοις ὅθεν ἔρχεται, καὶ ποῦ ὑπάγει· περὶ οὗ νῦν ὁ λόγος οὕτως διεξέρχεται· Δύο μαστοί σου ὡς δύο νεδροὶ δίδυμοι δορκάδος, οἱ γεμόμεγοι ἐν τοῖς κρίνοις, ἕως οὗ διαπνεύσῃ ἡ ἡμέρα, καὶ κινηθῷσιν αἱ σκιαί. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ μὲν ἡμέραν λέγεσθαι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, φῶς πνέον οἷς ἂν ἐγγένηται, οὐκ οἶμαί τινα τῶν νοῦν ἐχόντων ἐπιδιστάσαι τῷ λόγῳ. Εὶ γὰρ υἱοὶ φωτὸς καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας γίνονται οἱ γεννηθέντες παρὰ τοῦ ἹΙνεύματος, τί ἄλλο χρὴ νοεῖν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ἣ φῶς καὶ ἡμέραν, ἧς ἡ πνοὴ φυγαδευτιχὴ τῶν σκιῶν τῆς ματαιότητος γίνεται; ᾿Ανάγκη γὰρ πᾶσα τοῦ ἡλίου φανέντος τὰς σκιὰς μὴ μένειν, ἀλλὰ μεταχωρεῖν τε καὶ μετανίστασθαι. Τὸ δὲ περὶ τῶν δύο νεδρῶν τῆς δορκάδος μυστήριον εὔκαιρον ἂν εἴη προσθεῖναι τῇ ἐξετάσει τοῦ λόγου, ὧν δίδυμος μέν ἐστιν ἡ γένεσις, τροφὴ δὲ τὸ κρίνον᾽· τόπος δὲ νομῆς, ἧ ἀγαθῇ τε καὶ πιαρὰ γῇ. Αὐτὴ δέ ἔστιν ἡ καρδία, κατὰ τὸν τῆς παραδολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου λόγον· ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ νεμόμενοι, καὶ τοὺς καθαροὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς λογισμοὺς πλῆρ ἔχει τὴν χάριν παρὰ τῆς φύσεως, εὐπνοίας εὐχροίᾳ συμμεμιγμένης, ὡς καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον εἶναι τοῖς δρεπομένοις ἐράσμιον, εἴτε τῇ ὀσφρήσει προσάγοιεν, εἴτε τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τοῦ κάλλους τῆς ὥρας κατατρυφῷεν. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ ὄσφρησις τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ εὐωδίας. πλήρης γίνεται· διὰ δὲ τοῦ εἴδους ἐνδείκνυται τὸ καθαρόν τε καὶ ἀκηλίδωτον. Τάχα τοίνυν ἤδη διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων σεσαφήνισται ἡμῖν τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου δηλούμενον, ὅτι δύο ἀνθρώπων ἐν τοῖς καθ᾽ ἔκαστον θεωρουμένων, τοῦ μὲν σωματικοῦ τε καὶ φαινομένον, τοῦ δὲ νοητοῦ τε καὶ ἀοράτον, δίδυμος μὲν ἀμφότερός ἔστιν ἡ γένεσις, κατὰ αὐτὸν ἀλλήλοις συνεπιδη μούντων τῷ βίῳ. Οὔτε γὰρ προϋπάρχει τοῦ σώματος ἣ ψυχή· οὔτε προχατασχευάζεται τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ σῶμα· ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοχρόνως τῇ ζωῇ γίνονται. Τροφὴ δὲ τούτοις κατὰ φύσιν μέν ἐστιν, ἣ καθαρότης καὶ εὐωδία, καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα εὐφοροῦσιν αἱ ἀρεταί. Ἔστι δὲ ὅτε τὸ δηλητήριόν τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐπιθόσχονται, ἀλλ᾽ ἀκάνθαις ἐπιτέρπονται καὶ τριδόλοις, Οὕτω γὰρ τῆς παραδολῆς τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ὀνομαζούσης τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἠκούσαμεν, ὧν ἡ κατάρα τοῦ ὄφεως τὴν κακὴν βλάστην ἐδηἘπειδὴ τοίνυν διαχριτικῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐστι χρεία, τῶν δυναμένων ἐν ἀκριδείᾳ διαγνῶναι τὸ κρίνον τε καὶ τὴν ἄκανθαν, καὶ τὸ μὲν σωτήριον προελέσθαι, τὸ δὲ φθοροποιὸν ἀποπέμψασθαι· διὰ τοῦτο τὸν καθ’ ὁμοιότητα τοῦ μεγάλου Παύλου μαζὸν Ὁ τοῖς νηπίοις γενόμενον, καὶ γαλαχτοτροφοῦντα τοὺς ἀρτιγενεῖς τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, δυάδα μαζῶν ἀλλήλοις συγγεννηθέντων τῶν τοῖς νεδροῖς τῆς δορκάδος ἀπειχκασμένων ὠνόμασεν, διὰ πάντων μαρτυρῶν τῷ τοιούτῳ μέλει τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τὸ δόκιμον· ὅτι τε καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον εὐοδοῦται πρὸς τὴν τῶν καθαρῶν κρίνων νομὴν, ὀξυδερχῶς διακρίνον τοῦ τροφίμου τὴν ἄκανθαν καὶ ὅτι περὶ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἀναστρέφεται, ἡ καρδία ἐστὶν, ἡ δι’ ἑαντῆς τοὺς μα· καὶ ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν ἑαυτῷ κατακλείει τὴν χάριν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπέχει τοῖς δεομένοις τοῦ λόνου τὴν θηλὴν, ὡς ἂν τροφὸς θάλπει τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα, καθὼς ἐποίει τε καὶ ἔλεγεν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, Μετὰ δὲ τούτων τῶν μελῶν τῆς Ἐκκλησιας προαγαγὼν ὁ Λόγος τὸν ἔπαινον, ἐν τοῖς ἐφεξῆς ὁλοτὼμᾶτον ποιεῖται αὑτῆς τὸ ἐγκώμιον, ὅταν διὰ τοῦ θανάτου καταργήσῃ τὸν τὸ κράτος ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου· καὶ πάλιν ἐπαναγάγῃ ἑαυτὸν πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν δόξαν ᾿τῆς θεότητος, ἣν εἶχεν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς πρὸ τοῦ κόσμον εἶναι. Εἰπὼν γὰρ,ὅτι Πορεύσομαι ἐμαυτῷ εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῆς σμύρνης, καὶ εἰς τὸν βουνὸν τοῦ δάνου, τὴν δόξαν τῆς θεότητος ἐνδειξάμενος προσέεθηχεν᾽ Ὅλη καλὴ εἶ, πλησίον μοῦ, καὶ μῶμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ, διδάσκων διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι οὐδεὶς αἴρει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξουσίαν ἔχει θεῖναι αὐτὴν, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχει πάλιν λαθεῖν αὐτὴν, πορευόμενος ἑαυτῷ ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ ὅρος τῆς σμύρνης, οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἔργων, ἵνα μή τις καυχήσηται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἰδίας χάριτος, τὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἀναδεξάμενος θάνατον· ἔπειτα δὲ ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλως καθαρθῆναι τοῦ μώμου τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, μὴ τοῦ ἀμνοῦ τοῦ αἴροντος τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου πᾶσαν δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς τὴν κακίαν ἐξαφανίσαντος. Τοίνυν εἰπὼν, ὅτι καλὴ εἶ, πλησίον μοῦ, καὶ μῶμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἂν σοί καὶ ἐπαγαγὼν τὸ κατὰ τὸ πάθος μυστήριον, διὰ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν σμύρναν αἰνίγματος, εἶτα τοῦ λιδόάνου μνησθεὶς, δι᾽ οὗ τὸ θεῖον ἐνδείκνυται τούτῳ παιδεύει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι ὁ συμμετασχὼν αὐτῷ τῆς σμύρνης, συμμεθέξει πάντως καὶ τοῦ λιβθάγου. Ὁ γὰρ συμπαθὼν καὶ συνδοξάζξεται πάντως. Ὁ δὲ ἅπαξ ἐν τῇ θείᾳ δόξῃ γενόμενος, ὅλος γίνεται καλὸς, ἔξω τοῦ ἀντικειμένου μώμου γενόμενος, Οὗ καὶ ἡμεῖς χωρισθείημεν διὰ τοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀποθανόντος καὶ ἐγερθέντος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κνρίου ἡμῶν, ᾧ πρέπει ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

epoiēsen heautǭ ho basideus Solomōn apo xylōn tou Lidanou, stylous autou epoiēsen argyrion. kai anachliton chrysion, epibasis autou porphyra. Entos autou lithostrōton, agapēn apo thygaterōn Hierousalēm.] Thygateres Siōn, exelthete, kai idete en tǭ basilei Solomōn, en tǭ stephanǭ, hǭ estephanōsen auton hē mētēr autou en hēmerą nympheuseōs tou, kai en hēmerą euphrosynēs kardias autou. ᾿Idou ei chōlē, hē pilēsion mou, idou ei ka.lē. Ophthaïlmoi sou peristerai, ektos tēs siōpēseōs sou.; hōs agelai tōn aigōn, hai apechaaiyphrthēsan apo tou Galaad. Hodontes sou hōs agelai tōn kekarmenōn, hai agedthēsan apo tou TZoutrou, hai pasai didymeuousai, kai ateknousa ouk estin. en autais. Hōs spartion to kochkion cheilē sou, kai hē 1alia son hōraia. Hōs lepyron rhoas mēlon sou ektos tēs siōpēseōs … ǭkodomēmenos eis Thalpiōth. Chilioi thyreoi kremantai ep᾿ auton, pasōi bolides tōn dynatōn. Dyo mastoi sou hōs dyo nedroi didymoi dorkados … hēmera, kai kigēthōsin hai skiai. Poreusomai emautǭ pros to horos tēs smyrnēs, kai pros ton bounon tou Lithagnou. Holē kalē, hē klēsion mou, kai mōmos ouk esein en soi. En pollois ho basileus Solomōn eis typon tou alēthinou basileōs paralamdanetai; pollois dē, phēmi, tois pros to kreitton peri autou para tēs hagias Graphēs historoumenois. Eirēnikos te gar legetai, kai sophian ametrēton echei; kai naon oikodomei, basileuei te tou Israēl, kai krinei ton laon en dikaiosynę̄; kai ek tou spermatos esti tou Dadix. ᾿Alla kai hē tōn Aithiopōn basilissa auton phoitą. Tauta gar panta kai ta toiauta, peri hautou men legetai typikōs, prodiagraphei de tou Euangeliou tēn dynamin. Tis gar houtōs eirēnikos, hōs ho apokteinas tēn echthran, kai tǭ staurǭ prosēlōsas tous echthrous heautou; hēmas, mallon de ton kosmon heautǭ chatallaxas͵ kai to mesotoichon tou phragmou lysas, hina tous dyo ktisę̄ en heautǭ eis hena kainon anthrōpon, poiōn eirēnēn, ho kēryxas tois makran te kai tois engys tēn eirēnēn, dia tōn euangelizomenōn ta agatha? Tis de toioutos oikodomos naou hōs ho tous men themelious autou titheis en tois oresi tois hagiois, toutestin, en tois prophētais kai apostolois - epoichodomōn de, kathōs phēsin ho Paulos, epi tǭ themeliǭ tōn apostolōn kai prophētōn, tous zōntas kai tous empsychous lithous, tous di heautōn pros tēn tōn toichōn harmonian kata ton prophētikon logon chechylismenous, hōste synarmosthentas en tę̄ henotēti tēs pisteōs, kai tǭ syndesmǭ tēs eirēnēs, auxēsai di᾽ heautōn ton naon ton hagion, eis to genesthai katoikētērion Theou en pneumati? Hoti de kai tę̄ sophią tę̄ heautou ho Solomōn tēn alēthinēn mēnyei sophian, houydeis an anteipoi, pros te tēn historian kai pros tēn; alētheian blepōn. Martyreitai men gar ekeinos hypo tēs historias, hoti parēlthe tous tēs anthrōpinēs sophias orous, pantōn tēn gnōsin en tǭ platei tēs kardias chōrēsas, hōs kai tous proladontas paradramein, kai tois ephexēs genesthai anephiktos; Kyrios kata tēn heautou physin, auto hoper estin, alētheias te kai sophias kai dynameōs ousia esti. Dia touto tou Dadid eipontos; hoti Panta en sophią epoiēsas, hermēneuōn ton Prophētēn ho theios ᾿Apostolos, en autǭ ektisthai ta panta legei; hōs touton tou Prophētou dia tēs sophias sēmainontos. To de basilea tou Israēl einai ton Kyrion, kai para tōn echthrōn memartyrētai, tōn hypogegraphotōn tǭ staurǭ tēn homologian tēs basileias autou; hoti Houtos estin ho basileus tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn; dechometha gar tēn martyrian, ei kai chatasmichrounein nomizetai to megaleion tou kratous, tę̄ tōn Israēlitōn basileią tēn despoteian horixousa, Ou gar houtōs echei; allʼ apo merous, tēn kata pantōn archēn hē epigraphē hautē tǭ staurǭ anatithēsi, tǭ mē prostheinai, hoti monōn tōn Ioudaiōn houtos esti basileus. ᾽Lpolytōs gar autǭ prosmartyrēsas ho logos tēn tōn Ioudaiōn archēn, kai to kata pantōn kratos kata to siōpōmenon tę̄ homologią tautę̄ Ho gar basileus pasēs tēs gēs kai tou merous pantōs tēn despoteian echei; hē de peri tēn dikaian chrisi tou Solomōntos spoudē ton alēthinon kritēn tou pantos kosmou diasēmainei, hos phēsin Ho Patēr hou prigei oudena, a.:a tēn krisin pasan dedōke tǭ Huiǭ; kai hoti, Ou dynamai poiein apʼ emautou; ouden; al.1la kathōs akouō, krinō, kai hē krisis hē emē dikaia estin. Houtos gar ho akrotatos tēs dikaias kriseōs horos, to mē aph᾽ heantou kata tina prospatheian apokrisin tois chrinomenois nemein; alla prōton akouein tōn hypodichōn tę̄ krisei, eith᾽ Ho houtōs tēn ep᾽ autoi? psēphon ektithesthai. Hou charin hē tou Theou dynamis tina homologei mē dynasthai. To gar hexō tou dikaiou paratrepsai tēn krisin adynatei alētheia. ᾿Alla to men ek tou spermatos Dadid einai kata sarka ton Kyrion, kai para tou gegonotos echparēsomen. To de kata tēn Aithiopissan mystērion, pōs katalipousa hōn Aithiopōn tēn basileian, kai tosouton diadasa ton en tǭ mesǭ topon, pros ton Sylomōnta dia to kleos tēs sophias epeigetai, lithois pimiois kai chrysǭ, kai tois tōn arōmatōn ēdysmasi dexioumenē ton basilea, dēlon an genoito tǭ epistēsanti pros ho ti tōn euangelikōn blepei thaumatōn. Tis gar ouk oiden hoti melaina hēn ex eidōlolatreias to katarchas hē ex ethnōn Ekklēsia, prin Ekklēsian enesthai, pollǭ metaxy tǭ tēs agnoias diastēmati, hēs pros ton alēthinon Theon gnōseōs apǭchismenē ? All᾽ hote epephanē hē charis tou Theou, kai hē sophia dielampse, kai to phōs to alēthinon pros tous en skotei kai skią thanatou kathēmenous tēn aktina die--, pempse, tote tou Hisraēl pros phōs heepimysantys, kai tēs tōn agathōn metousias heauton apostēsantos, erchontai hoi Aithiopes, hoi ethnōn tę̄ pistei prostrechontes, kai hoi pote ontes makran, engys ginontai, tǭ mystikǭ hydati tēn melanian apochlysamenoi; hōste-.tēn Aithiopian prophthasai cheira autēs tǭ Theǭ, kai prosagein dōra tǭ basilei, ta te tēs eusedeias arōmata, kai to tēs theognōsias chrysion, kai tous timious lithous tēs tōn entolōn te kai tōn aretōn erga.. ᾿Alla pros ho ti blepōn enteuthen archomai tēs prokeimenēs hēmin tōn rhētōn theōrias, ēdē diasaphēsō Hy tǭ logǭ autēn proechthemenos tēn lexin tōn theiōn logiōn echousan houtōs; Phoreion epoiēsen heautǭ ho … stylous autou epoiēsen argyrion, kai to anakiliton hautou chrysion, epidasin autou porphyran. Entos autou ithostrōton agapēn apo thygaterōn Hierousalēm. Hōsper toinyn en tois proexētasmenois peri tou Solomōntos heuren ho logos, di᾽ hōn to peri tou naou mystērion en ekeinǭ tǭ prosōpǭ; houtō kai dia tēs tou phoreiou kata-; skeuēs hē peri hēmōn oikonomia diasēmainetai. Polytropōs gar ho Theos en tois axiois heautou ginetai, kathōs ekastos an echę̄ dynameōs te kai axias, houtōs en ekastǭ ginomenos, Ho men gar tis ginetai Theou topos, ho de oikos, allos de thronos, kai heteros hypopydion. Esti de tis kai harma ginomenos, hē hiptoos euēnios, dechomenos eph᾽ heautou ton agathon hepidatēn, L kai pros to dokoun tǭ euthynonti dianyōn ton dromon. Hōs de nyn didaskometha, kai phoreion autou tis ginetai, ho kata tēn ekeinou sophian ou monon tois ek tou xylois, alla kai chrysiǭ kai argyriǭ kai porphyrą kai lithois katallēlōs en hekastǭ merei, di᾽ hōn hē agapē autou energos ginetai, ou pantōn chōrountōn tēn tēs agapēs energeian; all᾽ ei tis thygatēr tēs anō Hierousalēm. tēs eleutheras dia tou biou gnōrizoito. Hoti men oun ho ton Theon en heautǭ pherōn, phoreiïon esti tou en autǭ katoikountos kai chathedoumenou, dēlon kai pro tōn hēmeterōn logōn an eiē. Ho gar kata ton hagion Paulon, mēketi autos zōn, alla zōnta echōn en heantǭ ton Christon, kai dokimēn didous tou en autǭ lalountos Christou, houtos kyriōs phoreion legetai kai ginetai T tou en autǭ pheromenou kai hyp᾽ autou bastazomenou. ᾿All᾽ ou touto esti to zētoumenon. Echeinode mallon prosēkei di᾽ epimeleias katanoēsai, ti bouletai to tēs hylēs poikilon te kai polyeides. hēiōs oun symparalamthanetai chrysiǭ kai argyriǭ, kai porphyrą, kai lithois ē tou xylou physis eis tēn kataskeuēn tou phoreiou ? Kai toi ge to xylon ho soros architektōn Ēaulos, meta tou chortou kai tēs kalamēs eis tēn oikodomēn tou oikou krinei apodlēton, tou pyros dynamei tę̄ to ergon endapanōmenon. ᾿All᾽ oidamen tina xylou physin mē diamenousan en hǭ estin, alla pros chryson, ē argyron, hē allo ti tǭn timiōn heautēn metadallou san. En gar tę̄ megalę̄ tou Theou oicheą phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos ta men einai chrysa tę̄ physei, kai argyra; skeuē, tēn asōmaton, oimai, kai noeran ktisin dia toutōn hypainissomenos᾽ ta de xylina te kai china, hēmas tacha dia toutōn apoeēmainōn, hous apeē de dia tou xylou hamartas, xylina hēmas skeuē anti chrysōn apeirgasato. Memeristai de pros tēn axian hēs hylēs kai hē tōn skeuōn chrēsis. Ta men gar timiōteras hylēs, eis timēn apotetachtai; ta de eis tēn atimon hypēresian aperrhiptai. ᾿Alla ti phēsi peri tōn toioutōn ho Paulos ? Hoti exousian echei to skeuos ē ek tēs idias proaireseōs, ē chryseon apo xylinou, argyreon ap᾽ dstrachinou genesthai, ᾽Ean gar tis. phēsin, ekkatharę̄ heauton, estai skeuos heis timēn tǭ Despotę̄, pros pan ergon agathon hētoimasmenon. ąuoa Ho Tacha toinyn dia tōn eirēmenōn prosagometha pōs tę̄ - prokeimenę̄ theōrią tou logou. To oros ho Libanos pollois tēs hagias Graphēs eis endeixin tēs antikeimenēs dynameōs mnēmoneuetai; hōs hotan legei dia tou; hoti Syntripsei Kyrios tas kedrous tou Lidagnou, kai leptygnei autas te kai ton Lidagnon ton moschon echeigon, dēladē ton en tę̄ erēmǭ kata leanthenta hypo tou Mōyseōs, kai potimon dia leptotēta tois Israēlitais genomenon. Dēloutai gar hǭde dia tēs prophēteias hoti hou monon ta echphyenta para pēs antikeimenēs dynameōs kaka, alla kai auto to oros hē prōtē tou kakou rhiza, ho Lidanos, tōn toioutōn dendrōn tēn hylēn, eis to mē hon peristēsetai. Oukoun hēmeis ēmen pote tou Libanou ta xyla, heōs en ekeinǭ ēmen errhizōmenoi, dia te tou ponērou bion, kai tēs tōn eidōlōn apatēs; all᾽ e peidē ekeithen hypo tēs logikēs axinēs exetmēthēmen, kai en tais chersi tou technitou egenometha, phoreion heautou hēmas epoiēse, metastoicheiōsas tou xylou tēn physin dia tēs palingenesias eis argyrion te kai chrysion, kai eis euanthę̄ porphyran, kai eis tas tōn lithōn augas; kai hōsper phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, hoti ōs emerisen hekastǭ ho Theos tas tou hagiou Pgeumatos dōreas; kai hǭ men didōsi prophēteian kata tēn analogian tēs pisteōs; allǭ de allo ti tōn energēmatōn, pros ho pephyken te kai dynatai ekastos tēn charin dexasthai, hē ophthalmos tou sōmatos tēs Ekklēsias ginomenos, hē eis cheira tassomenos, hē anti podos hypostērizōn houtō kai en tę̄ tou phoreiou kataskeuę̄, ho men tis stylos, ho de hepidasis ginetai; heteros de to pros tę̄ kephalę̄ meros ho anachliton prosēgoreusen eisi de tines hoi eis to entos tetagmenoi. Hōn apantōn kata tina logon ho technitēs ou monoeidē pros ton kallōpismon epinoei tēn hylēn ᾿ alla panta men katakosmeitai tǭ kallei; diaphoros de kai katallēlos hekastǭ toutōn epinoeitai hē hōra. Eisi toinyn argyrion men hoi styloi tou phoreiou; de toutōn epidaseis porphyra; ek chrysiou de to anakliton to tę̄ kephalę̄ hypothainon, en hǭ klinei tēn heautou kephalēn ho nymphios; tois de timiois lithois to endon hapan chatapoichilletai. Oukoun stylous men noēteon, tous stylous tēs Echkchlēsias, hois akridōs to argyrion katharon te kai pepyrōmenon ho logos estin. Ē . de porphyra eisin hoi tēs basileias en tǭ hypsēlǭ tēs ( politeias epidedēchasin. Exaireton gar gnōrisma tēs basileias hē porphyra nomizetai. To de hēgemonichoon autou, en hǭ tēn kephalēn autou klinei ho to phoreion kataskeuasas, to tōn katharōn dogmatōn chrysion estin. Hosa de aphanē te kai kryphia tę̄ katharą syneidēsei tōn timiōn lithōn enōraïxetai, di᾿ hōn apantōn apo tōn thygaterōn Hierousalēm, hē agapē synistatai. Ei de bouloito tis phoreion men pasan legein tēn Ekklēsian; chatamerizoi de kata tas tōn ener- ᾿ geiōn diaphoras eis prosōpa tina tou phoreiou merē, hōs dē peri toutou proeerētai, pollēn kai outōs eukolian ho logos echei, hekastǭ tagmati tōn kata tēn Ekklēsian tetagmenōn epharmosai tou phoreiou ta merē; kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, hoti;Etheto ho Theos en tę̄ Ekchchilēsią, prōton apostolous, deuteron prophētas, triton didaskalous, epeita kath᾽ hekaston panta pros ton katartismon tōn hagiōn; hōs dia tōn onomatōn tōn pros tēn tou phoreiou chataochenēn syntelountōn hiereas noeisthai kai didaskalous, kai tēn semnēn parthenian tēn entos tou phoreiou katharotēti tōn aretōn, hoion tisi lithōn augais en᾿Alla peri men toutōn tosauta, Ho de ephexēs logos protropēn periechei pros tas thygatera: Hierou- -. salēm para tēs nymphēs ginomenos. Hōs gar ho megas Paulos zēmian hēgeito, ei mē pasi tōn idiōn agathōn ekoinōnēse, dio ta toiauta pros tous akouontas elegen; hoti Gigesthe hōs egō, hoti kai autos ēmēn pote kath᾽ hymas; kai hoti Mimētai mou gignesthe, kathōs egō Christou; houtō kai hē philanthrōpos gymphē hautē tōn theiōn tou Despotou mystēriōn- axiōtheisa, hote tēn klinēn ide, kai phoreion basileōs egeneto, boą pros tas neanidas; hautai d᾽ an eien a tōn sōzomenōn psychai: Heōs pote, legousa, tǭ spēlaiǭ tou biou enapochleiesthe ? exelthete tōn prochalymmatōn tēs physeōs, kai idete to thaumaston Hytheama; Siōn thygateres genomenai, theasasthe ᾿ peripreponta tę̄ kephalę̄ tou basileōs ton stephanon, hon hē mētēr autǭ periethēke kata tēn tou Prophētou phōnēn, hos phēsin;Ethēchas epi tēn kephalēn hautou stephanon ek lithou timiou. Pantōs de oudeis tōn krinein tous peri Theon logous epeschemmenōn achridologeitai peri tēn tou onomatos emphasin, hoti mēttr anti tou patros mnēmoneuetai, mian aph᾽ hekateras phōnēs analamdanōn dianoian. Epeidē gar oute arrhēn, oute thēly to Theion esti - pōs gar an epi tēs theotētos ti noētheiē toiouton, hopote oude hēmin tois anthrōpois touto eis to diēnekes paramenei, all᾽ hotan en Christǭ hen pantes genōmetha, ta sēmeia tēs diaphoras tautēs meta holou tou palaiou anthrōpou synechdyometha? toutou charin isodynamei pros tēn en- deixin tēs aphthartou physeōs pan to heuriskomenon onoma; oute thēleos, oute arrhenos tēn sēmasian tēs akēratou katamolynontos physeōs. Dia touto en men tǭ Euangeliǭ ho patēr legetai poiein tous gamous; ᾽ ho de Prophētēs pros ton Theon legei; hoti GEthēchas epi tēn kephalēn autou stephanon ek lithou timiou; entautha de para tēs mētros phēsin epitithesthai tǭ gymphiǭ ton stephaton. Epei oun estin heis ho gamos kai mia nymphē, kai para henos epidalletai tǭ nymphiǭ ho stephanos; ouden diapherei pantōs, hē HuIon tou Theou ton monogenē legein Theon, hē HuIon tēs agapēs autou, kata tēn Paulou phōnēn, hōs mias ousēs kath᾽ echate ron onoma tēs nymphostolousēs auton epi tēs hēmeteras synoichēseōs dynameōs. Exelthete oun, phēsin hē gymphē pros tas neanidas, kai thygateres Siōn gene- sthe- hōste apo skopias hypsēlēs (houtō gar Siōn ermēneuetai) dynēthēnai to thaumaston idein theama, stephanēphorounta ton nymphion. Stephanos de autǭ hē Ekklēsia ginetai, dia tōn empsychōn lithōn tēn kepha… toioutou stephanou, hē agapē estin, hēn, eite mētera, eite agapēn tis legei, ouk hamartēsetai. theos gar eatin agapē, kata tēn Iōannou phōnēn. Toutǭ de tǭ stephanǭ eneuphrainesthai legei auton hē nymphē, kosmǭ enagallomenon. Chairei gar hōs alēthōs ha synoikon tēn Echkchlēsian heautǭ poiēsamegos, tais aretais tōn diaprepontōn en autę̄ stephanoumenos. Kreitton d᾽ an eiē autas parathesthai tas theias phōnas epi lexeōs echousas houtōs Exeltheta kai idete, thygateres Siōn, ton basilea Solo… mētēr autou, en hēmerą nympheuseōs hautou, kai en hēmerą heuphrosynēs kardias hautou. Tēn oun toiautēn philanthrōpian tēs nymphēs ho Logos apodexamenos, hoti kata mimēsin tou Despotou kai autē pantas thelei sōthēnai, kai eis epignōsin tēs alētheias elthein; semnoteran autēn apergazetai ho kēryx tou kallous autēs kai zōgraphos ginomenos. Ou gar haplōs ho tēs hōras epainos legetai, katholikēn tina euphēmian periechōn tou kallous; all᾽ emphilochōrei tǭ logǭ tois kath᾽ hekaston meresin, idion hekastǭ melei dia synkriseōs te kai homoiōseōs charizomenos … Legei de houtōs; ᾿Idou ei kalē, hē plēsion mou, idou ei kalē. Ē gar mimēsamenē tou Despotou to philanthrōpon boulēma, kai exelthein enkeleusamenē kath᾽ homoiotēta tou ᾿Adraam tas neanidas, hekastēn apo tēs gēs heautēs, kai apo tēs peri ta aisthētēria syngeneias autēs, hōste idein ton katharon nymphion stephanēphorounta tēn ᾿Ekklēsian; alēthōs plēsion.; ginetai tēs despotikēs agathotētos, dia tēs pros ton plēsion agapēs tǭ Theǭ prosengisasa. Ka.1ē oun ei, phēsi pros autēn ho Logos, tę̄ kalę̄ proairesei tǭ agathǭ plēsiasasa. Ē de epanalēpsis tou epainou to hapseuston tēs martyrias endeiknytai. En gar tę̄ t diplę̄ martyrią bedaiousthai tēn alētheian ho theios apophainetai nomos. Dia touto phēsin; Idou ei kalē, hē plēsion mou, idou hei kai1ē. ᾿All᾽ epeidē en sōma tou Christou hē Ekklēsia pasa, en de tǭ heni sōmati, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, melē esti polla; panta de ta melē ou tēn hautēn echei praxin; alla ton men ophthalmon ektisen ho Theos en tǭ sōmati, ete- ᾿ ros de tis hous ephyteuthē; eisi de tines dia tēs ener- hē geias tōn dynameōn cheires ginomenoi, kai podes legontai tines hoi ta barē bastazontes; eiē d᾽ an ti; kai geuseōs ergon kai osphrēseōs, kai ta kath᾽ ekaston panta, di᾽ hōn anthrōpinon synistatai sōma; kai dynaton estin heurein en tǭ koinǭ tēs Ekklēsias sōmati cheilē te kai odontas, kai glōssan, mazous te, kai koilian, kai trachēlon; hōs de ho Paulos;phēsi; Kai hauta ta dokounta einai aschēmona tou sōmatos; toutou charin ho akridēs tou kallous dokimastēs, tōn aresantōn autǭ melōn ex holou tou sōmatos, idion te kai prosphoron hekastǭ poieitai: ton Archetai de tōn enkōmiōn apo tōn chyriōterōn melōn. Ti gar ophthalmōn en tois melesin hēmōn esti timiōteron ? Di’ hōn hē tou phōtos antilēpsis ginetai, par᾽ hōn estin hē tōn philōn kai polemiōn epignōsis, hois to idion kai to allotrion diachrinomen, pasēs er- ᾿; gasias hyphēgētai kai didaskaloi ginontai, kai tēs aplanous hodoiporias hodēgoi symphyeis kai achōristoi, hōn hē thesis tōn allōn aisthētēriōn hyperkeimenē,, to protimoteron tēs ap᾽ autōn ginomenēs hēmin ōpheleias endeiknytai. Pantōs de prodēlon esti tois akouousin, eis poia melē tēs Ekklēsias ho tōn ophthalmōn epainos blepei. Ophthalmos ēn Samouēl ho blepōn; houtō gar ōnomazeto; ophthalmos ho Iezekiēl, … ho skopein hypo tou Theou tetagmenos, epi tę̄ tōn phylassomenōn par᾽ autou sōtērią; ophthalmos Michaias ho horōn, kai Mōysēs ho theōmenos, ho dia touto kai theos ōnomasmenos; ophthalmoi pantes ekeinoi, hoi eis odēgian tou laou tetagmenoi, hous kai horōntas ōnomazon hoi tote anthrōpoi; kai nyn hoi ton ekeinon topon anaplērountes tǭ sōmati tēs Ekklēsias, kai episkopein tetagmenoi, ophthalmoi kyriōs chatonomazontai, ean achridōs pros ton tēs dikaiosynēs ᾿ hēlion blepōsi, mēdamou tois ergois tou skotous kai ei diachrinoien tou allotriou po idion, en tǭ ginōskein, hoti pan allotrion este tēs physeō? hēmōn, to phainomenon te kai proskairon; idion de to di᾽ elpidos prokeimenon, hou hē ktēsis menei pros to diēnekes anaphairetos. Ophthalmōn ergon kai to diaginōskein ton phichion te kai ton polemion, hōste agapan men ton alēthinon philon ex holēs kardias te kai psychēs kai dynameōs, teleion de misos kata tou echthrou tēs zōēs hēmōn epideichnysthai.᾿Alla kai ho tōn prakteōn hyphēgētēs, kai tōn sympherontōn didaskalos, kai tēs epi ton Theon poreias cheiragōgos, tou katharou te kai hygiainontos ophthalmou to ergon di’ achrideias poiei, kathʼ homoiotēta tōn sōmatikōn ommatōn tēs hypsēlēs politeias tōn loi- Tʼ pōn prophainomenos. Dia touto enteuthen epainein ho Logos to tēs nymphēs archetai kallos, kai phēsin Ophthalmoi sou peristerai; akeraious gar eis to kakon tous en ophthalmōn taxei prodethlēmenous horōn, s tēn haplotēta te kai to akeraion tou ēthous autōn apodexamenos, peristeras chatōnomasen autous. Idion gar esti peristerōn to akeraion. Ē tacha poiouton tina ho logos martyrei tois ommasin epainon. Epeidē gar pantōn tōn horatōn hai eikones tǭ katharǭ tēs korēs empiptousai, tēn horatikēn energeian apotelousin anankē pasa pros ho tis horą, toutou tēn morphēn analamthanein dia tou ophthalmou, katoptrou dikēn tou phainomenou to eidos anamassomenos. Hotan toïnyn ho tēn optichēn tautēn exousian epi tēs Ekklēsias ladōn, pros mēden hylōdes chai;hē sōmatikon blepę̄ ho pneumatikos te kai aulos en autǭ katorthoutai bios. Hē de toiautē zōē tę̄ tou peleiotatos tōn ophthalmōn estin epainos, to pros autōn tēs zōēs to eidos. Peristera gar to Pneuma to hagion. Ē de dyas tōn ophthalmōn epaineitai, hōs an holos genoito en epainǭ ho anthrōpos, ho phainomenos tϑ kai nooumenos. Dia touto gar prosethēke tǭ epainǭ kai allēn hyperdolēn, eipōn’ hoti Ektos tēs siōspēseōs sou; tou gar agathou biou, to men ti prodēlan estin, hōs kai anthrōpois gnōrimon einai; to de kryphion te kai aporrhēton, monǭ Theǭ chathorōmenon. poinyn to akatergaston blepōn, kai eis ta kryphia kathorōn martyrei epi tou epainoumenon prosōpou pleon einai tou phainomenou to siōpōmenon, di᾽ hōn , phēsin; hoti Ophthaiimoi sou peristerai ektos tēs siōpēseōs sou. Exōthen gar esti tou epainēthentos ēdē. to dia tēs siōpēs thaumazomenon. Hodǭ de kroagei kathexēs to tou kallous enkōmion, epi tas trichas metagōn ton logon ,kai phēsin Trichōma sou ageilai tōn aigōn, hai anechalyphrthēsan apo tou Noēsai de prosēkei prōton tēs trichos tēn ʼphysin; eith᾽ houtōs epignōnai ton epainon, hon dia tōn trichōn ho logos tę̄ nymphę̄ charizetai. Oukoun doxa men gaichos kephalēs hē thrix para tou Paulou ōnomastai. kai anti per:tholaiou dedosthai tę̄ gynaiki tēn komēn legei. Aidō de kai sōphrosynēn to prepon einai phēsi pais gynaixi peritholaion, houtō grapsas tǭ rhēmati ta aidous kai sōphrosynēs kosmein heautas. Dia toutōn tas epi tēs kephalēs trichas, hais komą hē gynē, ᾿ hēn aidō kai sōphrosynēn dia tēs tou Paulou sophias chatalamthanesthai. Oude gar allēn prepei tina doxan nomizesthai epi tēs epangellomenēs theosedeian chēs, ei mē tēn aidō te kai tēn sōphrosynēn, hēn komēn ōnomasen, hēn hotan mē echę̄, kataischynei tēn kephalēn autēs, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos. EI dē΄ tauta peri tōn trichōn ho Paulos ephilosophēse, prosakteon an eiē ta tou ᾿Apostolou rhēmata tǭ epainǭ hē tēs Echkchlēsias, en tǭ peri tou trichōmatos logǭ, kata tēn prokeimenēn phōnēn, hē phēsin hoti Trichōma sou, hōs agelai tōn aigōn, hai anechalyzthēsan apo tou Galaad. Dia toutōn gar tēn enareton po- ai liteian en epainǭ poieitai ho Logos. ᾿Alla chacheinois͵ prosēkei prostethēnai tǭ logǭ tǭ peri tōn trichōn, hoti pasēs aisthēseōs zōtikēs. amoirousin hai chomai. Ou mikron gab᾽ eis epauxēsin enkōmiōn kai touto, to ēte ponou, mēte hēdonēs aisthēsin en tais thrixin einai. To men gar sōma, hothen echphyontai, odynatai: hautē de hē thrix, oute ei oute ei phlegoito, oute ei dia tinos chkōmmōtikēs epikataleainoito, tǭ ginomenǭ aisthēsin tai. To de amoirein tēs aisthēseōs tōn nekrōn estin idion. Oukoun ho mēdemian tōn en tǭ kosmǭ toutǭ. spoudazomenōn paradechomenos aisthēsin, mēte hypo doxēs te kai timēs exonchoumenos, mēte di’ Hodreōs pe kai atimias algeinōs diatithemenos; all᾽ en homoiǭ kath᾽ hekateron tōn enantiōn heauton phylassōn; houtos Ho estin hē epainoumenē tēs nymphēs komē, nekros anpiprys kai akinētos pros ta tou kosmou genomenos pragmata, eite houtōs. eite hōs heterōs echoi. Ei de to pleonektēma tōn trichōn agelais aigōn; tais apo tou sais; ha men chrē di’ achrideias peri toutōn ginōskein oupō chatalaoein ēdynēthēmen; stochazometha de, hoti hōsper ta xyla tou Lidanou eis chryson te kai argyron kai porphyran metapoiēsas, phoreion ho basileus hē kateskeuasen heautǭ ᾿ houtōs oiden ho poimēn ho kalos aigōn agelas paralathdein kai eis poimnia metabalein ta aipolia tou Galaad orous. ᾿Allophylou de orous onoma touto tou tēn toiautēn charin anachalyptontos, hōste tous ex ethnōn tǭ kalǭ poimeni akolouthēsantas eis to. trichōma syntelę̄sai tou tēs nymphēs; kallous; di’ hōn sōphrosynē te kai aidōs, kai enkra- -΄ teia, kai hē tou sōmatos nekrōsis kata ton protheōrēthenta logon diasēmainetai.) Ē tacha symthalletai te pros tēn tōn aigōn theōrian kai ho Ēlias, tǭ orei tǭ Galaad emphilosophēsas chronon polyn, hos malista tou kat᾽ enkrateian kathēgēsato biou, auchmēros to eidēs, dasys tēn tricha, anti malakēs tinos esthētos dermati aigos schepazomenos. Pantes oun hoi kata ton prophētēn ekeinon ton autōn katorthoun᾿ pes bion, kosmos ginontai tēs Ekklēsias, agelēdon, kata ton nyn epikratounta tēs philosophias tropon,; met᾽ allēlōn tēn aretēn echponountes [To de Galaad tas toiautas apokalyphthēnai agelas, meizona tou thaumatos tēn hyperdolēn echei, hoti ek tou ethnikou biou gegonen hēmin hē pros tēn kata Theon philosophian metastasis. Ou gar Siōn oros to hagion autou tēs Ho toiautēs kathēgēsato politeias; alla to tois eidōlois anakeimenon ethnos eis tosautēn ēlthe tou biou metastasin, hōste tēn kephalēn kosmēsai tēs nymphēs tois kat᾽ aretēn proterēmasin. Eita tous odontas tę̄ akolouthią tōn epainōn ho Logos protithēsi, paradramōn tou stomatos te kai tōn cheileōn ta enkōmia. Hoper axion mē paridein anexetaston. Ti dē pote tōn cheileōn hoi odontes en tois epainois protithentai? Tacha men oun eipoi tis an glaphyrōteron to kallos deixai boulomenos, meidiama stomatos dia tēs tōn odontōn hypographēs kata to lelēthos synendeichnysthai; egō de pros heteron blepōn, protereuein en tois hepainois to tōn odontōn kallos pro tōn tou stomatos enkōmiōn logizomai. Meta touto gar, oude to cheilos aphēken anenchōmiaston, spartion eipōn kokkinon einai ta cheilē autēs, kai tēn lalian hōraian. Ti oun ho peri toutou stochazomai? ᾿Aristē taxis en tois mathēmasin esti prōton didaskesthai kai tote phthengesthai; ta de mathēmata tēs psychēs brōmata tis eipōn einai, tou eikotos ouk hamartēsetai. Hōsper gar dē tēn sōmatikēn trophēn tois hodousi kataleanantes, katallēlon autǭn tois splanchnois genesthai parascheuaxomen; kata ton auton tropon esti tis leptopoiētichē tōn didagmatōn dynamis en tę̄ psychę̄, di᾿ hēs ophelimon ginetai tǭ dechomenǭ to mathēma. Tous toinyn chritichous te kai diairetichous tōn didagmatōn kathēgētas, di᾽ hōn eulēptos hēmin ginetai kai epōphelēs hē didaskalia,, odontas hypo tou logou phēmi tropikōs onomazesthai. Hou charin prolamthanei tōn odontōn ho epainos, eith᾽ houtōs epagetai tōn cheileōn to enkōmion. Ou gar an epēnthisto tǭ logikǭ kallei to cheilos, mē tōn odontōn ekeinōn dia tēs philoponōteras tōn mathēmatōn katanoēseōs tēn en tois logois charin epidallontōn tois cheilesin. Aitian men oun en tois epainois akolouthias tautēn epi tōn odontōn katenoēsamen. Kairos d᾽ an eiē kai auton exetasai ton epainon, pōs parathallei to en tois hodouse kallos tais checharmenais agelais, hai nyn tou loutrou anadneisai didymois epagallontsi tokois kata to ison hai pasai; echei de kata tēn lexin ho epainos houtōs; Odontes son hōs agelai tōn apo tou loutrou. hai pasai didymeuousai, kai atechgousa ouk estin ep᾽ autais. Touto toinyn ei pros to sōmatikon tou hypodeigmatos blepomen, ouk oida pōs an tis epaineisthai tous odontas eipoi, dia tēs pros tas polygonousas agelas synkriseōs. ᾿Odontōn men gar epainos, hē sterrhotēs esti kai hē enarmonios thesis, kai to pagiōs di᾽ homalę̄? te kai akolouthou tēs harmonias empephychenai tois oulois. anathainousai apo tou loutrou agelai meta tēs didymou gonēs epischedastheisai tais napais, poian hodontōn hypographousin hōran tǭ kath᾽ heautas hypodeigmati, ouk estin ek tou procheirou katanoēsai; houtoi stoichēdon synestēchasin enarmoniōs allēlōn echomenoi - ekeinai de ap᾽ allēlōn diaschedannyntai pros tēn chreian tēs nomēs araioumenai. ᾿Alla kai gymnǭ tǭ odonti kata physin onti eis synkrisin to ereiaphoroun ouk euarmoston. Oukoun ereunēteon an eiē, pōs ho kosmōn di᾽ enchōmeōn tēn tōn odontōn to kallos, tais apocheiramenais to erion, kai loutrǭ ton rhypon apochlysamenais tou sōmatos. Ti oun peri toutōn aponoēsomen ? Hoi ta theia mystēria dia… sakton tēn pneumatikēn trophēn tautēn genesthai tǭ sōmati tēs Ekklēsias, houtoi to tōn odontōn ergon apotelousi, pachyn te kai synestōta tou logou ton arton tǭ heautōn lamthanontes stomati, kai dia tēs (, tais psychais tōn nōn paraschenaxontes, hoion (kreitton gar epi hypodeigmatōn parastēsai to noēma) ho makarios Paulos nyn men haplōs te kai achatascheuōs, hōsper tina Psōmon akatergaston protithēsin hēmin to tou nomou parangelma, legōn; Ou phimōseis boun aloōnta. Palin dia tēs epexēgēseōs apalynas, euparadekton poiei to tou nomou boulēma, legōn; Mē tōn boōn melei tǭ Theǭ, hē di’ hēmas pantōs egegraphei ? kai alla toiauta polla; hoion, Adraam dyo huious eschen, hena ek tēs paidiskēs, kai hena, ek tēs eleutheras. Touto ho achatergastos artos. ᾿Alla pōs auton dialeptynōn edōdimon poiei tois trephomenois, eis dyo Diathēkas metalamdanei tēn historian, tēn men eis rousōn. Houtō kai panta ton nomon, hina mē ta kath᾽ legontes diatridōmen, pachymeres sōma laoōn, leptyneidia tēs theōrias, pneumatichyn auton ek sōmatikou ergazomenos - Oidamen, legōn, hoti ho gomos pneumatikos estin. Hoper toinyn epi tou Paulou katenoēsamen, hōs odontōn chreia tę̄ Ekklēsią, plērountōn hen tǭ dialeptynein tēn tōn dogmatōn saphēneian; touto kai epi pantos tou kata mimēsin ekeinou diasaphountos hēmin to mystērion legomen. OOuchoun hodontes eisi tēs Ekklēsias hoi tēn akatergaston tōn theiōn logiōn poan leptopoiountes hēmin kai mērychizontes. Hōsper toinyn hypographei tōn aï- ai tou kalou ergou tēs episkopēs oregomenōn ton bion ho theios. ᾿Apostolos, legōn ta kath᾽ hekaston, hoion einai prosēkei ton tēs hierōsynēs epeilēmmenon, hōs meta pantōn kai tēn didachtichēn charin echein; houtōs entautha tous eis odontōn hypēresian tetagmenous en tę̄ Ekklēsią bouletai ho logos prōton checharmenous einai, toutesti pasēs hylikēs achthgydonos gegy; eita tǭ loutrǭ tēs syneidēseōs pantos molysmou sarkos kai pneumatos kathareuontas; pros toutois eis aei dia prokopēs anadainontas, kai mēdepote pros ta empalin chatasyromenous epi to ba rathron; epi pasi de diplais tais tōn agathōn chkyēmatōn gonais kata pan eidos aretēs epagallesthai, kai en mēdeni tōn kalōn epitēdeumatōn agonein. To de diploun kyēma, ainigma tēs kath᾽ hekateron ginetai tōn en hēmin negoēmenōn eudokimēseōs, hōste didymotochous einai tous toioutous odontas; tę̄ men psychę̄ tēn apatheian, tǭ de sōmatikǭ biǭ tēn euschē; epagei toutois ton di᾽ acholouto kallos, hou tēn hermēneian hautos epēgagen, lalian hōraian to spartion katonomasas. Touto de en tois phthasasin ēdē protetheōrētai, pōs tę̄ tōn odontōn hypēresią to en tois cheilesin hōraïzetai kallos. Tę̄ gar tōn odontōn, toutesti tōn didaschalichōn hyphēgēmatōn to stoma tēs Ekklēsias symphthengetai, Dia touto prōton hoi hodontes cheirontai kai louontai, kai ouk atechnousi, kai didymeuousi, kai tote tǭ kokkinǭ eidei ta cheilē perianthizetai, hotan genētai pasa hē Ekklēsia kata tēn tou agathou symphōnian cheilos hen kai phōnē mia. Diploun de tou kallous esti to hypodeigma. Ou gar monon haplōs spartion phēsin einai ta cheilē; alla prosethēke kai tēs euchroias to anthos, hōste diʼ am tēs Ekklēsias to stoma; dia te tou spartiou kai tou kokkinou, idiazontōs kath᾽ hekateron meros. Tǭ men garspartiǭ homognōmosynēn paideuetai; hōste pasan autēn hen spartion kai mian genesthai seiran ek diaphorōn noēmatōn; dia de tou kokkinou pros to haima di᾽ hou elytrōthēmen blepein didasketai, kai aei tēn homologian dia stomatos pherein, tou exagorasantos hēmas dia tou haimatos, Di᾽ amphoterōn gar toutōn esti plēroumenē tois tēs Ekklēsias cheilesin hē heuprepeia, hotan kai hē pistis tēs homologias prolampei, kai hē agapē tę̄ pistei sympleketai. Kai ei chrē hōsper horismǭ tini periladein to hypodeigma.; houtō to hoēthen horioumetha; kokkinon spartion esti pistis di agapēs energoumenē, hōs tę̄ pistei men dēlousthai to kokkinon; tę̄ de agapę̄ to spartion diermēneuesthai. Toutois kekosmēsthai ta cheilē tēs nymphēs martyrei hē alētheia. Ē de hōraia lalia theōrias tinos leptoteras hē hermēneias allēs ouk epideetai. Phthasas gar diesaphēsen ho ᾿Apostolos, hoti hē lalia hautē to rhēma tēs pisteōs estin, ho kēryssomen, Ean homologēsę̄s tǭ stomati sou Kyrion Iēsoun, kai pisteusę̄s en tę̄ kardią sou, hoti ho Theos auton ēgeiren ek nekrōn, sōthēsę̄. Kardią gar pisteuetai eis dikaiosynēn, stomati de …logeitai eis sōtērian. Hautē de estin hē hōraia lalia, di᾽ hēs ta cheilē tēs Ekklēsias kata to kokkinon ekeino spartion euprepōs epanthizetai. ᾿Aresketai de meta tēn tou stomatos hōran ho nymphios, kai tǭ pēs pareias erythēmati. Mēlon de touto tou prosōpou to meros ek katachrēseōs kalei hē synētheia, Proseichazei toinyn to tēs pareias mēlon tǭ lepyrǭps hēs rhoas, grapsas houtō ton epainon autou epi lexeōs; Hōs lepyron rhoas mē.1on sou, ektos tēs siōpēOti men oun aidōs esti to epainoumenon, panti rhadion ek tēs akolouthias tōn tetheōrē menōn logisasthai. Sōmatopoiēsas gar tēn Ekklēsian ho Lo{os eis to tēs nymphēs eidos ,, kai tas kath᾽ hekaston Xei aretas katallēlōs tę̄ hypographę̄ tēs kata to prosōpon hōras ekimerisas- nyn dia tou erythēmatos tou tais pareiais epizeontos, prosphorōs epainei tēn sōphrosynēn, aidoi katakosmēsas en tǭ tēs rhoas ainigmati. Ho gar karpos houtos styphei te kai adrōtǭ tę̄ epiphaneią entrephetai. Dio kalōs te kai oikeiōs eis to tēs᾽ sōphrosynēs katorthōma dia tēs theōrias metalamthanetai. Hōs gar hē stypsis tou tēs rhoas lepyrou trephei te kai phylassei tou emperiechomenou karpou tēn glykytēta - houtōs ho styphōn te kai enkratēs kai chateschlēchōs bios phylax ginetai tōn tēs sōphrosynēs kalōn. Diplous de kai entautha tēs aretēs tautēs ho epainos ginetai, dia te tōn prophainomenōn kata ton euschēmona bion, kai dia tōn en tę̄ psychēs apatheią katorthoumenōn. Hōn ho epainos, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, ouk ex anthrōpōn, ek tou Theou. Ē gar epilampousa tois ginomenois aidōs. idion men ek tōn prodēlōn echei ton epainon; ektos de tōn siōpōmenōn esti kai hypochechrymmegōn thaumatōn, ha monǭ kathoratai tǭ ophthalmǭ ekeinǭ tǭ ta kryphia bleponti. Dia de tōn meta tauta manthanomen, hoti pan to para tōn theophorōn hagiōn ginomenon, typos tis kai didaskalia tōn eis aretēn katorthoumenōn egineto. Hoi gamoi, hai apoichiai, hoi polemoi, hai tōn oikodomēmatōn chkatascheuai, panta kata tina logon eis nouthesian tǭ meta tauta proetypouto biǭ. ᾿Egraphē gar tauta, phēsi, pros gouthesian hēmōn, eis ous ta telē tōn ōiōgōn katēgtēkchen. Ho men gar kata tōn allophylōn polemos, symthouleuei kata tēs kakias hēmas andrizesthai. Hē de kata tous gamous spoudē tēn tōn aretōn synoikēsin di᾽ ainigmatōn hēmin hypotithetai, Hōsautōs de kai hē apoikia tou enaretou biou ton oikismon hypodallei; ta dʼ hosa peri tas kataskeuas hōn oikodomēmatōn par᾽ autōn hespoudazeto, tōn hēmeterōn oikōn tōn di᾽ aretēs oichodomou menōn epimeleian poieisthai diakeleuetai. Dio moi dokei ton periphanē pyrgon ekeinon, hǭ ta akrothinia tōn laphyxōn anethēken ho Dadid͵ pros tēn prochopkēn tēs Ekklēsias blepōn, tōn ti kat᾽ aretēn spoudazomenōn … men akrōreias tinos eis hypsos anateinomenos; epitēdeios de kata ton chronon ekeinon pros tēn tōn laphyrōn phylakēn enomisthē, hosa doulōsamenos tous allophylous meta tōn loipōn chrēmatōn idion kerdos ho basileus epoiēsato. EEdeixen oun dia tēs autou sophias ho basileus, pros ho ti blepōn ho Dadid agathon tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn zōę̄, hōsper tina symdoulēn tǭ meta tauta biǭ dia tēs tou pyrgou kataskeuēs proa petheto, Pantos gar tou sōmatos tēs Ekklēsias, tōn kath᾽ hekaston melōn dia tēs pros ti paratheseōs te kai homoiōseōs enkōmiazein to kallos mellōn, di᾽ akolouthou tous en tǭ laǭ ton tou trachēlou topon epechontas, oious tinas einai prosēkei, diagraphōn tǭ logǭ, tou pyrgou memnētai touton, hǭ eponomazetas men ho Dadid, echei de kai apo tōn epalxeōn to gnōrimon. thalpiōth gar hai epalxeis chatonomaxontai.. Houtō de hē lexis echei; Hōs pyrgos Dadid trachēeios son, ho hǭkodomēmenos en thyreoi kremantai ep᾿ autǭ, pasai bolides tōn dynatōn. Ē men oun sōmatikē tou pyrgou kataskeuē to peridlepton echei, ek te tou ergon einai tou basileōs Dadid, kai ek tēs periphaneias tou topou, kai ek tōn anatethentōn hoplōn en autǭ, thyreōn te kai tōn bolidōn, hōn to plēthos endeiknytai ho logos tǭ tēs chiliados onomati. Hēmin de skopos esti katanoēsai tou theiou logou tēn dynamin; pōs parathalletai tǭ pyrgǭ toutǭ to meros ekeino tēs Echchlētias, hǭ trachēlos esti to onoma. Prōton toinyn exetasai prosēkei poion en tǭ kath᾽ hēmas sōmati meros, tǭ onomati tou trachēlou prosagoreuetai, eith᾽ houtōs epharmosai tǭ tēs ᾿ekklēsias melei to onoma. Oukoun to errhizōmenon en mesǭ tōn hōmōn, anechōn hox tēn kephalēn eph᾽ heautou, kai anti baseōs tou hypercheimenou ginomenon, trachēlos onomazetai; hou to katopin men, osteois ereidetai . dlēmenon eleutheron esti tēs tōn osteōn peridolēēs. Hē de tou osteou physis, ou kath᾽ homoiotēta tou pe cheōs hē tēs chnēmēs synechēs esti pros heautēn kai adiairetos, alla pollachou tōn osteōn en spondylōn schēmati dię̄rēmenōn, dia tōn pephykotōn hautois neurōn kai myelōn kai syndesmōn hē henōsis hautę̄ pros allēla ginetai, kai dia tou myelou tou auloeidous kata to meson diēkontos, hou hē periochē men pros tas meningas, auto de to enkeimenon pros ton enkephalon Ho ēnōtai; en de tois emprosthen periechei men tēn arpērian ho trachēlos, hē docheion esti tou pneumatos pou exōthen hēmin eisoichizomenou te kai eisreontos, di᾽ hou to enkardion pyr pros tēn energeian hautou kin kata physin anarrhipizetai. Periechei de kai tiis prophēs tas eisodous, dia tou laimou te kai tou lathyngos, pan to dia tou stomatos eisagomenon pros tēn choilotēta tēn dektikēn toutōn diaporthmeuōn. Echei de kai allo para ta loipa tōn melōn hexaireton i ho trachēlos. Kata) gar tēn anō tēs artērias thesin, estin en autǭ tēs phōnēs to ergasterion, phōnēticha panta pareskeuastai organa, di᾿ hōn apogennatai ho ēchos, tǭ anadidomenǭ pneumati peridonoumenēs en kyklǭ tēs artērias. Houtō de tou sōēmin diagraphentos͵ eukolon an eiē dia tōn entautha theōrēthentōn kai ton tou ekklēsiastikou sōmatos trachēlon katanoēsai; hostis estin ho dia tōn katallēlōn energeiōn to onoma touto kyriōs analamdanōn, trachēlos te onomazomenos, kai tǭ pyrgǭ tou Dadio homoioumenos. Prōton men oun, ho dē kai prōton estin, ei tis tēn alēthinēn tou pantos kephalēn eph᾽ heautou bastazoi, ekeinēn legō tēn kephalēn, hētis estin ho Christos, ex hou pan to sōma synarmologeitai kai symthidazetai, houtos kyriōs pherei eph᾽ heautǭ touto to onoma. Pros poutois ei tou pneumatos esti xechtichos, tou tēn kardian hēmōn pyroeidę̄ poiountos kai echthermainontos, kai ei dia tēs euēchou phōnēs hypēretei tǭ logǭ. Oude gar allou tinos heneken tēn anthrōpinēn phōnēn ho Theos tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ physei enetechtēsato, hē hina organon hē pou logou, diarthrousa di᾽ heautēs ta tēs kardias kinēmata. Echetō de houtos ho trachēlos kai tēn threptikēn energeian, tēn didaskalian legō, di’ hēs panti tǭ sōmati tēs Ekklēsias syntēreitai hē dynamis. Epirrheousēs gar aei tēs trophēs, en tǭ einai diamenei to sōma; epileipousēs de, phthinei kai phtheiretai. Mimeisthō de kai tēn enarmonion tōn spondylōn thesin, en tǭ tous kath᾽ ekaston en tǭ laǭ syntelountas dia tou syndesmou tēs eirēnēs, hen apergazesthai melos, chlinomenon te kai anoothoumenon, kai kath᾽ hekateron tōn plagiōn euchinētōs metastrephomenon. Toiouto? trachēlos ho Paulos ēn, kai ei tis allos kata mimēsin ekeinou ton bion katōrthōsen, hos hedastase men to onoma Kyriou, skeuos eklogēs tǭ Despotę̄ genomenos; kai houtōs autǭ di᾽ achrideian kephalē tōn holōn ephērmosto, hōste kai hosa elalei, mēketi auton einai ton lalounta, alla tēn kephalēn autou phthengesthai; kathōs epedeixe tois Korinthiois ton Christon en autǭ lalounta te kai phthengomenon. Houtōs autǭ euphōnos te kai euēchos tēria, dia tou hagiou Pneumatos diarthrousa tēs alētheias ton logon - houtōs autǭ pantote tois theiois logiois ho larynx chateglychaineto, trephōn holon di᾽ heautou to sōma tois zōopoiois ekeinois didagmasin. Ei de kai to tōn spondylōn zēteis, tis outyn pantas eis en sōma synērmose tǭ syndesmǭ tēs eirēnēs kai tēs agapēs ? Tis houtōs edidaxe ton trachēlon chlinesthai en tois tapeinois, kai symperipheresthai palin en tǭ ta anō phronein, kai pros ta plagia perischopein eustrophōs te kai euchinētōs, en tǭ tas poikilas tou diadolou methodeias ekklinein kai asphalizesthai ? Ho toioutos oun trachēlos ontōs para tou Da… Noei de dia tou Dadid ton basilea ton tou basileōs patera, hos ex archēs ton anthrōpon kateskeuase pyrgon einai, kai ouchi symptōma, kai dia tēs ka- N ritos auton palin anǭchoodomēsen, asphalisamenos tois pollois thyreois, hōste mēketi auton tais tōn polemiōn ephodois euepidaton einai. Hoi gar chremamenoi thyreoi, ouk epi gēs keimenoi, alla diaerioi peri hauton theōroumenoi, kai meta tōn thyreōn, hai tōn dynatōn bolides, phodon empoiousi tois polemoumenois hōste mēte tēn archēn encheirēsai katadramein pou pyrgou. Oimai de tēn angelikēn phrouran en kyklǭ periteteichismenēn ton toiouton pyrgon tǭ lēthei tōn thyreōn hēmin diasēmainesthai. Deiknysi de kai hē tōn bolidōn mnēmē tēn toiautēn dianoian. Ou gar aplōs heiipen, bolidas, alla tę̄ tōn dynatōn prosthēkę̄ tous hypermachountas hēmin enedeixato hōste to legomenon, hoti Parembalei angelos Kyriou kyklǭ tōn phodoumenōn hauton, kai rhysetai hautous. Ho de tōn chiliōn arithmos ou moi dokei di᾽ achrideias sēmainein tēn tōn hekatontadōn dekada; all᾽ eis plēthous endeixin parelēphthē hypo tou logon. Synēthes gar estin ek tēs katachrēseōs tēs Graphēs, tǭ arithmǭ toutǭ to plēthos endeiknysthai, hōs phēsin ho Dadid anti tou plēthous, hoti Chiiziades euthēgnountōn, kai, Yper chiliadas chrysiou kai argyriou. Outō men oun ton trachēlon ton epi tōn hōmōn errhizōmenon katenoēsamen. Hōmous de nooumen, hois epipephyche, tas praktikas te kai energētichas spoudas, di᾽ hōn hoi brachiones hēmōn tēn sōtērian heautōn chatergazontai. Tēn de pros to meizon epauxēsin tēs kata Theon hypsoumenēs psychēs syneide pantōs ho epistatichōs tois legomenois akolouthōn,, hoti proteron men agapēton hēn tę̄ nymphę̄ hippǭ homoiōn thēnai tę̄ chatagōnisamenę̄ ton Aigyption tyrannon, kai pros tous hormischous empherōs echein tēn epi tou prachēlou euprepeian; nyni de posēn autę̄ martyrei tēn pros to agathon teleiotēta, hoti ouk hormischois tisi perideraiois proseichazei tou trachēlou tēn hōran, alla pyrgos einai dia to megethos legetai, hon periolepton poiei kai tois porrhōthen aphestēchosin aposchopoumenon, hou monon ē peri tēn oikodomēn philoti mia, eph᾽ hoti mēkiston to hypsos egeerousa; alla kai hē tou topou thesis, physikōs hyperanistōsa tōn geit? Hotan? toinyn basileōs men ergon ho pyrgos ēn, epi de tēs hypsēlēs politeias bedēchōs tychę̄, tote alēthes epideiknytai to para tou Kyriou legomenon; hoti Ou dynatai polis chrydēgnai hepanō orous keimenē. Noei de moi pyrgon anti tēs poleōs. Kairos d᾽ an eiē kai tous dyo nedrous tēs dorkados katanoēsai, hoi peri tēn kardian tēs nymphēs aulizontai, mastoi klēthentes para tou Logon, kathōs phēsi᾿ Dyo mastoi son hōs dyo gtedroi didymoi dorkados, hoi nemomenoi en tois krinois; dia to metaxy toutōn einai tēs kardias tēn thesin, hōn hē nomē ou chortos estin hē akantha, alla krina panti tǭ tēs nomēs chronǭ to anthos heautōn parateinonta, kai ou kata kairon anthounta, oude epi kairou ma- alla diarkę̄ parechomena tois nedrois poutois di᾽ heautōn tēn trophēn, hōs an mēketi hai skiai kratōsi tēs spoudazomenēs peri ton bion apatē all᾽ ēdē tou phōtos pantachē, dillampsantos, chataugasthę̄ ta panta dia tēs hēmeras, tēs hopou thelei diapneousēs to phōs, Houtō gar phēsin ho Logos; Heōs hou diapneusę̄ hē hēmera, kai kinēthōsin ae skiai. Oidas de pantōs para tou Euangeliou mathōn, hoti to Pneuma esti to hagion, to dia tou pnein hopou bouletai phōs empoioun tois heepanistamenois hothen erchetai, kai pou hypagei; peri hou nyn ho logos houtōs diexerchetai; Dyo mastoi sou hōs dyo nedroi didymoi dorkados, hoi gemomegoi en tois krinois, heōs hou diapneusę̄ hē hēmera, kai kinēthǭsin hai skiai. ᾿Alla to men hēmeran legesthai to Pneuma to hagion, phōs pneon hois an engenētai, ouk oimai tina tōn noun echontōn epidistasai tǭ logǭ. Ei gar huioi phōtos kai huioi hēmeras ginontai hoi gennēthentes para tou HiIneumatos, ti allo chrē noein to Pneuma to hagion, hē phōs kai hēmeran, hēs hē pnoē phygadeutichē tōn skiōn tēs mataiotētos ginetai? ᾿Anankē gar pasa tou hēliou phanentos tas skias mē menein, alla metachōrein te kai metanistasthai. To de peri tōn dyo nedrōn tēs dorkados mystērion eukairon an eiē prostheinai tę̄ exetasei tou logou, hōn didymos men estin hē genesis, trophē de to krinon᾽; topos de nomēs, hē agathę̄ te kai piara gę̄. Autē de estin hē kardia, kata ton tēs paradolēs tou Kyriou logon; en autę̄ de nemomenoi, kai tous katharous ex autēs logismous plēr echei tēn charin para tēs physeōs, eupnoias euchroią symmemigmenēs, hōs kath᾽ hekateron einai tois drepomenois erasmion, eite tę̄ osphrēsei prosagoien, eite tois ophthalmois tou kallous tēs hōras katatryphǭen. Hē men gar osphrēsis tēs tou Christou euōdias. plērēs ginetai; dia de tou eidous endeiknytai to katharon te kai akēlidōton. Tacha toinyn ēdē dia tōn eirēmenōn sesaphēnistai hēmin to hypo tou logou dēloumenon, hoti dyo anthrōpōn en tois kath᾽ ekaston theōroumenōn, tou men sōmatikou te kai phainomenon, tou de noētou te kai aoraton, didymos men amphoteros estin hē genesis, kata auton allēlois synepidē mountōn tǭ biǭ. Oute gar proÿparchei tou sōmatos hē psychē; oute prochatascheuazetai tēs psychēs to sōma; all᾽ homochronōs tę̄ zōę̄ ginontai. Trophē de toutois kata physin men estin, hē katharotēs kai euōdia, kai panta ta toiauta euphorousin hai aretai. Esti de hote to dēlētērion tōn aretōn epithoschontai, all᾽ akanthais epiterpontai kai tridolois, Houtō gar tēs paradolēs tou Euangeliou onomazousēs tas hamartias ēkousamen, hōn hē katara tou opheōs tēn kakēn blastēn edēEpeidē toinyn diachritikōn ophthalmōn esti chreia, tōn dynamenōn en akrideią diagnōnai to krinon te kai tēn akanthan, kai to men sōtērion proelesthai, to de phthoropoion apopempsasthai; dia touto ton kath’ homoiotēta tou megalou Paulou mazon Ho tois nēpiois genomenon, kai galachtotrophounta tous artigeneis tēs Ekklēsias, dyada mazōn allēlois syngennēthentōn tōn tois nedrois tēs dorkados apeichkasmenōn ōnomasen, dia pantōn martyrōn tǭ toioutǭ melei tēs Ekklēsias to dokimon; hoti te kath᾽ hekateron euodoutai pros tēn tōn katharōn krinōn nomēn, oxyderchōs diakrinon tou trophimou tēn akanthan kai hoti peri to hēgemonikon anastrephetai, hē kardia estin, hē di’ heantēs tous ma; kai eti pros toutois, hoti ouk en heautǭ katakleiei tēn charin, all᾽ epechei tois deomenois tou lonou tēn thēlēn, hōs an trophos thalpei ta heautēs tekna, kathōs epoiei te kai elegen ho ᾿Apostolos, Meta de toutōn tōn melōn tēs Ekklēsias proagagōn ho Logos ton epainon, en tois ephexēs holotōmaton poieitai hautēs to enkōmion, hotan dia tou thanatou katargēsę̄ ton to kratos echonta tou thanatou; kai palin epanagagę̄ heauton pros tēn idian doxan ᾿tēs theotētos, hēn eichen ap᾽ archēs pro tou kosmon einai. Eipōn gar,hoti Poreusomai emautǭ eis to oros tēs smyrnēs, kai eis ton bounon tou danou, tēn doxan tēs theotētos endeixamenos proseethēchen᾽ Holē kalē ei, plēsion mou, kai mōmos ouk estin en soi, didaskōn dia tōn eirēmenōn, prōton men hoti oudeis airei tēn psychēn autou ap’ autou, all᾽ exousian echei theinai autēn, kai exousian echei palin lathein autēn, poreuomenos heautǭ ē epi to horos tēs smyrnēs, ouk ek tōn hēmeterōn ergōn, hina mē tis kauchēsētai, all᾽ ex idias charitos, ton hyper tōn hamartōlōn anadexamenos thanaton; epeita de hoti ouk estin allōs katharthēnai tou mōmou tēn anthrōpinēn physin, mē tou amnou tou airontos tēn hamartian tou kosmou pasan di᾽ heautēs tēn kakian exaphanisantos. Toinyn eipōn, hoti kalē ei, plēsion mou, kai mōmos ouk estin an soi kai epagagōn to kata to pathos mystērion, dia tou kata tēn smyrnan ainigmatos, eita tou lidoanou mnēstheis, di᾽ hou to theion endeiknytai toutǭ paideuei hēmas, hoti ho symmetaschōn autǭ tēs smyrnēs, symmethexei pantōs kai tou libthagou. Ho gar sympathōn kai syndoxazxetai pantōs. Ho de hapax en tę̄ theią doxę̄ genomenos, holos ginetai kalos, exō tou antikeimenou mōmou genomenos, Hou kai hēmeis chōristheiēmen dia tou hyper hēmōn apothanontos kai egerthentos Christou Iēsou tou Knriou hēmōn, hǭ prepei hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

"[King Solomon made himself a litter] from the woods of Lebanon; its pillars he made of silver and its back of gold, its step of purple; within it is a paving of stones, love from the daughters of Jerusalem. Daughters of Zion, go out and look upon King Solomon, at the crown with which his mother crowned him on the day of his wedding and on the day of the gladness of his heart. Behold, you are beautiful, my close one; behold, you are beautiful. Your eyes are doves, apart from your silence. Your hair is like flocks of goats that have been revealed from Gilead. Your teeth are like flocks of shorn ewes that have come up from the washing, all of them bearing twins, and none among them is barren. Your lips are like a scarlet thread, and your speech is lovely. Like the rind of a pomegranate is your cheek, apart from your silence. [Your neck is like the tower of David,] built for Thalpioth; a thousand shields hang upon it, all the darts of the mighty. Your two breasts are like two fawns, twins of a gazelle, [that pasture among the lilies, until the] day [breathes] and the shadows move. I will go to the mountain of myrrh and to the hill of frankincense. You are all beautiful, my close one, and there is no blemish in you."

In many things King Solomon is taken as a type of the true king: in many things, I say, related of him in holy Scripture for the better. For he is called peaceable, and has measureless wisdom; he builds a temple, reigns over Israel, and judges the people in righteousness; and he is of the seed of David. And the queen of the Ethiopians comes to him. All these and the like are said of him typically, but they sketch beforehand the power of the Gospel. For who is so peaceable as the one who killed the enmity and nailed his enemies to the cross, reconciling us, or rather the world, to himself, and destroying the dividing wall of the fence, so as to create the two in himself into one new man, making peace, who preached peace to those far off and those near, through those who announce the good news of good things? And who is such a builder of a temple as the one who lays its foundations on the holy mountains, that is, on the prophets and apostles, and builds on the foundation of the apostles and prophets, as Paul says, the living and ensouled stones, rolled, according to the prophetic word, into the fitting together of the walls, so that, joined in the unity of the faith and the bond of peace, they make the holy temple grow by themselves, to become a dwelling place of God in the Spirit? That Solomon by his own wisdom points to the true wisdom no one would deny who looks to the history and to the truth. For he is testified by the history to have passed beyond the bounds of human wisdom, containing the knowledge of all things in the breadth of his heart, so that he outran those before him and was unreachable by those after him; [but] the Lord in his own nature, that very thing which he is, is the being of truth and wisdom and power. That is why, when David said, "You made all things in wisdom," the divine apostle, interpreting the prophet, says that all things were created in him, since the prophet signified him by wisdom. That the Lord is king of Israel is testified even by his enemies, who wrote on the cross the confession of his kingship: "This is the King of the Jews." We accept the testimony, even if it is thought to belittle the greatness of his power by limiting his lordship to the kingdom of the Israelites. For it is not so; rather, from a part, this inscription attributes to the cross rule over all, by not adding that he is king of the Jews only. For the word, having testified to his rule over the Jews absolutely, [implies] by what it leaves unsaid his power over all in this confession. For the king of the whole earth surely has lordship over the part too. Solomon's zeal for just judgment signifies the true judge of the whole world, who says, "The Father judges no one, but has given all judgment to the Son," and, "I can do nothing of myself; as I hear, I judge, and my judgment is just." For this is the highest standard of just judgment: not to give a sentence to those judged from oneself out of some partiality, but first to hear those subject to judgment, and then to deliver the verdict on them. That is why the power of God confesses that it is unable to do something: for truth cannot turn judgment aside from what is just. That the Lord is of the seed of David according to the flesh we shall pass over, since it is clear from what has happened. But the mystery of the Ethiopian queen, how, leaving the kingdom of the Ethiopians and crossing so great a space between, she hastens to Solomon because of the fame of his wisdom, receiving the king with precious stones and gold and the sweetness of spices, would be clear to one who considers which of the wonders of the Gospel it looks to. For who does not know that the church from the nations was black from idolatry at the beginning, before it became the church, separated from the knowledge of the true God by a great interval of ignorance? But when the grace of God appeared and wisdom shone out, and the true light sent its ray to those sitting in darkness and the shadow of death, then, when Israel had shut its eyes to the light and withdrawn itself from participation in good things, the Ethiopians come, those of the nations who run to the faith, and those who were once far off become near, washing off their blackness in the mystical water; so that Ethiopia stretches out her hand to God beforehand and brings gifts to the king: the spices of piety, the gold of the knowledge of God, and the precious stones of the works of the commandments and the virtues.

But I shall now make clear in my discourse what I have in view in beginning from here the contemplation of the words before us, first setting out the very wording of the divine oracles, which runs thus: "King Solomon made himself a litter [from the woods of Lebanon; its pillars] he made of silver, and its back of gold, its step of purple; within it a paving of stones, love from the daughters of Jerusalem." Just as, then, in what was examined before about Solomon, the word found through what things the mystery of the temple [was shown] in that person, so too through the construction of the litter the economy concerning us is signified. For God comes to be in those worthy of him in many ways, coming to be in each according to the power and worth each has. One becomes a place of God, another a house, another a throne, and another a footstool. And one becomes a chariot, or a horse obedient to the rein, receiving the good rider upon himself and completing the course as the one who guides him wishes. And as we are taught now, one becomes also his litter, who according to his wisdom [is constructed] not only from wood but also from gold, silver, purple and stones, fittingly in each part, through which his love becomes effective; not all having room for the working of love, but [only] if one is recognized by his life as a daughter of the Jerusalem above, the free woman. That the one who carries God in himself is a litter of the one who dwells and is seated in him would be clear even before our words. For the one who, according to the holy Paul, no longer lives himself but has Christ living in him, and gives proof of Christ speaking in him, is properly called and becomes a litter of the one carried in him and borne by him. But this is not what is sought. Rather we should consider carefully what the variety and multiplicity of the material means. How is the nature of wood taken up together with gold and silver and purple and stones for the construction of the litter? And yet the wise master-builder Paul judges wood, together with grass and straw, to be rejected in the building of the house, the work being consumed by the power of fire. But we know a nature of wood that does not remain in what it is, but changes itself into gold or silver or some other precious thing. For in God's great house, the apostle says, some vessels are by nature of gold and silver, by which I think he hints at the incorporeal and intellectual creation; others are of wood and of clay, perhaps indicating us by these, whom sin, coming through the tree, made wooden vessels instead of golden. The use of the vessels is divided according to the worth of the material: those of more precious material are assigned to honour, while the others are cast aside to dishonourable service. But what does Paul say of such things? That the vessel has power by its own free choice to become golden from wooden, silver from earthenware. "For if anyone cleanses himself," he says, "he will be a vessel for honour to the Master, prepared for every good work."

Perhaps, then, through what has been said we are somehow brought to the contemplation of the text before us. The mountain of Lebanon is mentioned in many places of holy Scripture to signify the opposing power, as when it says through the [psalm], "The Lord will shatter the cedars of Lebanon and beat them small, and Lebanon too, like that calf," clearly the one ground fine in the wilderness by Moses and made drinkable for the Israelites because it was fine. For it is shown here by the prophecy that not only the evils that sprang from the opposing power, but the mountain itself, the first root of evil, Lebanon, the material of such trees, will be reduced to non-being. So we too were once the woods of Lebanon, as long as we were rooted in it through the wicked life and the deceit of idols; but since we were cut out from there by the rational axe and came into the hands of the craftsman, he made us his litter, transforming the nature of the wood through regeneration into silver and gold and bright purple and the gleam of stones. And just as the apostle says that God has distributed to each the gifts of the Holy Spirit, to one he gives prophecy according to the proportion of faith, to another another of the workings, as each is fitted by nature and able to receive the grace, becoming an eye of the body of the church, or being assigned as a hand, or giving support as a foot, so too in the construction of the litter one becomes a pillar, another the step, another the part at the head, which he called the back; and there are some assigned to the inside. For all of these the craftsman, by some reason, does not devise the material for adornment of a single kind, but all are adorned with beauty, while a loveliness different and fitting to each of them is devised. The pillars of the litter, then, are silver; their steps purple; the back that is under the head, in which the bridegroom rests his head, is of gold; and all the inside is variegated with precious stones. We must understand the pillars, then, as the pillars of the church, for whom the word is exactly pure and refined silver. The purple are those who have mounted to the height of the way of life of the kingdom; for purple is thought to be the special mark of kingship. Its ruling part, in which the maker of the litter rests his head, is the gold of pure doctrines. And whatever is unseen and hidden is adorned with the precious stones in the pure conscience; through all of these love is composed from the daughters of Jerusalem. But if one should wish to call the whole church the litter, and to divide the parts of the litter among persons according to the differences of their activities, as was said before about this, the word holds much ease in this way too, fitting the parts of the litter to each order of those appointed in the church; as the apostle says, "God has appointed in the church first apostles, second prophets, third teachers," then each thing for the equipping of the saints; so that by the names that contribute to the construction of the litter, priests and teachers are understood, and the venerable virginity within the litter, [shining] with the purity of the virtues as with the gleam of stones … But so much for these things.

The next word contains an exhortation addressed by the bride to the daughters of Jerusalem. For as the great Paul counted it a loss if he did not share his own goods with all, and for this reason said such things to his hearers: "Become as I am, for I too was once like you," and, "Be imitators of me, as I am of Christ," so too this bride, who loves mankind, having been counted worthy of the Master's divine mysteries, when she saw the bed and became the king's litter, cries out to the maidens (these would be the souls of those being saved): "How long," she says, "will you shut yourselves up in the cave of life? Go out from the veils of nature and see the wonderful sight. Having become daughters of Zion, behold the crown that befits the head of the king, which his mother put on him," according to the voice of the prophet who says, "You set on his head a crown of precious stone." Surely none of those who have studied judging words about God will be pedantic over the meaning of the name, that mother is mentioned instead of father, taking one sense from either word. For since the divine is neither male nor female (for how could any such thing be understood of the Godhead, when even for us human beings this does not remain for ever, but when we all become one in Christ we put off the marks of this difference together with the whole old man?), for this reason every name found is of equal force for indicating the incorruptible nature, neither female nor male defiling the meaning of the undefiled nature. That is why in the Gospel the father is said to make the wedding, while the prophet says to God, "You set on his head a crown of precious stone," and here it says that the crown is put on the bridegroom by the mother. Since, then, the wedding is one and the bride one, and the crown is put on the bridegroom by one, it makes no difference at all whether one calls the only-begotten God the Son of God or the Son of his love, according to Paul's word, since by either name the power that dresses him as bridegroom for our union is one. "Go out, then," says the bride to the maidens, "and become daughters of Zion," so as to be able from a high watchtower (for so Zion is interpreted) to see the wonderful sight, the bridegroom wearing his crown. The church becomes his crown, [crowning his] head with living stones; [and the one who weaves] such a crown is love, which, whether one calls it mother or love, he will not be mistaken; "for God is love," according to John's word. The bride says that he is glad in this crown, exulting in the adornment. For he truly rejoices, having made the church his partner, crowned with the virtues of those who are distinguished in it. It would be better to set down the divine words themselves in their wording, which runs thus: "Go out and see, daughters of Zion, King Solomon, [at the crown with which] his mother [crowned him], on the day of his wedding and on the day of the gladness of his heart."

The Word, then, welcoming such love of mankind in the bride, that in imitation of the Master she too wills all to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth, makes her more venerable, becoming the herald and painter of her beauty. For the praise of her loveliness is not spoken simply, containing some general commendation of beauty; but he lingers in his word over each of her parts, bestowing on each member its own [praise] by comparison and likeness. He speaks thus: "Behold, you are beautiful, my close one; behold, you are beautiful." For she who imitated the Master's will that loves mankind, and bade the maidens go out, like Abraham, each from her own land and from her kindred among the senses, so as to see the pure bridegroom wearing the church as a crown, truly comes to be close to the Master's goodness, having drawn near to God through love of her neighbour. "You are beautiful, then," the Word says to her, "by the beautiful free choice, having drawn near to the good." The repetition of the praise shows that the testimony cannot lie; for the divine law declares that truth is confirmed by a double testimony. That is why he says, "Behold, you are beautiful, my close one; behold, you are beautiful."

But since the whole church is one body of Christ, and in the one body, as the apostle says, there are many members, and all the members do not have the same function, but God created the eye in the body, and another was planted as an ear; and there are some who become hands by the working of their powers, and some are called feet, who carry the burdens; and there would be some work of taste and smell, and every other thing by which a human body is composed; and it is possible to find in the common body of the church lips and teeth and tongue, breasts and belly and neck, and, as Paul says, even those parts of the body that seem less honourable: for this reason the exact assessor of beauty makes, of the members that pleased him from the whole body, a praise proper and fitting for each. He begins the praises from the more important members. For what among our members is more precious than the eyes? Through them the light is perceived, from them comes the recognition of friends and enemies, by them we distinguish our own from what is foreign; they become guides and teachers of every work, natural and inseparable leaders on the journey without error; their position above the other senses shows how much more precious is the benefit that comes to us from them. And it is surely clear to the hearers to which members of the church the praise of the eyes looks. Samuel the seer was an eye, for so he was named; Ezekiel was an eye, appointed by God to watch for the salvation of those guarded by him …; Micah who sees was an eye, and Moses who beholds, who for this reason was also named god; all those were eyes who were appointed to guide the people, whom the people of that time called seers. And now those who fill that place in the body of the church and are appointed to oversee (episkopein) are properly called eyes, if they look exactly at the sun of righteousness, nowhere [looking] to the works of darkness, and if they distinguish their own from what is foreign, knowing that all that appears and is temporary is foreign to our nature, while what is set before us through hope is our own, the possession of which remains for ever, never taken away. It is the eyes' work also to distinguish friend and enemy, so as to love the true friend with all one's heart and soul and strength, and to show perfect hatred against the enemy of our life. And the one who sets forth what must be done, teaches what is profitable, and leads by the hand on the journey to God, performs exactly the work of the pure and healthy eye, standing out before the rest by the loftiness of his way of life, like the bodily eyes.

That is why the Word begins to praise the bride's beauty from here, and says, "Your eyes are doves." For seeing that those placed in the rank of eyes were innocent toward evil, and welcoming the simplicity and innocence of their character, he named them doves; for innocence is proper to doves. Or perhaps the word bears witness to the eyes with some such praise as this. Since the images of all visible things, falling on the pure pupil, produce the activity of sight, it is altogether necessary that whatever one looks at, he takes up its form through the eye, receiving the impression of the form of what appears like a mirror. When, then, the one who has received this power of sight in the church looks to nothing material and bodily, the spiritual and immaterial life is achieved in him. And such a life [is formed by] the perfect [dove]: the praise of the eyes is that the form of the life is seen in them; for the dove is the Holy Spirit. And the pair of eyes is praised, so that the whole person may be in praise, the one who appears and the one who is understood. For this reason he added another surpassing praise, saying, "apart from your silence." For of the good life one part is evident, so as to be known even to people, while another is hidden and secret, seen by God alone. The one, then, who sees what has not yet been worked out and looks into the hidden things bears witness that in the person praised what is kept silent is more than what appears, by saying, "Your eyes are doves, apart from your silence." For what is admired through silence lies outside what has already been praised.

By a way he carries the praise of beauty forward in order, moving the discourse to the hair, and says, "Your hair is like flocks of goats that have been revealed from [Gilead]." We must first understand the nature of hair, and then recognize the praise that the word bestows on the bride through the hairs. Hair is named by Paul a woman's glory [on her] head, and he says that the long hair has been given to the woman instead of a covering. And he says that modesty and self-control are the fitting covering for women, writing in so many words that they should adorn themselves "with modesty and self-control". Through these words the hairs on the head, by which the woman is long-haired, are understood through Paul's wisdom as modesty and self-control. For no other glory is fitting to be thought of for a [soul] that professes godliness than modesty and self-control, which he named long hair; when she does not have it, she dishonours her head, as the apostle says. If, then, Paul philosophized thus about the hairs, the apostle's words should be applied to the praise of the church in the passage about the hair, according to the present saying, "Your hair is like flocks of goats that have been revealed from Gilead." For by these words the Word praises the virtuous way of life. But to the account of the hairs this too should be added, that the hairs have no share in any living sensation. And this is no small thing for the increase of the praises, that there is no sensation of pain or pleasure in the hairs. For the body from which they grow feels pain; but the hair itself, whether it is [cut] or burned or smoothed down by some hairdresser's art, has no sensation of what happens. And having no share in sensation is proper to the dead. So the one who admits no sensation of the things sought after in this world, neither puffed up by glory and honour nor painfully affected by insult and dishonour, but keeping himself the same in both of the opposites, this one is the praised hair of the bride, become plainly dead and unmoved toward the affairs of the world, whether they are this way or otherwise. Why the excellence of the hairs is [likened] to the flocks of goats [revealed] from [Gilead], what one should know exactly about these things we have not yet been able to grasp; but we conjecture that, just as the king, having transformed the woods of Lebanon into gold and silver and purple, built himself a litter, so the good shepherd knows how to take flocks of goats and change into [his] flocks the herds of goats of Mount Gilead. This is the name of a foreign mountain, which reveals such grace, so that those of the nations who have followed the good shepherd contribute to the hair of the bride's beauty, by which self-control and modesty and continence and the putting to death of the body are signified, according to the account contemplated before. Or perhaps Elijah too contributes to the contemplation of the goats, who practised philosophy on Mount Gilead for a long time, who above all led the way in the life of self-control, rough in appearance, shaggy-haired, covered with a goat's skin instead of some soft garment. All, then, who achieve their life after that prophet become the ornament of the church, in flocks, according to the manner of philosophy that now prevails, labouring at virtue together with one another. That such flocks were revealed from Gilead has a greater excess of wonder, that our passage to the philosophy according to God came about from the life of the nations. For it was not Zion, his holy mountain, that led the way in such a way of life; but the nation devoted to idols came to so great a change of life that it adorned the bride's head with the excellences of virtue.

Then the Word puts the teeth next in the sequence of praises, passing over the praises of the mouth and the lips. This deserves not to be passed over unexamined. Why are the teeth put before the lips in the praises? Perhaps one might say, wishing to show the beauty more elegantly, that a smile of the mouth is shown together by implication through the description of the teeth. But I, looking to something else, reckon that the beauty of the teeth precedes the praises of the mouth in the praises. For after this he did not leave the lip unpraised either, saying that her lips are a scarlet thread and her speech lovely. What, then, do I conjecture about this? The best order in learning is first to be taught and then to speak; and one who says that the lessons are the soul's foods will not miss what is likely. For just as we grind bodily food with our teeth and make it fit for our inward parts, in the same way there is a power in the soul that makes teachings fine, through which the lesson becomes profitable to the one who receives it. Those, then, who are critical and analytical leaders of the teachings, through whom the teaching becomes easy for us to take in and profitable, I say are named teeth figuratively by the word. That is why the praise of the teeth comes first, and then the praise of the lips is brought in. For the lip would not have blossomed with rational beauty unless those teeth, through a more laborious understanding of the lessons, had put the grace of discourse on the lips. This, then, is the reason we have understood for the sequence of the praises in the case of the teeth.

It would be time to examine the praise itself, how it compares the beauty of the teeth to shorn flocks which, having just come up from the washing, all exult alike in twin births. The praise runs in its wording thus: "Your teeth are like flocks of [shorn ewes that have come up] from the washing, all of them bearing twins, and none among them is barren." If we look at the bodily side of the example, I do not know how one could say that the teeth are praised by comparison with flocks that bear many young. For the praise of teeth is firmness and harmonious placing and being fixed firmly in the gums by an even and regular arrangement. [But] what loveliness of teeth flocks coming up from the washing, scattered with their twin offspring over the glens, sketch by their example, one cannot understand at first sight. The teeth stand in rows, holding harmoniously to one another; the flocks scatter from one another, spreading out for the need of pasture. And the woolly is not well fitted for comparison with the tooth, which is by nature bare. So we must search how the one who adorns with praises the beauty of the teeth [likens them] to those that have shorn off their wool and washed off the dirt of the body in a bath. What, then, shall we understand about this? Those who [make clear] the divine mysteries, so that this spiritual food may become [digestible] for the body of the church, perform the work of the teeth, taking into their own mouth the coarse and solid bread of the word, and through [finer interpretation preparing it] for the souls of [those being fed]. For example (it is better to present the thought through examples), the blessed Paul now simply and without elaboration sets before us, like an unworked morsel, the command of the law, saying, "You shall not muzzle an ox while it treads out the grain." Then, softening it by explanation, he makes the intent of the law easy to receive, saying, "Is it for oxen that God cares, or does he speak entirely for our sake?" And many other such things: for example, "Abraham had two sons, one by the slave woman and one by the free woman." This is the unworked bread. But how does he grind it fine and make it edible for those who are fed? He takes the history over to the two covenants, the one [bearing children for slavery, the other for freedom] … So too with the whole law, not to spend time listing each thing, he takes a coarse body and grinds it fine by contemplation, making it spiritual from bodily, saying, "We know that the law is spiritual." What we have understood in Paul, then, that the church needs teeth who do their work in grinding fine the clarity of the doctrines, we say also of everyone who in imitation of him makes the mystery clear to us. So the teeth of the church are those who make fine for us and chew the unworked grass of the divine oracles.

Just as, then, the divine apostle describes the life of those who aspire to the good work of the office of bishop (episkopē), saying in detail what kind of person the one who has taken up the priesthood should be, so that together with all the rest he has also the grace of teaching, so here the word wishes those appointed in the church to the service of teeth first to be shorn, that is, [rid] of every material burden; then to be pure of every defilement of flesh and spirit by the washing of conscience; besides this, always going up through progress and never being dragged back down into the pit; and above all to exult in double births of good offspring in every kind of virtue and to be barren in none of the good pursuits. The double offspring becomes a riddle of good repute in each of the two parts understood in us, so that such teeth bear twins: freedom from passion for the soul, and seemliness for the bodily life. He adds to these, in sequence, the beauty [of the lips], whose interpretation he himself added, naming the thread "lovely speech". This has already been contemplated in what went before, how the beauty in the lips is made lovely by the service of the teeth. For the mouth of the church speaks together with [the service] of the teeth, that is, of the teachers' instructions. For this reason the teeth are first shorn and washed, and are not barren, and bear twins, and then the lips blossom with scarlet colour, when the whole church becomes, by agreement in the good, one lip and one voice. The example of beauty is double. For he does not say simply that the lips are a thread, but added the flower of good colour too, so that through both [is shown the beauty of] the mouth of the church, through the thread and through the scarlet, distinctly in each part. By the thread it is taught agreement of mind, so that it all becomes one thread and one cord out of different thoughts; and by the scarlet it is taught to look to the blood by which we were redeemed, and always to carry in its mouth the confession of the one who bought us with his blood. For through both of these the comeliness of the lips of the church is completed, when the faith of the confession shines out and love is woven together with faith. And if we must enclose the example in a kind of definition, we shall define what is said thus: the scarlet thread is faith working through love, so that by faith the scarlet is shown, and by love the thread is interpreted. The truth bears witness that the bride's lips are adorned with these. The lovely speech needs no finer contemplation or other interpretation. For the apostle has already made clear that this speech is the word of faith that we preach: "If you confess with your mouth Jesus as Lord, and believe in your heart that God raised him from the dead, you will be saved. For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation." This is the lovely speech, by which the lips of the church blossom becomingly like that scarlet thread.

After the loveliness of the mouth the bridegroom is pleased also with the redness of the cheek. Custom calls this part of the face an apple (mēlon) by an extended use. He likens the apple of the cheek, then, to the rind of the pomegranate, writing his praise in these words: "Like the rind of a pomegranate is your cheek, apart from your silence." That what is praised is modesty is easy for everyone to reckon from the sequence of what has been contemplated. For the Word, having given the church a body in the form of the bride, and [assigning] each of the virtues fittingly to the sketch of the beauty of the face, now through the redness glowing on the cheeks fittingly praises self-control, adorning it with modesty in the riddle of the pomegranate. For this fruit is astringent and is nourished within a rind that cannot be eaten. That is why it is well and fittingly taken over by contemplation to the achievement of self-control. For as the astringency of the pomegranate's rind nourishes and guards the sweetness of the fruit within, so the astringent, continent and austere life becomes the guardian of the goods of self-control. The praise of this virtue is double here too, through what appears in the seemly life and through what is achieved in the soul's freedom from passion; whose praise, as the apostle says, is not from men but from God. For the modesty that shines on what is done has its own praise from what is evident; but beyond it are the wonders kept silent and hidden, which are seen only by that eye which sees what is hidden.

From what follows we learn that everything done by the God-bearing saints became a type and teaching of what is achieved for virtue. Marriages, emigrations, wars, constructions of buildings, all were prefigured for some reason for the admonition of later life. "For these things were written," it says, "for our admonition, on whom the ends of the ages have come." The war against the foreigners counsels us to be manly against wickedness. The zeal over marriages suggests to us in riddles the union of the virtues. Likewise the emigration suggests the settlement of the virtuous life; and all the care they took over the construction of buildings bids us take care of our own houses, built by virtue. That is why it seems to me that that famous tower, in which David dedicated the first-fruits of his spoils, looking to the progress of the church, [is a figure] of what is sought after in virtue, [standing on] some summit and stretching up to a height; at that time it was thought suitable for keeping the spoils which the king made his own gain, together with the other goods, when he subdued the foreigners. The king, then, through his wisdom showed what good for human life David had in view, setting out as it were a counsel for later life through the construction of the tower. For being about to praise the beauty of the whole body of the church, each of its members by comparison and likeness with something, he describes in sequence in his word what kind of people those in the people who hold the place of the neck should be, and he mentions this tower, which is named after David and is known also from its battlements; for the battlements are called Thalpioth. The wording runs thus: "Your neck is like the tower of David, built for Thalpioth; a thousand shields hang upon it, all the darts of the mighty." The bodily construction of the tower is admired because it is the work of King David, and because of the prominence of the place, and because of the weapons dedicated in it, shields and darts, whose multitude the word shows by the name of a thousand. But our aim is to understand the force of the divine word: how that part of the church whose name is neck is compared to this tower.

First, then, we must examine what part in our body is called by the name of neck, and then fit the name to the member of the church. The part rooted in the middle of the shoulders, holding up the head upon itself and becoming the base for what lies above, is called the neck. At the back it is supported by bones; [at the front, where it is] … it is free of the covering of bones. The nature of the bone is not continuous and undivided in itself like that of the forearm or the shin, but the bones being divided in many places in the form of vertebrae, their union with one another comes about through the sinews, marrows and ligaments that grow with them, and through the pipe-shaped marrow passing through the middle, whose covering is united to the membranes and its content to the brain. At the front the neck holds the windpipe, which is the receptacle of the breath that comes in and flows into us from outside, by which the fire in the heart is naturally fanned for its activity. It holds also the entrances of food, through the gullet and the throat, carrying across everything brought in through the mouth to the cavity that receives it. And the neck has something else special beyond the other members. For in the upper position of the windpipe is the workshop of the voice; all the vocal organs are prepared there, through which sound is produced, the windpipe being made to vibrate in a circle by the breath sent up. The [bodily neck] having been described to us in this way, it would be easy from what has been contemplated here to understand the neck of the church's body too: who is the one that properly takes this name through the corresponding activities, being named neck and likened to the tower of David. First, then, and this is indeed first, if anyone carries upon himself the true head of the universe, I mean that head which is Christ, from whom the whole body is joined and held together, he properly bears this name. Besides this, if he is receptive of the Spirit who makes our heart fiery and warms it, and if he serves the Word through a resonant voice. For God built the human voice into human nature for no other reason than that it should be an instrument of the word, articulating the movements of the heart by itself. Let this neck also have the nourishing activity, I mean the teaching, through which the strength of the whole body of the church is preserved. For while food always flows in, the body remains in being; when it fails, it wastes and perishes. Let it also imitate the harmonious placing of the vertebrae, by making those who contribute individually in the people into one member through the bond of peace, bending and straightening up and turning nimbly to either side. Such a neck was Paul, and anyone else who in imitation of him has achieved his life, who carried the name of the Lord, having become a chosen vessel for the Master; and the head of all was so exactly fitted to him that, in all he spoke, it was no longer he who spoke but his head that uttered it, as he showed the Corinthians that Christ was speaking and uttering in him. So his windpipe was well-voiced and resonant, articulating the word of truth through the Holy Spirit; so his throat was always sweetened by the divine oracles, nourishing the whole body through itself with those life-giving teachings. And if you seek the vertebrae too: who so joined all into one body by the bond of peace and love? Who so taught the neck to bend among the lowly, and again to turn about in thinking the things above, and to look round to the sides nimbly and with agility in turning aside from and guarding against the various schemes of the devil? Such a neck, then, is truly [built] by David.

Understand by David the king, the father of the king, who from the beginning made man to be a tower and not a ruin, and rebuilt him again through grace, securing him with the many shields, so that he is no longer easily mounted by the assaults of enemies. For the hanging shields, not lying on the ground but seen in the air around him, and with the shields the darts of the mighty, produce fear in those who make war, so that they do not even attempt to run against the tower. I think that the angelic guard walled around such a tower is signified to us by the mention of the shields. The mention of the darts also shows this sense; for he did not say simply "darts", but by the addition "of the mighty" he showed those who fight for us; so that what is said is that the angel of the Lord encamps around those who fear him and will deliver them. The number of a thousand does not seem to me to signify exactly ten hundreds; it was taken by the word to show multitude. For it is customary by the extended usage of Scripture to show multitude by this number, as David says instead of a multitude, "thousands of those who flourish," and, "above thousands of gold and silver." So we have understood the neck rooted on the shoulders. And we understand the shoulders, on which it grows, as the practical and active endeavours, through which our arms work out their own salvation. The one who has followed attentively what is said has surely seen the increase toward the greater of the soul raised according to God: that earlier the bride was content to be likened to the mare that overcame the Egyptian tyrant, and to have the comeliness of her neck like necklaces; but now how much perfection in the good he testifies to her, that he does not liken the loveliness of her neck to necklaces round the throat, but it is said to be a tower because of its greatness, which is made conspicuous and seen even by those far off, not only by the ambition of the building that raises the height as far as possible, but also by the position of the place, which naturally rises above its neighbours. When, then, the tower was the work of a king and happens to stand on the lofty way of life, then what the Lord says is shown true: "A city set on a mountain cannot be hidden." Understand, I pray, tower instead of city.

It would be time to consider also the two fawns of the gazelle, which lodge about the bride's heart, called breasts by the Word, as he says: "Your two breasts are like two fawns, twins of a gazelle, that pasture among the lilies"; because the heart is placed between them, whose pasture is not grass or thorn, but lilies that stretch out their flower through the whole time of pasture, and do not bloom for a season nor [wither] at a season, but provide by themselves lasting food for these fawns, so that the shadows no longer hold sway through the deceit that is sought after in life, but, the light having shone out everywhere, all things are lit up by the day, which breathes the light where it wills. For so the Word says: "until the day breathes and the shadows move." You surely know, having learned from the Gospel, that it is the Holy Spirit who, by blowing where he wills, produces light in those who rise up, [though one does not know] where he comes from and where he goes; of whom the word now relates thus: "Your two breasts are like two fawns, twins of a gazelle, that pasture among the lilies, until the day breathes and the shadows move." That the Holy Spirit is called day, breathing light on those in whom he comes to be, I do not think anyone of sense would doubt in the word. For if those born of the Spirit become sons of light and sons of day, what else must we understand the Holy Spirit to be than light and day, whose breath puts to flight the shadows of vanity? For when the sun has appeared the shadows necessarily do not remain, but move off and depart.

It would be timely to add to the examination of the text the mystery of the two fawns of the gazelle, whose birth is twin, whose food is the lily, and whose place of pasture is the good and rich earth. This is the heart, according to the word of the Lord's parable; and pasturing in it, and [gathering] from it pure thoughts … [The lily] has by nature full grace, fragrance mingled with good colour, so that in both respects it is lovely to those who pluck it, whether they bring it to the smell or delight their eyes in the beauty of its loveliness. For the smell is filled with the fragrance of Christ, and by its form what is pure and spotless is shown. Perhaps, then, by what has been said the meaning of the word has been made clear to us: that since two human beings are seen in each one, the bodily and visible and the intelligible and invisible, the birth of both is twin, as they come to dwell in life together with one another. For neither does the soul exist before the body, nor is the body fashioned before the soul, but they come into being at the same time in life. Their food by nature is purity and fragrance and all such things as the virtues bear. But there are times when they feed on what is poisonous to the virtues and take delight in thorns and thistles. For so we have heard the parable of the Gospel name sins, whose evil sprouting the curse of the serpent [made known]. Since, then, there is need of discerning eyes, able to distinguish exactly the lily and the thorn, and to choose the saving and send away the destructive, for this reason he named the one who, like the great Paul, has become a breast for infants and nurses with milk the newborn of the church, a pair of breasts born together with one another, likened to the fawns of the gazelle, bearing witness in all things to the proven worth of such a member of the church: that in both respects it goes well toward the pasture of pure lilies, discerning the thorn sharp-sightedly from what is nourishing; and that it dwells about the ruling part, which is the heart, which through itself [pours forth] the breasts …; and further, that it does not shut up grace in itself, but holds out the nipple of the word to those who need it, as a nurse cherishes her own children, as the apostle did and said.

After advancing the praise with these members of the church, the Word in what follows makes her praise whole, when through death he has destroyed the one who has the power of death, and has led himself back again to his own glory of the Godhead, which he had from the beginning before the world was. For having said, "I will go to the mountain of myrrh and to the hill of frankincense," showing the glory of the Godhead, he added, "You are all beautiful, my close one, and there is no blemish in you," teaching by what is said, first, that no one takes his life from him, but he has power to lay it down and power to take it again, going of himself to the mountain of myrrh, not from our works, so that no one may boast, but by his own grace, having taken on himself death for sinners; and then, that human nature could not otherwise be cleansed of blemish unless the Lamb who takes away the sin of the world wiped out all wickedness through himself. Having said, then, "You are [all] beautiful, my close one, and there is no blemish in you," and having brought in the mystery of the passion through the riddle of the myrrh, then mentioning the frankincense, by which the divine is shown, he teaches us this: that the one who has shared the myrrh with him will surely share the frankincense too. For the one who suffers with him is surely also glorified with him. And the one who has once come to be in the divine glory becomes wholly beautiful, having come outside the opposing blemish. From it may we too be separated through Christ Jesus our Lord, who died and was raised for us, to whom belong the glory and the power to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 8

8PG 44

Δεῦρο ἀπὸ Λιδάνου, γύμφη, δεῦρο ἀπὸ Λιδάγου· ἐλεύσῃ, καὶ διελεύσῃ ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς πίστεως, ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς Σανὴρ καὶ Ἑρμὼν, ἀπὸ μανδρῶν λεόντων, ἀπὸ ὀρέων παρδάλεων. Ἐκαρδίωσας ἡμᾶς, ἀδελφή μου νύμφη· ἑκαρδίωσας ἡμᾶς ἑνὶ ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου,ἐν μιᾷἐνθέματι τραχήλου σου. Ὃ τὰς μεγάλας ὀπτασίας διεξελθὼν πρὸς τοὺς Ὁ περὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φύσεως ἔφησεν εἶναι, εἶδε σῶμα ἦν, Κορινθίους, ὁ μέγας ᾿Απόστολος, κ᾿ ἧς εἴτε νόημα, ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς ἐν τῷ παραδσῳ μυσταταῦτα διαμαρτυρόμενος λέγει, οὕπω λογίζομαι κατειληφέναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι τοῖς ἡμπροσθεν ἐπεχτείνομαι, τῶν προδιηνυσμένων λήθην ποιούμενος, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ μετὰ τὸν τρίτον οὐρανὸν ἐχϑᾶνον, αὐτὸς ἔγνω μόνος· οὐ γάρ τι Μωῦσῇς πεῷὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ χοσμογενείᾳ διηγήσατο καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἔῤῥητον τῶν τοῦ παραδείσου μυστηρίων ἀκρόασιν, ξτὲ ἐπὶ τὸ ἀνώτερον ἴεται, καὶ οὐ λήγει τῆς ἀναδάσεωἡ οὐδέποτε τὸ χαταλαμδανόμενον ἀγαθὸν ὅρον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας πριούμενος, διδάσκων, οἶμαι, διὰ τούτων ἡμᾶς, ὅτι τῆς μακαρίας ἐκείνης τῶν ἀγαθῶν φύσευως πολὺ μάν ἔστι τὸ ἀεὶ εὑρισκόμενον᾽ ἀπειροπλάσιον ποῦ πάντοτε χαταλαμδανομένου τὸ ὑπερκείμενον, καὶ τοῦτο εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς γίνεται τῷ μετέχοντι, ἐν πάσῃ τῇ τῶν αἰώνων ἀϊδιότητι διὰ τῶν ἀεὶ μειζόνων τῆς ἐπαυξήσεως τοῖς μετέχουσι γινομένης. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ καθαρὸς τὴν καρδίαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀψευδῆ τοῦ Δεσπότου φωνὴν, ὁρᾷ τὸν Θεὸν. ἀεὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς δυνάμεως, ὅσον χωρῆσαι δύναται, τοσοῦτὸν τὴν κατανόησιν δεχόμενος. Τὸ μέν τοι ἀόριστόν τε καὶ ἀπερίληπτον τῆς θεότητος ἐπέκεινα πάσης καταλήψεως διαμένει. Οὗ γὰρ τῆς μεγαλοπρεπείας ἧς δόξης οὐκ ἔστι πέρας, καθὼς ὁ Προφήτης μαρεύρεται, τοῦτο πάντοτε ὡσαύτως ἔχει, ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ὕψει διαπαντὸς θεωρούμενον. Ὥσπερ δὲ καὶ ὁ μέγας Δαβὶδ ὁ τὰς καλὰς ἀναδάσεις ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τιθέμενος, καὶ ἐκ δυνάμεως εἰς δύναμιν ἀεὶ πορευόμενος, τοῦτο πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀνεδόησε· τὸνΣὺ δὲ ὕψιστος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, Κύριε· τοῦτο, οἶμαι, διὰ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης σημαίνων, ὅτι ἐν πάσῃ τῇ ἀτελευτήτου αἰῶνος ἀϊδιότῆτι, ὁ μὲν πρὸς σὲ τρέχων ἑαυτοῦ μείζων πάντοτε καὶ ἀνώτερος γίνεται, ἀεὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνα ἀναλόγως αὐξανόμενος. Σὺ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ ὕψιστος, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα μένων, οὐδέποτε χθαμαλώτε ρος τοῖς ἀνιοῦσι φανῆναι δυνάμενος, τῷ κχατὰ ἴσον ἀνώτερος πάντοτε καὶ ὑψηλότερος εἶναι τῆς τῶν ὑψουμένων δυνάμεως. Ταῦτα τοίνυν περὶ τῆς φύσεως τῶν ἀφράστων ἀγαθῶν δογματίζειν τὸν ᾿Απόστολον ὑπειλήφαμεν λέγοντα, ὅτι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐκεῖνο ὀφθαλμὸὺς οὐκ οἷδε, κἂν ἀεὶ βλέπῃ. Οὐ γὰρ ὅσον ἐστὶ βλέπει, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσον τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δυνατόν ἐστι δέξασθαι. Καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσε, καθ᾽ ὅσον ἐστὶ τὸ δηλούμενον, κἄν πάντοτε δέχηται τῇ ἀκοῇ τὸν λόγον· καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέδη, κἂν διαπαντὸς ὁ καθαρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ ὅσον δύναται βλέπῃ τὸ γὰρ ἀεὶ τῶν μὲν προχαταληφθέντων πάντων μεῖζόν ἐστιν, οὐ μὴν ὁρίζει ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸ ζητούμενον· ἀλλὰ τὸ πέρας τοῦ εὑρεθέντος, ἀρχὴ πρὸς πὴν τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων εὕρεσιν τοῖς ἀναθαίνουσι γίνεται. Καὶ οὔτε ὁ ἀνιών ποτς ἴσταται, ἀρχὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς μεταλαμδάνων, οὔτε τελεῖται περὶ ἑαυτὴν ἡ τῶν ἀεὶ μειξόνων ἀρχή. Οὐδέποτε γὰρ περὶ τῶν ἐγνωσμένων ἢ τοῦ ἀνιόντος ἐπιθυμία ἵσταται, ἀλλὰ διὰ μείζονος πάλιν ἑτέρας ἐπιθυμίας πρὸς ἑτέραν ὑπερκειμένην κατὰ τὸ ἐφεξῆς ψυχὴ ἀνιοῦσα, πάντοτε διὰ τῶν ἀνωὁδεύει πρὸς τὸ ἀόριστον. Τούτων δὲ ἡμῖν οὕτω διῃρημένων, καιρὸς ἂν εἴη προσθεῖναι τῶν θείων λογίων τὴν θεωρίαν. Δεῦρο ἀπὸ Αἰδάγου, νύμφη, δεῦρο ἀπὸ Λιδάνου, ἐεύσῃ καὶ διδλεύσῃ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς πίστεως, ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ᾿ Σαγεὶρ καὶ Ἑρμῶν, ἀπὸ μανδρῶν λεόντων, ἀπὸ ὁρέων παρδάλεων. Τί τοίνυν ἐν τούτοις ὑπενοήσαμεν; ᾿Δεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἣ πηγὴ πρὸς ἑαυτὴν τοὺς δυψῶντας ἐφέλκεται, καθὼς ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ φησὶν ἢ πηγὴ ὅτι ΕἸ τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω πρὸς μὲ καὶ φιγέτω. Ἔν τούτοις γὰρ οὔτε τῆς δίψης, οὔτε τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁρμῆς, οὔτε τῆς ἐν τῷ πίνειν ἀπολαύσεως ἔδωκεν ὄρον, ἀλλὰ τῷ παρατατιχῷ τοῦ προ τάγματος ποὸς τὸ διηνεκὲς ποιεῖ τὴν προτροπὴν καὶ τοῦ διψῇν καὶ τοῦ πίνειν, καὶ τοῦ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν ὁρμὴν ἔχειν. Τοῖς δὲ γευσαμένοις ἤδη, καὶ τῇ πείρᾳ μαθοῦσιν ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ Κύριος, οἷόν τις προτροπὴ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πλείονσς μετουσίαν ἡ γεῦσις γίνεται. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδέποτε λείπει τῷ ἀναθαίνοντι ἡ γινομένη πρὸς αὐτὸν προτροπὴ ἡ πάντοτε πρὸς τὸ μεῖζον ἐφελκομένη. Ὑπομνησθῶμεν γὰρ τῆς πολλάκις ἐν τοῖς φθάσασιν ἤδη γεγενημένης πάρορμήσεως παρὰ τοῦ Λόγου τῇ νύμφῃ σίον μοῦ, λέγει· καὶ πάλιν, Δεῦρο, περιστερά μου· καὶ, Δεῦρο σεαυτὴν ἐν σκέπῃ τῇ πέτρας. Καὶ ἄλλας τοιαύτας φωνὰς προτρεπτιχάς τε καὶ ἑλχτιχὰς τῆς τῶν μειζόνων ἐπιθυμίας ὁ Λόγος πρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν ποιησάμενος, καὶ μαρτυρήσας ἤδη τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀνιούσῃ τὸ διὰ πάντων ἀμώμητον, εἰπὼν, ὅτι κακὴ, καὶ μῶμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ, ὡς ἂν μὴ τῇ μαρτυρίᾳ ταύτῃ ἐγχαυνωθεῖσα, πρὸς τὴν τῶν μειζόνων ἄνοδον ἐμποδισθείη πάλιν διὰ τῆς προτρεπτιχῆς ταύτης φωνῆς ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ὑπερκειμένων ἐπιθυμίαν ἀναθῆναι παρακελεύεται, λέγων· Δεῦρο ἀπὸ Τὸ δὲ λεγόμενον τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· Καλῶς, φησὶν, ἐν τοῖς φθάσασιν ἠχολούθησας, ἦλθες μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τῆς σμύρνης. Συνετάφης γάρ μοι διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον. Συνῆλθές μοι καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν βουνὸν τοῦ λιόάνου. Συνανέστης γὰρ καὶ ὑψώθης ἐν τῇ τῆς θεότητος κοινωνίᾳ, ἣν ἀπὸ τούτων καὶ ἐπὶ ἕτερα ὄρη, προχόπτουσά τε καὶ ὑψουμένη διὰ τῆς ἐνεργοῦς γνώσεως. Δεῦρο τοίνυν Οὐ γάρ ἔστι δυνατὸν ἐμοὶ συζῆσαι τὸν μὴ ἀλλοιωθέντα διὰ τῆς τοῦ θανάτου σμύρνης πρὸς τὴν τοῦ λιδάνου θεότητα. Ἐπειδὴ ἐν τούτῳ γέγονας ἤδη τῷ ὕψει, μὴ στῇς ἀνιοῦσα, ὡς ἤδη διὰ τούτων ἐπιδᾶσα τῆς τελειότητος. ᾿Αρχὴ γάρ σοι πίστεως ὁ λίδανος οὗτος γίνεται, οὗ μετέσχες διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως· ἀρχὴ δὲ καὶ τῇ ἐπὶ τὰ ὑψηλότερα τῶν ἀγαθῶν πθρείᾳ. ᾿Απὸ τοίνυν τῆς ἀρχῆς ταύτης, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἡ πίστις, ἐλεύσῃ καὶ διελεύσῃ· τουτέστι, Καὶ νῦν ἥξεις, καὶ εἰσαεὶ διερχομένη διὰ τῶν τοιούτων ἀνόδων οὐκ Ἔχει δὲ ἡ λέξις οὕτως· ’᾿Ε1λεύσῃ καὶ διελεύσῃ, ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς πίστεως, ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς Σαγεὶρ καὶ Ἑρμῶν. Διὰ τούτων δὲ τὸ τῆς ἄνωθεν γεννήσεως ὑποφαίνει μυστήριον. Ἔντεῦθεν γὰρ προκεῖσθαί φησι τὰς τοῦ Ἰορδάνου πηγὰς, ὧν ὑπέρχειται τοῦτὸ ὄρος, δύο λοφιαῖς μεριζόμενον, αἷς ταῦτα ἐπίκειται τὰ ὀνόματα Σανεὶρ καὶ Ἑρμῶν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν τὸ ἐκ τῶν πηγῶν τούτων ῥεῖθρον ἀρχὴ γέγονεν ἡ μῖν τῆς πρὸς τὸ Θεῖον μεταποιήσεως, τούτου χάριν ἀκούει ποῦ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καλοῦντος αὐτήν. Ὃς φησιν· Δεῦρο ἀπὸ Λιδάνου καὶ ἀπὸ ἀρχῆς πίστεως, καὶ ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς τῶν ὀρέων τούτων, ὅθεν σοὶ γεγόνασιν αἱ τοῦ μυστηρίου πηγαί· καλῶς δὲ προστίθησι τὴν τῶν λεόντων τε καὶ παρδάλεων μνήμην, ἵνα διὰ τῆς τῶν λυπηρῶν παραθέσεως, γλυχυτέραν ποιήσῃ τὴν τῶν εὐφραινόντων ἀπόλαυσιν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀποθέμενός ποτε τὸ θεῖον εἶδος ὁ ἄνθρωπος, πρὸς τὴν ὁμοιότητα τῆς ἀλόγου φύσϑως ἐθηριώθη, πάρδαλις καὶ λέων διὰ τῶν πονηρῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων γενόμενος. Ὁ γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ λέοντος ἑλχυσθεὶς τοῦ ἐνεδρεύοντος μάνδρᾳ, καθώς φησιν ὁ Προφήτης, καὶ ἐν τῇ παγίδι αὐτηῦ ταπεινωθεὶς, πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνου φύσιν μεταμορφοῦται, καταχρατήσαντος τοῦ θηρίου τῆς φύσεως. Ὅμοιοι γὰρ αὑτοῖς γένοιντο οἱ ποιοῦντες αὐτὰ, φησὶ, καὶ πάντες οἱ πεποιθότες ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς. Ὅμοίως δὲ καὶ πάρδαλις γίνεται ὁ διὰ τῶν τοῦ βίου κηλίδων τὴν ψυχὴν στιγματίσας. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἦν ποτε ὅτε ἐν οἵσδε ἣν τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, διὰ τῆς εἰδωλολατρείας καὶ Ἰουδαϊχῆῃς ἀπάτης, καὶ τῆς ποικίλης τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν κακίας πλανώμενον μϑοτὰ ταῦτα δὲ διὰ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου καὶ τῆς σμύρνης καὶ τοῦ Λιδάνου πρὸς κοσοῦτον ὑψώθη, ὥστε αὐτὸν ἤδη συμμετεωροπορεῖν τῷ Θεῷ τούτου χάριν πλεονάζει τῶν παρόντων ἀγαθῶν τὴν εὐφροσύνην ὁ λόγος. Διὰ τῆς τῶν ποτε γεγενημένων ἀνιαρῶν παραθέσεως προφέρων ἐν ἰσιν ἣν ἡ ψυχὴ πρὸ τοῦ Λιδάνου καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς πίστεως, καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου γνωρισθέντῶν ἡμῖν μυστηρίων. Ὡς γὰρ ἡ κατ᾽ εἰρήνην ζωὴ Ὑλυχυτέρα μετὰ τὸν πόλεμον γίνεται, τοῖς σκυθρωποῖς διηγήμασιν ἡδυνομένη· καὶ τὸ τῆς ὑγείας ἀγαθὸν, μᾶλλον καταγλυχαίνει τὰ τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν αἰσθητήρια, εἰ ἔκ τινος ἀῤῥωστημάτων ἀηδίας πρὸς ἑαυτὴν ἐπανέλθοι πάλιν ἡ φύσις τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐπίτατίν τινα καὶ πλεονασμὸν τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς εὐφροσύνης οἰκονομῶν ὁ ἀγαθὸς νυμφίος τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀνιούσῃ ψυχῇ, οὐ μόνον τὸ ἑαυτοῦ κάλλος τῇ ᾿ νύμφῃ προδείχνυσιν· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ φριχωδεστάτου ὧν θηρίων εἴδους ὑπομιμνήσκει τῷ λόγῳ, ἵνα μᾶλλον ἐντρυφῴη τοῖς παροῦσι καλοῖς, μανθάνουσα διὰ τῆς παραθέσεως, οἷα ἀνθ᾽ οἴων ἠλλάξατο. Τάχα δέ τι καὶ ἕτερον διὰ τούτων ἐκ προνοίας ἀγαθὸν τῇ νύμφῃ κατασκευάζεται. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ βούλεται ἡμᾶς ὁ λόγος ρεπτοὺς ὄντας κατὰ τὴν φύσιν, μὴ πρὸς τὸ κακὸν διὰ τῆς τροπῆς ἀποῤῥέειν᾽ ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ἀεὶ γινομένης αὐξήσεως, συνεργὸν τὴν τροπὴν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων ἄνοδον ἔχειν, ὥστε κατορθωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ τρεπτοῦ τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν τὸ πρὸς τὸ κακὸν ἀναλλοίωτον τούτου χάριν ὥσπερ τινὰ παιδαγωγὸν καὶ φύλακα πρὸς τὴν τῶν κακῶν ἀλλοτρίωσιν, τὴν μνήμην τῶν ποτε χαταχρατησάντῶν θηρίων ὁ λόγος προήνεγκεν, ἵνα τῇ ἀποτροπῇ Ὁ τῶν χειρόνων τὸ ἀκλινές τε καὶ ἀπαράτρεπτον τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς κατορθώσωμεν, οὔτε ἱστάμενοι τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον τροπῆς, οὔτς πρὸς τὸ κακὸν ἀλλοιούμενοι. Διὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἐλθεῖν ἐγκελεύεται ἀπὸ τοῦ Λιδάνου τὴν νύμφην, καὶ τῆς μάνδρας τῶν λεόντων ὑπομιμνήσκει ἐν ἧ ηὐλίζετο, καὶ τὰ τῶν παροάλεων ὄρη προφέρει τῷ λόγῳ, οἷς ἐνδιέτριδεν ὅτε τοῖς θηρίοις ὁμοδίαιτος ἣν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ πάντοτε ἡ τοῦ Λόγου φωνὴ, δυνάμεώς ἔστι φωνή καὶ καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῆς κτίσεως τὸ φῶς τῷ προστάγματι, καὶ πάλιν τῷ προστακτικῷ ῥήματι τὸ στερέωμα, καὶ ἣ λοιπὴ πᾶσα κτίσις ὡσαύτως τῷ ποιητικῷ συνανεφαίνετο Λόγῳ᾽ τὸν αὐτὸν τοόπον καὶ νῦν, τοῦ Λόγου τὴν ψυχὴν κρείττονα γενομένην πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐλθεῖν ἐγχελευσαμένου, ἀδιαστάτως δυναμωθεῖσα τῷ προστάγματι, τοιαύτη γεγένηται, οἵαν ὁ νυμφίος ἐδούλετο, μεταποιηθεῖσα πρὸς τὸ θειότερον, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης ἐν ἧ ἦν, πρὸς τὴν ἀνωτέραν δόξαν μεταμορφωθεῖσα διὰ τῆς ἀγαθῆς ἀλλοιώσεως· ὡς θαῦμα γενέσθαι τῷ περὶ τὸν νυμφίον τῶν ἀγγέλων χορῷ, καὶ πάντας εὐφήμως πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν θαυμαστιχὴν προἐσθαι φωνήν· ὅτι Ἐχωρδίωσας ἡμᾶς, ἀδεϊφρὴ ἡμῶν νύμφη. Ὁ γὰρ τῆς ἀπαθείας χαρακτὴρ ὁμοίως ἐπιλάμπων αὐτῇ τε καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις, εἰς τὴν τῶν ἀσωμάτων αὐτὴν ἀνάγει συγγένειάν τε καὶ ἀδελφότητα, τὴν ἐν σαρκὶ τὸ ἀπαθὲς χατορθώσασαν. Διὰ τοῦτό φασι πρὸς αὐτήν· ὅτι ᾿Εκαρδίωσας ἡμᾶς, ἀδελφὴ ἡμῶν νύμφη. Κυρίως ἑκατέρῳ τῶν ὀνομάτων σεμνυνομένη. ᾿Αδελφὴ μὲν ἡμετέρα διὰ τὴν ἧς ἀπαθείας συγγένειαν νύμφη δὲ, διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Λόγον συνάφειαν. Τοῦ δὲ ἐκαρδίωσας τὸ σημαινόμενον τοιοῦτον εἶναι νομίζομεν, οἷόν ἐστι τὸ, Ἐψύχωσας, ὡσεὶ ἔλεγον πρὸς αὐτὴν, ὅτι Καρδίαν ἡμῖν ἐνέθηχας. Σαφηνείας δὲ χάριν, ὡς ἂν γένοιτο μᾶλλον καταφανὲς ἡμῖν τὸ λεγόμενον, τὸν θεῖο· ᾿Απόστολον πρὸς τὴν τῶν μυστηρίων τούτων ἑρμηνείαν παραληψόμεθα. Φησὶ γάρ που τῶν ἑαυτοῦ λόγων ἐκεῖνος πρὸς Ἐφεσίους γράφων, ὅτε τὴν μεγάλην οἰκονομίαν τῆς διὰ σαρκὸς γεγενημένης θεοφανείας ἡμῖν διηγήσατο ὅτι οὗ μόνον ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις ἐπαιδεύθη τὰ θεῖα δεὰ τῆς χάριτος ταύτης μυστήρια· ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις ἐγνωρίσθη ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ, διὰ τῆς κατὰ Χριστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις οἶκονομίας φανερωθεῖσα.·Ἔχει δὲ ἡ λέξις οὕτως· Ἵνα γνωρισθῇ ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις διὰ τῆς Ἐχχιλησίας ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ, κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων, ἣν ἐποίησεν ἐν Χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν. Ἔν ᾧ ἔχομεν τὴν παῤῥησίαν καὶ προσαγωγὴν ἐν πεποιθήσει διὰ τῆς πίστεως αὐτοῦ. Τῷ ὄντι γὰρ διὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας γνωρίζεται ταῖς ὑπερκοσμίοις δυνάμεσιν ἡ ποικίλῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ σοφία, ἡ διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων θαυματουργήσασα τὰ μεγάλα θαυμάσια· πῶς γὰρ γέγονς διὰ θανάτου ζωὴ, καὶ δικαιοσύνη διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ διὰ κατάρας εὐλογία, καὶ δόξα διὰ τῆς ἀτιμίας, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας ἡ δύναμις; Μόνην γὰρ ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου χρόνοις τὴν ἁπλῆν τε καὶ μονοειδῇ ποῦ Θεοῦ σοφίαν αἱ ὑπερχόσμιοι δυνάμεις ἐγίνωσκον, καταλλήλως ἐνεργοῦσαν τῇ φύσει τὰ θαύματα· καὶ ποικίλον ἦν ἐν τοῖς ὁρωμένοις οὐδὲν, ἐν τῷ δύναμιν ἔχουσαν τὴν θείαν φύσιν, πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν ἐργάζεσθαι, ἐν μόνῃ τῇ ὁρμῇ τοῦ θελήματος τὴν τῶν ὄντων φύσιν εἰς γένεσιν ἄγουσαν, καὶ ποιεῖν τὰ πάντα καλὰ λίαν, τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ καλοῦ πηγῆς ἀναδρύοντα. Τὸ δὲ ποικίλον τοῦτο τῆς σοφίας εἶδος, τὸ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τὰ ἐναντία διαπλοκῆς συνιστάμενον, νῦν διὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας σαφῶς ἐδείχθησαν, πῶς ὁ Λόγος σὰρξ γίνεται, πῶς ἡ ζωὴ θανάτῳ μίγνυται, πῶς τῷ ἰδίῳ μώλωπι τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐξιᾶται πληγήν᾽ πῶς τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ τοῦ σταυροῦ καταπαλαίει τοῦ ἀντικειμένου τὴν δύναμιν· πῶς τὸ ἀόρατον ἐν σαρκὶ φανεροῦται· πῶς ἐξωνεῖται τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους, αὐτός τε ὧν ὁ ὠνούμενος, καὶ αὐτὸς χρῆμα γινόμενος· ἑαυτὸν γὰρ ἔδωκε λῦτρον ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῷ θανάτῳ πῶς καὶ ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ γίνεται, καὶ τῆς ζωῆς οὐκ ἐξίσταται· πῶς καὶ ἐν τῇ δουλείᾳ χαταμίγνυται, καὶ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μένει. Πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ποιχέλα ὄντα καὶ οὐκ ἁπλᾶ τῆς σοφίας ἔργα, διὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας οἱ φίλοι τοῦ μαθόντες, ἐχαρδιώθησαν, ἄλλον χαρακτῆρα ἧς θείας σοφίας ἐν τῷ μυστηρίῳ κατανοήσαντες εἰ δὲ μὴ τολμηρότερόν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, τάχα κἀκεῖνοι διὰ ἧς νύμφης τὸ τοῦ νυμφίου κάλλος ἰδόντες ἐθαύμασαν τὸ πᾶσι τοῖς οὖσιν ἀόρατόν τε καὶ ἀκατάληπτον. Ὅν γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἑώρακε πώποτε, καθώς φησιν Ἰωάννης, οὐδὲ ἰδεῖν τις δύναται, καθὼς ὁ Παῦλος μαρτυρεῖται, οὗτος σῶμα ἑαυτοῦ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἐποίησε, καὶ διὰ τῆς προσθήκης τῶν σωζομένων, οἰκοδομεῖ αὐτὴν ἐν ἀγάπῃ, μέχρις ἂν καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον, εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ. ΕῚ οὖν σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ Ἐκκλησία, κεφαλὴ δὲ τοῦ σώματος ὁ Χριστὸς, τῷ ἰδίῳ χαρακτῆρι μορφῶν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τὸ πρόσωπον· τάχα διὰ τούτων πρὸς ταῦτα βλέποντες οἱ φίλοι τοῦ νυμφίου, ἑχαρδιώθησαν· ὅτι τρανώτερον ἐν αὐτῇ τὸν ἀόρατον βλέπουσι. Καθάπερ οἱ αὐτὸν τοῦ ἡλίου τὸν κύκλον ἰδεῖν ἀδυνατοῦντες διὰ δὲ τῆς τοῦ ὕδατος αὐγῆς εἰς αὐτὸν ὁρῶντες· οὕτω κἀκεῖνοι ὡς ἐν κατόπτρῳ χαθορῶντες καθαρῷ, τῷ προσώπῳ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἥλιον βλέπουσι, τὸν διὰ τοῦ φαινομένου κατανοούμενον. Τούτου χάριν οὐχᾶπαξ εἴρηται τῇ νύμφῃ παρὰ τῶν φίλων, τὸ, Ἐκαρδίωσας, ὅπερ ἐστὶν, ὅτι Τυχήν τινα καὶ διάνοιαν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ φωτὸς κατανόησιν δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς ἡμῖν ἐνεποίησας· ἀλλὰ καὶ πάλιν τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον, ἀξιοπιστίαν προστιθέντες τῷ λεγομένῳ, διὰ τῆς δευτερώσεως. Λέγουσι γὰρ· ὅτι Ἑκαρδίωσας ἡμᾶς ἑνὶ ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου. Τοῦτό ἐστι μάλιστα ὃ τὴν θαυμαστιχὴν ἐνεποιήσε τοῖς φίλοις περὶ τῆς νύμφης διάθεσιν. Διπλῆς γὰρ οὔσης τῇ ψυχῇ τῆς ὁπτικῆς ἐνερ- καὶ τῆς μὲν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὁρώσης, τῆς δὲ ἑτέρας περὶ τὰ μάταια πλανωμένης· ἐπειδὴ περὶ μόνην τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τὴν φύσιν ἀνέῳκται τῆς νύμφης ὁ καθαρὸς ὀφθαλμός· ἀργεῖ δὲ πάντως ὁ ἕτερος,τούτου χάριν τῷ ἑνὶ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν προσάγουσιν οἱ φίλοι τὸν ἔπαινον, δι᾽ οὗ μόνου θεωρεῖ τὸν μόνον, ἐκεῖνον ἢ) λέγω τὸν μόνον, τὸν ἐν τῇ ἀτρέπτῳ τε καὶ ἀϊδίῳ χααλαμθανόμενον φύσει, τόν τε ἀληθινὸν Πατέρα, καὶ τὸν μονογενῆ Υἱὸν, καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα. Μόνον γάρ ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς, τὸ ἐν μιᾷ θεωρούμενον φύσει, μηδένα χωρισμὸν ἢ ἀλλοτρίωσιν τῆς κατὰ τὰς ὑποστάσεις διαφορᾶς ἐμποιούσης. Εἰσὶ γάρ τινες οἵ διαφόροις ὀφθαλμοῖς κακῶς περὶ τὸν ἀνύπαρκτον ὀξυωποῦσιν, εἰς πολλὰς φύσεις τὸ ἕν ταῖς τῶν διαστρόφων ὀφθαλμῶν φαντασίαις χαταμερίζοντες· οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λεγόμενοι πολὺ βλέποντες, οἱ διὰ τοῦ πολλὰ βλέπειν ὁρῶντες οὐδέν - καὶ ὅσοι νῦν μὲν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὅῤῥῶσι, πάλιν δὲ ταῖς ὑλικαῖς φαντασίαις ἐπιπλανῶνἀνάξιοι τῆς τῶν ἀγγέλων εὐφημίας εἰσὶν, ταῖς τῶν ἀνυπάρκτων φαντασίαις πρὸς μόνον τὸ Θεῖον ὀδυωπῶν, τυφλὸς ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσίν ἐστι, πρὸς ἅπερ αἱ τῶν πολλῶν βλέπουσιν ὄψεις. Διὰ τοῦτο τῷ ἑνὶ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ποιεῖ τοῖς φίλοις ἡ νύμφη τὸ θαῦμα. Οὐκοῦν τυφλὸς μέν ἐστιν ὃ πολυόμματος, ὁ πρὸς τὰ μάταια πολλοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς βλέπων. Ὀξυδερχὴς δὲ καὶ διορατικὸς ἐκεῖνος, ὃ διʼ ἑνὸς τοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμοῦ πρὸς μόνον τὸ ἀγαΤίς καὶ ἐκείνη ἐστὶν ἣ μία, ἧ τί τὸ ἔνθεμα τοῦ ἐραχήλου τῆς νύμφης, οὐ χαλεπὸν ἂν εἴη διὰ τῶν ἐξητασμένων ἐπιλογίσασθαι, κἂν δοκῇ πως ἀσαφὴς ἡ λέξις εἶναι κατὰ τὴν σύμφρασιν. Οὕτω γὰρ ὁ λόγος φτσίν ὅτι Ἑκαρδίωσας ἡμᾶς ἐνὶ ἀπὸ ὀρθαλμῶνʼ σου ἐν μιᾷ, ἐνθέματι τραχήλου σου, ὡς τὸ μὲν Ἐν μιᾷ, σύμφωνον εἶναι τῷ ἔνι ἀπὸ ὀρθαλμῶν σου, νοούντων ἡμῶν κατὰ παράληψιν τὸ Ἐν μιᾷ υχῇ. Πολλαὶ γὰρ ἐν ἑκάστῳ γίνονται τῶν ἀπαιδεύτὼν Ψυχαὶ, ἐν οἷς τὰ πάθη διὰ τῆς ἐπικρατήσεως εἷς τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς τόπον ἀντιμεθίσταται, πρὸς λύπην καὶ ἡδονὴν, θυμὸν καὶ φόδον, καὶ δειλίαν καὶ θράσος, μεταθδαλλομένου τοῦ τῆς φυχῆς χαρακτῆρος. Ἡ δὲ πρὸς τὸν λόγον ὁρῶσα τῷ μονοειδεῖ τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ζωῆς μιᾷ ψυχῇ συζὴν μεμαρτύρηται. Οὐκοῦν οὕτω διασταλτέον τὸν λόγον, ὡς τὸ μὲν Ἐν μιᾷ, τῷ λαδόντι συνημμένον εἶναι κατὰ τὴν ἔννοιαν νοούντων ἡμῶν, ἢ ἐν μιᾷ ψυχῇ, ἢ ἐν μιᾷ καταστάσει. Τὸ δὲ ἐφεξῆς ἑτέραν ἔχει διάνοιαν τὸ ᾿Εγθέματι τοῦ τρα χήλου σοῦ· ὡς ἄν τις ὅλον πρὸς τὸ σαφέστερον μεταδάλλων εἴποι, ὅτι Σου καὶ ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς εἷς ἐστιν ἐν τῷ πρὸς ἕν βλέπειν· καὶ ψυχὴ μία, διὰ τὸ μὴ πρὸς διαφόρους διαθέσεις μερίζεσθαι. Καὶ ἡ θέσις τοῦ τραχήλου σου τὸ τέλειον ἔχει, τὸν θεῖον ζυγὸν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὴν ἀραμένη. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐν μὲν τῷ ἐνθέματι ποῦ τραχήλου σοῦ τὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ δρῶμεν ζυγόν· δὲ τῇ περὶ τὸ ὄντως ἀγαθὸν διαθέσει, ἕνα ὀφθαλμὸν καὶ μίαν ψυχήν: διὰ τοῦτο ὁμολογοῦμεν ὅτι τοῖς σοῖς ἡμᾶς θαύμασιν ἐκαρδίωσας, ἕνα δεικνύουσα ὀφθαλμὸν καὶ μίαν ψυχὴν ἐν τῷ ἐνθέματι τοῦ τραχήλου σοῦ ἔνθεμα δὲ τοῦ τραχήλου τῆς νύμφης ὁ ζυγός ἐστι, καθὼς εἴρηται. Αὕτη μενοῦν ἧ Ὦ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐστὶν εὐφημία, ἦν ἐπὶ τῷ κάλλει τῆς νύμφης πεποίηνται· τούτους γὰρ εἶναι τοὺς φίλους τοῦ νυμφίου χατέλαδόμεθα. Ὡς δ᾽ ἂν ᾿μὴ δοκοίη ἄκριτος αὐτῶν εἶναι καὶ διημαρτημένος ἕπαινος, κυροῖ τῶν φίλων τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ κάλλει τῆς νύμφης κρίσιν ἐπιψηφίσας ὁ Λόγος, καὶ προστίθησὶ καὶ αὐτὸς τὰ μείζω θαύματα τῇ μαρτυρίᾳ τοῦ κάλλους, τὴν αὐτοῖς τοῖς μέλεσιν ἐπιφαινομένην ὥραν διαγράφων τῷ λόγῳ, ἣν ἐν τοῖς ἐφεξῆς, Θεοῦ διδόντος, προθήσομεν, εἴ γέ τις γένοιτο ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς ἄνωθεν συμμαχίας δύναμις πρὸς τὴν κατανόησιν των μυστηρίων, καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ κάλλους τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ εἰς ἔπαινον τῆς δόξης τῆς χάριτος αὖτοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ᾧ πρέπει πᾶσα δόξα εἰς οὺς αἰῶνας. ᾿Αμήν.

Deuro apo Lidanou, gymphē, deuro apo Lidagou; eleusę̄, kai dieleusę̄ ap᾽ archēs pisteōs, apo kephalēs Sanēr kai Hermōn, apo mandrōn leontōn, apo oreōn pardaleōn. Ekardiōsas hēmas, adelphē mou nymphē; hekardiōsas hēmas heni apo ophthalmōn sou,en miąenthemati trachēlou sou. Ho tas megalas optasias diexelthōn pros tous Ho peri tēs heautou physeōs ephēsen einai, eide sōma ēn, Korinthious, ho megas ᾿Apostolos, k᾿ hēs eite noēma, en tǭ kairǭ tēs en tǭ paradsǭ mystatauta diamartyromenos legei, houpō logizomai kateilēphenai, all᾽ eti tois hēmprosthen epechteinomai, tōn prodiēnysmenōn lēthēn poioumenos, dēlon hoti kai meta ton triton ouranon echϑanon, autos egnō monos; ou gar ti Mōysę̄s peǭi autou en tę̄ chosmogeneią diēgēsato kai meta tēn errhēton tōn tou paradeisou mystēriōn akroasin, xte epi to anōteron ietai, kai ou lēgei tēs anadaseōē oudepote to chatalamdanomenon agathon horon tēs epithymias prioumenos, didaskōn, oimai, dia toutōn hēmas, hoti tēs makarias ekeinēs tōn agathōn physeuōs poly man esti to aei heuriskomenon᾽ apeiroplasion pou pantote chatalamdanomenou to hyperkeimenon, kai touto eis to diēnekes ginetai tǭ metechonti, en pasę̄ tę̄ tōn aiōnōn aïdiotēti dia tōn aei meizonōn tēs epauxēseōs tois metechousi ginomenēs. Ho men gar katharos tēn kardian, kata tēn apseudē tou Despotou phōnēn, horą ton Theon. aei kata tēn analogian tēs dynameōs, hoson chōrēsai dynatai, tosouton tēn katanoēsin dechomenos. To men toi aoriston te kai aperilēpton tēs theotētos epekeina pasēs katalēpseōs diamenei. Hou gar tēs megaloprepeias hēs doxēs ouk esti peras, kathōs ho Prophētēs mareuretai, touto pantote hōsautōs echei, en tǭ autǭ hypsei diapantos theōroumenon. Hōsper de kai ho megas Dabid ho tas kalas anadaseis en tę̄ kardią tithemenos, kai ek dynameōs eis dynamin aei poreuomenos, touto pros ton Theon anedoēse; tonSy de hypsistos eis ton aiōna, Kyrie; touto, oimai, dia tēs phōnēs tautēs sēmainōn, hoti en pasę̄ tę̄ ateleutētou aiōnos aïdiotēti, ho men pros se trechōn heautou meizōn pantote kai anōteros ginetai, aei dia tēs tōn agathōn ana analogōs auxanomenos. Sy de ho autos ei hypsistos, eis ton aiōna menōn, oudepote chthamalōte ros tois aniousi phanēnai dynamenos, tǭ kchata ison anōteros pantote kai hypsēloteros einai tēs tōn hypsoumenōn dynameōs. Tauta toinyn peri tēs physeōs tōn aphrastōn agathōn dogmatizein ton ᾿Apostolon hypeilēphamen legonta, hoti to agathon ekeino ophthalmous ouk hoide, kan aei blepę̄. Ou gar hoson esti blepei, all᾽ hoson tǭ ophthalmǭ dynaton esti dexasthai. Kai ous ouk ēkouse, kath᾽ hoson esti to dēloumenon, kan pantote dechētai tę̄ akoę̄ ton logon; kai epi kardian tou anthrōpou ouk anedē, kan diapantos ho katharos tę̄ kardią hoson dynatai blepę̄ to gar aei tōn men prochatalēphthentōn pantōn meizon estin, ou mēn horizei en heautǭ to zētoumenon; alla to peras tou heurethentos, archē pros pēn tōn hypsēloterōn heuresin tois anathainousi ginetai. Kai oute ho aniōn pots istatai, archēn ex archēs metalamdanōn, oute teleitai peri heautēn hē tōn aei meixonōn archē. Oudepote gar peri tōn egnōsmenōn ē tou aniontos epithymia histatai, alla dia meizonos palin heteras epithymias pros heteran hyperkeimenēn kata to ephexēs psychē aniousa, pantote dia tōn anōodeuei pros to aoriston. Toutōn de hēmin houtō dię̄rēmenōn, kairos an eiē prostheinai tōn theiōn logiōn tēn theōrian. Deuro apo Aidagou, nymphē, deuro apo Lidanou, eeusę̄ kai didleusę̄ apʼ archēs pisteōs, apo kephalēs ᾿ Sageir kai Hermōn, apo mandrōn leontōn, apo horeōn pardaleōn. Ti toinyn en toutois hypenoēsamen? ᾿Dei tōn agathōn hē pēgē pros heautēn tous dypsōntas ephelketai, kathōs en tǭ Euangeliǭ phēsin ē pēgē hoti EI tis dipsą, erchesthō pros me kai phigetō. En toutois gar oute tēs dipsēs, oute tēs pros auton hormēs, oute tēs en tǭ pinein apolauseōs edōken oron, alla tǭ paratatichǭ tou pro tagmatos poos to diēnekes poiei tēn protropēn kai tou dipsę̄n kai tou pinein, kai tou pros auton tēn hormēn echein. Tois de geusamenois ēdē, kai tę̄ peirą mathousin hoti chrēstos ho Kyrios, hoion tis protropē pros tēn tou pleionss metousian hē geusis ginetai. Dia touto oudepote leipei tǭ anathainonti hē ginomenē pros auton protropē hē pantote pros to meizon ephelkomenē. Hypomnēsthōmen gar tēs pollakis en tois phthasasin ēdē gegenēmenēs parormēseōs para tou Logou tę̄ nymphę̄ sion mou, legei; kai palin, Deuro, peristera mou; kai, Deuro seautēn en skepę̄ tę̄ petras. Kai allas toiautas phōnas protreptichas te kai helchtichas tēs tōn meizonōn epithymias ho Logos pros tēn psychēn poiēsamenos, kai martyrēsas ēdē tę̄ pros auton aniousę̄ to dia pantōn amōmēton, eipōn, hoti kakē, kai mōmos ouk estin en soi, hōs an mē tę̄ martyrią tautę̄ enchaunōtheisa, pros tēn tōn meizonōn anodon empodistheiē palin dia tēs protreptichēs tautēs phōnēs epi tēn tōn hyperkeimenōn epithymian anathēnai parakeleuetai, legōn; Deuro apo To de legomenon toiouton esti; Kalōs, phēsin, en tois phthasasin ēcholouthēsas, ēlthes met᾽ emou pros to oros tēs smyrnēs. Synetaphēs gar moi dia tou baptismatos eis ton thanaton. Synēlthes moi kai epi ton bounon tou lioanou. Synanestēs gar kai hypsōthēs en tę̄ tēs theotētos koinōnią, hēn apo toutōn kai epi hetera orē, prochoptousa te kai hypsoumenē dia tēs energous gnōseōs. Deuro toinyn Ou gar esti dynaton emoi syzēsai ton mē alloiōthenta dia tēs tou thanatou smyrnēs pros tēn tou lidanou theotēta. Epeidē en toutǭ gegonas ēdē tǭ hypsei, mē stę̄s aniousa, hōs ēdē dia toutōn epidasa tēs teleiotētos. ᾿Archē gar soi pisteōs ho lidanos houtos ginetai, hou metesches dia tēs anastaseōs; archē de kai tę̄ epi ta hypsēlotera tōn agathōn pthreią. ᾿Apo toinyn tēs archēs tautēs, hētis estin hē pistis, eleusę̄ kai dieleusę̄; toutesti, Kai nyn hēxeis, kai eisaei dierchomenē dia tōn toioutōn anodōn ouk Echei de hē lexis houtōs; ’᾿E1leusę̄ kai dieleusę̄, ap᾿ archēs pisteōs, apo kephalēs Sageir kai Hermōn. Dia toutōn de to tēs anōthen gennēseōs hypophainei mystērion. Enteuthen gar prokeisthai phēsi tas tou Iordanou pēgas, hōn hypercheitai touto oros, dyo lophiais merizomenon, hais tauta epikeitai ta onomata Saneir kai Hermōn. Epei oun to ek tōn pēgōn toutōn rheithron archē gegonen hē min tēs pros to Theion metapoiēseōs, toutou charin akouei pou pros heauton kalountos autēn. Hos phēsin; Deuro apo Lidanou kai apo archēs pisteōs, kai apo kephalēs tōn oreōn toutōn, hothen soi gegonasin hai tou mystēriou pēgai; kalōs de prostithēsi tēn tōn leontōn te kai pardaleōn mnēmēn, hina dia tēs tōn lypērōn paratheseōs, glychyteran poiēsę̄ tēn tōn euphrainontōn apolausin. Epeidē gar apothemenos pote to theion eidos ho anthrōpos, pros tēn homoiotēta tēs alogou physϑōs ethēriōthē, pardalis kai leōn dia tōn ponērōn epitēdeumatōn genomenos. Ho gar hypo tou leontos helchystheis tou enedreuontos mandrą, kathōs phēsin ho Prophētēs, kai en tę̄ pagidi autēu tapeinōtheis, pros tēn ekeinou physin metamorphoutai, katachratēsantos tou thēriou tēs physeōs. Homoioi gar hautois genointo hoi poiountes auta, phēsi, kai pantes hoi pepoithotes epʼ autois. Homoiōs de kai pardalis ginetai ho dia tōn tou biou kēlidōn tēn psychēn stigmatisas. Epei oun ēn pote hote en hoisde hēn to anthrōpinon, dia tēs eidōlolatreias kai Ioudaïchēę̄s apatēs, kai tēs poikilēs tōn hamartōlōn kakias planōmenon mϑota tauta de dia tou Iordanou kai tēs smyrnēs kai tou Lidanou pros kosouton hypsōthē, hōste auton ēdē symmeteōroporein tǭ Theǭ toutou charin pleonazei tōn parontōn agathōn tēn euphrosynēn ho logos. Dia tēs tōn pote gegenēmenōn aniarōn paratheseōs propherōn en isin hēn hē psychē pro tou Lidanou kai tēs archēs tēs pisteōs, kai pro tōn epi tou Iordanou gnōristhentōn hēmin mystēriōn. Hōs gar hē kat᾽ eirēnēn zōē Hylychytera meta ton polemon ginetai, tois skythrōpois diēgēmasin hēdynomenē; kai to tēs hygeias agathon, mallon kataglychainei ta tou sōmatos hēmōn aisthētēria, ei ek tinos arrhōstēmatōn aēdias pros heautēn epanelthoi palin hē physis ton auton tropon epitatin tina kai pleonasmon tēs en tois agathois euphrosynēs oikonomōn ho agathos nymphios tę̄ pros auton aniousę̄ psychę̄, ou monon to heautou kallos tę̄ ᾿ nymphę̄ prodeichnysin; alla kai tou phrichōdestatou hōn thēriōn eidous hypomimnēskei tǭ logǭ, hina mallon entryphǭē tois parousi kalois, manthanousa dia tēs paratheseōs, hoia anth᾽ oiōn ēllaxato. Tacha de ti kai heteron dia toutōn ek pronoias agathon tę̄ nymphę̄ kataskeuazetai. Epeidē gar bouletai hēmas ho logos reptous ontas kata tēn physin, mē pros to kakon dia tēs tropēs aporrheein᾽ alla dia tēs pros to kreitton aei ginomenēs auxēseōs, synergon tēn tropēn pros tēn tōn hypsēloterōn anodon echein, hōste katorthōthēnai dia tou treptou tēs physeōs hēmōn to pros to kakon analloiōton toutou charin hōsper tina paidagōgon kai phylaka pros tēn tōn kakōn allotriōsin, tēn mnēmēn tōn pote chatachratēsantōn thēriōn ho logos proēnenken, hina tę̄ apotropę̄ Ho tōn cheironōn to aklines te kai aparatrepton tois agathois katorthōsōmen, oute histamenoi tēs epi to kreitton tropēs, outs pros to kakon alloioumenoi. Dia tauta kai elthein enkeleuetai apo tou Lidanou tēn nymphēn, kai tēs mandras tōn leontōn hypomimnēskei en hē ēulizeto, kai ta tōn paroaleōn orē propherei tǭ logǭ, hois endietriden hote tois thēriois homodiaitos hēn. ᾿All᾽ epeidē pantote hē tou Logou phōnē, dynameōs esti phōnē kai kathaper epi tēs ktiseōs to phōs tǭ prostagmati, kai palin tǭ prostaktikǭ rhēmati to stereōma, kai hē loipē pasa ktisis hōsautōs tǭ poiētikǭ synanephaineto Logǭ᾽ ton auton toopon kai nyn, tou Logou tēn psychēn kreittona genomenēn pros heauton elthein encheleusamenou, adiastatōs dynamōtheisa tǭ prostagmati, toiautē gegenētai, hoian ho nymphios edouleto, metapoiētheisa pros to theioteron, kai apo tēs doxēs en hē ēn, pros tēn anōteran doxan metamorphōtheisa dia tēs agathēs alloiōseōs; hōs thauma genesthai tǭ peri ton nymphion tōn angelōn chorǭ, kai pantas euphēmōs pros autēn tēn thaumastichēn proesthai phōnēn; hoti Echōrdiōsas hēmas, adeïphrē hēmōn nymphē. Ho gar tēs apatheias charaktēr homoiōs epilampōn autę̄ te kai tois angelois, eis tēn tōn asōmatōn autēn anagei syngeneian te kai adelphotēta, tēn en sarki to apathes chatorthōsasan. Dia touto phasi pros autēn; hoti ᾿Ekardiōsas hēmas, adelphē hēmōn nymphē. Kyriōs hekaterǭ tōn onomatōn semnynomenē. ᾿Adelphē men hēmetera dia tēn hēs apatheias syngeneian nymphē de, dia tēn pros ton Logon synapheian. Tou de ekardiōsas to sēmainomenon toiouton einai nomizomen, hoion esti to, Epsychōsas, hōsei elegon pros autēn, hoti Kardian hēmin enethēchas. Saphēneias de charin, hōs an genoito mallon kataphanes hēmin to legomenon, ton theio; ᾿Apostolon pros tēn tōn mystēriōn toutōn hermēneian paralēpsometha. Phēsi gar pou tōn heautou logōn ekeinos pros Ephesious graphōn, hote tēn megalēn oikonomian tēs dia sarkos gegenēmenēs theophaneias hēmin diēgēsato hoti hou monon hē anthrōpinē physis epaideuthē ta theia dea tēs charitos tautēs mystēria; alla kai tais archais kai tais exousiais en tois epouraniois egnōristhē hē polypoikilos sophia tou Theou, dia tēs kata Christon en tois anthrōpois oikonomias phanerōtheisa.;Echei de hē lexis houtōs; Hina gnōristhę̄ tais archais kai tais exousiais en tois epouraniois dia tēs Echchilēsias hē polypoikilos sophia tou Theou, kata prothesin tōn aiōnōn, hēn epoiēsen en Christǭ ᾿Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn. En hǭ echomen tēn parrhēsian kai prosagōgēn en pepoithēsei dia tēs pisteōs autou. Tǭ onti gar dia tēs Ekklēsias gnōrizetai tais hyperkosmiois dynamesin hē poikilę̄ tou Theou sophia, hē dia tōn enantiōn thaumatourgēsasa ta megala thaumasia; pōs gar gegons dia thanatou zōē, kai dikaiosynē dia tēs hamartias, kai dia kataras eulogia, kai doxa dia tēs atimias, kai dia tēs astheneias hē dynamis? Monēn gar en tois pro toutou chronois tēn haplēn te kai monoeidę̄ pou Theou sophian hai hyperchosmioi dynameis eginōskon, katallēlōs energousan tę̄ physei ta thaumata; kai poikilon ēn en tois horōmenois ouden, en tǭ dynamin echousan tēn theian physin, pasan tēn ktisin kat᾽ exousian ergazesthai, en monę̄ tę̄ hormę̄ tou thelēmatos tēn tōn ontōn physin eis genesin agousan, kai poiein ta panta kala lian, ta apo tēs tou kalou pēgēs anadryonta. To de poikilon touto tēs sophias eidos, to ek tēs pros ta enantia diaplokēs synistamenon, nyn dia tēs Ekklēsias saphōs edeichthēsan, pōs ho Logos sarx ginetai, pōs hē zōē thanatǭ mignytai, pōs tǭ idiǭ mōlōpi tēn hēmeteran exiatai plēgēn᾽ pōs tę̄ astheneią tou staurou katapalaiei tou antikeimenou tēn dynamin; pōs to aoraton en sarki phaneroutai; pōs exōneitai tous aichmalōtous, autos te hōn ho ōnoumenos, kai autos chrēma ginomenos; heauton gar edōke lytron hyper hēmōn tǭ thanatǭ pōs kai en tǭ thanatǭ ginetai, kai tēs zōēs ouk existatai; pōs kai en tę̄ douleią chatamignytai, kai en tę̄ basileią menei. Panta gar tauta kai ta toiauta poichela onta kai ouk hapla tēs sophias erga, dia tēs Ekklēsias hoi philoi tou mathontes, echardiōthēsan, allon charaktēra hēs theias sophias en tǭ mystēriǭ katanoēsantes ei de mē tolmēroteron estin eipein, tacha kakeinoi dia hēs nymphēs to tou nymphiou kallos idontes ethaumasan to pasi tois ousin aoraton te kai akatalēpton. Hon gar oudeis heōrake pōpote, kathōs phēsin Iōannēs, oude idein tis dynatai, kathōs ho Paulos martyreitai, houtos sōma heautou tēn Ekklēsian epoiēse, kai dia tēs prosthēkēs tōn sōzomenōn, oikodomei autēn en agapę̄, mechris an katantēsōmen hoi pantes eis andra teleion, eis metron hēlikias tou plērōmatos tou Christou. EI oun sōma tou Christou hē Ekklēsia, kephalē de tou sōmatos ho Christos, tǭ idiǭ charaktēri morphōn tēs Ekklēsias to prosōpon; tacha dia toutōn pros tauta blepontes hoi philoi tou nymphiou, hechardiōthēsan; hoti tranōteron en autę̄ ton aoraton blepousi. Kathaper hoi auton tou hēliou ton kyklon idein adynatountes dia de tēs tou hydatos augēs eis auton horōntes; houtō kakeinoi hōs en katoptrǭ chathorōntes katharǭ, tǭ prosōpǭ tēs Ekklēsias, ton tēs dikaiosynēs hēlion blepousi, ton dia tou phainomenou katanooumenon. Toutou charin ouchapax eirētai tę̄ nymphę̄ para tōn philōn, to, Ekardiōsas, hoper estin, hoti Tychēn tina kai dianoian pros tēn tou phōtos katanoēsin di᾽ heautēs hēmin enepoiēsas; alla kai palin ton auton logon, axiopistian prostithentes tǭ legomenǭ, dia tēs deuterōseōs. Legousi gar; hoti Hekardiōsas hēmas heni apo ophthalmōn sou. Touto esti malista ho tēn thaumastichēn enepoiēse tois philois peri tēs nymphēs diathesin. Diplēs gar ousēs tę̄ psychę̄ tēs hoptikēs ener- kai tēs men tēn alētheian horōsēs, tēs de heteras peri ta mataia planōmenēs; epeidē peri monēn tou agathou tēn physin aneǭktai tēs nymphēs ho katharos ophthalmos; argei de pantōs ho heteros,toutou charin tǭ heni tōn ophthalmōn prosagousin hoi philoi ton epainon, di᾽ hou monou theōrei ton monon, ekeinon ē) legō ton monon, ton en tę̄ atreptǭ te kai aïdiǭ chaalamthanomenon physei, ton te alēthinon Patera, kai ton monogenē Huion, kai to hagion Pneuma. Monon gar estin hōs alēthōs, to en mią theōroumenon physei, mēdena chōrismon ē allotriōsin tēs kata tas hypostaseis diaphoras empoiousēs. Eisi gar tines hoi diaphorois ophthalmois kakōs peri ton anyparkton oxyōpousin, eis pollas physeis to hen tais tōn diastrophōn ophthalmōn phantasiais chatamerizontes; houtoi eisin hoi legomenoi poly blepontes, hoi dia tou polla blepein horōntes ouden - kai hosoi nyn men pros ton Theon horrhōsi, palin de tais hylikais phantasiais epiplanōnanaxioi tēs tōn angelōn euphēmias eisin, tais tōn anyparktōn phantasiais pros monon to Theion odyōpōn, typhlos en tois allois pasin esti, pros haper hai tōn pollōn blepousin opseis. Dia touto tǭ heni tōn ophthalmōn poiei tois philois hē nymphē to thauma. Oukoun typhlos men estin ho polyommatos, ho pros ta mataia pollois ophthalmois blepōn. Oxyderchēs de kai dioratikos ekeinos, ho diʼ henos tou tēs psychēs ophthalmou pros monon to agaTis kai ekeinē estin hē mia, hē ti to enthema tou erachēlou tēs nymphēs, ou chalepon an eiē dia tōn exētasmenōn epilogisasthai, kan dokę̄ pōs asaphēs hē lexis einai kata tēn symphrasin. Houtō gar ho logos phtsin hoti Hekardiōsas hēmas eni apo orthalmōnʼ sou en mią, enthemati trachēlou sou, hōs to men En mią, symphōnon einai tǭ eni apo orthalmōn sou, noountōn hēmōn kata paralēpsin to En mią ychę̄. Pollai gar en hekastǭ ginontai tōn apaideutōn Psychai, en hois ta pathē dia tēs epikratēseōs heis ton tēs psychēs topon antimethistatai, pros lypēn kai hēdonēn, thymon kai phodon, kai deilian kai thrasos, metathdallomenou tou tēs phychēs charaktēros. Hē de pros ton logon horōsa tǭ monoeidei tēs kat᾽ aretēn zōēs mią psychę̄ syzēn memartyrētai. Oukoun houtō diastalteon ton logon, hōs to men En mią, tǭ ladonti synēmmenon einai kata tēn ennoian noountōn hēmōn, ē en mią psychę̄, ē en mią katastasei. To de ephexēs heteran echei dianoian to ᾿Egthemati tou tra chēlou sou; hōs an tis holon pros to saphesteron metadallōn eipoi, hoti Sou kai ho ophthalmos heis estin en tǭ pros hen blepein; kai psychē mia, dia to mē pros diaphorous diatheseis merizesthai. Kai hē thesis tou trachēlou sou to teleion echei, ton theion zygon eph᾽ heautēn aramenē. Epei oun en men tǭ enthemati pou trachēlou sou ton tou Christou drōmen zygon; de tę̄ peri to ontōs agathon diathesei, hena ophthalmon kai mian psychēn: dia touto homologoumen hoti tois sois hēmas thaumasin ekardiōsas, hena deiknyousa ophthalmon kai mian psychēn en tǭ enthemati tou trachēlou sou enthema de tou trachēlou tēs nymphēs ho zygos esti, kathōs eirētai. Hautē menoun hē Ō tōn angelōn estin euphēmia, ēn epi tǭ kallei tēs nymphēs pepoiēntai; toutous gar einai tous philous tou nymphiou chateladometha. Hōs d᾽ an ᾿mē dokoiē akritos autōn einai kai diēmartēmenos hepainos, kyroi tōn philōn tēn epi tǭ kallei tēs nymphēs krisin epipsēphisas ho Logos, kai prostithēsi kai autos ta meizō thaumata tę̄ martyrią tou kallous, tēn autois tois melesin epiphainomenēn hōran diagraphōn tǭ logǭ, hēn en tois ephexēs, Theou didontos, prothēsomen, ei ge tis genoito hēmin ek tēs anōthen symmachias dynamis pros tēn katanoēsin tōn mystēriōn, kai eis epignōsin tou kallous tēs Ekklēsias, kai eis epainon tēs doxēs tēs charitos autou en Christǭ Iēsou, hǭ prepei pasa doxa eis ous aiōnas. ᾿Amēn.

Homily 8 (Song 4:8–9)

"Come from Lebanon, bride, come from Lebanon; you will come and you will pass through from the beginning of faith, from the head of Sanir and Hermon, from the dens of lions, from the mountains of leopards. You have given us heart, our sister bride; you have given us heart with one of your eyes, with one ornament of your neck."

The great apostle, who passed through the great visions, testifies to the Corinthians about himself (whether what he was then was body or mind, he alone knew) at the time of his initiation into the mysteries in paradise. He says that he does not yet reckon that he has laid hold, but that he is still straining forward to what lies ahead, forgetting what is already behind. It is plain that even after the third heaven, which he alone came to know (for Moses told nothing about it in his account of the making of the world), and even after hearing the unspeakable mysteries of paradise, he still presses on to what is higher, and never stops climbing, never making the good he has grasped the limit of his desire. By this, I think, he teaches us that in that blessed nature of the good, however much is found at any time, what lies beyond what is grasped is always infinitely greater; and this is so for the one who shares in it without end, through the whole eternity of the ages, since the increase comes to those who share in it through ever greater goods. For the one who is pure in heart, according to the Master's truthful voice, sees God, always receiving understanding in the measure of his capacity, as much as he can hold. Yet the boundless and incomprehensible character of the Godhead remains beyond all comprehension. For that whose magnificence and glory have no limit, as the prophet testifies, is always the same, contemplated always at the same height. And so the great David, who set fair ascents in his heart and went ever from strength to strength, cried out to God: "But you, Lord, are most high for ever." By this saying, I think, he signifies this: in the whole eternity of the endless age, the one who runs toward you always becomes greater and higher than himself, always growing in proportion through the increase of goods; but you are the same, most high, abiding for ever, never able to appear lower to those who climb, because you are always equally higher and loftier than the power of those who are lifted up.

This, then, is what we have taken the apostle to teach about the nature of the unspeakable goods when he says that eye has not known that good, even though it always sees. For it does not see as much as it is, but as much as the eye is able to receive. And ear has not heard it as far as what is revealed extends, even though it always receives the word by hearing. And it has not entered the heart of man, even though the pure in heart always sees as much as he can. For what is always grasped is greater than everything grasped before, yet it does not set the limit of what is sought in itself; rather, the end of what has been found becomes, for those who climb, the beginning of the discovery of higher things. And neither does the one who climbs ever stand still, receiving beginning after beginning, nor is the beginning of ever greater things completed in itself. For the desire of the one who climbs never comes to rest in what is known; but through another, greater desire the soul climbs in turn toward another that lies beyond it, and so, always through higher things, journeys toward the boundless.

With these points distinguished in this way, it would be time to add the contemplation of the divine words. "Come from Lebanon, bride, come from Lebanon; you will come and pass through from the beginning of faith, from the head of Sanir and Hermon, from the dens of lions, from the mountains of leopards." What, then, have we understood in these words? The fountain of goods always draws the thirsty to itself, as the fountain says in the gospel: "If anyone thirsts, let him come to me and drink." In these words he set no limit to the thirst, nor to the eagerness toward him, nor to the enjoyment in drinking; by the continuous form of the command he makes the exhortation to thirst and to drink and to be eager for him last for ever. For those who have already tasted, and learned by experience that the Lord is good, the taste becomes, as it were, an exhortation to share in more. For this reason the summons toward him, which always draws toward what is greater, never fails the one who climbs. Let us recall the urging that the Word has already given the bride many times in what has gone before: "[Arise, come], my close one," he says; and again, "Come, my dove"; and "Come, [you, in the shelter] of the rock." The Word has spoken other such words to the soul, which urge and draw it toward desire for greater things; and he has already testified to the soul climbing toward him that it is blameless in every way, saying, "[You are all fair, my close one,] and there is no blemish in you." So that she may not grow slack at this testimony and be hindered in the ascent to greater things, he bids her once more, by this word of exhortation, to climb to the desire for what lies beyond, saying, "Come from [Lebanon]."

What is said is something like this: "You have followed well," he says, "in what has gone before; you came with me to the mountain of myrrh. For you were buried with me through baptism into death. You came with me also to the hill of frankincense. For you rose with me and were lifted up into the fellowship of the Godhead; [and] from these, [go up] to other mountains also, advancing and being lifted up through active knowledge. Come, then, … For it is not possible for one to live with me who has not been changed through the myrrh of death toward the frankincense of the Godhead. Since you have now come to this height, do not stop climbing, as though by these steps you had already reached perfection. For this frankincense, in which you shared through the resurrection, becomes for you the beginning of faith, and the beginning also of the journey to the higher goods. From this beginning, then, which is faith, you will come and you will pass through; that is, you will come now, and you will be for ever passing through such ascents, not … ."

The wording runs thus: "You will come and pass through, from the beginning of faith, from the head of Sanir and Hermon." By this it hints at the mystery of the birth from above. For it says that from there the springs of the Jordan come forth, above which lies this mountain, divided into two ridges, which bear these names, Sanir and Hermon. Since, then, the stream from these springs has become for us the beginning of our transformation toward the divine, she therefore hears him calling her to himself. He says: "Come from Lebanon, and from the beginning of faith, and from the head of these mountains, from which the springs of the mystery have come to you." And he fittingly adds the mention of lions and leopards, so that by setting painful things alongside he might make the enjoyment of what gladdens sweeter. For when man once put off the divine form, he became a wild beast, in the likeness of the irrational nature, becoming a leopard and a lion through evil practices. For the one who is dragged by the lion lying in ambush in its den, as the prophet says, and humbled in its snare, is transformed into its nature, since the beast has overpowered his nature. "May those who make them become like them," it says, "and all who trust in them." In the same way, the one who has branded his soul with the spots of his life becomes a leopard. Since, then, there was a time when the human race was in such conditions, led astray by idolatry and Jewish deceit and the many-coloured wickedness of sinners, and since after this, through the Jordan and the myrrh and the frankincense, it was lifted so high that it now journeys aloft with God, the word therefore increases its gladness in the present goods by setting beside them the troubles that once were, recalling the state in which the soul was before the frankincense and the beginning of faith, and before the mysteries made known to us at the Jordan. For as a life of peace becomes sweeter after war, seasoned by grim stories; and as the good of health delights the senses of our body more when nature returns to itself from the misery of some illness, in the same way the good bridegroom, arranging some heightening and increase of gladness in goods for the soul that climbs toward him, not only shows the bride his own beauty, but also reminds her in his word of the most fearful form of beasts, so that she may delight the more in the fair things present, learning by the comparison what she has received in exchange for what.

Perhaps some other good is also prepared for the bride by this, with forethought. For the Word wishes that we who are changeable by nature should not flow away toward evil through change, but should have change as a fellow worker toward the ascent to higher things through constant growth toward the better, so that through the changeability of our nature unchangeableness toward evil may be achieved. For this reason the Word brought forward the memory of the beasts that once overpowered us, as a kind of tutor and guard for our estrangement from evil, so that by turning from the worse we may achieve steadiness and firmness in goods, neither halting in change toward the better nor being altered toward evil. That is why he bids the bride come from Lebanon, and reminds her of the den of lions where she used to lodge, and brings up in his word the mountains of leopards, on which she spent her time when she lived among beasts.

But since the voice of the Word is always a voice of power, and as at the creation the light appeared together with the command, and again the firmament with the commanding word, and all the rest of creation in the same way together with the creating Word, so now too, when the Word bids the soul, which has become better, to come to him, she is empowered by the command without delay and becomes such as the bridegroom wished, transformed toward what is more divine, and changed by the good alteration from the glory in which she was to the higher glory. So she becomes a wonder to the chorus of angels around the bridegroom, and all of them, praising her, utter to her their cry of wonder: "You have given us heart, our sister bride." For the stamp of freedom from passion, shining on her and on the angels alike, leads her into kinship and sisterhood with the bodiless ones, since she has achieved passionlessness in the flesh. For this reason they say to her, "You have given us heart, our sister bride," and she is honoured properly by each of the two names: our sister, because of the kinship of freedom from passion; bride, because of her union with the Word. We think that "you have given us heart" means something like "you have given us soul," as though they said to her, "You have put heart into us."

For clarity, so that what is said may become plainer to us, we shall take the divine apostle as interpreter of these mysteries. He says somewhere in his writings, writing to the Ephesians, when he described to us the great economy of God's appearing in the flesh, that not only was human nature instructed in the divine mysteries through this grace, but also to the principalities and powers in the heavenly places the manifold wisdom of God was made known, revealed through the economy in Christ among men. The wording runs thus: "So that the manifold wisdom of God might be made known to the principalities and powers in the heavenly places through the church, according to the purpose of the ages which he accomplished in Christ Jesus our Lord, in whom we have boldness and access with confidence through faith in him." For in truth the manifold wisdom of God is made known to the powers above the world through the church, the wisdom which by opposites has worked great wonders. For how has life come through death, and righteousness through sin, and blessing through a curse, and glory through dishonour, and power through weakness? In the times before this the powers above the world knew only the simple and uniform wisdom of God, working wonders in keeping with nature; and there was nothing manifold in what was seen, since the divine nature, having power, made all creation by authority, bringing the nature of things into being by the mere impulse of its will, and making all things very good, welling up from the fountain of the good. But this manifold form of wisdom, made up of the interweaving of opposites, has now been clearly shown through the church: how the Word becomes flesh, how life is mingled with death, how by his own bruise he heals our wound, how by the weakness of the cross he wrestles down the power of the adversary, how the invisible is manifested in flesh, how he ransoms the captives, being himself both the buyer and the price (for he gave himself as a ransom for us to death), how he comes to be in death and does not depart from life, how he mingles with slavery and remains in the kingdom. All these and such works of wisdom are manifold and not simple; and the friends [of the bridegroom], learning them through the church, were given heart, perceiving in the mystery another stamp of the divine wisdom. And if it is not too bold to say it, perhaps they too, seeing the beauty of the bridegroom through the bride, marvelled at what is invisible and incomprehensible to all beings. For he whom no one has ever seen, as John says, nor can anyone see, as Paul testifies, made the church his own body, and by the addition of those who are saved builds it up in love, until we all attain to the perfect man, to the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ. If, then, the church is the body of Christ, and Christ is the head of the body, shaping the face of the church with his own stamp, perhaps the friends of the bridegroom, looking at this, were given heart, because they see the invisible more clearly in her. Just as those who cannot look at the disc of the sun itself see it by looking into the gleam of water, so they too, gazing as in a pure mirror at the face of the church, see the sun of righteousness, who is perceived through what appears.

For this reason the friends say to the bride not once only, "You have given us heart," which means, "You have produced in us through yourself a soul and a mind for perceiving the light"; but they say the same word again, adding credibility to what is said by the repetition. For they say, "You have given us heart with one of your eyes." It is this above all that produced in the friends their wondering disposition toward the bride. For the soul's power of sight is double, one seeing the truth, the other wandering among vain things. Since the bride's pure eye is opened only to the nature of the good, and the other lies wholly idle, the friends therefore give their praise to the one eye, through which alone she contemplates the One alone: I mean the One alone who is perceived in the unchangeable and eternal nature, the true Father, the only-begotten Son, and the Holy Spirit. For that alone truly is one which is contemplated in one nature, the difference of the hypostases producing no separation or estrangement. For there are some who with differing eyes look keenly, to their harm, at what has no existence, dividing the One into many natures in the imaginings of distorted eyes. These are those called "many-seeing," who by seeing many things see nothing; and all who now look toward God but then again wander among material imaginings are unworthy of the praise of the angels, … [but the one who,] looking keenly toward the Divine alone, [is not distracted] by the imaginings of things that do not exist, is blind to everything else that the eyes of the many look at. For this reason the bride makes the friends marvel by one of her eyes. So the many-eyed one, who looks at vain things with many eyes, is blind; but sharp-sighted and clear-seeing is the one who with the one eye of the soul [looks] toward the good alone.

What that one is, and what the ornament of the bride's neck is, would not be hard to work out from what has been examined, even if the wording seems somewhat unclear in its construction. For the word says: "You have given us heart with one of your eyes, with one, with an ornament of your neck." So "with one" agrees with "one of your eyes," if we understand by ellipsis "with one soul." For in each of the uninstructed many souls arise: in them the passions, by gaining the upper hand, take the place of the soul by turns, and the character of the soul changes to grief and pleasure, anger and fear, cowardice and rashness. But the soul that looks toward the Word is attested to live with one soul by the uniformity of the life of virtue. So the sentence should be divided thus: "with one" is joined in sense to what was said before, if we understand either "with one soul" or "with one condition"; while what follows, "with an ornament of your neck," has another meaning. As if someone, recasting the whole more clearly, should say: "Your eye is one, in looking toward the One; and your soul is one, because it is not divided among different dispositions; and the setting of your neck has its perfection, since it has taken the divine yoke upon itself. Since, then, we see the yoke of Christ in the ornament of your neck, and one eye and one soul in your disposition toward what is truly good, we therefore confess that you have given us heart by your wonders, showing one eye and one soul in the ornament of your neck." And the ornament of the bride's neck is the yoke, as has been said.

This, then, is the praise of the angels, which they have spoken over the bride's beauty; for we have understood these to be the friends of the bridegroom. So that their praise may not seem undiscerning and mistaken, the Word confirms the friends' judgment of the bride's beauty by adding his vote, and himself adds the greater wonders to the testimony of her beauty, describing in his word the loveliness that shows in her very members. This we shall set out in what follows, God granting, if some power for understanding the mysteries should come to us from the alliance from above, both for the knowledge of the beauty of the church and for the praise of the glory of his grace in Christ Jesus, to whom all glory is fitting for ever. Amen.

Chapter 9

9PG 44

μαστοί σου, ἀδελρή μου, νύμφη; Τί ἐκαιλλιώθησαν μαστοί σου ἀπὸ οἴνου, καὶ ὀσμὴ ἱματίων σου ὑπὲρ πάντα ἀρώματα; Κηρίον ἀποστάζουσι χείλη σου, νύμφη· μέλε καὶ γάλα ὑπὸ τὴν γλῶσσάν σου, καὶ ὀσμὴ ἱμαείων σου ὡς ὀσμὴ ιδάγου. Κῆπος κεκχιλεισμέφηγὴ ἐσφραγισμένη. ᾿Αποστολαί σου παράδειδος ῥοῶν μετὰ καρποῦ ἀκροδρύων, καὶ κύπροι μετὰ γάρδων. Νάρδος καὶ κρόκος, κάλαμος καὶ κιννάμωμον, μετὰ πάντων ξύλων τοῦ Λιθδάνου, σμύρνα καὶ ἀλωὴ μετὰ πάντων πρώτων μύρων. Πηγὴ κήπου, καὶ φρέαρ ὕδατος ζῶντος, καὶ ῥοιΕἰ συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ, τὰ ἄνω φρονεῖτε, μὴ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς λέγει ταῦτα πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὁ ἐν Παύλῳ λαλῶν: Ἀπεθάγετε γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἂν τῷ Θεῷ. Ὅταν ὁ Χριστὸς φανερωθῇ ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν, τότα καὶ ὑμεῖς φανερωθήσεσθε ἐν δόξῃ. Εἰ τοίνυν νεκροὶ τῇ κάτω φύσει γεγόναμεν, εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀπὸ γῆς τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς ζωῆς μετοικίσαντες, καὶ ἡ διὰ σαρκὸς ζωὴ κέκρυπται ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν κατὰ τὸν παροιμιώδη λόγον, ὅς φησιν, ὅτι Σοφοὶ κρύαἴσθησιν· ἀναμένωμεν δὲ τὴν ἀληθινὴν ἐν ἡμῖν φανερωθῆναι ζωὴν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὁ Χριστός· ὥστε καὶ ἡμᾶς φανερωθῆναι ἐν δόξῃ, μεταποιηθέντας πρὸς τὸ θειότερον· οὕτω τῶν παρόντων ἀκούσομεν, ὡς ἀποθανόντες τῷ σώματι· πρὸς δὲ μὴ διάνοιαν ἐκ τῶν λεγομένων διασυρόμενοι. Ὁ γὰρ νεκρὸς τοῖς παθήμασι καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις, ἐπὶ τὸ καθαρὸν καὶ ἀκέρατον μετοίσει τὰς τῶν ῥημάτων ἐμε φάσεις, τὰ ἄνω φρονῶν, οὗ ὁ Χριστός ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ ποῦ Πατρὸς καθήμενος, ἐν ᾧ πάθος οὐκ ἔστι, τῶν απεινῶν τε καὶ χαμαιζήλων νοημάτων λήθην ποιούμενος. ᾿Ακούσωμεν τοίνυν τῶν θείων ῥημάτων, δι᾽ ὁπογράφει ὁ Λόγος τῆς ἀμιάντου νύμφης τὸ κάλλος. ᾿Ακούσωμεν δὲ ὡς ἔξω γεγονότες σαρκὸς καὶ αἵματος, εἰς δὲ τὴν πνευματικὴν μεταστοιχειω)θέντες φύσιν. Τί ἐκαλ.:λιώθησαν μαστοί σον, μου νύμφη ; Τί ἐκαλλιώθησαν μαστοί σου ἀπὸ οἵνου, καὶ ὀσμὴ μύρων σοῦ ὑπὲρ κάντα τὰ ἀρώὍτι μὲν οὖν πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστί’ καὶ ἡ ἀρμοσθεῖσα τῷ Κυρίῳ παρθένος ἁγνὴ, πρὸς μετουσίαν ἧς ἀχράντου παστάδος, νύμφη κυρίως χατονομάζεται, παντὶ δῆλον ἂν εἴη τοῦτο τῷ μὴ ἀγνοοῦντι τὰς θεοπνεύστους φωνάς - ἐγὼ δὲ τῶν θείων ῥητῶν τούτῶν διερευνώμενος τὴν διάνοιαν, οὐ ψιλὸν ἔπαινον ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης κλήσεως ὁρῶ προσαγόμενον παρὰ τοῦ λόγου τῇ νύμφῃ, ἀλλὰ τὰς αἰτίας τῆς εἰς τὸ κάλλος αὑτῆς ἐπιδόσεως διεξιέναι τὸν νυμφίον φημί· ὡς οὐκ ἂν αὐτῆς χαλλιωθείσης ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἀγαθῶν πηγαῖς διδαγμάτων, οὖς μαζοὺς διὰ τῆς τροπικῆς σημασίας χατονομάζει, εἰ μὴ πρῶτον ἀδελφὴν ἑαυτὴν τοῦ Κυρίου διὰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργων ἐποίησςο, καὶ εἰς παρθενίαν διὰ τῆς ἄνωθεν γεννήσεως ἀναχαινισθεῖσα, μνηστὴ καὶ νύμφη τοῦ ἁρμοσαμένου ἐγένετο. Ὁ τοίνυν ἀδελφὴν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ νύμφην αὐτὴν χατονομάσας, τὴν αἰτίαν λέγει τῆς πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττόν τε καὶ τελειότερον τῶν μαζῶν αὐτῆς ἀλλοιώσεως, οἵ οὐκέτι γάλα βρύουσι τὴν τῶν νηπίων τροφὴν, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀκήρατον οἶνον ἐπὶ εὐφροσύνῃ τῶν τελειοτέρων πηγάζουσιν, οὗ τὴν χάριν τὸ τῶν χαπήλων ὕδωρ οὐκ ἐλυμήνατο. Σώζεται δέ πως ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις ὡς ἐν γαμικῇ θυμηδίᾳ, ἡ ἀγαπητικὴ φιλοφροσύνη, δι᾿ ἁμοιδῆς παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων ἀλλήλοις τὴν ἐρωτικὴν ἀντιχαριζομένων διάθεσιν. Ταῖς γὰρ ὁμοίαις φωναῖς; ἀντιδεξιοῦται νυμφίος τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, οἷς ἐκείνη προλαθοῦσα ἐκείνου κάλλος ἐν τοῖς προοιμίοις ἀνύμνησεν. Εὐθὺς γὰρ ἐν ταῖς πρώταις φωναῖς, ὅτε τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ θείου στόματος Λόγον τῷ στόματι αὐτῆς ἐγγενέσθαι ἐπόθησε - τῷ τοῦ φιλήματος αἰνίγματι τοῦτο διασημάνας, τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας εἶπε. Τὸ ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι αὐτοῦ τοὺς μαστοὺς, νικῶντας τῇ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῶν χορηγίᾳ τὴν τοῦ οἴνου φύσιν, καὶ παριόντας πᾶσαν μύρων τε καὶ ἀρωμάτων εὐωδίαν, οὕτως εἰποῦσα τῷ λόγῳ· ὅτι ᾿Αγαθοὶ μαστοί σου ὑπὲρ οἵνον, καὶ ὀσμὴ μύρων σοῦ ὑπὲρ πάντα τὰ ἀρώματα. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσι τοῦτο παρὰ τῆς θείας φιλο σοφίας τὸ δόγμα μανθάνομεν, ὅτι τοιοῦτον ἀεὶ γίνεται τὸ Θεῖον ἡμῖν, οἵους ἂν ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ διὰ προαιρέσεως δείξωμεν. ᾿Αγαθὸν μὲν γὰρ αὑτὸν εἶναι τοῖς, ἀγαθοῖς ὁ Δαδὶδ ἐν τῇ προφητείᾳ μαρτύρεται τοῖς θηριωθεῖσι διὰ τοῦ βίου, ἕτερός τις τῶν προφητῶν ἄρκτον αὐτὸν λέγει καὶ πάρδαλιν, δι᾽ αἰνιγμάτων τὰ εὐαγγελικὰ προεχτιθέμενος δόγματα, ἐν οἷς ἄλλος τοῖς δεξιοῖς, καὶ ἕτερος τοῖς εὐωνύμοις ὁ τῶν λόγων τοῦ βασιλέως χαρακτὴρ καθορᾶται· τοῖς μὲν ἀγαθός αλλήλως τῇ προαιρέσει τῶν κρινομένων ἑαυτὸν μεθαρμόξων. Τούτου χάριν καὶ νῦν πρόσφορος τῇ γύμφῃ παρὰ τοῦ λόγου ἡ ἀντίδοσις γίνεται, ἐν οἷς ὕμνησε τοῦ Δεσπότου τὸ κάλλος, ἐν τοῖς ὁμοίοις αὐτῇ τοῦ Κυρίου ἀντιχαρισαμένου τὸν ἔπαινον. ᾿Αποδέχεται γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς τῶν μαζῶν αὐτῆς τὴν διὰ τῆς ἐνεργείας πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον γεγενημένην ἀλλοίωσιν, ὅτι τοῦ γαλαχτοφορεῖν παυσάμενοι, οἶνον καὶ οὐχὶ ἡ εὐφροσύνη γίνεται, τῶν μηκέτι ὑπὸ νηπιότητος κλυδωνιζομένων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ κρατῆρος τῆς σοφίας ἐμφορεῖσθαι δυναμένων τῷ στόματι καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ Ἐπαινέσας τοίνυν τοὺς μαζοὺς διὰ τὴν τοῦ οἴνου φορὰν, προστίθησι καὶ τῆς εὐοδμίας τὸν ἔπαινον, εἰπών᾽ ὅτι Καὶ ὀσμὴ τῶν ἱματίων σου ὑπὲρ πάντα τὰ ἀρώματα. Νοῆσαι δὲ χρὴ τὸν τοιοῦτον ἔπαινον, ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς τῶν ὀνομασθέντων ἀρωμάτων διδαχθέντας τὴν φύσιν. Πᾶν τὸ εὔπνουν ἄρωμα τῆς ὀσφραντιχῆς αἰσθήσεως ἡδονὴ γένεται. Οὐκοῦν ἐκεῖνα λέγειν ἀρώματα τὸν λόγον νοήσωμεν, ὅσα παρὰ τῆς Γραφῆς εὐπνοεῖν ἐδιδάχθημεν. Οἷον προσάγει Νῶε τῷ Θεῷ τὴν θυσίαν, καὶ ὠσφράνθη Κύριος ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, Οὐκοῦν ἄρωμα γίνεται τῷ Θεῷ ἡ θυσία·Α πολλαὶ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα προσάγονται τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ νόμου ἱλεωτικαὶ θυσίαι, χαριστήριοί τε καὶ σωτήριοι, καὶ χαθάρσιοι, καὶ περὶ ἀμαρτίας. Πάντα ταῦτα τίθει ἐν τοῖς ἀρώμασι, καὶ τὰς ὁλοκαρπώσεις, καὶ τὰς ὁλοχαντώσεις, καὶ τὰς μερικὰς τῶν ἀφαιρεμάτων ἀφιερώσεις, τὸ στηθύνιον τοῦ ἱερείου, τὸν λόδον τοῦ ἥπατος, τὸ ἐπινεφρίδιον στέαρ, καὶ ἕτι πρὸς τούτοις τὸν λίδανον, τὴν τῷ ἐλαίῳ λιν, τὸ θυμίαμα τῆς συνθέσεως, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, ὅσα διὰ πυρὸς εἶχε τὴν ἀγχιστείαν, ἐν τῷ καταλόγῳ τῶν ἀρωμάτων ἔστω. Ὅταν οὖν ἀκούσωμεν τὸ τῆς νύμφης μύρον πλείονος ὑπὲρ πάντα ἀρώματα ἀποδοχῆς ἀξιούμενον, τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ μανθάνομεν, ὅτι τὸ τῆς ἀληθείας μυστήριον, τὸ διὰ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας ἐπιτελούμενον, μόνον εὐῶδές ἐστι τῷ Θεῷ, πάντων τῶν νομικῶν ἀρωμάτων προχεχριμένον, ἅτε δὴ μηκέτι τύπῳ τινὶ καὶ σκιᾷ καλυπτόμενον, ἀλλὰ τῇ φανερώσει τῆς ἀληθείας εὔπνουν γινόμενον. Εἰ γάρ τι καὶ τῶν προλαδόντων ἀρωμάτων ὠσφράνθη Κύριος εἰς δσμὴν εὐωδίας, κατὰ τὸν ἐμφαινόμενον λόγον ἕκαστον αὐτῶν τῆς ἀποδοχῆς ἠξιώθη, οὐ κατὰ τὸ πρόχειρόν τε καὶ σωματικὸν εἶδος τῶν γινομένων. Καὶ τοῦτο δῆλόν ἐστιν ἐκ τῆς μεγάλης τοῦ Προφήτου φωνῆς, ἢ φησιν, ὅτι Οὐ δέξομαι ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου σου μόσχους, οὐδὲ ἐκ τῶν ποιμνίων σου χιμάρους· οὐ γὰρ φάγομαι κρέα ταύρων, ἣ αἷμα τράγων πίομαι. Καίτοι πολλαὶ πολλάκις ζωοθυσίαι γεγόνασιν· ἀλλὰ κἂν γένηται ταῦτα, ἕτερόν ἔστι τὸ διὰ τούτων ἐν αἰνίγματί σοι νομοθετούμενον, τὸ δεῖν τὰ πάθη ἐν σοὶ σφαγιάζεσθαι. θυσία γὰρ, φησὶ, τῷ Θεῷ πνεῦμα συντετριμμένον· ἐξουδενώσει. Ὅθεν γίνεται ἡ θυσία τῆς αἰνέσεως ἡμῶν, ἡ δοξάζουσα τὸν τοιαύτην ὀσμὴν ὀσφραινόμενον. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν τὰ τυπικὰ πάντα τοῦ νόμου τὸν Παῦλον ψυχὴ, ὃς Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἦν, καὶ αὐτὴ εὐώδης διὰ τοῦ βίου ἐγένετο καὶ τὸ μύρον τῆς ἱερωσύνης καὶ τὸ θυμίαμα τῆς συνθέσεως, διὰ ποικίλης τῶν ἀρετῶν συνεισφορᾶς τε καὶ μίξεως καλῶς εὐπνοήσασα, ἀξία ἐφάνη τῇ ὀσφρήσει τοῦ νυμφίου εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας· διὰ τοῦτο ἡ θεία αἴσθησις, καθὼς ὁ Σολομὼν ὀνομάζει, τῶν σωματικῶν ἀρωμάτων τοῦ γόμου, προστίθησι τὴν ἄῦλον ἐκείνην καὶ καθαρὰν τὴν διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν μυρεψουμένην εὐωδίαν, λέγων· Καὶ ὀσμὴ μύρων σου ὑπὲρ πάντα τὰ ἀρώματα. Ὁ δὲ ἐφεξῆς λόγος πρὸς τὸ ὑψηλότερον προάγει τὸν ἔπαινον, τὴν ἐκ μελέτης καὶ προσοχῆς γενομένην αὐἢ τῶν πνευματικῶν χαρισμάτων περιουσίαν μαρτυρῶν τῷ λόγῳ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ παρὰ τὴν μέλισσαν φοιτᾷν βούλεται τὸν τῆς σοφίας μαθητὴν ὁ παροιμιαχὸς λόγος (νοεῖς δὲ πάντως ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν τὴν διδάσκαλον ἧτίς ἐστιν) λέγων τοῖς ἐρασταῖς τῆς σοφίας· Πορεύθητι πρὸς τὴν μέλισσαν, καὶ μάθε ὡς ἐργάτις ἐστὶ, τὴν τε ἐργασίαν ὡς σεμνὴν ἐμπορεύεται, ργίνιηὶ δ- α ἧς τοὺς πόνους βασιλεῖς καὶ ἰδιῶται πρὰς ὑγίαν προσἰαο τοῦ ἰΐπσια μα. Ἐδὶ δηΐων ἰδὲ ρατωιυβ ταύτην τοῦ λόγου δύναμιν, ἁρμοδίως ἑκάστῳ τῶν φέρονται· ποθεινὴν δὲ πᾶσι λέγει αὐτὴν εἶναι καὶ ἐπίδαξον, ἀσθενοῦσαν μὲν κατὰ τὴν ῥώμην, τὴν δὲ σοφίαν ονἱμήσασαν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο προαχθεῖσαν εἰς ὑπόδειγμα βίου τοῖς ἐναρέτοις. Ἐὴν γὰρ σοφίαν, φησὶ, τιμήδασα προήχθη. Συμθουλεύει δὲ διὰ τῶν εἐρημένων μηδενὸς ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀγαθῶν μαθημάτων, ἀλλὰ τῷ λειμῶνι τῶν θεοπνεύστων ἐφιπτάμενον λόγων, ἀφ᾽ ἑκάστου τι πρὸς τὴν κτῆσιν τῆς σοφίας ἑαυτῷ τὸ κηρίον, οἷον ἐν,σίμόλῳ τινὶ τῇ ἑαυτόῦ καρδίᾳ τὴν φιλεργίαν ταύτην ἀποτιθέμενον· ὥσπερ τινὰς ἐν κηρίῳ σύριγγας, τῶν πολυειδῶν μαθημάτων ἀσυγχύτους ἐν τῇ μνήμῃ τὰς εθήκας δημιουργήσαντα· καὶ οὕτως κατὰ μίμησιν τῆς σοφῆς ἐκείνης μελίσσης, ἧς ἡδὺ μὲν τὸ κηρίον, ἄπληκτὸν δὲ τὸ κέντρον, τὴν σεμνὴν ταύτην τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐργασίαν διαπαντὸς ἐμπορεύεσθαι, Ἑμπορεύεται γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς, τὰ ἀγαθὰ τὰ αἰώνια τῶν τῇδε πόνων διαμειθόμενος, καὶ τοὺς ἰδίους πόνους εἰς ψυχικὴν ὑγίειαν βαδιλεῦσί τα καὶ ἰδιώταις νέμων· ὥστε πονυμφέῳ τὴν τοιαύτην γενέσθαι ψυχὰν, καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις ἐπίδοξον, ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τελειοῦσαν τὴν δύναμιν διὰ τὴν τῆς σοφίας τιμήν. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν παιδεύσεώς ἐστι καὶ φιλοπονίας ὑπόδειγμα τὰ περὶ τὴν σοφὴν ἐκείνην μέλιτταν διηγήματα, καὶ αἱ ποικίλαι τῶν πνευματικῶν χαρισμάτων διαιρέσεις, κατὰ τὴν τῆς σπουδῆς ἀναλογίαν τοῖς τε πεπονηκόσι προσγίνονται, διὰ τοῦτό φησι πρὸς τὴν νύμφην δτὶ Πλή ρης σοι γέγονεν ἡ καρδία τῶν ἐκ τῆς παντοδαπῆς καιδεύσεως χηρῶν, ὅθεν προφέρεις: ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας τὰς μελιχρὰς τῶν λόγων σταγόνας· ὡς εἶναί σοι μέλι τὸν λόγον συναναμεμιγμένον τῷ γάλακτι. Κηρίον γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀποστόζει χεί.λ: σου, νύμφη, μέλι καὶ γάλα ὑπὸ τὴν γλῶσσάν σου. Παρεσκεύασται γάρ σοι ὁ λόγος, οὐ μονοειδῇ τὴν ὠφέλειαν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ἐπιδεικνύμενος, ἀλλὰ καταλλήλως πρὸς τὴν τῶν δεχομένων δύναμιν ἁρμοζόμενος· ὡς καὶ τοῖς τελειοτέροις καὶ νηπιάζουσιν οἰκείως ἔχειν· τοῖς μὲν τελείοις μέλι, τοῖς δὲ νηπίοις γάλα γινόμενος· οἷος ὁ Παῦλος ἦν, τοῖς μὲν ἀπαλωτέροις πὧν λόγων τοὺς ἀρτιγενεῖς τιθηνούμενος, σοφίαν δὲ λαλῶν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις ἐν μυστηρίῳ, τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων, ἣν οὐ χωρεῖ ὁ αἰὼν οὗτος, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄρχοντες τούτου. Τὴν οὖν τοιαύτην παραὉ σκευὴν, τὴν μέλιτός τε καὶ τοῦ γάλακτος, ὑποκεῖσθαι λέγει τῇ γλώσσῃ, τὴν τεταμιευμένην τε καὶ εὖκαῖρον τῶν λόγων χρῆσιν διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης φωνῇς ἐνδεικνύμενος, Ὁ γὰρ εἰδὼς πῶς δεῖ ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ ἀποχρέίνεσθαι, ἔχων ὑπὸ τὴν γλῶσσαν τὴν ποικίλην ἀχονόντων τὸ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν ἐπὶ καιροῦ προχειρίΤοιοῦτον δὲ προσαγαγὼν τῷ στόματι καὶ τῇ γλώσσῃ τῆς νύμφης τὸν ἔπαινον, πάλιν πρὸς τὰ μείζω τῶν ἐγκωμίων μετέρχεται, λέγων· ὅτι σμὴ ἱματίων σοῦ, ὡς ὀσμὴ λιθάγου. Ὃ δὲ λόγος οὗτος φιλοσοφία τίς ἐστιν, εἰς ὅ τι βλέπει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὁ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν βίος ὑποδεικνύων. Πέρας γὰρ τῆς ἐναρέτον ζωῆς ἢ πρὸς τὸ Θεῖόν ἔστιν ὁμοίωσις, καὶ τούχάριν ἧ τε. τῆς ψυχῇς καθαρότης, καὶ τὸ πάσης ἐμπαθοῦς διαθέσεως ἀνεπίμικτον, δι᾽ ἐπιμελείας κατορθοῦται τοῖς ἐναρέτοις, ὥστε πινὰ χαρακτῆρα τῆς ὑπερκειμένης φύσεως διὰ τῆς ἀστειοτέρας ζωῆς καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν οὐ μονοειδής τίς ἐστιν, οὐδὲ μονότροπος ἣ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν πολιτεία, ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν ὑφασμάτων χατασχενῆς διὰ πολλῶν νημάτων τῶν μὲν ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας ἀνατεταμένων, τῶν δὲ κατὰ τὸ πλάγιον διῃρημένων, ἡ ὑφαντιχὴ τέχνη τὴν ἐσθῆτα ποιεῖ· οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐναρέτον ζωῆς πολλὰ χρὴ, συνδραμεῖν, δι᾽ ὧν ὁ ἀστεῖος ἐξυ φαίνεται βίος, καθὼς ἀπαριθμεῖται τὰ τοιαῦτα νήματα ὁ θεῖος ᾿Απόστολος, δι᾽ ὧν ἡ τῶν καθαρῶν ἔργων ἰστουργία συνίσταται· ἀγάπην λέγων καὶ χαρὰν καὶ εἰρήνην, μακροθυμίαν τε καὶ χρηστότητα, καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα, οἷς κατακοσμεῖται ὁ ἐκ φθαρτοῦ τε καὶ γηΐνου βίου τὴν οὐράνιον ἀφθαρσίαν μετενδυόμενος. Τούτου χάριν ἀποδέχεται τὸν ἐν τῇ ἐσθῆτι κόσμον τῆς νύμφης, ὡς τῷ λιδάνῳ κατὰ τὴν ὀσμὴν ὁμοιούμενον. Καίτοιγε πρὸ τούτου πάντων εἶπεν τῶν ἀρωμάτων προέχειν τὴν τοῦ μύρου τῆς νύμφης εὐωδίαν, ὡς δοκεῖν ἐν τούτῳ καθαίρεσιν εἶναι τῶν ἐγκωμίων, εἴπερ ἡ παντὸς ἀρώματος ὑπερτεθεῖσα, νῦν πρὸς ἕν τῶν ἀρωμάτων ὁμοιοῦται διὰ συγκρίσεως, οὕτως εἰπόντος τοῦ Λόγον· ὅτι Κατὰ τὴν ὀσμὴν τοῦ λιθάνου τῶν ἱματίων σού ἐστιν ἡ εὐωδία. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ἰδιαζόντως κατά τινα λόγον εἰς τεὴν τοῦ Θείου τιμὴν ἀποτεταγμένον ἦν τὸ τοῦ λιδάνου θυμίαμα, τούτου χάριν ἡ ὑπὲρ πάντα τὰ ἀρώ- Ν ματα εἶναι κριθεῖσα ἀξιοῦται τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἕν ἄρωμα ὁμοιώσεως, τὸ τῷ Θεῷ ἀνακείμενον, ὡς τὸ νόημα τοῦ αἰνίγματος τοιοῦτον εἶναι· ὅτι Σοὶ, ὦ νύμφη, τῶν ἀρετῶν ἡ περιθολὴ τὴν θείαν μιμεῖται μακαριότητα, διὰ καθαρότητός τε καὶ ἀπαθείας, τῇ ἀπροσίτῳ φύσει ὁμοιουμένη. Τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ τῶν θείων ἱματίων ὀσμὴ, ὡς πρὸς τὸν λέῤανον ἐμφερῶς ἔχειν τὸν ἀνακείμενον εἰς τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ τιμήν. Πάλιν μανθάνομεν διὰ τῶν ἐφεξῆς ἐπαίνων, πῶς, ἄν τις γένοιτο τοῦ Κυρίου ἀδελφὴ καὶ ὁμόζυγος, δι᾽ ὧν φησιν, ὅτι Κῆπος κεκλεισμένος, ἀδειφή μου γύμφη. Οὐκοῦν εἴ τις μεταποιεῖται, νύμφη μὲν διὰ τοῦ προσχολληθῆναι τῷ Κυρίῳ γενέσθαι· ἀδελφὴ δὲ διὰ τοῦ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ κατεργάζεσθαι, καθὼς λέγει τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον κῆπος εὐανθὴς γενέσθω πάντων ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ τῶν φυτῶν τὴν ὥραν, τήν τε γλυκεῖαν συκῆν, καὶ τὴν κατάκαρπον ἐλαίαν, καὶ τὸν ὑψίχομον φοίνικα, καὶ τὴν εὐθηνοῦσαν ἄμπελον, μὴ θάμνον ἀκανθώδη τινὰ, μηδὲ χόνυζαν, ἀλλὰ χυπάρισσον ἀντ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ μυρσίνην. Οὕτω γὰρ τὸν τοιοῦτον κῆπον οἶδεν ὡραΐξειν ὁ μέγας Δαδὶδ, καὶ ὁ ὑψηλὸς Ἦσαΐας· ὁ μὲν λέγων· Δίκαιος ὡς φοῖνιξ ἀνθήσει· καὶ, ᾿Εγὼ δὲ ὡς ἐλαία κατάκαρπος· καὶ, Ἡ γυνή σου ὡς ἄμπελος εὐθηνοῦσα· καὶ παρ᾽ ἑτέρῳ τινὶ προφήτῃ μακαρίζεται ὁ ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς τῆς ἰδίας ἀναπαυὄμενος. Ὁ δὲ Ἠσαῖας ἀντὶ θάμνου μὲν, τὴν κυπά· ἀντὶ δὲ κονύζης τὴν μυρτίνην φησὶν ἀναδύσεσθαι. Τὰ δὲ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον περὶ τῶν δένδρων τούτων αἰνίγματα, τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς προφητείας ἡμῖν ὑποδειχθέντῶν παρέλκον ἂν εἴη δι᾽ ἀχριδείας ἐκτίθεσθαι, προδήλου πᾶσιν ὄντος, τίς μὲν ὁ γλυκὺς τῆς συκῆς ἐστι καρπὸς, ὁ ἐκ τοῦ δριμυτάτου ὁποῦ κατʼ ἀρχὰς μὲν πικρός τε καὶ ἄδρωτος, ὕστερον δὲ καρπὸς εἰρηνικὸς γινόμενος, καὶ καταγλυκαίνων τῆς ψυχῆς αἰσθητήρια. Τί δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ ἡ τῆς ἐλαίας χκαρπογονία χαρίζεται διὰ τοῦ δριμυτάτου τε καὶ πιχροτάτου χυμοῦ, τοῦ κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς ἐντρεφομένου ὁπώρᾳ, μετὰ ταῦτα διὰ τῆς καταλλήλου πεπάνσεώς τε καὶ γεωργίας εἰς ἐλαίου μεταδάλλουσα φύσιν, ὃ τοῦ φωτὸς γίνεται ὕλη, καὶ καμάτων λυτήριον, καὶ πόνων ἄνεσις, καὶ κεφαλῆς φαιδρότης, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀγῶνας τοῖς νομίμως ἀθλοῦσι συνεργία ; Πῶς δὲ δυσεπιχείρητον ἑαυτοῦ καρπὸν ποιεῖ τοῖς χλέπταις φοῖνιξ, ἄνωθεν θησαυρίζων, καὶ οὐχὶ πρόσγειον τὸν ἐκφέρων, ἦ τε τοῦ ἀμπέλου χάρις, καὶ ἡ εὐώδης κυπάρισσος, καὶ τὸ ἡδὺ τῆς μυρσίνης; Ταῦτα πάντα διὰ τροπικῆῇς θεωρίας πρὸς τὸν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν καταληφθέντα λόγον, πρόδηλα πᾶσίν ἐφτι τοῖς νουνεχῶς ἑπαΐουσι πρὸς ὅ τι βλέπει. Οὐκοῦν ὁ τοιούτων δένὅρων κῆπος γεγονὼς εὐθαλὴς καὶ χατάφυτος, καὶ τῷ τῶν ἐντολῶν ἑρχίῳ πανταχόθεν μηδεμίαν καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ παρασχεῖν τῷ κλέπτῃ καὶ τοῖς θηρίοις τὴν πάροδον. Ὁ γὰρ ἐν κύκλῳ τῷ φραγμῷ τῷ ἀγρίῳ, καὶ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ δρυμοῦ αὐτὸν ὗς οὐ λυμαίνεται. Εἴ τις τοίνυν κῆπός ἔστι καὶ ᾿σφαλισμένος, οὖὗτος ἀδελφὴ καὶ νύμφη γίνεται τοῦ πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην εἰπόντος ψυχήν· ὅτι Κῆπος καχιλεισμένος, ἀδειλρρή ᾿Αλλὰ τῷ κήπῳ τούτῳ, καὶ πηγῆς ἐστι χρεία, ὡς ἄν εὐθαλὲς διαμένο: τὸ ἄλσος, τῷ ὕδατι πρὸς τὸ διηνεκὲς πιαινόμενον· διὰ τοῦτο συνέζευξε τοῖς ἐπαίνοις τὴν πηγὴν τῷ κήπῳ, εἰπών· ὅτι Κῆπος πηγὴ ἐσφραγισμένη.·Τὸν δὲ περὶ τῆς πηγῆς λόγον ἡ Παροιμία διδάσκει ἡμᾶς δι᾽ αἰνίγματος, ἐν οἷς φησιν Ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ ὕδατος ἔστω σοὶ ἡδεῖα, καὶ ἔστω σοὶ μόνῳ, καὶ μήδεὶς ἀλλότριος μετασχέτω σοι. Ὥς γὰρ ἐχεῖ κωλύει τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐνδαπανᾶσθαι τῆς πηγῆς τὸ ὕδωρ, οὕτως ἐνταῦθα τὸ μηδαμοῦ διακεῖσθαι πρὸς ἀλλοτρίους τὴν πηγὴν, μαρτυρεῖ διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ὅτι Ἐσφραγισμένη, ὅπερ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι Πεφυλαγμένη᾽ τὸ δὲ λεγόμενον, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· Πηγὴ κυρίως κατονομάζεται κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, ἡ διανοητικὴ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν δύναμις, ἡ παντοίους λογισμοὺς ἐν ἡμῖν βρύουσά τε καὶ πηγάζουσα. ᾿Αλλὰ τότε ἡμέτερον γίνεται τῆς διανοίας τὸ κίνημα, ὅταν πρὸς τὰ συμφέροντα ἡμῖν χινῆται, πᾶσαν ἡμῖν συνεργίαν πρὸς τὴν κτῆσιν τῶν ἀγαθῶν παρεχόμενον. Ὅταν δέ τις τρέψῃ τῶν λογισμῶν τὴν ἐνέργειαν πρὸς κακίας ἐπίνοιαν, τότε τοῖς τὸν ἀκανθώδη βίον τῇ συμμαχίᾳ τῶν πονηρῶν λογισμῶν καταρδόμενον, ἀποξηραίνεσθαι δὲ καὶ μαεαίνεσθαι τὴν χοείττω φυτείαν ἀηδεμιᾶς τῆς ἐξ ἀγαθῶν λογισμῶν ἰκμάδος ὑποτρεφούσης τὴν ῥίζαν. πᾶ, υἱ πιϊπίπιο Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἡ σφραγὶς τὸ ἄσυλον τῷ δι᾽ αὐτῆς κλέπτην᾽ πᾶν δὲ τὸ μὴ χλεπτόμενον τῷ δεσπότῃ μένει ἀκέραιον· τὴν ἀκρότητα ἔοικεν ἀρετὴν μαρτυρεῖν τῇ νύμφῃ ἐνταῦθα ὁ ἕπαινος, ὅτι ἀνέπαφος ἧς μένει τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἡ διάνοια, ἐν καθαρότητι καὶ ἀπαθείᾳ φυλασσομένη. Τῷ ἰδίῳ Δεσπότῃ σφραγίζεται τὴν πηγὴν ταύτην ἡ καθαρότης, μηδεμιᾷ νοημάτῶν ἐλύϊ τὸ διαυγές τε καὶ ἀερῶδες τῆς καρδίας ἐπ:θολώσασα. Ὥς δʼ ἄν τις ἐπὶ τὸ σαφέστερον προαγάγοι τὸ νόημα, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν’ Ἐπειδὴ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν τὰ μέν ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἡμέτερα, ὅσα τῆς ψυχῆς ἐστιν ἴδια· τὰ δὲ οἰκειούμεθα ὡς ἡμέτερα, τὰ περὶ τὸ σῶμα λέγω, καὶ τὰ ἔξωθεν, διά τινος ἡμαρτη μένης ὑπολήἐψεως ἴδια νομίζοντες τὰ ἀλλότρια· τί γὰρ κοινὸν τῇ ἀύλῳ τῆς ψυχῆς φύσει πρὸς τὴν ὑλικὴν παχυμέρειαν ; τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἡμῶν, τοῖς περὶ τὸ σῶμά φημι, καὶ τὰ ἔξωθεν, τὴν πηγὴν τῆς διανοίας ἡμῶν ἐναλίσκεσθαι. ᾿Αλλὰ περὶ τὸν ἴδιον ἐναναστρέφεσθαι κῆπον, τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ φυτείαν πιαίνουσαν. ᾿Αρετὰς δὲ εἶναι τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ φυτείαν μεμαθήκαμεν, περὶ ἃς ἡ διανοητικὴ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν δύναμις ἀσχολουμένη, καὶ πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν ἔξωθεν ἀποῤῥέουσα, τῷ χαρακτῆρι τῆς ἀληθείας σφραγίξεται, τῇ πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν σχέσει Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐφεξῆς ἐπαίνων τὴν δύναμιν. Ἀκποστοι.αί σου. φησὶ, παράδεισος ῥοῶν μετὰ καρποῦ ἀκροδρύων, κύπροι μετὰ νάρδων. Νάρδος καὶ κρόκος, κάλαμος καὶ κιγγάμωμον, μετὰ πάντων ξύλων τοῦ Αἰδάνου· σμύρνα καὶ ἀ-Ἰόη μετὰ πάντων τῶῷρ᾽ πρώτων μύρων. Πηγὴ κήπων, φρέαρ εὕδατος ζῶντος καὶ ῥοιζοῦντος ἀπὸ τοῦ Λιδάγου. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν παμμέγεθές τι καὶ ἐξαίσιον τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἔγκειται νόημα, δι᾽ οὗ τῆς κατὰ Θεὸν ὑψωθείσης τὸ κάλλος ἐν θαύματι γίνεται, ταῖς πολυτρό- ποῖς τῶν ἐπαίνων ὑπερδολαῖς εὐφημουμένης, δῆλον καὶ ἐκ τῆς προχείρου λέξεως τῶν εἰρημένων ἐστί, Τίς δὲ ἀληθής ἐστι διάνοια, ἦν διασημαίνει ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα, μόνον ἂν εἴη σαφῶς εἰδέναι τοῦ κατὰ τὸν ἅγιον Παῦλον ἐπισταμένου Πνεύματι λαλεῖν τὰ θεῖα μυστήρια. Πῶς γὰρ τὸ ἀποστελλόμενον παρὰ τῆς νύμφης ῥοῶν ἔστι παράδεισος ; Πῶς ᾿δὲ ἐκ τῶν ῥοῶν ὁ καρπὸς τῶν ἀκροδρύων φέρεται; Πῶς δὲ τὰ ἀκρόδρυα μύρων γίνεται καὶ ἀρωμάτων κατάλογος ; Ἐν γὰρ τοῖς τῶν ἀκροδρύων καρποῖς, κύπρος καὶ νάρδος καὶ κρόκος ἐστὶ, κάλαμός τε καὶ κιννάμωμον, καὶ πᾶν τοῦ Λιδάνου ξύλον, ὡς οὐδεμιᾶς πῆς κατὰ τὸ ἄρωμα τοῦ Λιδάνου διαφορᾶς ἐν τοῖς ἀπηριθμημένοις λειπούσης· οἷς προστίθεται σμύρνα καὶ ἀλόη, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα μῦρα πάντα, καὶ ἡ πρότεε ρὸν Κῆπος ἐν τοῖς ἄνω παρὰ τοῦ ἐπαινοῦντος ὀνομασθεῖσα, νῦν πηγὴ λέγεται κήπων, καὶ φρέαρ ὕδατος . ζῶντος καὶ ῥοιζοῦντος ἀπὸ τοῦ Λιδάνου. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸν μὲν ἀληθῇ λόγον περὶ τούτων ἴδοιεν ἂν, καθὼς προεῖπον, οἱ τὸ βάθος τοῦ πλούτου καὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ ., πῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ διερευνᾶσθαι δυνάμενοι. Ἡμεῖς δὲ ὡς ἂν μὴ παντελῶς ἄγευστοι τῶν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ ἀγαθῶν, καὶ ἀναπόλαυστοι καταλειφθείημεν, δι᾽ ὀλίγων λόγων τῷ λόγῳ προσάξομεν, αὐτὸν τὸν θεὸν Λόγον χαθηγεμόνα τῆς σπουδῆς ποιησάμενοι. ἼἜοιχεν ἅπας ὁ τῶν ἐπαένων κατάλογος, ὃ τ’ πρὸ τούτων εἰρημένος, καὶ ὅσα νῦν περὶ αὐτῆς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος παρέθετο, μὴ πρὸς εὐφημίαν τινὰ ψιλὴν κατὰ τὸ προηγούμενον βλέπειν᾽ ἀλλὰ δύναμιν ἐντιθέναι διὰ τῶν λεγομένων πρὸς τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ μείζω τε καὶ ὑψηλότερα τῆς καρδίας ἀνάδασιν, οἷον ἀδελφὴ καὶ νύμφη τοῦ Λόγου χατονομάξεταιν ἀλλὰ συνάπτει τῶν ὀνομάτων τούτων ἑκάτερον τὴν ψυχὴν τῷ νυμφίῳ, τῆς μὲν κατὰ τὴν νύμφην σημασίας σύσσωμον αὑτὴν, καθὼς ὁ Παῦλος, ποιούσης τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ νυμφίῳ· τῆς δὲ περὶ τὰ θελήματα σπουδῆς εἰς ἀδελφικὴν ἀγχιστείαν προαγούσης, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου φωνήν· εἶτα ἐπαινεῖται φύσις μαστῶν ἡ ἀντὶ γάλακτος οἶνον προχέουσα, καὶ δῆλον ὅτι ἔργον ὁ ἔπαινος γίνεται. Οὐ γὰρ κτον. Πρὸς τούτοις τὸ μῦρον αὐτῆς πάντων τῶν ἀρωμάτων ὑπέρτερον χρένεται. Ὅπερ οὐκ ἂν οὕτως ἔχειν ἐκρίθη, μὴ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν πρὸς ἐκεῖνο τὸ ὕψους αὐτῆς διὰ τῆς ἐν τῷ κχρείττονι προκοπῆς ἀναδραμούσης. Θαυμάζεται μετὰ τοῦτο τὰ κηρία τοῦ λόγου τὰ οὐ ἀποστάζοντα, καὶ ἡ σύγχρατος τῆς σοφίας παρασκευὴ ὑποκειμένη τῇ γλώσσῃ, γάλακτος πρὺς μέλι σνγχεχραμένου. Καὶ ταῦτα δύναμίς ἐστιν, οὐ ῥήματα. Πρὸς γὰρ τὴν τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων ἄνοδον χειραγωγουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ Λόγου, τοσοῦτον ηὐξήθη, ὥστε μέλιτος ποιῆσαι πηγὴν τὸ στόμα, καὶ ταμιεῖον τῆς συμμίκτου σοφίας τὴν γλῶσσαν, ἢ ἐνθεωρεῖται ἡ γῆ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ἣ ῥέομσα μέλι καὶ γάλα. Τοσοῦτον αὐτὴν διὰ τῶν ἀναδάσεων ὑψώσας ὁ Λόγος, ἔτι πρὸς τὸ ὑψηλότερον ἄγει, τὴν ἐσθήζα αὑτῆς εὑπνοεῖν λέγων κατὰ τὴν τοῦ λιδάνου ὀσμὴν, δι᾽ οὗ τὸ ἐνδεδῦσθαι αὐτὴν τὸν Χριστὸν μαρτυρεῖ ὁ Λόγος. Παντὸς γὰρ ἐναρέτου βίου τέλος ἢ τοῦ Θεοῦ μετουσία γίνεται. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦ λιξάνον τὸ Θεῖον ἐνδείκνυται. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐν τούτοις ἔστη ἧ πρὸς τὸ ὑψηλότερον ἀεὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Λόγον χειραγωγουμένη ψυχή ἀλλὰ μετὰ τὸ ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῦ λιδάνου τὴν εὐοδμίαν, κῆπος γίνεται καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τοῦ παραδείσου. Κῆπος, οὐκ ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις ἀνθρώποις ἦν, ἄνετός τε καὶ ἀφύλακτος, ἀλλὰ τῇ μνήμῃ τῆς ἐντολῆς πανταχόθεν τετειχιὍρᾷς ὅσην προσέλαδεν εἰς τὸ ἄνω τὴν δύναμιν; Πάλιν ὅρα μοι τὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦτο ἀνάδασιν. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον κῆπος κεκλεισμένος ἐγένετο, τὴν ἡδεῖαν χαρποφοροῦσα τροφὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πότιμος γίνεται τοῖς διψῶσιν, εἰς πηγῆς φύσιν μετατεθεῖσα, καὶ ταύτης ἐσφραγισμένης. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐν τούτοις ἔστη ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τοσοῦτον ἔφθασς τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον αὐξήσεως, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῆς βλαστάνειν παράδεισον. Ὁ γὰρ προσέχων τῇ τῆς Ἑόραϊκῆς ἐμφάσει, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν, Αἱ ἀποστολαέ σου ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σον, φησὶ, Παράδεισος ῥοῶν. Ὅπερ τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὅτι Ὁ λόγος ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματός σου ἀποστελλόμενος παράδεισός ἔστι ῥοῶν. Αἱ δὲ ῥοαὶ παγχαρπίαν τινὰ μετὰ νάρδου, καὶ κρόκος, κάλαμος καὶ κιννάμωμον, ἐγμοέαθπι : καὶ πᾶν εἶδος τοῦ Λιδάνον, καὶ σμύρνα, καὶ ἀλόη, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα μύρα. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν κατὰ τὸν ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ διαμαχαρισμὸν τῆς ἀντιλήψεως αὐτῇ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ γινομένης, τὰς καλὰς ταύτας ἀναδάσεις τῇ καρδίᾳ διέθετο, πάντοτε ἐκ δυνάμεως πορενομένη εἰς δύναμιν, καλῶς ἐπὶ τῆς τελειοτέρας καταστάσεως ῥοῶν παράδεισος αἱ τοῦ στόματος αὑτῆς ἀποστολαὶ ὀνομάζονται. Προσφυῶς δὲ τῷ ὑποκειμένῳ νοήματι ἡ λέξις τῆς ἀποστολῆς ἐφηρμόσθη. Τὸ γὰρ ἀποστελλόμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ πέμποντος εἰς τὸν ὑποδεχόμενον μεταθαίνει. Καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ τῆς συνήθους τοῦ ῥήματος χαταγρήσεως ἔστι μαθεῖν, ὡς καὶ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον λέγει, ὅτι τοὺς μαθητὰς τοὺς πρὸς τὸ κήρυγμα τῆς ἀληθείας ἐχπεμπομένους, ᾿Αποστόλους ὁ Λόγος ὠνόμασε. Τὶ οὖν ἐστιν ὃ ἀποστέλλει τὸ στόμα τῆς νύμφης ; Δῆλον ὅτι τὸν λόγον τῆς πίστεως, ὃς ἐν τοῖς ὁποδεχομένοις γενόμενος, παράδεισος γένεται, διὰ ἧς ἀκοῆς ταῖς καρδίαι; ἐμφυτευόμεγος. Τὸ ὃὲ χατάφυτὸν καὶ συνηρεφὲς τοῖς δένδροις ἄλσος, παράδεισον εἴωθε καλεῖν ἡ συνήθεια, ς ἂν οὖν καὶ τὸ γένος μάθοιμεν τῶν φυτῶν, ὅπερ διὰ τοῦ Λόγου ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν πεπιστευκότων κηπεύεται, ῥόας ὀνομάξει τὰ δένδρα ἃς φυτηκομεῖ ὁ Λόγος, ὁ παρὰ τοῦ στόματος τῆδινύμφης ἀποστελλόμενος. Ἢ δέ ῥόα δυσμένῃ τοὺς ὅρπηχας, καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐστηρῷ τινι καὶ πιχραίνοντι κατὰ τὴν γεῦσιν τῷ καλύμματι περιἐχουσά τε καὶ ὑποτρέφουσα· ὃς κατὰ τὸν ἔδιον καιρὸν μετὰ τὸ πεπανθῆνα:, τοῦ ἔνδοθεν διαφαίνεται, ἡδὺς μὲν τὴν ὄψιν καὶ εὐδιάθετος, μελιειδὴς δὲ τὴν γεῦσιν καὶ ἄλυπος, καὶ καταφια. Διὰ τοῦτό μοι δοκεῖ ῥοῶν παράδεισος ἐν ταῖς ὧν ἀκουόντων ψυχαῖς ὁ ἀποστελλόμενος ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τῆς νύμφης λόγος ἐργάξεσθαι, ἵνα διδαχθῶμεν διὰ τῶν λεγομένων, μὴ διά τινηος ἐκλύσεως καὶ τρυφῆς κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ζωὴν μαλαχίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸν χατεσχληκότα διὰ τῆς ἐγκρατείας αἱρεῖσθαι βίον. Οὕτω γὰρ ἀπρόσιτος γένοιτο τοῖς χλέπταις ὁ τῆς ἀρετῆς καρπὸς, τῇ στυφῇ καὶ τῇ ἧς ἐγκρατείας περιΘολῇ πεφραγμένος, καὶ διὰ τῆς σεμνῆς τε καὶ ἀμειδοῦ; καταστάσεως, οἷόν τισιν ἀκανθῶν ἀκμαῖς, ἀμύσσὼν τοὺς ἐπὶ κακῷ προσεγγίζοντας. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅταν ὁ καιρὸς παράσχῃ ἧς ἀπολαύσεως τῶν καρπῶν τὸ ἐνδόσιμον, παγχαρπία τῆς τρνφῆς ἐκ παντὸς γένους τῶν ἀκροδρύων ῥόα γίνεται, οὐκ ἐν βραβύλοις λάνοις, ἢ τισι τοῖς τοιούτοις τῆς τῶν καρπῶν ἀπολαύσεως γινομένης· ἀλλὰ ποικίλη τις καὶ προλυειδὴς ἀρωμάτων φύσις ἐκ τῶν ἀκροδρύων εὑρίσχϑται. προς γάρ ἔστι μετὰ νάρδων ἡ καλὴ συζυγία, τὸ μὲν θερμὸν, τὸ δὲ εὐῶδες. Οὐ γὰρ ἀπαινετὸν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τὸ θερμὸν, ὅταν δυσώδης πύρωσις ἡ θερμάτης ἧ᾽ ἀλλὰ συμμαρτυρεῖσθαι χρὴ τῷ θερμῷ διὰ τῆς εὐπγοίας τὴν καθαρότητα, ἵνα γένηται τῷ νεύματι ζέων, ὁ ἔστιν εὑρεῖν τοῖς ἀκροδρύοις, καὶ τὰ ἀλλὰ ἀρώματα, νάρδον, φητὶ, καὶ χρόχον. ᾿Αλλὰ τῆς μὲν νάρδου τὴν εὔπνοιαν ἐν τοῖς ἄνω μεμαθήκαμεν λόγοις· λοιπὸν δ᾽ ἂν εἴη τοῦ χρόχου τὸ αἴνιγμα παραστῆσαι τῷ λόγῳ. Φασὶ μὲν οὖν οἱ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἄνθους τούπου κατανοήσαντες, μέσως ἔχειν ψύξεώς τε καὶ θερμότητος, καὶ τὸ φεύγειν τὴν ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερον ἀμετρίαν· ὡς διὰ τούτου τάχα τὸν περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἡμῖν λόγον Διότι πᾶσα ἀρετὴ κακῶν ἔστι μέση, τῆς τε ἐλλείψεως τοῦ καλοῦ, καὶ τῆς ὑπερπτώσεως. Οἷον τὴν ἀνδρείαν καὶ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν φασὶ, τὴν μὲν δειλίας τε καὶ θρασύτητος, τὴν δὲ μιχρολογίας τε καὶ ἀσωτίας ἐν μέσῳ θεωρεῖσθαι· καὶ τὴν μὲν δειλίαν τε καὶ μιχρολογίαν, κατ᾽ ἔλλειψιν τοῦ καθήκοντος, ἐν κακίᾳ λέγουσι γίνεσθαι· τὴν δὲ ἀσωτίαν καὶ τὴν θρασύτητα, κατὰ πλεονασμὸν καὶ ὑπέρπτωσιν· τῆς δὲ καθ᾽ ἐκάτερον ἀμετρίας τὸ μέσον, ἀρετὴν ὀνομάζουσιν· οὐκοῦν ἔχοι ἄν τι περὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν ὁ περὶ τοῦ χρόχου λόγος, ἀκόλουθον τῇ τῆς δυνάμεως μεσότητι, τὸ ἀνελλειπές τε καὶ ἀπέριττον τῆς ἐναρέτου καταστάσεως ἑρμηνεῦον. Ἐγὼ δέ φημι, κἂν ἰδιωτικώτερον ἧ τὸ λεγόμενον, τάχα μᾶλλον πρὸς τὸν τῆς πίστεως λόγον οἰκειότερον τὸ αἴνιγμα τοῦ σθαι. Τριπλῷ μὲν γὰρ ὑποτρέφεται τὸ ἄνθος τῷ χάλυχι· καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ κάλυξ ἐν ἀεροειδεῖ τῇ χροίᾳ ἄνθος ἐστίν. Ἐχλυθείσης δὲ τῆς τῶν χαλύχων περιθολῆς, τρία Ξὑρίσχεται πάντως τὰ εὐ πνοοῦντα καὶ χρησιμεύοντα πρὸς τὰς ἰάσεις ἄνθη, τὰ ὑποχεχρυμμένα τοῖς κάλυξι, μεγέθει καὶ κάλλει καὶ εὐπνοίᾳ καὶ τῇ τῆς δυνάμεως ἰδιότητι ὡσαύτως πρὸς ἄλληλα ἔχοντα, καὶ ἕν τὰ τρία διὰ πάντων δεικνύμενα, εὐχροίχ καθὼς εἴρηται, καὶ εὐπνοία, καὶ τῷ ποιῷ τῆς δυνάμεως. Οἷς συμπαραπέφυχεν ἕτερα τρία, ξανθὰ μὲν ἰδεῖν, ἄποια ὃὲ πρὸς πᾶσαν ὑγιεινὴν εὐχρηστίαν. Περὶ ἃ γίνεται τοῖς ἀπείροις ἡ πλάνη. τοῖς διὰ τὴν εὕχροιαν τὸ νόθον δρεπομένοις ἀντὶ τοῦ κρείττονος, Ὅπερ καὶ νῦν ποιοῦσιν οἱ περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐξαμαρτεύοντες, τὰς σεσοφισμένας ἀπάτας πρὸ τῶν ὑγιεινῶν δογμάτων αἱρούμενοι. Ἑλέσθω δὲ ἐξ ἑκατέρου ἡ τοῦ ἀκροατοῦ κρίσις ὃ βούλεται, εἴ τε τὸ ἕτερον ἐξ αὐτῶν, εἴ τε ἀμφότερα· ἕν γὰρ τρόπον τινά ἔστιν ἀμφότερα, τετῆῇς τελείας ἀρετῆς, καὶ ἡ τῆς θεότητος κτῆσις. Οὐ γὰρ ἕξω ἀρετὴ τῆς θεότητος. Ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν λοιπῶν ἀρωμάτων θεωρίαν μετέλθωμεν, τῶν δι᾽ ἀκολούθου μνημονευθέντων ὑπὸ Ὁ τοῦ λόγου. Κάλαμος, φησὶ, καὶ κιγγάμωμον;, καὶ ἀκρόδρυα. Ἔστι τὰ ἀκρόδρυα τὰ ἐκ τῶν ῥοῶν τοῦ παραδείσου τῆς νύμφης χαρποφορούμενα. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸν μὲν κάλαμον, εὐπνοίᾳ προέχειν ὑπὲρ τὰ ἄλλα φασίν· ὡς καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἱερὸν θυμίαμα ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμον παχαὶ ποικίλην ἐνέργειαν, διά τινος φυσικῆς δυνάμεως ἐπαγγέλλεσθαι, ὧν τὰ πολλὰ καὶ ὑπὲρ πίστιν εἶναι δοκεῖ. Καὶ γὰρ ζέοντός φησι τοῦ ἐν τῷ λέθητι ὕδατος, εἴπερ θίγον μόνον τοῦτο τὸ ἄρωμα, εὐθὺ; καταψύχειν τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ λουτρῷ ἐπεισενεχθὲν διαπύρῳ, μεταποιεῖν τὸν ἐν τῷ ἀέρι φριγμὸν εἰς ψυχρότητα, καὶ ἀφανιστικὴν τῶν ἐκ φθορᾶς τινὸς ζωογονηυμένων τὴν φύσιν ἔχειν, καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα περὶ αὐτοῦ διεξέρχονται, ἃ ὑπὲρ τὴν πίστιν τῶν ἀκουόντων εἶναι δοκεῖ. Λέγουσι γὰρ, εἰ ἐντεθείη στόματι τοῦ καθεύδοντος, μηδὲν ἐμποδίζεσθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν πυνθανομένων ἀπόκρισιν τὸν καθεύδοντα ʼ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ μένειν αὐτὸν, καὶ νηφαλέους καὶ διηρθρωμένας ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς ἔπος τὰς ἀποκρίσεις, Περὶ ὧν διαδεδαιώσασθαι μὲν οὕτως ἔχειν, τὸν μὴ διὰ τῆς πείρας μαθόντα τῶν ἱστορουμένιον περὶ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, προπετὲς ἂν εἴη καὶ ἀνεπίσχεπτον. Πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ κατά τίνα μυστικὸν λόγον ἐνηριθμήθη τῷ καταλόγῳ τῶν ἀκροδρύων καὶ τοῦτο κὸ ἄρωμα, οὐκ ἀληθῶς ῥοῶν ἐχφυομένων· οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτως αἰσθητοὺς παραδείσους τὸ στόμα τῆς νύμφης προΐεται· ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε σύμδολον γενέσθαι νοἡματός τινος τῶν εἰς ἔπαινον συντελούντων τῇ νύμφῃ, οὐκ οἶμαι καλῶς ἔχειν τὰ περὶ τοῦ κινναμώμου μυθολογούμενα, ταῦτά τε ἃ νῦν περὶ αὐτοῦ διεξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος, καὶ εἴ τι μετὰ τούτων ἄλλο τοῖς τὰ περὶ αὖτοῦ διηγουμένοις διεξιέναι δοκεῖ, παραλιπεῖν. Γένοιτο γὰρ ἄν τις πρὸς τὸν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἔπαινον, ἐκ τῶν λεγομένων συνεισφορὰ ἐκάστου τῶν ἱστορήθέντων εὐσήμως μεταλαμόανομένου πρὸς ἔνδειξιν τῆς τοῦ βίου κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν τελειότητος. Ἔστι γὰρ ἐν τοῖς πεπαιδευμένοις τε Καὶ λελογισμένοις, τοῦτο εὑρεῖν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ τὸ κιννάμωμον, ὅταν τὶς ἤτοι δι᾽ ἐπιθυμίαν ζέων, ἢ τῷ θυμῷ Ὑισμῷ κατασδέσῃ τὰ πάθη· ἢ ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ τοῦ βίου διὰ στόματος ἔχων τὸ νηφάλιον τοῦτο τοῦ λογισμοῦ κιννάμωμον, παραπλησίως τοὶς ἀῦπνοις τε καὶ ἐγρηγορόσιν ἀγγέλοις, ἀπλανῆ καὶ ἀσύγχυτον ἐπιδεικνύει τὴν τῶν λεγομένων διάνοιαν, μιμούμενος διὰ τῆς ἀληθείας τοῦ λόγου τὴν ἄῦπνον τῶν ἀγγέλων φύσιν, οὗς οὐδεμιᾶς φαντασίας ἀνάγκη τῆς ἀληθείας ἐξίστησιν, οὗτὸς λέγοιτο ἀναδρύειν διὰ τοῦ στόματος πὸ, κιννάμωμον· δι’ οὗ καὶ ἡ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας πύρωὄϊς, καὶ ἡ περιχάρδιος τοῦ θυμοῦ χατασδέννυται ξέσις, καὶ πάσης τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον τοῦτον ὀνειῬώδους φαντασίας τε καὶ συγχύσεως καθαρεύει τῷ λόγῳ. Καὶ μηδεὶς πρὸς τὸ ἀπίθανον βλέπων τῶν περὶ τοῦ χινναμώμου λεγομένων, διὰδαλλέτω τὸν λόγον, ὡς οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ἀληθῶν προῤάγοντα τῇ νύμφῃ τὸν ἔπαινον. Οἶδε γὰρ πολλάκις ἡ ἁγία Γραφὴ καὶ μύθους τινὰς ἐκ τῶν ἔξωθεν συμπαραλαμθάνειν εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἰδίου σκοποῦ συνεργίαν, καὶ ἀνεπαισχύντως ἐκ τῆς μυθικῇς ἱστορίας ὀνομάτων μνημονεύειν τινῶν, εἰς ἐναργεστέραν ἔνδειξιν τοῦ προκειμένου νοήματος· ὡς ἐκὶ τῶν τοῦ Ἰὼδ θυγατέρων τὸ κάλλος ὑπερθαυμάσας ὁ λόγος, καὶ διὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων τὴν ὑπερδολὴν τοῦ περὶ αὐτῶν θαύματος ἐνεδείξατο, λέγων· τὴν μὲν Ἡμέραν λέγεσθαι, τὴν δὲ Κασσίαν, τὴν δὲ τρίτην, ᾿Αμαλθείας Κέρας. Τοῦτο δὲ παντὶ δῆλόν ἐστιν, ὅτι μῦθος Ἐλληνικὸς ἔπλασε τὸ κατὰ τὴν ᾿Αμάλθειαν διήγημα, ἣν αἶγα οὖσαν τροφὸν γενέσθαι τοῦ Ἱξρητὸς ἐκείνου μυθολογοῦσιν, ἧς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἐκπεσόντος κέρως, βρύειν ἐκ τοῦ κοίλου τὴν παγχαρπίαν ὁ μῦθος ἐποίησεν. Αρ᾽ οὖν ἐπίστευσε τοῖς περὶ τῆς ᾿Αμαλθείας μυθολογουμένοις ἡ ἁγία Γραφή; οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ τὸ πάμφορον τῶν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἀγαθῶν μαρτυροῦσα τῇ θυγατρὶ τοῦ Ἰὼδ, διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τούτου καρίστησιν᾽ ὥστε τὸν λελογισμένως τῆς Γραφῆς ἐπαΐοντα, τὸν σκοπὸν τοῦ ἐπαίνου νοῆσαι μόνον ἐκ τοῦ ὀνόματος, τὰς δὲ μυθικὰς τερατείας χαίρειν ἐᾶσαι, ὡς καὶ τὴν χασσίαν καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν ἀκούσαντες, οὔτε τὴν ἀρωματιχὴν ὕλην, οὔτε τὸν ὑπὲρ γῆς τοῦ ἡλίου δρόμον, διὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων ἐμάθομεν· ἀλλὰ τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν αὐτῶν πολιτείας ἔνδειξιν πεφαμὲν τὰ ὀνόματα. Ὧν ἡ μὲν θαρώτερον καὶ εὐῶδες τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἐνδεέκνυκαι· ἡ δὲ Ἡμέρα τὸ εὔσχημον, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, τοὺς καθαρῶς βιοτεύοντας τέκνα φωτὸς καὶ υἱοὺς ἡμέρας κατονομάζεσθαι. Οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὐκ ἀσυντελῇ πρὸς τοὺς ἐπαίνους τῆς νύμφης ἐστὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ κινναμώμον διὰ μίων ὑπόθεσιν. Ὁ δὲ τοσοῦτος ἤδη γενόμενος, καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο φθάσας τῶν ἐγκωμίων τὸ ὕψος διὰ τοῦ βίου, διὰ πάντων τῆς θείας εἰκόνος ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ δεέχνυσι τοὺς χαρακτῆρας. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἐνδείκνυται ὁ εἰπών· ὅτι Ἀπὸ πάντων ξύλων τοῦ Λιδάγου. Οὐ γὰρ μονοειδὲς τοῦ Λιβάνου τὸ ξύλον εἶναί φασιν οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα παρατηρήσαντες, ὅθεν ὁ ἀποῤῥέει, ἀλλ᾽ ἐστί τις ἐν τοῖς ξύλοις διαφορὰ, τὸ τοῦ ἀρώματος σχῆμα τῷ εἴδει τοῦ ξύλου συνεξαλλάσσουσα. Ὁ τοίνυν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασ! τοῦ βίου ἐπισημαίνων ἑαυτῷ τὸ θεοειδὲς, πάντων δείκνυσιν ἐν ἐχυτῷ τῶν τοῦ Λιδάνου ξύλων τὸ κάλλος, δι’ ὧν τὸ θεῖον εἶδος χαραχτηρίξεται. Οὐδεὶς δὲ γίνεται κοινωνὸς τῆς Θεοῦ δόξης, μὴ συμμορφούμενος πρῶτον τῷ ὁμοιῶματι. τοῦ θανάτου. Διό φησι καὶ τοῦτο ἐν τῷ καταλόγῳ τῶν ἀρωμάτων ὁ ἔπαινος. ὅτι ῥοῶν ἀκρόδρυα, τά τε λοιπὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων ἐστὶν, ἃ διεξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος, καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν σμύρνα τε καὶ ἀλόη, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα μῦρα. Δι’ ἐκείνων μὲν γὰρ, τῆς σμύρνης λέγω καὶ τῆς ἀλόης, τὴν τῆς ταφῆς κοινωνίαν δείκνυται· καθώς φησι τὸ ὑψηλὸν Εὐαγγέλιον, ὅτι διὰ τούτων ἐγένετο ὁ ἐνταφιασμὸς τῷ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν θανάτου. Διὰ δὲ τῶν πρώτων μύρων τὸ καθαρόν τε καὶ ἀμιγὲς πάτης χαπηλιχής ῥᾳδιουργίας ὁ λόγος ἐνδείκνυται, ὥσπερ καὶ ᾿Αμὼς τοῖς διὰ τούτων τρυφῶσι τοιαῦτα προφέρει, λέγων· Οἱ τὸν διυλισμένον οἷνγον πίνοντες, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα μῦρα χριόμεγοι· καὶ πρὸ τούτων, Οἱ ἐσθίοντες, φησὶν, ἐρίφους ἐκ ποιμγίου, καὶ μοσχάρια ἐκ μέσου βουκολίων γακαὶ τὶ ἐπικροτοῦντες πρὸς τὴν φωνὴν τῶν ὀργάνων· ὡς οὔτε τὸν οἶνον τρυγίας ἀναθολούσης, οὔτε ἐπὶ τοῦ μύρου μίξεώς τινος τὰ ἀκραιφνὲς τῆς εὐοσμίας διαφθειρούσης. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐχεῖ μὲν πάντως ὄὀνειδίζειν οἴεσθαι χρὴ τοῖς Ἰσραηλίταις τὴν προφητείαν, ὅτι ἄκρατον τῆς Γραφῆς ἐμφορούμενοι λόγον πάσης ρυγίας διυλισμένον, καὶ ἀδόλωτον ἔχοντες τῶν μύθὼν τὴν εὐοδμίαν, καὶ διὰ πάντων χατατρυφῶντες τῆς πνευματικῆς πανδαισίας, οὐδὲν ἀπώναντο τῆς τοιαύτης τρυφῆς, τῆς κακῆς προαιρέσεως αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ διαυγὲς τοῦ οἴνου εἰς ἀνατροπὴν θολερὰν μεταποιούσης, καὶ τὸ καθαρὸν τῶν πρώτων μύρων διὰ κα ἧς τῶν πονηρῶν νοημάτων ἐπιμιξίας λυμαινομένης. Ἐνταῦθα μέντοι τὸ ἀχιδδήλευτόν τε καὶ καθαρὸν τῶν δογμάτων μαρτυρεῖ τῇ νύμφῃ ὁ λόγος, διὰ τῆς τῶν πρώτων μύρων καρποφορίας. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐν τούτοις ἔστη οὔτε ἡ νύμφη, τοῖς ὑψηλοτέροις ἑαυτὴν ἐπεχτείνουσα, οὔτε ὁ λόγος συνεργῶν αὐτῇ πρὸς τὴν ἄνοδον. Ἧς γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ἀποστολαὶ ῥοῶν εἰσι καὶ ἀρωμάτων παράδεισοι, αὕτη νῦν πηγὴ γίνεται, ποὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀναφυέντας παραδείσους οὐκ ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ Παύλου τε καὶ ᾿Απολλῶ μεμαθήκαμεν, ὡς τοῦ μὲν φυτεύοντος, τοῦ δὲ ἑτέρου ποτίζοντος· ἀλλ᾽ αὕτη τὰ δύο ἐργάζεται, φύουσα τοὺς παραδείσους ὁμοῦ, καὶ ποτίζουσα. Ἥ τάχα καὶ ὑψηλότερόν τινα λόγον περιέχει ὁ ἔπαινος. Πηγὴν γὰρ αὐτὴν οὐ νάματος προχεομένου τινὸς, ἀλλὰ κήπων εἶναί φησιν· οὐκ ὑδάτων τινὰς ἀποῤῥοὰς, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὺς τοὺς κήπους πηγάξουσάν τε καὶ ἀναδρύουσαν. Οὕτως ἀνέθρυε τοὺς ἐμ.ψύχους κήπους δ θεῖος ᾿Απόστολος, παρ᾽ οἷς ἂν ἐγένετο, τὸν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παράδεισον διὰ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἐχφύων.. εἷτα πρὸς τὸ ἀκρότατον ἄγει τὶν νύμφην διὰ τῶν ἐπαίνων ὁ λόγος, φρέαρ αὐτὴν ὀνομάσας ὕδατος ζῶντος, καὶ ῥοιζοῦντος ἀπὸ τοῦ Λιδάνου. γὰρ περὶ τῆς ζωοποιοῦ μεμαθήκαμεν φύσεως παρὰ τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς, νῦν μὲν τῆς προφητείας λεγούσης ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι ᾿Εμὲ ἐγκατέλιπον πηγὴν ὕδατος ζῶντος· πάλιν ὃὲ τοῦ Κυρίου πρὸς τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν εἰπόντος· Εἰ ἤἥδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι· Δός μοι ὕδωρ πιεῖν, σὺ ἂν ἤτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν ἄν σοι ὕδωρ ζῶν καὶ, Εἴ τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω πρὸς μὲ καὶ πιγέτω, Ὁ γὰρ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφὴ, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος. Τοῦτο δὲ ἔ.ιεγε περὶ τοῦ Πγεύματος, οὗ ἔμελλον ἀαμδάνειν οἱ πιστεύοντες εἰς αὐτόν. Πανταχοῦ τοίνυν τῆς θείας φύσεως διὰ τοῦ ζῶντος ο ὕδατος νοουμένης, ἐνταῦθα ἡ ἀψευδὴς μαρτυρία τοῦ λόγου φρέαρ ὕδατος τὴν νύμφην εἶναι συνίστησιν, ᾧ ἂκ τοῦ Λιδάνου ἐστὶν ἡ φορά. Τοῦτο δὴ τὸ πάντων παραδοξότατον. Πάντων γὰρ τῶν φρεάτων, ἐν συστήματι τὸ ὕδωρ ἐχόντιυν, μόνη ἡ νύμφη διεξοδιχὸν ἐν ἑαυτῇ ἔχει τὸ ὕδωρ, ὥστε τὸ μὲν βάθος ἔχειν τοῦ φρέατος, τοῦ δὲ ποταμοῦ τὸ ἀεικίνητον. Τίς γὰρ κατʼ ἀξίαν ἐφίκοιτο τῶν ὑποδειχνυμένων θαυμάτων, ὡς διὰ τῆς νῦν ἐγγινομένης αὐτῇ ὁμοιώσεως ; Τάχα οὐκέτι ἔχει ὅπου ἑαυτὴν ὑπεράρῃ διὰ πάντων ὁμοιωθεῖσα πρὸς ὃ ἀρχέτυπον κάλλος. Μεμίμηται γὰρ δι’ ἀχριδείας τῇ μὲν πηγῇ τὴν πηγὴν, τῇ δὲ ζωῇ τὴν ζωὴν, τὸ δὲ ὕδωρ τῷ ὕδατι. Ζῶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ, ζῇ καὶ ἡ τὸν Λόγον δεξαμένη ψυχή. Τὸ δὲ ὕδωρ ἐκεῖνο ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ῥέει, καθώς φησιν ἢ πηγὴ, ὅτι κ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον καὶ ἥκω. Αὕτη δὲ περιέχει τὸ εἰσρέον ἧς ψυχῆς φρέατι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο γίνεται ταμιδῖον ποῦ ζῶντος ἐκείνου ὕδατος τοῦ ἐκ τοῦ Λιθάνου ῥέοντος, μᾶλλον δὲ ῥοιζοῦντος, καθὼς ὁ λόγος ὠνόμασεν. Οὗ καὶ ἡμεῖς γενοίμεθα μέτοχοι, κτησάμενοι τὸ φρέαρ ἐκεῖνο, ἵνα κατὰ τὸ τῆς σοφίας παράγγελμα ἡμέτερον πίνωμεν ὕδωρ, καὶ μὴ ἀλλότριον. Ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τον αἰῶνας.

mastoi sou, adelrē mou, nymphē? Ti ekailliōthēsan mastoi sou apo oinou, kai osmē himatiōn sou hyper panta arōmata? Kērion apostazousi cheilē sou, nymphē; mele kai gala hypo tēn glōssan sou, kai osmē himaeiōn sou hōs osmē idagou. Kēpos kekchileismephēgē esphragismenē. ᾿Apostolai sou paradeidos rhoōn meta karpou akrodryōn, kai kyproi meta gardōn. Nardos kai krokos, kalamos kai kinnamōmon, meta pantōn xylōn tou Lithdanou, smyrna kai alōē meta pantōn prōtōn myrōn. Pēgē kēpou, kai phrear hydatos zōntos, kai rhoiEi synēgerthēte tǭ Christǭ, ta anō phroneite, mē ta epi tēs gēs legei tauta pros hēmas ho en Paulǭ lalōn: Apethagete gar, phēsi, kai hē zōē hymōn kekryptai syn tǭ Christǭ an tǭ Theǭ. Hotan ho Christos phanerōthę̄ hē zōē hymōn, tota kai hymeis phanerōthēsesthe en doxę̄. Ei toinyn nekroi tę̄ katō physei gegonamen, eis ouranon apo gēs tēn elpida tēs zōēs metoikisantes, kai hē dia sarkos zōē kekryptai eph᾽ hēmōn kata ton paroimiōdē logon, hos phēsin, hoti Sophoi kryaisthēsin; anamenōmen de tēn alēthinēn en hēmin phanerōthēnai zōēn, hētis estin ho Christos; hōste kai hēmas phanerōthēnai en doxę̄, metapoiēthentas pros to theioteron; houtō tōn parontōn akousomen, hōs apothanontes tǭ sōmati; pros de mē dianoian ek tōn legomenōn diasyromenoi. Ho gar nekros tois pathēmasi kai tais epithymiais, epi to katharon kai akeraton metoisei tas tōn rhēmatōn eme phaseis, ta anō phronōn, hou ho Christos estin en dexią pou Patros kathēmenos, en hǭ pathos ouk esti, tōn apeinōn te kai chamaizēlōn noēmatōn lēthēn poioumenos. ᾿Akousōmen toinyn tōn theiōn rhēmatōn, di᾽ hopographei ho Logos tēs amiantou nymphēs to kallos. ᾿Akousōmen de hōs exō gegonotes sarkos kai haimatos, eis de tēn pneumatikēn metastoicheiō)thentes physin. Ti ekal.:liōthēsan mastoi son, mou nymphē ? Ti ekalliōthēsan mastoi sou apo hoinou, kai osmē myrōn sou hyper kanta ta arōOti men oun pas ho poiōn to thelēma tou Theou, adelphos autou kai adelphē kai mētēr esti’ kai hē armostheisa tǭ Kyriǭ parthenos hagnē, pros metousian hēs achrantou pastados, nymphē kyriōs chatonomazetai, panti dēlon an eiē touto tǭ mē agnoounti tas theopneustous phōnas - egō de tōn theiōn rhētōn toutōn diereunōmenos tēn dianoian, ou psilon epainon ek tēs toiautēs klēseōs horō prosagomenon para tou logou tę̄ nymphę̄, alla tas aitias tēs eis to kallos hautēs epidoseōs diexienai ton nymphion phēmi; hōs ouk an autēs challiōtheisēs en tais tōn agathōn pēgais didagmatōn, ous mazous dia tēs tropikēs sēmasias chatonomazei, ei mē prōton adelphēn heautēn tou Kyriou dia tōn agathōn ergōn epoiēsso, kai eis parthenian dia tēs anōthen gennēseōs anachainistheisa, mnēstē kai nymphē tou harmosamenou egeneto. Ho toinyn adelphēn heautou kai nymphēn autēn chatonomasas, tēn aitian legei tēs pros to kreitton te kai teleioteron tōn mazōn autēs alloiōseōs, hoi ouketi gala bryousi tēn tōn nēpiōn trophēn, alla ton akēraton oinon epi euphrosynę̄ tōn teleioterōn pēgazousin, hou tēn charin to tōn chapēlōn hydōr ouk elymēnato. Sōzetai de pōs en tois legomenois hōs en gamikę̄ thymēdią, hē agapētikē philophrosynē, di᾿ hamoidēs par᾽ amphoterōn allēlois tēn erōtikēn anticharizomenōn diathesin. Tais gar homoiais phōnais? antidexioutai nymphios tēn Ekklēsian, hois ekeinē prolathousa ekeinou kallos en tois prooimiois anymnēsen. Euthys gar en tais prōtais phōnais, hote ton apo tou theiou stomatos Logon tǭ stomati autēs engenesthai epothēse - tǭ tou philēmatos ainigmati touto diasēmanas, tēn aitian tēs epithymias eipe. To agathous einai autou tous mastous, nikōntas tę̄ par᾽ heautōn chorēgią tēn tou oinou physin, kai pariontas pasan myrōn te kai arōmatōn euōdian, houtōs eipousa tǭ logǭ; hoti ᾿Agathoi mastoi sou hyper hoinon, kai osmē myrōn sou hyper panta ta arōmata. Epeidē toinyn kai en tois allois pasi touto para tēs theias philo sophias to dogma manthanomen, hoti toiouton aei ginetai to Theion hēmin, hoious an heautous tǭ Theǭ dia proaireseōs deixōmen. ᾿Agathon men gar hauton einai tois, agathois ho Dadid en tę̄ prophēteią martyretai tois thēriōtheisi dia tou biou, heteros tis tōn prophētōn arkton auton legei kai pardalin, di᾽ ainigmatōn ta euangelika proechtithemenos dogmata, en hois allos tois dexiois, kai heteros tois euōnymois ho tōn logōn tou basileōs charaktēr kathoratai; tois men agathos allēlōs tę̄ proairesei tōn krinomenōn heauton metharmoxōn. Toutou charin kai nyn prosphoros tę̄ gymphę̄ para tou logou hē antidosis ginetai, en hois hymnēse tou Despotou to kallos, en tois homoiois autę̄ tou Kyriou anticharisamenou ton epainon. ᾿Apodechetai gar kai autos tōn mazōn autēs tēn dia tēs energeias pros to kreitton gegenēmenēn alloiōsin, hoti tou galachtophorein pausamenoi, oinon kai ouchi hē euphrosynē ginetai, tōn mēketi hypo nēpiotētos klydōnizomenōn, all᾽ ek tou kratēros tēs sophias emphoreisthai dynamenōn tǭ stomati kai ta agatha Epainesas toinyn tous mazous dia tēn tou oinou phoran, prostithēsi kai tēs euodmias ton epainon, eipōn᾽ hoti Kai osmē tōn himatiōn sou hyper panta ta arōmata. Noēsai de chrē ton toiouton epainon, ek tēs hagias Graphēs tōn onomasthentōn arōmatōn didachthentas tēn physin. Pan to eupnoun arōma tēs osphrantichēs aisthēseōs hēdonē genetai. Oukoun ekeina legein arōmata ton logon noēsōmen, hosa para tēs Graphēs eupnoein edidachthēmen. Hoion prosagei Nōe tǭ Theǭ tēn thysian, kai ōsphranthē Kyrios osmēn euōdias, Oukoun arōma ginetai tǭ Theǭ hē thysia;A pollai kai meta tauta prosagontai tǭ Theǭ dia tou nomou hileōtikai thysiai, charistērioi te kai sōtērioi, kai chatharsioi, kai peri amartias. Panta tauta tithei en tois arōmasi, kai tas holokarpōseis, kai tas holochantōseis, kai tas merikas tōn aphairematōn aphierōseis, to stēthynion tou hiereiou, ton lodon tou hēpatos, to epinephridion stear, kai heti pros toutois ton lidanon, tēn tǭ elaiǭ lin, to thymiama tēs syntheseōs, kai ta alla panta, hosa dia pyros eiche tēn anchisteian, en tǭ katalogǭ tōn arōmatōn estō. Hotan oun akousōmen to tēs nymphēs myron pleionos hyper panta arōmata apodochēs axioumenon, toutǭ tǭ logǭ manthanomen, hoti to tēs alētheias mystērion, to dia tēs euangelikēs didaskalias epiteloumenon, monon euōdes esti tǭ Theǭ, pantōn tōn nomikōn arōmatōn prochechrimenon, hate dē mēketi typǭ tini kai skią kalyptomenon, alla tę̄ phanerōsei tēs alētheias eupnoun ginomenon. Ei gar ti kai tōn proladontōn arōmatōn ōsphranthē Kyrios eis dsmēn euōdias, kata ton emphainomenon logon hekaston autōn tēs apodochēs ēxiōthē, ou kata to procheiron te kai sōmatikon eidos tōn ginomenōn. Kai touto dēlon estin ek tēs megalēs tou Prophētou phōnēs, ē phēsin, hoti Ou dexomai ek tou oikou sou moschous, oude ek tōn poimniōn sou chimarous; ou gar phagomai krea taurōn, hē haima tragōn piomai. Kaitoi pollai pollakis zōothysiai gegonasin; alla kan genētai tauta, heteron esti to dia toutōn en ainigmati soi nomothetoumenon, to dein ta pathē en soi sphagiazesthai. thysia gar, phēsi, tǭ Theǭ pneuma syntetrimmenon; exoudenōsei. Hothen ginetai hē thysia tēs aineseōs hēmōn, hē doxazousa ton toiautēn osmēn osphrainomenon. Epeidē toinyn ta typika panta tou nomou ton Paulon psychē, hos Christou euōdia ēn, kai autē euōdēs dia tou biou egeneto kai to myron tēs hierōsynēs kai to thymiama tēs syntheseōs, dia poikilēs tōn aretōn syneisphoras te kai mixeōs kalōs eupnoēsasa, axia ephanē tę̄ osphrēsei tou nymphiou eis osmēn euōdias; dia touto hē theia aisthēsis, kathōs ho Solomōn onomazei, tōn sōmatikōn arōmatōn tou gomou, prostithēsi tēn aulon ekeinēn kai katharan tēn dia tōn aretōn myrepsoumenēn euōdian, legōn; Kai osmē myrōn sou hyper panta ta arōmata. Ho de ephexēs logos pros to hypsēloteron proagei ton epainon, tēn ek meletēs kai prosochēs genomenēn auē tōn pneumatikōn charismatōn periousian martyrōn tǭ logǭ. ᾿Epeidē gar para tēn melissan phoitąn bouletai ton tēs sophias mathētēn ho paroimiachos logos (noeis de pantōs ek tōn mathētōn tēn didaskalon hētis estin) legōn tois erastais tēs sophias; Poreuthēti pros tēn melissan, kai mathe hōs ergatis esti, tēn te ergasian hōs semnēn emporeuetai, rginiēi d- a hēs tous ponous basileis kai idiōtai pras hygian prosiao tou iïpsia ma. Edi dēïōn ide ratōiyb tautēn tou logou dynamin, harmodiōs hekastǭ tōn pherontai; potheinēn de pasi legei autēn einai kai epidaxon, asthenousan men kata tēn rhōmēn, tēn de sophian onimēsasan, kai dia touto proachtheisan eis hypodeigma biou tois enaretois. Eēn gar sophian, phēsi, timēdasa proēchthē. Symthouleuei de dia tōn eerēmenōn mēdenos apechesthai tōn agathōn mathēmatōn, alla tǭ leimōni tōn theopneustōn ephiptamenon logōn, aph᾽ hekastou ti pros tēn ktēsin tēs sophias heautǭ to kērion, hoion en,simolǭ tini tę̄ heautou kardią tēn philergian tautēn apotithemenon; hōsper tinas en kēriǭ syringas, tōn polyeidōn mathēmatōn asynchytous en tę̄ mnēmę̄ tas ethēkas dēmiourgēsanta; kai houtōs kata mimēsin tēs sophēs ekeinēs melissēs, hēs hēdy men to kērion, aplēkton de to kentron, tēn semnēn tautēn tōn aretōn ergasian diapantos emporeuesthai, Hemporeuetai gar hōs alēthōs, ta agatha ta aiōnia tōn tę̄de ponōn diameithomenos, kai tous idious ponous eis psychikēn hygieian badileusi ta kai idiōtais nemōn; hōste ponympheǭ tēn toiautēn genesthai psychan, kai tois angelois epidoxon, en astheneią teleiousan tēn dynamin dia tēn tēs sophias timēn. ᾿Epeidē toinyn paideuseōs esti kai philoponias hypodeigma ta peri tēn sophēn ekeinēn melittan diēgēmata, kai hai poikilai tōn pneumatikōn charismatōn diaireseis, kata tēn tēs spoudēs analogian tois te peponēkosi prosginontai, dia touto phēsi pros tēn nymphēn dti Plē rēs soi gegonen hē kardia tōn ek tēs pantodapēs kaideuseōs chērōn, hothen prophereis: ek tou agathou thēsaurou tēs kardias tas melichras tōn logōn stagonas; hōs einai soi meli ton logon synanamemigmenon tǭ galakti. Kērion gar, phēsin, apostozei chei.l: sou, nymphē, meli kai gala hypo tēn glōssan sou. Pareskeuastai gar soi ho logos, ou monoeidę̄ tēn ōpheleian tois akouousin epideiknymenos, alla katallēlōs pros tēn tōn dechomenōn dynamin harmozomenos; hōs kai tois teleioterois kai nēpiazousin oikeiōs echein; tois men teleiois meli, tois de nēpiois gala ginomenos; hoios ho Paulos ēn, tois men apalōterois pōn logōn tous artigeneis tithēnoumenos, sophian de lalōn en tois teleiois en mystēriǭ, tēn apokekrymmenēn apo tōn aiōnōn, hēn ou chōrei ho aiōn houtos, oude hoi archontes toutou. Tēn oun toiautēn paraO skeuēn, tēn melitos te kai tou galaktos, hypokeisthai legei tę̄ glōssę̄, tēn tetamieumenēn te kai eukairon tōn logōn chrēsin dia tēs toiautēs phōnę̄s endeiknymenos, Ho gar eidōs pōs dei heni hekastǭ apochreinesthai, echōn hypo tēn glōssan tēn poikilēn achonontōn to pros tēn chreian epi kairou procheiriToiouton de prosagagōn tǭ stomati kai tę̄ glōssę̄ tēs nymphēs ton epainon, palin pros ta meizō tōn enkōmiōn meterchetai, legōn; hoti smē himatiōn sou, hōs osmē lithagou. Ho de logos houtos philosophia tis estin, eis ho ti blepei tois anthrōpois ho kat᾽ aretēn bios hypodeiknyōn. Peras gar tēs enareton zōēs ē pros to Theion estin homoiōsis, kai toucharin hē te. tēs psychę̄s katharotēs, kai to pasēs empathous diatheseōs anepimikton, di᾽ epimeleias katorthoutai tois enaretois, hōste pina charaktēra tēs hyperkeimenēs physeōs dia tēs asteioteras zōēs kai en autois genesthai. Epeidē toinyn ou monoeidēs tis estin, oude monotropos hē kat᾽ aretēn politeia, all᾽ hōsper epi tēs tōn hyphasmatōn chataschenēs dia pollōn nēmatōn tōn men ep᾽ eutheias anatetamenōn, tōn de kata to plagion dię̄rēmenōn, hē hyphantichē technē tēn esthēta poiei; houtō kai epi tēs enareton zōēs polla chrē, syndramein, di᾽ hōn ho asteios exy phainetai bios, kathōs aparithmeitai ta toiauta nēmata ho theios ᾿Apostolos, di᾽ hōn hē tōn katharōn ergōn istourgia synistatai; agapēn legōn kai charan kai eirēnēn, makrothymian te kai chrēstotēta, kai panta ta toiauta, hois katakosmeitai ho ek phthartou te kai gēïnou biou tēn ouranion aphtharsian metendyomenos. Toutou charin apodechetai ton en tę̄ esthēti kosmon tēs nymphēs, hōs tǭ lidanǭ kata tēn osmēn homoioumenon. Kaitoige pro toutou pantōn eipen tōn arōmatōn proechein tēn tou myrou tēs nymphēs euōdian, hōs dokein en toutǭ kathairesin einai tōn enkōmiōn, eiper hē pantos arōmatos hypertetheisa, nyn pros hen tōn arōmatōn homoioutai dia synkriseōs, houtōs eipontos tou Logon; hoti Kata tēn osmēn tou lithanou tōn himatiōn sou estin hē euōdia. ᾿All᾽ epeidē idiazontōs kata tina logon eis teēn tou Theiou timēn apotetagmenon ēn to tou lidanou thymiama, toutou charin hē hyper panta ta arō- N mata einai kritheisa axioutai tēs pros to hen arōma homoiōseōs, to tǭ Theǭ anakeimenon, hōs to noēma tou ainigmatos toiouton einai; hoti Soi, ō nymphē, tōn aretōn hē peritholē tēn theian mimeitai makariotēta, dia katharotētos te kai apatheias, tę̄ aprositǭ physei homoioumenē. Toiautē gar hē tōn theiōn himatiōn osmē, hōs pros ton leranon empherōs echein ton anakeimenon eis tēn tou Theou timēn. Palin manthanomen dia tōn ephexēs epainōn, pōs, an tis genoito tou Kyriou adelphē kai homozygos, di᾽ hōn phēsin, hoti Kēpos kekleismenos, adeiphē mou gymphē. Oukoun ei tis metapoieitai, nymphē men dia tou proschollēthēnai tǭ Kyriǭ genesthai; adelphē de dia tou to thelēma autou katergazesthai, kathōs legei to Euangelion kēpos euanthēs genesthō pantōn echōn en heautǭ tōn phytōn tēn hōran, tēn te glykeian sykēn, kai tēn katakarpon elaian, kai ton hypsichomon phoinika, kai tēn euthēnousan ampelon, mē thamnon akanthōdē tina, mēde chonyzan, alla chyparisson ant᾽ autōn kai myrsinēn. Houtō gar ton toiouton kēpon oiden hōraïxein ho megas Dadid, kai ho hypsēlos Ēsaïas; ho men legōn; Dikaios hōs phoinix anthēsei; kai, ᾿Egō de hōs elaia katakarpos; kai, Hē gynē sou hōs ampelos euthēnousa; kai par᾽ heterǭ tini prophētę̄ makarizetai ho hypokatō tēs sykēs tēs idias anapauomenos. Ho de Ēsaias anti thamnou men, tēn kypa; anti de konyzēs tēn myrtinēn phēsin anadysesthai. Ta de kath᾽ hekaston peri tōn dendrōn toutōn ainigmata, tōn hypo tēs prophēteias hēmin hypodeichthentōn parelkon an eiē di᾽ achrideias ektithesthai, prodēlou pasin ontos, tis men ho glykys tēs sykēs esti karpos, ho ek tou drimytatou hopou katʼ archas men pikros te kai adrōtos, hysteron de karpos eirēnikos ginomenos, kai kataglykainōn tēs psychēs aisthētēria. Ti de hēmin kai hē tēs elaias chkarpogonia charizetai dia tou drimytatou te kai pichrotatou chymou, tou kat᾽ archas entrephomenou hopōrą, meta tauta dia tēs katallēlou pepanseōs te kai geōrgias eis elaiou metadallousa physin, ho tou phōtos ginetai hylē, kai kamatōn lytērion, kai ponōn anesis, kai kephalēs phaidrotēs, kai pros tous agōnas tois nomimōs athlousi synergia ? Pōs de dysepicheirēton heautou karpon poiei tois chleptais phoinix, anōthen thēsaurizōn, kai ouchi prosgeion ton ekpherōn, ē te tou ampelou charis, kai hē euōdēs kyparissos, kai to hēdy tēs myrsinēs? Tauta panta dia tropikēę̄s theōrias pros ton kat᾽ aretēn katalēphthenta logon, prodēla pasin ephti tois nounechōs hepaïousi pros ho ti blepei. Oukoun ho toioutōn denorōn kēpos gegonōs euthalēs kai chataphytos, kai tǭ tōn entolōn herchiǭ pantachothen mēdemian kath᾽ heautou paraschein tǭ kleptę̄ kai tois thēriois tēn parodon. Ho gar en kyklǭ tǭ phragmǭ tǭ agriǭ, kai ho ek tou drymou auton hys ou lymainetai. Ei tis toinyn kēpos esti kai ᾿sphalismenos, ouytos adelphē kai nymphē ginetai tou pros tēn toiautēn eipontos psychēn; hoti Kēpos kachileismenos, adeilrrē ᾿Alla tǭ kēpǭ toutǭ, kai pēgēs esti chreia, hōs an euthales diameno: to alsos, tǭ hydati pros to diēnekes piainomenon; dia touto synezeuxe tois epainois tēn pēgēn tǭ kēpǭ, eipōn; hoti Kēpos pēgē esphragismenē.;Ton de peri tēs pēgēs logon hē Paroimia didaskei hēmas di᾽ ainigmatos, en hois phēsin Hē pēgē tou hydatos estō soi hēdeia, kai estō soi monǭ, kai mēdeis allotrios metaschetō soi. Hōs gar echei kōlyei tois allotriois endapanasthai tēs pēgēs to hydōr, houtōs entautha to mēdamou diakeisthai pros allotrious tēn pēgēn, martyrei dia tou eipein hoti Esphragismenē, hoper ison esti tǭ eipein, hoti Pephylagmenē᾽ to de legomenon, toiouton esti; Pēgē kyriōs katonomazetai kata ge ton emon logon, hē dianoētikē tēs psychēs hēmōn dynamis, hē pantoious logismous en hēmin bryousa te kai pēgazousa. ᾿Alla tote hēmeteron ginetai tēs dianoias to kinēma, hotan pros ta sympheronta hēmin chinētai, pasan hēmin synergian pros tēn ktēsin tōn agathōn parechomenon. Hotan de tis trepsę̄ tōn logismōn tēn energeian pros kakias epinoian, tote tois ton akanthōdē bion tę̄ symmachią tōn ponērōn logismōn katardomenon, apoxērainesthai de kai maeainesthai tēn choeittō phyteian aēdemias tēs ex agathōn logismōn ikmados hypotrephousēs tēn rhizan. pa, hui piïpipio Epeidē toinyn hē sphragis to asylon tǭ di᾽ autēs kleptēn᾽ pan de to mē chleptomenon tǭ despotę̄ menei akeraion; tēn akrotēta eoiken aretēn martyrein tę̄ nymphę̄ entautha ho hepainos, hoti anepaphos hēs menei tois echthrois hē dianoia, en katharotēti kai apatheią phylassomenē. Tǭ idiǭ Despotę̄ sphragizetai tēn pēgēn tautēn hē katharotēs, mēdemią noēmatōn elyï to diauges te kai aerōdes tēs kardias ep:tholōsasa. Hōs dʼ an tis epi to saphesteron proagagoi to noēma, toiouton estin’ Epeidē tōn en hēmin ta men estin hōs alēthōs hēmetera, hosa tēs psychēs estin idia; ta de oikeioumetha hōs hēmetera, ta peri to sōma legō, kai ta exōthen, dia tinos hēmartē menēs hypolēepseōs idia nomizontes ta allotria; ti gar koinon tę̄ aulǭ tēs psychēs physei pros tēn hylikēn pachymereian ? tois allotriois hēmōn, tois peri to sōma phēmi, kai ta exōthen, tēn pēgēn tēs dianoias hēmōn enaliskesthai. ᾿Alla peri ton idion enanastrephesthai kēpon, tēn tou Theou phyteian piainousan. ᾿Aretas de einai tēn tou Theou phyteian memathēkamen, peri has hē dianoētikē tēs psychēs hēmōn dynamis ascholoumenē, kai pros ouden tōn exōthen aporrheousa, tǭ charaktēri tēs alētheias sphragixetai, tę̄ pros to agathon schesei Idōmen de kai tōn ephexēs epainōn tēn dynamin. Akpostoi.ai sou. phēsi, paradeisos rhoōn meta karpou akrodryōn, kyproi meta nardōn. Nardos kai krokos, kalamos kai kingamōmon, meta pantōn xylōn tou Aidanou; smyrna kai a-Ioē meta pantōn tōǭr᾽ prōtōn myrōn. Pēgē kēpōn, phrear heudatos zōntos kai rhoizountos apo tou Lidagou. Hoti men oun pammegethes ti kai exaision tois eirēmenois enkeitai noēma, di᾽ hou tēs kata Theon hypsōtheisēs to kallos en thaumati ginetai, tais polytro- pois tōn epainōn hyperdolais euphēmoumenēs, dēlon kai ek tēs procheirou lexeōs tōn eirēmenōn esti, Tis de alēthēs esti dianoia, ēn diasēmainei tauta ta rhēmata, monon an eiē saphōs eidenai tou kata ton hagion Paulon epistamenou Pneumati lalein ta theia mystēria. Pōs gar to apostellomenon para tēs nymphēs rhoōn esti paradeisos ? Pōs ᾿de ek tōn rhoōn ho karpos tōn akrodryōn pheretai? Pōs de ta akrodrya myrōn ginetai kai arōmatōn katalogos ? En gar tois tōn akrodryōn karpois, kypros kai nardos kai krokos esti, kalamos te kai kinnamōmon, kai pan tou Lidanou xylon, hōs oudemias pēs kata to arōma tou Lidanou diaphoras en tois apērithmēmenois leipousēs; hois prostithetai smyrna kai aloē, kai ta prōta myra panta, kai hē protee ron Kēpos en tois anō para tou epainountos onomastheisa, nyn pēgē legetai kēpōn, kai phrear hydatos . zōntos kai rhoizountos apo tou Lidanou. ᾿Alla ton men alēthę̄ logon peri toutōn idoien an, kathōs proeipon, hoi to bathos tou ploutou kai tēs sophias kai ., pēs gnōseōs tou theou diereunasthai dynamenoi. Hēmeis de hōs an mē pantelōs ageustoi tōn en tǭ topǭ toutǭ agathōn, kai anapolaustoi kataleiphtheiēmen, di᾽ oligōn logōn tǭ logǭ prosaxomen, auton ton theon Logon chathēgemona tēs spoudēs poiēsamenoi. IEoichen hapas ho tōn epaenōn katalogos, ho t’ pro toutōn eirēmenos, kai hosa nyn peri autēs hēmin ho logos paretheto, mē pros euphēmian tina psilēn kata to proēgoumenon blepein᾽ alla dynamin entithenai dia tōn legomenōn pros tēn epi ta meizō te kai hypsēlotera tēs kardias anadasin, hoion adelphē kai nymphē tou Logou chatonomaxetain alla synaptei tōn onomatōn toutōn hekateron tēn psychēn tǭ nymphiǭ, tēs men kata tēn nymphēn sēmasias syssōmon hautēn, kathōs ho Paulos, poiousēs tǭ aphthartǭ nymphiǭ; tēs de peri ta thelēmata spoudēs eis adelphikēn anchisteian proagousēs, kata tēn tou Euangeliou phōnēn; eita epaineitai physis mastōn hē anti galaktos oinon procheousa, kai dēlon hoti ergon ho epainos ginetai. Ou gar kton. Pros toutois to myron autēs pantōn tōn arōmatōn hyperteron chrenetai. Hoper ouk an houtōs echein ekrithē, mē kata alētheian pros ekeino to hypsous autēs dia tēs en tǭ kchreittoni prokopēs anadramousēs. Thaumazetai meta touto ta kēria tou logou ta ou apostazonta, kai hē synchratos tēs sophias paraskeuē hypokeimenē tę̄ glōssę̄, galaktos prys meli snnchechramenou. Kai tauta dynamis estin, ou rhēmata. Pros gar tēn tōn hypsēloterōn anodon cheiragōgoumenē hypo tou Logou, tosouton ēuxēthē, hōste melitos poiēsai pēgēn to stoma, kai tamieion tēs symmiktou sophias tēn glōssan, ē entheōreitai hē gē tēs epangelias, hē rheomsa meli kai gala. Tosouton autēn dia tōn anadaseōn hypsōsas ho Logos, eti pros to hypsēloteron agei, tēn esthēza hautēs heupnoein legōn kata tēn tou lidanou osmēn, di᾽ hou to endedysthai autēn ton Christon martyrei ho Logos. Pantos gar enaretou biou telos ē tou Theou metousia ginetai. Dia gar tou lixanon to Theion endeiknytai. Kai oude en toutois estē hē pros to hypsēloteron aei hypo tou Logon cheiragōgoumenē psychē alla meta to homoiōthēnai tou lidanou tēn euodmian, kēpos ginetai kath᾽ homoiotēta tou paradeisou. Kēpos, ouk hōs en tois prōtois anthrōpois ēn, anetos te kai aphylaktos, alla tę̄ mnēmę̄ tēs entolēs pantachothen teteichiOrąs hosēn proseladen eis to anō tēn dynamin? Palin hora moi tēn hyper touto anadasin. Ou gar monon kēpos kekleismenos egeneto, tēn hēdeian charpophorousa trophēn, alla kai potimos ginetai tois dipsōsin, eis pēgēs physin metatetheisa, kai tautēs esphragismenēs. Kai oude en toutois estē all᾽ eis tosouton ephthass tēs epi to meizon auxēseōs, hōs ek tou stomatos autēs blastanein paradeison. Ho gar prosechōn tę̄ tēs Heoraïkēs emphasei, anti tou eipein, Hai apostolae sou ek tou stomatos son, phēsi, Paradeisos rhoōn. Hoper toiouton estin, hoti Ho logos ho apo tou stomatos sou apostellomenos paradeisos esti rhoōn. Hai de rhoai pancharpian tina meta nardou, kai krokos, kalamos kai kinnamōmon, egmoeathpi : kai pan eidos tou Lidanon, kai smyrna, kai aloē, kai ta prōta myra. Epeidē toinyn kata ton en tǭ psalmǭ diamacharismon tēs antilēpseōs autę̄ para tou Theou ginomenēs, tas kalas tautas anadaseis tę̄ kardią dietheto, pantote ek dynameōs porenomenē eis dynamin, kalōs epi tēs teleioteras katastaseōs rhoōn paradeisos hai tou stomatos hautēs apostolai onomazontai. Prosphyōs de tǭ hypokeimenǭ noēmati hē lexis tēs apostolēs ephērmosthē. To gar apostellomenon apo tou pempontos eis ton hypodechomenon metathainei. Kai touto ek tēs synēthous tou rhēmatos chatagrēseōs esti mathein, hōs kai to Euangelion legei, hoti tous mathētas tous pros to kērygma tēs alētheias echpempomenous, ᾿Apostolous ho Logos ōnomase. Ti oun estin ho apostellei to stoma tēs nymphēs ? Dēlon hoti ton logon tēs pisteōs, hos en tois hopodechomenois genomenos, paradeisos genetai, dia hēs akoēs tais kardiai? emphyteuomegos. To hoe chataphyton kai synērephes tois dendrois alsos, paradeison eiōthe kalein hē synētheia, s an oun kai to genos mathoimen tōn phytōn, hoper dia tou Logou tais psychais tōn pepisteukotōn kēpeuetai, rhoas onomaxei ta dendra has phytēkomei ho Logos, ho para tou stomatos tēdinymphēs apostellomenos. Ē de rhoa dysmenę̄ tous horpēchas, kai ton karpon austērǭ tini kai pichrainonti kata tēn geusin tǭ kalymmati periechousa te kai hypotrephousa; hos kata ton edion kairon meta to pepanthēna:, tou endothen diaphainetai, hēdys men tēn opsin kai eudiathetos, melieidēs de tēn geusin kai alypos, kai kataphia. Dia touto moi dokei rhoōn paradeisos en tais hōn akouontōn psychais ho apostellomenos ek tou stomatos tēs nymphēs logos ergaxesthai, hina didachthōmen dia tōn legomenōn, mē dia tinēos eklyseōs kai tryphēs kata tēn parousan zōēn malachizesthai, alla ton chateschlēkota dia tēs enkrateias haireisthai bion. Houtō gar aprositos genoito tois chleptais ho tēs aretēs karpos, tę̄ styphę̄ kai tę̄ hēs enkrateias periTholę̄ pephragmenos, kai dia tēs semnēs te kai ameidou? katastaseōs, hoion tisin akanthōn akmais, amyssōn tous epi kakǭ prosengizontas. ᾿All᾽ hotan ho kairos paraschę̄ hēs apolauseōs tōn karpōn to endosimon, pancharpia tēs trnphēs ek pantos genous tōn akrodryōn rhoa ginetai, ouk en brabylois lanois, ē tisi tois toioutois tēs tōn karpōn apolauseōs ginomenēs; alla poikilē tis kai prolyeidēs arōmatōn physis ek tōn akrodryōn heurischϑtai. pros gar esti meta nardōn hē kalē syzygia, to men thermon, to de euōdes. Ou gar apaineton eph᾽ heautou to thermon, hotan dysōdēs pyrōsis hē thermatēs hē᾽ alla symmartyreisthai chrē tǭ thermǭ dia tēs eupgoias tēn katharotēta, hina genētai tǭ neumati zeōn, ho estin heurein tois akrodryois, kai ta alla arōmata, nardon, phēti, kai chrochon. ᾿Alla tēs men nardou tēn eupnoian en tois anō memathēkamen logois; loipon d᾽ an eiē tou chrochou to ainigma parastēsai tǭ logǭ. Phasi men oun hoi tēn dynamin tou anthous toupou katanoēsantes, mesōs echein psyxeōs te kai thermotētos, kai to pheugein tēn eph᾽ hekateron ametrian; hōs dia toutou tacha ton peri tēs aretēs hēmin logon Dioti pasa aretē kakōn esti mesē, tēs te elleipseōs tou kalou, kai tēs hyperptōseōs. Hoion tēn andreian kai tēn eleutherian phasi, tēn men deilias te kai thrasytētos, tēn de michrologias te kai asōtias en mesǭ theōreisthai; kai tēn men deilian te kai michrologian, kat᾽ elleipsin tou kathēkontos, en kakią legousi ginesthai; tēn de asōtian kai tēn thrasytēta, kata pleonasmon kai hyperptōsin; tēs de kath᾽ ekateron ametrias to meson, aretēn onomazousin; oukoun echoi an ti peri tēn aretēn ho peri tou chrochou logos, akolouthon tę̄ tēs dynameōs mesotēti, to anelleipes te kai aperitton tēs enaretou katastaseōs hermēneuon. Egō de phēmi, kan idiōtikōteron hē to legomenon, tacha mallon pros ton tēs pisteōs logon oikeioteron to ainigma tou sthai. Triplǭ men gar hypotrephetai to anthos tǭ chalychi; kai autos de ho kalyx en aeroeidei tę̄ chroią anthos estin. Echlytheisēs de tēs tōn chalychōn peritholēs, tria Xyrischetai pantōs ta eu pnoounta kai chrēsimeuonta pros tas iaseis anthē, ta hypochechrymmena tois kalyxi, megethei kai kallei kai eupnoią kai tę̄ tēs dynameōs idiotēti hōsautōs pros allēla echonta, kai hen ta tria dia pantōn deiknymena, euchroich kathōs eirētai, kai eupnoia, kai tǭ poiǭ tēs dynameōs. Hois symparapephychen hetera tria, xantha men idein, apoia hoe pros pasan hygieinēn euchrēstian. Peri ha ginetai tois apeirois hē planē. tois dia tēn heuchroian to nothon drepomenois anti tou kreittonos, Hoper kai nyn poiousin hoi peri tēn pistin examarteuontes, tas sesophismenas apatas pro tōn hygieinōn dogmatōn hairoumenoi. Helesthō de ex hekaterou hē tou akroatou krisis ho bouletai, ei te to heteron ex autōn, ei te amphotera; hen gar tropon tina estin amphotera, tetēę̄s teleias aretēs, kai hē tēs theotētos ktēsis. Ou gar hexō aretē tēs theotētos. Hēmeis de epi tēn tōn loipōn arōmatōn theōrian metelthōmen, tōn di᾽ akolouthou mnēmoneuthentōn hypo Ho tou logou. Kalamos, phēsi, kai kingamōmon?, kai akrodrya. Esti ta akrodrya ta ek tōn rhoōn tou paradeisou tēs nymphēs charpophoroumena. ᾿Alla ton men kalamon, eupnoią proechein hyper ta alla phasin; hōs kai pros to hieron thymiama hypo tou nomon pachai poikilēn energeian, dia tinos physikēs dynameōs epangellesthai, hōn ta polla kai hyper pistin einai dokei. Kai gar zeontos phēsi tou en tǭ lethēti hydatos, eiper thigon monon touto to arōma, euthy? katapsychein to hydōr, kai loutrǭ epeisenechthen diapyrǭ, metapoiein ton en tǭ aeri phrigmon eis psychrotēta, kai aphanistikēn tōn ek phthoras tinos zōogonēumenōn tēn physin echein, kai alla toiauta peri autou diexerchontai, ha hyper tēn pistin tōn akouontōn einai dokei. Legousi gar, ei entetheiē stomati tou katheudontos, mēden empodizesthai pros tēn tōn pynthanomenōn apokrisin ton katheudonta ʼ alla kai en tǭ hypnǭ menein auton, kai nēphaleous kai diērthrōmenas poieisthai pros epos tas apokriseis, Peri hōn diadedaiōsasthai men houtōs echein, ton mē dia tēs peiras mathonta tōn historoumenion peri autou tēn alētheian, propetes an eiē kai anepischepton. Plēn all᾽ epeidē kata tina mystikon logon enērithmēthē tǭ katalogǭ tōn akrodryōn kai touto ko arōma, ouk alēthōs rhoōn echphyomenōn; oude gar houtōs aisthētous paradeisous to stoma tēs nymphēs proïetai; all᾽ hōste symdolon genesthai noēmatos tinos tōn eis epainon syntelountōn tę̄ nymphę̄, ouk oimai kalōs echein ta peri tou kinnamōmou mythologoumena, tauta te ha nyn peri autou diexēlthen ho logos, kai ei ti meta toutōn allo tois ta peri autou diēgoumenois diexienai dokei, paralipein. Genoito gar an tis pros ton kat᾽ aretēn epainon, ek tōn legomenōn syneisphora ekastou tōn historēthentōn eusēmōs metalamoanomenou pros endeixin tēs tou biou kat᾽ aretēn teleiotētos. Esti gar en tois pepaideumenois te Kai lelogismenois, touto heurein en tę̄ psychę̄ to kinnamōmon, hotan tis ētoi di᾽ epithymian zeōn, ē tǭ thymǭ Huismǭ katasdesę̄ ta pathē; ē en tǭ hypnǭ tou biou dia stomatos echōn to nēphalion touto tou logismou kinnamōmon, paraplēsiōs tois aupnois te kai egrēgorosin angelois, aplanē kai asynchyton epideiknyei tēn tōn legomenōn dianoian, mimoumenos dia tēs alētheias tou logou tēn aupnon tōn angelōn physin, hous oudemias phantasias anankē tēs alētheias existēsin, houtos legoito anadryein dia tou stomatos po, kinnamōmon; di’ hou kai hē tēs epithymias pyrōoïs, kai hē perichardios tou thymou chatasdennytai xesis, kai pasēs tēs kata ton bion touton oneiRhōdous phantasias te kai synchyseōs kathareuei tǭ logǭ. Kai mēdeis pros to apithanon blepōn tōn peri tou chinnamōmou legomenōn, diadalletō ton logon, hōs ouk ek tōn alēthōn proragonta tę̄ nymphę̄ ton epainon. Oide gar pollakis hē hagia Graphē kai mythous tinas ek tōn exōthen symparalamthanein eis tēn tou idiou skopou synergian, kai anepaischyntōs ek tēs mythikę̄s historias onomatōn mnēmoneuein tinōn, eis enargesteran endeixin tou prokeimenou noēmatos; hōs eki tōn tou Iōd thygaterōn to kallos hyperthaumasas ho logos, kai dia tōn onomatōn tēn hyperdolēn tou peri autōn thaumatos enedeixato, legōn; tēn men Hēmeran legesthai, tēn de Kassian, tēn de tritēn, ᾿Amaltheias Keras. Touto de panti dēlon estin, hoti mythos Ellēnikos eplase to kata tēn ᾿Amaltheian diēgēma, hēn aiga ousan trophon genesthai tou Hixrētos ekeinou mythologousin, hēs tou henos ekpesontos kerōs, bryein ek tou koilou tēn pancharpian ho mythos epoiēsen. Ar᾽ oun episteuse tois peri tēs ᾿Amaltheias mythologoumenois hē hagia Graphē? ouk esti tauta, alla to pamphoron tōn kat᾽ aretēn agathōn martyrousa tę̄ thygatri tou Iōd, dia tou onomatos toutou karistēsin᾽ hōste ton lelogismenōs tēs Graphēs epaïonta, ton skopon tou epainou noēsai monon ek tou onomatos, tas de mythikas terateias chairein easai, hōs kai tēn chassian kai tēn hēmeran akousantes, oute tēn arōmatichēn hylēn, oute ton hyper gēs tou hēliou dromon, dia tōn onomatōn emathomen; alla tēs kat᾽ aretēn autōn politeias endeixin pephamen ta onomata. Hōn hē men tharōteron kai euōdes tōn epitēdeumatōn endeeknykai; hē de Hēmera to euschēmon, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, tous katharōs bioteuontas tekna phōtos kai huious hēmeras katonomazesthai. Houtōs oun kai entautha ouk asyntelę̄ pros tous epainous tēs nymphēs esti ta peri tou kinnamōmon dia miōn hypothesin. Ho de tosoutos ēdē genomenos, kai pros touto phthasas tōn enkōmiōn to hypsos dia tou biou, dia pantōn tēs theias eikonos eph᾽ heautou deechnysi tous charaktēras. Touto gar endeiknytai ho eipōn; hoti Apo pantōn xylōn tou Lidagou. Ou gar monoeides tou Libanou to xylon einai phasin hoi ta toiauta paratērēsantes, hothen ho aporrheei, all᾽ esti tis en tois xylois diaphora, to tou arōmatos schēma tǭ eidei tou xylou synexallassousa. Ho toinyn en pasi tois epitēdeumas! tou biou episēmainōn heautǭ to theoeides, pantōn deiknysin en echytǭ tōn tou Lidanou xylōn to kallos, di’ hōn to theion eidos charachtērixetai. Oudeis de ginetai koinōnos tēs Theou doxēs, mē symmorphoumenos prōton tǭ homoiōmati. tou thanatou. Dio phēsi kai touto en tǭ katalogǭ tōn arōmatōn ho epainos. hoti rhoōn akrodrya, ta te loipa tōn arōmatōn estin, ha diexēlthen ho logos, kai met᾽ autōn smyrna te kai aloē, kai ta prōta myra. Di’ ekeinōn men gar, tēs smyrnēs legō kai tēs aloēs, tēn tēs taphēs koinōnian deiknytai; kathōs phēsi to hypsēlon Euangelion, hoti dia toutōn egeneto ho entaphiasmos tǭ hyper hēmōn thanatou. Dia de tōn prōtōn myrōn to katharon te kai amiges patēs chapēlichēs rhądiourgias ho logos endeiknytai, hōsper kai ᾿Amōs tois dia toutōn tryphōsi toiauta propherei, legōn; Hoi ton diylismenon hoingon pinontes, kai ta prōta myra chriomegoi; kai pro toutōn, Hoi esthiontes, phēsin, eriphous ek poimgiou, kai moscharia ek mesou boukoliōn gakai ti epikrotountes pros tēn phōnēn tōn organōn; hōs oute ton oinon trygias anatholousēs, oute epi tou myrou mixeōs tinos ta akraiphnes tēs euosmias diaphtheirousēs. ᾿All᾽ echei men pantōs ooneidizein oiesthai chrē tois Israēlitais tēn prophēteian, hoti akraton tēs Graphēs emphoroumenoi logon pasēs rygias diylismenon, kai adolōton echontes tōn mythōn tēn euodmian, kai dia pantōn chatatryphōntes tēs pneumatikēs pandaisias, ouden apōnanto tēs toiautēs tryphēs, tēs kakēs proaireseōs autōn kai to diauges tou oinou eis anatropēn tholeran metapoiousēs, kai to katharon tōn prōtōn myrōn dia ka hēs tōn ponērōn noēmatōn epimixias lymainomenēs. Entautha mentoi to achiddēleuton te kai katharon tōn dogmatōn martyrei tę̄ nymphę̄ ho logos, dia tēs tōn prōtōn myrōn karpophorias. Kai oude en toutois estē oute hē nymphē, tois hypsēloterois heautēn epechteinousa, oute ho logos synergōn autę̄ pros tēn anodon. Hēs gar ek tou stomatos apostolai rhoōn eisi kai arōmatōn paradeisoi, hautē nyn pēgē ginetai, pous ex autēs anaphyentas paradeisous ouk hōs epi tou Paulou te kai ᾿Apollō memathēkamen, hōs tou men phyteuontos, tou de heterou potizontos; all᾽ hautē ta dyo ergazetai, phyousa tous paradeisous homou, kai potizousa. Hē tacha kai hypsēloteron tina logon periechei ho epainos. Pēgēn gar autēn ou namatos procheomenou tinos, alla kēpōn einai phēsin; ouk hydatōn tinas aporrhoas, all᾽ autous tous kēpous pēgaxousan te kai anadryousan. Houtōs anethrye tous em.psychous kēpous d theios ᾿Apostolos, par᾽ hois an egeneto, ton tēs Ekklēsias paradeison dia tēs didaskalias echphyōn.. heita pros to akrotaton agei tin nymphēn dia tōn epainōn ho logos, phrear autēn onomasas hydatos zōntos, kai rhoizountos apo tou Lidanou. gar peri tēs zōopoiou memathēkamen physeōs para tēs hagias Graphēs, nyn men tēs prophēteias legousēs ek prosōpou tou Theou, hoti ᾿Eme enkatelipon pēgēn hydatos zōntos; palin hoe tou Kyriou pros tēn Samareitin eipontos; Ei hēēdeis tēn dōrean tou Theou, kai tis estin ho legōn soi; Dos moi hydōr piein, sy an ētēsas auton, kai edōken an soi hydōr zōn kai, Ei tis dipsą, erchesthō pros me kai pigetō, Ho gar pisteuōn eis eme, kathōs eipen hē Graphē, potamoi ek tēs koilias autou rheusousin hydatos zōntos. Touto de e.iege peri tou Pgeumatos, hou emellon aamdanein hoi pisteuontes eis auton. Pantachou toinyn tēs theias physeōs dia tou zōntos o hydatos nooumenēs, entautha hē apseudēs martyria tou logou phrear hydatos tēn nymphēn einai synistēsin, hǭ ak tou Lidanou estin hē phora. Touto dē to pantōn paradoxotaton. Pantōn gar tōn phreatōn, en systēmati to hydōr echontiyn, monē hē nymphē diexodichon en heautę̄ echei to hydōr, hōste to men bathos echein tou phreatos, tou de potamou to aeikinēton. Tis gar katʼ axian ephikoito tōn hypodeichnymenōn thaumatōn, hōs dia tēs nyn enginomenēs autę̄ homoiōseōs ? Tacha ouketi echei hopou heautēn hyperarę̄ dia pantōn homoiōtheisa pros ho archetypon kallos. Memimētai gar di’ achrideias tę̄ men pēgę̄ tēn pēgēn, tę̄ de zōę̄ tēn zōēn, to de hydōr tǭ hydati. Zōn ho logos tou theou, zę̄ kai hē ton Logon dexamenē psychē. To de hydōr ekeino ek tou Theou rheei, kathōs phēsin ē pēgē, hoti k tou Theou exēlthon kai hēkō. Hautē de periechei to eisreon hēs psychēs phreati, kai dia touto ginetai tamidion pou zōntos ekeinou hydatos tou ek tou Lithanou rheontos, mallon de rhoizountos, kathōs ho logos ōnomasen. Hou kai hēmeis genoimetha metochoi, ktēsamenoi to phrear ekeino, hina kata to tēs sophias parangelma hēmeteron pinōmen hydōr, kai mē allotrion. En Christǭ Iēsou Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ hē doxa eis ton aiōnas.

Homily 9 (Song 4:10–15)

"[How fair have] your breasts [become], my sister bride! How fair have your breasts become from wine, and the fragrance of your garments beyond all spices! Your lips drip honeycomb, bride; honey and milk are under your tongue, and the fragrance of your garments is like the fragrance of frankincense. A garden locked [is my sister bride, a garden locked,] a fountain sealed. Your shoots are a paradise of pomegranates with the fruit of fruit trees, henna with nard; nard and saffron, calamus and cinnamon, with all the trees of Lebanon, myrrh and aloes with all the first perfumes. A fountain of a garden, and a well of living water, and [a stream from Lebanon]."

"If you were raised with Christ, [set your mind on] the things above, not on the things on earth": so says to us the one who speaks in Paul. "For you have died," he says, "and your life is hidden with Christ in God. When Christ, your life, is revealed, then you also will be revealed in glory." If, then, we have become dead to the nature below, having moved the hope of life from earth to heaven, and the life in the flesh is hidden in us, according to the proverbial word which says that "the wise hide [perception]," let us wait for the true life, which is Christ, to be revealed in us, so that we too may be revealed in glory, transformed toward what is more divine. So we shall hear the present words as men who have died to the body, not dragged down in mind by what is said. For the one who is dead to passions and desires will carry the meanings of the words over to what is pure and undefiled, setting his mind on the things above, where Christ is, seated at the right hand of the Father, in whom there is no passion, and forgetting low and grovelling thoughts. Let us hear, then, the divine words by which the Word describes the beauty of the undefiled bride; and let us hear them as those who have come to be outside flesh and blood and have been changed in their elements into the spiritual nature.

"How fair have your breasts become, my sister bride! How fair have your breasts become from wine, and the fragrance of your perfumes beyond all spices!" That everyone who does the will of God is his brother and sister and mother, and that the pure virgin betrothed to the Lord, to share in the undefiled bridal chamber, is properly named bride, would be plain to anyone who is not ignorant of the God-inspired words. But as I search out the sense of these divine sayings, I see that it is not mere praise that the Word offers the bride by such a name; rather, I say, the bridegroom goes through the causes of her growth in beauty. She would not have been made fair in the fountains of good teachings, which he names breasts in a figurative sense, had she not first made herself the Lord's sister by good works, and, renewed into virginity through the birth from above, become the betrothed and bride of the one who joined her to himself. So he who named her his sister and bride states the cause of the change of her breasts to what is better and more perfect: they no longer gush with milk, the food of infants, but pour out pure wine for the gladness of the more perfect, whose grace the water of the hucksters has not spoiled.

In what is said the loving kindness is preserved, as in a wedding's delight, with the two in turn returning to each other their loving disposition. For the bridegroom greets the church in turn with the same words with which she had first sung his beauty at the beginning. At once, in her first words, when she longed for the Word from the divine mouth to come into her own mouth (she signified this by the riddle of the kiss), she stated the cause of her desire: that his breasts were good, surpassing the nature of wine by what they supply, and passing all the fragrance of perfumes and spices. Thus she said: "Your breasts are good beyond wine, and the fragrance of your perfumes beyond all spices." In all other matters too we learn this teaching from the divine philosophy: that the Divine always becomes for us such as we show ourselves to God by our free choice. For David testifies in his prophecy that he is good to the good; to those who have become beasts by their way of life another of the prophets says he is a bear and a leopard. By riddles he sets forth beforehand the teachings of the gospel, in which the character of the King's words is seen to be one toward those on the right and another toward those on the left: to some he is good, [to others stern], fitting himself correspondingly to the free choice of those who are judged.

For this reason the Word now makes a fitting return to the bride: in the same terms in which she sang the beauty of the Master, the Lord gives her praise in return. For he too welcomes the change of her breasts to what is better through their activity, because they have stopped bearing milk [and give] wine, [from which] comes gladness for those who are no longer tossed about by infancy, but are able to fill their mouths from the mixing bowl of wisdom and the goods [it offers]. Having praised her breasts for bearing wine, he adds praise of her fragrance, saying: "And the fragrance of your garments beyond all spices."

We must understand such praise by learning from holy Scripture the nature of the spices named. Every sweet-smelling spice is a pleasure to the sense of smell. So let us understand the word to mean by spices whatever Scripture has taught us is fragrant. For example, Noah offers the sacrifice to God, and the Lord smelled an odour of fragrance. So the sacrifice becomes a spice to God. Many sacrifices were offered to God after this through the law, sacrifices of propitiation, of thanksgiving and of peace, of purification, and for sin. Put all these among the spices: the whole burnt offerings and the holocausts, and the partial dedications of the portions set aside, the breast of the victim, the lobe of the liver, the fat over the kidneys, and besides these the frankincense, the [fine flour mixed] with oil, the compounded incense, and everything else that had its nearness to God through fire: let these be in the list of spices. When, then, we hear that the bride's perfume is thought worthy of greater acceptance than all spices, we learn by this word that the mystery of the truth, accomplished through the teaching of the gospel, is alone fragrant to God, preferred above all the spices of the law, since it is no longer covered by type and shadow but has become fragrant by the manifestation of the truth. For if the Lord smelled any of the earlier spices for an odour of fragrance, each of them was thought worthy of acceptance according to the meaning that showed through it, not according to the obvious and bodily form of what was done. This is plain from the prophet's great saying: "I will not accept calves from your house, nor goats from your flocks; for I will not eat the flesh of bulls, or drink the blood of goats." Yet many animal sacrifices were often made; but even if these are done, what is legislated for you through them in a riddle is something else: that the passions must be slaughtered in you. For "a sacrifice to God," it says, "is a broken spirit; [a broken and humbled heart God] will not despise." Hence comes our sacrifice of praise, which glorifies the one who smells such a fragrance.

Since, then, [the soul that has learned to see beyond] all the types of the law, like Paul, who was a fragrance of Christ, has itself become fragrant by its way of life, breathing out sweetly the perfume of the priesthood and the compounded incense through the varied contribution and mixture of the virtues, it has appeared worthy of the bridegroom's sense of smell, for an odour of fragrance. For this reason the divine perception, as Solomon names it, adds to the bodily spices of the law that immaterial and pure fragrance compounded from the virtues, saying: "And the fragrance of your perfumes beyond all spices."

The next word leads the praise higher, testifying to the abundance of spiritual gifts that has come to her from study and attentiveness. For the proverbial word wishes the disciple of wisdom to go to the bee (and you certainly understand from the disciples who the teacher is), saying to the lovers of wisdom: "Go to the bee, and learn how industrious she is, and how she carries on her work as something solemn; her labours kings and private persons [use] for health." [Understanding] this force of the word, [the bees] carry [what they gather] fittingly to each. And it says that she is longed for by all and held in honour, weak in strength, but having honoured wisdom, and for this reason she has been brought forward as an example of life for the virtuous. "For having honoured wisdom," it says, "she was advanced." By these words it advises us to keep away from none of the good teachings, but, flying over the meadow of the God-inspired words, to [gather] from each something for the acquisition of wisdom, [building] the honeycomb for oneself, laying up this industry in one's own heart as in a hive; constructing, as it were, cells in a honeycomb, separate storehouses for the many kinds of teaching in the memory, unconfused; and so, in imitation of that wise bee, whose honeycomb is sweet and whose sting does not wound, to carry on this solemn work of the virtues continually. For he truly trades, exchanging the labours of this life for the eternal goods, and giving his own labours to kings and private persons for the health of the soul; so that such a soul becomes [longed for] by the bridegroom and held in honour by the angels, perfecting power in weakness through the honour it pays to wisdom.

Since, then, the stories about that wise bee are an example of instruction and love of labour, and the various distributions of spiritual gifts come to those who have laboured in proportion to their zeal, he therefore says to the bride: "Your heart has become full of the honeycombs from every kind of instruction; from there you bring out of the good treasure of the heart the honeyed drops of words, so that your word is honey mixed with milk." For "your lips drip honeycomb, bride," he says; "honey and milk are under your tongue." For your word is prepared, not displaying a uniform benefit to its hearers, but fitted to the capacity of those who receive it, so as to suit both the more perfect and those who are still infants: honey to the perfect, milk to infants. Such was Paul, nursing the newborn with the gentler of his words, but speaking wisdom among the perfect in a mystery, the wisdom hidden from the ages, which this age does not hold, nor its rulers. He says that this provision of honey and milk lies under the tongue, showing by this expression the well-managed and timely use of words. For the one who knows how he ought to answer each person has under his tongue [the teaching suited to] the varied [capacities of] his hearers, [to bring out] in season what is needed.

Having offered such praise to the mouth and tongue of the bride, he passes again to greater praises, saying: "[And the] fragrance of your garments is like the fragrance of frankincense." This word is a kind of philosophy, showing men what the life of virtue looks toward. For the goal of the virtuous life is likeness to the Divine; and for this reason purity of soul, and freedom from admixture with every passionate disposition, are achieved by the virtuous through diligence, so that by a nobler life some stamp of the nature that lies above us may come to be in them too. Since the way of life according to virtue is not uniform or of one kind only, but, as in the making of fabrics the art of weaving makes the garment from many threads, some stretched straight and others drawn across, so too in the virtuous life many things must come together, through which the noble life is woven; just as the divine apostle counts up such threads, through which the weaving of pure works is made, naming love and joy and peace, patience and kindness, and all such things, with which the one is adorned who puts off the perishable and earthly life and puts on heavenly incorruption. For this reason he welcomes the adornment in the bride's clothing as like frankincense in its fragrance.

And yet before this he said that the fragrance of the bride's perfume surpasses all spices, so that this might seem a lowering of the praises, if she who was set above every spice is now likened by comparison to one of the spices, since the Word says: "The fragrance of your garments is like the fragrance of frankincense." But since the incense of frankincense was, for some reason, set apart in a special way for the honour of the Divine, she who was judged to be above all spices is thought worthy of being likened to the one spice that is dedicated to God. So the sense of the riddle is this: "Your clothing of the virtues, O bride, imitates the divine blessedness, being made like the unapproachable nature through purity and freedom from passion." For such is the fragrance of the divine garments that it resembles the frankincense dedicated to the honour of God.

Again, through the next praises we learn how someone may become the Lord's sister and yokefellow, where he says, "A garden locked, my sister bride." So if anyone lays claim to become a bride by cleaving to the Lord, and a sister by doing his will, as the gospel says, let him become a garden in bloom with all the loveliness of plants: the sweet fig, the fruitful olive, the palm with lofty foliage, the flourishing vine; not some thorny bush, nor fleabane, but in their place the cypress and the myrtle. For so the great David and the lofty Isaiah know how to make such a garden lovely. The one says, "The righteous will flourish like a palm"; and, "But I am like a fruitful olive"; and, "Your wife is like a flourishing vine." And by another prophet the one who rests under his own fig tree is called blessed. Isaiah says that instead of the bush the cypress, and instead of the fleabane the myrtle, will spring up. To set out in detail the riddles about each of these trees which the prophecy has shown us would be superfluous, since it is plain to all what the sweet fruit of the fig is: from a most pungent juice it is at first bitter and inedible, but later it becomes a peaceable fruit and sweetens the senses of the soul. And what the olive's bearing of fruit gives us, through the most pungent and bitter juice nourished in the fruit at first, which afterwards by suitable ripening and husbandry it changes into the nature of oil, which becomes the material of light, a release from weariness, a relief from labours, a brightening of the head, and a help for those who compete lawfully in the contests. And how the palm makes its fruit hard for thieves to get at, storing it on high and not bearing it near the ground; and the grace of the vine, and the fragrant cypress, and the sweetness of the myrtle. All these things, understood by a figurative contemplation with reference to the word of virtue, are plain to everyone who listens intelligently, as to what they point to. So the one who has become a garden of such trees, flourishing and well planted, and [fenced] on every side by the hedge of the commandments, [will] give the thief and the beasts no way in against him. For the one who [is fenced] round about with the hedge is not ravaged by the wild boar from the forest. If, then, anyone is a garden and is secured, he becomes sister and bride of the one who says to such a soul, "A garden locked, my sister [bride]."

But this garden also needs a fountain, so that the grove may remain flourishing, continually enriched by the water. For this reason he joined the fountain to the garden in the praises, saying, "A garden [locked], a fountain sealed." The Proverb teaches us the meaning of the fountain by a riddle, where it says: "Let the fountain of water be sweet to you, and let it be yours alone, and let no stranger share it with you." As there it forbids the water of the fountain to be spent on strangers, so here it testifies that the fountain is in no way open to strangers by saying "sealed," which is the same as saying "guarded." What is said is this: properly speaking, in my judgment, the fountain is the thinking power of our soul, which gushes and wells up all sorts of thoughts in us. But the movement of the mind becomes ours when it moves toward what is good for us, giving us every help toward acquiring goods. But when someone turns the activity of his thoughts to the devising of evil, then [the fountain flows to strangers], watering the thorny life with the alliance of wicked thoughts, while the better planting dries up and withers, since no moisture from good thoughts nourishes its root.

Since, then, the seal [gives] security [to what it guards against the] thief, and everything that is not stolen remains intact for its master, the praise here seems to testify to the bride's highest virtue: that her mind remains untouched by enemies, guarded in purity and freedom from passion. Purity seals this fountain for its own Master, with no mud of thoughts disturbing the clearness and airy brightness of the heart. To bring the thought out more clearly, it is this. Of the things in us, some are truly ours, whatever belongs to the soul; others we claim as ours, I mean what concerns the body and external things, thinking through some mistaken supposition that what belongs to another is our own. For what has the immaterial nature of the soul in common with material grossness? [The word does not allow] the fountain of our mind to be spent on what is foreign to us, I mean what concerns the body and external things, but [bids it] busy itself with its own garden, enriching God's planting. We have learned that the virtues are God's planting; and when the thinking power of our soul is occupied with them and flows away to none of the external things, it is sealed with the stamp of the truth by its relation to the good.

Let us see also the force of the next praises. "Your shoots," it says, "are a paradise of pomegranates with the fruit of fruit trees, henna with nard; nard and saffron, calamus and cinnamon, with all the trees of Lebanon; myrrh and aloes with all the first perfumes. A fountain of gardens, a well of living water, rushing from Lebanon." That some vast and extraordinary thought lies in these words, through which the beauty of the soul lifted up according to God becomes a wonder, praised by manifold extravagances of praise, is plain even from the surface wording. But what the true sense is that these words signify, only one would know clearly who knows, as holy Paul did, how to speak the divine mysteries in the Spirit. For how is what is sent out by the bride a paradise of pomegranates? How is the fruit of fruit trees borne from the pomegranates? How do the fruit trees become a list of perfumes and spices? For among the fruits of the fruit trees are henna and nard and saffron, calamus and cinnamon, and every tree of Lebanon, so that no variety of the spice of Lebanon is missing from those counted; to these are added myrrh and aloes, and all the first perfumes. And she who was earlier named a garden above by the one who praises her is now called a fountain of gardens, and a well of living water rushing from Lebanon. But the true account of these things would be seen, as I said before, by those who can search out the depth of the riches and wisdom and knowledge of God. As for us, so that we may not be left wholly without a taste or enjoyment of the goods in this place, we shall bring a few words to the text, making God the Word himself the guide of our effort.

The whole list of praises, both that spoken before these and all that the word has now set before us about her, seems not to look primarily to mere praise, but to put power through what is said for the heart's ascent to what is greater and higher. Thus she is named sister and bride of the Word; and each of these names joins the soul to the bridegroom: the meaning of "bride" makes her one body, as Paul says, with the incorruptible bridegroom, while her zeal for his will leads her into the kinship of a sister, according to the voice of the gospel. Then the nature of breasts that pour out wine instead of milk is praised, and plainly the praise becomes a deed. For [it is not a word only, but the soul's own growth]. Besides this her perfume is judged above all spices. This would not have been so judged had she not truly run up to that height through her advance in the better. After this the honeycombs of [her] word, dripping, are admired, and the mixed provision of wisdom lying under the tongue, milk mixed with honey. And these are power, not words. For, led by the hand by the Word to the ascent of higher things, she grew so much as to make her mouth a fountain of honey and her tongue a storehouse of mixed wisdom, in which the land of promise is seen, flowing with honey and milk. Having lifted her so high by these ascents, the Word leads her higher still, saying that her clothing breathes the fragrance of frankincense, by which the Word testifies that she has put on Christ. For the end of every virtuous life is participation in God; and through frankincense the Divine is indicated.

And not even here did the soul stop, which is always led higher by the Word; but after she has been made like the fragrance of frankincense, she becomes a garden in the likeness of paradise: a garden not, as it was with the first human beings, unguarded and left open, but walled on every side by the memory of the commandment. Do you see how much power she has gained toward what is above? Look again, please, at the ascent beyond this. For she has not only become a garden locked, bearing sweet food as fruit, but she also becomes drinkable to the thirsty, changed into the nature of a fountain, and a sealed one at that. And not even here did she stop, but she reached so far in growth toward the greater that a paradise sprouts from her mouth. For whoever attends to the sense of the Hebrew [finds that] instead of saying, "Your shoots from your mouth," it says, "a paradise of pomegranates." This means: "The word sent out from your mouth is a paradise of pomegranates." And the pomegranates [yield] a wealth of every fruit, with nard, and saffron, calamus and cinnamon, and every kind of Lebanon, and myrrh, and aloes, and the first perfumes.

Since, then, according to the blessing in the psalm, the help coming to her from God, she has set these fair ascents in her heart, always going from strength to strength, the shoots of her mouth are fittingly named a paradise of pomegranates in her more perfect state. The word "shoots" (literally "things sent out") has been fitted aptly to the underlying thought. For what is sent passes from the sender to the receiver. This can be learned from the common use of the word, as the gospel also says that the Word named the disciples sent out to preach the truth "apostles." What, then, is it that the mouth of the bride sends out? Plainly the word of faith, which, coming to be in those who receive it, becomes a paradise, planted in their hearts through hearing. Common usage calls a grove thickly planted and shaded with trees a paradise. So that we may learn the kind of plants that are cultivated by the Word in the souls of believers, it names pomegranates the trees which the Word tends, the Word sent out from the bride's mouth. The pomegranate [has] branches hard to handle [for their thorns], and it encloses and nourishes its fruit in a covering harsh and bitter to the taste. In its own time, after ripening, the fruit shows within, sweet to see and pleasant, honey-like and painless in taste, and [delightful]. For this reason the word sent out from the bride's mouth seems to me to work a paradise of pomegranates in the souls of the hearers, so that we may be taught by what is said not to grow soft in the present life through slackness and luxury, but to choose the life made hard by self-control. For so the fruit of virtue would become unapproachable to thieves, fenced by the astringent covering of self-control, and through a solemn and unsmiling bearing, as by the points of thorns, piercing those who approach with evil intent. But when the season gives the signal for enjoying the fruits, the pomegranate becomes a wealth of food from every kind of fruit tree, the enjoyment of the fruits coming not in sloes or [wild fruits] or the like, but a varied and manifold nature of spices is found from the fruit trees.

[Henna] with nard is a fine pairing, the one hot, the other fragrant. For heat is not praiseworthy in itself, when the heat is a foul-smelling burning; but purity must be attested together with the heat through the fragrance, so that one may become fervent in spirit, which is to be found in the fruit trees; and the other spices, nard, it says, and saffron. The fragrance of nard we learned in the words above; it remains to present the riddle of the saffron in words. Those who have studied the power of this flower say that it stands midway between cold and heat and avoids excess in either direction; so that by this perhaps [the word teaches] us the account of virtue: for every virtue is a mean between evils, between falling short of the good and overshooting it. For example, they say that courage and liberality, the one [is a mean between] cowardice and rashness, the other between stinginess and prodigality. Cowardice and stinginess they say arise in vice by falling short of what is fitting, prodigality and rashness by excess and overshooting; and the mean between the excesses on either side they name virtue. So the account of the saffron might have something to say about virtue, in keeping with the middle position of its power, expressing the condition of virtue as lacking nothing and having nothing superfluous.

But I say, even if what is said is somewhat homely, that the riddle of the saffron perhaps [applies] more properly to the account of faith. For the flower is nourished in a threefold calyx, and the calyx itself, in its airy colour, is a flower. When the covering of the calyxes is opened, there are always found three flowers, fragrant and useful for healing, hidden in the calyxes, alike to one another in size and beauty and fragrance and the particular quality of their power, and the three shown to be one in every respect, in good colour, as has been said, and in fragrance, and in the quality of their power. Beside them grow three others, yellow to look at, but without any quality for any healthful use. About these the inexperienced go astray, who because of their good colour pick the spurious instead of the better. This is what those who err about the faith do now, choosing sophistical deceptions before sound doctrines. Let the hearer's judgment choose from either account what it wishes, whether one of them or both. For in a way both are one, the [possession] of perfect virtue and the possession of the Godhead; for virtue is not outside the Godhead.

Let us pass on to the contemplation of the remaining spices, mentioned in sequence by the word. "Calamus," it says, "and cinnamon," and fruit trees. The fruit trees are those borne as fruit from the pomegranates of the bride's paradise. They say that calamus surpasses the others in fragrance, so that it is [prescribed] by the law also for the holy incense. [Cinnamon] they claim has a varied effect through some natural power, much of which seems beyond belief. For they say that when water is boiling in a cauldron, if only this spice touches it, it cools the water at once; and brought into a fiery bath it changes the stifling heat in the air to coolness; and that it has the nature of destroying the creatures bred from some corruption; and they go through other such things about it which seem beyond the belief of the hearers. For they say that if it is put in the mouth of a sleeper, the sleeper is in no way hindered from answering those who question him, but remains asleep and gives sober and articulate answers word for word. To affirm firmly that this is so, without having learned by experience the truth of what is told of it, would be rash and unconsidered. But since this spice too was counted, by some mystical reason, in the list of the fruit trees, not because it truly grows from pomegranates (for the bride's mouth does not send out such perceptible paradises), but so as to become a symbol of some thought that contributes to the praise of the bride, I do not think it right to leave out the tales told about the cinnamon, both those the word has now gone through and anything else besides that those who describe it see fit to relate. For from what is said some contribution might be made to the praise of virtue, each thing told being clearly taken over to show the perfection of the life of virtue.

For in the instructed and reasoning one may find this cinnamon in the soul, when someone, boiling either with desire or with anger, quenches the passions by reasoning; or when, in the sleep of this life, holding in his mouth this sober cinnamon of reason, like the sleepless and wakeful angels, he displays the sense of what is said unerring and unconfused, imitating by the truth of his word the sleepless nature of the angels, whom no compulsion of any imagining dislodges from the truth. Such a one might be said to make cinnamon well up through his mouth, by which the burning of desire and the boiling of anger around the heart are quenched, and he is cleansed by reason of all the dreamlike imagining and confusion of this life. And let no one, looking at the incredibility of what is said about the cinnamon, slander the word as not offering the bride praise drawn from what is true. For holy Scripture often knows how to take over even certain myths from outside to help its own purpose, and without shame to mention certain names from mythical story, to show more vividly the thought at hand. So with the daughters of Job: the word, marvelling exceedingly at their beauty, showed by their names the surpassing wonder about them, saying that one was called Day, another Cassia, and the third Amalthea's Horn. It is plain to everyone that a Greek myth invented the story of Amalthea, who they fable was a goat that nursed that Cretan; when one of her horns broke off, the myth made every kind of fruit gush from its hollow. Did holy Scripture, then, believe the tales told of Amalthea? It is not so; but by this name it presents the abundance of the goods of virtue, testifying it of Job's daughter, so that one who listens to Scripture with reason may understand the aim of the praise from the name alone and let the mythical marvels go. So too when we hear "Cassia" and "Day," we did not learn from the names either the aromatic material or the sun's course above the earth; we have taken the names as showing their way of life in virtue. Of these, the one indicates the purer and fragrant character of their practices, and Day their seemliness, as the apostle says that those who live purely are named children of light and sons of the day. So here too the things said of the cinnamon do not fail to contribute to the praises of the bride, [for the same reason].

The one who has already become so great, and has reached this height of praises by his way of life, shows in himself in every respect the features of the divine image. This is what the one shows who says, "From all the trees of Lebanon." For those who have observed such things say that the tree from which [frankincense] flows is not of one kind; there is some difference among the trees, the form of the spice varying with the kind of tree. So the one who marks the godlike on himself in all the practices of life shows in himself the beauty of all the trees of Lebanon, by which the divine form is stamped. But no one becomes a partaker of God's glory without first being conformed to the likeness of death. Therefore the praise says this too in the list of spices: that the fruit trees of the pomegranates are the rest of the spices which the word went through, and with them myrrh and aloes and the first perfumes. By the former, I mean the myrrh and the aloes, fellowship in burial is shown, as the lofty gospel says that the burial for the death on our behalf was done with these. By the first perfumes the word shows what is pure and unmixed with all hucksters' tampering; as Amos too reproaches those who live in luxury with these, saying: "Those who drink strained wine and anoint themselves with the first perfumes"; and before this, "Those who eat kids from the flock and calves from the midst of the herds, who clap to the sound of the instruments." There neither does dregs cloud the wine, nor does any mixture spoil the purity of the perfume's fragrance. There, certainly, we must think that the prophecy reproaches the Israelites, because, though they were filled with the unmixed word of Scripture, strained of all dregs, and had the unadulterated fragrance of the perfumes, and enjoyed the spiritual feast in every way, they gained nothing from such luxury, since their evil free choice turned even the clearness of the wine into a muddy stirring-up, and spoiled the purity of the first perfumes by the admixture of wicked thoughts. Here, however, the word testifies to the bride that her doctrines are unadulterated and pure, by her bearing of the first perfumes as fruit.

And not even here did the bride stop, straining herself forward to higher things, nor did the Word stop working with her toward the ascent. For she whose shoots from her mouth are paradises of pomegranates and spices now becomes a fountain, [watering] the paradises that have grown up from her: not as we have learned in the case of Paul and Apollos, where one plants and the other waters, but she does both, at once making the paradises grow and watering them. Or perhaps the praise contains some loftier meaning. For it says that she is a fountain, not of some stream poured out, but of gardens: [a fountain that sends forth] not streams of waters but the gardens themselves, welling them up and making them gush forth. So the divine apostle made living gardens gush forth among those with whom he was, making the paradise of the church grow by his teaching.

Then the word leads the bride by its praises to the very summit, naming her a well of living water, rushing from Lebanon. [What this water is] we have learned from holy Scripture concerning the life-giving nature: at one time the prophecy says in the person of God, "They have forsaken me, the fountain of living water"; again the Lord says to the Samaritan woman, "If you knew the gift of God, and who it is who says to you, 'Give me water to drink,' you would have asked him, and he would have given you living water"; and, "If anyone thirsts, let him come to me and drink. Whoever believes in me, as the Scripture said, rivers of living water will flow from his belly. This he said about the Spirit, whom those who believed in him were to receive." Since, then, everywhere the divine nature is understood by the living water, here the truthful testimony of the word establishes that the bride is a well of water whose flow is from Lebanon. This indeed is the most paradoxical of all. For of all wells, which hold their water collected together, the bride alone has water running through her, so that she has the depth of the well and the perpetual motion of the river. Who could worthily reach the wonders shown, as through the likeness now coming to be in her? Perhaps she no longer has anywhere to rise above herself, having been made like the archetypal beauty in every respect. For she has exactly imitated the fountain with her fountain, the life with her life, the water with her water. The Word of God is living; the soul that has received the Word lives too. That water flows from God, as the fountain says: "I came forth from God and am here." She holds what flows into the well of the soul, and therefore becomes a storehouse of that living water which flows, or rather rushes, from Lebanon, as the word has named it. May we too become sharers in it, having acquired that well, so that, according to the command of wisdom, we may drink our own water and not another's, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory for ever. [Amen.]

Chapter 10

10PG 44

᾿Ἐξεγέρθητι, Βοῤῥᾶ. καὶ ἔρχου, Νότε, καὶ διάς πγϑυσον κῆπόν μου, καὶ ῥευσάτωσαν ἀρώματά μου. Καταδήτω ἀδειϊριδός μου εἰς κῆπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ φαγέτω καρπὸν ἀκροδρύων. Εἰσῆϊλθον εἰς κῆπόν μου, ἀδειφρή μου μου μετὰ ἀρωμάτων μου. ΓἜφαγον ἄρτον μου μετὰ μέλιτός μου, ἔπιον οἷνόν μου μετὰ γάλακτός μου. Φάγετε, οἱ πλησίον μου, καὶ πίετε, καὶ μεθύσθητε, ἀδελφοί. Ἐγὼ καθεύδω, καὶ ἡ καρδία Τῆς νῦν προτεθείσης ἡμῖν τῶν θείων ῥητῶν θεωρίας ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ΓἌσματος τῶν ᾿Ασμάτων ἀκολουθίας, δυσέφιχτά τινα καὶ κεκαλυμμένα δι᾿ ἀσαφείας ἐν ἀποῤῥήτοις περιεχούσης νοήματα, μείζονος ἡμῖν χρεία τῆς προσοχῆς, μᾶλλον δὲ πλείονος τῆς διὰ τῶν εὐχῶν συνεργίας, καὶ τῆς παρὰ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματὸς ὁδηγίας· ὡς ἂν μὴ ταὐτὸν πάθοιμεν ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν ὑψηλῶν τούτων θαυμάτων ἐκπλήξεως, ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀστέρων πάσχειν εἰώθαμεν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνων πόῤῥωθεν τὸ κάλλος θαυμάζοντες, οὐδεμίαν μηχανὴν ἐπινοῆσαι δυνάμεθα πρὸς τὸ γνῶναι τὴν κτίσιν αὐτῶν ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡμῖν ἡ ἀπόπερὶ τὸ φαινόμενον ἔχειν, ᾿Αστέρες γάρ τινές εἰσιν ἀτεχνῶς αἱ τῶν θείων τούτῶν λογίων μαρμαρυγαί τε καὶ λαμπηδόνες τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ὀμμάτων ὑπερλάμπουσαί τε καὶ ναι, κατὰ τὸ ὕψος τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ὥς φῇσιν ὁ Προφήτης. Εἰ δὲ γένοιτο καὶ περὶ τὴν ἣμεπέραν ψυχὴν, ὃ περὶ τὸν Ἡλίαν ἀχούθμεν· καὶ ἀναληφθεῖσα τῷ πυρίνῳ ἅρματι ἡμῶν ἣ διάνοια, μετάρσιος πρὸς τὰ οὐράνια κάλλη μετατεθείη ( Πνεῦμα δὲ ἅγιον εἶναι τὸ πῦρ ἐννοήσομεν, ὅπερ βάλλειν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἦλθεν ὁ Κύριος, τὸ ἐν γλωσσῶν εἴδει τοῖς μαθηπαῖς μεριζόμενον), οὐκ ἀπ᾽ ἐλπίδος ἡμῖν γενήσεται τὸ πλησιάσαι τούτοις τοῖς ἄστροις, τοῖς θείοις λέγῳ νοήμασι, τοῖς διὰ τῶν οὐρανίων τε καὶ πνευματικῶν λογίων τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμῶν περιαστράπτουσιν. ᾿Ανάὄλεψον γὰρ τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμῷ, πρὸς σὲ λέγω τὸν ἀκροατὴν, τὴν πρὸς τὸν πατριάρχην γενομένην παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίον φωνὴν, ἀνάδλεψον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἴδε τοὺς ἀστέρας, εἰ δύνασαι αὑτῶν ἐχμετρῆσαι τῶν νοημάτων τὸ ὕψος. Βλέπε τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῆς βασιλίδος ἐκ τῶν προσταγμάτων αὐτῆς τὴν δυχατανοήσας, ὡς αὐτοκρατορικὴ τις τείᾳ τοῖς λεγομένοις ἐμφαίνεται. Οὐ γὰρ δι᾽ εὐχῆς κατορθοῖ ὅπερ βούλεται, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν ἀψευδῇ τοῦ ἐπαγγειλαμένου φωνὴν, ὅς φησι τὸν πιστὸν καὶ φρόνιίμον οἰκονόμον πάντων τῶν ὑπαρχόντων τῷ Δεσπότῃ κύριον γίνεσθαι. Ταύτης ἐπιλαδομένη τῆς ἐξουσίας, βααιλικῶς ἑαυτῇ διοικεῖται τὰ καταθύμια τῶν δύο ἀνέμων τὸν μὲν Βοῤῥᾷν διὰ προστάγματος ἑαυτῇ ἀφορίζουσα· τὸν δὲ Νότον, φιλοφρόνως καλοῦσα, καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὴν ἐλθεῖν χατεπείγουσα. Ἔχει δὲ ἡ λέξις οὕτως· ᾿Εξεγέρθητι, Βοῤῥᾶ, καὶ ἔρχου, Νότε. Τάχα τι συγγενὲς ἔστι τοῖς λεγομένοις εὑρεῖν ἐν τοῖς ἑκατοντάρχου λόγοις, οὕς αὐτὸς ὁ Θεὸς Λόγος ἐθαύμασε, καθὼς ὁ Εὐαγγελιστὴς διηγήσατο, λέγων· ὅτι ᾿Ακούσας δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἐθαύμασε, καὶ ὑπερέθηκε τῆς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ πίστεως τὴν τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου φωνήν. Οὐ γὰρ πρὸς τὸν λαόν μοι δοκεῖ τὸν Ἰσραηλικικὸν ποιεῖσθαι ἐὸν Ἑκατόνταρχον τὴν σύγκρισιν ἐν τῷ τῆς πίστεως λόγῳ, ἀλλὰ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον τὸν Ἰσραήλ᾽ ὃς ἐν τῇ πρὸς τὸν ἀντιχεέμενον πάλῃ, μετὰ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ συμμαχίας μόγις τὸ πτῶμα διέφύγεν, οὐκ ἀκχριδῶς τῆς τοῦ ἀντιπάλου βλάδης ἕξω Ὑενόμενος. Ἐν γὰρ τῷ μηρῷ τὸ πάθος ἐδέξατο. Οὖτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἑκατοντάρχης, περὶ οὗ νῦν ὁ λόγος ἐστὶ, βασιλικῇ τινι δυνάμει τὸ ἀλλότριον κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν ἀποπεμπόμενος, οἰκειοῦται τὸ καταθύμιον. Ἐπὶ τούν τῷ γάρ μοι δοκεῖ μάλιστα τετυχηκέναι τοῦ θαύματος ὁ ἀνήρ᾽ ὅτι φησὶν ἐν τοῖς προχειρίοις αὐτοῦ στρατιώταις ἐν αὐθεντιχῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ἀποπέμπεσθαι ὃν βούλεται, καὶ προσκαλεῖσθαι τὸν καταθύμιον, καὶ τῷ δούλῳ τὴν καθήκουσαν ἐπιτάττειν ὑπηρεσίαν. Κἀκεῖ γὰρ φιλοσοφία τις ἐν τῇ τοῦ Ἑκατοντάρχου φωνῇ, ὅτι τὸν ἅπαξ ιἀποπεμφθέντα οὐκέτι πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπανάγει· ἀλλὰ τούτου ἀποφοιτήσαντος ἕτερον ἀντ᾽ αὐτοῦ εἰσοικίζεται. Τοῦτο γὰρ εἰπὼν, ὅτι Πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται, ἄλλον προσκαλεῖσθαί φησιν, οὐκ ὃν ἀπεπέμψατο. Παιδεύοντος οἶμαι τοῦ λόγου τὸ τοιοῦτὸν δόγμα, ὅτι τὰ ἀλλήλοις ἀντικείμενα τῷ αὐτῷ μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων συνεπιχωριάζειν φύσιν οὐκ ἔχει. Οὐδεμία γὰρ κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος, φησὶν ὅ·Απόστολος· ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάγκη πᾶσα τοῦ σκότους ἐχχωρήσαντος, φῶς εἶναι τὸ ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνου ὁρώμενον, καὶ τῆς κακίας ἐκποδὼν γενομένης, τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀντεισάγεσθαι· τούτου δὲ κατορθωθέντος, μηκέτι τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς ἀνταίρειν τῷ πνεύματι. Μηδὲ γὰρ δύνασθαι νεκρωθείσης αὐτοῦ τῆς εἰς τὸ ἀντιτείνειν δυνάμεως, ἀλλὰ πρὸς πᾶσαν καθήκουσαν ὑπηρεσίαν εὕθετὸν γίνεσθαι, τῇ δυναστείᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος εὐπειθὲς ὑπάρχον καὶ ὑποχείριον. Ὅταν γὰρ ἀποδιωχθῇ μὲν ὁ τῆς κακίας σύμμαχος στρατιώτης. ἀντεισέλθῃ δὲ ὁ τῆς ἀρετῆς ὁπλίτης, ἐνδεδυχὼς τὸν θώρακα τῆς δικαιοσύνης, καὶ τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ πνεύματος διὰ τῶν ὅπλων, τὴν τε περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου, καὶ τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς πίστεως, καὶ πᾶσαν φέρων ἐν ἑαυτῷ πἣν πνευματικὴν πανοπλίαν, τότε φοδεῖται τὸν ἕαυτοῦ κύριον ὁ δοῦλος τὸ σῶμα, καὶ προθύμως τοῦ κρατοῦντος τὰ παραγγέλματα δέχεται, δι᾽ ὧν ἢ ἀρετὴ ἢ κατορθοῦται τῇ ὑπουργίᾳ τοῦ σώματος· τοῦτο γὰρ ἐνδείκνυται τοῦ ᾿Εκατοντάρχον ὁ λόγος εἰπὼν, ὅτι Καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου .έγω, Ποίησον τοῦτο, καὶ ᾿Ἀλλ᾽ ἀκούσωμεν τῆς βασιλίδος, ὅπως ἀπανίστησιν ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς τὸν Βοῤῥᾶν, εἰς τὸ ἔμπαλιν αὐτοῦ τὴν πνοὴν ἀναστρέψασα. Οὐ. γὰρ ἣρεμεῖν ἐπιτάσσει, καθάπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ χλυδωνίου τῆς θαλάσσης ὁ Κύριος ἠσυχίαν ἄγειν τὴν λαίλαπα, σιωπὴν παραγγείλας τοῖς κύμασιν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἀποχωρεῖν καὶ φεύγειν παρακελεύεται, ὡς ἂν ἀκωλύτως ὁ Νότος ῥέοι, μηδεμιᾶς ἐμποδιζούσης αὐτῷ τὴν φοράν· ᾿Εξεγέρθητι, λέγουσα τῷ Βοῤῥᾷ᾽ τίς δὲ ἡ αἰτία τῆς τοῦ ἀνέμου τούκου μεταναστάσεως ; Σκληρὸς ἄνεμός ἐστι, φησὶ πρὸς τοῦτο τῆς Παροιμίας λόγος· ὀνόματι δὲ ἐπιδέξίος καλεῖται· ἀλλ᾽ οὐδενὶ δόξιὸς Βσῤῥέας, πλὴν εἴ τις κατὰ ΝΝώτου τὴν ἀνατολὴν ἔχοι, πρὸς τὰς δυσμὰς χὸν δρόμον ποιούμενος. Νοεῖς δὲ πάντως τῶν λεγομένων τὸ αἴνιγμα, ὅτι ὁ τῆς ἀνατολῆς ἀποῦτάς (ὀὕτω χὰρ παρὰ τῆς προφητείας ὁ Χριστὸς ὀνομάζεται) καὶ πρὸς τὰς δυσμὰς τοῦ φωτὸς ἑαυτὸν συνελαύνων, ὅπου ἐστὶν ἐξουσία τοῦ σχότους͵ δεξιὸν ἔχει ἐφ᾽ ἐαν, τοῦ τὸν Βοῤῥᾶν τοῖς πόνηροῖς αὐτὸν ἐφοδίοις δεξιούμένον, δι᾿ ὧν ὁ πρὸς τὸ ὀχότος γίνετάι δρόμος. Οὕτως εὑρίσκει τὸν Βοῤῥᾶν ἑαυτοῦ δεξιὸν ὁ ἀκόλαστος, τῷ πάθει τῆς ἀτιμίας συμπνέοντα. Οὕτω γίνεται τῷ πλεονέχτῃ δεξιὸν τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦτο τῆς πονηρίας, ὅταν αὐτῷ τὰς ὕλας τῆς πλεονεξίας οἷόν τινα ψάμμον ἢ κόνιν περισωρεύει. Οὕτως πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν πλημα μελημάτων τὴν παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ συνεργίαν χαριζόμενος, ἐπιδέξιος γίνεται, οἷς ἂν γένηται. Σκληρὸς μὲν κατὰ τὴν φύσιν ὧν, ἐπικρύπτων δὲ ταῖς ἢδοναῖς τὸ ἀντίτὐπον, διὰ τοῦτο φυγαδεύει τῆς ἰδίας ἀρχῆς τὸν Βοῤῥᾶν, ἢ κατὰ τῶν παθῶν ἀναδυσαμένη τὸ κράτος., ᾿Ἐξεγέρδητι, λέγουσα, ὦ Βοῤῥᾶ. Ὅτι δὲ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ ἢ ἀντικειμένη διασημαίνεται δύναμις, παντὶ δῆλον ἂν εἴη τῷ κατανενοηχότι τὴν τῶν ὁρατῶν φύσιν. Τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἷδε τοῦ ἡλίου τὴν κίνησιν, ὅτι ἐκ πῶν ἀνατολῶν διὰ τόῦ νοτίου τὸν δρόμον ποιούμενος, πρὸς τὰς δυσμὰς ἐπιχλίνεται ; Τὸ δὲ σχῆμα τῆς γῆς σφαιροειδὲς ὃν, καθώς φᾶσιν οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα χατανοῆφαντές, ἐν ᾧπερ τῷ ἡλίῳ περιλαμφθῇ, κατὰ κᾶσαν ξει τοῦ μέσου σχιαζόμενον. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἀφεγγὴς ὁ πὸς ἐκεῖνος καὶ χατεψυγμένος εἰσαεὶ διαμένει μὴνε λαμπόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν ἡλιακῶν ἀκτίνων μῆτε θαλπόμένος ᾿ διὰ τοῦτο τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους, τὸν τὴν ἀπαλὴν τῶν ψυχῶν φύσιν ὕδατος δίκην ἀπολιθοῦντα διὰ τῆς πήξεως, καὶ σκληρὰν ἐργαζόμενον, Βοῤῥέαν τε καὶ σκληρὸν ὀνομάζει ὁ Λόγος, τὸν τῆς κατηφείας τοῦ χειμῶνος ἐργάτην, ὀκείνσυ λέγω τοῦ χειμῶνος ἐν ᾧ τὴν φυγὴν τῶν κινδύνων ἀμήχανον λέγει τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον. Ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ τῶν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἀνθούντων ἢ ὥρα μαραίνεται. Καλῶς οὖν ἀπελαύνει τοῦτον κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν ἡ βασιφωνή προσκαλεῖται δὲ τὸ μεσημθρινὸν πνεῦμα, Ὁ τὸ θερμόν τε καὶ ἀειφεγγὲς, ὅπερ ὀνομάζει Νότον , δι᾽ οὗ ὁ χειμάῤῥους τῆς τρυφῆς ῥέει, λέγουσα· Καὶ ἔρχου, Νότε, διάάγευσον τὸν κῆπόν μου, καὶ ῥευσάτωσαν ἀρώματά μου· ὥστε τῇ βιαίᾳ πνοῇ, καθὼς ἐν τῷ ὑπερώῳ γεγενῆσθαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἠκούσαμεν, τοῖς Ἐμψύχοις φυτοῖς ἐπιπεσόντα κινῆσαν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ φυτείαν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀρωμάτων φοράν· καὶ ῥέειν παρασκευάσαι διὰ τοῦ στόματος τὴν εὐώδη προφητείαν, καὶ τὰ σωτήρια τῆς πίστεως δόγματα, κατὰ πᾶν εἶδος γλώσσης ἀκωλύτως τὴν εὐωδίαν τῶν διδαγμάτων προχέόντα. Οὕτως οἱ ἐκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι μαθηταὶ, σἱ ἐν οἴκῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ πεφοτευμένοι, κῇ τοῦ τοιούτου Νότου, τὴν διὰ τῶν γλωσσῶν διδασκαλίαν ἐξήνθήσαν. Διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν φησὶ τῷ τοιούτῳ Νότῳ ἡ νύμφὴ ὅτι Διάξσνευσον τὸν κῆπον μου. Ἐπειδὴ μήτηρ κήπῳ ἐγένετο χαρὰ τῆς τοῦ νυμφίον φωνῆς τοῦ ποιήσαντος αὐτὴν, καθὼς περιέχει ὁ λόγος πήπου καὶ πηγῆς. Οὗ χάριν τὸν κῆπον αὐτῆς τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν τὴν τοῖς ἐμψύχοις βρύουσαν δένδροις διαπνευσθῆναι βούλεται, ὥστε ῥεῦσαι ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν τὰ ἀρώματα. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ Προφήτης φησὶν, ὅτι Πγεύσει πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ῥνήσεται ὕδατα. Ἡ δὲ τῷ βασιλικῷ πλούτῳ κομῶσα νύμφη, πρὸς τὸ μεγαλοφυέτὰ ῥεύματα, ἀρωμάτων ποταμοὺς ποιοῦσα τῶν τοῦ κήπου δένδρων ἐχρέοντας, διὰ τῆς βίας τοῦ πνεύματος ὥστε διὰ τούτου μαθεῖν τῆς Παλαιᾶς Διαθήκης πρὸς τὴν Καινὴν τὸ διάφορον· ὅτι ὁ μὲν προφητικὸς ποταμὸς ἐπληρώθη ὑδάτων· εὐαγγελικὸς ἀρωμάτων. Τοιοῦτος ποταμὸς ἀρωμάτων ἦν, ἐκ τοῦ κήπου τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ῥέων διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, ὁ μέγας Παῦλος, οὗ τὸ ῥεῖθρον Χριστοῦ εὐῶδες ἦν, Τοιοῦτος ἄλλος Ἰωάννης, ὁ Λουκᾶς, ὁ Ματθαῖος, ὁ Μάρκος, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ πάντες τὰ εὐγενῆ φυτὰ τοῦ κήπου τῆς νύμφης, οἱ τῷ φωτεινῷ ἐκείνῳ τῷ μεσημόρινῷ Νότῳ διαπνευσθέντες, πηγαὶ ἀρωϑάτων ἐγένοντο, βρύοντες τὴν τῶν Εὐαγγελίων εὐωδίαν. Καταδήτω, φησὶν, ὁ ἀδειϊφριδός μον, εἰς κῆπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ φαγέτω παρπὸν ἀκχροδρύων αὑτοῦ. Ὦ πεπαῤῥησιασμένης φωνῆς Ὧ φιλοτίμου τε καὶ μεγαλοδώρου ψυχῆς, πᾶσαν σύνης νικώσης Τίνα δεξιοῦται πρὸς εὐωχίαν τοῖς ἰδίοις καρποῖς: Τίνι παρασκευάζει διὰ τῶν ἰδίων ἀγαθῶν τὴν πανδαισίαν ; Τίνα καλεῖ πρὸς τὴν τῶν παρῥεσχευασμένων ἑστίασιν ; Τὸν ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ δι᾿ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ ἐν ᾧ τὰ πάντα, τὸν διδόντα τοῖς πᾶσι τροφὴν ἐν εὐκαιρίᾳ,, τὸν ἀνοίγοντα τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ πληροῦντα πᾶν ζῶον εὐδοκίας, τὸν ἄρτον τὸν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ χαταδαίνοντα, καὶ ζωὴν διδόντα τῷ κόσμῳ, τὸν πᾶσι τοῖς οὖσι τὴν ζωὴν ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας πηγῆς ἐπιῤῥέοντα· τούτῳ ἡ νύμφη προτίθησι τράπεζαν. Κῆπος δέ ἐστιν ἡ τράπεζα, ὁ διὰ τῶν ἐμψύχων δένδρων πεφυτευμένος. Ἡμεῖς δὲ τὰ δένδρα, εἴπερ δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς οἱ τροφὴν αὐτῷ προτιθέντες τὴν τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν σωτηρίαν, οὕτως εἰπόντος τοῦ τὴν ἡμετέραν εὐωχουμένου ζωήν ᾿ ὅτι Ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν, ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου. Δῆλος δὲ ὁ σκοπὸς τοῦ θείου θελήματος, ὃς πάντας θέλει σωθῆγαι, καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν. Αὕτη οὖν ἰἐστιν ἑτοιμασθεῖσα βρῶσις αὐτῷτὸ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς. Καρπὸς δὲ ἡμῶν ἡ προαίρεσις γίνεται, ἡ τῷ ἡμᾶς Θεῷ δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς ὡς διά τινος ἀχρεμόνος τὴν ψυχὴν ἐγχειρίζουσα. Χρὴ δὲ διὰ τούτων ἰδεῖν ὅτι πρόερον ἢ νύμφη τῷ καρπῷ τοῦ μήλου χαταγλυχαίνεται εἰποῦσα· Καὶ ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ γλυκὺς ἐν τῷ στόματί μου· καὶ τότε καρπὸς καὶ αὐτὴ γίνεται ὥριμός τε καὶ γλυχαίνων, καὶ τῷ γεωργῷ πρὸς εὐπροχείμενος. Ἡ ὃὲ τοῦ Καταδήτω λέξις, εὐχτιχὴν ἔχει τὴν σημασίαν, ὁμοιοτρόπως ἐχφωνηθεῖσα τῷ. Ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου· καὶ γεγηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου. Ὥς γὰρ ἐχεῖ τὴν εὐχτιχὴν ἔμφασιν ὁ τῶν ῥητῶν ἐκείνων σχηματισμὸς περιέχει, οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ Καταδήτω, εὐχὴ τῆς νύμφης ἐστὶν ἐπιδεικνυμένης τῷ Θεῷ τῶν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀκροδρύων τὴν εὐφορίαν. Ἧ δὲ χατάδασις τὸ τῆς φίλανθρωπίας ἔργον διασημαίνει. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλως ἀναληφθῆναι πρὸς τὸν Ὕψιστον, εἰ μὴ πρὸς: πραεῖς Κύριος, διὰ τοῦτο ἡ ἀνιοῦσα πρὸς τὰ ἄνω. ψυχὴ, τὴν παρὰ τοῦ ὑπερχειμένου χειραγωγίαν προσκαλουμένη, ὑποχαταδῆναι αὐτὸν ποῦ ἰδίου μεγέθους εὔχεται, ἵνα τοῖς κάτω ἐφικτὸς γένηται. Ὁ. δὲ εἰπὼν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου ὅτι Ἔτι Ἰωλοῦντός σου ἐκεῖ, ἰδοὺ πάρειμι· πρὶν ἐπεξελθεῖν τῇ εὐχῇ τῇ νύμφῃ, καὶ ἤκουσεν ὧν ἐδεήθη, καὶ τῇ ἑτοιμασίᾳ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῆς προσέσχε, καὶ ὃν τῷ κήπῳ ἐγένετο τῷ διαπνευσθέντι ὑπὸ ταῦ Νότου, καὶ τοὺς καρποὺς τῶν ἀρωμάτων ἐδρέψατο, καὶ τῶν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀκροδρύων ἐνεφορήθη, καὶ διήγημα τὴν εὐωχίαν πεποίηται, λέγων οὑτωσὶ πρὸς τὴν νύμφην εἰς κῆπον, ἀδελφή μου νύμφη. Ἑτρύγησα σμύργαν μου μετὰ ἀρωμάτων μου.·ἔφαγον ἄρτον μου. μετὰ μέλιτός μου.·Επιον οἷγόν μου. μετὰ γά,ῖακτός μου. Φάγετε, οἱ πιησίον μοῦ, καὶ πίετε, καὶ μεθύσθητε, ἀδελφοί μον. Ὁρᾷς πῶς ὑπερδάλλει τῇ μεγαλοδωρεᾷ τὴν αἴτησιν; ᾿Αρωμάτων εὔξατο γενέσθαι πηγὰς ἡ νύμφη, τὰ ἑαυτῆς ἐν τῷ κήπῳ φυτὰ μεσημόρίας ἐπιπνέοντι Νότῳ, καὶ τῷ καρπῷ τῶν ἀκροδρύων τὸν γεωργὸν δεξιώσασθαι. Τοῦτο δὲ παντὶ δῆλον, ὅτι πᾶσα εὔπνοια, τῆς ὀσφραντιχῆς αἰσθήσεως ( ἡδονὴ γίνεται. Τὰ δὲ ἀχρόδρνα τῆς τοῦ ἄρτου δυνάμεως κατὰ τὴν βρῶσιν ὡς πρὸς τὴν τῶν τρεφομένων εὐεξίαν ἐστὶν ἀτονώτερον. Ὁ δὲ χαταδὰς ἐπὶ πὸν. ἑαυτοῦ κἧπον, καὶ πρὸς τὸ μεῖζόν τε καὶ τιμιώτερον τὴν τῶν καρπῶν μεταδαλὼν φύσιν, δρέπεται μὲν ἔκ τοῦ κήπου σμύρναν εὑρὼν μετὰ ἀρωμάτων αὐτοῦ. Παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ γὰρ εἶναι εἴ τι καλὸν, ἐν ᾧπερ εὑρεθῇ, ὁ προφητικὸς ὕμνησε λόγος. ᾿Αντὶ δὲ τῶν ἀκροδρύων, ἄρτῳ βρύειν παρασκευάζει τὰ δένδρα, δυναναμεμιγμένῳ μετὰ τοῦ μέλιτος αὐτοῦ. Καὶ πούτῳ τὸ προφητικὸν συνεχφωνείσθω, ὅτι αὑτοῦ τὸ μέλι, ὡς καὶ τὰἀλοιπὰ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ τὸν οἶνον ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀρύεται, συναναχεχραμένον τῷ γάλακτι αὐτοῦ. Ἐξ αὐτοῦ γὰρ καὶ δ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν τὰ πάντα. Ὦ μακαρίων κήπων ἐκείνων, ὧν τὰ φυτὰ τοιούτοις βρύειν καρποῖς Ὁ μεμαρτύρηται, ὡς πρὸς ἅπαν εἶδος τροφῆς κατὰ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς ἀπολαύσεως ἁρμοδίως μεταποιεῖσθαι! Τῷ μὲν γὰρ διὰ τῆς εὐωδίας τρυφῶντι σμύρνα γίνεται, διὰ τῆς τῶν ἐπιγείων μελῶν νεκρότητος, τὸν καθαρὸν καὶ εὐώδη μυρεψῶν βίον, τὸν ἐκ ποικίλων τε καὶ διαφόρων. τῶν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀρωμάτων συγχεραννύμενον. Τῷ δὲ τὴν τελειοτέραν ἐπιζητοῦντι τροφὴν, ἄρτος γίνεται, οὐκἐτι ἐπὶ πικρίδων ἐσθιόμενος, ὡς ὁ νόμος διακελεύεται· πρὸς γὰρ τὸ παρόν ἐστιν ἡ πιχρίς· ἀλλ᾽ ὄψον ἑαυτῷ. τὸ μέλι ποιούμενος, ὅταν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ καιρῷ ὁ καρπὸς τῆς ἀρετῆς χαταγλυχαίνῃ τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αἰσθητήρια, οὗ ἀπόδειξις ὁ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τοῦ Κυρίου προφανεὶς τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἄρτος ἐστὶ, τῷ κηρίῳ τοῦ μέλιτος ἡδυνόμενος. Τῷ διψῶντι δὲ κρατὴρ γίνεται πλή- Ὁ ρῆς οἶνον καὶ γάλακτος, οὐ σπογγιὰ χολῇ τε καὶ ὄξει διάδροχος, οἵαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ εὐεργέτῃ τὴν φιλοτησίαν ἐνδεικνύμενοι διὰ τοῦ καλάμου προτείνουσι, Πάντως δὲ οὐκ ἀγνοοῦμεν τὰ τῶν εἰρημένων αἰνίπῶς δένδρον ἦν σμυρνηφόρον ὁ Παῦλος, ὁ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀποθνήσκων, καὶ αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ διδοὺς τὸ τοῦ θανάτου ἀπόκριμα, καὶ διὰ καθαρότητός τε καὶ ἀπαθείας ἀρωματίζων, ὀσμὴ ζωῆς τοῖς σωζομένοις γινόμενος· πῶς δὲ σιτοποιεῖ τὰ ἔμψυχα τοῦ κήπου φυτὰ τῷ δεσπότῃ τοῦ κήπου, ὡς μαρτυρεῖ ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου καθήμενος· ὅτι ʼΕπείγασα, καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν. ΓΛρτος γὰρ εὐφροσύνης ἐστὶν ἡ εὑποιῖα, τῷ μέλιτι τῆς ἐντολῆς γλυχαινόμενος· πῶς δὲ πάλιν οἰνοχοεῖ τῷ νυμφίῳ τὰ εὐερνῆ τοῦ κήπου φυτὰ, πρὸς οὖς τοῦτό φησιν· ὅτι Ἐδίψησα, καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, γάλακτι τὸν οἶνον χεράσαντες, οὐκ ὕδατι, κατὰ τὴν τῶν χαπήλων συνήθειαν. Τὸ δὲ γάλα ἡ πρώτη τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεώς ἔστι τροφὴ, ἡ καθαρά τε καὶ ἁπλῆ, ἡ ὄντως νηπιώδης καὶ ἄδολος, καὶ πάσης πονηρᾶς αἰτίας κεκαθαρμένη. Ταῦτα εἰπὼν πρὸς τὴν νύμφην ὁ λόγος, περιτίθεται τοῖς πλησίον τὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου μυστήρια, λέγων· Φάγετε, οἱ πιησίον μου, καὶ πίετε, καὶ μεθύσθητε, ἀδελφοί μου, Τῷ γὰρ ἐπισταμένῳ τὰς μυστικὰς τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου φωνὰς, οὐδεμία φανήσεται διαφορὰ τῶν ἐνταῦθα ῥητῶν, πρὸς τὴν ἐχεῖ τοῖς μαθηταῖς γινομένὴν μυσταγωγίαν, Ὡσαύτως γὰρ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐχεῖ φησὶν ὁ λόγος τὸ, Φάγετε καὶ πίετε. Ἢ δὲ πρὸς τὴν μέθην προτροπὴ ἣν ἐνταῦθα τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὁ λόγος πεποίηται, δόξειεν ἂν τοῖς πολλοῖς πλεῖόν τι παρὰ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον ἔχειν. Εἰ δέ τις ἀχριδῶς ἐξετάσειεν, καὶ οὔτο σύμφωνον τοῖς εὐαγγελικοῖς εὑρεθήσεται. Ὅπερ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τῷ λόγῳ τοῖς φίλοις παρεκελεύσατο, τοῦτο ἐχεῖ διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐποίησεν, διότι πᾶδα μέθη ἔκστασιν εἴωθε ποιεῖν τῆς διανοίας, τῆς χεχρατημένης ὑπὸ τοῦ οἴνον. Οὐκοῦν ὅπερ ἐνταῦθα προτρέπεται, οῦτο διὰ τῆς θείας ἐκείνης βρώσεώς τε καὶ πόσεως καὶ τότε ἐγίνετο, καὶ πάντοτε γίνεται, συνεισιούσης τῇ βρώσειτε καὶ τῇ πόσει τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν χειρόνων πρὸς τὰ βελτίω μεταδολῆς καὶ ἐκστάσεως Οὕτω μεθύουσι, καθὼς ἣ προφητεία φησὶν, οἱ τὴν πιότητα τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θφοῦ πίνοντες, καὶ τῷ χειμάῤῥῳ τῆς τρυφῆς ποτιζόμενοι. ᾿ Ὥσπερ ἐμεθύσθη ποτὲ καὶ ὁ μέγας Δαβὶδ, ὅτε ἐκδὰς αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ἐν ἐκστάσει γενόμενος, εἶδε τὸ ἀθέατον κάλλος, καὶ τὴν ἀοίδιμον ἐκείνην φωνὴν ἐξεδόησεν· ὅτι Πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης· λόγῳ τῶν ἀφράστων θησαυρῶν ἐπιτρέπων τὴν ἑρμηνείαν. Οὕτως ἐμεθύσθη καὶ ὁ νεώτερος Βενιαμὶν Παῦλος, ὅτε ἐν ἐκστάσει ἐγένετο λέγων· Εἴτε γὰρ ἐξέστημεν, Θεῷ· πρὸς ἐκεῖνον γὰρ αὐτὸν ἡ ἔκστασις ἣν· δἴτε σωφρογοῦμεν, ὑμῖν· ὡς ἐδείκνυε τοῖς πρὸς τὸν Φῆστον λόγοις, ἑαυτὸν μὴ μαινόμενον, ἀλλὰ σωφροσύνης τε χκαὶ δικαιοσύνης ἀποφθεγγόμενον ῥήματα. Οἶδα καὶ τὸν μακάριον Πέτρον ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ τῆς μέθης εἴδει πρόσπεινόν τε ὄντα ὁμοῦ καὶ μεθύοντα, Πρὶν γὰρ τὴν αωματιχὴν τροφὴν προσενέγκασθαι, ὅτε ἐγένετο. πρόσπεινος καὶ ἤθελε γεύσασθαι, παρασκευαζόντων αὑτῷ τῶν ἰδίων τὴν τράπεξαν, γίνεται αὑτῷ ἣ θεία τε καὶ νηφάλιος μέθη, δι᾿ ἧς ἐξίσταται αὑτὸς ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ θεωρεῖ τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν ὀδόνην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς ἄνωθεν καθιεμένην, πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων ἐν αὐτῇ περιέχουσαν ἐν μυρίοις εἴδεσι, πετεινῶν τε καὶ τετραπόδων καὶ ἑρπετῶν καὶ θηρίων, κατὰ τὰς τῶν διαφορὰς μεμορφωμένων. Ὧν τὸ θηριῶδές τε καὶ ἄλογον εἶδος θῦσαι τῷ Πέτρῳ ὁ λόγος διακελεύεται, ἵνα χαθαρθέγτων αὐτῶν, τὸ λειπόμενον ἐδώδιμον γένηται, ὅτε καὶ γυμνὸς ὁ τῆς εὐσεθείας παραδίδοται λόγος, οὐκ ἅπαξ εἰπούσης τῆς θείας φωνῆς, ὅτι Οὐκ ἔστι κοινὸν ὅπερ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν. ᾿Αλλ’ εἰς τρὶς γενομένου τοῦ τοιούτου κηρύγματος, ἵνα μάθωμεν τῇ μιᾷ φωνῇ, Θεὸν χαθαρίζοντα τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἑτέρᾳ ὡσαύτως χαθαρέζοντα τὸν Θεὸν, τὸν μονογενῆ Υἱὸν εἶναι, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἄλλῃ παραπλησίως, ὅτι ὁ πᾶν ἀκάθαρτον καθαρίζων Θεὸς, τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστι τὸ ἅγιον. Τοιαύτη; τοίγυν γινομένης τῆς ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου μέθης, ὃν προτίθησε τοῖς συμπόταις ὁ Κύριος, δι᾽ ἧς πρὸς τὰ θειότερα τῆς ψυχῆς ἔκστασις γίνεται, καλῶς παρακελεύεται τοῖς πλησίον διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν γεγονόσιν, οὐ τοῖς πόῤῥωθεν ἀφεστηχόσιν ὁ Κύριος ὅτι Φάγετε, οἱ πλησίον μου, καὶ πίετε, καὶ μεθύσθητε. Ὃ γὰρ ἀναξίως ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων, κρίμα ἑαυτῷ ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει. Καλῶς δὲ τοὺς ἀξίους τῆς βρώσεως ἀδελφοὺς προσγόρευσεν. Ὁ γὰρ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀδελφὸς καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ὑπὸ τοῦ Λόγου χατονο᾿Αχολούϑως δὲ διαδέχεται τὴν μέθην ὁ ὕπνος, ὡς εὐεξίαν ἡ δύναμις. Διὰ τοῦτο μετὰ τὴν πανδαισίαν ἐκείνην ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ ἡ νύμφη γίνεται, Ξένος δέ τις οὗτος ὁ ὕπνος ἐστὶ, καὶ τῆς φυσικῇς συνηθείας ἀλλότριος. Ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ συνήθους ὕπνου, οὔτε ὁ καθεὐδων ἐγρήγορεν, καὶ ὁ ἐγρηγορὼς οὐ καθεύδει ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀλλήλοις λήγει ἀμφότερα, ὅ τε ὕπνος καὶ ἡ ταῖς διαδοχαῖς ἀλλήλων Ἐνταῦθα δέ τις καινὴ καὶ παράδοξος μίξις τῶν ἐνανπίων καὶ σύνοδος θεωρεῖται περὶ αὐτήν. ᾿Εγὼ γὰρ, φησὶ, χαθεύδω, καὶ ἡ καρδία μου ἀγρυπνεῖ. Τίνα οὖν χρὴ διάνοιαν περὶ τούτων λαθεῖν ; Ὕπνος θανά-. του ἐστὶν ὁμοίωμα, Λύεται γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ πᾶσα αἰσθητικὴ τῶν σωμάτων ἐνέργεια, οὐκ ὄψεως, οὐκ ἀκοῆς, οὐκ ὀσφρήσεως, οὐ γεύσεως, οὐκ ἁφῆς, παρὰ τὸν οὔ ὕπνου καιρὸν ἐνεργούσης τὸ ἴδιον· ἀλλὰ καὶ λύει οὃν τόνον τοῦ σώματος· ποιεῖ δὲ καὶ λήθην τῶν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ φροντίδων, καὶ χατευνάζει τὸν φόθον, καὶ ἡμεροῖ τὸν θυμὸν, καὶ ὑποχαλᾷ τῶν πιχραινομέγῶν τὸν τόνον, καὶ πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἀναισθησίαν. ποιεῖ, ἕως ἂν χαταχρατῶν τύχῃ τοῦ σώματος. Οὐκοῦν οὔτο διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων μανθάνομεν, ὅτι ὑψηλοτέρα. γέγονεν ἑαυτῆς ἡ ταῦτα μεγαλαυχουμένη καὶ λέγουσα, ὅτι Ἐγὼ καθεύδω, καὶ ἡ καρδία μου ἀγρυπνεῖ. ὄντι γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ὧν μόνος ὁ νοῦς ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ βιοτεύει; οὐδενὶ τῶν αἰσθητηρίων παρενυχλούμενος, ὡς ὕπνῳ τινὶ καὶ κώματι πάρετος ἢ τοῦ σώματος γίνοιτο φύσις, καὶ ἀληθῶς ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι κοιμᾶται δι᾽ ἀπραξίας ἢ ὅρασις, ἀτιμαζομένων τῶν θεαμάτων ἐκείνων, ὅσα τὰς παιδιχὰς ὄψεις ἐχπλήττειν εἴωθεν. Οὐ ταῦτα λέγω μόνα ἃ τῆς γεώδους ὕλης ἐστὶν, οἷον χρυσίον τε καὶ ἀργύριον, καὶ τῶν λίθων ἐκεῖνα ὅσα διά τινος εὐχροίας κινεῖ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τὴν λιχνείαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πὰ περὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν φαινόμενα θαύματα, αἴτε τῶν ἀστέρων αὐταὶ, καὶ τοῦ ἡλίου ὁ κύκλος, καὶ τὸ πολύμορφον τῆς σελήνης εἶδος, καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡδονὴν φέρει, διὰ τὸ μηδὲν εἰς ἀεὶ μένειν, ἀλλὰ συμμεταχινεῖσθαι τῇ παρόδῳ τοῦ χρόνον, καὶ συμπεοιάγεσθαι. Πάντων τῶν τοιούτων ὑπεροφθέντων, διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀληθινῶν ἀγαθῶν θεωρίαν, πάρετός ἔστιν ὁ ποῦ σώματος ὀφθαλμὸς, πρὸς οὐδὲν τὼν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τῆς τελειοτέρας ψυχῇς γῆς. διὰ τὸ μόνα βλέπειν τῇ διανοίᾳ τὰ τῶν ὁρατῶν ὑπερκείμενα. Θὕύτω καὶ ἡ ἀκοὴ νεκρά τις καὶ ἀνενέρὝῆτος γίνεται, πρὸς τὰ ὑπὲρ λόγον τῆς ψυχῆς ἀσχοχοηνωδέστερα τῶν αἰσθήσεων, οὔτε λέγειν ἄξιον, ὅτι πόῤῥωθεν καθάπερ τις νεχρώδης δυσωδία ὁσμὰς ὄσφρησις, καὶ ἡ τῇ λατρείᾳ τῆς κοιλίας προσχαθημένη γεῦσις, καὶ ἡ ἀφὴ πρὸς τούτοις, τὸ ἀνδραποδῶδες καὶ τυφλὸν αἰσθητήριον, ὃ τάχα διὰ ποὺς τυφλοὺς μόνον ἡ φύσις ἐκοίησεν. Ὧν πάντων ὥσπερ ἐν ὕπνῳ τινὶ δι᾽ ἀπραξίαν κεκρατημένων, καθαρὰ τῆς καρδίας ἐστὶν ἡ ἐνέργεια, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἄνω ς βλέπει ὁ λογισμὸς, ἀπεριήχητος μένων ἐκ τῆς αἰσθηπιχῆς κινήσεως καὶ ἀθόλωτος. Διπλῇς γὰρ οὔσης ἐν πῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει τῆς ἡδονῆς· τῆς μὲν ἐν ψυχῇ δι᾿ ἀπαθείας ἐνεργουμένης, τῆς δὲ διὰ πάθους ἐν σώματι, ἥνπερ ἂν ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων ἡ προαίρεσις ἕληται, αὕτη κατὰ τῆς ἑτέρας τὸ κράτος ἔχει. Ὡς εἴ τις πρὸς τὴν αἴσθησιν βλέποι, τὴν δι’ αὐτῆς ἐμφνομένην σώματι ἡδονὴν ἐφελκόμενος, ἄγευστος τῆς θείας εὐδιότι πέφυκέ πως οθαι τὸ κρεῖττον ὑπὸ τοῦ χεέρονος. Οἷς δ᾽ ἂν ἐπιθυμία νὴν πρὸς τὸ Θεῖον ἔχει ῥοπὴν, τούτοις ἀνεπισκότητον μένει οὐ ἀγαθὸν, καὶ φευκτὸν ἅπαν νομίζεται εἶναι καταγοητεῦον τὴν αἴσθησιν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἡ ψυχὴ, ὅταν μόνῃ τῇ θεωρίᾳ τοῦ ὄντος εὐφραίνηται, πρὸς Ρ οὐδὲν ἐγρήγυρε τῶν ἐνεργουμένων καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν δι᾽ αἰσθήσεως· ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν σωματικὴν καταχοιμήσασα κίνησιν, γυμνῇ τε καὶ καθαρᾷ τῇ διανοίᾳ διὰ τῆς θείας ἐγρηγόρσεως δέχεται τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ἐμφάνειαν. Ἧς καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀξιωθείημεν διὰ τοῦ εἰρημένου ὕπνου καςορθοῦντες τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν ἐγρήγορσιν. ἙἘν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώ-

᾿Exegerthēti, Borrha. kai erchou, Note, kai dias pgϑyson kēpon mou, kai rheusatōsan arōmata mou. Katadētō adeiïridos mou eis kēpon autou, kai phagetō karpon akrodryōn. Eisēïlthon eis kēpon mou, adeiphrē mou mou meta arōmatōn mou. GEphagon arton mou meta melitos mou, epion hoinon mou meta galaktos mou. Phagete, hoi plēsion mou, kai piete, kai methysthēte, adelphoi. Egō katheudō, kai hē kardia Tēs nyn protetheisēs hēmin tōn theiōn rhētōn theōrias ek tēs tou GAsmatos tōn ᾿Asmatōn akolouthias, dysephichta tina kai kekalymmena di᾿ asapheias en aporrhētois periechousēs noēmata, meizonos hēmin chreia tēs prosochēs, mallon de pleionos tēs dia tōn euchōn synergias, kai tēs para tou hagiou Pneumatos hodēgias; hōs an mē tauton pathoimen epi tēs tōn hypsēlōn toutōn thaumatōn ekplēxeōs, hoper kai epi tōn asterōn paschein eiōthamen. Kai gar ekeinōn porrhōthen to kallos thaumazontes, oudemian mēchanēn epinoēsai dynametha pros to gnōnai tēn ktisin autōn alla dia tou kallous autōn estin hēmin hē apoperi to phainomenon echein, ᾿Asteres gar tines eisin atechnōs hai tōn theiōn toutōn logiōn marmarygai te kai lampēdones tōn tēs psychēs ommatōn hyperlampousai te kai nai, kata to hypsos tou ouranou apo tēs gēs, hōs phę̄sin ho Prophētēs. Ei de genoito kai peri tēn hēmeperan psychēn, ho peri ton Hēlian achouthmen; kai analēphtheisa tǭ pyrinǭ harmati hēmōn hē dianoia, metarsios pros ta ourania kallē metatetheiē ( Pneuma de hagion einai to pyr ennoēsomen, hoper ballein epi tēn gēn ēlthen ho Kyrios, to en glōssōn eidei tois mathēpais merizomenon), ouk ap᾽ elpidos hēmin genēsetai to plēsiasai toutois tois astrois, tois theiois legǭ noēmasi, tois dia tōn ouraniōn te kai pneumatikōn logiōn tas psychas hēmōn periastraptousin. ᾿Anaolepson gar tǭ tēs psychēs ophthalmǭ, pros se legō ton akroatēn, tēn pros ton patriarchēn genomenēn para tou Kyrion phōnēn, anadlepson eis ton ouranon touton, kai ide tous asteras, ei dynasai hautōn echmetrēsai tōn noēmatōn to hypsos. Blepe tēn exousian tēs basilidos ek tōn prostagmatōn autēs tēn dychatanoēsas, hōs autokratorikē tis teią tois legomenois emphainetai. Ou gar di᾽ euchēs katorthoi hoper bouletai, alla kata tēn apseudę̄ tou epangeilamenou phōnēn, hos phēsi ton piston kai phroniimon oikonomon pantōn tōn hyparchontōn tǭ Despotę̄ kyrion ginesthai. Tautēs epiladomenē tēs exousias, baailikōs heautę̄ dioikeitai ta katathymia tōn dyo anemōn ton men Borrhąn dia prostagmatos heautę̄ aphorizousa; ton de Noton, philophronōs kalousa, kai pros heautēn elthein chatepeigousa. Echei de hē lexis houtōs; ᾿Exegerthēti, Borrha, kai erchou, Note. Tacha ti syngenes esti tois legomenois heurein en tois hekatontarchou logois, hous autos ho Theos Logos ethaumase, kathōs ho Euangelistēs diēgēsato, legōn; hoti ᾿Akousas de Iēsous ethaumase, kai hyperethēke tēs tou Israēl pisteōs tēn tou hekatontarchou phōnēn. Ou gar pros ton laon moi dokei ton Israēlikikon poieisthai eon Hekatontarchon tēn synkrisin en tǭ tēs pisteōs logǭ, alla pros auton ekeinon ton Israēl᾽ hos en tę̄ pros ton anticheemenon palę̄, meta tēs tou Theou symmachias mogis to ptōma diephygen, ouk akchridōs tēs tou antipalou bladēs hexō Hyenomenos. En gar tǭ mērǭ to pathos edexato. Outos de ho Hekatontarchēs, peri hou nyn ho logos esti, basilikę̄ tini dynamei to allotrion kat᾽ exousian apopempomenos, oikeioutai to katathymion. Epi toun tǭ gar moi dokei malista tetychēkenai tou thaumatos ho anēr᾽ hoti phēsin en tois procheiriois autou stratiōtais en authentichę̄ exousią apopempesthai hon bouletai, kai proskaleisthai ton katathymion, kai tǭ doulǭ tēn kathēkousan epitattein hypēresian. Kakei gar philosophia tis en tę̄ tou Hekatontarchou phōnę̄, hoti ton hapax iapopemphthenta ouketi pros heauton epanagei; alla toutou apophoitēsantos heteron ant᾽ autou eisoikizetai. Touto gar eipōn, hoti Poreuthēti, kai poreuetai, allon proskaleisthai phēsin, ouk hon apepempsato. Paideuontos oimai tou logou to toiouton dogma, hoti ta allēlois antikeimena tǭ autǭ met᾽ allēlōn synepichōriazein physin ouk echei. Oudemia gar koinōnia phōti pros skotos, phēsin ho;Apostolos; all᾽ anankē pasa tou skotous echchōrēsantos, phōs einai to ant᾽ ekeinou horōmenon, kai tēs kakias ekpodōn genomenēs, tēn aretēn anteisagesthai; toutou de katorthōthentos, mēketi to phronēma tēs sarkos antairein tǭ pneumati. Mēde gar dynasthai nekrōtheisēs autou tēs eis to antiteinein dynameōs, alla pros pasan kathēkousan hypēresian heutheton ginesthai, tę̄ dynasteią tou pneumatos eupeithes hyparchon kai hypocheirion. Hotan gar apodiōchthę̄ men ho tēs kakias symmachos stratiōtēs. anteiselthę̄ de ho tēs aretēs hoplitēs, endedychōs ton thōraka tēs dikaiosynēs, kai tēn machairan tou pneumatos dia tōn hoplōn, tēn te perikephalaian tou sōtēriou, kai ton thyreon tēs pisteōs, kai pasan pherōn en heautǭ pēn pneumatikēn panoplian, tote phodeitai ton heautou kyrion ho doulos to sōma, kai prothymōs tou kratountos ta parangelmata dechetai, di᾽ hōn ē aretē ē katorthoutai tę̄ hypourgią tou sōmatos; touto gar endeiknytai tou ᾿Ekatontarchon ho logos eipōn, hoti Kai tǭ doulǭ mou .egō, Poiēson touto, kai ᾿All᾽ akousōmen tēs basilidos, hopōs apanistēsin aph᾽ heautēs ton Borrhan, eis to empalin autou tēn pnoēn anastrepsasa. Ou. gar hēremein epitassei, kathaper epi tou chlydōniou tēs thalassēs ho Kyrios ēsychian agein tēn lailapa, siōpēn parangeilas tois kymasin᾽ all᾽ apochōrein kai pheugein parakeleuetai, hōs an akōlytōs ho Notos rheoi, mēdemias empodizousēs autǭ tēn phoran; ᾿Exegerthēti, legousa tǭ Borrhą᾽ tis de hē aitia tēs tou anemou toukou metanastaseōs ? Sklēros anemos esti, phēsi pros touto tēs Paroimias logos; onomati de epidexios kaleitai; all᾽ oudeni doxios Bsrrheas, plēn ei tis kata NNōtou tēn anatolēn echoi, pros tas dysmas chon dromon poioumenos. Noeis de pantōs tōn legomenōn to ainigma, hoti ho tēs anatolēs apoutas (houtō char para tēs prophēteias ho Christos onomazetai) kai pros tas dysmas tou phōtos heauton synelaunōn, hopou estin exousia tou schotous͵ dexion echei eph᾽ ean, tou ton Borrhan tois ponērois auton ephodiois dexioumenon, di᾿ hōn ho pros to ochotos ginetai dromos. Houtōs heuriskei ton Borrhan heautou dexion ho akolastos, tǭ pathei tēs atimias sympneonta. Houtō ginetai tǭ pleonechtę̄ dexion to pneuma touto tēs ponērias, hotan autǭ tas hylas tēs pleonexias hoion tina psammon ē konin perisōreuei. Houtōs pros hekaston tōn plēma melēmatōn tēn par᾽ heautou synergian charizomenos, epidexios ginetai, hois an genētai. Sklēros men kata tēn physin hōn, epikryptōn de tais ēdonais to antitypon, dia touto phygadeuei tēs idias archēs ton Borrhan, ē kata tōn pathōn anadysamenē to kratos., ᾿Exegerdēti, legousa, ō Borrha. Hoti de tǭ onomati toutǭ ē antikeimenē diasēmainetai dynamis, panti dēlon an eiē tǭ katanenoēchoti tēn tōn horatōn physin. Tis gar ouk hoide tou hēliou tēn kinēsin, hoti ek pōn anatolōn dia tou notiou ton dromon poioumenos, pros tas dysmas epichlinetai ? To de schēma tēs gēs sphairoeides hon, kathōs phasin hoi ta toiauta chatanoēphantes, en hǭper tǭ hēliǭ perilamphthę̄, kata kasan xei tou mesou schiazomenon. Epei oun aphengēs ho pos ekeinos kai chatepsygmenos eisaei diamenei mēne lampomenos hypo tōn hēliakōn aktinōn mēte thalpomenos ᾿ dia touto ton archonta tēs exousias tou skotous, ton tēn apalēn tōn psychōn physin hydatos dikēn apolithounta dia tēs pēxeōs, kai sklēran ergazomenon, Borrhean te kai sklēron onomazei ho Logos, ton tēs katēpheias tou cheimōnos ergatēn, okeinsy legō tou cheimōnos en hǭ tēn phygēn tōn kindynōn amēchanon legei to Euangelion. En autǭ gar tōn kat᾽ aretēn anthountōn ē hōra marainetai. Kalōs oun apelaunei touton kat᾽ exousian hē basiphōnē proskaleitai de to mesēmthrinon pneuma, Ho to thermon te kai aeiphenges, hoper onomazei Noton , di᾽ hou ho cheimarrhous tēs tryphēs rheei, legousa; Kai erchou, Note, diaageuson ton kēpon mou, kai rheusatōsan arōmata mou; hōste tę̄ biaią pnoę̄, kathōs en tǭ hyperōǭ gegenēsthai tois mathētais ēkousamen, tois Empsychois phytois epipesonta kinēsan tēn tou Theou phyteian pros tēn tōn arōmatōn phoran; kai rheein paraskeuasai dia tou stomatos tēn euōdē prophēteian, kai ta sōtēria tēs pisteōs dogmata, kata pan eidos glōssēs akōlytōs tēn euōdian tōn didagmatōn procheonta. Houtōs hoi ekaton kai eikosi mathētai, si en oikǭ tou Theou pephoteumenoi, kę̄ tou toioutou Notou, tēn dia tōn glōssōn didaskalian exēnthēsan. Dia touto toinyn phēsi tǭ toioutǭ Notǭ hē nymphē hoti Diaxsneuson ton kēpon mou. Epeidē mētēr kēpǭ egeneto chara tēs tou nymphion phōnēs tou poiēsantos autēn, kathōs periechei ho logos pēpou kai pēgēs. Hou charin ton kēpon autēs tēn Ekklēsian tēn tois empsychois bryousan dendrois diapneusthēnai bouletai, hōste rheusai ap᾿ autōn ta arōmata. Ho men gar Prophētēs phēsin, hoti Pgeusei pneuma autou, kai rhnēsetai hydata. Hē de tǭ basilikǭ ploutǭ komōsa nymphē, pros to megalophyeta rheumata, arōmatōn potamous poiousa tōn tou kēpou dendrōn echreontas, dia tēs bias tou pneumatos hōste dia toutou mathein tēs Palaias Diathēkēs pros tēn Kainēn to diaphoron; hoti ho men prophētikos potamos eplērōthē hydatōn; euangelikos arōmatōn. Toioutos potamos arōmatōn ēn, ek tou kēpou tēs Ekklēsias rheōn dia tou pneumatos, ho megas Paulos, hou to rheithron Christou euōdes ēn, Toioutos allos Iōannēs, ho Loukas, ho Matthaios, ho Markos, kai hoi loipoi pantes ta eugenē phyta tou kēpou tēs nymphēs, hoi tǭ phōteinǭ ekeinǭ tǭ mesēmorinǭ Notǭ diapneusthentes, pēgai arōϑatōn egenonto, bryontes tēn tōn Euangeliōn euōdian. Katadētō, phēsin, ho adeiïphridos mon, eis kēpon autou, kai phagetō parpon akchrodryōn hautou. Ō peparrhēsiasmenēs phōnēs Hō philotimou te kai megalodōrou psychēs, pasan synēs nikōsēs Tina dexioutai pros euōchian tois idiois karpois: Tini paraskeuazei dia tōn idiōn agathōn tēn pandaisian ? Tina kalei pros tēn tōn parrhescheuasmenōn hestiasin ? Ton ex hou ta panta, kai di᾿ hou ta panta, kai en hǭ ta panta, ton didonta tois pasi trophēn en eukairią,, ton anoigonta tēn cheira autou, kai plērounta pan zōon eudokias, ton arton ton ek tou ouranou chatadainonta, kai zōēn didonta tǭ kosmǭ, ton pasi tois ousi tēn zōēn ek tēs idias pēgēs epirrheonta; toutǭ hē nymphē protithēsi trapezan. Kēpos de estin hē trapeza, ho dia tōn empsychōn dendrōn pephyteumenos. Hēmeis de ta dendra, eiper dē kai hēmeis hoi trophēn autǭ protithentes tēn tōn psychōn hēmōn sōtērian, houtōs eipontos tou tēn hēmeteran euōchoumenou zōēn ᾿ hoti Emon brōma estin, hina poiō to thelēma tou Patros mou. Dēlos de ho skopos tou theiou thelēmatos, hos pantas thelei sōthēgai, kai eis epignōsin alētheias elthein. Hautē oun iestin hetoimastheisa brōsis autǭto sōthēnai hēmas. Karpos de hēmōn hē proairesis ginetai, hē tǭ hēmas Theǭ di᾽ heautēs hōs dia tinos achremonos tēn psychēn encheirizousa. Chrē de dia toutōn idein hoti proeron ē nymphē tǭ karpǭ tou mēlou chataglychainetai eipousa; Kai ho karpos autou glykys en tǭ stomati mou; kai tote karpos kai autē ginetai hōrimos te kai glychainōn, kai tǭ geōrgǭ pros euprocheimenos. Hē hoe tou Katadētō lexis, euchtichēn echei tēn sēmasian, homoiotropōs echphōnētheisa tǭ. Hagiasthētō to onoma sou; kai gegēthētō to thelēma sou. Hōs gar echei tēn euchtichēn emphasin ho tōn rhētōn ekeinōn schēmatismos periechei, houtō kai entautha to Katadētō, euchē tēs nymphēs estin epideiknymenēs tǭ Theǭ tōn tēs aretēs akrodryōn tēn euphorian. Hē de chatadasis to tēs philanthrōpias ergon diasēmainei. Epeidē gar ouk estin allōs analēphthēnai pros ton Hypsiston, ei mē pros: praeis Kyrios, dia touto hē aniousa pros ta anō. psychē, tēn para tou hypercheimenou cheiragōgian proskaloumenē, hypochatadēnai auton pou idiou megethous euchetai, hina tois katō ephiktos genētai. Ho. de eipōn dia tou prophētou hoti Eti Iōlountos sou ekei, idou pareimi; prin epexelthein tę̄ euchę̄ tę̄ nymphę̄, kai ēkousen hōn edeēthē, kai tę̄ hetoimasią tēs kardias autēs prosesche, kai hon tǭ kēpǭ egeneto tǭ diapneusthenti hypo tau Notou, kai tous karpous tōn arōmatōn edrepsato, kai tōn tēs aretēs akrodryōn enephorēthē, kai diēgēma tēn euōchian pepoiētai, legōn houtōsi pros tēn nymphēn eis kēpon, adelphē mou nymphē. Hetrygēsa smyrgan mou meta arōmatōn mou.;ephagon arton mou. meta melitos mou.;Epion hoigon mou. meta ga,iaktos mou. Phagete, hoi piēsion mou, kai piete, kai methysthēte, adelphoi mon. Horąs pōs hyperdallei tę̄ megalodōreą tēn aitēsin? ᾿Arōmatōn euxato genesthai pēgas hē nymphē, ta heautēs en tǭ kēpǭ phyta mesēmorias epipneonti Notǭ, kai tǭ karpǭ tōn akrodryōn ton geōrgon dexiōsasthai. Touto de panti dēlon, hoti pasa eupnoia, tēs osphrantichēs aisthēseōs ( hēdonē ginetai. Ta de achrodrna tēs tou artou dynameōs kata tēn brōsin hōs pros tēn tōn trephomenōn euexian estin atonōteron. Ho de chatadas epi pon. heautou kēpon, kai pros to meizon te kai timiōteron tēn tōn karpōn metadalōn physin, drepetai men ek tou kēpou smyrnan heurōn meta arōmatōn autou. Par᾽ autou gar einai ei ti kalon, en hǭper heurethę̄, ho prophētikos hymnēse logos. ᾿Anti de tōn akrodryōn, artǭ bryein paraskeuazei ta dendra, dynanamemigmenǭ meta tou melitos autou. Kai poutǭ to prophētikon synechphōneisthō, hoti hautou to meli, hōs kai taaloipa tōn allōn, kai ton oinon ap᾽ autōn aryetai, synanachechramenon tǭ galakti autou. Ex autou gar kai d autou kai eis auton ta panta. Ō makariōn kēpōn ekeinōn, hōn ta phyta toioutois bryein karpois Ho memartyrētai, hōs pros hapan eidos trophēs kata tēn epithymian tēs apolauseōs harmodiōs metapoieisthai! Tǭ men gar dia tēs euōdias tryphōnti smyrna ginetai, dia tēs tōn epigeiōn melōn nekrotētos, ton katharon kai euōdē myrepsōn bion, ton ek poikilōn te kai diaphorōn. tōn tēs aretēs arōmatōn syncherannymenon. Tǭ de tēn teleioteran epizētounti trophēn, artos ginetai, ouketi epi pikridōn esthiomenos, hōs ho nomos diakeleuetai; pros gar to paron estin hē pichris; all᾽ opson heautǭ. to meli poioumenos, hotan en tǭ idiǭ kairǭ ho karpos tēs aretēs chataglychainę̄ ta tēs psychēs aisthētēria, hou apodeixis ho meta tēn anastasin tou Kyriou prophaneis tois mathētais artos esti, tǭ kēriǭ tou melitos hēdynomenos. Tǭ dipsōnti de kratēr ginetai plē- Ho rēs oinon kai galaktos, ou spongia cholę̄ te kai oxei diadrochos, hoian hoi Ioudaioi tǭ euergetę̄ tēn philotēsian endeiknymenoi dia tou kalamou proteinousi, Pantōs de ouk agnooumen ta tōn eirēmenōn ainipōs dendron ēn smyrnēphoron ho Paulos, ho kath᾽ hēmeran apothnēskōn, kai autos heautǭ didous to tou thanatou apokrima, kai dia katharotētos te kai apatheias arōmatizōn, osmē zōēs tois sōzomenois ginomenos; pōs de sitopoiei ta empsycha tou kēpou phyta tǭ despotę̄ tou kēpou, hōs martyrei ho epi tou thronou kathēmenos; hoti ʼEpeigasa, kai edōkate moi phagein. GLrtos gar euphrosynēs estin hē heupoiia, tǭ meliti tēs entolēs glychainomenos; pōs de palin oinochoei tǭ nymphiǭ ta euernē tou kēpou phyta, pros ous touto phēsin; hoti Edipsēsa, kai epotisate me, galakti ton oinon cherasantes, ouk hydati, kata tēn tōn chapēlōn synētheian. To de gala hē prōtē tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs esti trophē, hē kathara te kai haplē, hē ontōs nēpiōdēs kai adolos, kai pasēs ponēras aitias kekatharmenē. Tauta eipōn pros tēn nymphēn ho logos, peritithetai tois plēsion ta tou Euangeliou mystēria, legōn; Phagete, hoi piēsion mou, kai piete, kai methysthēte, adelphoi mou, Tǭ gar epistamenǭ tas mystikas tou Euangeliou phōnas, oudemia phanēsetai diaphora tōn entautha rhētōn, pros tēn echei tois mathētais ginomenēn mystagōgian, Hōsautōs gar entautha kai echei phēsin ho logos to, Phagete kai piete. Ē de pros tēn methēn protropē hēn entautha tois adelphois ho logos pepoiētai, doxeien an tois pollois pleion ti para to Euangelion echein. Ei de tis achridōs exetaseien, kai outo symphōnon tois euangelikois heurethēsetai. Hoper gar entautha tǭ logǭ tois philois parekeleusato, touto echei dia tōn ergōn epoiēsen, dioti pada methē ekstasin eiōthe poiein tēs dianoias, tēs chechratēmenēs hypo tou oinon. Oukoun hoper entautha protrepetai, outo dia tēs theias ekeinēs brōseōs te kai poseōs kai tote egineto, kai pantote ginetai, syneisiousēs tę̄ brōseite kai tę̄ posei tēs apo tōn cheironōn pros ta beltiō metadolēs kai ekstaseōs Houtō methyousi, kathōs hē prophēteia phēsin, hoi tēn piotēta tou oikou tou Thphou pinontes, kai tǭ cheimarrhǭ tēs tryphēs potizomenoi. ᾿ Hōsper emethysthē pote kai ho megas Dabid, hote ekdas autos heautou, kai en ekstasei genomenos, eide to atheaton kallos, kai tēn aoidimon ekeinēn phōnēn exedoēsen; hoti Pas anthrōpos pseustēs; logǭ tōn aphrastōn thēsaurōn epitrepōn tēn hermēneian. Houtōs emethysthē kai ho neōteros Beniamin Paulos, hote en ekstasei egeneto legōn; Eite gar exestēmen, Theǭ; pros ekeinon gar auton hē ekstasis hēn; dite sōphrogoumen, hymin; hōs edeiknye tois pros ton Phēston logois, heauton mē mainomenon, alla sōphrosynēs te chkai dikaiosynēs apophthengomenon rhēmata. Oida kai ton makarion Petron en tǭ toioutǭ tēs methēs eidei prospeinon te onta homou kai methyonta, Prin gar tēn aōmatichēn trophēn prosenenkasthai, hote egeneto. prospeinos kai ēthele geusasthai, paraskeuazontōn hautǭ tōn idiōn tēn trapexan, ginetai hautǭ hē theia te kai nēphalios methē, di᾿ hēs existatai hautos heautou, kai theōrei tēn euangelikēn odonēn, tessarsin archais anōthen kathiemenēn, pan genos anthrōpōn en autę̄ periechousan en myriois eidesi, peteinōn te kai tetrapodōn kai herpetōn kai thēriōn, kata tas tōn diaphoras memorphōmenōn. Hōn to thēriōdes te kai alogon eidos thysai tǭ Petrǭ ho logos diakeleuetai, hina chatharthegtōn autōn, to leipomenon edōdimon genētai, hote kai gymnos ho tēs eusetheias paradidotai logos, ouk hapax eipousēs tēs theias phōnēs, hoti Ouk esti koinon hoper ho Theos ekatharisen. ᾿All’ eis tris genomenou tou toioutou kērygmatos, hina mathōmen tę̄ mią phōnę̄, Theon chatharizonta ton Patera, kai en tę̄ heterą hōsautōs chatharezonta ton Theon, ton monogenē Huion einai, kai en tę̄ allę̄ paraplēsiōs, hoti ho pan akatharton katharizōn Theos, to Pneuma esti to hagion. Toiautē? toigyn ginomenēs tēs ek tou oinou methēs, hon protithēse tois sympotais ho Kyrios, di᾽ hēs pros ta theiotera tēs psychēs ekstasis ginetai, kalōs parakeleuetai tois plēsion dia tōn aretōn gegonosin, ou tois porrhōthen aphestēchosin ho Kyrios hoti Phagete, hoi plēsion mou, kai piete, kai methysthēte. Ho gar anaxiōs esthiōn kai pinōn, krima heautǭ esthiei kai pinei. Kalōs de tous axious tēs brōseōs adelphous prosgoreusen. Ho gar poiōn to thelēma autou, kai adelphos kai adelphē kai mētēr hypo tou Logou chatono᾿Acholouϑōs de diadechetai tēn methēn ho hypnos, hōs euexian hē dynamis. Dia touto meta tēn pandaisian ekeinēn en tǭ hypnǭ hē nymphē ginetai, Xenos de tis houtos ho hypnos esti, kai tēs physikę̄s synētheias allotrios. Epi men gar tou synēthous hypnou, oute ho katheudōn egrēgoren, kai ho egrēgorōs ou katheudei all᾽ en allēlois lēgei amphotera, ho te hypnos kai hē tais diadochais allēlōn Entautha de tis kainē kai paradoxos mixis tōn enanpiōn kai synodos theōreitai peri autēn. ᾿Egō gar, phēsi, chatheudō, kai hē kardia mou agrypnei. Tina oun chrē dianoian peri toutōn lathein ? Hypnos thana-. tou estin homoiōma, Lyetai gar en autǭ pasa aisthētikē tōn sōmatōn energeia, ouk opseōs, ouk akoēs, ouk osphrēseōs, ou geuseōs, ouk haphēs, para ton ou hypnou kairon energousēs to idion; alla kai lyei hoon tonon tou sōmatos; poiei de kai lēthēn tōn en tǭ anthrōpǭ phrontidōn, kai chateunazei ton phothon, kai hēmeroi ton thymon, kai hypochalą tōn pichrainomegōn ton tonon, kai pantōn tōn kakōn anaisthēsian. poiei, heōs an chatachratōn tychę̄ tou sōmatos. Oukoun outo dia tōn eirēmenōn manthanomen, hoti hypsēlotera. gegonen heautēs hē tauta megalauchoumenē kai legousa, hoti Egō katheudō, kai hē kardia mou agrypnei. onti gar eph᾽ hōn monos ho nous eph᾽ heautou bioteuei? oudeni tōn aisthētēriōn parenychloumenos, hōs hypnǭ tini kai kōmati paretos ē tou sōmatos ginoito physis, kai alēthōs estin eipein, hoti koimatai di᾽ apraxias ē horasis, atimazomenōn tōn theamatōn ekeinōn, hosa tas paidichas opseis echplēttein eiōthen. Ou tauta legō mona ha tēs geōdous hylēs estin, hoion chrysion te kai argyrion, kai tōn lithōn ekeina hosa dia tinos euchroias kinei tois ophthalmois tēn lichneian, alla kai pa peri ton ouranon phainomena thaumata, aite tōn asterōn autai, kai tou hēliou ho kyklos, kai to polymorphon tēs selēnēs eidos, kai ei ti allo tois ophthalmois hēdonēn pherei, dia to mēden eis aei menein, alla symmetachineisthai tę̄ parodǭ tou chronon, kai sympeoiagesthai. Pantōn tōn toioutōn hyperophthentōn, dia tēn tōn alēthinōn agathōn theōrian, paretos estin ho pou sōmatos ophthalmos, pros ouden tōn par᾽ autou tēs teleioteras psychę̄s gēs. dia to mona blepein tę̄ dianoią ta tōn horatōn hyperkeimena. Thyytō kai hē akoē nekra tis kai anenerYētos ginetai, pros ta hyper logon tēs psychēs aschochoēnōdestera tōn aisthēseōn, oute legein axion, hoti porrhōthen kathaper tis nechrōdēs dysōdia hosmas osphrēsis, kai hē tę̄ latreią tēs koilias proschathēmenē geusis, kai hē aphē pros toutois, to andrapodōdes kai typhlon aisthētērion, ho tacha dia pous typhlous monon hē physis ekoiēsen. Hōn pantōn hōsper en hypnǭ tini di᾽ apraxian kekratēmenōn, kathara tēs kardias estin hē energeia, kai pros to anō s blepei ho logismos, aperiēchētos menōn ek tēs aisthēpichēs kinēseōs kai atholōtos. Diplę̄s gar ousēs en pę̄ anthrōpinę̄ physei tēs hēdonēs; tēs men en psychę̄ di᾿ apatheias energoumenēs, tēs de dia pathous en sōmati, hēnper an ex amphoterōn hē proairesis helētai, hautē kata tēs heteras to kratos echei. Hōs ei tis pros tēn aisthēsin blepoi, tēn di’ autēs emphnomenēn sōmati hēdonēn ephelkomenos, ageustos tēs theias eudioti pephyke pōs othai to kreitton hypo tou cheeronos. Hois d᾽ an epithymia nēn pros to Theion echei rhopēn, toutois anepiskotēton menei ou agathon, kai pheukton hapan nomizetai einai katagoēteuon tēn aisthēsin. Dia touto hē psychē, hotan monę̄ tę̄ theōrią tou ontos euphrainētai, pros R ouden egrēgyre tōn energoumenōn kath᾽ hēdonēn di᾽ aisthēseōs; alla pasan sōmatikēn katachoimēsasa kinēsin, gymnę̄ te kai katharą tę̄ dianoią dia tēs theias egrēgorseōs dechetai tou Theou tēn emphaneian. Hēs kai hēmeis axiōtheiēmen dia tou eirēmenou hypnou kasorthountes tēs psychēs tēn egrēgorsin. HeEn Christǭ Iēsou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiō-

Homily 10 (Song 4:16–5:2)

"Awake, north wind, and come, south wind, and blow through my garden, and let my spices flow. Let my beloved come down into his garden and eat the fruit of his fruit trees. I have come into my garden, my sister [bride; I have gathered] my [myrrh] with my spices; I have eaten my bread with my honey, I have drunk my wine with my milk. Eat, my close ones, and drink, and be drunk, brothers. I sleep, and my heart [is awake]."

The contemplation of the divine words now set before us from the sequence of the Song of Songs contains thoughts hard to reach, veiled in obscurity among things unspoken. So we have need of greater attention, or rather of more help through prayers and of the guidance of the Holy Spirit, so that we may not suffer, in our amazement at these lofty wonders, what we usually suffer with the stars. For we marvel at their beauty from far off, but can devise no means of knowing what they are made of; from their beauty we have only the [enjoyment] of what appears. For the gleams and flashes of these divine words are simply stars, shining far above the eyes of the soul and [standing apart from us], as high as heaven is from the earth, as the prophet says. But if what we hear happened to Elijah should happen to our soul too, and our mind should be taken up in the fiery chariot and carried aloft to the heavenly beauties (we shall understand the fire to be the Holy Spirit, which the Lord came to cast upon the earth, divided to the disciples in the form of tongues), it will not be beyond hope for us to come near these stars, I mean the divine thoughts, which flash about our souls through the heavenly and spiritual words.

"Look up" with the eye of the soul (I say it to you, the hearer), as the Lord's voice said to the patriarch; "look up to this heaven, and see the stars," whether you can measure the height of their thoughts. See the authority of the queen, perceiving her power from her commands, how a kind of sovereign authority shows in what she says. For she does not achieve what she wishes by prayer, but according to the truthful voice of the one who promised, who says that the faithful and wise steward becomes master of all his Master's possessions. Taking hold of this authority, she disposes royally of what she wishes concerning the two winds, banishing the north wind from herself by command, while calling the south wind kindly and urging it to come to her. The wording runs thus: "Awake, north wind, and come, south wind."

Perhaps something akin to what is said may be found in the words of the centurion, at which God the Word himself marvelled, as the evangelist relates, saying that "when Jesus heard it, he marvelled," and he set the centurion's word above the faith of Israel. For it seems to me that he does not compare the centurion in faith with the Israelite people, but with Israel himself, who in his wrestling with the adversary barely escaped a fall, with God's help, and did not come away wholly clear of the adversary's harm; for he received the injury in his thigh. But this centurion, of whom we are now speaking, with a kind of royal power sends away by authority what is foreign to him and takes to himself what he wishes. It seems to me that the man won the Lord's wonder above all for this: that he says that among the soldiers under his hand he sends away by full authority whom he wishes, calls to himself the one he wishes, and orders his slave to the service that is fitting. There too there is a philosophy in the centurion's words: he does not bring back to himself the one once sent away, but when that one has departed, he settles another in his place. For having said, "Go, and he goes," he says that he calls another, not the one he sent away. The word teaches, I think, this doctrine: that things opposed to each other cannot by nature dwell together in the same place. For there is no fellowship of light with darkness, says the apostle; but when the darkness has withdrawn, what is seen in its place must be light, and when vice has gone out of the way, virtue is brought in in its stead. When this is achieved, the mind of the flesh no longer rises against the spirit; it cannot, since its power of resistance has been put to death, but it becomes fit for every fitting service, obedient and subject to the rule of the spirit. For when the soldier who fights for vice has been driven away, and the hoplite of virtue has come in instead, having put on the breastplate of righteousness and, among his weapons, the sword of the Spirit, the helmet of salvation and the shield of faith, and bearing on himself the whole spiritual armour, then the slave, the body, fears its own master and readily receives the commands of the one who rules, through which virtue is achieved by the service of the body. This is what the centurion's word shows when he says, "And to my slave I say, 'Do this,' and [he does it]."

But let us hear the queen, how she drives the north wind away from herself, turning its blowing back the other way. For she does not order it to be still, as the Lord on the rough sea ordered the squall to be quiet, commanding silence to the waves; but she bids it withdraw and flee, so that the south wind may flow unhindered, with nothing obstructing its course. "Awake," [she says,] driving off the north wind. And what is the reason for removing this wind? "The north wind is a harsh wind," says the word of Proverbs on this, "but it is called by the name 'on the right.'" Yet the north wind is on the right of no one, unless someone has the east at his back and is making his way to the west. You understand the riddle of what is said: that whoever turns away from the East (for so Christ is named by the prophecy) and drives himself toward the setting of the light, where the power of darkness is, has the north wind on his right, welcoming him with wicked provisions, by which the course toward darkness is made. So the self-indulgent man finds the north wind on his right, blowing along with the passion of dishonour; so this spirit of wickedness becomes "on the right" for the greedy man when it heaps up for him the materials of greed like sand or dust. So, giving its own help to each of the sins, it becomes "on the right" to those with whom it is. Harsh by nature, it hides its hardness under pleasures. For this reason she, having put on strength against the passions, banishes the north wind from her own realm, saying, "Awake, north wind."

That the opposing power is signified by this name would be plain to anyone who has studied the nature of visible things. For who does not know the movement of the sun, that it makes its course from the east through the south and inclines toward the west? The shape of the earth is spherical, as those who study such things say; and in whatever part it is lit by the sun, it is wholly shaded [in the opposite part,] beyond the middle. Since, then, that region always remains without light and chilled, neither lit by the sun's rays nor warmed, the Word therefore names "north wind" and "harsh" the ruler of the power of darkness, who petrifies the tender nature of souls like water by freezing and makes them hard, the worker of the gloom of winter: I mean that winter in which the gospel says flight from dangers is impossible. For in it the bloom of those who flower in virtue withers. Fittingly, then, the queen's voice drives this one away by authority, and calls the noonday wind, the warm and ever-bright one, which she names the south wind, through which the torrent of delight flows, saying: "And come, south wind, blow through my garden, and let my spices flow." So that, by the violent blowing, as we have heard it happened to the disciples in the upper room, falling on the living plants, it might move God's planting to the bearing of spices, and make the fragrant prophecy flow through the mouth, and the saving doctrines of the faith, pouring forth the fragrance of the teachings unhindered in every kind of tongue. So the hundred and twenty disciples, planted in the house of God, [blown upon by such a south wind,] flowered with the teaching through tongues. For this reason the bride says to such a south wind, "Blow through my garden." For she became mother of a garden, [by the] voice of the bridegroom who made her, as the text that speaks of garden and fountain contains. For this reason she wishes her garden, the church, teeming with living trees, to be blown through, so that the spices may flow from them. For the prophet says: "His wind will blow, and waters will flow." But the bride, resplendent with royal wealth, [makes] magnificent streams, rivers of spices flowing from the trees of the garden through the violence of the wind, so that we may learn by this the difference of the Old Covenant from the New: the prophetic river was filled with waters, the gospel river with spices. Such a river of spices was the great Paul, flowing from the garden of the church through the Spirit, whose stream was the fragrance of Christ; such was John too, and Luke, Matthew, Mark, and all the rest, the noble plants of the bride's garden, who, blown upon by that bright noonday south wind, became fountains of spices, gushing with the fragrance of the gospels.

"Let my beloved come down," she says, "into his garden, and eat the fruit of his fruit trees." O bold voice! O generous and munificent soul, surpassing all [magnanimity]! Whom does she welcome to a feast with her own fruits? For whom does she prepare a banquet from her own goods? Whom does she call to the entertainment of what has been prepared? The one from whom are all things, through whom are all things, and in whom are all things; the one who gives food to all in due season, who opens his hand and fills every living thing with good pleasure; the bread coming down from heaven and giving life to the world, who pours life on all beings from his own fountain. For him the bride sets a table. And the table is the garden, planted with living trees. And we are the trees, if indeed we too are those who set before him as food the salvation of our souls; for so says the one who feasts on our life: "My food is to do the will of my Father." And the aim of the divine will is plain: he wishes all to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth. This, then, is the food prepared for him: that we be saved. And our fruit is our free choice, which by itself hands our soul to God as by a branch. Through these words we must see that the bride was first sweetened by the fruit of the apple tree, saying, "And his fruit is sweet in my mouth"; and then she herself becomes fruit, ripe and sweet, set out for the husbandman's [enjoyment].

The word "let him come down" has the meaning of a prayer, uttered in the same way as "Hallowed be your name" and "Your will be done." For as there the form of those words carries the sense of a prayer, so here too the "let him come down" is the prayer of the bride, showing God the fruitfulness of the fruit trees of virtue. And the coming down signifies the work of his love for mankind. For since it is not otherwise possible to be taken up to the Most High unless the Lord [comes down] to the meek, the soul that climbs to things above, calling on the guidance of the one who lies beyond, prays that he will come down a little from his own greatness, so that he may become reachable by those below. And he who said through the prophet, "While you are still speaking, behold, I am here," before the bride had finished her prayer both heard what she asked and attended to the readiness of her heart; he came to be in the garden blown through by the south wind, gathered the fruits of the spices, filled himself with the fruit trees of virtue, and made the feast a story, speaking thus to the bride: "[I have come] into [my] garden, my sister bride. I have gathered my myrrh with my spices; I have eaten my bread with my honey; I have drunk my wine with my milk. Eat, my close ones, and drink, and be drunk, my brothers."

Do you see how he surpasses the request by his munificence? The bride prayed that her plants in the garden might become fountains of spices, when the south wind blew on them at noon, and that she might welcome the husbandman with the fruit of the fruit trees. Now it is plain to all that every fragrance is a pleasure to the sense of smell; and fruit from trees, as food, is weaker than the power of bread for the good condition of those who are fed. But he who came down to his own garden, changing the nature of the fruits to what is greater and more precious, gathers from the garden myrrh, finding it with his spices. For that whatever is good, wherever it is found, is from him, the prophetic word has sung. And instead of fruit trees he makes the trees gush with bread mixed with his honey. Let the prophetic word be uttered with this too: that the honey is his, as is all the rest. And he draws wine from them, mixed with his milk. For from him and through him and to him are all things.

O blessed those gardens, whose plants are attested to gush with such fruits, so as to change fittingly into every kind of food according to the desire for enjoyment! For to one who delights in fragrance it becomes myrrh, compounding, through the deadness of the members that are on earth, the pure and fragrant life mixed from the varied and different spices of virtue. To one who seeks more perfect food it becomes bread, no longer eaten with bitter herbs, as the law commands (for the bitter herb belongs to the present), but making honey its relish, when in its own season the fruit of virtue sweetens the senses of the soul. A proof of this is the bread that appeared to the disciples after the Lord's resurrection, sweetened with the honeycomb. And to the thirsty it becomes a mixing bowl full of wine and milk; not a sponge soaked with gall and vinegar, such as the Jews held out on the reed to their benefactor, showing their friendship.

We are surely not ignorant of the riddles of what has been said: how Paul was a myrrh-bearing tree, dying every day and himself giving himself the sentence of death, and becoming fragrant through purity and freedom from passion, a fragrance of life to those who are being saved; how the living plants of the garden make bread for the master of the garden, as the one seated on the throne testifies: "I was hungry, and you gave me to eat." For doing good is a bread of gladness, sweetened with the honey of the commandment. And again, how the well-grown plants of the garden pour wine for the bridegroom, to whom he says, "I was thirsty, and you gave me to drink," mixing the wine with milk, not with water, as hucksters usually do. Milk is the first food of human nature, pure and simple, truly childlike and guileless, cleansed of every evil cause.

Having said this to the bride, the Word sets before his close ones the mysteries of the gospel, saying: "Eat, my close ones, and drink, and be drunk, my brothers." For to one who knows the mystical words of the gospel there will appear no difference between the words here and the initiation given to the disciples there. For in the same way here and there the Word says, "Eat and drink." The exhortation to drunkenness which the Word makes here to the brothers might seem to many to contain something more than the gospel. But if someone examines it carefully, this too will be found to agree with the gospel. For what he here commanded the friends in word, he did there in deeds, since all drunkenness usually produces an ecstasy of the mind overpowered by wine. So what he exhorts to here came about then through that divine food and drink, and always comes about, since there enters together with the eating and the drinking a change and ecstasy from worse to better. So, as the prophecy says, those are drunk who drink the fatness of the house of God and are given drink from the torrent of delight. So the great David was once drunk, when he went out of himself and came into ecstasy and saw the beauty that cannot be seen, and cried out that celebrated saying, "Every man is a liar," entrusting the interpretation of the unspeakable treasures to [no human] word. So Paul too, the younger Benjamin, was drunk, when he came into ecstasy, saying: "If we are beside ourselves, it is for God" (for his ecstasy was toward God himself); "if we are in our right mind, it is for you," as he showed in his words to Festus that he was not mad, but uttering words of sober truth and righteousness.

I know that blessed Peter too was in this kind of drunkenness, being at once hungry and drunk. For before he took bodily food, when he became hungry and wished to eat, while his own people were preparing the table for him, the divine and sober drunkenness came upon him, by which he went out of himself and saw the gospel sheet let down from above by four corners, containing in it every race of men, in countless forms of birds and four-footed creatures and reptiles and beasts, shaped according to their differences. The Word bids Peter sacrifice their bestial and irrational form, so that, when they have been cleansed, what remains may become fit to eat; when also the word of piety is delivered bare, the divine voice saying not once, "What God has cleansed is not common." But the proclamation was made three times, so that we may learn in the one voice that the Father is God who cleanses; in the second, likewise, that the God who cleanses is the only-begotten Son; and in the other, in the same way, that the God who cleanses everything unclean is the Holy Spirit.

Since, then, such is the drunkenness from the wine which the Lord sets before his fellow drinkers, by which the soul's ecstasy toward more divine things comes about, the Lord fittingly bids those who have become close through the virtues, not those who stand far off: "Eat, my close ones, and drink, and be drunk." For "whoever eats and drinks unworthily eats and drinks judgment on himself." And he fittingly called those worthy of the food "brothers"; for whoever does his will is named by the Word brother and sister and mother.

In sequence, sleep follows drunkenness, as power follows good condition. For this reason after that banquet the bride falls asleep. But this sleep is a strange one, foreign to natural habit. For in ordinary sleep the sleeper is not awake, and the one who is awake does not sleep; but each ends in the other, sleep and [waking], by their succession to each other. Here, however, a new and paradoxical mixing and meeting of opposites is seen in her. "I sleep," she says, "and my heart is awake." What sense, then, must we take of this? Sleep is a likeness of death. For in it every perceptive activity of bodies is loosed: neither sight, nor hearing, nor smell, nor taste, nor touch performs its own work during the time of sleep. It also loosens the tension of the body; it produces forgetfulness of human cares, puts fear to rest, tames anger, relaxes the tension of those embittered, and produces insensibility to all evils, as long as it holds the body in its power. So we learn this from what has been said: that she who boasts of these things and says, "I sleep, and my heart is awake," has become higher than herself. For in truth, in those in whom the mind alone lives by itself, troubled by none of the senses, the nature of the body would be slack, as in a kind of sleep and coma; and one may truly say that sight sleeps through inactivity, since those spectacles are held in dishonour that usually astonish childish eyes. I do not mean only the things of earthy matter, such as gold and silver, and those stones that by some beauty of colour stir greed in the eyes, but also the wonders that appear in the heavens, the rays of the stars, the disc of the sun, the many-shaped form of the moon, and anything else that brings pleasure to the eyes, since none of them remains for ever, but they move with the passage of time and are carried round with it. When all such things are despised for the contemplation of the true goods, the eye of the body is slack, [useful] for nothing of what belongs to the more perfect soul, since the mind sees only what lies beyond things visible. So hearing too becomes dead and inactive, [since the soul is occupied] with things beyond speech. As for the [grosser] of the senses, it is not even worth saying that smell [turns away] from scents as from some deathly stench, and taste, which sits at the service of the belly, and besides these touch, the slavish and blind sense, which nature perhaps made only for the blind. When all these are held as in a kind of sleep through inactivity, the activity of the heart is pure, and reason looks upward, remaining undisturbed by the noise and undarkened by the movement of the senses.

For since pleasure in human nature is double, one worked in the soul through freedom from passion, the other in the body through passion, whichever of the two free choice takes, that one has the mastery over the other. So if someone looks to sense perception, drawing to himself the pleasure that arises in the body through it, he remains without a taste of the divine [gladness], since the better is by nature [darkened] by the worse. But for those whose desire has its inclination toward the Divine, the good remains undarkened, and everything that bewitches the senses is thought something to flee. For this reason the soul, when it delights in the contemplation of what is alone, is awake to none of the things done for pleasure through the senses, but, having put every bodily movement to sleep, receives the manifestation of God with a mind bare and pure through the divine wakefulness. May we too be found worthy of it, achieving the wakefulness of the soul through the sleep we have spoken of, in Christ Jesus, to whom be glory for ever and ever. [Amen.]

Chapter 11

11PG 44

Φωνὴ ἀδελφιδοῦ μου κρούει ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν. (Αγνοιξόν μοι, ἡ ἀδελρή μου, ἡ πλησίον μου, περιστερά μου, τελεία μου· ὅτι ἡ κεφαλή μου ἐπιλή δὔῃ δρόσου, καὶ οἱ βόστρυχοί μου ψεκάδων νυκτός. ᾿Εξεδυσάμην τὸν χιτῶνά μον, πῶς ἐνδύΟΌμαι αὐτόν; ἙἘγνιψάμην τοὺς πόδας μου, πῶς μολυνῶ αὐτούς ; ᾿Αδελφιδός μου ἀπέστειλε χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ ὁπῆς, καὶ ἡ κοιλία μου ἐθροήθη Ἕν καὶ τοῦτο τῶν μεγάλων παραγγελμάτων ἐστὶ τοῦ Κυρίου, δι’ ὧν ἡ διάνοια τῶν μαθητευομένων τῷ Λόγῳ, καθάπερ τινὰ χοῦν ἅπαν τὸ ὑλῶδες τῆς φύσεως ἀφ᾽ ἑαντῆς ἐχτινάξασα, πρὸς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῶν ὑπερκειμένων ἐπαίρεται, Τοῦτο δέ ἐστι, τὸ δεῖν κρείττους εἶναι τοῦ ὕπνου τοὺς πρὸς τὴν ἄνω ζωὴν βλέποντας, καὶ διὰ παντὸς ἐγρηγορέναι τῇ διανοίᾳ, οἷον ἀπατεῶνά τινα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἑἐπίόδουλον, τὸν νυσταγμὸν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἀπελαύνοντας. Ἐκεῖνον λέγω τὸν νυσταγμὸν καὶ τὸν ὕπνον, δι᾽ ὧν πλάττεται τοῖς ἐμδαθύνουσι τῇ τοῦ βίου ἀπάτῃ ταῦτα φαντάσματα, αἱ ἀρχαὶ, οἱ αἱ δυναστεῖαι, ὁ τύφος, ἡ διὰ τῶν ἡδονῶν γοητεία, φιλόδοξόν τε καὶ ἀπολαυστικὸν, καὶ φιλότιμον, καὶ πάντα ὅσα κατὰ τὸν βίον τοῦτον τοῖς ἀνεπισχέπτοις διά τινος φαντασίας μάτην σπουδάζεται, ἃ τῇ παροδικῇ τοῦ χρόνου συμπαραῤῥέοντα φύσει, ἐν τῷ δοκεῖν ἔχει τὸ εἶναιγ οὔτε ὄντα ὅπερ νομίζεται, οὔτε ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ νομίζεσθαι πρὸς τὸ διηνεκὲς παραμένοντα· ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοῦ γίνεσθαί τε δοκοῦντα καὶ ἀπολλύμενα, χυΣ μάτων δίκην τῶν ἐγχορυφουμένων τοῖς ὕδασιν, ἃ πρὸς καιρὸν τῇ κινήσει τῶν ἀνέμων συνδιογχούμενα, ἀδέθαιον εἰς διαμονὴν ἔχει τὸν ὄγκον· ἐν βραχείᾳ γὰρ τῇ ῥοπῇ συναναστάντα τοῦ πνεύματος, πάλιν ἐν ὁμαλῷ τὴν τῆς θαλάσσης ἐπιφάνειαν δείκνυσι, συγχατασταλέντα τῷ πνεύματι. Ὡς οὖν ἔξω τῶν τοιούτῶν γένοιτο φασμάτων ἡμῖν ἡ διάνοια, τὸν βαῤὺν τοῦτον ὕπνον ἀποσείεσθαι τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ὀμμάτων διακελεύεται, ἵνα μὴ τῇ περὶ τὸ ἀνύπαρκτον σπου: δῇ, τῶν ὑφεστώτων τε καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς ὄντων ἀπολισθήσωμεν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὑποτίθεται ἡμῖν ἐπίνοιαν τῆς ἐγρηγόρσεως, λέγων· Ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφῦες καὶ οἱ 1λύχγοι καιόμενοι ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ὑμῶν. Τοῖς τε γὰρ ὀφθαλμοῖς τὸ φῶς ἐμφαινόμενον ἀποσοδεῖ τῶν ὀμμάτων τὸν ὕπνον· καὶ ἡ ὀσφὺς διεσφιγμένη διὰ τῆς ζώνης, ἀπαράδεκτον τῷ ὕπνῳ παρασκευάζει τὸ σῶμα, οὐ προδιεμένης τὴν ἐκὶ ποῦ ὕπνου ἄνεσιν τῆς τῶν πόνων αἰσθήσεως. Σαφῆ δὲ πάντως ἐστὶ τὰ διὰ τῶν αἰνιγμάτων δηλούμενα· ὅτι ὁ τῇ σωφροσύνῃ διεζωσμένος ἐν φωτὶ ζῇ τοῦ καθαροῦ συνειδότος, τοῦ λύχνου τῆς παῤῥησίας τὸν βίον οὗ τῆς ἀληθείας προφαινομένης ἄσπνός τε καὶ ἀνεξαπάτητος ἢ ψυχῇ διαμένει, οὐὖδενὶ τῶν ἀτελῶν τούτων ὀνείρων ἐμματαιάζουσα. δὲ τοῦτο κατορθωθείη κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Λόγου ὑφήγῆσιν, ἀγγελιχός τις ἡμᾶς διαδέχεται βίος. Τούτοις γὰρ ἡμᾶς ὁμοιοῖ τὸ θεῖον παράγγελμα, δι᾽ ὧν φησιν· ὅτι Καὶ ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀγθρώποις προσδεχομένοις τὸν κύριον ἑαυτῶν, πότε ἀγαλύσῃ ἐκ τῶν γάμων, ἵνα ἐλθόντος καὶ κρούσαντος, εὐθέως ἀγοίξωσιν αὐτῷ. Ἐκεῖνοι γάρ εἰσιν οἱ προσδεχόμενοι τοῦ Κυρίου τὴν ἐκ τῶν γάμων ἐπάνοδον, καὶ ταῖς ἑπουρᾶ νίοις πύλαις ἐγρηγορότι τῷ ὀφθάλμῷ ἵνα πάλιν εἰσέλθῃ δι᾽ αὐτῶν ὅταν ἀναλύσῃ ἐκ τῶν γάμων ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης εἰς τὴν ὑπερουράνιον ἐκείνην μακαριότητα. Ὅθεν κατὰ τὴν ψαλμῳδίαν, ὡς ἐκ παστάδος ὁ νυμφίος ἐκπορευθεὶς ἡρμόσατο ἑαυτῷ παρθένον ἡμᾶς διὰ τῆς μνυστιχῆς ἀναγεννήσεως τὴν τοῖς εἰδώλοις ἐχπορνευθεῖσαν, εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν παρθενικὴν ἀναστοιχειώσας τὴν φύσιν. Τῶν οὖν γάμων ἤδη τετελεσμένων, καὶ νυμφευθείσης ὑπὸ τοῦ Λόγου τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καθώς φησιν ὁ Ἰωάννης, ὅτι Ὃ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην νυμφίος ἐστί· καὶ εἰς τὸν τῶν μυστηρίων θάλαμον αὐτῆς παραδεχθείσης, ἀνἔμενον οἱ ἄγγελοι τὴν ἐπάνοδον τοῦ βασίλέως, τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐπαναχθείσης ἐπὶ τὴν κατὰ φύσιν μακαΡιότητα. Τούτοις οὖν εἶπε δεῖν ὁμοιοῦσθαι καὶ τὸν ἡμέτερον βίον· ἵνα καθάπερ ἐκεῖνοι πόῤῥω κακίας καὶ ἀπάτης πολιτευόμενοι, πρὸς ὑποδοχήν εἰσιν εὐτρεπεῖς τῇς δεσποτικῆς παρουτίας· οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς πνοῦντες, ἑτοίμους πρὸς ὑπακοὴν ἑαυτοὺς ποιήσωμεν, ὅταν ἐπιστὰς χρούῃ τὴν θύραν. Μακάριοι γὰρ, φησὶν, ρήσει ποιοῦντας οὕτως. Ἐπεὶ οὖν μακάριόν ἐστι τὸ ὑπακούειν τῷ χρούντι, τούτου χάριν διαπαντὸς πρὸς τὴν μακαριότητα βλέπουσα, αἰσθάνεται τοῦ παρεστῶτος τῇ θύρᾳ, καλῶς τοῖς ἰδίοις θησαυροῖς ἐπαγρυπνοῦσα ψυχὴ, καί φησιν Φωγὴ τοῦ ἀδελφιδοῦ μου κρούει ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν. Πῶς ἄν τις τὴν πρὸς τὰ θειότερα τῆς νύμφης ἄνοδον διὰ τῶν λεγομένων ἀξίως κατανοήσειεν; μετὰ τοσαύτης ἐξουσίας τε καὶ πεποιθήσεως τὸν σκληρὸν ἐκεῖνον Βορέαν ἀφ᾽ οἱ δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι, οὃς ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος αὐτῶν εὑπὸ φωτεινὸν πνεῦμα πρὸς ἑαυτὴν ἐφελχυσαμένη, παραδείσους ῥοῶν διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἐργαζομένη, ὧν ἀρώματα ἣν ἀκρόδρυα, ἡ τὸν κῆπον ἑαυτῆς τράπεζαν προτιθεῖσα τῷ Δεσπότῃ τῆς κτίσεως, ἧς ἀπόὄλητον ἐφάνη τῶν προτεθέντων οὐδέν· ἀλλὰ πάντα εἶναι καλὰ ἐμαρτυρήθη ἡ σμύρνᾳ, τὸ ἄρωμα, ὁ μετὰ τοῦ μέλιτος ἄρτος, ὁ μετὰ τοῦ γάλακτος οἶνος, ἧ ἐμαρτύρησεν ὁ Λόγος τὸ τέλειον, εἰπών· ὅτι καλὴ εἶ, καὶ μῶμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν σοί· αὕτη νῦν οὕτυν διάκειται, ὡς πρώτως μέλλουσα δέχεσθαι τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ἐμφάνειαν, καὶ ὡς οὐδόπω τὸν νῦν ἑστῶτα πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν Λόγον εἰσδεξαμένη καὶ εἰσοιχίσασα, ἐν θαύματι τῆς φωνῆς ποιεῖται τὴν δύναμιν· διὰ χοῦτό φησιν οὕπω αὐτῆς, ἀλλὰ τῆς θύρας αὑτῆς ἄπτεσθαι τὴν τοῦ νυμφίου φωνήν. Φωνὴ γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῦ ἀδελφιδοῦ μου κρούει ἐπὶ τὴν θύραγ. Ὁρᾷς πῶς ἀόριστός ἐστι τοῖς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀνιοῦσιν ὁ δρόμος πῶς τὸ ἀεὶ χαταλαμδανόμενον. ἀρχὴ πρὸς τὸ ὑπερκείμενον γίνεται ; Ὅτι γὰρ στάσιν τινὰ τοῦ δρόμου τῆς πρὸς τὰ ὑψηλὰ πορείας διὰ τῶν πρὸς αὐτὴν εἰρημένων ἠλπίσαμεν. Τί γὰρ ἄν τις μετὰ τὴν τελειότητος μαρτυρίαν πλέον ζητήσειε ; Τότε βλέπομεν ἔτι ἔνδον οὖφαν αὐτὴν, καὶ οὕπω τῶν θυρῶν αὐτῆς ἐκτὸς ἐγενημένην, οὐδὲ τῆς κατὰ πρόσωπον ἐμφανείας χατατρυφήσασαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τῆς ἀκοῆς πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν μετουσίαν ὁδηγουμένην, Τοῦτο οὖν διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων τὸ δόγμα μανθάνομεν, ὅτι πάντοτε τοῖς ἐπὶ τὰ μείζιν προκόπτουσιν, ἁρμάδιός ἔστιν ἡ τοῦ·Ἀποστόλου φωνὴ ἢ λέγουσα ὅτι ΕἸ τις δοχαῖ ἐγγὼκέναι, οὕπῳ ἔγνω κωθὼς δεῖ γγῶνᾳι. Ἔγνω μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς φθάσᾳσιν ἡ ψυχὴ τοσοῦτον ὅσον κατέλαδεν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τό μήπω κατειλημμένον ἀπειροπλάσιον τοῦ χαταληφθέντας ἐστέ· διὰ τοῦτο ὥφθη πολλάκις τῇ ψυχῇ ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ ὡς μηδέπω ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς γενόμενος, ὀφθήσεσθαι τῇ νύμφῃ διὰ τῆς φωνῆς ἐπαγγέλλεται. Ὡς δ᾽ ἂν σαφέστερον ἡμῖν τὸ νόημα γένοιτο, εἰκόνα τινὰ δι’ ὑποδείγματος φροσθήσω ῷ λόγῳ. Ὥσπερ γὰρ εἴ τις πλησίον ἐκείνης γένοιτο τῆς πηγῆς, ἦν ἀναθαίνειν εἶπεν ἐκ τῆς γῆς κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς ἡ Γραφὴ, τοσαύτην οὖσαν τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς ἅπαν τῆς γῆς ἐπιχλύζειν τό πρόσωπον. θαυμάσει μὲν ὁ τῇ πηγῇ πλησιάσας τὸ ἄπειρον ὕδωρ ἐκεῖνο, τὸ πάντοτε αὐτῆς ἀνομδροῦν τε καὶ προχεόμενον·οὗ μὴν εἴ-. ποι ἂν ὅλον ἑωρακέναι τὸ ὕδωρ. Πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἔδϑι ἐπὶ τοῖς κόλποις τῆς γῆς ἐγχρυπτόμενον ; Ὥστε κἂν ἐπιπολὺ παραμείνῃ τῷ βρύοντι, ἀεὶ ἐν ἀρχαῖς ἐστι τῆς θεωρίας τοῦ ὕδατος. Θὺ γὰρ παύεται τὸ ὕδωρ ἀεί τε ῥέον, καὶ ἀεὶ τοῦ! βρύειν ἀρχόμενον. Οὕτως ὁ πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἐκεῖνο καὶ ἀόριστον κάλλος βλέπων, ἐπειδὴ τὸ πάντοτε εὑρισκόμενον, καινότερόν τε καὶ παραδοξότερον πάντως παρὰ τῷ εἴδει κατειλημμένον ὁρᾶται, θαυμάζει μὲν τὸ ἀεὶ προφαινόμενον, οὐδέποτε δὲ ἵσταται τῆς τοῦ ἰδεῖν ἐπιθυμίας, διὰ τὸ παντὸς τοῦ ὁρωμένου μεγαλοπρεπέστερόν τε καὶ θειότερον εἶναι τὸ προσδοκώμενον. Διὰ τοῦτο οὖν καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἡ νύμφη ἀεὶ θαυμάζουσά τε καὶ ἐχπλησσομένῃ γινωσκόμενον, οὐδέποτε ἐν τοῖς ἐγνωσμένοις ἵστησι τοῦ θεωρουμένου τὸν πόθον. Θὗ χάριν καὶ νῦν ὡς ἔτι θυροχροτοῦντος τοῦ Λόγον αἰσθάνεται, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ὑπακοὴν διανίσταται καί φησι, Φωγὴ τοῦ ἀδελφιδοῦ μου κρούει ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν. Εἴτα ἡσυχίαν ταῖς ἀκοαῖς ἐνδοῦσα, ἀκούει τοῦ διὰ τῆς φωνῆς προσηχήσαντος ἐστιν· Αγοιξό μοι, ἀδε.ῖφὴ μου, ἡ πιησίον μου, περιστερά μου, τελεία μου· ὅτι ἡ κεφαζή μον ἐπλίσθη δρόσου, καὶ οἱ βόστρυχοί μου ψεκάδων νυκτός. Τούτου ὃὲ τὴν διάνοιαν οὕτως ἄν τις χαταλάδοι τῇ θεωρίᾳ. Τῷ μεγάλῳ Μωῦσεϊ διὰ φωτὸς ἤρξατο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐμφάνεια᾽ μετὰ ταῦτα διὰ νεφέλης αὐτῷ διαλέγεται. Εἶτα ὕψη λότερας ἤδη καὶ τελειότερος γενόμενος, ἐν γνόφῳ τὸν Θεὸν βλέπει. Ὃ δὲ διὰ τούτου μανθάνομεν ταιρῦτόν ἐστιν - Ἡ πρώτη ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδῶν καὶ πεπλανημένων περὶ Θεοῦ ὑπολήψεων ἀναχώρησις, ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ σκότους εἰς φῶς ἐστι μετάστασις. Ἡ δὲ προασεχεστέρα τῶν κρυπτῶν κατανόησις, ἧ διὰ τῶν φαινομένων χειραγωχοῦσα τὴν ψυχὴν πρὸς τὴν ἀόρατον φύσιν, οἷόν τις νεφέλη γίνεται, τὸ φαινόμενον μὲν ἅπαν ἐπισχιάξουσα· πρὸς δὲ τὸ κρύφιον βλέπειν τὴν ψυχὴν χειραγωγοῦσα καὶ συνεθίζουσα. Ἡ δὲ διὰ τούτων ὁδεύουσα πρὸς τὰ ἄνω ψυχὴ, ὅσον ἀφιχτόν ἐστι τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει, τὰ κάτῳ καταλιποῦσα, ἐντὸς τῶν ἀδύτων τῆς θεαγνωσίας γίνεται, τῷ θείῳ γνόφῳ πανταχόθεν διαληφθεῖσα· ἂν ᾧ τοῦ φαινομένου τε καὶ καταλαμδανομένου παντὸς ἕξω καταλειφθέντος, μόνον ὑπολείπεται τῇ θεωρίᾳ τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ ἀόρατάν τε καὶ ἀκατάληπτον, ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ὁ Θεὸς, καθώς φησι περὶ τοῦ νομοθέτου ὁ λόγος· ὅτι Εἰσῆ.1θ0εὲ δὲ Μωῦσῆς εἰς τὸν Τούτων δὲ ἣμῖν οὕτω θεωρηθέντων, σκεπτέον ἂν εἴη καὶ τῶν προκειμένων ἡμῖν ῥητῶν τὴν πρὸς πὰ εἰρημένα συγγένειαν. Ἦν ὅτε μέλαινα ἦν ἡ νύμφη, τοῖς ἀφωτίστοις δόγμασιν ἐσκοτισμένη, παραδλέψαντος αὐτὴν τοῦ ἡλίου, τοῦ διὰ τῶν πειρασμῶν τὴν ἄῤῥιζον ἐπὶ τῶν πετρῶν σπορὰν ἐπιχαίοντος· ὅτε τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ μαχησαμένων ἡττηθεῖσα, τὸν ἀμπελῶνα τὸν ἑαυτῆς οὐκ ἐφύλαξεν ᾿ ὅτι ἑαυτὴν ἀγνοήσασα τὰς τῶν ἐρίφων ἀγέλας ἀντὶ τῶν προῦδάτων ἑποίμανεν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τῆς πρὸς τὸ κακὸν συμφυῖας ἑαυτὴν ἀποστήσασα, διὰ τοῦ μυστικοῦ ἐκείνου φιλήματος τῇ πηγῇ τοῦ φωτὸς προσαγαγεῖν τὸ στόμα ἐπόθησε, τότε καλὴ γίνεται, τῷ φωτὶ τῆς ἀληθείας περιλαμφθεῖσα, καὶ τὸ μέλαν τῆς ἀγνοίας ἀποχλυσαμένη τῷ ὕδατι. Εἶτα ἵππῳ ὁμοιοῦται διὰ τὸ εὔδρομον, χκαὶ τῇ περιστερᾷ διὰ τὸ τάχος τῆς διανοίας. Δι᾿ ὧν πᾶν τὸ χαταλαμδανόμενόν τε καὶ φαινόμενον ὡς ἵππος καὶ ὡς περιστερὰ διαπτᾶσα, πρότερον μὲν τῇ σκιᾷ τοῦ μήλου μετὰ ἐπιθυμίας ἐπαναπαύεται, μῆλον ἀντὶ νεφέλης τὸ ἐπιτχιάζον χατονομάζουσα᾽· νῦν δὲ ἤδη ὑπὸ τῆς θείας νυκτὸς περιέχεται, καθ᾽ ἣν ὁ νυμφίος παραγίνεται μὲν, οὐ φαίνεται δέ, Πῶς γὰρ ἐν νυκτὶ φανείη τὸ μὴ ὁρώμενον ; ἀλλ᾽ αἴσθησιν μέν τινα δίδωσι τῇ ψυχῇ τῆς παρουσίας, ἐκφεύγει δὲ τὴν ἐναργῆ κατανόησιν τῷ ἀοράτῳ τῆς φύσεως ἐγχρυπτόβένος. Τίς τοίνυν ἐστὶν ἡ γινομένη τῇ ψυχῇ διὰ τῆς γυχτὸς ταύτης μυσταγωγία; Απιεται τῆς θύρας ὁ Λόγος. Θύραν δὲ νοοῦμεν τὴν στοχαστιχὴν τῶν ἀῤῥήτων διάνοιαν, δι᾽ ἧς εἰσοικέζεται τὸ ζητούμενον. Ἔξω τοίνυν ἑστῶσα τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ τῆς ἐκ μέρους γνώσεως, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ἐν ὑπονοίαις τισὶ καὶ αἰνίγμασι θυροχρουστεῖ τὴν διάνοιαν, Ἄγνοιξον λέγουσα· καὶ μετὰ προτροπῆς ὑποτιθεμένη τὸν τρόπον, ὅπως ἀνοιγῆναι προσήκει τὴν θύραν, οἷόν τινας κλεῖς ὀρέγουσα, τὰ καλὰ ταῦτα ὀνόματα, δι’ ὧν τὸ κεκλεισμένον ἀνοίγεται. Κλεῖδες γάρ εἶσιν ἄντικρυς αἱ τῶν ὀνομάτων τούτων ἐμφάσεις, αἱ τὰ κρυπτὰ διανοίγουσαι, ἀδελφὴ καὶ πλησίον καὶ περιστερὰ καὶ τελεία. Εἰ γὰρ βούλει σοι, φησὶν, ἀνοιγῆναι τὴν θύραν, καὶ ἐπαρθῆναι τῆς ψυχῆς σου τὰς πύλας, Ὁ ἵνα εἰσέλθῃ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης, χρή σε ἀδελφὴν μου γενέσθαι, ἐν τῷ τὰ θελήματά μου τῇ ψυχῇ παραδέξασθαι, καθὼς ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ φησὶν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀδελφὴν γίνεσθαι τὸν ἐν τοῖς θελήμασιν αὐτοῦ ζῶντα. Χρὴ δέ σε καὶ προσεγγίσαι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ πλησίον γενέσθαι, ὥστε μηδενὶ μέσῳ διατειχίξεσθαι, καὶ ἐν τῇ φύσει τῆς περιστερᾶς ἔχειν τὸ τέλεῖον· τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τὸ ἀνελλιπῇ καὶ πεπληρωμένην εἶναι πάσης ἀκακίας καὶ καθαρότητος. Ταῦτα λαδοῦσα, ὦ ψυχὴ, οἷόν τινας κλεῖς τὰ ὀνόματα, ἄνοιξον δι᾽ αὐτῶν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τὴν εἴσοδον, ἀδελφὴ γενομένη καὶ πλησίον καὶ περιστερὰ καὶ τελεία. Ἔσται δέ σου α τὸ κέρδος ἐκ τοῦ εἰσδέξασϑαί με καὶ ἡ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῇς μου δρόσος ἧς πλήρης εἰμὶ, καὶ αἱ τῆς νυκτὸς τῶν βοστρύχων τῶν ἐμῶν ἀποῤῥέουσαι ψεκάδες. ᾽Εκ τούτων δὲ, τὸ μὲν ἴασιν εἶναι τὴν δρόσον, παρὰ τοῦ] προφήτου σαφῶς μεμαθήκαμεν, ὅς φησιν· ὅτι Δρόσος ἡ παρά σου, ἴαμα αὐτοῖς ἐστιν. Αἱ δὲ τῆς νυκτὸς ψεκάδες τῆς προθεωρηθείσης ἔχονται διανοίας. Οὐ γάρ ἐστι δυνατὸν τὸν ἐντὸς τῶν ἀδύτων καὶ ἀθεάτων γενόμενον, ὅμόρῳ τινὶ τῆς γνώσεως ἐντυχεῖν ἣ χειμάῤῥῳ. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἀγαπητὸν, εἰ λεπταῖς τισι καὶ ἀμυδραῖς διανοίαις ἐπιψεχάζοι τὴν γνῶσιν αὐτοῦ ἡ ἀλήθεια, διὰ τῶν ἁγίων τε καὶ θεοφορουμένων τῆς λογικῆς σταγόνος ἀποῤῥεούσης. Βοστρύχους γὰρ οἶμαι τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κεφαλῆς ἐξηρτημένους, τροπικῶς. ὀνομάζεσθαι προφήτας καὶ εὐαγγελιστὰς καὶ ἀποστόλους, ὧν ἕκαστος ὅσον ἐχώρθουν ἐκ τῶν σκοτεινῶν τε καὶ ἀποκρύφων καὶ ἀοράτῶν θησαυρῶν ἀρυόμενοι, ἡμῖν ποταμοὶ γίνονται· ὡς δὲ πρὸς τὴν ὄντως ἀλήθειαν, δροσώδεις εἰσὶ ψεκάδες, κἂν τῷ πλήθει τε καὶ μεγέθει τῆς διδασκαλίας πλημμυρῶσιν. Οἷος ὁ Παῦλος ἦν ποταμὸς, ὑπὲρ. τὸν οὐρανὸν τοῖς τῶν νοημάτων κύμασι χὀρυφούμενος ἕως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ, ἕως τοῦ παραδείσου, ἕως τῶν ἀῤῥήτῶν τε καὶ ἀνεχφωνήτων ῥημάτων, καὶ δι᾽ ἀπάσης τῆς τοιαύτης μεγαληγορίας πε αγίζων τῷ λόγῳ δείκνυσι πάλιν ὅτι ψεχάς τίς ἐστι δροσώδης ὁ λόγος οὗτος; συγκρίσει τοῦ ὄντως Λόγου, δι᾿ ὧν φησιν; ὅτι Ἐκ μόρους γινώσκομεν, καὶ ἐκ μέρους προφητεύομεν· καὶ, Εἴ τις δοκεῖ ἐγνωχέναιτι, οὔπω ἔγνω κα᾿ θὼς δεῖ γνῶναι· καὶ, ᾿Εμαυτὸν οὕπω κατειληφέναι. Εἰ τοίνυν ἱκμὰς τῆς δρόσου, καὶ ἡ τῶν βοστρύχων ψεχὰς ποταμοὶ δοκοῦσι καὶ πελάγη καὶ κύματα πρὸς τὴν ἡμετέραν κρινόμενα δύναμιν· τί χρὴ περὶ τῆς πηγῆς λογίσασθαι τῆς εἰπούσης, ὅτι ΕἾ τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω; Ἕκχαστος τῶν ἀκουόντων διʼ ἀναλογίαν τῶν εἰρημένων στοχασμὸν λαμδανέτω τοῦ θαύματος. Εἰ γὰρ ἡ ψεχὰς εἰς ποταμῶν ἐξήρχεσε γένεσιν, τί αὐτὸν τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ποταμὸν διὰ τῆς ψεκάδος ταύτης ἐστὶν ἀναλογίἼδωμεν δὲ καὶ πῶς ὑπακούει τῷ Λόγῳ ἡ νύμφη, πῶς ἀνοίγει τῷ νυμφίῳ τὴν εἴσοδον. Ἐξεδυσάμην, φησὶ, τὸν χιτῶνά μου· πῶς ἐνδύσομαι αὑτόν; Ἐνιψάμην τοὺς πόδας μου, πῶς μολυνῶ αὐτούς; Καλῶς ἤκουσε τοῦ κελεύσαντος ἀδελφὴν αὐτὴν καὶ . πλησίον γενέσθαι, καὶ περιστερὰν καὶ τελείαν, ἵνα διὰ τούτων εἰσοιχισθῇ τῇ ψυχῇ ἡ ἀλήθεια. Ἐποίησε γὰρ ἅπερ ἤκουσεν, ἐχδυσαμένη τὸν δερμάτινον χιτῶνα, ὃν μετὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν περιεδάλετο, καὶ ἀπονιψαμένη τῶν ποδῶν τὸ γεῶδες ᾧ ἐνειλήθη ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν παραδείσῳ διαγωγῆς εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀναλύσασα, ὅτε ἤκουσεν, ὅτι Γῆ εἶ, καὶ εἰς γῆν ἀπελεύσῃ. Διὰ ποῦτο ἤνοιξεν ἐπὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τῷ Λόγῳ τὴν εἴσοδον, διασταλέντος τοῦ τῆς καρδίας παραπετάσματος, τουτἐστι τῆς σαρκός. Σάρκα δὲ εἰπὼν, τὸν παλαιὸν λέγω ἄνθρωπον, ὃν ἐκδύσασθαι καὶ ἀποθέσθαι κελεύει ὁ θεῖος ᾿Απόστολος, τοὺς μέλλοντας τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ λόγου τὸν ῥύπον τῶν βάσεων τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποχλύσασθαι. Οὐκοῦν τὸν παλαιὸν ἀπεκδυσάμενος ἄνθρωπον, καὶ περιελὼν τῆς καρδίσς τὸ κάλυμμα, ἤνοιξε τῷ Λόγῳ τὴν εἴσοδον, ὃν ἐντὸς γενόμενον ἔνδυμα ποιεἴται ἑαυτῆς ἡ Ψυχὴ, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου ὑφἦγησιν, ὅς κελεύει τὸν ἐχδυσάμενον τὴν σαρχώδη τοῦ παλαιοῦ ἀνθρώπου περιδολὴν, ἐνδύσασθαι χιτῶνα τὸν κατὰ Θεὸν κτισθέντα, ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ-. Ἰησοῦν δὲ λέγει εἶναι τὸ ἔνδυμα. Ἡ δὲ ὁμολογία τῇς νύμφης τὸ μηκέτι τὸν ἀπούληθέντα χιτῶνα πάλιν ἀναλαμδάνειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀρκεῖσθαι τῷ ἑνὶ χιτῶνι, κατὰ τὸν δοθέντα τοῖς μαθηταῖς νόμον, ὃν διὰ τῆς ἄνωθεν Κυρίου τὸν λόγον, τὸν κελεύοντα τοὺς ἅπαξ τῷ θείῳ χοσμηθέντας ἐνδύματι, μηκέτι ἐπενδύσασθαι τὸν τῆς ἁμαρτίας χιτῶνα, μηδὲ δύο χιτῶνας ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἕνα μόνον, ἵνα μὴ δύο περὶ τὸν αὑτὸν σιν οἱ ἀσύμὄατοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους χιτῶνες. Τίς γὰρ κοινωνία τῷ σκοτεινῷ ἐνδύματι πρὸς τὸν φωτοειδῇ τε καὶ ἄῦλον ; Οὐ μόνον δὲ τοῦτό φησιν ὁ νόμος, τὸ μὴ δεῖν δύο χι᾿πῶνας ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ἐπιῤῥάπτειν τὸ καινὸν ὕφασμα τῷ παλαιῷ ἱματίῳ· ἕνα μὴ χείρων γένηται ἡ ἀσχημοσύνη τοῦ τὸν τοιοῦτον περιδαλλομένου, μήτε τοῦ ἐῤῥαφέντο; μείναντος, καὶ τοῦ παλαιοῦ χεῖρον τὸ σχίσμα παθόντος καὶ δυσθεράπευτον. Αἴρει γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸ πλήρωμα τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται, ὡς δημοσιεύεσθαι δι᾽ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἀσχήμονα, Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν’ Ἐξεδυσάμην τὸν χιτῶνά μου, πῶς ἐνδύσομαι αὑτόν ; Τίς γὰρ ἄν βλέπων περὶ ἑαυτὸν τὸν ἡλιοειδῆ τοῦ Κυρίον χιτῶνα, τὸν διὰ καθαρότητος καὶ ἀφθαρσίας αὐτῷ περιτεθέντα, οἷον ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ ὄρους μεταμορφώσεως ἔδειξεν, εἶτα καταδέχεται τὸ πτωχόν τε καὶ ῥαχῶδες ἱμάτιον ἑαυτῷ περιθεῖναι, ὅπερ ὁ μέθυσος καὶ ὁ πορνοκόπος, καθὼς ἡ παροιμία φησὶ, περιδάλλεται ; ᾿Αλλὰ οὐδὲ τοὺς πόδας γιψαμένη, πάλιν τῇ βάσει τὸν ἐκ τῆς γής μολυσμὸν Ἐνιψάμην γὰρ, φησὶ, τοὺς πόδας μου, πῶς μολυνῶ αὐτούς ; Οὐδὲ γὰρ Μωῦσῆς τῷ θείῳ προστάγματι τῆς νεκρᾶς τῶν δερμάτων περιδολῆς ἐλευθερώσας τοὺς πόδας, ὅτε τῆς ἁγίας τε καὶ πεφωτισμένης ἐπέθαινε γῆς, πάλιν ἱστορεῖται διαλαδὼν τοὺς πόδας τοῖς ὑποδήμασιν, ὅτε καὶ τὴν ἱερατικὴν ἐσθῆτα κατὰ τὸν τύπον τὸν ἐν τῷ ὄρει δειχθέντα φιλοτεχνήσας, χρυσοῦ καὶ πορφύρας, καὶ βύσσου, καὶ ὑακίνθου, καὶ κόκκου τὰς αὐγὰς συγκεράσας ἐν τῷ ὑφάσματι, ὥστε σύμμιχτον ἐκ πάντων κάλλος, οὐδένα τοῖς ποσὶ κόσμον ἐπετεχνήσατο, ἀλλ᾽ ἣν καλλωπισμὸς τοῦ ἱερατικοῦ ποδὸς τὸ γυμνὸν εἶναι πάσης περιδολῆς, καὶ ἐλεύθερον. Χρὴ γὰρ τὸν ἱερέα πάντως ἐπὶ τῆς ἁγίας βεθηχέναι γῆς, ἧς μετὰ νεκρῶν δερμάτων ἐπιδατεύειν οὐ θέμις. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὁ Κύριος ἀπαγορεύει τὰ ὑποδήματα, ἐπειδὴ κελεύει αὐτοὺς εἰς ἐθνῶν ὁδὸν μὴ πορεύεσθαι, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἁγίας ὁδοῦ προϊέναι. Οὐκ ἀγνοεῖς δὲ πάντως Ὁ τὴν ἁγίαν ὁδὸν, δι᾽ ἧς οἱ μαθηταὶ τρέχειν κελεύονται, μαθὼν παρὰ τοῦ εἰπόντος· ᾿Εγώ δἐμιε ἡ ὁδὸς, ἧς οὐκ ἔστιν ἄψασθαι τὸν μὴ ὑπολυσάμενον τὴν τοῦ νεκροῦ ἀνθρώπου περιδολήν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐν ταύτῃ ἐγένετὸ τῇ ὁδῷ ἡ νύμφη, ἐν ἧ τῶν δι᾽ αὐτῆς περιπατούντων ὁ Κύριος νέπτει τοὺς πόδας τῷ ὕδατι, καὶ ἐχμάσσει τῷ λεντίῳ ᾧ διεζώσατο· δύναμις δέ ἔστι χαθαρτιχὴ τῶν ἀμαρτιῶν τὸ τοῦ Κυρίου διάζωσμα· Ἐνεδύσατο γὰρ, φησὶ, Κύριος δύναμιν, καὶ περιεζώσατο· διὰ τοῦτο χαθαρθεῖσα τοὺς πόδας ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς βασιλικῆς, ἑαυτὴν φυλάσσει, οὐκ ἐχχλίνουσα εἰς δεξιὰ, ἢ εἰς ἀριστερά· ἵνα μὴ καθʼ ἑκάτερον ἔξω τῆς ὁδοῦ παρενεγχοῦσα τὸ ἴχνος, μολύνῃ τῷ πηλῷ τὸν πόδα. Νοεῖς δὲ πάντως τὸ διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων δη λούμενον, ὅτι ἡ ἅπαξ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος ὑπολυσαμένη τὰ ὑποδήματα· ἴδιον γὰρ τοῦ βαπτίζοντος ἔργον τὸ λύειν τοὺς ἑμάντας τῶν ὑποδημάτων, καθὼς Ἰωάννης διεμαρτύρατο, μὴ δύνασθαι τοῦτο ἐπὶ μόνου τοῦ Κυρίου ποιῆσαι· πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἔλυσε τῷ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῷ ἱμάντι τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐνδεδεμένῳ ; Αὕτη τοὺς πόδας ἐνίψατο, πάντα γήϊνον ῥύπον συναποῦαλοῦσα τοῖς ὑποδήμασι· φυλάσσει τοένυν ἐπὶ τῆς πεπλαχωμένης ὁδοῦ τὴν βάσιν ἀμόλυντον, ὡς καὶ ὁ Δαδιὸ ἐποίησεν, ὅτε τοῦ πηλοῦ τὴν ὕλην ἀπολυσάμενος ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας ἔστησε τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ πόδας, οὕτως εἰπὼν τῷ λόγῳ ὅτι ʼΑνἠγειράό με ἐκ άκχου ταλαιπωρίας, καὶ ἀπὸ πηλοῦ ἰλύος, καὶ ἔστησεν ἐπὶ πέτραν τοὺς πόδας μου, καὶ κατεύθυνε τὰ διαθδήματά μου. Πέτραν δὲ νοοῦμεν τὸν Κύριον, ὅς ἐστι φῶς, καὶ ἀλήθεια, καὶ ἀφθαρσία, καὶ δικαιοσύνη, δι᾽ ὧν ἡ πνευματικὴ ὁδὸς διαπλαχοῦται. Ὧν ὁ μὴ παρατραπεὶς καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον, διασώξει τὸ ἴχνας, οὐδαμόθεν τῷ πηλῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς μολυνόμενον. Ταῦτά ἐστι, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, δι᾽ ὧν ἡ θύρα τῷ Λόγῳ παρὰ τῆς γύμφης ἀνοίγεται. Ἡ γὰρ ὁμολογία τοῦ μηκέτι ἀναλαθεῖν τὸν ἁποδληθέντα πηλὸν, μηδὲ τῇ πορείᾳ τοῦ βίου τὸν γεώδη μολυσμὸν παραδέξασθαι, εἴσοδος γίνεται τοῦ ἁγιασμοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν οὕτω παρεσχευασμένην Ψυχήν. ᾿Αγιασμὸς δὲ ὁ Κύριος. Καὶ τοῦτο μὲν τῶν Πάλιν δὲ μετὰ τοῦτο τῆς ὑπερκειμένης ἀναδάσεως ἅπτεται ἡ ψυχὴ, οὐκέτι φωνῆς τὴν καρδίαν θυροχρουστούσης, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς θείας χειρὸς διὰ τῆς ὀπῆς ἐπὶ τὰ ἐντὸς παραδυείσης. ᾿Αδελφιδός μου γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀπέστειιε τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ διὰ τῆς ὀπῆς, καὶ ἡ κοιΐία μου ἐθροήθη ἐπʼ αὑτόν. Δῆλον δὲ πάντως ἐστὶ τῷ συνετῶς ἑπαῖοντι, ὅσον πλεονάζε: τῷ ὕψει τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα παρὰ τὸ πρότερον· Ἄγοιξον λέγων πρὸς τὴν νύμφην ὁ Λόγος, δίδωσιν αὐτῇ διὰ τὴς τῶν θείων ὀνομάτων τοῦ ἀνοῖξαι τὴν δύναμιν. Ὑπακούει τῷ Λόγῳ ἢ νύμφη· γίνεται γὰς ὅπερ ἤκουσεν, ἀδελφὴ, καὶ πλησίον, καὶ περιστερὰ, καὶ τελεία· ἀποδύεται τὸν δερματιχὸν ἐκεῖνον χιτῶνα, καὶ τὸν ῥύπον τῶν ποδῶν ᾿ἀπονίπτεται, καὶ οὔτε τὸ εἰδεχθὲς καὶ ῥωγαλέον ἐκεῖνο ἱμάτιον πάλιν ἑαυτῇ περιτίθησιν, οὔτε τῇ γῇ πρὸς τὸ λοιπὸν ἐναπερείδε.. τὸ ἴχνος· ἤκουσεν οὖν αὑτοῦ τῆς φωνῆς, καὶ τῷ προστάγματι πείθεται. ᾿Ανοίγει τὴν θύραν, περιελομένη τὸ κάλυμμα τῆς καρδίας· διέσχισε τῆς θύρας, τὸ τῆς σαρχὺς διαπέτασμα, πᾶσα ἡνοίγη τῆς ψυχῆς ἡ πύλη, ἵνα εἰσέλθῃ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης. ᾿Αλλ ἡ τῆς πύλης εὐρυχωρία μικρά τις ἀπεδείχθη τρυμαλιὰ στενὴ καὶ βραχεῖα, δι’ ἧς οὐκ αὐτὸς ὁ νυμφίο:, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ μόγις ἐχώρησεν. ὥστε δι᾽ αὐτῆς ἐπὶ τὸ ἐντὸς γενέσθαι, καὶ ἅψασθαι τῆς ἐπιθυμούσης τὸν νυμφίον ἰδεῖν, ᾧ τοσοῦτον ἐχέρδανε μόνον, ὅσον γνῶναι, ὅτι ἡ χεὶρ ἐκείνη τοῦ ποθουμένου ἐστίν. Οἷα δὲ ἡμῖν ὑποδείκνυται δόγματα, διὰ τῆς ἐν τοῖς εἰρημένοις φιλοσοφίας μάθοιμεν ἂν, εἰ μικρὸν τῷ λόγῳ προσδιατρίψωμεν. Ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη ψυχὴ δύο φύσεων οὖσα μεθόριος, ὧν ἡ μὲν ἀσώματός ἐστι καὶ νοερὰ καὶ ἀκήρατος ἣ δὲ ἑτέρα σωματικὴ, καὶ ὑλώδης, καὶ ἄλογος. Ἐπειδὰν δὲ τάχιστα τῆς πρὸς τὸν παχύν τε καὶ γεώδη βίον σχέσεως ἐχκαθαρθεῖσα, διʼ ἀρετῆς πρὺς τὸ συγγενὲς καὶ θειότατον, οὐ παύεται διερευνωμένη καὶ ἀναζητοῦσα τὴν τῶν ὄντων ἀρχῆν· τίς ἡ τοῦ κάλλους τῶν ὄντων πηγὴ πόθεν βρύει ἡ δύναμις, τί πηγάζον τὴν ἐμφαινομένην τῆς οὐσίας σοφίαν. Πάντας δὲ λογισμοὺς καὶ πᾶσαν ἐρευνητὴν νοημάτων δύναμιν διαχινοῦσα καὶ περιεργαζομένη τὸ ζητούμενον, ὄρον ποιεῖται τῆς καταλήψεως τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ἐνέργειαν μόνην τὴν μέχρι ἡμῶν κατιοῦσαν, ἧς διὰ τῆς ζωῆς ἡμεῖς αἰσθανόμεθα. Καὶ ὥσπερ τὸ τῷ ὕδατι συναναδιδόμενον ἐκ τῆς γῆς πνεῦμα οὐκ ἵσταται περὶ τὸν πυθμένα τῆς λίμνης, ἀλλὰ πομφόλυξ γενόμενον ἐπὶ τὸ ἄνω πρὸς τὸ συγγενὲς ἀνατρέχει, καὶ ὅταν διέλθῃ τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος ἄκραν ἐπιφάγειαν, καὶ καταμιχθῇ πρὸς τὸν ἀέρα, τότε τῆς ἐπὶ τὰ ἄνω κινήσεως ἵσταται· τοιοῦτόν τι πάσχει καὶ ἡ τὰ θεῖα διερευνωμένη ψυχή ἐπειδὰν ἐκ τῶν κάτωθεν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὑπερκειμένων γνῶσιν ἑαυτὴν ἀνατείνῃ, τὰ τῆς ἐνεργείας αὐτοῦ θαύματα καταλαδοῦσα, περαιφέρω προελθεῖν διὰ τῆς πολυπραγμοσύνης οὐ δύναται· ἀλλὰ θαυμάζει καὶ σέδεται τὸν ὅτι ἔστι! μόνον δε ὧν ἐνεργεῖ γινωσκόμενον. ᾿θρᾷ τὸ οὐράνιον κάλλος, τὰς .πῶν φωστήρων αὐγὰς, τὴν ὀξεῖαν τοῦ πόλου χυχλο. φορίαν, τὴν εοὕταχτόν τε καὶ ἐναρμόνιον ἐν τοῖς ἄστροις περιφορὰν, τὸν ἐνιαύσιον κύκλον τέσσαρσι καιροῖς εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναστρέφοντα· τὴν γῆν συνδιατιθεμένην τῷ περιέχοντι, καὶ τῇ διαφορᾷ τῆς τῶν ὑπερκειμένον χινήδεως τὰς ἰδίας ἐνεργείας συνεξαλλάοσσουσαν, τάς τε πολυειδεῖς ἐν τοῖς ζώοις φύαςις, τῶν πε καθ᾽ ὑδάτων διαιτωμένων, καὶ τῶν τὴν ἀέριον ἀπολαχόντων φορὰν, καὶ οἷς χερσαῖος ὁ βίος· τάς τε παντοδαπὰς τῶν φυτῶν ἰδέας, καὶ τὰς ποικίλας πόας, ποιότητι, καὶ δυνάμει, καὶ σχήματι ἀλλήλων διαφερούσας, καὶ τὰς τῶν καρπῶν τε καὶ χυμῶν ἰδιότητας, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, δι᾽ ὧν ἡ ἐνέργεια τοῦ Θεοῦ διαδείχνυται, βλέπουσα ἡ ψυχὴ, διὰ τοῦ θαύματος τῶν φαινομένων ἀναλογίζεται τῇ διανοίᾳ τὸν διὰ τῶν ἔργων νοούμενον ὅτι ἔστιν. Ἴσως δὲ κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τὸν μέλλοντα, ὅταν παρέλθῃ πᾶν τὸ ὁρώμενον, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου φωνὴν, ὅς φησιν· Ὁ οὐραγὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται· τὰ δὲ ῥήματά μου οὐ μὴ παρύσονται, καὶ εἰς ἐκείνην μετέλθωμεν τὴν ζωὴν, : ἢ ὑπὲρ ὀφθαλμόν τέ ἔστι καὶ ἀκοὴν καὶ διάνοιαν τότε οὐκέτι ἐκ μέρους διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπιγνωσόμεθα τὴν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φύσιν, ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν· οὐδὲ διὰ τῇς τῶν φαινομένων ἐνεργείας τὸ ὑπερκείμενον νοηθήσεται· ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρως καταληφθήσεται πάντως τὸ εἶδος τῆς ἀφράστου μακαριότητος, καὶ ἄλλος τρόπος τῆς ἀπολαύσεως, ὃς νῦν ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ἀναθαίνειν φύσιν οὐκ ἔχει. Τέως δὲ νῦν ὄρος τῇ ψυχῇ τῆς τοῦ ἀφράστου γνώσεώς ἔστιν ἡ ἐμφαινομένη τοῖς οὖσιν ἐνέργεια, ἣν χεῖρα λέγεσθαι τροπικῶς ἐνοήσαμεν. Τοῦτο τοίνυν ἡμῖν τὸ δόγμα διὰ τῶν θείων τούτων λογίων πεφιλοσόφηται, δι᾽ ὧν ἡ καθαρὰ ψυχὴ, καὶ οὐὖχἐτι τοῦ γηΐνου τε καὶ ὑλικοῦ βίου ἐπιδατεύουσα, ἵνα μὴ μολύνῃ ἑαυτῆς τὸ ἴχνος τοῖς κάτω ἔνερειδομένη, προσδοχήχασα αὐτὸν ὑποδέξασθαι τὸν νυμφίον, ὅλον ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ γενόμενον· ἠγάπησε μόνον τέως ἐν ὀπῇ τὴν χεῖρα θεάσασθαι, δι᾽ ἧς ἑρμηνεύεται ἣἧ ἐνεργητικὴ αὐτοῦ δύναμις. ᾿Αδειρφιδός μου, φησὶν, τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ διὰ τῆς ὀπῆς. Οὐ γὰσ χωρεῖ ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη δύναμις τὴν ἀόριστόν τε καὶ ἀπερίληπτον φύσιν ἐν ἑαυτῇ δέξασθαι. Ἣ δὲ κοιλία μου, φησὶν, ἐθροήθη ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν.·Ἐχπληξίν τινα καὶ ξενισμὸν σημαίνει ἐπὶ τῷ φανέντι θαύματι τὸ τῆς θροήσεως ὄνομα. Πᾶσα γὰρ αὐτῆς ἡ διανοητικὴ δύναμις συνεχινήθη πρὸς τὸ θαῦμα τῶν διὰ τῆς θείας χειρὸς ἐνεργουμένων· ὧν ἡ κατανόησις ὑπερκειμένη τὸ ἀκατάληπτόν τε καὶ ἀχώρητον τῆς τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος φύσεως δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς ἑρμηνεύει. Πᾶσα γὰρ ἡ τῶν ὅντων κτίσις τῆς χειρὸς ἐκείνης τῆς διὰ ἧς ὁπῆς ἡμῖν ( φανερωθείσης ἔργον ἐστὶν, ὡς ὁ Ἰωάννης βοᾷ λέγων, καὶ ὁ [προφήτης τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ συμφθέγγεται. Ὁ μὲν γάρ φησιν· ὅτι Πάντα δι αὑτοῦ ἐγένετο· ὁ δὲ προφήτης χεῖρα ὀνομάζει τὴν ποιητικὴν τῶν ὄντων δύναμιν, εἰπών: Ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησε ταῦτα πάντα. Ἐὶ οὖν τὰ τῆς ἐνεργείας ἐκείνης ἔργα, τά τε ἄλλα πάντα, καὶ τὰ οὐράνια κάλλη, οὔπω δὲ κατείληφεν ἡ ζητητικὴ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου διάνοια, τί κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ὁ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, ἣ ὁ ἥλιος, ἢ ἄλλο τι τῶν φαινομένων ἐν τῇ κτίσει θαυμάτων· τούτου χάριν θροεῖται πρὸς τὴν θείαν ἐνέργειαν ἡ καρδία· ὅτι εἰ ταῦτα χαταλαδεῖν οὐ χωρεῖ, πῶς τὴν ὑπερκειμένην τούτων καταλήψεται φύσιν ; Τάχα δέ τις καὶ ἄλλως μεταλαδὼν τὰ τῶν εἰρημένων αἰνίγματα, οὐκ ἕξω τοῦ εἰκότος προσάξει τὴν θεωρίαν. Οἶμαι γὰρ οἶκον νοεῖσθαι τῆς νύμφης πᾶσαν τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ζωήν· ταύτην δὲ τὴν χεῖρα τὴν τῶν ὅντῶν ποιητικὴν, ἐνδημήσασαν πρὸς τὸ βραχύ τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸν τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου βίου ἑαυτὴν συστεῖλαι, διὰ τοῦ μετασχεῖν τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν κατὰ πάντα, καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα, χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας. Ἐν ἡμῖν δὲ γενομένην θρόησιν ἐμποιῆσαι καὶ ξενισμὸν ταῖς ψυχαῖς, πῶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν σαρκὶ φανεροῦται ; Πῶς ὁ Λόγος γίνεταισάρξ; Ως ἐν παρθενίᾳ τόκος ; Πῶς τῷ σκότει τὸ φῶς καὶ τῷ θανάτῳ ἡ ζωὴ Πῶς χωρεῖ ἡ βραχεῖα τοῦ βίου τρυμαλιὰ τὴν περιεκτικὴν πάντων τῶν ὄντων χεῖρα ἐν ἑαυτῇ δέξασθαι, ἦ πᾶς ὁ οὐρανὸς ἐχμετρεῖται, καὶ ἡ γῇ πᾶσα καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ ἅπαν ἐμπεριέχεται; Εἰκὸς τοίνυν τὴν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου χάριν διὰ τοῦ τῆς χειρὸς αἰνίγματος προφητικῶς ἡμῖν ὑπὸ τῆς νύμφης διασημαίνεσθαι. Ὅτε γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὥφθη, καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συνανεστράφη ὁ Κύριος, τὸ καθαρόν τε καὶ ἄῦλον τοῦ νυμφίου κάλλος, καὶ τὴν τοῦ Λόγου θεότητα, καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς λαμπηδόνα διὰ τῆς τῶν ἐνεργειῶν χειρὸς ἐγνωρίσαμεν. Χεῖρα γὰρ νοοῦμεν τὴν τῶν θαυμάτων χατεργαστιχὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, δι’ ἧς ἐζωοποιοῦντο οἱ νεκροὶ, καὶ τῶν τυφλῶν αἱ ὄψεις ἀποχαθίσταντο, καὶ τὸ τῆς λέπρας πάθο; ἐφυγαδεύετο, καὶ πᾶν εἶδος ἀνιάτου καὶ χαλεπῆς ἀῤῥωστίας ἀπεχώρει τῶν σωμάτων διὰ προστάγματος. Προτεθείσης δὲ ἡμῖν τῆς διπλῆς ταύτης ἐπὶ τῇ χειρὶ θεωρίας, ὧν ἡ μὲν ὑποτίθεται τὴν θείαν φύσιν ἀκατάληπτον οὖσαν παντελῶς καὶ ἀνεέχαστον, διὰ μόνης τῆς ἐνεργείας γινώσκεσθαι· ἡ δὲ τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν χάριν προαναφωνεῖσθαι λέγει διὰ τῶν λόγων ὑπὸ τῆς νύμφης, ἐπὶ τῷ ἀκροατῇ ποιησόμεθα τὴν προσφυεστέραν τε καὶ μᾶλλον τοῖ; ὑποκειμένοις ἁρμόζουσαν πρὸ ἑτέρας ἐκλέξασθαι. Πλὴν ὅτιπερ ἂν νομισθῇ ψυχωφελέστερον εἶναι· γένοιτο ἂν ἡμῖν δι᾽ ἑκατέρου τῶν εἰρημένων αὐτάρκης ἡ πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὁδηγία. Ἔκ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ͵ γνῶναι, ὅτι τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ γνωστὸν, κατὰ τὴν Παύλου φωνὴν, ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου κτίσεως νοούμενον καθορᾶται, τῆς περὶ τῶν ἀκαταλήπτὼν πολυπραγμοσύνης φεισόμεθα- ὡς ἂν μὴ διὰ τοῦ φυσιολογεῖσθαι τὴν ἀνέφικτόν τε καὶ ἀνεχφώνη.-. τον φύσιν, ὕλην λάθοι κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ἡ αἵρεσις. Εἰ δὲ πρὸς τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον βλέπον τὸ αἴνιγμα τῆς χειρὸς ὑποθώμεθα- καὶ οὕτω βεδαιοτέρα ἡμῖν τῶν μυστικῶν δογμάτων ἡ πίστις γενήσεται, διὰ τῆς προαὄολον, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.

Phōnē adelphidou mou krouei epi tēn thyran. (Agnoixon moi, hē adelrē mou, hē plēsion mou, peristera mou, teleia mou; hoti hē kephalē mou epilē dyę̄ drosou, kai hoi bostrychoi mou psekadōn nyktos. ᾿Exedysamēn ton chitōna mon, pōs endyOOmai auton? HeEgnipsamēn tous podas mou, pōs molynō autous ? ᾿Adelphidos mou apesteile cheira autou apo hopēs, kai hē koilia mou ethroēthē Hen kai touto tōn megalōn parangelmatōn esti tou Kyriou, di’ hōn hē dianoia tōn mathēteuomenōn tǭ Logǭ, kathaper tina choun hapan to hylōdes tēs physeōs aph᾽ heantēs echtinaxasa, pros tēn epithymian tōn hyperkeimenōn epairetai, Touto de esti, to dein kreittous einai tou hypnou tous pros tēn anō zōēn blepontas, kai dia pantos egrēgorenai tę̄ dianoią, hoion apateōna tina tōn psychōn kai tēs alētheias heepiodoulon, ton nystagmon tōn ophthalmōn apelaunontas. Ekeinon legō ton nystagmon kai ton hypnon, di᾽ hōn plattetai tois emdathynousi tę̄ tou biou apatę̄ tauta phantasmata, hai archai, hoi hai dynasteiai, ho typhos, hē dia tōn hēdonōn goēteia, philodoxon te kai apolaustikon, kai philotimon, kai panta hosa kata ton bion touton tois anepischeptois dia tinos phantasias matēn spoudazetai, ha tę̄ parodikę̄ tou chronou sympararrheonta physei, en tǭ dokein echei to einaig oute onta hoper nomizetai, oute en autǭ tǭ nomizesthai pros to diēnekes paramenonta; all᾽ homou ginesthai te dokounta kai apollymena, chyS matōn dikēn tōn enchoryphoumenōn tois hydasin, ha pros kairon tę̄ kinēsei tōn anemōn syndionchoumena, adethaion eis diamonēn echei ton onkon; en bracheią gar tę̄ rhopę̄ synanastanta tou pneumatos, palin en homalǭ tēn tēs thalassēs epiphaneian deiknysi, synchatastalenta tǭ pneumati. Hōs oun exō tōn toioutōn genoito phasmatōn hēmin hē dianoia, ton baryn touton hypnon aposeiesthai tōn tēs psychēs ommatōn diakeleuetai, hina mē tę̄ peri to anyparkton spou: dę̄, tōn hyphestōtōn te kai hōs alēthōs ontōn apolisthēsōmen. Dia touto kai hypotithetai hēmin epinoian tēs egrēgorseōs, legōn; Estōsan hymōn hai osphyes kai hoi 1lychgoi kaiomenoi en tais chersin hymōn. Tois te gar ophthalmois to phōs emphainomenon aposodei tōn ommatōn ton hypnon; kai hē osphys diesphigmenē dia tēs zōnēs, aparadekton tǭ hypnǭ paraskeuazei to sōma, ou prodiemenēs tēn eki pou hypnou anesin tēs tōn ponōn aisthēseōs. Saphē de pantōs esti ta dia tōn ainigmatōn dēloumena; hoti ho tę̄ sōphrosynę̄ diezōsmenos en phōti zę̄ tou katharou syneidotos, tou lychnou tēs parrhēsias ton bion hou tēs alētheias prophainomenēs aspnos te kai anexapatētos ē psychę̄ diamenei, ouydeni tōn atelōn toutōn oneirōn emmataiazousa. de touto katorthōtheiē kata tēn tou Logou hyphēgēsin, angelichos tis hēmas diadechetai bios. Toutois gar hēmas homoioi to theion parangelma, di᾽ hōn phēsin; hoti Kai hymeis homoioi agthrōpois prosdechomenois ton kyrion heautōn, pote agalysę̄ ek tōn gamōn, hina elthontos kai krousantos, eutheōs agoixōsin autǭ. Ekeinoi gar eisin hoi prosdechomenoi tou Kyriou tēn ek tōn gamōn epanodon, kai tais hepoura niois pylais egrēgoroti tǭ ophthalmǭ hina palin eiselthę̄ di᾽ autōn hotan analysę̄ ek tōn gamōn ho basileus tēs doxēs eis tēn hyperouranion ekeinēn makariotēta. Hothen kata tēn psalmǭdian, hōs ek pastados ho nymphios ekporeutheis hērmosato heautǭ parthenon hēmas dia tēs mnystichēs anagennēseōs tēn tois eidōlois echporneutheisan, eis aphtharsian parthenikēn anastoicheiōsas tēn physin. Tōn oun gamōn ēdē tetelesmenōn, kai nympheutheisēs hypo tou Logou tēs Ekklēsias, kathōs phēsin ho Iōannēs, hoti Ho echōn tēn nymphēn nymphios esti; kai eis ton tōn mystēriōn thalamon autēs paradechtheisēs, anemenon hoi angeloi tēn epanodon tou basileōs, tēs Ekklēsias epanachtheisēs epi tēn kata physin makaRiotēta. Toutois oun eipe dein homoiousthai kai ton hēmeteron bion; hina kathaper ekeinoi porrhō kakias kai apatēs politeuomenoi, pros hypodochēn eisin eutrepeis tę̄s despotikēs paroutias; houtō kai hēmeis pnountes, hetoimous pros hypakoēn heautous poiēsōmen, hotan epistas chrouę̄ tēn thyran. Makarioi gar, phēsin, rēsei poiountas houtōs. Epei oun makarion esti to hypakouein tǭ chrounti, toutou charin diapantos pros tēn makariotēta blepousa, aisthanetai tou parestōtos tę̄ thyrą, kalōs tois idiois thēsaurois epagrypnousa psychē, kai phēsin Phōgē tou adelphidou mou krouei epi tēn thyran. Pōs an tis tēn pros ta theiotera tēs nymphēs anodon dia tōn legomenōn axiōs katanoēseien? meta tosautēs exousias te kai pepoithēseōs ton sklēron ekeinon Borean aph᾽ hoi douloi ekeinoi, hoos elthōn ho kyrios autōn heupo phōteinon pneuma pros heautēn ephelchysamenē, paradeisous rhoōn dia tou stomatos ergazomenē, hōn arōmata hēn akrodrya, hē ton kēpon heautēs trapezan protitheisa tǭ Despotę̄ tēs ktiseōs, hēs apoolēton ephanē tōn protethentōn ouden; alla panta einai kala emartyrēthē hē smyrną, to arōma, ho meta tou melitos artos, ho meta tou galaktos oinos, hē emartyrēsen ho Logos to teleion, eipōn; hoti kalē ei, kai mōmos ouk estin en soi; hautē nyn houtyn diakeitai, hōs prōtōs mellousa dechesthai tou Theou tēn emphaneian, kai hōs oudopō ton nyn hestōta pro tōn thyrōn Logon eisdexamenē kai eisoichisasa, en thaumati tēs phōnēs poieitai tēn dynamin; dia chouto phēsin houpō autēs, alla tēs thyras hautēs aptesthai tēn tou nymphiou phōnēn. Phōnē gar, phēsi, tou adelphidou mou krouei epi tēn thyrag. Horąs pōs aoristos esti tois pros ton Theon aniousin ho dromos pōs to aei chatalamdanomenon. archē pros to hyperkeimenon ginetai ? Hoti gar stasin tina tou dromou tēs pros ta hypsēla poreias dia tōn pros autēn eirēmenōn ēlpisamen. Ti gar an tis meta tēn teleiotētos martyrian pleon zētēseie ? Tote blepomen eti endon ouphan autēn, kai houpō tōn thyrōn autēs ektos egenēmenēn, oude tēs kata prosōpon emphaneias chatatryphēsasan, all᾽ eti dia tēs akoēs pros tēn tōn agathōn metousian hodēgoumenēn, Touto oun dia tōn eirēmenōn to dogma manthanomen, hoti pantote tois epi ta meizin prokoptousin, harmadios estin hē tou;Apostolou phōnē ē legousa hoti EI tis dochai engōkenai, houpǭ egnō kōthōs dei ngōnąi. Egnō men gar auton en tois phthasąsin hē psychē tosouton hoson kateladen. ᾿All᾽ epeidē to mēpō kateilēmmenon apeiroplasion tou chatalēphthentas este; dia touto hōphthē pollakis tę̄ psychę̄ ho nymphios, kai hōs mēdepō en ophthalmois genomenos, ophthēsesthai tę̄ nymphę̄ dia tēs phōnēs epangelletai. Hōs d᾽ an saphesteron hēmin to noēma genoito, eikona tina di’ hypodeigmatos phrosthēsō ǭ logǭ. Hōsper gar ei tis plēsion ekeinēs genoito tēs pēgēs, ēn anathainein eipen ek tēs gēs kat᾽ archas hē Graphē, tosautēn ousan to plēthos, hōs hapan tēs gēs epichlyzein to prosōpon. thaumasei men ho tę̄ pēgę̄ plēsiasas to apeiron hydōr ekeino, to pantote autēs anomdroun te kai procheomenon;hou mēn ei-. poi an holon heōrakenai to hydōr. Pōs gar an edϑi epi tois kolpois tēs gēs enchryptomenon ? Hōste kan epipoly parameinę̄ tǭ bryonti, aei en archais esti tēs theōrias tou hydatos. Thy gar pauetai to hydōr aei te rheon, kai aei tou! bryein archomenon. Houtōs ho pros to theion ekeino kai aoriston kallos blepōn, epeidē to pantote heuriskomenon, kainoteron te kai paradoxoteron pantōs para tǭ eidei kateilēmmenon horatai, thaumazei men to aei prophainomenon, oudepote de histatai tēs tou idein epithymias, dia to pantos tou horōmenou megaloprepesteron te kai theioteron einai to prosdokōmenon. Dia touto oun kai entautha hē nymphē aei thaumazousa te kai echplēssomenę̄ ginōskomenon, oudepote en tois egnōsmenois histēsi tou theōroumenou ton pothon. Thy charin kai nyn hōs eti thyrochrotountos tou Logon aisthanetai, kai pros tēn hypakoēn dianistatai kai phēsi, Phōgē tou adelphidou mou krouei epi tēn thyran. Eita hēsychian tais akoais endousa, akouei tou dia tēs phōnēs prosēchēsantos estin; Agoixo moi, ade.iphē mou, hē piēsion mou, peristera mou, teleia mou; hoti hē kephazē mon eplisthē drosou, kai hoi bostrychoi mou psekadōn nyktos. Toutou hoe tēn dianoian houtōs an tis chataladoi tę̄ theōrią. Tǭ megalǭ Mōyseï dia phōtos ērxato hē tou Theou emphaneia᾽ meta tauta dia nephelēs autǭ dialegetai. Eita hypsē loteras ēdē kai teleioteros genomenos, en gnophǭ ton Theon blepei. Ho de dia toutou manthanomen tairyton estin - Hē prōtē apo tōn pseudōn kai peplanēmenōn peri Theou hypolēpseōn anachōrēsis, hē apo tou skotous eis phōs esti metastasis. Hē de proasechestera tōn kryptōn katanoēsis, hē dia tōn phainomenōn cheiragōchousa tēn psychēn pros tēn aoraton physin, hoion tis nephelē ginetai, to phainomenon men hapan epischiaxousa; pros de to kryphion blepein tēn psychēn cheiragōgousa kai synethizousa. Hē de dia toutōn hodeuousa pros ta anō psychē, hoson aphichton esti tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ physei, ta katǭ katalipousa, entos tōn adytōn tēs theagnōsias ginetai, tǭ theiǭ gnophǭ pantachothen dialēphtheisa; an hǭ tou phainomenou te kai katalamdanomenou pantos hexō kataleiphthentos, monon hypoleipetai tę̄ theōrią tēs psychēs to aoratan te kai akatalēpton, en hǭ estin ho Theos, kathōs phēsi peri tou nomothetou ho logos; hoti Eisē.1th0ee de Mōysēs eis ton Toutōn de hēmin houtō theōrēthentōn, skepteon an eiē kai tōn prokeimenōn hēmin rhētōn tēn pros pa eirēmena syngeneian. Ēn hote melaina ēn hē nymphē, tois aphōtistois dogmasin eskotismenē, paradlepsantos autēn tou hēliou, tou dia tōn peirasmōn tēn arrhizon epi tōn petrōn sporan epichaiontos; hote tōn en autę̄ machēsamenōn hēttētheisa, ton ampelōna ton heautēs ouk ephylaxen ᾿ hoti heautēn agnoēsasa tas tōn eriphōn agelas anti tōn proudatōn hepoimanen. ᾿All᾽ epeidē tēs pros to kakon symphuias heautēn apostēsasa, dia tou mystikou ekeinou philēmatos tę̄ pēgę̄ tou phōtos prosagagein to stoma epothēse, tote kalē ginetai, tǭ phōti tēs alētheias perilamphtheisa, kai to melan tēs agnoias apochlysamenē tǭ hydati. Eita hippǭ homoioutai dia to eudromon, chkai tę̄ peristerą dia to tachos tēs dianoias. Di᾿ hōn pan to chatalamdanomenon te kai phainomenon hōs hippos kai hōs peristera diaptasa, proteron men tę̄ skią tou mēlou meta epithymias epanapauetai, mēlon anti nephelēs to epitchiazon chatonomazousa᾽; nyn de ēdē hypo tēs theias nyktos periechetai, kath᾽ hēn ho nymphios paraginetai men, ou phainetai de, Pōs gar en nykti phaneiē to mē horōmenon ? all᾽ aisthēsin men tina didōsi tę̄ psychę̄ tēs parousias, ekpheugei de tēn enargē katanoēsin tǭ aoratǭ tēs physeōs enchryptobenos. Tis toinyn estin hē ginomenē tę̄ psychę̄ dia tēs gychtos tautēs mystagōgia? Apietai tēs thyras ho Logos. Thyran de nooumen tēn stochastichēn tōn arrhētōn dianoian, di᾽ hēs eisoikezetai to zētoumenon. Exō toinyn hestōsa tēs physeōs hēmōn hē alētheia dia tēs ek merous gnōseōs, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, en hyponoiais tisi kai ainigmasi thyrochroustei tēn dianoian, Agnoixon legousa; kai meta protropēs hypotithemenē ton tropon, hopōs anoigēnai prosēkei tēn thyran, hoion tinas kleis oregousa, ta kala tauta onomata, di’ hōn to kekleismenon anoigetai. Kleides gar eisin antikrys hai tōn onomatōn toutōn emphaseis, hai ta krypta dianoigousai, adelphē kai plēsion kai peristera kai teleia. Ei gar boulei soi, phēsin, anoigēnai tēn thyran, kai eparthēnai tēs psychēs sou tas pylas, Ho hina eiselthę̄ ho basileus tēs doxēs, chrē se adelphēn mou genesthai, en tǭ ta thelēmata mou tę̄ psychę̄ paradexasthai, kathōs en tǭ Euangeliǭ phēsin adelphon autou kai adelphēn ginesthai ton en tois thelēmasin autou zōnta. Chrē de se kai prosengisai tę̄ alētheią, kai plēsion genesthai, hōste mēdeni mesǭ diateichixesthai, kai en tę̄ physei tēs peristeras echein to teleion; touto de esti to anellipę̄ kai peplērōmenēn einai pasēs akakias kai katharotētos. Tauta ladousa, ō psychē, hoion tinas kleis ta onomata, anoixon di᾽ autōn tę̄ alētheią tēn eisodon, adelphē genomenē kai plēsion kai peristera kai teleia. Estai de sou a to kerdos ek tou eisdexasϑai me kai hē ek tēs kephalę̄s mou drosos hēs plērēs eimi, kai hai tēs nyktos tōn bostrychōn tōn emōn aporrheousai psekades. ᾽Ek toutōn de, to men iasin einai tēn droson, para tou] prophētou saphōs memathēkamen, hos phēsin; hoti Drosos hē para sou, iama autois estin. Hai de tēs nyktos psekades tēs protheōrētheisēs echontai dianoias. Ou gar esti dynaton ton entos tōn adytōn kai atheatōn genomenon, homorǭ tini tēs gnōseōs entychein hē cheimarrhǭ. ᾿All᾽ agapēton, ei leptais tisi kai amydrais dianoiais epipsechazoi tēn gnōsin autou hē alētheia, dia tōn hagiōn te kai theophoroumenōn tēs logikēs stagonos aporrheousēs. Bostrychous gar oimai tēs tou pantos kephalēs exērtēmenous, tropikōs. onomazesthai prophētas kai euangelistas kai apostolous, hōn hekastos hoson echōrthoun ek tōn skoteinōn te kai apokryphōn kai aoratōn thēsaurōn aryomenoi, hēmin potamoi ginontai; hōs de pros tēn ontōs alētheian, drosōdeis eisi psekades, kan tǭ plēthei te kai megethei tēs didaskalias plēmmyrōsin. Hoios ho Paulos ēn potamos, hyper. ton ouranon tois tōn noēmatōn kymasi choryphoumenos heōs tritou ouranou, heōs tou paradeisou, heōs tōn arrhētōn te kai anechphōnētōn rhēmatōn, kai di᾽ apasēs tēs toiautēs megalēgorias pe agizōn tǭ logǭ deiknysi palin hoti psechas tis esti drosōdēs ho logos houtos? synkrisei tou ontōs Logou, di᾿ hōn phēsin? hoti Ek morous ginōskomen, kai ek merous prophēteuomen; kai, Ei tis dokei egnōchenaiti, oupō egnō ka᾿ thōs dei gnōnai; kai, ᾿Emauton houpō kateilēphenai. Ei toinyn hikmas tēs drosou, kai hē tōn bostrychōn psechas potamoi dokousi kai pelagē kai kymata pros tēn hēmeteran krinomena dynamin; ti chrē peri tēs pēgēs logisasthai tēs eipousēs, hoti EI tis dipsą, erchesthō pros me kai pinetō? Hekchastos tōn akouontōn diʼ analogian tōn eirēmenōn stochasmon lamdanetō tou thaumatos. Ei gar hē psechas eis potamōn exērchese genesin, ti auton ton tou Theou potamon dia tēs psekados tautēs estin analogiIdōmen de kai pōs hypakouei tǭ Logǭ hē nymphē, pōs anoigei tǭ nymphiǭ tēn eisodon. Exedysamēn, phēsi, ton chitōna mou; pōs endysomai hauton? Enipsamēn tous podas mou, pōs molynō autous? Kalōs ēkouse tou keleusantos adelphēn autēn kai . plēsion genesthai, kai peristeran kai teleian, hina dia toutōn eisoichisthę̄ tę̄ psychę̄ hē alētheia. Epoiēse gar haper ēkousen, echdysamenē ton dermatinon chitōna, hon meta tēn hamartian periedaleto, kai aponipsamenē tōn podōn to geōdes hǭ eneilēthē apo tēs en paradeisǭ diagōgēs eis tēn gēn analysasa, hote ēkousen, hoti Gē ei, kai eis gēn apeleusę̄. Dia pouto ēnoixen epi tēn psychēn tǭ Logǭ tēn eisodon, diastalentos tou tēs kardias parapetasmatos, toutesti tēs sarkos. Sarka de eipōn, ton palaion legō anthrōpon, hon ekdysasthai kai apothesthai keleuei ho theios ᾿Apostolos, tous mellontas tǭ loutrǭ tou logou ton rhypon tōn baseōn tēs psychēs apochlysasthai. Oukoun ton palaion apekdysamenos anthrōpon, kai perielōn tēs kardiss to kalymma, ēnoixe tǭ Logǭ tēn eisodon, hon entos genomenon endyma poieitai heautēs hē Psychē, kata tēn tou ᾿Apostolou hyphēgēsin, hos keleuei ton echdysamenon tēn sarchōdē tou palaiou anthrōpou peridolēn, endysasthai chitōna ton kata Theon ktisthenta, en hosiotēti kai dikaiosynę̄-. Iēsoun de legei einai to endyma. Hē de homologia tę̄s nymphēs to mēketi ton apoulēthenta chitōna palin analamdanein, all᾽ arkeisthai tǭ heni chitōni, kata ton dothenta tois mathētais nomon, hon dia tēs anōthen Kyriou ton logon, ton keleuonta tous hapax tǭ theiǭ chosmēthentas endymati, mēketi ependysasthai ton tēs hamartias chitōna, mēde dyo chitōnas echein, alla ton hena monon, hina mē dyo peri ton hauton sin hoi asymoatoi pros allēlous chitōnes. Tis gar koinōnia tǭ skoteinǭ endymati pros ton phōtoeidę̄ te kai aulon ? Ou monon de touto phēsin ho nomos, to mē dein dyo chi᾿pōnas echein, alla mēde epirrhaptein to kainon hyphasma tǭ palaiǭ himatiǭ; hena mē cheirōn genētai hē aschēmosynē tou ton toiouton peridallomenou, mēte tou errhaphento? meinantos, kai tou palaiou cheiron to schisma pathontos kai dystherapeuton. Airei gar, phēsi, to plērōma to kainon tou palaiou, kai cheiron schisma ginetai, hōs dēmosieuesthai di᾽ autou ta aschēmona, Dia touto phēsin’ Exedysamēn ton chitōna mou, pōs endysomai hauton ? Tis gar an blepōn peri heauton ton hēlioeidē tou Kyrion chitōna, ton dia katharotētos kai aphtharsias autǭ peritethenta, hoion epi tēs tou orous metamorphōseōs edeixen, eita katadechetai to ptōchon te kai rhachōdes himation heautǭ peritheinai, hoper ho methysos kai ho pornokopos, kathōs hē paroimia phēsi, peridalletai ? ᾿Alla oude tous podas gipsamenē, palin tę̄ basei ton ek tēs gēs molysmon Enipsamēn gar, phēsi, tous podas mou, pōs molynō autous ? Oude gar Mōysēs tǭ theiǭ prostagmati tēs nekras tōn dermatōn peridolēs eleutherōsas tous podas, hote tēs hagias te kai pephōtismenēs epethaine gēs, palin historeitai dialadōn tous podas tois hypodēmasin, hote kai tēn hieratikēn esthēta kata ton typon ton en tǭ orei deichthenta philotechnēsas, chrysou kai porphyras, kai byssou, kai hyakinthou, kai kokkou tas augas synkerasas en tǭ hyphasmati, hōste symmichton ek pantōn kallos, oudena tois posi kosmon epetechnēsato, all᾽ hēn kallōpismos tou hieratikou podos to gymnon einai pasēs peridolēs, kai eleutheron. Chrē gar ton hierea pantōs epi tēs hagias bethēchenai gēs, hēs meta nekrōn dermatōn epidateuein ou themis. Dia touto kai tois mathētais ho Kyrios apagoreuei ta hypodēmata, epeidē keleuei autous eis ethnōn hodon mē poreuesthai, alla dia tēs hagias hodou proïenai. Ouk agnoeis de pantōs Ho tēn hagian hodon, di᾽ hēs hoi mathētai trechein keleuontai, mathōn para tou eipontos; ᾿Egō demie hē hodos, hēs ouk estin apsasthai ton mē hypolysamenon tēn tou nekrou anthrōpou peridolēn. Epei oun en tautę̄ egeneto tę̄ hodǭ hē nymphē, en hē tōn di᾽ autēs peripatountōn ho Kyrios neptei tous podas tǭ hydati, kai echmassei tǭ lentiǭ hǭ diezōsato; dynamis de esti chathartichē tōn amartiōn to tou Kyriou diazōsma; Enedysato gar, phēsi, Kyrios dynamin, kai periezōsato; dia touto chathartheisa tous podas epi tēs hodou tēs basilikēs, heautēn phylassei, ouk echchlinousa eis dexia, ē eis aristera; hina mē kathʼ hekateron exō tēs hodou parenenchousa to ichnos, molynę̄ tǭ pēlǭ ton poda. Noeis de pantōs to dia tōn eirēmenōn dē loumenon, hoti hē hapax dia tou baptismatos hypolysamenē ta hypodēmata; idion gar tou baptizontos ergon to lyein tous hemantas tōn hypodēmatōn, kathōs Iōannēs diemartyrato, mē dynasthai touto epi monou tou Kyriou poiēsai; pōs gar an elyse tǭ mēde tēn archēn tǭ himanti tēs hamartias endedemenǭ ? Hautē tous podas enipsato, panta gēïnon rhypon synapoualousa tois hypodēmasi; phylassei toenyn epi tēs peplachōmenēs hodou tēn basin amolynton, hōs kai ho Dadio epoiēsen, hote tou pēlou tēn hylēn apolysamenos epi tēs petras estēse tous heautou podas, houtōs eipōn tǭ logǭ hoti ʼAnēgeirao me ek akchou talaipōrias, kai apo pēlou ilyos, kai estēsen epi petran tous podas mou, kai kateuthyne ta diathdēmata mou. Petran de nooumen ton Kyrion, hos esti phōs, kai alētheia, kai aphtharsia, kai dikaiosynē, di᾽ hōn hē pneumatikē hodos diaplachoutai. Hōn ho mē paratrapeis kath᾽ hekateron, diasōxei to ichnas, oudamothen tǭ pēlǭ tēs hēdonēs molynomenon. Tauta esti, kata ge ton emon logon, di᾽ hōn hē thyra tǭ Logǭ para tēs gymphēs anoigetai. Hē gar homologia tou mēketi analathein ton hapodlēthenta pēlon, mēde tę̄ poreią tou biou ton geōdē molysmon paradexasthai, eisodos ginetai tou hagiasmou epi tēn houtō parescheuasmenēn Psychēn. ᾿Agiasmos de ho Kyrios. Kai touto men tōn Palin de meta touto tēs hyperkeimenēs anadaseōs haptetai hē psychē, ouketi phōnēs tēn kardian thyrochroustousēs, all᾽ autēs tēs theias cheiros dia tēs opēs epi ta entos paradyeisēs. ᾿Adelphidos mou gar, phēsin, apesteiie tēn cheira autou dia tēs opēs, kai hē koiïia mou ethroēthē epʼ hauton. Dēlon de pantōs esti tǭ synetōs hepaionti, hoson pleonaze: tǭ hypsei ta nyn eirēmena para to proteron; Agoixon legōn pros tēn nymphēn ho Logos, didōsin autę̄ dia tēs tōn theiōn onomatōn tou anoixai tēn dynamin. Hypakouei tǭ Logǭ ē nymphē; ginetai gas hoper ēkousen, adelphē, kai plēsion, kai peristera, kai teleia; apodyetai ton dermatichon ekeinon chitōna, kai ton rhypon tōn podōn ᾿aponiptetai, kai oute to eidechthes kai rhōgaleon ekeino himation palin heautę̄ peritithēsin, oute tę̄ gę̄ pros to loipon enapereide.. to ichnos; ēkousen oun hautou tēs phōnēs, kai tǭ prostagmati peithetai. ᾿Anoigei tēn thyran, perielomenē to kalymma tēs kardias; dieschise tēs thyras, to tēs sarchys diapetasma, pasa hēnoigē tēs psychēs hē pylē, hina eiselthę̄ ho Basileus tēs doxēs. ᾿All hē tēs pylēs eurychōria mikra tis apedeichthē trymalia stenē kai bracheia, di’ hēs ouk autos ho nymphio:, all᾽ hē cheir autou mogis echōrēsen. hōste di᾽ autēs epi to entos genesthai, kai hapsasthai tēs epithymousēs ton nymphion idein, hǭ tosouton echerdane monon, hoson gnōnai, hoti hē cheir ekeinē tou pothoumenou estin. Hoia de hēmin hypodeiknytai dogmata, dia tēs en tois eirēmenois philosophias mathoimen an, ei mikron tǭ logǭ prosdiatripsōmen. Hē anthrōpinē psychē dyo physeōn ousa methorios, hōn hē men asōmatos esti kai noera kai akēratos hē de hetera sōmatikē, kai hylōdēs, kai alogos. Epeidan de tachista tēs pros ton pachyn te kai geōdē bion scheseōs echkathartheisa, diʼ aretēs prys to syngenes kai theiotaton, ou pauetai diereunōmenē kai anazētousa tēn tōn ontōn archēn; tis hē tou kallous tōn ontōn pēgē pothen bryei hē dynamis, ti pēgazon tēn emphainomenēn tēs ousias sophian. Pantas de logismous kai pasan ereunētēn noēmatōn dynamin diachinousa kai periergazomenē to zētoumenon, oron poieitai tēs katalēpseōs tou Theou tēn energeian monēn tēn mechri hēmōn katiousan, hēs dia tēs zōēs hēmeis aisthanometha. Kai hōsper to tǭ hydati synanadidomenon ek tēs gēs pneuma ouk histatai peri ton pythmena tēs limnēs, alla pompholyx genomenon epi to anō pros to syngenes anatrechei, kai hotan dielthę̄ tēn tou hydatos akran epiphageian, kai katamichthę̄ pros ton aera, tote tēs epi ta anō kinēseōs histatai; toiouton ti paschei kai hē ta theia diereunōmenē psychē epeidan ek tōn katōthen pros tēn tōn hyperkeimenōn gnōsin heautēn anateinę̄, ta tēs energeias autou thaumata kataladousa, peraipherō proelthein dia tēs polypragmosynēs ou dynatai; alla thaumazei kai sedetai ton hoti esti! monon de hōn energei ginōskomenon. ᾿thrą to ouranion kallos, tas .pōn phōstērōn augas, tēn oxeian tou polou chychlo. phorian, tēn eoutachton te kai enarmonion en tois astrois periphoran, ton eniausion kyklon tessarsi kairois eis heauton anastrephonta; tēn gēn syndiatithemenēn tǭ periechonti, kai tę̄ diaphorą tēs tōn hyperkeimenon chinēdeōs tas idias energeias synexallaossousan, tas te polyeideis en tois zōois phyasis, tōn pe kath᾽ hydatōn diaitōmenōn, kai tōn tēn aerion apolachontōn phoran, kai hois chersaios ho bios; tas te pantodapas tōn phytōn ideas, kai tas poikilas poas, poiotēti, kai dynamei, kai schēmati allēlōn diapherousas, kai tas tōn karpōn te kai chymōn idiotētas, kai ta alla, di᾽ hōn hē energeia tou Theou diadeichnytai, blepousa hē psychē, dia tou thaumatos tōn phainomenōn analogizetai tę̄ dianoią ton dia tōn ergōn nooumenon hoti estin. Isōs de kata ton aiōna ton mellonta, hotan parelthę̄ pan to horōmenon, kata tēn tou Kyriou phōnēn, hos phēsin; Ho ouragos kai hē gē pareleusontai; ta de rhēmata mou ou mē parysontai, kai eis ekeinēn metelthōmen tēn zōēn, : ē hyper ophthalmon te esti kai akoēn kai dianoian tote ouketi ek merous dia tōn ergōn epignōsometha tēn tou agathou physin, hōsper kai nyn; oude dia tę̄s tōn phainomenōn energeias to hyperkeimenon noēthēsetai; all᾽ heterōs katalēphthēsetai pantōs to eidos tēs aphrastou makariotētos, kai allos tropos tēs apolauseōs, hos nyn epi kardian anthrōpou anathainein physin ouk echei. Teōs de nyn oros tę̄ psychę̄ tēs tou aphrastou gnōseōs estin hē emphainomenē tois ousin energeia, hēn cheira legesthai tropikōs enoēsamen. Touto toinyn hēmin to dogma dia tōn theiōn toutōn logiōn pephilosophētai, di᾽ hōn hē kathara psychē, kai ouycheti tou gēïnou te kai hylikou biou epidateuousa, hina mē molynę̄ heautēs to ichnos tois katō enereidomenē, prosdochēchasa auton hypodexasthai ton nymphion, holon en tǭ oikǭ genomenon; ēgapēse monon teōs en opę̄ tēn cheira theasasthai, di᾽ hēs hermēneuetai hēē energētikē autou dynamis. ᾿Adeirphidos mou, phēsin, tēn cheira autou dia tēs opēs. Ou gas chōrei hē anthrōpinē dynamis tēn aoriston te kai aperilēpton physin en heautę̄ dexasthai. Hē de koilia mou, phēsin, ethroēthē ep᾽ auton.;Echplēxin tina kai xenismon sēmainei epi tǭ phanenti thaumati to tēs throēseōs onoma. Pasa gar autēs hē dianoētikē dynamis synechinēthē pros to thauma tōn dia tēs theias cheiros energoumenōn; hōn hē katanoēsis hyperkeimenē to akatalēpton te kai achōrēton tēs tou energountos physeōs di᾽ heautēs hermēneuei. Pasa gar hē tōn hontōn ktisis tēs cheiros ekeinēs tēs dia hēs hopēs hēmin ( phanerōtheisēs ergon estin, hōs ho Iōannēs boą legōn, kai ho [prophētēs tǭ Euangeliǭ symphthengetai. Ho men gar phēsin; hoti Panta di hautou egeneto; ho de prophētēs cheira onomazei tēn poiētikēn tōn ontōn dynamin, eipōn: Hē cheir mou epoiēse tauta panta. Ei oun ta tēs energeias ekeinēs erga, ta te alla panta, kai ta ourania kallē, oupō de kateilēphen hē zētētikē tou anthrōpou dianoia, ti kat᾽ ousian ho anthrōpos estin, hē ho hēlios, ē allo ti tōn phainomenōn en tę̄ ktisei thaumatōn; toutou charin throeitai pros tēn theian energeian hē kardia; hoti ei tauta chataladein ou chōrei, pōs tēn hyperkeimenēn toutōn katalēpsetai physin ? Tacha de tis kai allōs metaladōn ta tōn eirēmenōn ainigmata, ouk hexō tou eikotos prosaxei tēn theōrian. Oimai gar oikon noeisthai tēs nymphēs pasan tēn anthrōpinēn zōēn; tautēn de tēn cheira tēn tōn hontōn poiētikēn, endēmēsasan pros to brachy te kai outidanon tou anthrōpinou biou heautēn systeilai, dia tou metaschein tēs physeōs hēmōn kata panta, kath᾽ homoiotēta, chōris hamartias. En hēmin de genomenēn throēsin empoiēsai kai xenismon tais psychais, pōs ho Theos en sarki phaneroutai ? Pōs ho Logos ginetaisarx? Ōs en parthenią tokos ? Pōs tǭ skotei to phōs kai tǭ thanatǭ hē zōē Pōs chōrei hē bracheia tou biou trymalia tēn periektikēn pantōn tōn ontōn cheira en heautę̄ dexasthai, ē pas ho ouranos echmetreitai, kai hē gę̄ pasa kai to hydōr hapan emperiechetai? Eikos toinyn tēn tou Euangeliou charin dia tou tēs cheiros ainigmatos prophētikōs hēmin hypo tēs nymphēs diasēmainesthai. Hote gar epi tēs gēs hōphthē, kai tois anthrōpois synanestraphē ho Kyrios, to katharon te kai aulon tou nymphiou kallos, kai tēn tou Logou theotēta, kai tēn tou alēthinou phōtos lampēdona dia tēs tōn energeiōn cheiros egnōrisamen. Cheira gar nooumen tēn tōn thaumatōn chatergastichēn autou dynamin, di’ hēs ezōopoiounto hoi nekroi, kai tōn typhlōn hai opseis apochathistanto, kai to tēs lepras patho? ephygadeueto, kai pan eidos aniatou kai chalepēs arrhōstias apechōrei tōn sōmatōn dia prostagmatos. Protetheisēs de hēmin tēs diplēs tautēs epi tę̄ cheiri theōrias, hōn hē men hypotithetai tēn theian physin akatalēpton ousan pantelōs kai aneechaston, dia monēs tēs energeias ginōskesthai; hē de tēn euangelikēn charin proanaphōneisthai legei dia tōn logōn hypo tēs nymphēs, epi tǭ akroatę̄ poiēsometha tēn prosphyesteran te kai mallon toi? hypokeimenois harmozousan pro heteras eklexasthai. Plēn hotiper an nomisthę̄ psychōphelesteron einai; genoito an hēmin di᾽ hekaterou tōn eirēmenōn autarkēs hē pros to agathon hodēgia. Ek men gar tou͵ gnōnai, hoti tou Theou to gnōston, kata tēn Paulou phōnēn, apo tēs tou kosmou ktiseōs nooumenon kathoratai, tēs peri tōn akatalēptōn polypragmosynēs pheisometha- hōs an mē dia tou physiologeisthai tēn anephikton te kai anechphōnē.-. ton physin, hylēn lathoi kata tēs alētheias hē hairesis. Ei de pros to Euangelion blepon to ainigma tēs cheiros hypothōmetha- kai houtō bedaiotera hēmin tōn mystikōn dogmatōn hē pistis genēsetai, dia tēs proaoolon, en Christǭ Iēsou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas.

Homily 11 (Song 5:2–4)

"The voice of my beloved knocks at the door: 'Open to me, my sister, my close one, my dove, my perfect one; for my head is filled with dew, and my locks with the drops of the night.' I have taken off my tunic; how shall I put it on? I have washed my feet; how shall I soil them? My beloved put out his hand through the opening, and my belly was stirred [for him]."

This too is one of the Lord's great commandments, by which the mind of those who are disciples of the Word, shaking off from itself, like dust, everything material in nature, is lifted up to the desire for things that lie beyond. It is this: that those who look to the life above must be stronger than sleep and keep watch in mind continually, driving drowsiness from their eyes as a kind of deceiver of souls and plotter against the truth. I mean that drowsiness and sleep through which these phantoms are shaped for those sunk deep in the deceit of life: offices of rule, powers, conceit, the bewitchment of pleasures, love of glory and of enjoyment and of honour, and everything that in this life the unreflecting pursue in vain through some imagining. These things, flowing past with the passing nature of time, have their being in seeming: they are neither what they are thought to be, nor do they remain for ever even in being thought so, but they seem to come into being and perish at once, like the waves that rise to a crest on the waters. For a moment these swell with the movement of the winds and have a mass that is not secure in remaining; for, having risen up for a short moment with the gust, they again show the surface of the sea level, subsiding together with the wind.

So that our mind may come to be outside such phantoms, he bids us shake off this heavy sleep from the eyes of the soul, so that we may not slip away from what subsists and truly is through zeal for what has no existence. For this reason he suggests to us a device for wakefulness, saying: "Let your loins [be girded] and your lamps burning in your hands." For the light shining in the eyes scares sleep away from them, and the loins bound tight by the belt make the body unreceptive to sleep, since the feeling of discomfort does not allow the relaxation that sleep brings. What is shown through the riddles is surely clear: the one girded with self-control lives in the light of a pure conscience, his life lit by the lamp of boldness; and when the truth shines forth, the soul remains sleepless and undeceived, wasting itself on none of these imperfect dreams. [If] this is achieved according to the Word's guidance, a kind of angelic life takes us over. For the divine commandment likens us to them, where it says: "And you, be like men waiting for their master, when he returns from the wedding, so that when he comes and knocks they may open to him at once." For they are the ones who wait for the Lord's return from the wedding, [watching] at the heavenly gates with wakeful eye, so that the King of glory may enter through them again when he returns from the wedding to that blessedness above the heavens. From there, as the psalm says, the bridegroom went out as from a bridal chamber and betrothed us to himself as a virgin through the mystical rebirth, we who had played the harlot with idols, re-forming our nature into virginal incorruption. Since, then, the wedding has already been accomplished and the church has been wedded by the Word, as John says, "He who has the bride is the bridegroom," and since she has been received into the chamber of the mysteries, the angels were waiting for the King's return, when the church is brought back up to the blessedness that is according to nature. He said, then, that our life too must be made like theirs, so that, as they, living far from vice and deceit, are ready to receive the Master's coming, so we too, [keeping watch], may make ourselves ready to obey whenever he stands and knocks at the door. "For blessed," he says, "are those slaves whom their master, when he comes, will find doing so."

Since, then, it is blessed to obey the one who knocks, the soul that looks always toward blessedness, keeping good watch over its own treasures, perceives the one standing at the door and says: "The voice of my beloved knocks at the door." How could anyone worthily understand through these words the bride's ascent to more divine things? [She who] with such authority and confidence [drove away] that harsh north wind from herself, [and] drew to herself the bright [noonday] wind, who makes paradises of pomegranates through her mouth, whose fruit trees were spices, who set her garden as a table before the Master of creation, of whose offerings nothing appeared fit to be thrown away, but all were attested to be good, the myrrh, the spice, the bread with honey, the wine with milk; she to whom the Word testified her perfection, saying, "[You are all] fair, and there is no blemish in you": she is now so disposed as though she were about to receive the manifestation of God for the first time, and as though she had not yet received the Word who now stands before the doors, or made him dwell with her; she treats the power of his voice with wonder. For this reason she says that the bridegroom's voice touches not yet herself, but her door: "For the voice of my beloved," she says, "knocks at the door."

Do you see how boundless the course is for those who climb toward God, how what is grasped at any time becomes the beginning of what lies beyond? For we hoped from what was said to her that some halt had come to the course of her journey toward the heights. For what more could anyone seek after the testimony of perfection? Then we see that she is still within, and has not yet come outside her doors, nor delighted in a face-to-face manifestation, but is still led by hearing toward participation in the goods. So we learn this teaching from what has been said: that for those who are always advancing to greater things, the apostle's saying is fitting: "If anyone thinks he has known, he has not yet known as he ought to know." For the soul knew him in what went before as far as it grasped him. But since what is not yet grasped is infinitely greater than what has been grasped, the bridegroom has therefore been seen many times by the soul, and yet, as though he had never come before her eyes, he promises by his voice that he will be seen by the bride.

To make the thought clearer to us, I shall add an image to the argument by way of example. If someone came near that fountain which Scripture says at the beginning came up out of the earth, so great in quantity as to water the whole face of the earth, the one who came near the fountain would marvel at that boundless water always gushing out and pouring forth from it; yet he would not say that he had seen all the water. For how could he see what is hidden in the bosom of the earth? So, even if he stays a long time by the welling spring, he is always at the beginning of his contemplation of the water. For the water never stops, always flowing and always beginning to well up. So the one who looks toward that divine and boundless beauty, since what is found at any time is seen to be wholly newer and more wonderful than what has already been grasped, marvels at what is always appearing, yet never stops in his desire to see, because what is hoped for is more magnificent and more divine than everything that is seen. For this reason here too the bride, always marvelling and astonished at what is known, never halts her longing for what is contemplated at what she has already known. So now too she perceives the Word as still knocking at the door, and rises to obey, and says: "The voice of my beloved knocks at the door." Then, giving quiet to her hearing, she hears what the one who sounded through the voice [says]: "Open to me, my sister, my close one, my dove, my perfect one; for my head is filled with dew, and my locks with the drops of the night."

One might grasp the sense of this in contemplation thus. For the great Moses the manifestation of God began through light; after this he speaks with him through a cloud; then, having become higher and more perfect, he sees God in darkness. What we learn through this is something like this. The first withdrawal from false and erring notions about God is the passage from darkness to light. The closer perception of hidden things, which guides the soul by the hand through what appears to the invisible nature, becomes like a cloud, which overshadows all that appears and guides the soul and accustoms it to look toward what is hidden. And the soul that journeys upward through these, having left behind the things below as far as is attainable for human nature, comes to be within the sanctuaries of the knowledge of God, enveloped on every side by the divine darkness; in which, since everything that appears and is grasped has been left outside, there remains for the soul's contemplation only the invisible and incomprehensible, in which God is, as the word says of the lawgiver: "And Moses entered into the [darkness where God was]."

With these points considered in this way, we should examine also the kinship of the words set before us with what has been said. There was a time when the bride was black, darkened by unenlightened doctrines, the sun having looked askance at her, the sun which through temptations scorches the rootless seed on the rocks; when, defeated by those who fought within her, she did not guard her own vineyard; when, not knowing herself, she shepherded flocks of kids instead of sheep. But when she had withdrawn herself from her natural union with evil and longed through that mystical kiss to bring her mouth to the fountain of light, then she becomes fair, illumined by the light of the truth and having washed off the blackness of ignorance in the water. Then she is likened to a horse for her swiftness, and to the dove for the quickness of her mind. Flying through everything that is grasped and appears, like a horse and like a dove, she first rests with desire in the shade of the apple tree, naming "apple tree" instead of cloud what overshadows her; but now she is already enclosed by the divine night, in which the bridegroom comes but does not appear. For how could what is not seen appear at night? But he gives the soul some sense of his presence, while escaping clear perception, hidden in the invisibility of his nature.

What, then, is the initiation that comes to the soul through this night? The Word touches the door. And by the door we understand the conjecturing thought about things unspeakable, through which what is sought comes to dwell within. The truth, then, standing outside our nature, through knowledge in part, as the apostle says, knocks at the door of the mind with certain hints and riddles, saying, "Open," and with an exhortation suggests the manner in which the door should be opened, offering, as it were, keys: these fair names, by which what is locked is opened. For the meanings of these names are simply keys, which open what is hidden: sister, close one, dove, and perfect one. "For if you wish," he says, "that the door be opened to you, and the gates of your soul be lifted up, so that the King of glory may enter, you must become my sister, by receiving my will into your soul," as he says in the gospel that the one who lives in his will becomes his brother and sister. "And you must also draw near to the truth, and become close, so as to be walled off by nothing in between, and have perfection in the nature of the dove: that is, to be lacking in nothing and filled with all innocence and purity. Taking these names, O soul, as keys, open by them the entrance to the truth, becoming sister and close one and dove and perfect one. And your gain from receiving me will be the dew from my head, with which I am full, and the drops of the night that flow from my locks."

Of these, we have learned clearly from the prophet that the dew is healing, for he says: "The dew from you is healing to them." The drops of the night belong to the sense contemplated before. For it is not possible for one who has come within the sanctuaries and the unseen to meet a rain shower or a torrent of knowledge. It is enough if the truth sprinkles knowledge of itself on us in fine and faint thoughts, the drops of reason flowing through the saints and those borne by God. For I think that the locks hanging from the head of the universe are figuratively named the prophets and evangelists and apostles, each of whom, drawing as much as he could hold from the dark, hidden, and invisible treasures, becomes for us rivers; but compared with the truth as it really is, they are drops of dew, even if they overflow with the quantity and greatness of their teaching. Such a river was Paul, cresting with the waves of his thoughts above heaven, as far as the third heaven, as far as paradise, as far as the unspeakable and unutterable words; and, though he [overflows] with the word through all such lofty speech, he shows again that this word is a drop of dew compared with the Word who truly is, where he says, "We know in part, and we prophesy in part"; and, "If anyone thinks he has known anything, he has not yet known as he ought to know"; and, "[I do not reckon] myself to have laid hold." If, then, the moisture of the dew and the drop from the locks seem rivers and seas and waves when judged by our capacity, what must one reckon about the fountain that said, "If anyone thirsts, let him come to me and drink"? Let each of the hearers take a conjecture of the wonder in proportion to what has been said. For if the drop sufficed for the making of rivers, what [must we] reckon, by analogy from this drop, the river of God itself [to be]?

Let us see also how the bride obeys the Word, how she opens the entrance to the bridegroom. "I have taken off my tunic," she says; "how shall I put it on? I have washed my feet; how shall I soil them?" She heard well the one who bade her become sister and close one, dove and perfect one, so that through these the truth might come to dwell in the soul. For she did what she heard: she took off the tunic of skin which she had put on after the sin, and washed off from her feet the earthiness with which she had been wrapped from the time she was released from her life in paradise into the earth, when she heard, "Earth you are, and to earth you shall return." For this reason she opened the entrance to her soul for the Word, the veil of the heart, that is, the flesh, having been drawn aside. By "flesh" I mean the old man, whom the divine apostle bids those who are to wash off the filth of the soul's feet in the bath of the word to put off and lay aside. So, having put off the old man and taken away the veil of the heart, she opened the entrance to the Word; and when he has come within, the soul makes him her garment, according to the guidance of the apostle, who bids the one who has put off the fleshly covering of the old man to put on the tunic created according to God in holiness and righteousness; and he says that the garment is Jesus.

The bride's declaration is that she will no longer take up again the tunic she has cast off, but will be content with one tunic, according to the law given to the disciples, which [she received] through the birth from above: the Lord's word, which bids those once adorned with the divine garment no longer to put on over it the tunic of sin, nor to have two tunics, but one only, so that two tunics incompatible with each other may not be [worn] about the same person. For what fellowship has the dark garment with the one that is light-like and immaterial? The law says not only that one must not have two tunics, but also that one must not sew new cloth on an old garment, so that the unseemliness of the one who wears such a thing may not become worse, when the patch does not stay and the old garment suffers a worse tear, hard to mend. "For the new patch," he says, "pulls away from the old, and a worse tear is made," so that the unseemly parts are exposed through it. For this reason she says, "I have taken off my tunic; how shall I put it on?" For who, seeing about himself the Lord's tunic shining like the sun, put on him through purity and incorruption, such as he showed at the transfiguration on the mountain, would then consent to put on himself the beggarly and ragged garment which the drunkard and the fornicator, as the proverb says, wear?

Nor, having washed her feet, [will she take on] again on her step the defilement from the earth. "For I have washed my feet," she says; "how shall I soil them?" For neither is Moses recorded, after he had freed his feet from the dead covering of skins at the divine command, when he stepped on the holy and illumined ground, to have bound his feet again in sandals; even when he skilfully made the priestly vestment according to the pattern shown on the mountain, mixing in the weaving the gleams of gold and purple, fine linen, blue and scarlet, so as to make a beauty mingled of them all, he devised no adornment for the feet: the adornment of the priestly foot was to be bare of all covering and free. For the priest must surely stand on holy ground, on which it is not lawful to walk with dead skins. For this reason the Lord forbids sandals to the disciples, since he bids them not to go on the road of the Gentiles, but to proceed by the holy road. You surely know the holy road on which the disciples are bidden to run, having learned it from the one who said, "I am the way," which no one can touch who has not taken off the covering of the dead man.

Since, then, the bride has come to be on this road, on which the Lord washes the feet of those who walk on it with water and wipes them with the towel with which he girded himself (and the Lord's girdle is a power that cleanses sins: "For the Lord has put on power," it says, "and girded himself"), she therefore, with her feet cleansed, keeps herself on the royal road, turning aside neither to the right nor to the left, so that she may not, by setting her step outside the road on either side, soil her foot with mud. You surely understand what is shown through these words: that she who has once taken off her sandals through baptism (for loosing the straps of the sandals is the proper work of the one who baptizes, as John testified that he could not do this in the case of the Lord alone; for how could he have loosed one who had never been bound by the strap of sin at all?) has washed her feet, casting off every earthly filth together with the sandals. So she keeps her step unsoiled on the paved road, as David also did, when, having freed himself from the material of the mud, he set his feet on the rock, saying in his word: "He brought me up out of the pit of misery and out of the miry clay, and set my feet upon a rock, and directed my steps." By the rock we understand the Lord, who is light and truth and incorruption and righteousness, with which the spiritual road is paved. Whoever does not turn aside from these on either side keeps his footprint safe, soiled nowhere by the mud of pleasure.

These, in my judgment at least, are the things by which the door is opened to the Word by the bride. For the declaration that she will no longer take up the mud she has cast off, nor receive earthy defilement in the journey of life, becomes the entrance of sanctification into the soul so prepared. And the Lord is sanctification. [So much for these words.]

After this the soul again reaches the ascent that lies beyond, no longer with a voice knocking at the heart's door, but with the divine hand itself slipping inside through the opening. "For my beloved," she says, "put out his hand through the opening, and my belly was stirred for him." To one who listens intelligently it is surely plain how much higher what is now said is than what came before. Saying "Open" to the bride, the Word gives her, through the divine names, the power to open. The bride obeys the Word; she becomes what she heard, sister and close one and dove and perfect one; she strips off that tunic of skin, washes off the filth of her feet, and neither puts on again that hateful and ragged garment nor sets her step on the earth any more. She heard his voice, then, and obeys the command. She opens the door, taking away the veil of the heart; she tears apart the curtain of the flesh at the door; the whole gate of the soul is opened, so that the King of glory may enter. But the breadth of the gate proved to be a small hole, narrow and short, through which not the bridegroom himself but only his hand could barely pass, so as to come inside through it and touch her who desires to see the bridegroom; and she gained only so much as to know that the hand is that of the one she longs for.

What teachings are shown us we might learn through the philosophy in these words, if we spend a little more time on the text. The human soul is on the border between two natures, one bodiless, intellectual, and pure, the other bodily, material, and irrational. As soon as it has been cleansed of its attachment to the coarse and earthy life, [and has turned] through virtue to what is akin to it and most divine, it does not stop searching out and seeking the principle of beings: what the fountain of the beauty of beings is, from where its power gushes, what wells up the wisdom that shows in their being. But, setting in motion all reasonings and every power of searching thought and busying itself with what is sought, it makes the limit of its grasp of God only his activity that comes down to us, which we perceive through our life. And as the air that rises from the earth together with water does not stay at the bottom of the pool, but, becoming a bubble, runs up to what is akin to it, and when it has passed through the topmost surface of the water and been mixed with the air, then stops its upward movement, so the soul that searches out divine things experiences something similar: when from things below it stretches itself up to the knowledge of what lies beyond, having grasped the wonders of his activity, it cannot advance further by its curiosity, but marvels at and reveres the one known only to exist, from what he works.

It sees the heavenly beauty, the rays of the luminaries, the swift circling of the sky, the well-ordered and harmonious revolution of the stars, the year's circle turning back on itself through four seasons; the earth disposed together with what surrounds it, varying its own activities with the difference of the movement of what lies above; the many forms of nature among living creatures, those that live in the waters, those allotted movement through the air, and those whose life is on dry land; the manifold kinds of plants and the varied herbs, differing from one another in quality, power, and shape, and the properties of fruits and juices, and the other things through which God's activity is shown. Seeing these, the soul reckons in mind, through wonder at what appears, that the one who is understood through his works exists. But perhaps in the age to come, when everything that is seen passes away, according to the Lord's word, who says, "Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will not pass away," and we pass on to that life which is beyond eye and ear and mind, then we shall no longer know the nature of the good in part through his works, as now, nor will what lies beyond be understood through the activity of what appears; but the form of the unspeakable blessedness will surely be grasped in another way, and there will be another manner of enjoyment, which by nature cannot now enter the heart of man. For the time being, though, the limit for the soul of knowledge of the unspeakable is the activity that shows itself in beings, which we have understood to be called figuratively a hand.

This, then, is the teaching that has been set out in philosophy for us through these divine words: the pure soul, no longer walking on the earthly and material life, so as not to soil her step by leaning on things below, expected to receive the bridegroom himself, wholly come into the house; [but] she has been content for the time being to see only the hand in the opening, by which his active power is interpreted. "My beloved," she says, "[put out] his hand through the opening." For human power has no room to receive the boundless and incomprehensible nature into itself. "And my belly," she says, "was stirred for him." The word "stirring" signifies a certain amazement and astonishment at the wonder that appeared. For her whole power of thought was moved to wonder at what is worked by the divine hand, whose understanding, lying beyond us, interprets by itself the incomprehensibility and the uncontainability of the nature of the one who works. For the whole creation of beings is the work of that hand which was made manifest to us through the opening, as John cries out, and the prophet sounds together with the gospel. For the one says, "All things came into being through him"; and the prophet names the power that made beings a hand, saying, "My hand made all these things." Since, then, [the soul sees] the works of that activity, all the rest and the heavenly beauties too, yet the searching mind of man has not yet grasped what man is in his essence, or the sun, or any other of the wonders that appear in creation, for this reason the heart is stirred at the divine activity: if it has no room to grasp these things, how will it grasp the nature that lies beyond them?

Perhaps someone, taking the riddles of what has been said in another way, will offer a contemplation not beyond what is reasonable. For I think that the whole of human life is to be understood as the bride's house, and that this hand which made beings, coming to dwell in us, contracted itself to the shortness and worthlessness of human life by sharing our nature in all things, in likeness, without sin. And having come to be among us, it produced stirring and astonishment in souls: how is God manifested in flesh? How does the Word become flesh? How is there birth in virginity? How is the light [mingled] with darkness, and life with death? How has the short opening of life room to receive into itself the hand that holds all beings, by which the whole heaven is measured, and all the earth and all the water are held? It is reasonable, then, that the grace of the gospel is signified to us prophetically by the bride through the riddle of the hand. For when the Lord was seen on earth and lived among men, we came to know the pure and immaterial beauty of the bridegroom, the Godhead of the Word, and the brightness of the true light, through the hand of his works. For by the hand we understand his power that worked the wonders, by which the dead were brought to life, the sight of the blind was restored, the disease of leprosy was banished, and every kind of incurable and grievous sickness left bodies at a command.

Since this twofold contemplation of the hand has been set before us, of which the one proposes that the divine nature, being wholly incomprehensible and beyond conjecture, is known through its activity alone, and the other says that the grace of the gospel is proclaimed beforehand by the bride through these words, we shall leave it to the hearer to choose the more suitable one, the one that fits the subject better than the other. But whichever is thought more profitable to the soul, sufficient guidance toward the good would come to us through each of the two. For from knowing that what can be known of God, according to Paul's word, is clearly seen, being understood from the creation of the world, we shall refrain from curiosity about things incomprehensible, so that heresy may not find material against the truth through speculation about the unreachable and unutterable nature. And if we suppose that the riddle of the hand looks to the gospel, our faith in the mystical teachings will become firmer in this way too, through [the prophecy spoken beforehand], in Christ Jesus, to whom be glory for ever.

Chapter 12

12PG 44

μου ἔσταξαν σμύρναν, δάκτυλοί μον σμύρναν πλήρη. Ἑπὶ χεῖρα τοῦ κιείθρονυ ἦγοιξα ἐγὼ ἡ ψυχή μου ἐξῆλθεν ἐν λόγῳ αὐτοῦ. ᾿Εζήτησα αὐτὸν͵ καὶ οὐκ εὗρον αὐτόγʼ ἐκάλεσα αὑτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ὑπήκουσέ μου. Εὕροσάν με οἱ φύλακες οἱ κυκλοῦντες ἐν τῇ πόλει· ἑπάταξάν με, Θὲ τὴν διαπόντιον ἀποδημίαν κατ᾽ ἐλπίδα πλούτοῦ στελλόμενοι, ὅταν ἤδη τὴν ὀλχάδα τοῦ λιμένος ἀποσαλεύσωσι, καὶ πρὸς τὸ πέλαγος στρέψῃ διὰ τῶν πηδαλίων τὴν πρώραν ὁ τῶν οἰάκων ὑπερκαθήμενος, εὐχὴν ποιοῦνται τῆς ναυτιλίας προοίμιον, Θεὸν γένεσθαι χαθηγέμονά φασι τῆς εὐπλοίας αἰτούμενοι. Τὸ ὃς κεφάλαιόν ἐστιν αὐτοῖς τῆς εὐχῆς πνεῦμα προσηνές τε καὶ πλόξμον ἐμπεσεῖν τῷ ἱστίῳ πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν τοῦ χκυδερνήτου κατὰ πρύμναν ἱσταμένου· οὗ καταθυμίως αὐτοῖς ἐπιπνέοντος, ἡδεῖα μὲν ἡ θάλασσα γίνεται, τοῖς ἢρεμαίοις κύμασι· ἄλυπα δὲ τοῦ πελάγους τὰ πλάτη δι᾽ εὐκολίας τῆς νηὸς ἐφιπταμένης, καὶ ἀπολισθαινούσης τοῖς ὕδασι· πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν δὲ ὁ πλοῦτος ὁ διὰ τῆς ἐμπορίας αὐτῆς ἐλπιξόμενος ἤδη, τῆς εὐπλοίας ἐγνωμένης καὶ πρὸ τῆς πείρας. Δῆλον πάντως ἐστὶ τοῖς εὁμαθεστέροις τῶν ἀκροατῶν τὸ τῷ σκοπῷ τοῦ προοιμίου προκείμενον. Μέγα πρόκειται τῷ λόγῳ τὸ πέλαγος τῆς τῶν θείων ῥητῶν θεωρίας. Πολὺς δὲ διὰ τῆς ναυτιλίας ταύτης ὁ τῆς γνώσεως πλοῦτος ἐλπίζεται· ἡ δὲ ἔμψυχος αὕτη ναῦς Ἐκκλησία, ἐν παντὶ τῷ ἰδίῳ πληρώματι πρὸς τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς ἐξηγήσεως βλέπει μετέωρος. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ πρότερον ἅπτεται τῶν οἰάκων ὁ κυδερνήτης λόγος, πρὶν ἐκ κοινοῦ γένητας τοῦ πληρώματος τῆς νηὸς ἡ εὐχὴ, ὡς ἐπιπνεῦσαί ἡμῖν τὴν τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος δύναμιν, καὶ ἀναχινῆσαι τῶν νοημάτων τὰ κύματα, καὶ δι᾽ αὐτῶν εὐπνοοῦντα προαγαγεῖν δι᾽ εὐθείας τὸν λόγον· ἵν᾽ οὕτω πελάγιοι διὰ τῆς θεωρίας γενόμενοι, τὸν τῆς γνώσεως πλοῦτον ἐμπορευσώμεθα,, εἴπερ ἔλθοι διὰ τῶν εὐχῶν. ὑμῶν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐπὶ τὸν λόγον, καὶ πλήσῃ͵ ᾿Αρχὴ δὲ γενέσθω τοῦ λόγου τῶν θεοπνεύστων ῥημάτων ἡ μνήμη, ἐπὶ λέξεως ἔχουσα οὕτως· ᾿Αγόστὴν ἐγὼ ἀνοῖξαι τῷ ἀδειριδῷ μου. Χεῖρές μου ἔσταξαν σμύρναν, οἱ δάχτυ.ιοί μου πλήρη. Ὅτι μὲν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἄλλως γενέσθαι τὸν ζῶντα Λόγον, τὸν καθαρὸν λέγω καὶ ἀσήμαντον νυμφίον, τὸν δι᾽ ἀφθαρσίας καὶ ἁγιότητος ἑαυτῷ τὴν ψυχὴν συνοικίζοντα, εἰ μὴ τις διὰ τοῦ νεκρῶσαι τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς περιέλοιτο τὸ τῆς σαρκὸς παραπέτασμα, καὶ οὕτως ἀνοίξοι τῷ Λόγῳ τὴν θύραν, δι᾿ ἧς εἰς τὴν ψυχὴν εἰσοικίζεται· δῆλόν ἔστιν οὐ μόνον ἐκ τῶν θείων τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου δογμάτων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τῶν νῦν εἰρημένων παρὰ τῆς νύμφης. ᾿Ανέστην γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀνοῖξαι τῷ ἀδελφιδῷ μου - διὰ τοῦ ποιῆσαι τὰς χεῖράς μου τῆς σμύρνης πηγὰς, ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ῥεούσας τὸ ἄρωμα, καὶ πλήρωμα τῶν δακτύλων δεῖξαι τὴν σμύρναν. Τὸν γὰρ τρόπον δι᾽ οὗ ἀνοίγεται τῷ νυμφίῳ ἡ θύρα, φησὶ διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων· ὅτι Διὰ τὸ συνταφῆναι αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτισμοῦ εἰς τὸν θάνατον ἀνέστην. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἐνήργησεν ἡ ἀνάστασις, μὴ προτῆς ἐκουσίου νεκρότητος. ται δὲ τὸ ἑκούσιον ἢ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῆς ἀποῤῥέουσα τῆς σμύρνης σταγὼν, καὶ τὸ πεπληρῶσθαι τοὺς δακτύλους αὐτῆς τοῦ ἀρώματος τούτου. Οὐ γὰρ ἑτέρωθεν ἐγγενέσθαι τῇ χειρὶ λέγει τὴν σμύρναν. Ἢ γὰρ ἂν ἐνομίσθη διὰ τούτον, περιστατικὸν αὑτῇ καὶ ἀκούσιον συμδῆναι τὸ διὰ τῆς σμύρνης δηλούμενον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ αὑτάς φησ: τὰς χεῖρας ( σημαίνς: ἂὲ διὰ τῶν χειρῶν πὰς ἐνεργητιχὰς τῆς ψυχῆς γανῆσεις) ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν στάξαι τὴν σμύρναν, τὴν οἴκοθεν ἐκ προαιρέσεως τῶν σωματικῶν γινομένην νέκρωσινʼ διὰ τούτον σημαίνων τὴν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς δακτύλοιςʼ πεπληρωμένην. Δέγει δὲ τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον εἴδη τὰ διηρημένως δι᾽ ἀρετῆς σπουδαζόμενα, τῷ τῶν δακτύλων διερμηνεύων ὀνόματι, ὡς εἶναι πάντα τὸν νοῦν τῶν λεγομένων τοιοῦτον· ὅτι Ἔλαδον δύναμιν ἀναστάσεως διὰ τοῦ νεκρῶσαι πὰ μέλη μοῦ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς] γῆς, ἐκουσίως μοι τῆς τῶν μελῶν τῶν τοιούτων ἐνηργηθείσης νεκρώσεως, οὐ παρ᾽ ἄλλου ταῖς χερσὶν ἐντεθείσης τῆς σμύρνης, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τῆς ἐμῆς προαιρέσεως ἀποῤῥεούσης· ὡς καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἐπιτηδεύμασιν, ἅπερ δακτύλους ὠνόμασεν, ἀνελλιπῇ τὴν τοιαύτην ὁρᾶσθαι διάθεσιν. Ἔστι γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν τὴν ἀρετὴν μετιόντων ἰδεῖν, ἑνὶ μὲν αὐτούς τινι τεθνεῶτας πάθει, ἐν ἑτέροις δὲ ζῶντας· καθάπερ ὁρῶμέν τινας, νεκροῦντας μὲν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀκόλαστον, ἂν οὕτω τύχοι, τρέφοντας δὲ δι᾽ ἐπιμελείας τὸν τύφον, ἢ ἕτερόν τι πάθος τὸ τὴν ψυχὴν λυμαινόμενον οἷον τὸ φιλοχρήματον, ἣ τὸ ὀργίλον, καὶ φιλόδοξον, ἣ ἄλλο τοιοῦτον· οὗ κακῶς ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ζῶντος, οὐκ ἔστι πλήρεις τοὺς δακτύλους ἐπιδεῖξαι τῆς σμύρνης. Οὐ γὰρ διὰ πάντων φαίνεται ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἡ τοῦ κακοῦ νέκρωσίς τε καὶ ἀλλοτρίωσις. Πάντων δὲ πληρωθέντων τῶν τοιούτὼν δακτύλων τῆς ναοηθείσης σμύρνης, καὶ ἀνίσταται ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ ἀνοίγει τῷ νυμφίῳ τὴν εἴσοδον. Διὰ τοῦτο τάχα καὶ ὁ μέγας Παῦλος καλῶς νοήσας τὴν τοῦ Δεσπότου φωνὴν, ἣ φησιν, ὅτι Οὐκ ἔστι ρυῆναι στάχνν, ἐὰν μὴ προδιαλυθῇ τῷ θανάτῳ ὁ κόκκος. Τοῦτο κηρύσσει τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ τὸ δόγμα, ὅτι χρὴ θάνατον τῆς ζωῆς καθηγήσασθαι, ὡς οὐκ ἐνδεχόμενον ἄλλω; ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ τὴν ζωὴν γενέσθαι, εἰ μὴ διὰ θανάτου λάθοι τὴν πάροδον. Διπλῆς γὰρ ἐν ἡμῖν οὔσης τῆς φύσεως, τῆς μὲν λεπτῆς τε καὶ νοερᾶς καὶ κούφης· τῆς δὲ παχείας καὶ ὑλικῆς καὶ βαρείας· ἀνάγκη πᾶσα ἀσύμθδατον πρὸς τὴν ἑτέραν ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ τούτων τὴν ὁρμὴν εἶναι καὶ (ἰδιάζουσαν. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ νοερόν τε καὶ κοῦφον οἰκείαν ἔχει τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ ἄνω φοράν· τὸ δὲ βαρὺ καὶ ὑλῶδες, ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸ κάτω ὑέπει καὶ φέρεται. Ἐξ ἐναντίου τοίνυν γινομένης αὐτοῖς φυσικῶς τῆς κινήσεως, οὐκ ἔστιν εὐοδωθῆναι ὃ ἕτερον, μὴ ἀτονήσαντος τοῦ ἄλλου πρὸς τὴν κατὰ φύσιν φοράν· μέση δὲ ἀμφοῖν ἑστῶσα ἣ αὐτεξούσιος ἡμῶν δύναμίς τε καὶ προαίρεσις, δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς ἐμποιεῖ καὶ τόνον τῷ κάμνοντι καὶ ἀτονίαν τῷ χατισχύοντι. γὰρ γένηται μέρει, τούτῳ δίδωσι κατὰ τοῦ ἄλλου τὰ γνιχητήρια, Οὕτως ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ ἐπαινεῖται μὲν ἁ πιστὸς καὶ φρόνιμος οἰκονόμος· οὗτος γά ἐστι, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, ἡ καλῶς τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἑπιστατοῦσα προαίρεσις, Ἐπαινεῖται γὰρ ὅτι τρέφει τὴν οἰχετίαν ποῦ δεσπότου, διὰ τῆς τῶν ἐναντίων νεκρώσεως· γὰρ ἐκείνων φθορὰ, τροφή τε καὶ εὐεξία τῶν χρειττό· νων ἐστί. Κατηγορεῖται δὲ ὁ κακὸς δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος, ὁ διὰ τοῦ τοῖς μεθύουσι συνεῖναι, πληγαῖς αἰχιζόμε νος τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ οἰχετίαν. Πληγὴ γάρ ὅστιν ὡς ἀλη: θῶς κατὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν, ἡ τῆς κακίας εὐημερία. Οὐκοῦν καλῶς ἔχει τὸν προφητικὸν ζηλώσαντας λόγον, πρωΐαν ἑαυτοῖς ποιεῖν, διὰ τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι πάντας τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς τῆς γῆς, τοῦ ἐξολοθρεῦσαι ἐκ πόλεως Κυρίου (ψυχὴ δὲ ἡ πόλις) πάντας τοὺς λογισμοὺς τοὺς ἐργαζομένους τὴν ἀνομίαν, ὧν ὅλεθρος ζωὴ γίνεται τῶν ἀμεινόνων. Οὕτως οὖν διὰ τοῦ θανάτου ζῶμεν, ὅταν τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν, καθώς φησιν ὁ Προφήτῆς, τὸν μὲν ἀποκτείνῃ, τὸν δὲ ζωοποιήσῃ ὁ Λόγος ὁ εἰπών· Ἐγὼ ἀποκτενῶ, καὶ ζωοποιήσω. Ὥς καὶ ὃ Παῦλος ἀποθανὼν ἔζη, καὶ ἀσθενῶν ἐνίσχυε, καὶ δεδεμένος ἐνήργει τὸν δρόμον, καὶ πτωχεύων ἐπλούτιζε, καὶ πάντα κατεῖχεν ἔχων οὐδὲν, πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέρων. ᾿Αλλʼ ἐπὶ τὸ προτεθὲν ἐπανέλθωμεν· ὅτι διὰ θανάτου ἡ Ψυχὴ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου ἀνίσταται. Ὡς ἂν γὰρ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ, νεκρὰ διὰ παντὸς μένει, καὶ τῆς ζωῆς ἀπαράδεκτος. Ἔκ δὲ τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν, ἐν ζωῇ γίνεται, πᾶσαν ἀποθεμένη νεκρότητα. Καὶ τοῦτο ἡμῖν ἐκ του προκειμένου ῥητοῦ βεδαιοῦται τὸ δόγμα, οὕτως εἰπούσης τῆς νύμφης· ὅτι ᾿Αγέστηγ ἐγὼ ἀγοῖξαι ἀδελφιδῷ μου. Αἱ χεῖρές μου ἔσταξαν σμύρναν, μου σμύργης πλήρεις. Θανάτου δὲ σύμδολον εἶναι τὴν σμύρναν οὐκ ἄν τις ἀμφιθάλλοι τῶν ταῖς θείαις ὡμιληκότων Γραφαῖς. Πῶς οὖν ὁ θάνατος ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου ἡμᾶς ἀνίστησιν, ἐπιζητεῖν οἷμαί τινας τὸν περὶ τούτου λόγον εὐχρινηθῆναι σαφέστερον. Ἐροῦμεν τοίνυν ὅπως ἂν οἷόν τε ἧ, τάξιν τινὰ δι᾽ ἀκολουθίας ἐπιθέντες τῷ λόγῳ. Πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς καλὰ λίαν εἶναι ὁ τῆς χοσμογενείας λόγος μαρτύρεται. Ἐκ δὲ τῶν λίαν καλῶν ἦν καὶ ὃ ἄνθρωπος· μᾶλλον δὲ πλεῖον τῶν καλῶν κεκοσμημένος τῷ κάλλει. Τί γὰρ ἂν ἕτερον οὕτως εἴη καλὸν, ὡς τὸ τοῦ ἀκηράτου κάλλους ὁμοίωμα ; Εἰ δὲ πάντα καλὰ λίαν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς πᾶσι, ἢ καὶ πρὸ ἁπάντων ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἦν, οὐκ ἣν πάντως ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ὁ θάνατος. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν καλόν τι ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἦν᾽ εἴπερ εἶχεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ τῆς τοῦ θανάτου κατηφείας τὸν σκυθρωπὸν χαρακτῆρα. ᾿Αλλὰ τῆς ἀϊδίου ζωῆς ἀπεικόνισμα ὧν καὶ ὁμοίωμα, καλὸς ἦν ὡς ἀληθῶς καὶ λίαν καλὸς, τῷ φαιδρῷ τῆς ζωῆς χαρακτῆρι καλλωπιζόμενος. Ἧν δὲ καὶ αὐτῷ καὶ ὁ θεῖος παράδεισος, διὰ τῆς εὐκαρπίας τῶν δένδρων βρύων ζωὴν, καὶ ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντολὴ ζωῆς ἦν νόμος, τὸ μὴ ἀποθανεῖν·Ὄντος δὲ κατὰ τὸ μέσον τῆς τοῦ παραδείσου φυτείας οὔ τὴν ζωὴν βρύοντος ξύλον, ὅττι ποτὲ χρὴ τὸ ξύλον νοεῖν ἐκεῖνο, οὗ ὁ καρπὸς ζωή· καὶ τοῦ θανατηφόρου δὲ ξύλου, οὗ καλὸν ἅμα καὶ κακὸν εἶναι τὸν καρπὸν ἀποφαίνεται, καὶ αὑτοῦ κατὰ τὸ μέσον ὄντος τοῦ παραδείσου· ἀδυνάτου δὲ ὄντος ἐν τῷ μεσαιτάτῳ τοῖς ξύλοις χώραν γενέσθαι· ὁπότερον γὰρ ἂν δῶμεν ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων ἐπέχειν τὸ μέσον, κατὰ πᾶσαν ἀνάγκην τὸ ἕτερον τῆς τοῦ μέσου χώρας πάντως ἐξείργεται. Πρὸς γὰρ τὸ περιέχον, ἡ ἀχριδὴς τοῦ μέσου θέσις χαταλαμδάνεται, ὅταν ἱστὰς ἀπανεαχόθεν΄ τοῖς διαστέμασιν ἀπέχῃ τοῦ πέρατος. Ἐπειδὰν τοίνυν ἕν δι᾽ ἀχριθδείας ἧ τοῦ κύκλου τὸ μέσον, οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο μὴχανὴ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μένοντος κύκλου, δύο κέντρα κατὰ τὸ μέσον χώραν εὑρεῖν. Εἰ γὰρ ἕτερον παραθείη κέντρον τῷ προλαδόντι πρὸς τοῦτο, κατ᾽ ἀνάγκην συμμετατεθέντος τοῦ κύκλου ἔξω τοῦ μέσου τὸ πρότερὸν γίνεται τῆς τοῦ κύκλου περιοχῆς τῷ δευτέρῳ κέντρῳ περιγραφείσης. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ φησὶν εἶναι τοῦ παραδείσου καὶ τοῦτο καὶ τοῦτο· καίτοι ᾿ ἐναντίως πρὸς ἄλληλα κατὰ τὴν δύναμιν ἔχοντα, τό τε ζωοποιὸν λέγω ξύλον, καὶ οὗ ὁ θάνατος ἣν καρπὸς, ὅπερ ἁμαρτίαν ὠνόμασεν ὁ Παῦλος, εἰπών· ὅτι Καρ-. πὸς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος. Μοῆσᾳι ἄρα προσήκει διὰ τῆ; τῶν εἰρημένων φιλοσοφίας τοῦτο τὸ δόγμα, ὅτι τῆς μὲν τοῦ Θεοῦ φυτείας τὸ μεσαίτατόν ἐστιν ἡ ζωή’ ὁ δὲ θάνατός ἔστιν ἀφύτευτος καὶ ἄῤῥιζος, ἰδίαν οὐδαμοῦ χώραν ἔχων· τῇ δὲ στερήσει τῆς ζωῆς ἐμφυτεύεται, ὅταν ἀργήσῃ τοῖς ζῶσιν ἡ μετουσία τοῦ κρείττονος. Ἐπειδὴ οὖν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τῶν θείων φυτῶν ἐστιν ἡ ζωὴ, τῇ δὲ ᾿ ἀποπτώσει ταύτῃ ἐνυφίσταται ἡ τοῦ θανάτου φύσις· διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ θανατηφόρον ξύλον, ὁ τὸ δόγμα τοῦτο δι᾽ αἰνιγμάτων φιλοσοφήσας ἐν τῷ μέσῳ εἶναι τοῦ παραδείσου λέγει, οὗ τὸν καρπὸν εἶπεν σύμμιχτον ἔχειν ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων τὴν δύναμιν. Τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ καλόν τε εἶναι καὶ κακὸν διωρίσατο, τῆς ἁμαρτίας, οἶμαι, διὰ τούτου τὴν φύσιν ὑπαινιττόμενος. Ἐπειδὴ πάντων τῶν διὰ κακίας ἐνεργουμένων ἡδονή τις καθηγεῖται πάντως, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν εὑρεῖν ἁμαρτίαν ἡδονῆς διεζευγμένην, ὅσα τε διὰ θυμοῦ, καὶ ὅσα δι’ ἐπιθυμίας γίνεται πάθη· τούτου χάριν καὶ καλὸς ὁ καρπὸς ὀνομάζεται κατὰ τὴν ἡμαρτημένην τοῦ καλοῦ κρίσιν, τοῖς τὸ καλὸν ἐν ἡδονῇ τιθεμένοις, τοιοῦτος δοκῶν- πονηρὸς δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα τῇ πικρᾷ τῇ βρώσεως ἀναδόσει εὑρίσκεται, κατὰ τὴν προοιμιώδη φωνὴν, ἥ φησι, μέλι τῶν χειλέων τῆς κακίας ἀποστάζειν, ἢ πρὸς καιρὸν μὲν λιπαίνει τὸν φάρυγγα, μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ πικρότερον χολῆς τοῖς κακῶς γλυχανθεῖσιν εὐρίσκεται. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἀποστὰς τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν παγχαρπίας ὁ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦ φθοροποιοῦ καρποῦ διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς ἐνεπλήσθη· ὄνομα δὲ τοῦ καρποῦ τούτου ἡ θανατοποιὸς ἁμαρτία· εὐθὺς κρείττονι βίῳ, τὴν ἄλογον καὶ κτηνώδη ζωὴν τῆς ΄ τοῦ θανάτου τῇ φύσει, συνδιεξῆλθε ταῖς τῶν τικτομένων διαδοχαῖς ἡ νεκρότης. Ὅθεν νεκρὸς ἡμᾶς διεδέξατο βίος, αὐτῆς τρόπον τινὰ τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν ἀποθανούσης. Νεκρὰ γὰρ ἀντικρύς ἐστιν ἡμῶν ἡ ζωὴ, τῆς ἀθανασίας ἐστερημένη. Διὰ τοῦτο ταῖς δύο ταύταις ζωαῖς μεσιτεύει ὁ ἐν μέσῳ τῶν δύο ζωῶν γινωσκόμενος· ἵνα τῇ ἀναιρέσει τῆς χείρονος, δῷ τῇ ἀκηράτῳ τὰ νικητήρια. Ὥσπερ τοίνυν τῷ ἀποθανεῖν τῇ ἀληθινῇ ζωῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπο: εἰς τὸν νεκρὸν τοῦτον μετέπεσε βίον· οὕτως ὅταν ἀποθάνῃ τῇ νεκρᾷ ταύτη καὶ χτηνώδει ζωῇ, πρὸς τὴν ἀεὶ ζῶσαν ἀντιμεθέσταται. ἀναμφίδολον εἶναι, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ μακαρίᾳ γενέσθαι ζωῇ, μὴ νεκρὸν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ γενόμενον. Οὗ χάριν ἐν τῷ αὑτῷ κατὰ τὸ μέσον ἑκάτερον τῶν ξύλων εἶναι ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου πεφιλοσόφηται· ὡς τοῦ μὲν ἐχεῖ φύσει ὄντος, τοῦ δὲ ἐπιγινομένου τῷ ὄντι διὰ στερήσεως. Ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ αὑτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ διὰ μετουσίας καὶ στερήσεως, ἡ ἀντιμετάστασις γίνεται καὶ ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου. Ἐπειδὴ ὁ νεχρωθεὶς τῷ ἀγαθῷ, ζῇ τῷ κακῷ;, καὶ ὁ νεκρὸς ἐν κακίᾳ γενόμενος πρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀνεδίωσεν. Οὐκοῦν καλῶς δείκνυσι τῇ σμύρνῃ πλήρεις τὰς ἑαυτῆς χεῖρας ἡ νύμφη, διὰ τῆς ἐν πάσῃ κακίᾳ νεκρότητος ἀνισταμένη, πρὸς τὸ ἀνοῖξαι τῷ Λόγῳ τὴν εἰς ἑαυτὴν εἴσοδον. Ζωὴ δὲ ὁ Λόγος ὃν εἰσοικίζεται, Πρὸς τοσοῦτον δὲ μέγεθος ἐπαρθεῖσα διὰ τῶν θεωρηθέντων ἡμῖν ἡ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὁρῶσα ψυχή· οὕπω, καθώς φησιν ὁ Παῦλος, οὕτως ἔγνω, καθὼς δεῖ γνῶναι, οὐδὲ λογίζεται καθ᾽ ἑαυτὴν κατειληφέναι· ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι πρὸς τὸ ὑπερκείμενον τρέχει, τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἩἯ γὰρ ἀκολουθία τῶν ἐφεξῆς λόγων ταῦτα νοεῖν περὶ αὐτῆς ὑποτίθεται· ᾿Επὶ χεῖρας τοῦ κιλείθρου ἥγνοιξα ἐγὼ τῷ ἀδειφιδῷ μου. Καὶ ἐπήγαγεν, ὅτ: ᾿Αδελριδός μου παρῆλθεν· ἡ ψυχή μου ἐξῆλθεν όγῳ αὐτοῦ. Διδάσκει γὰρ διὰ τούτων ἡμᾶς, ὅτι ἐπὶ τῆς πάντα νοῦν ὑπερεχούσης δυνάμεως εἷς κα-. ταλήψεώς ἐστι τρόπος, τὸ μηδέποτε στῆναι περὶ τὸ κατειλημμένον᾽ ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀεὶ ζητοῦντα τῷ πλείονι ποῦ καταλειφθέντος μὴ ἴστασθαι. Ἡ γὰρ πλήρης γενομένη τῆς σμύρνης, πᾶσι τοῖς τοῦ βίου ἐπιτηδεύμασιν (ἅπερ δακτύλους τροπικῶς ὀνομάζει) τὴν πρὸς τὸ κακὸν ἐπισημαίνουσα νέκρωσιν· καὶ τὸ ἑκούσιον τῆς ἀρετῆς διὰ τὸ οἴκοθεν ἀποστάξαι τῶν χειρῶν τὴν σμύρναν ἐνδειξαμένη, ἄψασθαί φησι τὰς χεῖρας ἑαυτῆς τοῦ κλείθρου, τουτέστι, τὰ ἔργα ἑαυτῆς ἐγγίσαι λέγει τῇ στενῇ τε καὶ τεθλιμμένῃ εἰσόδῳ, ἧς τὸ χλεῖθρον ἐγχειρίζει τοῖς κατὰ Πέτρον ὁ Λόγος. ᾿Ανοίγει τοίνυν δι᾽ ἑκατέρων ἑαυτῇ τῆς βασιλείας τὴν θύρᾶν, διά τε τῶν χειρῶν, δι᾽ ὧν τὰ ἔργα δηλοῦται· καὶ διὰ τοῦ κλείθρου τῆς πίστεως, Διʼ ἀμφοτέρων γὰρ τούτων, ἔργων τε καὶ πίστεως λέγω, ἡ κλεὶς τῆς βασιλείας ἐν ἡμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου κατασκευάζεται. Ὅτε τοίνυν ἤλπισε κατὰ τὸν Μωῦσέα γνωστῶς ἐμφανισθῆναι ἑαυτῇ τοῦ βασιλέως τὸ πρόσωπον· τότε παρῆλθε τὴν κατάληψιν αὐτῆς ὁ ποθούμενος. Φησὶ γάρʼ ὅτι ᾿Αδελφιδός μου παρῆλθεν οὐ καταλιπὼν τὴν ἑπομένην αὑτῷ ψυχὴν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐφελκόμενος. Ἡ ψυχὴ γάρ μου ἐξηιλθεν ἐν ᾿όγῳ αὐτοῦ. Ὦ μακαρίας ἐξόδου ἐκείνης ἣν ἐξέρχεται ἡ τῷ λόγῳ ἑπομένη ψυχή! Κύριος φυλάξει τὴν ἔξοδόν σου καὶ τὴν εἴσοδόν σου, φησὶν ὁ Προφήτης. Αὕτη ἐστὶν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἡ ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ φυλασσομένη τοῖς ἀξίοις, ἔξοδός τε καὶ εἴσοδος. Καὶ γὰρ ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν ᾧ ἐσμεν ἔξοδος, τῶν ὑπερκειμένων ἀγαθῶν εἴσοδος γίνεται. Ταύτην οὖν ἐξῆλθεν ἡ Ψυχὴ τὴν ἔδοδον, ὁδηγῷ κεχρημένη τῷ Λόγῳ τῷ εἰπόντι, ὅτι ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα, καὶ ἡ ὁδὲς, καὶ͵ ὅτι Δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐών τις εἰσέλθῃ, καὶ εἰσελεύσεται καὶ ἐξαλεύσεται, οὐδέποτε τοῦ εἰσιέναι λήγων, οὔτε τοῦ ἐξιέναι παυόμενος· ἀλλὰ παύεται διὰ προκοπῆς εἰς τὰ ὑπερκείμενα εἰσιὼν, καὶ ἀεὶ τῶν κατειλημμένων ἕξω γινόμενος. Οὕτω παρῆλθε τότε καὶ τὸν Μωῦσέα τὸ ποθούμενον ἐκεῖνο πρόσωπον τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ οὕτως ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ νομοθέτου ἀεὶ ἔξω ἐγίνετο τοῦ ἐν ᾧ ἦν, ἑπομένη προϊόντι τῷ Λόγῳ. Τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἷδε τὰς ἀναδάσεις ἐχείνας͵ ὁ Μωῦσῆς, ὁ ἀεὶ μέγας γινόμενος, καὶ μηδέποτε ἱστάμενος τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον αὐξήσεως ; Ἠὐξήθη κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς, ὅτε τῆς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλείας ὑψηλότερον τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐποιήσατο - μᾶλλον ἑλόμενος αυγχαχουχεῖσθαι τῷ λαῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ. ἣ κρόσχαιρον ἔχειν ἁμαρτίας ἀπόλαυσιν. Ηὐξήθη πάλιν ὅτε χαταπονοῦντος τὸν Ἑδραῖΐον τοῦ Αἰγυπτίου, θανατοῖ τὸν ἀλλόφυλον, ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰσραηλίτου ἀγωνζόμενος. Νοεῖς δὲ πάντως ἐν τούτοις τὸν εῆ΄ς αὐξήσεως πρόπον, μεταδαλὼν τὴν ἱστορίαν εἰς τροπιχὴν θεωρίαν. Πάλιν ἑαυτοῦ μείζων ἐγένετο, ἀπεριήχητον τὴν ζωὴν φυλάττων, διὰ τῆς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ φιλοσοφίας ἐν χρόνῳ πολλῷ. Εἶτα τῷ πυρὶ τῷ ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου φωτέζεται, Γυμνοῖ πρὸς τούτοις τῆς νεκρᾶς περιθολῇς τὰς ἑαυτοῦ βάσεις· ἀναλίσκει τῇ ῥάδδῳ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους (, δράκοντας· ἐξαιρεῖται τῆς τυραννίδος τοῦ Φαραὼ τὸ ὁμόφυλον·ὁδηγεῖται διὰ νεφέλης· διαιρεῖ τὸ πέλαγος· ὑποδρύχιον ποιεῖ τὴν τυραννίδα· γλυκαίνει τὴν Μαῤδάν· πιαίνει τὴν πέτραν· ἐμφορεῖται τῆς τῶν ἀγγέλων τροφῆς· τῶν σαλπίγγων ἀκούει· τοῦ καιομένου ὄρους χατατολμᾷ· τῆς ἀκρωρείας ἅπτεται· τὴν νεφέλην ὑπέρχεται ἐντὸς τοῦ γνόφου γίνεται ἐν ᾧ ἦεν ὀθεός· τὴν διαθήκην δέχεται ἥλιος γένεται ἀπροστοῖς προσεγγίζουσιν, τοῦ προσώπου τὸ φῶς ἀπαστράπτων. Καὶ πῶς πάσας ἀναδάσεις αὐτοῦ ἄν τις καὶ τὰς θεορανείας ἐξέλθοι ποικίλας τῷ λόγῳ ; ᾿Αλλ ὅμως ὁ τοσοῦτος, ὁ τοιοῦτος, ὁ ἐν τοσούτοις γενόμενος, καὶ διὰ τοσοῦτον πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑψωθεὶς, ἔτι ἀπλήστως ἔχει τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πλείονος, καὶ τοῦ κατὰ πρόσωπον ἰδεῖν τὸν Θεὸν ἱκέτης γίνεται. Καίτοι μαρτυρήσαντος ἤδη τοῦ λόγου, τῆς κατὰ πρόσὠπὸν αὐτοῦ ὁμιλίας ἠξιῶαθαι. ᾿Αλλ ὅμως οὔτε τὸ ὡς φέλῳ προσδιαλέγεσθαι· οὔτε ἡ στόμα κατὰ στόμα γινομένη αὑτῷ πρὸς Θεὸν ὁμιλία, τῆς τῶν ἀνωτέʼβιὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιθυμίας ἴστησιν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ Εἰ εὕρηκα, φησὶ, χάριν ἐνώπιόν σου, ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτὸν γνωστῶς. Καὶ ὁ τὴν αἰτηθεῖσαν χάριν δύσειν ἐπαγγειλάμενος, ὁ εἰπὼν, Ἔγνων σὲ παρὰ πάντας, παρέρχεται αὖτὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ θείου τόπου ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ ὑπὸ τῆς θείας χειρὸς σκεπαζάμενον ᾿ ὥστε μόγις ἰδεῖν μετὰ τὴν πάροδον αὑτοῦ τὰ ὀπίσθια, Διδάαχων, οἶμαι, διὰ τούτὼν ὁ λόγος, ὅτι ὁ ἰδεῖν τὰν Θεὸν ἐπιθυμῶν, ἐν τῷ ἀεὶ αὐτῷ ἀκολουθεῖν ὁρᾷ τὸ ποθούμενον, καὶ ἣ τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ θεωρία ἐστὶν ἡ ἄπαυστος πρὸς αὐτὸν πορεία, πρόσω διὰ τὸ κατόπιν ἕπεσθαι τῷ Αόγῳ κατορθουμένη. Οὕτω τοίνυν καὶ νῦν ἡ ψυχὴ, ὅτε ἀνέστη διὰ τοῦ θανάτου, ὅτε ἐπληρώθη τῆς σμύρνης, ὅτε προσήγαγε τῷ χλείθρῳ διὰ τῶν ἔργων τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ ἐσοικίσασθαι τὸν ποθούμενον ἤλπισε· τότε ὁ μὲν παρέρχεται, ἡ δὲ ἐξέρχεται, οὐκέτι μένουσα ἐν οἷς ἣν· ἀλλὰ τοῦ Λόγου ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσω προηγουμένου ἐφαὉ δὲ ἐφεξῆς λόγος μᾶλλον ἡμῖν βεδαιοῖ τὴν προδιάνοιαν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ σθαι τὸ μέγεθος τῆς θείας γνωρίζεται φύσεως, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ παριέναι πᾶσαν καταληπτικὴν φαντασίαν καὶ δύναμιν. Ἡ γὰρ ἐχόᾶσα ἤδη τὴν φύσιν ψυχὴ, ὡς ἂν μηδενὶ τῶν συνήθων πρὸς τὴν γνῶσιν τῶν ἀοράτων· οὔτε ζητοῦσα τὸ μὴ εὑρισκόμενον ἵσταται, οὔτε καλοῦσα τὸ ἀνεκφώνητον παύεται. Φησὶ τάρ· ὅτι ᾿Εζήτησα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ εὗρον αὐτόν. Πῶς γὰρ ἂν εὑρεθείη, ὃ μηνύει τῶν γινωσκομένων οὐδέν; οὐκ εἶδος, οὐ χρῶμα, οὐ περιγραφὴ, οὐ ποσότης, οὗ τόπος, οὗ σχῆμα, οὐ στοχασμὸς, οὐκ εἰχασμὸς, οὐκ ἀναλογία· ἀλλὰ πάσης χαταληπτιχῆς ἐφόδου ἐξώτερου ἀεὶ εὑρισκόμενον, ἐκφεύγει πάντως τὴν τῶν ζητοὐντωνλαδήν· διὰ τοῦτό φησιν, Αὐτὸν ἐζήτησα, διὰ τῶν εὑρητιχῶν τῆς Ψυχῆς δυνάμεων, ἐν λογισμοῖς καὶ νοήμασι καὶ πάντως ἑξώτερος ἦν, τὸν προσεὐγισμὸν τῆς διανοίας διαδιδράσκων. Ὃ δὲ παντὸς χαρακτῆρος ἑξώτερος ἀεὶ εὑρισκόμενος, πῶς ἂν διά τινος ὀνομαστικῆς σημασίας περιληφθείη; Τούτου χάριν ἐπινοεζ μὲν παντοίαν ὀνομάτων δύναμιν εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἀφράστου ἀγαθοῦ σημασίαν, ἡττᾶται δὲ πᾶσα φραστιχὴ λόγου δύναμις, καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐλάττων ἐλέγχεται. Διό φησιν Ἐγὼ μὲν ἑκάλουν ὡς ἐδυνάμην, ἐπινοοῦσα φωνὰς ἐνδειχτιχὰς τῆς ἀφράστου μακχαριότητος· ὁ δὲ κρείττων ἦν τῆς τῶν σημαινομένων ἐνδείξεως. Οἷον δὴ ποιεῖ καὶ ὁ μέγας Δαδὶδ, πολλάκις μυρίοις ὀνόμασι τὸ Θεῖον καλῶν, καὶ ἡττᾶσθαι τῆς ἀληθείας ὁμολογῶν. Σὺ γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ Θεὸς, οἰχτείρμων, καὶ ἐλεήμων, μακρόθυμος, καὶ πολυέλεος, καὶ ἀληθινὸς, καὶ ἰσχὺς, καὶ στερέωμα, καταφυγὴ, καὶ δύναμʼ:ς, καὶ βοηθὸς, καὶ ἀντιλήπτωρ, καὶ κέρας σωτηρίας, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα. Καὶ πάλιν ὁμολογεῖ ὅτι ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ οὐχὶ γινώσκεται, ἀλλὰ θαυμάζεται. Ὡς θαυμαστὸν γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸ ὄνομά σου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ! Οὕτως φησὶ καὶ πρὺς τὸν Μανωὲ ὁ περὶ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ χρηματίσας, ὅτε ἢρωτήθη περὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος, ὅτι θαυμαστόν ἐστι τοῦτο καὶ κρεῖττον ἢ ὥστε ὑπὸ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἀκοῆς χωρηθῆναι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τὸν Λόγον καλεῖ μὲν ὡς δύναται· δύναται δὲ οὐκ ὡς βούλεται. Βούλεται γὰρ πλέον ἣ δύναται οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τοσοῦτον θελήσεται, ὅσον ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσον βουληθῆναι ἡ προαίρεσις δύναται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἀνέφικτός ἐστιν ὁ καλούμενος τῇ τοῦ καλοῦντος ὁρμῇ, διὰ οὔτό φησιν’ Ἐκάλεσα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ὑπήκουσέ Ὅσα δὲ τοῖς εἰρήμένοις ἡ νύμφη προστίθησι, χᾶἂν σχυθρωποτέραν κατὰ τὸ πρόχειρον ἔχῃ τὴν ἔνδειξιν· ἀλλ᾽ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν σκοπὸν. βλέπειν, καὶ τῆς τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων ἀναδάσεως ἔχεσθαι. Φησὶ γὰρ, Εὔροσάν με οἱ φύλακες οἱ κυκλοῦντες ἐν τῇ πόθέριστρον ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ οἱ φύλακες τῶν τειχέων. Ταῦτα γὰρ ἴσως δόξει τισὶν ὀδυρομένης μᾶλλον, ἥπερ εὐφραινομένης εἶναι τὰ ῥήματα, τὸ ᾿Επάταξαν, καὶ ἐτραυἐπεσχεμμένῳ τὴν τῶν λεγομένων διάνοιαν, μεγαλαυχουμένης ἐπὶ τοῖς καλλίστοις εἰσὶν αἱ φωναί. Οὕτως δʼ ἂν γένοιτο ἡμῖν καταφανὲς τὸ λεγόμενον· Μικρὸν πρὸ τούτων ἐν τοῖς κατόπιν, καθαρεύειν αὐτὴν πανὁ λόγος μαρτύρεται, ἐν ᾧ φησιν ἐκ προσώπου τῆς νύμφης, ὅτι Ἐξεδυσάμην τὸν χιτῶνά μου, πῶς ἐνδύσομαι αὐτόν ; Ἐνταῦθα δὲ πάλιν ἀφῃρῆσθαι λέγει αὑτῆς τὸ θέριστρον. Περιμετὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον, καθὼς καὶ περὶ τῆς Ῥεδέκχας λέγει ἡ ἱστορία. Πῶς οὖν ἡ γυμνωθεῖσα παντὸς περιδλήματος, ἔτι τὸ θέριστρον ἔχει, ὅπερ νῦν αὐτῆς ἀφαιροῦνται οἱ φύλακες ; Ἧ δῆλον διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐστὶν, ὅσον ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνου πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ ὑψηλότερον διὰ προκοπῆς ἀνελήλυθεν ; γὰρ ἀπεκδυσαμένη τὸν παλαιὸν χιτῶνα, καὶ πάνεται καθαρωτέρα, ὡς συγκρίσει τῆς ἄρτι γενομένης αὐτῇ καθαρότητος, μὴ δοκεῖν ἀπεχδεδῦσθαι· ἀλλ᾽ εὑρεῖν τι πάλιν μετὰ τὴν γύμνωσιν ἐκείνην περὶ αὐτὴν ὃ ἀποθῆται. Οὕτως ἡ πρὸς τὸ Θεῖον ἄνοδος, τοῦ ἀεὶ εὑρισκομένου τι περὶ αὐτὴν παχύ περ ἐνδείχνυσι. Διὰ τοῦτο τῆς καθαρότητος τῇ συγκρίσει ἡ προγεγραμμένη οὔ χιτῶνος ἐκείνου γύμνωσις, ὡς κάλυμμα πάλιν περιαιρεῖται παρὰ τῶν εὑρισκόντων αὐτήν. Οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ φύλακες οἱ κυκλοῦντες τὴν πόλιν· ψυχὴ δὲ ἡ πόλις· ἧς διὰ τοῦ πατάξαι καὶ τραυματίσαι περιελόντες τὸ θέριστρον, ὧν ἔργον ἐστὶ τὸ φυλάσσειν τὰ τείχη, τῆς πόλεως. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἀγαθόν τί ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ θερίστρου περιαίρεσις, ὥστε ἐλεύθερον τοῦ προχαλύμματος τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν, ἀπαραποδίστως ἑνατενίτῷ ποθουμένῳ χάλλε!, οὐκ ἄν τις πρὸς τὸν ᾿Απόστολον βλέπων, ὃς τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ πνεύματος τὴν τοῦ καλύμματος περιαίρεσιν ἀνατίθησι λέγων· Ὅταν δὲ ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς Κύριον, περιαἱρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα· ὁ δὲ Κύριος, τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν. Ὅτι δὲ τὸ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ παρασχεναστιχὸν καὶ αὐτὸ πάντως ἐστὶν ἀγαθὸν, οὐκ ἄν τις ἀμφιδάλλοι τῶν ἐπισταμένων πρὸς τὸ ἀκόλουθον βλέπειν. Εἰ τοίνυν ἀγαθὸν ἡ τοῦ καλύμματος περιαίρεσις, ἀγαθὸν ἂν εἴη πάντως καὶ ἡ πληγὴ, καὶ τὸ τραῦμα, δι᾽ ὧν κατορθοῦται ἡ περιαίρεσις. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ κατὰ τὴν πρόχειρον ἔννοιαν, ἀηδία τις ἐμφαίνεται τοῖς ῥήμασι τούτοις· ἄλγημα γὰρ ἐνδείκνυται ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ, ἐπὶ δρί τί ἐεἰ με’ καὶ τοῦ, ᾿Ετραυμάτισάν με, καλῶς ἂν ἔχει κατανοῆδαι πρῶτον τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς τὴν τῶν τοιούτων ῥημάτων χρῆσιν, εἴπου πρὸς τὸ πρεῖττον αὐτῶν τὴν μνήμην πεποίηται· εἶθ᾽ οὕτως θεωρῆσαι τῶν ἐνταῦθα λεγομένων τὴν δύναμιν. Πῶς ῥύεται ἡ σοφία τὴν τοῦ νέου ψυχὴν ἀκὸ θανάτου ; Τί συμδουλεύει ποιεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ νέος, αὐτῆς ἀκούσωμεν τῆς σοφίας. Ἐὰν πατάξῃς αὐτὸν ῥάδδῳ, φησὶν, οὐ μὴ· ἀποθάνῃ. Σὺ μὲν γὰρ ῥάδδῳ πατάξεις αὐτὸν, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ῥύσῃ ἐκ ϑανάτον. Ἴοιχς τοίνυν ἀθανασίαν ἑρμηνεύειν ἡ τοῦ Ἐπάταξαν λέξις, καθὼς ὁ λόγος φησίν ὅτι ʼΞὰν παέάξῃς ῥάδδῳ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλως ῥυσθῆνάι τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου, ἐὰν μὴ κατάχθῃ τῇ ῥάδδῳ· καλὸν ἄρα τὸ παταχθῆναι, διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων ἡμῖν ἀποδέδεικται. Διότι καλόν ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς τὸ ἐκ θανάτου τὴν ψυχὴν ῥυσθῆναι, Οὕτω ποιεῖν καὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὁ κροφήτης φησὶν, διὰ τοῦ ἀποκτείνειν ζωοποιοῦντα, καὶ διὰ τοῦ πατάσσειν ἰώμενον. Ἐγὼ γὰρ, φηαὶν, ἀποκέονῶ, καὶ ζῇν ποιήσω· τατάξω, κἀγὼ ἰάσομαι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ μέγας ΔαΘὶδ οὐχὶ πληγὴν εἶπεν, ἀλλά παράκλησιν ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης γίνεσθαι ῥάδδου, λέγων: Ἡ ῥάδδος σοῦ, καὶ ἡ βακτηρία σοῦ, αὗταί με παρεκάλεσαν· ὧν γίνεται καὶ θείας τραπέζης ἑτοιμασία, καὶ ὅσα κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον περιέχει ἡ ψαλμωδία· καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔλαιον, καὶ ὁ τοῦ ποτηρίου ἄκρατος, ὁ τὴν νηφάλιον μέθην ἐργαζόμενος, καὶ ὁ. καλῶς αὐτὸν καταδιώκων ἔλεος, καὶ ἡ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροδίωσις. Εἰ οὖν ταῦτα παρέχει ἢ γλυκεῖα ἐκείνη πληγῇ· κατά τε τὴν παροιμιώδη διδασκαλίαν, καὶ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Προφήτου φωνὴν ἀγαϑὸν ἄρα ἐστὶ τὸ παταχθῆναι τῇ ῥάδδῳ, ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἐστι τῶν τοιούτων ἀγα. θῶν εὐθηνία. Μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ παρεϑὲν πρὸ τῶν εἰρημένῶν ἐξετάσωμεν. Παρῆλθε τῇ νύμφῃ ὁ Λόγος, ἀνέφικτος τῇ λαδῇ τῆς ποθούσης γενόμενος· καρῆλθε δὲ οὐκ ὥστε καὶ καταλιπεῖν ἣν παρέδραμεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε μᾶλλον αὐτὴν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπισπάσασθαι. Φησὶ γάρ· ὅτι Ἢ ψυχή μου ἐξῆϊθεν ἐν όγῳ αὐτοῦ. Ἐξέρχεται τοίνυν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν ᾧ ἣν ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ οὕτως ἀπὸ τῶν φυλασσόντων τὴν πόλιν εὑρίσκεται· Εὔροσαν γὰρ, φησὶ, μὲ οἱ φύλακες, οἱ κυχιλοῦγτες τὴν πόλιν. Εἰ μὲν οὖν οἱ κίνδυνοι ἄδου εὗρον αὐτὴν, ἢ λῃστὰς αὐτὴν εὑρέσθαι λέγει· χαλεπὸν ἦν τὸ τοιούτων αὖτὴν εὕρημα γενέσθαι. Ὁ γὰρ κλέπτης οὐκ ἔρχεται, δἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ. καὶ ἀπολέσῃ. Εἰ δὲ οἱ φύλακες αὐτὴν εὑρίσκουσιν οἱ κυκλοῦντες ἐν τῇ πόλει, μακαριστὴ πάντως ἐστὶ τῆς τοιαύτης εὑρήσεως Ὁ γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ φύλαχος εὑρεθεὶς, ὑπὸ λῃττῶν κλαπῆναι οὐ δύναται. Τίνες οὖν εἰσιν οἱ φύλακες ; Τίνες ἄλλοι, ἢ πάντως οἱ ὑπηρέται, οἱ φυλάτσοντες τὸν Ἰσραήλ; Τοῦ διὰ τῆς φυλαχῆῇς τὴν δεξιὰν χεῖρα ; Τοῦ ἀκὸ παντὸς κακοῦ τὴν Ψυχὴν φυλάσσειν πεπιστευμένου ; Ὃς καὶ εἰσόδου καὶ ἐξόδου φύλαξʼ ἐκεῖνάς ἐστιν ὁ φύλαξ τῆς πόλεως, περὶ οὗ φησιν· ὅτι Ἐὰν μὴ Κύριος φυλάξῃ πόλιν, εἰς μάτην ἠγρύπνησεν ὁ φυλάσσων. Τὰ τοίνυν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα, τὰ εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν, ἐνδείκνυται διὰ τῶν φυλάκων ὁ λόγος τῶν κυκλούντων τὴν πόλιν. Ψυχὴ δὲ, καθὼς εἴρηται ὁ λόγος, ἐστὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ οἰκητήριον. Παρὰ τούτων οὖν εὑρέθη, φησὶν, ἡ ψυχὴ, ὡς εὑρέθη ποτὲ παρὰ τοῦ καλοῦ ποιμένος τὸ πρόδατον, ἐφ᾽ οὗ πᾶσαι τῶν ἀγελῶν αἱ χορεῖαι πρὸς εὐφροσύνην συνεχινήθησαν, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου φωνήν. Οὕτως εὑρέθη ποτὲ καὶ ἡ δραχμὴ ὑπὸ τοῦ λύχνου, ἐφ᾽ ἧ χαίρουσι πάντες οἱ φίλοι τε καὶ οἱ γείτονες. Τοιοῦτον εὕρεμα καὶ ὁ Δαδὶδ ὁ δοῦλος τοῦ Κυρίου γίνεται, καθὼς καὶ ἡ ψαλμῳδία φησὶν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ· ὅτι Εὗρον Δαδὶδ τὸ δοῦλόν μου, ἐν ἐλαίῳ ἁγίῳ μου ἔχρισα αὑτόν. ὃς ἐπειδὴ κτῆμα τοῦ εὑρόντος ἐγένετο, ἀκούσωμεν οἴων ἀξιοῦται· Ἡ χείρ μου, φησὶν, συγαντιλήψεται αὐτῷ, καὶ ὁ βραχίων μοῦ κατισχύσει αὐτόν· καὶ συγκόψω ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς μισοῦντας αὐτὸν τροπώσομαι· καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ὁ τῆς εὐλογίας περιέχει κατάλογος. Οὐκοῦν καλόν ἐστιν εὑρεθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν κυκλούντων τὴν πόλιν τὴν ψυχὴν ἀγγέλων. Οὕτω γὰρ νοεῖν ὁ μέγας ὑποτίθεται λέγων· Παρεμδωλεῖ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου κύκλῳ τῶν φοδουμένων αὐτὸν, καὶ ῥύσεται αὐτούς. Οὐκοῦν ἡ εἰποῦσα, ὅτι ᾿Οἱ φύλακές με ἐπάταξαν, προσθήκην τινὰ γεγενῆσθαι αὐτῆς τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ ἄνω προκοπῆς ἐκαυχήσατο. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐν τραύματι γεγενῆσθαι λέγει, τὴν ἐν βάθει γενομένην αὐτῇ διὰ τῆς θείας ῥάδδου τύπον τῷ λόγῳ παρίστησιν. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπιπόλαιον τῆς πνευματικῆς ῥάδδου τὴν ἐνέργειαν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς δέχεται, ὡς μὴ ἐπιγνωσθῆναι τὸν τόπον ἐν ᾧ τὴν ῥάδδον ἐδέξατο ἀλλ᾽ ἐπίσημος διὰ τοῦ τραύματος δείκνυται ἡ πληγὴ, ἧ ἐγκαυχᾶται ἡ νύμφη. Τὸ δὲ λεγόμενον τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· Ἡ θεία ῥάθδος ὀχείνη, καὶ ἡ παρακλητικὴ βακτηρία, ἡ διὰ τοῦ πατάσσειν ἐνεργοῦφα τὴν ἴασιν, τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν· οὗ καρπὸς τά τε ἄλλα τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὅσα Παῦλος ἡρίθμησε, καὶ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἡ παιδαγωγὸς τῆς ἐνἀρέτου πολιτείας ἐγκράτεια. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ Παῦλος ὁ τῶν τοιούτων πληγῶν στιγματίας τοῖς τραύμασι τούτοις ἐπαγαλλόμενος ἔλεγεν· ὅτι Τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου περιφέρω. Δεικνὺς τὴν ἐν παντὶ κακῷ ἀσθένειαν, δι᾽ ἧς ἡ κατὰ Χριστὸν δύναμις ἐν ἀρετῇ τελειοῦτα:. Καλὸν οὖν καὶ τὸ τραῦμα διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων ἡμῖν ἀναπέφῃνεν, ’δι᾽ οὗ γέγονεν αὐτῇ τοῦ θερίστρου ἡ περιαίρεσις. Ὥστε ἀνακαλυφθῆναι αὐτῇ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς. κάλλος, μηκέτι ἐπισχοτὴν τῶν εἰρημένων διάνοιαν. Ἡ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὁρῶσα ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἐκεῖνον πόθον τοῦ ἀφθάρτου κάλλους ἀναλαμβάνουσα, ἀεὶ νέαν τὴν πρὸς τὸ ὑπερκείμενον ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχει, οὐδέποτε χόρῳ τὸν πόθον ἀμβλύνουσα. Διὰ τοῦτο πάντοτε τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεχτεινομένη οὐ παύεται, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ἐξιοῦσα καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἐνδότερον εἰσδυομένη, οὔπω ἐγένετο· καὶ τὸ πάντοτε θαυμαστὸν αὐτῇ καὶ μέγα φαινόμενον, κατώτερον ποιουμένη τοῦ ἐφεξῆς, διὰ τὸ περιχαλλέστερον πάντως εἶναι τοῦ προχαάτειλημμένου τὸ ἀεὶ εὑρισκόμενον. Καθὼς καὶ ὁ Παῦλος καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀπέθνησκεν, ἐπειδὴ πάντοτε πρὸς καινήν τινα μετείη ζωὴν, νεκρὸς ἀεὶ τῷ παρῳχηχότι γιγόμενος, καὶ λήθην τῶν προδιηνυσμένων ποιούμενος. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸν νυμφίον τρέχουσα νύμφη, στάσιν τινὰ τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον προκοπῆς οὐκ εὑρίσκει. Ηαραδείσους ποιεῖ ῥοῶν διὰ στόματος ἀρώματα ῥέοντας. Τροφὴν ἑτοιμάζει τῷ Δεσπότῃ τῆς κτίσεως, τοῖς ἰδίοις αὐτὸν δεξιουμένη καρποῖς. Πηγάζει κήπους. Φρέαρ γίνεται ὕδατος ζῶντος. Ὅλη καλὴ καὶ ἄμωμος δείκνυται κατὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τοῦ Λόγου. Πάλιν ὑπὲρ ταῦτα γενομένη, αἰσθάνεται μεγαλοπρεπέστερον, προϊόντος τοῦ Λόγου, πληρουμένου κατὰ τὴν κεφαλὴν τῆς δρόσου, καὶ τῶν τῆς νυκτὸς ψεχάδων, τῶν ἐν τοῖς βοστρύχοις γινομένων. Νέπτετα: τοὺς πόδας, τὸν χιτῶνα ἐχδύεται, σμύρναν διὰ τῶν χειρῶν ἀποστάζει. Προσάγει τῷ χλείθρῳ τὰς χεῖρας, ἀνοίγει τὴν εἴσοδον, ζητεῖ τὸν μὴ χαταλαμθανόμενον, φωνεῖ τὸν ἀνέφικτον. Εὑρίσκεται ὑπὸ τῶν φυλάκων. Δέχεται ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς τὴν πατάσσουσαν ῥάδδον. Μιμεῖται πὴν πέτραν, περὶ ἧς φησιν ὁ Προφήτης· ὅτι ᾿Επάταξεʼ πέτραν, καὶ ἔῤῥυσαν ὕδατα. Ὁρᾷς εἰς ὅσον ς ἀνέδραμεν ὕψος ἡ νύμφη ; Διὰ τοῦτο πατασσομένη, ὥσπερ ἡ ἀκχρότομος ὑπὸ τοῦ Μωῦσέως· ἵνα καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα ἐχξίνης, καὶ αὕτη πηγάσῃ τοῖς διψῶσι τὸν Λόγον, ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς ἀνομθρήσαντα. Εἶτα ἐπὶ τούτοις γυμνοῖ τὸ κάλλος τῆς ὄψεως. τῶν φυλάκων αὑτῆς θέριστρον. Ταῦτά ἐστιν ἃ κατὰ τὸν τόπον τοῦτον ἡμεῖς χαταλαδεῖν ἠδυνήθημεν. Φθόνος δὲ οὐδεὶς, γενέσθαι τινὶ παρὰ τοῦ ἀποκαλύπτοντος πὰ κεκρυμμένα μυστήρια ψυχωφελεστέραν τὴν θεωρίαν ἐν τοῖς προκειμένοις. Ἴσως δέ τις φήσει καὶ ποῦ Ἠσαΐου τὴν ὀπτασίαν ἔχειν τινὰ πρὸς τὰ προκείμενα ῥητὰ κοινωνίαν. Ἐκείνην λέγω τὴν· ὁπτασίαν, ὅτε ἀποθανόντος τοῦ λεπροῦ βασιλέως, ἑωρακέναι φησὶ τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ τε καὶ ἐπηρμένου θρόνου μεγαλοπρεπῶς προχαθήμενον᾽ οὗ σχῆμα μὲν καὶ μέγεθος καὶ εἶδος ἰδεῖν οὐκ ἐχώρησεν. Ἦ γὰρ ἂν εἶπε πάντως, εἴπερ ἐχώρησε, καθάπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὧν εἶδεν ἐποίησε, πτέρυγας ἀριθμήσας, καὶ στάσιν καὶ πτῆσιν διηγησάμενος. Φωνῆς δὲ μόνης ἀκηκοέναι φησὶν, ὅτε ἐπήρθη τὸ ὑπέρθυρον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν Σεραφὶμ ὑμνῳδίας, καὶ ὁ οἶκος ἐπλήσθη καπνοῦ, καὶ δι᾽ ἑνὸς τῶν Σεραφὶμ ἐπεδλήθη τῷ στόματι τοῦ Προφήτου διάπυρος ἄνθραξ - οὗ γενομένου οὐ τὰ χείλη μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ ἀκοὴ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ λόγου ὑποδοχὴν καθαρίξεται. Ὡς γὰρ ἐνταῦθα παταχθῆναι λέγει, καὶ τραυματισθῆναι παρὰ τῶν φυλάκων ἡ νύμφη, καὶ οὕτω γυμνωθῆναι τῆς τοῦ θερίστρου περιδολῆῇῆς οὕτω κἀκεῖ ἀντὶ μὲν τοῦ θερίστρου ὑπέρθυρον αἴρεται, ὥστε ἀνεμπόδιστον αὐτῷ γενέσθαι τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀδύτοις τὴν θεωρίαν· ἀντὶ δὲ τῶν φυλάκων τὰ Σεραφὶμ ὀνομάζεται· ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς ῥάδδου, ὁ ἄνθραξ· ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς πληγῆς, ἡ χαῦσις. Κοινὸν δὲ τὸ πέρας ἐπί τε τῆς νύμφης, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ προφήτου ψυχῆς, ἡ καθαρότης ἐστίν. Ὡς οὖν ὁ προφήτης διὰ τοῦ ἄνθρακος οὐχὶ ἀλγύνεται γαιόμενος, ἀλλὰ δοξάζεται λαμπρυνόμενος, οὕτως καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἡ νύμφη, οὐκ ὀδύνην ἐκ τῆς πληγῆς αἰτιᾶται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιχαυχᾶται τῇ τῆς παῤῥησίας προσθήκῃ, λόγος ὠνόμασεν. Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἄλλην τινὰ διάνοιαν ἐν τοῖς προκειμένοις εὑρεῖν, οὐδὲν τῶν τεθεωρημένων ἀπάδουσαν. Ἡ γὰρ ἐξελθοῦσα ψυχὴ ἐν τῷ χόγῳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ζητοῦσα μὲν τὸν οὐκ εὑρισκόμενον· ἀνα καλοῦσα δὲ τὸν τῇ σημασίᾳ τῶν ὀνομάτων ἀνέφικτον, διδάσκεται παρὰ τῶν φυλάκων, ὅτι τοῦ ἀνεφίχτου ἐρᾷ, καὶ τοῦ ἀκαταλήπτου ἐφίεται. Δι’ ὧν τρόπον τινὰ πλήσσεται καὶ τραυματίζεται τῇ ἀνελπιστίᾳ τοῦ ποθουμένου, ἀτελῆ τε καὶ ἀναπόλαυστον τοῦ ἄλλου τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν νομίσασα. ᾿Αλλὰ περιαιρεῖται τὸ τῆς λύπης θέριστρον, διὰ τοῦ μαθεῖν ὅτι τὸ ἀεὶ προκόπτειν ἐν τῷ ζητεῖν, καὶ τὸ μηδέποτε τῆς ἀνόδου παύεσθαι, τουτέστιν ἡ ἀληθὴς τοῦ ποθουμένου ἀπόλαυσις, τῆς πάντοτε πληρουμένης ἐπιθυμίας, ἑτέραν ἐπιθυμίαν τοῦ ὑπερχειμένου γεννώσης. Ὡς οὖν περιείλετο τῆς ἀνελπιστίας τὸ θέριστρον, καὶ ἴδε τὸ ἀνἐλπιστόν τε καὶ ἀπερίγραπτον τοῦ ἀγαπωμένου κάλλος ἐν πάσῃ τῇ ἀϊδιότητι τῶν αἰώνων κρεῖττον ἀεὶ εὑρισκόμενον· ἐν σφοδροτέρῳ τείνεται πόθῳ, καὶ μηγύει τῷ ἀγαπωμένῳ διὰ τῶν τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ θυγατέρων τὴν τῆς καρδίας διάθεσιν, ὅτι τὸ ἐκλεκτὸν βέλος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἑαυτῇ δεξαμένη, διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ἀκίδος βέδληται τὴν καρδίαν, ἐν τῷ καιρίῳ δεξαμένη τὴν τῆς ἀγάπης τοξείαν. θεὸς δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη, κατὰ τὴν Ἰωάννου φωνήνʼ ᾧ πρέπει δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

mou estaxan smyrnan, daktyloi mon smyrnan plērē. Hepi cheira tou kieithrony ēgoixa egō hē psychē mou exēlthen en logǭ autou. ᾿Ezētēsa auton͵ kai ouk heuron autogʼ ekalesa hauton, kai ouk hypēkouse mou. Heurosan me hoi phylakes hoi kyklountes en tę̄ polei; hepataxan me, The tēn diapontion apodēmian kat᾽ elpida ploutou stellomenoi, hotan ēdē tēn olchada tou limenos aposaleusōsi, kai pros to pelagos strepsę̄ dia tōn pēdaliōn tēn prōran ho tōn oiakōn hyperkathēmenos, euchēn poiountai tēs nautilias prooimion, Theon genesthai chathēgemona phasi tēs euploias aitoumenoi. To hos kephalaion estin autois tēs euchēs pneuma prosēnes te kai ploxmon empesein tǭ histiǭ pros ton skopon tou chkydernētou kata prymnan histamenou; hou katathymiōs autois epipneontos, hēdeia men hē thalassa ginetai, tois ēremaiois kymasi; alypa de tou pelagous ta platē di᾽ eukolias tēs nēos ephiptamenēs, kai apolisthainousēs tois hydasi; pro ophthalmōn de ho ploutos ho dia tēs emporias autēs elpixomenos ēdē, tēs euploias egnōmenēs kai pro tēs peiras. Dēlon pantōs esti tois heomathesterois tōn akroatōn to tǭ skopǭ tou prooimiou prokeimenon. Mega prokeitai tǭ logǭ to pelagos tēs tōn theiōn rhētōn theōrias. Polys de dia tēs nautilias tautēs ho tēs gnōseōs ploutos elpizetai; hē de empsychos hautē naus Ekklēsia, en panti tǭ idiǭ plērōmati pros ton plouton tēs exēgēseōs blepei meteōros. ᾿All᾽ ou proteron haptetai tōn oiakōn ho kydernētēs logos, prin ek koinou genētas tou plērōmatos tēs nēos hē euchē, hōs epipneusai hēmin tēn tou hagiou Pneumatos dynamin, kai anachinēsai tōn noēmatōn ta kymata, kai di᾽ autōn eupnoounta proagagein di᾽ eutheias ton logon; hin᾽ houtō pelagioi dia tēs theōrias genomenoi, ton tēs gnōseōs plouton emporeusōmetha,, eiper elthoi dia tōn euchōn. hymōn to Pneuma to hagion epi ton logon, kai plēsę̄͵ ᾿Archē de genesthō tou logou tōn theopneustōn rhēmatōn hē mnēmē, epi lexeōs echousa houtōs; ᾿Agostēn egō anoixai tǭ adeiridǭ mou. Cheires mou estaxan smyrnan, hoi dachty.ioi mou plērē. Hoti men ouk estin en hēmin allōs genesthai ton zōnta Logon, ton katharon legō kai asēmanton nymphion, ton di᾽ aphtharsias kai hagiotētos heautǭ tēn psychēn synoikizonta, ei mē tis dia tou nekrōsai ta melē ta epi tēs gēs perieloito to tēs sarkos parapetasma, kai houtōs anoixoi tǭ Logǭ tēn thyran, di᾿ hēs eis tēn psychēn eisoikizetai; dēlon estin ou monon ek tōn theiōn tou ᾿Apostolou dogmatōn, all᾽ ek tōn nyn eirēmenōn para tēs nymphēs. ᾿Anestēn gar, phēsin, anoixai tǭ adelphidǭ mou - dia tou poiēsai tas cheiras mou tēs smyrnēs pēgas, aph᾽ heautōn rheousas to arōma, kai plērōma tōn daktylōn deixai tēn smyrnan. Ton gar tropon di᾽ hou anoigetai tǭ nymphiǭ hē thyra, phēsi dia tōn eirēmenōn; hoti Dia to syntaphēnai autǭ dia tou baptismou eis ton thanaton anestēn. Ou gar an enērgēsen hē anastasis, mē protēs ekousiou nekrotētos. tai de to hekousion ē ek tōn cheirōn autēs aporrheousa tēs smyrnēs stagōn, kai to peplērōsthai tous daktylous autēs tou arōmatos toutou. Ou gar heterōthen engenesthai tę̄ cheiri legei tēn smyrnan. Ē gar an enomisthē dia touton, peristatikon hautę̄ kai akousion symdēnai to dia tēs smyrnēs dēloumenon. ᾿All᾽ hautas phēs: tas cheiras ( sēmains: ae dia tōn cheirōn pas energētichas tēs psychēs ganēseis) aph᾽ heautōn staxai tēn smyrnan, tēn oikothen ek proaireseōs tōn sōmatikōn ginomenēn nekrōsinʼ dia touton sēmainōn tēn en pasi tois daktyloisʼ peplērōmenēn. Degei de ta kath᾽ hekaston eidē ta diērēmenōs di᾽ aretēs spoudazomena, tǭ tōn daktylōn diermēneuōn onomati, hōs einai panta ton noun tōn legomenōn toiouton; hoti Eladon dynamin anastaseōs dia tou nekrōsai pa melē mou ta epi tēs] gēs, ekousiōs moi tēs tōn melōn tōn toioutōn enērgētheisēs nekrōseōs, ou par᾽ allou tais chersin entetheisēs tēs smyrnēs, all᾽ ek tēs emēs proaireseōs aporrheousēs; hōs kai pasi tois kat᾽ aretēn epitēdeumasin, haper daktylous ōnomasen, anellipę̄ tēn toiautēn horasthai diathesin. Esti gar epi tōn tēn aretēn metiontōn idein, heni men autous tini tethneōtas pathei, en heterois de zōntas; kathaper horōmen tinas, nekrountas men heautois to akolaston, an houtō tychoi, trephontas de di᾽ epimeleias ton typhon, ē heteron ti pathos to tēn psychēn lymainomenon hoion to philochrēmaton, hē to orgilon, kai philodoxon, hē allo toiouton; hou kakōs en tę̄ psychę̄ zōntos, ouk esti plēreis tous daktylous epideixai tēs smyrnēs. Ou gar dia pantōn phainetai epitēdeumatōn hē tou kakou nekrōsis te kai allotriōsis. Pantōn de plērōthentōn tōn toioutōn daktylōn tēs naoētheisēs smyrnēs, kai anistatai hē psychē, kai anoigei tǭ nymphiǭ tēn eisodon. Dia touto tacha kai ho megas Paulos kalōs noēsas tēn tou Despotou phōnēn, hē phēsin, hoti Ouk esti ryēnai stachnn, ean mē prodialythę̄ tǭ thanatǭ ho kokkos. Touto kēryssei tę̄ Ekklēsią to dogma, hoti chrē thanaton tēs zōēs kathēgēsasthai, hōs ouk endechomenon allō? en anthrōpǭ tēn zōēn genesthai, ei mē dia thanatou lathoi tēn parodon. Diplēs gar en hēmin ousēs tēs physeōs, tēs men leptēs te kai noeras kai kouphēs; tēs de pacheias kai hylikēs kai bareias; anankē pasa asymthdaton pros tēn heteran en hekaterą toutōn tēn hormēn einai kai (idiazousan. To men gar noeron te kai kouphon oikeian echei tēn epi ta anō phoran; to de bary kai hylōdes, aei pros to katō hyepei kai pheretai. Ex enantiou toinyn ginomenēs autois physikōs tēs kinēseōs, ouk estin euodōthēnai ho heteron, mē atonēsantos tou allou pros tēn kata physin phoran; mesē de amphoin hestōsa hē autexousios hēmōn dynamis te kai proairesis, di᾽ heautēs empoiei kai tonon tǭ kamnonti kai atonian tǭ chatischyonti. gar genētai merei, toutǭ didōsi kata tou allou ta gnichētēria, Houtōs en tǭ Euangeliǭ epaineitai men ha pistos kai phronimos oikonomos; houtos ga esti, kata ge ton emon logon, hē kalōs tōn en hēmin hepistatousa proairesis, Epaineitai gar hoti trephei tēn oichetian pou despotou, dia tēs tōn enantiōn nekrōseōs; gar ekeinōn phthora, trophē te kai euexia tōn chreitto; nōn esti. Katēgoreitai de ho kakos doulos ekeinos, ho dia tou tois methyousi syneinai, plēgais aichizome nos tēn tou Theou oichetian. Plēgē gar hostin hōs alē: thōs kata tōn aretōn, hē tēs kakias euēmeria. Oukoun kalōs echei ton prophētikon zēlōsantas logon, prōïan heautois poiein, dia tou apokteinai pantas tous hamartōlous tēs gēs, tou exolothreusai ek poleōs Kyriou (psychē de hē polis) pantas tous logismous tous ergazomenous tēn anomian, hōn holethros zōē ginetai tōn ameinonōn. Houtōs oun dia tou thanatou zōmen, hotan tōn en hēmin, kathōs phēsin ho Prophētēs, ton men apokteinę̄, ton de zōopoiēsę̄ ho Logos ho eipōn; Egō apoktenō, kai zōopoiēsō. Hōs kai ho Paulos apothanōn ezē, kai asthenōn enischye, kai dedemenos enērgei ton dromon, kai ptōcheuōn eploutize, kai panta kateichen echōn ouden, pantote tēn nekrōsin tou Iēsou en tǭ sōmati peripherōn. ᾿Allʼ epi to protethen epanelthōmen; hoti dia thanatou hē Psychē ek tou thanatou anistatai. Hōs an gar mē apothanę̄, nekra dia pantos menei, kai tēs zōēs aparadektos. Ek de tou apothanein, en zōę̄ ginetai, pasan apothemenē nekrotēta. Kai touto hēmin ek tou prokeimenou rhētou bedaioutai to dogma, houtōs eipousēs tēs nymphēs; hoti ᾿Agestēg egō agoixai adelphidǭ mou. Hai cheires mou estaxan smyrnan, mou smyrgēs plēreis. Thanatou de symdolon einai tēn smyrnan ouk an tis amphithalloi tōn tais theiais hōmilēkotōn Graphais. Pōs oun ho thanatos ek tou thanatou hēmas anistēsin, epizētein hoimai tinas ton peri toutou logon euchrinēthēnai saphesteron. Eroumen toinyn hopōs an hoion te hē, taxin tina di᾽ akolouthias epithentes tǭ logǭ. Panta hosa epoiēsen ho Theos kala lian einai ho tēs chosmogeneias logos martyretai. Ek de tōn lian kalōn ēn kai ho anthrōpos; mallon de pleion tōn kalōn kekosmēmenos tǭ kallei. Ti gar an heteron houtōs eiē kalon, hōs to tou akēratou kallous homoiōma ? Ei de panta kala lian, en de tois pasi, ē kai pro hapantōn ho anthrōpos ēn, ouk hēn pantōs en tǭ anthrōpǭ ho thanatos. Ou gar an kalon ti ho anthrōpos ēn᾽ eiper eichen en heautǭ tēs tou thanatou katēpheias ton skythrōpon charaktēra. ᾿Alla tēs aïdiou zōēs apeikonisma hōn kai homoiōma, kalos ēn hōs alēthōs kai lian kalos, tǭ phaidrǭ tēs zōēs charaktēri kallōpizomenos. Hēn de kai autǭ kai ho theios paradeisos, dia tēs eukarpias tōn dendrōn bryōn zōēn, kai hē tou Theou entolē zōēs ēn nomos, to mē apothanein;Ontos de kata to meson tēs tou paradeisou phyteias ou tēn zōēn bryontos xylon, hotti pote chrē to xylon noein ekeino, hou ho karpos zōē; kai tou thanatēphorou de xylou, hou kalon hama kai kakon einai ton karpon apophainetai, kai hautou kata to meson ontos tou paradeisou; adynatou de ontos en tǭ mesaitatǭ tois xylois chōran genesthai; hopoteron gar an dōmen ex amphoterōn epechein to meson, kata pasan anankēn to heteron tēs tou mesou chōras pantōs exeirgetai. Pros gar to periechon, hē achridēs tou mesou thesis chatalamdanetai, hotan histas apaneachothen΄ tois diastemasin apechę̄ tou peratos. Epeidan toinyn hen di᾽ achrithdeias hē tou kyklou to meson, ouk an genoito mēchanē tou autou menontos kyklou, dyo kentra kata to meson chōran heurein. Ei gar heteron paratheiē kentron tǭ proladonti pros touto, kat᾽ anankēn symmetatethentos tou kyklou exō tou mesou to proteron ginetai tēs tou kyklou periochēs tǭ deuterǭ kentrǭ perigrapheisēs. ᾿Alla mēn en tǭ mesǭ phēsin einai tou paradeisou kai touto kai touto; kaitoi ᾿ enantiōs pros allēla kata tēn dynamin echonta, to te zōopoion legō xylon, kai hou ho thanatos hēn karpos, hoper hamartian ōnomasen ho Paulos, eipōn; hoti Kar-. pos hamartias ho thanatos. Moēsąi ara prosēkei dia tē? tōn eirēmenōn philosophias touto to dogma, hoti tēs men tou Theou phyteias to mesaitaton estin hē zōē’ ho de thanatos estin aphyteutos kai arrhizos, idian oudamou chōran echōn; tę̄ de sterēsei tēs zōēs emphyteuetai, hotan argēsę̄ tois zōsin hē metousia tou kreittonos. Epeidē oun en tǭ mesǭ tōn theiōn phytōn estin hē zōē, tę̄ de ᾿ apoptōsei tautę̄ enyphistatai hē tou thanatou physis; dia touto kai to thanatēphoron xylon, ho to dogma touto di᾽ ainigmatōn philosophēsas en tǭ mesǭ einai tou paradeisou legei, hou ton karpon eipen symmichton echein ek tōn enantiōn tēn dynamin. To gar auto kalon te einai kai kakon diōrisato, tēs hamartias, oimai, dia toutou tēn physin hypainittomenos. Epeidē pantōn tōn dia kakias energoumenōn hēdonē tis kathēgeitai pantōs, kai ouk estin heurein hamartian hēdonēs diezeugmenēn, hosa te dia thymou, kai hosa di’ epithymias ginetai pathē; toutou charin kai kalos ho karpos onomazetai kata tēn hēmartēmenēn tou kalou krisin, tois to kalon en hēdonę̄ tithemenois, toioutos dokōn- ponēros de meta tauta tę̄ pikrą tę̄ brōseōs anadosei heurisketai, kata tēn prooimiōdē phōnēn, hē phēsi, meli tōn cheileōn tēs kakias apostazein, ē pros kairon men lipainei ton pharynga, meta tauta de pikroteron cholēs tois kakōs glychantheisin eurisketai. Epeidē toinyn apostas tēs tōn agathōn pancharpias ho anthrōpos, tou phthoropoiou karpou dia tēs parakoēs eneplēsthē; onoma de tou karpou toutou hē thanatopoios hamartia; euthys kreittoni biǭ, tēn alogon kai ktēnōdē zōēn tēs ΄ tou thanatou tę̄ physei, syndiexēlthe tais tōn tiktomenōn diadochais hē nekrotēs. Hothen nekros hēmas diedexato bios, autēs tropon tina tēs zōēs hēmōn apothanousēs. Nekra gar antikrys estin hēmōn hē zōē, tēs athanasias esterēmenē. Dia touto tais dyo tautais zōais mesiteuei ho en mesǭ tōn dyo zōōn ginōskomenos; hina tę̄ anairesei tēs cheironos, dǭ tę̄ akēratǭ ta nikētēria. Hōsper toinyn tǭ apothanein tę̄ alēthinę̄ zōę̄ ho anthrōpo: eis ton nekron touton metepese bion; houtōs hotan apothanę̄ tę̄ nekrą tautē kai chtēnōdei zōę̄, pros tēn aei zōsan antimethestatai. anamphidolon einai, hoti ouk estin en tę̄ makarią genesthai zōę̄, mē nekron tę̄ hamartią genomenon. Hou charin en tǭ hautǭ kata to meson hekateron tōn xylōn einai hypo tou logou pephilosophētai; hōs tou men echei physei ontos, tou de epiginomenou tǭ onti dia sterēseōs. Ek gar tou hautou epi to auto dia metousias kai sterēseōs, hē antimetastasis ginetai kai zōēs kai thanatou. Epeidē ho nechrōtheis tǭ agathǭ, zę̄ tǭ kakǭ?, kai ho nekros en kakią genomenos pros tēn aretēn anediōsen. Oukoun kalōs deiknysi tę̄ smyrnę̄ plēreis tas heautēs cheiras hē nymphē, dia tēs en pasę̄ kakią nekrotētos anistamenē, pros to anoixai tǭ Logǭ tēn eis heautēn eisodon. Zōē de ho Logos hon eisoikizetai, Pros tosouton de megethos epartheisa dia tōn theōrēthentōn hēmin hē pros ton Theon horōsa psychē; houpō, kathōs phēsin ho Paulos, houtōs egnō, kathōs dei gnōnai, oude logizetai kath᾽ heautēn kateilēphenai; all᾽ eti pros to hyperkeimenon trechei, tois emprosthen HēĒ gar akolouthia tōn ephexēs logōn tauta noein peri autēs hypotithetai; ᾿Epi cheiras tou kileithrou hēgnoixa egō tǭ adeiphidǭ mou. Kai epēgagen, hot: ᾿Adelridos mou parēlthen; hē psychē mou exēlthen ogǭ autou. Didaskei gar dia toutōn hēmas, hoti epi tēs panta noun hyperechousēs dynameōs heis ka-. talēpseōs esti tropos, to mēdepote stēnai peri to kateilēmmenon᾽ alla ton aei zētounta tǭ pleioni pou kataleiphthentos mē istasthai. Hē gar plērēs genomenē tēs smyrnēs, pasi tois tou biou epitēdeumasin (haper daktylous tropikōs onomazei) tēn pros to kakon episēmainousa nekrōsin; kai to hekousion tēs aretēs dia to oikothen apostaxai tōn cheirōn tēn smyrnan endeixamenē, apsasthai phēsi tas cheiras heautēs tou kleithrou, toutesti, ta erga heautēs engisai legei tę̄ stenę̄ te kai tethlimmenę̄ eisodǭ, hēs to chleithron encheirizei tois kata Petron ho Logos. ᾿Anoigei toinyn di᾽ hekaterōn heautę̄ tēs basileias tēn thyran, dia te tōn cheirōn, di᾽ hōn ta erga dēloutai; kai dia tou kleithrou tēs pisteōs, Diʼ amphoterōn gar toutōn, ergōn te kai pisteōs legō, hē kleis tēs basileias en hēmin hypo tou logou kataskeuazetai. Hote toinyn ēlpise kata ton Mōysea gnōstōs emphanisthēnai heautę̄ tou basileōs to prosōpon; tote parēlthe tēn katalēpsin autēs ho pothoumenos. Phēsi garʼ hoti ᾿Adelphidos mou parēlthen ou katalipōn tēn hepomenēn hautǭ psychēn, alla pros heauton ephelkomenos. Hē psychē gar mou exēilthen en ᾿ogǭ autou. Ō makarias exodou ekeinēs hēn exerchetai hē tǭ logǭ hepomenē psychē! Kyrios phylaxei tēn exodon sou kai tēn eisodon sou, phēsin ho Prophētēs. Hautē estin hōs alēthōs hē hypo tou Theou phylassomenē tois axiois, exodos te kai eisodos. Kai gar hē apo tou en hǭ esmen exodos, tōn hyperkeimenōn agathōn eisodos ginetai. Tautēn oun exēlthen hē Psychē tēn edodon, hodēgǭ kechrēmenē tǭ Logǭ tǭ eiponti, hoti ᾿Egō eimi hē thyra, kai hē hodes, kai͵ hoti Di’ emou eōn tis eiselthę̄, kai eiseleusetai kai exaleusetai, oudepote tou eisienai lēgōn, oute tou exienai pauomenos; alla pauetai dia prokopēs eis ta hyperkeimena eisiōn, kai aei tōn kateilēmmenōn hexō ginomenos. Houtō parēlthe tote kai ton Mōysea to pothoumenon ekeino prosōpon tou Kyriou kai houtōs hē psychē tou nomothetou aei exō egineto tou en hǭ ēn, hepomenē proïonti tǭ Logǭ. Tis gar ouk hoide tas anadaseis echeinas͵ ho Mōysēs, ho aei megas ginomenos, kai mēdepote histamenos tēs epi to meizon auxēseōs ? Ēuxēthē kat᾽ archas, hote tēs tōn Aigyptiōn basileias hypsēloteron ton oneidismon tou Christou epoiēsato - mallon helomenos aunchachoucheisthai tǭ laǭ tou Theou. hē kroschairon echein hamartias apolausin. Ēuxēthē palin hote chataponountos ton Hedraiïon tou Aigyptiou, thanatoi ton allophylon, hyper tou Israēlitou agōnzomenos. Noeis de pantōs en toutois ton eē΄s auxēseōs propon, metadalōn tēn historian eis tropichēn theōrian. Palin heautou meizōn egeneto, aperiēchēton tēn zōēn phylattōn, dia tēs en tę̄ erēmǭ philosophias en chronǭ pollǭ. Eita tǭ pyri tǭ epi tēs batou phōtezetai, Gymnoi pros toutois tēs nekras peritholę̄s tas heautou baseis; analiskei tę̄ rhaddǭ tous Aigyptious (, drakontas; exaireitai tēs tyrannidos tou Pharaō to homophylon;hodēgeitai dia nephelēs; diairei to pelagos; hypodrychion poiei tēn tyrannida; glykainei tēn Mardan; piainei tēn petran; emphoreitai tēs tōn angelōn trophēs; tōn salpingōn akouei; tou kaiomenou orous chatatolmą; tēs akrōreias haptetai; tēn nephelēn hyperchetai entos tou gnophou ginetai en hǭ ēen otheos; tēn diathēkēn dechetai hēlios genetai aprostois prosengizousin, tou prosōpou to phōs apastraptōn. Kai pōs pasas anadaseis autou an tis kai tas theoraneias exelthoi poikilas tǭ logǭ ? ᾿All homōs ho tosoutos, ho toioutos, ho en tosoutois genomenos, kai dia tosouton pros ton Theon hypsōtheis, eti aplēstōs echei tēs epithymias tou pleionos, kai tou kata prosōpon idein ton Theon hiketēs ginetai. Kaitoi martyrēsantos ēdē tou logou, tēs kata prosōpon autou homilias ēxiōathai. ᾿All homōs oute to hōs phelǭ prosdialegesthai; oute hē stoma kata stoma ginomenē hautǭ pros Theon homilia, tēs tōn anōteʼbion auton epithymias istēsin. ᾿All᾽ Ei heurēka, phēsi, charin enōpion sou, emphanison moi seauton gnōstōs. Kai ho tēn aitētheisan charin dysein epangeilamenos, ho eipōn, Egnōn se para pantas, parerchetai auton epi tou theiou topou en tę̄ petrą hypo tēs theias cheiros skepazamenon ᾿ hōste mogis idein meta tēn parodon hautou ta opisthia, Didaachōn, oimai, dia toutōn ho logos, hoti ho idein tan Theon epithymōn, en tǭ aei autǭ akolouthein horą to pothoumenon, kai hē tou prosōpou autou theōria estin hē apaustos pros auton poreia, prosō dia to katopin hepesthai tǭ Aogǭ katorthoumenē. Houtō toinyn kai nyn hē psychē, hote anestē dia tou thanatou, hote eplērōthē tēs smyrnēs, hote prosēgage tǭ chleithrǭ dia tōn ergōn tas cheiras, kai esoikisasthai ton pothoumenon ēlpise; tote ho men parerchetai, hē de exerchetai, ouketi menousa en hois hēn; alla tou Logou epi ta prosō proēgoumenou ephaO de ephexēs logos mallon hēmin bedaioi tēn prodianoian, hoti ouk en tǭ sthai to megethos tēs theias gnōrizetai physeōs, all᾽ en tǭ parienai pasan katalēptikēn phantasian kai dynamin. Hē gar echoasa ēdē tēn physin psychē, hōs an mēdeni tōn synēthōn pros tēn gnōsin tōn aoratōn; oute zētousa to mē heuriskomenon histatai, oute kalousa to anekphōnēton pauetai. Phēsi tar; hoti ᾿Ezētēsa auton, kai ouk heuron auton. Pōs gar an heuretheiē, ho mēnyei tōn ginōskomenōn ouden? ouk eidos, ou chrōma, ou perigraphē, ou posotēs, hou topos, hou schēma, ou stochasmos, ouk eichasmos, ouk analogia; alla pasēs chatalēptichēs ephodou exōterou aei heuriskomenon, ekpheugei pantōs tēn tōn zētountōnladēn; dia touto phēsin, Auton ezētēsa, dia tōn heurētichōn tēs Psychēs dynameōn, en logismois kai noēmasi kai pantōs hexōteros ēn, ton proseugismon tēs dianoias diadidraskōn. Ho de pantos charaktēros hexōteros aei heuriskomenos, pōs an dia tinos onomastikēs sēmasias perilēphtheiē? Toutou charin epinoez men pantoian onomatōn dynamin eis tēn tou aphrastou agathou sēmasian, hēttatai de pasa phrastichē logou dynamis, kai tēs alētheias elattōn elenchetai. Dio phēsin Egō men hekaloun hōs edynamēn, epinoousa phōnas endeichtichas tēs aphrastou makchariotētos; ho de kreittōn ēn tēs tōn sēmainomenōn endeixeōs. Hoion dē poiei kai ho megas Dadid, pollakis myriois onomasi to Theion kalōn, kai hēttasthai tēs alētheias homologōn. Sy gar, phēsin, ho Theos, oichteirmōn, kai eleēmōn, makrothymos, kai polyeleos, kai alēthinos, kai ischys, kai stereōma, kataphygē, kai dynamʼ:s, kai boēthos, kai antilēptōr, kai keras sōtērias, kai ta toiauta. Kai palin homologei hoti onoma autou en pasę̄ tę̄ gę̄ ouchi ginōsketai, alla thaumazetai. Hōs thaumaston gar, phēsi, to onoma sou en pasę̄ tę̄ gę̄! Houtōs phēsi kai prys ton Manōe ho peri tou paidos autou chrēmatisas, hote ērōtēthē peri tou onomatos, hoti thaumaston esti touto kai kreitton ē hōste hypo tēs anthrōpinēs akoēs chōrēthēnai. Dia touto kai hē psychē ton Logon kalei men hōs dynatai; dynatai de ouk hōs bouletai. Bouletai gar pleon hē dynatai ou mēn oude tosouton thelēsetai, hoson ekeino estin, all᾽ hoson boulēthēnai hē proairesis dynatai. Epei oun anephiktos estin ho kaloumenos tę̄ tou kalountos hormę̄, dia outo phēsin’ Ekalesa auton, kai ouk hypēkouse Hosa de tois eirēmenois hē nymphē prostithēsi, chaan schythrōpoteran kata to procheiron echę̄ tēn endeixin; all᾽ emoi dokei pros ton auton skopon. blepein, kai tēs tōn hypsēloterōn anadaseōs echesthai. Phēsi gar, Eurosan me hoi phylakes hoi kyklountes en tę̄ potheristron ap᾿ emou hoi phylakes tōn teicheōn. Tauta gar isōs doxei tisin odyromenēs mallon, hēper euphrainomenēs einai ta rhēmata, to ᾿Epataxan, kai etrauepeschemmenǭ tēn tōn legomenōn dianoian, megalauchoumenēs epi tois kallistois eisin hai phōnai. Houtōs dʼ an genoito hēmin kataphanes to legomenon; Mikron pro toutōn en tois katopin, kathareuein autēn pano logos martyretai, en hǭ phēsin ek prosōpou tēs nymphēs, hoti Exedysamēn ton chitōna mou, pōs endysomai auton ? Entautha de palin aphę̄rēsthai legei hautēs to theristron. Perimeta tēs kephalēs kai to prosōpon, kathōs kai peri tēs Rhedekchas legei hē historia. Pōs oun hē gymnōtheisa pantos peridlēmatos, eti to theristron echei, hoper nyn autēs aphairountai hoi phylakes ? Hē dēlon dia tōn eirēmenōn estin, hoson ap᾽ ekeinou palin epi to hypsēloteron dia prokopēs anelēlythen ? gar apekdysamenē ton palaion chitōna, kai panetai katharōtera, hōs synkrisei tēs arti genomenēs autę̄ katharotētos, mē dokein apechdedysthai; all᾽ heurein ti palin meta tēn gymnōsin ekeinēn peri autēn ho apothētai. Houtōs hē pros to Theion anodos, tou aei heuriskomenou ti peri autēn pachy per endeichnysi. Dia touto tēs katharotētos tę̄ synkrisei hē progegrammenē ou chitōnos ekeinou gymnōsis, hōs kalymma palin periaireitai para tōn heuriskontōn autēn. Houtoi de eisin hoi phylakes hoi kyklountes tēn polin; psychē de hē polis; hēs dia tou pataxai kai traumatisai perielontes to theristron, hōn ergon esti to phylassein ta teichē, tēs poleōs. Hoti men oun agathon ti estin hē tou theristrou periairesis, hōste eleutheron tou prochalymmatos ton ophthalmon, aparapodistōs henatenitǭ pothoumenǭ challe!, ouk an tis pros ton ᾿Apostolon blepōn, hos tę̄ dynamei tou pneumatos tēn tou kalymmatos periairesin anatithēsi legōn; Hotan de epistrepsę̄ pros Kyrion, periaireitai to kalymma; ho de Kyrios, to pneuma estin. Hoti de to tou agathou paraschenastichon kai auto pantōs estin agathon, ouk an tis amphidalloi tōn epistamenōn pros to akolouthon blepein. Ei toinyn agathon hē tou kalymmatos periairesis, agathon an eiē pantōs kai hē plēgē, kai to trauma, di᾽ hōn katorthoutai hē periairesis. ᾿All᾽ epeidē kata tēn procheiron ennoian, aēdia tis emphainetai tois rhēmasi toutois; algēma gar endeiknytai hē phōnē tou, epi dri ti eei me’ kai tou, ᾿Etraumatisan me, kalōs an echei katanoēdai prōton tēs hagias Graphēs tēn tōn toioutōn rhēmatōn chrēsin, eipou pros to preitton autōn tēn mnēmēn pepoiētai; eith᾽ houtōs theōrēsai tōn entautha legomenōn tēn dynamin. Pōs rhyetai hē sophia tēn tou neou psychēn ako thanatou ? Ti symdouleuei poiein, hina mē apothanę̄ ho neos, autēs akousōmen tēs sophias. Ean pataxę̄s auton rhaddǭ, phēsin, ou mē; apothanę̄. Sy men gar rhaddǭ pataxeis auton, tēn de psychēn autou rhysę̄ ek ϑanaton. Ioichs toinyn athanasian hermēneuein hē tou Epataxan lexis, kathōs ho logos phēsin hoti ʼXan paeaxę̄s rhaddǭ, ou mē apothanę̄, kai hoti ouk estin allōs rhysthēnai tēn psychēn ek tou thanatou, ean mē katachthę̄ tę̄ rhaddǭ; kalon ara to patachthēnai, dia tōn eirēmenōn hēmin apodedeiktai. Dioti kalon estin hōs alēthōs to ek thanatou tēn psychēn rhysthēnai, Houtō poiein kai ton Theon ho krophētēs phēsin, dia tou apokteinein zōopoiounta, kai dia tou patassein iōmenon. Egō gar, phēain, apokeonō, kai zę̄n poiēsō; tataxō, kagō iasomai. Dia touto kai ho megas DaThid ouchi plēgēn eipen, alla paraklēsin ek tēs toiautēs ginesthai rhaddou, legōn: Hē rhaddos sou, kai hē baktēria sou, hautai me parekalesan; hōn ginetai kai theias trapezēs hetoimasia, kai hosa kata to akolouthon periechei hē psalmōdia; kai to epi tēs kephalēs elaion, kai ho tou potēriou akratos, ho tēn nēphalion methēn ergazomenos, kai ho. kalōs auton katadiōkōn eleos, kai hē en tǭ oikǭ tou Theou makrodiōsis. Ei oun tauta parechei ē glykeia ekeinē plēgę̄; kata te tēn paroimiōdē didaskalian, kai kata tēn tou Prophētou phōnēn agaϑon ara esti to patachthēnai tę̄ rhaddǭ, aph᾽ hou esti tōn toioutōn aga. thōn euthēnia. Mallon de to pareϑen pro tōn eirēmenōn exetasōmen. Parēlthe tę̄ nymphę̄ ho Logos, anephiktos tę̄ ladę̄ tēs pothousēs genomenos; karēlthe de ouk hōste kai katalipein hēn paredramen, all᾽ hōste mallon autēn pros heauton epispasasthai. Phēsi gar; hoti Ē psychē mou exēïthen en ogǭ autou. Exerchetai toinyn apo tou en hǭ hēn hē psychē, kai houtōs apo tōn phylassontōn tēn polin heurisketai; Eurosan gar, phēsi, me hoi phylakes, hoi kychilougtes tēn polin. Ei men oun hoi kindynoi adou heuron autēn, ē lę̄stas autēn heuresthai legei; chalepon ēn to toioutōn autēn heurēma genesthai. Ho gar kleptēs ouk erchetai, di mē hina klepsę̄, kai thysę̄. kai apolesę̄. Ei de hoi phylakes autēn heuriskousin hoi kyklountes en tę̄ polei, makaristē pantōs esti tēs toiautēs heurēseōs Ho gar hypo tou phylachos heuretheis, hypo lę̄ttōn klapēnai ou dynatai. Tines oun eisin hoi phylakes ? Tines alloi, ē pantōs hoi hypēretai, hoi phylatsontes ton Israēl? Tou dia tēs phylachēę̄s tēn dexian cheira ? Tou ako pantos kakou tēn Psychēn phylassein pepisteumenou ? Hos kai eisodou kai exodou phylaxʼ ekeinas estin ho phylax tēs poleōs, peri hou phēsin; hoti Ean mē Kyrios phylaxę̄ polin, eis matēn ēgrypnēsen ho phylassōn. Ta toinyn leitourgika pneumata, ta eis diakonian apostellomena dia tous mellontas klēronomein sōtērian, endeiknytai dia tōn phylakōn ho logos tōn kyklountōn tēn polin. Psychē de, kathōs eirētai ho logos, esti to tou Theou oikētērion. Para toutōn oun heurethē, phēsin, hē psychē, hōs heurethē pote para tou kalou poimenos to prodaton, eph᾽ hou pasai tōn agelōn hai choreiai pros euphrosynēn synechinēthēsan, kata tēn tou Kyriou phōnēn. Houtōs heurethē pote kai hē drachmē hypo tou lychnou, eph᾽ hē chairousi pantes hoi philoi te kai hoi geitones. Toiouton heurema kai ho Dadid ho doulos tou Kyriou ginetai, kathōs kai hē psalmǭdia phēsin ek prosōpou tou theou; hoti Heuron Dadid to doulon mou, en elaiǭ hagiǭ mou echrisa hauton. hos epeidē ktēma tou heurontos egeneto, akousōmen oiōn axioutai; Hē cheir mou, phēsin, sygantilēpsetai autǭ, kai ho brachiōn mou katischysei auton; kai synkopsō apo prosōpou autou tous echthrous autou, kai tous misountas auton tropōsomai; kai hosa alla ho tēs eulogias periechei katalogos. Oukoun kalon estin heurethēnai hypo tōn kyklountōn tēn polin tēn psychēn angelōn. Houtō gar noein ho megas hypotithetai legōn; Paremdōlei ho angelos Kyriou kyklǭ tōn phodoumenōn auton, kai rhysetai autous. Oukoun hē eipousa, hoti ᾿Hoi phylakes me epataxan, prosthēkēn tina gegenēsthai autēs tēs epi to anō prokopēs ekauchēsato. Ei de kai en traumati gegenēsthai legei, tēn en bathei genomenēn autę̄ dia tēs theias rhaddou typon tǭ logǭ paristēsin. Ou gar epipolaion tēs pneumatikēs rhaddou tēn energeian eph᾽ heautēs dechetai, hōs mē epignōsthēnai ton topon en hǭ tēn rhaddon edexato all᾽ episēmos dia tou traumatos deiknytai hē plēgē, hē enkauchatai hē nymphē. To de legomenon toiouton estin; Hē theia rhathdos ocheinē, kai hē paraklētikē baktēria, hē dia tou patassein energoupha tēn iasin, to Pneuma estin; hou karpos ta te alla tōn agathōn hosa Paulos hērithmēse, kai meta tōn allōn hē paidagōgos tēs enaretou politeias enkrateia. Houtō gar kai Paulos ho tōn toioutōn plēgōn stigmatias tois traumasi toutois epagallomenos elegen; hoti Ta stigmata tou Christou en tǭ sōmati mou peripherō. Deiknys tēn en panti kakǭ astheneian, di᾽ hēs hē kata Christon dynamis en aretę̄ teleiouta:. Kalon oun kai to trauma dia tōn eirēmenōn hēmin anapephę̄nen, ’di᾽ hou gegonen autę̄ tou theristrou hē periairesis. Hōste anakalyphthēnai autę̄ to tēs psychēs. kallos, mēketi epischotēn tōn eirēmenōn dianoian. Hē pros ton Theon horōsa psychē, kai ton agathon ekeinon pothon tou aphthartou kallous analambanousa, aei nean tēn pros to hyperkeimenon epithymian echei, oudepote chorǭ ton pothon amblynousa. Dia touto pantote tois emprosthen epechteinomenē ou pauetai, kai apo tou en hǭ estin exiousa kai pros ton endoteron eisdyomenē, oupō egeneto; kai to pantote thaumaston autę̄ kai mega phainomenon, katōteron poioumenē tou ephexēs, dia to perichallesteron pantōs einai tou prochaateilēmmenou to aei heuriskomenon. Kathōs kai ho Paulos kath᾽ hēmeran apethnēsken, epeidē pantote pros kainēn tina meteiē zōēn, nekros aei tǭ parǭchēchoti gigomenos, kai lēthēn tōn prodiēnysmenōn poioumenos. Dia touto kai hē pros ton nymphion trechousa nymphē, stasin tina tēs epi to meizon prokopēs ouk heuriskei. Ēaradeisous poiei rhoōn dia stomatos arōmata rheontas. Trophēn hetoimazei tǭ Despotę̄ tēs ktiseōs, tois idiois auton dexioumenē karpois. Pēgazei kēpous. Phrear ginetai hydatos zōntos. Holē kalē kai amōmos deiknytai kata tēn martyrian tou Logou. Palin hyper tauta genomenē, aisthanetai megaloprepesteron, proïontos tou Logou, plēroumenou kata tēn kephalēn tēs drosou, kai tōn tēs nyktos psechadōn, tōn en tois bostrychois ginomenōn. Nepteta: tous podas, ton chitōna echdyetai, smyrnan dia tōn cheirōn apostazei. Prosagei tǭ chleithrǭ tas cheiras, anoigei tēn eisodon, zētei ton mē chatalamthanomenon, phōnei ton anephikton. Heurisketai hypo tōn phylakōn. Dechetai eph᾽ heautēs tēn patassousan rhaddon. Mimeitai pēn petran, peri hēs phēsin ho Prophētēs; hoti ᾿Epataxeʼ petran, kai errhysan hydata. Horąs eis hoson s anedramen hypsos hē nymphē ? Dia touto patassomenē, hōsper hē akchrotomos hypo tou Mōyseōs; hina kath᾽ homoiotēta echxinēs, kai hautē pēgasę̄ tois dipsōsi ton Logon, ek tēs pēgēs anomthrēsanta. Eita epi toutois gymnoi to kallos tēs opseōs. tōn phylakōn hautēs theristron. Tauta estin ha kata ton topon touton hēmeis chataladein ēdynēthēmen. Phthonos de oudeis, genesthai tini para tou apokalyptontos pa kekrymmena mystēria psychōphelesteran tēn theōrian en tois prokeimenois. Isōs de tis phēsei kai pou Ēsaïou tēn optasian echein tina pros ta prokeimena rhēta koinōnian. Ekeinēn legō tēn; hoptasian, hote apothanontos tou leprou basileōs, heōrakenai phēsi ton epi tou hypsēlou te kai epērmenou thronou megaloprepōs prochathēmenon᾽ hou schēma men kai megethos kai eidos idein ouk echōrēsen. Ē gar an eipe pantōs, eiper echōrēse, kathaper kai epi tōn allōn hōn eiden epoiēse, pterygas arithmēsas, kai stasin kai ptēsin diēgēsamenos. Phōnēs de monēs akēkoenai phēsin, hote epērthē to hyperthyron hypo tēs tōn Seraphim hymnǭdias, kai ho oikos eplēsthē kapnou, kai di᾽ henos tōn Seraphim epedlēthē tǭ stomati tou Prophētou diapyros anthrax - hou genomenou ou ta cheilē monon, alla kai hē akoē pros tēn tou logou hypodochēn katharixetai. Hōs gar entautha patachthēnai legei, kai traumatisthēnai para tōn phylakōn hē nymphē, kai houtō gymnōthēnai tēs tou theristrou peridolēę̄ēs houtō kakei anti men tou theristrou hyperthyron airetai, hōste anempodiston autǭ genesthai tōn en tois adytois tēn theōrian; anti de tōn phylakōn ta Seraphim onomazetai; anti de tēs rhaddou, ho anthrax; anti de tēs plēgēs, hē chausis. Koinon de to peras epi te tēs nymphēs, kai epi tēs tou prophētou psychēs, hē katharotēs estin. Hōs oun ho prophētēs dia tou anthrakos ouchi algynetai gaiomenos, alla doxazetai lamprynomenos, houtōs kai entautha hē nymphē, ouk odynēn ek tēs plēgēs aitiatai, all᾽ epichauchatai tę̄ tēs parrhēsias prosthēkę̄, logos ōnomasen. Esti de kai allēn tina dianoian en tois prokeimenois heurein, ouden tōn tetheōrēmenōn apadousan. Hē gar exelthousa psychē en tǭ chogǭ autou, kai zētousa men ton ouk heuriskomenon; ana kalousa de ton tę̄ sēmasią tōn onomatōn anephikton, didasketai para tōn phylakōn, hoti tou anephichtou erą, kai tou akatalēptou ephietai. Di’ hōn tropon tina plēssetai kai traumatizetai tę̄ anelpistią tou pothoumenou, atelē te kai anapolauston tou allou tēn epithymian nomisasa. ᾿Alla periaireitai to tēs lypēs theristron, dia tou mathein hoti to aei prokoptein en tǭ zētein, kai to mēdepote tēs anodou pauesthai, toutestin hē alēthēs tou pothoumenou apolausis, tēs pantote plēroumenēs epithymias, heteran epithymian tou hypercheimenou gennōsēs. Hōs oun perieileto tēs anelpistias to theristron, kai ide to anelpiston te kai aperigrapton tou agapōmenou kallos en pasę̄ tę̄ aïdiotēti tōn aiōnōn kreitton aei heuriskomenon; en sphodroterǭ teinetai pothǭ, kai mēgyei tǭ agapōmenǭ dia tōn tēs Hierousalēm thygaterōn tēn tēs kardias diathesin, hoti to eklekton belos tou Theou en heautę̄ dexamenē, dia tēs kata tēn pistin akidos bedlētai tēn kardian, en tǭ kairiǭ dexamenē tēn tēs agapēs toxeian. theos de estin hē agapē, kata tēn Iōannou phōnēnʼ hǭ prepei doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Homily 12 (Song 5:5–7)

"[I rose to open to my beloved; my hands] dripped myrrh, my fingers full of myrrh, on the handles of the bolt. I opened [to my beloved; my beloved had passed by]; my soul went out at his word. I sought him and did not find him; I called him, and he did not hear me. The watchmen who go about in the city found me; they struck me, [they wounded me; the watchmen of the walls took my veil from me]."

Those who set out on a voyage overseas in the hope of wealth, when they have already cast the merchant ship off from the harbour and the man who sits at the tiller has turned the prow toward the open sea by the steering oars, make a prayer the beginning of the voyage, asking God, they say, to become their guide to a good passage. The chief point of their prayer is that a gentle and favourable wind may fall on the sail, standing astern, toward the helmsman's goal. When it blows on them as they wish, the sea becomes pleasant with quiet waves, and the breadths of the open sea are painless as the ship flies easily over them and glides on the waters; and the wealth hoped for from the trading is already before their eyes, the good passage being known even before the trial. To the more apt of the hearers the aim of this preface is surely plain. A great sea lies before our discourse, the contemplation of the divine words. Much wealth of knowledge is hoped for from this voyage; and this living ship, the church, in all its company, looks on, eager, toward the wealth of the interpretation. But the helmsman, the word, does not take hold of the tiller before a prayer is made in common by the ship's company, that the power of the Holy Spirit may blow on us, stir the waves of thoughts, and through them bring the discourse on its straight course with a fair wind; so that, having put out to sea in contemplation, we may trade for the wealth of knowledge, if through your prayers the Holy Spirit should come upon the discourse and fill [its sails].

Let the beginning of the discourse be the recalling of the God-inspired words, which run word for word thus: "I rose to open to my beloved. My hands dripped myrrh, my fingers [full of myrrh]." That the living Word, I mean the pure and unblemished bridegroom, who unites the soul to himself through incorruption and holiness, cannot come to be in us in any other way unless someone, by putting to death the members that are on earth, removes the curtain of the flesh and so opens the door to the Word, through which he comes to dwell in the soul, is plain not only from the divine teachings of the apostle but also from what the bride has now said. "For I rose," she says, "to open to my beloved," by making my hands fountains of myrrh, flowing with the spice of themselves, and showing myrrh as the fullness of my fingers. For she tells through these words the manner by which the door is opened to the bridegroom: "Because I was buried with him through baptism into death, I rose." For the resurrection would not have taken effect without the voluntary deadness going before. And the drop of myrrh that flows from her hands, and her fingers being filled with this spice, [show] the voluntariness. For she does not say that the myrrh came to her hand from elsewhere; for then what is shown by the myrrh might have been thought to have befallen her by circumstance and against her will. But she says that her hands themselves (by the hands she signifies the active movements of the soul) dripped the myrrh of themselves, the putting to death of bodily things that comes from within, from free choice, signifying by this the [deadness] filling all her fingers. By the name "fingers" she interprets the particular kinds of what is pursued separately through virtue, so that the whole sense of what is said is this: "I received the power of resurrection by putting to death my members that are on earth, the putting to death of such members having been worked voluntarily by me; the myrrh was not put into my hands by another, but flows from my own free choice; so that such a disposition is seen without lack in all the practices of virtue, which she has named fingers."

For in those who pursue virtue one may see that they are dead to one passion but alive in others. So we see some putting to death in themselves, as it may be, licentiousness, while carefully nourishing conceit, or some other passion that harms the soul, such as love of money, or anger, or love of glory, or some other such thing. While this lives wickedly in the soul, it is not possible to show the fingers full of myrrh; for the putting to death of evil and estrangement from it does not appear through all the practices. But when all such fingers have been filled with the myrrh we have understood, the soul both rises and opens the entrance to the bridegroom.

For this reason perhaps the great Paul too, having understood well the Master's word that says the ear cannot grow unless the grain is first dissolved by death, proclaims this teaching to the church: that death must lead the way for life, since it is not possible for life to come to be in man otherwise unless it takes its passage through death. For since the nature in us is double, the one fine, intellectual, and light, the other coarse, material, and heavy, the impulse in each of these must be incompatible with the other and its own. For the intellectual and light has as its own the movement upward; the heavy and material always inclines and is carried downward. Since, then, their movement is by nature in opposite directions, the one cannot prosper unless the other grows slack in its natural course. And standing midway between the two, our self-determining power and free choice of itself produces strength in the one that flags and slackness in the one that prevails; for whichever part it [sides with], to that it gives the prize of victory over the other. So in the gospel the faithful and wise steward is praised; this, in my judgment, is the free choice that presides well over what is in us. For he is praised because he feeds the Master's household through putting their opposites to death; for the destruction of those is the food and good condition of the better. But that wicked slave is accused who, by keeping company with drunkards, maltreats God's household with blows. For the prosperity of vice is truly a blow against the virtues.

It is well, then, for those who have emulated the prophetic word to make a morning for themselves by killing all the sinners of the land, so as to destroy from the city of the Lord (and the city is the soul) all the thoughts that work lawlessness, whose destruction becomes the life of the better ones. So we live through death, when, of what is in us, as the prophet says, the Word who said, "I will kill, and I will make alive," kills the one and makes the other alive. So Paul too lived though dying, was strong though weak, ran his course though bound, made rich though poor, and possessed all things having nothing, always carrying about in his body the dying of Jesus.

But let us return to what was set before us: that through death the soul rises from death. For unless it dies, it remains dead for ever and incapable of receiving life; but by dying it comes to be in life, having laid aside all deadness. And this teaching is confirmed for us by the text before us, since the bride says, "I rose to open to my beloved. My hands dripped myrrh, my [fingers] full of myrrh." No one familiar with the divine Scriptures would doubt that myrrh is a symbol of death. But how death raises us from death, I think some seek to have the account of this made more clearly distinct. We shall speak, then, as far as we can, giving the discourse some order in sequence.

The account of the making of the world testifies that all that God made was very good. Among the very good things was man; or rather, he was adorned with beauty more than the good things. For what else could be so good as the likeness of the undefiled beauty? If all things were very good, and among all, or rather before all, was man, then death was certainly not in man. For man would not have been anything good if he had in himself the gloomy stamp of the dejection of death. But being an image and likeness of the eternal life, he was truly good, and very good, adorned with the bright stamp of life. He also had the divine paradise, gushing with life through the fruitfulness of its trees; and God's commandment was a law of life, that he should not die. Now, in the middle of the planting of paradise was the tree that gushes with life (whatever that tree must be understood to be whose fruit is life); and the death-bearing tree, whose fruit he declares to be both good and evil, was also in the middle of paradise. Yet it is impossible for there to be room for both trees at the very centre. For whichever of the two we grant occupies the centre, the other is necessarily excluded from the place of the centre. For the exact position of the centre is grasped in relation to what surrounds it, when it stands at equal distances from the edge on every side. Since, then, the centre of the circle is exactly one, there could be no way, the same circle remaining, of finding two centres in the middle. For if someone sets another centre beside the first, the circle is necessarily moved with it, and the first falls outside the middle, the circumference of the circle being drawn around the second centre. Yet it says that both this and that are in the middle of paradise, although they are opposed to each other in power, I mean the life-giving tree and the one whose fruit was death, which Paul named sin, saying, "The fruit of sin is death."

We should understand, then, through the philosophy of these words, this teaching: that the very centre of God's planting is life, but death is unplanted and rootless, having no place of its own anywhere; it is planted by the privation of life, when participation in the better grows idle in the living. Since, then, life is in the middle of the divine plants, and the nature of death comes to subsist in falling away from it, therefore the one who set out this teaching in philosophy through riddles says that the death-bearing tree too is in the middle of paradise, whose fruit he said has a power mixed of opposites. For he defined the same thing as both good and evil, hinting, I think, at the nature of sin by this. Since some pleasure certainly leads the way in everything done through vice, and no sin can be found separated from pleasure, whatever passions come through anger and whatever through desire, the fruit is therefore named good according to the mistaken judgment of the good, seeming such to those who place the good in pleasure; but afterwards it is found evil, in the bitter digestion of what was eaten, according to the proverbial saying that honey drips from the lips of vice, which for a moment smooths the throat, but afterwards is found more bitter than gall by those wickedly sweetened.

Since, then, man, having turned away from the abundance of goods, filled himself through disobedience with the corrupting fruit (and the name of this fruit is death-dealing sin), at once [he died to the] better life, [and exchanged it for] the irrational and bestial life of [mortality; and since] death [was mingled] with nature, deadness passed through the successions of those born. So a dead life took us over, our very life having in a way died. For our life is simply dead, deprived of immortality. For this reason the one who is known to be in the middle of the two lives mediates between these two lives, so that by the destruction of the worse he may give the prize of victory to the undefiled one. As, then, by dying to the true life man fell into this dead life, so when he dies to this dead and bestial life he is changed over to the life that always lives. [So it is] beyond doubt that one cannot come to be in the blessed life without having become dead to sin. For this reason the word set out in philosophy that each of the two trees is in the same place, in the middle, since the one is there by nature, and the other comes upon what exists through privation. For from the same to the same, through participation and privation, the exchange of life and death takes place; since whoever has been put to death to the good lives to evil, and whoever has become dead in vice has come back to life for virtue.

Fittingly, then, the bride shows her hands full of myrrh, rising through deadness to all vice in order to open to the Word the entrance into herself. And the Word whom she brings in to dwell with her is life. Yet the soul that looks to God, lifted to such greatness through what we have contemplated, has not yet known, as Paul says, as one ought to know, nor does she reckon in herself that she has laid hold, but she still runs to what lies beyond, [straining forward] to what is ahead. For the sequence of the next words suggests that we understand this of her: "On the handles of the bolt I opened to my beloved." And she added: "My beloved had passed by; my soul went out at his word." She teaches us by this that in the case of the power that surpasses every mind there is one way of grasping: never to stop at what has been grasped, but for the one always seeking not to halt at the more that has been grasped. For she who has become full of myrrh, marking in all the practices of life (which she figuratively names fingers) the putting to death toward evil, and showing the voluntariness of her virtue by the myrrh dripping from her hands from within, says that her hands touched the bolt: that is, she says her works drew near to the narrow and hard entrance, whose bolt the Word entrusts to those like Peter. So she opens for herself the door of the kingdom by both: by the hands, by which works are shown, and by the bolt of faith. For through both of these, I mean works and faith, the key of the kingdom is prepared in us by the Word.

When, then, she hoped, as Moses did, that the face of the King would be manifested to her knowably, then the one she longed for passed beyond her grasp. For she says, "My beloved had passed by," not leaving the soul that follows him, but drawing her to himself. "For my soul went out at his word." O blessed that going out, which the soul that follows the Word goes out on! "The Lord will keep your going out and your coming in," says the prophet. This is truly the going out and coming in that is kept by God for the worthy. For the going out from where we are becomes the coming in to the goods that lie beyond. This, then, is the going out on which the soul went out, using as guide the Word who said, "I am the door," and "the way," and "If anyone enters by me, he will go in and go out," never ceasing from going in nor stopping from going out; rather, he [never] stops, going in by advance to what lies beyond and always coming to be outside what has been grasped.

So then that longed-for face of the Lord passed by Moses too; and so the soul of the lawgiver was always coming to be outside the place where it was, following the Word as he went forward. For who does not know those ascents of Moses, who was always becoming great and never stopped growing toward the greater? He grew at the beginning, when he counted the reproach of Christ higher than the kingdom of the Egyptians, choosing rather to suffer ill with the people of God than to have the passing enjoyment of sin. He grew again when, as the Egyptian was oppressing the Hebrew, he killed the foreigner, fighting for the Israelite. You surely understand the manner of growth in these things, if you change the history into figurative contemplation. Again he became greater than himself, keeping his life free from the din for a long time through philosophy in the desert. Then he is illumined by the fire in the bush. Besides this, he bares his feet of their dead covering; with his rod he consumes the serpents of the Egyptians; he delivers his kinsmen from Pharaoh's tyranny; he is guided by a cloud; he divides the sea; he sinks the tyranny under the water; he sweetens Marah; he makes the rock flow; he is filled with the food of angels; he hears the trumpets; he ventures onto the burning mountain; he touches the summit; he goes under the cloud; he comes to be within the darkness in which God was; he receives the covenant; he becomes a sun unapproachable to those who draw near, flashing light from his face. And how could anyone in words go through all his ascents and his varied manifestations of God? Yet this man, so great and of such a kind, who had come to be in so many such things, and through being lifted so high toward God, still has an insatiable desire for more, and becomes a suppliant to see God face to face. And yet the word had already testified that he had been granted face-to-face converse with him. Yet neither speaking with him as with a friend, nor his mouth-to-mouth converse with God, halts his desire for higher things. But "If I have found favour in your sight," he says, "show yourself to me knowably." And he who promised to give the favour asked, who said, "I know you above all," passes by him at the divine place, on the rock, covered by the divine hand, so that after his passing he barely saw his back. By this, I think, the word teaches that the one who desires to see God sees what he longs for in always following him, and the contemplation of his face is the unceasing journey toward him, achieved by following the Word from behind.

So now too the soul, when she rose through death, when she was filled with myrrh, when she brought her hands to the bolt through her works and hoped to bring the one she longs for to dwell with her, then he passes by, and she goes out, no longer remaining in what she was in, but following as the Word goes forward ahead. The next word confirms our earlier understanding more, that the greatness of the divine nature is not known in being [grasped], but in passing beyond every grasping imagination and power. For the soul that has already gone out of [its own] nature, so as [to use] none of its accustomed [means] for the knowledge of things invisible, neither stops seeking what is not found nor ceases calling what cannot be uttered. For she says, "I sought him and did not find him." For how could that be found which shows nothing of what is known: no form, no colour, no outline, no quantity, no place, no shape, no conjecture, no likeness, no analogy, but, being always found outside every approach that grasps, wholly escapes the hold of those who seek? For this reason she says: "I sought him through the soul's powers of discovery, in reasonings and thoughts and [concepts], and he was wholly outside, escaping the approach of the mind." And how could he, who is always found outside every distinguishing mark, be comprehended by some meaning of a name? For this reason she devises every power of names for signifying the unspeakable good, but every power of speech is defeated and shown to fall short of the truth. So she says: "I called as I could, devising words to indicate the unspeakable blessedness; but he was greater than the indication of what is signified."

So the great David does too, often calling the Divine by countless names and confessing that he falls short of the truth. "For you, O God," he says, "are compassionate and merciful, slow to anger and abounding in mercy, and true," and "strength," and "firmament," "refuge," and "power," and "helper," and "protector," and "horn of salvation," and the like. And again he confesses that his name is not known in all the earth, but is marvelled at: "How wonderful," he says, "is your name in all the earth!" So too the one who gave the oracle to Manoah about his child, when asked about his name, says that it is wonderful and too great to be held by human hearing. For this reason the soul calls the Word as she can; but she cannot as she wishes. For she wishes more than she can; yet she will not even wish as much as he is, but as much as free choice can wish. Since, then, the one called is beyond the reach of the caller's impulse, she therefore says: "I called him, and he did not hear me."

What the bride adds to what has been said, even if on the surface it gives a gloomier indication, seems to me to look to the same aim and to hold to the ascent to higher things. For she says: "The watchmen who go about in the city found me; [they struck me, they wounded me; they took my] veil from me, the watchmen of the walls." To some these may seem the words of one lamenting rather than rejoicing, "they struck" and "they wounded"; but to one who has examined the sense of what is said, they are the cries of one boasting of the finest things. What is said may become plain to us thus. A little before, in what went earlier, the word testifies that she is pure of all [covering], where it says in the person of the bride, "I have taken off my tunic; how shall I put it on?" But here again she says that her veil was taken from her. [The veil is put] over the head and covers the face, as the history says about Rebekah. How, then, does she who was stripped of every covering still have the veil, which the watchmen now take from her? Is it not plain from these words how far she has climbed by advance from that point to what is higher? For having put off the old tunic and [put away every covering, she] becomes purer, so that, by comparison with the purity that has now come to her, she seems not to have put it off; but after that stripping she finds again something about her to lay aside. So the ascent toward the Divine shows that something coarse is always found about her. For this reason, by comparison with her purity, that stripping of the tunic described before is taken off again, as a covering, by those who find her. These are the watchmen who go about the city; and the city is the soul; and they took away her veil by striking and wounding her, those whose work is to guard the walls of the city.

That the removal of the veil is something good, so that the eye, freed of its covering, may gaze unhindered at the beauty it longs for, no one would [doubt] who looks to the apostle, who ascribes the removal of the veil to the power of the Spirit, saying: "But when one turns to the Lord, the veil is removed; and the Lord is the Spirit." And that whatever produces the good is itself certainly good, no one would doubt who knows how to look to the sequence of reasoning. If, then, the removal of the veil is good, the blow and the wound by which the removal is achieved would certainly be good too. But since, by the obvious sense, some unpleasantness appears in these words (for the words "they struck me" and "they wounded me" indicate pain), it would be well first to observe the use of such words in holy Scripture, where it has mentioned them in a better sense, and then so to contemplate the force of what is said here. How does wisdom deliver the soul of the young man from death? Let us hear wisdom itself, what it counsels to do so that the young man may not die. "If you strike him with a rod," it says, "he will not die. For you will strike him with a rod, and deliver his soul from death." So the word "they struck" seems to interpret immortality, as the word says, "If you strike with a rod, he will not die," and that the soul cannot otherwise be delivered from death unless it is struck with the rod. So being struck has been shown by these words to be good, since it is truly good that the soul be delivered from death. The prophet says that God too acts so, giving life by killing and healing by striking: "For I," he says, "will kill, and I will make alive; I will strike, and I will heal." For this reason the great David too said that not a blow, but comfort comes from such a rod, saying: "Your rod and your staff, they have comforted me." From them come also the preparation of the divine table and everything the psalm contains in sequence: the oil on the head, and the unmixed wine of the cup that works the sober drunkenness, and the mercy that well pursues him, and the length of days in the house of God. If, then, that sweet blow provides these things, both according to the teaching of Proverbs and according to the prophet's word, it is good to be struck with the rod from which comes the abundance of such goods.

But rather, let us examine what was passed over before these words. The Word passed by the bride, becoming beyond the reach of her who longs for him; but he passed not so as to leave her whom he ran past, but rather so as to draw her to himself. For she says, "My soul went out at his word." So the soul goes out from where it was, and so is found by those who guard the city. "For the watchmen," she says, "who go about the city found me." If the dangers of Hades had found her, or she said that robbers found her, it would be grievous for her to become the find of such. For the thief comes only to steal and kill and destroy. But if the watchmen who go about in the city find her, she is surely to be called blessed for such a finding. For one found by the watchman cannot be stolen by robbers. Who, then, are the watchmen? Who else but the servants of the one who guards Israel? Of the one who keeps the right hand by his guarding? Of the one entrusted with keeping the soul from all evil? He is guardian of the going in and the going out; he is the guardian of the city, of whom [the psalm] says: "Unless the Lord guards the city, the watchman has kept awake in vain." So by the watchmen who go about the city the word shows the ministering spirits, sent for service for the sake of those who are to inherit salvation. And the soul, as has been said, is God's dwelling place.

By these, then, the soul was found, she says, as the sheep was once found by the good shepherd, at which all the choirs of the flocks were moved to gladness, according to the Lord's word. So too the coin was once found by the lamp, at which all the friends and neighbours rejoice. Such a find David too becomes, the servant of the Lord, as the psalm says in the person of God: "I have found David my servant; with my holy oil I have anointed him." Since he became the possession of the one who found him, let us hear what he is granted: "My hand," it says, "will help him, and my arm will strengthen him; and I will cut down his enemies before him, and put to flight those who hate him," and all the rest the list of blessing contains. So it is good for the soul to be found by the angels who go about the city. For the great [David] suggests that we understand it so, saying: "The angel of the Lord encamps around those who fear him, and will deliver them." So she who said, "The watchmen struck me," was boasting that some addition had come to her advance upward. And if she says she has also been wounded, she presents in words the mark [of the blow] that has gone deep into her through the divine rod. For she does not receive the working of the spiritual rod superficially, so that the place where she received the rod cannot be recognized; but the blow is shown to be distinct through the wound, and the bride boasts of it.

What is said is this. That divine rod and comforting staff, which works healing by striking, is the Spirit, whose fruit is all the goods that Paul counted, and among the others self-control, the tutor of the virtuous way of life. So too Paul, branded with such blows, exulting in these wounds, said: "I bear the marks of Christ in my body," showing [by them] his weakness in every evil, through which the power according to Christ is made perfect in virtue. So the wound too has been shown by these words to be good, through which the removal of the veil has come to her, so that the beauty of the soul is uncovered for her, no longer darkened [by the veil].

[Let us go over] the sense of what has been said. The soul that looks to God, and takes up that good longing for incorruptible beauty, always has a fresh desire for what lies beyond, never blunting her longing by satiety. For this reason she never ceases straining forward to what lies ahead, going out from where she is and entering into what is further within, where she has not yet been; and what at any time appears to her wonderful and great she makes lower than what follows, since what is always found is altogether more beautiful than what was grasped before. So Paul too died every day, since he was always passing to some new life, always becoming dead to what had gone by and forgetting what lay behind. For this reason the bride too, running to the bridegroom, finds no halt to her advance toward the greater. She makes paradises of pomegranates through her mouth, flowing with spices. She prepares food for the Master of creation, welcoming him with her own fruits. She makes gardens well up. She becomes a well of living water. She is shown to be all fair and unblemished, according to the Word's testimony. Having come again beyond these, she perceives more magnificently, as the Word goes forward, filled on his head with dew and with the drops of the night that form in his locks. She washes her feet, takes off her tunic, drips myrrh from her hands. She brings her hands to the bolt, opens the entrance, seeks the one who is not grasped, calls the one beyond reach. She is found by the watchmen. She receives on herself the striking rod. She imitates the rock, of which the prophet says, "He struck the rock, and waters gushed out." Do you see to what height the bride has run up? Struck for this reason, like the flint by Moses, so that in its likeness she too may well up for the thirsty with the Word, pouring from the fountain. Then, besides this, [she lays bare] the beauty of her face, [when] the veil [is taken off] by the watchmen.

These are the things we have been able to grasp in this place. There is no grudging if a contemplation more profitable to the soul comes to anyone in these texts from the one who reveals hidden mysteries. Perhaps someone will say that Isaiah's vision too has some fellowship with the texts before us. I mean that vision when, after the death of the leprous king, he says he saw the one seated in majesty on the high and lifted-up throne, whose form, size, and appearance he could not see. For he would surely have told it, if he had been able, as he did with the other things he saw, counting the wings and describing their standing and flight. But he says he heard only a voice, when the lintel was lifted by the hymn of the seraphim, and the house was filled with smoke, and by one of the seraphim a burning coal was put to the prophet's mouth; when this was done, not only his lips but also his hearing was cleansed to receive the word. For as here the bride says she was struck and wounded by the watchmen and so stripped of the covering of the veil, so there, instead of the veil, the lintel is lifted, so that the contemplation of what is in the sanctuary may be unhindered for him; instead of the watchmen the seraphim are named; instead of the rod, the coal; instead of the blow, the burning. The end is common to the bride and to the prophet's soul: purity. As, then, the prophet is not pained when burned by the coal but glorified when made bright, so here too the bride does not complain of pain from the blow, but boasts of the increase of her boldness, [which the] word has named [a wound].

One may also find in the words before us another sense, in no way out of tune with what has been contemplated. For the soul that went out at his word, seeking the one who is not found and calling the one beyond the reach of the meaning of names, is taught by the watchmen that she loves the unreachable and longs for the incomprehensible. By this she is in a way struck and wounded by despair of what she longs for, thinking her desire unfulfilled and without enjoyment of [the beautiful]. But the veil of grief is taken away by learning that always advancing in seeking and never ceasing from the ascent is the true enjoyment of what is longed for, since desire, ever filled, begets another desire for what lies beyond. When, then, the veil of despair was taken off and she saw the beauty of the beloved, beyond hope and uncircumscribed, always found greater through the whole eternity of the ages, she is stretched out in more vehement longing, and through the daughters of Jerusalem she makes known to the beloved the disposition of her heart: that, having received in herself God's chosen arrow, she has been struck in the heart by the point of faith, having received the shot of love in a vital place. And love is God, according to John's word, to whom glory and power are fitting for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 13

13PG 44

Ὥρχισα ὑμᾶς, θυγατέρες ʼ᾿Ιερουσαμζὴμ, ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσι, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἰσχύσεσι τοῦ ἀγροῦ, ἐὰνʼ εὕρητε τὸν ἀδειλφιδόν μου, τί ἀπαγγείλητε αὐτῷ; ὅτι τετρωμένη ἀγάπης ἐγώ εἰμι. Τί ἀδειφιδός σου ἀπὸ ἀδειφιδοῦ, ὦ καλὴ ἐν γυναιξίν; ὅτι οὕτως ὥρκισας ἡμᾶς ; ἀδεῖφιδός μου λευκὸς καὶ πυῤῥὸς, ἐκλελοχισμένος ἀπὸ μυριάδων. Κεραλὴ αὐτοῦ χρυσίον Κεφρὰς, βόστρυχοι αὐτοῦ ἐκλαταὶ, μέλανες ὡς κόραξ· ὀφθαλμοὶ αὑτοῦ ὡς περιστεραὶ ἐπὶ πληρώματα ὑδάτων, .ελουμέναι ἐπὶ πληρώματα ὑδάτων. Ὃ διὰ Μωῦσέως μὲν νομοθετήσας τὰ τοῦ νόμου μυστήρια· πληρώσας δὲ δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ὅλον τὸν νόμον καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καθὼς ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ φησίν ὅτι Οὐκ ἥλθον καταλῦσαι τὸν νόμον, ἀλ.1ὰ π,ληΑ ρῶσαι· ὁ τῇ μὲν ἀναιρέσει τῆς ὀργῆς συνεξαλείψας τὸν φόνον, τῷ δὲ ἀφανισμῷ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας συνεξελαύνων τῆς μοιχείας τὸ ἄγος οὗτος ἐχδάλλει τοῦ βίου καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἐπιορκίας κατάραν, τῇ ἀπαγορεύσει τοῦ ὄρκου πεδήσας ἐν ἀπραξίαᾳ τὸ δρέπανον. Οὐ γάρ ἐστι δυνατὸν ὄρκου γενέσθαι πάράδασιν, μὴ ὄντος ὄρκου. Διό φησιν· Ἡκούσατε ὅτι ἐῤῥέθη ἀρχαίοις· Οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σοῦ. Ἐγὼ λέγω σοι, φησὶ, μὴ ὁμόσαε ὅλως· μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐραγῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ· μήτε ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶ τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως· μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὁμόσείς· ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι ποιῆσαι τρίχα λευκὴν ἣ μέλαιναν, Ἔστω δὲ ὑμῶν ὁ 1όγος τὸ, Ναὶ, ναί· καὶ τὸ, Οὐ, οὐ τὸ δὲ περισσότερον τούτων, ἐκ τοῦ διαδόλου ἐστίν. Ἢ δὲ διὰ τοῦ Ἄσματος τῶν ἀσμάτων ἐπὶ τελειότητι μεμαρτυρημένη ψυχὴ, καὶ περιελομένη μὲν τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ κάλυμμα ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ παλαιοῦ χιτῶνος, τοξ θέριστρον ἀποθαλοῦσα, ὅπερ νοοῦμεν πᾶσαν διστάζουσάν τε καὶ χραδαινομένην διάνοιαν, ὥστε καθαρῶς τε καὶ ἀναμφιθόλως πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν βλέπειν, ὁρχίξει τὰς θυγατέρας ᾿ἱερουσαλὴμ,, οὔτε κατὰ τοῦ θείου θρόνου, ὃν οὐρανὸν ὀνομάζει ὁ λόγος· οὔτε κατὰ τῶν Θεοῦ βασιλείων οἷς ὄνομά ἐστιν Ἱερουσαλήμ· οὐ μὴν οὔτε κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς τῆς τιμίας, ἧς αἱ τρίχες οὔτε λευκαὶ, οὔτε μέλαιναι γενέσθαι δύνανται· ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγρὸν μεταφέρει τὸν ὄῤκον, κατὰ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ δυνάμεων τὸν ὀρκισμὸν ἐπάγουσα ταῖς νεάνισι λέγουσα: Ὥρχισα ὑμᾶς, θυγατέρες Ἵερουσαλὴμ, ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσι καὶ ἰσχύσεσι τοῦ δρυμοῦ. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἡ διʼ ὅλου μαρτυρηθεῖσα εἶναι καλὴ καὶ παντὸς χαθαρεύουσα μώμου, οὐδὲν φθέ γγεται τῶν περιττῶν, ὃ τῆς τοῦ διαθόλου μερίδος ἐστίν· ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον, παρ᾽ οὗ, κατὰ τὸν Μιχαίαν, εἴ τι ἀγαθόν ἔστι, καὶ εἴ τι καλὸν, καὶ παρὰ ταῦτα οὐδέν παντὶ δῆλόν ἔστι, τῷ παρὰ τῆς δεσποτικῆς μαρτυρίας διδαχθέντι, τὰ προσόντα τῇ νύμφῃ πλεονεκτήματα. Ἧ γὰρ ἀφεῖσα πάντα τὰ ἀπηγορευμένα εἴδη τοῦ ὄρκου, καὶ μήτε τὴν βασιλεύουσαν πόλιν, μῆτε τὸν θρόνον τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως ὄρκιον ταῖς νεάνισι ποιησαμένη· διὰ τούτου γὰρ παιδευόμεθα πόσον ἀπέχειν ἡμᾶς χρὴ τοῦ κατατολμᾷν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τοῖς ὄρκοις, ὅτι οὔτε τὸν θρόνον, οὔτε τὴν πόλιν ἐν τῷ ὄρκῳ παραλαμθάνειν ἐπιτρεπόμεθα· φεισαμένη τε πρὸς τούτοις τῆς κεφαλῇς τῆς τιμίας, ἣν ἐν τοῖς ἐφεξῆς χρυσῆν εἶναι διαγράφει τῷ λόγῳ· ἧς αἱ τρίχες οὔτε λευκαί εἰσιν, οὔτε μέλαιναι· πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἢ μελανθείη χρυσὸς, ἢ πρὸς τὸ λευκὸν εἶδος μεταχρωσθείη ; πάντως ὅτι τοιοῦτόν τινα προτείνει τὸν ὁρκισμὸν ταῖς παρθένοις, ὃς οὐχὶ τῷ εὐαγγελικῷ μάχεται νόμῳ, καὶ ἐπαίνου γίνεται τοῖς ὁμωμοχόσιν ὑπόθεσις, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Προφήτου φωνὴν, ἦ φησιν· ὅτι ᾿Επαινηθήσεται πᾶς ὁ ὀμνύων· ἐν αὐτῷ. Ὥστε τὴν τῶν λεγομένων διάνοιαν μὴ ἔξω εἶναι τοῦ διπλοῦ, ᾧ πιστοῦσθαι βούλεται τὴν ἁλή θειαν ὁ εὐαγγελιχκὸς νόμος, λέγων· Ἔστω δὲ ὑμῶν ὁ λόγος τὸ, Ναὶ, ναί· καὶ τὸ, Οὐ, οὐ. Εἰ τοίνυν ἐν τοῖς ὁρχίοις νοήμασι κωλύεται μὲν ὁ θρόνος τοῦ βασιλέως παραλαμδάνεσθαι· κωλύεται δὲ καὶ ἡ πόλις, ἐν ἧ τὰ βασίλεια· κωλύεται δὲ ὡσαύτως καὶ ἡ ἀληθινὴ κεφαλὴ περὶ τὴν τοῦ ὄρκου παράληψιν· μόνον δὲ τὸ Ναὶ, καὶ τὸ Οὐ, συγκεχώρηται, δι᾿ ἀμφοτέρων κατὰ τὸ ἴσον τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ Ναὶ θεωρουμένης· δῆλον ἂν εἴη, ὅτι καὶ νῦν ὁ ταῖς νεάνισιν ἐπαγόμενος ὄρκος παρὰ τῆς νύμφης, περὶ τὴν τοῦ Ναὶ διάνοιαν ἀναγράφεται, ὅπου χρὴ ἐρηρεισμένην ἡμῶν εἶναι Ὥρκισω ὑμᾶς, θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ἐν ταῖς τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς συγχατάθεσιν.·Ἔχει δὲ ἡ λέξις οὕτως· δυνάμεσι καὶ ἰσχύσεσι τοῦ ἀγροῦ· ἐὰν εὕρητε τὸν ἀδελφριδόν μου, τί ἀπαγγε.λεῖτα αὐτῷ; ὅτι τετρωμένη ἀγάπης ἐγώ. Ταῦτα δὲ τεθεώρηται μὲν ἤδη καὶ ἐν τοῖς φθάσασιν, ὡς ἡ ἀκολουθία τῶν νοημάτων ἐνέδαλεν. Εἰρῆσεται δὲ καὶ νῦν διὰ βραχέων τὰ εὑρισκόμενα. ᾿Αμετάθετάν τι πρᾶγμα τὸν ὄρκον εἶναί φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, βεθαιοῦντα δι᾿ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ πάσης αὐτὸν ἀντιλογίας πέρας ὁρίζεται εἶναι, εἰς τὴν τῶν ἐγνωσμένων βεθαίωσιν. Ἐπάγει τοίνυν τὸν ὀρκισμὸν ταῖς παρθένοις ἣ νύμφη, ὥστε ἀπαράδωτον φυλαχθῆναι αὐταῖς τὸ λεγόμενον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ πᾶς ὄρκος κατὰ τοῦ μείζονος γίνεται, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος· οὗ γὰρ ἄν τις ὄρκον ποιήσαιτο ἑαυτοῦ ἀτιμότερὸν· σκοπῆσαι προσήκει τί ταῖς νεάνισιν ἐν τῷ ὄρκῳ παρὰ τῆς νύμφης μεῖζον προτείνεται. Ὥρκισα ὑμᾶς, φησὶν, ὦ θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσι καὶ ἰσχύσεσι τοῦ ἀγροῦ. Τί οὖν τὸ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς ἐν τούτοις ἐστίν; ᾿Αγρὸν γὰρ τὸν κόσμον διὰ τῆς τροπιχῆς σημασίας νοεῖσθαι, οὐκ ἀμφιδάλλομεν, οὕτω τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ ὀνομάσαντος τὸν κόσμον καὶ ἑρμηνεύσαντος. Αἱ τοίνυν πολλαὶ δυνάμεις καὶ ἰσχύες τοῦ κόσμου τίνες εἰσὶν αἱ τῷ ὅρκῳ προκείμεναι, ἃς χρὴ μείζονας ἡμῶν νομισθῆναι, ἵνα ἰσχὺν λάδῃ πρὸς βεδαίωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ ὄρκος κατὰ τῶν μειζόνων γενόμενος ; Οὐκοῦν ἀναγκαΐον ἂν εἴη παραθέσθαι πρὸς τὴν σαφήνειαν τῶν προκειμένων ἑτέραν ἔκδοσιν ἑρμηνευτιχὴν τῶν ῥητῶν, ἔχουσαν οὕτως· Ὥρχισα ʼΙερουσαὴμ, κατὰ τῶν καὶ κατὰτῶν ἐλάφων τοῦ ἀγροῦ. Διδασκόμεθα τοίνυν διὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων τούτων ἐν τίνι ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ κόσμου πούτου ἰσχὺς, καὶ ἐν τίνι ἡ δύναμις, ἃ πρὸς βεδαίωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας διὰ τοῦ ὄρκου παραλαμδάνεται. Δύο ἐστὶ τὰ τῷ Θεῷ οἰκειοῦντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Ἕν μὲν, πὸ ἀπλανὲς τῆς περὶ τὸ ὄντως ὃν ὑπολήψεως, ὥστε μὴ ταῖς ἠπατημέναις ὑπονοίαις εἰς ἐθνιχάς τε καὶ αἱρετιχὰς περὶ τοῦ Θείου δόξας ἐκφέρεσθαι, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὡς ἀληθῶς τὸ Ναέ. Τὸ δ᾽ ἕτερον, ὁ καθαρὸς λογισμὸς, ὁ πᾶσαν ἐμπαθῇ διάθεσιν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐξορίζων· ὅπερ οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ναὶ ἠλλοτρίωται. Τῆς τοίνυν διπλῆς ταύτης τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἕξεως, ὧν ἡ μὲν πρὸς τὸ ὄντως ὃν ἀναδλέπειν ποιεῖ· ἡ δὲ φυγαδεύει τὰ πάθη τὰ τὴν ψυχὴν λυμαινόμενα· ἡ τῶν δορχάδων καὶ τῶν ἐλάφων μνήμη, διὰ συμθόλων γνωρίζει τὴν δύναμιν. Τούτων γὰρ ἡ μὲν ἀπλανῶς ὁρᾷ, ἡ δὲ βρωτικὴν τινα καὶ ἀναλωτιχὴν τῶν θηρίων δύναμιν ἔχει. Τοῦτο τοίνυν προτείνει ταῖς παρθένοις ἡ νύμφη τὸ Ναὶ, τό εὐσεδῶς δεῖν πρὸς τὸ Θεῖον βλέπειν, καὶ καθαρῶς ἐν ἀπαθείᾳ παρατρέχειν τὸν βίον· ὧν κατορθουμένων, τὸ ἀμετάθετον πρᾶγμα ἐν ἡμῖν βεδαιοῦται τὸ Ναί. Οὗτος γάρ ἔστιν ὁ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πιστούμενος ὄρκος, ὃν πᾶς ὀμνύων ἐν αὐτῷ ἐπαινεῖται, καθώς φησιν ὁ Προφήτης. ᾿Αληθῶς γὰρ ὁ ἐν τοῖς δύο τούτοις τὸ ἀσφαλὲς ἐν ἑαυτῷ κατορθώσας, ἕν τε τῷ λόγῳ τῆς πίστεως, ὅταν ἀπλανῶς πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν βλέπῃ, καὶ ἐν τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς ζωῆς, ὅταν παντὸς χαθαρεύῃ τοῦ ἐκ πονηρίας μολύσματος οὗτος ὀμνύει τῷ Κυρίῳ, μὴ ἀναδῆναι ἐπὶ κλίνης στρωμνῆς, μὴ δοῦναι ὕπνον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ, μηδὲ νυσταγμὸν τοῖς βλεφάροις, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ ἐν ἑαυτῷ τόπον τῷ Κυρίῳ, σκήνωμα τῷ ἐν αὐτῷ οἰκοῦντι γενόμενος. Εἰ τοίνυν ἐσμὲν καὶ ἡμεῖς τῆς ἄνω Ἱερουσαλὴμ τέκνα, ἀκούσωμεν τῆς διδασκάλου νύμφης, πῶς ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τὸν Τί οὖν φησιν ; Ἐὰν ὄρκιον ἑαυτοῖς τοῦτο ποιήσωμεν, τὸ ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν εἶναι τῶν διορατικῶν δορχάδων, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἰσχύσεσι τῶν ἀφανιστιχῶν τῆς κακίας ἐλάφων ἔστι διὰ τούτων ἰδεῖν τὸν καθαρὸν γυμφίον, τὸν τῆς ἀγάπης τοξότην, καὶ εἰπεῖν πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν ἑκάστου ψυχὴν, ὅτι Τετρωμέγη ἀγάπης εἰμί. Καλὰ δὲ εἶναι τῆς ἀγάπης τὰ τραύματα καὶ παρὰ τῆς Παροιμίας ἐμάθομεν, ἧ φησιν· Αἱρετὰ μὲν τοῦ φίλου τὰ τραύματα, κακὰ δὲ τῆς ἔχθρας καὶ τὰ φιλήματα. Τίς δὲ φίλος, οὗ τὰ τραύματα τῶν φιλημάτων τοῦ ἐχθροῦ προτιμότερα : Παντὶ δῆλόν ἐστι, τῷ μὴ ἀγνοοῦντι τὰ τῆς σωτηρίας μυστήρια. Φίλος μὲν γάρ ἔστιν ἀληθινός τε καὶ βέδαιος, ὁ καὶ ἐχθροὺς γενόμένους ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀγαπᾷν μὴ παυσάμενος ἐχθρὸς δὲ ἄπιστός τε καὶ ἀνήμερος, ὁ μηδὲν ἠδικηκότας ὑπαγαγὼν τῷ θανάτῳ. Τραῦμα τοῖς πρωτοπλάστοις ἐδόκει ἡ διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς γενομένη τοῦ κακοῦ ἀπαγόρευσις. Τραῦμα γὰρ ἐνομίσθη ἡ τοῦ ἡδέος ἀλλοτρίωσις· φίλημα δὲ ἡ πρὸς τὸ ἠδὺ καὶ ἐμφανὲς προτροπή. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔδειξεν ἡ πεῖρα, ὅτι τὰ νομιζόμενα τοῦ φίλου τραύματα τῶν φιλημάτων ἦν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ λυσιτελέστερα καὶ αἱρετώτερα. Ἐπεὶ οὖν συνέστησεν ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ἀγάπην ὁ καλὸς ἐραστὴς τῶν ἡμετέρων ψυχῶν, δι᾽ ὧν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἡμῶν Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανε· διὰ τοῦτο ἀντερασθεῖσα γύμφη τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος δείκνυσιν ἐν ἑαυτῇ ἐγχείμεγον διὰ βάθους τῆς ἀγάπης τὸ βέλος· τουτέστι τὴν ἧς θεότητος αὐτοῦ κοινωνίαν. Ἧ γὰρ ἀγάπη ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς, καθὼς εἴρηται, ἡ διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ἀκίδος τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐγγενομένη. Εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ ὄνομα τοῦ βέλους τούτου εἰπεῖν, εὕρομεν ὃ παρὰ τοῦ Παύλου ἐμάθομεν,, ὅτι τὸ βέλος τοῦτό ἐστι πίστις δι᾿ ἀγάπης ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἐχέτω ὡς αὐτῷ δοκεῖ· ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὴν παρὰ τῶν παρθένων προσαχθεῖσαν ἐρώτησιν τῇ διδασκάλῳ. Τί ἀδελφιδός σου ἀπὸ ἀδειφιδοῦ, καλὴ ἐν γυναιξίν; τί ἀδειριδός σου ἀπὸ ἀδειῖφεδρῦ, ὅτι οὕτως ὥρλισας ἡμᾶς; Τοιαύτην δέ τινα δοκεῖ μοι΄ περιέχειν ἡ ῥῆσις διάνοιαν, καθὼς ἡ ἀχολονθία τῶν προεξητασμένων εἰκάζειν δίδωσιν· Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ αἱ παρθένοι εἶδον τὴν καλὴν ἔξοδον τῆς ψυχῆς νύμφης, ὅτε προσεφύη τῷ Λόγῳ ἡ εἰποῦσα, ὅτι ᾿Ἐξῆκλθεν ἡ ψυχή μου ἐν ᾿όγῳ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἔγνωσαν, ὅτι ἐζήτει ἐξελθοῦσα τὸν διὰ σημείων οὐκ εὑρισκόμενον, καὶ ἐκάλει βοῶσα τὸν οὐκ ὑπακούσαντα τοῖς ὀνόμασι· διὰ τοῦτό φασι, Πῶς ἐπιγνῶμεν αὐτὸν ἡμεῖς, τὸν μηδενὶ σημείῳ γνωριστιχῷ εὑρισκόμενον, ὃς οὔζε ὑπακούει καλούμενος, οὔτε κρατεῖται ζητούμενος; Περίελε τοίνυν καὶ σὺ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων τὰ θέριστρα, ὅπερ ἐποίησαν ἐπὶ σοὶ οἱ τῆς πόλεως φύλακες,, ἵνα τις γένηται ἡμῖν ὁδηγία πρὸς τὸ ζητούμενον. Εἰπὲ, τίς ἔστιν ἀδελφιδός σου, καθ᾽ ὅ ἐστιν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῆς φύσεως. Δὸς ἡμῖν ἔφοδον τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως αὐτοῦ,, διὰ γνωριστιχῶν τινων τεκμηρίων, σὺ τοῦ καλοῦ πληρωθεῖσα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο γενομένη καλὴ ἐν γυναιξί, Γνώρισον ἡμῖν τὸ ζητούμενον, καὶ δίδαξον ἡμᾶς, δι᾽ ὧν εὑρίσκεται σημείων ὁ ἀόρατος, ὡς μηνύσαι αὐτῷ περὶ τοῦ βέλους τῆς ἀγάπης, ᾧ μέσῳ τέτρωσαι τὴν καρδίαν, διὰ τῆς γλυκείας ὀδύνης τὸν πόθον ἐπαύξουσα. Κρεῖττον δὲ ἂν εἴη, πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ῥῆσιν ἐπαναλαθεῖν ἐπὶ λέξεως, ὡς ἂν ἐφαρμόσοι ἣ τοῖς ῥητοῖς ἐκτεθεῖσα διάνοια. Τί ἀδελφιδός σου ἀπὸ ἀδελφιδοῦ, ἡ καλὴ ἐν γυναιξί ; τί ἀδελφιδός σου ἀπὸ ἀδειφιδοῦ, ὅτι οὕτως ὥρκισας ἡμᾶς ; ᾿Ακούσωμεν τοίνυν τῆς λυμμένης, τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμῷ βλεπούσης πρὸς αὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν· πῶς ὑπογράφει αὐταῖς τὸ ζητούμενον; πῶς ζωγραφεῖ τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ ποθουμένου τὸν χαρακτῆρα; πῶς ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν ἄγει ταῖς παρθένοις τὸν ἀγνοούμενον ; Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὸ μὲν ἄκτιστόν ἐστι, τὸ δὲ κτιστόν· λέγομεν δὲ ἄκτιστον εἶναι αὐτοῦ, τὸ ἀϊΐδιόν τε καὶ προαιώνιον, καὶ ποιητικὸν πάντων τῶν ὄντων, κτιστὸν δὲ τὸ κατὰ τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν οἰκονομίαν συσχηματισθὲν τῷ σώματι τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν μᾶλλον δὲ δι᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν θείων ῥημάτων τὴν περὶ τούτου διάνοιαν βέλτιον ἂν εἴη παραθέσθαι τῷ λόγῳ. !Ακτιστον λέγομεν τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ ἂντα Λόγον, τὸν δι᾽ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο, καὶ οὗ χωρὶς τῶν γεγονότων ἐστὶν οὐδέν· κτιστὸν δὲ, τὸν σάρκα γενόμενον, καὶ ἐν ἡμῖν σχηνώσαντα, οὗ καὶ σαρκωθέντος ἡ ἐμφαινομένη δόξα δηλοῖ, ὅτι Θεὸς Ὁ ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκὶ, θεὸς πάντως ὁ μονογενὴς, ὁ ἐν τοῖς κόλποις ὧν τοῦ Πατρὸς, οὕτως εἰπόντος τοῦ Ἰωάννου, ὅτι Ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ· καί τοι τὸ φαινόμενον ἄνθρωπος ἦν, ἀλλὰ τὸ δι᾽ αὐτοῦ γνωριζόμενον, Δόξαν φησὶν ὡς μογογεγοῦς παρὰ Πατρὸς, πλήρη χάριτος καὶ ἀηθείας. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν τὸ μὲν ἄκτιστον αὐτοῦ, καὶ προαιώνιον, καὶ ἀΐδιον, ἄληπτον μὲν καθ᾽ ὅλου πάσῃ φύσει καὶ ἀνεκφώνητον· διὰ σαρκὸς ἣμῖν φανερωθὲν, δύναται ποσῶς καὶ ἐς γνῶσιν ἐλθεῖν· τούτου χάριν πρὸς ταῦτα ἀεὶ ἡ διδάσκαλος βλέπει, καὶ περὶ τούτων ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον, ὅσα δύναται γενέσθαι χωρητὰ τοῖς ἀκούουσι, Λέγω δὲ τὸ μέγα τῆς εὐσεθείας μυστήριον, διʼ οὗ ὁ Θεὸς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκὶ, ὁ ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων, καὶ διὰ σαρκὸς συναναστραφεὶς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ὃς ἐπειδὴ ἅπαξ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπεσπάσατο διὰ τῆς ἀπαρχῆς τὴν ἐπίκηρον τῆς σαρκὸς φύσιν, ἣν διὰ τῆς ἀφθόρου παρθενίας ἀνέλαδεν, ἀεὶ τῇ ἀφθαρσίᾳ συναγιάζει τὸ κοινὸν τῆς φύσεως, διὰ τῶν ἐνουμένων αὑτῷ κατὰ τὴν κοινωνίαν τοῦ μυστηρίου, τρέφων τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ καταλλήλως τὰ ἐχφυόμενα. διὰ τῆς πίστεως αὐτοῦ μέλη τῷ κοινῷ σώματι ἐναρμόζων· εὐπρεπὲς τὸ πᾶν ἀπεργάζεται ἐς ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ στόμα καὶ χεῖρας καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ μέρη, πρεπόντως καὶ ἁρμοδίως διατιθεὶς τοὺς πιστεύοντας, Οὕτω γάρ φησιν ὁ Παῦλος· ὅτι Εν μὲν ἐστι σῶμα, πολλὰ δὲ μέλη. Τὰ δὲ μέλη πάντα οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει τάξιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστι τις καὶ ὀφθαλμὸς ἐν τῷ σώματι μὴ καταφρονῶν τῆς χειρὺς, καὶ κεφαλή τις ὧν, οὐκ ἀπωθεῖται τοὺς πόδας, ἀλλὰ συγχέχραται πρὸς ἑαυτὸ τῇ ποικιλίᾳ τῶν ἐνεργειῶν ἅπαν διὰ τῶν μελῶν τὸ σῶμα, ἵνα μὴ στασιάξῃ, πρὸς τὸ ὅλον τὰ μέλη. Ταῦτα δὲ δι αἰνιγμάτων προσθεὶς τὰ νοήματα, ἐπὶ τὸ σαφέστερον. προάγει τὸν λόγον, εἰπών ὅτι Ἕθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῇ ᾿Εκκλησίᾳ ἀποστόλους, καὶ προφήτας, καὶ διδασκάλους, καὶ ποιμένας, πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων, εἰς ἔργον διακονίας, εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ· μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως καὶ τῆς ἐπιγνώσθως τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον, εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας τοῦ ρώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Καὶ πάλιν - Αὐξήσωμεν, φησὶν, εἰς αὐτὰν διὰ πάντα, ὅς ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ ὁ Χριστὸς,ἐξ οὗ πᾶν σῶμα συναρμοογούμενον καὶ συμδιδωζόμενον, διὰ πάσης ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἐκάστου μέρους τὴν αὔξησιν ποιεῖται τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, εἰς οἰκοδυμὴν ἀγάπῃ. Οὐκοῦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν βλέπων, πρὸς τὸν Χριστὸν ἄντικρυς βλέπει, τὸν ἑαυτὸν διὰ τῆς προσθήκης τῶν σωζομένων οἰκοδομοῦντα καὶ μεγαλύνοντα. Ἡ τοίνυν ἀποθεμένη τῶν ὀμμάτων τὸ θέριστρον, καθαρῷ τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τὸ ἄφραστον ὁρᾷ τοῦ νυμφίου κάλλος· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τρωθεῖσα τῷ ἀσωμάτῳ καὶ διαπύρῳ βέλει τοῦ ἔρωτος. Ἐπιτεταμένη γὰρ ἀγάπη ἔρως λέγεται· ᾧ οὐδεὶς ἐπαισχύνεται, ὅταν μὴ κατὰ σαρκὸς γένηται παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἡ τοξεία· ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιχκαυχᾶται μᾶλλον τῷ τραύματι, ὅταν διὰ τοῦ βάθους τῆς καρδίας δέξηται τὴν τοῦ ἀύλου πόθου ἀχίδα. Ὅπερ δὴ καὶ αὕτη πεποίηκε ταῖς νεάνισι λέγουσα - ὅτι ΤεἩ τοίνυν ἐς τοσοῦτον τελειότητος προελθοῦσα, ἐπειδὴ ἔδει καὶ ταῖς παρθένοις ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῦ νυμφίον τὸ κάλλος, οὐκ ἐκεῖνο λέγει ὃ ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ ᾿ οὐδὲ γὰρ οἷόν τε ἣν δυνάμει λόγου φανερωθῆναι τὸ ἄῤῥητον· ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν διὰ σαρκὸς γενομένην ἑυϊν θτος γειᾶν χειραγωγεῖ τὰς παρθένους. Ὕθπερ δὴ καὶ ὁ α μέγας Ἰωάννης πεποίηκεν, ὃ μὲν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς ἦν, σιωπήσας· ὃ δὲ ἑωράκαμεν καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ἁληθείας, τοῦτο δι᾽ ἐπιμελείας διηγησάμενος, Φησὶν οὖν πρὸς αὑτὰς ἡ νύμφη· Ἀδελριδός μου λευκὲς καὶ πυῤῥὸς, ἐχλελοχισμέγος ἀπὸ μυριάδων. αὐτοῦ χρυσίον Κεφράς· βόστρυχοι αὐτοῦ ἐλάται, μέλανες ὡς κόραξ· οἱ ὀρθωλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς περιἐπὶ πληρώματα ὑδάτων, γάλωκει, καθήμεναι ἐπὶ πληρώματα ὑδάτων. Σιαγόνες αὐτοῦ ὡς φιάλαι τοῦ ἀρώματος φύουσαι μυρεψιχά. Χείλη αὐτοῦ κρίνα στάζοντα σμύρναν πλήρη· χεῖρες αὐτοῦ τορευταὶ, χρυσαῖ, σπεπληρωμέναι Θαρσεῖς· κοιλία αὑτοῦ πυξίον ἐλεφράντιγον ἐπὶ λίθου σαπφείρου· χγῆμαι αὐτοῦ, στύλοι ἐπὶ βάσεις χρυσᾶς εἶδος αὐτοῦ ὡς Λίδανος ἐκλεκτὸς, ὡς κέδροι. Φάρυγξ αὐτοῦ γλυκασμοὶ, καὶ ὅλος ἐπιθυμία· οὗτος ἀδελφιδός μου, καὶ οὗτος πιϊησίον μου, θυγατέρες ʼΙερουσαλήμ. Ταῦτα πάντα δι’ ὧν ἡ τοῦ κάλλους γέγονεν ὑπογραφὴ,, οὐ, τῶν ἀοράτων τε καὶ ἀκαταλήπτων τῆς θεότητός ἐστιν ἐνδειχτιχά· ἀλλὰ τῶν κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν φανερωθέντων, ὅτε ἐπὶ τἧς γῆς ὥφθη, καὶ·τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συνανεστράφη, τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἐνδυσάμενος φύσιν, δι’ ὧν κατὰ τὸν ἀποστολικὸν λόγον, καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ τοῖς ποιήμασι νοούμενα καθορᾶται, διὰ τῆς τοῦ ἐκκλησιαστικοῦ κόσμου κατασκευῆς φανερούμενα. Κόσμου γὰρ κτίσις ἐστὶν ἡ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας κατασκευή· ἐν ἧ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ προφήτου φωνὴν καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς κτίζεται καινός· ὅπερ ἐστὶ τὸ στερέωμα τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν πίστεως, καθὼς ὁ Παῦλός φησι, καὶ γῆ καινὴ κατασχενάζεται, ἡ πίνουσα τὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐρχόμενον ὑετὸν, καὶ ἄνθρωπος πλάσσεται ἄλλος, ὁ διὰ τῆς ἄνωθεν γεννήσεως ἀναχαινιζόμενος κατ᾽ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος αὐὖτόν· καὶ φωστήρων φύσις ἑτέρα γίνεται, περὶ ὧν φῆσιν, ὅτι Ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου· καὶ, Ἕν οἷς φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ὃν κόσμῳ καὶ ἀστέρες πολλοὶ, οἱ ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τῆς πίστεως ἀνατέλλοντες. Καὶ οὔπω τοῦτο θαυμαστὸν, εἰ πλήθη ἄστρων ἐστὶν, ἐν τῷ καινῷ τούτῳ κόσμῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀριθμούμενα καὶ ὀνομαζόμενα, ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ὁ ποιητὴς τῶν τοιούτων ἄστρων ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀπογεγράφθαι λέγει. θὕτω γὰρ ἤκουσα τοῦ δημιουργοῦ τῆς καινῆς κτίσεως πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους αὐτοῦ φωστῆρας λέγοντος· ὅτι Τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Οὐ τοῦτο τοίνυν μόνον τῆς καινῆς κτίσεώς ἐστι τὸ παράδοξον, ὅτι ἄστρων πλῆθος ἐν αὐτῇ δημιουργεῖται παρὰ τοῦ Λόγου· ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ πολλοὶ ἥλιοι χτίζονται, ταῖς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργων ἀκτῖσι τὴν οἰκουμένην φωτίζοντες· οὕτως εἰπόντος τοῦ ποιητοῦ τῶν τοιούτων ἡλίων· Λαμιάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων· καὶ, Τότε οἱ δίκαιοι ἡλάμγψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος. Ὥσπερ τοίνυν ὁ πρὸς τὸν αἰσθητὸν ἀπιδὼν κόσμον, καὶ τὴν ἐμφαινομένην τῷ κάλλει τῶν ἄντων σοφίαν κατανοήσας, ἀναλογίζεται διὰ τῶν ὁρωμένων τὸ ἀόρατον κάλλος, καὶ τὴν πηγὴν τῆς σοφίας, ἧς ἡ ἀπόῤῥοια τὴν τῶν ὄντων συνἐστήσατο φύσιν· οὕτω καὶ ὁ πρὸς τὸν καινὸν τοῦτον κόσμον τῆς κατὰ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν κτίσεως βλέπων, ὁρᾷ ἐν αὑτῷ τὸν πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν ὄντὰ καὶ γινόμενον, διὰ τῶν χωρητῶν τε καὶ χαταλαμδανομένων ὑπὸ τῆς πίστεως ἡμῶν χειραγωγούμενος τὴν γνῶσιν πρὸς τὸ ἀχώρητον. Οὗ χάριν ἐπειδὴ ταύτην προσάγουσι τῇ πρὸς τὸ τέλειον ἀναδραμούσῃ ψυχῇ τὴν αἴτησιν αἱ παρθένοι ψυχαὶ τοῦ γνωρισθῆναι αὐταῖς τὸν ποθούμένον· διὰ τῶν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ φανερωθέντων ἡμῖν ὑπογράφει ταῖς παρθένοις τὰ τοῦ ζητουμένου γνωρίσματα. Καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἕν σῶμα τοῦ γυμφίου ποιήσασα, ἴδιόν τι νόημα δι᾽ ἑκάστου τῶν μελῶν ἐν τῇ ὑπογραφῇ τοῦ κάλλους ἐνδείκνυται, δι᾽ ὧν ὅλων ἐκ τῶν κατὰ μέρος θεωρουμένων, τὸ τοῦ ᾿Αρχὴν οὖν ποιεῖται τῆς διδασκαλίας τὴν προσεχῆ καὶ οἰκείαν ἡμῖν. Ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ σώματος τῆς κατηχήσεως ἄρχεται· ὥσπερ δὴ καὶ ὁ Ματθαῖος πεποίηκεν, ἐκ τοῦ ᾿Αδραάμ. τε καὶ Δαβὶδ γενεαλογήσας τὸ κατ᾿ σάρκα μυστήριον, τῷ μεγάλῳ Ἰωάννῃ ἐταμιεύσατο τοῖς ἤδη διὰ τούτων στοιχειωθεῖσι τὴν ἐξ ἀϊδίου νοου μένην ἀρχὴν, καὶ τὸν τῇ ἀρχῇ συγχατανοούμενον Λόγον εὐαγγεδίσασθαι. Διὰ τούτων τοίνυν τῶν νοημάτων ἡ νύμφη μυσταγωγεῖ τὰς νεάνιδας, ὅτι οὐ πρότερον ἐπὶ τὸ ἄληπτόν τε καὶ ἀόριστον εὐαχθήσεται Ἡμῶν ἡ διάνοια, πρὶν τῷ ὀφθέντι διὰ τῆς πίστεως περιδράξασθαι· τὸ δὲ ὀφθὲν ἡ τῆς σαρκός ἔστι φύσις. Εἰποῦσα γάρ· ὅτι ᾿Αδειφςιδός μου λευκὸς καὶ πυῤῥός· διὰ τῆς τῶν δύο χρωμάτων τούτων μίξεως τὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἰδίωμα ὑπογράφει τῷ λόγῳ. Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἔποίησε, μῆλον αὐτὸν ὀνομάσασα οὗ πρὸς ἑκάτερον τῶν χρωμάτων σύγκρατον καθορᾶται τὸ εἶδος. Λευκόν τε γάρ ἐστι τὸ μῆλον καὶ ἐρυθραίνεται· τὴν τοῦ αἵματος, οἶμαι, φύσιν συμδολιχῶς ἐνδεικνύμενος διὰ τοῦ ἐρυθήματος. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ πᾶσα σὰρξ ἑνὶ τρόπῳ συνίσταται, γάμου πάντως ὁδοποιοῦντος τὸν τόκον τοῖς εἰς τὴν ζωὴν ταύτην περιοὔτι διὰ γενέσεως, ὡς ἂν μῆ τις σαρκὸς γένεσιν περὶ τὸ μυστήριον τῆς εὐσεδείας παραδεξάμενος, πρὸς τὰ ἧς φύσεως ἔργα καὶ πάθη τὴν διάνοιαν κατολισθήσειεν, ὁμοιογενῆ πᾶσι κἀκείνης τῆς σαρκὸς τὴν γένεσιν ἐννοήσας· τούτου χάριν τὸν κοινωνήσαντα σαρκὸς καὶ αἵματος λευκὸν μὲν εἶναι καὶ πυῤῥὸν ὡμολόγησε, διὰ τῶν δύο χρωμάτων τὴν τοῦ σώμᾶτος φύσιν αἰνισοὐ μὴν ὁμοιότροπον αὐτοῦ τὴν κοινῷ τόκῳ γεγενῆσθαι λέγει. ᾿Αλλ’ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν μυριάδων τῶν ἀφ᾽ οὗ γεγόνασιν ἄνθρωποι, καὶ εἰς ὃ προσελεύσεται ῥέουσα διὰ τοῦ τόκου τῶν ἐπιγινομέ νων ἡ φύσις, μόνος οὗτός ἐστι τῷ καινῷ τῆς λοχείας εἴδει τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης ἁψάμενος· ᾧ οὐχὶ συνήργησε πρὸς τὸ γενέσθαι ἣ φύσις, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπηρέτησε. Διὰ τοῦτο, φησὶν, ὅτι λευκὸς καὶ ὁ πυῤῥὸς οὗτος, ὁ διὰ σαρκὸς καὶ αἵματος ἐπιδημήσας τῷ βίῳ, μόνος ἐστὶν ἐκ πασῶν τῶν μυριάδων ἐκ τῆς παρθενικῆς καθαρότητος ἀμόλυντος δὲ ἡ λοχεία, ἀνώδυνος δὲ ἡ ὠδίς· οὗ θάλαμος ἡ τοῦ Ὑψίστου δύναμις, οἷόν τις νεφέλη τὴν παρθενίαν ἐπισχιάζουσα· πυρσὸς δὲ γαμήλιος ἡ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἔλλαμψις· κλίνη δὲ ἡ ἀπάθεια, καὶ γάμος ἡ ἀφθαρσία. Ὁ τοίνυν ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων γενόμενος, καλῶς ἐκλελοχισμένος ἐκ πασῶν τῶν μυριάδων χατὠνομάσθη ʼ ὅπερ τὸ μὴ ἐκ λέχους αὐτὸν εἶναι σημαίνει. Τούτου γὰρʼ μόνου χωρὶς λοχείας ἡ γέννησις, ὥσπερ καὶ χωρὶς γάμου ἡ σύστασις. Οὐ γὰρ ξατιν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀφθόρου τε καὶ ἀπειρογάμου κυρίως τὸ ὄνομα τῆς λοχείας εἰπεῖν· διότι παρθενίας τε καὶ λοχείας ἀσύμδατά ἐστι περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν τὰ ὀνόματα. ᾿Αλλ’ ὥσπερ Υἱὸς ἐδόθη ἡμῖν ἄνευ Πατρός· οὕτω καὶ τὸ παιδίον ἄνευ λοχείας γεγέννηται. Ὡς γὰρ οὐχἔγνω ἡ Παρθένος ὅπως ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτῆς τὸ θεοδόχον συνέστη σῶμα οὕτως οὐδὲ τοῦ τόκου ἤσθετο, μαρτυρούσης τῆς προφη βίας αὐτῇ τὸ ἀνώδυνον τῆς ὠδῖνος. Φησὶ γὰρ Ἠσαΐῖας, Πρὶν ἐλθεῖν τοὺς πόγους τῶν ὠδίνων, ἐξέφυγε καὶ ἔτεκεν ἄρσεν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐκλελοχισμένος καὶ ξενίζων καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῆς φύσεως, οὔτε ἀρξάμενος ἐξ ἡδονῆς, οὔτε προελθὼν διὰ πόνου. Καὶ τοῦτο κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον γίνεται, καὶ οὐκ ἕξω τοῦ εἰκότος ἐστίν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἡ τὸν θάνατον διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐπεισάγουσα τῇ φύσει, ἐν λύπαις καὶ πόνοις τέχτειν κατεδικάσθη, ἔδει πάντως τὴν τῆς ζωῆς μητέρα ἀπὸ χαρᾶς τε τῆς χυοφορίας ἄρξασθαι, καὶ διὰ χαρᾶς τελειῶσαι τὸν τόκον. Χαῖρε γὰρ, φησὶ, καπρὸς αὐτὴν ὁ ἀρχάγγελος, τῇ φωνῇ τὴν λύπην τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀπογληρωθεῖσαν τῷ τόκῳ. Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ὁ τῷ καινῷ τε καὶ ἰδιάζοντι τῆς γεννήσεως ἐκ πασῶν τῶν μυριάδων μόνος τοιοῦτος γενόμενος, ὁ λευκός τε καὶ πυῤῥὸς διὰ τὴν σάρκα καὶ τὸ αἶμα καλῶς ὠνομασμένος, καὶ ἐκχλελοχισμένος ἀπὸ μυριάδων, διὰ τὴν ἄφθαρτόν τε καὶ ἀπαθῇ τοῦ τόκου παρὰ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἰδιότητα. Ἢ τάχα καὶ διὰ τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς γεννήσεως εἴδη τὰ διὰ τῆς λοχείας γινόμενα, ταύτην ἑφήρμοσεν αὐτῷ τὴν φωνὴν ἡ νύμφη. Οὐκ ἀγνοεῖς δὲ πάντως ὁσάκις ἐγεννήθη ὁ πάσης τῆς κτίσεως πρωτότοκος ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, πρωτότοκος ἐκ νεκρῶν ᾿ ὁ πρῶτος λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου, καὶ πᾶσι τὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν τόκον ὁδοποιῆσας διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Ἐν πᾶσι μὲν γὰρ τούτοις ἐγεννήθη, οὐ μὴν διὰ λοχείας παρῆλθεν εἰς γέννησιν. Ἢ τεγὰρὲχ τοῦ ὕδατος γένεσις τὸ τῆς λοχείας πάθος οὐ παρεδέξατο, καὶ ἡ ἐκ νεκρῶν παλιγγεννεσία, καὶ ἡ τῆς θείας ταύτης κτίσεως πρωτοτοκία, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις καθαρεύει τῆς λοχείας ὁ τόκος, Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν, ᾿Εχ.1ε.1οχισμένος ἀπὸ μυριάδων. Οἷον δὲ αὐτοῦ τὸ κάλλος ἐν τοῖς καθ᾽ ἕκαστον μέλεσι διηγεῖται, καιρὸς δὲ ἂν εἴη κατανοῇσαι διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων. Κεφρα.ὴ αὐτοῦ, χρυσίον εἰ πρὸς τὴν ἡμετέραν φωνὴν, τὸ καθαρόν τε καὶ ἀνόθευτον, καὶ πάσης ἐπ:μιξίας ἀλλότερον χρυσίον διὰ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης δείκνυται. ᾿Ανερμήνευτον δέ μοι δοκεῖν καταλελοιπέναι τὴν τοῦ Κεφὰξ λέξιν, οἱ τὰς φωνὰς τῶν Ἑδραίων ἐξελληνίσαντες, διὰ τὸ μὴ εὑρεῖν ἐν τοῖς ʼΕλληνικοῖς ῥήμασι μηδευίαν φωνὴν ἐξαγγελτιχὴν τῆς ἐμφάσεως τῆς ἐνθεωρουμένης τῇ Ἑόδραΐῖδι φωνῇ. Ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦτο μαθόντες, ὅτι τὸ εἰλικρινῶς καθαρὸν, καὶ πάσης ὕλης ῥυπαρᾶς ἀμιγές τε καὶ ἀπαράδεκτον ἡ τοιαύτη λέξις ἐνδεέχνυται - ταῦτα περὶ τοῦ προκειμένου ῥητοῦ γοεῖν ἐναγόμεθα, ὅτι κεφαλὴ τοῦ σώματος τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐστὶν ὁ Χριστός. Χριστὸν δὲ νῦν λέγομεν οὐ πρὸς τὸ ἀΐδιον τῆς θεότητος ἀναπέμποντες τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν θεοδόχον ἄνθρωπον, τὸν ἐπὶ γῆς ὀφθέντα, καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συναναστραφέντα, τὸν τῆς παρθενίας βλαστὸν, ἐν ᾧ κατῴκησε πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς θεότητος σωματικῶς, τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ κοινοῦ φυράματος, δι᾽ οὗ ὁ Λόγος τὴν φύσιν ἡμῶν περιεθδάλετο, ποιήσας αὐτὴν ἀκήρατον, πάντων τῶν γάρ φησι περὶ αὐτοῦ ὁ προφήτης, ὅτι ᾿Α μαρτίαν οὐκ τοῦ πεπειραμέγνου κατὰ πάντα καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν, χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας. Ἢ μὲν οὖν κεφαλὴ τοῦ σώματος τῆς Ἐκχχλησίας, ἡ πάσης τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν ἀπαρχὴ, τὸ καθαρόν τε καὶ πάσης κακίας ἀμιγές τε καὶ ἀπαράδεκτον χρυσίον ἐστίν· οἱ βόστρυχοι δὲ οἵ ποτε ζοφώδεις καὶ μέλανες, καὶ τοῖς χόραξιν ( ὁμοιούμενοι τῷ εἴδει, ἐκείνοις λέγω τοῖς κόραξιν, οἷς ἔργον ἐστὶ, τὸ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐκκόπτειν, κατὰ τὸν παροιμιώδη, λόγον, καὶ τοῖς νεοσσοῖς τῶν ἀετῶν βρῶμα τοὺς πηρωθέντας τῶν ὁρατιχῶν αἰσθητηρίων παρασκευάζειν, οὗτοι ἐλάται τὰ ὑψηλά τε καὶ οὐρανομήκη δένδρα γινόμενοι, διὰ τὸ ἀναδραμεῖν ἐκ γῆς ἐπὶ τὸ οὐράνιον ὕψος, προσθήκη τοῦ κάλλους γίνονται ποῦ νυμφίου, τῆς θείας κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ἐξαρτήσαντες. Οὐκ ἀγνοεῖ δὲ πάντως τις τί τῶν βοστρύχων τούτων ἔργόν ἐστὶν, ἐν τοῖς ἄνω μαθὼν παρ᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς τοῦ γυμφίου φωνῇς· ὅτι, ΟἹ βόστρυχοί μου ἐπλήσθησαν ψεκάδων ὕδατος. Ἐκείνου οὖν εἰσιν οἱ ψεχάζοντες βόστρυχοι, παρὰ τῶν προφητῶν νεφέλαι ὁνομαζόμενοι, ἀφ᾽ ὧν γίνεται τῆς διδασκαλίας ὁ ὅμδρος, ὁ τὰς ἀψύχους ἀρούρας ποτίζων πρὸς τὴν εὐχαρπέαν Ὁ τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ γεωργίων. ᾿Αποστόλους δὲ οἶμαι τροπικῶς τοὺς βοστρύχους ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγου σημαίνεσθαι ὧν τινες ἦσαν πρότερον ζοφώδεις τοῖς τοῦ βίου ἐπιτηδεύμασιν, ὁ λῃστὴς, ὁ τελώνης, ὁ διώκτης, καὶ εἴ τις ἄλλος τοιοῦτος κατὰ τὸν μέλανά τε καὶ σαρχοθόρον τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἀφανιστιχὸν κόρακα. Λέγω δὲ τὸν ἄρχοντα τοῦ σκότους τῆς ἐξουσίας, καθώς φησιν ὁ ἀπὸ κόρακος ἐλάτη γενόμενος, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο βόστρυχος τῆς θείας κεφαλῆς χρηματίσας. Ὅτι πρότερον ὧν βλάσφημος καὶ διώκτης καὶ ὑδριστὴς, ἕως ἣν κόραξ, πρὸς τὴν χάριν ταύτην μετεσκευάσθη, βόστρυχος γενόμενος τῇ οὐρανίᾳ δρόσῳ διάθροχος, ὁ παντὶ τῷ σώματι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τὸν τῶν ἀποκρύφων τε καὶ σκοτεινῶν μυστηρίων λόγον ἐπιψεχάζων. Τούτους μὲν λέγεσθαι παρὰ τῆς νύμφης βοστρύχους ὑπενοήσαμεν, οἵ τῆς χρυσῆς κεφαλῇς ἀπηρτημένοι οὐ μικρὰν δι᾽ ἑαυτῶν ποιοῦσι προσθήκην τῆς ὥρας, τῇ τοῦ πνεύματος αὔρᾳ περ: σοδούμενοι. Οὗτοι στέφανοι γίνονται κάλλους τῇ ἀκηράτῳ κεφαλῇ, κοσμοῦντες αὐτὴν τῷ ἰδίῳ κυχλώματι. Περὶ τούτων γάρ μοι δοκεῖ λέγειν ἡ προφητεία, ὅτι Ἔθηκας ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ στέφανον ἐκ λίθου τιμίου. Ὥστε αὐτοὺς δι’ ἑκατέρων νοεῖσθαι τῶν νοημάτων, εὐπρεπεῖς τε βοστρύχους, καὶ λίθους τιμίους, δι᾽ αὐτῶν τὴν χεφα᾿Αχόλουθον δ᾽ ἂν εἴη καὶ τὰ περὶ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν εἰρημένα θεωρῆσαι τῷ λόγῳ.·Ἔστι δὲ ἡ λέξις αὕτη· ᾿οφθαϊμοὶ αὐτοῦ περιστεραὶ ἐπὶ πιηρώματα ὑδάτων, λελουμέναι ἐν γάλακτι, καθήμεναι ἐπὶ πληρώματα ὑδάτων. Ἢ δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων διάνοια τῆς μὲν καταλήψεως ἡμῶν ἐστιν ὑψηλοτέρα. Ὃ γὰρ ἂν ἐννοήσωμεν περὶ τούτων ἔλαττον εἶναι τῆς ἀληθείας οἰόμεθα· σχοπουμένοις δὲ δι᾽ ἐπιμελείας ἡμῖν, τοιαύτη τις ἔδοξεν εἶναι Φησί που τῶν ἑαυτοῦ λόγων ὁ θεῖος ᾿Ἀπόστολος, μὴ δύνασθαι λέγειν τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τῇ χειρὶ, Χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω· δόγμα διὰ τούτων ποιούμενος, ὅτι δι᾽ ἀμφοτέρων προσήκει τῷ σώματι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας πράττειν καλῶς, τοῦ διορατικοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας συγχεχραμένου πρὸς τὸ δραστήριον· οὔτε πῆς θεωρίας καθ’ ἑαυτὴν τὴν ψυχὴν τελειούσης. μὴ καὶ τὰ ἔργα παρῇ. τὰ τὸν ἠθικὸν κατορθόῦντα βίον οὔτε τῆς πρακτικῆς φιλοσοφίας αὐτάρκῃ παρἐχομένης τὴν ὠφέλειαν, μὴ τῆς ἀληθινῆς εὑσεδείας τῶν γινομένων χαθηγουμένης. Εἰ τοίνυν ἀναγκαία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν πρὸς τὰς χεῖράς ἔστιν ἡ συζυγία, τάχα προσαγόμεθα διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων. πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, οἵτινές εἰσι, κατανοῆσαι· ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὸν περὶ αὐτῶν ἔπαινον ἐν θεωρίᾳ λαθεῖν· τὸν δὲ περὶ πῶν χειρῶν λόγον τῷ ἰδίῳ ταμιευσόμεθα τόπῳ ὀφθαλμῶν γὰρ ἴδιον ἐκ φύσεως ἔργον ἐστὶ τὸ ὁρᾷν· διὸ κατὰ τὴν τοπικὴν θέσιν πάντων ὑπέρχεινται τῶν αἰσθητηρίων, εἰς ὁδηγίαν τοῦ παντὸς σώματος προτεταγμένοι παρὰ τῆς φύσεως. Ὅταν οὖν τοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας χαθηγουμένους παρὰ τῆς θείας Γραφῆς οὔτως ὀνομαζομένους ἀκούσωμεν, ὧν ὁ μέν τις ἐλέγετο Βλέπων, ἕτερος δὲ ὁ Ὁρῶν· ἄλλος δὲ Σκοπὸς παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ οὕτω διὰ τῆς προφητείας ὠνομασμένος· ἐναγόμεθα διὰ τούτων, τοὺς ἐφορᾷν καὶ ἐπιθλέπειν καὶ ἐπισκοπεῖν τεταγμένους, ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐνταῦθα νοΤὸ δὲ περὶ αὐτοὺς θαῦμα καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητά τινα συγχριτικὴν γίνεσθαι διδασκόμεθα, τῆς πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον παραθέσεως τὸ κάλλος αὐτῶν ὑπογραφούσης. Φησὶ γάρ᾽ʼ ὅτι Ὀς:θαμμοὶ περιστεραί. Καλὸς γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς τῶν·τοιούτων ὁμμάτων ἔπαινος ἡ ἀκακία, ἣν χατορθοῦσιν οἱ μηκέτι σαρχώδει βίῳ μολυνόμενοι, ἀλλὰ ζῶντές τε καὶ στοιχοῦντες τῷ πνεύματι. Ὁ γὰρ πνευματικὸς καὶ ἄῦλος βίος τῷ τῆς περιστερᾶς εἴδει χαρακτηρίζεται, ἐπειδῇ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον οὕτως ὥφθη παρὰ ποῦ Ἰωάννου ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ ἱπτάμενον. Οὐκοῦν τὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμῶν τῷ σώματι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ τεταγμένον, εἰ μέλει καθαρῶς ἐπισκοπεῖν τε καὶ ἐπιδλέπειν, πᾶσαν τὴν ἐκ κακίας λήμην ἀποχλύσασθαι προσήκει τῷ ὕδατι. Ἔστι δὲ οὐκ ἕν ὕδωρ νιπτιχὸν τῶν ὀμμάτων, ἀλλὰ πολλὰ τῶν τοιούτων ὑδάτων εἶναί φησι τὰ πληρώματα, Ὅσαι γάρ εἰσιν ἀρεταὶ, τοσαύτας χρὴ τὰς τῶν καθαρσίων ὑδάτων ἐννοῆσαι πηγὰς, δι᾽ ὧν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ γίνονται ἀεὶ ἑαυτῶν χαθαρώτεροι· οἷον πηγὴ τοῦ καθαρσίου ὕδατός ἔστιν ἡ σωφροσύνῃ· ἄλλη πηγὴ τοιαύτη ἡ ταπεινοφροσύνη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ ἡ ἀνδρεία, καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἐπιθυμία, καὶ ἡ τοῦ· κακοῦ ἀλλορίωσις. Ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ὕδατά ἐστιν ἐκ μιᾶς μὲν πηγῆς, διαφόρων δὲ ῥείθρων εἰς ἕν ἀθροιζόμενα πλήρωμα, δι᾽ ὧν πάσης ἐκ πάθους λήμης γίνεται τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τὰ καθάρσια. ᾿Αλλʼ εἰσὶ μὲν ἐπὶ τὰ πληρώματα τῶν ὑδάτων οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ, οἱ διὰ τῆς ἀχεραιότητος καὶ ἀκακίας ταῖς περιστεραῖς ὡμοιωμένοι· λουτρὸν δὲ αὐτοῖς τὸ γάλα φησὶν, οὕτως εἰπόντος τοῦ λόγου· ὅτι Λελουμέναι ἐν γάλακτι. Πρέπων δὲ τοῖς τοιούτοις ὄμμασιν ἔπαινος τὸ τῷ γάλακτι τὴν τοιαύτην περιστερὰν λουομένην ἐνωραΐζεσθαι. ᾿Αληθὴς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ γάλακτος παρατήρησις, ὅτι μόνον τοῦτο τοιαύτην ἔχει τὴν ἰδιότητα, τὸ μὴ ἐμφαίνεσθαι αὐτῷ εἴδωλόν τινος καὶ ὁμοίωμα. Πάντα γὰρ ὅσα τἧς ὑγρᾶς ἐστι φύσεως, καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τῶν κατόπτρων διὰ τοῦ λείου τῆς ἐπιφανείας τῶν ἐς αὐτὰ βλεπόντων ἀντιφαίνεσθαι παρασκευάζει τὰ ὁμοιώματα. Ἐν μόνῳ δὲ τῷ γάλακτι ἡ τοιαύτη εἰδωλοποιῖα χώραν οὐκ ἔχει, Οὗ χάριν, τοιοῦτος τῶν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὀφθαλμῶν ἐστιν ὁ τελεώτατος ἔπαινος, τὸ μηδὲν ἀνυπόστατόν τε καὶ πεπλανημένον καὶ μάταιον παρὰ τὴν τῶν ὄντων ἀλήθειαν σχιογράφειν ἑαυτοῖς δι ἀπάτης, ἀλλὰ τὸν ὄντως ὄντα βλέπειν, τὰς δὲ ἠλητευμένας τοῦ τῇδε βίου ὄψεις τε καὶ φαντασίας μὴ παραδέχεσθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν καθαρότητα τῶν ὀμμάτων ὑπὸ τῆς τελείας ψυχῆς τὸ τοῦ γάλακτος λουτρὸν ἀσφαλὲς Ὁ δ᾽ ἐφεξῆς λόγος, νόμος ἐστὶ τοῖς ἐπαΐουσι, περὶ ἃ χρὴ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τὴν σπουδὴν ἔχειν. Καθήμε- γαι γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐπὶ πληρώματα ὑδάτων. Τὴν γὰρ διηνεκῇ προσεδρείαν τῆς περὶ τὰ θεῖα μαθήματα προσοχῆς ὁ τοιοῦτος ὑποτίθεται λόγος, δι᾽ ὧν ἐπαινεῖ τοὺς καθαροὺς ὀφθαλμούς· καὶ ἡμᾶς διδάσκων, ὅπως ἂν τὸ ἴδιον κάλλος τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἀναλάθδοιμεν, ἀεὶ τοῖς τῶν ὑδάτων πολλοὶ τῶν εἰς ὀφθαλμοὺς τεταγμένων καταλιπόντες τὸ τοῖς τοιούτοις πληρώμασι προσεδρεύειν, τοῖς Βαδυποταμοῖς παραχάθηνται, πληροῦντες τὴν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ γεγενημένην ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων κατηγορίαν. Ἐμὲ ἐγκατέλιπον πηγὴν ὕδατος ζῶντος, καὶ ὥρυξαν ἑαυτοῖς Ἰάκκους συντετριμμένους οἷοὺ δύνανται συνέχειν ὕδωρ. Μάθημα οὖν ἐστιν, ὅπως γένοιτο ἂν καλὸς ὀφθαλμὸς ἐμπρέπων τε καὶ ἐναρμόζων τῇ χρυσῇ κεφαλῇ, τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἀκέραιον μὲν κατὰ τὴν περιστερὰν, ἀπλανῆ τε καὶ ἀνεξαπάστῦτον κατὰ τὴν τοῦ γάλακτος φύσιν, μηδεμιᾷ πλάνῃ διὰ παραμονῆς καὶ προσεδρείας τοῖς πληρώμασι τῶν θείων ὑδάτων, καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τοῦ ξύλου τοῦ παρὰ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὑδάτων πεφυτευμένου καὶ οὐ μεθισταμένου. Οὕτω γὰρ ὅτε καρπὸς ἐπὶ τοῦ ἰδίου καιροῦ προδληθήσεται, καὶ ὁ κλάδος ἀειθαλὴς φυλαχθήσεται τῇ εὐχροίᾳ τῶν φύλλων περισοδούμενος. Νυνὶ δὲ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τῶν πνευματικῶν τούτων ὑξάτων χκαταμελοῦντες, καὶ τῆς τοῦ λόγου προσεδρείας μικρὰ φροντίζοντες, ἦτοι τὸν τῆς φιλοχρηματίας ἑαυτοῖς λάκκον ὁρύσσουσιν, ἢ τὴν κενοδοξίαν τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν φρεωρυχοῦσιν, ἣ ἄλλους τινὰς λάχχοὺυς ἀπάτης μετ᾽ ἐπιμελείας ὀρύσσουσιν, οἵ συνέχειν εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς τὸ σπουδαζόμενον αὐτοῖς ὕδωρ, φύσιν οὖκ ἔχουσιν, ἀεὶ τῆς ὧδε τιμῆς τε, καὶ δυναστείας, καὶ δόξης, περὶ ἦν ἐστιν ἡ σπουδὴ τοῖς πολλοῖς, ὁμοῦ τῷ συστῆναι διαῤῥεούσης, καὶ οὐδὲν ἴχνος τῆς μασπουδῆς ἐν τοῖς ἡ πατημένοις καταλιπούσης. Τοιούτους εἶναι βούλεται τοὺς ὁρῶντάς τε καὶ ἐπιοκοποῦντας ὁ Λόγος, ὧν χρὴ προδεδλῆσθαι μὲν, οἷόν τινα ὀφρύων περιδολὴν, τὴν τῶν θείων διδαγμάτων ἀσφάλειαν· ἐπιχαλύπτεσθαι δὲ τῇ σωφροσύνῃ καθάπερ τινὶ βλεφάρων περιδολῇ τὸ καθαρόν τε καὶ στίλδον τῆς πολιτείας, μήποτε ἡ τῆς οἰήσεως δοκὸς ἐμπεσοῦσα τῷ καθαρῷ τῆς κόρης, ἐμποδὼν γένηται πρὸς τὴν ὅρασιν. Τίς δὲ κατὰ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῶν μελῶν τοῦ γυμφίου ἐστὶν ὁ ἔπαινος, ἐν τοῖς ἐφεξῆς Θεοῦ διδόντος . χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Hōrchisa hymas, thygateres ʼ᾿Ierousamzēm, en tais dynamesi, kai en tais ischysesi tou agrou, eanʼ heurēte ton adeilphidon mou, ti apangeilēte autǭ? hoti tetrōmenē agapēs egō eimi. Ti adeiphidos sou apo adeiphidou, ō kalē en gynaixin? hoti houtōs hōrkisas hēmas ? adeiphidos mou leukos kai pyrrhos, eklelochismenos apo myriadōn. Keralē autou chrysion Kephras, bostrychoi autou eklatai, melanes hōs korax; ophthalmoi hautou hōs peristerai epi plērōmata hydatōn, .eloumenai epi plērōmata hydatōn. Ho dia Mōyseōs men nomothetēsas ta tou nomou mystēria; plērōsas de di᾽ heautou holon ton nomon kai tous prophētas, kathōs en tǭ Euangeliǭ phēsin hoti Ouk hēlthon katalysai ton nomon, al.1a p,lēA rōsai; ho tę̄ men anairesei tēs orgēs synexaleipsas ton phonon, tǭ de aphanismǭ tēs epithymias synexelaunōn tēs moicheias to agos houtos echdallei tou biou kai tēn ek tēs epiorkias kataran, tę̄ apagoreusei tou orkou pedēsas en apraxiaą to drepanon. Ou gar esti dynaton orkou genesthai paradasin, mē ontos orkou. Dio phēsin; Hēkousate hoti errhethē archaiois; Ouk epiorkēseis, apodōseis de tǭ Kyriǭ tous horkous sou. Egō legō soi, phēsi, mē homosae holōs; mēte en tǭ ouragǭ, hoti thronos esti tou Theou; mēte en Hierousalēm, hoti polis esti tou megalou basileōs; mēte en tę̄ kephalę̄ sou homoseis; hoti ou dynasai poiēsai tricha leukēn hē melainan, Estō de hymōn ho 1ogos to, Nai, nai; kai to, Ou, ou to de perissoteron toutōn, ek tou diadolou estin. Ē de dia tou Asmatos tōn asmatōn epi teleiotēti memartyrēmenē psychē, kai perielomenē men tēs psychēs to kalymma en tę̄ apekdysei tou palaiou chitōnos, tox theristron apothalousa, hoper nooumen pasan distazousan te kai chradainomenēn dianoian, hōste katharōs te kai anamphitholōs pros tēn alētheian blepein, horchixei tas thygateras ᾿hierousalēm,, oute kata tou theiou thronou, hon ouranon onomazei ho logos; oute kata tōn Theou basileiōn hois onoma estin Hierousalēm; ou mēn oute kata tēs kephalēs tēs timias, hēs hai triches oute leukai, oute melainai genesthai dynantai; all᾽ epi ton agron metapherei ton orkon, kata tōn en autǭ dynameōn ton orkismon epagousa tais neanisi legousa: Hōrchisa hymas, thygateres Hierousalēm, en tais dynamesi kai ischysesi tou drymou. Hoti men oun hē diʼ holou martyrētheisa einai kalē kai pantos chathareuousa mōmou, ouden phthe ngetai tōn perittōn, ho tēs tou diatholou meridos estin; all᾽ ek tou Theou poieitai ton logon, par᾽ hou, kata ton Michaian, ei ti agathon esti, kai ei ti kalon, kai para tauta ouden panti dēlon esti, tǭ para tēs despotikēs martyrias didachthenti, ta prosonta tę̄ nymphę̄ pleonektēmata. Hē gar apheisa panta ta apēgoreumena eidē tou orkou, kai mēte tēn basileuousan polin, mēte ton thronon tou megalou basileōs orkion tais neanisi poiēsamenē; dia toutou gar paideuometha poson apechein hēmas chrē tou katatolmąn tou Theou en tois orkois, hoti oute ton thronon, oute tēn polin en tǭ orkǭ paralamthanein epitrepometha; pheisamenē te pros toutois tēs kephalę̄s tēs timias, hēn en tois ephexēs chrysēn einai diagraphei tǭ logǭ; hēs hai triches oute leukai eisin, oute melainai; pōs gar an ē melantheiē chrysos, ē pros to leukon eidos metachrōstheiē ? pantōs hoti toiouton tina proteinei ton horkismon tais parthenois, hos ouchi tǭ euangelikǭ machetai nomǭ, kai epainou ginetai tois homōmochosin hypothesis, kata tēn tou Prophētou phōnēn, ē phēsin; hoti ᾿Epainēthēsetai pas ho omnyōn; en autǭ. Hōste tēn tōn legomenōn dianoian mē exō einai tou diplou, hǭ pistousthai bouletai tēn halē theian ho euangelichkos nomos, legōn; Estō de hymōn ho logos to, Nai, nai; kai to, Ou, ou. Ei toinyn en tois horchiois noēmasi kōlyetai men ho thronos tou basileōs paralamdanesthai; kōlyetai de kai hē polis, en hē ta basileia; kōlyetai de hōsautōs kai hē alēthinē kephalē peri tēn tou orkou paralēpsin; monon de to Nai, kai to Ou, synkechōrētai, di᾿ amphoterōn kata to ison tēs alētheias en tǭ Nai theōroumenēs; dēlon an eiē, hoti kai nyn ho tais neanisin epagomenos orkos para tēs nymphēs, peri tēn tou Nai dianoian anagraphetai, hopou chrē erēreismenēn hēmōn einai Hōrkisō hymas, thygateres Hierousalēm, en tais tēn tēs psychēs synchatathesin.;Echei de hē lexis houtōs; dynamesi kai ischysesi tou agrou; ean heurēte ton adelphridon mou, ti apange.leita autǭ? hoti tetrōmenē agapēs egō. Tauta de tetheōrētai men ēdē kai en tois phthasasin, hōs hē akolouthia tōn noēmatōn enedalen. Eirēsetai de kai nyn dia bracheōn ta heuriskomena. ᾿Ametathetan ti pragma ton orkon einai phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, bethaiounta di᾿ autou tēn alētheian, kai pasēs auton antilogias peras horizetai einai, eis tēn tōn egnōsmenōn bethaiōsin. Epagei toinyn ton orkismon tais parthenois hē nymphē, hōste aparadōton phylachthēnai autais to legomenon. ᾿All᾽ epeidē pas orkos kata tou meizonos ginetai, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos; hou gar an tis orkon poiēsaito heautou atimoteron; skopēsai prosēkei ti tais neanisin en tǭ orkǭ para tēs nymphēs meizon proteinetai. Hōrkisa hymas, phēsin, ō thygateres Hierousalēm, en tais dynamesi kai ischysesi tou agrou. Ti oun to hyper hēmas en toutois estin? ᾿Agron gar ton kosmon dia tēs tropichēs sēmasias noeisthai, ouk amphidallomen, houtō tou Kyriou kai onomasantos ton kosmon kai hermēneusantos. Hai toinyn pollai dynameis kai ischyes tou kosmou tines eisin hai tǭ horkǭ prokeimenai, has chrē meizonas hēmōn nomisthēnai, hina ischyn ladę̄ pros bedaiōsin tēs alētheias ho orkos kata tōn meizonōn genomenos ? Oukoun anankaïon an eiē parathesthai pros tēn saphēneian tōn prokeimenōn heteran ekdosin hermēneutichēn tōn rhētōn, echousan houtōs; Hōrchisa ʼIerousaēm, kata tōn kai katatōn elaphōn tou agrou. Didaskometha toinyn dia tōn onomatōn toutōn en tini estin hē tou kosmou poutou ischys, kai en tini hē dynamis, ha pros bedaiōsin tēs alētheias dia tou orkou paralamdanetai. Dyo esti ta tǭ Theǭ oikeiounta ton anthrōpon. Hen men, po aplanes tēs peri to ontōs hon hypolēpseōs, hōste mē tais ēpatēmenais hyponoiais eis ethnichas te kai hairetichas peri tou Theiou doxas ekpheresthai, hoper estin hōs alēthōs to Nae. To d᾽ heteron, ho katharos logismos, ho pasan empathę̄ diathesin tēs psychēs exorizōn; hoper oud᾽ apo tou Nai ēllotriōtai. Tēs toinyn diplēs tautēs tōn agathōn hexeōs, hōn hē men pros to ontōs hon anadlepein poiei; hē de phygadeuei ta pathē ta tēn psychēn lymainomena; hē tōn dorchadōn kai tōn elaphōn mnēmē, dia symtholōn gnōrizei tēn dynamin. Toutōn gar hē men aplanōs horą, hē de brōtikēn tina kai analōtichēn tōn thēriōn dynamin echei. Touto toinyn proteinei tais parthenois hē nymphē to Nai, to eusedōs dein pros to Theion blepein, kai katharōs en apatheią paratrechein ton bion; hōn katorthoumenōn, to ametatheton pragma en hēmin bedaioutai to Nai. Houtos gar estin ho tēn alētheian pistoumenos orkos, hon pas omnyōn en autǭ epaineitai, kathōs phēsin ho Prophētēs. ᾿Alēthōs gar ho en tois dyo toutois to asphales en heautǭ katorthōsas, hen te tǭ logǭ tēs pisteōs, hotan aplanōs pros tēn alētheian blepę̄, kai en tǭ tropǭ tēs zōēs, hotan pantos chathareuę̄ tou ek ponērias molysmatos houtos omnyei tǭ Kyriǭ, mē anadēnai epi klinēs strōmnēs, mē dounai hypnon tois ophthalmois autou, mēde nystagmon tois blepharois, heōs hou heurę̄ en heautǭ topon tǭ Kyriǭ, skēnōma tǭ en autǭ oikounti genomenos. Ei toinyn esmen kai hēmeis tēs anō Hierousalēm tekna, akousōmen tēs didaskalou nymphēs, pōs estin idein ton Ti oun phēsin ? Ean orkion heautois touto poiēsōmen, to en tais dynamesin einai tōn dioratikōn dorchadōn, kai en tais ischysesi tōn aphanistichōn tēs kakias elaphōn esti dia toutōn idein ton katharon gymphion, ton tēs agapēs toxotēn, kai eipein pros auton tēn hekastou psychēn, hoti Tetrōmegē agapēs eimi. Kala de einai tēs agapēs ta traumata kai para tēs Paroimias emathomen, hē phēsin; Haireta men tou philou ta traumata, kaka de tēs echthras kai ta philēmata. Tis de philos, hou ta traumata tōn philēmatōn tou echthrou protimotera : Panti dēlon esti, tǭ mē agnoounti ta tēs sōtērias mystēria. Philos men gar estin alēthinos te kai bedaios, ho kai echthrous genomenous hēmas tou agapąn mē pausamenos echthros de apistos te kai anēmeros, ho mēden ēdikēkotas hypagagōn tǭ thanatǭ. Trauma tois prōtoplastois edokei hē dia tēs entolēs genomenē tou kakou apagoreusis. Trauma gar enomisthē hē tou hēdeos allotriōsis; philēma de hē pros to ēdy kai emphanes protropē. ᾿All᾽ edeixen hē peira, hoti ta nomizomena tou philou traumata tōn philēmatōn ēn tou echthrou lysitelestera kai hairetōtera. Epei oun synestēsen heautou tēn agapēn ho kalos erastēs tōn hēmeterōn psychōn, di᾽ hōn kai hamartōlōn hēmōn Christos hyper hēmōn apethane; dia touto anterastheisa gymphē tou agapēsantos deiknysin en heautę̄ encheimegon dia bathous tēs agapēs to belos; toutesti tēn hēs theotētos autou koinōnian. Hē gar agapē estin ho Theos, kathōs eirētai, hē dia tēs kata tēn pistin akidos tę̄ kardią engenomenē. Ei de chrē kai onoma tou belous toutou eipein, heuromen ho para tou Paulou emathomen,, hoti to belos touto esti pistis di᾿ agapēs ᾿Alla tauta men echetō hōs autǭ dokei; idōmen de kai tēn para tōn parthenōn prosachtheisan erōtēsin tę̄ didaskalǭ. Ti adelphidos sou apo adeiphidou, kalē en gynaixin? ti adeiridos sou apo adeiiphedry, hoti houtōs hōrlisas hēmas? Toiautēn de tina dokei moi΄ periechein hē rhēsis dianoian, kathōs hē acholonthia tōn proexētasmenōn eikazein didōsin; Epeidē gar hai parthenoi eidon tēn kalēn exodon tēs psychēs nymphēs, hote prosephyē tǭ Logǭ hē eipousa, hoti ᾿Exēklthen hē psychē mou en ᾿ogǭ autou. Kai egnōsan, hoti ezētei exelthousa ton dia sēmeiōn ouk heuriskomenon, kai ekalei boōsa ton ouk hypakousanta tois onomasi; dia touto phasi, Pōs epignōmen auton hēmeis, ton mēdeni sēmeiǭ gnōristichǭ heuriskomenon, hos ouze hypakouei kaloumenos, oute krateitai zētoumenos? Periele toinyn kai sy tōn ophthalmōn tōn hēmeterōn ta theristra, hoper epoiēsan epi soi hoi tēs poleōs phylakes,, hina tis genētai hēmin hodēgia pros to zētoumenon. Eipe, tis estin adelphidos sou, kath᾽ ho estin en tǭ logǭ tēs physeōs. Dos hēmin ephodon tēs epignōseōs autou,, dia gnōristichōn tinōn tekmēriōn, sy tou kalou plērōtheisa, kai dia touto genomenē kalē en gynaixi, Gnōrison hēmin to zētoumenon, kai didaxon hēmas, di᾽ hōn heurisketai sēmeiōn ho aoratos, hōs mēnysai autǭ peri tou belous tēs agapēs, hǭ mesǭ tetrōsai tēn kardian, dia tēs glykeias odynēs ton pothon epauxousa. Kreitton de an eiē, palin tēn autēn rhēsin epanalathein epi lexeōs, hōs an epharmosoi hē tois rhētois ektetheisa dianoia. Ti adelphidos sou apo adelphidou, hē kalē en gynaixi ? ti adelphidos sou apo adeiphidou, hoti houtōs hōrkisas hēmas ? ᾿Akousōmen toinyn tēs lymmenēs, tǭ tēs psychēs ophthalmǭ blepousēs pros ai tēn alētheian; pōs hypographei autais to zētoumenon? pōs zōgraphei tǭ logǭ tou pothoumenou ton charaktēra? pōs hyp᾽ opsin agei tais parthenois ton agnooumenon ? Epeidē gar tou Christou, to men aktiston esti, to de ktiston; legomen de aktiston einai autou, to aïïdion te kai proaiōnion, kai poiētikon pantōn tōn ontōn, ktiston de to kata tēn hyper hēmōn oikonomian syschēmatisthen tǭ sōmati tēs tapeinōseōs hēmōn mallon de di᾽ autōn tōn theiōn rhēmatōn tēn peri toutou dianoian beltion an eiē parathesthai tǭ logǭ. !Aktiston legomen ton en archę̄ anta Logon, ton di᾽ hou ta panta egeneto, kai hou chōris tōn gegonotōn estin ouden; ktiston de, ton sarka genomenon, kai en hēmin schēnōsanta, hou kai sarkōthentos hē emphainomenē doxa dēloi, hoti Theos Ho ephanerōthē en sarki, theos pantōs ho monogenēs, ho en tois kolpois hōn tou Patros, houtōs eipontos tou Iōannou, hoti Etheasametha tēn doxan autou; kai toi to phainomenon anthrōpos ēn, alla to di᾽ autou gnōrizomenon, Doxan phēsin hōs mogogegous para Patros, plērē charitos kai aētheias. Epeidē toinyn to men aktiston autou, kai proaiōnion, kai aïdion, alēpton men kath᾽ holou pasę̄ physei kai anekphōnēton; dia sarkos hēmin phanerōthen, dynatai posōs kai es gnōsin elthein; toutou charin pros tauta aei hē didaskalos blepei, kai peri toutōn poieitai ton logon, hosa dynatai genesthai chōrēta tois akouousi, Legō de to mega tēs eusetheias mystērion, diʼ hou ho Theos ephanerōthē en sarki, ho en morphę̄ Theou hyparchōn, kai dia sarkos synanastrapheis tois anthrōpois, hos epeidē hapax pros heauton epespasato dia tēs aparchēs tēn epikēron tēs sarkos physin, hēn dia tēs aphthorou parthenias aneladen, aei tę̄ aphtharsią synagiazei to koinon tēs physeōs, dia tōn enoumenōn hautǭ kata tēn koinōnian tou mystēriou, trephōn to heautou sōma tēn Ekklēsian, kai katallēlōs ta echphyomena. dia tēs pisteōs autou melē tǭ koinǭ sōmati enarmozōn; euprepes to pan apergazetai es ophthalmous, kai stoma kai cheiras kai ta loipa merē, prepontōs kai harmodiōs diatitheis tous pisteuontas, Houtō gar phēsin ho Paulos; hoti En men esti sōma, polla de melē. Ta de melē panta ou tēn autēn echei taxin, all᾽ esti tis kai ophthalmos en tǭ sōmati mē kataphronōn tēs cheirys, kai kephalē tis hōn, ouk apōtheitai tous podas, alla synchechratai pros heauto tę̄ poikilią tōn energeiōn hapan dia tōn melōn to sōma, hina mē stasiaxę̄, pros to holon ta melē. Tauta de di ainigmatōn prostheis ta noēmata, epi to saphesteron. proagei ton logon, eipōn hoti Hetheto ho Theos ek tę̄ ᾿Ekklēsią apostolous, kai prophētas, kai didaskalous, kai poimenas, pros ton katartismon tōn hagiōn, eis ergon diakonias, eis oikodomēn tou sōmatos tou Christou; mechri katantēsōmen hoi pantes eis tēn henotēta tēs pisteōs kai tēs epignōsthōs tou Theou eis andra teleion, eis metron hēlikias tou rōmatos tou Christou. Kai palin - Auxēsōmen, phēsin, eis autan dia panta, hos estin hē kephalē ho Christos,ex hou pan sōma synarmoogoumenon kai symdidōzomenon, dia pasēs haphēs tēs epichorēgias kat᾽ energeian en metrǭ henos ekastou merous tēn auxēsin poieitai tou sōmatos autou, eis oikodymēn agapę̄. Oukoun ho pros tēn Ekklēsian blepōn, pros ton Christon antikrys blepei, ton heauton dia tēs prosthēkēs tōn sōzomenōn oikodomounta kai megalynonta. Hē toinyn apothemenē tōn ommatōn to theristron, katharǭ tǭ ophthalmǭ to aphraston horą tou nymphiou kallos; kai dia touto trōtheisa tǭ asōmatǭ kai diapyrǭ belei tou erōtos. Epitetamenē gar agapē erōs legetai; hǭ oudeis epaischynetai, hotan mē kata sarkos genētai par᾽ autou hē toxeia; all᾽ epichkauchatai mallon tǭ traumati, hotan dia tou bathous tēs kardias dexētai tēn tou aulou pothou achida. Hoper dē kai hautē pepoiēke tais neanisi legousa - hoti TeĒ toinyn es tosouton teleiotētos proelthousa, epeidē edei kai tais parthenois epideixai tou nymphion to kallos, ouk ekeino legei ho ēn en archę̄ ᾿ oude gar hoion te hēn dynamei logou phanerōthēnai to arrhēton; alla pros tēn dia sarkos genomenēn heuïn thtos geian cheiragōgei tas parthenous. Hythper dē kai ho a megas Iōannēs pepoiēken, ho men ap᾽ archēs ēn, siōpēsas; ho de heōrakamen kai akēkoamen, kai hai cheires hēmōn epsēlaphēsan peri tou logou tēs halētheias, touto di᾽ epimeleias diēgēsamenos, Phēsin oun pros hautas hē nymphē; Adelridos mou leukes kai pyrrhos, echlelochismegos apo myriadōn. autou chrysion Kephras; bostrychoi autou elatai, melanes hōs korax; hoi orthōlmoi autou hōs periepi plērōmata hydatōn, galōkei, kathēmenai epi plērōmata hydatōn. Siagones autou hōs phialai tou arōmatos phyousai myrepsicha. Cheilē autou krina stazonta smyrnan plērē; cheires autou toreutai, chrysai, speplērōmenai Tharseis; koilia hautou pyxion elephrantigon epi lithou sappheirou; chgēmai autou, styloi epi baseis chrysas eidos autou hōs Lidanos eklektos, hōs kedroi. Pharynx autou glykasmoi, kai holos epithymia; houtos adelphidos mou, kai houtos piïēsion mou, thygateres ʼIerousalēm. Tauta panta di’ hōn hē tou kallous gegonen hypographē,, ou, tōn aoratōn te kai akatalēptōn tēs theotētos estin endeichticha; alla tōn kat᾽ oikonomian phanerōthentōn, hote epi tēs gēs hōphthē, kai;tois anthrōpois synanestraphē, tēn anthrōpinēn endysamenos physin, di’ hōn kata ton apostolikon logon, kai ta aorata autou tois poiēmasi nooumena kathoratai, dia tēs tou ekklēsiastikou kosmou kataskeuēs phaneroumena. Kosmou gar ktisis estin hē tēs Ekklēsias kataskeuē; en hē kata tēn tou prophētou phōnēn kai ho ouranos ktizetai kainos; hoper esti to stereōma tēs eis Christon pisteōs, kathōs ho Paulos phēsi, kai gē kainē kataschenazetai, hē pinousa ton ep᾽ autēn erchomenon hyeton, kai anthrōpos plassetai allos, ho dia tēs anōthen gennēseōs anachainizomenos kat᾽ eikona tou ktisantos auyton; kai phōstērōn physis hetera ginetai, peri hōn phēsin, hoti Hymeis este to phōs tou kosmou; kai, Hen hois phainesthe hōs phōstēres hon kosmǭ kai asteres polloi, hoi en tǭ stereōmati tēs pisteōs anatellontes. Kai oupō touto thaumaston, ei plēthē astrōn estin, en tǭ kainǭ toutǭ kosmǭ hypo tou Theou arithmoumena kai onomazomena, hōn ta onomata ho poiētēs tōn toioutōn astrōn en tois ouranois apogegraphthai legei. thytō gar ēkousa tou dēmiourgou tēs kainēs ktiseōs pros tous idious autou phōstēras legontos; hoti Ta onomata hymōn engegraptai en tois ouranois. Ou touto toinyn monon tēs kainēs ktiseōs esti to paradoxon, hoti astrōn plēthos en autę̄ dēmiourgeitai para tou Logou; all᾽ hoti kai polloi hēlioi chtizontai, tais tōn agathōn ergōn aktisi tēn oikoumenēn phōtizontes; houtōs eipontos tou poiētou tōn toioutōn hēliōn; Lamiatō to phōs hymōn emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn; kai, Tote hoi dikaioi hēlamgpsousin hōs ho hēlios. Hōsper toinyn ho pros ton aisthēton apidōn kosmon, kai tēn emphainomenēn tǭ kallei tōn antōn sophian katanoēsas, analogizetai dia tōn horōmenōn to aoraton kallos, kai tēn pēgēn tēs sophias, hēs hē aporrhoia tēn tōn ontōn synestēsato physin; houtō kai ho pros ton kainon touton kosmon tēs kata tēn Ekklēsian ktiseōs blepōn, horą en hautǭ ton panta en pasin onta kai ginomenon, dia tōn chōrētōn te kai chatalamdanomenōn hypo tēs pisteōs hēmōn cheiragōgoumenos tēn gnōsin pros to achōrēton. Hou charin epeidē tautēn prosagousi tę̄ pros to teleion anadramousę̄ psychę̄ tēn aitēsin hai parthenoi psychai tou gnōristhēnai autais ton pothoumenon; dia tōn epi sōtērią phanerōthentōn hēmin hypographei tais parthenois ta tou zētoumenou gnōrismata. Kai pasan tēn Ekklēsian hen sōma tou gymphiou poiēsasa, idion ti noēma di᾽ hekastou tōn melōn en tę̄ hypographę̄ tou kallous endeiknytai, di᾽ hōn holōn ek tōn kata meros theōroumenōn, to tou ᾿Archēn oun poieitai tēs didaskalias tēn prosechē kai oikeian hēmin. Ek gar tou sōmatos tēs katēchēseōs archetai; hōsper dē kai ho Matthaios pepoiēken, ek tou ᾿Adraam. te kai Dabid genealogēsas to kat᾿ sarka mystērion, tǭ megalǭ Iōannę̄ etamieusato tois ēdē dia toutōn stoicheiōtheisi tēn ex aïdiou noou menēn archēn, kai ton tę̄ archę̄ synchatanooumenon Logon euangedisasthai. Dia toutōn toinyn tōn noēmatōn hē nymphē mystagōgei tas neanidas, hoti ou proteron epi to alēpton te kai aoriston euachthēsetai Hēmōn hē dianoia, prin tǭ ophthenti dia tēs pisteōs peridraxasthai; to de ophthen hē tēs sarkos esti physis. Eipousa gar; hoti ᾿Adeiphsidos mou leukos kai pyrrhos; dia tēs tōn dyo chrōmatōn toutōn mixeōs to tēs sarkos idiōma hypographei tǭ logǭ. Touto de kai en tois emprosthen epoiēse, mēlon auton onomasasa hou pros hekateron tōn chrōmatōn synkraton kathoratai to eidos. Leukon te gar esti to mēlon kai erythrainetai; tēn tou haimatos, oimai, physin symdolichōs endeiknymenos dia tou erythēmatos. ᾿All᾽ epeidē pasa sarx heni tropǭ synistatai, gamou pantōs hodopoiountos ton tokon tois eis tēn zōēn tautēn periouti dia geneseōs, hōs an mē tis sarkos genesin peri to mystērion tēs eusedeias paradexamenos, pros ta hēs physeōs erga kai pathē tēn dianoian katolisthēseien, homoiogenē pasi kakeinēs tēs sarkos tēn genesin ennoēsas; toutou charin ton koinōnēsanta sarkos kai haimatos leukon men einai kai pyrrhon hōmologēse, dia tōn dyo chrōmatōn tēn tou sōmatos physin ainisou mēn homoiotropon autou tēn koinǭ tokǭ gegenēsthai legei. ᾿All’ ek pasōn tōn myriadōn tōn aph᾽ hou gegonasin anthrōpoi, kai eis ho proseleusetai rheousa dia tou tokou tōn epiginome nōn hē physis, monos houtos esti tǭ kainǭ tēs locheias eidei tēs zōēs tautēs hapsamenos; hǭ ouchi synērgēse pros to genesthai hē physis, all᾽ hypēretēse. Dia touto, phēsin, hoti leukos kai ho pyrrhos houtos, ho dia sarkos kai haimatos epidēmēsas tǭ biǭ, monos estin ek pasōn tōn myriadōn ek tēs parthenikēs katharotētos amolyntos de hē locheia, anōdynos de hē ōdis; hou thalamos hē tou Hypsistou dynamis, hoion tis nephelē tēn parthenian epischiazousa; pyrsos de gamēlios hē tou hagiou Pneumatos ellampsis; klinē de hē apatheia, kai gamos hē aphtharsia. Ho toinyn ek tōn toioutōn genomenos, kalōs eklelochismenos ek pasōn tōn myriadōn chatōnomasthē ʼ hoper to mē ek lechous auton einai sēmainei. Toutou garʼ monou chōris locheias hē gennēsis, hōsper kai chōris gamou hē systasis. Ou gar xatin epi tēs aphthorou te kai apeirogamou kyriōs to onoma tēs locheias eipein; dioti parthenias te kai locheias asymdata esti peri tēn autēn ta onomata. ᾿All’ hōsper Huios edothē hēmin aneu Patros; houtō kai to paidion aneu locheias gegennētai. Hōs gar ouchegnō hē Parthenos hopōs en tǭ sōmati autēs to theodochon synestē sōma houtōs oude tou tokou ēstheto, martyrousēs tēs prophē bias autę̄ to anōdynon tēs ōdinos. Phēsi gar Ēsaïias, Prin elthein tous pogous tōn ōdinōn, exephyge kai eteken arsen. Dia touto eklelochismenos kai xenizōn kath᾽ hekateron tēn akolouthian tēs physeōs, oute arxamenos ex hēdonēs, oute proelthōn dia ponou. Kai touto kata to akolouthon ginetai, kai ouk hexō tou eikotos estin. Epeidē gar hē ton thanaton dia tēs hamartias epeisagousa tę̄ physei, en lypais kai ponois techtein katedikasthē, edei pantōs tēn tēs zōēs mētera apo charas te tēs chyophorias arxasthai, kai dia charas teleiōsai ton tokon. Chaire gar, phēsi, kapros autēn ho archangelos, tę̄ phōnę̄ tēn lypēn tēn ex archēs hypo tēs hamartias apoglērōtheisan tǭ tokǭ. Houtos men oun estin ho tǭ kainǭ te kai idiazonti tēs gennēseōs ek pasōn tōn myriadōn monos toioutos genomenos, ho leukos te kai pyrrhos dia tēn sarka kai to aima kalōs ōnomasmenos, kai ekchlelochismenos apo myriadōn, dia tēn aphtharton te kai apathę̄ tou tokou para tous loipous idiotēta. Ē tacha kai dia ta loipa tēs gennēseōs eidē ta dia tēs locheias ginomena, tautēn hephērmosen autǭ tēn phōnēn hē nymphē. Ouk agnoeis de pantōs hosakis egennēthē ho pasēs tēs ktiseōs prōtotokos en pollois adelphois, prōtotokos ek nekrōn ᾿ ho prōtos lysas tas ōdinas tou thanatou, kai pasi ton ek nekrōn tokon hodopoiēsas dia tēs anastaseōs. En pasi men gar toutois egennēthē, ou mēn dia locheias parēlthen eis gennēsin. Ē tegarech tou hydatos genesis to tēs locheias pathos ou paredexato, kai hē ek nekrōn palingennesia, kai hē tēs theias tautēs ktiseōs prōtotokia, all᾽ en pasi toutois kathareuei tēs locheias ho tokos, Dia touto phēsin, ᾿Ech.1e.1ochismenos apo myriadōn. Hoion de autou to kallos en tois kath᾽ hekaston melesi diēgeitai, kairos de an eiē katanoę̄sai dia tōn eirēmenōn. Kephra.ē autou, chrysion ei pros tēn hēmeteran phōnēn, to katharon te kai anotheuton, kai pasēs ep:mixias alloteron chrysion dia tēs phōnēs tautēs deiknytai. ᾿Anermēneuton de moi dokein kataleloipenai tēn tou Kephax lexin, hoi tas phōnas tōn Hedraiōn exellēnisantes, dia to mē heurein en tois ʼEllēnikois rhēmasi mēdeuian phōnēn exangeltichēn tēs emphaseōs tēs entheōroumenēs tę̄ Heodraïidi phōnę̄. Hēmeis de touto mathontes, hoti to eilikrinōs katharon, kai pasēs hylēs rhyparas amiges te kai aparadekton hē toiautē lexis endeechnytai - tauta peri tou prokeimenou rhētou goein enagometha, hoti kephalē tou sōmatos tēs Ekklēsias estin ho Christos. Christon de nyn legomen ou pros to aïdion tēs theotētos anapempontes touto to onoma, alla pros ton theodochon anthrōpon, ton epi gēs ophthenta, kai tois anthrōpois synanastraphenta, ton tēs parthenias blaston, en hǭ katǭkēse pan to plērōma tēs theotētos sōmatikōs, tēn aparchēn tou koinou phyramatos, di᾽ hou ho Logos tēn physin hēmōn periethdaleto, poiēsas autēn akēraton, pantōn tōn gar phēsi peri autou ho prophētēs, hoti ᾿A martian ouk tou pepeiramegnou kata panta kath᾽ homoiotēta tēs physeōs hēmōn, chōris hamartias. Ē men oun kephalē tou sōmatos tēs Ekchchlēsias, hē pasēs tēs physeōs hēmōn aparchē, to katharon te kai pasēs kakias amiges te kai aparadekton chrysion estin; hoi bostrychoi de hoi pote zophōdeis kai melanes, kai tois choraxin ( homoioumenoi tǭ eidei, ekeinois legō tois koraxin, hois ergon esti, to tous ophthalmous ekkoptein, kata ton paroimiōdē, logon, kai tois neossois tōn aetōn brōma tous pērōthentas tōn horatichōn aisthētēriōn paraskeuazein, houtoi elatai ta hypsēla te kai ouranomēkē dendra ginomenoi, dia to anadramein ek gēs epi to ouranion hypsos, prosthēkē tou kallous ginontai pou nymphiou, tēs theias kephalēs autou exartēsantes. Ouk agnoei de pantōs tis ti tōn bostrychōn toutōn ergon estin, en tois anō mathōn par᾽ autēs tēs tou gymphiou phōnę̄s; hoti, HoI bostrychoi mou eplēsthēsan psekadōn hydatos. Ekeinou oun eisin hoi psechazontes bostrychoi, para tōn prophētōn nephelai honomazomenoi, aph᾽ hōn ginetai tēs didaskalias ho homdros, ho tas apsychous arouras potizōn pros tēn eucharpean Ho tōn tou Theou geōrgiōn. ᾿Apostolous de oimai tropikōs tous bostrychous hypo tou Theou logou sēmainesthai hōn tines ēsan proteron zophōdeis tois tou biou epitēdeumasin, ho lę̄stēs, ho telōnēs, ho diōktēs, kai ei tis allos toioutos kata ton melana te kai sarchothoron tōn ophthalmōn aphanistichon koraka. Legō de ton archonta tou skotous tēs exousias, kathōs phēsin ho apo korakos elatē genomenos, kai dia touto bostrychos tēs theias kephalēs chrēmatisas. Hoti proteron hōn blasphēmos kai diōktēs kai hydristēs, heōs hēn korax, pros tēn charin tautēn meteskeuasthē, bostrychos genomenos tę̄ ouranią drosǭ diathrochos, ho panti tǭ sōmati tēs Ekklēsias ton tōn apokryphōn te kai skoteinōn mystēriōn logon epipsechazōn. Toutous men legesthai para tēs nymphēs bostrychous hypenoēsamen, hoi tēs chrysēs kephalę̄s apērtēmenoi ou mikran di᾽ heautōn poiousi prosthēkēn tēs hōras, tę̄ tou pneumatos aurą per: sodoumenoi. Houtoi stephanoi ginontai kallous tę̄ akēratǭ kephalę̄, kosmountes autēn tǭ idiǭ kychlōmati. Peri toutōn gar moi dokei legein hē prophēteia, hoti Ethēkas epi tēn kephalēn autou stephanon ek lithou timiou. Hōste autous di’ hekaterōn noeisthai tōn noēmatōn, euprepeis te bostrychous, kai lithous timious, di᾽ autōn tēn chepha᾿Acholouthon d᾽ an eiē kai ta peri tōn ophthalmōn eirēmena theōrēsai tǭ logǭ.;Esti de hē lexis hautē; ᾿ophthaïmoi autou peristerai epi piērōmata hydatōn, leloumenai en galakti, kathēmenai epi plērōmata hydatōn. Ē de tōn eirēmenōn dianoia tēs men katalēpseōs hēmōn estin hypsēlotera. Ho gar an ennoēsōmen peri toutōn elatton einai tēs alētheias oiometha; schopoumenois de di᾽ epimeleias hēmin, toiautē tis edoxen einai Phēsi pou tōn heautou logōn ho theios ᾿Apostolos, mē dynasthai legein ton ophthalmon tę̄ cheiri, Chreian sou ouk echō; dogma dia toutōn poioumenos, hoti di᾽ amphoterōn prosēkei tǭ sōmati tēs Ekklēsias prattein kalōs, tou dioratikou tēs alētheias synchechramenou pros to drastērion; oute pēs theōrias kath’ heautēn tēn psychēn teleiousēs. mē kai ta erga parę̄. ta ton ēthikon katorthounta bion oute tēs praktikēs philosophias autarkę̄ parechomenēs tēn ōpheleian, mē tēs alēthinēs heusedeias tōn ginomenōn chathēgoumenēs. Ei toinyn anankaia tōn ophthalmōn pros tas cheiras estin hē syzygia, tacha prosagometha dia tōn eirēmenōn. prōton men tous ophthalmous, hoitines eisi, katanoēsai; epeita de kai ton peri autōn epainon en theōrią lathein; ton de peri pōn cheirōn logon tǭ idiǭ tamieusometha topǭ ophthalmōn gar idion ek physeōs ergon esti to horąn; dio kata tēn topikēn thesin pantōn hypercheintai tōn aisthētēriōn, eis hodēgian tou pantos sōmatos protetagmenoi para tēs physeōs. Hotan oun tous tēs alētheias chathēgoumenous para tēs theias Graphēs outōs onomazomenous akousōmen, hōn ho men tis elegeto Blepōn, heteros de ho Horōn; allos de Skopos para tǭ Theǭ houtō dia tēs prophēteias ōnomasmenos; enagometha dia toutōn, tous ephorąn kai epithlepein kai episkopein tetagmenous, ophthalmous entautha noTo de peri autous thauma kath᾽ homoiotēta tina synchritikēn ginesthai didaskometha, tēs pros to kreitton paratheseōs to kallos autōn hypographousēs. Phēsi gar᾽ʼ hoti Os:thammoi peristerai. Kalos gar hōs alēthōs tōn;toioutōn hommatōn epainos hē akakia, hēn chatorthousin hoi mēketi sarchōdei biǭ molynomenoi, alla zōntes te kai stoichountes tǭ pneumati. Ho gar pneumatikos kai aulos bios tǭ tēs peristeras eidei charaktērizetai, epeidę̄ kai auto to Pneuma to hagion houtōs hōphthē para pou Iōannou ek tōn ouranōn epi to hydōr hiptamenon. Oukoun ton anti ophthalmōn tǭ sōmati tēs Ekklēsias hypo tou Theou tetagmenon, ei melei katharōs episkopein te kai epidlepein, pasan tēn ek kakias lēmēn apochlysasthai prosēkei tǭ hydati. Esti de ouk hen hydōr niptichon tōn ommatōn, alla polla tōn toioutōn hydatōn einai phēsi ta plērōmata, Hosai gar eisin aretai, tosautas chrē tas tōn katharsiōn hydatōn ennoēsai pēgas, di᾽ hōn hoi ophthalmoi ginontai aei heautōn chatharōteroi; hoion pēgē tou katharsiou hydatos estin hē sōphrosynę̄; allē pēgē toiautē hē tapeinophrosynē, hē alētheia, kai hē dikaiosynē, kai hē andreia, kai hē tou agathou epithymia, kai hē tou; kakou alloriōsis. Tauta kai ta toiauta hydata estin ek mias men pēgēs, diaphorōn de rheithrōn eis hen athroizomena plērōma, di᾽ hōn pasēs ek pathous lēmēs ginetai tois ophthalmois ta katharsia. ᾿Allʼ eisi men epi ta plērōmata tōn hydatōn hoi ophthalmoi, hoi dia tēs acheraiotētos kai akakias tais peristerais hōmoiōmenoi; loutron de autois to gala phēsin, houtōs eipontos tou logou; hoti Leloumenai en galakti. Prepōn de tois toioutois ommasin epainos to tǭ galakti tēn toiautēn peristeran louomenēn enōraïzesthai. ᾿Alēthēs gar estin hē tou galaktos paratērēsis, hoti monon touto toiautēn echei tēn idiotēta, to mē emphainesthai autǭ eidōlon tinos kai homoiōma. Panta gar hosa tēs hygras esti physeōs, kath᾽ homoiotēta tōn katoptrōn dia tou leiou tēs epiphaneias tōn es auta blepontōn antiphainesthai paraskeuazei ta homoiōmata. En monǭ de tǭ galakti hē toiautē eidōlopoiia chōran ouk echei, Hou charin, toioutos tōn tēs Ekklēsias ophthalmōn estin ho teleōtatos epainos, to mēden anypostaton te kai peplanēmenon kai mataion para tēn tōn ontōn alētheian schiographein heautois di apatēs, alla ton ontōs onta blepein, tas de ēlēteumenas tou tę̄de biou opseis te kai phantasias mē paradechesthai. Dia touto pros tēn katharotēta tōn ommatōn hypo tēs teleias psychēs to tou galaktos loutron asphales Ho d᾽ ephexēs logos, nomos esti tois epaïousi, peri ha chrē tous ophthalmous tēn spoudēn echein. Kathēme- gai gar, phēsin, epi plērōmata hydatōn. Tēn gar diēnekę̄ prosedreian tēs peri ta theia mathēmata prosochēs ho toioutos hypotithetai logos, di᾽ hōn epainei tous katharous ophthalmous; kai hēmas didaskōn, hopōs an to idion kallos tōn ophthalmōn analathdoimen, aei tois tōn hydatōn polloi tōn eis ophthalmous tetagmenōn katalipontes to tois toioutois plērōmasi prosedreuein, tois Badypotamois parachathēntai, plērountes tēn ek prosōpou tou theou gegenēmenēn epi tōn toioutōn katēgorian. Eme enkatelipon pēgēn hydatos zōntos, kai hōryxan heautois Iakkous syntetrimmenous hoiou dynantai synechein hydōr. Mathēma oun estin, hopōs genoito an kalos ophthalmos emprepōn te kai enarmozōn tę̄ chrysę̄ kephalę̄, to einai auton akeraion men kata tēn peristeran, aplanē te kai anexapastyton kata tēn tou galaktos physin, mēdemią planę̄ dia paramonēs kai prosedreias tois plērōmasi tōn theiōn hydatōn, kath᾽ homoiotēta tou xylou tou para tas diexodous tōn hydatōn pephyteumenou kai ou methistamenou. Houtō gar hote karpos epi tou idiou kairou prodlēthēsetai, kai ho klados aeithalēs phylachthēsetai tę̄ euchroią tōn phyllōn perisodoumenos. Nyni de tōn ophthalmōn tōn pneumatikōn toutōn hyxatōn chkatamelountes, kai tēs tou logou prosedreias mikra phrontizontes, ētoi ton tēs philochrēmatias heautois lakkon horyssousin, ē tēn kenodoxian tēn hyperēphanian phreōrychousin, hē allous tinas lachchouys apatēs met᾽ epimeleias oryssousin, hoi synechein eis to diēnekes to spoudazomenon autois hydōr, physin ouk echousin, aei tēs hōde timēs te, kai dynasteias, kai doxēs, peri ēn estin hē spoudē tois pollois, homou tǭ systēnai diarrheousēs, kai ouden ichnos tēs maspoudēs en tois hē patēmenois katalipousēs. Toioutous einai bouletai tous horōntas te kai epiokopountas ho Logos, hōn chrē prodedlēsthai men, hoion tina ophryōn peridolēn, tēn tōn theiōn didagmatōn asphaleian; epichalyptesthai de tę̄ sōphrosynę̄ kathaper tini blepharōn peridolę̄ to katharon te kai stildon tēs politeias, mēpote hē tēs oiēseōs dokos empesousa tǭ katharǭ tēs korēs, empodōn genētai pros tēn horasin. Tis de kata tous ophthalmous tōn melōn tou gymphiou estin ho epainos, en tois ephexēs Theou didontos . chariti tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Homily 13 (Song 5:8–12)

"I have adjured you, daughters of Jerusalem, by the powers and by the strengths of the field: if you find my beloved, what will you tell him? That I am wounded by love. What is your beloved more than a beloved, O fair among women? What is your beloved more than a beloved, that you have so adjured us? My beloved is white and ruddy, chosen out of ten thousands. His head is gold of Kephaz; his locks are lofty, black as a raven. His eyes are like doves by the fullness of waters, bathed [in milk], by the fullness of waters."

He who gave the mysteries of the law through Moses, and fulfilled the whole law and the prophets through himself, as he says in the gospel, "I have not come to abolish the law, but to fulfil it"; who by doing away with anger wiped out murder along with it, and by removing desire drove out with it the pollution of adultery: he also banishes from life the curse of perjury, binding the sickle in idleness by forbidding the oath. For there cannot be a breach of an oath where there is no oath. So he says: "You have heard that it was said to those of old, 'You shall not swear falsely, but shall perform your oaths to the Lord.' But I say to you," he says, "do not swear at all: neither by heaven, for it is the throne of God; nor by Jerusalem, for it is the city of the great King; nor shall you swear by your head, for you cannot make one hair white or black. But let your word be 'Yes, yes' and 'No, no'; anything more than these is from the devil."

The soul attested to be perfect through the Song of Songs, having taken away the veil of the soul in putting off the old tunic and cast off the veil, which we understand to be every doubting and wavering thought, so as to look at the truth purely and without doubt, adjures the daughters of Jerusalem neither by the divine throne, which the word names heaven, nor by God's royal city, whose name is Jerusalem, nor yet by the precious head, whose hairs can become neither white nor black; but she transfers the oath to the field, putting the adjuration on the young women by the powers in it, saying: "I have adjured you, daughters of Jerusalem, by the powers and strengths of the [field]." That she who was attested to be wholly fair and pure of every blemish utters nothing superfluous, which belongs to the devil's portion, but makes her speech from God, from whom, according to Micah, comes whatever is good and whatever is fair, and nothing besides these, is plain to anyone who has learned from the Master's testimony the advantages that belong to the bride. For she has let go all the forbidden kinds of oath, and has made neither the royal city nor the throne of the great King an object of oath for the young women (by this we are taught how far we must keep from venturing on God in oaths, since we are not permitted to take even the throne or the city into an oath); and she has spared besides the precious head, which in what follows she describes in words as golden, whose hairs are neither white nor black (for how could gold be blackened or changed in colour to white?). Surely, then, she puts to the virgins an adjuration of such a kind as does not fight against the law of the gospel, and becomes a ground of praise for those who have sworn, according to the prophet's word that says, "Everyone who swears by him shall be praised." So the sense of what is said is not outside the double word by which the law of the gospel wishes the truth to be confirmed, saying: "Let your word be 'Yes, yes' and 'No, no.'"

If, then, among the thoughts of the oath the King's throne is forbidden to be taken, and the city in which the palace is is forbidden, and in the same way the true head is forbidden from being taken into an oath, and only "Yes" and "No" are allowed, the truth being seen equally through both in the "Yes," it would be plain that now too the oath which the bride puts on the young women is drawn up within the sense of "Yes," where the assent of our soul must be firmly set. The wording runs thus: "I have adjured you, daughters of Jerusalem, by the powers and strengths of the field: if you find my beloved, what will you tell him? That I am wounded by love." These things have already been contemplated in what went before, as the sequence of thoughts required; but what we find will be said briefly now too.

The apostle says that the oath is an unchangeable thing, confirming the truth by itself, and he defines it as the end of every dispute, for the confirmation of what is known. So the bride puts the adjuration on the virgins, so that what is said may be kept by them without being betrayed. But since every oath is made by what is greater, as the apostle says (for no one would make an oath by what is less honourable than himself), we should examine what greater thing is put to the young women by the bride in the oath. "I have adjured you," she says, "O daughters of Jerusalem, by the powers and strengths of the field." What, then, in these is above us? We do not doubt that the field is to be understood by figurative meaning as the world, since the Lord both named and interpreted the world so. What, then, are the many powers and strengths of the world set before us in the oath, which must be thought greater than us, so that the oath, made by what is greater, may have strength for the confirmation of the truth? It would therefore be necessary, for clarity about the words before us, to set beside them another edition interpreting the texts, which runs thus: "I have adjured [you, daughters of] Jerusalem, by the [gazelles] and by the deer of the field." We are taught, then, by these names in what the strength of this world consists and in what its power, which are taken up through the oath for the confirmation of the truth.

There are two things that make man God's own. One is the unerring character of the conception of what truly is, so as not to be carried away by deceived suppositions into pagan and heretical opinions about the Divine; this is truly the "Yes." The other is pure reasoning, which banishes every passionate disposition of the soul; nor is this estranged from the "Yes." The mention of the gazelles and the deer makes known through symbols the power of this double possession of goods, one of which makes us look up to what truly is, while the other puts to flight the passions that harm the soul. For of these, the one sees unerringly, and the other has a power of devouring and destroying wild creatures. This, then, is the "Yes" that the bride puts to the virgins: that one must look to the Divine with piety and pass through life purely in freedom from passion. When these are achieved, the unchangeable thing, the "Yes," is confirmed in us. For this is the oath that guarantees the truth, by which everyone who swears is praised, as the prophet says. For truly the one who has achieved security in himself in these two things, in the word of faith, when he looks unerringly to the truth, and in the manner of life, when he is pure of every defilement from wickedness, swears to the Lord not to go up to the couch of his bed, not to give sleep to his eyes nor slumber to his eyelids, until he finds in himself a place for the Lord, having become a tabernacle for the one who dwells in him.

If, then, we too are children of the Jerusalem above, let us hear the bride, our teacher, how it is possible to see the [beloved]. What, then, does she say? If we make this the object of our oath, to be in the powers of the clear-sighted gazelles and in the strengths of the deer that destroy vice, it is possible through these to see the pure bridegroom, the archer of love, and for each one's soul to say to him, "I am wounded by love." We have learned from Proverbs too that the wounds of love are good, where it says, "The wounds of a friend are to be chosen, but even the kisses of enmity are evil." Who is the friend whose wounds are preferable to the enemy's kisses? It is plain to all who are not ignorant of the mysteries of salvation. For the true and steadfast friend is the one who did not stop loving us even when we had become enemies; and the faithless and savage enemy is the one who brought us to death though we had done him no wrong. To the first-formed humans the prohibition of evil given through the commandment seemed a wound; for estrangement from what was pleasant was thought a wound, and the urging toward what was pleasant and appeared fine a kiss. But experience showed that what were thought the friend's wounds were more profitable and more to be chosen than the enemy's kisses. Since, then, the fair lover of our souls showed his love by this, that while we were still sinners Christ died for us, the bride, loving in return the one who loved her, shows the arrow of love lodged deep within her, that is, fellowship in his Godhead. For love is God, as has been said, who came into the heart through the point of faith. And if we must also say the name of this arrow, we have found what we learned from Paul: that this arrow is faith working through love. But let these things stand as seems good to each.

Let us see also the question put to the teacher by the virgins: "What is your beloved more than a beloved, O fair among women? What is your beloved more than a beloved, that you have so adjured us?" The saying seems to me to contain some such sense as the sequence of what has been examined lets us conjecture. For the virgins saw the fair going out of the bride's soul, when she who said, "My soul went out at his word," clung to the Word. And they knew that, having gone out, she was seeking the one who is not found through signs, and was calling aloud the one who did not answer to names. For this reason they say: "How shall we come to know him, who is found by no recognizable sign, who neither answers when called nor is held when sought? You too, then, take the veils from our eyes, as the watchmen of the city did for you, so that we may have some guidance toward what is sought. Tell us who your beloved is, as he is in the account of his nature. Give us an approach to knowing him by some recognizable proofs, you who have been filled with the beautiful and for this reason have become fair among women. Make known to us what is sought, and teach us by what signs the invisible one is found, so that we may tell him about the arrow of love by which you have been wounded in the middle of the heart, increasing your longing through the sweet pain." It would be better to take up the same saying again word for word, so that the sense set out may fit the texts: "What is your beloved more than a beloved, O fair among women? What is your beloved more than a beloved, that you have so adjured us?"

Let us hear, then, the one who has been [freed of the veil], who looks at the truth with the eye of the soul: how she describes what is sought for them, how she paints in words the character of the one she longs for, how she brings before the virgins' eyes the one who is unknown.

For of Christ, one aspect is uncreated and the other created. We call uncreated in him what is eternal and before the ages and the maker of all beings; and created what, in the economy on our behalf, was conformed to the body of our humiliation. Or rather, it would be better to set out the sense of this in words through the divine sayings themselves. We call uncreated the Word who was in the beginning, through whom all things came into being, and without whom nothing of what has come into being exists; and created, the one who became flesh and dwelt among us. Even when he was made flesh, the glory that showed forth reveals that God was manifested in flesh: God, surely, the only-begotten, who is in the bosom of the Father, as John says: "We beheld his glory." And though what appeared was a man, what was made known through him, he says, was "glory as of the only-begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth."

Since, then, what is uncreated in him, before the ages and eternal, is wholly ungraspable and unutterable for every nature, but what was manifested to us through flesh can to some extent come into knowledge, the teacher therefore always looks to these things and makes her discourse about whatever can be taken in by her hearers. I mean the great mystery of piety, through which God was manifested in flesh, he who was in the form of God and lived among men through flesh. Since he once drew to himself through the first fruits the perishable nature of the flesh, which he took up through incorrupt virginity, he always sanctifies the common nature with incorruption through those who are united to him by fellowship in the mystery, nourishing his own body, the church, and fitting to the common body the members that grow through faith in him, each in its place. He makes the whole comely, disposing believers suitably and fittingly as eyes and mouth and hands and the other parts. For so Paul says: "The body is one, but the members are many." And the members do not all have the same rank; but there is an eye in the body that does not despise the hand, and one who is a head does not push away the feet; rather, the whole body is blended with itself through its members in the variety of their activities, so that the members may not rebel against the whole. Having set out these thoughts through riddles, he brings the discourse to greater clarity, saying: "God has set in the church apostles, prophets, teachers, and shepherds, for the equipping of the saints, for the work of ministry, for the building up of the body of Christ, until we all attain to the unity of the faith and of the knowledge of God, to the perfect man, to the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ." And again: "Let us grow up into him in all things, who is the head, Christ, from whom the whole body, joined and held together by every joint with which it is supplied, according to the working in the measure of each part, makes the growth of his body, for building up in love." So the one who looks at the church looks straight at Christ, who builds up and enlarges himself through the addition of those who are saved.

She, then, who has put off the veil from her eyes sees with pure eye the unspeakable beauty of the bridegroom, and for this reason has been wounded by the bodiless and fiery arrow of passionate love. For love intensified is called passionate love (ἔρως); of which no one is ashamed, when the shot from it is not against the flesh; rather, one boasts of the wound when one receives in the depth of the heart the point of immaterial longing. This is what the bride too has done, saying to the young women, "[I am wounded by love]."

She, then, who has advanced to such perfection, since she had also to show the virgins the beauty of the bridegroom, does not speak of what was in the beginning (for it was not possible for the unspeakable to be revealed by power of speech), but leads the virgins by the hand to the [manifestation] that came about through flesh. The great John too did this, keeping silence on what was from the beginning, and describing carefully what we have seen and heard and our hands have handled concerning the word of truth. So the bride says to them: "My beloved is white and ruddy, chosen out of ten thousands. His head is gold of Kephaz; his locks are lofty, black as a raven. His eyes are like doves by the fullness of waters, bathed in milk, sitting by the fullness of waters. His cheeks are like bowls of spice, putting forth perfumes. His lips are lilies, dripping full myrrh. His hands are turned, golden, filled with Tharsis. His belly is an ivory tablet on a sapphire stone. His legs are pillars [of marble] on bases of gold. His appearance is like chosen Lebanon, like cedars. His throat is sweetness, and he is altogether desire. This is my beloved, and this is my close one, daughters of Jerusalem."

All these things, through which the description of his beauty has been made, are not indications of the invisible and incomprehensible things of the Godhead, but of what was manifested in the economy, when he was seen on earth and lived among men, having put on human nature. Through these, according to the apostle's word, his invisible things too are clearly seen, understood through the things made, manifested through the construction of the church's world. For the construction of the church is the creation of a world, in which, according to the prophet's word, a new heaven is created, which is the firmament of faith in Christ, as Paul says; and a new earth is prepared, which drinks the rain that comes upon it; and another man is formed, renewed through the birth from above after the image of the one who created him; and another nature of luminaries comes to be, of whom he says, "You are the light of the world," and "among whom you shine as luminaries in the world"; and many stars, rising in the firmament of faith. And it is not yet this that is wonderful, that there are multitudes of stars in this new world, numbered and named by God, whose names the maker of such stars says are written in the heavens. For so I have heard the creator of the new creation say to his own luminaries: "Your names are written in the heavens." Nor is this the only paradox of the new creation, that a multitude of stars is made in it by the Word, but also that many suns are created, lighting the inhabited world with the rays of good works. For so the maker of such suns says: "Let your light shine before men," and "Then the righteous will shine like the sun."

As, then, the one who looks at the perceptible world, and understands the wisdom that shows in the beauty of beings, reasons by analogy, through what is seen, to the invisible beauty and the fountain of wisdom whose outflow constituted the nature of beings, so the one who looks at this new world of the creation in the church sees in it the one who is and becomes all in all, his knowledge being led by the hand through what can be taken in and grasped by our faith toward what cannot be contained. For this reason, since the virgin souls make this request of the soul that has run up to perfection, that the one she longs for be made known to them, she describes to the virgins the marks of the one sought through what has been manifested to us for salvation. And having made the whole church one body of the bridegroom, she shows some particular thought through each of the members in the description of the beauty, so that from all the parts contemplated singly [the beauty of the whole body may be made known].

She makes the beginning of her teaching, then, with what is near and familiar to us. For she begins from the body of instruction, just as Matthew did: having traced the genealogy of the mystery according to the flesh from Abraham and David, he left it to the great John to proclaim, to those already instructed in the elements by these things, the beginning understood from eternity and the Word understood together with the beginning. Through these thoughts, then, the bride initiates the young women: that our mind will not be led to the ungraspable and boundless before it has laid hold by faith of what was seen; and what was seen is the nature of the flesh. For when she says, "My beloved is white and ruddy," she describes in words the property of the flesh through the mixing of these two colours. She did this also earlier, naming him an apple tree, whose appearance is seen to be mixed of both colours. For the apple is white and grows red, showing symbolically, I think, the nature of blood by its redness. But since all flesh is constituted in one way, marriage always opening the road to birth for those who [come] into this life through generation, so that no one, accepting a generation of flesh in the mystery of piety, might let his mind slip down to the works and passions of nature, thinking the generation of that flesh to be of the same kind as all: for this reason she confessed that the one who shared in flesh and blood is white and ruddy, hinting at the nature of the body through the two colours; yet she does not say that he was born in the same way, by the common birth. But out of all the ten thousands from whom human beings have come, and to which nature will advance as it flows through the birth of those who come after, he alone is the one who touched this life by a new kind of childbirth, for whose coming into being nature did not cooperate but served.

For this reason, she says, this white and ruddy one, who came to dwell in life through flesh and blood, is alone out of all the ten thousands [born] from virginal purity: the childbirth undefiled, the travail painless. His bridal chamber is the power of the Most High, overshadowing the virginity like a cloud; the wedding torch is the shining of the Holy Spirit; the bed is freedom from passion; and the marriage is incorruption. He, then, who came into being from such things was fittingly named "chosen" (ἐκλελοχισμένος) out of all the ten thousands, which signifies that he is not from a childbed (λέχος). For his birth alone was without childbirth, as his conception was without marriage. For in the case of one incorrupt and without experience of marriage it is not possible properly to speak the name of childbirth, since the names of virginity and childbirth are incompatible in the same person. But as a Son was given to us without a father, so the child was born without childbirth. For as the Virgin did not know how the body that received God was formed in her body, so neither did she perceive the birth, the prophecy testifying to the painlessness of her travail. For Isaiah says: "Before the pains of travail came, she escaped and bore a male." For this reason he is "chosen out of childbirth," departing in both respects from the sequence of nature, neither beginning from pleasure nor coming forth through pain. And this happens consistently and is not beyond reason. For since she who brought death into nature through sin was condemned to bear in griefs and pains, it was altogether fitting that the mother of life should begin her pregnancy from joy and complete the birth through joy. For "Rejoice," the archangel says to her, by that word [taking away] the grief that from the beginning was allotted to childbirth because of sin.

This, then, is the one who, by the new and singular manner of birth, out of all the ten thousands alone became such, fittingly named white and ruddy because of the flesh and the blood, and chosen out of ten thousands because of the incorrupt and passionless character of his birth compared with the others. Or perhaps the bride fitted this word to him also because of the other kinds of birth that came about through childbirth. You surely know how many times the firstborn of all creation was born: among many brothers, the firstborn from the dead, the first who loosed the pangs of death and opened for all the way of birth from the dead through the resurrection. In all these he was born, yet he did not pass into birth through childbirth. For the birth from water did not admit the experience of childbirth, nor the rebirth from the dead, nor his being firstborn of this divine creation; but in all these the birth is pure of childbirth. For this reason she says: "Chosen out of ten thousands."

What his beauty is like as she describes it in each of his members, it would be time to understand through what has been said. "His head is gold of Kephaz." If [translated] into our language, gold pure and unadulterated and free of every admixture is shown by this word. Those who put the words of the Hebrews into Greek seem to me to have left the word "Kephaz" untranslated because they found no word in Greek speech that expresses the meaning seen in the Hebrew word. But we, having learned that such a word indicates what is purely clean, unmixed with all filthy matter and not admitting it, are led to understand this about the text before us: that the head of the body of the church is Christ. And by Christ we now mean, not referring this name to the eternity of the Godhead, but to the man who received God, who was seen on earth and lived among men, the shoot of virginity, in whom all the fullness of the Godhead dwelt bodily, the first fruits of the common lump, through whom the Word clothed himself with our nature, making it undefiled, [pure of] all [evil]. For the prophet says of him, "He committed no sin," [and the apostle speaks] of the one who was tempted in all things according to the likeness of our nature, without sin. The head, then, of the body of the church, the first fruits of our whole nature, is the gold pure and unmixed with all vice and not admitting it.

And the locks, which were once gloomy and black, like ravens in appearance (I mean those ravens whose work is to peck out eyes, according to the proverbial word, and to prepare those robbed of their organs of sight as food for the eagles' young), these, becoming "lofty," the high trees that reach to heaven, because they have run up from earth to the heavenly height, become an addition to the bridegroom's beauty, hanging from his divine head. Surely no one is ignorant of what the work of these locks is, having learned it above from the bridegroom's own voice: "My locks are filled with drops of water." His, then, are the dripping locks, named clouds by the prophets, from which comes the rain of teaching that waters the lifeless fields for the fruitfulness of God's husbandry. I think that by the locks the apostles are figuratively signified by God the Word, some of whom were formerly gloomy in the practices of their life: the robber, the tax collector, the persecutor, and anyone else of the sort, like the black and flesh-eating raven that destroys eyes. I mean the ruler of the power of darkness, as the one says who became a lofty tree from a raven and for this reason was named a lock of the divine head: that, being formerly a blasphemer and a persecutor and insolent, while he was a raven, he was changed to this grace, becoming a lock soaked with heavenly dew, sprinkling the whole body of the church with the word of hidden and dark mysteries. We have understood, then, that these are called locks by the bride; hanging from the golden head, they make no small addition to its loveliness, stirred by the breeze of the Spirit. These become crowns of beauty for the undefiled head, adorning it with their circle. For of these the prophecy seems to me to say, "You set on his head a crown of precious stone." So they are understood by both thoughts, as comely locks and as precious stones, by which the head [is adorned].

It would follow to contemplate in words also what is said about the eyes. The wording is this: "His eyes are doves by the fullness of waters, bathed in milk, sitting by the fullness of waters." The sense of what is said is higher than our grasp. For whatever we understand about these we think less than the truth; but as we examine it carefully, it seemed to us something like this. The divine apostle says somewhere in his writings that the eye cannot say to the hand, "I have no need of you," making it a teaching by this that the body of the church must act well through both, the clear sight of the truth being blended with what is active; since neither does contemplation by itself perfect the soul unless the works that achieve the moral life are present, nor does practical philosophy provide sufficient benefit unless true piety leads what is done. If, then, the pairing of the eyes with the hands is necessary, perhaps we are led by what has been said first to understand who the eyes are, then to take in contemplation the praise of them; the account of the hands we shall keep for its own place. For seeing is the proper work of eyes by nature; for this reason in their position they lie above all the senses, set in front by nature for the guidance of the whole body. When, then, we hear that those who lead in the truth are so named by divine Scripture, one of whom was called the Seer, another the One Who Sees, and another named by the prophecy the Watchman before God, we are led by these to understand here as eyes those appointed to oversee and look upon and watch over.

And we are taught that the wonder about them comes by a certain comparative likeness, the comparison with something better describing their beauty. For it says: "His eyes are doves." For innocence is truly a fine praise of such eyes, which those achieve who are no longer defiled by a fleshly life, but live and walk by the Spirit. For the spiritual and immaterial life is characterized by the form of the dove, since the Holy Spirit himself was seen so by John, flying from heaven upon the water. So the one appointed by God as eyes for the body of the church, if he is to oversee and look upon purely, must wash off in the water all the rheum of vice. And it is not one water that washes the eyes, but it says the fullnesses of such waters are many. For as many as the virtues are, so many must we understand the fountains of cleansing waters to be, through which the eyes become always purer than themselves: for example, self-control is a fountain of cleansing water; another such fountain is humility; truth, righteousness, courage, desire for the good, and estrangement from evil. These and such are waters from one fountain, but gathered from different streams into one fullness, through which the eyes are cleansed of all the rheum of passion.

The eyes, then, are by the fullnesses of the waters, made like doves through their purity and innocence; and it says that their bath is milk, since the word says, "bathed in milk." It is a fitting praise for such eyes that such a dove is made lovely by bathing in milk. For the observation about milk is true, that it alone has this property: no image or likeness appears in it. For all things of liquid nature, like mirrors, make the likenesses of those who look into them appear back through the smoothness of their surface; in milk alone such image-making has no place. For this reason the most perfect praise of the church's eyes is this: to sketch for themselves by deceit nothing unsubstantial, erring, and vain, beside the truth of beings, but to see the one who truly is, and not to admit the [deceptive] sights and imaginings of this life. For this reason the perfect soul [counts] the bath of milk a safe thing for the purity of the eyes.

The next word is a law for those who understand, telling on what the eyes must spend their zeal. "Sitting," it says, "by the fullness of waters." For such a word suggests the constant attendance of attention on the divine teachings, by which it praises pure eyes, and teaches us how we may take up again the proper beauty of the eyes: [by sitting] always by the [fullnesses] of the waters. [But now] many of those appointed to be eyes, having left off attending such fullnesses, sit beside deep rivers [of another kind], fulfilling the accusation made in the person of God against such men: "They have forsaken me, the fountain of living water, and dug for themselves broken cisterns that cannot hold water." The lesson, then, of how an eye may become fair, suiting and fitting the golden head, is this: that it be innocent like the dove, unerring and undeceived like the nature of milk, [wandering] in no error, through remaining and attending by the fullnesses of the divine waters, like the tree planted by the channels of the waters and not moved. For so its fruit will be put forth in its own season, and the branch will be kept ever green, stirring with the bright colour of its leaves. But now those of the eyes who neglect these spiritual waters and care little about attending to the word either dig for themselves the cistern of love of money, or dig the well of vainglory and pride, or carefully dig some other cisterns of deceit, which by nature cannot hold for ever the water they are eager for; for honour and power and glory here, on which the zeal of the many is spent, always flow away as soon as they are formed, and leave no trace of the zeal in those deceived. The Word wishes those who see and oversee to be such that the security of the divine teachings is set before them like a covering of eyebrows, and the purity and brightness of their way of life is covered by self-control as by a covering of eyelids, so that the beam of conceit may never fall into the pure pupil and become a hindrance to sight.

What the praise is in the members of the bridegroom [after] the eyes [we shall consider] in what follows, God granting, by the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 14

14PG 44

Σιαγόγες αὐτοῦ ὡς φιάλαι τοῦ ἀρώματος φύουσαι μυρεψικά. Χείλη αὐτοῦ κρίνα στάζοντα σμύρΧεῖρες αὐτοῦ τορευταὶ, χρυσαῖ, πεπιἪληρωμέναι Θαρσεῖς. Κοιλία αὐτοῦ πυξίον φάντιγον ἐπὶ λίθου σαπφείρου. Κνῆμαι αὐτοῦ στύλοι μαρμάριγοι, τεθεμελιωμένοι ἐπὶ βάσεις χρυσᾶς. Εἶδος αὐτοῦ, ὡς Λίδανος ἐκλεκτὸς ὡς κέδροι. Φάρυγξ αὐτοῦ γιλυκασμοὶ καὶ ὄνος ἐπιθυμία. Οὗτος ἀδεριδός μου, καὶ οὗτος πλησίον Ὁ τῷ ἀδόλῳ γάλακτι τρέφων τὸ νηπιάζον ἕτι τῆς πνευματικῆς ἡλικίας, τροφὸς καθώς φησιν αὐτὸς ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, τῶν ἀρτιγενῶν ἐν τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ γινόμε-, νος ταμιεύεται τὸν τῆς σοφίας ἄρτον τοῖς τελειωθεῖσι κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον, εἰπών’ Σοφίαν δὲ μεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις· οἵ διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν διδαγμάτων ἕξιν γεγυμνασμένα ἔχοντες τὰ αἰσθητήρια τῆς ψυχῆς, τοῦ ἄρτου τῆς σοφίας εὐπαράδεκτοι γίνονται, ποῖς λεπτοποιοῦσιν ἐν τοῖς ὁδοῦσι τὸν λογισμὸν, σιαγόνος ἐς τροφὴν προσδεόμενοι· χρὴ τοίνυν εἶναι καὶ σιαγόνας ἐν τῷ σώματι Χριστοῦ τοῖς μηκέτι προσανέχουσι τῇ θηλῇ τοῦ Λόγου ἀλλ᾽ ἤδη τῆς στερεωτέρας ἐφιέμενοι τροφῆς, περὶ ὧν νῦν ποιεῖται λόγον ἡ νύμφη λέγουσα οὕτως· Σιαγόγες αὐτοῦ ὡς φιάλαι τοῦ ἀρώματος φύουσαι μυρεψικά. Τὸ μὲν οὖν ἀκολούθως ἔχειν τὸν περὶ τῶν σιαγόνων λόγον τοῖς περὶ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν θεωρηθεῖτι, παντὶ δῆλον ἂν εἴη τῷ συνετῶς ἐπαῖοντι. Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ χρὴ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τῷ πληρώματι τῶν πνευματικῶν ὑδάτων προσεδρεύοντα τῷ ἀπλανεῖ τε καὶ ἀδόλῳ λούεσθαι γάλακτι, περιστερᾷ ὁμοιούμενον, ἵνα κοινωνοὺς ποιήσῃ τῶν ἰδίων ἀγαθῶν πάντας τοὺς ἐς τὸ σῶμα συντελοῦντας τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Οὗ χάριν καὶ ὁ μέγας ἮἨσαϊας, τὸν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ ὑψηλὸν ἀναδάντα διὰ τῆς πολιτείας βοᾶν διακελεύεται λαμπρᾷ τῇ φωνῇ, ὥστε γνῶναι δι᾽ αὐτοῦ τοὺς ἀκούοντας, τὸν μετὰ ἰσχύος ἐρχόμενον Κύριον, καὶ τὸν ἐξουσιάζοντα τῶν ὄντων βραχίονα, τὸν ποιμαίνοντα τὸ ποίμνιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρνας συνάγοντα, καὶ τὰς καλῶς διὰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίδων χυοφορούσας παρακαλοῦντα, τὸν διειληφότα τὸν οὐρανὸν σπιθαμῇ, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν δρακὶ περισφίγγοντα· καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα πρὸς τούτοις ἡ προφητεία φησὶ δεῖν παρὰ τοῦ τῆς ἀκρωρείας ἐπιδεδηχότος κηρύσσεσθαι. Εἰ τοίνυν ἐπὶ τούτων γίνεται τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡ ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων τε καὶ τυῦ γάλακτος δύναμις πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπίγνωσιν, ἀκολούθως ἐπαινοῦνται μετ᾽ ἐκείνους αἱ σιαγόνες, ὧν ἔργον ἐστὶ τὸ λεπτοποιεῖν τὴν τροφὴν δι᾿ ἧς ἡ τοῦ σώματος συντηρεῖται φύσις καὶ δύναμις. Ἴδωμεν τοίνυν ἐν τίνι τῶν σιαγόνων ἐστὶν ὁ ἕπαι-͵ νος αὐτῆς. ᾿Ακούσωμεν τῆς νύμφης, οἷα περὶ αὐτῶν διεξέρχεται, Σιαγόγες αὐτοῦ, φησὶν, ὡς φιάλαι τοῦ ἀρώματος, φύουσαι μένον τῶν ἐκπωμάτων εἶδος ὁ λόγος σημαίνει τῷ τῆς φιάλης ὀνόματι, ἐν ᾧ χλέπτεται διὰ τῆς κατα( σκευῆς ἡ κχοιλότης, οὔτε ἄγαν βαθυνομένου τοῦ σχήματος, οὔτε δι᾽ εὐθείας ἐξυπτιάζοντος, ὡς μήτε κοῖλον ἀχριδῶς εἶναι δοκεῖν, μήτε ἐπίπεδον ᾿ εἰ τοίνυν τὸ τοιοῦτον εἶδος ὑποδείκνυσι διὰ τῆς φιάλης ἢ νύμφη· ἴδιον ἂν ἔχοι λόγον ἐκ τοῦ σχήματος τούτου τῶν σιαγόνων ὁ ἔπαινος. Εἴποι γὰρ ἄν τις τὸ ἁπλοῦν τε καὶ διηπλωμένον καὶ ἄδολον τῆς διδασκαλίας ἐπαινέσαι τὸν λόγον βουλόμενον μνήμην τῆς φιάλτς ποιήσασθαι· ἐν ᾧ τὸ ἀπηγορευμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Προφήτου βάθος συστῆναι οὐ δύναται, τοῦ εἰπόντος Ρυσθείην ἐκ τῶν μισούντων μὲ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν βαθέων τῶν ὑδάτων. Τὴν οὖν ἐν ἁπλότητι φαινομένη ἀλήθειαν δίχα τινὸς δολερᾶς κοιλότητός φαμεν διὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς φιάλης σημαίνεσθαι, ἧς ὕλη μέν ᾿ ἔστι τὸ ἄρωμα· ἔργον δὲ τὸ φύειν μυρεψιχά. ΣιαὉ τόνες γὰρ αὐτοῦ ὡς φιάλαι τοῦ ἀρώματος, οὐκ ἐξ ἀργύρου γενόμεναι, ἢ χρυσοῦ, ἣ ὑέλου, ἢ τινος ἐτέρας ὕλης τοιαύτης, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀρώματος ταῦτα ἐξ αὐτῶν φύουσα, δι᾽ ὧν τὰ μύρα κατασκευάζεται. Σαφὴς δὲ πάντως ἐστὶν ἡ διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων τοῖς ῥητοῖς τούτοις ἐνθεωρουμένη διάνοια, ὅτι τῶν καθαρῶν τῆς Ἐκχχλησίας ὀμμάτων ἐστὶ τοιαύτην πατῷ σώματι τὴν τροφὴν, τῇ τῶν σιαγόνων δυνάμει, ὡς μηδὲν βαθύ τε καὶ ὕπουλον ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις ὁρᾶσθαι· ἀλλ᾽ εἶναι πάντα τηλαυγῇ τε καὶ ἐλεύθερα, καὶ πάσης δολερᾶς ἐπικρύψεως καὶ βαθύτητος κεχωρισμένα· ὡς καὶ νηπίοις εἶναι κατάδηλα, καθώς φησιν ὁ Προφήτης Ἡ μαρΚυρίου τηλαυγὴς, φωτίζουσα Εἰ γὰρ τοιαῦται εἶεν αἱ φιάλαι τοῦ Λόγου, οὐκ ἐκ ἧς γηΐνης ὕλης δηλονότι συστήσονται· ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ ἀρώματος ἔσται ἡ φύσις· ἐκείνου λέγω τοῦ ἀῤώματος, ὃ ὑπὲρ πάντα τὰ ἀρώματά φησιν εἶναι ἡ νύμφη, ἐν τοῖς προοιμίοις τοῦ λσματος. Τοιαύτη φιάλη ὁ Παῦλος ἦν, ὁ μὴ ἐν πανουργίᾳ τὸν λόγον, ἀλλὰ τῇ φανερώσει τῆς ἀληθείας ἑαυτὸν συνιστάνων. Οὗ ἡ ὕλη τὸ ἐκ γῆς εἶναι ἀπέθετο, ἀφ᾽ οὗ διὰ τοῦ βαπτισμοῦ τὰς λεπίδας τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τῇ σαρκὶ συναπέδαλεν· ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ εὐπνοοῦντος ἀρώματος ἀνεσκενάσθη, τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος τέκνον γενόμενος. Ὃς ἐπειδὴ διὰ ἧς τοιαύτης χαλχείας ἐκλογῆς σκεῦος κατεσκευάσθη πρὸς τὴν οἰνοχοῖαν τοῦ λόγου φιάλη γενόμενος, οὐκέτι χρείαν ἔσχεν ἀνθρώπου, τὴν γνῶσιν αὐτῷ τῶν μυστηρίων ἐγχέοντος· οὐ γὰρ προσανέθετο σαρκὶ καὶ αἴματι· ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔφυεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ καὶ ἀνέδρυε τὸν θεῖον ποτὸν, διὰ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ εὐωδίας τὰ ποικίλα τῶν ἀρετῶν ἄνθη μυρεψῶν οἷς ἀκούουσιν, ὥστε κατὰ τὰς διαφοράς τε καὶ ἰδιότητάς τῶν δεχομένων τὸν λόγον, κατάλληλον εὑρέσχεσθαι πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ζητοῦντος χρείὰν τὸ ἄρωμα τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, τοῖς Ἕλλησι, ταῖς γυναιξὶ, τοῖς ἀνδράσι, τοῖς δεσπόταις, οἷς δούλοις, τοῖς γανεῦσι, τοῖς τέκνοις, τοῖς ἀνόμοις, οἷς ὑπὸ νόμον. ΓὌντως αὐτῷ πολυειδὴς ἣν διὰ πάσης ἀρετῆς χεχραμένη τῆς διδασκαλίας ἡ χάρις, διὰ τῶν ποικίλων διδαγμάτων, καταλλήλως τῇ ἑκάστου χρείᾳ μυρεψούσης τῆς φιάλης τοῖς δεχομένοις τὸν λόγον. Τὰς οὖν τοιαύτας ἐπαινεῖ σιαγόνας ἡ τὸ τοῦ σώματος οὔ νυμφίου κάλλος διαζωγραφοῦσα τῷ λόγῳ καὶ ὅτι πρὸς τοῦτο βλέπει τῶν σιαγόνων ὁ ἔπαινος, ὁ ἐφεξῆς λόγος δι᾽ ἀκολουθίας μαρτύρεται. Ἐπαινεῖται γὰρ μετὰ τὰς σιαγόνας τὰ χεΐλῃ, δι᾽ ὧνό ἀρωματίξζων λόγος προέρχεται. Οὕτω δὲ ὁ ἔπαινος ἔχει· Χείλη αὐτοῦ κρίνα, στάζοντα σμύρναν πλήρη. Δύο κατὰ ταὐτὸν ἀρετὰς μαρτυρεῖ τῷ λόγῳ διὰ τοῦ διπλοῦ ὑποδείγματος· ὧν ἡ μέν ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια, λαμπρά τὲ καὶ φωτοειδὴς ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις θεωρουμένη. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ τοῦ χρίνου τὸ εἶδος, οὗ ἡ λαμπρότης, ἀΐνιγμα τῆς τῶν λεγομένων καθαρότητός τε καὶ ἀληθείας ἐστίν. Ἕτερον δὲ, τὸ μόνην τὴν νοητὴν τε καὶ ἄῦλον ζωὴν ὑπὸ τῆς διδασκαλίας προδείχνυσθαι, διὰ τῆς τῶν νοητῶν θεωρίας ἀπονεχρουμένης τῆς κάτω ζωῆς, τῆς διὰ σαρκός τε καὶ αἵματος ἐνεργουμένης. Ἢ γὰρ ἀποῤῥέουσα ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος σμύρνα, καὶ πλήρη ποιοῦσα ἑαντῆς τὴν ποῦ δεχομένου ψυχὴν, τῆς τοῦ σώματος νεκρώσεως ἔμφασις γίνεται. Πολλαχῇ γὰρ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἐν τῇ καταχρήσει τῶν θεοπνεύστων λόγων παρατετήρηται, ποῦ θανάτου σημαντικὸν εἶναι τῆς σμύρνης τὸ ὄνομα. Ὁ τοίνυν τέλειος καὶ καθαρὸς ὀφθαλμὸς, ὁ τὴν σιαγόνα φιάλην ποιῶν τὴν τὰ μύρα ἐξ αὐτῆς φύουσάν τε καὶ πηγάζουσαν, οὗτος ἀνθεῖ τὰ κρίνα τῶν λόγων διὰ τοῦ στόματος, τῶν τῇ θείᾳ χεχαλλωπισμένων λαμπρότητι. Οὕτω γὰρ τοὺς καθαρούς τε καὶ δι᾿ ἡ τῆς σμύρνης σταγὼν, ἀνελλιπῶς πληροῦσα τὴν τῶν δεχομένων διάνοιαν· ὅπερ ἐστὶ τῆς ὑλικῶς ζωῆς ὑπεροψία, πάντων τῶν τῇδε σπουδαζομένων, διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑπερκειμένων ἀγαθῶν ἐπιθυμίαν, ἀνενεργήτων πε καὶ νεκρῶν γινομένων. Τοιαύτην ὅποτε Παῦλος σμύρναν προχέει τοῦ στόματος, μεμιγμένην τῷ καθαρῷ κχρίνῳ τῆς σωφροσύνης, ἐν ἀκοαῖς τῆς ἁγίας παρθένου. Θέκλα δὲ ἣν ἡ παρθένος, ἣ καλῶς τῇ ψυχῇ τὰς ἀποῤῥεούσας σταγόνας ἐν ἑαυτῇ δεξαμένη, θανάτῳ διαλαμόάνει τὸν ἔξωθεν ἄνθρωπον, πᾶσαν σαρχώδη διάνοιάν τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν ἑαυτῆς ἀποσδέσασα. Ἧς μετὰ τὴν ἀγαθὴν διδασκαλίαν νεκρὰ μὲν ἡ νεότης, νεκρὸν δὲ τὸ ἐπιφαινόμενον κάλλος, νεκρὰ δὲ πάντα τὰ σωματικὰ αἰσθητήρια, μόνου ζῶντος ἐν αὐτῇ τοῦ λόγου δι᾽ οὗ ἐτεθνήκει μὲν αὐτῇ ἅπας ὁ κόσμος, ἐτεθνήκει δὲ καὶ ἡ παρθένος τῷ κόσμῳ. Οὕτω ποτὲ καὶ παρὰ Κορνηλίῳ ὁ μέγας Πέτρος, τὰ λαμπρὰ τοῦ λόγου κρίνα φθεγγόμενος, πλήρεις τῆς σμύρνης τὰς τῶν ἀκουόντων ψυχὰς παρεσκεύασεν, οὗ παραχρῆμα τὸν λόγον δεξάμενοι, τῷ Χριστῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος συνετάφησαν, νεκροὶ τῷ βίῳ γενόμενοι. Καὶ μυρία πρὸς τούτοις ἔστιν εὑρεῖν τῶν ἁγίων ὑποδείγματα, πῶς τοῦ κοινοῦ σώματος τῆς Ἐκκλησίας στόμα γινόμενοι τῆς νεχρωτιχῇς τῶν παθημάτων σμύρνης πλήρεις τοὺς ἀκροωμένους ἐποίουν, ἀνθοφοροῦντες διὰ τῶν χρένων τοῦ λόγου, δι᾽ ὧν οἱ μεγάλοι τῆς πίστεως πρόμαχοι τῆς ἀγαθῆς ὁμολογίας κατὰ τὸν τῆς μαρτυρίας χαιρὰν ἐν τοῖς χρὴ διὰ πλειόνων μηκύνειν τὸν περὶ τούτων λόγον, φανερᾶς διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων γενομένης ἡμῖν τῆς διανοίας, πῶς τὸ στόμα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας κρίνον γίνεται· καὶ πῶς ἀποστάζει τοῦ χρίνου ἣ σμύρνα - καὶ πῶς πληροῦται τῆς τοιαύτης δταγόνος ἡ τῶν δεχομένων ᾿Αλλὰ πρὸς τὸν ἐφεξῆς λόγον ἤδη μὲν ἔλθωμεν. Φησὶ γάρʼ Αἱ χεῖρες αὐτοῦ τορευταὶ, χρυσαῖ, πιληρωμέναι θαρσεῖς. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἀτελής ἐστιν ἐπὶ ποῦ σώματος τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἡ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ χάρις τῆς τῶν χειρῶν ὑπουργίας διεζευγμένη, σαφῶς παρὰ τοῦ μεγάλου μεμαθήκαμεν Παύλον, ὅς φησιν, ὅτι Οὐ δύναται ὁ ὀφθαιλμὸς εἰπεῖν τῇ χειρὶ, Χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω. Τότε γὰρ μάλιστα ἡ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν Ὁ ἐνέργεια δείκνυται, ὅταν τὰ ἔργα μαρτυρεῖ τὴν ὀξυωπίαν τῷ ὄμματι, διὰ τῆς περὶ τὰ καλὰ σπουδῆς τὴν ἀγαθὴν ὁδηγίαν ἐπισημαίνων. Ἐπειδὴ χρὴ προθέντας τὸν περὶ τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ θείου σώματος ἕπαινον, ὁδηγηθῆναι διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων ὅπως προσήκει χατηρίσθαι τοὺς ἀντὶ χειρῶν ὄντας ἐπὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας· αὐτὸ προθέντες τὸ θεῖον λόγιον, ὅπως ἂν οἷόν τε ἧ τὴν ἐγκειμένην αὐτῶ θεωρῆσαι διάνοιαν, διδόντος Θεοῦ, πειρασόμεθα. Χεῖρες αὐτοῦ τορευταὶ, χρυσαῖ, φησὶ, πεπληρωμέναι θαρσεῖς. Τέως μὲν οὖν τοσοῦτον πρόδηλόν ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων τὸ νόημα, ὅτι οἷς τὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς εἶδος ἐγχωμιάζεται,, διὰ τῶν αὑτῶν καὶ ταῖς χεροὶ πληροῦται ὁ ἔπαινος. Κεφαλὴν δὲ Χριστὸν ἐνοήσαμεν, ἐν ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς ἦν, τὸν κόσμον ἑαυτῷ καταλλάσσων, κατὰ τὴν Παύλου φωνήν᾽ ὁ ἐν , πῇ σαρκὶ διὰ τῶν δυνάμεών τε καὶ τῶν θαυμάτων ἑαυτὸν φανερώσας. Εἰ οὖν ἢ νοηθεῖσα ἡμῖν αὕτη κεφαλὴ χρυσίον ἀκήρατον χαρὰ τοῦ λόγου χατωνομάσθη, διὰ τὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας ἐκτὸς εἶναι· ᾿ΠἉμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησε, φησὶν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ δόλος· χρυσᾶς δέ φησιν εἶναι πὰς χεῖρας ὁ λόγος· πρόδηλόν ἐστι τὸ διὰ τούτων νοούμενον, ὅτι τὸ καθ᾽ ὅλου νοούμενον καθαρόν τε καὶ ἀναμάρτητον, καὶ πάσης κακίας ἀμιγές τε καὶ ἀπαράδεκτον νομοθετεῖ τῇ χειρὶ ὁ λόγος. Χεῖρα δὲ νοοῦμεν πάντως τὴν τὰ κοινὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας εἰς τὰς τῶν ἐντολῶν χρείας διαχειρίζουσαν, ἧς ἔπαινός ἐστι τὸ ὁμουυθῆναι τῇ τῆς κεφαλῆς φύσει, κατὰ τὸ καθαρόν κε καὶ ἀναμάρτητον. Καθαρὰ δὲ γίνεται τότε ἡ χεὶρ, ὅταν διὰ τῆς τορείας ἅπαν ἀποξύσηται τὸ ἐμποδίζον τῷ κάλλει. Καθάπερ γὰρ πρός τινα ζώου μορφὴν ἀποτυποῦντες τὸ μάρμαρον, ἐκεῖνα διὰ τῆς τορείας πρὸς τὸ ἀρχέτυπον εἶδος μίμημα· οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ κάλλους τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἧς Ἐκκλησίας χειρῶν πολλὰ χρὴ διὰ τῆς τῶν λογισμῶν τορείας ἀποξεσθῆναι, ἵνα γένηται ἢ χεὶρ χρυσῇ ὡς ἀληθῶς καὶ ἀκήρατος. Πάντως δὲ πρόδηλα πᾶσίν ἐστιν, ὅσα μὴ περιαιρεθέντα τῆς χειρὸς τῷ κάλλει φιλοχερδὲς, τὸ μόνον πρὸς τὸ φαινόμενον βλέπειν, τὸ περιφάνειάν τινα ἑαυτῷ διὰ τῶν ἐν χερσὶ πραγματεύεσθαι, τὸ εἰς τρυφὴν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν ἰδίαν τῇ τῶν ἐντολῶν ἀποκεχρῆσθαι παρασκευῇ᾽ ἧ χρὴ πάντα ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τοῖς τῶν λογισμῶν ὀργάνοις ἀποξυσάμενον, ἐκεῖνο καταλιπεῖν μόνον τὸ καθαρόν τε καὶ χρυσίον τῆς προαιρέσοως, τὸ τῇ ἀχηχεφαλῇ ὁμοιούμενον. Σαφέστερον δ᾽ ἂν γένοιτο ἡμῖν τὸ λεγόμενον διὰ τῆς τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου φωνῆς· πιφτὸν τὸν Θεὸν ὀνομάσας, οὐδὲν ἄλλο καὶ ἐν τοῖς οἰ-. ζητεῖν ἀξιοξ, ἢ τὸ πιστὸν εὑρεθῆναι τωσὶ γράψας τῷ ῥήματι. Ὃ δὲ λοιπὸν, ζητεῖται ἐν κοῖς οἰκονόμοις, ἵγα πιστός τις εὑρεθῇ. Οὐκοῦν ὁ πιστὸς καὶ φρόνιμος οἰκονόμος ἀντὶ χειρὸς ὧν τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ, χρυσὴν καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τῆς κεφαλῆς δείανυσι τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ σώματος, τὸν σοφὸν ἑαυτοῦ δεσπότην διὰ τοῦ βίον μιμούμενος. Οὐκ ἣν τοιαύτη χεὶρ ἐν τῷ τῶν ἀποστόλων σώματι ὁ Ἰούδας ἐκεῖνος, ὁ ἑλεεινός τε καὶ δείλαιος, μᾶλλον δὲ ὁ στυγητὸς καὶ ἀποτρόπαιος, ὃς οἰκονομίαν πτωχῶν πεπιστευμένος, τὴν τῆς φιλοχρηματίας λέπραν οὐκ ἀπεξύσατοʼ ἀλλὰ φύλαξ ὧν τοῦ γλωσσοχόμου διὰ τοὺς χλέπτοντας, αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ κλέπτης ἐγένετο, ὃ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν εἶχε διὰ τῶν ἰδίων χειρῶν ὑφαιρούμενος, καὶ οὐ πρὸς τὴν ἐντολὴν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰ χρήματα βλέπων· ὧν ἡ ἀπόλαυσις ἐγένετο· τί ; ᾿Αγχόνη ἐκούσιος, ζωῆς ἀλλοτρίωσις, πανολεθρία ψυχῆς, μνημόσυνον πονηρὸν, παντὶ τῷ μετ᾽ αὐτὸν χρόνῳ συνεχτεινόμενον. Οὐκοῦν πορευτὰς εἶναι χρὴ καὶ διαγλύφους τὰς χοῖρας, ἵνα περιαιρεθέντων τῶν κακῶν δἀμαγθωΐ,, ΔΓΟΠΙ μενον χρυσὸς ἧ, τῷ τῆς κεφαλῆς κάλλει κατὰ τὸ Ἡ δὲ τοῦ Θαρσεῖς λέξις πολύσημός ἔστιν ἐν τῇ γραφικῇ συνηθείᾳ, κατὰ τῆς αὐτῆς διανοίας οὗ πάνποτε εὑρισκομένη᾽ ἀλλὰ πολλάκις μὲν πρὸς τὸ κατεγνωσμένον, πολλάκις δὲ πρὸς τὸ θεῖόν τε καὶ μακάρῖον ἡ σημασία μεταλαμδάνεται. Ὅτε φεύγει ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ Ἰωνᾶς ὁ προφήτης, ζητεξ πλοῖον ἐπὶ Θαρσεῖς πορευόμενον. Καὶ ὁ μέγας Δαδὶδ πλοῖον Θαρσεῖς βιαίῳ πνεύματι λέγει συντρίδεσθαι. Βίαιον πνεῦμα δὲ οἶμαι λέγεσθαι, τὸ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐπιφανὲν τοῖς ἐν τῷ ὑπερώῳ συνειλεγμένοις, ὃ πρότερον μὲν διʼ ἀκοῆς προεγνώσθη, ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας, μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐφανερώθη, εἐς σχῆμα τυπούμενον, καὶ τῇ φύσει τοῦ πυρὸς κία, ἣν πλοῖαʼ Θαρσεῖς ὁ Προφήτης ὠνόμασε. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἔστι δι’ ὧν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ τὰ χεέρω μαίνεται. Ὁ δὲ μέγας Ἰεζεκιὴλ εἰς ὑπογραφὴν ἄγων τῆς γενομένης αὐτῷ θεοφανείας τὴν ὀπτασίαν, ἑνὸς τῶν θείων θεαμάτων τὸ εἶδος τῇ λέξει ταῦτα διασημαίνει λέγων· Καὶ τὸ εἶδος αὐτοῦ ὡς εἶδος Θαρσεῖς. Φασὶ δὲ οἱ δι᾽ ἀκριδείας τῶν Ἑδραϊχῶν λέξεων τὰς τὸν καὶ ἀσώματον διὰ τῆς λέξεως ταύτης ἐν τῇ προν φητείᾳ σημαίνεσθαι. ʼΑπλῆς τοίνυν οὔσης ἐν τῇ λέξει τῆς σημασίας,· ἐπειδὴ πρόδηλόν ἐστιν, ὅτι πρὸς τὸ ( κρεῖττον νῦν παρελήφθη τὸ ταύτης τῆς φωνῆς σημαινόμενον· οὐ γὰρ ἄν τις ἔπαινον ἐλαμδάνετο τὸ ὑπαίτιον· ἀκόλουθον ἂν εἴη τοῦτο περὶ τῶν ἐγχωμιαζομένων ἐννοῆσαι χειρῶν· ὅτι ἀχριδῶς ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν πᾶν τὸ περιττόν τε καὶ πρὸς τὸ θεῖόν τε καὶ νοητὸν μεταδαίνουσι, τὴν ὑλώδη πᾶσαν καὶ βαρεῖαν περὶ τὰ πράγματα σχέσιν ἔχτινα- οἷόν τί φασι καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς σμαραγδίνης λου τοὺς λιθογλύφους ἐργάζεσθαι. Τὸ γὰρ ἀφεγγὲς καὶ γεῶδες διὰ τῆς ἀχόνης ἐχδαπανήσαντές τε καὶ ἐκεῖνο μόνον καταλείπουσιν τον, ᾧ καθαρά τέ τις αὐγὴ, χλοερά τε ἅμα καὶ ἐλαιάζουσα. Ὅπερ μοι δοκεῖ σαφέστερον ἑρμηνεύων ὁ θεῖζος ᾿Απόστολος, τοῦτο συμδουλεύειν ἕν τινι τῶν ἑαυτοῦ λόγων, ὅτι χρὴ ἀποσχευάζεσθαι τὴν περὶ τὰ φαινόὉ μενα σχέσιν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἀόρατον ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις ὁρμᾷν. Μὴ σκοπούντων γὰρ ἡμῶν, φησὶ, τὰ πόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα. Τὰ γὰρ βλεπόμενα πρόσκαιρα· τὰ δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα, αἰώνια. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐν τῷ ἐπαίνῳ τῶν χειρῶν ἐνοήσαμεν, πῶς τῆς ὑλώδους προσπαθείας ἐχτορευθεῖται, ἀχήρατοι γίνονται, πρὸς τὸ ἄῦλόν τε καὶ νοητὸν ἀλλοιού μεναι διὰ τῆς προαιρέσεως. Χεῖρες γὰραὐτοῦ τορευταὶ, φησὶ, χρυσαῖ, πεπληρωμέναι θαρσεῖς. ᾿Αχόλονθον δ᾽ ἂν εἴη καὶ τὸν ἐφεξῆς λόγον διασκοπῆσαι, ὃν περὶ τῆς κοιλίας πεποίηται. Ἔχει δὲ ἢ λέξις οὕτως· Κοιλία αὑτοῦ πυξίον ἐλεφάντινον ἐπὶ λίθου σαπφείρου. Ὅτε τῷ Μωῦσῇ τὸν ταῖς λιθίναις δέλτοις ἐγχαραχθέντα νόμον ὁ τῆς φύσεως δίδωσι νομοθέτης, πυξία λίθινα τὰς πλάκας ὠνόμασεν, αἷς ἐνετυπώθη τὰ θεῖα χαράγματα· οὕτως εἰπόντος τηῦ πρὸς τὸν Μωῦσέα περὶ αὐτῶν χρηματίσαντος· ὅτι ᾿ἈἈγάδηθι πρὸς μὲ εἷς τὸ ὄρος, καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ, καὶ δώσω σοὶ τὰ πυξία τὰ ἰθινα, τὸν νόμον καὶ τὰς ἐντολάς. Μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ, ἐπειδὴ τὸ σωμαπικὸν καὶ γεῶδες ἀπεξύσατο διὰ τῆς Εὐαγγελικῇς σαφηνείας ὁ νόμος· οὐκέτι λίθινον τὸ δεχόμενον τὰ γράμματα πυξίον ἐστίν ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ λαμπροῦ τε καὶ νεοξύστου ἐλέφαντος. Τὸ γὰρ δεκτικὸν τῶν ἐνπολῶν καὶ τῶν νόμων, ὅπερ κοιλία ὠνόμασται, πυξίον εἶναί φησιν ἐλεφάντινον ἐπὶ λίθου σαπφείρου. Πρῶτον δὲ οἶμαι χρῆναι τὸ σωματικὸν ὑπόδειγμα φανερὸν τῷ λόγῳ ποιῆσαι, εἶθ᾽ οὕτως ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν τῶν εἰρημένων ἐλθεῖν. Πυκνόν τι ξῦλον ἡ πύξις ἐστὶ καὶ ὑπόλευχον, ἀφ᾽ ἧς φιλοτεχνοῦσιν ἑαυτοῖς πίνακας, οἷς τῶν γραμμάτων μέλει. Τὸ τοίνυν τοιοῦτὸν πινάχιον τὸ πρὸς τὴν τῶν γραμμάτων χρείαν κατεσκευασμένον, κἂν ἐφ᾽ ἑτέρας ὕλης τύχῃ γενόμενον, πυξίον καταχρηστικῶς ὀνομάζεται. Θύχοῦν πυξίον ἀκούσαντες, λεῖόν τι σκεῦος ἐπιτήδειον πρὸς γραμμάτων ὑποδοχὴν ἐνενοήσαμεν. ᾿Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν γενικόν τι τῶν τοιούτων πινάχων ὄνομα τὸ πυξίον ἐστίν ἐνταῦθα καὶ τὸ εἶδος τῆς ὕλης τῷ ὑποδείματι ὁ λόγος προστίθησιν, οὐκ ἀπὸ ξύλου λέγων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἐλέφαντος εἶναι τὴν κατασκευὴν πυξίου. Φασὶ δὲ, διὰ πολλὴν πυκνότητα καὶ στεῤῥότητα, τὸ τοιοῦτον ὀστέον ἄφθορον διαμένειν, ἐφ᾽ ὅτι μήκιστον μηδεμίαν ἐκ χρόνου βλάδην παραδεχόμενον. Ὁ δὲ σάπφειρος τῷ κυανῷ εἴδει τῆς χροιᾶς εἰς παραμυθίαν τοῦ καμάτου τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐπινοεῖται, τοῖς φιλοφυσιχῶς τῆς τοιαύτης αὐγῆς τὰς ὄψεις δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς ἀναπανούσης. Τὸ μὲν οὖν ὑπόδειγμα, ᾧ διὰ συγκρίσεως ὁμοιοῦται ἡ ἐγχωμιαζομένη τῆς Ἐκκλησίας κοιλία, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν. Ἐγὼ δὲ παρὰ τῆς προφητείας ἀκούσας τοῦτο διαχελευομένης ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι Γράψὸον ὅρασιν σαφῶς ἐς πυξίον, ἔννοιαν λαμθάνω, τί διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς κοιλίας ἐν τῷ ἐπαινουμένῳ σώματι τοῦ Κυρίου προσήκει νοεῖν γὰρ τὴν θείαν ὅρασιν σαφῶς ἐγγράφειν τῷ πυξίῳ ὁ λόγος διακελεύεται, τάχα τὸ καθαρὸν τῆς καρδίας, ᾧ διὰ τῆς μνήμης τὰς θείας ὁράσεις ἀπογραφόμεθα, τῷ τῆς κοιλίας ὀνόματι διασημαίνει. Καθάπερ ὁ διαστείλας τὸ στόμα τοῦ μεγάλου Ἰεζεκιὴλ, καὶ ἐνθεὶς αὑτῷ τὴν κεφαλίδα τοῦ βιδλίου, πλήρη γραμμάτων καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον οὖσαν, κατά τε τὸ ἔξωθεν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν· φησὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν, ὅτι Τὸ στόμα σου φάγεται, καὶ ἡ κοιλία σου πλησθήσεται. Τὸ διανοητικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ᾧ ἐναπέθετο τὰ θεῖα μαθήματα, κοιλίαν, προσαγορεύσας. Παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τὸν μέγαν Ἱερεμίαν, τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν σκυθρωπῶν ἐκείνων νοημάτων ὀδυνωμένην καρδίαν.. κοιλίαν ἔγνωμεν ὀνομάζοντα, διό φησιν· ὅτι Τὴν κοιλίαν μοῦ ἀλγῶ, καὶ τὰ αἰσθητήρια τῆς καρδίας μοῦ μαιμάσσει. Εἰ δὲ χρὴ τὸ κυριώτερον τῶν εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν ταύτην ὁδηγούντων ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς θείας παραθέσθαι φωνῆς, τοῦτό φαμεν, ὅτιπερ πρὸς τοὺς πεπιστευκότας εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος ποταμοὺς λέγων ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας ῥέειν ὕδατος ζῶντος τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν πιστευόντων. Ἔχει δὲ οὕτως ἡ λέξις - Ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφὴ, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὑτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος. Διὰ πάντων τοίγυν τῶν εἰρημένων, τὴν καθαρὰν καρδίαν διὰ τοῦ τῆς κοιλίας ὀνόματος νοεῖν ἐναγόμεθα, ἧἦτις πυξίον οὔ θείου γίνεται νόμου· τῶν, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ἐνδεικνυμένων τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν, οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματε Θεοῦ ζῶντος, ἐγχαρασσομένων τῇ ψυχῇ τῶν τοιούτων γραμμάτων, οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶ λιθίναις, καθώς φησιν ᾿ ᾿Απόστολος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ τῆς καρδίας πυξίῳ, καθαρῷ τε ὄντι καὶ λείῳ, καὶ στίλθοντι. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ εἶναι χρὴ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς, ὥστε τρανὴν ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀσύγχυτον τῶν θείων λογίων ὄντῃποῦσθαι τὴν μνήμην οἷόν τισι γράμμασιν εὐσήμοις διηρθρωμένην. Καλῶς δὲ συμπαρείληπται τῷ τοιούτῳ πυξίῳ πρὸς τὸν τῆς κοιλίας ἔπαινον καὶ ὁ σάπφειρος. Οὐρανοειδὴς γὰρ καὶ ἧ τοῦ σαπφείρον αὐγή. Τὸ δὲ τοιοῦτον αἴνιγμα σύμόολον γίνεται τοῦ τὴν καρδίαν ἡμῶν τὰ ἄνω φρονεῖν τε καὶ βλέπειν, ὅπου τὸν θησαυρὸν ἀποτίθεται, κἀκεῖ τὰς ὄψεις προσανᾳπαύειν· ὥστε μὴ κάμνειν ἐν τῇ προσοχῇ τῶν θείων παραγγελμάτων, τῆς οὐρανίας ἐλπίδος τὸ ὁπτικὸν τῶν τῆς Εἶτα διαδέχεται τὸν τῆς κοιλίας ἔπαινον, τὰ τῆς κνήμης ἐγκώμια. Φησὶ γάρ ὅτι Κγῆμαι αὐτοῦ χρυσᾶς. Πολύστυλος μέν ἐστι τῆς σοφίας ὁ οἶκος, ὃν ἑαυτῇ χοδόμησε. Πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ τὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου σκηνὴν διερείδοντες στύλοι, διαφόροις ὕλαις κεκοσμημένοι ὧν κεφαλίδες μὲν ἦσαν καὶ βάσεις χρυσαΐ, τὸ δὲ μέσον τῇ τοῦ ἀργυρίου περιδολῇ καλλώπισται. Τοὺς δὲ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας στύλους (οἶκος δέ ἐστιν ἡ Ἐκκλησία, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος· ὅτι Πῶς δεῖ ἐν οἴκῳ Θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι) μαρμαρίνους εἶναί φησιν ἡ νύμφη, ἐπὶ χρυσῶν βεδηχότας τῶν βάσεων. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν συμφωνεῖ τῇ τοῦ Βεσελεὴλ σοφίᾳ ἡ νύμφη κατὰ τὴν τοῦ κάλλους ὑπογραφὴν, παραπλησίως ἐκείνῳ τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὰς βάσεις τῷ χρυσίῳ κοσμήσασα, παντὶ δῆλόν ἐστι τῷ οἷς περὶ τῆς σκηνῆς εἰρημένοις χαθομιλήσαντι. γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἑκάστῳ τῶν στύλων τὴν κεφαλὴν ἔφαρμόσας ἐπὶ χρυσῆς ἴστησι βάσεως ᾿ οὕτως ἐνταῦθά φησιν ἡ καθαρῶς πρὸς τὸ τοῦ νυμφίου βλέπουσα κάλλος, κεφαλῆν μὲν αὐτοῦ εἶναι χρυσίον καθαρὸν καὶ ἀκήρατον· τοῦτο γὰρ ἡ τοῦ Κεφὰξ λέξις ἐνδείκνυται· τεθεμελιῶσθαι τὰς κνήμας ἐπὶ χρυσῶν λέγει βάσεων. Πρὸς ὅ τι δὲ χρὴ μεταληφθῆναι τὰ περὶ τῶν στύλων αἰνίγματα, τῷ ἁγίῳ Παύλῳ μαθητευόμενοι, τῆς ἀληθοῦς ἐννοίας οὐκ ἐχπεσούμεθα· ὃς τοὺς προέχοντας ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάχωδον, καὶ, Ἰωάννην, στύλους ὠνόμασεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο προσήκει μαθεῖν, πῶς ἔστι γενέσθαι στύλον, ὡς ἂν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἄξιοι τῆς τοιαύτης γενοίμεθα κλήσεως· πάλιν καὶ τοῦτο παρὰ τῆς τοῦ Παύλον σοφίας ἀκούὠμεν, ὅς φησι στύλον εἶναι καὶ τὸ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας, Οὐκοῦν χρυσίον μέν ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ καὶ βάσις τῶν κνημῶν γινομένη, καὶ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς χαλλωπίζουσα. Τὸ δὲ ἑδραίωμα εἰς τὴν τοῦ μαρμάρου τις φύσιν μεταλαδὼν, οὖκ ἁμαρτήσεται· ὡς εἶναι τοιαύτην τὴν τῶν λεγομένων διάνοιαν· ὅτι Αἱ κνῆμαι τοῦ σώματος οἱ μαρμάρινοι στύλοι, τουτέστιν οἱ τῷ λαμπρῷ βίῳ καὶ τῷ ὑγιαίνοντι λόγῳ τὸ κοινὸν σῶμα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας βαστάζοντές τε καὶ διερείδοντες· δι᾽ ὧν ἢ τε βάσις τῆς πίστεως ἔχει τὸ πάγιον, καὶ ὁ κατ᾿ ἀρετὴν δρόμος ἀνύεται, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἅλμασι τῶν θείων ἐλπίδων, ὅλον τὸ σῶμα μετέωρον γίνεται. Διὰ τῶν δύο κατορθοῦται τούτων, ἀληθείας καὶ βεδαιότητος· τοῦ μὲν χρυσοῦ βεταλαμδανομένου πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἥτις κατὰ τὴν Παύλου φωνὴν θεμέλιος τῆς θείας κατασκευῆς γίνεταί τε καὶ ὀνομάζεται, Οὕτως γάρ φησιν· ὅτι Θεμέλιον ἄλλον οὐδεὶς δύναται θεῖναι παρὰ τὸν κείμενον, ὅς ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός. Χριστὸς δέ ἔστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἧ ἐνθεμελιοῦνται αἱ κνῆμαι, οἱ λοι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Διὰ τοῦ μαρμάρου νοούντων ἡμλῶν τό τε λαμπρὸν τοῦ βίον, καὶ τὸ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν διάθεσιν ἐμδριθές τε καὶ ἀμετάθετον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ πολλοὶ μὲν οἱ στύλοι τοῦ μαρτυρίου τῆς σχηγῆς, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ τὸν τῆς σοφίας οἶκον διαδαστάζοντες· δύο δὲ νῦν ἐξαρχοῦσιν ὅλον ἀνέχειν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν τὸ σῶμα· τάχα πρὸς ἄλλην τινὰ διάνοιαν χρὴ μεταγαγεῖν τὸν σκοπὸν τοῦ αἰνίγματος. Οἶμαι γὰρ διὰ τούτων ἐκεῖνο κατασκευάζεσθαι· τὸ πολυειδεῖς μὲν γίνεσθαι τὰς ἐκ τοῦ νόμου πρὸς ἀρετὴν ὁδηγίας, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τῆς σοφίας εἶναι τὰ παραγγέλματα, πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν ὁρῶντα σκοπόν· τὸν συντετμημένον τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου λόγον, εἰς εὐαρίθμητόν τε καὶ συνεσταλμένον ἀγαγεῖν ἅπασαν τοῦ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν βίου τὴν τελειότητα ἔγνωκεν· οὕτως εἰπόντος τοῦ Κυρίου, ὅτι Ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, δῖος ὁ γόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται κρέμανται. ϊσον δὲ πάντως ἐστὶν εἰς δύναμιν, ἣ ὑποχρεμάμενον ἀνέχειν τὸ βάρος, ἣ ἐπικείμενον. Εἷς γὰρ δι’ ἀμφοτέρων θεωρεῖται ὁ τῆς δυνάμεως τόνος, τοῦ καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον τρόπον τὸ ἄχθος βαστάζοντος. Φέρει γὰρ ὁμοίως δι’ ἑαντοῦ, εἴτε, ἐπηρτημένον ἔχει τὸ βάρος, εἴτε ὑπολαμόδάνοι λάμῃ τὸ βασταζόμενον. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ὁ μὲν Κύριος ἐν ταύταις ψησὶ ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς ὅλον τὸν νόμον καὶ τοὺς προφήτας χρέμασθαι· νῦν δὲ ἡ νύμφη δύο στύλοις ἐπὶ χρυσῶν θεμελίων βεδηκόσι βαστάζεσθαι λέγει τὸ σῶμα· καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν τοῦ κατὰ τὰς κνήμας αἰνίγματος, συμπαραλαθεῖν τὰς δύο ἐντολὰς ἐκείνας. Ὧν τὴν μὲν, πρώτην ὀνομάζει ὁ Κύριος, τὴν δὲ, ὁμοίαν τῇ πρώτῃ λέγων· τὸ μὲν ἀγαπᾷν τὸν Θεὸν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ δυνάμεως, τὴν πρώτην ἐντολὴν εἶναι - τὸ δὲ τὸν πληΑ σίον ὡς ἑαντὸν, ἰσοδυναμοῖν τῇ πρώτῃ. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος οἷάν τινα οἶκον δεκτικὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ κατασκευά ζων τὸν μέγαν Τιμόθεον, τοὺς δύο τούτους ἴστησιν ἐν ἑαυτῷ στύλους, τῷ μὲν ὄνομα θέμενος πίστιν, τῷ δὲ ἑτέρῳ συνείδησιν. Διὰ μὲν τῆς πίστεως, τὴν εἰς Θεὸν ἀγάπην τὴν ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας τε καὶ ψυχῆς, καὶ δυνάμεως σημαίνων· διὰ δὲ τῆς ἀγαθῆς συνειδήσεως, τὴν ἀγαπητιχὴν εἰς τὸν πλησίον διάθεσιν. Τάχα δὲ οὖχκ ἐναντιοῦται τῷ προτέρῳ νοήματι ἣ νῦν ἐφευρεθεῖσα διάνοια. Δι’ ἀμφοτέρων γὰρ τούτων ἐστὶ τὸ γενέσθαι στύλους, τοὺς κατὰ Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάχωδον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, καὶ εἴ τις ἄλλος κατ᾽ ἐκείνους τοῦ τοιούτου ὀνόματος ἄξιος ἣ γέγονεν ἣ γενήσεται. Ὁ γὰρ ἐν ταύταις δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς τέλειωθεὶς, στύλος, καὶ ἐδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου φωνὴν κατασκευάζεται. Ὥστε τοῖς δύο τούτοις κατορθώμασιν ὅλον τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἀληθείας καθάπερ κνήμαις τισὶν ἐπερείδεαθαι, τοῦ χρυσοῦ θαμελίου τῆς κατὰ τὴν πίστιν βάσεως, τὸ ἀκλινές τε καὶ ἀμετάθετον καὶ τὸ ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ πάγιον τοῖς λογισμοῖς ἐμποιοῦντος. Μετὰ δὲ τοὺς ἐπαίνους τούτους, χαϑάπερ ἀναχεφαλαιουμένη ὅλον τοῦ νυμφίου τὸ κάλλος, φησίν· Εἶδος αὐτοῦ, ὡς Λίδανγος ἐκλεκτὸς, ὡς κέδροι. Φάρυγξ αὐτοῦ γλυκασμὸς, καὶ δῖος ἐπιθυμίας οὗτος ἀδελριδός μου, καὶ οὗτος πλησίον μου, θυγατέρες ᾿Ιηρουσαλήμ. Ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ οἶμαι σαφέστερον αὐτὴν διασημαίνειν, ὅτι τὸ περὶ τὸ βλεπόμενον τοῦ νυμφίου κάλλος ἐστὶν ὁ ἔπαινος· ἐκεῖνό φῆμι τὸ βλεπόμενον, ὃ διὰ τῶν καθ᾽ ἕκαστον μελῶν τῶν συμπληρούντων τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, σωματοποιεῖ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος. Ἕν γὰρ εἶδος αὐτοῦ φησιν εἶναι τὰς μυριάδας τῶν χκέδρων, αἷς διείληπται πανταχόθεν ὁ Λέθανος. Δηλοῦσα διὰ τῶν λεγομένων, ὅτι οὐδὲν ταπεινὸν καὶ χαμαίζηλον συντελεῖ πρὸς τὴν εὐμορφίαν τοῦ σώματος, ἐὰν μῆ τι κατὰ τὴν κέδρον ὑψηλὸν εἴη, καὶ πρὸς τῇ κορυφῇ ἐπειγόμενον. Μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ παρατεθὲν ἂν τοῖς εἰρημένοις πρῶτον κατανοήσωμεν. Εἶδος παντὸς πράγματος διὰ τῆς τοῦ ἐναντίου παραθέσεως γίνεται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ὁμώνυμόν ἔστι τὸ ἀγαθὸν, ἐπί τε τοῦ ὄντως ὄντος τοιούτου, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος μὲν, ὑποχρινομένου δὲ δι᾽ ἀπάτης, καὶ δοκοῦντος εἶναι ὅ οὐκ ἔττιν· ὁ μὴ διαμαρτὼν τῆς τοῦ καλοῦ κρίσεως, ἀγαθὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ προείλετο. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐνταῦθα τῷ ἐκλεκτῷ Λιδάνῳ εἶδος τοῦ νυμφίου προσείχασε, δύο κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον Λιδάνους ὁ λόγος νοεῖν ὑποτίθεται· ἕνα μὲν τὸν πονηρὸν καὶ ἀπόδλητον, τὸν ἴσα τῷ μόσχῳ κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν μετὰ τῶν κέδρων τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ συντριθόμενον, ἕτερον δὲ τὸν ἐκλεκτόν τε καὶ τίμιον, οὗ τὸ κάλλος θεοπρεπές ἐστι καὶ θεοείκελον, Τὸ δὲ νοούμενον διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· Εἷς βασιλεὺς κυρίως τὲ καὶ ἀληθινῶς καὶ πρώτως ἐστὶν, ὁ βασιλεὺς πάσης τῆς κτίσεως. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ ὁ χοσμοχράτωρ τοῦ σκότους σεμνύνει ἑαυτὸν τῷ τῆς βασιλείας ὀνόματι. Λεγεῶνες ἀγγέλων παρὰ τῷ ἀληθινῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ λεγεῶνες δαιμόνων παρὰ τῷ ἄρχοντι τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους. ᾿Αρχαὶ καὶ ἐξουσίαι καὶ δυνάμεις ὑπὸ τὸν βασιλέα τῶν βασιλευόντων, καὶ Κύριον κῶν κυριευόντων· ἔχει κἀκεῖνος, κατὰ τὴν ᾿Αποστόλου φωνὴν, ἀρχάς τε καὶ ἐξουσίας, καὶ δυνάμεις, τὰς χαταργουμένας, ὅταν μέλλῃ τὸ κακὸν εἰς τὸ μὴ ὃν ἀφανίζεσθαι. Ὅταν γὰρ καταργήσῃ. φησὶ, πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν, καὶ ἐξουσίαν, καὶ δύναμιν. Ἐπὶ θρόνου βλέπει ὁ προφήτης τὸν βασιλέα τῆς δόξης καθήμενον, ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλοῦ τε καὶ ἐπηρμένου, κἀκεῖνος ἐπαγγέλλεται θήσειν ἐπάνω τῶν ἄστρων τὸν ἴδιον θρόνον, ὥστε εἶναι ὅμοιον τῷ ὙΨίστῳ. Σκεύη ἐκλογῆς ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ ἑαυτοῦ οἰκίᾳ ὁ τοῦ παντὸς ἔχει Δεσπότης, ἔχει κἀκεῖνος σκεύη ὀργῆς κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν. Πάλιν ζωὴν καὶ εἰρήνην δι᾽ ἀγγέλων χορηγεῖ τοῖς ἀξίοις ὁ τῶν ἀγγέλων Κύριος· κἀκεῖνος θυμὸν, καὶ ὀργὴν, καὶ θλίψιν ἀποστέλλει διὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν πονηρῶν. Καὶ τί χρὴ τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον λέγειν, δι᾽ ὧν κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον ἀντεπαίρεται πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φύςιν ὁ ἀντικείμενος Ἐπεὶ οὖν κατὰ τὸ αἰσθητὸν, περιφανές ἐστι θέαμα πὸ ὄρος ὁ Λίδανος πανταχόθεν ταῖς ὑψηλαῖς χέδροις συνηρεφῆής τε καὶ λάσιος, τούτου χάριν πρὸς τὰς ἐναντίας ἐννοίας, διὰ τῶν κατὰ τὸ ἐμφαινόμενον ὑποδειγμάτων ὑπὸ τῆς Γραφῆς τὸ ὄρος μερίζεται, προσφόρως λαμδανόμενον καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον. Καὶ οὕτως ἔστι παρὰ τοῖς αὐτοῖς προφήταις ἰδεῖν τὸ αὐτὸ ὄνομα κατὰ τὴν τῶν δηλουμένων διαφορὰν, ἐπαινουμένων τε καὶ χαχιζομένων. Νῦν μὲν γὰρ συντρίδει Κύριος τὰς κέδρους τοῦ Λιδάνου, καὶ ὅλον τὸν Λίδανον μετὰ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ κέδρων λεπτύνει, καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τοῦ εἰδωλοποιηθέντος μόσχου ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. Διὰ τοῦτο ἡ προ- ( φητεία παρίστησιν, ὅτι αὐτή τε ἡ κακία καὶ πᾶν ἐξ αὐτῆς ὕψωμα τὸ κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπἡρμένον, εἰς τὸ μὴ ὃν περιστήσεται. Νῦν δὲ τὸ κρεῖττὸν αὐτοῦ μεταλαμόάνει τὴν σημασίαν λέγων· καίος ὡς φοῖνιξ ἀγθήσει, ὡσεὶ κέδρος ἡ ἐν τῷ (Κύριος δέ ἐστιν ὁ δίκαιος), ὁ δι᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐκ γῆς ἀνασχὼν, ἐκεῖνος ὁ ὑψίχομος φοῖνιξ, ὁ ἐν τῇ ὕλῃ τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν ἀνατείλας, ὄρος γίνεται ταῖς χέδροις αἵτινες ὅταν ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ φυτευθῶσιν, ταῖς αὐλαῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐξανθήσουσιν. Οἶκον δὲ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου ὑφήγησιν ἐνενοήσαμεν ἐν ᾧ γίνεται ἡ τῶν κέδρων τοῦ Θεοῦ φυτεία. Αὐλὰς δὲ τὰς αἰωνίους σκηνὰς, ἐν αἷς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίδων ἐξάνθησίς τε καὶ φανέρωσις τοῖς καθήκουσι χρόνοις γενήσεται. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ διὰ τῶν καθ᾽ ἕκαστον ἐχπληροῦται μελῶν· Τὰ γὰρ ποιλιλὰ μέλη, ἕν σῶμα γίγνεται, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος· τούτου χάριν ὅλον τὸ τοῦ νυμφίου κάλλος τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ὠνόμασε Λίδανον, τὴν πρὸς τὸν Ἐκεῖνος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ Λίδανος κατὰ τὸν Ἠσαῖαν, σὺν κοῖς ὑψηλοῖς πεσούμενος, ὅταν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ ῥίζης ἀνατείλῃ τὸ ἄνθος, καὶ ἡ τῆς ἐξουσίας ῥάβδος ἀναφύῃ, δι᾽ ἧς μεταδάλλεται τοῦ τε λέοντος, καὶ τῆς παρδάλεως, καὶ τῶν ἀσπίδων ἡ φύσις πρὸς τὸ τιθασσόν τε καὶ ἥμερον· ὥστε συνδιαιτᾶσθαι μὲν τῷ μότχῳ τὸν λέοντα, συναναπαύεσθαι δὲ τῷ ἐρίφῳ τὴν πάρδαλιν, ἐπιστατεῖν δὲ τούτων τὸ παιδίον ἐκεῖνο τὸ νήπιον ὃ ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν· οὗ ἡ χεὶρ ἐν τῇ τρώγλῃ τῶν ἀσπίδων γίνεται, καὶ τῶν ἐκγόνων τῆς ἀσπίδος ἐφαπτομένη, καὶ τὸν ἰὸν αὐτῶν ἀπαμδλύνουσα· γινομένων, φησὶν ὁ Προφήτης, ὅτι καὶ ὁ Λίδανος σὺν ποἷῖς ὑψηλοῖς πεσεῖται. Ὅσα δὲ μηνύει διὰ τῶν αἰνιὙμάτων τούτων ἡ προφητεία, ὡς πρόδηλα πᾶσιν ὄντα. περιττὸν ἂν εἴη δι᾽ ἀχριδείας ἐκτίθεσθαι. Τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἷδε τὸ γεννηθὲν ἡμῖν παιδίον, τὸ τῶν ἀσπίδων ρια τῶν θηρίων ποιεῖ τοῖς ἡμέροις ὁμόσχηνα, τῆς φυσικῇς πικρίας λήθην ποιούμενα ; Ἐπεὶ οὖν πίπτει διὰ τούτων ὁ Λίθανος ἡ κακία, καὶ συγχαταπίπτει πρώτη τῶν κακῶν ἀρχὴ, τὰ κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ὑψώματα· διὰ τοῦτο τῷ ἐκλεκτῷ Λιδάνῳ παρεικάζει ἡ νύμφη τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ κάλλος, οὕτως εἰποῦσα τοῖς ῥήμασιν· Εἶδος αὐτοῦ, ὡς Προστίθησι δὲ καὶ τῷ φάρυγγι τὸν κατάλληλον ἔπαινον, γλυκασμόν τε αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν ὀνομάσασα᾽ ἔχει δὲ ἡ λέξις οὕτως· Φάρυγξ αὐτοῦ γιυκασμὸς, καὶ δῖος ἐπιθυμία. Ὃ᾽ δὲ περὶ τούτου νοοῦμεν, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι᾿ Τὸ ὑπὸ τὸν ἀνθερεῶνα μέρος, φάρυγγα καλεῖ ἡ συνήθεια· ᾧ φασι τὸν ἦχον τῇ προσπτώσει τοῦ ἐκ τῆς ἀρτηρίας πνεύματος ἀπογενς νᾶσθαι περιδονούμενον. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν κηρία μέλιτος οἱ καλοί εἰσι λόγοι· λόγον δὲ ὄργανόν ἔστιν ἡ φωνὴ, ἧς ἡ γένεσίς ἔστιν ἐκ φάρυγγος, τάχα τοὺς ὑπηρέτας τε καὶ ὑποφήτας τοῦ λόγου, ἐν οἷς λαλεῖ ὁ Χριστὸς, τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ σημαίνεσθαι νοῶν τις, οὐκ ἁμαρτήσεται. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ μέγας Ἰωάννης ἐρωτηθεὶς ὅστις εἴη, φωνὴν ἑαυτὸν χατωνόμασεν, ἐπειδὴ τοῦ Λόγου πρόδρομος Ἦἧν᾽ καὶ ὁ μακάριος Παῦλος δοκιμὴν ἐδίδου τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ λαλοῦντος Χριστοῦ· οὗ τὴν φωνὴν ἑαυτῷ χρήσας, γλυκασμὸς ἣν δι’ ἐκείνου φθεγγόμενος. Καὶ πάντες οἱ προφῆται τὰ φωνητιχὰ ἑαυτῶν ὄργανα τῷ ἐνηχοῦντι αὐτοῖς Πνεύματι παραχωρήσαντες, γλυκασμὸς ἐγίνοντο, τὸ θεῖον μέλι διὰ τοῦ λάρυγγος τοῦ ἰδίον πηγάζοντες, ᾧ βασιλεῖς τε καὶ ἰδιῶται πρὸς ὑγείαν προσφέρονται· οὗ ἡ ἀπόλαυσις οὐκ ἐπιχόπτες Ὁ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῷ χόρῳ, ἀλλὰ τρέφει μᾶλλον διὰ τῆς τῶν ἐπιθυμουμένων μετουσίας τὸν πόθον. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὅλον αὐτὸν ἐπιθυμίαν κατονομάζει, οἷόν τινι ὁρισμῷ τὸ τοῦ ζητουμένου κάλλος διὰ ταύτης τῆς φωνῆς ὑπογράφουσα· Ὅζος γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐπιθυμία. Ὥς μακάρια τὰ μέλη ἐκεῖνα, δι᾽ ὧν τὸ ὅλον ἐπιθυμία γένεται· διὰ τῆς ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ τελειότητος, σύγκρατον ἐκ πάντων τὸ ἐράσμιον ἀπεργαζόμενα κάλλος· ὥστε ὅλον μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμῷ μόνον καὶ χεροὶν ἣ βοστρύχοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ποσὶ καὶ ἐν χερσὶ, καὶ ἐν ταῖς χνήμαις, καὶ κατὰ φάρυγγα παραπλησίως ἐπιθυμητὸς εἶναι, μηδενὸς ἐν τοῖς μέλεσι κατὰ τὴν ὑπερδολὴν τοῦ κάλΟὗτος, φησὶν, ὁ ἀδελφιδός μου, καὶ οὗτος, φησὶν, ὁ πλησίον μου, θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαλήμ. Πάντα γὰρ αὐταῖς ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν ἀγαγοῦσα διὰ τῆς τοῦ λόγου ὑπογραφῆς τὰ γνωρίσματα, δι᾽ ὧν ἦν δυνατὸν γενέσθαι τὴν ποῦ ζητουμένου φανέρωσιν, τότε τῷ δειχτιχῷ κέχρηται λόγῳ, Οὗτός ἐστι, λέγουσα, ὁ ζητούμενος, ὅς διὰ τοῦ ἀδελφὰς γενέσθαι ἐξ Ἰούδα ἡμῖν ἀνατεῆλας, πλησίον ἐγένετο τοῦ ἐμπεπτωκχότος εἰς τοὺς λῃστὰς, ἐλαίῳ καὶ οἴνῳ καὶ ἐπιδέσμοις τὰς πληγὰς ἰασάμενος, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἰδίου ἄρας ὑποζυγίου, καὶ τῷ πανδοχείῳ ἕναναπαύσας, καὶ τὰ δύο δηνάρια πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν παρασχόμενος, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐπανόδῳ αὐτοῦ τὸ προστεθὲν εἰς τὸ τῆς ἐντολῆς ἔργον ἀποδώσειν ἐπαγγειλάμενος. Πάντως δὲ φανερόν ἔστι τούτων ἕκαστον εἰς ὅ τι βλέπει, Τῷ γὰρ ἐχπειράζοντι τὸν Κύριον νομικῷ, βουλομένῳ ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἄλλους ἑαυτὸν δεῖξαι, καὶ ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς λοιποὺς ὁμότιμον διαπτύοντι, ἐν τῷ λέγειν· Καὶ τίς ἐστί μου πιἪλησίον; Τότε ἐν διηγήματος εἴδει πᾶσαν τὴν φιλάνθρωπον οἰχηνομίαν ὁ Λόγος ἐκτίθεται, τὴν ἄνωθεν κάθοδον τοῦ ἀνθρώπου διηγησάμενος, καὶ τὴν τῶν λῃστῶν ἐνέδραν, καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου ἐνδύματος περιαίρεσιν, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τραύματα, καὶ τὸ εἰς ἥμισυ τῆς φύσεως προχωρῆσαι τὸν θάνατον, τῆς ψυχῆς ἀθανάτου διαμενούσης· καὶ τοῦ γόμου τὴν ἀνωφελῇ πάροδον, οὔτε ἱερέως οὔτε Λευΐτου τὰς πληγὰς τοῦ παραπεπτωκότος τοῖς λῃσταῖς θεραπεύσαντος· ἀδύνατον γὰρ αἷμα τράγων ᾿καὶ ταύρων ἀφαιρεῖν ἁμαρτίας· ἀλλὰ τὸν πᾶσαν τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν διὰ τῆς ἀπαρχῆς τοῦ φυράματος περιθέμενον, ἐν ἧ παντὸς ἔθνους τὸ μέρος ἦν, Ἴουδαίου τε καὶ Σαμαρείτου, καὶ Ἕλληνος, καὶ πάντων ἅπαξ ἀνθρώπων· τρῦτον μετὰ τοῦ σώματος, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὑποζύγιον, τῷ τόπῳ τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κακώσεως ἐπιστάντι, καὶ θεραπεῦσαι τὰ τραύματα, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἰδίου αὐτὸν κτήνους ἐπαναπαῦσαι, καὶ καταγώγιον ποιῆσαι αὐτῷ τὴν φιλάνθρωπον οἰκονομίαν, ἧ πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι συναναπαύονται. Ὁ δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ γενόμενος, δέχεται πάντως ἕν ἑαυτῷ τὸν ἐν ᾧ ἐγένετο, οὕτως εἰπόντος τοῦ Λόγου, ὅτι Ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν αὑτῷ. Δεξάμενος οὖν τῷ ἰδίῳ χωρήματι, πανδοχεύει ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸν ἀχώρητον, παρ᾽ οὗ δέχεται τὰ δύο νομίσματα ὧν τὸ μέν ἔστιν ἡ ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας εἰς τὸν Θεὸν ἀγάπη τὸ δὲ ἕτερον ἡ εἰς τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν, καθὼς καὶ ὁ γομιχὸς ἀπεκρίνατο. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ οὗ ἀκροαταὶ τοῦ νόμου δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ, ἀλλὰ οἱ ποιηταὶ τοῦ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται· χρὴ μὴ μόνον δέξασθαι τὰ δύο ταῦτα νομίσματα· τὴν πίστιν λέγω τὴν εἰς τὸ θεῖον, καὶ τὴν ἀγαθὴν πρὸς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους συνείδησιν ᾿ ἀλλὰ δεῖ καὶ αὐτὸν συνεισενέγχαι διὰ τῶν ἔργῶν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων ἐκπλήρωσιν. Διὰ τοῦτό φησι πρὸς τὸν πανδοχέα ὁ Κύριος, ὅτι πᾶν τὸ περὶ τὴν θεραπείαν τοῦ χεχαχωμένου παρʼ αὐτοῦ γενόμενον, ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν τῆς σπουδῆς ἀπολήψεται. Ὁ τοίνυν πλησίον ἡμῶν γεγονὼς διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης φιλανθρωπίας, ὁ διὰ ποῦ ἐξ Ἰούδα ἡμῖν ἀνατεῖλαι ἀδελφιδὸς γενόμενος· οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν μηνύει ταῖς νεάνισιν ὁ τῆς νύμφης λόγος, οὗτος ὁ ταῖς θυγατράσιν ᾿ερουσαλὴμ παρὰ τῆς ἀχράντου νύμφης δηλούμενος, δι ὧν φησιν· ὅτι Οὖτος ἀδειλριδός μου, καὶ οὗτος πιἪλησίον μου, θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαλήμ· ὃν καὶ ἡμεῖς διὰ τῶν δηλωθέντων γνωρισμάτων εὕροιμέν τε καὶ λάδοιμεν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν, διὰ τῆς τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος χειραγωγίας· ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν

Siagoges autou hōs phialai tou arōmatos phyousai myrepsika. Cheilē autou krina stazonta smyrCheires autou toreutai, chrysai, pepiĒlērōmenai Tharseis. Koilia autou pyxion phantigon epi lithou sappheirou. Knēmai autou styloi marmarigoi, tethemeliōmenoi epi baseis chrysas. Eidos autou, hōs Lidanos eklektos hōs kedroi. Pharynx autou gilykasmoi kai onos epithymia. Houtos aderidos mou, kai houtos plēsion Ho tǭ adolǭ galakti trephōn to nēpiazon heti tēs pneumatikēs hēlikias, trophos kathōs phēsin autos ho ᾿Apostolos, tōn artigenōn en tę̄ Ekklēsią ginome-, nos tamieuetai ton tēs sophias arton tois teleiōtheisi kata ton esō anthrōpon, eipōn’ Sophian de men en tois teleiois; hoi dia tēn tōn agathōn didagmatōn hexin gegymnasmena echontes ta aisthētēria tēs psychēs, tou artou tēs sophias euparadektoi ginontai, pois leptopoiousin en tois hodousi ton logismon, siagonos es trophēn prosdeomenoi; chrē toinyn einai kai siagonas en tǭ sōmati Christou tois mēketi prosanechousi tę̄ thēlę̄ tou Logou all᾽ ēdē tēs stereōteras ephiemenoi trophēs, peri hōn nyn poieitai logon hē nymphē legousa houtōs; Siagoges autou hōs phialai tou arōmatos phyousai myrepsika. To men oun akolouthōs echein ton peri tōn siagonōn logon tois peri ton ophthalmon theōrētheiti, panti dēlon an eiē tǭ synetōs epaionti. Dia touto gar chrē ton ophthalmon tǭ plērōmati tōn pneumatikōn hydatōn prosedreuonta tǭ aplanei te kai adolǭ louesthai galakti, peristerą homoioumenon, hina koinōnous poiēsę̄ tōn idiōn agathōn pantas tous es to sōma syntelountas tēs Ekklēsias. Hou charin kai ho megas ĒĒsaïas, ton epi to oros to hypsēlon anadanta dia tēs politeias boan diakeleuetai lamprą tę̄ phōnę̄, hōste gnōnai di᾽ autou tous akouontas, ton meta ischyos erchomenon Kyrion, kai ton exousiazonta tōn ontōn brachiona, ton poimainonta to poimnion autou, kai tous arnas synagonta, kai tas kalōs dia tōn agathōn elpidōn chyophorousas parakalounta, ton dieilēphota ton ouranon spithamę̄, kai pasan tēn gēn draki perisphingonta; kai hosa alla pros toutois hē prophēteia phēsi dein para tou tēs akrōreias epidedēchotos kēryssesthai. Ei toinyn epi toutōn ginetai tois ophthalmois hē ek tōn hydatōn te kai tyy galaktos dynamis pros tēn tēs alētheias epignōsin, akolouthōs epainountai met᾽ ekeinous hai siagones, hōn ergon esti to leptopoiein tēn trophēn di᾿ hēs hē tou sōmatos syntēreitai physis kai dynamis. Idōmen toinyn en tini tōn siagonōn estin ho hepai-͵ nos autēs. ᾿Akousōmen tēs nymphēs, hoia peri autōn diexerchetai, Siagoges autou, phēsin, hōs phialai tou arōmatos, phyousai menon tōn ekpōmatōn eidos ho logos sēmainei tǭ tēs phialēs onomati, en hǭ chleptetai dia tēs kata( skeuēs hē kchoilotēs, oute agan bathynomenou tou schēmatos, oute di᾽ eutheias exyptiazontos, hōs mēte koilon achridōs einai dokein, mēte epipedon ᾿ ei toinyn to toiouton eidos hypodeiknysi dia tēs phialēs ē nymphē; idion an echoi logon ek tou schēmatos toutou tōn siagonōn ho epainos. Eipoi gar an tis to haploun te kai diēplōmenon kai adolon tēs didaskalias epainesai ton logon boulomenon mnēmēn tēs phialts poiēsasthai; en hǭ to apēgoreumenon hypo tou Prophētou bathos systēnai ou dynatai, tou eipontos Rystheiēn ek tōn misountōn me, kai ek tōn batheōn tōn hydatōn. Tēn oun en haplotēti phainomenē alētheian dicha tinos doleras koilotētos phamen dio tou onomatos tēs phialēs sēmainesthai, hēs hylē men ᾿ esti to arōma; ergon de to phyein myrepsicha. SiaO tones gar autou hōs phialai tou arōmatos, ouk ex argyrou genomenai, ē chrysou, hē hyelou, ē tinos eteras hylēs toiautēs, all᾽ autou tou arōmatos tauta ex autōn phyousa, di᾽ hōn ta myra kataskeuazetai. Saphēs de pantōs estin hē dia tōn eirēmenōn tois rhētois toutois entheōroumenē dianoia, hoti tōn katharōn tēs Ekchchlēsias ommatōn esti toiautēn patǭ sōmati tēn trophēn, tę̄ tōn siagonōn dynamei, hōs mēden bathy te kai hypoulon en tois legomenois horasthai; all᾽ einai panta tēlaugę̄ te kai eleuthera, kai pasēs doleras epikrypseōs kai bathytētos kechōrismena; hōs kai nēpiois einai katadēla, kathōs phēsin ho Prophētēs Hē marKyriou tēlaugēs, phōtizousa Ei gar toiautai eien hai phialai tou Logou, ouk ek hēs gēïnēs hylēs dēlonoti systēsontai; all᾽ ek tou arōmatos estai hē physis; ekeinou legō tou arōmatos, ho hyper panta ta arōmata phēsin einai hē nymphē, en tois prooimiois tou lsmatos. Toiautē phialē ho Paulos ēn, ho mē en panourgią ton logon, alla tę̄ phanerōsei tēs alētheias heauton synistanōn. Hou hē hylē to ek gēs einai apetheto, aph᾽ hou dia tou baptismou tas lepidas tōn ophthalmōn tę̄ sarki synapedalen; all᾽ ek tou eupnoountos arōmatos aneskenasthē, tou hagiou Pneumatos teknon genomenos. Hos epeidē dia hēs toiautēs chalcheias eklogēs skeuos kateskeuasthē pros tēn oinochoian tou logou phialē genomenos, ouketi chreian eschen anthrōpou, tēn gnōsin autǭ tōn mystēriōn encheontos; ou gar prosanetheto sarki kai aimati; all᾽ autos ephyen en heautǭ kai anedrye ton theion poton, dia tēs tou Christou euōdias ta poikila tōn aretōn anthē myrepsōn hois akouousin, hōste kata tas diaphoras te kai idiotētas tōn dechomenōn ton logon, katallēlon heureschesthai pros tēn tou zētountos chreian to arōma tois Ioudaiois, tois Hellēsi, tais gynaixi, tois andrasi, tois despotais, hois doulois, tois ganeusi, tois teknois, tois anomois, hois hypo nomon. GOntōs autǭ polyeidēs hēn dia pasēs aretēs chechramenē tēs didaskalias hē charis, dia tōn poikilōn didagmatōn, katallēlōs tę̄ hekastou chreią myrepsousēs tēs phialēs tois dechomenois ton logon. Tas oun toiautas epainei siagonas hē to tou sōmatos ou nymphiou kallos diazōgraphousa tǭ logǭ kai hoti pros touto blepei tōn siagonōn ho epainos, ho ephexēs logos di᾽ akolouthias martyretai. Epaineitai gar meta tas siagonas ta cheïlę̄, di᾽ hōno arōmatixzōn logos proerchetai. Houtō de ho epainos echei; Cheilē autou krina, stazonta smyrnan plērē. Dyo kata tauton aretas martyrei tǭ logǭ dia tou diplou hypodeigmatos; hōn hē men estin hē alētheia, lampra te kai phōtoeidēs en tois legomenois theōroumenē. Toiouton gar tou chrinou to eidos, hou hē lamprotēs, aïnigma tēs tōn legomenōn katharotētos te kai alētheias estin. Heteron de, to monēn tēn noētēn te kai aulon zōēn hypo tēs didaskalias prodeichnysthai, dia tēs tōn noētōn theōrias aponechroumenēs tēs katō zōēs, tēs dia sarkos te kai haimatos energoumenēs. Ē gar aporrheousa apo tou sōmatos smyrna, kai plērē poiousa heantēs tēn pou dechomenou psychēn, tēs tou sōmatos nekrōseōs emphasis ginetai. Pollachę̄ gar to toiouton en tę̄ katachrēsei tōn theopneustōn logōn paratetērētai, pou thanatou sēmantikon einai tēs smyrnēs to onoma. Ho toinyn teleios kai katharos ophthalmos, ho tēn siagona phialēn poiōn tēn ta myra ex autēs phyousan te kai pēgazousan, houtos anthei ta krina tōn logōn dia tou stomatos, tōn tę̄ theią chechallōpismenōn lamprotēti. Houtō gar tous katharous te kai di᾿ hē tēs smyrnēs stagōn, anellipōs plērousa tēn tōn dechomenōn dianoian; hoper esti tēs hylikōs zōēs hyperopsia, pantōn tōn tę̄de spoudazomenōn, dia tēn tōn hyperkeimenōn agathōn epithymian, anenergētōn pe kai nekrōn ginomenōn. Toiautēn hopote Paulos smyrnan procheei tou stomatos, memigmenēn tǭ katharǭ kchrinǭ tēs sōphrosynēs, en akoais tēs hagias parthenou. Thekla de hēn hē parthenos, hē kalōs tę̄ psychę̄ tas aporrheousas stagonas en heautę̄ dexamenē, thanatǭ dialamoanei ton exōthen anthrōpon, pasan sarchōdē dianoian te kai epithymian heautēs aposdesasa. Hēs meta tēn agathēn didaskalian nekra men hē neotēs, nekron de to epiphainomenon kallos, nekra de panta ta sōmatika aisthētēria, monou zōntos en autę̄ tou logou di᾽ hou etethnēkei men autę̄ hapas ho kosmos, etethnēkei de kai hē parthenos tǭ kosmǭ. Houtō pote kai para Kornēliǭ ho megas Petros, ta lampra tou logou krina phthengomenos, plēreis tēs smyrnēs tas tōn akouontōn psychas pareskeuasen, hou parachrēma ton logon dexamenoi, tǭ Christǭ dia tou baptismatos synetaphēsan, nekroi tǭ biǭ genomenoi. Kai myria pros toutois estin heurein tōn hagiōn hypodeigmata, pōs tou koinou sōmatos tēs Ekklēsias stoma ginomenoi tēs nechrōtichę̄s tōn pathēmatōn smyrnēs plēreis tous akroōmenous epoioun, anthophorountes dia tōn chrenōn tou logou, di᾽ hōn hoi megaloi tēs pisteōs promachoi tēs agathēs homologias kata ton tēs martyrias chairan en tois chrē dia pleionōn mēkynein ton peri toutōn logon, phaneras dia tōn eirēmenōn genomenēs hēmin tēs dianoias, pōs to stoma tēs Ekklēsias krinon ginetai; kai pōs apostazei tou chrinou hē smyrna - kai pōs plēroutai tēs toiautēs dtagonos hē tōn dechomenōn ᾿Alla pros ton ephexēs logon ēdē men elthōmen. Phēsi garʼ Hai cheires autou toreutai, chrysai, pilērōmenai tharseis. Hoti men oun atelēs estin epi pou sōmatos tēs Ekklēsias hē tou ophthalmou charis tēs tōn cheirōn hypourgias diezeugmenē, saphōs para tou megalou memathēkamen Paulon, hos phēsin, hoti Ou dynatai ho ophthailmos eipein tę̄ cheiri, Chreian sou ouk echō. Tote gar malista hē tōn ophthalmōn Ho energeia deiknytai, hotan ta erga martyrei tēn oxyōpian tǭ ommati, dia tēs peri ta kala spoudēs tēn agathēn hodēgian episēmainōn. Epeidē chrē prothentas ton peri tōn cheirōn tou theiou sōmatos hepainon, hodēgēthēnai dia tōn eirēmenōn hopōs prosēkei chatēristhai tous anti cheirōn ontas epi tēs Ekklēsias; auto prothentes to theion logion, hopōs an hoion te hē tēn enkeimenēn autō theōrēsai dianoian, didontos Theou, peirasometha. Cheires autou toreutai, chrysai, phēsi, peplērōmenai tharseis. Teōs men oun tosouton prodēlon estin ek tōn eirēmenōn to noēma, hoti hois to tēs kephalēs eidos enchōmiazetai,, dia tōn hautōn kai tais cheroi plēroutai ho epainos. Kephalēn de Christon enoēsamen, en hǭ ho Theos ēn, ton kosmon heautǭ katallassōn, kata tēn Paulou phōnēn᾽ ho en , pę̄ sarki dia tōn dynameōn te kai tōn thaumatōn heauton phanerōsas. Ei oun ē noētheisa hēmin hautē kephalē chrysion akēraton chara tou logou chatōnomasthē, dia to pasēs hamartias ektos einai; ᾿PAmartian ouk epoiēse, phēsin, oude heurethē en tǭ stomati autou dolos; chrysas de phēsin einai pas cheiras ho logos; prodēlon esti to dia toutōn nooumenon, hoti to kath᾽ holou nooumenon katharon te kai anamartēton, kai pasēs kakias amiges te kai aparadekton nomothetei tę̄ cheiri ho logos. Cheira de nooumen pantōs tēn ta koina tēs Ekklēsias eis tas tōn entolōn chreias diacheirizousan, hēs epainos esti to homouythēnai tę̄ tēs kephalēs physei, kata to katharon ke kai anamartēton. Kathara de ginetai tote hē cheir, hotan dia tēs toreias hapan apoxysētai to empodizon tǭ kallei. Kathaper gar pros tina zōou morphēn apotypountes to marmaron, ekeina dia tēs toreias pros to archetypon eidos mimēma; houtō kai epi tou kallous tōn tou sōmatos hēs Ekklēsias cheirōn polla chrē dia tēs tōn logismōn toreias apoxesthēnai, hina genētai ē cheir chrysę̄ hōs alēthōs kai akēratos. Pantōs de prodēla pasin estin, hosa mē periairethenta tēs cheiros tǭ kallei philocherdes, to monon pros to phainomenon blepein, to periphaneian tina heautǭ dia tōn en chersi pragmateuesthai, to eis tryphēn kai apolausin idian tę̄ tōn entolōn apokechrēsthai paraskeuę̄᾽ hē chrē panta tauta kai ta toiauta tois tōn logismōn organois apoxysamenon, ekeino katalipein monon to katharon te kai chrysion tēs proairesoōs, to tę̄ achēchephalę̄ homoioumenon. Saphesteron d᾽ an genoito hēmin to legomenon dia tēs tou ᾿Apostolou phōnēs; piphton ton Theon onomasas, ouden allo kai en tois oi-. zētein axiox, ē to piston heurethēnai tōsi grapsas tǭ rhēmati. Ho de loipon, zēteitai en kois oikonomois, higa pistos tis heurethę̄. Oukoun ho pistos kai phronimos oikonomos anti cheiros hōn tę̄ Ekklēsią, chrysēn kath᾽ homoiotēta tēs kephalēs deianysi tēn cheira tou sōmatos, ton sophon heautou despotēn dia tou bion mimoumenos. Ouk hēn toiautē cheir en tǭ tōn apostolōn sōmati ho Ioudas ekeinos, ho heleeinos te kai deilaios, mallon de ho stygētos kai apotropaios, hos oikonomian ptōchōn pepisteumenos, tēn tēs philochrēmatias lepran ouk apexysatoʼ alla phylax hōn tou glōssochomou dia tous chleptontas, autos heautou kleptēs egeneto, ho en tais chersin eiche dia tōn idiōn cheirōn hyphairoumenos, kai ou pros tēn entolēn, alla pros ta chrēmata blepōn; hōn hē apolausis egeneto; ti ? ᾿Anchonē ekousios, zōēs allotriōsis, panolethria psychēs, mnēmosynon ponēron, panti tǭ met᾽ auton chronǭ synechteinomenon. Oukoun poreutas einai chrē kai diaglyphous tas choiras, hina periairethentōn tōn kakōn damagthōï,, DGOPI menon chrysos hē, tǭ tēs kephalēs kallei kata to Hē de tou Tharseis lexis polysēmos estin en tę̄ graphikę̄ synētheią, kata tēs autēs dianoias hou panpote heuriskomenē᾽ alla pollakis men pros to kategnōsmenon, pollakis de pros to theion te kai makarion hē sēmasia metalamdanetai. Hote pheugei apo prosōpou tou theou Iōnas ho prophētēs, zētex ploion epi Tharseis poreuomenon. Kai ho megas Dadid ploion Tharseis biaiǭ pneumati legei syntridesthai. Biaion pneuma de oimai legesthai, to tois mathētais epiphanen tois en tǭ hyperōǭ syneilegmenois, ho proteron men diʼ akoēs proegnōsthē, hōsper pheromenēs pnoēs biaias, meta tauta de kai tois ophthalmois ephanerōthē, ees schēma typoumenon, kai tę̄ physei tou pyros kia, hēn ploiaʼ Tharseis ho Prophētēs ōnomase. Tauta men oun esti di’ hōn tǭ onomati toutǭ ta cheerō mainetai. Ho de megas Iezekiēl eis hypographēn agōn tēs genomenēs autǭ theophaneias tēn optasian, henos tōn theiōn theamatōn to eidos tę̄ lexei tauta diasēmainei legōn; Kai to eidos autou hōs eidos Tharseis. Phasi de hoi di᾽ akrideias tōn Hedraïchōn lexeōn tas ton kai asōmaton dia tēs lexeōs tautēs en tę̄ pron phēteią sēmainesthai. ʼAplēs toinyn ousēs en tę̄ lexei tēs sēmasias,; epeidē prodēlon estin, hoti pros to ( kreitton nyn parelēphthē to tautēs tēs phōnēs sēmainomenon; ou gar an tis epainon elamdaneto to hypaition; akolouthon an eiē touto peri tōn enchōmiazomenōn ennoēsai cheirōn; hoti achridōs aph’ heautōn pan to peritton te kai pros to theion te kai noēton metadainousi, tēn hylōdē pasan kai bareian peri ta pragmata schesin echtina- hoion ti phasi kai epi tēs smaragdinēs lou tous lithoglyphous ergazesthai. To gar aphenges kai geōdes dia tēs achonēs echdapanēsantes te kai ekeino monon kataleipousin ton, hǭ kathara te tis augē, chloera te hama kai elaiazousa. Hoper moi dokei saphesteron hermēneuōn ho theizos ᾿Apostolos, touto symdouleuein hen tini tōn heautou logōn, hoti chrē aposcheuazesthai tēn peri ta phainoO mena schesin, pros de to aoraton tais epithymiais hormąn. Mē skopountōn gar hēmōn, phēsi, ta pomena, alla ta mē blepomena. Ta gar blepomena proskaira; ta de mē blepomena, aiōnia. Tauta men oun en tǭ epainǭ tōn cheirōn enoēsamen, pōs tēs hylōdous prospatheias echtoreutheitai, achēratoi ginontai, pros to aulon te kai noēton alloiou menai dia tēs proaireseōs. Cheires garautou toreutai, phēsi, chrysai, peplērōmenai tharseis. ᾿Acholonthon d᾽ an eiē kai ton ephexēs logon diaskopēsai, hon peri tēs koilias pepoiētai. Echei de ē lexis houtōs; Koilia hautou pyxion elephantinon epi lithou sappheirou. Hote tǭ Mōysę̄ ton tais lithinais deltois encharachthenta nomon ho tēs physeōs didōsi nomothetēs, pyxia lithina tas plakas ōnomasen, hais enetypōthē ta theia charagmata; houtōs eipontos tēu pros ton Mōysea peri autōn chrēmatisantos; hoti ᾿AAgadēthi pros me heis to oros, kai isthi ekei, kai dōsō soi ta pyxia ta ithina, ton nomon kai tas entolas. Meta tauta de, epeidē to sōmapikon kai geōdes apexysato dia tēs Euangelikę̄s saphēneias ho nomos; ouketi lithinon to dechomenon ta grammata pyxion estin all᾽ ek tou lamprou te kai neoxystou elephantos. To gar dektikon tōn enpolōn kai tōn nomōn, hoper koilia ōnomastai, pyxion einai phēsin elephantinon epi lithou sappheirou. Prōton de oimai chrēnai to sōmatikon hypodeigma phaneron tǭ logǭ poiēsai, eith᾽ houtōs epi tēn theōrian tōn eirēmenōn elthein. Pyknon ti xylon hē pyxis esti kai hypoleuchon, aph᾽ hēs philotechnousin heautois pinakas, hois tōn grammatōn melei. To toinyn toiouton pinachion to pros tēn tōn grammatōn chreian kateskeuasmenon, kan eph᾽ heteras hylēs tychę̄ genomenon, pyxion katachrēstikōs onomazetai. Thychoun pyxion akousantes, leion ti skeuos epitēdeion pros grammatōn hypodochēn enenoēsamen. ᾿Epei toinyn genikon ti tōn toioutōn pinachōn onoma to pyxion estin entautha kai to eidos tēs hylēs tǭ hypodeimati ho logos prostithēsin, ouk apo xylou legōn, all᾽ ex elephantos einai tēn kataskeuēn pyxiou. Phasi de, dia pollēn pyknotēta kai sterrhotēta, to toiouton osteon aphthoron diamenein, eph᾽ hoti mēkiston mēdemian ek chronou bladēn paradechomenon. Ho de sappheiros tǭ kyanǭ eidei tēs chroias eis paramythian tou kamatou tōn ophthalmōn epinoeitai, tois philophysichōs tēs toiautēs augēs tas opseis di᾽ heautēs anapanousēs. To men oun hypodeigma, hǭ dia synkriseōs homoioutai hē enchōmiazomenē tēs Ekklēsias koilia, toiouton estin. Egō de para tēs prophēteias akousas touto diacheleuomenēs ek prosōpou tou Theou, hoti Grapsoon horasin saphōs es pyxion, ennoian lamthanō, ti dia tou onomatos tēs koilias en tǭ epainoumenǭ sōmati tou Kyriou prosēkei noein gar tēn theian horasin saphōs engraphein tǭ pyxiǭ ho logos diakeleuetai, tacha to katharon tēs kardias, hǭ dia tēs mnēmēs tas theias horaseis apographometha, tǭ tēs koilias onomati diasēmainei. Kathaper ho diasteilas to stoma tou megalou Iezekiēl, kai entheis hautǭ tēn kephalida tou bidliou, plērē grammatōn kath᾽ hekateron ousan, kata te to exōthen autou kai to esōthen; phēsi pros auton, hoti To stoma sou phagetai, kai hē koilia sou plēsthēsetai. To dianoētikon tēs psychēs hǭ enapetheto ta theia mathēmata, koilian, prosagoreusas. Paraplēsiōs de kai ton megan Hieremian, tēn hypo tōn skythrōpōn ekeinōn noēmatōn odynōmenēn kardian.. koilian egnōmen onomazonta, dio phēsin; hoti Tēn koilian mou algō, kai ta aisthētēria tēs kardias mou maimassei. Ei de chrē to kyriōteron tōn eis tēn dianoian tautēn hodēgountōn hēmas apo tēs theias parathesthai phōnēs, touto phamen, hotiper pros tous pepisteukotas eipen ho Kyrios potamous legōn ek tēs koilias rheein hydatos zōntos tōn eis auton pisteuontōn. Echei de houtōs hē lexis - Ho pisteuōn eis eme, kathōs eipen hē Graphē, potamoi ek tēs koilias hautou rheusousin hydatos zōntos. Dia pantōn toigyn tōn eirēmenōn, tēn katharan kardian dia tou tēs koilias onomatos noein enagometha, hēētis pyxion ou theiou ginetai nomou; tōn, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, endeiknymenōn to ergon tou nomou, grapton en tais kardiais autōn, ou melani, alla Pneumate Theou zōntos, encharassomenōn tę̄ psychę̄ tōn toioutōn grammatōn, ouk en plaxi lithinais, kathōs phēsin ᾿ ᾿Apostolos, all᾽ en tǭ tēs kardias pyxiǭ, katharǭ te onti kai leiǭ, kai stilthonti. Toiouton gar einai chrē to hēgemonikon tēs psychēs, hōste tranēn en autǭ kai asynchyton tōn theiōn logiōn ontę̄pousthai tēn mnēmēn hoion tisi grammasin eusēmois diērthrōmenēn. Kalōs de sympareilēptai tǭ toioutǭ pyxiǭ pros ton tēs koilias epainon kai ho sappheiros. Ouranoeidēs gar kai hē tou sappheiron augē. To de toiouton ainigma symoolon ginetai tou tēn kardian hēmōn ta anō phronein te kai blepein, hopou ton thēsauron apotithetai, kakei tas opseis prosanąpauein; hōste mē kamnein en tę̄ prosochę̄ tōn theiōn parangelmatōn, tēs ouranias elpidos to hoptikon tōn tēs Eita diadechetai ton tēs koilias epainon, ta tēs knēmēs enkōmia. Phēsi gar hoti Kgēmai autou chrysas. Polystylos men esti tēs sophias ho oikos, hon heautę̄ chodomēse. Polloi de kai hoi tēn tou martyriou skēnēn diereidontes styloi, diaphorois hylais kekosmēmenoi hōn kephalides men ēsan kai baseis chrysaï, to de meson tę̄ tou argyriou peridolę̄ kallōpistai. Tous de tēs Ekklēsias stylous (oikos de estin hē Ekklēsia, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos; hoti Pōs dei en oikǭ Theou anastrephesthai) marmarinous einai phēsin hē nymphē, epi chrysōn bedēchotas tōn baseōn. Hoti men oun symphōnei tę̄ tou Beseleēl sophią hē nymphē kata tēn tou kallous hypographēn, paraplēsiōs ekeinǭ tēn kephalēn kai tas baseis tǭ chrysiǭ kosmēsasa, panti dēlon esti tǭ hois peri tēs skēnēs eirēmenois chathomilēsanti. gar ekeinos hekastǭ tōn stylōn tēn kephalēn epharmosas epi chrysēs istēsi baseōs ᾿ houtōs entautha phēsin hē katharōs pros to tou nymphiou blepousa kallos, kephalēn men autou einai chrysion katharon kai akēraton; touto gar hē tou Kephax lexis endeiknytai; tethemeliōsthai tas knēmas epi chrysōn legei baseōn. Pros ho ti de chrē metalēphthēnai ta peri tōn stylōn ainigmata, tǭ hagiǭ Paulǭ mathēteuomenoi, tēs alēthous ennoias ouk echpesoumetha; hos tous proechontas en tois apostolois Petron, kai Iachōdon, kai, Iōannēn, stylous ōnomasen. Epei de kai touto prosēkei mathein, pōs esti genesthai stylon, hōs an kai hēmeis axioi tēs toiautēs genoimetha klēseōs; palin kai touto para tēs tou Paulon sophias akouōmen, hos phēsi stylon einai kai to hedraiōma tēs alētheias, Oukoun chrysion men estin hē alētheia, hē kai basis tōn knēmōn ginomenē, kai tas cheiras kai tēn kephalēn di᾽ heautēs challōpizousa. To de hedraiōma eis tēn tou marmarou tis physin metaladōn, ouk hamartēsetai; hōs einai toiautēn tēn tōn legomenōn dianoian; hoti Hai knēmai tou sōmatos hoi marmarinoi styloi, toutestin hoi tǭ lamprǭ biǭ kai tǭ hygiainonti logǭ to koinon sōma tēs Ekklēsias bastazontes te kai diereidontes; di᾽ hōn ē te basis tēs pisteōs echei to pagion, kai ho kat᾿ aretēn dromos anyetai, kai en tois halmasi tōn theiōn elpidōn, holon to sōma meteōron ginetai. Dia tōn dyo katorthoutai toutōn, alētheias kai bedaiotētos; tou men chrysou betalamdanomenou pros tēn alētheian, hētis kata tēn Paulou phōnēn themelios tēs theias kataskeuēs ginetai te kai onomazetai, Houtōs gar phēsin; hoti Themelion allon oudeis dynatai theinai para ton keimenon, hos estin Iēsous Christos. Christos de estin hē alētheia, hē enthemeliountai hai knēmai, hoi loi tēs Ekklēsias. Dia tou marmarou noountōn hēmlōn to te lampron tou bion, kai to pros tēn tōn agathōn diathesin emdrithes te kai ametatheton. ᾿All᾽ epeidē polloi men hoi styloi tou martyriou tēs schēgēs, polloi de kai hoi ton tēs sophias oikon diadastazontes; dyo de nyn exarchousin holon anechein eph᾽ heautōn to sōma; tacha pros allēn tina dianoian chrē metagagein ton skopon tou ainigmatos. Oimai gar dia toutōn ekeino kataskeuazesthai; to polyeideis men ginesthai tas ek tou nomou pros aretēn hodēgias, polla de kai tēs sophias einai ta parangelmata, pros ton auton horōnta skopon; ton syntetmēmenon tou Euangeliou logon, eis euarithmēton te kai synestalmenon agagein hapasan tou kat᾽ aretēn biou tēn teleiotēta egnōken; houtōs eipontos tou Kyriou, hoti En tautais tais dysin entolais, dios ho gomos kai hoi prophētai kremantai. ïson de pantōs estin eis dynamin, hē hypochremamenon anechein to baros, hē epikeimenon. Heis gar di’ amphoterōn theōreitai ho tēs dynameōs tonos, tou kath᾽ hekateron tropon to achthos bastazontos. Pherei gar homoiōs di’ heantou, eite, epērtēmenon echei to baros, eite hypolamodanoi lamę̄ to bastazomenon. Epei oun ho men Kyrios en tautais psēsi tais dysin entolais holon ton nomon kai tous prophētas chremasthai; nyn de hē nymphē dyo stylois epi chrysōn themeliōn bedēkosi bastazesthai legei to sōma; kalōs an echoi pros tēn theōrian tou kata tas knēmas ainigmatos, symparalathein tas dyo entolas ekeinas. Hōn tēn men, prōtēn onomazei ho Kyrios, tēn de, homoian tę̄ prōtę̄ legōn; to men agapąn ton Theon ex holēs tēs kardias kai psychēs kai dynameōs, tēn prōtēn entolēn einai - to de ton plēA sion hōs heanton, isodynamoin tę̄ prōtę̄. ᾿Alla kai ho Paulos hoian tina oikon dektikon tou Theou kataskeua zōn ton megan Timotheon, tous dyo toutous istēsin en heautǭ stylous, tǭ men onoma themenos pistin, tǭ de heterǭ syneidēsin. Dia men tēs pisteōs, tēn eis Theon agapēn tēn ex holēs kardias te kai psychēs, kai dynameōs sēmainōn; dia de tēs agathēs syneidēseōs, tēn agapētichēn eis ton plēsion diathesin. Tacha de ouchk enantioutai tǭ proterǭ noēmati hē nyn epheuretheisa dianoia. Di’ amphoterōn gar toutōn esti to genesthai stylous, tous kata Petron, kai Iachōdon, kai Iōannēn, kai ei tis allos kat᾽ ekeinous tou toioutou onomatos axios hē gegonen hē genēsetai. Ho gar en tautais dysin entolais teleiōtheis, stylos, kai edraiōma tēs alētheias kata tēn tou ᾿Apostolou phōnēn kataskeuazetai. Hōste tois dyo toutois katorthōmasin holon to sōma tēs alētheias kathaper knēmais tisin epereideathai, tou chrysou thameliou tēs kata tēn pistin baseōs, to aklines te kai ametatheton kai to en panti agathǭ pagion tois logismois empoiountos. Meta de tous epainous toutous, chaϑaper anachephalaioumenē holon tou nymphiou to kallos, phēsin; Eidos autou, hōs Lidangos eklektos, hōs kedroi. Pharynx autou glykasmos, kai dios epithymias houtos adelridos mou, kai houtos plēsion mou, thygateres ᾿Iērousalēm. En toutǭ gar oimai saphesteron autēn diasēmainein, hoti to peri to blepomenon tou nymphiou kallos estin ho epainos; ekeino phēmi to blepomenon, ho dia tōn kath᾽ hekaston melōn tōn symplērountōn tēn Ekklēsian, sōmatopoiei ho ᾿Apostolos. Hen gar eidos autou phēsin einai tas myriadas tōn chkedrōn, hais dieilēptai pantachothen ho Lethanos. Dēlousa dia tōn legomenōn, hoti ouden tapeinon kai chamaizēlon syntelei pros tēn eumorphian tou sōmatos, ean mē ti kata tēn kedron hypsēlon eiē, kai pros tę̄ koryphę̄ epeigomenon. Mallon de to paratethen an tois eirēmenois prōton katanoēsōmen. Eidos pantos pragmatos dia tēs tou enantiou paratheseōs ginetai. Epei oun homōnymon esti to agathon, epi te tou ontōs ontos toioutou, kai epi tou mē ontos men, hypochrinomenou de di᾽ apatēs, kai dokountos einai ho ouk ettin; ho mē diamartōn tēs tou kalou kriseōs, agathon anti tou proeileto. Epei oun entautha tǭ eklektǭ Lidanǭ eidos tou nymphiou proseichase, dyo kata to akolouthon Lidanous ho logos noein hypotithetai; hena men ton ponēron kai apodlēton, ton isa tǭ moschǭ kata tēn prophēteian meta tōn kedrōn tōn eph᾽ heautou syntrithomenon, heteron de ton eklekton te kai timion, hou to kallos theoprepes esti kai theoeikelon, To de nooumenon dia tōn eirēmenōn, toiouton estin; Heis basileus kyriōs te kai alēthinōs kai prōtōs estin, ho basileus pasēs tēs ktiseōs. ᾿All᾽ homōs kai ho chosmochratōr tou skotous semnynei heauton tǭ tēs basileias onomati. Legeōnes angelōn para tǭ alēthinǭ basilei, kai legeōnes daimonōn para tǭ archonti tēs exousias tou skotous. ᾿Archai kai exousiai kai dynameis hypo ton basilea tōn basileuontōn, kai Kyrion kōn kyrieuontōn; echei kakeinos, kata tēn ᾿Apostolou phōnēn, archas te kai exousias, kai dynameis, tas chatargoumenas, hotan mellę̄ to kakon eis to mē hon aphanizesthai. Hotan gar katargēsę̄. phēsi, pasan archēn, kai exousian, kai dynamin. Epi thronou blepei ho prophētēs ton basilea tēs doxēs kathēmenon, eph᾽ hypsēlou te kai epērmenou, kakeinos epangelletai thēsein epanō tōn astrōn ton idion thronon, hōste einai homoion tǭ HyPsistǭ. Skeuē eklogēs en tę̄ megalę̄ heautou oikią ho tou pantos echei Despotēs, echei kakeinos skeuē orgēs katērtismena eis apōleian. Palin zōēn kai eirēnēn di᾽ angelōn chorēgei tois axiois ho tōn angelōn Kyrios; kakeinos thymon, kai orgēn, kai thlipsin apostellei dia tōn angelōn tōn ponērōn. Kai ti chrē ta kath᾽ hekaston legein, di᾽ hōn kata to enantion antepairetai pros tēn tou agathou physin ho antikeimenos Epei oun kata to aisthēton, periphanes esti theama po oros ho Lidanos pantachothen tais hypsēlais chedrois synērephēēs te kai lasios, toutou charin pros tas enantias ennoias, dia tōn kata to emphainomenon hypodeigmatōn hypo tēs Graphēs to oros merizetai, prosphorōs lamdanomenon kath᾽ hekateron. Kai houtōs esti para tois autois prophētais idein to auto onoma kata tēn tōn dēloumenōn diaphoran, epainoumenōn te kai chachizomenōn. Nyn men gar syntridei Kyrios tas kedrous tou Lidanou, kai holon ton Lidanon meta tōn en autǭ kedrōn leptynei, kath᾽ homoiotēta tou eidōlopoiēthentos moschou en tę̄ erēmǭ. Dia touto hē pro- ( phēteia paristēsin, hoti autē te hē kakia kai pan ex autēs hypsōma to kata tēs gnōseōs tou theou epērmenon, eis to mē hon peristēsetai. Nyn de to kreitton autou metalamoanei tēn sēmasian legōn; kaios hōs phoinix agthēsei, hōsei kedros hē en tǭ (Kyrios de estin ho dikaios), ho di᾽ hēmas ek gēs anaschōn, ekeinos ho hypsichomos phoinix, ho en tę̄ hylę̄ tēs physeōs hēmōn anateilas, oros ginetai tais chedrois haitines hotan en tǭ oikǭ tou Theou phyteuthōsin, tais aulais tou Theou hēmōn exanthēsousin. Oikon de tēn Ekklēsian kata tēn tou ᾿Apostolou hyphēgēsin enenoēsamen en hǭ ginetai hē tōn kedrōn tou Theou phyteia. Aulas de tas aiōnious skēnas, en hais hē tōn agathōn elpidōn exanthēsis te kai phanerōsis tois kathēkousi chronois genēsetai. Epeidē toinyn to sōma tou Christou dia tōn kath᾽ hekaston echplēroutai melōn; Ta gar poilila melē, hen sōma gignetai, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos; toutou charin holon to tou nymphiou kallos ton eklekton ōnomase Lidanon, tēn pros ton Ekeinos gar estin ho Lidanos kata ton Ēsaian, syn kois hypsēlois pesoumenos, hotan ek tēs tou Iessai rhizēs anateilę̄ to anthos, kai hē tēs exousias rhabdos anaphyę̄, di᾽ hēs metadalletai tou te leontos, kai tēs pardaleōs, kai tōn aspidōn hē physis pros to tithasson te kai hēmeron; hōste syndiaitasthai men tǭ motchǭ ton leonta, synanapauesthai de tǭ eriphǭ tēn pardalin, epistatein de toutōn to paidion ekeino to nēpion ho egennēthē hēmin; hou hē cheir en tę̄ trōglę̄ tōn aspidōn ginetai, kai tōn ekgonōn tēs aspidos ephaptomenē, kai ton ion autōn apamdlynousa; ginomenōn, phēsin ho Prophētēs, hoti kai ho Lidanos syn poiis hypsēlois peseitai. Hosa de mēnyei dia tōn ainiYmatōn toutōn hē prophēteia, hōs prodēla pasin onta. peritton an eiē di᾽ achrideias ektithesthai. Tis gar ouk hoide to gennēthen hēmin paidion, to tōn aspidōn ria tōn thēriōn poiei tois hēmerois homoschēna, tēs physikę̄s pikrias lēthēn poioumena ? Epei oun piptei dia toutōn ho Lithanos hē kakia, kai synchatapiptei prōtē tōn kakōn archē, ta kata tēs alētheias hypsōmata; dia touto tǭ eklektǭ Lidanǭ pareikazei hē nymphē tou Kyriou to kallos, houtōs eipousa tois rhēmasin; Eidos autou, hōs Prostithēsi de kai tǭ pharyngi ton katallēlon epainon, glykasmon te auton kai epithymian onomasasa᾽ echei de hē lexis houtōs; Pharynx autou giykasmos, kai dios epithymia. Ho᾽ de peri toutou nooumen, toiouton esti᾿ To hypo ton anthereōna meros, pharynga kalei hē synētheia; hǭ phasi ton ēchon tę̄ prosptōsei tou ek tēs artērias pneumatos apogens nasthai peridonoumenon. ᾿Epei oun kēria melitos hoi kaloi eisi logoi; logon de organon estin hē phōnē, hēs hē genesis estin ek pharyngos, tacha tous hypēretas te kai hypophētas tou logou, en hois lalei ho Christos, tǭ onomati toutǭ sēmainesthai noōn tis, ouk hamartēsetai. Kai gar ho megas Iōannēs erōtētheis hostis eiē, phōnēn heauton chatōnomasen, epeidē tou Logou prodromos Hēēn᾽ kai ho makarios Paulos dokimēn edidou tou en autǭ lalountos Christou; hou tēn phōnēn heautǭ chrēsas, glykasmos hēn di’ ekeinou phthengomenos. Kai pantes hoi prophētai ta phōnēticha heautōn organa tǭ enēchounti autois Pneumati parachōrēsantes, glykasmos eginonto, to theion meli dia tou laryngos tou idion pēgazontes, hǭ basileis te kai idiōtai pros hygeian prospherontai; hou hē apolausis ouk epichoptes Ho tēn epithymian tǭ chorǭ, alla trephei mallon dia tēs tōn epithymoumenōn metousias ton pothon. Dia touto kai holon auton epithymian katonomazei, hoion tini horismǭ to tou zētoumenou kallos dia tautēs tēs phōnēs hypographousa; Hozos gar, phēsin, epithymia. Hōs makaria ta melē ekeina, di᾽ hōn to holon epithymia genetai; dia tēs en panti agathǭ teleiotētos, synkraton ek pantōn to erasmion apergazomena kallos; hōste holon mē en ophthalmǭ monon kai cheroin hē bostrychois, alla kai en posi kai en chersi, kai en tais chnēmais, kai kata pharynga paraplēsiōs epithymētos einai, mēdenos en tois melesi kata tēn hyperdolēn tou kalOutos, phēsin, ho adelphidos mou, kai houtos, phēsin, ho plēsion mou, thygateres Hierousalēm. Panta gar autais hyp᾽ opsin agagousa dia tēs tou logou hypographēs ta gnōrismata, di᾽ hōn ēn dynaton genesthai tēn pou zētoumenou phanerōsin, tote tǭ deichtichǭ kechrētai logǭ, Houtos esti, legousa, ho zētoumenos, hos dia tou adelphas genesthai ex Iouda hēmin anateēlas, plēsion egeneto tou empeptōkchotos eis tous lę̄stas, elaiǭ kai oinǭ kai epidesmois tas plēgas iasamenos, kai epi tou idiou aras hypozygiou, kai tǭ pandocheiǭ henanapausas, kai ta dyo dēnaria pros tēn zōēn paraschomenos, kai en tę̄ epanodǭ autou to prostethen eis to tēs entolēs ergon apodōsein epangeilamenos. Pantōs de phaneron esti toutōn hekaston eis ho ti blepei, Tǭ gar echpeirazonti ton Kyrion nomikǭ, boulomenǭ hyper tous allous heauton deixai, kai en hyperēphanią to pros tous loipous homotimon diaptyonti, en tǭ legein; Kai tis esti mou piĒlēsion? Tote en diēgēmatos eidei pasan tēn philanthrōpon oichēnomian ho Logos ektithetai, tēn anōthen kathodon tou anthrōpou diēgēsamenos, kai tēn tōn lę̄stōn enedran, kai tēn tou aphthartou endymatos periairesin, kai ta tēs hamartias traumata, kai to eis hēmisy tēs physeōs prochōrēsai ton thanaton, tēs psychēs athanatou diamenousēs; kai tou gomou tēn anōphelę̄ parodon, oute hiereōs oute Leuïtou tas plēgas tou parapeptōkotos tois lę̄stais therapeusantos; adynaton gar haima tragōn ᾿kai taurōn aphairein hamartias; alla ton pasan tēn anthrōpinēn physin dia tēs aparchēs tou phyramatos perithemenon, en hē pantos ethnous to meros ēn, Ioudaiou te kai Samareitou, kai Hellēnos, kai pantōn hapax anthrōpōn; tryton meta tou sōmatos, hoper estin hypozygion, tǭ topǭ tēs tou anthrōpou kakōseōs epistanti, kai therapeusai ta traumata, kai epi tou idiou auton ktēnous epanapausai, kai katagōgion poiēsai autǭ tēn philanthrōpon oikonomian, hē pantes hoi kopiōntes kai pephortismenoi synanapauontai. Ho de en autǭ genomenos, dechetai pantōs hen heautǭ ton en hǭ egeneto, houtōs eipontos tou Logou, hoti Ho menōn en emoi, kagō en hautǭ. Dexamenos oun tǭ idiǭ chōrēmati, pandocheuei en heautǭ ton achōrēton, par᾽ hou dechetai ta dyo nomismata hōn to men estin hē ex holēs kardias eis ton Theon agapē to de heteron hē eis ton plēsion hōs heauton, kathōs kai ho gomichos apekrinato. ᾿All᾽ epeidē ouk hou akroatai tou nomou dikaioi para tǭ Theǭ, alla hoi poiētai tou nomou dikaiōthēsontai; chrē mē monon dexasthai ta dyo tauta nomismata; tēn pistin legō tēn eis to theion, kai tēn agathēn pros tous homophylous syneidēsin ᾿ alla dei kai auton syneisenenchai dia tōn ergōn pros tēn tōn entolōn toutōn ekplērōsin. Dia touto phēsi pros ton pandochea ho Kyrios, hoti pan to peri tēn therapeian tou chechachōmenou parʼ autou genomenon, en tę̄ deuterą autou parousią kata tēn axian tēs spoudēs apolēpsetai. Ho toinyn plēsion hēmōn gegonōs dia tēs toiautēs philanthrōpias, ho dia pou ex Iouda hēmin anateilai adelphidos genomenos; houtos estin hon mēnyei tais neanisin ho tēs nymphēs logos, houtos ho tais thygatrasin ᾿erousalēm para tēs achrantou nymphēs dēloumenos, di hōn phēsin; hoti Outos adeilridos mou, kai houtos piĒlēsion mou, thygateres Hierousalēm; hon kai hēmeis dia tōn dēlōthentōn gnōrismatōn heuroimen te kai ladoimen epi sōtērią tōn psychōn hēmōn, dia tēs tou hagiou Pneumatos cheiragōgias; hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn

Homily 14 (Song 5:13–16)

"His cheeks are like bowls of spice, putting forth perfumes. His lips are lilies, dripping [full myrrh. His] hands are turned, golden, filled with Tharsis. His belly is an ivory tablet on a sapphire stone. His legs are pillars of marble, founded on bases of gold. His appearance is like chosen Lebanon, like cedars. His throat is sweetness, and he is altogether desire. This is my beloved, and this is my close one, [daughters of Jerusalem]."

He who nourishes with pure milk those still in the infancy of spiritual age, becoming a nurse of the newborn in the church, as the apostle himself says, keeps the bread of wisdom for those perfected in the inner man, saying, "Yet among the perfect we speak wisdom." These, having the senses of the soul trained by the habit of good teachings, become ready to receive the bread of wisdom, grinding the reasoning fine with their teeth, since they need a jaw for their food. So there must also be cheeks in the body of Christ for those who no longer cling to the breast of the Word but already desire more solid food. Of these the bride now speaks, saying thus: "His cheeks are like bowls of spice, putting forth perfumes."

That the account of the cheeks follows on what was contemplated about the eye would be plain to anyone who listens intelligently. For this is why the eye, attending to the fullness of spiritual waters, must be bathed in the unerring and pure milk and made like a dove: so that it may make all who contribute to the body of the church sharers in its own goods. For this reason the great Isaiah too bids the one who has climbed the high mountain by his way of life to cry aloud with a clear voice, so that through him the hearers may know the Lord who comes with strength, and the arm that has authority over beings, who shepherds his flock, gathers the lambs, and comforts those who are pregnant well with good hopes; who has measured heaven with a span and holds the whole earth in his grasp; and whatever else besides the prophecy says must be proclaimed by the one who has climbed the summit. If, then, through these the power from the waters and the milk comes to the eyes for knowledge of the truth, it follows that after them the cheeks are praised, whose work is to grind fine the food by which the nature and strength of the body are preserved.

Let us see, then, in what the praise of the cheeks consists. Let us hear the bride, what she relates about them: "His cheeks," she says, "are like bowls of spice, putting forth [perfumes]." By the name "bowl" the word signifies a [shallow] kind of drinking vessel, in which the hollowness is concealed by its making, the shape being neither very deep nor laid straight out flat, so that it seems neither exactly hollow nor flat. If, then, the bride shows such a shape through the bowl, the praise of the cheeks would have a particular meaning from this shape. For one might say that the word, wishing to praise the simple, open, and guileless character of teaching, mentioned the bowl, in which the depth forbidden by the prophet cannot form, who said, "May I be delivered from those who hate me, and from the depths of the waters." So we say that the truth appearing in simplicity, without any deceitful hollowness, is signified by the name of the bowl, whose material is spice and whose work is to put forth perfumes. For "his cheeks are like bowls of spice," not made of silver or gold or glass or any other such material, but of the spice itself, putting forth from themselves the things from which perfumes are made.

The sense seen in these texts through what has been said is surely clear: that it belongs to the pure eyes of the church to [provide] such food to the body by the power of the cheeks, so that nothing deep and treacherous is seen in what is said, but all is clear and free and separated from all deceitful concealment and depth, so as to be plain even to infants, as the prophet says, "The testimony of the Lord is sure, making infants wise"; "the commandment of the Lord is clear, enlightening [the eyes]." For if such are the bowls of the Word, they will clearly not be constituted of earthly material; their nature will be of the spice, I mean that spice which the bride says at the beginning of the Song is above all spices. Such a bowl was Paul, who commended himself not by handling the word with cunning, but by the manifestation of the truth. His material put away being from earth, from the time when through baptism he cast off the scales from his eyes together with the flesh; and he was re-formed from the fragrant spice, having become a child of the Holy Spirit. Since by such smithing he was fashioned a chosen vessel, becoming a bowl for pouring the wine of the word, he no longer had need of a man to pour into him the knowledge of the mysteries (for he did not confer with flesh and blood); but he himself put forth in himself and welled up the divine drink, compounding the varied flowers of the virtues through the fragrance of Christ for his hearers, so that, according to the differences and peculiarities of those who receive the word, a spice suited to the need of each seeker was found: for Jews, for Greeks, for women, for men, for masters, for slaves, for parents, for children, for those without the law, for those under the law. Truly the grace of his teaching was manifold, blended through every virtue, the bowl compounding perfume through his varied teachings for those who received the word, fitting each one's need.

Such cheeks, then, she praises who paints in words the beauty of the bridegroom's body. And that the praise of the cheeks looks to this, the next word testifies in sequence. For after the cheeks the lips are praised, through which the fragrant word comes forth. The praise runs thus: "His lips are lilies, dripping full myrrh." By the double example she testifies to two virtues of the word at once. One is the truth, seen bright and luminous in what is said; for such is the appearance of the lily, whose brightness is a riddle of the purity and truth of what is said. The other is that the teaching shows forth only the intellectual and immaterial life, the life below, worked through flesh and blood, being put to death through the contemplation of intelligible things. For the myrrh that flows from the body and fills the soul of the one who receives it becomes an indication of the putting to death of the body. For it has often been observed in the use of the God-inspired words that the name of myrrh signifies death.

The perfect and pure eye, then, which makes the cheek a bowl putting forth and welling up perfumes, makes the lilies of words flower through the mouth, words adorned with divine brightness. For so [the lips of the saints become lilies, from which drips] the drop of myrrh, filling without lack the minds of those who receive it: which is the despising of the material life, all that is pursued here becoming inactive and dead through desire for the goods that lie beyond. Such myrrh Paul once poured from his mouth, mixed with the pure lily of self-control, in the ears of the holy virgin. The virgin was Thecla, who, receiving well into her soul the drops that flowed, takes the outer man in death, quenching in herself every fleshly thought and desire. After that good teaching her youth was dead, her visible beauty was dead, all her bodily senses were dead; only the word lived in her, through which the whole world had died to her, and the virgin had died to the world. So too once at Cornelius's house the great Peter, uttering the bright lilies of the word, made the souls of the hearers full of myrrh; at once receiving his word, they were buried with Christ through baptism, becoming dead to this life. And besides these one may find countless examples among the saints of how, becoming the mouth of the common body of the church, they made their hearers full of the myrrh that puts the passions to death, bearing flowers through the lilies of the word, by which the great champions of the faith [made] the good confession at the time of their witness [before the persecutors]. But there is no need to lengthen the discourse on these at greater length, since the sense has become plain to us through what has been said: how the mouth of the church becomes a lily, how myrrh drips from the lily, and how the [soul] of those who receive it is filled with such a drop.

But let us now come to the next word. For it says: "His hands are turned, golden, filled with Tharsis." That in the body of the church the grace of the eye is imperfect when separated from the service of the hands we have learned clearly from the great Paul, who says, "The eye cannot say to the hand, 'I have no need of you.'" For the activity of the eyes is shown most when the works testify to the eye's keen sight, marking by zeal for what is good the good guidance. Since we must set out the praise of the hands of the divine body and be guided by what is said as to how those who serve as hands in the church should be fitted, we shall try, God granting, setting out the divine saying itself, to contemplate as far as possible the sense lying in it. "His hands are turned, golden," it says, "filled with Tharsis." For the time being this much of the thought is plain from what has been said: the same things by which the form of the head is praised also complete the praise of the hands. And we understood the head to be Christ, in whom God was reconciling the world to himself, according to Paul's word, who manifested himself in the flesh through powers and wonders. If, then, this head as we understood it was named by the word pure gold, because it is outside all sin ("He committed no sin," it says, "nor was deceit found in his mouth"), and the word says that the hands are golden, what is understood by this is plain: the word legislates for the hand what is understood to be wholly pure and sinless, unmixed with all vice and not admitting it. And by the hand we surely understand the one who manages the common goods of the church for the needs of the commandments, whose praise is to be conformed to the nature of the head in purity and sinlessness.

The hand becomes pure when, through the turning, it scrapes off everything that hinders beauty. For as those who shape marble into some form of a living creature [remove by the turning what is superfluous, so that what remains may be a] likeness of the archetypal form, so in the beauty of the hands of the body of the church much must be scraped off by the turning of reasonings, so that the hand may become truly golden and undefiled. It is surely plain to all what things, if not removed from the hand, [are harmful] to its beauty: love of gain, looking only to appearance, seeking some distinction for oneself through what one handles, using the provision of the commandments for one's own luxury and enjoyment. All these and the like must be scraped off with the tools of reasoning, leaving only the pure gold of free choice, made like the undefiled head.

What is said would become clearer to us through the apostle's words. Having named God faithful, he asks nothing else of stewards too than that they be found faithful, writing in these words: "Moreover it is required in stewards that one be found faithful." So the faithful and wise steward, serving as a hand to the church, shows the hand of the body golden in the likeness of the head, imitating his wise Master through his way of life. That Judas was not such a hand in the body of the apostles, the pitiable and wretched one, or rather the hateful and abominable one, who, entrusted with the management of the poor, did not scrape off the leprosy of love of money; but, being the guardian of the money box against thieves, became himself a thief of himself, stealing with his own hands what he held in his hands, and looking not to the commandment but to the money. And what came of its enjoyment? A voluntary noose, estrangement from life, the utter destruction of the soul, an evil memorial stretching through all the time after him. So the hands must be turned and carved, so that, when the evils have been removed, what remains may be gold, [made like] the beauty of the head in [purity].

The word "Tharsis" has many meanings in the usage of Scripture, not always found in the same sense; often its meaning is taken toward what is condemned, and often toward what is divine and blessed. When the prophet Jonah flees from the face of God, he seeks a ship going to Tharsis. And the great David says that a ship of Tharsis is shattered by a violent wind. I think the violent wind spoken of is the one that appeared to the disciples gathered in the upper room, which was first known beforehand by hearing, as of a violent wind rushing, and afterwards was manifested to the eyes too, shaped into a form and [taking] the nature of fire, [which shatters the ships of evil], which the prophet named ships of Tharsis. These, then, are the things by which the worse is signified by this name. But the great Ezekiel, bringing into description the vision of the manifestation of God that came to him, signifies by this word the form of one of the divine sights, saying, "And its appearance was like the appearance of Tharsis." Those who [have examined] the Hebrew words with accuracy say that [what is invisible] and bodiless is signified by this word in the prophecy. So, though the meaning of the word is not single, since it is plain that what this word signifies has now been taken in the better sense (for no one would take what is blameworthy as praise), it would follow to understand this of the hands being praised: that, carefully [scraping off] from themselves everything superfluous, they pass over to what is divine and intelligible, shaking off every material and heavy attachment to things. Something of the sort, they say, gem cutters do with the emerald stone. For having worn away with the whetstone what is lustreless and earthy, they leave only [that part of the stone] in which there is a pure gleam, green and at the same time oily. The divine apostle, interpreting this more clearly, seems to me to counsel this in one of his writings: that we must put away attachment to what appears and press with our desires toward the invisible. "For we look," he says, "not at what is seen, but at what is not seen. For what is seen is temporary, but what is not seen is eternal." This, then, is what we have understood in the praise of the hands: how, turned free of material attachment, they become undefiled, changed by free choice toward what is immaterial and intelligible. "For his hands are turned," it says, "golden, filled with Tharsis."

It would follow to examine also the next word, which she has spoken about the belly. The wording runs thus: "His belly is an ivory tablet on a sapphire stone." When the lawgiver of nature gives Moses the law engraved on stone tablets, he named the slabs on which the divine characters were imprinted "stone tablets" (πυξία), the one who gave the oracle to Moses speaking thus about them: "Come up to me on the mountain and be there, and I will give you the stone tablets, the law and the commandments." After this, since the law scraped off what was bodily and earthy through the clarity of the gospel, the tablet that receives the letters is no longer of stone, but of bright and newly polished ivory. For what receives the commandments and laws, which has been named the belly, [is a] tablet, she says, of ivory on a sapphire stone. I think we must first make the bodily example plain in words, and then come to the contemplation of what has been said. Box (πύξος) is a dense, whitish wood, from which those concerned with letters skilfully make writing tablets for themselves. Such a writing tablet, made for the use of letters, even if it happens to be made of another material, is called a "box tablet" (πυξίον) by extension. So when we hear "tablet," we understand a smooth implement suited to receive letters. Since, then, "tablet" is a general name for such writing boards, here the word adds to the example also the kind of material, saying that the tablet is made not of wood but of ivory. They say that such bone, because of its great density and hardness, remains incorrupt for a very long time, receiving no damage from time. And the sapphire is thought to be a relief for the weariness of the eyes by the blue form of its colour, such a gleam naturally resting the sight by itself. This, then, is the example to which the praised belly of the church is likened by comparison.

But I, having heard the prophecy command in the person of God, "Write the vision clearly on a tablet," take a notion of what must be understood by the name of the belly in the praised body of the Lord. For since the word commands that the divine vision be written clearly on the tablet, perhaps it signifies by the name of the belly the purity of the heart, on which we inscribe the divine visions through memory. So the one who opened the mouth of the great Ezekiel and put into it the roll of the book, full of writing on both sides, outside and inside, says to him: "Your mouth shall eat, and your belly shall be filled," calling "belly" the thinking part of the soul in which he stored the divine teachings. In the same way we know that the great Jeremiah too named "belly" the heart pained by those gloomy thoughts [of the coming calamities], so he says: "I am pained in my belly, and the senses of my heart are in tumult." And if we must set out from the divine word the most authoritative of the sayings that lead us to this sense, we say this: that the Lord said to those who had believed that rivers of living water flow from the belly of those who believe in him. The wording runs thus: "Whoever believes in me, as the Scripture said, rivers of living water will flow from his belly."

Through all that has been said, then, we are led to understand the pure heart by the name of the belly, which becomes a tablet of the divine law: of those, as the apostle says, who show the work of the law written on their hearts, not with ink but with the Spirit of the living God, such letters being engraved on the soul not on tablets of stone, as the apostle says, but on the tablet of the heart, pure and smooth and shining. For the ruling part of the soul must be such that the memory of the divine words is preserved in it clear and unconfused, articulated as in distinct letters. And the sapphire is fittingly taken together with such a tablet for the praise of the belly. For the gleam of the sapphire is heaven-like. Such a riddle becomes a symbol of our heart setting its mind on and looking to the things above, where it lays up its treasure, and resting its sight there, so that it may not grow weary in attending to the divine commandments, [the heavenly hope refreshing] the sight of the [soul].

Then the praises of the legs follow the praise of the belly. For it says: "His legs are [pillars of marble, founded on bases of] gold." The house of wisdom, which she built for herself, has many pillars. Many too are the pillars that support the tabernacle of witness, adorned with different materials, whose capitals and bases were golden, while the middle was beautified with an overlay of silver. But the pillars of the church (and the church is a house, as the apostle says, "how one ought to behave in the house of God"), the bride says, are of marble, standing on bases of gold. That the bride agrees in her description of beauty with the wisdom of Bezalel, adorning the head and the bases with gold as he did, is plain to anyone familiar with what is said about the tabernacle. For [as] he, fitting the capital to each of the pillars, sets it on a golden base, so here she who looks purely at the bridegroom's beauty says that his head is pure and undefiled gold (for this is what the word "Kephaz" shows), and she says that his legs are founded on bases of gold.

To what the riddles about the pillars must be transferred, we shall not fall from the true understanding if we are disciples of holy Paul, who named those prominent among the apostles, Peter and James and John, pillars. And since we should also learn how one may become a pillar, so that we too may become worthy of such a name, let us hear this too from the wisdom of Paul, who says that the pillar is also the foundation of the truth. So the truth is gold, which also becomes the base of the legs and beautifies the hands and the head by itself. And whoever takes the foundation to mean the nature of marble will not go wrong; so that the sense of what is said is this: the legs of the body are the marble pillars, that is, those who carry and support the common body of the church by a bright life and sound word, through whom the base of faith has its firmness, the course of virtue is accomplished, and in the leaps of the divine hopes the whole body is lifted up. This is achieved through these two, truth and steadfastness: the gold being taken to mean the truth, which, according to Paul's word, becomes and is named the foundation of the divine building. For he says thus: "No one can lay another foundation than the one laid, which is Jesus Christ." And Christ is the truth, on which the legs, the [pillars] of the church, are founded; while by the marble we understand the brightness of life and the solidity and immovability of the disposition toward goods.

But since the pillars of the tabernacle of witness are many, and many too are those who support the house of wisdom, while now two suffice to hold up the whole body by themselves, perhaps we must bring the aim of the riddle over to another sense. For I think this is established by them: that the guidance of the law toward virtue takes many forms, and the precepts of wisdom are many, looking to the same aim; [but] the concise word of the gospel has known how to bring the whole perfection of the virtuous life into a number easily counted and concise, since the Lord said, "On these two commandments hang the whole law and the prophets." It is surely the same in power to hold up the weight either hanging from below or resting on top. For through both the same strength of power is seen, carrying the burden in either way. For it bears alike by itself, whether it has the weight hanging from it or takes up what it carries [from below]. Since, then, the Lord says that the whole law and the prophets hang on these two commandments, and now the bride says that the body is carried by two pillars standing on golden foundations, it would be well, for the contemplation of the riddle of the legs, to take those two commandments together with it. Of these the Lord names one first, and says the other is like the first: that to love God with the whole heart and soul and strength is the first commandment, and to love one's neighbour as oneself is equal in power to the first. And Paul too, building the great Timothy as a kind of house fit to receive God, sets up these two pillars in him, giving the one the name faith and the other conscience: by faith signifying the love for God from the whole heart and soul and strength; and by good conscience, the loving disposition toward the neighbour. Perhaps the sense now found is not opposed to the earlier thought. For through both of these one becomes a pillar, like Peter and James and John, and anyone else who has become or will become worthy of such a name as they. For the one perfected in these two commandments is built into a pillar and foundation of the truth, according to the apostle's word. So the whole body of the truth rests on these two achievements as on legs, the golden foundation of the base of faith producing in the reasonings what is unswerving and immovable and firm in every good.

After these praises, as though summing up the whole beauty of the bridegroom, she says: "His appearance is like chosen Lebanon, like cedars. His throat is sweetness, and he is altogether desire. This is my beloved, and this is my close one, daughters of Jerusalem." In this I think she shows more clearly that the praise is about the bridegroom's visible beauty: I mean the visible beauty which the apostle forms into a body through the several members that make up the church. For she says that the ten thousands of cedars, with which Lebanon is covered on every side, are one appearance of his, showing by what she says that nothing low and grovelling contributes to the comeliness of the body unless it is lofty like the cedar and pressing toward the summit.

Or rather, let us first consider what was set beside what has been said. The form of everything comes to be [known] by the setting beside it of its opposite. Since, then, "good" is a name shared both by what truly is such and by what is not, but pretends by deceit and seems to be what it is not, the one who does not fail in the judgment of the beautiful has chosen the [true] good instead of the [false]. Since, then, here she likened the bridegroom's appearance to chosen Lebanon, the word suggests that we understand, in sequence, two Lebanons: one wicked and to be cast away, which, according to the prophecy, is crushed like the calf together with the cedars on it; and the other chosen and precious, whose beauty is fitting for God and godlike.

What is understood through what has been said is this. There is one King properly, truly, and primarily, the King of all creation. Yet the world ruler of darkness too dignifies himself with the name of kingship. There are legions of angels with the true King, and legions of demons with the ruler of the power of darkness. Principalities and powers and authorities are under the King of kings and Lord of lords; that one too, according to the apostle's word, has principalities and authorities and powers, those that are abolished when evil is to vanish into non-being. "For when he abolishes," it says, "every principality and authority and power." The prophet sees the King of glory seated on a throne, high and lifted up; and that one promises to set his own throne above the stars, so as to be like the Most High. The Master of all has vessels of choice in his great house; that one too has vessels of wrath prepared for destruction. Again, the Lord of the angels supplies life and peace through angels to the worthy; that one too sends anger and wrath and affliction through the wicked angels. And why should we tell each thing in detail, by which the adversary rises up in opposition against the nature of the good?

Since, then, as a thing of sense, Lebanon is a conspicuous sight, the mountain shaded and thick with tall cedars on every side, for this reason the mountain is divided by Scripture between opposite meanings by examples drawn from its appearance, being taken suitably in either sense. And so one may see in the same prophets the same name used according to the difference of what is shown, both praised and reproached. At one time the Lord breaks the cedars of Lebanon, and crushes all Lebanon with its cedars, like the calf made an idol in the desert. By this the prophecy presents that evil itself and every height raised from it against the knowledge of God will come round to non-being. At another time it takes the better meaning, saying: "[The righteous] will flourish like a palm, like the cedar in [Lebanon] he will be multiplied." (And the righteous one is the Lord.) He who rose from the earth for our sake, that palm with lofty foliage who sprang up in the matter of our nature, becomes a mountain for the cedars, which, when they are planted in the house of God, will flower in the courts of our God. By the house we have understood the church, following the apostle's guidance, in which the planting of God's cedars takes place; and by the courts the eternal tabernacles, in which the flowering and manifestation of good hopes will come about at the appointed times.

Since, then, the body of Christ is completed through the several members ("for the many members become one body," as the apostle says), she therefore named the whole beauty of the bridegroom chosen Lebanon, [setting it against the other Lebanon]. For that is the Lebanon which, according to Isaiah, will fall with its lofty ones when the flower rises from the root of Jesse, and the rod of authority springs up, through which the nature of the lion, the leopard, and the asps is changed to what is tame and gentle, so that the lion lives with the calf, the leopard lies down with the kid, and over them is set that little child who was born to us, whose hand goes into the hole of the asps, touching the offspring of the asp and blunting their poison. [When these things] come to pass, the prophet says, Lebanon too will fall with its lofty ones. What the prophecy shows through these riddles would be superfluous to set out in detail, since it is plain to all. For who does not know the child born to us, who [touches the holes] of the asps and makes the [wildest] of beasts share a tent with the gentle, forgetting their natural bitterness? Since, then, through these the Lebanon of vice falls, and the first beginning of evils falls with it, the heights raised against the truth, the bride therefore likens the Lord's beauty to the chosen Lebanon, saying in these words: "His appearance is like [chosen Lebanon]."

She adds to the throat the fitting praise, naming it sweetness and desire. The wording runs thus: "His throat is sweetness, and he is altogether desire." What we understand about this is this. Common usage calls the part under the chin the throat, in which they say sound is produced, whirled about by the striking of the breath from the windpipe. Since, then, fair words are honeycombs of honey, and the voice is the instrument of the word, whose origin is from the throat, whoever understands this name to signify the servants and interpreters of the Word, in whom Christ speaks, will not go wrong. For the great John, asked who he was, named himself a voice, since he was the forerunner of the Word; and blessed Paul gave proof of Christ speaking in him; lending his own voice to Christ, he was sweetness as Christ spoke through him. And all the prophets, giving up their organs of speech to the Spirit sounding in them, became sweetness, making the divine honey well up through their own throats, which kings and private persons take for health; whose enjoyment does not cut off desire by satiety, but rather nourishes longing through sharing in what is desired. For this reason she names him altogether desire, as though describing the beauty of the one sought by a kind of definition through this word: "For he is altogether," she says, "desire." O blessed those members, through which the whole becomes desire, producing through perfection in every good a lovely beauty blended from all, so that he is desirable as a whole, not in the eye only and the cheeks or the locks, but alike in the feet and in the hands, in the legs and in the throat, none of the members [falling short] in the surpassing degree of beauty.

"This," she says, "is my beloved, and this," she says, "is my close one, daughters of Jerusalem." For having brought before their eyes through the description in words all the marks by which the manifestation of the one sought could come about, she then uses the demonstrative word, saying: "This is the one sought, who by becoming our brother rose for us from Judah, and became neighbour to the one who fell among robbers, healing his wounds with oil and wine and bandages, lifting him onto his own beast, giving him rest in the inn, providing the two denarii for his life, and promising on his return to repay what was added for the work of the commandment." What each of these looks to is surely plain. For to the lawyer who was testing the Lord, wishing to show himself above the others, and in pride spurning equality of honour with the rest, saying, "And who is my neighbour?", the Word then sets out in the form of a story the whole economy of his love for mankind: telling of man's descent from above, the ambush of the robbers, the stripping off of the incorruptible garment, the wounds of sin, and death's advance over half of nature, the soul remaining immortal; and the useless passing by of the law, since neither priest nor Levite healed the wounds of the one who had fallen among robbers (for it is impossible for the blood of goats and bulls to take away sins); but the one who put on the whole of human nature through the first fruits of the lump, in which there was a share of every nation, Jew and Samaritan and Greek and all men together, this one, with his body, which is the beast, came to the place of man's misery, healed his wounds, gave him rest on his own beast, and made his loving economy an inn for him, in which all who labour and are heavy laden find rest together.

And the one who has come to be in him surely receives in himself the one in whom he has come to be, as the Word says, "Whoever abides in me, and I in him." Receiving him in his own capacity, he lodges in himself the one who cannot be contained, from whom he receives the two coins, of which one is the love for God from the whole heart, and the other the love for the neighbour as oneself, as the lawyer too answered. But since it is not the hearers of the law who are righteous before God, but the doers of the law will be justified, one must not only receive these two coins, I mean faith toward the Divine and a good conscience toward one's own kind, but must also contribute oneself through works to the fulfilment of these commandments. For this reason the Lord says to the innkeeper that everything done by him for the care of the one who had been injured he will receive back at his second coming according to the worth of his zeal.

He, then, who has become our neighbour through such love for mankind, who has become our beloved by rising for us from Judah, this is the one whom the bride's word shows to the young women; this is the one made known to the daughters of Jerusalem by the undefiled bride, where she says: "This is my beloved, and this is my close one, daughters of Jerusalem." May we too find and receive him through the marks that have been shown, for the salvation of our souls, by the guidance of the Holy Spirit, to whom be glory for ever and ever. [Amen.]

Chapter 15

15PG 44

Ποῦ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἀδελφιδός σου, ἡ καιὴ τήσομεν αὑτὸν μετὰ σοῦ; Ὁ ἀδελφιδός μου κατέθη εἰς κῆπον αὑτοῦ, εἰς φιάλας τοῦ ἀρώματος, ποιμαίνειν ἐν κήποις, καὶ συ..λέγειν κρίνα. Ἐγὼ τῷ ἀδελφιδῷ μον, καὶ ὁ ἀδειφιδός μον ἐμοὶ, ὁ ποιμαίνων ἐν τοῖς κρίνοις Καλὴ εἶ, ἡ πλησίον μου, ὡς εὐδοκία, ὡραία ὡς Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ὀρθαμούς σου ἀπεναγτίον μου, ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἀνεπτέρωσάν με. Τρίχωμά σου ὡς ἀγέλαι τῶν αἰγῶν, ἀνεράνησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ Γαλαάδ. ᾿Οδόντες σου ὡς ἀγέλαι τῶν κεκαρμένων, αἵ ἀνέδησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ·Σουτροῦ, αἱ πᾶσαι διδυμεύουσαι, καὶ ἀτεκνοῦσα οὖὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὑταῖς. Ὡς σπαρτίον κόκκινον χείλη σου, καὶ ἡ .αλιά σου ὡραία. Ὥς έπυρος τῆς ῥόας μῆλόν σου ἐκτὸς τῆς σιωπήσεώς σου. Ἑξήκονγτα βασίλισσαι, καὶ ὀγδοήκοντα παλιλακαὶ, καὶ γεάγιδες ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμός. Μία ἐστὶ περιστερά μου, τελεία μου. Μία ἐστὶ τῇ μητρὶ αὐτῆς, ἐκλεκτὴ τῇ τεκούσῃ αὑτήν. Ὁ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ᾿Ανδρέου καὶ Πέτρου μαρτυρηθεὶς εἶναι Φίλιππος ὁ ἀπόστολος· ἐγκώμιον γάρ μοι δοκεῖ τοῦ Φιλίππου τοῦτο, τὸ πολέτην αὐτὸν γενέσθαε τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν προθαυμασθέντων ἐν Εὐαγγελίῳ διὰ τῆς περὶ αὐτῶν ἱστορίας. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ᾿Ανδρέας, ὑποδείξαντος τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ ᾿Αμνὸς ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ. κόσμου, αὐτός τε τὸ μυστὴρον κατενόησε, κατόπιν τοῦ δειχθέντος ἀκολουθήσας, καὶ ὅπου μένει μαθών καὶ τῷ ἰδίῳ ἀδελφῷ παρεῖναι τὸν προμηνυθέντα παρὰ τῆς προφητείας εὐαγγελέζεται. Ὁ δὲ φθάσας μικροῦ δεῖν τῇ πίστει τὴν ἀκοὴν, ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ προστίθεται τῷ ἀμνῷ, καὶ διὰ τῆς τοῦ ὀνόματος ὑπαλλαγῆς μεταποιεῖται παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου πρὸς τὸ θειότερον· ἀντὶ Σίμωνος Πέτρος καὶ ὀνομασθεὶς, καὶ γενόμενος. Καί τοι τῷ ᾿Αδραὰμ καὶ τῇ Σάῤῥᾳ πολλοῖς ὕστερον χρόνοις μετὰ πολλὰς θεοφανείας, τῆς ἐκ τῶν ὀνομάτων μεταδίδωσιν εὐλογίας ὁ Κύριος - τὸν μὲν πατέρα, τὴν δὲ ἄρχουσαν διὰ τῆς τῶν ὀνομάτων μεταποιήσεως χειροτονήσας, Ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ὁ Ἰακὼδ μετὰ τὴν παννύχιον πάλην, ἀξιοῦται τῆς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπωνυμίας τε καὶ δυνάμεως. Ὁ δὲ μέγας Πέτρος οὐ κατὰ μικρὸν δι᾽ αὐξήσεως προῆλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοῦ τε ἤκουσε τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, καὶ ἐπίστευσε τῷ ἀμνῷ, καὶ ἐτελειώθη διὰ τῆς πίστεως, καὶ προσφυεὶς τῇ πέτρᾳ Πέτρος ἐγένετο, Οὗτος τοίνυν ὁ Φίλιππος ὁ ἄξιος τῶν τοσούτων καὶ τηλικούτων πολίτης, ἐπειδὴ εὕρημα τοῦ Κυρίου γενόμενος, καθώς φησιν Εὐαγγέλιον, ὅτι εὑρίσκει τὸν Φίλιππον ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἀκόλουθος ἐχειροτονήθη τοῦ Λόγου τοῦ εἰπόντος, ὅτι Ἀχοζούθει μοί· καὶ τῷ φωτὶ τῷ ἀληθινῷ προσεγγίσας, καθάπερ λύχνος ἐκεῖθεν ἔσπασε πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τὴν τοῦ φωτὸς κοινωνίαν· καὶ περιλάμπει τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, δοδουχήσας αὐτῷ τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον, δι᾽ ὧν φησιν . Ὃν ἔγραψε Μωῦσῆς καὶ οἱ προφῆται εὑρήκαμεν Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας. Τοῦ δὲ Ναθαναὴλ ἐπιστατιχῶς δεξαμένου τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον, διὰ τὸ μετὰ πάσης ἀχριδείας χατηχεῖσθαι παρὰ τῆς προφητείας αὑτὸν τὸ περὶ τὸν Κύριον μυστήριον, καὶ εἰδέναι μὲν ὅτι ἐκ Βηθλεὲμ ἡ πρώτη διὰ σαρκὸς γενήσεται θεοφάνεια, διὰ δὲ τὴν ἐν Ναζάροις διαγωγὴν, Νειζαραῖος κληθήσεται πρὸς ἀμφότερα τοίνυν ἀποσχοποῦντος καὶ λογιζομένου, ὅτι ἐν μὲν τῇ τοῦ Δαδὶὸ Βηθλεὲμ, διὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς κατὰ σάρκα γεννήσεως, ἀναγκαῖον ἦν γενέσθαι τὸ κατὰ τὸ σπήλαιον καὶ τὰ σπάργανα καὶ τὴν φάτνην μυστήριον ἡ δὲ Γαλιλαία ἐθνῶν τόπος ἐπονομασθήσεταί ποτε τῷ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἐμφιλοχωρήσαντι Λόγῳ· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο συνθεμένου τῷ τὸ φῶς αὐτῷ τῆς γνώσεως φάναντι, καὶ εἰπόντος· ὅτι Ἐκκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι; Τότε ὁδηγὸς πρὸς τὴν χάριν ὁ Φίλιππος γίνεται, λέγων, Ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε. Διʼ ὧν καταλιπὼν ὁ Ναθαναὴλ τὴν τοῦ νόμου συκῆν, ἧς ἡ σκιὰ πρὸς τὴν μετουσίαν τοῦ φωτὸς διεκώλυε, χαταλαμδάνει τὸν τὰ φύλλα τῆς συκῆς διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀχαρπέαν ἀποξηραίνοντα. Διὸ καὶ μαρτυρεῖται παρὰ τοῦ Λόγου γνήσιος εἶναι οὐχὶ νόθος Ἰσραηλίτης, ἐν τῷ ἀδόλῳ τῆς προαιρέσεως καθαρὸν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ δεικνὺς τὸν χαραχτῖρα τοῦ πα-ς, τριάρχου. Ἴδε γὰρ, φησὶν, Ἰσραηλίτης ἐν ᾧ δόλος Πρὸς ὅ τι δὲ βλέπει τὸ ἐν τῷ προοιμίῳ διήγημα,· φανερόν ἔστι πάντως τοῖς εὐμαθεστέροις ἀκροαταῖς ἐκ τῆς προτεθείσης κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἡμῖν ἀναγνώσξως τῆς ἐκ τοῦ Λσματος τῶν ἀσμάτων. Ὡς γὰρ ὁ μὲν ᾿Ανδρέας τῇ φωνῇ τοῦ Ἰωάννου πρὸς τὸν ἀμνὸν ὡδηγήθη· ὁ δὲ Ναθαναὴλ φωταγωγηθεὶς παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου, καὶ τῆς περιεχούσης αὐτὸν τοῦ νόμου σκιᾶς ἔξω γενόμενος, ἐν τῷ φωτὶ τῷ ἀληθινῷ γίνεται οὕτω καὶ αἱ νεάνιδες πρὸς τὴν εὕρεσιν τοῦ μηαὐταῖς ἀγαθοῦ χαθηγεμόνι χρῶνται τῇ τελειωθείσῃ διὰ τοῦ κάλλους ψυχῇ· λέγουσαι πρὸς αὖ- τὴν Ποῦ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ’ ἀδεῖφιδός σου, ἡ καλὴ ἐν γυναιξί; Ποῦ ἀπέδιλεψεν ὁ ἀδελ:ιδός σου, καὶ᾿ ζητήσομεν αὐτὸν μετὰ σοῦ ; ᾿Ακολούθως δὲ προσάγουσι τῇ διδασκάλῳ τὴν πεῦσιν αἱ παρθένοι ψυχαί. Πρῶτον γὰρ περὶ τοῦ τί ἐστιν ἐποίησαν τὸν λόγον, ἐν τῷ πρὸ ταύτης τῆς ῥήσεως ἐρωτήματι λέγουσαι ἀδελφιδός σου, ἡ καλὴ ἐν γυναιξίν; Ὅπερ διδαχθεῖσαι διὸ τῶν εἰρημένων σημείων, ὅτι λευκὸς καὶ πυῤῥὸς, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ δι᾽ ὧν ὑπογράφει τὸ εἶδος τοῦ ζητουμένου, περὶ τοῦ ὅπου πυνθάνονται. Διὸ λέγουσι, Ποῦ ἀπη.1θεν ὁ ἀδελφιδός σου, ἣ ποῦ ἀπέ; Ἵνα πάντως ὅπου μέν ἐστι μαθοῦσαι, προσκυνήσωσιν εἰς τὸν τόπον οὗ ἔστησαν οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ, ὅπου δὲ ἀποδλέπει διδαχθεῖσαι, οὕτω στήσωσιν ἑᾳυτάς ὥστε καὶ αὐταῖς ἐποφθῆναι τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ οὗ ἡ ἐπιφάνεια σωτηρία τῶν ἐποπτευόντων γίνεται, καθώς φησιν ὁ Προφήτης, ὅτι ᾿Επίφανον τὸ πρόσ- ὠπόν σου, καὶ σωθησόμεθα. Καὶ ἡ διδάσκαλος καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα Φιλίππου τοῦ εἰπόντος· Ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, καθηγεῖται τῶν πάντων πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ζητουμένου κατάληψιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν, τὸ Ἴδε, τὸν τόπον ὑποδεικνύουσα ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ὁ ζητούμενος, καὶ ὅπου βλέπει. Φησὶ γάρ· ὅτι ᾿Αδειφιδός μου κατέθη εἰς κῆπον εἰς φιάλας τοῦ ἀρώματος. Ἕως τούτου, ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου σημαίνεται. Τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ τούτου, τί ὁρᾷ, καὶ ὅπου βλέπει τῷ λόγῳ δείκνυσιν ἡ διδάσκαλος, λέγουσα ὅτι Ποιμαίνειν ἐν κήποις καὶ συνάγειν κρίνα. Αὕτη μὲν ἡ σημαντικὴ τοῦ λόγου πρὸς τὰς νεάνιδάς ἐστιν ὁδηγία δι’ ὧν μανθάνουσι καὶ ὅπου ἐστὶ, καὶ ὅπον βλέπει. Χρὴ δὲ πάντως καὶ τὸ ὠφέλιμον τῆς θεοπνεύστου ταύτης ἐπιγνῶναι Γραφῆς διὰ τῆς πνευματικῆς θεω- τ ρίας. Οὐκοῦν ὅταν ἀκούσωμεν ὅτι ᾿Αδειϊφιδὸς καῖἐδη εἰς κῆπον αὐτοῦ, τὸ Εὐαγγελικὸν μυστήριον διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων μανθάνομεν, ἑκάστου τῶν ὀνομάτων τοῦτον τὸν μυστικὸν λόγον ἡμῖν σαφηνίζοντος ὁ ἐν σαρκὶ φανερωθεὶς Θεὸς, διὰ τὸ ἐξ Ἰούδα μὲν ἀνατεῖ- λαι, λάμψαι δὲ τοῖς ἔθνεσι τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις, καλῶς καὶ προσφυῶς τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ ἀδελφιδοῦ παρὰ τῆς μνηστευθείσης αὐτῷ πρὸς ἀΐδιον συζυγίαν χατονομάζεται, ἀδελφῆς οὔσης τοῦ Ἰούδα λαοῦ. Τὸ δὲ Κατέδη, δηλοῖ, ὅτε διὰ τὸν ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐς Ἱεριχὼ χκαταθάντα, καὶ ἕν. τοῖς λῃσταῖς γενόμενον· διὰ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς τῇ καθόδῳ τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος τοῖς πολεμίοις συγχατέρχεται᾽ δι᾽ ὧν σημαίνει τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἀφράστου μεγαλειότητος γενομένὴν ἐπὶ τὸ ταπεινὸν τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν συγχατάδασιν· διὰ δὲ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν κῆπον αἰνίγματος τοῦτο μανθάνομεν, ὅτι ἀναφυτεύει τὸ ἑαυτοῦ γεώργιον ὁ ἀληθινὸς γεωργὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, Ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν αὐτοῦ γεώργιον κατὰ τὴν Παύλου φωνήν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, ὁ καταρχὰς ἐν παραδείσῳ γεωργήσας τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, ἣν ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος διὰ τοῦτο τοῦ μονιοῦ τοῦ ἀγρίου χατανεμηθέντος ἡμῶν τὸν κῆπον καὶ λυμαινομένον τὸ θεῖον γεώργον, κατέδη τοῦ πάλιν ποιῆσαι κῆπον τὴν ἔρημον τῇ τῶν. ἀρετῶν φυτείᾳ χαλλωπιζόμενον· τὴν καθα- ρὰν καὶ θείαν τῆς διδασκαλίας πηγὴν, ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν φυτῶν ἐπιμέλειαν ὀχετήσας τῷ λόγῳ δὲ τοῦ ἀρώματος φιάλαι ἐν μὲν τῇ τοῦ κάλλους ὑπογραφῇ, πρὸς τὸ τῶν σιαγόνων ἐγκώμιον παρελήφθησᾶν, δι᾿ ὧν χαταλεαίνεται τὰ πνευματικὰ σιτία τοῖς τρεφομένοις· ἐνταῦθα δὲ τόπος εἶναι τοῦ νυμφίου καὶ ἐνδιαίτημα παρὰ τοῦ λόγου μηνύεται· τοῦτο μανθανόντων ἡμῶν, ὅτι οὔτε ἐν ἐρήμῳ τῶν ἀρετῶν ψυχῇ νυμφίος αὐλίζεται, εἴ τις κατὰ τὸν προαποδοθέντα λόγον φιάλη ἀρώματος γένοιτο φύουσα μυρεψιχά. Ὁ τοιοῦτος κρατὴρ τῆς σοφίας γενόμενος, δέχεται ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸν θεῖον καὶ ἀκήρατον οἶνον, δι᾽ οὗ γίνεται τῷ Ὁ δὲ ἐφεξῆς λόγος διδάσκει , ἡμᾶς ποίαις νομαῖς τὰ ποίμνια τοῦ καλοῦ ποιμένος ᾿ πιαίνεται. Οὐ γὰρ εἰς ἐρήμους τινὰς καὶ ἀχανθοφόρους τόπους ἐξελαύνει τὰ πρόδατα, ὥστε τὴν χορτώδη δρέψασθαι πόαν· ἀλλὰ τροφὴ πρόκειται αὑτοῖς τὰ ἐκ τῶν κήπων ἀρώματα· ἀντὶ δὲ χόρτου, τὸ κρίνον γίνεται, ὅπερ φησὶ παρὰ τοῦ ποιμένος εἰς διατροφὴν τῶν προθάτων συλλέγεσθαι. Ταῦτα φιλοσοφοῦντος ἡμῖν διὰ τούτων τοῦ λόγον, ὅτι ἡ περιεκτικὴ τῶν ὄντων φύσις καὶ δύναμις, πάντα ἐν ἑαυτῇ περιείργουσα, τόπον ἑαυτῆς καὶ χώρημα ποιεῖται τῶν δεχομένων τὴν καθαρότητα, ἐν οἷς ὁ πολυειδῶς διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν κἧπος, κομᾷ μὲν τοῖς τῶν κρίνων ἄνθεσι, βρύει δὲ τῇ τῶν ἀρωμάτων χαρπογονίᾳ. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ κρίνα τοῦ λαμπροῦ καὶ καθαροῦ τῆς διανοίας αἴνιγμα γίνεται· ἡ δὲ τῶν ἀρωμάτων εὔπνοια, πάσης ἀμαρτιῶν δυσωδίας ἀλλοτρίως ἔχειν. Τοιούτοις ὖν φησι τὸν τῶν λογικῶν ἐπιστάτην ποιμνίων ἐναναστρέφεσθαι, ἐν μὲν τοῖς κήποις νομεύοντα, κρίνα πρὸς τὴν τῶν προθάτων διατροφὴν χείροντά καὶ συλλέγοντα· ἅπερ διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου Παύλου τοῖς προθάτοις προτίθησι τοῦ ἐκ τῆς θείας ἀποθήκης προδάλλοντος ἡμῖν τὴν ἐκ τῶν κρίνων διατροφήν ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα, ὅσα ἀληθῆ, ὅσα σεμνὰ, ὅσα δίκαια, ὅσα προσφιλῇ, ὅσα ἅγια, ὅσα εὔφημα. εἴ τις ἀρετὴ, καὶ ἐξ τις ἔπαινος. Ταῦτά ἐστι, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, τὰ κρίνα οἷς διατρέφεται παρὰ τοῦ καλοῦ ποιμένος τε καὶ διδασκάλου τὸ ποίμνιον. Ὁ δὲ ἐφεξῆς λόγος, ὃν ἡ καθαρὰ καὶ ἀκηλίδωτος αὶ νύμφη πεποίηται λέγουσα· Ἐγὼ τῷ ἀδελφιδῷ μου, καὶ ὁ, ἀδελφιδός μου ἐμοί· κανὼν καὶ ὄρος τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετήν ἔστι τελειότητος. Μανθάνομεν γὰρ διὰ τούτων, τὸ μὴ δεῖν πλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ μηδὲν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχειν, μηδὲ πρὸς ἄλλο τι βλέπειν τὴν κεκαθαρμένην ψυχήν· ἀλλ᾽ οὕτως ἑαυτὴν ἐκκαθάραι παντὸς ὑλικοῦ πράγματός τε καὶ νοήματος, ὡς ὅλην δι᾿ ὅλου μετατεθεῖσαν πρὸς τὸ νοητόν τε καὶ ἄῦλον. ἐναργεστάτην εἰκόνα τοῦ ἀρχετύπου κάλλους ἑαυτὴν ἀπεργάσασθαι. Καὶ ὥσπερ ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ πίνακος ἰδὼν τὴν γραφὴν δι ἀχριδείας πρὸς τὴν τοῦ. ἀρχετύπου μεμορφωμένην, μίαν ἀμφοτέρων εἶναι τὴν μορφὴν ἀποφαίνεται, καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς εἰκόνος κάλλος τοῦ πρωτοτύπου λέγων εἶναι, καὶ τὸ ἀρχέτυπον ἐναργῶς ἐν τῷ μιμήματι καθορᾶσθαι· τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἡ εἰποῦσα, ὅτι Ἐγὼ τῷ ἀδελφιδῷ μου, καὶ ὁ ἀδειφιδός μου ἐμοί· συμμεμορφῶσθαι λέγει τῷ Χριστῷ, τὸ ἴδιον κάλλος ἀπολαδοῦσά, τὴν πρώτην τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν μακαριότητα, κατ᾽ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν τοῦ πρώτου κάλλους τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ καὶ μόνου ὡραϊοθεῖσα. Καὶ οἷον ἐπὶ τοῦ χατόπτρηυ γίνεται, ὅταν τεχνικῶς τε καὶ καταλλήλως τῇ χρείᾳ κατεσκευασμένον ἧ, ἐν καθαρᾷ τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ δι᾽ ἀχριθδείας ἐν ἑαυτῷ δείξει τοῦ ἐπιφανέντος προσπου τὸν χαρακτῆρα. οὕτως ἑαυτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ προσφόρως πῇ χρείᾳ κατασχευάσασα, καὶ πᾶσαν ὑλικὴν ἀποῤῥιψαμένη κηλίδα, καθαρὸν τοῦ ἀκηράτου κάλλους ἐν ἑαυτῇ τὸ εἶδος ἀνετυπώσατο. Λέγει οὖν τὴν φωνὴν ταύτην, τὸ προαιρετικόν τε καὶ ἔμψυχον κάτοπτρον, ὅτι Ἐπειδὴ τῷ κύκλῳ ἐγὼ ὅλῳ τὸ τοῦ ἀδελφιδοῦ πρόσπον βλέπω· διὰ τοῦτο ὅλον τῆς ἐκεῖνου μορφῆς τὸ κάλλος ἐν ἐμοὶ καθορᾶται. Ταύτας ἄντικρυς μιμεῖται. πὰς φωνὰς ὁ Παῦλος, λέγων τῷ Θεῷ ζῇν, ὁ νεκρὸς τῷ κόσμῳ γενόμενος, καὶ ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ζῇ ὁ Χριστὸς μόνος. Ὁ γὰρ εἰπὼν, ὅτι ᾿Εμοὶ τὸ ζῇν Χριστός· τοῦτο διὰ τοῦ λόγου βοᾷ, ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων τε καὶ ὑλικῶν παθημάτων ἐν αὐτῷ ζῇ, οὔτε ἡδονὴ, οὔτε λύπη, οὔτε θυμὸς, οὔτε φόθος, οὔτε δειλία, οὔτε πτόη σις, οὔτε τύφος, οὔτε θράσος, οὐ μνησικακία, οὐ φθόνος, οὖκ ἀμυντιχή τις διάθεσις, οὐ φιλοχρηματία, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν τὴν ψυχὴν διά τινος σχέσεως κηλιδούντων· ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνός μοι μόνος ἐστὶν, ὃς οὐδὲν τούτων ἐστί. Πᾶν γὰρ τὸ ἕξω τῆς ἐκείνου φύσεως θεωρούμεγὸν ἀποξυσάμενος, οὐδὲν ἔχω ἐν ἐμαυτῷ τοιοῦτον, οἷον ἐν ἐκείνῳ οὐκ ἔστιν· οὗ χάριν, ἐμοὶ τὸ ζῇν Χριστός· ἢ καθὼς ἡ νύμφη· Ἐτὼ τῷ ἀδελφιδῷ μου, καὶ ὁ ἀδελφιδός μου ἐμοί· ὅ ἐστιν ἁγιασμὸς, καὶ καθαρότης, καὶ ἀφθαροία, καὶ φῶς, καὶ ἀλήθεια, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὅσα ποιμαίνει τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν, οὐκ χόρτοις τισὶν ἢ φρυγάνοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ταῖς λαμπρότῆσι τῶν ἁγίων· ἡ γὰρ τῶν κρίνων φύσις ἐν τῷ λὰμπρῷ τῆς εὐχροίας ταύτην ὑπαινίσσεται ἡμῖν τὴν διάνοιαν. Οὐκοῦν διὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοὺς λειμῶνας τῶν κρίνων ἄγει τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ποίμνιον ὁ ἐν τοῖς κρίνοις ποιμαίνων· ἵἴγα γένηται ἡ λαμπρότης Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς. Τῷ γὰρ εἴδει τῆς τροφῆς, συνδιατίθεται πάντως καὶ τὸ τρεφόμενον. Οἷόν τι λέγω Ἔστω καθ᾽ ὑπόθεσιν χοζλόν τι σκεῦος ἐξ ὑέλου, ἐν ᾧ πᾶν τὸ βαλλόμενον εἴη·, εἴτε τι τῶν καθαρῶν τε καὶ λαμπρῶν. Οὐκοῦν τὴν λαμπρότητα τῶν κρίνων ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐν τιθεὶς, λαμπρὰς δ αὐτῶν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπεργάζεται, διαφαινομένου τοῦ ἐγκειμένου εἴδους ἐπὶ τὸ ἔξωθεν. Ὡς δὲ ἂν πρὸς τὸ σαφέστερον ἡμῖν προαχθείη τὸ νόημὰ τοῦτο, φαμὲν, ὅτι τρέφεται μὲν ἡ ψυχὴ διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν, κρίνα δὲ κατονομάζει τὰς ἀρετὰς διʼ αἰνίγμαπος· ὧν ὁ διὰ τῆς ἀγαθῆς πολιτείας ἐμφορηθεὶς, ἐπίδηλον ἑαυτὸν ποιεῖ, διὰ τοῦ βίου ἑκάστης ἀρετῆς τὸ εἶδος διὰ τοῦ ἤθους ἐπιδεικνύμενος. Ἔστω σοὶ κρίνον καθαρὸν ἡ σωφροσύνη τε καὶ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ ἀνδρία, καὶ φρόνησις, καὶ ὅσα φησὶν ᾿Απόστολος ἀληθῆ, ὅσα σεμνὰ, ὅσα προσφιλῆ, ὅσα δίκαια, ὅσα ἅγια, ὅσα εὕφημα· εἴ τις ἀρὲτὴ, καὶ εἴ τις ἔπαινος. Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα ἑντὸς τἧς ψυχῆς γενόμενα τῷ καθαρῷ διαδείχνυται βίῳ, χαλλωπίζοντά τε τὸν περιέχοντα, καὶ αὐτὰ διὰ τοῦ εἰσδεξαμένου χαλλωπιζόμενα. Ἧ τοίνυν ἀναθεῖσα ἑαυτὴν τῷ ἀδελφιδῷ, καὶ δεξαμένη τοῦ ἀγαπηθέντος τὸ κάλλος ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ μορφῇ· οἴων ἀξιοὔται παρὰ τοῦ τοὺς ᾿δοξάζοντος ἀκούσωμεν διὰ τῆς προκειμένης τοῖς ῥήμασιν ἀκολουθίας. Φησὶ γὰρ πρὸς τὴν νύμφην ὁ Λόγος· Καλὴ εἶ, ἡ πλησίον μου, ὡς εὐδοκία· ὡραία ὡς Ἱερουσαλήμ· θάμδος ὡς τεταγμέναι, Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἡ δόξα παρὰ τῆς οὐρανίου στρατιᾶς ἀναπέμπεται τῷ ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας ἐν ταῖς ἀκοαῖς τῶν ποιμένων, ὅτε εἶδον γενηθεῖσαν ἐπὶ γῆς τὴν εἰρήνην· καὶ ὅτι πόλις τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως Ἱερουσαλὴμ παρὰ τοῦ Δεσπότου πάσης κτίσεως ὀνομάζεται, παντὶ δῆλον ἂν εἴη τῷ τοῖς εὐαγγελικοῖς χαθομιλήσαντι λόγοις -· ὡς διὰ τούτων μὴ ἀγνοῆσαι ποῖον μαρτυρεῖ τῇ νύμφῃ ὁ Λόγος κάλλος διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ πρὸς τὴν εὐδοκίαν συγκρίσεως. Δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι τοῦτο περὶ αὐτῆς ὁ Λόγος ἐνδείκνυται, διὰ τῆς χατορθουμένης ἀνόδου, μέχρις ἐκείνου τὴν, ψυχὴν ὑψωθῆναι, ὡς πρὸς τὰ τοῦ Δεσπόπου θαύματα ἑαυτὴν ἐπεκτεῖναι. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεὸς, ὧν ἐν τοῖς κόλποις τοῦ Πατρὸς, ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας ἐν ἀνθρώποις αἴματι καὶ σαρκὶ χαταχιρνᾶται. ἵνα γενηθῇ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἰρήνη· δῆλον ὅτι πρὸς ταύτην τὴν εὐδοκίαν, τὸ ἑαυτῆς ἁμοιώσασα κάλλος, πὸν Χριστὸν μιμεῖται τοῖς κατορθώμασιν ἐκεῖνο γινομένη τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὅπερ ὁ Χριστὸς τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐγένετο· καθάπερ καὶ ὁ μιμητὴς τοῦ Χριστοῦ Παῦλος ἐποίει, ἑαυτὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀφορίζων, ἵνα τῷ ἰδίῳ πάθει τὴν σωτηρίαν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἀνταλλάξηται, λέγων - Εὐχόμην ἀγάθεμα εἶναι ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδειφρῶν μου, τῶν συγγενῶν μου κατὰ σάρκα. Πρὸς ὃν εἰκότως ἁρμόζει τῇ νύμφῃ τὸ εἰρημένον εἰπεῖν, ὅτι Τοιοῦτόν ἐστι τῆς Ψυχῆς σου τὸ κάλλος, οἵα ἢ τοῦ Δεσπότου γέγονεν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν εὐὖδοχία, ὃς ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσε μορφὴν δούλου λαδὼν, καὶ ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ἀντάλλαγμα ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς, καὶ δι’ ἡμᾶς ἐπτώχευσε πλούσιος ὧν, ἵνα ἡμεῖς ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ ζήσωμεν, καὶ ἐν τῇ πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσωμεν, καὶ ἐν τῇ τῆς δουλείας αὐτοῦ μορφῇ βασιλεύσωμεν. Τὸ δὲ αὐτῆς μέγεθος, καὶ ἡ τῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ὡραιότης ὁμοίως ἐνδείκνυται, τὴν ἄνω δηλαδῇ. Ἱερουσαλὴμ, τὴν ἐλευθέραν, τὴν τῶν ἐλευθέρων μητέρα, ἣν πόλιν τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως εἶναι παρὰ τῆς Δεσπότου φωνῆς μεμαθήκαμεν. Ἡ γὰρ χωρήσασα ἐν αὑτῇ τὸν ἀχώρητον, ὥστε ἐνοικεῖν αὐτῇ καὶ ἐμπερ:τεῖν τὸν Θεὸν, τῇ ὡραιότητι τοῦ ἐν αὐτῇ κατοινεται, τὸ ἐκείνης κάλλος ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς δεξαμένη· κάλλος δὲ τῆς πόλεως τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ἡ ὡραιότης, αὐτὸ πάντως ἐστὶ τοῦ βασιλέως τὸ κάλλος. Ἐκεῖνος γάρ ἐστι κατὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς ψαλμῳδίας ἡ ὡραιότης καὶ τὸ κάλλος, πρὸς ὃν ἡ προφητεία φησί· Τῇ ὡραιότητί σου καὶ τῷ κάλλει σου, καὶ δὔθυνον καὶ κατευοδοῦ, κχαὶ βασίλευε, ἕνεκεν ἀϊηθείας, καὶ πραότητος, καὶ δικαιοσύνης. Τούτοις γὰρ τὸ Θεῖον χαρακτηρίζεται, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ λέγω καὶ τῇ ʼδιχκαιοσύνῃ, καὶ τῇ πραότητι. Ἡ τοίνυν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις κάλλεσι μορφωθεῖσα ψυχὴ, ὡραία γίνεται ὡς Ἱερουσαλὴμ, τῇ τοῦ βασιλέως ὥρᾳ καλλωπισθεῖσα. ᾿λλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν πρόδηλον ἔχει τοῦ τῆς νύμφης κάλλοὺς τὸν ἔπαινον, τῇ πρὸς τὴν εὐδοκίαν τε καὶ τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ συγκρίσει πληρούμενον. Τὸν δὲ ἐφεξῆς λόγον ἐγκώμιον μὲν εἶναι τῆς νύμφης οὐκ ἀμφιδάλλομεν· τὴν δὲ διάνοιαν καθ᾽ ἣν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἐπαίνῳ σεμνύνεται, ἡ τῆς εὐφημίας ταύτης ἀξιωθεῖσα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ προχείρου μαθεῖν. Ἔχει γὰρ ἢ λέξις οὕτως· Θάμδος ὡς δυνάμεις τεταγμέγαι. Τάχα δʼ ἄν τις τοῖς προθεωρηθεῖσιν ἑπόμενος εἴποι, διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὴν ὑπερκόσμιον φύσιν συγκρίσεως μεγαλύνεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου διὰ τῶν ἐπαίνων τὴν νύμφην. Ἐκεῖναι γάρ εἰσιν αἱ τεταγμέναι δυνάμεις, ὅπου αἱ μὲν ᾿Εξουσίαι διαπαντὸς ἐν τῷ κυριεύειν εἰσί· κρατοῦσι δὲ δι᾽ ὅλου αἱ Κυριότητες· βεδήχασι γίως οἱ Θρόνοι, ἀδούλωτοι δὲ μένουσιν αἱ ᾿Αρχαί· εὐλογοῦσι δὲ τὸν Θεὸν ἀδιαλείπτως αἱ δυνάμεις, ἢ τε πτῆσις τῶν Σεραφὶμ οὐκ ἴσταται, καὶ ἡ στάσις οὐ μετα· καὶ τὰ Χερουδὶμ. ἀνέχοντα τὸν ὑψηλόν τε καὶ ἐπηρμένον θρόνον οὐκ ἀπολήγει· οἵ τε λειτουργοὶ ποιοῦντες τὸ ἔργον, καὶ ἀκούοντες τῶν λόγων οὗ παύονται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν αἱ ἐξουσίαι αὗται ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσὶ, καὶ ἡ τάξις τῶν νοητῶν καὶ ὑπερκοσμίων δυνάμεων, ἀσύγχυτος εἰς τὸ διηνοχὲς μένει, μηδεμιᾶς κακίας ἀνατρεπούσης τὴν εὐταξίαν· διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ πρὸς μίμησιν ἐκείνων ψυχὴ πάντα κατὰ τάξιν καὶ εὐσχημόνως ποιοῦσα, τοιοῦτον ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς κινεῖ τὸ θαῦμα, οἷον ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἐκείναις ταῖς τεταγμέναις ἐστίν. Ἔκπληξις γὰρ ἡ τοῦ θάμόους ἑρμηνεύεται διάνοια. Διὰ δὲ τῆς ἐκπλήξεως τὸ θαῦμα νοοῦντες, τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἁμαρτάνομεν. ἯἩ δὲ τούτοις ἐκ τοῦ ἀκολούθου προκειμένη ῥῆσις, ἀμφίδολα ποιεῖ τὰ πρόσωπα, παρ᾽ οὗ τε εἴρηται, καὶ πρὸς ὃν εἶπεν· ὅτι ᾿Απόστρεψον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου ἀπεναντίον ἐμοῦ. Ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἀνεπτέρωσάν με. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ δοκεῖ παρὰ τοῦ Δεσπότου πρὸς τὴν καθαρὰν εἰρῆσθα!: ταῦτα ψυχήν ἐγὼ δὲ τῇ νύμφῃ πρέπειν ὑπονοῶ μᾶλλον τὸ ῥητὸν ἐφαρμόζεσθαι. Ταύτῃ γὰρ κατάλληλον εὑρίσχιυ τὴν τῶν σημαινομένων ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου διάνοιαν. Τὰ δέ μοι παραστάντα δι᾿ ὀλίγων ἐχθήσομαι.·Ἄχουσα πολλαχοῦ τῆς θεοπνεύστου Γραφῆς πτέρυγας εἶναι τῷ Θεῷ διηγουμένης. Νῦν μὲν τῆς προφητείας λεγούσης, ὅτι Ἐν σκέπῃ τῶν πτερύγων σου σκεπάσεις καὶ, ὅτι ᾿·Υπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας αὐτοῦ ἐιπιεῖς. Πάλιν δὲ τοῦ Μωῦσέως ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ ὠδῇ τοῦτο ὑπογράὉ φοντος, ἐν οἷς φησιν᾽ ὅτι Διδὶς τὰς πτέρυγας αὐτοῦ ἐδέξατο αὑτούς· καὶ τὸ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου πρὸς τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ εἰρημένον, ὅτι Ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυγαγαγεῖν τὰ τέκνα σου, ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις συνἄγει τὰ γοσσία ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας αὐτῆς ! ἃ οὐκ ἔξω τοῦ προκειμένου νοήματος εἴποι τὶς ἂν εἶναι, πρὸς τὸ ἀκόλουθον βλέπων. Εἰ τοίνυν κατά τινα λόγον ἀπόῤῥητον πτέρυγας εἶναι περὶ τὴν θείαν φύσιν ὁ θεόπνευστος διορίζεται λόγος· ἡ δὲ πρώτη τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατασκευὴ κατ᾽ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν Θεοῦ γεγενῆσθαι τὴν φύσιν ἡμῶν μαρτύρεται’ πάντως ὅτι διὰ πάντων εἶχε κατ᾽ εἰκόνα γενόμενος τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἀρχέτυπον ὁμοιότητα. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ἑπτέρωται κατὰ τὴν ἁγίαν Γραφῆν, τὸ πρωτότυπον᾽ οὐκοῦν πτερόεσσα καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατεσκευάσθη φύσις, ὡς ἂν καὶ ἐν ταῖς πτέρυξιν ἔχοι τὸ θεῖον ὁμοίωμα· δῆλον δὲ ὅτι τὸ πτερύγων ὄνομα διά τινος τροπιχῇς θεωρίας εἴς τι θεοπρεπὲς μεταληφθήσεται νόημα, δυνάμεώς τε καὶ μακαριότητος, καὶ ἀφθαρσίας καὶ τῶν τοιούτων διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τῶν πτερύγων σημαινομένου, Ἐπεὶ οὖν ʼταῦτα καὶ περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἦν, ἕως ὅτε τῷ Θεῷ διὰ πάντων ὅμοιος ἦν’ μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ ἡ πρὸς τὴν κακίαν ῥοπὴ, τῶν τοιούτων πτερύγων ἡμᾶς ἀπεσύλησεν· ἔξω γὰρ τῆς σκέπης τοῦ Θεοῦ πτερύγων γενόμενοι, καὶ τῶν ἰδίων πτερύγων ἐγυμνώθημεν· διὰ τοῦτο ἐπεφάνη ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ χάρις φωτίζουσα ἡμᾶς, ἵνα ἀποθέμενοι τὴν ἀσέδειαν, καὶ τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας, πάλιν δι᾽ ὁσιότητός τε καὶ δικαιοσύνης πτεροφυήσωμεν. Οὐκοῦν εἰ ταῦτα τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἀπεσχοηίνισται, πρέπει παρὰ τῆς νύμφης ὁμολογεῖσθαι τὴν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς γενομένην παρὰ τῶν θείων ὀφθαλμῶν χάριν. Ὁμοῦ τε γὰρ ἐπεῖδεν ἡμᾶς τοῖς τῆς φιλανθρωπίας ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ ἡμεῖς κατὰ τὴν ἀρχαίαν χάριν ἀνεπτερώθημεν. Ταῦτα οὖν οἶμαι διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων τὸν λήγον ἐνδείκνυσθαι, ἃ προσευχόμενος ὁ Δαδὶδ ἐν ἑξεχαιδεχάτῃ ψαλμῳδίᾳ φησὶ πρὸς Κύριον, ὅτι Οἱ ὀρθαιλμοί σου ἰδέτωσαν δὐθύτητας, τὰς ἐμὰς δηλονότι. Ἑδοκχίμασας γὰρ τὴν καρδίαν μου, φησὶν, ἐπεσκέψω γυκτός· ἐπύρωσάς με, καὶ οὐκ εὑρέθη ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀδικία. ἴσον οὖν ἔστιν, εἰπεῖν, ὅτι Οἱ ὀρθαλμοί σου ἰδέτωσαν εὐθύτητας· καὶ, ὅτι Οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου τὸ ἐναντίον μὴ θεασάσθωσαν. Ὁ γὰρ τὸ εὐθὲς ἰδὼν, σχολιὸν οὐκ εἶδε· καὶ ὁ σχολιὸν δὴ ἰδὼν ντὸ εὐθὲς πάντως τεθέαται. Οὐκοῦν διὰ τῆς τοῦ ἐναντίου ὑπεξαιρέσεως τὸ ἀγαθὸν τοῖς θείοις ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπιδείκνυσι, δι᾽ ὧν ἀναπτεροῦται πάλιν ἡ ψυχὴ, ἡ διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς τῶν πρωτοπλάστων πτεροῤῥυήσασα. Τοῦτο τοίνυν διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων κατενοήσαμεν· Ὅτε οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ ἐπιδλέπουσιν, ἀποστρέφονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐναντίου. Οὐ γὰρ ὄψονταί τι ἂν ἐμοὶ νῶν ἐναντιουμένων μοι. Διὰ τοῦτο γίνεταί μοι ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου, τὸ πάλιν πτερωθῆναι, καὶ ἀναλαδεῖν διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν τὰς πτέρυγας τῆς περιστερᾶς, δι᾽ ἧς γίνεταί μοι τῆς πτήσεως ἢ δύναμις· ὥστε πετασθῆναι καὶ καταπαῦσαι, ἐκείνην δηλαδὴ τὴν κατάπαυσιν, ἣν κατέπαυσεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων. Πάλιν δὲ μετὰ τὰς φωνὰς ταύτας ἡ τοῦ κάλλους τῆς νύμφης ὑπογραφὴ διαδέχεται, τῶν εἰς τὴν ὥραν αὐτοῦ συντελούντων ἕκαστον διά τινος προσφυοῦς ὁμοιώσεως τοῦ λόγου σεμνύνοντος. Ἐπαινεῖται γὰρ αὑτῆς τῶν τε τριχῶν τὸ κάλλος, καὶ τῶν ὀδόντων ἡ θέσις, καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τοῦ χείλους ἄνθος, καὶ τὸ ἡδὺ τῆς φωνῆς, τῆς τε παρειᾶς τὸ ἐρύθημα. Ὁ δὲ περὶ ἐκάστου τῶν εἰρημένων ἔπαινος, διά τινος καταλλήλου συγκρίσεώς τε καὶ παραθέσεως πληροῦται τῇ νύμφῃ. Αἱ μὲν γὰρ τρίχες ἀγέλαις αἰγῶν ταῖς ἀναφανείσαις ἀπὸ τοῦ Γαλαὰδ ὡμοιώθησαν· αἱ ὃὲ τῶν κεκαρμένων ἀγέλαι διδύμοις τόκοις ἐπαγαλλόμεναι, τὸ τῶν ὁδόν τῶν ἐγκώμιον πληροῦσι διὰ τῆς ὁμοιώσεως᾽ σπαρτίῳ ἐει. Μαία ιμα ἱπείατ εοτγι ἰοὺς πιαίὶ ρυπιοϊ, τῆς ῥόας ἡ παρειὰ καλλωπίζεται, Ἔχει δὲ ἡ λέξις οὕτως· Τρίχωμά σου ἀγέλαι τῶν αἰγῶν, αἵ φάνησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ Γαλαάδ. Ὀδόντες σον ὡς ἀγέτροῦ, αἱ πᾶσαι διδυμεύουσαι, καὶ ἀτεκνοῦσα οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐταῖς. Ὡς σπαρτίον κόχχιγον χείλη σου, καὶ ἡ 1αλιά σου ὡραία. Ὡς λέπυρον ῥόας ᾿ μῆμλόν σου, ἐκτὸς τῆς σιωπήσεώς σου. Ὧν ἀπάντων ἐν τοῖς φθάσασιν ἱκανῶς ἐξητασμένων περιττὸν ἂν εἴη διὰ τῆς τῶν αὐτῶν θεωρημάτων παλιλλογίας ὄχλον ἐπεισαγαγεῖν τῷ λόγῳ. Εἰ δέ τις καὶ νῦν τὸν περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν λόγον ἐπιζητοίη γενέσθαι, διὰ τοὺς ἀνηχόους τῶν πρώτων εἰς τὰ ῥητὰ ταῦτα θεωρηθέντων᾽ δι᾽ ὁλίγων τὴν διάνοιαν τῶν αἰνιγμάτων ἐπιδραμούμεθα. Αἱ τρίχες τοῦ σώματος ἰδιάζουσαν ἔχουσι παρὰ τὸ λοιπὸν σῶμα τὴν φύσιν. Παντὸς γὰρ τοῦ σώματος αἰσθητικῇ δυνάμει διακονουμένου, ἧς ἄνευ τοῦ ζῇν φύσιν οὐκ ἔχει· ζωὴ γὰρ τοῦ σώματός ἔστιν ἡ αἴσθησις· μόνας ὁρῶμεν τὰς τρίχας καὶ μέρος οὔσας τοῦ σώματος, καὶ ἀμοιρούσας αἰσθήσεως. Δείκνυσι δὲ ταύτην ἐπὶ τοῦ μέρους τούτου τὴν ἰδιότητα, τὸ μήτε διὰ καύσεως μήτε διὰ τομῆς καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τοῦ ἄλλου σώματος καὶ ταύτας ἀλγύνεσθαι. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν κατὰ τὴν Παύλου φωνὴν, δόξα ἧς γυναικός ἔστιν ἡ χόμτ, διὰ τῶν πλοκάμων τὴν κεφαλὴν ὡραΐζουσα· τοῦτο διὰ τοῦ ἐπαίνου τῶν τῆς γύμφης τριχῶν διδασκόμεθα, ὅτι χρὴ τοὺς περὶ τὴν χοφαλὴν τῆς νύμφης θεωρουμένους, δι᾽ ὧν ἡ Ἐκκλησία δοξάζεται, κρείττους τῶν αἰσθήσεων εἶναι, κρύπτοντας διὰ τῆς σοφίας τὴν αἴσθησιν. Καθὼς ἡ Παροιμία φησίν· ὅτι Σοφοὶ κρύπτουσιν αἴσθησιν, οἷς οὐκ ὅρασις τοῦ καλοῦ κριτήριον γίνεται, οὔτε τῇ γεύσει τὸ ἀγαθὸν δοκιμάζεται, οὐκ ὀσφρήσει τε καὶ ἁφῇ, οὐδὲ ἄλλῳ τινὶ αἰσθητηρίῳ ἣ τοῦ καλοῦ ἐπιτρέπεται κρίσις· ἀλλὰ πάσης νεκρωθείσῃς αἰσθήσεως διὰ μόνης τῆς ψυχῆς, τῶν κατ᾽ ἔννοιαν φαινομένων ἀγαθῶν ἐφάπτονται καὶ ἐπορέγονται, καὶ οὕτω δοξάζουσι τὴν γυναῖκα, τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, οὔτε τιμαῖς οὔτε μιχροψυχίαις πρὸς τὰ λυπηρὰ συστελλόμενοι ʼ ἀλλὰ κἂν τέμνεσθαι δέῃ διὰ τὴν ἐς Χριστὸν πίστιν, κἂν θηρίοις ἣ πυρὶ βάλλεσθαι, κἂν ἄλλο τι τῶν λυπηρῶν ὑπομένειν, τὴν. τῶν τριχῶν ἀναισθησίαν ἐν τῇ πείρᾳ τῶν ἀλγεινῶν ὑποκρίνονται. Ὁ Τοιοῦτος ἦν Ἠλίας ὁ ἐκ τοῦ Γαλαὰδ ἀνασχὼν δασεξ καὶ αὐχμῶντι τῷ σώματι, δέρμασιν αἰγὸς ἐσχεπασμένος, πρὸς πᾶσαν ἀπειλὴν τοῦ τυράννου ἀπτόητος. Ὅσοι τοίνυν κατὰ μίμησιν τῆς τοῦ προφήτου μεγαλοφυῖας τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς ἑαυτοὺς ὑπεραίρουσιν, ὑστερούμενοι, θλιδόμενοι, κακουχούμενοι ἐν ὄρεσι καὶ σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς, ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος· οὗτοι ἀγεληδὸν περὶ τὴν νοῦ παντὸς κεφαλὴν θεωρούμενοι, δόξα γίνονται τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, . ἐπὶ τὴν οὐράνιον χάριν τῷ Γαλααδίτῃ συναναδαίΤὸ δὲ τῆς αἰγὸς ζῶον εἰς τὸν τῶν τριχῶν ἔπαινον παρελήφθη, τάχα μὲν, ὅτι καὶ ἡ φύσις τοῦ τοι του ζώου καταχλήλως πρὸς τὴν γένεσιν τῶν τριχῶν κατεσκεύασται ὥστε αἴνιγμα τοῦ διὰ τῶν τριχῶν κόσμου ενέσθαι τὸ ζῶον, τὸ ταῖς θριξὶ φυσικῶς δασυνόμενον· ἢ ὅτι διὰ τῶν πετρῶν ἀνολισθήτως βαίνει, καὶ περὶ τὰς κορυφὰς τῶν ὀρέων ἀναστρέφεται, διὰ τῶν δυσπορεύτων καὶ ἀποτόμων εὐθαρσῶς τὴν πορείαν ποιούμενον· ὅπερ τοῖς τὴν τραχεῖαν τῆς ἀρετῆς ὁδὸν κατορθοῦσι προσφυῶς·, Μᾶλλον δ᾽ ἄν τις εἴποι διὰ τὸ πρὸς πολλὰ τῆς νομικῆς ἱερουργίας ὑπὸ τοῦ νομοθέτου παρειλῆφθαι τὸ ζῶον, συντελεῖν ταύτας τῇ κεφαλῇ πρὸς ἐγκώμιον. Οἵδα δὲ ἐν τοῖς τἧς Παροιμίας αἰνίγμασιν ἐν τοῖς τέσσαρσι τοῖς εὐοδουμένοις, καὶ τοῦτο τῶν καλῶς διαθαινόντων ἀπηριθμῆσθαι τὸν τράγον τὸν ἡγούμενον τοῦ αἰπολίου. Ὃ δὲ περὶ πούτου στοχαστικῶς ὑπονοοῦμεν, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· Πᾶν ὀπιτήδευμα δι᾽ ἑνὸς ἀρχόμενον εἰς πολλοὺς διαδίδοται· ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς χαλχευτιχῆς ἡ Γραφὴ τὸν Θόδελ εὑρετὴν τῆς τέχνης εἰποῦσα, πάντων τῶν μετ᾽ αὐτὸν μεταχειριζομένων τοῦ σιδήρου τὴν ἐργασίαν ἐς ἐκχεῖνον ἀνάγει τὴν ἐπιστήμην·. οὕτω καὶ τῆς ποιμαντικῆς ὁ ΓΑδελ ἡγήσατο, καὶ Κάϊν τῆς γεωργίας, καὶ τὸν Νεόρὼδ ἀρχηγὸν λέγει τῆς κυνηγετιχῇς ἐπιστήμης, καὶ τῆς ἀμπελουργίας τὸν Νῶε, ᾿καὶ τῆς εἰς Θεὸν ἐλπίδος τὸν Ἐτνώς φησιν ἄρξασθαι· καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα παρὰ τῆς ἁγίας ἔττι διδαχθῆναι ραφῆς, ὅτι ἑνός τι ἐπιτηδεύσαντος εἰσῆλθε κατὰ μίμησιν εἰς τὸν βίον τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν τοῦ θείου ζήλου διχφερόντως κατὰ πᾶσαν ἐξοχὴν ὁ Ἠλίου καθηγήσατο, ὅσοι μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἐκείνου μιμησάμενοι ζῆλον, τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσι τῆς τοῦ προφήτου παῤῥησίας ἐπηκολούθησαν, αἰπόλιον γεγόνασι τοῦ ἡγησαμένου τῆς τοιαύτῆς ζωῆς, οἴτινες δόξα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας καὶ ἔπαινος Ὑίνονται, εἰς τὸν τῶν τριχῶν χαταταγέντες κόσμον, ὧν ἡ αἰσθητικὴ ζωὴ κεχώρισται καὶ ἢλλοτρίωται Διὰ τῶν ὁμοίων πληροῖ καὶ τοῖς ὀδοῦσι τὸν ἔπαινον. Οὗτοι δ᾽ ἂν εἶεν οἱ τρέφοντες δι᾽ ἑαυτῶν τῆς ἘἜχχλησίας τὸ σῶμα, οὗς βούλεται μὲν πάντοτε ὡς ἀπὸ λουτροῦ καθαροὺς ὁρᾶσθαι, ἀπερίττους διὰ παντὸς τὰς τρίχας, ὡς ἀπὸ προσφάτου κουρᾶς· κατὰ δὲ τὸν τόκὸν τῶν ἀρετῶν διδυμεύοντας, τῆς διπλῆς καθαρότῆτος γενομένους πατέρας, τῆς τε κατὰ ψυχὴν, καὶ τῆς κατὰ σῶμα θεωρουμένης· ὡς ἐξόριστον εἶναι τῶν ὀδόντων τούτων, πᾶν τὸ ἀγονοῦν ἐν τῷ κρείττονι. Τὸ δὲ σπαρτίον τὸ ἐπὶ τοῦ χείλους τιθέμενον, τὴν μεμετρημένην τοῦ λόγον διακονίαν παραδηλοῖ τῷ ἢ αἰνίγματι, ὅπερ ὁ Προφήτης φυλακήν τε καὶ θύραν περιοχῆς κατωνόμασεν· ὅταν ἐν καιρῷ στόμα τοῦ λόγου, χϑὶ κατὰ καιρὸν χαταχλείηται. τρου δὲ ὄνομα τὸ σπαρτίον εἶναι, παρὰ τῆς προφητείας τοῦ Ζαχαρίου μεμαθήκαμεν᾽ ὅτι σπαρτίον γεωμετρικὸν ἐν χερσὶν εἶχεν ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ λαλῶν ἄγγελος. Τέτε δὲ μάλιστα τυγχάνει τοῦ μέτρου ὁ λόγος, ὅταν τύχῃ τῷ ἐρυθήματι, ὅπερ τοῦ αἴ: ματος τοῦ λυτρωσαμένου ἡμᾶς αἴνιγμα γίνεται. Ἐὰν μέν τις κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον λαλοῦντα ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸν Χριστὸν, τὸν ἰδίῳ αἵματι λυτρωσάμενον ἡμᾶς, οὗτος ἔχεις τὸ γεωμΞξτριχὸν σπαρτίον ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος, τῇ Ὁ δ᾽ ἐφεξῆς λέγος, ἑρμηνεία ἐστὶ τοῦ πρόσθεν αἰνίγματος. Λαλιὰν γὰρ ὡραίαν ὀνομάζει τὸ σπαρτίον τὸ κόκκινον, δι᾽ οὗ πάλιν σημαίνει τὸ καθαρὸν καὶ ἔμμετρον. Τὸ γὰρ ἀχριδῶς ὡραῖον, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ καιρῷ τῆς ἀκμῆς προφαινόμενον, οὔτε ἄωρόν ἐστιν, οὔτε ἕξωρον. Τῷ δὲ λεπύρῳ τῆς ῥόας τὸ μῆλον τῆς παρειᾶς ὡραΐζων, μεγάλην τινὰ προσμαρτυρεῖ τῇ νύμφῃ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς τελειότητα. Σημαίνει γὰρ μὴ ἐν ἄλλῳ τινὶ τὸν θησαυρὸν αὐτῇ παρεσκευάσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὴν εἶναι θησαυρὸν ἑαυτῆς, παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ παρασκευὴν ἐν ἑαυτῇ περιέχουσαν. Ὡς γὰρ λεπύρῳ περιέχεται τῆς ῥόας τὸ ἐδώδιμον· οὕτως ἐνδείκνυται τῷ φαινομένῳ κάλλει τοῦ βίου τὸν ἔνδον αὐτῆς θησαυρὸν περιέχεσθαι. Οὗτος οὖν ἐστιν ὁ κρυπτὸς θησαυρὸς τῶν ἐλπίδων, ὁ ἴδιος καρπὸς τῆς ψυχῆς, ὁ τῷ ἐναρέτῳ βίῳ καθάπερ τινὶ ῥόας λεπύρῳ περιχρατούμενος. Τὸ δὲ, Ἐκτὸς τῆς σιωπήσεώς σου, ταύτην οἶμαι τὴν διάνοιαν ἔχειν, ὅτι Ὁ ἔπαινός σου οὖκ ἐκ τῶν φαινομένων τοσοῦτόν ἔστιν, ὅσα τῷ λόγῳ μηνύεται ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον, ὅσα σιωπῇ ἀποκέκρυπται τὴν τοῦ λόγου διαφεύγοντα μήνυσιν.·Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ ἐκτὸς τοῦ λόγου ἡ σιωπὴ νοεῖται, οὕτω τὸ ἐκτὸς σιωπῆς τὸν λόγον νοῶν τις, οὐκ ἁμαρτήσεται. Ἐκεῖνο γὰρ σιωπῶμεν, ὃ διὰ τῶν ῥημάτων ἀδυνατοῦμεν αγγεΐλαι. Εἰ οὖν τὸ ἐκτὸς ἐκείνου ἡ σιωπὴ νοεῖται, τὸ ἐκτὸς σιωπῆς ἀκόλουθον πάντως τὸν λόγον οἴεσθαι. Οὐκοῦν ὁ εἰπὼν, ὅτι Ἑκτὸς τῆς σιωπήσεώς σου, τοῦτο σαφῶς τῷ λόγῳ παρίστησιν, ὅτι καλὰ μέν ἔστι καὶ μεγάλα τὰ τῷ λόγῳ φανῆναι δυνάμενα, ὅσα ἐκτός ἐστι τῆς σιωπήσεώς σου. Τὰ δὲ τοῦ λόγου ἐκτὸς, τὰ τῇ σιωπῇ χαλυπτόμενα, τὰ ἄῤῥητά τε καὶ ἀνεχφώνητα, πάντως καὶ θαυμασιώτερα τῶν ἐκφωνουμένων. ᾿Ακούσωμεν δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐφεξῆς ἐπαίνων, ὧν ἡ διάνοια τῷ τῆς ἱστορίας ἔοικε φρέατι, ᾧπέρ τις λίθος ἐπέχων τὸ στόμιον, ἄπορον ποιεῖ ταῖς ποιμαινούσαις τὴν μετουσίαν τοῦ ὕδατος· ἀλλ᾽ ὁ Ἰακὼδ ἐπιστὰς ἀναμοχλίζξει τε τοῦ στομίου τὸν λίθον, καὶ πλήρη τὰ ποτιστήρια ποιήσας τοῦ ὕδατος, ἔδωκε τοῖς θρέμμασι κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαν ἐντρυφῆσαι τῶν ναμάτων. Ὁ Τίνα τοίνυν ἐστὶν, ἃ τῷ τοιούτῳ φρέατι προσειχάζομεν; Ἑξήκοντά εἰσι βασίλισσαι, καὶ ὀγδοήκοντα παλλακαὶ, γεάγιδες ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμός. Μία ἐστὶ περιστερά μου, τελεία μου. Μία ἐστὶ τῇ μητρὶ αὑτῆς, ἐκιλεχκτική ἐστι τῇ τεκούσῃ αὐτήν. τίς οὖν ἡμῖν ἀποκυλίσει τῆς ἀσαφείας ταύτης τὸν λίθον ; Τίς ἐξαντλήσει τῶν νοημάτων τὸ ὕδωρ οὕτως ἐν βάθει χκαταχείμενον, ὡς ἀνέφικτον εἶναι τῷ ἣμετέρῳ λόγῳ ; ᾿Αλλά μοι καλῶς ἔχειν δοκεῖ τοῦτο ταὶς ἀκοαῖς ὑμῶν διαμαρτύρασθαι, ὅτι τὸ ταῦτα γνῶναι μόνων ἐκείνων ἐστὶν, πρὸς οὖς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος· ὅτι Ἐν παντὶ ἐπλουτίσθητε, ἐν παντὶ όγῳ, καὶ ἐν πάσῃ γνώσει. Ἢ δὲ ἡμετέρα πενία τῶν προκειμένων τοῦ λόγου θησαυρῶν περιδράξασθαι ἀδυνάτως ἔχει· πλὴν ὡς ἂν τοῦ τῆς ἀργίας χαταχρέματος ἔξω γενοέμεθα, διὰ τὸν ἐρευνᾷν τὰς Γραφὰς ἡμῖν νομοθετήσαντα· μικρόν τινα καὶ τούτοις ἱδρῶτα προσθεῖναι οὐ χατοχνήσομεν. Φαμὲν τοίνυν δόγμα τι τῶν ἀστειοτέρων τὴν ἐν τοῖς ῥητοῖς τούτοις φιλοσοφίαν διὰ τῶν ἐπαίνων τῆς νύμφης ἡμῖν παρατίθεσθαι. Τὸ δὲ δόγμα τοιοῦτόν ἔστιν· Οὐ μετὰ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀκολουθίας καὶ τάξεως κτίζεται τὰ ὄντα καὶ ἀναχτίζεται. Ὅτε μὲν γὰρ κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς διὰ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως ἡ τῆς κτίσεως ὑφίστατο φύσις, ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστου τῶν ὄντων ἀδιαστάτως τῇ ἀρχῇ συναπηρτίσθη τὸ πέρας, πᾶσι τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγενομένοις ὁμοῦ τῇ ἀρχῇ συνανασχούσης τῆς τελειότητος. Ἕν δὲ τῶν κτισθέγτων καὶ ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις ἐστὶν, οὐδὲ αὐτὴ καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τῶν ἄλλων ἐκ προαγωγῆς προελθοῦσα ἐπὶ τὸ τέλειον· ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ὑπάρξεως συμπλασθεῖσα τῇ τελειότητι. ᾿Εγέγετο γὰρ, ὡς ὁ Λόγος φησὶ, κατ᾽ εἰκόνα Θεοῦ καὶ ὁμοίωσιν. Ὅπερ ἐνδείκνυται τὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀκρότατόν τε καὶ τελειότατον, Τί γὰρ ἂν ὑπέρτερον εὑρεθείη τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν ὁμοιώσεως ; Ἐπὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς πρώτης κτίσεως, ἀδιαστάτως τῇ ἀρχῇ συνανεφάνη τὸ πέρας, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τελειότητος ἡ φύσις τοῦ εἶναι ἤρξατο. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τῷ θανάτῳ διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὴν κακίαν σχέσεως οἰχειωθεῖσα, τῆς ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ διαμονῆς ἀπεῤῥύη· οὐκ ἀθρόαν καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα τῆς συστάσεως τῆς πρώτης ἐπαναλαμδάνει τὴν τελειότητα, ἀλλ᾽ ὁδῷ τινι πρόεισιν ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον, διά τινος ( ἀκολουθίας καὶ τάξεως κατ᾽ ὀλίγον ἀποσχεναζομένη τὴν πρὸς τὰ ἐναντία προσπάθειαν. Ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς πρώτης κατασκευῇς, οὐδὲν ἦν τὸ κωλύον συνδραμεῖν τῇ γενέσει τὸ τῆς φύσεως τέλειον, κακίας οὐκ οὔσης· ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς δευτέρας ἀναστοιχειώσεως, ἀναγκαίως ακολουθήσει πρὸς τὸ πρῶτον ἀγαθὸν ἀνατρεχούσῃ ᾿ διότι τῇ ὑλικῇ προσπαθείᾳ συνδεθεῖσα διὰ κακίας ἡμῶν ἡ διάνοια, κατ᾽ ὀλίγον, ὥσπερ φλοιοῦ τινος τοῦ περιέχοντος διὰ τῆς ἀστειοτέρας ἀγωγῆς περιξυομένη, τὴν συμφυῖαν ἀπωθεῖται τοῦ χείρονος. Τούτου χάριν πολλὰς εἶναι παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ μονὰς μεμαθήκαμεν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς ἐν ἑκάστῳ πρὸς τὸ καλὸν σχέσεως, καὶ τῆς τοῦ χείρονος ἀποστάσεως, ἕτοιμαζομένης πᾶσι τῆς ἀντιδόσεως. Ὁ μὲν γάρ τις ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς τοῦ βελτίονός ἔστι βρώσεως, ἄρτι καθάπερ ἐκ βυθοῦ τινος τοῦ κατὰ κακίαν βίου πρὸς τὴν μετουσίαν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀνανηξάμενος· τῷ δέ τις γέγονεν ἤδη δι᾽ ἐπιμελείας προσθήκη τοῦ κρείττονος· ἄλλος ἐπιπλεῖον διὰ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐπηυξήθη· ὁ δὲ μέσης ἔχει τῆς τῶν ὑψηλῶν ἀναδάσεως· ἕτερος καὶ τὸ μέσον παρέδραμεν· εἰσὶ δέ τινες καὶ οἱ τούτων ἑαυτοὺς ὑπεράραντες· ἄλλοι κἀκείνους καὶ ὑπὲρ τούτους ἕτεροι πρὸς τὸν ἄνω δρόμον συντείνονται· καὶ ὅλως κατὰ τὴν ποιχίλῃην τῶν προαιρέσεων διαφορὰν ἕκαστον ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ δέχεται τάγματι, τὰ πρὸς ἀξίαν· ἀπηπληρῶν τοῖς πᾶσι, καὶ συνάγων τοῖς ὑψηλοτέροις τὰς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀμοιβὰς, καὶ συμμετρῶν ἐλάττοσι. Ταῦτα διὰ τῶν προκειμένων ῥητῶν φιλοσοφεῖν τὸν λόγον ὑπενοήσαμεν, τὴν διαφορὰν τῶν ψυχῶν, αἵ πρὸς τὸν νυμφίον ὁρῶσιν, ἕν οἷς εἰρημένοις ἡμῖν διαστελαντα. Τὰς μὲν γὰρ ὀνομάζει νεάνιδας, τὴν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ φύσιν διὰ τοῦ πλήθους νικώσας· ἄλλας δὲ παλλακίδας· καὶ ἄλλας βασιλίδας εἶναί φησιν· ὀχτωδεχάδι τῶν παλλακίδων τὸν ἀριθμὸν περιγράψας· τὰς δὲ βασιλίδας συντελεῖν εἰπὼν εἰς ἑξήκοντα, ὑπερτίθησι πασῶν τὴν ἕν τῇ μονάδι θεωρουμένην τελείαν περιστερὰν, ἣν καὶ μόγὴν τῇ μητρὶ, καὶ ἐχλεχτιχὴν εἶναι τῇ τεκούσῃ αὖτὴν ἀποφαίνεται. Ταῦτα οὖν διὰ τῶν θείων λογίων νηεζν ἐναγόμεθα, ὅτι οἱ μὲν ἄρτι νηδύος τινὸς τῆς ἐν βάθει κειμένης ἀπάτης ἔξω γενόμενοι, ἀρτιγενεῖς τινες ὄντες, καὶ οὕπω διηρθρωμένοι ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸν λόγον χωρήσαντες, τῇ ἀλογωτέρᾳ συγκαταθέσει τῆς πίστεως ἐν ἀπείρῳ θεωροῦνται πλήθει· σωτήριον μὲν εἶναι πεπιστευκότες τοῦ μυστηρίου τὸν λόγον, οὗ μὴν ἐπιστήμῃ τινὶ καὶ τῇ διὰ τοῦ λόγου πληροφορίᾳ ἱδρυμένην ἔχοντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Αὗταί εἰσιν αἱ ὀνομασθεῖσαι νεάνιδες, διὰ τὸ νέαν ἄγειν τὴν πνευμαπιχὴν ἡλικίαν, αἵ γεννηθεῖσαι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς πίστεως, οὐδέπω διὰ τῆς καθηχούσης αὐξήσεως τοιαῦται γεγόνασιν, ὡς ἐπὶ γάμων ἀκμὴν προελθεῖν, καὶ φθάσαι εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον, εἰς μέτρον γαμικχῆςς ἡλικίας. Ὥστε φόδῳ τοῦ Κυρίου δύνασθαι χυοφορῆσαι, καὶ πνεῦμα σωτηρίας παιδοποιήσασθαι. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔτι τῷ νηπίῳ τε καὶ ἀτελεῖ τῆς διανοίας, ἀλογωτέρᾳ πως συζῶσι τῇ διαθέσει. Πλὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ οὗτοι τῶν σωζομένων εἰσὶ, χαϑώς φησιν ὁ Προφήτης· ὅτι Ἁγθρώπους καὶ κτήνη σώσεις, Κύριβ᾽· κτήνη λέγων τὸ ἀλογώτερον μέρος τῶν σωζομένων. Τῶν δὲ διὰ τῆς χαθηχούσης ἐπιμελείας αὐξηθέν· τῶν τῇ διανοίᾳ, καὶ καταλελοιπότων ἤδη τὴν νηπιότητα, διπλῆν ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου τὴν διαφορὰν διδασκόμεθα. Γίνονται μὲν γὰρ αἱ ψυχαὶ καὶ σύσσωμοι τῷ Λόγῳ, καὶ αὖται ᾿κἀκεῖναι· ἀλλ᾽ αἱ μὲν ἐρωτικῇ τινι διαθέσει προσχολλῶνται· οἵα ἣν ἣ τοῦ Δαδιδ, καὶ ἡ τοῦ Παύλου ψυχή· ἡ μὲν λέγουσα τὸ,·Ἐμοὶ δὲ τὸ προσκο.1λᾶσθαι τῷ Θεῷ ἀγαθόν ἐστιν· Ὁ ἢ δὲ τὸ, Οὐδεὶς χωρίσει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ· οὐ ζωὴ, οὐ θάνατος, οὗ τὸ παρὸν, οὐ τὸ μέλλον, οὐκ ἄλ.1ο τι τῶν ὄντων οὐδέν. Αἱ δὲ φόδῳ κολάσεως τὰς μοιχιχὰς ἀποφεύγουσι πείρας. Μένουσι γὰρ ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ καὶ ἁγιασμῷ καὶ αὗται - ἀλλὰ τῷ μᾶλλον ἣ τῷ πόθῳ παιδαγωγούμεναι μόνῳ, τὸ κακὸν οὐ προσδέχονται. Αἱ μὲν οὖν διὰ τῆς τελειοπέρας διαθέσεως πόθῳ τῇς ἀφθαρσίας ἀναχραθεῖσαι τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ καθαρότητι, βασίλισσαι διὰ τὴν κοινωνίαν τῆς βασιλείας χατονομάζονται. Τὰς δὲ τῷ τῆς ἀπειλῆς φόδῳ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐχπονούσας, παλλακίδας ὀνομάζει ὁ λόνος. Οὔπω γάρ τις αὐτῶν μήτηρ βα διλέως και κοινωνὸς τῆς ἀξίας γενέσθαι δυνατῶς ἔχει. Πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυνηθείη, ἡ μηδέπω ἀναλαδοῦσα ἑαυτῇ τὸ ἀδέσποτον καὶ αὐτοχρατὲς τοῦ ἐναρέτου τῶν κακῶν χοιγωνίας ἀφισταμένη ; Ὑποδείγματα δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐστὶν, ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν βαδιλίδων, τὸ κατὰ τοὺς τῆς δεξιᾶς στάσεως ἠξιωμένους, πρὸς οὖς ὁ βασιλεὺς λέγει· Δεῦτε, οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κιληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν· τοῦ δὲ δευτέρου. καὶ ὑφειμένου τάγματος εἶεν ἂν ἐκεῖνοι, πρὸς οὗς λέγει ὁ Κύριος - Φοδήθητε τὸν μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν ἐμδαλεῖν εἰς τὴν γέενγαν τοῦ πυρός. Ταύτην δέ μοι δοκεῖ τῆν διαστολὴν τῶν δύο ταγμάτων, ἡ κατὰ τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς διαφορὰ παραδηλοῦν δι᾽ αἰνίγματος. Πῶς τοῦτό φημι ; Ἕξ εἰσιν ἐντολαὶ, δι᾽ ὧν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῖς δεξιοῖς ἑτοιμάζεται. Λογισώμεθα τούτων ἔκαστον τὸ δεσποτικὸν εἶναι τάλαντον, ὃ προσήκει παρὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ πιστοῦ οἰκέτου δεχαπλασιασθῆναι διὰ τῆς ἐργασίας, ἵνα οὕτως εἰσέλθῃ εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ Κυρίου αὐτοῦ, ἐν ὀλίγοις πιστὸς εὑρεθεὶς, καὶ ἐπὶ πολλῶν καθιστάμενος. Εἰ τοίνυν διὰ τῶν ἕξ τούτων ἐντολῶν ἡ τῆς βασιλείας γίνεται τῇ Ψυχῇ κοινωνία· δὲ τέλειον τῆς ἐργασίας ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστης ἐστὶ τὸ δεχαπλασιάσαι τὴν ἐντολὴν, καθὼς ἔφη ὁ ἀγαθὸς δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος, ὅτι Δέκα τάλαντα τὸ ἕν σου τάλαντον κατειργάσατο· εὑρίσκομεν ἐκ τοῦ ἀκολούθου τὴν μίαν βασίλίσσαν, εἰς ἑξήκοντα πλατυνομένην· τὴν διὰ τοῦ δεχαπλασιασμοῦ τῶν ἐξ ἐντολῶν ἐς κοινωνίαν τῆς βασιλείας παραδεχθεῖσαν· ὡς πολλὰς εἶναι τὴν μίαν τῷ α καὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν κατορθωμάτων ἰδιαζόντως ἐμμορφωϑεῖσαν. Οὕτως οὖν εἰς ἑξήκοντα βασιλίδας ἡ μία καταμερίξεται, πρὸς τὰ εἴδη τῶν ἐντολῶν διαιρουμένη· καὶ γίνεται κοινωνὸς τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ βατιλείας νύμφη, δῆμος βασιλίδων ἡ μία γεγενημένη, ἡ διὰ ΟΣ τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς ἀξιωμάτων ἀριθμηΕἰ δὲ τὴν ἑξάδα τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν μιᾷ κατὰ τὸ δεχαπλάσιον γεωργηθεῖσαν ψυχὴν διὰ τῶν ἑξήκοντα βασιλίδων σημαίνεσθαι δι᾽ αἰνίγματος, οὐκ ἕξω τοῦ εἰκότος ὑπενοήσαμεν᾽ ἀκολούθως καὶ διὰ τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τὸ τῆς Ὀγδόης μυστήριον παραδηλοῦσθαί φαμεν διὰ τοῦ ὁμοίου αἰνίγματος· πρὸς ἣν βλέποντες οἱ τῷ φόθῳ παιδαγωγούμενοι, τῆς τῶν κακῶν κοινωνίας ἀπείργονται. Οὕτως γὰρ ἐν ταῖς ψαλμῳδίαις ἐμάθομεν, ἐν αἷς προτέτακται διὰ τῆς ἐπιγραφῆς ἡ ὈὈγδόη· μαστιγουμένων δὲ ἄντικρύς εἰσιν αἱ φωναὶ, τῷ φόδῳ τῶν ἐλπιζομένων εἰς ἕλεον τὴν ἀκοὴν ἐπικάμπτουσαι, Φησὶ γὰρ πρὸς τὸν φοδερὸν κριτὴν ὁ πρὸς τὴν Ὀγδόην βλέπων Κύριε, μὴ τῷ θυμῷ σου ἐλέγξῃς με, μηδὲ τῇ ὀργῇ σου παιδεύσῃς με. ᾿Ελέησόν με, Κύριδ, ὅτι ἀσθεγής εἰμι· ἴασαί με, Κύριε, ὅτι ἐταράχθη τὰ ὀστᾶ μου. Καὶ ὅσα ἐκ τοῦ ἀκολούθου τῷ ἀδεχάστῳ κριτῇ διὰ τῆς ἱκετηρίας προτείνεται, ἐν οἷς καὶ τὸ μὴ εἶναι Θεοῦ μνήμην ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ ὀδύρεται. Πῶς γὰρ ἂν εἴη δυνατὸν τοῖς κλαυθμῷ τε και βρυγμῷ καταδεδιχασμένοις, τὴν ἐκ τῆς μνήμης τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐφροσύνην ἐγγίνεσθαι ; Οὕτως εἰπόντος ἐτέρωθι τοῦ Προφήτου, ὅτι ἡ μνήμη τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐφροσύνην ποιεῖ, Ταῦτα οὖν καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτά τινα προτεινόμενος ὁ δεδοικὼς τὴν Ὀγδόην, ἐν αἰσθήσει τῆς τοῦ ἐλέους γίνεται μετουσίας λέγων·ὅτι Εἰσήχουσετῆς φωγῆς τοῦ κιαυθμοῦ μου. Πολλῶν δὲ μακαρίων φόδων ὑπὸ τῆς ἁγίας δηλουμένων Γραφῆς, εἴη ἂν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτων ἀναλόγως ταῖς ἕξ ἐντολαῖς, ἡ ἐπὶ τὸ δεχαπλάσιον αὔξησις· ὥστε τὸν διδαχθέντα παρὰ τῆς ψαλμῳδίας, πῶς κατορθοῦται ὁ τοῦ Κυρίου φόδος, ἐκ τοῦ ἐκκλῖναι μὲν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, ποιεῖν δὲ τὰ ἀγαθά· οἷόν τινα μνᾶν, ἣ τάλαντον, δεχαπλασιάσαι διὰ τῆς ἐργασίας τὸ χρῆμα τοῦ θείου φόδου. Καὶ οὕτως τὴν δευτερεύουσαν μετὰ τὴν βασιλίδα ψυχὴν ἣ φόδῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀγάπῃ τὸ καλὸν κατεργάζεται, πρὸς τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα πλατυνθῆναι, ἕκαστον εἶδος τῶν διὰ φόθου κατορθουμένων ἐπὶ τοῦ βίου ἑαυτῆς ἀσυγχύτως τε καὶ ἀχεχρυμμένως δεικνύουσα· ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς ὀγδόης λόγον, τῇ πρὸς τὸ δεχαπλάσιον αὐξήσει συμπλατυνθῆναι, καὶ γενέσθαι φόδῳ δουλιχῷ, καὶ οὐχὶ χὴν ἀντὶ τῆς βασιλίδος· διὰ τὸν τῆς ὈΟγδόης φόδον, δεκαπλασίως ἐν τοῖς κατορθώμασιν ηὔξησεν, εἰς τὸν ἀριθμὸν συντελοῦσαν τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα. Ἣν κελεύει καὶ ὁ τῆς ἱστορίας λόγος νόθῳ, προσκαίρῳ, καὶ οὐκ εὐγενεῖ τόκῳ ὑπηρετήσασαν, μὴ συνοικεῖν εἰς τέλος τῇ βασιλίδι· ὡς οὐκ οὔσης ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου τῆς βασιλικῇς ς κληρονομίας τῇ δουλικῇ γονῇ πρὸς τὸν ἐλεύθερον τόκον. ΓἜχδα,ε γὰρ, φησὶ, τὴν παιδίσκην καὶ τὸν υἱὸν αὑτῆς. Οὐγὰρ μὴ κληρονομήσῃ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς παιδίσκῆς μετὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἐλευθέρας. Εἰ δέ τινι βιαιοτέρα φαίνεται ἣ εἰς τὸν προκείμενον τοῖς ῥητοῖς ἀριθμὸν θεωρία, ἀναμνησθήτω ὅτι καὶ κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τυχεῖν τῆς ἐν τούτοις ἀληθείας ἐμαρτυράμεθα, τοσοῦτον μόνον ἅψασθαι, ὅσον μὴ ἀγύμναστα καθ᾽ ὅλου παραδραμεῖν τὰ αἰνίγματα. Πλὴν εἰ ἔξω βάλοι τὸν φόδον ἣ ἀγάπη τελείως, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, καὶ μεταποιηθεὶς ὁ φόθος, ἀγάπη γένοιτο· τότε εὑρίσκεται μονὰς τὸ σωζόμενον, ἐν τῇ πρὸς τὸ μόνον ἀγαθὸν συμφυΐᾳ, πάντων ἀλλήλοις ἐνωθέντων, διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὴν περιστερὰν τελειότητος. Τοιοῦτον γάρ τι νοοῦμεν ἐκ τοῦ ἐφεξῆς λόγου, ὅς φησιν ὅτι Μία ἐστὶ περιστερά μου. τεδία μου. Μία ἐστὶ τῇ μητρὶ αὑτῆς, ἐκχιλεχτιχή ἐστι τῇ τεκούσῃ αὐτήν. Ὅπερ ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ διὰ τῆς τοῦ Κυρίου φωνῆς σαφέστερον ἑρμηνεύεται. Πᾶσαν γὰρ τοῖς μαγηταῖς ἑαυτοῦ ἐναποτιθέμενος διὰ ἧς εὐλογίας δύναμιν, τά τε ἄλλα διὰ τῶν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα λόγων ἀγαθὰ τοῖς ἁγίοις χαρίζεται, προστίθησι δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὸ κεφάλαιον, τὸ μηκέτι αὑτοὺς ἐν διαφορᾷ τινι προαιρέσεων ἐν τῇ περὶ τοῦ καλοῦ κρίσει πολλαχῇ διασχίζεσθαι ἀλλ᾽ ὃν γενέσθαι τοὺς πάντας, τῷ ἑνὶ καὶ μόνῳ ἀγαθῷ συμφυέντας· ὥστε διὰ τῆς τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου ἑνότητος, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης διασφιγχθέντας, ἕν σῶμα γενέσθαι τοὺς πάντος, καὶ ἕν πνεῦμα, διὰ μιᾶς ἐλπίδος εἰς ἣν ἐκλήθησαν. Βέλτιον δ᾽ ἂν εἴη αὐτὰς ἐπὶ λέξεως παραθέσθαι τὰς θείας τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου φωνάς. Ἵνα πάντες ἕν ὦσιν καθὼς σὺ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί· ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ὃν ὧσι. Τὸ δὲ συνδετιχὸν τῆς ἑνότητος ταύτης, ἡ δόξα ἐστέ δόξαν δὲ λέγεσθαι τὸ Ἠνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, οὐκ ἄν τις τῶν ἐπεσχεμμένων ἀντείποι, πρὸς αὐτὰς βλέπων τὰς τοῦ Κυρίου φωνάς. Τὴν δόξαν γὰρ, φησὶν, ἥν ὄδωχάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς. Ἔδωκε γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ποῖς μαθηταῖς τοιαύτην δόξαν, ὁ εἰπὼν πρὸς αὐτούς· Λάδετε Πνεῦμα ἅγιον. ἼἜλαδε δὲ ταύτην τὴν δόξαν, ἣν πάντοτε εἶχε πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι, ὁ τὴν ἀντοῦ Πνεύματος, ἐπὶ πᾶν τὸ συγγενὲς ἡ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Π᾿ εὐματος διάδοσις γίνεται, ἀπὸ τῶν μαθητῶν ἀρξαμένη. Διὰ τοῦτό φησι· Τὴ δόξαν ἣν ἔδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς. Ἵνα ὦσιν ἕν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἔν ἐσμεν. ᾿Εγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ σὺ ἐν ἐμοὶ, ἵνα ὦσι τετε.Ἰειωμένοι εἰς τὸ ἔν. Ὃ τοίνυν ἔκ μὲν νηπίου πρὸς ἄνδρα τέλειον ἀναδραμὼν διὰ τῆς αὐξήσεως, καὶ φθάσας εἰς τὸ μέτρον τῆς νοητῆς ἡλικίας, ἐκ δὲ τῆς δούλης τε καὶ τῆς παλλαχίδος τὴν τῆς βασιλείας ἀξίαν μεταλαδών’ δεκτικὸς δὲ τῆς τοῦ Πνεύματος δόξης γενόμενος δι᾿ ἀπαθείας καὶ καθαρότητος, οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ τελεία περιστερὰ, πρὸς ἣν ὁ νυμφίος ὁρᾷ λέγων· ὅτι Μία ἐστὶ περιστερά μου, τε.δία μοῦ. Μία ἐστὶ τῇ μητρὶ αὐτῆς, ἐκλεκτική ἐστι τῇ τεκούσῃ αὐὖτήν. Οὐκ ἀγνοοῦμεν δὲ πάντως τὴν μητέρα τῆς περιστερᾶς, ἐκ τοῦ καρποῦ τὸ δένδρον γνωρίσαντες. Ὡς γὰρ ἄνθρωπον θεασάμενοι, ἐξ ἀνθρώπου αὐτὸν εἶναι οὐκ ἀμφιδάλλομεν· οὕτω καὶ τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς περιστερᾶς τὴν μητέρα ζητοῦντες, οὐκ ἄλλην τινὰ ἣ ἐκείνὴν τὴν περιστερὰν ἐνοήσαμεν. Τῷ γὰρ τέκνῳ πάνπως ἡ τοῦ γεγεννηκότος ἐπιθεωρεῖται φύσις. Ἐπεὶ οὖν τὸ γεγευνημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος Πνεῦμά ἔστι· περιστερὰ δὲ τὸ τέκνον· περιστερὰ δὲ πάντως καὶ ἡ τοῦ τέκνου μήτηρ ἐστὶν, ἡ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἐξ οὐρανῶν καταπτᾶσα, καθὼς Ἰωάννης φησὶ καὶ μαρτύρεται. Ταύτην μακαρίζουσιν αὲ νεάνιδες, ταύτην αἰνοῦσι παλλακαὶ καὶ βασίλισσαι. Κοινὸς γὰρ ἐκ παντὸς τάγματος πρόκειται πάσαις ταῖς ψυχαῖς δρόμὸς πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην μακαριότητα. Διό φασιν· Ἴδοσαν αὑτὴν θυγατέρες, καὶ μακαριοῦσιν αὖτήν· πα.λλακαὶ καὶ βασίλισσαι αἱγέσουσιν. Φύσις δὲ πᾶσά ἔστι πρὸς τὸ μακάριόν τε καὶ ἐπαινούμενον τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ συντείνεσθαι., Ὥστε εἰ μακαρίζουσι τὴν περιστερὰν αἱ θυγατέρες, ἐπιθυμοῦσι πάντως γενέσθαι περιστεραὶ καὶ αὗται. Καὶ τὸ αἰνεῖσθαι τὴν περιστερὰν παρὰ τῶν παλλακίδων, τεκμήριόν ἔστι τοῦ καὶ ταύτας πρὸς τὸ ἐπαινούμενον τὴν σπουδὴν ἔχειν᾽ ἕως ἂν πάντων ἕν γενομένων, τῶν πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν σκοπὸν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας βλεπόντων, μηδεμιᾶς ἐν μηδενὶ κακίας ὑπολειφθείσης, γένηται ὁ Θεὸς τὰ πάντα ἂν πᾶσι, τοῖς διὰ τῆς ἑνότητος ἀλλήλοις ἐν τῇ τοῦ

Pou apēlthen ho adelphidos sou, hē kaiē tēsomen hauton meta sou? Ho adelphidos mou katethē eis kēpon hautou, eis phialas tou arōmatos, poimainein en kēpois, kai sy..legein krina. Egō tǭ adelphidǭ mon, kai ho adeiphidos mon emoi, ho poimainōn en tois krinois Kalē ei, hē plēsion mou, hōs eudokia, hōraia hōs Hierousalēm, orthamous sou apenagtion mou, hoti autoi anepterōsan me. Trichōma sou hōs agelai tōn aigōn, aneranēsan apo tou Galaad. ᾿Odontes sou hōs agelai tōn kekarmenōn, hai anedēsan apo tou;Soutrou, hai pasai didymeuousai, kai ateknousa ouyk estin en hautais. Hōs spartion kokkinon cheilē sou, kai hē .alia sou hōraia. Hōs epyros tēs rhoas mēlon sou ektos tēs siōpēseōs sou. Hexēkongta basilissai, kai ogdoēkonta palilakai, kai geagides hōn ouk estin arithmos. Mia esti peristera mou, teleia mou. Mia esti tę̄ mētri autēs, eklektē tę̄ tekousę̄ hautēn. Ho ek tēs poleōs ᾿Andreou kai Petrou martyrētheis einai Philippos ho apostolos; enkōmion gar moi dokei tou Philippou touto, to poletēn auton genesthae tōn adelphōn tōn prothaumasthentōn en Euangeliǭ dia tēs peri autōn historias. Ho men gar ᾿Andreas, hypodeixantos tou Baptistou, tis estin ho ᾿Amnos ho airōn tēn hamartian tou. kosmou, autos te to mystēron katenoēse, katopin tou deichthentos akolouthēsas, kai hopou menei mathōn kai tǭ idiǭ adelphǭ pareinai ton promēnythenta para tēs prophēteias euangelezetai. Ho de phthasas mikrou dein tę̄ pistei tēn akoēn, holę̄ tę̄ psychę̄ prostithetai tǭ amnǭ, kai dia tēs tou onomatos hypallagēs metapoieitai para tou Kyriou pros to theioteron; anti Simōnos Petros kai onomastheis, kai genomenos. Kai toi tǭ ᾿Adraam kai tę̄ Sarrhą pollois hysteron chronois meta pollas theophaneias, tēs ek tōn onomatōn metadidōsin eulogias ho Kyrios - ton men patera, tēn de archousan dia tēs tōn onomatōn metapoiēseōs cheirotonēsas, Hōsautōs de kai ho Iakōd meta tēn pannychion palēn, axioutai tēs tou Israēl epōnymias te kai dynameōs. Ho de megas Petros ou kata mikron di᾽ auxēseōs proēlthen epi tēn charin tautēn, all᾽ homou te ēkouse tou adelphou, kai episteuse tǭ amnǭ, kai eteleiōthē dia tēs pisteōs, kai prosphyeis tę̄ petrą Petros egeneto, Houtos toinyn ho Philippos ho axios tōn tosoutōn kai tēlikoutōn politēs, epeidē heurēma tou Kyriou genomenos, kathōs phēsin Euangelion, hoti heuriskei ton Philippon ho Iēsous, akolouthos echeirotonēthē tou Logou tou eipontos, hoti Achozouthei moi; kai tǭ phōti tǭ alēthinǭ prosengisas, kathaper lychnos ekeithen espase pros heauton tēn tou phōtos koinōnian; kai perilampei ton Nathanaēl, dodouchēsas autǭ to tēs eusebeias mystērion, di᾽ hōn phēsin . Hon egrapse Mōysēs kai hoi prophētai heurēkamen Iēsoun ton apo Nazaret tēs Galilaias. Tou de Nathanaēl epistatichōs dexamenou to Euangelion, dia to meta pasēs achrideias chatēcheisthai para tēs prophēteias hauton to peri ton Kyrion mystērion, kai eidenai men hoti ek Bēthleem hē prōtē dia sarkos genēsetai theophaneia, dia de tēn en Nazarois diagōgēn, Neizaraios klēthēsetai pros amphotera toinyn aposchopountos kai logizomenou, hoti en men tę̄ tou Dadio Bēthleem, dia tēn oikonomian tēs kata sarka gennēseōs, anankaion ēn genesthai to kata to spēlaion kai ta spargana kai tēn phatnēn mystērion hē de Galilaia ethnōn topos eponomasthēsetai pote tǭ tois ethnesin emphilochōrēsanti Logǭ; kai dia touto synthemenou tǭ to phōs autǭ tēs gnōseōs phananti, kai eipontos; hoti Ekk Nazaret dynatai ti agathon einai? Tote hodēgos pros tēn charin ho Philippos ginetai, legōn, Erchou kai ide. Diʼ hōn katalipōn ho Nathanaēl tēn tou nomou sykēn, hēs hē skia pros tēn metousian tou phōtos diekōlye, chatalamdanei ton ta phylla tēs sykēs dia tēn tōn agathōn acharpean apoxērainonta. Dio kai martyreitai para tou Logou gnēsios einai ouchi nothos Israēlitēs, en tǭ adolǭ tēs proaireseōs katharon eph᾽ heautou deiknys ton charachtira tou pa-s, triarchou. Ide gar, phēsin, Israēlitēs en hǭ dolos Pros ho ti de blepei to en tǭ prooimiǭ diēgēma,; phaneron esti pantōs tois eumathesterois akroatais ek tēs protetheisēs kata to akolouthon hēmin anagnōsxōs tēs ek tou Lsmatos tōn asmatōn. Hōs gar ho men ᾿Andreas tę̄ phōnę̄ tou Iōannou pros ton amnon hōdēgēthē; ho de Nathanaēl phōtagōgētheis para tou Philippou, kai tēs periechousēs auton tou nomou skias exō genomenos, en tǭ phōti tǭ alēthinǭ ginetai houtō kai hai neanides pros tēn heuresin tou mēautais agathou chathēgemoni chrōntai tę̄ teleiōtheisę̄ dia tou kallous psychę̄; legousai pros au- tēn Pou apēlthen ho’ adeiphidos sou, hē kalē en gynaixi? Pou apedilepsen ho adel:idos sou, kai᾿ zētēsomen auton meta sou ? ᾿Akolouthōs de prosagousi tę̄ didaskalǭ tēn peusin hai parthenoi psychai. Prōton gar peri tou ti estin epoiēsan ton logon, en tǭ pro tautēs tēs rhēseōs erōtēmati legousai adelphidos sou, hē kalē en gynaixin? Hoper didachtheisai dio tōn eirēmenōn sēmeiōn, hoti leukos kai pyrrhos, kai ta loipa di᾽ hōn hypographei to eidos tou zētoumenou, peri tou hopou pynthanontai. Dio legousi, Pou apē.1then ho adelphidos sou, hē pou ape? Hina pantōs hopou men esti mathousai, proskynēsōsin eis ton topon hou estēsan hoi podes autou, hopou de apodlepei didachtheisai, houtō stēsōsin heąutas hōste kai autais epophthēnai tēn doxan autou hou hē epiphaneia sōtēria tōn epopteuontōn ginetai, kathōs phēsin ho Prophētēs, hoti ᾿Epiphanon to pros- ōpon sou, kai sōthēsometha. Kai hē didaskalos kath᾽ homoiotēta Philippou tou eipontos; Erchou kai ide, kathēgeitai tōn pantōn pros tēn tou zētoumenou katalēpsin, anti tou eipein, to Ide, ton topon hypodeiknyousa en hǭ estin ho zētoumenos, kai hopou blepei. Phēsi gar; hoti ᾿Adeiphidos mou katethē eis kēpon eis phialas tou arōmatos. Heōs toutou, en hǭ estin hypo tou logou sēmainetai. To de apo toutou, ti horą, kai hopou blepei tǭ logǭ deiknysin hē didaskalos, legousa hoti Poimainein en kēpois kai synagein krina. Hautē men hē sēmantikē tou logou pros tas neanidas estin hodēgia di’ hōn manthanousi kai hopou esti, kai hopon blepei. Chrē de pantōs kai to ōphelimon tēs theopneustou tautēs epignōnai Graphēs dia tēs pneumatikēs theō- t rias. Oukoun hotan akousōmen hoti ᾿Adeiïphidos kaiedē eis kēpon autou, to Euangelikon mystērion dia tōn eirēmenōn manthanomen, hekastou tōn onomatōn touton ton mystikon logon hēmin saphēnizontos ho en sarki phanerōtheis Theos, dia to ex Iouda men anatei- lai, lampsai de tois ethnesi tois en skotei kai skią thanatou kathēmenois, kalōs kai prosphyōs tǭ onomati tou adelphidou para tēs mnēsteutheisēs autǭ pros aïdion syzygian chatonomazetai, adelphēs ousēs tou Iouda laou. To de Katedē, dēloi, hote dia ton apo Hierousalēm es Hierichō chkatathanta, kai hen. tois lę̄stais genomenon; dia touto kai autos tę̄ kathodǭ tou empesontos tois polemiois synchaterchetai᾽ di᾽ hōn sēmainei tēn ek tēs aphrastou megaleiotētos genomenēn epi to tapeinon tēs physeōs hēmōn synchatadasin; dia de tou kata ton kēpon ainigmatos touto manthanomen, hoti anaphyteuei to heautou geōrgion ho alēthinos geōrgos hēmas tous anthrōpous, Hēmeis gar esmen autou geōrgion kata tēn Paulou phōnēn. Epei oun ekeinos estin, ho katarchas en paradeisǭ geōrgēsas tēn anthrōpinēn physin, hēn ephyteusen ho Patēr ho ouranios dia touto tou moniou tou agriou chatanemēthentos hēmōn ton kēpon kai lymainomenon to theion geōrgon, katedē tou palin poiēsai kēpon tēn erēmon tę̄ tōn. aretōn phyteią challōpizomenon; tēn katha- ran kai theian tēs didaskalias pēgēn, epi tēn tōn phytōn epimeleian ochetēsas tǭ logǭ de tou arōmatos phialai en men tę̄ tou kallous hypographę̄, pros to tōn siagonōn enkōmion parelēphthēsan, di᾿ hōn chataleainetai ta pneumatika sitia tois trephomenois; entautha de topos einai tou nymphiou kai endiaitēma para tou logou mēnyetai; touto manthanontōn hēmōn, hoti oute en erēmǭ tōn aretōn psychę̄ nymphios aulizetai, ei tis kata ton proapodothenta logon phialē arōmatos genoito phyousa myrepsicha. Ho toioutos kratēr tēs sophias genomenos, dechetai en heautǭ ton theion kai akēraton oinon, di᾽ hou ginetai tǭ Ho de ephexēs logos didaskei , hēmas poiais nomais ta poimnia tou kalou poimenos ᾿ piainetai. Ou gar eis erēmous tinas kai achanthophorous topous exelaunei ta prodata, hōste tēn chortōdē drepsasthai poan; alla trophē prokeitai hautois ta ek tōn kēpōn arōmata; anti de chortou, to krinon ginetai, hoper phēsi para tou poimenos eis diatrophēn tōn prothatōn syllegesthai. Tauta philosophountos hēmin dia toutōn tou logon, hoti hē periektikē tōn ontōn physis kai dynamis, panta en heautę̄ perieirgousa, topon heautēs kai chōrēma poieitai tōn dechomenōn tēn katharotēta, en hois ho polyeidōs dia tōn aretōn kēpos, komą men tois tōn krinōn anthesi, bryei de tę̄ tōn arōmatōn charpogonią. Ta men gar krina tou lamprou kai katharou tēs dianoias ainigma ginetai; hē de tōn arōmatōn eupnoia, pasēs amartiōn dysōdias allotriōs echein. Toioutois yn phēsi ton tōn logikōn epistatēn poimniōn enanastrephesthai, en men tois kēpois nomeuonta, krina pros tēn tōn prothatōn diatrophēn cheironta kai syllegonta; haper dia tou megalou Paulou tois prothatois protithēsi tou ek tēs theias apothēkēs prodallontos hēmin tēn ek tōn krinōn diatrophēn esti de tauta, hosa alēthē, hosa semna, hosa dikaia, hosa prosphilę̄, hosa hagia, hosa euphēma. ei tis aretē, kai ex tis epainos. Tauta esti, kata ge ton emon logon, ta krina hois diatrephetai para tou kalou poimenos te kai didaskalou to poimnion. Ho de ephexēs logos, hon hē kathara kai akēlidōtos ai nymphē pepoiētai legousa; Egō tǭ adelphidǭ mou, kai ho, adelphidos mou emoi; kanōn kai oros tēs kat᾽ aretēn esti teleiotētos. Manthanomen gar dia toutōn, to mē dein plēn tou Theou mēden en heautǭ echein, mēde pros allo ti blepein tēn kekatharmenēn psychēn; all᾽ houtōs heautēn ekkatharai pantos hylikou pragmatos te kai noēmatos, hōs holēn di᾿ holou metatetheisan pros to noēton te kai aulon. enargestatēn eikona tou archetypou kallous heautēn apergasasthai. Kai hōsper ho epi tou pinakos idōn tēn graphēn di achrideias pros tēn tou. archetypou memorphōmenēn, mian amphoterōn einai tēn morphēn apophainetai, kai to epi tēs eikonos kallos tou prōtotypou legōn einai, kai to archetypon enargōs en tǭ mimēmati kathorasthai; ton auton tropon hē eipousa, hoti Egō tǭ adelphidǭ mou, kai ho adeiphidos mou emoi; symmemorphōsthai legei tǭ Christǭ, to idion kallos apoladousa, tēn prōtēn tēs physeōs hēmōn makariotēta, kat᾽ eikona kai homoiōsin tou prōtou kallous tou alēthinou kai monou hōraïotheisa. Kai hoion epi tou chatoptrēu ginetai, hotan technikōs te kai katallēlōs tę̄ chreią kateskeuasmenon hē, en katharą tę̄ epiphaneią di᾽ achrithdeias en heautǭ deixei tou epiphanentos prospou ton charaktēra. houtōs heautēn hē psychē prosphorōs pę̄ chreią katascheuasasa, kai pasan hylikēn aporrhipsamenē kēlida, katharon tou akēratou kallous en heautę̄ to eidos anetypōsato. Legei oun tēn phōnēn tautēn, to proairetikon te kai empsychon katoptron, hoti Epeidē tǭ kyklǭ egō holǭ to tou adelphidou prospon blepō; dia touto holon tēs ekeinou morphēs to kallos en emoi kathoratai. Tautas antikrys mimeitai. pas phōnas ho Paulos, legōn tǭ Theǭ zę̄n, ho nekros tǭ kosmǭ genomenos, kai hoti en autǭ zę̄ ho Christos monos. Ho gar eipōn, hoti ᾿Emoi to zę̄n Christos; touto dia tou logou boą, hoti ouden tōn anthrōpinōn te kai hylikōn pathēmatōn en autǭ zę̄, oute hēdonē, oute lypē, oute thymos, oute phothos, oute deilia, oute ptoē sis, oute typhos, oute thrasos, ou mnēsikakia, ou phthonos, ouk amyntichē tis diathesis, ou philochrēmatia, ouk allo ti tōn tēn psychēn dia tinos scheseōs kēlidountōn; all᾽ ekeinos moi monos estin, hos ouden toutōn esti. Pan gar to hexō tēs ekeinou physeōs theōroumegon apoxysamenos, ouden echō en emautǭ toiouton, hoion en ekeinǭ ouk estin; hou charin, emoi to zę̄n Christos; ē kathōs hē nymphē; Etō tǭ adelphidǭ mou, kai ho adelphidos mou emoi; ho estin hagiasmos, kai katharotēs, kai aphtharoia, kai phōs, kai alētheia, kai ta toiauta, hosa poimainei tēn emēn psychēn, ouk chortois tisin ē phryganois, all᾽ en tais lamprotēsi tōn hagiōn; hē gar tōn krinōn physis en tǭ lamprǭ tēs euchroias tautēn hypainissetai hēmin tēn dianoian. Oukoun dia touto epi tous leimōnas tōn krinōn agei to heautou poimnion ho en tois krinois poimainōn; hiiga genētai hē lamprotēs Kyriou tou Theou hēmōn eph᾽ hēmas. Tǭ gar eidei tēs trophēs, syndiatithetai pantōs kai to trephomenon. Hoion ti legō Estō kath᾽ hypothesin chozlon ti skeuos ex hyelou, en hǭ pan to ballomenon eiē;, eite ti tōn katharōn te kai lamprōn. Oukoun tēn lamprotēta tōn krinōn tais psychais en titheis, lampras d autōn tas psychas apergazetai, diaphainomenou tou enkeimenou eidous epi to exōthen. Hōs de an pros to saphesteron hēmin proachtheiē to noēma touto, phamen, hoti trephetai men hē psychē dia tōn aretōn, krina de katonomazei tas aretas diʼ ainigmapos; hōn ho dia tēs agathēs politeias emphorētheis, epidēlon heauton poiei, dia tou biou hekastēs aretēs to eidos dia tou ēthous epideiknymenos. Estō soi krinon katharon hē sōphrosynē te kai dikaiosynē, kai andria, kai phronēsis, kai hosa phēsin ᾿Apostolos alēthē, hosa semna, hosa prosphilē, hosa dikaia, hosa hagia, hosa heuphēma; ei tis aretē, kai ei tis epainos. Tauta gar panta hentos tēs psychēs genomena tǭ katharǭ diadeichnytai biǭ, challōpizonta te ton periechonta, kai auta dia tou eisdexamenou challōpizomena. Hē toinyn anatheisa heautēn tǭ adelphidǭ, kai dexamenē tou agapēthentos to kallos en tę̄ idią morphę̄; oiōn axioutai para tou tous ᾿doxazontos akousōmen dia tēs prokeimenēs tois rhēmasin akolouthias. Phēsi gar pros tēn nymphēn ho Logos; Kalē ei, hē plēsion mou, hōs eudokia; hōraia hōs Hierousalēm; thamdos hōs tetagmenai, Hoti men oun hē doxa para tēs ouraniou stratias anapempetai tǭ en hypsistois Theǭ hyper tēs en anthrōpois eudokias en tais akoais tōn poimenōn, hote eidon genētheisan epi gēs tēn eirēnēn; kai hoti polis tou megalou basileōs Hierousalēm para tou Despotou pasēs ktiseōs onomazetai, panti dēlon an eiē tǭ tois euangelikois chathomilēsanti logois -; hōs dia toutōn mē agnoēsai poion martyrei tę̄ nymphę̄ ho Logos kallos dia tēs pros tēn Hierousalēm kai pros tēn eudokian synkriseōs. Dēlon gar hoti touto peri autēs ho Logos endeiknytai, dia tēs chatorthoumenēs anodou, mechris ekeinou tēn, psychēn hypsōthēnai, hōs pros ta tou Despopou thaumata heautēn epekteinai. Ei gar ho en hypsistois Theos, hōn en tois kolpois tou Patros, hyper tēs eudokias en anthrōpois aimati kai sarki chatachirnatai. hina genēthę̄ epi tēs gēs eirēnē; dēlon hoti pros tautēn tēn eudokian, to heautēs hamoiōsasa kallos, pon Christon mimeitai tois katorthōmasin ekeino ginomenē tois allois, hoper ho Christos tę̄ physei tōn anthrōpōn egeneto; kathaper kai ho mimētēs tou Christou Paulos epoiei, heauton tēs zōēs aphorizōn, hina tǭ idiǭ pathei tēn sōtērian tou Israēl antallaxētai, legōn - Euchomēn agathema einai apo tou Christou, hyper tōn adeiphrōn mou, tōn syngenōn mou kata sarka. Pros hon eikotōs harmozei tę̄ nymphę̄ to eirēmenon eipein, hoti Toiouton esti tēs Psychēs sou to kallos, hoia ē tou Despotou gegonen hyper hēmōn euydochia, hos heauton ekenōse morphēn doulou ladōn, kai edōken heauton antallagma hyper tēs tou kosmou zōēs, kai di’ hēmas eptōcheuse plousios hōn, hina hēmeis en tǭ thanatǭ autou zēsōmen, kai en tę̄ ptōcheią ploutēsōmen, kai en tę̄ tēs douleias autou morphę̄ basileusōmen. To de autēs megethos, kai hē tēs Hierousalēm hōraiotēs homoiōs endeiknytai, tēn anō dēladę̄. Hierousalēm, tēn eleutheran, tēn tōn eleutherōn mētera, hēn polin tou megalou basileōs einai para tēs Despotou phōnēs memathēkamen. Hē gar chōrēsasa en hautę̄ ton achōrēton, hōste enoikein autę̄ kai emper:tein ton Theon, tę̄ hōraiotēti tou en autę̄ katoinetai, to ekeinēs kallos eph᾽ heautēs dexamenē; kallos de tēs poleōs tou basileōs kai hē hōraiotēs, auto pantōs esti tou basileōs to kallos. Ekeinos gar esti kata ton logon tēs psalmǭdias hē hōraiotēs kai to kallos, pros hon hē prophēteia phēsi; Tę̄ hōraiotēti sou kai tǭ kallei sou, kai dythynon kai kateuodou, kchai basileue, heneken aïētheias, kai praotētos, kai dikaiosynēs. Toutois gar to Theion charaktērizetai, tę̄ alētheią legō kai tę̄ ʼdichkaiosynę̄, kai tę̄ praotēti. Hē toinyn en tois toioutois kallesi morphōtheisa psychē, hōraia ginetai hōs Hierousalēm, tę̄ tou basileōs hōrą kallōpistheisa. ᾿llla tauta men prodēlon echei tou tēs nymphēs kallous ton epainon, tę̄ pros tēn eudokian te kai tēn Hierousalēm synkrisei plēroumenon. Ton de ephexēs logon enkōmion men einai tēs nymphēs ouk amphidallomen; tēn de dianoian kath᾽ hēn tǭ toioutǭ epainǭ semnynetai, hē tēs euphēmias tautēs axiōtheisa, ouk estin ek tou procheirou mathein. Echei gar ē lexis houtōs; Thamdos hōs dynameis tetagmegai. Tacha dʼ an tis tois protheōrētheisin hepomenos eipoi, dia tēs pros tēn hyperkosmion physin synkriseōs megalynesthai hypo tou logou dia tōn epainōn tēn nymphēn. Ekeinai gar eisin hai tetagmenai dynameis, hopou hai men ᾿Exousiai diapantos en tǭ kyrieuein eisi; kratousi de di᾽ holou hai Kyriotētes; bedēchasi giōs hoi Thronoi, adoulōtoi de menousin hai ᾿Archai; eulogousi de ton Theon adialeiptōs hai dynameis, ē te ptēsis tōn Seraphim ouk istatai, kai hē stasis ou meta; kai ta Cheroudim. anechonta ton hypsēlon te kai epērmenon thronon ouk apolēgei; hoi te leitourgoi poiountes to ergon, kai akouontes tōn logōn hou pauontai. Epei oun hai exousiai hautai hypo tou Theou tetagmenai eisi, kai hē taxis tōn noētōn kai hyperkosmiōn dynameōn, asynchytos eis to diēnoches menei, mēdemias kakias anatrepousēs tēn eutaxian; dia touto kai hē pros mimēsin ekeinōn psychē panta kata taxin kai euschēmonōs poiousa, toiouton eph᾽ heautēs kinei to thauma, hoion en tais dynamesin ekeinais tais tetagmenais estin. Ekplēxis gar hē tou thamoous hermēneuetai dianoia. Dia de tēs ekplēxeōs to thauma noountes, tēs alētheias ouk hamartanomen. HēĒ de toutois ek tou akolouthou prokeimenē rhēsis, amphidola poiei ta prosōpa, par᾽ hou te eirētai, kai pros hon eipen; hoti ᾿Apostrepson tous ophthalmous sou apenantion emou. Hoti autoi anepterōsan me. Tois men gar dokei para tou Despotou pros tēn katharan eirēstha!: tauta psychēn egō de tę̄ nymphę̄ prepein hyponoō mallon to rhēton epharmozesthai. Tautę̄ gar katallēlon heurischiy tēn tōn sēmainomenōn hypo tou logou dianoian. Ta de moi parastanta di᾿ oligōn echthēsomai.;Achousa pollachou tēs theopneustou Graphēs pterygas einai tǭ Theǭ diēgoumenēs. Nyn men tēs prophēteias legousēs, hoti En skepę̄ tōn pterygōn sou skepaseis kai, hoti ᾿;Ypo tas pterygas autou eipieis. Palin de tou Mōyseōs en tę̄ megalę̄ ōdę̄ touto hypograO phontos, en hois phēsin᾽ hoti Didis tas pterygas autou edexato hautous; kai to para tou Kyriou pros tēn Hierousalēm eirēmenon, hoti Posakis ēthelēsa episygagagein ta tekna sou, hon tropon ornis synagei ta gossia hypo tas pterygas autēs ! ha ouk exō tou prokeimenou noēmatos eipoi tis an einai, pros to akolouthon blepōn. Ei toinyn kata tina logon aporrhēton pterygas einai peri tēn theian physin ho theopneustos diorizetai logos; hē de prōtē tou anthrōpou kataskeuē kat᾽ eikona kai homoiōsin Theou gegenēsthai tēn physin hēmōn martyretai’ pantōs hoti dia pantōn eiche kat᾽ eikona genomenos tēn pros to archetypon homoiotēta. ᾿Alla mēn hepterōtai kata tēn hagian Graphēn, to prōtotypon᾽ oukoun pteroessa kai hē tou anthrōpou kateskeuasthē physis, hōs an kai en tais pteryxin echoi to theion homoiōma; dēlon de hoti to pterygōn onoma dia tinos tropichę̄s theōrias eis ti theoprepes metalēphthēsetai noēma, dynameōs te kai makariotētos, kai aphtharsias kai tōn toioutōn dia tou onomatos tōn pterygōn sēmainomenou, Epei oun ʼtauta kai peri ton anthrōpon ēn, heōs hote tǭ Theǭ dia pantōn homoios ēn’ meta tauta de hē pros tēn kakian rhopē, tōn toioutōn pterygōn hēmas apesylēsen; exō gar tēs skepēs tou Theou pterygōn genomenoi, kai tōn idiōn pterygōn egymnōthēmen; dia touto epephanē hē tou Theou charis phōtizousa hēmas, hina apothemenoi tēn asedeian, kai tas kosmikas epithymias, palin di᾽ hosiotētos te kai dikaiosynēs pterophyēsōmen. Oukoun ei tauta tēs alētheias ouk apeschoēinistai, prepei para tēs nymphēs homologeisthai tēn ep᾽ autēs genomenēn para tōn theiōn ophthalmōn charin. Homou te gar epeiden hēmas tois tēs philanthrōpias ophthalmois ho Theos, kai hēmeis kata tēn archaian charin anepterōthēmen. Tauta oun oimai dia tōn eirēmenōn ton lēgon endeiknysthai, ha proseuchomenos ho Dadid en hexechaidechatę̄ psalmǭdią phēsi pros Kyrion, hoti Hoi orthailmoi sou idetōsan dythytētas, tas emas dēlonoti. Hedokchimasas gar tēn kardian mou, phēsin, epeskepsō gyktos; epyrōsas me, kai ouk heurethē en emoi adikia. ison oun estin, eipein, hoti Hoi orthalmoi sou idetōsan euthytētas; kai, hoti Hoi ophthalmoi sou to enantion mē theasasthōsan. Ho gar to euthes idōn, scholion ouk eide; kai ho scholion dē idōn nto euthes pantōs tetheatai. Oukoun dia tēs tou enantiou hypexaireseōs to agathon tois theiois ophthalmois epideiknysi, di᾽ hōn anapteroutai palin hē psychē, hē dia tēs parakoēs tōn prōtoplastōn pterorrhyēsasa. Touto toinyn dia tōn eirēmenōn katenoēsamen; Hote hoi ophthalmoi sou ep᾽ eme epidlepousin, apostrephontai apo tou enantiou. Ou gar opsontai ti an emoi nōn enantioumenōn moi. Dia touto ginetai moi apo tōn ophthalmōn sou, to palin pterōthēnai, kai analadein dia tōn aretōn tas pterygas tēs peristeras, di᾽ hēs ginetai moi tēs ptēseōs ē dynamis; hōste petasthēnai kai katapausai, ekeinēn dēladē tēn katapausin, hēn katepausen ho Theos apo tōn ergōn. Palin de meta tas phōnas tautas hē tou kallous tēs nymphēs hypographē diadechetai, tōn eis tēn hōran autou syntelountōn hekaston dia tinos prosphyous homoiōseōs tou logou semnynontos. Epaineitai gar hautēs tōn te trichōn to kallos, kai tōn odontōn hē thesis, kai to epi tou cheilous anthos, kai to hēdy tēs phōnēs, tēs te pareias to erythēma. Ho de peri ekastou tōn eirēmenōn epainos, dia tinos katallēlou synkriseōs te kai paratheseōs plēroutai tę̄ nymphę̄. Hai men gar triches agelais aigōn tais anaphaneisais apo tou Galaad hōmoiōthēsan; hai hoe tōn kekarmenōn agelai didymois tokois epagallomenai, to tōn hodon tōn enkōmion plērousi dia tēs homoiōseōs᾽ spartiǭ eei. Maia ima hipeiat eotgi ious piaii rypioï, tēs rhoas hē pareia kallōpizetai, Echei de hē lexis houtōs; Trichōma sou agelai tōn aigōn, hai phanēsan apo tou Galaad. Odontes son hōs agetrou, hai pasai didymeuousai, kai ateknousa ouk estin en autais. Hōs spartion kochchigon cheilē sou, kai hē 1alia sou hōraia. Hōs lepyron rhoas ᾿ mēmlon sou, ektos tēs siōpēseōs sou. Hōn apantōn en tois phthasasin hikanōs exētasmenōn peritton an eiē dia tēs tōn autōn theōrēmatōn palillogias ochlon epeisagagein tǭ logǭ. Ei de tis kai nyn ton peri tōn autōn logon epizētoiē genesthai, dia tous anēchoous tōn prōtōn eis ta rhēta tauta theōrēthentōn᾽ di᾽ holigōn tēn dianoian tōn ainigmatōn epidramoumetha. Hai triches tou sōmatos idiazousan echousi para to loipon sōma tēn physin. Pantos gar tou sōmatos aisthētikę̄ dynamei diakonoumenou, hēs aneu tou zę̄n physin ouk echei; zōē gar tou sōmatos estin hē aisthēsis; monas horōmen tas trichas kai meros ousas tou sōmatos, kai amoirousas aisthēseōs. Deiknysi de tautēn epi tou merous toutou tēn idiotēta, to mēte dia kauseōs mēte dia tomēs kath᾽ homoiotēta tou allou sōmatos kai tautas algynesthai. Epeidē toinyn kata tēn Paulou phōnēn, doxa hēs gynaikos estin hē chomt, dia tōn plokamōn tēn kephalēn hōraïzousa; touto dia tou epainou tōn tēs gymphēs trichōn didaskometha, hoti chrē tous peri tēn chophalēn tēs nymphēs theōroumenous, di᾽ hōn hē Ekklēsia doxazetai, kreittous tōn aisthēseōn einai, kryptontas dia tēs sophias tēn aisthēsin. Kathōs hē Paroimia phēsin; hoti Sophoi kryptousin aisthēsin, hois ouk horasis tou kalou kritērion ginetai, oute tę̄ geusei to agathon dokimazetai, ouk osphrēsei te kai haphę̄, oude allǭ tini aisthētēriǭ hē tou kalou epitrepetai krisis; alla pasēs nekrōtheisę̄s aisthēseōs dia monēs tēs psychēs, tōn kat᾽ ennoian phainomenōn agathōn ephaptontai kai eporegontai, kai houtō doxazousi tēn gynaika, tēn Ekklēsian, oute timais oute michropsychiais pros ta lypēra systellomenoi ʼ alla kan temnesthai deę̄ dia tēn es Christon pistin, kan thēriois hē pyri ballesthai, kan allo ti tōn lypērōn hypomenein, tēn. tōn trichōn anaisthēsian en tę̄ peirą tōn algeinōn hypokrinontai. Ho Toioutos ēn Ēlias ho ek tou Galaad anaschōn dasex kai auchmōnti tǭ sōmati, dermasin aigos eschepasmenos, pros pasan apeilēn tou tyrannou aptoētos. Hosoi toinyn kata mimēsin tēs tou prophētou megalophuias tou kosmou pantos heautous hyperairousin, hysteroumenoi, thlidomenoi, kakouchoumenoi en oresi kai spēlaiois, kai tais opais tēs gēs, hōn ouk estin axios ho kosmos; houtoi agelēdon peri tēn nou pantos kephalēn theōroumenoi, doxa ginontai tēs Ekklēsias, . epi tēn ouranion charin tǭ Galaaditę̄ synanadaiTo de tēs aigos zōon eis ton tōn trichōn epainon parelēphthē, tacha men, hoti kai hē physis tou toi tou zōou katachlēlōs pros tēn genesin tōn trichōn kateskeuastai hōste ainigma tou dia tōn trichōn kosmou enesthai to zōon, to tais thrixi physikōs dasynomenon; ē hoti dia tōn petrōn anolisthētōs bainei, kai peri tas koryphas tōn oreōn anastrephetai, dia tōn dysporeutōn kai apotomōn eutharsōs tēn poreian poioumenon; hoper tois tēn tracheian tēs aretēs hodon katorthousi prosphyōs;, Mallon d᾽ an tis eipoi dia to pros polla tēs nomikēs hierourgias hypo tou nomothetou pareilēphthai to zōon, syntelein tautas tę̄ kephalę̄ pros enkōmion. Hoida de en tois tēs Paroimias ainigmasin en tois tessarsi tois euodoumenois, kai touto tōn kalōs diathainontōn apērithmēsthai ton tragon ton hēgoumenon tou aipoliou. Ho de peri poutou stochastikōs hyponooumen, toiouton esti; Pan opitēdeuma di᾽ henos archomenon eis pollous diadidotai; hōs epi tēs chalcheutichēs hē Graphē ton Thodel heuretēn tēs technēs eipousa, pantōn tōn met᾽ auton metacheirizomenōn tou sidērou tēn ergasian es ekcheinon anagei tēn epistēmēn;. houtō kai tēs poimantikēs ho GAdel hēgēsato, kai Kaïn tēs geōrgias, kai ton Neorōd archēgon legei tēs kynēgetichę̄s epistēmēs, kai tēs ampelourgias ton Nōe, ᾿kai tēs eis Theon elpidos ton Etnōs phēsin arxasthai; kai polla toiauta para tēs hagias etti didachthēnai raphēs, hoti henos ti epitēdeusantos eisēlthe kata mimēsin eis ton bion to epitēdeuma. Epeidē toinyn tou theiou zēlou dichpherontōs kata pasan exochēn ho Ēliou kathēgēsato, hosoi met᾽ ekeinon ton ekeinou mimēsamenoi zēlon, tois autois ichnesi tēs tou prophētou parrhēsias epēkolouthēsan, aipolion gegonasi tou hēgēsamenou tēs toiautēs zōēs, oitines doxa tēs Ekklēsias kai epainos Huinontai, eis ton tōn trichōn chatatagentes kosmon, hōn hē aisthētikē zōē kechōristai kai ēllotriōtai Dia tōn homoiōn plēroi kai tois odousi ton epainon. Houtoi d᾽ an eien hoi trephontes di᾽ heautōn tēs EEchchlēsias to sōma, hous bouletai men pantote hōs apo loutrou katharous horasthai, aperittous dia pantos tas trichas, hōs apo prosphatou kouras; kata de ton tokon tōn aretōn didymeuontas, tēs diplēs katharotētos genomenous pateras, tēs te kata psychēn, kai tēs kata sōma theōroumenēs; hōs exoriston einai tōn odontōn toutōn, pan to agonoun en tǭ kreittoni. To de spartion to epi tou cheilous tithemenon, tēn memetrēmenēn tou logon diakonian paradēloi tǭ ē ainigmati, hoper ho Prophētēs phylakēn te kai thyran periochēs katōnomasen; hotan en kairǭ stoma tou logou, chϑi kata kairon chatachleiētai. trou de onoma to spartion einai, para tēs prophēteias tou Zachariou memathēkamen᾽ hoti spartion geōmetrikon en chersin eichen ho en autǭ lalōn angelos. Tete de malista tynchanei tou metrou ho logos, hotan tychę̄ tǭ erythēmati, hoper tou ai: matos tou lytrōsamenou hēmas ainigma ginetai. Ean men tis kata ton Paulon lalounta echei en heautǭ ton Christon, ton idiǭ haimati lytrōsamenon hēmas, houtos echeis to geōmXxtrichon spartion epi tou stomatos, tę̄ Ho d᾽ ephexēs legos, hermēneia esti tou prosthen ainigmatos. Lalian gar hōraian onomazei to spartion to kokkinon, di᾽ hou palin sēmainei to katharon kai emmetron. To gar achridōs hōraion, kai en tǭ idiǭ kairǭ tēs akmēs prophainomenon, oute aōron estin, oute hexōron. Tǭ de lepyrǭ tēs rhoas to mēlon tēs pareias hōraïzōn, megalēn tina prosmartyrei tę̄ nymphę̄ tēn en tois agathois teleiotēta. Sēmainei gar mē en allǭ tini ton thēsauron autę̄ pareskeuasthai, all᾽ autēn einai thēsauron heautēs, pantos agathou paraskeuēn en heautę̄ periechousan. Hōs gar lepyrǭ periechetai tēs rhoas to edōdimon; houtōs endeiknytai tǭ phainomenǭ kallei tou biou ton endon autēs thēsauron periechesthai. Houtos oun estin ho kryptos thēsauros tōn elpidōn, ho idios karpos tēs psychēs, ho tǭ enaretǭ biǭ kathaper tini rhoas lepyrǭ perichratoumenos. To de, Ektos tēs siōpēseōs sou, tautēn oimai tēn dianoian echein, hoti Ho epainos sou ouk ek tōn phainomenōn tosouton estin, hosa tǭ logǭ mēnyetai alla mallon, hosa siōpę̄ apokekryptai tēn tou logou diapheugonta mēnysin.;Hōsper gar to ektos tou logou hē siōpē noeitai, houtō to ektos siōpēs ton logon noōn tis, ouk hamartēsetai. Ekeino gar siōpōmen, ho dia tōn rhēmatōn adynatoumen angeïlai. Ei oun to ektos ekeinou hē siōpē noeitai, to ektos siōpēs akolouthon pantōs ton logon oiesthai. Oukoun ho eipōn, hoti Hektos tēs siōpēseōs sou, touto saphōs tǭ logǭ paristēsin, hoti kala men esti kai megala ta tǭ logǭ phanēnai dynamena, hosa ektos esti tēs siōpēseōs sou. Ta de tou logou ektos, ta tę̄ siōpę̄ chalyptomena, ta arrhēta te kai anechphōnēta, pantōs kai thaumasiōtera tōn ekphōnoumenōn. ᾿Akousōmen de kai tōn ephexēs epainōn, hōn hē dianoia tǭ tēs historias eoike phreati, hǭper tis lithos epechōn to stomion, aporon poiei tais poimainousais tēn metousian tou hydatos; all᾽ ho Iakōd epistas anamochlizxei te tou stomiou ton lithon, kai plērē ta potistēria poiēsas tou hydatos, edōke tois thremmasi kat᾽ exousian entryphēsai tōn namatōn. Ho Tina toinyn estin, ha tǭ toioutǭ phreati proseichazomen? Hexēkonta eisi basilissai, kai ogdoēkonta pallakai, geagides hōn ouk estin arithmos. Mia esti peristera mou, teleia mou. Mia esti tę̄ mētri hautēs, ekilechktikē esti tę̄ tekousę̄ autēn. tis oun hēmin apokylisei tēs asapheias tautēs ton lithon ? Tis exantlēsei tōn noēmatōn to hydōr houtōs en bathei chkatacheimenon, hōs anephikton einai tǭ hēmeterǭ logǭ ? ᾿Alla moi kalōs echein dokei touto tais akoais hymōn diamartyrasthai, hoti to tauta gnōnai monōn ekeinōn estin, pros ous phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos; hoti En panti eploutisthēte, en panti ogǭ, kai en pasę̄ gnōsei. Ē de hēmetera penia tōn prokeimenōn tou logou thēsaurōn peridraxasthai adynatōs echei; plēn hōs an tou tēs argias chatachrematos exō genoemetha, dia ton ereunąn tas Graphas hēmin nomothetēsanta; mikron tina kai toutois hidrōta prostheinai ou chatochnēsomen. Phamen toinyn dogma ti tōn asteioterōn tēn en tois rhētois toutois philosophian dia tōn epainōn tēs nymphēs hēmin paratithesthai. To de dogma toiouton estin; Ou meta tēs autēs akolouthias kai taxeōs ktizetai ta onta kai anachtizetai. Hote men gar kat᾽ archas dia tēs theias dynameōs hē tēs ktiseōs hyphistato physis, eph᾽ hekastou tōn ontōn adiastatōs tę̄ archę̄ synapērtisthē to peras, pasi tois ek tou mē ontos eis to einai paragenomenois homou tę̄ archę̄ synanaschousēs tēs teleiotētos. Hen de tōn ktisthegtōn kai hē anthrōpinē physis estin, oude autē kath᾽ homoiotēta tōn allōn ek proagōgēs proelthousa epi to teleion; all᾽ apo tēs prōtēs hyparxeōs symplastheisa tę̄ teleiotēti. ᾿Egegeto gar, hōs ho Logos phēsi, kat᾽ eikona Theou kai homoiōsin. Hoper endeiknytai to tōn agathōn akrotaton te kai teleiotaton, Ti gar an hyperteron heuretheiē tēs pros Theon homoiōseōs ? Epi men oun tēs prōtēs ktiseōs, adiastatōs tę̄ archę̄ synanephanē to peras, kai apo tēs teleiotētos hē physis tou einai ērxato. Epeidē de tǭ thanatǭ dia tēs pros tēn kakian scheseōs oicheiōtheisa, tēs en tǭ agathǭ diamonēs aperrhyē; ouk athroan kath᾽ homoiotēta tēs systaseōs tēs prōtēs epanalamdanei tēn teleiotēta, all᾽ hodǭ tini proeisin epi to meizon, dia tinos ( akolouthias kai taxeōs kat᾽ oligon aposchenazomenē tēn pros ta enantia prospatheian. Epi men gar tēs prōtēs kataskeuę̄s, ouden ēn to kōlyon syndramein tę̄ genesei to tēs physeōs teleion, kakias ouk ousēs; epi de tēs deuteras anastoicheiōseōs, anankaiōs akolouthēsei pros to prōton agathon anatrechousę̄ ᾿ dioti tę̄ hylikę̄ prospatheią syndetheisa dia kakias hēmōn hē dianoia, kat᾽ oligon, hōsper phloiou tinos tou periechontos dia tēs asteioteras agōgēs perixyomenē, tēn symphuian apōtheitai tou cheironos. Toutou charin pollas einai para tǭ Patri monas memathēkamen, kata tēn analogian tēs en hekastǭ pros to kalon scheseōs, kai tēs tou cheironos apostaseōs, hetoimazomenēs pasi tēs antidoseōs. Ho men gar tis en archę̄ tēs tou beltionos esti brōseōs, arti kathaper ek bythou tinos tou kata kakian biou pros tēn metousian tēs alētheias ananēxamenos; tǭ de tis gegonen ēdē di᾽ epimeleias prosthēkē tou kreittonos; allos epipleion dia tēs epithymias tōn agathōn epēuxēthē; ho de mesēs echei tēs tōn hypsēlōn anadaseōs; heteros kai to meson paredramen; eisi de tines kai hoi toutōn heautous hyperarantes; alloi kakeinous kai hyper toutous heteroi pros ton anō dromon synteinontai; kai holōs kata tēn poichilę̄ēn tōn proaireseōn diaphoran hekaston ho Theos en tǭ idiǭ dechetai tagmati, ta pros axian; apēplērōn tois pasi, kai synagōn tois hypsēloterois tas tōn agathōn amoibas, kai symmetrōn elattosi. Tauta dia tōn prokeimenōn rhētōn philosophein ton logon hypenoēsamen, tēn diaphoran tōn psychōn, hai pros ton nymphion horōsin, hen hois eirēmenois hēmin diastelanta. Tas men gar onomazei neanidas, tēn tou arithmou physin dia tou plēthous nikōsas; allas de pallakidas; kai allas basilidas einai phēsin; ochtōdechadi tōn pallakidōn ton arithmon perigrapsas; tas de basilidas syntelein eipōn eis hexēkonta, hypertithēsi pasōn tēn hen tę̄ monadi theōroumenēn teleian peristeran, hēn kai mogēn tę̄ mētri, kai echlechtichēn einai tę̄ tekousę̄ autēn apophainetai. Tauta oun dia tōn theiōn logiōn nēezn enagometha, hoti hoi men arti nēdyos tinos tēs en bathei keimenēs apatēs exō genomenoi, artigeneis tines ontes, kai houpō diērthrōmenoi en heautois ton logon chōrēsantes, tę̄ alogōterą synkatathesei tēs pisteōs en apeirǭ theōrountai plēthei; sōtērion men einai pepisteukotes tou mystēriou ton logon, hou mēn epistēmę̄ tini kai tę̄ dia tou logou plērophorią hidrymenēn echontes en heautois tēn alētheian. Hautai eisin hai onomastheisai neanides, dia to nean agein tēn pneumapichēn hēlikian, hai gennētheisai tǭ logǭ tēs pisteōs, oudepō dia tēs kathēchousēs auxēseōs toiautai gegonasin, hōs epi gamōn akmēn proelthein, kai phthasai eis andra teleion, eis metron gamikchēss hēlikias. Hōste phodǭ tou Kyriou dynasthai chyophorēsai, kai pneuma sōtērias paidopoiēsasthai. ᾿All᾽ eti tǭ nēpiǭ te kai atelei tēs dianoias, alogōterą pōs syzōsi tę̄ diathesei. Plēn alla kai houtoi tōn sōzomenōn eisi, chaϑōs phēsin ho Prophētēs; hoti Hagthrōpous kai ktēnē sōseis, Kyrib᾽; ktēnē legōn to alogōteron meros tōn sōzomenōn. Tōn de dia tēs chathēchousēs epimeleias auxēthen; tōn tę̄ dianoią, kai kataleloipotōn ēdē tēn nēpiotēta, diplēn hypo tou logou tēn diaphoran didaskometha. Ginontai men gar hai psychai kai syssōmoi tǭ Logǭ, kai autai ᾿kakeinai; all᾽ hai men erōtikę̄ tini diathesei proschollōntai; hoia hēn hē tou Dadid, kai hē tou Paulou psychē; hē men legousa to,;Emoi de to prosko.1lasthai tǭ Theǭ agathon estin; Ho ē de to, Oudeis chōrisei hēmas apo tēs agapēs tou Christou; ou zōē, ou thanatos, hou to paron, ou to mellon, ouk al.1o ti tōn ontōn ouden. Hai de phodǭ kolaseōs tas moichichas apopheugousi peiras. Menousi gar en aphtharsią kai hagiasmǭ kai hautai - alla tǭ mallon hē tǭ pothǭ paidagōgoumenai monǭ, to kakon ou prosdechontai. Hai men oun dia tēs teleioperas diatheseōs pothǭ tę̄s aphtharsias anachratheisai tę̄ tou theou katharotēti, basilissai dia tēn koinōnian tēs basileias chatonomazontai. Tas de tǭ tēs apeilēs phodǭ tēn aretēn echponousas, pallakidas onomazei ho lonos. Oupō gar tis autōn mētēr ba dileōs kai koinōnos tēs axias genesthai dynatōs echei. Pōs gar an dynētheiē, hē mēdepō analadousa heautę̄ to adespoton kai autochrates tou enaretou tōn kakōn choigōnias aphistamenē ? Hypodeigmata de tōn eirēmenōn estin, epi men tōn badilidōn, to kata tous tēs dexias staseōs ēxiōmenous, pros ous ho basileus legei; Deute, hoi eulogēmenoi tou Patros mou, kilēronomēsate tēn hētoimasmenēn hymin basileian; tou de deuterou. kai hypheimenou tagmatos eien an ekeinoi, pros hous legei ho Kyrios - Phodēthēte ton meta to apokteinai echonta exousian emdalein eis tēn geengan tou pyros. Tautēn de moi dokei tēn diastolēn tōn dyo tagmatōn, hē kata tous arithmous diaphora paradēloun di᾽ ainigmatos. Pōs touto phēmi ? Hex eisin entolai, di᾽ hōn hē basileia tou Theou tois dexiois hetoimazetai. Logisōmetha toutōn ekaston to despotikon einai talanton, ho prosēkei para tou agathou kai pistou oiketou dechaplasiasthēnai dia tēs ergasias, hina houtōs eiselthę̄ eis tēn charan tou Kyriou autou, en oligois pistos heuretheis, kai epi pollōn kathistamenos. Ei toinyn dia tōn hex toutōn entolōn hē tēs basileias ginetai tę̄ Psychę̄ koinōnia; de teleion tēs ergasias eph᾽ hekastēs esti to dechaplasiasai tēn entolēn, kathōs ephē ho agathos doulos ekeinos, hoti Deka talanta to hen sou talanton kateirgasato; heuriskomen ek tou akolouthou tēn mian basilissan, eis hexēkonta platynomenēn; tēn dia tou dechaplasiasmou tōn ex entolōn es koinōnian tēs basileias paradechtheisan; hōs pollas einai tēn mian tǭ a kai hekastǭ tōn katorthōmatōn idiazontōs emmorphōϑeisan. Houtōs oun eis hexēkonta basilidas hē mia katamerixetai, pros ta eidē tōn entolōn diairoumenē; kai ginetai koinōnos tēs tou Christou batileias nymphē, dēmos basilidōn hē mia gegenēmenē, hē dia OS tōn kata tas entolas axiōmatōn arithmēEi de tēn hexada tōn entolōn en mią kata to dechaplasion geōrgētheisan psychēn dia tōn hexēkonta basilidōn sēmainesthai di᾽ ainigmatos, ouk hexō tou eikotos hypenoēsamen᾽ akolouthōs kai dia tōn ogdoēkonta to tēs Ogdoēs mystērion paradēlousthai phamen dia tou homoiou ainigmatos; pros hēn blepontes hoi tǭ phothǭ paidagōgoumenoi, tēs tōn kakōn koinōnias apeirgontai. Houtōs gar en tais psalmǭdiais emathomen, en hais protetaktai dia tēs epigraphēs hē OOgdoē; mastigoumenōn de antikrys eisin hai phōnai, tǭ phodǭ tōn elpizomenōn eis heleon tēn akoēn epikamptousai, Phēsi gar pros ton phoderon kritēn ho pros tēn Ogdoēn blepōn Kyrie, mē tǭ thymǭ sou elenxę̄s me, mēde tę̄ orgę̄ sou paideusę̄s me. ᾿Eleēson me, Kyrid, hoti asthegēs eimi; iasai me, Kyrie, hoti etarachthē ta osta mou. Kai hosa ek tou akolouthou tǭ adechastǭ kritę̄ dia tēs hiketērias proteinetai, en hois kai to mē einai Theou mnēmēn en tǭ thanatǭ odyretai. Pōs gar an eiē dynaton tois klauthmǭ te kai brygmǭ katadedichasmenois, tēn ek tēs mnēmēs tou Theou euphrosynēn enginesthai ? Houtōs eipontos eterōthi tou Prophētou, hoti hē mnēmē tou Theou euphrosynēn poiei, Tauta oun kai alla toiauta tina proteinomenos ho dedoikōs tēn Ogdoēn, en aisthēsei tēs tou eleous ginetai metousias legōn;hoti Eisēchousetēs phōgēs tou kiauthmou mou. Pollōn de makariōn phodōn hypo tēs hagias dēloumenōn Graphēs, eiē an kai epi toutōn analogōs tais hex entolais, hē epi to dechaplasion auxēsis; hōste ton didachthenta para tēs psalmǭdias, pōs katorthoutai ho tou Kyriou phodos, ek tou ekklinai men apo kakou, poiein de ta agatha; hoion tina mnan, hē talanton, dechaplasiasai dia tēs ergasias to chrēma tou theiou phodou. Kai houtōs tēn deutereuousan meta tēn basilida psychēn hē phodǭ kai ouk agapę̄ to kalon katergazetai, pros ton arithmon tōn ogdoēkonta platynthēnai, hekaston eidos tōn dia phothou katorthoumenōn epi tou biou heautēs asynchytōs te kai achechrymmenōs deiknyousa; hōs kai epi tautēs tēs ogdoēs logon, tę̄ pros to dechaplasion auxēsei symplatynthēnai, kai genesthai phodǭ doulichǭ, kai ouchi chēn anti tēs basilidos; dia ton tēs OOgdoēs phodon, dekaplasiōs en tois katorthōmasin ēuxēsen, eis ton arithmon syntelousan tōn ogdoēkonta. Hēn keleuei kai ho tēs historias logos nothǭ, proskairǭ, kai ouk eugenei tokǭ hypēretēsasan, mē synoikein eis telos tę̄ basilidi; hōs ouk ousēs ek tou isou tēs basilikę̄s s klēronomias tę̄ doulikę̄ gonę̄ pros ton eleutheron tokon. GEchda,e gar, phēsi, tēn paidiskēn kai ton huion hautēs. Ougar mē klēronomēsę̄ ho huios tēs paidiskēs meta tou huiou tēs eleutheras. Ei de tini biaiotera phainetai hē eis ton prokeimenon tois rhētois arithmon theōria, anamnēsthētō hoti kai kat᾽ archas to mē dynasthai tychein tēs en toutois alētheias emartyrametha, tosouton monon hapsasthai, hoson mē agymnasta kath᾽ holou paradramein ta ainigmata. Plēn ei exō baloi ton phodon hē agapē teleiōs, kata to gegrammenon, kai metapoiētheis ho phothos, agapē genoito; tote heurisketai monas to sōzomenon, en tę̄ pros to monon agathon symphyïą, pantōn allēlois enōthentōn, dia tēs kata tēn peristeran teleiotētos. Toiouton gar ti nooumen ek tou ephexēs logou, hos phēsin hoti Mia esti peristera mou. tedia mou. Mia esti tę̄ mētri hautēs, ekchilechtichē esti tę̄ tekousę̄ autēn. Hoper en tǭ Euangeliǭ dia tēs tou Kyriou phōnēs saphesteron hermēneuetai. Pasan gar tois magētais heautou enapotithemenos dia hēs eulogias dynamin, ta te alla dia tōn pros ton Patera logōn agatha tois hagiois charizetai, prostithēsi de tōn agathōn to kephalaion, to mēketi hautous en diaphorą tini proaireseōn en tę̄ peri tou kalou krisei pollachę̄ diaschizesthai all᾽ hon genesthai tous pantas, tǭ heni kai monǭ agathǭ symphyentas; hōste dia tēs tou Pneumatos tou hagiou henotētos, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, tǭ syndesmǭ tēs eirēnēs diasphinchthentas, hen sōma genesthai tous pantos, kai hen pneuma, dia mias elpidos eis hēn eklēthēsan. Beltion d᾽ an eiē autas epi lexeōs parathesthai tas theias tou Euangeliou phōnas. Hina pantes hen ōsin kathōs sy, Pater, en emoi, kagō en soi; hina kai autoi hon hōsi. To de syndetichon tēs henotētos tautēs, hē doxa este doxan de legesthai to Ēneuma to hagion, ouk an tis tōn epeschemmenōn anteipoi, pros autas blepōn tas tou Kyriou phōnas. Tēn doxan gar, phēsin, hēn odōchas moi, dedōka autois. Edōke gar hōs alēthōs pois mathētais toiautēn doxan, ho eipōn pros autous; Ladete Pneuma hagion. IElade de tautēn tēn doxan, hēn pantote eiche pro tou ton kosmon einai, ho tēn antou Pneumatos, epi pan to syngenes hē tēs doxēs tou P᾿ eumatos diadosis ginetai, apo tōn mathētōn arxamenē. Dia touto phēsi; Tē doxan hēn edōkas moi, dedōka autois. Hina ōsin hen, kathōs hēmeis en esmen. ᾿Egō en autois, kai sy en emoi, hina ōsi tete.Ieiōmenoi eis to en. Ho toinyn ek men nēpiou pros andra teleion anadramōn dia tēs auxēseōs, kai phthasas eis to metron tēs noētēs hēlikias, ek de tēs doulēs te kai tēs pallachidos tēn tēs basileias axian metaladōn’ dektikos de tēs tou Pneumatos doxēs genomenos di᾿ apatheias kai katharotētos, houtos estin hē teleia peristera, pros hēn ho nymphios horą legōn; hoti Mia esti peristera mou, te.dia mou. Mia esti tę̄ mētri autēs, eklektikē esti tę̄ tekousę̄ auytēn. Ouk agnooumen de pantōs tēn mētera tēs peristeras, ek tou karpou to dendron gnōrisantes. Hōs gar anthrōpon theasamenoi, ex anthrōpou auton einai ouk amphidallomen; houtō kai tēs eklektēs peristeras tēn mētera zētountes, ouk allēn tina hē ekeinēn tēn peristeran enoēsamen. Tǭ gar teknǭ panpōs hē tou gegennēkotos epitheōreitai physis. Epei oun to gegeunēmenon ek tou Pneumatos Pneuma esti; peristera de to teknon; peristera de pantōs kai hē tou teknou mētēr estin, hē epi ton Iordanēn ex ouranōn kataptasa, kathōs Iōannēs phēsi kai martyretai. Tautēn makarizousin ae neanides, tautēn ainousi pallakai kai basilissai. Koinos gar ek pantos tagmatos prokeitai pasais tais psychais dromos pros tēn toiautēn makariotēta. Dio phasin; Idosan hautēn thygateres, kai makariousin autēn; pa.llakai kai basilissai haigesousin. Physis de pasa esti pros to makarion te kai epainoumenon tę̄ epithymią synteinesthai., Hōste ei makarizousi tēn peristeran hai thygateres, epithymousi pantōs genesthai peristerai kai hautai. Kai to aineisthai tēn peristeran para tōn pallakidōn, tekmērion esti tou kai tautas pros to epainoumenon tēn spoudēn echein᾽ heōs an pantōn hen genomenōn, tōn pros ton auton skopon tēs epithymias blepontōn, mēdemias en mēdeni kakias hypoleiphtheisēs, genētai ho Theos ta panta an pasi, tois dia tēs henotētos allēlois en tę̄ tou

Homily 15 (Song 6:1–9)

"Where has your beloved gone, O fair [among women? Where has your beloved turned, that we may] seek him with you? My beloved has gone down into his garden, to the bowls of spice, to shepherd in the gardens and to gather lilies. I am my beloved's, and my beloved is mine, he who shepherds among the lilies. You are fair, my close one, as good pleasure, lovely as Jerusalem, [awesome as ranks drawn up. Turn] your eyes away from me, for they have given me wings. Your hair is like flocks of goats that have appeared from Gilead. Your teeth are like flocks of shorn ewes that have come up from the washing, all bearing twins, and there is none barren among them. Your lips are like a scarlet thread, and your speech is lovely. Like the rind of the pomegranate is your cheek, apart from your silence. There are sixty queens and eighty concubines, and young women without number. One is my dove, my perfect one; she is the only one of her mother, chosen of the one who bore her."

Philip the apostle was attested to be from the city of Andrew and Peter. This seems to me a praise of Philip, that he was a fellow citizen of the brothers who were admired before him in the gospel through the story about them. For Andrew, when the Baptist pointed out who the Lamb is who takes away the sin of the world, both perceived the mystery himself, following the one who was shown and learning where he stays, and announced to his own brother the good news that the one foretold by the prophecy was present. And he, his faith all but outrunning his hearing, gave himself with his whole soul to the Lamb, and was transformed by the Lord toward the more divine through the change of his name: instead of Simon he was named and became Peter. Yet the Lord gave Abraham and Sarah the blessing of their names many years later, after many manifestations of God, appointing the one father and the other princess through the change of names. In the same way Jacob too, after the night-long wrestling, was found worthy of the name and power of Israel. But the great Peter did not advance to this grace little by little through growth; rather, at once he heard his brother, believed in the Lamb, was perfected through faith, and, clinging to the rock, became Peter.

This Philip, then, the fellow citizen worthy of men so many and so great, since he became the Lord's find, as the gospel says, "Jesus finds Philip," was appointed a follower of the Word who said, "Follow me." And drawing near to the true light, like a lamp he drew from there to himself fellowship in the light; and he shines around Nathanael, holding the torch for him of the mystery of piety, where he says: "We have found him of whom Moses and the prophets wrote, Jesus from Nazareth of Galilee." Nathanael received the good news attentively, because he had been instructed with all exactness by the prophecy in the mystery concerning the Lord, and knew that the first manifestation of God through flesh would be from Bethlehem, and that because of the life spent among the Nazarenes he would be called a Nazarene. He was looking to both and reckoning that in David's Bethlehem, because of the economy of the birth according to the flesh, the mystery of the cave and the swaddling clothes and the manger had to come about, while Galilee would one day be called the region of the Gentiles, by the Word who loved to dwell among the Gentiles. So he agreed with the one who had shone the light of knowledge on him, and said, "Can anything good be from Nazareth?" Then Philip becomes a guide to the grace, saying, "Come and see." Through these words Nathanael, leaving the fig tree of the law, whose shade hindered participation in the light, lays hold of the one who withers the leaves of the fig tree for its barrenness of goods. For this reason he is testified by the Word to be a genuine, not a spurious, Israelite, showing in himself by the guilelessness of his free choice the pure stamp of the patriarch. "For behold," he says, "an Israelite in whom there is no guile."

What the story in the preface looks to is surely plain to the more apt hearers from the reading of the Song of Songs set before us in sequence. For as Andrew was guided to the Lamb by John's voice, and Nathanael, enlightened by Philip and coming outside the shadow of the law that enclosed him, came to be in the true light, so too the young women, for the finding of the good [not yet known] to them, use as guide the soul perfected through beauty, saying to her: "Where has your beloved gone, O fair among women? Where has your beloved turned, that we may seek him with you?" The virgin souls put their question to the teacher in due order. For first they made their inquiry about what he is, saying in the question before this saying, "[What is] your beloved, O fair among women?" Having been taught this through the signs described, that he is white and ruddy and the rest, by which she describes the form of the one sought, they ask about where. So they say: "Where has your beloved gone, or where has he turned?" So that, learning where he is, they may [come and] worship at the place where his feet stood; and, taught where he looks, they may so place themselves that his glory may look upon them too, whose appearing becomes the salvation of those who behold it, as the prophet says: "Show your face, and we shall be saved."

And the teacher, like Philip who said, "Come and see," leads them all to the grasp of the one sought, instead of saying "See," pointing out the place where the one sought is and where he looks. For she says: "My beloved has gone down into his garden, to the bowls of spice." Up to this point, where he is is signified by the word. From this point, what he sees and where he looks the teacher shows in words, saying, "To shepherd in the gardens and to gather lilies." This is the guidance the word gives the young women by indication, through which they learn both where he is and where he looks. But we must also come to know the benefit of this God-inspired Scripture through spiritual contemplation. So when we hear, "My beloved has gone down into his garden," we learn through these words the mystery of the gospel, each of the names making this mystical meaning clear to us. God, manifested in flesh, because he rose from Judah and shone on the Gentiles who sat in darkness and the shadow of death, is fittingly and aptly named by the name "beloved" (literally "nephew," ἀδελφιδός) by the one betrothed to him for eternal union, since she is the sister of the people of Judah. "Has gone down" shows the time when, for the sake of the one who went down from Jerusalem to Jericho and fell among robbers, he himself goes down with the descent of the one who fell among enemies; by which it signifies the condescension from the unspeakable majesty to the lowliness of our nature. And through the riddle of the garden we learn this: that the true husbandman plants again his own field, us human beings. For we are his field, according to Paul's word. Since, then, he is the one who at the beginning cultivated in paradise the human nature which the heavenly Father planted, for this reason, when the wild boar had grazed down our garden and ravaged God's field, he went down to make the desert a garden again, adorned with the planting of the virtues, channelling by the word the pure and divine fountain of teaching for the care of the plants.

The bowls of spice were taken in the description of the beauty for the praise of the cheeks, through which spiritual foods are ground fine for those who are fed. But here they are shown by the word to be the bridegroom's place and dwelling. We learn this: that the bridegroom does not lodge in a soul empty of virtues, [but] if someone, according to the account given before, becomes a bowl of spice putting forth perfumes, such a one, becoming a mixing bowl of wisdom, receives in himself the divine and pure wine, through which [the sober drunkenness] comes about for [the soul].

The next word teaches us on what pastures the flocks of the good shepherd are fattened. For he does not drive the sheep out to deserted and thorny places to crop grassy herbage; but the spices from the gardens are set before them as food, and instead of grass there is the lily, which it says is gathered by the shepherd to feed the sheep. By this the word teaches us in philosophy that the nature and power that hold all beings, enclosing all things in itself, makes its place and room the purity of those who receive it, in whom the garden, manifold through the virtues, flourishes with the flowers of lilies and gushes with the fruit-bearing of spices. For the lilies become a riddle of the brightness and purity of the mind, and the fragrance of the spices of being foreign to every stench of sins. It says, then, that the overseer of the rational flocks lives among such things, pasturing in the gardens, cutting and gathering lilies for the feeding of the sheep. These he sets before the sheep through the great Paul, who brings out for us from the divine storehouse the food from the lilies: "Whatever is true, whatever is honourable, whatever is just, whatever is lovely, whatever is holy, whatever is of good report, if there is any virtue, and if there is any praise." These, in my judgment at least, are the lilies with which the flock is fed by the good shepherd and teacher.

The next word, which the pure and spotless bride has spoken, saying, "I am my beloved's, and my beloved is mine," is the rule and definition of perfection according to virtue. For we learn through these words that the purified soul must have nothing in itself but God, nor look to anything else; but must so cleanse itself of every material thing and thought, that, wholly transferred to what is intelligible and immaterial, it makes itself a most vivid image of the archetypal beauty. And as the one who sees on the panel the painting exactly formed after the archetype declares that the form of both is one, saying that the beauty on the image is that of the prototype and that the archetype is vividly seen in the imitation, in the same way she who said, "I am my beloved's, and my beloved is mine," says that she has been conformed to Christ, receiving back her own beauty, the first blessedness of our nature, made lovely after the image and likeness of the first, true, and only beauty. And as happens with a mirror, when it has been skilfully made and fitted for its use, it shows exactly on its pure surface the features of the face that appears in it, so the soul, having fitted itself suitably for its use and cast off every material stain, has imprinted in itself the pure form of the undefiled beauty. This living mirror, which has free choice, says this word: "Since I look with my whole circle at the face of my beloved, therefore the whole beauty of his form is seen in me."

Paul imitates these words exactly, saying that he who has become dead to the world lives to God, and that Christ alone lives in him. For he who said, "For me to live is Christ," cries out through the word this: that none of the human and material passions lives in him, neither pleasure nor grief, nor anger, nor fear, nor cowardice, nor alarm, nor conceit, nor rashness, nor remembrance of wrongs, nor envy, nor any vengeful disposition, nor love of money, nor any other of the things that stain the soul through attachment; but he alone is mine, who is none of these. For having scraped off everything seen outside his nature, I have nothing in myself such as is not in him. For this reason, for me to live is Christ; or, as the bride says, "I am my beloved's, and my beloved is mine," who is sanctification and purity and incorruption and light and truth and all such things, which shepherd my soul, not in grass or brushwood, but in the splendours of the saints. For the nature of the lilies, in the brightness of its colour, hints this sense to us. For this reason, then, the one who shepherds among the lilies leads his flock to the meadows of lilies, so that the brightness of the Lord our God may be upon us. For what is fed is surely disposed according to the kind of food. I mean something like this. Suppose there is a hollow vessel of glass, in which whatever is put [shows through], whether something [dark] or something pure and bright. So, putting the brightness of the lilies into souls, he makes their souls bright, the form lying within showing through to the outside. To bring this thought to greater clarity for us, we say that the soul is fed through the virtues, and she names the virtues lilies by a riddle. Whoever has been filled with them through a good way of life makes himself manifest, showing through his life, in his character, the form of each virtue. Let self-control be a pure lily for you, and righteousness and courage and prudence, and whatever the apostle says is true, honourable, lovely, just, holy, of good report: "if there is any virtue, and if there is any praise." For all these, coming to be within the soul, are shown in the pure life, adorning the one who contains them and themselves adorned through the one who has received them.

She, then, who has devoted herself to the beloved and received the beauty of the one loved in her own form: let us hear of what she is thought worthy by the one who glorifies [those who glorify him], through the sequence set before us in the words. For the Word says to the bride: "You are fair, my close one, as good pleasure; lovely as Jerusalem; awesome as ranks drawn up." That glory is sent up by the heavenly army to God in the highest for good pleasure among men, in the hearing of the shepherds, when they saw peace come to be on earth; and that Jerusalem is named by the Master of all creation the city of the great King, would be plain to anyone familiar with the words of the gospel. So through these we cannot fail to know what beauty the Word testifies to the bride through the comparison with Jerusalem and with good pleasure. For it is plain that the Word shows this about her: that through the ascent achieved the soul has been lifted so high as to strain itself forward to the wonders of the Master. For if God in the highest, being in the bosom of the Father, is mingled with blood and flesh for the sake of good pleasure among men, so that peace may come to be on earth, it is plain that she, having made her own beauty like this good pleasure, imitates Christ by her achievements, becoming for others what Christ became for the nature of men. So Paul, the imitator of Christ, did, cutting himself off from life so as to exchange his own suffering for the salvation of Israel, saying: "I could wish to be accursed from Christ for my brothers, my kinsmen according to the flesh." To him it would fittingly suit to say what is said to the bride: "Such is the beauty of your soul as was the good pleasure of the Master on our behalf, who emptied himself, taking the form of a slave, and gave himself as an exchange for the life of the world, and for our sake became poor though he was rich, so that we might live in his death, be rich in his poverty, and reign in the form of his slavery."

And the loveliness of Jerusalem shows her greatness likewise: plainly the Jerusalem above, the free, the mother of the free, which we have learned from the Master's voice is the city of the great King. For she who has made room in herself for the one who cannot be contained, so that God dwells and walks in her, [is adorned] with the loveliness of the one [dwelling] in her, having received his beauty upon herself. And the beauty and loveliness of the King's city are surely the beauty of the King himself. For he is, according to the word of the psalm, the loveliness and the beauty, to whom the prophecy says: "In your loveliness and your beauty, bend your bow, and prosper, and reign, because of truth and meekness and righteousness." For by these the Divine is characterized, I mean by truth and righteousness and meekness. So the soul formed in such beauties becomes lovely as Jerusalem, adorned with the King's loveliness. These words, then, have the praise of the bride's beauty plainly, completed by the comparison with good pleasure and with Jerusalem.

We do not doubt that the next word is a praise of the bride; but the sense in which she who was thought worthy of this praise is honoured by it cannot be learned from the surface. For the wording runs thus: "Awesome as powers drawn up in ranks." Perhaps someone, following what was contemplated before, might say that the bride is magnified by the Word in her praises through the comparison with the nature above the world. For those are the powers drawn up in ranks, where the Authorities are always in authority, the Dominions rule wholly, the Thrones stand firm, the Principalities remain unenslaved, the Powers bless God without ceasing, the flight of the seraphim does not stop and their standing does not change, the cherubim do not cease holding up the high and lifted throne, and the ministers do not stop doing his work and hearing his words. Since, then, these authorities are drawn up in ranks by God, and the order of the intelligible powers above the world remains unconfused for ever, no vice overturning their good order, for this reason the soul too, doing all things in order and seemliness in imitation of them, stirs in herself such wonder as is in those powers drawn up in ranks. For the sense of "awe" is interpreted as amazement; and understanding the wonder through the amazement we do not miss the truth.

The saying set next to these in sequence makes the persons doubtful, both by whom it is spoken and to whom: "Turn your eyes away from me, for they have given me wings." Some think that this is said by the Master to the pure soul; but I suppose that the saying fits the bride rather, and is fitted to her. For I find the sense of what is signified by the word suited to her. I shall set out briefly what occurred to me. I have heard divine Scripture tell in many places that God has wings: at one time the prophecy says, "In the shelter of your wings you will shelter [me]," and "Under his wings you will hope"; again Moses in the great song describes this, where he says, "Spreading his wings he received them"; and what was said by the Lord to Jerusalem, "How often I would have gathered your children together, as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings!", which someone looking to the sequence would say is not outside the thought before us. If, then, the God-inspired word declares, for some unspeakable reason, that there are wings about the divine nature, and the first construction of man testifies that our nature was made after the image and likeness of God, then surely, having been made after the image, he had in all respects likeness to the archetype. Now the prototype is winged, according to holy Scripture; so the nature of man too was constructed winged, so as to have the divine likeness also in its wings. It is plain that the name of wings will be taken by some figurative contemplation to a thought fitting for God, power and blessedness and incorruption and the like being signified by the name of wings. Since, then, these things belonged to man too, as long as he was like God in all respects, but afterwards the inclination to evil stripped us of such wings (for having come outside the shelter of God's wings, we were stripped of our own wings too), for this reason the grace of God appeared, enlightening us, so that, putting off impiety and worldly desires, we may grow wings again through holiness and righteousness.

If, then, these things are not cut off from the truth, it is fitting that the bride confess the grace that came upon her from the divine eyes. For at once God looked on us with the eyes of his love for mankind, and we were given wings again according to the ancient grace. This, then, is what I think the word shows through these sayings: what David says to the Lord, praying in the sixteenth psalm: "Let your eyes see uprightness," plainly my uprightness. "For you have tested my heart," he says, "you have visited me by night; you have tried me with fire, and no wrong was found in me." It is the same, then, to say, "Let your eyes see uprightness," and "Let your eyes not look on the opposite." For whoever has seen the upright has not seen the crooked; and whoever has seen the crooked has surely not seen the upright. So by the removal of the opposite she shows the good to the divine eyes, through which the soul, which shed its feathers through the disobedience of the first-formed, is given wings again. This, then, is what we have understood through these words: "When your eyes look upon me, they are turned away from the opposite. For they will see in me nothing of what opposes me. For this reason it comes to me from your eyes to be given wings again, and to take up again through the virtues the wings of the dove, through which the power of flight comes to me, so as to fly away and be at rest": that is, that rest with which God rested from his works.

After these words the description of the bride's beauty follows again, the word honouring each of the things that contribute to her loveliness by some apt likeness. For the beauty of her hair is praised, and the setting of her teeth, and the bloom on her lip, and the sweetness of her voice, and the blush of her cheek. And the praise of each of these is completed for the bride by some suitable comparison and juxtaposition. Her hair is likened to flocks of goats that appeared from Gilead; the flocks of shorn ewes, exulting in twin births, complete the praise of the teeth by the likeness; [her lips are likened] to a scarlet thread, [and her speech is called lovely; and with the rind] of the pomegranate the cheek is adorned. The wording runs thus: "Your hair is like flocks of goats that appeared from Gilead. Your teeth are like flocks [of shorn ewes that came up from the] washing, all bearing twins, and there is none barren among them. Your lips are like a scarlet thread, and your speech is lovely. Like the rind of a pomegranate is your cheek, apart from your silence." Since all these have been examined sufficiently in what went before, it would be superfluous to bring weariness into the discourse by repeating the same contemplations. But if anyone should want the account of them given now too, for the sake of those who did not hear what was contemplated on these texts earlier, we shall run over the sense of the riddles briefly.

The hairs of the body have a nature peculiar to them compared with the rest of the body. For while the whole body is served by the power of sense, without which it cannot by nature live (for sense perception is the life of the body), we see that the hairs alone, though they are part of the body, have no share in sensation. This part shows this peculiarity: that the hairs are not pained, like the rest of the body, either by burning or by cutting. Since, then, according to Paul's word, a woman's hair is her glory, adorning the head with its tresses, we are taught by the praise of the bride's hair that those seen about the head of the bride, through whom the church is glorified, must be stronger than the senses, hiding sense perception through wisdom; as Proverbs says, "The wise hide perception." For them sight does not become the criterion of the beautiful, nor is the good tested by taste, nor by smell or touch, nor is the judgment of the beautiful entrusted to any other sense; but, every sense having been put to death, they lay hold of and reach for the goods that appear to the mind through the soul alone, and so they glorify the woman, the church, neither puffed up by honours nor shrinking through faintheartedness before troubles. But even if they must be cut for the faith in Christ, or thrown to beasts or into fire, or endure any other painful thing, they put on the insensibility of the hairs in the trial of pains. Such was Elijah, who rose from Gilead with a hairy and rough body, covered with goatskins, undaunted by every threat of the tyrant. So all who, imitating the prophet's greatness of nature, raise themselves above the whole world, destitute, afflicted, ill-treated, in mountains and caves and the holes of the earth, of whom the world is not worthy: these, seen in flocks about the head of the universe, become the glory of the church, [climbing] with the Gileadite to the heavenly grace.

The animal, the goat, was taken for the praise of the hair perhaps because the nature of this animal too has been made suited to the growth of hair, so that the animal naturally thick with hair becomes a riddle of the adornment through hair; or because it goes over rocks without slipping and lives about the summits of mountains, making its way boldly over impassable and sheer places, which [fits] aptly those who succeed on the rough road of virtue. Or rather someone might say that, because the animal was taken by the lawgiver for many parts of the legal worship, these [hairs] contribute to the praise of the head. I know too that in the riddles of Proverbs, among the four that go prosperously, the he-goat that leads the flock is counted among those that walk well. What we suppose about this by conjecture is this. Every practice that begins through one is passed on to many. As Scripture says that Tubal was the inventor of the art of smithing, and so refers to him the skill of all who after him have handled the working of iron, so Abel led the way in shepherding, Cain in farming; it says Nimrod was the founder of the art of hunting, Noah of vine growing, and Enosh, it says, began hoping in God; and many such things can be learned from holy Scripture, that when one practised something, the practice entered life by imitation. Since, then, Elijah led the way in divine zeal in a special way, by every pre-eminence, all who after him imitated his zeal and followed in the same footsteps of the prophet's boldness have become the flock of the one who led the way in such a life. These become the glory and praise of the church, ranked in the adornment of the hair, from whom the life of sense has been separated and estranged.

By like means she completes the praise of the teeth too. These would be those who nourish through themselves the body of the church, whom she wishes always to be seen clean as from the washing, without superfluous hair as from a fresh shearing, and bearing twins in the birth of the virtues, becoming fathers of double purity, that seen in the soul and that in the body, so that everything barren in the better is banished from these teeth.

The thread laid on the lip shows by the riddle the measured ministry of the word, which the prophet named a guard and a door of enclosure, when the mouth of the word [is opened] in due season and in due season is shut. That the thread is the name of a [measure] we have learned from the prophecy of Zechariah: that the angel who spoke in him held a measuring line in his hands. And the word attains its measure most when it attains the red colour, which becomes a riddle of the blood of the one who ransomed us. If someone, like Paul, has Christ speaking in himself, who ransomed us with his own blood, he has the measuring line on his mouth, [dyed in] the [scarlet of that blood].

The next word is an interpretation of the riddle before it. For it names the scarlet thread "lovely speech," by which again it signifies what is pure and measured. For what is exactly lovely, appearing in its own season of prime, is neither unripe nor past its season. And adorning the apple of the cheek with the rind of the pomegranate, he testifies to the bride a great perfection in goods. For it signifies that her treasure has been prepared for her in nothing else, but that she is her own treasure, holding within herself the provision of every good. For as the edible part of the pomegranate is enclosed in the rind, so it shows that her inward treasure is enclosed in the visible beauty of her life. This, then, is the hidden treasure of hopes, the soul's own fruit, enclosed by the virtuous life as by the rind of a pomegranate. "Apart from your silence," I think, has this sense: "Your praise is not so great from what appears, as much as is shown by word, but rather from what is hidden in silence, escaping the showing of the word." For as silence is understood as what is apart from speech, so whoever understands speech as what is apart from silence will not go wrong. For we keep silent about what we are unable to report through words. If, then, silence is understood as what is apart from that, it follows that we think speech to be what is apart from silence. So the one who said, "Apart from your silence," presents this clearly in words: that the things that can appear through speech are fair and great, [all that] is outside your silence; but what is outside speech, covered by silence, the unspeakable and unutterable, is surely more wonderful than what is uttered.

Let us hear also the next praises, whose sense is like the well in the history, which a stone covering its mouth made impossible for the shepherdesses to share the water of; but Jacob came and levered the stone from the mouth, and having filled the troughs with water, gave the flock freedom to delight in the streams. What, then, is it that we liken to such a well? "There are sixty queens and eighty concubines, young women without number. One is my dove, my perfect one. She is the only one of her mother, chosen of the one who bore her." Who, then, will roll away for us the stone of this obscurity? Who will draw up the water of these thoughts, lying so deep as to be beyond the reach of our discourse? But it seems to me good to testify this to your hearing: that to know these things belongs only to those to whom the apostle says, "In everything you were enriched, in all speech and all knowledge." Our poverty is unable to lay hold of the treasures of the word set before us. Yet, so that we may be outside the condemnation of idleness, because of the one who legislated for us to search the Scriptures, we shall not shrink from adding a little sweat to these too.

We say, then, that the philosophy in these texts sets before us, through the praises of the bride, one of the more refined teachings. The teaching is this. Beings are not created and re-created with the same sequence and order. For when at the beginning the nature of creation came into being through the divine power, in each of the beings the end was completed together with the beginning without interval, perfection rising together with the beginning in all things that came from non-being into being. And human nature is one of the created things; nor did it, like the others, come to perfection by advance, but was formed together with perfection from its first existence. For it came to be, as the word says, after the image and likeness of God, which shows the highest and most perfect of goods. For what could be found higher than likeness to God? In the first creation, then, the end appeared together with the beginning without interval, and nature began to be from perfection. But since, having been made akin to death through its attachment to vice, it slipped away from remaining in the good, it does not take back perfection all at once, like the first constitution, but advances by a kind of road to the greater, putting away little by little, in a certain sequence and order, its passionate attachment to the opposite. For in the first construction nothing hindered the perfection of nature from coinciding with its coming into being, since there was no vice; but in the second re-forming, a sequence [of time] must follow for nature as it runs back up to the first good; because our mind, bound through vice to passionate attachment to matter, is scraped little by little through a nobler way of life, as of some bark surrounding it, and so pushes off its natural union with the worse.

For this reason we have learned that there are many dwelling places with the Father, according to the proportion of each one's relation to the beautiful and his withdrawal from the worse, the reward being prepared for all. For one is at the beginning of feeding on the better, having just swum up, as from some depth of a life of vice, to participation in the truth; another has already gained through diligence some addition of the better; another has grown further through desire for goods; another holds the middle of the ascent to the heights; another has passed the middle; and there are some who have raised themselves above these; others strain toward the upward course beyond those, and others beyond these; and, in a word, according to the varied difference of free choices, God receives each in his own rank, paying back to all what is deserved, gathering the rewards of goods for the higher and measuring [the lesser] to the lesser. This is what we have supposed the word teaches in philosophy through the texts before us, distinguishing in what has been said the difference of the souls that look to the bridegroom. For some she names young women, surpassing the nature of number by their multitude; others concubines; and others she says are queens, limiting the number of the concubines to eight tens; and having said that the queens come to sixty, she sets above them all the perfect dove seen in unity, whom she declares to be the only one of her mother and chosen of the one who bore her.

We are led by the divine words to understand this: that those who have just come out of a kind of womb of deceit lying in the depth, being newborn and not yet articulated, having taken the word into themselves, are seen in a boundless multitude through a less reasoned assent of faith, having believed that the word of the mystery is saving, but not [holding it] with any knowledge and full assurance through reason, having the truth firmly founded in themselves. These are the ones named young women, because they are young in spiritual age: born by the word of faith, they have not yet become such through due growth as to come to the prime of marriage and attain to the perfect man, to the measure of marriageable age, so as to be able to conceive by the fear of the Lord and bring forth a spirit of salvation; but they still live with a somewhat less reasoned disposition through the infancy and imperfection of their mind. Yet these too are among those who are saved, as the prophet says, "Men and beasts you will save, O Lord," calling "beasts" the less rational part of those who are saved.

But of those who have grown in mind through due diligence and have already left infancy behind, we are taught by the word a twofold difference. For souls become one body with the Word, both these and those; but some cling to him with a disposition of passionate love, such as was the soul of David and of Paul: the one saying, "But for me it is good to cling to God," and the other, "No one will separate us from the love of Christ: not life, not death, not the present, not the future, nor anything else among beings." Others flee the attempts of adultery out of fear of punishment. For these too remain in incorruption and holiness; but, trained by fear rather than by longing alone, they do not admit evil. Those, then, who through the more perfect disposition have been blended with the purity of God by longing for incorruption are named queens because of their fellowship in the kingdom; while those who labour at virtue through fear of the threat the word names concubines. For none of them can yet become mother of a king and sharer of his rank. For how could she who has not yet taken up for herself the masterless and sovereign character of the virtuous [life], [but keeps] away from fellowship with evils [only through fear]? Examples of what has been said: for the queens, those found worthy to stand on the right, to whom the King says, "Come, you blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you"; and of the second and lower rank would be those to whom the Lord says, "Fear him who, after killing, has authority to cast into the Gehenna of fire."

The difference in the numbers seems to me to indicate this distinction between the two ranks by a riddle. What do I mean? There are six commandments through which the kingdom of God is prepared for those on the right. Let us reckon each of these to be a talent of the Master, which ought to be multiplied tenfold by the good and faithful servant through his work, so that he may thus enter into the joy of his Lord, found faithful in a few things and set over many. If, then, through these six commandments fellowship in the kingdom comes to the soul, and the perfection of the work in each case is to multiply the commandment tenfold, as that good slave said, "Your one talent has made ten talents," we find in sequence the one queen expanded into sixty: she who was received into fellowship in the kingdom through the tenfold multiplying of the six commandments, so that the one is many, formed in a particular way by each of her achievements. So the one is divided into sixty queens, distributed according to the kinds of commandments; and the bride becomes a sharer in the kingdom of Christ, the one having become a people of queens, she who [is counted as many] through the honours won by the commandments.

If we have supposed, not beyond reason, that the six of the commandments, cultivated tenfold in one soul, are signified by the riddle of the sixty queens, then by the same kind of riddle we say that the mystery of the Eighth is indicated through the eighty, looking to which those trained by fear are kept from fellowship with evils. For so we have learned in the psalms, in which "the Eighth" is set at the head by the title; and they are plainly the cries of those being scourged, bending the hearing [of the judge] to mercy through fear of what is expected. For the one who looks to the Eighth says to the fearful judge: "Lord, do not rebuke me in your anger, nor discipline me in your wrath. Have mercy on me, Lord, for I am weak; heal me, Lord, for my bones are troubled," and whatever else is put before the impartial judge in sequence in the supplication, among which he laments also that there is no remembrance of God in death. For how could the gladness that comes from remembering God come to those condemned to weeping and gnashing? As the prophet says elsewhere, the remembrance of God brings gladness. Putting these and other such things before him, the one who fears the Eighth comes to perceive his share in mercy, saying, "He has heard the voice of my weeping."

And since many blessed fears are shown by holy Scripture, there would be in these too, in proportion to the six commandments, the tenfold increase: so that the one taught by the psalm how the fear of the Lord is achieved, by turning away from evil and doing good, multiplies tenfold through work, like a mina or a talent, the wealth of divine fear. And so the soul second after the queen, who achieves the good by fear and not by love, is expanded to the number of eighty, showing in her life, unconfused and unhidden, each kind of what is achieved through fear; so that in her case too the meaning of the Eighth is expanded by the tenfold increase, and she becomes [a concubine] by servile fear, and not [a queen], in place of the queen: because of the fear of the Eighth she has grown tenfold in achievements, reaching the number of eighty. The word of the history too bids her who served a spurious, temporary, and ignoble birth not to live with the queen to the end, since the slave's offspring is not equal in the royal inheritance with the free birth. "For cast out," it says, "the slave woman and her son; for the son of the slave woman shall not inherit with the son of the free woman."

If the contemplation applied to the number in the texts seems to anyone rather forced, let him remember that at the beginning we testified that we could not attain the truth in these things, but would touch them only so far as not to pass by the riddles wholly unexercised. But if love casts out fear perfectly, as it is written, and fear, transformed, becomes love, then what is saved is found to be a unity, all being united with one another in their natural union with the only good, through the perfection of the dove. For we understand something like this from the next word, which says: "One is my dove, my perfect one. She is the only one of her mother, chosen of the one who bore her."

This is interpreted more clearly in the gospel by the Lord's voice. For, laying up in his disciples the whole power of the blessing, he grants the saints the other goods through his words to the Father, and adds the chief of the goods: that they should no longer be split in many directions by some difference of free choices in the judgment of the good, but that all should become one, grown together with the one and only good; so that through the unity of the Holy Spirit, as the apostle says, bound tight by the bond of peace, all may become one body and one spirit, through one hope to which they were called. It would be better to set out word for word the divine sayings of the gospel themselves: "That all may be one, as you, Father, are in me and I in you, that they also may be one." And the bond of this unity is the glory. That the Holy Spirit is called glory no one who has examined it would dispute, looking to the Lord's own words. "For the glory," he says, "which you have given me, I have given them." For he truly gave such glory to the disciples, he who said to them, "Receive the Holy Spirit." And he received this glory, which he always had before the world was, he who [put on human nature]; [and since that nature was glorified by the] Spirit, the sharing of the glory of the Spirit comes to all that is akin, beginning from the disciples. For this reason he says: "The glory which you have given me I have given them, that they may be one, as we are one: I in them, and you in me, that they may be perfected into one."

So the one who has run up through growth from infancy to the perfect man and has reached the measure of intelligible age, who from slave woman and concubine has received the rank of the kingdom, and has become able to receive the glory of the Spirit through freedom from passion and purity, is the perfect dove to whom the bridegroom looks, saying, "One is my dove, my perfect one. She is the only one of her mother, chosen of the one who bore her." We surely know the mother of the dove, recognizing the tree from the fruit. For as when we see a man we do not doubt that he is from a man, so too, seeking the mother of the chosen dove, we have understood her to be none other than that dove. For in the child the nature of the one who begot it is surely seen. Since, then, what is born of the Spirit is spirit, and the child is a dove, the mother of the child too is surely a dove, the one who flew down from heaven upon the Jordan, as John says and testifies. Her the young women call blessed; her the concubines and queens praise. For a course common to all souls from every rank lies before them toward such blessedness. So they say: "The daughters saw her and will call her blessed; concubines and queens will praise her." And all nature strains with desire toward what is blessed and praised. So if the daughters call the dove blessed, they surely desire to become doves themselves. And the praise of the dove by the concubines is a proof that they too have zeal for what is praised; until, all having become one, all looking to the same goal of desire, with no vice left in anyone, God becomes all in all, in those united with one another in the [fellowship of the good, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory for ever. Amen.]